Exam 1

profileBader1419
epdf.pub_the-making-of-the-west-peoples-and-cultures.pdf

P E O P L E S A N D C U L T U R E S

The Making of the West

t h i r d e d i t i o n

For Bedford/St. Martin’s

Executive Editor for History: Mary Dougherty Director of Development for History: Jane Knetzger Senior Developmental Editor: Heidi L. Hood Senior Production Editor: Karen S. Baart Senior Production Supervisor: Dennis Conroy Executive Marketing Manager: Jenna Bookin Barry Editorial Assistants: Lindsay DiGianvittorio and Katherine Flynn Production Associate: Lindsay DiGianvittorio Production Assistant: David Ayers Copyeditor: Janet Renard Text Design: Janis Owens, Books By Design, Inc. Page Layout: Boynton Hue Studio Photo Research: Gillian Speeth Indexer: Leoni Z. McVey & Associates, Inc. Cover Design: Donna Lee Dennison Cover Art: Joseph Vernet, Inner Port of Marseilles, France, 1754, from the series of Ports of France

commissioned by Louis XV. © Musée National de la Marine / P. Dantec. Cartography: Mapping Specialists Limited Composition: Aptara Printing and Binding: R.R. Donnelley & Sons Company

President: Joan E. Feinberg Editorial Director: Denise B. Wydra Director of Marketing: Karen Melton Soeltz Director of Editing, Design, and Production: Marcia Cohen Managing Editor: Elizabeth M. Schaaf

Library of Congress Control Number: 2007927405

Copyright © 2009 by Bedford / St. Martin’s

All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, except as may be expressly permitted by the applicable copyright statutes or in writing by the Publisher.

Manufactured in the United States of America.

1 2 3 4 5 6 12 11 10 09 08

For information, write: Bedford/St. Martin’s, 75 Arlington Street, Boston, MA 02116 (617-399-4000)

ISBN-10: 0–312– 45294–2 ISBN-13: 978–0–312– 45294–0 (combined edition) ISBN-10: 0–312– 45295–0 ISBN-13: 978–0–312– 45295–7 (Vol. I) ISBN-10: 0–312– 45296–9 ISBN-13: 978–0–312– 45296– 4 (Vol. II) ISBN-10: 0–312– 46508–4 ISBN-13: 978–0–312– 46508–7 (Vol. A) ISBN-10: 0–312– 46509–2 ISBN-13: 978–0–312– 46509– 4 (Vol. B) ISBN-10: 0–312– 46510–6 ISBN-13: 978–0–312– 46510–0 (Vol. C) ISBN-10: 0–312– 46663–3 ISBN-13: 978–0–312– 46663–3 (high school edition)

Acknowledgments: Acknowledgments and copyrights are printed at the back of the book on pages C-1–C-3, which constitute an extension of the copyright page. It is a violation of the law to reproduce these selections by any means whatsoever without the written permission of the copyright holder.

P E O P L E S A N D C U L T U R E S

B E D F O R D / S T. M A R T I N ’ S

B o s t o n ■ N e w Y o r k

The Making of the West

Lynn Hunt University of California, Los Angeles

Thomas R. Martin College of the Holy Cross

Barbara H. Rosenwein Loyola University Chicago

R. Po-chia Hsia Pennsylvania State University

Bonnie G. Smith Rutgers University

t h i r d e d i t i o n

This page intentionally left blank

v

WHEN A BOOK GOES INTO its third edition, authors feel affirmed but also encouraged to do even better. In- structors who have read and used our book con- firmed that the new synthesis we offered in the first and second editions enabled them to bring the most current conceptualizations of the West into their classroom. From the start, our goal has been to create a text that demonstrates that the history of the West is the story of an ongoing process, not a finished re- sult with only one fixed meaning. We wanted also to make clear that there is no one Western people or culture that has existed from the beginning until now. Instead, the history of the West includes many different peoples and cultures. To convey these ideas, we have written a sustained story of the West’s devel- opment in a broad, global context that reveals the cross-cultural interactions fundamental to the shap- ing of Western politics, societies, cultures, and economies. Indeed, the first chapter opens with a sec- tion on the origins and contested meaning of Western civilization. In this conversation, we emphasize our theme of cultural borrowing between the peoples of Europe and their neighbors that has characterized Western civilization from the beginning. Continu- ing this approach in subsequent chapters, we have insisted on an expanded vision of the West that in- cludes the United States and fully incorporates eastern Europe and Scandinavia. Through the depth and breadth embraced in our narrative, we have been able to offer sustained treatment of crucial topics such as Islam and provide a more thorough treatment of globalization than any competing text. Our aim has been to convey the relevance of Western history throughout the book as essential background to today’s events, from debate over European Union membership to conflict in the Middle East. Instructors have found this synthesis essential for helping students understand the West in today’s ever-globalizing world.

Equally valuable to instructors has been the way our book is organized with a chronological framework to help students understand how polit- ical, social, cultural, and economic histories have influenced each other over time. We know from our own teaching that introductory students need

a solid chronological framework, one with enough familiar benchmarks to make the material easy to grasp. Each chapter treats all the main events, people, and themes of a period in which the West significantly changed; thus, students learn about po- litical events and social and cultural developments as they unfolded. This chronological integration also accords with our belief that it is important, above all else, for students to see the interconnec- tions among varieties of historical experience — between politics and cultures, between public events and private experiences, between wars and diplomacy and everyday life. Our chronological synthesis provides a unique benefit to students: it makes these relationships clear while highlighting the major changes of each age. For teachers, our chronological approach ensures a balanced account and provides the opportunity to present themes within their greater context. But perhaps best of all, this approach provides a text that reveals history as a process that is constantly alive, subject to pressures, and able to surprise us.

Despite gratifying praise from the many re- viewers who helped shape this edition, we felt we could do even more to help students and instruc- tors. First, we have further highlighted thematic coverage to help students discern major develop- ments. The most extensive changes we made to this end appear in the Renaissance and Reforma- tion chapters; we rewrote and reorganized the three chapters of the second edition to create a more meaningful two. Chapter 13 includes new coverage of Renaissance art and architecture and the Ottomans’ influence on the West, while Chap- ter 14 offers new consideration of the European Reformation in the context of global exploration and the spread of print culture. We have worked to make key developments clearer in other chapters as well. We united and expanded the discussion of early Canaanites and Hebrews in Chapter 2, added extended coverage of the first and second crusades in Chapter 10, refocused a section on religious fer- vor and later crusades in Chapter 11, consolidated coverage of the scientific revolution in Chapter 15,

Preface

v i P r e fa c e

and combined and strengthened a section on in- dustrialization in Chapter 21.

A second way we have chosen to help students identify and absorb major developments is by adding and refining signposts to guide student reading. Most notably, we have added new chapter- opening focus questions. Posed at the end of the opening vignettes, these single questions encapsulate the essence of the era covered in the chapter and guide students toward the core message of the chapter. To further help students as they read, we have worked hard to ensure that chapter and sec- tion overviews outline the central points of each section in the clearest manner possible. In addi- tion, we have condensed some material to better illuminate key ideas.

A third way we have made this book more useful is by adding a special feature called Seeing History. We know that today’s students are at- tuned to visual sources of information, yet they do not always receive systematic instruction in how to “read” or think critically about such sources. Similarly, we know instructors often wish to use visual evidence as the basis of class discussion but do not have materials appropriate for introduc- tory students readily at hand. We have crafted our Seeing History features to address these needs. Each single-page Seeing History feature contains a pair of images — such as paintings, sculpture, photographs, and artifacts — accompanied by back- ground information and probing questions designed to guide students through the process of reading images as historical evidence and to help them explore different perspectives and significant historical developments.

Finally, as always, we have incorporated the latest scholarly findings throughout the book so that students and instructors alike have a text that they can confidently rely on. In the third edition, we have included new and updated discussions of topics such as the demography of the later Roman republic and its effect on social change, the social and political causes of the Great Famine of the early fourteenth century, the emergence of the plague in Europe, the development of new slave- trading routes in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, the refugee crisis following World War II, and the enlargement of the European Union, among others.

Aided by a fresh and welcoming design, new pedagogical aids, and new multimedia offerings that give students and instructors interactive tools for study and teaching, we believe we have created a new edition even more suited to today’s Western civilization courses. In writing The Making of the West: Peoples and Cultures, we have aimed to com-

municate the vitality and excitement as well as the fundamental importance of history. Students should be enthused about history; we hope we have conveyed some of our own enthusiasm and love for the study of history in these pages.

Pedagogy and Features

We know from our own teaching that students need all the help they can get in absorbing and making sense of information, thinking analytically, and understanding that history itself is debated and con- stantly revised. With these goals in mind, we retained the class-tested learning and teaching aids that worked well in the first and second editions, but we have also done more to help students distill the central story of each age and give them more opportunities to develop their own historical skills.

The third edition incorporates more aids to help students sort out what is most important to learn while they read. New chapter focus ques- tions guide them toward the central themes of the era and the most significant information they should take away from their reading. Boldface key terms have been updated to concentrate on likely test items and have been expanded to include people. To help students read and study, the key terms and people are defined in a new running glossary at the bottom of pages and collected in a comprehensive glossary at the end of the book.

The study tools introduced in the previous edition continue to help students check their un- derstanding of the chapters and the periods they cover. Review questions, strategically placed at the end of each major section, help students recall and assimilate core points in digestible increments. The Chapter Review section provides a clear study plan with a table of important events, a list of key terms and people, section review questions re- peated from within the chapter, and “Making Connections” questions that encourage students to analyze chapter material or make comparisons within or beyond the chapter. Vivid chapter- opening anecdotes with overviews and chapter out- lines, timelines, and conclusions further reinforce the central developments covered in the reading.

But like a clear narrative synthesis, strong pedagogical support is not enough on its own to encourage active learning. To reflect the richness of the themes in the text and offer further oppor- tunities for historical investigation, we include a rich assortment of single-source documents (two per chapter). Nothing can give students a more di- rect experience of the past than original voices,

P r e fa c e v i i

and we have endeavored to let those voices speak, whether it is Frederick Barbarossa replying to the Romans when they offer him the emperor’s crown, Marie de Sévigné’s description of the French court, or an ordinary person’s account of the outbreak of the Russian Revolution.

Accompanying these primary-source features are our unique features that extend the narrative by revealing the process of interpretation, provid- ing a solid introduction to historical argument and critical thinking, and capturing the excite- ment of historical investigation:

• NEW Seeing History features guide students through the process of reading images as historical evidence. Each of the ten features provides a pair of images with background information and questions that encourage visual analysis. Examples include comparisons of pagan and Christian sarcophagi, Persian and Arabic coins, Romanesque and Gothic naves, pre- and post–French Revolution attire, and Italian propaganda posters from World War I.

• Contrasting Views features provide three or four often conflicting primary-source accounts of a cen- tral event, person, or development, such as Julius Caesar, the First Crusade, Joan of Arc, Martin Luther, the English Civil War, and late-nineteenth- century migration.

• New Sources, New Perspectives features show stu- dents how historians continue to develop fresh in- sights using new kinds of evidence about the past, from tree rings to Holocaust museums.

• Terms of History features explain the meanings of some of the most important and contested terms in the history of the West and show how those mean- ings have developed — and changed — over time. For example, the discussion of progress shows how the term took root in the eighteenth century and has been contested in the twentieth.

• Taking Measure features introduce students to the intriguing stories revealed by quantitative analysis. Each feature highlights a chart, table, graph, or map of historical statistics that illuminates an important political, social, or cultural development.

The book’s map program has been widely praised as the most comprehensive and inviting of any competing survey text. In each chapter, we offer three types of maps, each with a distinct role in conveying information to students. Four to five full-size maps show major developments, two to four “spot” maps — small maps positioned within the discussion right where students need them — aid students’ understanding of crucial issues, and “Mapping the West” summary maps at the end of

each chapter provide a snapshot of the West at the close of a transformative period and help students visualize the West’s changing contours over time. For this edition, we have carefully considered each map, simplified where possible to better highlight essential information, and clarified and updated borders and labels where needed.

We have striven to integrate art as fully as pos- sible into the narrative and to show its value for teaching and learning. Over 425 illustrations, care- fully chosen to reflect this edition’s broad topical coverage and geographic inclusion, reinforce the text and show the varieties of visual sources from which historians build their narratives and inter- pretations. All artifacts, illustrations, paintings, and photographs are contemporaneous with the chap- ter; there are no anachronistic illustrations. Fur- thermore, along with the new Seeing History fea- tures, our substantive captions for the maps and art help students learn how to read visuals, and we have frequently included specific questions or sug- gestions for comparisons that might be developed. Specially designed visual exercises in the Online Study Guide supplement this approach. A new page design for the third edition supports our goal of intertwining the art and the narrative, and makes the new study tools readily accessible.

Supplements

As with previous editions, a well-integrated ancillary program supports The Making of the West: Peoples and Cultures. Each print and new media resource has been carefully revised to provide a host of practical teaching and learning aids. (Visit the online catalog at bedfordstmartins.com/hunt/catalog for ordering information and special packaging options.)

For Students PRINT RESOURCES

Sources of THE MAKING OF THE WEST, Third Edition — Volumes I (to 1740) and II (since 1500) — by Katharine J. Lualdi, University of Southern Maine. This companion sourcebook provides written and visual sources to accompany each chapter of The Making of the West. Political, social, and cultural documents offer a variety of perspec- tives that complement the textbook and encourage students to make connections between narrative history and primary sources. Short chapter sum- maries and document headnotes contextualize the wide array of sources and perspectives repre- sented, while discussion questions guide students’

v i i i P r e fa c e

reading and promote historical thinking skills. The third edition features five or more written documents per chapter and one-third more visual sources. Available free when packaged with the text and now available in the e-book (see below).

NEW Trade Books. Titles published by sister companies Farrar, Straus and Giroux; Henry Holt and Company; Hill and Wang; Picador; and St. Martin’s Press are available at a 50 percent discount when packaged with Bedford / St. Martin’s textbooks. For more information, visit bedfordstmartins.com/tradeup.

NEW The Bedford Glossary for European His- tory. This handy supplement for the survey course gives students historically contextualized definitions for hundreds of terms — from Abbasids to Zionism — that students will encounter in lec- tures, reading, and exams. Available free when packaged with the text.

Bedford Series in History and Culture. Over 100 titles in this highly praised series combine first-rate scholarship, historical narrative, and im- portant primary documents for undergraduate courses. Each book is brief, inexpensive, and focused on a specific topic or period. Package discounts are available.

NEW MEDIA RESOURCES

NEW The Making of the West e-Book . This one-of-a-kind online resource integrates the text of The Making of the West with the written and visual sources of the companion sourcebook Sources of THE MAKING OF THE WEST and the self-testing and activities of the Online Study Guide into one easy- to-use e-book. With search functions stronger than in any competing text, this e-book is an ideal study and reference tool for students. Instructors can eas- ily add their own documents, images, and other class material to customize the text.

Online Study Guide at bedfordstmartins.com/ hunt. The popular Online Study Guide for The Making of the West is a free and uniquely personal- ized learning tool to help students master themes and information presented in the textbook and improve their historical skills. Assessment quizzes let students evaluate their comprehension and provide them with customized plans for further study through a variety of activities. Instructors can monitor students’ progress through the online Quiz Gradebook or receive e-mail updates.

NEW Audio Reviews for The Making of the West at bedfordstmartins.com/audioreviews. Audio

Reviews are a new tool that fits easily into stu- dents’ lifestyles and provides a practical new way for them to study. These 25- to 30-minute sum- maries of each chapter in The Making of the West highlight the major themes of the text and help reinforce student learning.

A Student’s Online Guide to History Reference Sources at bedfordstmartins.com/hunt. This Web site provides links to history-related data- bases, indexes, and journals, plus contact informa- tion for state, provincial, local, and professional history organizations.

The Bedford Research Room at bedfordstmartins .com/hunt. The Research Room, drawn from Mike Palmquist’s The Bedford Researcher, offers a wealth of resources — including interactive tuto- rials, research activities, student writing samples, and links to hundreds of other places online — to support students in courses across the disciplines. The site also offers instructors a library of helpful instructional tools.

The Bedford Bibliographer at bedfordstmartins .com/hunt. The Bedford Bibliographer, a simple but powerful Web-based tool, assists students with the process of collecting sources and generates bibliographies in four commonly used documen- tation styles.

Research and Documentation Online at bedfordstmartins.com/hunt. This Web site provides clear advice on how to integrate primary and secondary sources into research papers, how to cite sources correctly, and how to format in MLA, APA, Chicago, or CBE style.

The St. Martin’s Tutorial on Avoiding Plagiarism at bedfordstmartins.com/hunt. This online tuto- rial reviews the consequences of plagiarism and ex- plains what sources to acknowledge, how to keep good notes, how to organize research, and how to integrate sources appropriately. The tutorial in- cludes exercises to help students practice integrating sources and recognize acceptable summaries.

For Instructors PRINT RESOURCES

Instructor’s Resource Manual. This helpful manual by Malia Formes (Western Kentucky Uni- versity) and Dakota Hamilton (Humboldt State University) offers both first-time and experienced teachers a wealth of tools for structuring and cus- tomizing Western civilization history courses of

P r e fa c e i x

different sizes. For each chapter in the textbook, the Instructor’s Resource Manual includes an out- line of chapter themes; a chapter summary; lecture and discussion topics; film and literature sugges- tions; writing and class-presentation assignments; research topic suggestions; and in-class exercises for working with maps, illustrations, and sources. The new edition includes model answers for the review questions in the book as well as a chapter- by-chapter guide to all the supplements available with The Making of the West.

Transparencies. A set of over 200 full-color acetate transparencies for The Making of the West includes all full-sized maps and many images from the text.

NEW MEDIA RESOURCES

Using the Bedford Series in History and Culture with The Making of the West at bedfordstmartins .com/usingseries. This online guide gives prac- tical suggestions for using the volumes in the Bedford Series in History and Culture in conjunc- tion with The Making of the West. This reference supplies connections between textbook themes and each series book and provides ideas for class- room discussions.

NEW HistoryClass. Bedford / St. Martin’s online learning space for history gives you the right tools and the rich content to create your course, your way. An interactive e-book and e-reader enable you to easily assign relevant textbook sections and primary documents. Access to the acclaimed con- tent library, Make History, provides unlimited access to thousands of maps, images, documents, and Web links. The tried-and-true content of the Online Study Guide offers a range of activities to help students access their progress, study more effectively, and improve their critical thinking skills. Customize provided content and mix in your own with ease — everything in HistoryClass is integrated to work together in the same space.

Instructor’s Resource CD-ROM. This disc pro- vides PowerPoint presentations built around chapter outlines, maps, figures, and selected im- ages from the textbook, plus jpeg versions of all maps, figures, and selected images.

Computerized Test Bank — by Malia Formes, Western Kentucky University; available on CD- ROM. This fully updated test bank offers over 80 exercises per chapter, including multiple-choice, identification, timelines, map labeling and analysis, source analysis, and full-length essay questions.

Instructors can customize quizzes, edit both ques- tions and answers, as well as export them to a vari- ety of formats, including WebCT and Blackboard. The disc includes answer keys and essay outlines.

Book Companion Site at bedfordstmartins.com/ hunt. The companion Web site gathers all the electronic resources for The Making of the West, in- cluding the Online Study Guide and related Quiz Gradebook, at a single Web address, providing convenient links to lecture, assignment, and research materials such as PowerPoint chapter outlines and the digital libraries at Make History.

NEW Make History at bedfordstmartins.com/ makehistory. Comprising the content of Bedford / St. Martin’s five acclaimed online li- braries — Map Central, the Bedford History Image Library, DocLinks, HistoryLinks, and PlaceLinks, Make History provides one-stop access to relevant digital content including maps, images, docu- ments, and Web links. Students and instructors alike can search this free, easy-to-use database by keyword, topic, date, or specific chapter of The Making of the West and download the content they find. Instructors can also create entire collections of content and store them online for later use or post their collections to the Web to share with students.

Content for Course Management Systems. A variety of student and instructor resources devel- oped for this textbook is ready for use in course management systems such as Blackboard, WebCT, and other platforms. This e-content includes nearly all of the offerings from the book’s Online Study Guide as well as the book’s test bank.

Videos and Multimedia. A wide assortment of videos and multimedia CD-ROMs on various top- ics in European history is available to qualified adopters.

Acknowledgments

In the vital process of revision, the authors have benefited from repeated critical readings by many tal- ented scholars and teachers. Our sincere thanks go to the following instructors, whose comments often challenged us to rethink or justify our interpretations and who always provided a check on accuracy down to the smallest detail.

Abel Alves, Ball State University

Gene Barnett, Calhoun Community College

Giovanna Benadusi, University of South Florida

x P r e fa c e

Marjorie K. Berman, Red Rocks Community College

Gregory Bruess, University of Northern Iowa

James M. Burns, Clemson University

Kevin W. Caldwell, Blue Ridge Community College

William R. Caraher, University of North Dakota

Joseph J. Casino, Villanova University, St. Joseph’s University

Sara Chapman, Oakland University

Michael S. Cole, Florida Gulf Coast University

Robert Cole, Utah State University

Theodore F. Cook, William Patterson University

Jo Ann Hoeppner Moran Cruz, Georgetown University

Luanne Dagley, Pellissippi State Technical Community College

Frederick H. Dotolo III, St. John Fisher College

Mari Firkatian, University of Hartford

David D. Flaten, Tompkins Cortland Community College

Ellen Pratt Fout, The Ohio State University

Rebecca Friedman, Florida International University

Helen Grady, Springside School, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

Padhraig S. Higgins, Pennsylvania State University

Ronald K. Huch, Eastern Kentucky University

Michael Innis-Jiménez, William Paterson University

Jason M. Kelly, Indiana University–Purdue University Indianapolis

Nathaniel Knight, Seton Hall University

Elizabeth A. Lehfeldt, Cleveland State University

Charles Levine, Mesa Community College

Keith P. Luria, North Carolina State University

Kathryn Lynass, Arizona State University

Michael Mackey, Community College of Denver

John McManamon, Loyola University

Anthony Makowski, Delaware County Community College

John W. Mauer, Tri-County Technical College

Lynn Wood Mollenauer, University of North Carolina–Wilmington

Michelle Anne Novak, Houston Community College

Jason M. Osborne, Northern Kentucky University

James A. Ross-Nazzal, Houston Community College–Southeast College

Daniel Sarefield, The Ohio State University

Nancy E. Shockley, New Mexico State University

Dionysios Skentzis, College of DuPage

Daniel Stephen, University of Colorado at Boulder

Charles R. Sullivan, University of Dallas

Emily Sohmer Tai, Queensborough Community College of the City University of New York

David Tengwall, Anne Arundel Community College

Andrew Thomas, Purdue University

Paul A. Townend, University of North Carolina–Wilmington

David Ulbrich, Ball State University

Karen T. Wagner, Pikes Peak Community College

William Welch Jr., Troy University

David K. White, McHenry County College

James Theron Wilson, Ball State University

Many colleagues, friends, and family members have made contributions to this work. They know how grateful we are. We also wish to acknowledge and thank the publishing team at Bedford /St. Martin’s who did so much to bring this revised edition to completion: president Joan Feinberg, editorial director Denise Wydra, publisher for his- tory Mary Dougherty, director of development for history Jane Knetzger, senior editor Heidi Hood, senior editor Louise Townsend, senior editor Sara Wise, freelance editors Betty Slack and Dale Anderson, editorial assistant and production asso- ciate Lindsay DiGianvittorio, executive marketing manager Jenna Bookin Barry, senior production editor Karen Baart, managing editor Elizabeth Schaaf, art researcher Gillian Speeth, text designer Janis Owens, page makeup artist Cia Boynton, cover designer Donna Dennison, and copyeditor Janet Renard.

Our students’ questions and concerns have shaped much of this work, and we welcome all our readers’ suggestions, queries, and criticisms. Please contact us at our respective institutions or via [email protected].

x i

Brief Contents

Prologue: The Beginnings of Human Society, to c. 4000 B.C.E. P-3

1 Early Western Civilization, 4000–1000 B.C.E. 3

2 The Near East and the Emergence of Greece, 1000–500 B.C.E. 33

3 The Greek Golden Age, c. 500–c. 400 B.C.E. 69

4 From the Classical to the Hellenistic World, 400–30 B.C.E. 103

5 The Rise of Rome, 753–44 B.C.E. 133

6 The Roman Empire, 44 B.C.E.–284 C.E. 163

7 The Transformation of the Roman Empire, 284–600 C.E. 195

8 Islam, Byzantium, and the West, 600–750 231

9 Emperors, Caliphs, and Local Lords, 750–1050 261

10 Merchants and Kings, Popes and Crusaders, 1050–1150 295

11 The Flowering of the Middle Ages, 1150–1215 327

12 The Medieval Search for Order, 1215–1340 359

13 Crisis and Renaissance, 1340–1492 387

14 Global Encounters and Religious Reforms, 1492–1560 419

15 Wars of Religion and the Clash of Worldviews, 1560–1648 451

16 State Building and the Search for Order, 1648–1690 483

17 The Atlantic System and Its Consequences, 1690–1740 519

18 The Promise of Enlightenment, 1740–1789 555

19 The Cataclysm of Revolution, 1789–1799 587

20 Napoleon and the Revolutionary Legacy, 1800–1830 619

21 Industrialization and Social Ferment, 1830–1850 653

22 Politics and Culture of the Nation- State, 1850–1870 689

23 Industry, Empire, and Everyday Life, 1870–1890 725

24 Modernity and the Road to War, 1890–1914 763

25 World War I and Its Aftermath, 1914–1929 799

26 The Great Depression and World War II, 1929–1945 839

27 The Cold War and the Remaking of Europe, 1945–1960s 879

28 Postindustrial Society and the End of the Cold War Order, 1960s–1989 915

29 A New Globalism, 1989 to the Present 951

Appendix: Useful Facts and Figures A-1

This page intentionally left blank

x i i i

Contents

Preface v

Brief Contents xi

Maps and Figures xxix

Special Features xxxv

To the Student xxxix

Authors’ Note: The B.C.E. /C.E. Dating System xlv

About the Authors xlvii

Prologue

The Beginnings of Human Society, to c. 4000 B.C.E.

The Paleolithic Age, 200,000–10,000 B.C.E. P-4 The Life of Hunter-Gatherers P-5 Technology, Trade, Religion, and Hierarchy P-6

The Neolithic Age, 10,000–4000 B.C.E. P-8 The Neolithic Revolution P-8 Neolithic Origins of Modern Life and War P-10 Daily Life in the Neolithic Village of

Çatalhöyük P-10 Gender Inequality in the Neolithic Age P-14

Conclusion P-15 • Chapter Review P-16

NEW SOURCES, NEW PERSPECTIVES: Daily Bread, Damaged Bones, and Cracked Teeth P-12

P-3

x i v C o n t e n t s

Chapter 1

Early Western Civilization, 4000–1000 B.C.E.

Chapter 2

The Near East and the Emergence of Greece, 1000–500 B.C.E.

The Controversial Concept of Western Civilization 4 Defining Western Civilization 4 Locating Early Western Civilization 6

Mesopotamia, Home of the First Civilization, 4000–1000 B.C.E. 7 Cities and Society, 4000–2350 B.C.E. 7 Metals, the Akkadian Empire, and the Ur III

Dynasty, c. 2350–c. 2000 B.C.E. 12 Assyrian, Babylonian, and Canaanite

Achievements, 2000–1000 B.C.E. 13

Egypt, the First Unified Country, 3050–1000 B.C.E. 16 From Egyptian Unification to the Old Kingdom,

3050–2190 B.C.E. 16 The Middle and New Kingdoms in Egypt,

2061–1081 B.C.E. 20

The Hittites, Minoans, and Mycenaeans, 2200–1000 B.C.E. 23 The Hittites, 1750–1200 B.C.E. 24 The Minoans, 2200–1400 B.C.E. 25 The Mycenaeans, 1800–1000 B.C.E. 27 The Period of Calamities, 1200–1000 B.C.E. 28

Conclusion 29 • Chapter Review 31

TERMS OF HISTORY: Civilization 6 DOCUMENT: Hammurabi’s Laws for Physicians 15 DOCUMENT: Declaring Innocence on Judgment Day in

Ancient Egypt 22

From Dark Age to Empire in the Near East, 1000–500 B.C.E. 34 The New Empire of Assyria, 900–600 B.C.E. 35 The Neo-Babylonian Empire, 600–539 B.C.E. 36 The Persian Empire, 557–500 B.C.E. 37 The Hebrews, Origins to 539 B.C.E. 39

Remaking Greek Civilization, 1000–750 B.C.E. 42 The Greek Dark Age, 1000–750 B.C.E. 42 The Values of the Olympic Games 45 Homer, Hesiod, and Divine Justice

in Greek Myth 46

The Creation of the Greek Polis, 750–500 B.C.E. 47 The Physical Environment of the Greek

City-State 47 Trade and “Colonization,” 800–580 B.C.E. 48 Citizenship and Freedom in the Greek

City-State 51

New Directions for the Polis, 750–500 B.C.E. 57 Oligarchy in Sparta, 700–500 B.C.E. 57 Tyranny in Corinth, 657–585 B.C.E. 60 Democracy in Athens, 632–500 B.C.E. 62 New Ways of Thought and Expression,

630–500 B.C.E. 64

Conclusion 65 • Chapter Review 67

document: Homer’s Vision of Justice in the Polis 46 seeing history: Shifting Sculptural Expression:

From Egypt to Greece 50 document: Cyrene Records Its Foundation as a Greek

Colony 52 taking measure: Greek Family Size and Agricultural

Labor in the Archaic Age 55 contrasting views: Persians Debate Democracy,

Oligarchy, and Monarchy 58

3 33

C o n t e n t s x v

Chapter 3

The Greek Golden Age, c. 500–c. 400 B.C.E.

Chapter 4

From the Classical to the Hellenistic World, 400–30 B.C.E.

Wars between Persia and Greece, 499–479 B.C.E. 71 From the Ionian Revolt to the Battle of

Marathon, 499–490 B.C.E. 71 The Great Persian Invasion, 480–479 B.C.E. 72

Athenian Confidence in the Golden Age, 478–431 B.C.E. 74 The Establishment of the Athenian Empire 74 Radical Democracy and Pericles’ Leadership,

461–431 B.C.E. 75 The Urban Landscape 77

Tradition and Innovation in Athens’s Golden Age 81 Religious Tradition in a Period of Change 81 Women, Slaves, and Metics 82 Innovations in Education and Philosophy 86 The Development of Greek Tragedy 92 The Development of Greek Comedy 95

The End of the Golden Age, 431–403 B.C.E. 96 The Peloponnesian War, 431–404 B.C.E. 97 Athens Humbled: Tyranny and Civil War,

404–403 B.C.E. 99

Conclusion 99 • Chapter Review 101

contrasting views: The Nature of Women and Marriage 84

document: Athenian Regulations for a Rebellious Ally 88 document: Sophists Argue Both Sides of a Case 90 taking measure: Military Forces of Athens and Sparta

at the Beginning of the Peloponnesian War (431 B.C.E.) 98

Classical Greece after the Peloponnesian War, 400–350 B.C.E. 104 Restoring Daily Life in Athens 105 The Execution of Socrates, 399 B.C.E. 106 The Philosophy of Plato 107 Aristotle, Scientist and Philosopher 108 Greek Political Disunity 110

The Rise of Macedonia, 359–323 B.C.E. 110 The Roots of Macedonian Power 110 The Rule of Philip II, 359–336 B.C.E. 111 The Rule of Alexander the Great,

336–323 B.C.E. 112

The Hellenistic Kingdoms, 323–30 B.C.E. 115 Creating New Kingdoms 115 The Structure of Hellenistic Kingdoms 116 The Layers of Hellenistic Society 118 The End of the Hellenistic Kingdoms 120

Hellenistic Culture 120 The Arts under Royal Patronage 120 Philosophy for a New Age 122 Scientific Innovation 126 Cultural and Religious Transformations 127

Conclusion 129 • Chapter Review 131

document: Aristotle on the Nature of the Greek Polis 109 document: Epigrams by Women Poets 122 new sources, new perspectives: Papyrus Discoveries

and Menander’s Comedies 124

69 103

x v i C o n t e n t s

Chapter 5

The Rise of Rome, 753–44 B.C.E.

Chapter 6

The Roman Empire, 44 B.C.E.–284 C.E.

Roman Social and Religious Traditions 134 Roman Moral Values 134 The Patron-Client System 136 The Roman Family 136 Education for Public Life 138 Public and Private Religion 138

From Monarchy to Republic 139 Roman Society under the Kings,

753–509 B.C.E. 140 The Early Roman Republic, 509–287 B.C.E. 142

Roman Imperialism and Its Consequences 145 Expansion in Italy, 500–220 B.C.E. 145 Wars with Carthage and in the East,

264–121 B.C.E. 146 Greek Influence on Roman Literature and

the Arts 149 Stresses on Republican Society 150

Upheaval in the Late Republic 152 The Gracchus Brothers and Factional Politics,

133–121 B.C.E. 152 Marius and the Origin of Client Armies,

107–100 B.C.E. 153 Sulla and Civil War, 91–78 B.C.E. 153 The Republic’s Downfall, 83–44 B.C.E. 155

Conclusion 159 • Chapter Review 161

document: The Rape and Suicide of Lucretia 144 taking measure: Census Records during the First and

Second Punic Wars 148 document: Polybius on Roman Military Discipline 154 contrasting views: What Was Julius Caesar Like? 156

Creating the Pax Romana 164 From Republic to Principate, 44–27 B.C.E. 165 Augustus’s “Restoration of the Republic,”

27 B.C.E.–14 C.E. 165 Augustan Rome 167 Imperial Education, Literature, and Art 172

Maintaining the Pax Romana 173 Making Monarchy Permanent,

14–180 C.E. 174 Life in the Roman Golden Age,

96–180 C.E. 176

The Emergence of Christianity 181 Jesus and His Teachings 181 Growth of a New Religion 182 Competing Beliefs 185

The Third-Century Crisis 188 Defending the Frontiers 188 The Severan Emperors and Catastrophe 190

Conclusion 191 • Chapter Review 193

document: Augustus, Res Gestae (My Accomplishments) 168

document: The Scene at a Roman Bath 170 contrasting views: Christians in the Empire: Conspirators

or Faithful Subjects? 186 taking measure: The Value of Roman Imperial

Coinage, 27 B.C.E.–300 C.E. 189

133 163

C o n t e n t s x v i i

Chapter 7

The Transformation of the Roman Empire, 284–600 C.E.

Chapter 8

Islam, Byzantium, and the West, 600–750

Reorganizing the Empire, 284–395 197 From Reform to Fragmentation 197 The High Cost of Rescuing the Empire 200 The Emperors and Official Religion 202

Christianizing the Empire, 312–c. 540 204 Changing Religious Beliefs 204 Establishing Christian Orthodoxy 209 The Emergence of Christian Monks 212

Non-Roman Kingdoms in the West, c. 370–550s 214 Non-Roman Migrations 215 Mixing Traditions 219

The Roman Empire in the East, c. 500–565 221 Imperial Society in the East 222 The Reign of Justinian, 527–565 223 Preserving Classical Traditions 225

Conclusion 227 • Chapter Review 229

document: Diocletian’s Edict on Maximum Prices and Wages 201

taking measure: Peasants’ Use of Farm Produce in the Roman Empire 202

document: The Edict of Milan on Religious Liberty 203 seeing history: Changing Religious Beliefs: Pagan and

Christian Sarcophagi 206 new sources, new perspectives: Was There a Decline

and Fall of the Roman Empire? 218

Islam: A New Religion and a New Empire 232 Nomads and City Dwellers 232 The Prophet Muhammad and the

Faith of Islam 233 Growth of Islam, c. 610–632 234 The Caliphs, Muhammad’s Successors,

632–750 236 Peace and Prosperity in Islamic Lands 237

Byzantium: A Christian Empire under Siege 238 Wars on the Frontiers, c. 570–750 239 From an Urban to a Rural Way of Life 240 New Military and Cultural Forms 242 Religion, Politics, and Iconoclasm 243

Western Europe: A Medley of Kingdoms 245 Frankish Kingdoms with Roman Roots 246 Economic Activity in a Peasant Society 248 The Powerful in Merovingian Society 250 Christianity and Classical Culture in the

British Isles 253 Unity in Spain, Division in Italy 255 Political Tensions and the Power of the Pope 256

Conclusion 257 • Chapter Review 259

terms of history: Medieval 233 document: The Fatihah of the Qur’an 234 seeing history: Who Conquered Whom? A Persian and an

Arabic Coin Compared 239 taking measure: Church Repair, 600–900 243 document: On Holy Images 245 new sources, new perspectives: Anthropology,

Archaeology, and Changing Notions of Ethnicity 249

195 231

x v i i i C o n t e n t s

Chapter 9

Emperors, Caliphs, and Local Lords, 750–1050

Chapter 10

Merchants and Kings, Popes and Crusaders, 1050–1150

The Emperor and Local Elites in the Byzantine Empire 262 Imperial Power 262 The Macedonian Renaissance, c. 870–c. 1025 264 The Dynatoi: A New Landowning Elite 266 In Byzantium’s Shadow: Bulgaria, Serbia,

Russia 266

The Caliphate and Its Fragmentation 268 The Abbasid Caliphate, 750–c. 950 268 Regional Diversity in Islamic Lands 269 Unity of Commerce and Language 270 The Islamic Renaissance, c. 790–c. 1050 271

The Creation and Division of a New European Empire 272 The Rise of the Carolingians 272 Charlemagne and His Kingdom, 768–814 273 The Carolingian Renaissance, c. 790–c. 900 275 Charlemagne’s Successors, 814–911 277 Land and Power 278 Viking, Muslim, and Magyar Invasions,

c. 790–955 279

After the Carolingians: The Emergence of Local Rule 282 Public Power and Private Relationships 282 Warriors and Warfare 285 Efforts to Contain Violence 286 Political Communities in Italy, England,

and France 287 Emperors and Kings in Central and Eastern

Europe 289

Conclusion 291 • Chapter Review 293

document: The Book of the Prefect 265 document: When She Approached 272 contrasting views: Charlemagne: Roman Emperor, Father

of Europe, or the Chief Bishop? 276 terms of history: Feudalism 283 taking measure: Sellers, Buyers, and Donors,

800–1000 284

The Commercial Revolution 296 Fairs, Towns, and Cities 296 Organizing Crafts and Commerce 299 Communes: Self-Government for the

Towns 301 The Commercial Revolution in the

Countryside 301

Church Reform 302 Beginnings of Reform 303 The Gregorian Reform and the Investiture

Conflict, 1073–1122 305 The Sweep of Reform 307 New Monastic Orders of Poverty 309

The Crusades 311 Calling the Crusade 311 The First Crusade 313 The Crusader States 316 The Disastrous Second Crusade 317 The Long-Term Impact of the Crusades 317

The Revival of Monarchies 319 Reconstructing the Empire at Byzantium 319 England under Norman Rule 319 Praising the King of France 321 Surviving as Emperor 322

Conclusion 323 • Chapter Review 325

document: A Byzantine View of Papal Primacy 305 contrasting views: The First Crusade 314 new sources, new perspectives: The Cairo Geniza 318 document: Penances for the Invaders (1070) 322 taking measure: Slaves in England in 1086 323

261 295

C o n t e n t s x i x

Chapter 11

The Flowering of the Middle Ages, 1150–1215

Chapter 12

The Medieval Search for Order, 1215–1340

New Schools and Churches 328 The New Learning and the Rise of the

University 328 Architectural Style: From Romanesque to

Gothic 332

Governments as Institutions 336 England: Unity through Common Law 336 France: Consolidation and Conquest 340 Germany: The Revived Monarchy of Frederick

Barbarossa 341 Eastern Europe and Byzantium: Fragmenting

Realms 346

The Growth of a Vernacular High Culture 346 The Troubadours: Poets of Love and Play 347 The Literature of Epic and Romance 348

Religious Fervor and Crusade 349 New Religious Orders in the Cities 349 Disastrous Crusades to the Holy Land 351 Victorious Crusades in Europe and on Its

Frontiers 353

Conclusion 355 • Chapter Review 357

seeing history: Romanesque versus Gothic: The View Down the Nave 335

contrasting views: Magna Carta 342 document: Frederick I’s Reply to the Romans 344 document: The Children’s Crusade (1212) 355

The Church’s Mission 360 Innocent III and the Fourth Lateran

Council 360 The Inquisition 362 Lay Piety 362 Jews and Lepers as Outcasts 365

The Medieval Synthesis 367 Scholasticism: Harmonizing Faith and

Reason 367 New Syntheses in Writing and Music 369 Gothic Art 370

The Politics of Control 373 The Weakening of the Empire 373 Louis IX and a New Ideal of Kingship 375 The Birth of Representative Institutions 376 The Weakening of the Papacy 377 The Rise of the Signori 379 The Mongol Takeover 380 The Great Famine 380

Conclusion 382 • Chapter Review 384

taking measure: Sentences Imposed by an Inquisitor, 1308–1323 363

new sources, new perspectives: The Peasants of Montaillou 364

document: The Debate between Reason and the Lover 369 document: Ausculta Fili (Listen, Beloved Son) 379

327 359

x x C o n t e n t s

Chapter 13

Crisis and Renaissance, 1340–1492

Chapter 14

Global Encounters and Religious Reforms, 1492–1560

Crisis: Disease, War, and Schism 388 The Black Death, 1346–1353 388 The Hundred Years’ War, 1337–1453 391 The Ottoman Conquest of Constantinople,

1453 396 The Great Schism, 1378–1417 397

The Renaissance: New Forms of Thought and Expression 401 Renaissance Humanism 401 The Arts 403

Consolidating Power 408 New Political Formations in Eastern

Europe 409 Powerful States in Western Europe 410 Republics 411 The Tools of Power 413

Conclusion 414 • Chapter Review 416

taking measure: Population Losses and the Black Death 389

contrasting views: Joan of Arc: Who Was “the Maid”? 394

document: Wat Tyler’s Rebellion (1381) 398 terms of history: Renaissance 402 document: Giovanni Pico della Mirandola, Oration on the

Dignity of Man 404

Widening Horizons 420 Portuguese Explorations 420 The Voyages of Columbus 421 A New Era in Slavery 423 Conquering the New World 425

The Protestant Reformation 426 The Invention of Printing 426 Popular Piety and Christian Humanism 427 Martin Luther and the Holy Roman Empire 429 Huldrych Zwingli and John Calvin 432 The Anglican Church in England 433

Reshaping Society through Religion 434 Protestant Challenges to the Social Order 435 New Forms of Discipline 437 Catholic Renewal 438

A Struggle for Mastery 441 The High Renaissance Court 441 Dynastic Wars 442 Financing War 444 Divided Realms 445

Conclusion 447 • Chapter Review 449

document: Columbus Describes His First Voyage (1493) 423

seeing history: Expanding Geographic Knowledge: World Maps in an Age of Exploration 424

contrasting views: Martin Luther: Holy Man or Heretic? 431

document: Ordinances for Calvinist Churches (1547) 433

387 419

C o n t e n t s x x i

Chapter 15

Wars of Religion and the Clash of Worldviews, 1560–1648

Chapter 16

State Building and the Search for Order, 1648–1690

Religious Conflicts Threaten State Power, 1560–1618 452 French Wars of Religion, 1562–1598 452 Challenges to Spain’s Authority 455 Elizabeth I’s Defense of English

Protestantism 458 The Clash of Faiths and Empires in

Eastern Europe 459

The Thirty Years’ War, 1618–1648 460 Origins and Course of the War 460 The Effects of Constant Fighting 462 The Peace of Westphalia, 1648 463

Economic Crisis and Realignment 465 From Growth to Recession 465 Consequences for Daily Life 467 The Economic Balance of Power 469

The Rise of Secular and Scientific Worldviews 471 The Arts in an Age of Crisis 471 The Natural Laws of Politics 472 The Scientific Revolution 474 Magic and Witchcraft 478

Conclusion 479 • Chapter Review 481

document: The Horrors of the Thirty Years’ War 462 taking measure: The Rise and Fall of Silver Imports to

Spain, 1550–1660 465 new sources, new perspectives: Tree Rings and the

Little Ice Age 466 seeing history: Religious Differences in Painting of the

Baroque Period: Rubens and Rembrandt 473 document: Sentence Pronounced against

Galileo (1633) 477

Louis XIV: Absolutism and Its Limits 484 The Fronde, 1648–1653 485 Court Culture as an Element of Absolutism 486 Enforcing Religious Orthodoxy 489 Extending State Authority at Home and

Abroad 489

Absolutism in Central and Eastern Europe 492 Brandenburg-Prussia: Militaristic

Absolutism 493 An Uneasy Balance: Austrian Habsburgs and

Ottoman Turks 494 Russia: Setting the Foundations of Bureaucratic

Absolutism 496 Poland-Lithuania Overwhelmed 497

Constitutionalism in England 497 England Turned Upside Down, 1642–1660 498 The Glorious Revolution of 1688 502 Social Contract Theory: Hobbes and Locke 504

Outposts of Constitutionalism 505 The Dutch Republic 505 Freedom and Slavery in the New World 508

The Search for Order in Elite and Popular Culture 509 Freedom and Constraint in the Arts and

Sciences 509 Women and Manners 512 Reforming Popular Culture 514

Conclusion 515 • Chapter Review 517

document: Marie de Sévigné, Letter Describing the French Court (1675) 487

taking measure: The Seventeenth-Century Army 493 contrasting views: The English Civil War 500 document: John Milton, Defense of Freedom of the

Press (1644) 511

451 483

x x i i C o n t e n t s

Chapter 17

The Atlantic System and Its Consequences, 1690–1740

Chapter 18

The Promise of Enlightenment, 1740–1789

The Atlantic System and the World Economy 520 Slavery and the Atlantic System 521 World Trade and Settlement 526 The Birth of Consumer Society 528

New Social and Cultural Patterns 529 Agricultural Revolution 529 Social Life in the Cities 531 New Tastes in the Arts 534 Religious Revivals 536

Consolidation of the European State System 536 French Ambitions Thwarted 536 British Rise and Dutch Decline 538 Russia’s Emergence as a European Power 540 The Power of Diplomacy and the Importance

of Population 544

The Birth of the Enlightenment 545 Popularization of Science and Challenges to

Religion 546 Travel Literature and the Challenge to Custom

and Tradition 549 Raising the Woman Question 549

Conclusion 550 • Chapter Review 552

new sources, new perspectives: Oral History and the Life of Slaves 524

document: The Social Effects of Growing Consumption 530 taking measure: Relationship of Crop Harvested to Seed

Used, 1400–1800 531 terms of history: Progress 547 document: Voltaire, Letters Concerning the English

Nation (1733) 548

The Enlightenment at Its Height 556 Men and Women of the Republic of Letters 556 Conflicts with Church and State 558 The Individual and Society 560 Spreading the Enlightenment 564 The Limits of Reason: Roots of Romanticism

and Religious Revival 566

Society and Culture in an Age of Enlightenment 567 The Nobility’s Reassertion of Privilege 567 The Middle Class and the Making of a

New Elite 568 Life on the Margins 571

State Power in an Era of Reform 573 War and Diplomacy 573 State-Sponsored Reform 576 Limits of Reform 577

Rebellions against State Power 578 Food Riots and Peasant Uprisings 578 Public Opinion and Political Opposition 580 Revolution in North America 581

Conclusion 583 • Chapter Review 585

document: Denis Diderot, “Encyclopedia” (1755) 559 contrasting views: Women and the Enlightenment 562 terms of history: Enlightenment 565 taking measure: World Population Growth,

1700–1800 571 document: Thomas Jefferson, Declaration of Independence

(July 4, 1776) 582

519 555

C o n t e n t s x x i i i

Chapter 19

The Cataclysm of Revolution, 1789–1799

Chapter 20

Napoleon and the Revolutionary Legacy, 1800–1830

The Revolutionary Wave, 1787–1789 588 Protesters in the Low Countries and

Poland 589 Origins of the French Revolution,

1787–1789 591

From Monarchy to Republic, 1789–1793 594 The Revolution of Rights and Reason 594 The End of Monarchy 598

Terror and Resistance 600 Robespierre and the Committee of Public

Safety 600 The Republic of Virtue, 1793–1794 602 Resisting the Revolution 604 The Fall of Robespierre and the End of the

Terror 605

Revolution on the March 607 Arms and Conquests 607 European Reactions to Revolutionary

Change 608 Poland Extinguished, 1793–1795 612 Revolution in the Colonies 613

Conclusion 615 • Chapter Review 617

terms of history: Revolution 590 document: The Rights of Minorities 597 contrasting views: Perspectives on the French

Revolution 610 document: Address on Abolishing the Slave Trade

(February 5, 1790) 613

The Rise of Napoleon Bonaparte 620 A General Takes Over 620 From Republic to Empire 622 The New Paternalism: The Civil Code 625 Patronage of Science and Intellectual Life 627

“Europe Was at My Feet”: Napoleon’s Conquests 628 The Grand Army and Its Victories,

1800–1807 628 The Impact of French Victories 630 From Russian Winter to Final Defeat,

1812–1815 632

The “Restoration” of Europe 636 The Congress of Vienna, 1814–1815 636 The Emergence of Conservatism 638 The Revival of Religion 639

Challenges to the Conservative Order 640 Romanticism 640 Political Revolts in the 1820s 644 Revolution and Reform, 1830–1832 646

Conclusion 649 • Chapter Review 651

seeing history: The Clothing Revolution: The Social Meaning of Changes in Post-Revolutionary Fashion 624

document: An Ordinary Soldier on Campaign with Napoleon 633

contrasting views: Napoleon: For and Against 634 document: Wordsworth’s Poetry 642

587 619

x x i v C o n t e n t s

Chapter 21

Industrialization and Social Ferment, 1830–1850

Chapter 22

Politics and Culture of the Nation-State, 1850–1870

The Industrial Revolution 654 Roots of Industrialization 654 Engines of Change 656 Urbanization and Its Consequences 661 Agricultural Perils and Prosperity 663

Reforming the Social Order 664 Cultural Responses to the Social Question 664 The Varieties of Social Reform 667 Abuses and Reforms Overseas 670

Ideologies and Political Movements 671 The Spell of Nationalism 672 Liberalism in Economics and Politics 674 Socialism and the Early Labor Movement 675

The Revolutions of 1848 678 The Hungry Forties 678 Another French Revolution 679 Nationalist Revolution in Italy 680 Revolt and Reaction in Central Europe 681 Aftermath to 1848 684

Conclusion 685 • Chapter Review 687

taking measure: Railroad Lines, 1830–1850 656 new sources, new perspectives: Statistics and the

Standard of Living of the Working Class 660 document: Marx and Engels, The Communist Manifesto 677 document: Alexis de Tocqueville Describes the June Days

in Paris (1848) 681

The End of the Concert of Europe 690 Napoleon III and the Quest for French

Glory 691 The Crimean War, 1853–1856: Turning

Point in European Affairs 692 Reform in Russia 694

War and Nation Building 696 Cavour, Garibaldi, and the Process of Italian

Unification 696 Bismarck and the Realpolitik of German

Unification 699 Francis Joseph and the Creation of the

Austro-Hungarian Monarchy 702 Political Stability through Gradual Reform

in Great Britain 703 Nation Building in the United States and

Canada 705

Establishing Social Order 705 Bringing Order to the Cities 706 Expanding the Reach of Government 708 Schooling and Professionalizing Society 709 Spreading Western Order beyond the West 710 Confronting the Nation-State’s Order at

Home 713

The Culture of Social Order 715 The Arts Confront Social Reality 716 Religion and National Order 718 From the Natural Sciences to Social Science 720

Conclusion 721 • Chapter Review 723

document: Mrs. Seacole: The Other Florence Nightingale 694

terms of history: Nationalism 697 document: Bismarck Tricks the Public to Get His War 701 seeing history: Photographing the Nation: Domesticity

and War 704

653 689

C o n t e n t s x x v

Chapter 23

Industry, Empire, and Everyday Life, 1870–1890

Chapter 24

Modernity and the Road to War, 1890–1914

The Advance of Industry in an Age of Empire 727 Industrial Innovation 727 Facing Economic Crisis 729 Revolution in Business Practices 731

The New Imperialism 733 Taming the Mediterranean 733 Scramble for Africa 733 Acquiring Territory in Asia 737 Japan’s Imperial Agenda 738 The Paradoxes of Imperialism 739

Imperial Society and Culture 740 The “Best Circles” and the Expanding

Middle Class 741 Professional Sports and Organized Leisure 742 Working People’s Strategies 743 Reform Efforts for Working-Class People 746 Artistic Responses to Empire and Industry 747

The Birth of Mass Politics 750 Workers, Politics, and Protest 750 Expanding Political Participation in

Western Europe 752 Power Politics in Central and Eastern Europe 754

Conclusion 759 • Chapter Review 761

document: Imperialism’s Popularity among the People 736 contrasting views: Experiences of Migration 744 document: Henrik Ibsen, From A Doll’s House 748 taking measure: The Decline of Illiteracy 755

Public Debate over Private Life 764 Population Pressure 765 Reforming Marriage 766 New Women, New Men, and the Politics of

Sexual Identity 767 Sciences of the Modern Self 768

Modernity and the Revolt in Ideas 771 The Opposition to Positivism 771 Revolutionizing Science 772 Modern Art 773 The Revolt in Music and Dance 775

Growing Tensions in Mass Politics 776 Labor’s Expanding Power 776 Rights for Women and the Battle for Suffrage 777 Liberalism Tested 778 Anti-Semitism, Nationalism, and Zionism in

Mass Politics 779

European Imperialism Challenged 783 The Trials of Empire 784 The Russian Empire Threatened 787 Growing Resistance to Colonial Domination 788

Roads to War 790 Competing Alliances and Clashing

Ambitions 790 The Race to Arms 792 1914: War Erupts 793

Conclusion 795 • Chapter Review 797

terms of history: Modern 766 new sources, new perspectives: Psychohistory and Its

Lessons 770 document: Leon Pinsker Calls for a Jewish State 783 document: A Historian Promotes Militant Nationalism 795

725 763

x x v i C o n t e n t s

Chapter 25

World War I and Its Aftermath, 1914–1929

Chapter 26

The Great Depression and World War II, 1929–1945

The Great War, 1914–1918 800 Blueprints for War 800 The Battlefronts 803 The Home Front 806

Protest, Revolution, and War’s End, 1917–1918 810 War Protest 810 Revolution in Russia 810 Ending the War, 1918 814

The Search for Peace in an Era of Revolution 815 Europe in Turmoil 815 The Paris Peace Conference, 1919–1920 816 Economic and Diplomatic Consequences of

the Peace 820

The Aftermath of War: Europe in the 1920s 821 Changes in the Political Landscape 822 Reconstructing the Economy 824 Restoring Society 825

Mass Culture and the Rise of Modern Dictators 827 Culture for the Masses 828 Cultural Debates over the Future 828 The Communist Utopia 831 Fascism on the March in Italy 833

Conclusion 835 • Chapter Review 837

seeing history: Demonizing the Enemy: Italian Propaganda Posters from World War I 808

document: Outbreak of the Russian Revolution 813 contrasting views: Arguing with the Victors 818 taking measure: The Growth of Radio, 1924–1929 829 document: Battlefield Tourism 830

The Great Depression 840 Economic Disaster Strikes 840 Social Effects of the Depression 842 The Great Depression beyond the West 843

Totalitarian Triumph 844 The Rise of Stalinism 844 Hitler’s Rise to Power 847 The Nazification of German Politics 848 Nazi Racism 849

Democracies on the Defensive 852 Confronting the Economic Crisis 852 Cultural Visions in Hard Times 854

The Road to Global War 856 A Surge in Global Imperialism 856 The Spanish Civil War, 1936–1939 859 Hitler’s Conquest of Central Europe,

1938–1939 860

World War II, 1939–1945 862 The German Onslaught 862 War Expands: The Pacific and Beyond 864 The War against Civilians 864 Societies at War 866 From Resistance to Allied Victory 868 An Uneasy Postwar Settlement 873

Conclusion 875 • Chapter Review 877

document: A Family Copes with Unemployment 842 terms of history: Totalitarianism 845 contrasting views: Stalin and Hitler: For and Against 850 document: The Greater East Asia Co-Prosperity Sphere 858 new sources, new perspectives: Museums and

Memory 867

799 839

C o n t e n t s x x v i i

Chapter 27

The Cold War and the Remaking of Europe, 1945–1960s

Chapter 28

Postindustrial Society and the End of the Cold War Order, 1960s–1989

World Politics Transformed 880 Chaos in Europe 881 New Superpowers: The United States and

the Soviet Union 883 Origins of the Cold War 883 The Division of Germany 886

Political and Economic Recovery in Europe 888 Dealing with Nazism 888 Rebirth of the West 889 The Welfare State: Common Ground East

and West 893 Recovery in the East 894

Decolonization in a Cold War Climate 897 The End of Empire in Asia 897 The Struggle for Identity in the Middle East 899 New Nations in Africa 900 Newcomers Arrive in Europe 901

Daily Life and Culture in the Shadow of Nuclear War 902 Restoring “Western” Values 903 Consumerism and Shifting Gender Norms 905 The Culture of Cold War 908 The Atomic Brink 909

Conclusion 911 • Chapter Review 913

new sources, new perspectives: Government Archives and the Truth about the Cold War 885

taking measure: World Manufacturing Output, 1950–1970 892

document: The Schuman Plan on European Unity (1950) 893

document: Consumerism, Youth, and the Birth of the Generation Gap 905

The Revolution in Technology 916 The Information Age: Television and

Computers 916 The Space Age 918 The Nuclear Age 919 Revolutions in Biology and Reproductive

Technology 919

Postindustrial Society and Culture 921 Multinational Corporations 921 The New Worker 922 The Boom in Education and Research 924 Changing Family Life and the Generation

Gap 924 Art, Ideas, and Religion in a Technocratic

Society 925

Protesting Cold War Conditions 927 Cracks in the Cold War Order 927 The Growth of Citizen Activism 930 1968: Year of Crisis 933

The Testing of Superpower Domination and the End of the Cold War 936 A Changing Balance of World Power 936 The Western Bloc Meets Challenges with

Reform 939 Collapse of Communism in the Soviet Bloc 942

Conclusion 947 • Chapter Review 949

taking measure: Postindustrial Occupational Structure, 1984 923

seeing history: Critiquing the Soviet System: Dissident Art in the 1960s and 1970s 929

contrasting views: Feminist Debates 932 document: Margaret Thatcher’s Economic Vision 941 document: Criticizing Gorbachev 944

879 915

x x v i i i C o n t e n t s

Chapter 29

A New Globalism, 1989 to the Present

Collapse of the Soviet Union and Its Aftermath 953 The Breakup of Yugoslavia 953 The Soviet Union Comes Apart 956 Toward a Market Economy 958 International Politics and the New Russia 960

The Nation-State in a Global Age 961 Europe Looks beyond the Nation-State 961 Globalizing Cities and Fragmenting Nations 964 Global Organizations 965

Challenges from an Interconnected World 966 The Problems of Pollution 966 Population, Health, and Disease 968 North versus South? 969 Islam Meets the West 969 World Economies on the Rise 973

Global Culture and Society in the Twenty-first Century 974 Redefining the West: The Impact of Global

Migration 974 Global Networks and the Economy 975 A Global Culture? 977

Conclusion 981 • Chapter Review 984

document: Václav Havel, “Czechoslovakia Is Returning to Europe” 963

document: The European Green Party Becomes Transnational (2006) 967

taking measure: World Population Growth, 1950–2010 968

contrasting views: Muslim Immigrants and Turkey in the EU: The Dutch Debate Globalization 976

Appendix: Useful Facts and Figures A-1

Glossary of Key Terms and People G-1

Suggested References SR-1

Index I-1

951

x x i x

Maps and Figures

Maps Prologue

map 1 The Development of Agriculture P-9

Chapter 1

map 1.1 The Ancient Near East, 4000–3000 B.C.E. 8

spot map The Akkadian Empire, 2350–2200 B.C.E. 12

spot map The Kingdom of Assyria, 1900 B.C.E. 13

map 1.2 Ancient Egypt 17

map 1.3 Greece and the Aegean Sea, 1500 B.C.E. 23

mapping the west The Period of Calamities,

1200–1000 B.C.E. 30

Chapter 2

map 2.1 Expansion of the Neo-Assyrian Empire,

c. 900–650 B.C.E. 35

map 2.2 Expansion of the Persian Empire,

c. 550–490 B.C.E. 38

spot map Phoenicia and Canaan /Palestine 39

map 2.3 Dark Age Greece 43

map 2.4 Archaic Greece, 750–500 B.C.E. 48

map 2.5 Phoenician and Greek Expansion,

750–500 B.C.E. 49

spot map Sparta and Corinth, 750–500 B.C.E. 57

spot map Athens and Central Greece, 750–500 B.C.E. 62

spot map Ionia and the Aegean, 750–500 B.C.E. 65

mapping the west Mediterranean Civilizations,

c. 500 B.C.E. 66

Chapter 3

map 3.1 The Persian Wars, 499–479 B.C.E. 72

spot map The Delian and Peloponnesian Leagues 74

map 3.2 Fifth-Century B.C.E. Athens 78

spot map Theaters of Classical Greece 95

map 3.3 The Peloponnesian War, 431–404 B.C.E. 97

mapping the west Greece, Europe, and the

Mediterranean, 400 B.C.E. 100

Chapter 4

spot map Athens’s Long Walls as Rebuilt after the

Peloponnesian War 106

spot map Aristotle’s Lyceum, established 335 B.C.E. 108

map 4.1 Expansion of Macedonia under Philip II,

359–336 B.C.E. 112

map 4.2 Conquests of Alexander the Great,

336–323 B.C.E. 114

map 4.3 Hellenistic Kingdoms, 240 B.C.E. 116

mapping the west Roman Takeover of the Hellenistic

World, to 30 B.C.E. 130

Chapter 5

map 5.1 Ancient Italy, 500 B.C.E. 140

map 5.2 The City of Rome during the Republic 143

spot map Rome and Central Italy, Fifth

Century B.C.E. 145

spot map Roman Roads, 110 B.C.E. 145

map 5.3 Roman Expansion, 500–44 B.C.E. 147

spot map The Kingdom of Mithridates VI, 88 B.C.E. 154

mapping the west The Roman World at the End of

the Republic, 44 B.C.E. 160

Chapter 6

map 6.1 The Expansion of the Roman Empire,

30 B.C.E.–117 C.E. 176

map 6.2 Natural Feature and Languages

of the Roman World 178

spot map Palestine in the Time of Jesus, 30 C.E. 181

map 6.3 Christian Populations in the Late Third

Century C.E. 184

mapping the west The Roman Empire in

Crisis, 284 C.E. 192

x x x M a p s a n d F i g u r e s

Chapter 7

map 7.1 Diocletian’s Reorganization of 293 199

spot map The Empire’s East/West Division, 395 199

map 7.2 The Spread of Christianity, 300–600 209

spot map Original Areas of Christian Splinter

Groups 211

map 7.3 Migrations and Invasions of the Fourth

and Fifth Centuries 216

map 7.4 Peoples and Kingdoms of the Roman

World, 526 220

spot map Constantinople during the Rule of

Justinian 225

mapping the west Western Europe and the Eastern

Roman Empire, 600 228

Chapter 8

map 8.1 Expansion of Islam to 750 236

map 8.2 Byzantine and Sasanid Empires, c. 600 241

map 8.3 Diagram of the City of Ephesus 242

map 8.4 The Merovingian Kingdoms in the

Seventh Century 247

spot map Tours, c. 600 248

spot map The British Isles 253

spot map Lombard Italy, Early Eighth Century 255

mapping the west Europe and the Mediterranean,

c. 750 258

Chapter 9

map 9.1 The Expansion of Byzantium, 860–1025 263

spot map The Balkans, c. 850–950 267

map 9.2 Islamic States, c. 1000 269

map 9.3 Expansion of the Carolingian Empire

under Charlemagne 275

map 9.4 Muslim, Viking, and Magyar Invasions

of the Ninth and Tenth Centuries 281

spot map England in the Age of King Alfred,

871–899 288

spot map The Kingdom of the Franks under Hugh

Capet, 987–996 289

spot map The Ottoman Empire, 936–1002 289

mapping the west Europe and the Mediterranean,

c. 1050 292

Chapter 10

map 10.1 Medieval Trade Routes in the Eleventh

and Twelfth Centuries 298

spot map The World of the Investiture Conflict,

c. 1070–1122 306

map 10.2 The First Crusade, 1096–1099 312

spot map Jewish Communities Attacked during

the First Crusade 313

spot map The Crusader States in 1109 316

spot map Norman Conquest of England, 1066 320

mapping the west Major Religions in the West,

c. 1150 324

Chapter 11

map 11.1 Europe in the Age of Henry II

and Frederick Barbarossa, 1150–1190 338

spot map The Consolidation of France under

Philip Augustus, 1180–1223 340

spot map Eastern Europe and Byzantium, c. 1200 346

map 11.2 Crusades and Anti-Heretic Campaigns,

1150–1204 352

map 11.3 The Reconquista, 1150–1212 354

spot map The Albigensian Crusade, 1209–1229 355

mapping the west Europe and Byzantium, c. 1215 356

Chapter 12

spot map Blood Libel Charges in

Europe, c. 1100–1300 366

spot map Italy at the End of the Thirteenth

Century 373

map 12.1 Europe in the Time of Frederick II,

r. 1212–1250 374

map 12.2 France under Louis IX, r. 1226–1270 376

map 12.3 The Mongol Invasions to 1259 381

mapping the west Europe, c. 1340 383

Chapter 13

map 13.1 The Hundred Years’ War, 1337–1453 393

map 13.2 Ottoman Expansion in the Fourteenth

and Fifteenth Centuries 397

spot map The Hussite Revolution, 1415–1436 400

spot map Hanseatic League 409

M a p s a n d F i g u r e s x x x i

spot map Spain before Unification, Late Fifteenth

Century 410

spot map Expansion of Burgundy, 1384–1476 410

spot map Growth of the Swiss Confederation,

1291–1386 411

spot map Italy at the Peace of Lodi, 1454 412

mapping the west Europe, c. 1492 415

Chapter 14

map 14.1 Early Voyages of World Exploration 422

map 14.2 Spanish and Portuguese Colonies in

the Americas, 1492–1560 425

spot map Luther’s World in the Early

Sixteenth Century 430

spot map Calvin’s World in the Mid-Sixteenth

Century 432

map 14.3 The Peasants’ War of 1525 435

map 14.4 Habsburg-Valois-Ottoman Wars,

1494–1559 442

mapping the west Reformation Europe, c. 1560 447

Chapter 15

map 15.1 Protestant Churches in France, 1562 453

map 15.2 The Empire of Philip II, r. 1556–1598 456

spot map The Netherlands during the Revolt,

c. 1580 456

spot map Retreat of the Spanish Armada, 1588 459

spot map Russia, Poland-Lithuania, and Sweden

in the Late 1500s 460

map 15.3 The Thirty Years’ War and the Peace of

Westphalia, 1648 463

map 15.4 European Colonization of the Americas,

c. 1640 470

mapping the west The Religious Divisions of

Europe, c. 1648 480

Chapter 16

spot map The Fronde, 1648–1653 486

map 16.1 Louis XIV’s Acquisitions, 1668–1697 492

map 16.2 State Building in Central and Eastern

Europe, 1648–1699 494

spot map Poland-Lithuania in the Seventeenth

Century 497

spot map England during the Civil War 499

map 16.3 Dutch Commerce in the Seventeenth

Century 506

mapping the west Europe at the End of the

Seventeenth Century 516

Chapter 17

map 17.1 European Trade Patterns, c. 1740 522

map 17.2 Europe, c. 1715 537

map 17.3 Russia and Sweden after the Great

Northern War, 1721 543

spot map Austrian Conquest of Hungary,

1657–1730 544

mapping the west Europe in 1740 551

Chapter 18

map 18.1 War of the Austrian Succession,

1740–1748 574

map 18.2 The Seven Years’ War, 1756–1763 575

spot map The First Partition of Poland, 1772 576

spot map The Pugachev Rebellion, 1773 579

mapping the west Europe and the World, c. 1780 583

Chapter 19

spot map The Low Countries in 1787 589

map 19.1 Revolutionary Paris, 1789 594

spot map The Great Fear, 1789 595

map 19.2 Redrawing the Map of France, 1789–1791 596

spot map The Vendeé Rebellion, 1793 604

map 19.3 French Expansion, 1791–1799 608

map 19.4 The Second and Third Partitions of

Poland, 1793 and 1795 612

spot map St. Domingue on the Eve of the

Revolt, 1791 614

mapping the west Europe in 1799 616

Chapter 20

map 20.1 Napoleon’s Empire at Its Height, 1812 628

spot map France’s Retreat from America 629

spot map Consolidation of German and Italian

States, 1812 630

spot map The Spanish War for Independence,

1807–1813 632

x x x i i M a p s a n d F i g u r e s

map 20.2 Europe after the Congress of Vienna,

1815 637

map 20.3 Revolutionary Movements of the 1820s 644

spot map Nationalistic Movements in the Balkans,

1815–1830 645

map 20.4 Latin American Independence, 1804 –1830 647

mapping the west Europe in 1830 650

Chapter 21

map 21.1 Industrialization in Europe, c. 1850 657

map 21.2 The Spread of Cholera, 1826–1855 662

spot map The Opium War, 1839–1842 671

map 21.3 Languages of Nineteenth-Century Europe 673

map 21.4 The Revolutions of 1848 679

spot map The Divisions of Italy, 1848 680

mapping the west Europe in 1850 686

Chapter 22

map 22.1 The Crimean War, 1853–1856 692

map 22.2 Unification of Italy, 1859–1870 698

map 22.3 Unification of Germany, 1862–1871 700

spot map The Austro-Hungarian Monarchy, 1867 702

map 22.4 U.S. Expansion, 1850–1870 706

spot map Indian Resistance, 1857 711

map 22.5 The Paris Commune, 1871 714

mapping the west Europe and the Mediterranean,

1871 722

Chapter 23

spot map The Suez Canal and British Invasion

of Egypt, 1882 733

map 23.1 Africa, c. 1890 735

spot map British Colonialism in the Malay

Peninsula and Burma, 1826–1890 737

map 23.2 Expansion of Russia in Asia, 1865–1895 738

spot map The Union of Indochina, 1893 738

map 23.3 Expansion of Berlin to 1914 755

map 23.4 The Balkans, c. 1878 757

spot map Russia: The Pale of Settlement in the

Nineteenth Century 758

mapping the west The West and the World, c. 1890 760

Chapter 24

spot map Principal Ethnic Groups in

Austria-Hungary, c. 1900 781

map 24.1 Jewish Migrations in the Late Nineteenth

Century 782

map 24.2 Africa in 1914 784

spot map The Struggle for Ethiopia, 1896 785

map 24.3 Imperialism in Asia, 1894–1914 786

spot map Russian Revolution of 1905 787

map 24.4 The Balkans, 1908–1914 791

mapping the west Europe at the Outbreak of World

War I, August 1914 796

Chapter 25

map 25. 1 The Fronts of World War I, 1914 –1918 802

spot map The Schlieffen Plan 803

map 25.2 The Western Front 804

map 25. 3 The Russian Civil War, 1917–1922 814

map 25. 4 Europe and the Middle East after the

Peace Settlements of 1919–1920 817

spot map The Little Entente 821

spot map National Minorities in Postwar Poland 822

spot map The Irish Free State and Ulster, 1921 824

mapping the west Europe and the World in 1929 836

Chapter 26

map 26.1 The Expansion of Japan, 1931–1941 857

spot map The Ethiopian War, 1935–1936 859

map 26.2 The Spanish Civil War, 1936–1939 860

map 26.3 The Growth of Nazi Germany,

1933–1939 862

spot map The Division of France, 1940 863

map 26.4 Concentration Camps and Extermination

Sites in Europe 865

map 26.5 World War II in Europe and Africa 869

map 26.6 World War II in the Pacific 872

mapping the west Europe at War’s End, 1945 876

Chapter 27

map 27.1 The Impact of World War II on Europe 883

spot map Yugoslavia after the Revolution 886

M a p s a n d F i g u r e s x x x i i i

map 27.2 Divided Germany and the Berlin Airlift,

1946–1949 887

map 27.3 European NATO Members and the Warsaw

Pact in the 1950s 888

spot map The Korean War, 1950–1953 898

spot map Indochina, 1954 898

map 27.4 The Partition of Palestine and the

Creation of Israel, 1947–1948 899

map 27.5 The Decolonization of Africa, 1951–1990 900

map 27.6 The Cuban Missile Crisis, 1962 911

mapping the west The Cold War World, c. 1960 912

Chapter 28

map 28.1 The Airbus Production System 922

map 28.2 The Vietnam War, 1954 –1975 930

spot map Prague Spring, 1968 935

spot map Israel after the Six-Day War, 1967 937

spot map Nationalist Movements of the 1970s 939

mapping the west The Collapse of Communism

in Europe, 1989–1990 948

Chapter 29

map 29.1 Eastern Europe in the 1990s 954

map 29.2 The Former Yugoslavia, c. 2000 955

map 29.3 Countries of the Former Soviet Union,

c. 2000 957

map 29.4 The European Union in 2007 962

map 29.5 The Middle East in the Twenty-first

Century 971

spot map Tigers of the Pacific Rim, c. 1995 973

mapping the west The World in the New

Millennium 983

Figures figure 1.1 Cuneiform Writing 11

figure 1.2 Egyptian Hieroglyphics 18

figure 3.1 Triremes, the Foremost Classical

Greek Warships 75

figure 3.2 Styles of Greek Capitals 78

figure 6.1 Cutaway Reconstruction of the Forum

of Augustus 167

figure 10.1 Floor Plan of a Cistercian Monastery 310

figure 11.1 Floor Plan of a Romanesque Church 333

figure 11.2 Elements of a Gothic Cathedral 334

figure 11.3 Genealogy of Henry II 337

figure 11.4 Troubadour Song: “I Never Died

for Love” 348

figure 17.1 African Slaves Imported into American

Territories, 1701–1810 521

figure 17.2 Annual Imports in the Atlantic Slave

Trade, 1450–1870 523

figure 23.1 European Emigration, 1870–1890 746

figure 24.1 The Growth in Armaments, 1890–1914 793

figure 25.1 The Rising Cost of Living During

World War I 809

figure 26.1 Weapons Production of the Major

Powers, 1939–1945 868

figure 27.1 Military Spending and the Cold War

Arms Race, 1950–1970 891

figure 27.2 Women in the Workforce, 1950–1960 907

figure 28.1 Fluctuating Oil Prices, 1955–1985 938

This page intentionally left blank

x x x v

Documents Hammurabi’s Laws for Physicians 15

Declaring Innocence on Judgment Day in Ancient Egypt 22

Homer’s Vision of Justice in the Polis 46

Cyrene Records Its Foundation as a Greek Colony 52

Athenian Regulations for a Rebellious Ally 88

Sophists Argue Both Sides of a Case 90

Aristotle on the Nature of the Greek Polis 109

Epigrams by Women Poets 122

The Rape and Suicide of Lucretia 144

Polybius on Roman Military Discipline 154

Augustus, Res Gestae (My Accomplishments) 168

The Scene at a Roman Bath 170

Diocletian’s Edict on Maximum Prices and Wages 201

The Edict of Milan on Religious Liberty 203

The Fatihah of the Qur’an 234

On Holy Images 245

The Book of the Prefect 265

When She Approached 272

A Byzantine View of Papal Primacy 305

Penances for the Invaders (1070) 322

Frederick I’s Reply to the Romans 344

The Children’s Crusade (1212) 355

The Debate between Reason and the Lover 369

Ausculta Fili (Listen, Beloved Son) 379

Wat Tyler’s Rebellion (1381) 398

Giovanni Pico della Mirandola, Oration on the Dignity of Man 404

Columbus Describes His First Voyage (1493) 423

Ordinances for Calvinist Churches (1547) 433

The Horrors of the Thirty Years’ War 462

Sentence Pronounced against Galileo (1633) 477

Marie de Sévigné, Letter Describing the French Court (1675) 487

John Milton, Defense of Freedom of the Press (1644) 511

The Social Effects of Growing Consumption 530

Voltaire, Letters Concerning the English Nation (1733) 548

Denis Diderot, “Encyclopedia” (1755) 559

Special Features

Thomas Jefferson, Declaration of Independence (July 4, 1776) 582

The Rights of Minorities 597

Address on Abolishing the Slave Trade (February 5, 1790) 613

An Ordinary Soldier on Campaign with Napoleon 633

Wordsworth’s Poetry 642

Marx and Engels, The Communist Manifesto 677

Alexis de Tocqueville Describes the June Days in Paris (1848) 681

Mrs. Seacole: The Other Florence Nightingale 694

Bismarck Tricks the Public to Get His War 701

Imperialism’s Popularity among the People 736

Henrik Ibsen, From A Doll’s House 748

Leon Pinsker Calls for a Jewish State 783

A Historian Promotes Militant Nationalism 795

Outbreak of the Russian Revolution 813

Battlefield Tourism 830

A Family Copes with Unemployment 842

The Greater East Asia Co-Prosperity Sphere 858

The Schuman Plan on European Unity, 1950 893

Consumerism, Youth, and the Birth of the Generation Gap 905

Margaret Thatcher’s Economic Vision 941

Criticizing Gorbachev 944

Václav Havel, “Czechoslovakia Is Returning to Europe” 963

The European Green Party Becomes Transnational (2006) 967

Contrasting Views Persians Debate Democracy, Oligarchy, and Monarchy 58

The Nature of Women and Marriage 84

What Was Julius Caesar Like? 156

Christians in the Empire: Conspirators or Faithful Subjects? 186

Charlemagne: Roman Emperor, Father of Europe, or the Chief Bishop? 276

The First Crusade 314

Magna Carta 342

Joan of Arc: Who Was “the Maid”? 394

Martin Luther: Holy Man or Heretic? 431

The English Civil War 500

Women and the Enlightenment 562

Perspectives on the French Revolution 610

Napoleon: For and Against 634

Experiences of Migration 744

Arguing with the Victors 818

Stalin and Hitler: For and Against 850

Feminist Debates 932

Muslim Immigrants and Turkey in the EU: The Dutch Debate Globalization 976

x x x v i S p e c i a l F e a t u r e s

S p e c i a l F e a t u r e s x x x v i i

New Sources, New Perspectives Daily Bread, Damaged Bones, and Cracked Teeth P-12

Papyrus Discoveries and Menander’s Comedies 124

Was There a Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire? 218

Anthropology, Archaeology, and Changing Notions of Ethnicity 249

The Cairo Geniza 318

The Peasants of Montaillou 364

Tree Rings and the Little Ice Age 466

Oral History and the Life of Slaves 524

Statistics and the Standard of Living of the Working Class 660

Psychohistory and Its Lessons 770

Museums and Memory 867

Government Archives and the Truth about the Cold War 885

Terms of History Civilization 6

Medieval 233

Feudalism 283

Renaissance 402

Progress 547

Enlightenment 565

Revolution 590

Nationalism 697

Modern 766

Totalitarianism 845

Seeing History Shifting Sculptural Expression: From Egypt to Greece 50

Changing Religious Beliefs: Pagan and Christian Sarcophagi 206

Who Conquered Whom? A Persian and an Arabic Coin Compared 239

Romanesque versus Gothic: The View Down the Nave 335

Expanding Geographic Knowledge: World Maps in an Age of Exploration 424

Religious Differences in Painting of the Baroque Period: Rubens and

Rembrandt 473

The Clothing Revolution: The Social Meaning of Changes in

Post-Revolutionary Fashion 624

Photographing the Nation: Domesticity and War 704

Demonizing the Enemy: Italian Propaganda Posters from World War I 808

Critiquing the Soviet System: Dissident Art in the 1960s and 1970s 929

Taking Measure Greek Family Size and Agricultural Labor in the Archaic Age 55

Military Forces of Athens and Sparta at the Beginning of the

Peloponnesian War (431 B.C.E.) 98

Census Records during the First and Second Punic Wars 148

The Value of Roman Imperial Coinage, 27 B.C.E.–300 C.E. 189

Peasants’ Use of Farm Produce in the Roman Empire 202

Church Repair, 600–900 243

Sellers, Buyers, and Donors, 800–1000 284

Slaves in England in 1086 323

Sentences Imposed by an Inquisitor, 1308–1323 363

Population Losses and the Black Death 389

The Rise and Fall of Silver Imports to Spain, 1550–1660 465

The Seventeenth-Century Army 493

Relationship of Crop Harvested to Seed Used, 1400–1800 531

World Population Growth, 1700–1800 571

Railroad Lines, 1830–1850 656

The Decline of Illiteracy 755

The Growth of Radio, 1924 –1929 829

World Manufacturing Output, 1950–1970 892

Postindustrial Occupational Structure, 1984 923

World Population Growth, 1950–2010 968

x x x v i i i S p e c i a l F e a t u r e s

This guide to your textbook introduces the unique features that will help you understand the fascinating story of Western Civilization.

To the Student

Tools to help you focus on what is important

Read the chapter outlines to preview the topics and themes to come.

Consult the running glossary for definitions of the bolded Key Terms and People.

Preview chapter events and keep track of time with chapter timelines.

Use the review questions at the end of each major section to check your understanding of key concepts.

Read the focus questions at the start of each chapter to think about the main ideas you should look for as you read.

x x x i x

x l To t h e S t u d e n t

Special features introduce the way historians work and help you learn to think critically about the past.

Numerous individual primary-source documents offer direct experiences of the past and the opportunity to consider sources historians use.

Contrasting Views provide three or four often conflict- ing eyewitness accounts of a cen- tral event, person, or development to foster critical thinking skills.

Seeing History pairs two visuals with background informa- tion and probing questions to encourage analysis of images as historical evidence.

New Sources, New Perspectives show how new evidence leads historians to fresh insights—and sometimes new interpretations.

Terms of History identify a term central to history writing and reveal how it is hotly debated.

Taking Measure data reveal how individual facts add up to broad trends and introduce quantitative analysis skills.

To t h e S t u d e n t x l i

Art and maps extend the chapter, and help you analyze images and put events in geographical context.

Full-size maps show major historical developments and carry informative captions.

Web references direct you to visual activities designed to help you analyze images.

Mapping the West summary maps provide a snapshot of the West at the close of each chapter.

“Spot” maps offer geographical de- tails right where you need them.

x l i i To t h e S t u d e n t

Tools to help you remember the chapter’s main points and do further research

For print and Web resources for papers or further study, consult the For Further Explo- ration boxes at the end of each chapter, which guide you to annotated lists of suggested ref- erences, additional primary-source materials, and related Web resources.

Test your knowledge of the important concepts and historical figures in the Key Terms and People lists, which include page references to the text discussion and running glossary definition. These definitions are also in the glossary at the end of the book.

Answer the Review Questions, which repeat the chapter’s end-of- section comprehension prompts.

Answer the analytical Making Connections questions, which will help you link ideas within or across chapters.

Read the chapter conclusions to review how the chap- ters’ most important themes and topics fit together and learn how they connect to the next chapter.

Visit the free online study guide, which provides quizzes and activities to help you master the chapter material.

Review the Important Events chronologies to make sure you under- stand the relationships between major events in the chapter and their sequence.

To t h e S t u d e n t x l i i i

In each chapter of this textbook you will find many primary sources to broaden your understanding of the development of the West. Primary sources refer to firsthand, contemporary accounts or direct evidence about a particular topic. For example, speeches, letters, diaries, song lyrics, and newspaper articles are all primary sources that historians use to construct accounts of the past. Nonwritten materials such as maps, paintings, artifacts, and even architecture and music can also be primary sources. Both types of historical documents in this textbook — written and visual — provide a glimpse into the lives of the men and women who influenced or were influenced by the course of Western history.

To guide your interpretation of any source, you should begin by asking several basic questions, listed below, as starting points for observing, analyzing, and interpreting the past. Your answers should prompt further questions of your own.

1. Who is the author? Who wrote or created the material? What was his or her author- ity? (Personal? institutional?) Did the author have specialized knowledge or experi- ence? If you are reading a written document, how would you describe the author’s tone of voice? (Formal, personal, angry?)

2. Who is the audience? Who were the intended readers, listeners, or viewers? How does the intended audience affect the ways that the author presents ideas?

3. What are the main ideas? What are the main points that the author is trying to con- vey? Can you detect any underlying assumptions of values or attitudes? How does the form or medium affect the meaning of this document?

4. In what context was the document created? From when and where does the docu- ment originate? What was the interval between the initial problem or event and this document, which responded to it? Through what form or medium was the document communicated? (For example, a newspaper, a government record, an illustration.) What contemporary events or conditions might have affected the creation of the doc- ument?

5. What’s missing? What’s missing or cannot be learned from this source, and what might this omission reveal? Are there other sources that might fill in the gaps?

Now consider these questions as you read “Columbus Describes His First Voyage (1493),” the document on the next page. Compare your answers to the sample obser- vations provided.

How to Read Primary Sources

x l i v To t h e S t u d e n t

1. Who is the author? The title and headnote that precede each document contain in- formation about the authorship and date of its creation. In this case, the Italian ex- plorer Christopher Columbus is the author. His letter describes events in which he was both an eyewitness and a participant.

2. Who is the audience? Columbus sent the letter to Raphael Sanchez, treasurer to Fer- dinand and Isabella — someone who Columbus knew would be keenly interested in the fate of his patrons’ investment. Because the letter was also a public document writ- ten to a crown official, Columbus would have expected a wider audience beyond Sanchez. How might his letter have differed had it been written to a friend?

3. What are the main ideas? In this segment, Columbus describes his encounter with the native people. He speaks of his desire to establish good relations by treating them fairly, and he offers his impressions of their intelligence and naiveté — characteristics he implies will prove useful to Europeans. He also expresses an interest in converting them to Christianity and making them loyal subjects of the crown.

4. In what context was the document created? Columbus wrote the letter in 1493, within six months of his first voyage. He would have been eager to announce the suc- cess of his endeavor.

5. What’s missing? Columbus’s letter provides just one view of the encounter. We do not have a corresponding account from the native Americans’ perspective nor from anyone else travelling with Columbus. With no corroboration evidence, how reliable is this description?

Note: You can use these same questions to analyze visual images. Start by determining who created the image — whether it’s a painting, photograph, sculpture, map, or arti- fact — and when it was made. Then consider the audience for whom the artist might have intended the work and how viewers might have reacted. Consult the text for in- formation about the time period, and look for visual cues such as color, artistic style, and use of space to determine the central idea of the work. As you read, consult the captions in this book to help you evaluate the images and to ask more questions of your own.

x l v

The B.C.E./C.E. Dating System “When were you born?”“What year is it?” We custom- arily answer questions like these with a number, such as “1987” or “2004.” Our replies are usually auto- matic, taking for granted the numerous assumptions Westerners make about how dates indicate chronol- ogy. But to what do numbers such as 1987 and 2004 actually refer? In this book the numbers used to specify dates follow a recent revision of the system most common in the Western secular world. This sys- tem reckons the dates of solar years by counting backward and forward from the traditional date of the birth of Jesus Christ, over two thousand years ago.

Using this method, numbers followed by the abbreviation B.C.E., standing for “before the com- mon era” (or, as some would say, “before the Christian era”), indicate the number of years counting backward from the assumed date of the birth of Jesus Christ. B.C.E. therefore indicates the same chronology marked by the traditional abbre- viation B.C. (“before Christ”). The larger the num- ber following B.C.E. (or B.C.), the earlier in history is the year to which it refers. The date 431 B.C.E., for example, refers to a year 431 years before the birth of Jesus and therefore comes earlier in time than the dates 430 B.C.E., 429 B.C.E., and so on. The same calculation applies to numbering other time intervals calculated on the decimal system: those of ten years (a decade), of one hundred years (a century), and of one thousand years (a millen- nium). For example, the decade of the 440s B.C.E. (449 B.C.E. to 440 B.C.E.) is earlier than the decade of the 430s B.C.E. (439 B.C.E. to 430 B.C.E.). “Fifth century B.C.E.” refers to the fifth period of 100 years reckoning backward from the birth of Jesus and covers the years 500 B.C.E. to 401 B.C.E. It is earlier in history than the fourth century B.C.E. (400 B.C.E. to 301 B.C.E.), which followed the fifth century B.C.E. Because this system has no year “zero,” the first century B.C.E. covers the years 100 B.C.E. to 1 B.C.E. Dating millennia works similarly: the second millennium B.C.E. refers to the years 2000 B.C.E. to 1001 B.C.E., the third millennium to the years 3000 B.C.E. to 2001 B.C.E., and so on.

To indicate years counted forward from the traditional date of Jesus’ birth, numbers are fol- lowed by the abbreviation C.E., standing for “of the common era” (or “of the Christian era”). C.E. therefore indicates the same chronology marked by the traditional abbreviation A.D., which stands for the Latin phrase anno Domini (“in the year of the Lord”). A.D. properly comes before the date be- ing marked. The date A.D. 1492, for example, translates as “in the year of the Lord 1492,” mean- ing 1492 years after the birth of Jesus. Under the B.C.E./C.E. system, this date would be written as 1492 C.E. For dating centuries, the term “first cen- tury C.E.” refers to the period from 1 C.E. to 100 C.E. (which is the same period as A.D. 1 to A.D. 100). For dates C.E., the smaller the number, the earlier the date in history. The fourth century C.E. (301 C.E. to 400 C.E.) comes before the fifth century C.E. (401 C.E. to 500 C.E.). The year 312 C.E. is a date in the early fourth century C.E., while 395 C.E. is a date late in the same century. When numbers are given without either B.C.E. or C.E., they are pre- sumed to be dates C.E. For example, the term eigh- teenth century with no abbreviation accompany- ing it refers to the years 1701 C.E. to 1800 C.E.

No standard system of numbering years, such as B.C.E./C.E., existed in antiquity. Different people in different places identified years with varying names and numbers. Consequently, it was difficult to match up the years in any particular local sys- tem with those in a different system. Each city of ancient Greece, for example, had its own method for keeping track of the years. The ancient Greek historian Thucydides, therefore, faced a problem in presenting a chronology for the famous Pelo- ponnesian War between Athens and Sparta, which began (by our reckoning) in 431 B.C.E. To try to ex- plain to as many of his readers as possible the date the war had begun, he described its first year by three different local systems: “the year when Chry- sis was in the forty-eighth year of her priesthood at Argos, and Aenesias was overseer at Sparta, and Pythodorus was magistrate at Athens.”

A Catholic monk named Dionysius, who lived in Rome in the sixth century C.E., invented the

Authors’ Note

x l v i A u t h o r s ’ N o t e

The system of numbering years from the birth of Jesus is far from the only one in use today. The Jewish calendar of years, for example, counts for- ward from the date given to the creation of the world, which would be calculated as 3761 B.C.E. under the B.C.E./C.E. system. Under this system, years are designated A.M., an abbreviation of the Latin anno mundi, “in the year of the world.” The Islamic calendar counts forward from the date of the prophet Muhammad’s flight from Mecca, called the Hijra, in what is the year 622 C.E. The abbreviation A.H. (standing for the Latin phrase anno Hegirae, “in the year of the Hijra”) indicates dates calculated by this system. Anthropology commonly reckons distant dates as “before the present” (abbreviated B.P.).

History is often defined as the study of change over time; hence the importance of dates for the historian. But just as historians argue over which dates are most significant, they disagree over which dating system to follow. Their debate reveals per- haps the most enduring fact about history — its vitality.

system of reckoning dates forward from the birth of Jesus. Calling himself Exiguus (Latin for “the little” or “the small”) as a mark of humility, he placed Jesus’ birth 754 years after the foundation of ancient Rome. Others then and now believe his date for Jesus’s birth was in fact several years too late. Many scholars today calculate that Jesus was born in what would be 4 B.C.E. according to Dionysius’s system, although a date a year or so earlier also seems possible.

Counting backward from the supposed date of Jesus’ birth to indicate dates earlier than that event represented a natural complement to reck- oning forward for dates after it. The English histo- rian and theologian Bede in the early eighth century was the first to use both forward and backward reckoning from the birth of Jesus in a historical work, and this system gradually gained wider ac- ceptance because it provided a basis for standard- izing the many local calendars used in the Western Christian world. Nevertheless, B.C. and A.D. were not used regularly until the end of the eighteenth century. B.C.E. and C.E. became common in the late twentieth century.

L a s t H 1 x l v i i

x l v i i

LYNN HUNT, Eugen Weber Professor of Modern Euro- pean History at the University of California, Los Ange- les, received her B.A. from Carleton College and her M.A. and Ph.D. from Stanford University. She is the author of Revolution and Urban Politics in Provincial France (1978); Politics, Culture, and Class in the French Revolution (1984); The Family Romance of the French Revolution (1992); and Inventing Human Rights (2007). She is also the coauthor of Telling the Truth about His- tory (1994); coauthor of Liberty, Equality, Fraternity: Exploring the French Revolution (2001, with CD-ROM); editor of The New Cultural History (1989); editor and translator of The French Revolution and Human Rights (1996); and coeditor of Histories: French Constructions of the Past (1995), Beyond the Cultural Turn (1999), and Human Rights and Revolutions (2000). She has been awarded fellowships by the Guggenheim Foundation and the National Endowment for the Humanities and is a fel- low of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. She served as president of the American Historical As- sociation in 2002.

THOMAS R. MARTIN, Jeremiah O’Connor Professor in Classics at the College of the Holy Cross, earned his B.A. at Princeton University and his M.A. and Ph.D. at Harvard University. He is the author of Sovereignty and Coinage in Classical Greece (1985) and Ancient Greece (1996, 2000) and is one of the originators of Perseus: In- teractive Sources and Studies on Ancient Greece (1992, 1996, and www.perseus.tufts.edu), which, among other awards, was named the EDUCOM Best Software in So- cial Sciences (History) in 1992. He serves on the edito- rial board of STOA (www.stoa.org) and as codirector of its DEMOS project (online resources on ancient Athen- ian democracy). A recipient of fellowships from the National Endowment for the Humanities and the Amer- ican Council of Learned Societies, he is currently con- ducting research on the comparative historiography of ancient Greece and ancient China.

BARBARA H. ROSENWEIN, professor of history at Loyola University Chicago, earned her B.A., M.A., and Ph.D. at the University of Chicago. She is the author of Rhinoceros Bound: Cluny in the Tenth Century (1982); To Be the Neighbor of Saint Peter: The Social Meaning of Cluny’s Property, 909–1049 (1989); Negotiating Space: Power, Restraint, and Privileges of Immunity in Early Me- dieval Europe (1999); A Short History of the Middle Ages (2001); Emotional Communities in the Early Middle Ages (2006); and Reading the Middle Ages: Sources from Europe, Byzantium, and the Islamic World (2006). She is the editor of Anger’s Past: The Social Uses of an Emotion in the Middle Ages (1998) and coeditor of De- bating the Middle Ages: Issues and Readings (1998) and Monks and Nuns, Saints and Outcasts: Religion in Me- dieval Society (2000). A recipient of Guggenheim and Na- tional Endowment for the Humanities fellowships, she is currently working on a general history of emotions in the West.

R. PO-CHIA HSIA, Edwin Erle Sparks Professor of History at Pennsylvania State University, received his B.A. from Swarthmore College and his M.A. and Ph.D. from Yale University. He is the author of Society and Religion in Münster, 1535–1618 (1984); The Myth of Ritual Mur- der: Jews and Magic in Reformation Germany (1988); So- cial Discipline in the Reformation: Central Europe 1550–1750 (1989); Trent 1475: Stories of a Ritual Murder Trial (1992); The World of the Catholic Renewal (1997); and Noble Patronage and Jesuit Missions: Maria Theresa von Fugger-Wellenburg (1690–1762) and Jesuit Mission- aries to China and Vietnam (2006). He has edited or coedited In and Out of the Ghetto: Jewish-Gentile Rela- tions in Late Medieval and Early Modern Germany (1995); The German People and the Reformation (1998); Calvin- ism and Religious Toleration in the Dutch Golden Age (2002); A Companion to the Reformation World (Black- well Companion Series, 2004); Cultural Translation in Early Modern Europe (2007); and Cambridge History of

About the Authors

x l v i i i A b o u t t h e A u t h o r s

France (1985); Changing Lives: Women in European History Since 1700 (1989); The Gender of History: Men, Women, and Historical Practice (1998); Imperialism (2000); and Europe in the Contemporary World: 1900 to the Present (2007). She is also the coauthor and translator of What Is Property? (1994); editor of Global Feminisms since 1945 (2000) and Women’s History in Global Perspective (3 vols. 2004–2005); coeditor of History and the Texture of Modern Life: Selected Writings of Lucy Maynard Salmon, Gendering Disability (2004); and general editor of Oxford Encyclope- dia of Women in World History (4 vols. 2007). She has re- ceived fellowships from the Guggenheim Foundation, the National Endowment for the Humanities, the National Humanities Center, the Davis Center of Princeton Univer- sity, and the American Council of Learned Societies. Currently she is studying the globalization of European culture since the seventeenth century.

Christianity, Volume 6, Reform and Expansion, 1500–1660 (2007). An academician at the Academia Sinica, Taiwan, he has also been awarded fellowships by the Woodrow Wilson International Society of Scholars, the National Endowment for the Humanities, the Guggenheim Foundation, the Davis Center of Princeton University, the Mellon Foundation, the American Coun- cil of Learned Societies, and the American Academy in Berlin. Currently he is working on the cultural con- tacts between Europe and Asia between the sixteenth and eighteenth centuries.

BONNIE G. SMITH, Board of Governors Professor of History at Rutgers University, earned her B.A. at Smith Col- lege and her Ph.D. at the University of Rochester. She is the author of Ladies of the Leisure Class (1981); Confessions of a Concierge: Madame Lucie’s History of Twentieth-Century

P E O P L E S A N D C U L T U R E S

The Making of the West

t h i r d e d i t i o n

I n 1997, archaeologists working in the East African nation of

Ethiopia discovered fossilized skulls that dated from at least 160,000

years ago. These bones are the oldest remains ever found from the

species Homo sapiens (“wise human being”)— people whose brains and

appearances were similar (though not identical) to ours. This new in-

formation excited scientists because it supported the “out of Africa”

theory about human origins, which claims that Homo sapiens first ap-

peared in Africa perhaps as early as 200,000 years ago and then spread

from that continent all over the world.

The innovations that early human beings made in technology, trade,

religion, and social organization formed the basis of our modern way of

life. They also led to the emergence of war. Just as with the discovery of

the skull, researchers keep uncovering new information that changes our

knowledge about the past and therefore our thinking about how the past

relates to the present. This process of discovery always involves question-

ing and debate. When we study history, therefore, we have to expect dis-

agreements, especially about how to understand past events, what those

events meant then, and what they mean today. Recent discoveries of hu-

man remains in Asia, for example, have reignited debate over the “out of

Africa” theory, bringing back the once-discarded idea that human beings

arose independently in different parts of the earth.

Scientists studying fossilized bones and those studying human mi-

tochondrial DNA (the type inherited from the mother) have shown

that it took millions of years for the earliest human species to emerge.

According to the “out of Africa” theory, human beings exactly like us

The Paleolithic Age, 200,000–10,000 B.C.E. P-4 • The Life of Hunter-Gatherers • Technology, Trade, Religion,

and Hierarchy

The Neolithic Age, 10,000–4000 B.C.E. P-8 • The Neolithic Revolution • Neolithic Origins of Modern Life and War • Daily Life in the Neolithic Village of

Çatalhöyük • Gender Inequality in the Neolithic Age

P–3

Prologue: The Beginnings of Human Society tO c. 4000 b.c.e.

Stone Age Handaxe Archaeologists regard stone cutting tools like this one, called a handaxe, as the first great invention. Stone Age peoples made handaxes for hundreds of thousands of years, probably using hammers made from bone or wood to chip off flakes from the stone to create knifelike edges for cutting and scraping. This sharp tool would have been especially useful for butchering animals, such as the hippopotamuses that African hunter-gatherers killed for meat. Shown here at its full size (about seven and three-quarter inches top to bottom), this handaxe was, like all others, shaped to fit the human palm; users probably wrapped the tool in a piece of hide to protect their hands from cuts. ( © The Trustees of The British Museum.)

(Homo sapiens sapiens, meaning “wise, wise human being”) first developed in sub-Saharan Africa more than fifty thousand years ago. Starting about forty-five thousand years ago, those human beings began moving out of Africa, first into the Near East1 and then into Europe and Asia.

This migration took place in the period com- monly called the Stone Age, during which human beings made their most durable tools from stones, before they learned to work metals. Human soci- ety began in the Stone Age, which archaeologists divide into two parts to mark the greatest turning point in human history, the invention of agricul- ture and the domestication of animals and the enormous changes in human society that these in- novations brought. The first, older part, the Pale- olithic (“Old Stone”) Age, dates from about 200,000 B.C.E. to about 10,000 B.C.E. The second, newer part, the Neolithic (“New Stone”) Age, dates from about 10,000 B.C.E. to about 4000 B.C.E.

Archaeology — the study of physical evidence from the past — is our only source of information about the Stone Age; there are no documents to inform us about the lives of early human beings because people did not invent writing until about 4000–3000 B.C.E. Historians sometimes label the

time before the invention of writing prehistory, be- cause history traditionally means having written sources about the past. Historians also usually do not apply the word civilization to human society in the Stone Age because people then had not yet be- gun to live in cities or form political states (people living in a defined territory and organized under a central political authority), important character- istics that historians look for when defining civi- lization. (The first cities and political states emerged about the same time as writing, as we will see in Chapter 1.)

It was in the Neolithic Age that, instead of only hunting and gathering food in the wild, people learned how to produce their own food by raising crops and domesticating animals. These techno- logical innovations produced lasting changes in human society, especially in strengthening social hierarchy, supporting gender inequality, and en- couraging war for conquest. Historians continue to debate what was positive and what was negative in the consequences, intentional and uninten- tional, that this turning point produced for human society.

Focus Question: What were the most significant changes in humans’ lives during the Stone Age?

The Paleolithic Age, 200,000–10,000 B.C.E. Human society began during the Paleolithic Age and was organized to suit a mobile way of life be- cause human beings in this early period roamed around in small groups to hunt and gather food in the wild. The most notable feature of early Pa-

P – 4 P r o lo g u e ■ Th e B e g i n n i n g s o f H u m a n S o c i e t y t o c . 4 0 0 0 b . c . e .

200,000 b.c.e. 50,000 b.c.e. 10,000 b.c.e. 0

1 The term Near East, like Middle East, has undergone several changes in meaning over time. Both terms reflect the geographi- cal point of view of Europeans. Today, the term Middle East, more commonly employed in politics and journalism than in history, usually refers to the area encompassing the Arabic-speaking coun- tries of the eastern Mediterranean region as well as Israel, Iran, Turkey, Cyprus, and much of North Africa. Ancient historians, by contrast, generally use the term ancient Near East to designate Ana- tolia (often called Asia Minor, today occupied by the Asian por- tion of Turkey), Cyprus, the lands around the eastern end of the Mediterranean, the Arabian peninsula, Mesopotamia (the lands north of the Persian Gulf, today Iraq and Iran), and Egypt. In this book we will observe the common usage of the term Near East to mean the lands of southwestern Asia and Egypt.

Paleolithic Age: The “Old Stone” Age, dating from about 200,000 to 10,000 B.C.E. Neolithic Age: The “New Stone” Age, dating from about 10,000 to 4000 B.C.E.

■ 50,000–45,000 Homo sapiens sapiens migrate from Africa into southwest Asia and Europe

■ 10,000–8000 Neolithic Revolution in the Fertile Crescent and the Sahara Desert

■ 200,000–160,000 Beginning of Paleolithic Age

■ 8000 Walled settlement at Jericho

■ 7000–5500 Farming community thrives at Çatalhöyük

political states: People living in a defined territory with bound- aries and organized under a system of government with pow- erful officials, leaders, and judges.

leolithic society was that the group probably made important decisions in common, with all adult men and women having a more or less equal say. Over time, however, Paleolithic peoples created a more complex social organization as they devel- oped trade to acquire goods from long distances, technology such as fire for heat and cooking, reli- gious beliefs to express their understanding of death, and a hierarchical ranking of people in so- ciety to denote differences in status.

The Life of Hunter-Gatherers The characteristics of human society in the Pale- olithic period originally reflected the conditions of life for hunter-gatherers, the term historians use for people who roamed all their lives, hunting wild animals and foraging. They never settled perma- nently in one place. Although they knew a great deal about how to survive in the natural environ- ment, they had not yet learned to produce their own food by growing crops and raising animals. Instead, they hunted wild game for meat; fished in lakes and rivers; collected shellfish along the shore; and gathered wild grains, fruits, and nuts.

Archaeology reveals that a change in weather patterns apparently motivated hunter-gatherers of the Homo sapiens sapiens type to begin wander- ing out of Africa around 50,000–45,000 B.C.E. Long periods without rain drove game animals into southwest Asia and then Europe to find water, and at least some of the mobile human populations who hunted them in African lands followed this moving food into new continents. There is no ev- idence to explain why some hunter-gatherers left Africa in the Paleolithic period while others stayed behind.

When these Homo sapiens sapiens hunter- gatherers reached Europe and Asia, they met there earlier types of human beings who had already mi- grated out of Africa, such as the heavy-browed, squat-bodied Neanderthal type (named after the Neander valley in Germany, where their fossil re- mains were first found; their body type is often used to represent “cave men” in popular art). Even- tually Homo sapiens sapiens replaced all earlier types of people around the globe, walking across then-existent land bridges to reach the Americas and Australia.

Archaeological excavations of hunter-gatherers’ campsites tell us about their lives on the move, showing that over time they invented new forms of tools, weapons, and jewelry and began burying their dead with special care. Anthropologists have also reconstructed the lives of ancient hunter- gatherers from comparative study of the few groups who lived on as hunter-gatherers into mod- ern times, such as the !Kung San of southern Africa’s Kalahari Desert, the Aborigines in Aus- tralia, and the Coahuiltecans in the American Southwest. These two categories of evidence sug- gest that Paleolithic hunter-gatherers banded to- gether in groups numbering around twenty or thirty to hunt and gather food that they shared with each other. Their average life expectancy was about twenty-five to thirty years. Since they had not learned to domesticate animals or to make wheels for carts, they walked everywhere. Because women of childbearing age had to carry and nurse their babies, it was difficult for them to roam long distances. They and the younger children therefore gathered plants, fruits, and nuts close to camp and caught small animals such as frogs and rabbits. The plant food that they gathered provided the major- ity of the group’s diet. Men did most of the hunt- ing of large animals, which frequently took them far from camp to kill prey at close range with rocks and spears; butchered hippopotamus bones found near the skulls in Ethiopia show that early humans hunted these dangerous animals. Women proba- bly participated in hunts when the group used nets to catch wild animals.

Each band of Paleolithic hunter-gatherers moved around searching for food, usually ranging over an area that averaged roughly sixty miles across in any one direction. They tended not to in- trude on other bands’ areas, but there were no set boundaries or central settlements to identify a band’s territory. To judge from the battles observed between surviving tribes of hunter-gatherers, when bands fought with each other, the conflict was more skirmish than total battle, and there was as much display as serious fighting; for ancient hunter- gatherers, there was nothing to take from another group that one’s own group did not already pos- sess, except other people. Hunter-gatherers’ con- stant walking, bending, and lifting kept them in fine physical shape for hunting and the occasional battle, but they counted on their knowledge as much as their strength. Most important, they planned ahead for cooperative hunts at favorite spots, such as river crossings or lakes with shallow banks, where experience taught they were likely to find herds of large animals fording the stream and drinking water.

Th e Pa l e o l i t h i c A g e , 2 0 0 , 0 0 0 – 1 0 , 0 0 0 b . c . e . P – 5t o c . 4 0 0 0 b . c . e .

hunter-gatherers: Human beings who roam to hunt and gather food in the wild and do not live in permanent, settled commu- nities.

Homo sapiens sapiens: The scientific name (in Latin) of the type of early human being identical to people today; it means “wise, wise human being.”

Paleolithic hunter-gatherers also used their knowledge to establish camps year after year in particularly good spots for gathering wild plants. They took shelter from the weather in caves or temporary dwellings made from branches and an- imal skins. On occasion, they built sturdier shel- ters, such as the dome-like hut found in Ukraine that was constructed from the bones of mam- moths. Nevertheless, they never built permanent homes; they had to roam to survive.

Hunter-gatherers probably lived originally in egalitarian societies, meaning that all adults en- joyed a general equality in making decisions for the group. This cooperation reflected the fact that men and women both worked hard to provide food for the group, even if they tended to divide this labor by gender, with men doing more hunt- ing and women more gathering. At some point, however, differences in social status began to emerge. Most likely, age was the first basis of so- cial status: older people of both genders won pres- tige and probably positions of leadership from the wisdom gained from long experience of life in an era when most people died of illness or accidents before they were thirty years old. Women past childbearing age, who were therefore free to help out in multiple ways, and strong and clever men who hunted dangerous animals also likely held higher status.

Technology, Trade, Religion, and Hierarchy Paleolithic people made changes in their lives that turned out to be important for the later develop- ment of civilization. In technology, learning how to create ever sharper edges and points in stone or bone or wood created better cutting tools and weapons for hunting, digging out roots, and mak-

ing clothes from animal skins, thereby increasing the chances for survival. The discovery of how to make fire was especially important because Pale- olithic people had to endure the cold of extended ice ages, when the northern European glaciers moved much farther south than usual. The cold- est part of the most recent ice age started about twenty thousand years ago and created a harsh cli- mate in much of Europe for nearly ten thousand years. Hunter-gatherers’ knowledge of how to con- trol fire led to the invention of cooking. This was a crucial innovation because it turned indigestible wild plants, such as grains, into edible and nutri- tious food.

Long-distance trade also began in the Stone Age. When hunter-gatherers encountered other bands, they exchanged things they had made, such as blades and jewelry, as well as natural objects such as flint or seashells. Trade could move valu- able objects great distances from their original re- gion: for example, ocean shells worn as jewelry made their way inland, far from the sea, through repeated swaps from one group to another.

Archaeological discoveries suggest that Pale- olithic hunter-gatherers developed religious be- liefs, a crucial factor in the evolution of human society; ancient peoples always saw religion as nec- essary for living a successful and just life. Colorful late Paleolithic cave paintings found in Spain and France hint at hunter-gatherers’ religious ideas as well as display their artistic ability. Using strong, dark lines and earthy colors, Paleolithic artists painted on the walls of caves that were set aside as special places, not used as day-to-day shelters. The paintings, which primarily depict large animals, suggest that these powerful beasts played a signif- icant role in the religion of Paleolithic hunter- gatherers. Still, there remains a great deal we cannot yet understand about their beliefs, such as the meaning of the dots, rectangles, and hands that they often drew beside their paintings of animals.

Stone Age burial sites provide evidence of re- ligious beliefs. The early skulls found in Ethiopia have missing jaws and marks in the bone, indica- tions that these early people cut away the flesh from dead persons’ heads as part of a careful bur-

P – 6 P r o lo g u e ■ Th e B e g i n n i n g s o f H u m a n S o c i e t y t o c . 4 0 0 0 b . c . e .

A Paleolithic Shelter This is a reconstruction of a hut that Paleolithic people built around

fifteen thousand years ago from the bones of giant mammoths in what is now Ukraine, in east-central Europe. Animal hides would

have been used to cover the structure, like a tent on poles. It was big enough for a small group to huddle inside to

survive cold weather. (RIA Novosti.)

ial process (and not for cannibalism, as some have said). Another indication of belief is the care with which later Paleolithic bands buried their dead, decorating the corpses with red paint, flowers, and seashells. This elaborate procedure suggests that Stone Age people wondered about the mystery of death and perhaps had ideas about an afterlife.

Important evidence for early religious beliefs also comes from the discovery of specially shaped female figurines at late Paleolithic sites all over Europe. Modern archaeologists called these stat- uettes of women with extra-large breasts, ab- domens, buttocks, and thighs Venus figurines, after the Roman goddess of sexual love (see the Venus of Willendorf, shown here). The oversized features of these sculptures suggest that the people who made them had a special set of beliefs and rituals regarding fertility and birth.

Burials reveal more than religious beliefs; they also show that, by late Paleolithic times, hunter- gatherer society had begun to mark significant dif- ferences in status among people. Those who were buried with valuable items such as weapons, tools, animal figurines, ivory beads, and bracelets must have had special social standing. These object-rich burials reveal that late Paleolithic groups had begun organizing their society according to a hierarchy, a ranking system identifying certain people as more important and more dominant than others. This is the earliest evidence for social

differentiation, the marking of certain people as wealthier, more respected, or more powerful than others in their society.

Despite their varied knowledge and techno- logical skill, prehistoric hunter-gatherers lived pre- carious lives that were dominated by the relentless search for something to eat. Survival was a risky business. The groups that survived were those that

Th e Pa l e o l i t h i c A g e , 2 0 0 , 0 0 0 – 1 0 , 0 0 0 b . c . e . P – 7t o c . 4 0 0 0 b . c . e .

hierarchy: The system of ranking people in society according to their importance and dominance.

Prehistoric Venus Figurine This limestone statuette, four and a half inches high, was found at Willendorf, in Austria. Carved in the later Paleolithic period and originally colored red, it probably was meant to have symbolic power expressing the importance of women’s fertility. The emphasis on the woman’s breasts and pubic area have led scholars to call such statuettes Venus figurines, after the Roman goddess of love and sex; archaeologists have uncovered many of them all across Europe. Since no written records exist to explain the significance of such figurines’ hairstyle, obesity, and pronounced sexual characteristics, we can only speculate about the complex meanings that early peoples attributed to them. How would you explain this figurine’s appearance? (© SuperStock.)

Bison Painting in the Cave at Lascaux Stone Age people painted these bison on the rock walls of a large cave at Lascaux in central France about 15,000 B.C.E., to judge from radiocarbon dating of charcoal found on the floor. Using black, red, yellow, and white pigments, the artists made the deep cave into an art gallery by filling it with pictures of large mammals such as these European buffaloes, horses, deer, bears, and wooly rhinoceroses. Some scholars have suggested that the scenes symbolized the importance of hunting to the people who painted them, but this guess seems wrong because the bones from butchered animals found in the cave are 90 percent reindeer, while no reindeer pictures exist in the cave. (Caves of Lascaux, Dordogne, France / The Bridgeman Art Library.)

■ For more help analyzing this image, see the visual activity for this prologue in the Online Study Guide at bedfordstmartins.com/hunt.

learned to cooperate in finding food and shelter; to profit from innovations such as fire, tools, and trade; and to teach their children the knowledge, beliefs, and social traditions that had helped them endure in a harsh world.

Review: What were the most important activities, skills, and beliefs that helped Paleolithic hunter- gatherers survive?

The Neolithic Age, 10,000–4000 B.C.E. By around 10,000 to 8000 B.C.E., people in the Near East had opened the way to a different kind of so- ciety by learning to produce their food and build permanent settlements that housed larger popula- tions than the twenty- to thirty-member bands of hunter-gatherers. In this new society, dominance by men replaced the general equality in status and decision making between men and women that likely existed in earlier times. In addition, war be- came a prominent part of human life.

The invention of agriculture and permanent settlements in the Neolithic Age occurred over a long time, but, once established, they changed for- ever the way human beings lived; eventually, these changes would make civilization possible. Daily life as we know it today still depends on agricul- ture and the domestication of animals, develop- ments that began about 10,000–8000 B.C.E., at the beginning of the Neolithic period. These radical innovations in the way humans acquired food caused such fundamental changes in our way of life that they are called the Neolithic Revolution.

The Neolithic Revolution Revolutionary change took place in human history in the Neolithic Age when hunter-gatherers learned to sow and harvest crops and to raise an- imals for food. Exactly how they gained this knowledge remains mysterious. Recent archaeo- logical research, however, indicates that it took thousands of years for people to develop agricul- ture. The process began in the part of the Near East that we call the Fertile Crescent because, unlike most regions of the earth, its hillier regions hap-

pened to have the right combination of soil, wa- ter, temperature, and wild mammals for the inven- tion of farming and the domestication of animals. The Fertile Crescent stretches in an arc, or cres- cent, along the foothills and lowlands that run northward from modern Israel across southeast- ern Turkey and Syria and then turn in a southeast- erly direction down to the plain of the lower stretches of the Tigris and Euphrates rivers in what is now southern Iraq (Map 1).

The slow process of trial and error through which former hunter-gatherers developed agricul- ture had complex origins. Recent archaeological excavations at Göbelki Tepe (“stomach-shaped little hill”), a site in southeastern Turkey, have revealed stone-lined rooms in the earth decorated with stone pillars eight feet tall or more that are carved to depict animals, from boars and bears to birds and snakes. Free-standing sculptures of an- imals seem to have been placed atop the rooms’ walls. Radiocarbon dating suggests these rooms were built around 9300 B.C.E., which would make them contemporary with the first attested agri- culture or perhaps even earlier. Some scholars speculate that hunter-gatherers built these mon- uments for religious purposes and that the large amount of time they spent together in one place to create such elaborate structures and art led them to develop agriculture as a new way to feed themselves.

Only further archaeological research can re- veal whether Stone Age religious activity had the unintentional consequence of generating agricul- ture. What seems certain is that climate change contributed significantly to the Neolithic Revolu- tion. About ten to twelve thousand years ago, the long-term weather pattern in the Fertile Crescent became milder and rainier than it had been dur- ing the ice age that had just ended. This change promoted the growth of abundant fields of wild cereal grains. Similarly, recent archaeological research reveals that increased rain in the Sahara Desert, in central Africa, created there lush grass- lands called savannahs that attracted hunter- gatherer nomads from the southern part of the continent; in a slow process of change, these people built settlements, domesticated cattle instead of only hunting wild animals, and created intricate pottery suited to their new way of life.

The hunter-gatherers living in the Fertile Crescent began to gather more and more of their food from the now easily available wild grains. This regular supply of food in turn promoted human fertility, which led to a growth in population, a process that might have already begun as a result

P – 8 P r o lo g u e ■ Th e B e g i n n i n g s o f H u m a n S o c i e t y t o c . 4 0 0 0 b . c . e .

Neolithic Revolution: The invention of agriculture, the domes- tication of animals, and the consequent changes in human so- ciety that occurred about 10,000–8,000 B.C.E. in the Near East.

of the milder climate. The more children that were born, the greater the need to exploit the food sup- ply efficiently. Over centuries, people learned to plant part of the seeds from one crop of grain to produce another crop. Since Neolithic women did most of the gathering of plant food, they had the greatest knowledge of plant life and therefore probably played the major role in the invention of agriculture and the fashioning of tools needed to turn grains into food, such as grinding stones for making flour. At this early stage in the develop- ment of agriculture, women and children did most of the agricultural labor, using hand tools to grow and harvest crops, while men continued to hunt.

During the early Neolithic period, people also learned to breed and herd animals that they could

eat, a development that helped replace the meat previously acquired by hunting large mammals, many of which had by now been hunted to extinc- tion. Fortunately for the people in the Fertile Cres- cent, their region was home to surviving large mammals that could be domesticated. Unlike African animals such as the zebra or the hippopota- mus, the wild sheep, goats, and cattle of the Fertile Crescent could, over the span of generations, be turned into animals accustomed to live closely and interdependently with human beings. The sheep was the first animal to be domesticated as a source of meat, beginning about 8500 B.C.E. (The dog had been domesticated much earlier but was not usu- ally eaten.) By about 7000 B.C.E., domesticated an- imals had become common throughout the Near

Th e N e o l i t h i c A g e , 1 0 , 0 0 0 – 4 0 0 0 b . c . e . P – 9t o c . 4 0 0 0 b . c . e .

0 250 500 kilometers

0 250 500 miles

c. 10,000–6500 B.C.E.

c. 6500–5000 B.C.E.

c. 5000–4000 B.C.E.

Fertile Crescent

N

S

EW

Early agricultural sites

Black Sea

A T L A N T I C O C E A N

P ersian

Gulf

C a

sp ia

n S

ea

M e d i t e r r a n e a n S e a

N ile

R.

D

anube R.

T igris R.

Euphrates R

.

A F R I C A

E U R O P E

Presumed ancient coastline

M ESO

PO TAM

IA

BRITISH ISLES

A S I AA L P S

TA UR

US MT

S.

ZAG RO

S M TS.

CAUCASUS MTS.

Jericho

Çatalhöyük

M A P 1 The Development of Agriculture From around 10,000 to 8000 B.C.E., people learned to plant seeds to grow nourishing plants and to domesticate animals in the Fertile Crescent, the foothills of the semicircle of mountains that curved up and around from the eastern end of the Mediterranean down to Mesopotamia, where reliable rainfall and moderate temperatures prevailed. At about the same time, domestication of animals took place in the grasslands then flourishing in the Sahara region of Africa. The invention of irrigation in the Fertile Crescent allowed farmers to grow lush crops in the region’s arid plains, providing resources that eventually spurred the emergence of the first large cities by about 4000 B.C.E.

East. In this early period of domestication, some people lived as pastoralists, meaning they obtained their food mainly from the herds of animals that they kept, frequently moving around to find fresh grazing land. They also cultivated small temporary plots from time to time when they found a suit- able area. Other people, relying more and more on growing crops for their livelihood, kept small herds close to their settlements. Men, women, and chil- dren alike could therefore tend the animals. These earliest domesticated herds seem to have been used only as a source of meat, not for products such as milk or wool.

Neolithic Origins of Modern Life and War The Neolithic Revolution laid the foundation for civilization and our modern way of life. The re- markable new knowledge of how to produce food and the consequent division and specialization of labor emerged through innovative human re- sponses to the link between environmental change and population growth (see “New Sources, New Perspectives,” page P-12). Furthermore, the Ne- olithic Revolution reveals the importance of demography — the study of the size, growth, den- sity, distribution, and vital statistics of the human population — in understanding historical change.

Agriculture and population growth influenced each other during the Neolithic Age. First, to be able to raise crops on a permanent basis, people had to stop roaming and settle in one place with adequate land and water. Farming communities thus sprang up in the Fertile Crescent starting around 10,000 B.C.E., sharing the region with pas- toralists. Parents began to have more children be- cause agriculture required a great deal of labor and because the ready availability of food from the fields and herds could support a larger population. At the same time, living in close quarters with do- mesticated animals, which might well be penned right next to or even inside the house, exposed people in these settlements to new epidemic dis- eases transmitted from animals to humans. Hunter-gatherers had largely escaped this danger because they had no groups of animals around them every day, although they could sometimes become infected by eating diseased wild animals. Since many viruses that afflict people today origi- nated in domesticated animals before moving into

the human population — for example, the avian influenza (bird flu) virus — we are still living with this unintended consequence of the Neolithic Revolution.

Two central features of Neolithic farming vil- lages helped create conditions that eventually con- tributed to the creation of civilization: they were permanent, and they supported larger populations than were characteristic of hunter-gatherer soci- ety. Much bigger and more densely packed than the temporary settlements of the Paleolithic Age, early farming communities had sturdy houses built from mud bricks and used containers made of pottery (whose broken remains provide evi- dence for chronology and cultural development). The first homes were apparently circular huts, like those known from Jericho (in what is today Israel). Around two thousand people had settled in Jeri- cho by 8000 B.C.E., their huts sprawling over about twelve acres.

Jericho’s remains also reveal that war became a prominent part of life during the Neolithic Rev- olution. The most remarkable part of the village was the massive fortification wall surrounding the community. Ten feet thick, the wall was crowned with a stone tower thirty feet in diameter enclos- ing an internal flight of stairs; this massive struc- ture shows that the inhabitants of Jericho feared attacks by their neighbors (see Jericho’s wall and tower, on page P-11). The growing prosperity that the Neolithic Revolution had brought evidently also spurred war for conquest and acquisition.

Neolithic people from the Fertile Crescent opened the way for civilization to develop in other regions by gradually spreading their knowledge of agriculture abroad. Farmers looking for more land migrated westward from the Near East and brought the new technology of farming into areas where it was not previously known. Although re- cent scholarship argues that human beings in other areas, especially Asia, independently developed agriculture and the domestication of animals, mi- grants from the Near East were the ones who spread this knowledge across Europe by 4000 B.C.E.

Daily Life in the Neolithic Village of Çatalhöyük An archaeological site northwest of the Fertile Crescent, in present-day Turkey, provides vital ev- idence for the vast changes in human life brought on by this spread of knowledge during the Ne- olithic Age, especially how agriculture’s greater ef- ficiency in providing food led to the division and specialization of labor. At this site, on a plain near

P – 1 0 P r o lo g u e ■ Th e B e g i n n i n g s o f H u m a n S o c i e t y t o c . 4 0 0 0 b . c . e .

demography: The study of the size, growth, density, distribu- tion, and vital statistics of the human population.

of meat and, by this time, hides and milk. They continued to hunt, too, as we can tell from the hunting scenes they drew on the walls of some of their buildings, recalling the cave paintings of much earlier times. Unlike hunter-gatherers, how- ever, these villagers no longer had to depend on the hit-or-miss luck of the hunt or risk being killed by wild animals to acquire meat and leather. At its height, the village’s population reached perhaps six thousand people.

The diversity of occupations practiced at Çatalhöyük reveals a significant change from ear- lier times, anticipating the division of labor char- acteristic of the later cities of the first fully developed civilizations. Since the community could produce enough food to support itself with- out everyone having to work in the fields or herd cattle, some people could develop crafts as full- time occupations. Just as others in the community produced food for them, craft specialists produced goods for those who produced the food. Craft spe- cialists continued to fashion tools, containers, and ornaments in the traditional way — from wood,

Th e N e o l i t h i c A g e , 1 0 , 0 0 0 – 4 0 0 0 b . c . e . P – 1 1t o c . 4 0 0 0 b . c . e .

a river, a large mound rises from the countryside. Known to us only by its modern Turkish name, Çatalhöyük (meaning “Fork Mound”), the site re- veals what daily life was like in a Neolithic farm- ing community. By 7000 to 6500 B.C.E., the farmers of Çatalhöyük had erected a settlement of mud- brick houses sharing common walls. They con- structed their dwellings in the rectangular shape still used for most homes today, with one striking difference: they had no doors in their outer walls. Instead, they entered their homes by climbing down a ladder through a hole in the flat roof. Since this hole also served as a vent for smoke from the family fire, getting into a house at Çatalhöyük could be a grimy experience. But the absence of ex- terior doors also meant that the walls of the com- munity’s outermost houses served as the village’s fortification wall to defend it against attacks.

The people of Çatalhöyük fed themselves by growing wheat, barley, and vegetables such as field peas; they diverted water from the nearby river into their fields to increase their harvests. They also kept domesticated cattle to provide their main supply

Tower in the Stone Wall of Neolithic Jericho The circular mass in the center of this photograph is the base of a tower in the stone wall that the people of Jericho (today in Israel) built to protect their community around 8000–7000 B.C.E. This is one of the earliest defensive walls ever discovered: most of the people in this era still lived in unwalled collections of mud huts, but the inhabitants of Jericho had reached a more complex level of social organization that allowed them to collaborate on major building projects. The agricultural fields that lay outside the walls supplied the overwhelming majority of Jericho’s economy, while the wall surrounding their settlement provided security for the residents’ homes and storehouses and thus protected their improving standard of living. (Photo: Zev Radovan.)

P – 1 2 P r o lo g u e ■ Th e B e g i n n i n g s o f H u m a n S o c i e t y t o c . 4 0 0 0 b . c . e .

T he invention of agriculture helped people produce a more predictable and plentiful supply of food, which in turn al- lowed the population to expand. This change came at a

price. Recent scientific research in biological anthropology and osteological archaeology (the study of ancient bones and teeth) has uncovered dramatic evidence of the physical stress endured by some of the individuals working in early agriculture. Excava- tors at Tell Abu Hureyra in Syria have found bones and teeth from people living around 6000 B.C.E. that reveal the pain that the new technology could cause. The big toes of these ancient people especially show proof of extreme and prolonged dorsi- flexion — bending the front of the foot up toward the shin. Dor- siflexion made the ends of the toe bones become flatter and broader than normal through the constant pressure of being bent in the same position for long periods of time.

What activity could the people have been pursuing so doggedly that it deformed their bones? The only posture that creates such severe bending of the foot is kneeling for extended periods. Osteologists confirmed that kneeling was common in this population by finding several cases of arthritic changes in knee joints and lower spines in skeletons at the site.

But why were the people kneeling for so long? Other bone evidence offered the first clue to solving this mystery. The skele- tons showed strongly developed attachment points for the del- toid muscle on the humerus (the bone in the upper arm) and prominent growth in the lower arm bones. These characteristics mean that the people had especially strong deltoids for pushing their shoulders back and forth and powerful biceps for rotating

their forearms. Whatever they were doing made them use their shoulders and arms vigorously.

The skeletons’ teeth provided the next clue. Everyone except the very youngest individuals had deeply worn and often frac- tured teeth. This damage indicated that they regularly chewed

N E W S O U R C E S , N E W P E R S P E C T I V E S

Daily Bread, Damaged Bones, and Cracked Teeth

at Çatalhöyük specialized in weaving textiles, and the scraps of cloth discovered there are the oldest examples of this craft ever found. Like other early technological innovations, metallurgy and the production of cloth apparently also developed in- dependently in other places.

Trade — another central aspect of human ex- istence that became increasingly prominent in the Neolithic Age — also figured in the economy of this early farming community. The trading contacts the Neolithic villagers made with other settlements increased the level of economic interconnection among far-flung communities that had begun in the Paleolithic period. Trade allowed the people of

Bones from Tell Abu Hureyra, Syria These big toes from a middle-aged man reveal severe arthritic changes to the joint. Osteologists interpret this damage as evidence of extreme and prolonged dorsiflexion, or bending of the foot. (The Natural History Museum, London. )

bone, hide, and stone — but they now also worked with the material of the future: metal. So far, ar- chaeologists are certain only that metalworkers at Çatalhöyük knew how to fashion lead into pen- dants and to hammer naturally occurring lumps of copper into beads and tubes for jewelry. But traces of slag, the scum that floats on molten metal, have been found on the site, suggesting that the workers may have begun to develop the technique of smelting metal from ore. This tricky process — the basis of true metallurgy and an essential tech- nology of civilization — required temperatures of seven hundred degrees centigrade and took cen- turies for metalworkers to perfect. Other workers

food full of rock dust, which probably resulted from grain being ground in rock bowls.

The final clue came from art. Later paintings and sculptures from the region show people, usually women, kneeling down to grind grain into flour by pushing and rotating a stone roller back and forth on heavy grinding stones tilted away from them. This posture is exactly what would cause deformation of the big toes and arthritis in the knees and lower back. People grinding grain

this way would have to push off hard from their toes with every stroke down the stone, and vigorously use the muscles of their shoulders and forearms to apply pressure to the roller. In addi- tion, the flour would pick up tiny particles from the wearing down of the stones used to grind it; bread made from it would have a sandy consistency hard on teeth. That Neolithic people worked so constantly and so hard at processing the grain they grew, no matter the toll on their bones and their teeth, shows how vital this supply of food had become to them.

At this Syrian site, everyone’s bones — men’s, women’s, and even children’s — show the same signs of the kneeling and grind- ing activity. Evidently the production of flour for bread was so crucial that no gender division of this labor was possible or de- sirable, as it seems to have become in later times. Regardless of who used it, this new technology that provided essential food for the community took its toll in individual pain and hardship.

Questions to Consider 1. What other new technologies that have increased productiv-

ity and bettered human life have also involved new pains and stresses?

2. How do you decide what price — financial, physical, emo- tional — is worth paying for new technology? Who will make those decisions?

Further Reading Hillman, G. “Traditional Husbandry and Processing of Archaic

Cereals in Recent Times: The Operations, Products, and Equipment Which Might Feature in Sumerian Texts.” Bulletin on Sumerian Agriculture 1 (1984): 114–52.

Molleson, Theya. “Seed Preparation in the Mesolithic: The Oste- ological Evidence.” Antiquity 63 (1989): 358.

Moore, A. M. T. “The Excavation of Tell Abu Hureyra in Syria: A Preliminary Report.” Proceedings of the Prehistoric Society 41 (1975): 50–71.

Sculpture from Giza, Egypt In this statuette, a woman grinds grain into flour. The sculptor shows her rubbing her severely flexed left foot with the toes of her right foot, probably trying to ease the throbbing resulting from hours of kneeling. (Courtesy of The Oriental Institute of the University of Chicago.)

Th e N e o l i t h i c A g e , 1 0 , 0 0 0 – 4 0 0 0 b . c . e . P – 1 3t o c . 4 0 0 0 b . c . e .

ligion. Like the hunter-gatherers before them, they sculpted figurines depicting amply endowed women, who perhaps represented goddesses of birth, although some figurines recently found with skeletal designs suggest they were also related to ideas about death. The villagers had a deep inter- est in the mystery of death, demonstrated by the skulls displayed in the shrines and wall paintings of vultures devouring headless corpses. They buried their dead, some holding skulls decorated with painted plaster, under the floors of their houses. Perhaps they believed their dead ancestors had power and therefore wanted to keep them close by. A remarkable wall painting also suggests

Çatalhöyük to acquire goods from far away, such as shells from the Mediterranean Sea to wear as ornaments and a special flint from far to the east to shape into ceremonial daggers. The villagers acquired these prized materials by offering obsid- ian in exchange, a local volcanic glass whose glossy luster and capacity to hold a sharp edge made it valuable.

Religion was a central feature of life in the community, as seen from the shrines and burial sites uncovered by archaeologists. The villagers outfitted their shrines with paintings and sculp- tures of bulls’ heads and female breasts, perhaps as symbols of male and female elements in their re-

maintain peace and order in Paleolithic hunter- gatherer bands because their responsibilities were more complicated. Furthermore, households that were successful in farming, herding, crafts produc- tion, and trade generated surpluses in wealth that set them apart from those whose efforts proved less fortunate.

Gender Inequality in the Neolithic Age The social equality between men and women that had existed in hunter-gatherer bands dwindled away during the Neolithic Age. By about 4000 B.C.E., when the first political states had begun to

P – 1 4 P r o lo g u e ■ Th e B e g i n n i n g s o f H u m a n S o c i e t y t o c . 4 0 0 0 b . c . e .

that the people of Çatalhöyük regarded the vol- cano looming over their settlement as an angry god whom they needed to please. As it turned out, Çatalhöyük never recovered from a volcanic erup- tion that overwhelmed the settlement about four- teen hundred years after its foundation.

The people of Çatalhöyük had a clear social hierarchy, another example of the lasting changes that occurred in the Neolithic Age. The villagers developed a hierarchical society because they needed leaders to plan and regulate irrigation, trade, the exchange of food and goods between farmers and crafts producers, and the defense of the community against enemies. These leaders held more authority than had been required to

Model of a House at Çatalhöyük Archaeologists built this model of a house to show how Neolithic villagers lived in Çatalhöyük (today in central Turkey) from around 6500 to 5500 B.C.E. The wall paintings and bull-head sculpture had religious meaning, perhaps linked to the graves that the residents dug under the floor for their dead. The main entrance to the house was through the ceiling, as the houses were built right next to each other without streets in between, only some space for dumping refuse; the roofs served as walkways. Why do you think the villagers chose this arrangement for their settlement? (Çatalhöyük Research Project.)

emerge in the Near East, patriarchy was the rule. (Political states also emerged at various other dis- tant places around the world, including India, China, and the Americas — whether through inde- pendent development or some process of mutual influence we cannot yet say.) The reasons for the appearance of patriarchy remain uncertain, but they perhaps involved gradual changes in agricul- ture and herding over many centuries. After about 4000 B.C.E., plows pulled by large animals were used to cultivate land that was difficult to sow. Men apparently operated this new technology of plow- ing, probably because it required much more phys- ical strength than digging with sticks and hoes, as women had done with hand tools in the earliest period of agriculture. Men also looked after the larger herds that had become more common in settled communities; people were now keeping cattle as sources of milk and raising sheep for wool. The herding of a community’s large groups of an- imals tended to take place at a distance from the home settlement because the animals continually needed new grazing land. As with hunting in hunter-gatherer populations, men, free from hav- ing to nurse children, took on this task, which re- quired ranging a long way from home.

Women probably became more tied to the central settlement because they had to bear and raise more children as agriculture became more in- tensive and therefore required more and more la- bor than had food gathering or the earliest forms of farming. Women also took responsibility for the new labor-intensive tasks needed to process the secondary products of larger herds. For example, they now turned milk into cheese and yogurt and made cloth by spinning and weaving wool. Men’s predominant role in agriculture and herding in the late Neolithic period, combined with women’s lessened mobility and increasingly home-based tasks, apparently led to women’s loss of equality with men in these early times of human society.

Review: What were the consequences of the Neolithic Revolution for people’s lives?

Conclusion Permanent homes, more reliable food supplies from agriculture and domesticated animals, spe- cialized occupations, hierarchical societies in which men hold the most power, and war have characterized Western history from the Neolithic period forward. For this reason, the broad outlines of the life of Neolithic villagers might seem unre- markable to us today. But the Neolithic way of life in built environments surrounded by cultivated fields and herds would have seemed astounding, we can guess, to Paleolithic hunter-gatherers such as the roaming African hippopotamus hunters who now rank as the earliest known Homo sapi- ens. The Neolithic Revolution was the most im- portant change in the early history of human beings; it literally overturned the ways in which people interacted with the natural environment and with one another. Now that farmers and herders could produce a surplus of food to sup- port other people, specialists in art, architecture, crafts, religion, and politics could emerge. Hand in hand with these developments came a new divi- sion of labor by gender that saw men begin to take over agriculture and herding while women took up new tasks at home, leading to a loss of gender equality. At the same time, war between newly prosperous communities became common. These changes altered the course of human history and spurred the development of civilization as we know it today.

For Further Exploration

■ For suggested references, including Web sites, for topics in this chapter, see page SR-1 at the end of the book.

■ For Web sites and documents related to topics in this chapter, see Make History at bedfordstmartins.com/hunt.

C o n c l u s i o n P – 1 5t o c . 4 0 0 0 b . c . e .

patriarchy: Dominance by men in society and politics.

P – 1 6 P r o lo g u e ■ Th e B e g i n n i n g s o f H u m a n S o c i e t y

K e y Te r m s a n d P e o p l e M a k i n g C o n n e c t i o n s

R e v i e w Q u e s t i o n s

1. Explain whether you think human life was more stressful in the Paleolithic period or the Neolithic period.

2. What do you think were the most important differences and similarities between Stone Age life and modern life? Why?

1. What were the most important activities, skills, and beliefs that helped Paleolithic hunter-gatherers survive?

2. What were the consequences of the Neolithic Revolution for people’s lives?

C h a p t e r R e v i e w

Paleolithic Age (P-4)

Neolithic Age (P-4)

political states (P-4)

hunter-gatherers (P-5)

Homo sapiens sapiens (P-5)

hierarchy (P-7)

Neolithic Revolution (P-8)

demography (P-10)

patriarchy (P-15)

For Practice quizzes, a customized study plan, and other study tools, see the Online Study Guide at bedfordstmartins.com/hunt.

I m p o r ta n t Ev e n t s

200,000–160,000 b.c.e. Beginning of the Paleolithic (“Old Stone”) Age

50,000–45,000 b.c.e. Homo sapiens sapiens migrate from Africa into southwest Asia and Europe

10,000–8000 b.c.e. The Neolithic (“New Stone”) Revolution in the Fertile Crescent and the Sahara Desert

8000 b.c.e. Walled settlement at Jericho (in modern Israel)

7000–5500 b.c.e. Farming community thrives at Çatalhöyük (in modern Turkey)

t o c . 4 0 0 0 b . c . e .

This page intentionally left blank

I n Tlaxcala, New Spain (present-day Mexico), Indians newly con-

verted to Christianity performed a pageant organized in 1539 by

Catholic missionaries. The festivities celebrated a truce recently

concluded between the Habsburg emperor Charles V and the French

king Francis I. The Conquest of Jerusalem, as the drama was called, fea-

tured a combined army from Spain and New Spain fighting to protect

the pope, defeat the Muslims, and win control of the holy city of

Jerusalem. In the play, a miracle saves the Christian soldiers, and the

Muslims give up and convert to Christianity. Although it is hard to

imagine what the Indians made of this celebration of places and people

far away, the event reveals a great deal about the Europeans: still pre-

occupied with battling the Muslims and still fighting among them-

selves, Europeans now pursued their interests worldwide. Yet even as

their explorations and conquests transformed the New World, disputes

over the “true” religion divided Europeans into hostile camps. Catholic

missionaries saw their success in converting Indians as a sign of God’s

favor in the struggle against the Protestant reformers, who had begun

to spread their message in Europe not long before the pageant in

Tlaxcala took place.

Led first by the Portuguese and then Spanish explorers, Europeans

sailed into contact with peoples and cultures hitherto unknown to Latin

Christendom. Motivated by the desire to find gold, win personal glory,

extend the reach of Christianity, and chart the unknown, European

Widening Horizons 420 • Portuguese Explorations • The Voyages of Columbus • A New Era in Slavery • Conquering the New World

The Protestant Reformation 426 • The Invention of Printing • Popular Piety and Christian Humanism • Martin Luther and the

Holy Roman Empire • Huldrych Zwingli and John Calvin • The Anglican Church in England

Reshaping Society through Religion 434 • Protestant Challenges to the

Social Order • New Forms of Discipline • Catholic Renewal

A Struggle for Mastery 441 • The High Renaissance Court • Dynastic Wars • Financing War • Divided Realms

419

Global Encounters and Religious Reforms 1492–1560

C H A P T E R

14

Cortés In this Spanish depiction of the landing of Hernán Cortés in Mexico in 1519, the ships and arms of the Spanish are a commanding presence, especially in comparison to the nakedness and lack of firearms among the Indians and the kneeling stance of their leader. A Spanish artist painted this miniature, which measures only 61⁄8 inches by 41⁄4 inches. It probably accompanied an account of the Spanish conquest of Mexico. On the back of the picture is a small map of the west coast of Europe and Africa and the east coast of Central America. Europeans relied on such images, and especially on maps, to help them make sense of all the new information flooding into Europe from faraway places. Many Spaniards viewed Cortés’s conquests as a sign of divine favor in a time of religious division. Some even believed that Cortés was born the same day, or at least the same year, as Martin Luther, the German monk who had initiated the Protestant Reformation just two years before Cortés’s landing (in fact, Luther was born two years before Cortés). (Erich Lessing/ Art Resource, NY.)

voyagers subjugated native peoples, declared their control over vast new lands, and established a new system of slavery linking Africa and the New World. Millions of Indians died of diseases un- knowingly imported by the Europeans. The dis- covery of new crops — corn, potatoes, tobacco, coffee, and cocoa — and of gold and silver mines brought new patterns of consumption, and new objects of conflict, to Europe. This spiral of changes in ecology, agriculture, and social patterns is so momentous that historians now call it the Columbian exchange after Christopher Columbus, who started the process.

The invention of the printing press in the 1440s helped spread news of the European explo- rations, but it had an even more significant impact when it hastened the breakup of Christian unity under the impact of the Protestant Reformation. After the German Catholic monk Martin Luther criticized corrupt church practices in 1517, printed broadsheets, pamphlets, and books quickly spread his message and helped make the Protestant break with Roman Catholicism permanent. Religious di- vision soon engulfed the German states and reached into Switzerland, France, and England. Re- sponding to the desire for reform that fed the Protestant movement, Catholics undertook their own renewal. When radical Protestants threatened to overthrow the social and political order, more mainstream Protestants, like Catholics, insisted that the state oversee religious, moral, and social matters.

Confrontations between Protestants and Catholics complicated the long-standing rivalries between princes. Traditional sources of enmity between the Christian powers did not disappear, and the Ottomans continued their thrust into Hungary. Now, however, the Catholic Habsburg emperor had to wage war against Protestant German princes and religious divisions threatened the stability of the monarchy in England and Scot- land. Divisions between Catholics and Protestants

4 2 0 C h a p t e r 1 4 ■ G lo b a l E n c o u n t e r s a n d R e l i g i o u s R e f o r m s 1 4 9 2 – 1 5 6 0

1490 1500 1510 1520

■ 1492 Columbus reaches the Americas

■ 1494 Italian Wars begin; Treaty of Tordesillas

■ 1516 Erasmus publishes Greek New Testament; More, Utopia

■ 1517 Luther composes ninety-five theses

■ 1520 Luther publishes three treatises; Zwingli breaks from Rome

would shape the course of European history for several generations.

Focus Question: Why did Christian unity break up in Europe just when Europeans began to expand their influence overseas in dramatic fashion?

Widening Horizons The maritime explorations of Portugal and Spain brought Europe to the attention of the rest of the world. Fourteenth-century Mongols had been more interested in conquering China and Persia — lands with sophisticated cultures — than in invad- ing Europe; Persian historians of the early fifteenth century dismissed Europeans as “barbaric Franks”; and China’s Ming dynasty rulers, who sent mar- itime expeditions to Southeast Asia and East Africa around 1400, seemed unaware of the Europeans, even though Marco Polo and other Italian mer- chants had appeared at the court of the preceding Mongol Yuan dynasty. By the end of the fifteenth century, in contrast, Europeans could no longer be ignored. The Portuguese and Spanish, inspired by a crusading spirit against Islam and by riches to be won through trade in spices and gold, sailed across the Atlantic, Indian, and Pacific oceans. The English, French, and Dutch followed a century later, creating a new global exchange of people, crops, and diseases that would shape the modern world. As a result of these European expeditions, the people of the Americas for the first time con- fronted forces that threatened to destroy not only their culture but even their existence.

Portuguese Explorations The first phase of European overseas expansion began in 1433 with Portuguese exploration of the West African coast and culminated in 1519–1522

with Spanish circumnavigation of the globe. Look- ing back, the sixteenth-century Spanish historian Francisco López de Gómora described the Iberian maritime voyages to the East and West Indies as “the greatest event since the creation of the world, apart from the incarnation and death of him who created it.”

The Portuguese hoped to find a sea route to the spice-producing lands of South and Southeast Asia in order to bypass the Ottoman Turks, who controlled the traditional land routes between Europe and Asia. Rumors of vast gold mines in West Africa and the legend of a mysterious Christian kingdom established by Prester John and sur- rounded by Muslims drew sailors to voyages de- spite the possibilities of shipwreck and death. Success in the voyages of exploration depended on several technological breakthroughs, including the caravel, a small, easily maneuvered three-masted ship that used triangular lateen sails adapted from the Arabs. (The sails permitted a ship to tack against headwinds.) Prince Henry the Navigator of Portugal (1394–1460) personally financed many voyages with revenues from a noble crusading or- der. The first triumphs of the Portuguese attracted a host of Christian, Jewish, and even Arab sailors, astronomers, and cartographers to the service of Prince Henry and King John II (r. 1481–1495). They compiled better tide calendars and books of sailing directions for pilots that enabled sailors to venture farther into the oceans and reduced — though did not eliminate — the dangers of sea travel.

Searching for gold and then slaves, the Por- tuguese gradually established forts down the West African coast. In 1487–1488, they reached the Cape of Good Hope at the tip of Africa; ten years later, Vasco da Gama led a Portuguese fleet around the cape and reached as far as Calicut, India, the center of the spice trade. His return to Lisbon with twelve pieces of Chinese porcelain for the Portuguese king set off two centuries of porcelain

mania. Until the early eighteenth century, only the Chinese knew how to produce porcelain (in vases or dinnerware), so over the next two hundred years Western merchants would import no fewer than seventy million pieces of porcelain, still known to- day as “china.” In 1512, Ferdinand Magellan, a Portuguese sailor in Spanish service, led the first expedition to circumnavigate the globe. By 1517, a chain of Portuguese forts dotted the Indian Ocean — at Mozambique, Hormuz (at the mouth of the Persian Gulf ), Goa (in India), Colombo (in modern Sri Lanka), and Malacca (modern Malaysia) (Map 14.1).

The Voyages of Columbus One of many sailors inspired by the Portuguese ex- plorations, Christopher Columbus (1451–1506) opened an entirely new direction for discovery. Most likely born in Genoa of Italian parents, Columbus sailed the West African coast in Por- tuguese service between 1476 and 1485. Fifteenth- century Europeans already knew that the world was round (see “Seeing History,” page 424). Columbus had studied The Travels of Marco Polo, written more than a century earlier, and wanted to sail west to reach “the lands of the Great Khan,” unaware that the Mongol Empire had already col- lapsed in eastern Asia. Hugely underestimating the distance of such a voyage, Columbus dreamed of finding a new route to the East’s gold and spices. After the Portuguese refused to fund his plan, Columbus turned to the Spanish monarchs Is- abella of Castille and Ferdinand of Aragon, who agreed to finance his venture.

On August 3, 1492, with ninety men on board two caravels and one larger merchant ship for car- rying supplies, Columbus set sail westward. His

W i d e n i n g H o r i z o n s 4 2 11 4 9 2 – 1 5 6 0

1530 1540 1550 1560

■ 1527 Charles V’s imperial troops sack Rome

■ 1529 Colloquy of Marburg

■ 1534 Henry VIII breaks with Rome; Affair of the Placards in France

■ 1536 Calvin, Institutes of the Christian Religion

■ 1540 Jesuits (Society of Jesus) established

■ 1545–1563 Catholic Council of Trent

■ 1525 German Peasants’ War

Christopher Columbus: An Italian sailor (1451–1506) who opened up the New World by sailing west across the Atlantic in search of a route to Asia.

■ 1555 Peace of Augsburg

■ 1559 Treaty of Cateau-Cambrésis

■ 1547 Charles V defeats Protestants at Mühlberg

4 2

2 C

h a

p t

e r

1 4

■

G lo

b a

l E

n c

o u

n t

e r

s a

n d

R e

l ig

io u

s R

e fo

r m

s 1

4 9

2 –

1 5

6 0

Area known to Europeans before 1450

Portuguese strongholds by c. 1500

Portuguese expeditions 1430s–1480s

Bartholomeu Dias, 1487–1488

Columbus’s first voyage, 1492

John Cabot, 1497

Vasco da Gama, 1497–1499

Amerigo Vespucci, 1499–1502

Ferdinand Magellan, 1519–1522

0 1,000 2,000 kilometers

0 1,000 2,000 miles

N

S

EW

ATLANTIC OCEAN

INDIAN OCEANPACIFIC OCEAN

PACIFIC OCEAN

Hudson Bay

Equator

PORTUGAL SPAIN

ENGLAND

CHINA

INDIA

G UINEA

NORTH AMERICA

SOUTH AMERICA

AFRICA

EUROPE

A S I A

AUSTRALIA

São Tomé

Demarcation line, Treaty of Tordesillas, 1494

Spanish Portuguese

HispaniolaCuba

BAHAMAS

Cape Horn

Cape of Good Hope

CAPE VERDE

IS.

CANARY IS.

AZORES

Madeira

Goa Calicut

Hormuz

Genoa

Lisbon

Ceuta

Seville Cadiz

Malacca

Mozambique

Colombo

Luanda

M A P 1 4 . 1 Early Voyages of World Exploration Over the course of the fifteenth and early sixteenth centuries, European shipping dominated the Atlantic Ocean after the pioneering voyages of the Portuguese, who also first sailed around the Cape of Good Hope to the Indian Ocean and the Cape Horn to the Pacific. The search for spices and the need to circumnavigate the Ottoman Empire inspired these voyages.

contract stipulated that he would claim Castilian sovereignty over any new land and inhabitants and share any profits with the crown. Reaching what is today the Bahamas on October 12, Columbus mis- took the islands to be part of the East Indies, not far from Japan. As the Spaniards explored the Caribbean islands, they encountered communities of peaceful Indians, the Arawaks, who were awed by the Europeans’ military technology, not to men- tion their appearance. Although many positive en- tries in the ship’s log testified to Columbus’s personal goodwill toward the Indians, the Euro- peans’ objectives were clear: find gold, subjugate the Indians, and propagate Christianity. (See Doc- ument, “Columbus Describes His First Voyage,” above.)

Excited by the prospect of easy riches, many flocked to join Columbus’s second voyage. When Columbus departed Cádiz in September 1493, he commanded a fleet of seventeen ships carrying some fifteen hundred men, many of whom be- lieved that all they had to do was “to load the gold into the ships.” Failing to find the imagined gold mines and spices, Columbus and his crew began capturing Caribs, enemies of the Arawaks, with the intention of bringing them back as slaves. In 1494, Columbus proposed setting up a regular slave trade based in Hispaniola. The Spaniards exported

enslaved Indians to Spain, and slave traders sold them in Seville. When the Spanish monarchs real- ized the vast potential for material gain of their new dominions, they asserted direct royal author- ity by sending officials and priests to the Ameri- cas, which were named after the Italian Amerigo Vespucci, who led a voyage across the Atlantic in 1499–1502.

To head off looming conflicts between the Spanish and the Portuguese, Pope Alexander VI helped negotiate the Treaty of Tordesillas of 1494. It divided the Atlantic world between the two mar- itime powers, reserving for Portugal the West African coast and the route to India and giving Spain the oceans and lands to the west (see Map 14.1). The agreement allowed Portugal to claim Brazil in 1500, when it was accidentally “discov- ered” by Pedro Alvares Cabral (1467–1520) on a voyage to India.

A New Era in Slavery The European voyages of discovery initiated a new era in slavery, both by expanding the economic scale of slave labor and by attaching race and color to servitude. Slavery had existed since antiquity and flourished in many parts of the world. Some slaves were captured in war or by piracy; others —

W i d e n i n g H o r i z o n s 4 2 31 4 9 2 – 1 5 6 0

Columbus Describes His First Voyage (1493)

D O C U M E N T

In this famous letter to Raphael Sanchez, treasurer to his patrons, Ferdinand and Is- abella, Columbus recounts his initial jour- ney to the Bahamas, Cuba, and Hispaniola (today Haiti and the Dominican Republic), and tells of his achievements. This passage reflects the first contact between native Americans and Europeans; already the themes of trade, subjugation, gold, and con- version emerge in Columbus’s own words.

Indians would give whatever the seller re- quired; . . . Thus they bartered, like idiots, cotton and gold for fragments of bows, glasses, bottles, and jars; which I forbad as being unjust, and myself gave them many beautiful and acceptable articles which I had brought with me, taking nothing from them in return; I did this in order that I

might the more easily conciliate them, that they might be led to become Christians, and be inclined to entertain a regard for the King and Queen, our Princes and all Spaniards, and that I might induce them to take an interest in seeking out, and col- lecting, and delivering to us such things as they possessed in abundance, but which we greatly needed. They practise no kind of idolatry, but have a firm belief that all strength and power, and indeed all good things, are in heaven, and that I had de- scended from thence with these ships and sailors, and under this impression was I re- ceived after they had thrown aside their fears. Nor are they slow or stupid, but of very clear understanding; and those men who have crossed to the neighbouring is- lands give an admirable description of

everything they observed; but they never saw any people clothed, nor any ships like ours. On my arrival at that sea, I had taken some Indians by force from the first island that I came to, in order that they might learn our language, and communicate to us what they know respecting the country; which plan succeeded excellently, and was a great advantage to us, for in a short time, either by gestures and signs, or by words, we were enabled to understand each other. These men are still travelling with me, and although they have been with us now a long time, they continue to entertain the idea that I have descended from heaven.

Source: Christopher Columbus, Four Voyages to the New World. Translated by R. H. Major (New York: Corinth Books, 1961), 8–9.

4 2 4 C h a p t e r 1 4 ■ G lo b a l E n c o u n t e r s a n d R e l i g i o u s R e f o r m s 1 4 9 2 – 1 5 6 0

O n the eve of Christopher Colum- bus’s voyages, most Europeans knew that the world was round and many

shared Columbus’s view that new routes to Asia and its riches could be found by sail- ing west. Beyond that, however, geographic knowledge of what precisely lay on the other side of the Atlantic was sketchy at best. Even those regions familiar to Europe through trade and exploration — Africa and parts of Asia — were often shown in- accurately on maps of the day.

The hand-colored map at the top pro- duced by a German geographer, Henricus Martellus, depicts the world as Europeans knew it just before Columbus’s first voy- age. How accurate is its rendition of Eu- rope, the Mediterranean, and Africa? Note that the Americas are not shown as a sep- arate continent, but rather are joined to the Asian landmass on the far right. (Scholars have identified several major Latin Amer- ican rivers, including the Orinooko and the Amazon in part of lower right-hand quad- rant of the map.) How does this map help explain Columbus’s mistake about where he had landed in 1492? What else does it tell you about Europeans’ perceptions of the world in this period?

By 1570, when Abraham Ortelius’s map was printed, European knowledge of world geography had grown by leaps and bounds thanks to the voyages of exploration. Ortelius, a well-traveled and prominent geographer and cartographer, included this map in his Theatrum Orbis Terrarum (Theater of the World), consid- ered to be the first modern atlas. Judging from this map, what areas of the world have come into greater focus? What areas are still inaccurately portrayed and rudi- mentary in some respects? How might you account for that? What advantages do ac- curate maps offer you, beyond knowing where you are headed? What else does the later map reveal about Europeans’ knowl- edge of the world after less than a century of exploration?

Expanding Geographic Knowledge: World Maps in an Age of Exploration

S E E I N G H I S T O R Y

World Map by Henricus Martellus, 1489. (The Art Archive/ British Library.)

World Map by Abraham Ortelius, 1570. (By permission of the British Library.)

Africans — were sold by other Africans and Bedouin traders to Christian buy- ers; in western Asia, parents sold their children out of poverty into servitude; and many in the Balkans became slaves when their land was devastated by Ot- toman invasions. Slaves could be Greek, Slav, European, African, or Turkish. Many served as domestics in European cities of the Mediterranean such as Barcelona or Venice. Others sweated as galley slaves in Ottoman and Christian fleets. Still others worked as agricultural laborers on Mediterranean islands. In the Ottoman army, slaves even formed an important elite contingent.

From the fifteenth century onward, Africans increasingly filled the ranks of slaves. Exploiting warfare between groups within West Africa, the Por- tuguese traded in gold and “pieces,” as African slaves were called, a practice condemned at home by some conscien- tious clergy. Manoel Severim de Faria, for example, observed that “one cannot yet see any good effect resulting from so much butchery; for this is not the way in which commerce can flourish and the preaching of the gospel progress.” Critical voices, however, could not deny the potential for profits that the slave trade brought to Portugal. Most slaves toiled in the sugar plantations of the Por- tuguese Atlantic islands and in Brazil. A fortunate few had somewhat easier lives as domestic servants in Portugal, where African freedmen and slaves, some thirty-five thousand in the early sixteenth century, constituted almost 3 percent of the pop- ulation, a percentage that was much higher than in other European countries.

In the Americas, slavery would expand enor- mously in the following centuries. Even outspoken critics of colonial brutality toward indigenous peoples defended the development of African slav- ery. The Spanish Dominican Bartolomé de Las Casas (1474–1566), for example, argued that Africans were constitutionally more suitable for labor than native Americans and should therefore be im- ported to the plantations in the Americas to re- lieve the indigenous peoples, who were being worked to death.

Conquering the New World In 1500, on the eve of European invasion, the na- tive peoples of the Americas lived in a great diver-

sity of social and political arrangements. Some were nomads roaming large, sparsely inhabited territories; others practiced agriculture in com- plexly organized states. Among the settled peoples, the largest groupings could be found in the Mex- ican and Peruvian highlands. Combining an elab- orate religious culture with a rigid social and political hierarchy, the Aztecs in Mexico and the Incas in Peru ruled over subjugated Indian popu- lations in their respective empires. From their large urban capitals, the Aztecs and Incas controlled large swaths of land and could be ruthless as conquerors.

The Spanish explorers organized their expedi- tions to the mainland of the Americas from a base in the Caribbean (Map 14.2). Two prominent commanders, Hernán Cortés (1485–1547) and Francisco Pizarro (c. 1475–1541), gathered men and arms and set off in search of gold. With them came Catholic priests intending to bring Chris- tianity to supposedly uncivilized peoples. Some natives who resented their subjugation by the Aztecs joined Cortés and his soldiers. With a band of fewer than two hundred men, Cortés captured

W i d e n i n g H o r i z o n s 4 2 51 4 9 2 – 1 5 6 0

Hernán Cortés: A Spanish explorer (1485–1547) who captured the Aztec capital, Tenochtitlán (present-day Mexico City), in 1519.

0 1,000 kilometers500

0 1,000 miles500

Portuguese colonies, c. 1550

Spanish colonies, c. 1550

Hernán Cortés, 1518–1519

Francisco Pizarro, 1524–1527

N

S

EW

P A C I F I C O C E A N

A T L A N T I C O C E A NGulf of

Mexico

C a r i b b e a n S e a

Amazo n R.

AZTECS MAYAS

IN C

A S

NEW SPAIN (MEXICO)

Yucatán

Cuba

PERU

BRAZIL

Jamaica

HISPANIOLA

Puerto Rico

Demarcation line, Treaty of

Tordesillas, 1494

Spanish Portuguese

A N

D E

S

TIERRA FIRME

GUATEMALA

NICARAGUA

VENEZUELA

PARAGUAY

TUCUMAN CHILE

Lima 1535

Tenochtitlán (Mexico City) 1519

Santo Domingo 1496

São Paulo 1532

Rio de Janeiro

Potosí 1545

Veracruz

� �

�

�

� ��

M A P 1 4 . 2 Spanish and Portuguese Colonies in the Americas, 1492–1560 The discovery of precious metals fueled the Spanish and Portuguese explorations and settlements of Central and South America, establishing the foundations of European colonial empires in the New World.

the Aztec capital, Tenochtitlán (present-day Mexico City), in 1519. Two years later, Mexico, then named New Spain, was added to the empire of the new ruler of Spain, Charles V, grandson of Ferdinand and Isabella. To the south, Pizarro con- quered the Peruvian highlands. The Spanish Em- pire was now the largest in the world, stretching from Mexico to Chile.

The Aztecs and Incas fell to the superior war technology of the Spanish conquistadores. Next the conquistadores subdued the Mayas on the Yucatán peninsula, a people with a sophisticated knowledge of cosmology and arithmetic. The gold and silver mines in Mexico proved a treasure trove for the Spanish crown, but the real prize was the discovery of vast silver deposits in Potosí (today in Bolivia). When the Spaniards began importing the gold and silver they found in the New World, in- flation soared in a fashion never before witnessed in Europe.

Not to be outdone by the Spaniards, other European powers joined the scramble for gold in the New World. In North America, the French went in search of a “northwest passage” to China. The French wanted to establish settle- ments in what became Canada, but the climate and the hostility of the indigenous peoples de- feated them. Permanent European settlements in Canada and the present-day United States would succeed only in the seventeenth century, and by then the English had entered the contest for world mastery. Even before the French and the English, the Dutch entered the colonial com- petition. After they broke away from Spain late in the sixteenth century, the Dutch set about sys- tematically and aggressively taking over Spanish and Portuguese trade routes. By the mid-seven- teenth century, they had become the wealthiest people (per capita) in the world.

The discovery of the Americas resulted in a significant global movement of peoples, animals, plants, manufactured goods, and precious met- als. Tobacco and cocoa were among the exotic items brought from the Americas to Europe. Voy- ages to the New World also brought diseases from Europe to the unsuspecting peoples of America. Without natural immunity, the Amerindians died in catastrophic numbers. Within fifty years of Columbus’s first voyage, the indigenous popula- tions of the Caribbean Islands had been wiped out.

Review: Which European countries led the way in maritime exploration, and what were their motives?

The Protestant Reformation In the sixteenth century, religious reformers led by Martin Luther shattered the unity of Western Christendom, supplied by the Roman Catholic Church since the fourth century. The invention of printing with movable type proved crucial to the rapid spread of the Protestant message. The pop- ular piety that swept Europe in the closing decades of the 1400s, along with Christian humanism, also helped pave the way for the reformers by focusing attention on corrupt practices and clerical abuses. The Catholic church might nonetheless have es- caped a schism had it not been for the drive, tal- ent, and theological brilliance of Luther and other reformers such as Huldrych Zwingli and John Calvin. They turned reform into protest — hence the name of their movement, Protestantism.

The Invention of Printing Printing with movable type, developed in the 1440s by Johannes Gutenberg, a German gold- smith, marked a revolutionary departure from the old practice of copying works by hand or stamp- ing pages with individually carved wood blocks. Printing itself predated movable type: the Chinese had been printing by woodblock since the tenth century, and woodcut pictures made their appear- ance in Europe in the early fifteenth century. Mov- able type, however, allowed entire manuscripts to be printed more quickly. Single letters, made in metal molds, could be emptied out of a frame and new ones inserted to print each new page. Also, the large-scale production of paper had paved the way for the invention of printing. Papermaking came to Europe from China via Arab intermedi- aries. By the fourteenth century, paper mills in Italy were producing paper that was more fragile but also much cheaper than parchment or vellum, the animal skins that Europeans had previously used for writing.

The invention of movable type in the West no doubt owed something to the twenty-six- character alphabets found in most European lan- guages; setting twenty-six characters in metal type was much easier than trying to set the hundreds or even thousands of different picture-like charac- ters that made up written Chinese. (See Printing Press, page 427.) In 1467, two German printers es- tablished the first press in Rome; within five years, they had produced twelve thousand volumes, a feat that in the past would have required a thousand scribes working full-time.

In the 1490s, the German city of Frankfurt be- came an international meeting place for printers

4 2 6 C h a p t e r 1 4 ■ G lo b a l E n c o u n t e r s a n d R e l i g i o u s R e f o r m s 1 4 9 2 – 1 5 6 0

and booksellers, establishing a book fair that re- mains an unbroken tradition to this day. Early printed books attracted an elite audience; their expense made them inaccessible to most literate people, who comprised a minority of the popula- tion in any case. Gutenberg’s famous two-volume Latin Bible was a luxury item, and only 185 copies were printed. Gutenberg Bibles remain today a treasure that only the greatest libraries possess.

The invention of mechanical printing dramat- ically increased the speed at which knowledge could be transmitted and freed individuals from having to memorize everything that they learned. Printed books and pamphlets, even one-page fly- ers, might create a wider community of scholars no longer dependent on personal patronage or church sponsorship for texts. Printing thus en- couraged the free expression and exchange of ideas, and its disruptive potential did not go un- noticed by political and religious authorities. Rulers and bishops in the German states, the birth- place of the printing industry, moved quickly to issue censorship regulations, but their efforts could not prevent the outbreak of the Protestant Refor- mation.

Popular Piety and Christian Humanism The Christianizing of Europe had taken many cen- turies to complete, and by 1500 most people in Europe believed devoutly. However, the vast ma- jority of them had little knowledge of Catholic doctrine. More popular forms of piety such as pro- cessions, festivals, and marvelous tales of saints’ miracles captivated ordinary believers.

Urban merchants and artisans, more likely than the general population to be literate and crit- ical of their local priests, yearned for a faith more meaningful to their daily lives and for a clergy more responsive to their needs. They wanted priests to preach edifying sermons, to administer the sacraments conscientiously, and to lead moral lives, so they generously donated money to estab- lish new preaching positions for university-trained clerics. The merchants resented the funneling of the Catholic church’s rich endowments to the younger children of the nobility who took up re- ligious callings to protect the wealth of their fam- ilies. The young, educated clerics funded by the merchants often came from cities themselves. They formed the backbone of Christian humanism and sometimes became reformers, too.

Humanism originated during the Renaissance in Italy among highly educated individuals at- tached to the personal households of prominent rulers. North of the Alps, however, humanists fo- cused more on religious revival and the inculca- tion of Christian piety, through such means as the model school of the Brethren of the Common Life. The Brethren preached self-discipline and often criticized the local clergy for their inadequate training and lax morals. Two men, the Dutch scholar Desiderius Erasmus (c. 1466–1536) and the English lawyer Thomas More (1478–1535), stood out as representatives of these Christian hu- manists, who coupled their love of classical learn-

Th e P r o t e s ta n t R e f o r m a t i o n 4 2 71 4 9 2 – 1 5 6 0

Printing Press This illustration from a French manuscript of 1537 depicts typical printing equipment of the sixteenth century. An artisan is using the screw press to apply the inked type to the paper. Also shown are the composed type secured in a chase, the printed sheet (four pages of text printed on one sheet) held by the seated proofreader, and the bound volume. When two pages of text were printed on one standard-sized sheet, the bound book was called a folio. A bound book with four pages of text on one sheet was called a quarto (“in four”), and a book with eight pages of text on one sheet was called an octavo (“in eight”). The last is a pocket-size book, smaller than today’s paperback. (The Granger Collection, New York.)

Christian humanism: A general intellectual trend in the six- teenth century that coupled love of classical learning, as in Renaissance humanism, with an emphasis on Christian piety.

ing with the emphasis on Christian piety. They both longed for ideal societies based on peace and morality but faced a world that seemed bent on violent division instead.

Erasmus. Just as Cicero had dominated ancient Roman letters, Erasmus towered over the human- ist world of early-sixteenth-century Europe. An in- timate friend of kings and popes, he became known across Europe. Disseminated by the print- ing press, Erasmus’s books made him famous. He devoted years to preparing a critical edition of the New Testament in Greek with a translation into Latin, which was finally published in 1516.

Only through education, Erasmus believed, could individuals reform themselves and society. He strove for a unified, peaceful Christendom in which charity and good works, not empty cere- monies, would mark true religion and in which learning and piety would dispel the darkness of ig- norance. He elaborated many of these ideas in his Handbook of the Militant Christian (1503), an elo- quent plea for a simple religion devoid of greed and the lust for power. In The Praise of Folly (1509), he satirized values held dear by his contempo- raries. Modesty, humility, and poverty represented the true Christian virtues in a world that wor- shipped pomposity, power, and wealth. The wise

appeared foolish, he concluded, for their wisdom and values were not of this world.

He instructed the young future emperor Charles V to rule as a just Christian prince and ex- pressed deep sorrow about the brutal fighting that had ravaged Europe for decades. A man of peace and moderation, Erasmus soon found himself challenged by angry younger men and radical ideas once the Reformation took hold; he eventually chose Christian unity over reform and schism. His dream of Christian pacifism crushed, he lived to see dissenters executed — by Catholics and Protes- tants alike — for speaking their conscience. Eras- mus spent his last years in Freiburg and Basel, isolated from the Protestant community, his writ- ings condemned by many in the Catholic church. After the Protestant Reformation had been se- cured, the saying arose that “Erasmus laid the egg that Luther hatched.” Some blamed the humanists for the emergence of Luther and Protestantism, de- spite the humanists’ decision to remain in the Catholic church.

Thomas More. If Erasmus found himself aban- doned by his times, his good friend across the Eng- lish Channel, Thomas More, to whom The Praise of Folly was dedicated, met with even greater suf- fering. Like the humanists of Italy, More chose to

4 2 8 C h a p t e r 1 4 ■ G lo b a l E n c o u n t e r s a n d R e l i g i o u s R e f o r m s 1 4 9 2 – 1 5 6 0

Albrecht Dürer, The Knight, Death, and the Devil Dürer’s 1513 engraving of the knight depicts a grim and determined warrior advancing in the face of devils, one of whom holds out an hourglass with a grimace while another wields a menacing pike. An illustration for Erasmus’s The Handbook of the Militant Christian, this scene is often interpreted as portraying a Christian clad in the armor of righteousness on a path through life beset by death and demonic temptations. Yet the knight in early-sixteenth-century Germany had become a mercenary, selling his martial skills to princes. Some waylaid merchants, robbed rich clerics, and held citizens for ransom. The most notorious of these robber-knights, Franz von Sickingen, was declared an outlaw by the emperor and murdered in 1522. (Bridgeman- Giraudon/ Art Resource, NY.)

■ For more help analyzing this image, see the visual activity for this chapter in the Online Study Guide at bedfordstmartins.com/hunt.

serve his prince. In 1529, he became lord chancel- lor, the chief officer of the English government. King Henry VIII had his own issues with the pa- pacy and, in 1532, broke with the Roman Catholic church. He pulled England out from under papal control and began appointing his own bishops. In protest against Henry’s newly asserted control of the clergy, More resigned his position and was ex- ecuted in 1535 for refusing to subscribe to Henry VIII’s version of the Protestant Reformation. By executing More, Henry created a martyr revered for centuries by Catholics and by those who be- lieved in liberty of conscience.

From any perspective, More was an audacious, even eccentric thinker. In his best-known work, Utopia (1516), he describes an ideal imaginary land that stands in stark contrast to his own soci- ety. A just, equitable, and hardworking commu- nity, Utopia (meaning both “no place” and “best place” in Greek) was the opposite of England. In Utopia, everyone worked the land for two years; and since Utopians enjoyed public schools, com- munal kitchens, hospitals, and nurseries, they had no need for money or private property. Dedicated to the pursuit of knowledge and natural religion, with equal distribution of goods and few laws, Utopians knew neither crime nor internal discord.

Yet even in More’s Utopia some oddities existed — voluntary slavery, for example, and strictly controlled travel. Although premarital sex brought severe punishment, prospective marriage partners could examine each other naked before making their final decisions. Men headed Utopia’s households and exercised authority over women and children. And Utopians did not shy away from declaring war on their neighbors to protect their way of life. More nonetheless created an imaginary society that was paradise when compared with a Christian Europe battered by division and violence. The Christian humanists offered stirring visions of a better future, but peace, moderation, unity, and any idea of Utopia would all be submerged in the coming flood of radical religious change.

Martin Luther and the Holy Roman Empire The Protestant Reformation began when the crisis of faith of one man, Martin Luther (1483–1546), started an international movement. Luther was an improbable spiritual revolutionary. Son of a miner

and a deeply pious mother, he began his studies in the law. Caught in a storm on a lonely road one midsummer’s night, the young student grew terri- fied by the thunder and lightning. He implored the help of St. Anne, the mother of the Virgin Mary, and promised to enter a monastery if she protected him. Luther abandoned his law studies and entered the Augustinian order. There he experienced his religious crisis and its resolution: the doctrine of faith alone as the means to salvation.

Even though as a monk Luther took up all the practices offered by the church to achieve personal salvation, he did not feel saved. He prayed, he took the sacraments, and as a priest he even said Mass. He did all the good works that the church pre- scribed yet still felt bereft of God’s love. He came to believe that the church gave external behavior more weight than spiritual intentions. The sacra- ment of penance was a case in point. Instead of emphasizing the remorse that led the sinner to confess his sins to a priest and then receive for- giveness from the priest in God’s name, the church emphasized the penance imposed by the priest. Some priests abused their authority by demand- ing sexual or monetary favors before granting for- giveness. Luther found peace inside himself when he became convinced that sinners were saved only through faith and that faith was a gift freely given by God. No amount of good works, he believed, could produce the faith on which salvation de- pended. Shortly before his death, Luther recalled his crisis:

Though I lived as a monk without reproach, I felt that I was a sinner before God with an extremely disturbed conscience. I could not believe that he was placated by my satisfaction [in penance]. I did not love, yes, I hated the righteous God who punishes sinners, and se- cretly . . . I was angry with God. . . . At last, by the mercy of God, meditating day and night, I gave heed to the context of the words, namely, “In [the gospel] the righteousness of God is revealed, as it is written, ‘He who through faith is righteous shall live.’ ” There I began to understand that the righteousness of God is that by which the righteous live by a gift of God, namely by faith.

Just as Luther was working out his own per- sonal search for salvation, a priest named Johann Tetzel arrived in Wittenberg, where Luther was a university professor, to sell indulgences. Penance normally consisted of spiritual duties (prayers, pil- grimages), but the church also asked for monetary substitutions, called indulgences. Indulgences could even be bought for a deceased relative, which would forgive that person’s time in purgatory and release the soul for heaven. Luther denounced what he, like so many of the Church’s other crit-

Th e P r o t e s ta n t R e f o r m a t i o n 4 2 91 4 9 2 – 1 5 6 0

Martin Luther: A German monk (1483–1546) who started the Protestant Reformation in 1517 by challenging the practices and doctrines of the Catholic church and advocating salvation through faith alone.

ics, saw as a corrupt practice, al- lowing sinners to buy rather than to earn forgiveness of their sins. But Luther’s objections went far deeper. He believed that indul- gences, like the sacrament of penance, were ultimately useless unless one had faith. No one, he felt, could be allowed to think that such a purchase had any- thing to do with salvation.

Armed with his sense of God’s justice and grace, Luther composed ninety-five theses for academic debate in 1517. Among them were at- tacks on the sale of indulgences and the purchase of church offices. Printed, the theses became pub- lic and unleashed a torrent of pent-up resentment and frustration among the laypeople. What began as a theological debate in a provincial university soon engulfed the Holy Roman Empire. (See “Contrasting Views,” page 431.) Luther’s earliest supporters included younger Christian humanists and clerics who shared his critical attitude toward the church establishment. None of these Evangel- icals, as they called themselves, came from the up- per echelons of the church; many were from urban middle-class backgrounds, and most were univer- sity trained. The Evangelicals represented social groups most ready to challenge clerical author- ity — merchants, artisans, and literate urban laypeople. But illiterate artisans and peasants also rallied to Luther, sometimes with an almost fanat- ical zeal. They and he believed they were living in the last days of the world. Luther and his cause might be a sign of the approaching Last Judgment.

Initially, Luther presented himself as the pope’s “loyal opposition,” but in 1520, he burned his bridges with the publication of three fiery trea- tises. In Freedom of a Christian, written in Latin for the learned and addressed to Pope Leo X, Luther argued that faith, not good works, saved sinners from damnation, and he sharply distin- guished between true Gospel teachings and in- vented church doctrines. Luther advocated “the priesthood of all believers,” insisting that the Bible provided all the teachings necessary for Christian living and that a professional caste of clerics should not hold sway over laypeople. Freedom of a Chris- tian circulated widely in an immediate German translation. Its principles “by faith alone,” “by Scripture alone,” and “the priesthood of all believ- ers” became central features of the reform move- ment.

In his second treatise, To the Nobility of the German Nation, written in German, Luther ap-

pealed to German identity and to the nobles as the natural leaders of any reform movement. He de- nounced the corrupt Italians in Rome who were cheating and exploiting his compatriots and called on the German princes to defend their nation and reform the church. Luther’s third treatise, On the Babylonian Captivity of the Church, condemned the papacy as the embodiment of the An- tichrist.

From Rome’s perspective, the “Luther Affair,” as church officials called it, concerned only one unruly monk. When the pope ordered him to obey his superiors and keep quiet, Luther tore up the decree. Spread by the printing press, Luther’s ideas circulated through- out the Holy Roman Empire, letting loose forces that neither the church nor Luther could control. Social, nationalist, and religious protests fused with lower-class resentments, much as in the Czech movement that Jan Hus had inspired a century earlier. Like Hus, Luther appeared before an emperor: in 1521, he defended his faith at the Imperial Diet of Worms before Charles V (r. 1519–1556), the newly elected Holy Roman Emperor who, at the age of nineteen, ruled over the Low Countries, Spain, Spain’s Italian and New World dominions, and the Austrian Habs- burg lands. Luther shocked Germans by declar- ing his admiration for the Czech heretic. But unlike Hus, Luther did not suffer martyrdom be- cause he enjoyed the protection of Frederick the Wise, the elector of Saxony and Luther’s lord. Frederick was one of the seven electors whom Charles V had bribed to become Holy Roman Emperor, and Charles had to treat him with re- spect. The emperor soon had cause to regret his reluctance to punish Luther.

Lutheran propaganda flooded German towns and villages. Hundreds of pamphlets lambasted the papacy and the Catholic clergy; others simpli- fied the message of Luther for the common folk. Sometimes only a few pages in length, these broad- sheets were often illustrated with crude satirical cartoons. City dwellers proved particularly recep- tive to Luther’s teachings; they were literate and were eager to read the Bible for themselves. Mag- istrates began to curtail clerical privileges and

4 3 0 C h a p t e r 1 4 ■ G lo b a l E n c o u n t e r s a n d R e l i g i o u s R e f o r m s 1 4 9 2 – 1 5 6 0

Charles V: Holy Roman Emperor (r. 1519–1556) and the most powerful ruler in sixteenth-century Europe; he reigned over the Low Countries, Spain, Spain’s Italian and New World dominions, and the Austrian Habsburg lands.

0 200 kilometers100

0 200 miles100

R h

in e

R .

E lbe

R.

Bal tic

Se aNorth

Sea

HOLY

ROMAN

EMPIRE

Saxony POLAND

DENMARK

Frankfurt

Worms

Wittenberg

�

�

�

Luther’s World in the Early Sixteenth Century

Th e P r o t e s ta n t R e f o r m a t i o n 4 3 11 4 9 2 – 1 5 6 0

When Martin Luther criticized the papacy and the Catholic church, he was hailed as a godly prophet by some and condemned as a heretic by others. Both Protestants and Catholics used popular prop- aganda to argue their cause. They spread their message to a largely illiterate or semiliterate soci- ety through pamphlets, woodcuts, and broadsheets in which visual images took on increasing impor- tance, to appeal to a wide public. These polemical works were distributed in the thousands to cities and market towns throughout the Holy Roman Empire. A few were even translated into Latin to reach an audience outside of Germany.

The 1521 woodcut by Matthias Gnidias rep- resents Luther standing above his Catholic oppo- nent, the Franciscan friar Thomas Murner, who is depicted here as a crawling dragon, Leviathan, the biblical monster (Document 1). Another positive image of Luther, also published in 1521, depicts him as inspired by the Holy Spirit (Document 2). An anti-Luther image from a few years later rep- resents him as a seven-headed monster (Document 3), signifying that the reformer is the source of discord within Christianity. This image appeared in a book published in 1529 by the Dominican friar Johannes Cochlaeus, one of Luther’s vociferous opponents.

Visual examples of religious propaganda worked effectively to demonize enemies and to contrast sharply good and evil. The 1520s saw the most intense production of these cheap polemical visual prints, but the use of visual propaganda would continue for more than a century in the religious conflict.

1. Matthias Gnidias’s Representation of Luther and Leviathan (1521)

Dressed in a friar’s robes, the Murner-Leviathan monster breathes “ignis, sumus, & sul- phur” — fire, smoke, and sul- phur. The good friar, Luther, holds the Bible in his hands, and is represented here as a prophet (foretelling the end of the world). The vertical Latin cap- tion declares that the Lord will visit the earth with his sword and kill the Leviathan monster; he will trample underfoot lions and dragons; and the dragon, with a halter around its nostrils, will be dragged away on a hook.

2. Luther as Monk, Doctor, Man of the Bible, and Saint (1521)

This woodcut by an anonymous artist appeared in a volume that the Strasbourg printer Johann Schott published in 1521. In addition to being one of the major centers of printing, Strasbourg was also a stronghold of the reform movement. Note the use of traditional symbols to signify Luther’s holiness: the Bible in his hands, the halo, the Holy Spirit in the form of a dove, and his friar’s robes. Although the cult of saints and monasticism came under se- vere criticism during the Reformation, the repre- sentation of Luther in traditional symbols of sanctity stressed his conservative values instead of his radical challenge to church authorities.

3. The Seven-Headed Martin Luther by Johannes Cochlaeus (1529)

The seven heads are labeled (from left to right) doctor, Martin, Luther, ecclesiast, enthusiast, visitirer, and Barrabas. The term en- thusiast represented a name of abuse, applied usually by the Catholic church to Anabaptists and religious radicals of all sorts. Visitirer is a pun in German on the word Tier, meaning “ani- mal.” Cochlaeus also mocks the new practice of Protes- tant clergy visiting parishes to check up on pastors’ and parishioners’ adherence to reformed doctrines and rit- uals in order to enforce Christian discipline. From left to right, Luther’s many heads gradually reveal him to be a rebel, as Barrabas was condemned to die as a rabble-rouser by the Ro- mans but instead was freed and his place taken by Je- sus at the crucifixion. The number seven also alludes to the seven deadly sins.

Questions to Consider 1. Why did Johannes Cochlaeus condemn Martin Luther? How

did he construct a negative image of Luther? 2. Evaluate the visual representations of Luther as a godly man.

Which one is more effective?

C O N T R A S T I N G V I E W S

Martin Luther: Holy Man or Heretic?

Luther and Leviathan

Seven-Headed Luther. (The Granger Collection, New York.)

Luther as Monk. (The Granger Collection, New York.)

subordinate the clergy to municipal authority. Luther’s message — that each Christian could ap- peal directly to God for salvation — spoke to townspeople’s spiritual needs and social vision. From Wittenberg, the many streams of the reform movement quickly merged and threatened to swamp all before it.

Huldrych Zwingli and John Calvin Separate reform movements sprang up in Swiss cities. In 1520, just three years after Luther’s initial break with Rome, the chief preacher of Zurich, Huldrych Zwingli (1484–1531), openly declared himself a reformer. Like Luther, Zwingli attacked corruption in the Catholic church hierarchy, and he also questioned fasting and clerical celibacy. Under Zwingli’s leadership, Zurich served as the center for the Swiss and southern German reform movement. Lu- ther and Zwingli did not agree on all points of doctrine. Luther insisted that Christ was both truly and symbolically present in the Eucharist, the central Christian sacrament that Christians par- took of in communion; Zwingli, however, viewed the Eucharistic bread and wine as symbols of Christ’s union with believers.

In 1529, troubled by these differences and other disagree- ments, Evangelical princes and magistrates assembled the major reformers in the Colloquy of Marburg, in central Germany. After several days of intense discussions, the reformers managed to resolve some differences over doc- trine, but Luther and Zwingli failed to agree on the meaning of the Eucharist. The issue of the Eu- charist would soon divide Lutherans and Calvin- ists as well.

Under the leadership of John Calvin (1509–1564), another wave of reform pounded at the gates of Rome. Born in Picardy, in northern France, Calvin studied in Paris and Orléans, where he took a law degree. A gifted intellectual attracted to humanism, Calvin could have enjoyed a bril- liant career in government or the church. Instead, experiencing a crisis of faith, like Luther, he sought salvation through intense theological study. Calvin

read the works of the leading French humanists who sought to reform the church from within, and he also examined Luther’s writings. Gradually, he came to question fundamental Catholic teachings.

On Sunday, October 18, 1534, Parisians found church doors posted with ribald broadsheets de- nouncing the Catholic Mass. Smuggled into France from the Protestant and French-speaking parts of Switzerland, the broadsheets provoked a wave of royal repression in the capital. In response to this so-called Affair of the Placards, the govern- ment arrested hundreds of French Protestants, ex- ecuted some of them, and forced many more, including Calvin, to flee abroad.

On his way to Strasbourg, a haven for religious dissidents, Calvin detoured to Geneva — the

French-speaking Swiss city-state where he would find his life’s work. Genevans had renounced their allegiance to the Catholic bishop, and local supporters of reform begged Calvin to stay and labor there. Although it took some time for Calvin to solidify his position in the city, his sup- porters eventually triumphed and he remained in Geneva until his death in 1564.

Under Calvin’s leadership, Geneva became a Christian re- public on the model set out in his Institutes of the Christian Reli- gion, first published in 1536. No reformer prior to Calvin had ex-

pounded on the doctrines, organization, history, and practices of Christianity in such a systematic, logical, and coherent manner. Calvin followed Luther’s doctrine of salvation to its ultimate logi- cal conclusion: if God is almighty and humans cannot earn their salvation by good works, then no Christian can be certain of salvation. Develop- ing the doctrine of predestination, Calvin argued that God had ordained every man, woman, and child to salvation or damnation — even before the creation of the world. Thus, in Calvin’s theology, God saved only the “elect”; he knew their identity eternally.

Predestination could terrify, but it could also embolden. A righteous life might be a sign of a person’s having been chosen for salvation. Thus, Calvinist doctrine demanded rigorous discipline. The knowledge that only the elect, a small group,

4 3 2 C h a p t e r 1 4 ■ G lo b a l E n c o u n t e r s a n d R e l i g i o u s R e f o r m s 1 4 9 2 – 1 5 6 0

John Calvin: French-born Christian humanist (1509–1564) and founder of Calvinism, one of the major branches of the Protes- tant Reformation; he led the reform movement in Geneva, Switzerland, from 1541 to 1564.

0 200 kilometers

0 200 miles100

North Sea

HOLY

ROMAN

EMPIRE

P O

LA N

D

DENMARK

SPAIN

FRANCE

H U

N G

A R

Y

ENGLAND

PAPAL STATES

SWISS CONFED.

Paris

Orléans

Strasbourg

Geneva

Rome

�

� �

�

�

Calvin’s World in the Mid-Sixteenth Century

predestination: John Calvin’s doctrine that God preordained salvation or damnation for each person before creation; those chosen for salvation were considered the “elect.”

would be saved should guide the actions of the godly in an uncertain world. Fusing church and society into what followers named the Reformed church, Geneva became a theocratic city-state dominated by Calvin and the elders of the Re- formed church. Its people were rigorously moni- tored; detractors said that they were bullied. (See Document, “Ordinances for Calvinist Churches,” above.)

Calvin tolerated no dissent. While passing through Geneva in 1553, the Spanish physician Michael Servetus was arrested because he had pub- lished books attacking Calvin and questioning the doctrine of the Trinity, the belief that there are three persons in one God — the Father, the Son (Christ), and the Holy Spirit. Upon Calvin’s advice, the au- thorities executed Servetus. Despite the outcry over this action, Geneva became the new center of the Reformation, the place where pastors trained for missionary work and where books about Calvinist

doctrines were produced and exported all over Eu- rope. The Calvinist movement spread to France, the Low Countries, England, Scotland, the German states, Poland, Hungary, and eventually New Eng- land, becoming the established form of the Refor- mation in many of these countries.

The Anglican Church in England England followed its own path, with reform led by the king rather than by men trained as Catholic clergy. Despite a tradition of religious dissent that went back to John Wycliffe, Protestantism gained few English adherents in the 1520s. King Henry VIII (r. 1509–1547) changed that when he broke

Th e P r o t e s ta n t R e f o r m a t i o n 4 3 31 4 9 2 – 1 5 6 0

Ordinances for Calvinist Churches (1547)

D O C U M E N T

The Calvinist churches, like others during the Protestant Reformation, emphasized the need for stricter moral regulation of indi- vidual behavior. These ordinances placed on churches in Geneva and surrounding areas show how all aspects of behavior, including popular entertainments, were subject to scrutiny.

Concerning the Times of Assembling at Church

That the temples be closed for the rest of the time [outside the time of services], in order that no one shall enter therein out of hours, impelled thereto by superstition; and if anyone be found engaged in any special act of devotion therein or nearby he shall be admonished for it: if it be found to be of a superstitious nature for which simple correction is inadequate then he shall be chastised.

Blasphemy.

Whoever shall have blasphemed, swearing by the body or by the blood of our Lord, or in similar manner, he shall be made to

kiss the earth for the first offence; for the second to pay 5 sous, and for the third 6 sous, and for the last offence be put in the pillory for one hour.

Drunkenness.

1. That no one shall invite another to drink under penalty of 3 sous.

2. That taverns shall be closed during the sermon, under penalty that the tavern- keeper shall pay 3 sous, and whoever may be found therein shall pay the same amount.

3. If anyone be found intoxicated he shall pay for the first offence 3 sous and shall be remanded to the consistory [church council or governing body]; for the sec- ond offence he shall be held to pay the sum of 6 sous, and for the third 10 sous and be put in prison.

4. That no one shall make roiaumes [pop- ular festivals] under penalty of 10 sous.

Songs and Dances.

If anyone sings immoral, dissolute or outrageous songs, or dance the virollet

or other dance, he shall be put in prison for three days and then sent to the con- sistory.

Usury.

That no one shall take upon interest or profit more than five per cent., upon penalty of confiscation of the principal and of being condemned to make restitu- tion as the case may demand.

Games.

That no one shall play at any dissolute game or at any game whatsoever it may be, neither for gold nor silver nor for any excessive stake [i.e., gambling], upon penalty of 5 sous and forfeiture of stake played for.

Source: George L. Burns, ed., in Translations and Reprints from the Original Sources of European History, 6 vols. (Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania History Department, 1898–1912), vol. 1, 2–5.

Henry VIII: The English king (r. 1509–1547) who first opposed the Protestant Reformation and then broke with the Catholic church, naming himself head of the Anglican church in the Act of Supremacy of 1534.

with the Roman Catholic church for reasons that were both personal and political. The resulting An- glican church retained many aspects of Catholic worship but nonetheless aligned itself in the Protestant camp.

At first, Henry opposed the Reformation, even receiving the title Defender of the Faith from Pope Leo X for a treatise Henry wrote against Luther. A robust, ambitious, and well-educated man, Henry wanted to make his mark on history and, with the aid of his chancellors Cardinal Thomas Wolsey and Thomas More, he vigorously suppressed Protes- tantism and executed its leaders. But by 1527, the king wanted to divorce his wife, Catherine of Aragon (d. 1536), the daughter of Ferdinand and Isabella of Spain and the aunt of Charles V. The eighteen-year marriage had produced a daughter, Mary (known as Mary Tudor), but Henry desper- ately needed a male heir to consolidate the rule of the still-new Tudor dynasty. Moreover, he had fallen in love with Anne Boleyn, a lady at court and a strong supporter of the Reformation. Henry claimed that his marriage to Catherine had never been valid because she was the widow of his older brother, Arthur. Arthur and Catherine’s marriage, which apparently was never consummated, had been annulled by Pope Julius II to allow the mar- riage between Henry and Catherine to take place. Now Henry asked the reigning pope, Clement VII, to declare his marriage to Catherine invalid.

Around “the king’s great matter” unfolded a struggle for political and religious control. When Henry failed to secure papal approval of his di- vorce, he chose two Protestants as his new loyal servants: Thomas Cromwell (1485–1540) as chan-

cellor and Thomas Cranmer (1489–1556) as arch- bishop of Canterbury. Under their leadership, the English Parliament passed a number of acts that severed ties between the English church and Rome. The most important of these, the Act of Su- premacy of 1534, made Henry the head of the An- glican church (the Church of England). Other legislation invalidated the claims of Mary, his daughter with Catherine, to the throne, recognized his marriage to Anne Boleyn, and allowed the English crown to embark on the dissolution of the monasteries. In an effort to consolidate support behind his version of the Reformation, Henry sold off monastic lands to the local gentry and aristoc- racy. Henry thus missed a golden opportunity to make the English crown as rich as its French coun- terpart by adding those lands to its own holdings.

By 1536, Henry had grown tired of Anne Boleyn, who had given birth to a daughter, the fu- ture Queen Elizabeth I, but had produced no sons. He ordered Anne beheaded on the charge of adul- tery, an act that he defined as treason. The king would go on to marry four other wives but father only one son, Edward. Thomas More had also been executed for treason, in 1535, and Cromwell suf- fered the same fate in 1540 after he lost the king’s favor. When Henry died in 1547, the principle of royal supremacy in religious matters was firmly established, but much would now depend on who held the crown.

Review: How did Luther, Zwingli, Calvin, and Henry VIII challenge the Roman Catholic church?

Reshaping Society through Religion The religious upheavals of the sixteenth century affected European society in two contradictory ways: first, the reformers and their followers chal- lenged political authority and the social order, and second, in reaction to the more extreme manifes- tations of the first, they underlined the need for discipline in worship and social behavior. Peasant rebels and radical Protestants known as Anabap- tists wanted to push the Reformation in a more populist direction. They took the phrase “priest- hood of all believers” quite literally and sided with the poor and the downtrodden. Like Catholics, Protestant authorities then became alarmed by the subversive potential of religious reforms. They viewed the Reformation not as a political and so- cial movement, but as a way of instilling greater

4 3 4 C h a p t e r 1 4 ■ G lo b a l E n c o u n t e r s a n d R e l i g i o u s R e f o r m s 1 4 9 2 – 1 5 6 0

T H E P R O G R E S S O F T H E R E F O R M A T I O N

1517 Martin Luther disseminates ninety-five theses attacking the sale of indulgences and other church practices

1520 Reformer Huldrych Zwingli breaks with Rome

1525 Peasants’ War in German states divides reform move- ment

1529 Lutheran German princes protest the condemnation of religious reform by Charles V

1534 The Act of Supremacy establishes King Henry VIII as head of the Anglican church, severing ties to Rome

1534–1535 Anabaptists take over the German city of Münster in a failed experiment to create a holy community

1541 John Calvin establishes himself permanently in Geneva, making that city a model of Christian reform and discipline

discipline in individual worship and church organ- ization. Bible reading became a potent tool in the creation of this new, internally motivated person. At the same time, the Roman Catholic church un- dertook reforms of its own and launched an offensive against the Protestant Reformation, sometimes called the Counter-Reformation.

Protestant Challenges to the Social Order When Luther described the freedom of the Chris- tian, he meant an entirely spiritual freedom. But others interpreted his call for freedom in social and political terms. During the 1520s and 1530s, two movements emerged in the Holy Roman Empire to demand more far-reaching changes. In 1525, peasants and urban artisans rose up against the Catholic church and landed nobility and armed themselves to pursue their goals. Anabaptists ex- perimented with new social and political doc- trines. Some rejected violence, but one Anabaptist group tried to create a perfect Christian commu-

nity in the German town of Münster. The results were disastrous.

The Peasants’ War of 1525. The Catholic church was the largest landowner in the Holy Roman Em- pire: about one-seventh of the empire’s territory consisted of ecclesiastical principalities in which bishops and abbots exercised both secular and churchly power. Luther’s anticlerical message struck home with peasants who paid taxes to both their lord and the Catholic church. In the spring of 1525, many peasants in southern and central Germany, joined by urban workers, rose in rebel- lion (Map 14.3). In Thuringia (central/eastern Germany), the rebels followed an ex-priest, Thomas Müntzer (1468?–1525), who promised to chastise the wicked and thus clear the way for the Last Judgment.

The Peasants’ War split the reform movement. Princes and city officials, ultimately supported by Luther, turned against the rebels. Catholic and Protestant princes joined hands to crush Müntzer and his supporters. All over the empire, princes

R e s h a p i n g S o c i e t y t h r o u g h R e l i g i o n 4 3 51 4 9 2 – 1 5 6 0

0 200 kilometers100

0 200 miles100

N

S

E W

General area of conflict

Areas of severe conflict

Urban violence

Boundary of the Holy Roman Empire

�

N o r t h S e a

R hin

e R

.

Danube R.

�

��� �

� � ��

� � � ��

�

�

�� ��

� ��

�

� �

�

� �

� �

�

� �

�

�

�

� �

�

D E N M A R K

FRANCE SWISS CONFEDERATION

REPUBLIC OF VENICE

POLAND

HUNGARY

Brandenburg

Bohemia

Saxony Hesse Thuringia

Württemberg

Bavaria Salzburg Styria

CarinthiaTyrol

Savoy

Burgundy

Lorraine

Luxembourg Moravia

Silesia

Pomerania

Holstein

Palatinate

N

ET H

ER LA

N D

S

Weidenburg

Prague

Freiburg

AllstedtCologne

Memmingen Salzburg

Würzburg

Friedburg

Radstadt

Trent

Frankfurt

Worms Mainz

�

�

�

M A P 1 4 . 3 The Peasants’ War of 1525 The centers of uprisings clustered in southern and central Germany, where the density of cities encouraged the spread of discontent and allowed for alliances between urban masses and rural rebels. The proximity to the Swiss Confederation, a stronghold of the Reformation move- ment, also inspired antiestablishment uprisings.

trounced peasant armies, hunted down their lead- ers, and uprooted all opposition. By the end of the year, more than 100,000 rebels had been killed and many others maimed, imprisoned, or exiled. Ini- tially, Luther had tried to mediate the conflict, crit- icizing the princes for their brutality toward the peasants but also warning the rebels against mix- ing religion and social protest. Luther believed that God ordained rulers, who must therefore be obeyed even if they were tyrants. The kingdom of God belonged not to this world but to the next, he insisted. Luther considered Müntzer’s mixing of religion and politics the greatest danger to the Re- formation, nothing less than “the devil’s work.” When the rebels ignored Luther’s appeal and con- tinued to follow more radical preachers, Luther called on the princes to slaughter the rebels and restore the divinely ordained social order.

Fundamentally conservative in its political philosophy, the Lutheran church henceforth de- pended on established political authority for its protection. It lost supporters in rural areas and be- came an increasingly urban phenomenon. The ul- timate victors were the German princes. They

defeated the peasants, sided with Luther, and con- fronted the Holy Roman Emperor, Charles V, who declared Roman Catholicism the empire’s only le- gitimate religion. The fragmentation of the Holy Roman Empire only increased as people came to support their Protestant princes against Charles’s Catholic orthodoxy.

Anabaptists. While Zwingli challenged the Ro- man Catholic church in public, some laypeople in Zurich secretly pursued their own path to reform. Taking their cue from the New Testament’s de- scriptions of the first Christian community, these men and women believed that true faith came only to those with reason and free will. How could a baby knowingly choose Christ? Only adults could believe and accept baptism; hence, the Anabaptists (literally, “rebaptizers”) rejected the validity of in- fant baptism and called for adult rebaptism. Many were pacifists who also refused to acknowledge the authority of law courts and considered themselves a community of true Christians unblemished by sin. The Anabaptist movement drew its leadership primarily from the artisan class and its members from the middle and lower classes — men and women attracted by a simple but radical message of peace and salvation.

Zwingli immediately attacked the Anabaptists for their refusal to bear arms and swear oaths of allegiance, sensing accurately that they were repu- diating his theocratic (church-directed) order. When persuasion failed to convince the Anabap- tists, Zwingli urged Zurich magistrates to impose the death sentence. Thus, the evangelical reform- ers themselves created the Reformation’s first mar- tyrs of conscience.

Despite condemnation in 1529 of the move- ment by the Holy Roman Emperor, Anabaptism spread rapidly from Zurich to many cities in south- ern Germany. In 1534, one Anabaptist group, be- lieving the end of the world was imminent, seized control of the city of Münster. Proclaiming them- selves a community of saints, the Münster Anabap- tists abolished private property in imitation of the early Christians and dissolved traditional mar- riages, allowing men, like Old Testament patri- archs, to have multiple wives, to the consternation of many women. Besieged by a combined Protes- tant and Catholic army, the city fell in June 1535. The Anabaptist leaders died in battle or were exe- cuted, their bodies hung in cages affixed to the church tower. Their punishment was intended as a

4 3 6 C h a p t e r 1 4 ■ G lo b a l E n c o u n t e r s a n d R e l i g i o u s R e f o r m s 1 4 9 2 – 1 5 6 0

German Peasants’ War of 1525 This colored woodcut depicts peasants attacking the pope, a monk, and a nobleman during the massive rural uprisings against the church that took place in southern and central Germany in 1525. Even the heavens show signs of trouble: a comet and clouds in the shape of a goat signify bloodshed and sin. (The Granger Collection, New York.)

Anabaptists: Sixteenth-century Protestants who believed that only adults could truly have faith and accept baptism.

warning to all who might want to take the Refor- mation away from the Protestant authorities and hand it to the people. The Anabaptist movement in northwestern Europe nonetheless survived un- der the determined pacifist leadership of the Dutch reformer Menno Simons (1469–1561), whose fol- lowers were eventually named Mennonites.

New Forms of Discipline Faced with the social firestorms ignited by reli- gious reform, the middle-class urbanites who sup- ported the Protestant Reformation urged greater religious conformity and stricter moral behavior. To gain more control over religious ferment, Protestant rulers and clergy encouraged Bible reading and a new work ethic. Ordinary men and women who learned how to behave as virtuous Christians at home and in Sunday worship applied what they learned in their households and their businesses. Protestants did not have monasteries or convents or saints’ lives to set examples; they sought moral examples in their own homes, in the sermons of their preachers, and in their own reading of the Bible. The new emphasis on self- discipline led to growing impatience with the poor, now viewed as lacking personal virtue, and greater emphasis on regulation of marriage, now seen as critical to social discipline in general. Although some of these attitudes had medieval roots, the Protestant Reformation fostered their spread and Catholics soon began to embrace them.

Reading the Bible. The only Bible authorized by the Catholic church was the Latin Bible, or Vulgate, even though it contained errors of translation from the Greek and Hebrew. In 1522, Martin Luther translated Erasmus’s Greek New Testament into German, the first full vernacular translation in that language. A new Bible-centered culture be- gan to take root, as more than 200,000 copies of Luther’s New Testament were printed over twelve years, an immense number for the time. In 1534, Luther completed a translation of the Old Testa- ment. Peppered with witty phrases and colloquial expressions, Luther’s Bible was a treasure chest of the German language.

Found for the most part in urban and literate households, the German Bible occupied a central place in a family’s history. Generations handed down valuable editions, and pious citizens often bound Bibles with family papers or other reading material. Bible reading became a common pastime undertaken in solitude or in family and church gatherings. To counter Protestant success, Catholic

German Bibles soon appeared, thus sanctioning Bible reading by the Catholic laity, a sharp depar- ture from medieval church practice. In the same year that Luther’s German New Testament ap- peared in print, the French humanist Jacques Lefèvre d’Étaples (c. 1455–1536) translated the Vulgate (Latin) New Testament into French.

Catholic authorities did not always welcome translations, however. Sensing a potentially dan- gerous association between the vernacular Bible and heresy, England’s Catholic church hierarchy had reacted swiftly against English-language Bibles. When William Tyndale (1495–1536) trans- lated the Bible into English, he was burned at the stake as a heretic. After Henry VIII’s break with Rome and adoption of the Reformation, in con- trast, his government promoted an English Bible based on Tyndale’s translation.

Public Relief for the Poor. In the early sixteenth century, secular governments began to take over institutions of public charity from the church. This development, which took place in both Catholic and Protestant Europe, grew out of two trends: a new upsurge in poverty brought about by popu- lation growth and spiraling inflation, and the rise of a work ethic that included growing hostility to- ward the poor.

By 1500, the cycle of demographic collapse and economic depression triggered by the Black Death of 1346–1353 had passed. Between 1500 and 1560, rapid economic and population growth created prosperity for some and stress — caused or heightened by increased inflation — for many. Wanderers and urban beggars were by no means novel, but the reaction to poverty was. Sixteenth- century moralists decried the crime and sloth of vagabonds. Rejecting the notion that the poor played a central role in the Christian idea of sal- vation and that charity and prayers united rich and poor, these moralists distinguished between the genuine poor, or “God’s poor,” and vagabonds; they insisted that the latter, who were able-bodied, should be forced to work.

The Reformation provided an opportunity to restructure relief for the poor. Instead of decen- tralized, private initiatives often overseen by reli- gious orders, Protestant magistrates appointed officials to head urban agencies that would certify the genuine poor and distribute welfare funds to them. This development progressed rapidly in ur- ban areas, where poverty was most visible, and transcended religious divisions. During the 1520s, cities in the Low Countries, Italy, and Spain passed ordinances that prohibited begging and instituted

R e s h a p i n g S o c i e t y t h r o u g h R e l i g i o n 4 3 71 4 9 2 – 1 5 6 0

public charity. In 1526, the Spanish humanist Juan Luis Vives, a Catholic, wrote On the Support of the Poor, a Latin treatise urging authorities to estab- lish public poor relief; the work was soon trans- lated into French, Italian, German, and English. National laws followed. In 1531, Henry VIII asked justices of the peace (unpaid local magistrates) to license the poor in England and to differentiate be- tween those who could work and those who could not. In 1540, Charles V imposed a welfare tax in Spain to augment that country’s inadequate sys- tem of private charity. In Spain, however, the reli- gious orders continued to dominate the system of almsgiving.

Reforming Marriage. In their effort to establish order and discipline, Protestant reformers de- nounced sexual immorality and glorified the fam- ily. The early Protestant reformers like Luther championed the end of clerical celibacy and em- braced marriage. Luther, once a celibate priest himself, married a former nun. The idealized pa- triarchal family provided protection against the forces of disorder and a place where reform values could be inculcated. Protestant magistrates estab-

lished marital courts, passed new marriage laws, closed brothels, and inflicted harsher punishments for sexual deviance.

Prior to the Reformation, despite the legisla- tion of church councils, marriages had largely been private affairs between families; some couples never even registered with the church. The Catholic church recognized any promise made be- tween two consenting adults (with the legal age of twelve for females, fourteen for males) in the pres- ence of two witnesses as a valid marriage. Many couples simply lived together as common-law hus- band and wife. Young men sometimes promised marriage in a passionate moment, only to renege later. The overwhelming number of cases in Catholic church courts involved young women seeking to enforce promises after they had ex- changed their personal honor — that is, their virginity — for the greater honor of marriage.

The Reformation proved more effective than the late medieval church in suppressing common- law marriages. Protestant governments asserted greater official control over marriage, and Catholic governments followed suit. A marriage was legiti- mate only if registered by both a government offi- cial and a member of the clergy. In many Protestant countries, the new marriage ordinances also re- quired parental consent, thus giving householders immense power in regulating not only marriage but also the transmission of family property.

In the fervor of the early Reformation years, the first generation of Protestant women attained greater marital equality than those of subsequent generations. Katharina Zell, wife of the reformer Matthew Zell, defended her equality by citing a Bible verse when a critic used St. Paul to support his argument that women should remain silent in church. Katharina retorted, “I would remind you of the word of this same apostle that in Christ there is no male nor female.” Katharina helped feed and clothe the thousands of refugees who flooded Strasbourg after their defeat in the Peasants’ War. In 1534, she published a collection of hymns. Outraged by the intolerance of a new breed of Protestant clergy, she reprimanded a prominent Lutheran pastor for his persecution of dissenters: “You young fellows tread on the graves of the first fathers of this church in Strasbourg and punish all who disagree with you, but faith cannot be forced.”

Catholic Renewal Like a slumbering giant finally awakened, the Catholic church decided in the 1540s to undertake drastic action to fend off the Protestant threat. Pope Paul III convened a general council of the

4 3 8 C h a p t e r 1 4 ■ G lo b a l E n c o u n t e r s a n d R e l i g i o u s R e f o r m s 1 4 9 2 – 1 5 6 0

The Disciplined Home Proper table manners reflected discipline and morality in the godly household, an ideal of the religious reformers of the sixteenth century. The householder, the father patriarch, leads his wife and children in prayer before a meal. The orderly behavior parallels the comfort (oven, smoked glass windows, chan- deliers, timber ceiling, and cabinets) of a well-off patrician family. (Staatsbibliothek Bamberg, Germany.)

Jesuits: Members of the Society of Jesus, a Catholic religious order founded by Ignatius of Loyola (1491–1556) and approved by the pope in 1540. Jesuits served as missionaries and edu- cators all over the world.

church in 1545 at Trent, a town on the border be- tween the Holy Roman Empire and Italy. Meeting sporadically over nearly twenty years (1545–1563), the Council of Trent effectively set the course of Catholicism until the 1960s. Catholic leaders sought a renewal of religious devotion and spiri- tuality as well as a clarification of church doctrine. New religious orders set out to win converts over- seas or to reconvert Catholics who had turned to Protestantism. Catholic clergy emphasized the pageantry of ritual and the decoration of churches in order to counter the austerity of Protestant wor- ship. At the same time, the church did not hesitate to root out dissent by giving greater powers to the Inquisition, including the power to censor books. The papal Index, or list of prohibited books, was established in 1557 and not abolished until 1966.

The Council of Trent. Italian and Spanish clergy predominated among the 255 bishops, archbish- ops, and cardinals attending the Council of Trent. Though its deliberations were interrupted first by an outbreak of the plague and then by warfare, the council came up with a remarkably wide-ranging series of decisions. It condemned the central doc- trines of Protestantism. Salvation depended on faith and good works, not faith alone. On the sacrament of the Eucharist, the council reaffirmed that the bread of communion “really, truly” be- comes Christ’s body — a rejection of all Protestant positions on this issue so emphatic as to preclude compromise. It reasserted the supremacy of cleri- cal authority over the laity; the church’s interpre- tation of the Bible could not be challenged, and the Vulgate was the only authoritative version. The council rejected divorce, permitted by Protestants, and reaffirmed the legitimacy of indulgences. It also called for reform from within, however, insist- ing that bishops henceforth reside in their dio- ceses and decreeing that seminaries for the training of priests be established in every diocese.

The Council of Trent marked a watershed; henceforth, the schism between Protestant and Catholic remained permanent, and all hopes of rec- onciliation faded. The focus of the Catholic church turned now to rolling back the tide of dissent.

New Religious Orders. The energy of the Catholic renewal expressed itself most vigorously in the founding of new religious orders. Several were founded in early-sixteenth-century Italy and

reflected an intense religious revival in the Italian cities from the 1490s to the 1520s. The most im- portant of these, the Society of Jesus, or Jesuits, was established by a Spanish nobleman, Ignatius of Loyola (1491–1556). Inspired by tales of chival- ric romances and the national glory of the recon- quista, Ignatius eagerly sought to prove himself as a soldier. In 1521, while defending a Spanish bor- der fortress against French attack, he sustained a severe injury. During his convalescence, Ignatius read lives of the saints; once he recovered, he aban- doned his quest for military glory in favor of serv- ing the church.

Attracted by his activist piety, young men gravitated to this charismatic figure. Thanks to a cardinal’s intercession, Ignatius gained a hearing before the pope, and in 1540 the church recognized his small band. With Ignatius as its first general, the Jesuits became the most vigorous defenders of papal authority. The society quickly expanded; by the time of Ignatius’s death in 1556, Europe had one thousand Jesuits. They established hundreds of colleges throughout the Catholic world, educat- ing future generations of Catholic leaders. Jesuit missionaries played a key role in the global Por- tuguese maritime empire and brought Roman Catholicism to Africans, Asians, and native Amer- icans. Together with other new religious orders, the Jesuits restored the confidence of the faithful in the dedication and power of the Catholic church. They also acquired a reputation for bringing controversy in their wake and for being drawn to power as counselors to powerful nobles and kings.

Missionary Zeal. To win new souls, Catholic missionaries set sail throughout the globe. They saw their effort as proof of the truth of Roman Catholicism and the success of their missions as a sign of divine favor, both particularly important in the face of Protestant challenge. But the mis- sionary zeal of Catholics brought conflicting mes- sages to indigenous peoples: for some, the message of a repressive and coercive alien religion; for oth- ers, a sweet sign of reason and faith. Frustrated in his efforts to convert Brazilian Indians, a Jesuit missionary wrote to his superior in Rome in 1563 that “for this kind of people it is better to be preaching with the sword and rod of iron.”

To ensure rapid Christianization, European missionaries focused initially on winning over lo- cal elites. The recommendation of a Spanish royal

R e s h a p i n g S o c i e t y t h r o u g h R e l i g i o n 4 3 91 4 9 2 – 1 5 6 0

Council of Trent: A general council of the Catholic church that met at Trent between 1545 and 1563 to set Catholic doctrine, reform church practices, and defend the church against the Protestant challenge.

official in Mexico City was typical. He wrote to the crown in 1525:

In order that the sons of caciques [chiefs] and native lords may be instructed in the faith, Your Majesty must command that a college be founded wherein they may be taught . . . to the end that they may be ordained priests. For he who shall become such among them, will be of greater profit in attracting others to the faith than will fifty [European] Christians.

Nevertheless, this recommendation was not adopted and the Catholic clergy in Spanish Amer- ica remained overwhelmingly European.

After an initial period of relatively little racial discrimination, the Catholic church in the Amer- icas and Africa adopted strict rules based on color. For example, the first Mexican Ecclesiastical Provincial Council in 1555 declared that holy or- ders were not to be conferred on Indians, mesti- zos (people of mixed European-Indian parentage), or mulattoes (people of mixed European-African heritage); along with descendants of Muslims, Jews, and persons who had been sentenced by the Spanish Inquisition, these groups were deemed “inherently unworthy of the sacerdotal [priestly] office.” Europeans’ sense of racial superiority led them to perceive native Americans’ and Africans’ resistance to domination as “treachery.”

In East Asia, as in the Americas, Christian missionaries under Portuguese protection con- centrated their efforts on the elites, preaching the Gospel to Confucian scholar-officials in China and to the samurai (the warrior aristocracy) in Japan. However, European missionaries in Asia greatly admired Chinese and Japanese civilization and thus used the sermon rather than the sword to win converts (see the illustration on this page). The Jesuit Francis Xavier preached in India and Japan, his work greatly assisted by a network of Por- tuguese trading stations. He died in 1552, await- ing permission to travel to China. A pioneer missionary in Asia, Xavier had prepared the ground for future missionary successes in Japan and China. The efforts of the Catholic missionar- ies seemed highly successful: vast multitudes of native Americans had become nominal Christians by the second half of the sixteenth century, and thirty years after Francis Xavier’s 1549 landing in Japan, the Jesuits could claim more than 100,000 Japanese converts.

Review: How did the forces for radical change un- leashed by the Protestant Reformation interact with the urge for social order and stability?

4 4 0 C h a p t e r 1 4 ■ G lo b a l E n c o u n t e r s a n d R e l i g i o u s R e f o r m s 1 4 9 2 – 1 5 6 0

The Portuguese in Japan In this sixteenth-century Japanese black- lacquer screen painting of Portuguese missionaries, the Jesuits are dressed in black and the Franciscans in brown. At the lower right corner is a Portuguese nobleman depicted with exaggerated “Western” features. The Japanese considered themselves lighter in skin color than the Portuguese, whom they classified as “barbarians.” In turn, the Portuguese classified Japanese (and Chinese) as “whites.” The perception of ethnic differences in the sixteenth century, however, depended less on skin color than on clothing, eating habits, and other cultural signals. Color classifications were unstable and changed over time: by the late seventeenth century, Europeans no longer regarded Asians as “whites.” (Laurie Platt Winfrey, Inc.)

A Struggle for Mastery In the sixteenth century, conflicts generated by the Reformation posed new challenges to the ambi- tions of rulers. Even as courts continued to spon- sor the arts and literature of the Renaissance, princes and kings seized opportunities to build stronger states by fighting wars. Wars justified in- creased taxes, and growing revenues fostered the creation of a central bureaucracy housed at court. Victory on the battlefield translated into territory and just as important into reputation and awe. But victory required skills in making war; monarchs eagerly sought new military technology and bat- tlefield ploys. One major obstacle complicated these efforts at state building: religious division. Could states maintain their authority if individu- als were allowed to choose their religion? Al- most everywhere, violence failed to settle religious differences. By 1560, an exhausted Europe had achieved a provisional peace, but one fraught with the seeds of future conflict.

The High Renaissance Court At the center of art patronage, dynastic competition, and religious division lay the court, the focus of princely power and intrigue and the agent of state building. Kings, princes, and popes alike used their courts to keep an eye on their leading courtiers (car- dinals in the case of popes) and im- press their other subjects. Briefly defined, the court was the ruler’s household. Around the prince gath- ered a community of household ser- vants, noble attendants, councilors, officials, artists, and soldiers. Renais- sance culture had been promoted by this political elite, and that culture now entered its “high” or most sophisticated phase. Its acclaimed representative was Michelangelo Buonarroti (1475–1564), an immensely talented Italian artist who sculpted a gigantic nude statue (see right) for officials in Florence and then painted the ceiling of the Sistine Chapel for the recently elected Pope Julius II.

Italian artists also flocked to the French court of Francis I (r. 1515–1547), which swelled to the largest in Europe. In addition to the king’s own household, the queen and the queen mother each had her own staff of maids and chefs, as did each of the royal chil-

dren. The royal household employed officials to handle finances and provide guard duty, clothing, and food; in addition, physicians, librarians, mu- sicians, dwarfs, animal trainers, and a multitude of hangers-on bloated its size. By 1535, the French court numbered 1,622 members. Although Fran- cis built a magnificent Renaissance palace at Fontainebleau, where he hired Italian artists to produce paintings and sculpture, the French court often moved from palace to palace. It took no fewer than eighteen thousand horses to transport the people, furniture, and documents — not to mention the dogs and falcons for the royal hunt. Hunting was no mere diversion; it represented a form of mock combat, essential in the training of a military elite. Francis himself loved war games

and almost lost his own life when, storming a house during one mock battle, he was hit

on the head by a burning log. Two Italian writers helped define the

new culture of courtesy, or proper court behavior, that developed in such a set-

ting: Ludovico Ariosto (1474–1533), in service at the Este court in

Ferrara, and Baldassare Cas- tiglione (1478–1529), a servant

of the duke of Urbino and the pope. Considered one of the greatest Renaissance poets,

A S t r u g g l e f o r M a s t e r y 4 4 11 4 9 2 – 1 5 6 0

Michelangelo’s David Michelangelo combined the classical nude statue with the biblical figure of David in this larger-than-life sculpture showing the young man preparing for action against the giant Goliath. Originally commissioned by church officials in Florence, the statue ended up standing in front of city hall as a com- memoration of the recapture of the city-state’s freedom. Michelangelo’s intentions are not easy to decipher. David’s slingshot is barely visible on his left shoulder, and his easy slouch seems incongruous for a coming battle. An earlier drawing by Michelangelo showed David standing on the head of the defeated Goliath, a much more common depiction. What do you deduce from this portrayal? (Nimatallah/ Art Resource, NY.)

Ariosto composed a long epic poem, Orlando Furioso, which represented court culture as the highest synthesis of Christian and classical values. The poem’s tales of combat, valor, love, and magic captivated the court’s noble readers. In The Courtier, Castiglione represented court culture as a synthesis of military virtues and literary and artistic cultivation. His characters debate the qual- ities of an ideal courtier in a series of eloquent di- alogues. The true courtier, Castiglione asserts, is a gentleman who speaks in a refined language and carries himself with nobility and dignity in the service of his prince and his lady.

Princes faced greater challenges than did their courtiers, and courtesy was not always their most cherished virtue. The greatest writer on politics of the age, Niccolò Machiavelli (1469–1527), under- lined the need for pragmatic, even cold calculation in his controversial essay The Prince. Was it better, he asked, for a prince to be feared by his people or loved?

It may be answered that one should wish to be both, but, because it is difficult to unite them in one person, is much safer to be feared than loved. . . . Because this is to be asserted in general of men, that they are ungrate- ful, fickle, false, cowardly, covetous, and as long as you

succeed they are yours entirely; they will offer you their blood, property, life and children . . . when the need is far distant; but when it approaches they turn against you.

Machiavelli insisted that princes could benefit their subjects only by maintaining a firm grip on power, if necessary through deceit and manipula- tion. Machiavellian has remained ever since a term for using cunning and duplicity to achieve one’s ends.

Dynastic Wars Even as the Renaissance developed in the princely courts and the Reformation took hold in the Ger- man states, the Habsburgs (the ruling family in Spain and then the Holy Roman Empire) and the Valois (the ruling family in France) fought each other for domination of Europe (Map 14.4). French claims provoked the Italian Wars in 1494, which soon escalated into a general conflict that involved most Christian monarchs and the Mus- lim Ottoman sultan as well. From 1494 to 1559, the Valois and Habsburg dynasties, both Catholic, remained implacable enemies. The fighting raged in Italy and the Low Countries. During the 1520s,

4 4 2 C h a p t e r 1 4 ■ G lo b a l E n c o u n t e r s a n d R e l i g i o u s R e f o r m s 1 4 9 2 – 1 5 6 0

0 200 400 kilometers

0 200 400 miles

N

S E

W

Habsburg lands

Valois lands

Ottoman lands

Ottoman attacks

Boundary of the Holy Roman Empire

Battle�

N o r t h S e a

Black Sea

A T L A N T I C O C E A N

B

a l t i

c S

e a

M e d i t e r r a n e a n S e a

�

� �

�

�

DENMARKIRELAND

SWEDEN

ENGLAND

SCOTLAND

N O R T H A F R I C A

P O

R T

U G

A L

FRANCE

POLAND

HUNGARY

BOHEMIA

SAXONY

BAVARIA

MILAN

NETHERLANDS MUSCOVY

PAPAL STATES

NAPLES

SPAIN O T T O M A N E M P I R E

Sicily

Sardinia

Corsica

BALEARIC IS.

Rome 1527

Pavia 1525

Mohács 1526

Tunis 1535

Vienna 1529

Toulon

Nice

Lyon

Augsburg

� �

�

�

M A P 1 4 . 4 Habsburg-Valois-Ottoman Wars, 1494–1559 As the dominant European power, the Habsburg dynasty fought on two fronts: a religious war against the Islamic Ottoman Empire and a political war against the French Valois, who challenged Habsburg hegemony. The Mediterranean, the Balkans, and the Low Countries all became theaters of war.

the Habsburgs enjoyed the upper hand. In 1525, the troops of Charles V crushed the French army at Pavia, Italy, counting among their captives the French king himself, Francis I. Forced to re- nounce all claims to Italian territory to gain his freedom, Francis furiously repudiated the treaty the moment he reached France, reigniting the conflict.

In 1527, Charles’s troops captured and sacked Rome because the pope had allied with the French. Many of the imperial troops were German Protes- tant mercenaries, who pillaged Catholic churches and brutalized the Catholic clergy. Protestants and Catholics alike interpreted the sack of Rome by im- perial forces as a punishment of God; even the Catholic church read it as a sign that reform was necessary. Finally, in 1559, the French gave up their claims in Italy and signed the Treaty of Cateau- Cambrésis, ending the conflict. As was common in such situations, marriage sealed the peace between rival dynasties; the French king Henry II married his sister to the duke of Savoy, an ally of the Habs- burgs, and his daughter to the Habsburg king of Spain, Philip II.

The dynastic struggle (Valois versus Habsburg ruling family) had drawn in many other belliger- ents, who fought on one side or the other for their own benefit. Some acted purely out of power con- siderations, such as England, first siding with the Valois and then with the Habsburgs. Others fought for their independence, such as the papacy and the

Italian states, which did not want any one power to dominate Italy. Still others chose sides for reli- gious reasons, such as the Protestant princes in Germany, who exploited the Valois-Habsburg con- flict to extract religious concessions from the em- peror in 1555. The Ottoman Turks saw in this fight an opportunity to expand their territory.

The Ottoman Empire reached its height of power under Sultan Suleiman I, known as Suleiman the Magnificent (r. 1520–1566). In 1526, a Turk- ish expedition destroyed the Hungarian army at Mohács (see the illustration on page 443). Three years later, the Ottomans laid siege to Vienna; though unsuccessful, the attack sent shock waves throughout Christian Europe. In 1535, Charles V led a campaign to capture Tunis, the lair of North African pirates loyal to the Ottomans. Desperate to overcome Charles’s superior Habsburg forces, the French king Francis I forged an alliance with the Turkish sultan. Coming to the aid of the French, the Turkish fleet besieged the Habsburg troops holding Nice, on the southern coast of France. Francis even ordered all inhabitants of nearby Toulon to vacate the town so that he could turn it into a Muslim colony for eight months, complete with a mosque and slave market. The French alliance with the Turks scandalized many Christians, but it reflected the spirit of the times:

A S t r u g g l e f o r M a s t e r y 4 4 31 4 9 2 – 1 5 6 0

Suleiman the Magnificent: Sultan of the Ottoman Empire (r. 1520–1566) at the time of its greatest power.

Charles V and Francis I Make Peace This fresco from the Palazzo Farnese in the town of Caprarola north of Rome shows French king Francis I and Holy Roman Emperor Charles V agreeing to the Truce of Nice in 1538, one of many peace agreements made and then broken during the wars between the Habsburgs and the Valois. Pope Paul III, who negotiated the truce, stands behind and between them. Charles is on the right pointing to Francis. The truce is the one celebrated in the Tlaxcala pageant described at the start of this chapter. (The Art Archive/ Palazzo Farnese Caprarola/ Dagli Orti.)

the age-old idea of the Christian crusade against Islam now had to compete with a new political strategy that considered religion only one factor among many in power politics. Religion could be sacrificed, if need be, on the altar of state building.

Constantly distracted by the challenges of the Ottomans to the east and the German Protestants at home, Charles V could not crush the French with one swift blow. Years of conflict drained the treasuries of all rulers, because warfare was becom- ing more expensive. The formula that war raises revenues that in turn build governments could de- volve into an absurdity if wars could not be won. The race for battlefield superiority was on.

Financing War The sixteenth century marked the beginning of su- perior Western military technology. All armies grew in size and their firepower became ever more deadly, increasing the cost of war. Heavier artillery

pieces meant that the rectangular walls of medieval cities had to be transformed into fortresses with jutting ramparts and gun emplacements. Royal revenues could not keep up with war expenditures. To pay their bills, governments routinely devalued their coinage (the sixteenth-century equivalent of printing more paper money), causing prices to rise rapidly.

Charles V boasted the largest army in Eu- rope, but like everyone else he sank into debt. Between 1520 and 1532, Charles borrowed 5.4 million ducats, primarily to pay his troops; from 1552 to 1556, his war loans soared to 9.6 million ducats. On his death in 1547, Francis I owed the bankers of Lyon almost 7 million French pounds — approximately the entire royal income for that year. The European powers literally fought themselves into bankruptcy. Taxation, the sale of offices, and outright confiscation failed to bring in enough money to satisfy the war ma- chine. Both the Habsburg and the Valois kings

4 4 4 C h a p t e r 1 4 ■ G lo b a l E n c o u n t e r s a n d R e l i g i o u s R e f o r m s 1 4 9 2 – 1 5 6 0

The Siege of Vienna, 1529 This illustration from an Ottoman manuscript of 1588 depicts the Turkish siege of Vienna (the siege guns can be seen in the center of the picture). Sultan Suleiman I (Suleiman the Magnificent) led an army of more than 100,000 men against Vienna, capital of the Austrian Habsburg lands. Several attacks on the city failed, and the Ottomans withdrew in October 1529. They maintained control over Hungary, but the logistics of moving so many men and horses kept them from advancing any farther westward into Europe. (The Art Archive/ Topkapi Museum Istanbul/ Dagli Orti.)

looked to the leading bankers to finance their costly wars.

Foremost among these financiers was the Fug- ger bank, the largest such enterprise in sixteenth- century Europe. Based in the southern German imperial city of Augsburg, the Fugger family and their associates built an international financial em- pire that helped to make kings. The enterprise be- gan with Jakob Fugger (1459–1525), who became personal banker to Charles V’s grandfather Maxi- milian I. Constantly short of cash, Maximilian granted the Fugger family numerous mining and minting concessions. To pay for the service of pro- viding and accepting bills of exchange, the Fuggers charged substantial fees and made handsome prof- its. By the end of his life, Maximilian was so deeply in debt to Jakob Fugger that he had to pawn the royal jewels.

In 1519, Fugger assembled a consortium of German and Italian bankers to secure the election of Charles V as Holy Roman Emperor. For the next three decades, the alliance between Europe’s biggest international bank and its largest empire remained very close. Between 1527 and 1547, the Fugger bank’s assets more than doubled; more than half came from loans to the Habsburgs. Charles stayed barely one step ahead of his credi- tors, and his successor in Spain gradually lost con- trol of the Spanish state finances. Debt forced the Valois and the Habsburgs to sign the Treaty of Cateau-Cambrésis in 1559, ending more than sixty years of warfare, but the cycle of financial crises and warfare continued until the late eighteenth century.

Divided Realms All European rulers viewed religious division as a dangerous challenge to the unity and stability of their rule. Subjects who considered their rulers heretics or blasphemers could only cause trouble, as the Peasants’ War of 1525 had amply demon- strated. Moreover, religious differences encour- aged the formation of competing noble factions, which easily led to violence when weak monarchs or children ruled.

France. King Francis I tolerated Protestants un- til the Affair of the Placards in 1534. Even then, the government did not try to root out Protes- tantism, and the Reformed (Calvinist) church grew steadily. During the 1540s and 1550s, many French noble families — including some of the most powerful — converted to Calvinism and af- forded the Protestants a measure of protection, es-

pecially in southern and western France. Francis and his successor, Henry II (r. 1547–1559), suc- ceeded in maintaining a balance of power between Catholics and Calvinists, but after Henry’s death the weakened monarchy could no longer hold to- gether the fragile realm. The real drama of the Re- formation in France took place after 1560, when the country plunged into four decades of religious wars, whose savagery was unparalleled elsewhere in Europe.

England and Scotland. Religious divisions at the very top threatened the control of the English and Scottish rulers. Before his death in 1547, Henry VIII had succeeded in making England officially Protestant, but would they remain Protestants and if so, what kind of Protestants would his subjects become? Each of his children offered answers to that question, and the answers could not have been more contradictory. The advisers of the boy king Edward VI (r. 1547–1553) furthered the Reforma- tion by welcoming prominent religious refugees from the continent. The refugees had been deeply influenced by Calvinism and wanted to see Eng- land move in that austere direction. But Edward died at age fifteen, opening the way to his Catholic half-sister, Mary Tudor, who had been restored to the line of succession by an act of Parliament un- der Henry VIII in 1544.

When Mary (r. 1553–1558) came to the throne, she restored Catholicism and persecuted Protes- tants. Nearly three hundred Protestants perished at the stake, and more than eight hundred fled to the Protestant German states and Switzerland. Fi- nally, when Anne Boleyn’s daughter, Elizabeth, succeeded her half-sister Mary, becoming Queen Elizabeth I (r. 1558–1603), the English Protestant cause again gained momentum. Under Elizabeth’s leadership, Anglicanism eventually defined the character of the English nation. Catholics were tol- erated only if they kept their opinions on religion and politics to themselves. A tentative but nonetheless real peace returned to England.

Still another pattern of religious politics un- folded in Scotland, where powerful noble clans di- rectly challenged royal power. Protestants formed a small minority in Scotland until the 1550s. The most prominent Scottish reformer, John Knox (1514–1572), spent many of his early years in ex- ile in England and on the continent because of his devout Calvinism. At the center of Scotland’s con- flict over religion stood Mary of Guise, a native French woman and Catholic married to the king of Scotland, James V. After he died in 1542, she surrounded herself and her daughter Mary Stuart,

A S t r u g g l e f o r M a s t e r y 4 4 51 4 9 2 – 1 5 6 0

also a Catholic and heir to the throne, with French advisers. When Mary Stuart married Francis, the son of Henry II and the heir to the French throne, in 1558 many Scottish noblemen, alienated by this pro-French atmosphere, joined the pro-English, anti-French Protestant cause.

John Knox helped bring matters to a head when he published in 1558 a diatribe against both Mary Tudor of England and Mary of Guise. The era’s suspicion of female rulers and regents also played a part in the work, The First Blast of the Trumpet against the Monstrous Regiment [Rule] of Women. In 1560, Protestant nobles gained control of the Scottish Parliament and dethroned the re- gent Mary of Guise. Eventually they forced her daughter, Mary, by then known as queen of Scots, to flee to England, and installed Mary’s infant son James as king. Scotland would turn toward the Calvinist version of the Reformation and thus es- tablish the potential for conflict with England and its Anglican church.

The German States. In the German states, the Protestant princes and cities formed the Schmal- kaldic League in 1531. Headed by the elector of Saxony and Philip of Hesse (the two leading Protestant princes), the league included most of the imperial cities, the chief source of the empire’s wealth. Opposing the league were Emperor Charles V, the bishops, and the few remaining Catholic princes. Although Charles had to concen- trate on fighting the French and the Turks during the 1530s, he eventually secured the western Mediterranean and then turned his attention back home to central Europe to try to resolve the grow- ing religious differences in his lands.

In 1541, Charles convened an Imperial Diet at Regensburg in an effort to mediate between Protestants and Catholics, only to see negotiations between the two sides rapidly break down. Rather than accept a permanent religious schism, Charles prepared to fight the Protestant Schmalkaldic League. To this end, he secured French neutrality in 1544 and papal support in 1545. War broke out in 1547, the year after Martin Luther’s death. Us- ing seasoned Spanish veterans and German allies, Charles occupied the German imperial cities in the south, restoring Catholic elites and suppress- ing the Reformation. In 1547, he defeated the Schmalkaldic League’s armies at Mühlberg and captured the leading Lutheran princes. Jubilant, Charles restored Catholics’ right to worship in Protestant lands while permitting Lutherans to keep their own rites. Protestant resistance to the declaration was deep and widespread: many pas-

tors went into exile, and riots broke out in many cities.

For Charles V, the reaction of his former allies proved far more alarming than Protestant resist- ance. His success frightened some Catholic pow- ers. With Spanish troops controlling Milan and Naples, Pope Julius III (r. 1550–1555) feared that papal authority would be subjugated by imperial might. In the Holy Roman Empire, Protestant princes spoke out against “imperial tyranny.” Jeal- ously defending their traditional liberties against an overmighty emperor, the Protestant princes, led by Duke Maurice of Saxony, a former ally, raised another army to fight Charles. The princes de- clared war in 1552 and chased a surprised, unpre- pared, and practically bankrupt emperor back to Italy.

Forced to compromise, Charles V agreed to the Peace of Augsburg in 1555. The settlement rec- ognized the Lutheran church in the empire; ac- cepted the secularization of church lands but “reserved” the remaining ecclesiastical territories (mainly the bishoprics) for Catholics; and, most important, established the principle that all princes, whether Catholic or Lutheran, enjoyed the sole right to determine the religion of their lands and subjects. Significantly, Calvinist, Anabaptist, and other dissenting groups were excluded from the settlement. Ironically, the religious revolt of the common people had culminated in a princes’ ref- ormation. As the constitutional framework for the Holy Roman Empire, the Augsburg settlement pre- served a fragile peace in central Europe until 1618, but the exclusion of Calvinists would prompt fu- ture conflict.

Exhausted by decades of war and disappointed by the disunity in Christian Europe, Emperor Charles V resigned his many thrones in 1555 and 1556, leaving his Netherlandish-Burgundian and Spanish dominions to his son, Philip II, and his Austrian lands to his brother, Ferdinand (who was also elected Holy Roman Emperor to succeed Charles). Retiring to a monastery in southern Spain, the most powerful of the Christian mon- archs spent his last years quietly seeking salvation.

Review: How did religious divisions complicate the efforts of rulers to maintain political stability and build stronger states?

4 4 6 C h a p t e r 1 4 ■ G lo b a l E n c o u n t e r s a n d R e l i g i o u s R e f o r m s 1 4 9 2 – 1 5 6 0

Peace of Augsburg: The treaty of 1555 that settled disputes be- tween Holy Roman Emperor Charles V and his Protestant princes. It recognized the Lutheran church and established the principle that all Catholic or Lutheran princes enjoyed the sole right to determine the religion of their lands and subjects.

Conclusion Europe became a global power while at the same time undergoing a searing internal religious up- heaval that permanently divided Christians. Even as Portuguese and Spanish explorers claimed new lands and Catholic missionaries gathered new souls for the church from Mexico to Japan, Luther,

Calvin, and a host of others formed competing branches of Protestants in Europe. Lutherans, Calvinists, and Anglicans disagreed on many points of doctrine and church organization, but they all broke definitively from the Roman Catholic church. Protestant laypeople and priests established new Christian communities with new forms of ritual, new doctrines, new social prac-

C o n c l u s i o n 4 4 71 4 9 2 – 1 5 6 0

0 200 400 kilometers

0 200 400 miles

N

S

E

W

Lutheran

Anglican

Calvinist

Calvinist influenced

Roman Catholic

Mixed Protestant-Catholic

Anabaptist minorities�

N o r t h S e a

A T L A N T I C O C E A N

B

a l t i

c S

e a

Danube R.

M e d i t e r r a n e a n S e a

�

�

�

�

� �

�

� �

� � ��

�

�� �

�

�

�

�

����� � ����� ��

� �

NORWAY

DENMARKIRELAND

SWEDEN

SCOTLAND

ENGLAND

O T T O M A N E M P I R E

FRANCE SWISS CONFED.

SPAIN

NETHERLANDS H O L Y

R O M A N

E M P I R E

POLAND LITHUANIA

HUNGARY

AUSTRIA

ITALY

T E U

T

O N

I C K

N IG

H T

S

Bohemia

Bavaria

Saxony Thuringia

Sicily

Sardinia

Corsica

Approximate eastern limit of Western

Christianity

Paris

Rome

Trent

Strasbourg

Geneva

Vienna

Regensburg

Münster

Zurich

Venice

Noyon

Orléans

Antwerp Brussels

Marburg

Worms

Wittenberg

Mühlberg London

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

� �

�

�

�

� �

M A P P I N G T H E W E S T

Reformation Europe, c. 1560 The fortunes of Roman Catholicism were at their lowest point around 1560. Northern Germany and Scandinavia owed allegiance to the Lutheran church; England broke away under a national church headed by its monarchs; and the Calvinist Reformation would extend across large areas of western, central, and eastern Europe. Southern Europe remained solidly Catholic.

tices, and clergy with vastly different powers and personal lives from those of the Roman Catholic clergy. Catholic priests could not marry; Protes- tant clergymen could. Catholic clergymen said Mass and heard confessions; Protestant clergy preached the word of God and left confession and penance to the individual sinner, a matter between God and the human heart. Central to the Protes- tant cause was the belief that people are saved by faith alone; no amount of good works will bring salvation.

Erasmus and many intellectuals and artists of his generation had hoped that Emperor Charles V, the most powerful ruler in all Europe, would be able to bring peace, justice, and victory against the infidel Turks. For the generation that came of age before the Reformation, Christian humanism, the new invention of printing, and the maritime exploits of the Portuguese and Spanish seemed to promise a new golden age for Europe. The Protes- tant Reformation shattered their dream of pow- erful princes encouraging gradual improvement and change from within the Catholic church. In- stead of leading a crusade against Islam, Charles V wore himself out in ceaseless struggle against Francis I of France and the German Protestants. Christianity split into a number of hostile camps battling one another with words and swords. The consequences were censorship, repression of dis- senters, and, for many, death. After the brutal sup- pression of popular revolts in the 1520s and 1530s,

4 4 8 C h a p t e r 1 4 ■ G lo b a l E n c o u n t e r s a n d R e l i g i o u s R e f o r m s 1 4 9 2 – 1 5 6 0

religious persecution became a Christian institu- tion: Luther called on the princes to kill rebellious peasants in 1525, Zwingli advocated the drown- ing of Anabaptists, and Calvin supported the death sentence for Michael Servetus. Executions in Catholic lands provided Protestants with a steady stream of martyrs. The two peace settle- ments in the 1550s failed to provide long-term so- lutions: the Peace of Augsburg gradually disintegrated as the religious struggles in the empire intensified, and the Treaty of Cateau- Cambrésis provided only a brief respite. Worse was yet to come. In the following generations, civil war and international conflicts would set Catholics against Protestants in numerous futile attempts to restore a single faith.

For Further Exploration

■ For suggested references, including Web sites, for topics in this chapter, see page SR-1 at the end of the book.

■ For additional primary-source material from this period, see Chapter 14 in Sources of THE MAKING OF THE WEST, Third Edition.

■ For Web sites and documents related to topics in this chapter, see Make History at bedfordstmartins.com/hunt.

C h a p t e r R e v i e w 4 4 91 4 9 2 – 1 5 6 0

K e y Te r m s a n d P e o p l e M a k i n g C o n n e c t i o n s

R e v i e w Q u e s t i o n s

1. Why was Charles V ultimately unable to prevent religious division in his lands?

2. How did the different religious groups respond to the opportunity presented by the printing press?

1. Which European countries led the way in maritime explo- ration and what were their motives?

2. How did Luther, Zwingli, Calvin, and Henry VIII challenge the Roman Catholic church?

3. How did the forces for radical change unleashed by the Protestant Reformation interact with the urge for social or- der and stability?

4. How did religious divisions complicate the efforts of rulers to maintain political stability and build stronger states?

C h a p t e r R e v i e w

Christopher Columbus (421)

Hernán Cortés (425)

Christian humanism (427)

Martin Luther (429)

Charles V (430)

John Calvin (432)

predestination (432)

Henry VIII (433)

Anabaptists (436)

Council of Trent (439)

Jesuits (439)

Suleiman the Magnificent (443)

Peace of Augsburg (446)

For practice quizzes, a customized study plan, and other study tools, see the Online Study Guide at bedfordstmartins.com/hunt.

I m p o r ta n t Ev e n t s

1492 Columbus reaches the Americas

1494 Italian Wars begin; Treaty of Tordesillas di- vides Atlantic world between Portugal and Spain

1516 Erasmus publishes Greek edition of the New Testament; More writes Utopia

1517 Luther composes ninety-five theses to chal- lenge Catholic church

1520 Luther publishes three treatises; Zwingli breaks from Rome

1525 German Peasants’ War

1527 Charles V’s imperial troops sack Rome

1529 Colloquy of Marburg assembles to address disagreements between German and Swiss church reformers

1534 Henry VIII breaks with Rome; Affair of the Placards in France

1536 Calvin publishes Institutes of the Christian Religion

1540 Jesuits (Society of Jesus) established as new Catholic order

1545–1563 Catholic Council of Trent condemns Protestant beliefs and confirms church doctrine and sacraments

1547 Charles V defeats Protestants at Mühlberg

1555 Peace of Augsburg ends religious wars and recognizes Lutheran church in German states

1559 Treaty of Cateau-Cambrésis ends wars between Habsburg and Valois rulers

I n May 1618, Protestants in the kingdom of Bohemia furiously

protested the Holy Roman Emperor’s attempts to curtail their hard-

won religious freedoms. Protestants wanted to build new churches;

the Catholic emperor wanted to stop them. Tensions boiled over when

two Catholic officials tried to dissolve the meetings of Protestants. On

May 23, a crowd of angry Protestants surged up the stairs of the royal

castle in Prague, trapped the two Catholic deputies, dragged them

screaming for mercy to the windows, and hurled them to the pavement

below. One of the rebels jeered: “We will see if your [Virgin] Mary can

help you!” But because they landed in a dung heap, the Catholic

deputies survived. One of the two limped off on his own; the other was

carried by his servants to safety. Although no one died, the defenestra-

tion (from the French for “window,” la fenêtre) of Prague touched off

the Thirty Years’ War (1618–1648), which eventually involved almost

every major power in Europe. Before it ended, the fighting had devas-

tated the lands of central Europe and produced permanent changes in

European politics and culture.

The Thirty Years’ War grew out of the religious conflicts initiated

by the Reformation. When Martin Luther began the Protestant Refor-

mation in 1517, few could have predicted that he would be unleashing

such dangerous forces, but religious turmoil and warfare followed al-

most immediately upon Luther’s break with the Catholic church. From

its establishment in 1555 until the early 1600s, the Peace of Augsburg

maintained relative calm in the lands of the Holy Roman Empire by

granting each ruler the right to determine the religion of his territory.

But in western Europe, religious strife increased dramatically after 1560

as Protestants made inroads in France, the Spanish-ruled Netherlands,

and England. All in all, nearly constant warfare marked the century

Religious Conflicts Threaten State Power, 1560–1618 452 • French Wars of Religion, 1562–1598 • Challenges to Spain’s Authority • Elizabeth I’s Defense of English

Protestantism • The Clash of Faiths and Empires

in Eastern Europe

The Thirty Years’ War, 1618–1648 460

• Origins and Course of the War • The Effects of Constant Fighting • The Peace of Westphalia, 1648

Economic Crisis and Realignment 465 • From Growth to Recession • Consequences for Daily Life • The Economic Balance of Power

The Rise of Secular and Scientific Worldviews 471 • The Arts in an Age of Crisis • The Natural Laws of Politics • The Scientific Revolution • Magic and Witchcraft

451

Wars of Religion and the Clash of Worldviews 1560–1648

C H A P T E R

15

The Defenestration of Prague, 1618 In this copper-plate engraving by Swiss artist Matthäus Merian (1593–1650), Czech Protestants attack the Catholic deputies sent to disband their meeting. The attackers are about to throw the two Catholics out of the windows of the royal castle (that is, the Catholics are about to suffer “defenestration”). The defenestration touched off the Thirty Years’ War. (Bildarchiv Preussischer Kulturbesitz/ Art Resource, NY.)

between 1560 and 1648. These struggles often be- gan as religious conflicts, but religion was rarely the sole motive; political ambitions, commercial competition, and long-standing rivalries between the leading powers inevitably raised the stakes of conflict.

Although particularly dramatic and deadly, the church-state crisis was only one of a series of upheavals that shaped this era. In the early seven- teenth century, a major economic downturn led to food shortages, famine, and disease in much of Europe. These catastrophes hit especially hard in the central European lands devastated by the fighting of the Thirty Years’ War and helped shift the bal- ance of economic power to northwestern Europe, away from the Mediterranean and central Europe. The deepening sense of crisis prompted some to seek new, nonreligious grounds for all forms of authority, whether artistic, political, or philosoph- ical. The emergence of a secular worldview that relied on new scientific methods of research would ultimately reshape Western attitudes over the long term.

Focus Question: What were the long-term political, economic, and intellectual consequences of the conflicts over religious belief?

Religious Conflicts Threaten State Power, 1560–1618 The Peace of Augsburg made Lutheranism a legal religion in the predominantly Catholic Holy Ro- man Empire, but it did not extend recognition to Calvinists. Although the followers of Martin Luther (Lutherans) and those of John Calvin (Calvinists) similarly refused the authority of the Catholic church, they disagreed with each other

4 5 2 C h a p t e r 1 5 ■ W a r s o f R e l i g i o n a n d t h e C l a s h o f W o r l d v i e w s 1 5 6 0 – 1 6 4 8

1560 1580 1600

■ 1562 French Wars of Religion

■ 1566 Calvinist revolt against Spain

■ 1569 Poland-Lithuania formed

■ 1588 England defeats Spanish Armada

■ 1571 Battle of Lepanto

■ 1598 Edict of Nantes

■ 1572 St. Bartholomew’s Day Massacre

■ 1601 Shakespeare, Hamlet

about religious doctrine and church organization. The rapid expansion of Calvinism after 1560 threatened to alter the religious balance of power in much of Europe. Calvinists challenged Catholic dominance in France, the Spanish-ruled Nether- lands, Scotland, and Poland-Lithuania. In England, they sought to influence the new Protestant monarch, Elizabeth I. Calvinists were not the only source of religious contention, however. Philip II of Spain fought the Muslim Ottoman Turks in the Mediterranean and expelled the remnants of the Muslim population in Spain. To the east, the Rus- sian tsar Ivan IV fought to make Muscovy the cen- ter of an empire based on Russian Orthodox Christianity.

French Wars of Religion, 1562–1598 Calvinism spread in France after 1555, when the Genevan Company of Pastors sent missionaries supplied with false passports and often disguised as merchants. The Calvinist pastors moved rapidly among their growing flock, which gathered in se- cret in towns near Paris or in the south. Calvinist nobles provided military protection to local con- gregations and helped set up a national organiza- tion for the French Calvinist — or Huguenot — church. In 1562, rival Huguenot and Catholic armies began fighting a series of wars that threat- ened to tear the French nation into shreds (Map 15.1).

Religious Division in the Nobility. Armed strug- gle erupted because the French kings could not keep a lid on religious conflict. By the end of the 1560s, nearly one-third of the nobles had joined the Huguenots, and they could raise their own armies. Conversion to Calvinism in French noble families often began with the noblewomen, some of whom sought intellectual independence as well as spiritual renewal in the new faith. Charlotte de

Bourbon, for example, fled from a Catholic convent and eventually married William of Orange, the leader of the anti- Spanish resistance in the Netherlands. Calvinist noblewomen protected pastors, provided money and advice, and helped found schools and establish relief for the poor.

A series of family tragedies prevented the French kings from acting decisively to prevent the spread of Calvinism. King Henry II was accidentally killed during a jousting tournament in 1559 and his fif- teen-year-old son, Francis, died soon after. Ten-year-old Charles IX (r. 1560–1574) became king, with his mother, Catherine de Médicis, as regent, or acting ruler. An ambassador commented on the weakness of Catherine’s hold: “It is sufficient to say that she is a woman, a foreigner, and a Flo- rentine to boot, born of a simple house, altogether beneath the dignity of the Kingdom of France.” The Huguenots fol- lowed the lead of the Bourbon family, who were close relatives of the French king and stood first in line to inherit the throne if the Valois kings failed to produce a male heir. The most militantly Catholic nobles took their cues from the Guise family, who aimed to block Bourbon ambitions. Catherine tried to play the Bourbon and Guise factions against each other, but civil war erupted in 1562. Both sides commit- ted terrible atrocities. Priests and pastors were murdered, and massacres of whole congregations became frighteningly com- monplace.

R e l i g i o u s C o n f l i c t s Th r e a t e n S ta t e P o w e r , 1 5 6 0 – 1 6 1 8 4 5 31 5 6 0 – 1 6 4 8

1620 1640 1660

■ 1618 Thirty Years’ War

■ 1625 Grotius, The Laws of War and Peace

■ 1633 Galileo forced to recant

■ 1635 French declare war on Spain

■ 1648 Peace of Westphalia

Catherine de Médicis: Italian-born mother of French king Charles X; she served as regent and tried but failed to prevent religious warfare between Calvinists and Catholics.

0 100 200 kilometers

0 100 200 miles Protestant church with several pastors

Protestant church

Boundary of the Holy Roman Empire

N

S

E W

North Sea

ATLANTIC OCEAN

M e d i t e r r a n e a n S e a

S PA I N

F R A N C E

H O L Y

R O M A N

E M P I R E

Navar re

Catalonia

N E T H E R L A N D S

Nantes

Marseille

Avignon

Lyon

Geneva

Paris

M A P 1 5 . 1 Protestant Churches in France, 1562 Calvinist missionaries took their message from their headquarters in Geneva across the border into France. The strongest concentration of Protestants was in southern France. The Bourbons, leaders of the Protestants in France, had their family lands in Navarre, a region in southwestern France that had been divided between France and Spain.

St. Bartholomew’s Day Massacre, 1572. Al- though a Catholic herself, Catherine feared the rise of Guise influence, so she arranged the marriage of the king’s Catholic sister, Marguerite de Valois, to Henry of Navarre, a Huguenot and Bourbon. Just four days after the wedding in August 1572, assassins tried but failed to kill one of the Huguenot nobles allied with the Bourbons. Per- haps herself implicated in the botched plot and panicked at the thought of Huguenot revenge, Catherine convinced her son to go on the offen- sive by ordering the death of Huguenot leaders who had come to Paris for the wedding. Violence almost immediately spiraled out of control. On St. Bartholomew’s Day, August 24, a bloodbath began, fueled by years of growing animosity between Catholics and Protestants. (See Massacre Moti- vated by Religion, at left.) In three days, Catholic mobs murdered three thousand Huguenots in Paris. Wherever Calvinists lacked military protec- tion, they were at risk. Ten thousand Huguenots died in the provinces over the next six weeks. The pope joyfully ordered the church bells rung throughout Catholic Europe; Spain’s Philip II wrote Catherine that it was “the best and most cheerful news which at present could come to me.”

The massacre settled nothing. Huguenot pam- phleteers now proclaimed their right to resist a tyrant who worshipped idols (a practice that Calvinists equated with Catholicism). This right of resistance was linked to a political notion of con- tract; upholding the true religion was part of the contract imagined as binding the ruler to his sub- jects. Both the right of resistance and the idea of a contract fed into the larger doctrine of constitu- tionalism — that a government’s legitimacy rested on its upholding a constitution or contract be- tween ruler and ruled. Constitutionalism was used to justify resistance movements from the sixteenth century onward. Protestants and Catholics alike now saw the religious conflict as an international struggle for survival that required aid to their fel- low Catholics or Protestants in other countries. In this way, the French Wars of Religion paved the way for wider international conflicts over religion in the decades to come.

Henry IV and the Edict of Nantes. The religious division in France grew even more dangerous when Charles IX died and his brother Henry III (r. 1574–1589) became king. Like his brothers be- fore him, Henry III failed to produce an heir. Next in line to the throne was none other than the Protestant Bourbon leader Henry of Navarre, a distant cousin of the Valois ruling family and brother-in-law of Charles and Henry. Convinced

4 5 4 C h a p t e r 1 5 ■ W a r s o f R e l i g i o n a n d t h e C l a s h o f W o r l d v i e w s 1 5 6 0 – 1 6 4 8

Massacre Motivated by Religion The Italian artist Giorgio Vasari painted St. Bartho- lomew’s Night: The Massacre of the Huguenots for a public room in Pope Gregory XIII’s residence. How did the artist celebrate what he saw as a Catholic victory over Protestant heresy? (Scala/ Art Resource, NY.)

that Henry III lacked the will to root out Protes- tantism, the Guises formed the Catholic League, which requested help from Spanish king Philip II. Henry III responded with a fatal trick: in 1588, he summoned the two Guise leaders to a meeting and had his men kill them. A few months later, a fanatical monk stabbed Henry III to death, and Henry of Navarre became Henry IV (r. 1589–1610), despite Philip II’s attempt to block his ascension with military intervention.

Henry IV soon concluded that to establish control over war-weary France he had to place the interests of the French state ahead of his Protes- tant faith. In 1593, he publicly embraced Catholi- cism, reputedly explaining his conversion with the statement “Paris is worth a Mass.” Within a few years he defeated the ultra-Catholic opposition and drove out the Spanish. In 1598, he made peace with Spain and issued the Edict of Nantes, in which he granted the Huguenots a large measure of religious toleration. The approximately 1.25 million Huguenots became a legally protected mi- nority within an officially Catholic kingdom of some 20 million people. Protestants were free to worship in specified towns and were allowed their own troops, fortresses, and even courts. Few be- lieved in religious toleration, but Henry IV fol- lowed the advice of those moderate Catholics and Calvinists called politiques who urged him to give priority to the development of a durable state. Al- though their opponents hated them for their com- promising spirit, the politiques believed that religious disputes could be resolved only in the peace provided by strong government.

The Edict of Nantes ended the French Wars of Religion, but Henry still needed to reestablish monarchical authority and hold the fractious nobles in check. He used court festivities and royal processions to rally subjects around him, and he allowed rich merchants and lawyers to buy offices and, in exchange for an annual payment, pass their positions on to their heirs to sell them to someone else. This new social elite was known as the “no- bility of the robe” (named after the robes that mag- istrates wore, much like those judges wear today). Income raised by the increased sale of offices re- duced the state debt and also helped Henry strengthen the monarchy. His efforts did not, how- ever, prevent his enemies from assassinating him in 1610 after nineteen unsuccessful attempts.

Challenges to Spain’s Authority

Although he failed to prevent Henry IV from tak- ing the French throne in 1589, Philip II of Spain (r. 1556–1598) was the most powerful ruler in Europe (Map 15.2). In addition to the western Habsburg lands in Spain and the Netherlands, Philip had inherited from his father, Charles V, all the Spanish colonies recently settled in the New World of the Americas. Gold and silver funneled from the colonies supported his campaigns against the Ottoman Turks and the French and the English Protestants. But all of the money of the New World could not prevent Philip’s eventual defeat in the Netherlands, where Calvinist rebels established an independent Dutch Republic that soon vied with Spain, France, and England for commercial su- premacy.

Philip II, the Catholic King. A deeply devout Catholic, Philip II came to the Spanish throne at age twenty-eight determined to restore Catholic unity in Europe and lead the Christian defense against the Muslims. In his quest, Philip benefited from a series of misfortunes. His four wives all died, but through them he became part of four royal families: Portuguese, English, French, and Austrian. His brief marriage to Mary Tudor (Mary I of England) did not produce an heir, but it and his subsequent marriage to Elisabeth de Valois, the sister of Charles IX and Henry III of France, gave him reason enough for involvement in English and French affairs. In 1580, when the king of Portugal died without a direct heir, Philip took over this neighboring realm with its rich empire in Africa, India, and the Americas.

Philip insisted on Catholic unity in his own possessions and worked to forge an international Catholic alliance against the Ottoman Turks. In 1571, he achieved the single greatest military vic- tory of his reign when he joined with Venice and the papacy to defeat the Turks in a great sea battle off the Greek coast at Lepanto. Fifty thousand sailors and soldiers fought on the allied side, and eight thousand died. Spain now controlled the western Mediterranean. But Philip could not rest on his laurels. Between 1568 and 1570, the Moriscos — Muslim converts to Christianity who

R e l i g i o u s C o n f l i c t s Th r e a t e n S ta t e P o w e r , 1 5 6 0 – 1 6 1 8 4 5 51 5 6 0 – 1 6 4 8

Edict of Nantes: The decree issued by French king Henry IV in 1598 that granted the Huguenots a large measure of religious toleration.

politiques (poh lih TEEK): Political advisers during the sixteenth-century French Wars of Religion who argued that com- promise in matters of religion would strengthen the monarchy.

Philip II: King of Spain (r. 1556–1598) and the most powerful ruler in Europe; he reigned over the western Habsburg lands and all the Spanish colonies recently settled in the New World.

Lepanto: A site off the Greek coast where, in 1571, the allied Catholic forces of Spain’s king Philip II, Venice, and the papacy defeated the Ottoman Turks in a great sea battle; the victory gave the Christian powers control of the Mediterranean.

remained secretly faithful to Islam — had revolted in the south of Spain, killing ninety priests and fif- teen hundred Christians. Philip retaliated by forc- ing fifty thousand to leave their villages and resettle in other regions. In 1609, his suc- cessor, Philip III, ordered their ex- pulsion from Spanish territory, and by 1614 some 300,000 Moriscos had been forced to re- locate to North Africa.

The Revolt of the Netherlands. The Calvinists of the Netherlands were less easily intimidated than the Moriscos: they were far from Spain and accustomed to being left alone. When Calvinists in the Netherlands attacked Catholic

churches in 1566, smashing stained-glass windows and statues of the Virgin Mary, Philip sent an army to punish the rebels. Calvinist resistance contin- ued despite this occupation, and in November

1576 Philip’s long-unpaid armies sacked Antwerp, then Europe’s wealthiest commercial city. In eleven days of horror known as the Spanish Fury, the Spanish soldiers slaughtered seven thou- sand people. Led by Prince William of Orange (whose name came from the lands he owned in southern France), the Nether- lands’ seven Protestant northern provinces formally allied with the ten Catholic southern provinces and drove out the Spaniards. The

4 5 6 C h a p t e r 1 5 ■ W a r s o f R e l i g i o n a n d t h e C l a s h o f W o r l d v i e w s 1 5 6 0 – 1 6 4 8

Spanish Habsburg possessions under Philip II

Austrian Habsburg possessions

Boundary of the Holy Roman Empire

Battle

0 200 400 kilometers

0 200 400 miles

N

S

E

W

�

N o r t h S e a

A T L A N T I C O C E A N

B a l t

i c

S e a

M e d i t e r r a n e a n S e

a

Tagus R.

Ebro R.

Loire R.

R h

in e

R .

Danube R.

Dan ube

R.

Elbe R

.

Vistula R.

Adriatic Sea

N O R T H A F R I C A

F R A N C E

O T T O M A N E M P I R E

Lepanto 1571

Antwerp Armada

1588

BALEARIC IS.

Corsica

Sardinia

Sicily

S PA I N PORTUGAL

(1580)

PAPAL STATES

H O L Y

R O M A N

E M P I R E

POLAND- LITHUANIA

�

�

Paris

Lisbon

Naples

Rome

Venice

Vienna

Amsterdam

London

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

Maritime trade routes

NORTH AMERICA

SOUTH AMERICA

AFRICA

ASIA

NEW SPAIN

PERU

BRAZIL

SPAIN

INDIA PHILIPPINES Florida

Ceylon

Java

AZORES

WEST INDIES

M O

LU C

C A

S

Zanzibar

Goa

Macao

�

� �

The Spanish and Portuguese Colonial Empires, c. 1580

M A P 1 5 . 2 The Empire of Philip II, r. 1556–1598 Spanish king Philip II drew revenues from a truly worldwide empire. In 1580, he was the richest European ruler, but the demands of governing and defending his control of such far-flung territories eventually drained many of his resources.

0 100 kilometers50

0 50 100 miles

Dutch Republic

Spanish Netherlands

M eu

se R

.

R hin

e R

.

North Sea

Zuider Zee

En gli

sh Ch

an ne

l

French- speaking

Flemish- speaking

ENGLAND

HOLLAND

FRANCE HOLY

ROMAN EMPIRE

Antwerp

Amsterdam�

�

The Netherlands during the Revolt, c. 1580

southern provinces nonetheless remained Cath- olic, French-speaking in parts, and suspicious of the increasingly strict Calvinism in the north. In 1579, they returned to the Spanish fold. Despite the assassination in 1584 of William of Orange, Spanish troops never regained control in the north. Spain would not formally recognize Dutch independence until 1648, but by the end of the six- teenth century the Dutch Republic (sometimes called Holland after the most populous of its seven provinces) was a self-governing state sheltering a variety of religious groups.

Religious toleration thrived because the cen- tral government did not have the power to enforce religious orthodoxy. Urban merchant and profes- sional families known as regents controlled the towns and provinces. In the absence of a national bureaucracy, a single legal system, or a central court, each province governed itself and sent del-

egates to the one common institution, the States General, which carried out the wishes of the strongest individual provinces and their ruling families. Although the princes of Orange resembled a ruling family, their powers paled next to those of local elites. One-third of the Dutch population remained Catholic, and local authorities allowed them to worship as they chose in private. The Dutch Republic also had a relatively large Jewish population because many Jews had settled there after being driven out of Spain and Portugal. From 1597, Jews could worship openly in their syna- gogues. This openness to various religions would help to make the Dutch Republic one of Europe’s chief intellectual and scientific centers in the sev- enteenth and eighteenth centuries.

Well situated for maritime commerce, the Dutch Republic developed a thriving economy based on shipping and shipbuilding. Dutch

R e l i g i o u s C o n f l i c t s Th r e a t e n S ta t e P o w e r , 1 5 6 0 – 1 6 1 8 4 5 71 5 6 0 – 1 6 4 8

Philip II of Spain The king of Spain is shown here (kneeling in black) with his allies at the battle of Lepanto, the doge of Venice on his left and Pope Pius V on his right. El Greco painted this canvas, sometimes called The Dream of Philip II, in 1578 or 1579. The painting is typically mannerist in the way it crowds figures into every available space, uses larger-than-life or elongated bodies, and creates new and often bizarre visual effects. What can we conclude about Philip II’s character from the way he is depicted here? (© The National Gallery, London.)

merchants favored free trade in Europe because they could compete at an advantage. Whereas elites in other countries focused on their landholdings, the Dutch looked for investments in trade. After the Dutch gained independence, Amsterdam became the main European money market for two cen- turies. The city was also a primary commodities market and a chief supplier of arms — to allies, neutrals, and even enemies. Dutch entrepreneurs

produced goods at lower prices than competitors and marketed them more efficiently. The Dutch controlled many overseas markets thanks to their preeminence in seaborne commerce: by 1670, the Dutch commercial fleet was larger than the Eng- lish, French, Spanish, Portuguese, and Austrian fleets combined.

Elizabeth I’s Defense of English Protestantism As the Dutch revolt unfolded, Philip II became increasingly infuriated with Elizabeth I (r. 1558–1603), who had succeeded her half-sister Mary Tudor as queen of England. Philip had been married to Mary and had enthusiastically sec- onded Mary’s efforts to return England to Catholi- cism. When Mary died in 1558, Elizabeth rejected Philip’s proposal of marriage and promptly brought Protestantism back to England. Eventu- ally, she provided funds and troops to the Dutch Protestant cause. As Elizabeth moved to solidify her personal power and the authority of the An- glican church (Church of England), she had to squash uprisings by Catholics in the north and at least two serious plots against her life. In the long run, however, her greater challenges came from the Calvinist Puritans and Philip II.

Puritanism and the Church of England. The Puritans were strict Calvinists who opposed all vestiges of Catholic ritual in the Church of England. After Elizabeth became queen, many Puritans returned from exile abroad, but Elizabeth resisted their demands for drastic changes in church ritual and governance. The Church of Eng- land’s Thirty-Nine Articles of Religion, issued un- der her authority in 1563, incorporated elements of Catholic ritual along with Calvinist doctrines. Puritan ministers angrily denounced the Church of England’s “popish attire and foolish disguis- ing, . . . tithings, holy days, and a thousand more abominations.” To accomplish their reforms, Puritans tried to undercut the crown-appointed bishops’ authority by placing control of church ad- ministration in the hands of a local presbytery, that is, a group made up of the minister and the elders of the congregation. Elizabeth rejected this Calvin- ist presbyterianism.

4 5 8 C h a p t e r 1 5 ■ W a r s o f R e l i g i o n a n d t h e C l a s h o f W o r l d v i e w s 1 5 6 0 – 1 6 4 8

Elizabeth I: English queen (r. 1558–1603) who oversaw the return of the Protestant Anglican church and, in 1588, the suc- cessful defense of the realm against the Spanish Armada.

Puritans: Strict Calvinists who opposed all vestiges of Catholic ritual in the Church of England.

Queen Elizabeth I of England The Anglican (Church of England) Prayerbook of 1569 included a hand- colored print of Queen Elizabeth saying her prayers. As queen, Elizabeth was also official head of the Church of England—the scepter or sword at her feet symbolizes her power. She named bishops and made final decisions about every aspect of church governance. (HIP/ Art Resource, NY.)

■ For more help analyzing this image, see the visual activity for this chapter in the Online Study Guide at bedfordstmartins.com/hunt.

The Puritans nonetheless steadily gained in- fluence. Known for their emphasis on strict moral lives, the Puritans tried to close England’s theaters and Sunday fairs. Every Puritan father — with the help of his wife — was to “make his house a little church” by teaching the children to read the Bible. At Puritan urging, a new translation of the Bible, known as the King James Bible after Elizabeth’s successor, James I, was authorized in 1604. Believ- ing themselves God’s elect — those whom God has chosen for mercy and salvation — and England an “elect nation,” the Puritans also pushed Elizabeth to help Protestants on the continent. Elizabeth ini- tially resisted, but after Philip II annexed Portugal and began to interfere in French affairs, she sent funds to the Dutch rebels and in 1585 dispatched seven thousand soldiers to help them.

Triumph over Spain. Although enraged by Eliza- beth’s aid to the Dutch rebels against his rule, Philip II bided his time as long as Elizabeth re- mained unmarried and her Catholic cousin Mary Stuart, better known as Mary, Queen of Scots, stood next in line to inherit the English throne. In 1568, Scottish Calvinists forced Mary to abdicate the throne of Scotland in favor of her one-year-old son James (eventually James I of England), who was then raised as a Protes- tant. After her abdication, Mary spent nearly twenty years under house arrest in England, foment- ing plots against Elizabeth. In 1587, when a letter from Mary of- fering her succession rights to Philip was discovered, Elizabeth overcame her reluctance to exe- cute a fellow monarch and or- dered Mary’s beheading.

Now determined to act, Philip II sent his armada (Span- ish for “fleet”) of 130 ships from Lisbon toward the English Chan- nel in May 1588. The English scat- tered the Spanish Armada by sending blazing fire ships into its midst. A great gale then forced the Spanish to flee around Scot- land. When the armada limped home in Septem- ber, half the ships had been lost and thousands of sailors were dead or starving. Protestants through- out Europe rejoiced. Philip and Catholic Spain suf- fered a crushing psychological blow. A Spanish monk lamented, “Almost the whole of Spain went into mourning.”

By the time Philip II died in 1598, his great empire had begun to lose its luster. The costs of fighting the Dutch, the English, and the French had mounted, and an overburdened peasantry could no longer pay the taxes required to meet rising ex- penses. In his novel Don Quixote (1605), the Span- ish writer Miguel de Cervantes captured the disappointment of thwarted imperial ambition. Cervantes himself had been wounded at Lepanto. His novel’s hero, a minor nobleman, wants to un- derstand “this thing they call reason of state,” but he reads so many romances and books of chivalry that he loses his wits and wanders the countryside hoping to re-create the heroic deeds of times past.

England could never have defeated Spain in a head-to-head battle on land, but Elizabeth made the most of her limited means and consolidated the country’s position as a Protestant power. In her early years, she held out the prospect of marriage to many political suitors; but in order to maintain her — and England’s — independence, she never married. Her chosen successor, James I (r. 1603–1625), came to the throne as king of both

Scotland and England. Shake- speare’s tragedies Hamlet (1601), King Lear (1605), and Macbeth (1606), written around the time of James’s succession, might all be read as commentaries on the un- certainties faced by Elizabeth and James. But Elizabeth’s story, un- like Shakespeare’s tragedies, had a happy ending; she left James se- cure in a kingdom of growing weight in world politics.

The Clash of Faiths and Empires in Eastern Europe In the east, the most contentious border divided Christian Europe from the Islamic realm of the Ottoman Turks. Even after their defeat at Lepanto in 1571, the Ottomans continued their at- tacks, seizing Venetian-held Cy-

prus in 1573. In the Balkans, the Turks allowed their Christian subjects to cling to the Orthodox faith rather than forcibly converting them to Is- lam. They also tolerated many prosperous Jewish communities, which grew with the influx of Jews expelled from Spain.

The Muscovite tsars officially protected the Russian Orthodox church, which faced no compe- tition within Russian lands. Building on the base

R e l i g i o u s C o n f l i c t s Th r e a t e n S ta t e P o w e r , 1 5 6 0 – 1 6 1 8 4 5 91 5 6 0 – 1 6 4 8

0 200 400 kilometers

0 200 400 miles

North Sea

ATLANTIC OCEAN

Mediterranean Sea

SCOTLAND

ENGLAND

FRANCE

Battle with Armada

SPAIN

Portugal

Ireland

N et

he rl

an ds

Retreat of Armada

�

Lisbon �

Retreat of the Spanish Armada, 1588

laid by his grandfather Ivan III, Tsar Ivan IV (r. 1533–1584) stopped at nothing in his endeavor to make Muscovy the center of a mighty Russian em- pire. Given to unpredictable fits of rage, Ivan tor- tured priests, killed numerous boyars (nobles), and murdered his own son with an iron rod during a quarrel. His epithet “the Terrible” reflects not only the terror he unleashed but also the awesome im- pression he evoked. Cunning and cruel, Ivan came to embody barbarism in the eyes of Westerners. One English visitor commented disapprovingly that the Russian government “is very similar to the Turkish, which they apparently try to imitate.”

Ivan initiated Russian expansion eastward into Siberia and also tried to gain new territory to the west, when he tried, unsuccessfully, to seize parts

of present-day Estonia and Latvia to provide Russia direct access to the Baltic Sea. Two formidable foes blocked Ivan’s plans for expansion: Sweden (which then included much of present-day Finland) and Poland-Lithuania. Their rulers hoped to annex the eastern Baltic provinces themselves. Poland and the grand duchy of Lithuania united into a single commonwealth in 1569 and controlled an extensive terri-

tory stretching from the Baltic Sea to deep within present-day Ukraine and Belarus. Poland-Lithua- nia, like the Dutch Republic, was one of the great exceptions to the general trend toward greater monarchical authority; the country’s nobles elected their king and placed severe limits on his authority. Noble converts to Lutheranism or Calvinism feared religious persecution by the Catholic majority, so the Polish-Lithuanian nobles insisted that their kings accept the principle of re- ligious toleration as a prerequisite for election.

Poland-Lithuania threatened the rule of Ivan’s successors in Russia. After Ivan IV died in 1584, a terrible period of chaos known as the Time of Troubles ensued, during which the king of Poland- Lithuania tried to put his son on the Russian throne. In 1613, an army of nobles, townspeople, and peasants finally expelled the intruders and put on the throne a nobleman, Michael Romanov (r. 1613–1645), who established an enduring new dynasty. With the return of peace, Muscovite Russia resumed the process of state building.

Review: How did state power depend on religious unity at the end of the sixteenth century and start of the seventeenth?

The Thirty Years’ War, 1618–1648

Although the eastern states managed to avoid civil wars over religion in the early seventeenth century, the rest of Europe was drawn into the final and most deadly of the wars of religion, the Thirty Years’ War. It began in 1618 with conflicts between Catholics and Protestants within the Holy Roman Empire and eventually involved most European states. By its end in 1648, many central European lands lay in ruins and the balance of power had shifted away from the Habsburg powers — Spain and Austria — toward France, England, and the Dutch Republic. Prolonged warfare created tur- moil and suffering, but it also fostered the growth of armies and bureaucracies; out of the carnage would emerge centralized and powerful states that made increasing demands on ordinary people.

Origins and Course of the War The fighting that devastated central Europe had its origins in a combination of religious dispute, ethnic competition, and political weakness. The Austrian Habsburgs officially ruled over the huge Holy Roman Empire, which comprised eight major ethnic groups. The emperor and four of the seven elec- tors who chose him were Catholic; the other three electors were Protestants. The Peace of Augsburg of 1555 (see Chapter 14) was supposed to main- tain the balance between Catholics and Lutherans, but it had no mechanism for resolving conflicts; tensions rose as the new Catholic religious order, the Jesuits, won many Lutheran cities back to Catholicism and as Calvinism, unrecognized under the peace, made inroads into Lutheran areas. By 1613, two of the three Protestant electors had be- come Calvinists.

These conflicts came to a head when the Catholic Habsburg heir Archduke Ferdinand was crowned king of Bohemia in 1617. The Austrian Habsburgs held not only the imperial crown of the Holy Roman Empire but also a collection of sep- arately administered royal crowns, of which Bohemia was one. Once crowned, Ferdinand began to curtail the religious freedom previously granted to Protestants. The Czechs, the largest ethnic group in Bohemia, responded with the so-called defen- estration of Prague and promptly established a Protestant assembly to spearhead resistance. A year later, when Ferdinand was elected emperor (as Ferdinand II, r. 1619–1637), the rebellious Bohemians deposed him and chose in his place the young Calvinist Frederick V of the Palatinate

4 6 0 C h a p t e r 1 5 ■ W a r s o f R e l i g i o n a n d t h e C l a s h o f W o r l d v i e w s 1 5 6 0 – 1 6 4 8

0 250 500 kilometers

0 500 miles250

Ivan IV’s campaign Danube R.

Volga R.

B a lt

ic S

ea

SWEDEN

TEUTONIC KNIGHTS

R U S S I A

POLAND- LITHUANIA

Moscow

Novgorod

� �

Russia, Poland-Lithuania, and Sweden in the Late 1500s

(r. 1616–1623). A quick series of clashes ended in 1620 when the imperial armies defeated the out- manned Czechs at the battle of White Mountain, near Prague. Like the martyrdom of the religious reformer Jan Hus in 1415, White Mountain be- came an enduring symbol of the Czechs’ desire for self-determination. They would not gain their in- dependence until 1918.

White Mountain did not end the war, which soon spread to the German lands of the empire. Private mercenary armies (armies for hire) began to form during the fighting, and the emperor had little control over them. The meteoric rise of one commander, Albrecht von Wallenstein (1583–1634), showed how political ambition could trump religious conviction. A Czech Protestant by birth, Wallenstein offered in 1625 to raise an army for Ferdinand II and soon had in his employ 125,000 soldiers, who occupied and plundered much of Protestant Germany with the emperor’s approval.

The Lutheran king of Denmark, Christian IV (r. 1596–1648), responded by invading northern Germany to protect the Protestants and to extend his own influence. Despite Dutch and English en- couragement, Christian lacked adequate military support, and Wallenstein’s forces defeated him. Emboldened by his general’s victories, Ferdinand issued the Edict of Restitution in 1629, which out- lawed Calvinism in the empire and reclaimed Catholic church properties confiscated by the Lutherans.

With Protestant interests in serious jeopardy, Gustavus Adolphus (r. 1611–1632) of Sweden marched into Germany in 1630. Declaring his sup- port for the Protestant cause, he also intended to gain control over trade in northern Europe. His highly trained army of some 100,000 soldiers made Sweden, with a population of only one million, the supreme power of northern Europe. Hoping to block Spanish intervention in the war and win in- fluence and perhaps territory in the Holy Roman Empire, the French monarchy’s chief minister, Cardinal Richelieu (1585–1642), offered to subsi- dize the Lutheran Gustavus. This agreement be- tween the Swedish Lutheran and French Catholic powers to fight the Catholic Habsburgs showed that state interests could outweigh all other con- siderations.

Gustavus defeated the imperial army and occupied the Catholic parts of southern Germany before he was killed at the battle of Lützen in 1632. Once again the tide turned, but this time it swept Wallenstein with it. Because Wallenstein was rumored to be negotiating with Protestant pow- ers, Ferdinand dismissed his general and had him assassinated.

France openly joined the fray in 1635 by de- claring war on Spain and soon after forged an al- liance with the Calvinist Dutch to aid them in their ongoing struggle for official independence from Spain. Religion took a backseat to dynastic rivalry as the two Catholic powers France and Spain

Th e Th i r t y Ye a r s ’ W a r , 1 6 1 8 – 1 6 4 8 4 6 11 5 6 0 – 1 6 4 8

The Violence of the Thirty Years’ War The French artist Jacques Callot produced this engraving of the Thirty Years’ War as part of a series called The Miseries and Misfortunes of War (1633). It shows the rape, torture, and pillaging inflicted by soldiers on noncombatants they found in their path. (The Granger Collection, New York.)

pummeled each other. Advised by his minister Richelieu, who held the high rank of cardinal in the Catholic church, the French king Louis XIII (r. 1610–1643) hoped to profit from the troubles of Spain in the Netherlands and from the conflicts between the Austrian emperor and his Protestant subjects. The Swedes kept up their pressure in Germany, the Dutch attacked the Spanish fleet, and a series of internal revolts shook the cash- strapped Spanish crown. In 1640, peasants in the rich northeastern province of Catalonia rebelled, overrunning Barcelona and killing the viceroy; the Catalans resented government confiscation of their crops and demands that they house and feed soldiers on their way to the French frontier. The Portuguese revolted in 1640 and proclaimed inde- pendence like the Dutch. In 1643, the Spanish suffered their first major defeat at French hands. Although the Spanish were forced to concede in- dependence to Portugal (part of Spain only since 1580), they eventually suppressed the Catalan revolt.

France, too, finally faced exhaustion after years of rising taxes and recurrent revolts. Richelieu died in 1642. Louis XIII followed him a few months later and was succeeded by his five-year-old son, Louis XIV. With yet another foreign queen mother — she was the daughter of the Spanish

king — serving as regent and an Italian cardinal, Mazarin, providing advice, French politics once again moved into a period of instability, rumor, and crisis. All sides were ready for peace.

The Effects of Constant Fighting When peace negotiations began in the 1640s, they did not come a moment too soon for the ordinary people of Europe. Some towns had faced up to ten or eleven prolonged sieges during the decades of fighting. Even worse suffering took place in the countryside. Peasants fled their villages, which were often burned down (see Document, “The Horrors of the Thirty Years’ War,” above). At times, desperate peasants revolted and attacked nearby castles and monasteries. War and intermittent out- breaks of plague cost some German towns one- third or more of their population. One-third of the inhabitants of Bohemia also perished.

Soldiers did not fare all that much better. An Englishman who fought for the Dutch army in 1633 described how he slept on the wet ground, got his boots full of water, and “at peep of day looked like a drowned ratt.” Governments increas- ingly short of funds often failed to pay the troops, and frequent mutinies, looting, and pillaging re- sulted. Armies attracted all sorts of displaced people

4 6 2 C h a p t e r 1 5 ■ W a r s o f R e l i g i o n a n d t h e C l a s h o f W o r l d v i e w s 1 5 6 0 – 1 6 4 8

The Horrors of the Thirty Years’ War

D O C U M E N T

Hans Grimmelshausen experienced the Thirty Years’ War firsthand and then wrote about it in his novel The Adventures of a Simpleton (published in 1669). He had been a Lutheran schoolboy when soldiers from an unidentified army looted his town. Later he served as a musketeer in the Catholic imperial armies and converted to Catholicism. In the novel, he writes from the point of view of a “sim- pleton,” a naive peasant who does not under- stand what is happening around him as a group of cavalrymen ransack the village.

What they did not intend to take along they broke and spoiled. Some ran their swords into the hay and straw, as if there hadn’t been hogs enough to stick. Some shook the feathers out of beds and put ba- con slabs, hams, and other stuff in the tick-

ing, as if they might sleep better on these. Others knocked down the hearth and broke the windows, as if announcing an everlasting summer. They flattened out copper and pewter dishes and baled the ruined goods. They burned up bedsteads, tables, chairs, and benches, though there were yards of dry firewood outside the kitchen. Jars and crocks, pots and casseroles all were broken, either because they preferred their meat broiled or be- cause they thought they’d eat only one meal with us. In the barn, the hired girl was handled so roughly that she was un- able to walk away, I am ashamed to report. They stretched the hired man out flat on the ground, stuck a wooden wedge in his mouth to keep it open, and emptied a milk bucket full of stinking manure drippings

down his throat; they called it a Swedish cocktail. He didn’t relish it and made a very wry face. . . . Then they used thumb- screws, which they cleverly made out of their pistols, to torture the peasants, as if they wanted to burn witches. Though he had confessed to nothing as yet, they put one of the captured hayseeds in the bake- oven and lighted a fire in it. They put a rope around someone else’s head and tightened it like a tourniquet until blood came out of his mouth, nose, and ears. In short, every soldier had his favorite method of making life miserable for peasants, and every peasant had his own misery.

Source: The Adventures of Simplicius Simpliccissimus, 2nd ed. Trans. George Schulz-Behrend (Columbia, S.C.: Camden House, 1993), 6–7.

desperately in need of provisions. In the last year of the Thirty Years’ War, the Imperial-Bavarian Army had 40,000 men entitled to draw rations — and more than 100,000 wives, prostitutes, servants, children, and other camp followers forced to scrounge for their own food.

The Peace of Westphalia, 1648 The comprehensive settlement provided by the Peace of Westphalia — named after the German province where negotiations took place — would serve as a model for resolving future conflicts among warring European states. For the first

time, a diplomatic congress convened to address international disputes, and those signing the treaties guaranteed the resulting settlement. A method still in use, the congress was the first to bring all parties together, rather than two or three at a time.

The Winners and Losers. France and Sweden gained most from the Peace of Westphalia. Al- though France and Spain continued fighting until 1659, France acquired parts of Alsace and replaced Spain as the prevailing power on the continent. Baltic conflicts would not be resolved until 1661, but Sweden took several northern territories from the Holy Roman Empire (Map 15.3).

The Habsburgs lost the most. The Spanish Habsburgs recognized Dutch independence after eighty years of war. The Swiss Confederation and the German princes demanded autonomy from the Austrian Habsburg rulers of the Holy Roman

Th e Th i r t y Ye a r s ’ W a r , 1 6 1 8 – 1 6 4 8 4 6 31 5 6 0 – 1 6 4 8

Peace of Westphalia: The settlement (1648) of the Thirty Years’ War; it established enduring religious divisions in the Holy Ro- man Empire by which Lutheranism would dominate in the north, Calvinism in the area of the Rhine River, and Catholicism in the south.

0 300 miles150

0 300 kilometers150

Austrian Habsburg lands

Spanish Habsburg lands

Prussian lands

German states

Swedish lands

Boundary of the Holy Roman Empire

Battle

Danish invasion

Swedish invasion

Spanish Habsburg invasion

Austrian Habsburg invasion

French invasion

�

N

S

E

W A d r i a t i c S e a

N o r t h S e a

M e d i t e r r a n e a n S e a

A T L A N T I C O C E A N

B l a c k S e a

Aegean Sea

B a l t

i c

S e a

O T

T O M

A N E M P I R E

SCOTLAND

ENGLAND

DUTCH REPUBLIC

PORTUGAL

S P A I N

BALEARIC IS.

Sardinia

Corsica

Sicily

NAPLES

PAPAL STATES

MILAN SWISS

CONFED.

F R A N C E

MOLDAVIA

WALLACHIA

Crete

H UN

GA RY

AUSTRIA

Westphalia

Palatinate

Catalonia

Saxony

Bohemia

Franche- Comté

P O L A N D - L I T H UA N I A

R U S S I A

BRANDENBURG- PRUSSIA

SWEDEN NORWAY

DENMARK

White Mountain (1620)

Lützen (1632)

A ls

a ce

SPANISH NETH.

1635

1625

16 30

16 43 1621

1633

16 19

1645

(Spain)

Wallenstein 1625

TRANSYLVANIA

�

�

Madrid Barcelona

Lisbon

Amsterdam

Augsburg

PragueParis

Vienna

Warsaw

Naples

Rome

Antwerp

Athens

Constantinople

� �

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

M A P 1 5 . 3 The Thirty Years’ War and the Peace of Westphalia, 1648 The Thirty Years’ War involved many of the major continental European powers. The arrows marking invasion routes show that most of the fighting took place in central Europe in the lands of the Holy Roman Empire. The German states and Bohemia sustained the greatest damage during the fighting. None of the combatants emerged unscathed because even ultimate winners such as Sweden and France depleted their resources of men and money.

Empire. Each German prince gained the right to establish Lutheranism, Catholicism, or Calvinism in his state, a right denied to Calvinist rulers by the Peace of Augsburg in 1555. The independence ceded to German princes sustained political divi- sions that would remain until the nineteenth cen- tury and prepared the way for the emergence of a new power, the Hohenzollern Elector of Branden- burg, who increased his territories and developed a small but effective standing army. After losing considerable territory in the west, the Austrian Habsburgs turned eastward to concentrate on restoring Catholicism to Bohemia and wresting Hungary from the Turks.

The Peace of Westphalia permanently settled the distributions of the main religions in the Holy Roman Empire: Lutheranism would dominate in the north, Calvinism in the area of the Rhine River,

and Catholicism in the south. Most of the territo- rial changes in Europe remained intact until the nineteenth century. In the future, international warfare would be undertaken for reasons of na- tional security, commercial ambition, or dynastic pride rather than to enforce religious uniformity. As the politiques of the late sixteenth century had hoped, state interests now outweighed motivations of faith in political affairs.

Growth of State Authority. Warfare increased the reach of states: as armies grew to bolster the war effort, governments needed more money and more supervisory officials. The rate of land tax paid by French peasants doubled in the eight years after France joined the war. In addition to raising taxes, governments deliberately depreciated the value of the currency, which often resulted in in- flation and soaring prices. Rulers also sold new of- fices and manipulated the embryonic stock and bond markets. When all else failed, they declared bankruptcy. The Spanish government, for example, did so three times in the first half of the seven- teenth century. From Portugal to Muscovy, ordinary people resisted new taxes by forming makeshift armies and battling royal forces. With their color- ful banners, unlikely leaders, strange names (the Nu-Pieds, or “Barefooted,” in France, for instance), and crude weapons, the rebels usually proved no match for state armies, but they did keep officials worried and troops occupied.

To meet these new demands, monarchs relied on advisers who took on the role of modern prime ministers. Continuity in Swedish affairs, especially after the death of Gustavus Adolphus, largely de- pended on Axel Oxenstierna, who held office for more than forty years. Louis XIII’s chief minister, Cardinal Richelieu, proclaimed the priority of rai- son d’état (reason of state), that is, the state’s in- terest above all else. He silenced Protestants within France because they had become too independent, and he crushed noble and popular resistance to Louis’s policies. He set up intendants — delegates from the king’s council dispatched to the provinces — to oversee police, army, and financial affairs.

To justify the growth of state authority and the expansion of government bureaucracies, rulers carefully cultivated their royal images. (See The Arts and State Power, at left.) James I of England

4 6 4 C h a p t e r 1 5 ■ W a r s o f R e l i g i o n a n d t h e C l a s h o f W o r l d v i e w s 1 5 6 0 – 1 6 4 8

The Arts and State Power King Philip IV of Spain commissioned Diego Velázquez to paint this portrait in 1634–1635. He hung the painting in the new palace, called Buen Retiro, that he built near Madrid in the 1630s. Philip’s court at Buen Retiro included formal gardens, artificial ponds, a huge iron bird cage (which led some critics to call the whole thing a chicken coop), a zoo, and a courtyard for bullfights as well as rooms filled with sculptures and paintings. Note that Philip looks completely in control, almost impassive, even though the horse is rearing. In this way the artist emphasizes the king’s mastery. (All rights reserved. © Museo Nacional del Prado—Madrid.)

raison d’état (ray ZOHN day TAH): French for “reason of state,” the political doctrine, first proposed by Cardinal Richelieu of France, which held that the state’s interests should prevail over those of religion.

argued that he ruled by divine right and was accountable only to God: “The state of monarchy is the supremest thing on earth; for kings are not only God’s lieutenant on earth, but even by God himself they are called gods.” He advised his son to maintain a manly appearance (his own well- known homosexual liaisons did not make him seem less manly to his subjects): “Eschew to be ef- feminate in your clothes, in perfuming, preening, or such like.” Appearance counted for so much that most rulers regulated who could wear which kinds of cloth and decoration, reserving the richest and rarest, such as ermine and gold, for themselves.

Review: Why did a war fought over religious differ- ences result in stronger states?

Economic Crisis and Realignment The devastation caused by the Thirty Years’ War deepened an economic crisis that was already under way. After a century of rising prices, caused partly by massive transfers of gold and silver from the New World and partly by population growth, in the early 1600s prices began to level off and even to drop, and in most places population growth slowed. With fewer goods being produced, inter- national trade fell into recession. Agricultural yields also declined, and peasants and townspeo- ple alike were less able to pay the escalating taxes needed to finance the wars. Famine and disease trailed grimly behind economic crisis and war, in some areas causing large-scale uprisings and re- volts. Behind the scenes, the economic balance of power gradually shifted as northwestern Europe began to dominate international trade and broke the stranglehold of Spain and Portugal in the New World.

From Growth to Recession Population grew and prices rose in the second half of the sixteenth century. Even though religious and political turbulence led to population decline in some cities, such as war-torn Antwerp, overall rates of growth remained impressive: in the sixteenth century, parts of Spain doubled in population and England’s population grew by 70 percent. The sup- ply of precious metals swelled, too. In the 1540s, new silver mines were discovered in Mexico and Peru. Spanish gold imports peaked in the 1550s,

silver in the 1590s. (See “Taking Measure,” below.) This flood of precious metals combined with pop- ulation growth to fuel an astounding inflation in food prices in western Europe — 400 percent in the sixteenth century — and a more moderate rise in the cost of manufactured goods. Wages rose much more slowly, at about half the rate of the increase in food prices. Governments always overspent rev- enues, and by 1600 most of Europe’s rulers faced deep deficits.

Recession did not strike everywhere at the same time, but the warning signs were unmistak- able. Foreign trade slumped as war and an uncer- tain money supply made business riskier. After 1625, silver imports to Spain declined, in part be- cause so many of the native Americans who worked in Spanish colonial mines died from dis- ease and in part because the mines themselves were progressively depleted. Textile production fell in many countries and in some places nearly

E c o n o m i c C r i s i s a n d R e a l i g n m e n t 4 6 51 5 6 0 – 1 6 4 8

T A K I N G M E A S U R E

The Rise and Fall of Silver Imports to Spain, 1550–1660 Gold and silver from the New World enabled the king of Spain to pursue aggressive policies in Europe and around the world. At what point did silver imports reach their highest level? Was the fall in silver imports precipitous or gradual? What can we con- clude about the resources available to the Spanish king? (From Earl J. Hamilton, American Revolution and the Price Revolution in Spain, 1501–1650

[Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1934].)

0 1550 1570 1590 1610 1630 1650

Year

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

M il

li o

n s

o f

p es

o s

collapsed, largely because of decreased demand and a shrinking labor force. Even the relatively limited trade in African slaves stagnated, though its growth would resume after 1650 and skyrocket after 1700. African slaves were first transported to the new colony of Virginia in 1619, foreshadowing a ma- jor transformation of economic life in the New World colonies.

Demographic slowdown also signaled eco- nomic trouble. Despite population growth in some areas, Europe’s total population may actually have declined, from 85 million in 1550 to 80 million in 1650. In the Mediterranean, growth had already stopped in the 1570s. The most sudden reversal occurred in central Europe as a result of the Thirty Years’ War: one-fourth of the inhabitants of the Holy Roman Empire perished in the 1630s and 1640s. Population growth continued only in England, the Dutch Republic and the Spanish Netherlands, and Scandinavia.

Where the population stagnated or declined, agricultural prices dropped because of less de-

mand, and farmers who produced for the market suffered. The price of grain fell most precipitously, causing many farmers to convert grain-growing land to pasture or vineyards. In some places, peas- ants abandoned their villages and left land to waste, as had happened during the plague epi- demic of the late fourteenth century. The only country that emerged unscathed from this down- turn was the Dutch Republic, thanks to a growing population and tradition of agricultural innova- tion. Inhabiting Europe’s most densely populated area, the Dutch developed systems of field drainage, crop rotation, and animal husbandry that provided high yields of grain for both people and animals. Their foreign trade, textile industry, crop production, and population all grew. After the Dutch, the English fared best; unlike the Spanish, the English never depended on infusions of New World gold and silver to shore up their economy, and unlike most continental European countries, England escaped the direct impact of the Thirty Years’ War.

4 6 6 C h a p t e r 1 5 ■ W a r s o f R e l i g i o n a n d t h e C l a s h o f W o r l d v i e w s 1 5 6 0 – 1 6 4 8

G lobal cooling helped bring about the economic crisis of the seven- teenth century. Glaciers advanced,

average temperatures fell, and winters were often exceptionally severe. Canals and rivers essential to markets froze over. Great storms disrupted ocean traffic — in fact, one storm changed the escape route of the Spanish Armada. Even in the val- leys far from the mountain glaciers, cooler weather meant lower crop yields, which quickly translated into hunger and greater susceptibility to disease, leading in turn to population decline. Some historians of climate refer to the entire period 1600–1850 as the little ice age because glaciers advanced during this time and re- treated only after 1850; others argue that the period 1550–1700 was the coldest, but either time frame includes the seven- teenth century. Given the current debates about global warming, how can we sift through the evidence to come up with a reliable interpretation? Since systematic

records of European temperatures were kept only from the 1700s onward, how do historians know that the weather was cooler?

Information about climate comes from various sources. The advance of gla- ciers can be seen in letters complaining to the authorities. In 1601, for example, panic-stricken villagers in Savoy (in the French Alps) wrote, “We are terrified of the glaciers . . . which are moving forward all the time and have just buried two of our villages.” Yearly temperature fluctua- tions can be determined from the dates of wine harvests; growers harvested their grapes earliest when the weather was warmest and latest when it was coolest. Scientists study ice cores taken from Greenland to determine temperature vari- ations; such studies seem to indicate that the coolest times were the periods 1160–1300; the 1600s; and 1820–1850. The period 1730–1800 appears to have been warmer. Recently, scientists have de-

veloped techniques for sampling corals in the tropics and sediments on oceanic shelves to provide evidence of climate change.

But the most striking are data gath- ered from tree rings (the science is called dendrochronology or dendroclimatol- ogy). Timber samples have been taken from very old oak trees and also from ancient beams in buildings and ar- chaeological digs and from logs left long undisturbed in northern bogs and riverbeds. In cold summers, trees lay down thinner growth rings; in warm ones, thicker rings. Information about tree rings confirms the conclusions drawn from wine harvest and ice core samples: the seventeenth century was rel- atively cold. Recent tree ring studies have shown that some of the coldest summers were caused by volcanic eruptions; ac- cording to a study of more than one hun- dred sites in North America and Europe, the five coldest summers in the past four

N E W S O U R C E S , N E W P E R S P E C T I V E S

Tree Rings and the Little Ice Age

Historians have long disagreed about the causes of the early-seventeenth-century reces- sion. Some cite the inability of agriculture to support a growing population by the end of the sixteenth century; others blame the Thirty Years’ War, the states’ demands for more taxes, the ir- regularities in money supply resulting from rudi- mentary banking practices, or the waste caused by middle-class expenditures in the desire to em- ulate the nobility. To this list of causes, recent re- searchers have added climatic changes. (See “New Sources, New Perspectives,” page 466.) Cold winters and wet summers meant bad har- vests, and these natural disasters ushered in a host of social catastrophes. When the harvest was bad, prices shot back up and many could not af- ford to feed themselves.

Consequences for Daily Life The recession of the early 1600s had both short- term and long-term effects. In the short term, it

aggravated the threat of food shortages, increased the outbreaks of famine and disease, and caused people to leave their families and homes. In the long term, it deepened the division between pros- perous and poor peasants and fostered the devel- opment of a new pattern of late marriages and smaller families.

Famine and Disease. When grain harvests fell short, peasants immediately suffered because, out- side of England and the Dutch Republic, grain had replaced more expensive meat as the essential staple of most Europeans’ diets. By the end of the sixteenth century, the average adult European ate more than four hundred pounds of grain per year. Peasants lived on bread, soup with a little fat or oil, peas or lentils, garden vegetables in season, and only occasionally a piece of meat or fish. Usually the adverse years differed from place to place, but from 1594 to 1597 most of Europe suffered from shortages; the resulting famine triggered revolts from Ireland to Muscovy.

E c o n o m i c C r i s i s a n d R e a l i g n m e n t 4 6 71 5 6 0 – 1 6 4 8

The Frozen Thames This painting by Abraham Hondius of the frozen Thames River in London dates to 1677. In the 1670s and 1680s the Thames froze several times. Diarists recorded that shopkeepers even set up their stalls on the ice. The expected routines of daily life changed during the cooling down of the seventeenth century, and contemporaries were shocked enough by the changes to record them for posterity. (Museum of London.)

hundred years were in 1601, 1641, 1669, 1699, and 1912 (four out of five in the seventeenth century), and all but the summer of 1699 came in years following recorded eruptions.

Questions to Consider 1. What were the historical consequences of

global cooling in the seventeenth century? 2. Why would trees be especially valuable

sources of information about climate?

Further Reading Climate of the Past: http://www.clim-past

.net/recentpapers.html Jones, P. D., ed. History and Climate:

Memories of the Future? 2001.

Most people, however, did not respond to their dismal circumstances by rebelling. They sim- ply left their huts and hovels and took to the road in search of food and charity. Men left their fam- ilies to search for better conditions in other parishes or even other countries. Those left behind might be reduced to eating chestnuts, roots, bark, and grass. Overwhelmed officials recorded pitiful tales of suffering. Women and children died while waiting in line for food at convents or churches. In eastern France in 1637, a witness reported, “The roads were paved with people. . . . Finally it came to cannibalism.” Compassion sometimes gave way

to fear when hungry vagabonds, who sometimes banded together to beg for bread, became more aggressive, occasionally threatening to burn a barn if they were not given food.

Successive bad harvests led to malnutrition, which weakened people and made them more sus- ceptible to such epidemic diseases as the plague, typhoid fever, typhus, dysentery, smallpox, and in- fluenza. Disease did not spare the rich, although many epidemics hit the poor hardest. The plague was feared most: in one year it could cause the death of up to half of a town’s or village’s popula- tion, and it struck with no discernible pattern. Nearly 5 percent of France’s entire population died just in the plague of 1628–1632.

The Changing Status of the Peasantry. Eco- nomic crisis widened the gap between rich and poor. Peasants shouldered many burdens, includ- ing rent and various fees for inheriting or selling land and tolls for using mills, wine presses, or ovens. States collected direct taxes on land and sales taxes on such consumer goods as salt, an es- sential preservative. Protestant and Catholic churches alike exacted a tithe (a tax equivalent to one-tenth of the parishioner’s annual income); of- ten the clergy took their tithe in the form of crops and collected it directly during the harvest. Any reversal of fortune could force peasants into the homeless world of vagrants and beggars, who numbered as much as 2 percent of the total pop- ulation.

In England, the Dutch Republic, northern France, and northwestern Germany, the peasantry was disappearing. Improvements gave some peas- ants the means to become farmers who rented sub- stantial holdings, produced for the market, and in good times enjoyed relative comfort and higher status. Those who could not afford to plant new crops such as maize (American corn) or to use techniques that ensured higher yields became simple laborers with little or no land of their own. One-half to four-fifths of the peasants did not have enough land to support a family. They descended deeper into debt during difficult times and often lost their land to wealthier farmers or to city offi- cials intent on developing rural estates.

As the recession deepened, women lost some of their economic opportunities. Widows who had been able to take over their late husbands’ trade now found themselves excluded by the urban guilds or limited to short tenures. Many women went into domestic service until they married, some for their entire lives. When town govern- ments began to fear the effects of increased mo-

4 6 8 C h a p t e r 1 5 ■ W a r s o f R e l i g i o n a n d t h e C l a s h o f W o r l d v i e w s 1 5 6 0 – 1 6 4 8

The Life of the Poor This mid-seventeenth-century painting by the Dutch artist Adriaen Pietersz van de Venne depicts the poor peasant weighed down by his wife and child. An empty food bowl signifies their hunger. In retrospect, this painting seems unfair to the wife of the family; she is shown in clothes that are not nearly as tattered as her husband’s and is portrayed entirely as a burden, rather than as a help in getting by in hard times. In reality, many poor men abandoned their homes in search of work, leaving their wives behind to cope with hungry children and what remained of the family farm. (Allen Memorial Art Museum, Oberlin College, Mrs. F. F. Prentiss Fund, 1920. Inv # 1960.94.)

bility from country to town and town to town, they carefully regulated the work of female servants, re- quiring women to stay in their positions unless they could prove mistreatment by a master.

Effects on Marriage and Childbearing. European families reacted to economic downturn by post- poning marriage and having fewer children. When hard times passed, more people married and had more children. But even in the best of times, one- fifth to one-quarter of all children died in their first year, and half died before age twenty. Child- birth still carried great risks for women, about 10 percent of whom died in the process. Even in the richest and most enlightened homes, childbirth of- ten occasioned an atmosphere of panic. To allay their fears, women sometimes depended on magic stones, special pilgrimages, or prayers. Midwives delivered most babies; physicians were scarce, and even those who did attend births were generally less helpful than midwives. The Englishwoman Alice Thornton described in her diary how a doctor bled her to prevent a miscarriage after a fall (bloodletting, often by the application of leeches, was a common medical treatment); her son died anyway in a breech birth that almost killed her, too.

It might be assumed that families would have more children to compensate for high death rates, but beginning in the early seventeenth century and continuing until the end of the eighteenth, fami- lies in all ranks of society started to limit the num- ber of children. Because methods of contraception were not widely known, they did this for the most part by marrying later; the average age at marriage during the seventeenth century rose from the early twenties to the late twenties. The average family had about four children. Poorer families seem to have had fewer children, wealthier ones more. Peasant couples, especially in eastern and south- eastern Europe, had more children than urban couples because cultivation still required intensive manual labor — and having children was the most economical means of securing enough laborers.

The consequences of late marriage were pro- found. Young men and women were expected to put off marriage (and sexual intercourse) until their mid to late twenties — if they were among the lucky 50 percent who lived that long and not among the 10 percent who never married. Because both Protestant and Catholic clergy alike stressed sexual fidelity and abstinence before marriage, the number of births out of wedlock was relatively small (2–5 percent of births); premarital inter- course was generally tolerated only after a couple had announced their engagement.

The Economic Balance of Power

Just as the recession produced winners and losers among ordinary people, so too it created winners and losers among the competing states of Europe. The economies of southern Europe declined dur- ing this period, whereas those of the northwest emerged stronger. Competition in the New World reflected and reinforced this shift as the English, Dutch, and French rushed to establish trading out- posts and permanent settlements to compete with the Spanish and Portuguese.

Regional Differences. The new powers of north- western Europe with their growing Atlantic trade gradually displaced the Mediterranean economies, which had dominated European commerce since the time of the Greeks and Romans. With expand- ing populations and geographical positions that promoted Atlantic trade, England and the Dutch Republic vied with France to become the leading mercantile powers. Northern Italian industries were eclipsed; Spanish commerce with the New World dropped. Amsterdam replaced Seville, Venice, Genoa, and Antwerp as the center of Eu- ropean trade and commerce. Even the plague con- tributed to this difference. Whereas central Europe and the Mediterranean countries took generations to recover from its ravages, northwestern Europe quickly replaced its lost population, no doubt be- cause this area’s people had suffered less from the effects of the Thirty Years’ War and from the mal- nutrition related to the economic crisis.

All but the remnants of serfdom had disap- peared in western Europe, yet in eastern Europe nobles reinforced their dominance over peasants, and the burden of serfdom increased. The price rise of the sixteenth century prompted Polish and eastern German nobles to increase their holdings and step up their production of grain for western markets. They demanded more rent and dues from their peasants, whom the government decreed must stay in their villages. In the economic down- turn of the first half of the seventeenth century, peasants who were already dependent became serfs — completely tied to the land. A local official might complain of “this barbaric and as it were Egyptian servitude,” but he had no power to fight the nobles. In Muscovy, the complete enserfment of the peasantry would eventually be recognized in the Code of Laws in 1649. Although enserfment produced short-term profits for landlords, in the long run it retarded economic development in eastern Europe and kept most of the population in a stranglehold of illiteracy and hardship.

E c o n o m i c C r i s i s a n d R e a l i g n m e n t 4 6 91 5 6 0 – 1 6 4 8

Competition in the New World. Economic re- alignment also took place across the Atlantic ocean. Because Spain and Portugal had divided be- tween themselves the rich spoils of South Amer- ica, other prospective colonizers had to carve niches in seemingly less hospitable places, espe- cially North America and the Caribbean (Map 15.4). Eventually, the English, French, and Dutch would dominate commerce with these colonies. Many European states, including Sweden and Den- mark, rushed to join the colonial competition as a

way of increasing national wealth. To this end, they chartered private joint-stock companies to enrich investors by importing fish, furs, tobacco, and pre- cious metals, if they could be found, and to de- velop new markets for European products.

In establishing permanent colonies, the Euro- peans created whole new communities across the Atlantic. Careful plans could not always surmount the hazards of transatlantic shipping, however. Originally, the warm climate of Virginia made it an attractive destination for the Pilgrims, a small

English sect that attempted to separate from the Church of England. But the Mayflower, which had sailed for Vir- ginia with Pilgrim emigrants, landed far to the north in Massachusetts, where in 1620 the settlers founded New Plymouth Colony. By the 1640s, the British North American colonies had more than fifty thousand people — not including the Indians, whose numbers had been decimated in epidemics and wars — and the foundations of repre- sentative government in locally chosen colonial assemblies.

In contrast, French Canada had only about three thousand European inhabitants by 1640. Though thin in numbers, the French rapidly moved into the Great Lakes region. Fur traders sought beaver pelts to make the hats that had taken Paris fashion by storm. Jesuit missionaries lived with native American groups, learning their languages and describing their ways of life. Both England and France turned their attention to the Caribbean in the 1620s and 1630s when they occupied the islands of the West Indies after driving off the native Caribs. These islands would prove ideal for a plantation economy of tobacco and sugarcane.

Even as the British and French moved into North America and the Caribbean, Spanish explorers traveled the Pacific coast up to what is now northern California and pushed into New Mexico. On the other side of the world, in the Philippines, the Spanish competed with local Muslim rulers and indigenous tribal leaders to extend their control. Catholic missionaries printed tracts in Spanish and the is- lands’ native Tagalog and established a university in 1611. Spanish officials

4 7 0 C h a p t e r 1 5 ■ W a r s o f R e l i g i o n a n d t h e C l a s h o f W o r l d v i e w s 1 5 6 0 – 1 6 4 8

1,000 miles

1,000 kilometers

500

500

0

0

Dutch

English

French

Portuguese

Spanish

Swedish

N

S

E W

Gulf of Mexico

C a r i b b e a n S e a

A T L A N T I C O C E A N

P A C I F I C O C E A N

W E S T I N D I E S

New Netherlands

Virginia

New Plymouth Colony Massachusetts Bay Company

Connecticut

Maryland New Sweden

Rhode Island

B R A Z I L

Florida

N E W

S P A I N

P E

R U

Santa Fé

Monterrey

Boston

Tadoussac

Sault Ste. Marie

Québec Trois

Rivières

Montréal �

�

�

�

�

�

��

M A P 1 5 . 4 European Colonization of the Americas, c. 1640 Europeans coming to the Americas established themselves first in coastal areas. The English, French, and Dutch set up most of their colonies in the Caribbean and North America because the Spanish and Portuguese had already colonized the easily accessible regions in South America. Vast inland areas still remained unexplored and uncolonized in 1640.

worked closely with the missionaries to rule over a colony composed of indigenous peoples, Span- iards, and some Chinese merchants.

Review: What were the consequences of economic recession in the early 1600s?

The Rise of Secular and Scientific Worldviews The countries that moved ahead economically in the first half of the seventeenth century — England, the Dutch Republic, and to some extent France — turned out to be the most receptive to new secular worldviews. In the long-term process known as secularization, religion became a mat- ter of private conscience rather than public policy. Secularization did not entail a loss of religious faith, but it did prompt a search for nonreligious explanations for political authority and natural phenomena. During the late sixteenth and early seventeenth centuries, art, political theory, and sci- ence all began to break their bonds with religion. The visual arts, for example, more frequently de- picted secular subjects. Scientists and scholars sought laws in nature to explain politics as well as

movements in the heavens and on earth. A scien- tific revolution was in the making. Yet traditional attitudes did not disappear. Belief in magic and witchcraft pervaded every level of society. People of all classes believed that the laws of nature re- flected a divine plan for the universe. They ac- cepted supernatural explanations for natural phenomena, a view only gradually and partially undermined by new ideas.

The Arts in an Age of Crisis Two new forms of artistic expression — profes- sional theater and opera — provided an outlet for secular values in an age of conflict over religious beliefs. The greatest playwright of the English lan- guage, William Shakespeare, never referred to re- ligious disputes in his plays, and he always set his most personal reflections on political turmoil and uncertainty in faraway times or places. Religion played an important role in the new mannerist and baroque styles of painting, however, even though many rulers commissioned paintings on secular subjects for their own uses.

Theater in the Age of Shakespeare. The first professional acting companies performed before paying audiences in London, Seville, and Madrid in the 1570s. In previous centuries, traveling com- panies made their living by playing at major reli- gious festivals and by repeating their performances in small towns and villages along the way. A huge outpouring of playwriting followed upon the formation of permanent professional theater

Th e R i s e o f S e c u l a r a n d S c i e n t i f i c W o r l d v i e w s 4 7 11 5 6 0 – 1 6 4 8

secularization: The trend toward making religious faith a pri- vate domain rather than one directly connected to state power and science; it prompted a search for nonreligious explanations for political authority and natural phenomena.

“Savages” of the New World The half-dressed savage appears much like a noble Italian in Paolo Farinati’s 1595 painting America; he holds a crucifix in his right hand, signifying his conversion to Christianity. But to his left, a figure is roasting human flesh. Europeans were convinced that many native peoples were cannibals. What can we conclude from this painting about European attitudes toward peoples of the New World? (Villa della Torre, Mezzane de Sotto, Verona.)

companies. The Spanish playwright Lope de Vega (1562–1635) alone wrote more than fifteen hun- dred plays. Theaters were extremely popular de- spite Puritan opposition in England and Catholic objections in Spain. Shopkeepers, apprentices, lawyers, and court nobles crowded into open-air theaters to see everything from bawdy farces to profound tragedies.

The most enduring and influential playwright of the time was the Englishman William Shake- speare (1564–1616), who wrote three dozen plays, comedies as well as tragedies, and acted in one of the chief troupes. Although Shakespeare’s plays were not set in contemporary England, they re- flected the concerns of his age: the nature of power and the crisis of authority. His tragedies in partic- ular show the uncertainty and even chaos that re- sult when power is misappropriated or misused. In Hamlet (1601), for example, Hamlet’s mother marries the man who murdered his royal father and usurped the crown. In the end, Hamlet, his mother, and the usurper all die. One character in the final act describes the tragic story of Prince Hamlet as one “Of carnal, bloody, and unnatural acts; / Of accidental judgments, casual slaugh- ters; / Of deaths put on by cunning and forced cause.” Like many real-life people, Shakespeare’s tragic characters found little peace in the turmoil of their times.

Mannerism and the Baroque in Art. Although painting did not always touch broad popular au- diences in the ways that theater could, new styles in art and especially church architecture helped shape ordinary people’s experience of religion. In the late sixteenth century, the artistic style known as mannerism emerged in the Italian states and soon spread across Europe. Mannerism was an al- most theatrical style that allowed painters to dis- tort perspective to convey a message or emphasize a theme. The most famous mannerist painter, called El Greco because he was of Greek origin, trained in Venice and Rome before he moved to Spain in the 1570s. The religious intensity of El Greco’s pictures found a ready audience in Catholic Spain, which had proved immune to the Protestant suspicion of ritual and religious im- agery (see Philip II of Spain, page 457).

The most important new style was the baroque, which, like mannerism, originated in the Italian states. In place of the Renaissance empha- sis on harmonious design, unity, and clarity, the

baroque featured curves, exaggerated lighting, in- tense emotions, release from restraint, and even a kind of artistic sensationalism. Like many other historical designations, the word baroque was not used as a label by people living at the time; in the eighteenth century, art critics coined the word to mean shockingly bizarre, confused, and extrava- gant, and until the late nineteenth century, art historians and collectors largely disdained the baroque.

Closely tied to Catholic resurgence after the Reformation, the baroque melodramatically reaf- firmed the emotional depths of the Catholic faith and glorified both church and monarchy (see “See- ing History,” page 473). The style spread from Rome to other Italian states and then into central Europe. The Catholic Habsburg territories, includ- ing Spain and the Spanish Netherlands, embraced the style. The Spanish built baroque churches in their American colonies as part of their massive conversion campaign.

Opera. A new secular musical form, the opera, grew up parallel to the baroque style in the visual arts. First influential in the Italian states, opera combined music, drama, dance, and scenery in a grand sensual display, often with themes chosen to please the ruler and the aristocracy. Operas could be based on typically baroque sacred subjects or on traditional stories. Like many playwrights, in- cluding Shakespeare, opera composers often turned to familiar stories their audiences would recognize and readily follow. One of the most innovative composers of opera was Claudio Monteverdi (1567–1643), whose work contributed to the development of both opera and the orches- tra. His earliest operatic production, Orfeo (1607), was based on Greek mythology. It required an orchestra of about forty instruments, and unlike previous composers, Monteverdi wrote parts for specific instruments as well as voices.

The Natural Laws of Politics In reaction to the religious wars, writers not only began to defend the primacy of state interests over those of religious conformity but also insisted on secular explanations for politics. Machiavelli had pointed in this direction with his advice to Renais- sance princes in the early sixteenth century, but this secular intellectual movement gathered steam in the aftermath of the religious violence un- leashed by the Reformation. Adherents believed that religious toleration could not take hold until government could be organized on some prin- ciple other than one king, one faith. The French

4 7 2 C h a p t e r 1 5 ■ W a r s o f R e l i g i o n a n d t h e C l a s h o f W o r l d v i e w s 1 5 6 0 – 1 6 4 8

baroque (buh ROHK): An artistic style of the seventeenth cen- tury that featured curves, exaggerated lighting, intense emo- tions, release from restraint, and even a kind of artistic sensationalism.

Th e R i s e o f S e c u l a r a n d S c i e n t i f i c W o r l d v i e w s 4 7 31 5 6 0 – 1 6 4 8

A lthough the arts rarely reflect rigid religious or political divisions, artists do respond to the times in

which they live. Protestant artists could not ignore the growing influence of the baroque style, but they also sought to dis- tinguish themselves from it because of its association with the Catholic Counter- Reformation. The baroque style empha- sized intense emotions, monumental decors, and even a kind of artistic sensa- tionalism. Protestant artists, like Protes- tant preachers, wanted to produce strong reactions, too, but they placed more em- phasis on the inner experience than on public display.

Here you see two paintings on the same biblical theme, one by Peter Paul

Rubens (1577–1640), the great Catholic pioneer of the baroque style, and one by Rembrandt van Rijn (1606–1669), a Dutch Protestant. The subject of the paintings, taken from the Old Testament, is a scandalous one: when King David saw Bathsheba bathing, he fell in love with her, seduced her, and arranged for her husband to be killed in battle so that he might marry her.

Even though the central figure is the same in each painting, the artists’ treat- ments are not. Look at the differences in settings, the number of people in the pic- tures, the colors, the lighting, and espe- cially the facial expressions. In the Rubens, Bathsheba is about to receive a letter of summons from King David (shown on the

balcony above), whereas in the Rembrandt she has just read the letter. What are the differences in feeling conveyed in the two depictions of Bathsheba? Why would Rembrandt draw attention to the sadness felt by Bathsheba, and how might this relate to the Protestant emphasis on each person’s individual relationship to God? How do the setting and the lighting rein- force this emphasis on inwardness in the Rembrandt painting? Do not assume, however, that every difference in ap- proach can be attributed to religious dif- ferences. Rembrandt created his own sensation by depicting Bathsheba almost entirely nude (and using his own mistress as the model).

Religious Differences in Painting of the Baroque Period: Rubens and Rembrandt

S E E I N G H I S T O R Y

Peter Paul Rubens, Bathsheba at the Fountain, c. 1635. (© Gemaeldegalerie Alte Meister, Dresden, Germany/ The Bridgeman

Art Library.)

Rembrandt van Rijn, Bathsheba at Her Bath, 1654. (© Louvre, Paris, France/ Giraudon/ The Bridgeman Art Library.)

politiques Michel de Montaigne and Jean Bodin started the search for those principles, and the Dutch legal scholar Hugo Grotius developed ideas on government that would influence John Locke and the American revolutionaries of the eigh- teenth century.

Montaigne and Bodin. Michel de Montaigne (1533–1592) was a French magistrate who re- signed his office in the midst of the wars of reli- gion to write about the need for tolerance and open-mindedness. Although himself a Catholic, Montaigne painted on the beams of his study the statement “All that is certain is that nothing is cer- tain.” To capture this need for personal reflection in a tumultuous age of religious discord, he in- vented the essay as a short and pithy form of ex- pression. He revived the ancient doctrine of skepticism, which held that total certainty is never attainable — a doctrine, like toleration of religious differences, that was repugnant to Protestants and Catholics alike, both of whom were certain that their religion was the right one. He also questioned the common European habit of calling the native peoples of the New World barbarous and savage: “Everyone gives the title of barbarism to every- thing that is not in use in his own country.”

The French Catholic lawyer Jean Bodin (1530–1596) sought systematic secular answers to the problem of disorder in The Six Books of the Re- public (1576). Comparing the different forms of government throughout history, he concluded that there were three basic types of sovereignty: monar- chy, aristocracy, and democracy. Only strong monarchical power offered hope for maintaining order, he insisted. Bodin rejected any doctrine of the right to resist tyrannical authority: “I denied that it was the function of a good man or of a good citizen to offer violence to his prince for any rea- son, however great a tyrant he might be” (and, it might be added, whatever his ideas on religion). While Bodin’s ideas helped lay the foundation for absolutism, the idea that the monarch should be the sole and uncontested source of power, his sys- tematic discussion of types of governments im- plied that they might be subject to choice and undercut the notion that monarchies were or- dained by God, as most rulers maintained.

Grotius and Natural Law. During the Dutch re- volt against Spain, Hugo Grotius (1583–1645) furthered secular thinking by attempting to systematize the notion of “natural law” — laws of nature that give legitimacy to government and stand above the actions of any particular ruler or

religious group. Grotius argued that natural law stood beyond the reach of either secular or divine authority; it would be valid even if God did not exist (though Grotius himself believed in God). By this account, natural law — not scripture, religious authority, or tradition — should govern politics. Such ideas got Grotius into trouble with both Catholics and Protestants. His work The Laws of War and Peace (1625) was condemned by the Catholic church, while the Dutch Protestant gov- ernment arrested him for taking part in religious controversies. Grotius’s wife helped him escape prison by hiding him in a chest of books. He fled to Paris, where he got a small pension from Louis XIII and served as his ambassador to Sweden. The Swedish king Gustavus Adolphus claimed that he kept Grotius’s book under his pillow even while at battle. Grotius was one of the first to argue that international conventions should govern the treat- ment of prisoners of war and the making of peace treaties.

Grotius’s conception of natural law also chal- lenged the widespread use of torture. Most states and the courts of the Catholic church used torture when a serious crime had been committed and the evidence seemed to point to a particular defendant but no definitive proof had been established. The judges ordered torture — hanging the accused by the hands with a rope thrown over a beam, press- ing the legs in a leg screw, or just tying the hands very tightly — to extract a confession, which had to be given with a medical expert and notary pres- ent and had to be repeated without torture. Chil- dren, pregnant women, the elderly, aristocrats, kings, and even professors were exempt.

To be in accord with natural law, Grotius ar- gued, governments had to defend natural rights, which he defined as life, body, freedom, and honor. Grotius did not encourage rebellion in the name of natural law or rights, but he did hope that some- day all governments would adhere to these prin- ciples and stop killing their own and one another’s subjects in the name of religion. Natural law and natural rights would play an important role in the founding of constitutional governments from the 1640s forward and in the establishment of various charters of human rights in our own time.

The Scientific Revolution Although the Catholic and Protestant churches en- couraged the study of science and many prominent scientists were themselves clerics, the search for a secular, scientific method of determining the laws of nature undermined traditional accounts of

4 7 4 C h a p t e r 1 5 ■ W a r s o f R e l i g i o n a n d t h e C l a s h o f W o r l d v i e w s 1 5 6 0 – 1 6 4 8

natural phenomena. Christian doctrine had incor- porated the scientific teachings of ancient philoso- phers, especially Ptolemy and Aristotle; now these came into question. A revolution in astronomy contested the Ptolemaic view, endorsed by the Catholic church, which held that the sun revolved around the earth. Startling breakthroughs took place in medicine, too, which laid the foundations for modern anatomy and pharmacology. Support- ers of these new developments argued for a scien- tific method that would combine experimental observation and mathematical deduction. The use of scientific method culminated in the astounding breakthroughs of Isaac Newton at the end of the seventeenth century. Newton’s ability to explain the motion of the planets, as well as everyday objects on earth, gave science enormous new prestige.

The Revolution in Astronomy. The traditional account of the movement of the heavens derived from the second-century Greek astronomer Ptolemy, who put the earth at the center of the cos- mos. Above the earth were fixed the moon, the stars, and the planets in concentric crystalline spheres; beyond these fixed spheres dwelt God and the angels. The planets revolved around the earth at the command of God. In this view, the sun re- volved around the earth; the heavens were perfect and unchanging, and the earth was “corrupted.” Ptolemy insisted that the planets revolved in per- fectly circular orbits (because circles were more “perfect” than other figures). To account for the actual elliptical paths that could be observed and calculated, he posited orbits within orbits, or epicycles.

In 1543, the Polish clergyman Nicolaus Coper- nicus (1473–1543) began the revolution in astron- omy by publishing his treatise On the Revolution of the Celestial Spheres. Copernicus attacked the Ptolemaic account, arguing that the earth and planets revolved around the sun, a view known as heliocentrism (a sun-centered universe). He dis- covered that by placing the sun instead of the earth at the center of the system of spheres, he could eliminate many epicycles from the calculations. In other words, he claimed that the heliocentric view simplified the mathematics. Copernicus died soon after publishing his theories, but when the Italian monk Giordano Bruno (1548–1600) taught helio-

centrism, the Catholic Inquisition (set up to seek out heretics) arrested him and burned him at the stake.

Copernicus’s views began to attract wide- spread attention in the early 1600s, when as- tronomers systematically collected evidence that undermined the Ptolemaic view. A leader among them was the Danish astronomer Tycho Brahe (1546–1601), who designed his own instruments and observed a new star in 1572 and a comet in 1577. These discoveries called into question the traditional view that the universe was unchanging. Brahe still rejected heliocentrism, but the assistant he employed when he moved to Prague in 1599, Johannes Kepler (1571–1630), was converted to the Copernican view. Kepler continued Brahe’s collection of planetary observations and used the evidence to develop his three laws of planetary mo- tion, published between 1609 and 1619. Kepler’s laws provided mathematical backing for heliocen- trism and directly challenged the claim long held, even by Copernicus, that planetary motion was circular. Kepler’s first law stated that the orbits of the planets are ellipses, with the sun always at one focus of the ellipse.

The Italian Galileo Galilei (1564–1642) pro- vided more evidence to support the heliocentric view and also challenged the doctrine that the heavens were perfect and unchanging. After learn- ing in 1609 that two Dutch astronomers had built a telescope, he built a better one and observed the earth’s moon, four satellites of Jupiter, the phases of Venus (a cycle of changing physical appear- ances), and sunspots. The moon, the planets, and the sun were no more perfect than the earth, he insisted, and the shadows he could see on the moon could only be the product of hills and val- leys like those on earth. Galileo portrayed the earth as a moving part of a larger system, only one of many planets revolving around the sun, not as the fixed center of a single, closed universe.

Because he recognized the utility of the new science for everyday projects, Galileo published his work in Italian, rather than Latin. But he meant only to instruct an educated elite of merchants and aristocrats. The new science, he claimed, suited “the minds of the wise,” not “the shallow minds of the common people.” After all, his discoveries chal- lenged the commonsensical view that it is the sun that rises and sets while the earth stands still. If the Bible was wrong about motion in the universe, as Galileo’s position implied, the error came from the Bible’s use of common language to appeal to the lower orders. The Catholic church was not molli- fied by this explanation. In 1616, the church for-

Th e R i s e o f S e c u l a r a n d S c i e n t i f i c W o r l d v i e w s 4 7 51 5 6 0 – 1 6 4 8

scientific method: The combination of experimental observa- tion and mathematical deduction that was used to determine the laws of nature and became the secular standard of truth.

heliocentrism: The view articulated by Polish clergyman Nicolaus Copernicus that the earth and planets revolve around the sun.

bade Galileo to teach that the earth moves; then, in 1633, it accused him of not obeying the earlier order. Forced to appear before the Inquisition, he agreed to publicly recant his assertion about the movement of the earth to save himself from tor- ture and death. (See Document, “Sentence Pro- nounced against Galileo,” page 477, and painting, The Trial of Galileo, above.) Afterward, he lived under house arrest and could publish his work only in the Dutch Republic, which had become a haven for iconoclastic scientists and thinkers.

Breakthroughs in Medicine. Just as astronomical knowledge was based on Ptolemy’s work, medical knowledge in Europe was, until the mid-sixteenth century, based on the writings of the second- century Greek physician Galen, Ptolemy’s contem- porary. Galen derived his knowledge of the anatomy of the human body from partial dissections. In the same year that Copernicus challenged the tradi- tional account in astronomy (1543), the Flemish scientist Andreas Vesalius (1514–1564) did the same for anatomy. Drawing on public dissections (which had been condemned by the Catholic church since 1300) he performed himself, Vesalius refuted Galen’s work in his illustrated anatomical text, On the Construction of the Human Body. The German physician Paracelsus (1493–1541) went even further than Vesalius. In 1527, he burned Galen’s text at the University of Basel, where he was a professor of medicine. Paracelsus performed operations (at the time, most academic physicians

taught medical theory, not practice) and pursued his interests in magic, alchemy, and astrology. He also experimented with new drugs and thus helped establish the modern science of pharmacology.

Like Vesalius, the Englishman William Harvey (1578–1657) used dissection to examine the cir- culation of blood within the body, demonstrating how the heart worked as a pump. The heart and its valves were “a piece of machinery,” Harvey in- sisted. They obeyed mechanical laws just as the planets and earth revolved around the sun in a me- chanical universe. Nature could be understood by experiment and rational deduction, not by follow- ing traditional authorities.

Scientific Method: Bacon and Descartes. In the 1630s, the European intellectual elite began to ac- cept the new scientific views. Ancient learning, the churches and their theologians, and long-standing popular beliefs all seemed to be undercut by the scientific method. Two men were chiefly responsi- ble for spreading the reputation of the scientific method in the first half of the seventeenth century: the English Protestant politician Sir Francis Bacon (1561–1626) and the French Catholic mathemati- cian and philosopher René Descartes (1596–1650). They represented the two essential halves of the scientific method: inductive reasoning through observation and experimental research, and de- ductive reasoning from self-evident principles.

In The Advancement of Learning (1605), Bacon attacked reliance on ancient writers and optimisti-

4 7 6 C h a p t e r 1 5 ■ W a r s o f R e l i g i o n a n d t h e C l a s h o f W o r l d v i e w s 1 5 6 0 – 1 6 4 8

The Trial of Galileo In this anonymous painting of the trial held in 1633, Galileo appears seated on a chair in the center facing the church officials who accused him of heresy for insisting that the sun, not the earth, was the center of the universe (heliocentrism). Catholic officials forced him to recant or suffer the death penalty. (Erich Lessing/ Art Resource, NY.)

cally predicted that the scientific method would lead to social progress. The minds of the medieval scholars, he said, had been “shut up in the cells of a few authors (chiefly Aristotle, their dictator) as their persons were shut up in the cells of monas- teries and colleges,” and they could therefore pro- duce only “cobwebs of learning” that were “of no substance or profit.” Advancement would take place only through the collection, comparison, and analysis of information. Knowledge, in Bacon’s view, must be empirically based (that is, gained by observation and experiment). Claiming that God had called the Catholic church “to account for their degenerate manners and ceremonies,” Bacon looked to the Protestant English state, which he served as lord chancellor, for leadership on the road to scientific advancement.

Although Descartes agreed with Bacon’s denunciation of traditional learning, he saw that the attack on tradition might only replace the dog- matism of the churches with the skepticism of Montaigne — that nothing at all was certain. Descartes aimed to establish the new science on more secure philosophical foundations, those of mathematics and logic. In his Discourse on Method (1637), he argued that mathematical and mechan- ical principles provided the key to understanding all of nature, including the actions of people and

states. All prior assumptions must be repudiated in favor of one elementary principle: “I think, there- fore I am.” Everything else could — and should — be doubted, but even doubt showed the certain existence of someone thinking. Begin with the sim- ple and go on to the complex, Descartes asserted, and believe only those ideas that present themselves “clearly and distinctly.” He insisted that human rea- son could not only unravel the secrets of nature but also prove the existence of God. Although he hoped to secure the authority of both church and state, his reliance on human reason rather than faith irritated authorities, and his books were banned in many places. He moved to the Dutch Republic to work in peace. Scientific research, like economic growth, became centered in the northern, Protes- tant countries, where it was less constrained by church control than in the Catholic south.

Newton and the Consolidation of the Scientific Revolution. The power of the new scientific method was dramatically confirmed in the grand synthesis of the laws of movement developed by the English natural philosopher Isaac Newton (1642–1727). Born five years after the publication of Descartes’s Discourse on Method and educated at Cambridge University, where he later became a professor, Newton attacked an astounding variety

Th e R i s e o f S e c u l a r a n d S c i e n t i f i c W o r l d v i e w s 4 7 71 5 6 0 – 1 6 4 8

Sentence Pronounced against Galileo (1633)

D O C U M E N T

In 1633, the Roman Inquisition, a commit- tee of cardinals of the Catholic church, considered the case against Galileo and pro- nounced its final judgment. It found Galileo guilty of heresy against Catholic doctrine for defending heliocentrism but allowed him to recant and thus avoid the death penalty usual in cases of heresy. In 1980, Pope John Paul II appointed a commission to review the evidence and verdict. Four years later, the commission published its findings and concluded that the judges who condemned Galileo were wrong.

We say, pronounce, sentence, and declare that you, the above-mentioned Galileo, because of the things deduced in the trial and confessed by you as above, have ren- dered yourself according to this Holy

Office [Inquisition] vehemently suspected of heresy, namely of having held and be- lieved a doctrine which is false and con- trary to the divine and Holy Scripture: that the sun is the center of the world and does not move from east to west, and the earth moves and is not the center of the world, and that one may hold and defend as probable an opinion after it has been declared and defined contrary to Holy Scripture. Consequently you have in- curred all the censures and penalties im- posed and promulgated by the sacred canons and all particular and general laws against such delinquents. We are willing to absolve you from them provided that first, with a sincere heart and un- feigned faith, in front of us you abjure, curse, and detest the above-mentioned

errors and heresies, and every other er- ror and heresy contrary to the Catholic and Apostolic Church, in the manner and form we will prescribe to you.

Furthermore, so that this serious and pernicious error and transgression of yours does not remain completely unpun- ished, and so that you will be more cau- tious in the future and an example for others to abstain from similar crimes, we order that the book Dialogue [Dialogue Concerning the Two Chief World Systems, published in 1632] by Galileo Galilei be prohibited by public edict.

Source: Maurice A. Finocchiaro, ed., The Galileo Affairs: A Documentary History (Berkeley: Univer- sity of California Press, 1989), 291.

of problems in mathematics, mechanics, and op- tics. For example, he established the basis for the new mathematics of moving bodies, the infinites- imal calculus. After years of labor, he finally brought his most significant mathematical and mechanical discoveries together in his master- work, Principia Mathematica (1687). In it, he de- veloped his law of universal gravitation, which explained both movement on earth and the mo- tion of the planets. His law held that every body in the universe exerts over every other body an at- tractive force directly proportional to the product of their masses and inversely proportional to the square of the distance between them. This law of universal gravitation explained Kepler’s elliptical planetary orbits just as it accounted for the way an apple fell to the ground.

To establish his law of universal gravitation, Newton first applied mathematical principles to formulate three fundamental physical laws: (1) in the absence of force, motion continues in a straight line; (2) the rate of change in the motion of an object is a result of the forces acting on it; and (3) the action of one object on another has an equal and opposite reaction. Newtonian physics thus combined mass, inertia, force, velocity, and acceleration — all key concepts in modern science — and made them quantifiable. Newton knew that the stakes were high: “From the same principles [of motion] I now demonstrate the frame of the System of the World.”

Once set in motion, in Newton’s view, the uni- verse operated like a masterpiece made possible by the ingenuity of God. Newton saw no con- flict between faith and science. He believed that by demonstrating that the physical uni- verse followed rational principles, natural philosophers could prove the existence of God and so liberate humans from doubt and the fear of chaos. Even while laying the foundation for modern physics, optics, and mechanics, Newton spent long hours trying to calculate the date of the beginning of the world and its end with the second coming of Jesus. Others, less devout than Newton, envisioned a clockwork universe that had no need for God’s continuing intervention.

Some scientists, especially those on the continent, were reluctant to accept New- ton’s planetary theories. The Dutch scien- tist Christian Huygens, for example, declared the concept of attraction (action at a distance) “absurd.” But within a couple of generations, Newton’s work had gained widespread assent, partly because of exper- imental verification.

Magic and Witchcraft

Despite the new emphasis on clear reasoning, ob- servation, and independence from past authori- ties, magic and science were still closely linked even in the greatest minds. Many scholars, like Paracelsus and Newton, studied alchemy along- side other scientific pursuits. Elizabeth I main- tained a court astrologer who was also a serious mathematician, and many writers distinguished between “natural magic,” which was close to ex- perimental science, and demonic “black magic.” The astronomer Tycho Brahe defended his studies of alchemy and astrology as part of natural magic.

In a world in which most people believed in astrology, magical healing, prophecy, and ghosts, it is hardly surprising that many of Europe’s learned people also firmly believed in witchcraft, that is, the exercise of magical powers gained by a pact with the devil. The same Jean Bodin who ar- gued against religious fanaticism insisted on death for witches — and for those magistrates who would not prosecute them. In France alone, 345 books and pamphlets on witchcraft appeared be- tween 1550 and 1650. Trials of witches peaked in Europe between 1560 and 1640, the very time of the celebrated breakthroughs of the new science. Montaigne was one of the few to speak out against executing accused witches: “It is taking one’s con- jectures rather seriously to roast someone alive for them,” he wrote in 1580.

Belief in witches was not new in the sixteenth century. Witches had long been blamed for de-

4 7 8 C h a p t e r 1 5 ■ W a r s o f R e l i g i o n a n d t h e C l a s h o f W o r l d v i e w s 1 5 6 0 – 1 6 4 8

Giving a Child to Satan This woodcut from Francesco Maria Guazzo’s Compendium Maleficarum of 1608 shows witches giving a child to the devil. Many believed that witches made a pact with the devil to carry out his evil deeds. (The Art Archive/ Dagli Orti [A].)

stroying crops and causing personal catastrophes ranging from miscarriage to madness. What was new was official persecution by state and religious authorities. In a time of economic crisis, plague, warfare, and the clash of religious differences, witchcraft trials provided an outlet for social stress and anxiety, legitimated by state power. Denunci- ation and persecution of witches coincided with the spread of reform, both Protestant and Catholic. Witch trials concentrated especially in the German lands of the Holy Roman Empire, the boiling cauldron of the Thirty Years’ War.

The victims of the persecution were over- whelmingly female: women accounted for 80 per- cent of the accused witches in about 100,000 trials in Europe and North America during the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. About one-third were sentenced to death. Before 1400, when witchcraft trials were rare, nearly half of those accused had been men. Why did attention now shift to women? Official descriptions of witchcraft oozed lurid de- tails of sexual orgies, incest, homosexuality, and cannibalism, in which women acted as the devil’s sexual slaves. Social factors help explain the promi- nence of women among the accused. Accusers were almost always better off than those they ac- cused. The poorest and most socially marginal people in most communities were elderly spinsters and widows. Because they were thought likely to hanker after revenge on those more fortunate, they were singled out as witches.

Witchcraft trials declined when scientific thinking about causes and effects raised questions about the evidence used in court: how could judges or jurors be certain that someone was a witch? The tide turned everywhere at about the same time, as physicians, lawyers, judges, and even clergy came to suspect that accusations were based on popular superstition and peasant untrustworthiness. As early as the 1640s, French courts ordered the ar- rest of witch-hunters and released suspected witches. In 1682, a French royal decree treated witchcraft as fraud and imposture, meaning that the law did not recognize anyone as a witch. In 1693, the jurors who had convicted twenty witches in Salem, Massachusetts, recanted, claiming: “We confess that we ourselves were not capable to un- derstand. . . . We justly fear that we were sadly de- luded and mistaken.” The Salem jurors had not stopped believing in witches; they had simply lost confidence in their ability to identify them. This was a general pattern. Popular attitudes had not changed; what had changed was the attitudes of the elites. When physicians and judges had be- lieved in witches and carried out official persecu- tions, with torture, those accused of witchcraft had

gone to their deaths in record numbers. But when the same groups distanced themselves from pop- ular beliefs, the trials and the executions stopped.

Review: How could belief in witchcraft and the rising prestige of scientific method coexist?

Conclusion The witchcraft persecutions reflected the traumas of these times of religious war, economic decline, and crises of political and intellectual authority. Faced with new threats, some people blamed poor widows or struggling neighbors for their prob- lems; others joined desperate revolts, and still oth- ers emigrated to the New World to seek a better life. Even rulers confronted frightening choices: forced abdication, death in battle, or assassination often accompanied their religious decisions, and economic shocks could threaten the stability of their governments.

Deep differences over religion shaped the des- tinies of every European power in this period. These quarrels came to a head in the Thirty Years’ War (1618–1648), which cut a path of destruction through central Europe and involved most of the European powers. Repulsed by the effects of reli- gious violence on international relations, Euro- pean rulers agreed to a peace that effectively removed disputes between Catholics and Protes- tants from the international arena. The growing separation of political motives from religious ones did not mean that violence or conflict had ended, however. Struggles for religious uniformity within states would continue, though on a smaller scale. Larger armies required more state involvement, and almost everywhere rulers emerged from these decades of war with expanded powers that they would seek to extend further in the second half of the seventeenth century. The growth of state power directly changed the lives of ordinary people: more men went into the armies, and most families paid higher taxes. The constant extension of state power is one of the defining themes of modern history; religious warfare gave it a jump-start.

For all their power and despite repeated ef- forts, rulers could not control economic, social, or intellectual trends. The economic downturn of the seventeenth century produced unexpected conse- quences for European states even while it made life miserable for many ordinary people; eco- nomic power and vibrancy shifted from the Med- iterranean world to northwestern Europe be- cause England, France, and the Dutch Republic,

C o n c l u s i o n 4 7 91 5 6 0 – 1 6 4 8

especially, suffered less from the fighting of the Thirty Years’ War and recovered more quickly from the loss of population and production during bad times.

In the face of violence and uncertainty, some began to look for secular alternatives in art, poli- tics, and science. Although it would be foolish to claim that everyone’s mental universe changed be- cause of the clash between religious and secular worldviews, a truly monumental shift in attitudes had begun. Secularization encompassed the grow- ing popularity of nonreligious forms of art, such as theater and opera; the search for nonreligious foundations of political authority; and the estab- lishment of scientific method as the standard of truth. Proponents of these changes did not re- nounce their religious beliefs or even hold them less

fervently, but they did insist that attention to state interests and scientific knowledge could diminish religious violence and popular superstitions.

4 8 0 C h a p t e r 1 5 ■ W a r s o f R e l i g i o n a n d t h e C l a s h o f W o r l d v i e w s 1 5 6 0 – 1 6 4 8

For Further Exploration

■ For suggested references, including Web sites, for topics in this chapter, see page SR-1 at the end of the book.

■ For additional primary-source material from this period, see Chapter 15 in Sources of THE MAKING OF THE WEST, Third Edition.

■ For Web sites and documents related to topics in this chapter, see Make History at bedfordstmartins.com/hunt.

ENGLANDENGLAND

H UN

GA R

H UN

GA RY

AUSTRIAAUSTRIA

BohemiaBohemia

POLAND-POLAND- LITHUANIALITHUANIA

BRANDENBURG-BRANDENBURG- PRUSSIAPRUSSIA

O T

E M P I R E

0 300 miles150

0 300 kilometers150

Catholic

Orthodox

Lutheran

Calvinist

Anglican

Islamic

Boundary of the Holy Roman Empire

N

S

E

W

Stripes = mixed religions

Danub e R.

A d r i a t i c S e a

N o r t h S e a

M e d i t e r r a n e a n S e a

A T L A N T I C O C E A N

Aegean Sea

B a l t

i c

S e a

Tagus R.

Ebro R.

Loire R.

Elbe R.

Vistula R.

Dniester R.

R h

in e

R.

SCOTLAND

IRELAND

ENGLAND

DUTCH REPUBLIC

PORTUGAL

S PA I N

PAPAL STATES

SWISS CONFED.F R A N C E

H UN

GA RY

AUSTRIA

Bohemia Moravia

POLAND- LITHUANIA

BRANDENBURG- PRUSSIA

RUSSIA SWEDENNORWAY

DENMARK

SPANISH NETH.

O T T O M A N E M P I R E Rome �

M A P P I N G T H E W E S T

The Religious Divisions of Europe, c. 1648 The Peace of Westphalia recognized major religious divisions within Europe that have endured for the most part to the present day. Catholicism dominated in southern Europe, Lutheranism had its stronghold in northern Europe, and Calvinism flourished along the Rhine River. In southeastern Europe, the Islamic Ottoman Turks accommodated the Greek Orthodox Christians under their rule but bitterly fought the Catholic Austrian Habsburgs for control of Hungary.

C h a p t e r R e v i e w 4 8 11 5 6 0 – 1 6 4 8

K e y Te r m s a n d P e o p l e M a k i n g C o n n e c t i o n s

R e v i e w Q u e s t i o n s

1. How did the balance of power shift in Europe between 1560 and 1648? What were the main reasons for the shift?

2. Relate the new developments in the arts and sciences to the political and economic changes of this period of crisis.

1. How did state power depend on religious unity at the end of the sixteenth century and start of the seventeenth?

2. Why did a war fought over religious differences result in stronger states?

3. What were the consequences of economic recession in the early 1600s?

4. How could belief in witchcraft and the rising prestige of sci- entific method coexist?

C h a p t e r R e v i e w

Catherine de Médicis (453)

Edict of Nantes (455)

politiques (455)

Philip II (455)

Lepanto (455)

Elizabeth I (458)

Puritans (458)

Peace of Westphalia (463)

raison d’état (464)

secularization (471)

baroque (472)

scientific method (475)

heliocentrism (475) For practice quizzes, a customized study plan, and other study tools, see the Online Study Guide at bedfordstmartins.com/hunt.

I m p o r ta n t Ev e n t s

1562 French Wars of Religion begin

1566 Revolt of Calvinists in the Netherlands against Spain begins

1569 Formation of commonwealth of Poland- Lithuania

1571 Battle of Lepanto marks victory of West over Ottomans at sea

1572 St. Bartholomew’s Day Massacre of French Protestants

1588 English defeat of the Spanish Armada

1598 French Wars of Religion end with Edict of Nantes

1601 William Shakespeare, Hamlet

1618 Thirty Years’ War begins

1625 Hugo Grotius publishes The Laws of War and Peace

1633 Galileo Galilei is forced to recant his support of heliocentrism

1635 French join the Thirty Years’ War by declaring war on Spain

1648 Peace of Westphalia ends the Thirty Years’ War

I n May 1664, King Louis XIV of France organized a weeklong series

of entertainments for his court at Versailles, where he had recently

begun construction of a magnificent new palace. More than six hun-

dred members of his court attended the series of spectacles called “The

Delights of the Enchanted Island.” The carefully orchestrated activities

opened with an elaborate parade of the king and his courtiers, accom-

panied by an eighteen-foot-high float in the form of a chariot dedi-

cated to Apollo, Greek god of the sun and Louis’s personally chosen

emblem. The king’s favorite artists presented works specially prepared for

the occasion, including ballets, plays, and musical concerts. Equestrian

tournaments, visits to the king’s personal collection of wild animals

and birds, and a huge fireworks display captivated the audience. Every

detail of the festivities appeared in an official program published the

same year.

Louis XIV spared no expense in promoting his image, especially to

those most dangerous to him, the leading nobles of his kingdom. Other

mid-seventeenth-century rulers followed his example or explicitly re-

jected it, but they could not afford to ignore it. All governments faced

the daunting task of rebuilding authority after the wars over religion

and the economic recession of the early seventeenth century. As part

of his campaign to underline his majesty, Louis encouraged leading

nobles to dispense huge sums to entertain him and his court. He always

spent even more in order to show that he was richer and more pow-

erful than any noble or than any other monarch.

Louis XIV’s model of state building was known as absolutism, a

system of government in which the ruler claims sole and uncontestable

power. Although absolutism exerted great influence beginning in the

mid-1600s, especially in central and eastern Europe, it faced competition

Louis XIV: Absolutism and Its Limits 484 • The Fronde, 1648–1653 • Court Culture as an Element

of Absolutism • Enforcing Religious Orthodoxy • Extending State Authority at

Home and Abroad

Absolutism in Central and Eastern Europe 492 • Brandenburg-Prussia: Militaristic

Absolutism • An Uneasy Balance: Austrian Habsburgs

and Ottoman Turks • Russia: Setting the Foundations

of Bureaucratic Absolutism • Poland-Lithuania Overwhelmed

Constitutionalism in England 497 • England Turned Upside Down,

1642–1660 • The Glorious Revolution of 1688 • Social Contract Theory:

Hobbes and Locke

Outposts of Constitutionalism 505 • The Dutch Republic • Freedom and Slavery in the New World

The Search for Order in Elite and Popular Culture 509 • Freedom and Constraint in

the Arts and Sciences • Women and Manners • Reforming Popular Culture

4 8 3

State Building and the Search for Order 1648–1690

C H A P T E R

16

Louis XIV and His Bodyguards One of Louis XIV’s court painters, the Flemish artist Adam Frans van der Meulen, depicted the king arriving at the palace of Versailles, still under construction (the painting dates from 1669). None of the gardens, pools, or statues had been installed. Louis is the only figure facing the viewer, and his dress is much more colorful than that of anyone else in the painting. (Réunion des Musées Nationaux/ Art Resource, NY.)

from constitutionalism, a system in which the ruler shares power with an assembly of elected rep- resentatives. Constitutionalism led to weakness in Poland-Lithuania, but it provided a strong foun- dation for state power in England, the Dutch Republic, and the British North American colonies. Constitutionalism triumphed in England, how- ever, only after one king had been executed as a traitor and another had been deposed. The Eng- lish conflicts over the nature of authority found their most enduring expression in the writings of Thomas Hobbes and John Locke, which laid the foundations of modern political science.

Whether absolutist or constitutionalist, nations faced similar challenges in the mid-seventeenth century. Competition in the international arena required resources, and all states raised taxes in this period, provoking popular protests and rebellions. Monarchs still relied on religion to justify their divine right to rule, but they increasingly sought secular defenses of their powers, too. Absolutism and constitutionalism were the two main re- sponses to the threat of disorder and breakdown left as a legacy of the wars over religion.

The search for order took place not only in government and politics but also in intellectual, cultural, and social life. Artists sought means of glo- rifying power and expressing order and symmetry in new fashion. As states consolidated their power, elites endeavored to distinguish themselves more clearly from the lower orders. The upper classes emulated the manners developed at court and tried in every way to distance themselves from anything viewed as vulgar or lower class. Officials, clergy, and laypeople all worked to reform the poor, now seen

4 8 4 C h a p t e r 1 6 ■ S ta t e B u i l d i n g a n d t h e S e a r c h f o r O r d e r 1 6 4 8 – 1 6 9 0

1640 1650 1660

■ 1642–1646 English civil war ■ 1649 Charles I beheaded; new Russian legal code

■ 1651 Hobbes, Leviathan ■ 1660 Monarchy restored in England

■ 1661 Barbados institutes slave code

■ 1648 Peace of Westphalia; Fronde revolt in France; Ukranian Cossacks rebel; Dutch Republic recognized as independent

as a major source of disorder. Whether absolutist or constitutionalist, seventeenth-century states all aimed to extend control over their subjects’ lives.

Focus Question: What were the most important differences between absolutism and constitutionalism, and how did they establish order?

Louis XIV: Absolutism and Its Limits French king Louis XIV (r. 1643–1715) personified the absolutist ruler, who in theory shared his power with no one. Louis personally made all im- portant state decisions and left no room for dis- sent. In 1655, he reputedly told the Paris high court of justice, “L’état, c’est moi” (“I am the state”), em- phasizing that state authority rested in him per- sonally. Louis cleverly manipulated the affections and ambitions of his courtiers, chose as his min- isters middle-class men who owed everything to him, built up Europe’s largest army, and snuffed out every hint of religious or political opposition. Yet the absoluteness of his power should not be exaggerated. Like all other rulers of his time, Louis depended on the cooperation of many people: local officials who enforced his decrees, peasants and artisans who joined his armies and paid his taxes, creditors who loaned crucial funds, clergy who preached his notion of Catholicism, and nobles who joined court festivities rather than stay- ing home and causing trouble.

constitutionalism: A system of government in which rulers share power with parliaments made up of elected representa- tives.

absolutism: A system of government in which the ruler claims sole and uncontestable power.

Louis XIV: French king (r. 1643–1715) who personified the ab- solutist ruler; in theory he shared his power with no one, but in practice he had to gain the cooperation of nobles, local offi- cials, and even the ordinary subjects who manned his armies and paid his taxes.

The Fronde, 1648–1653

Louis XIV’s absolutism built on a long French tra- dition of increasing centralization of state author- ity, but before he could establish his preeminence he had to weather a series of revolts known as the Fronde. Derived from the French word for a child’s slingshot, the term was used by critics to signify that the revolts were mere child’s play. In fact, how- ever, they posed an unprecedented threat to the French crown. Louis was only five when he came to the throne in 1643 upon the death of his father, Louis XIII, who with his chief minister, Cardinal Richelieu, had steered France through increasing involvement in the Thirty Years’ War, rapidly climbing taxes, and innumerable tax revolts. Louis XIV’s mother, Anne of Austria, and her Italian- born adviser and rumored lover, Cardinal Mazarin (1602–1661), ruled in the young monarch’s name.

To meet the financial pressure of fighting the Thirty Years’ War, Mazarin sold new offices, raised taxes, and forced creditors to extend loans to the government. In 1648, a coalition of his opponents presented him with a charter of demands that, if granted, would have given the parlements (high courts) a form of constitutional power with the right to approve new taxes. Mazarin responded by arresting the leaders of the parlements. He soon faced the series of revolts that at one time or an- other involved nearly every social group in France.

The Fronde posed an immediate menace to the young king. Fearing for his safety, his mother and members of his court took Louis and fled Paris. With civil war threatening, Mazarin and Anne agreed to compromise with the parlements. The nobles saw an opportunity to reassert their claims to power against the weakened monarchy and renewed their demands for greater local con- trol, which they had lost when the French Wars of Religion ended in 1598. Leading noblewomen often played key roles in the opposition to

Mazarin, carrying messages and forging alliances, especially when male family members were in prison. While the nobles sought to regain power and local influence, the middle and lower classes chafed at the repeated tax increases. Conflicts erupted throughout the kingdom as nobles, par- lements, and city councils all raised their own

L o u i s X I V: A b s o l u t i s m a n d I t s L i m i t s 4 8 51 6 4 8 – 1 6 9 0

1670 1680 1690

■ 1667 First of Louis XIV’s many wars

■ 1678 Madame de Lafayette, The Princess of Clèves

■ 1683 Austrian Habsburgs break Turkish siege of Vienna

■ 1685 Louis XIV revokes Edict of Nantes

■ 1688 William and Mary crowned

■ 1690 Locke, Two Treatises of Government; Essay Concerning Human Understanding

Louis XIV, Conqueror of the Fronde In this painting of 1654, Louis XIV is depicted as the Roman god Jupiter, who crushes the discord of the Fronde (represented on the shield by the Medusa’s head made up of snakes). When the Fronde began, Louis was only ten years old; at the time of this painting, he was sixteen. The propaganda about his divine qualities had already begun. (Réunion des Musées Nationaux / Art Resource, NY.)

armies to fight either the crown or each other, and rampaging soldiers devastated rural areas and disrupted commerce. The urban poor, such as those in the southwestern city of Bordeaux, sometimes revolted as well.

Neither the nobles nor the judges of the parlements really wanted to overthrow the king; they simply wanted a greater share in power. Mazarin and Anne eventually got the upper hand because their opponents failed to maintain unity in fighting the king’s forces. But Louis XIV never forgot the hu- miliation and uncertainty that

marred his childhood. His own policies as ruler would be designed to prevent the recurrence of any such revolts. Yet, for all his success, peasants would revolt against the introduction of new taxes on at least five more occasions in the 1660s and 1670s, requiring tens of thousands of soldiers to reestab- lish order. Absolutism was in part a fervent hope and not always a reality.

Court Culture as an Element of Absolutism When Cardinal Mazarin died in 1661, Louis XIV, then twenty-two years old, decided to rule with- out a first minister. He described the dangers of his situation in memoirs he wrote later for his son’s instruction: “Everywhere was disorder. My Court

as a whole was still very far removed from the sen- timents in which I trust you will find it.” Louis listed many other problems in the kingdom, but none occupied him more than his attempts to con- trol France’s leading nobles, some of whom came from families that had opposed him militarily dur- ing the Fronde.

Typically quarrelsome, the French nobles had long exercised local authority by maintaining their own fighting forces, meting out justice on their es- tates, arranging jobs for underlings, and resolving their own conflicts through dueling. Louis set out to domesticate the warrior nobles by replacing violence with court ritual, such as the festivities at Versailles described at the beginning of this chap- ter. Using a systematic policy of bestowing pen- sions, offices, honors, gifts, and the threat of disfavor or punishment, Louis induced the nobles to cooperate with him and made himself the cen- ter of French power and culture. The aristocracy increasingly vied for his favor, attended the ballets and theatricals he put on, and learned the rules of etiquette he supervised — in short, became his clients, dependent on him for advancement. Great nobles competed for the honor of holding his shirt when he dressed, foreign ambassadors squabbled for places near him, and royal mistresses basked in the glow of his personal favor. Far from the court, however, nobles could still make considerable trouble for the king, and royal officials learned to compromise with them.

Those who did come to the king’s court were kept on their toes. The preferred styles changed without notice, and the tiniest lapse in attention to etiquette could lead to ruin. Madame de

4 8 6 C h a p t e r 1 6 ■ S ta t e B u i l d i n g a n d t h e S e a r c h f o r O r d e r 1 6 4 8 – 1 6 9 0

0 300 miles150

0 300 kilometers150

Revolts of the Fronde

Loire R.

R h

ô n

e R

.

Seine R.

ENGLAND

S P A I N

F R A N C E

Franche- Comté

SPANISH NETH.

H O

L Y

R O

M A

N E

M P

IR E

Paris

Beauvais

Bordeaux

Aix-en- Provence

Marseille

� �

�

� �

The Fronde, 1648–1653

Louis XIV Visits the Royal Tapestry Workshop This tapestry was woven at the Gobelins tapestry workshop between 1673 and 1680. It shows Louis XIV (wearing a red hat) and his minister Colbert (dressed in black, holding his hat) visiting the workshop on the outskirts of Paris. The workshop artisans scurry to show Louis all the luxury objects they manufacture. Louis bought the workshop in 1662 and made it a national enterprise for making tapestries and furniture. (Bridgeman- Giraudon / Art Resource, NY.)

Lafayette described the court in her novel The Princess of Clèves (1678): “The Court gravitated around ambition. Nobody was tranquil or indif- ferent — everybody was busily trying to better his or her position by pleasing, by helping, or by hin- dering somebody else.” Elisabeth Charlotte, duchess of Orléans, the German-born sister-in-law of Louis, complained that “everything here is pure self-interest and deviousness.” (See Document, “Marie de Sévigné, Letter Describing the French Court,” above.)

Politics and the Arts. Louis XIV appreciated the political uses of every form of art. Mock battles, extravaganzas, theatrical performances, even the king’s dinner — Louis’s daily life was a public per- formance designed to enhance his prestige. Call- ing himself the Sun King, after Apollo, Greek god of the sun, Louis stopped at nothing to burnish this radiant image. He played Apollo in ballets per- formed at court; posed for portraits with the em- blems of Apollo (laurel, lyre, and tripod); and adorned his palaces with statues of the god. He also emulated the style and methods of ancient Roman emperors. At a celebration for the birth of his first son in 1662, Louis dressed in Roman at- tire, and many engravings and paintings showed him as a Roman emperor. Commissioned histo-

ries vaunted his achievements, and coins and medals spread his likeness throughout the realm.

The king’s officials treated the arts as a branch of government. The king gave pensions to artists who worked for him and sometimes protected writers from clerical critics. The most famous of these was the playwright Molière, whose comedy Tartuffe (1664) made fun of religious hypocrites and was loudly condemned by church leaders. Louis forced Molière to delay public performances of the play after its premiere at the festivities of May 1664 but resisted calls for his dismissal. Louis’s ministers set up royal academies of dance, painting, architecture, music, and science and took control of the Académie française (French Acad- emy), which to this day decides on correct usage of the French language. Louis’s government also regulated the number and locations of theaters and closely censored all forms of publication.

Music and theater enjoyed special promi- nence. Louis commissioned operas to celebrate royal marriages, baptisms, and military victories. His favorite composer, Jean-Baptiste Lully, wrote sixteen operas for court performances as well as many ballets. Louis himself danced in the bal- lets if a role seemed especially important. Play- wrights often presented their new plays first to the court. Pierre Corneille and Jean-Baptiste Racine

L o u i s X I V: A b s o l u t i s m a n d I t s L i m i t s 4 8 71 6 4 8 – 1 6 9 0

Marie de Sévigné, Letter Describing the French Court (1675)

D O C U M E N T

Marie de Rabutin-Chantal, marquise de Sévigné (1626–1696), was the most famous letter writer of her time. A noblewoman born in Paris, she frequented court circles and wrote about her experiences to her friends and relatives, especially her daugh- ter. Although not published in her lifetime, her letters soon gained fame and were copied and read by those in her circle. She wrote her later letters with this audience in mind and so downplayed her own personal feel- ings, except those of missing her daughter to whom she was deeply attached. This letter from 1675 to her daughter recounts court intrigue surrounding Louis XIV’s mistress and the shock when one of France’s leading generals was killed in battle. Though Sévi- gné enjoyed spending time at Louis XIV’s

court, she could also write about it with bit- ing wit.

They [the king and his court] were to set off today for Fontainebleau [one of the king’s castles near Paris], where the enter- tainments were to become boring by their very multiplicity. Everything was ready when a bolt fell from the blue that shat- tered the joy. The populace says it is on ac- count of Quantova [Sévigné’s nickname for the king’s mistress, Madame de Mon- tespan, who gave birth to seven children fathered by Louis XIV], the attachment is still intense. Enough fuss is being made to upset the curé [priest] and everybody else, but perhaps not enough for her, for in her visible triumph there is an underlying sad-

ness. You talk of the pleasures of Versailles, and at the time when they were off to Fontainebleau to plunge into joys, lo and behold M. De Turenne [commander of the French armies during the Dutch War] killed, general consternation, Monsieur le Prince [de Condé, another leading gen- eral], rushing off to Germany, France in desolation. Instead of seeing the end of the campaigns and having your brother back [Sévigné’s son served in the army], we don’t know where we are. There you have the world in its triumph and, since you like them, surprising events.

Source: Madame de Sévigné: Selected Letters, translated Leonard Tancock (New York: Penguin Books, 1982), 165.

wrote tragedies set in Greece or Rome that cele- brated the new aristocratic virtues that Louis aimed to inculcate: a reverence for order and self- control. All the characters were regal or noble, all the language lofty, all the behavior aristocratic.

The Palace of Versailles. Louis glorified his im- age as well through massive public works projects. Veterans’ hospitals and new fortified towns on the frontiers represented his military might. Urban improvements, such as the reconstruction of the Louvre palace in Paris, proved his wealth. But his most ambitious project was the construction of a new palace at Versailles, twelve miles from the tur- bulent capital (see illustration below).

Building began in the 1660s. By 1685, the fren- zied effort engaged thirty-six thousand workers, not including the thousands of troops who diverted a local river to supply water for pools and foun- tains. The gardens designed by landscape architect André Le Nôtre reflected the spirit of Louis XIV’s rule: their geometrical arrangements and clear

lines showed that art and design could tame nature and that order and control defined the exercise of power. Le Nôtre’s geometrical landscapes were later imitated in places as far away as St. Petersburg in Russia and Washington, D.C. Versailles symbol- ized Louis’s success in reining in the nobility and dominating Europe, and other monarchs eagerly mimicked French fashion and often conducted their business in French.

Yet for all its apparent luxury and frivolity, life at Versailles was often cramped and cold. Fifteen thousand people crowded into the palace’s apart- ments, including all the highest military officers, the ministers of state, and the separate households of each member of the royal family. Refuse col- lected in the corridors during the incessant build- ing, and thieves and prostitutes overran the grounds. By the time Louis actually moved from the Louvre to Versailles in 1682, he had reigned as monarch for thirty-nine years. After his wife’s death in 1683, he secretly married his mistress, Françoise d’Aubigné, marquise de Maintenon, and

4 8 8 C h a p t e r 1 6 ■ S ta t e B u i l d i n g a n d t h e S e a r c h f o r O r d e r 1 6 4 8 – 1 6 9 0

The Palace of Versailles This painting by Jean-Baptiste Martin from the late seventeenth century gives a good view of one section of the palace and especially the geometrically arranged gardens. What would observers conclude about Louis XIV when they viewed this scene? (Réunion des Musées Nationaux / Art Resource, NY.)

conducted most state affairs from her apartments at the palace. Her opponents at court complained that she controlled all the appointments, but her efforts focused on her own projects, including her favorite: the founding in 1686 of a royal school for girls from impoverished noble families. She also inspired Louis XIV to increase his devotion to Catholicism.

Enforcing Religious Orthodoxy Louis believed that he reigned by divine right. He served as God’s lieutenant on earth and even claimed certain godlike qualities. As Bishop Jacques-Benigne Bossuet (1627–1704) explained, “We have seen that kings take the place of God, who is the true father of the human species. We have also seen that the first idea of power which exists among men is that of the paternal power; and that kings are modeled on fathers.” The king, like a father, should instruct his subjects in the true religion, or at least make sure that others did so. In religious questions, too, the king’s endeavors to gain more complete control showed both his wide- ranging ambition and the nature of the obstacles he faced.

Louis’s campaign for religious conformity first focused on the Jansenists, Catholics whose doctrines and practices resembled some aspects of Protes- tantism. Following the posthumous publication of the book Augustinus (1640) by the Flemish theolo- gian Cornelius Jansen (1585–1638), the Jansenists stressed the need for God’s grace in achieving salva- tion. They emphasized the importance of original sin and resembled the English Puritans in their austere religious practice. Prominent among the Jansenists was Blaise Pascal (1623–1662), a mathe- matician of genius, who wrote his Provincial Letters (1656–1657) to defend Jansenism against charges of heresy. Many judges in the parlements likewise endorsed Jansenist doctrine.

Some questioned Louis’s understanding of the finer points of doctrine: according to his sister-in- law, Louis himself “has never read anything about religion, nor the Bible either, and just goes along believing whatever he is told.” But Louis rejected any doctrine that gave priority to considerations of individual conscience over the demands of the official church hierarchy, especially when that doc- trine had been embraced by some noble support- ers of the Fronde. Louis preferred teachings that stressed obedience to authority. Therefore, in 1660 he began enforcing various papal bulls (decrees) against Jansenism and closed down Jansenist the- ological centers. Jansenists were forced under- ground for the rest of his reign.

After many years of escalating pressure on the Calvinist Huguenots, Louis decided in 1685 to eliminate all of the Calvinists’ rights. Louis consid- ered the Edict of Nantes (1598), by which his grandfather Henry IV granted the Protestants re- ligious freedom and a degree of political inde- pendence, a temporary measure, and he fervently hoped to reconvert the Huguenots to Catholicism. His revocation of the Edict of Nantes closed their churches and schools, banned all their public ac- tivities, and exiled those who refused to embrace the state religion. Tens of thousands of Huguenots responded by emigrating to England, Brandenburg- Prussia, the Dutch Republic, or North America. Many now wrote for publications attacking Louis XIV’s absolutism. Protestant European countries were shocked by this crackdown on religious dis- sent and would cite it in justification of their wars against Louis.

Extending State Authority at Home and Abroad Louis XIV could not have enforced his religious policies without the services of a nationwide bu- reaucracy. Bureaucracy — a network of state offi- cials carrying out orders according to a regular and routine line of authority — comes from the French word bureau, for “desk,” which came to mean “office,” both in the sense of a physical space and a position of authority. Louis personally super- vised the activities of his bureaucrats and worked to ensure his supremacy in all matters. But he al- ways had to negotiate with nobles and local offi- cials who sometimes thwarted his will.

Bureaucracy and Mercantilism. Louis extended the bureaucratic forms his predecessors had devel- oped, especially the use of intendants, officials who held their positions directly from the king rather than owning their offices, as crown officials had tra- ditionally done. Louis handpicked an intendant for each region to represent his rule against entrenched local interests such as the parlements, provincial es- tates, and noble governors; they supervised the col- lection of taxes, the financing of public works, and the provisioning of the army. In 1673, Louis decreed that the parlements could no longer vote against his proposed laws or even speak against them. His

L o u i s X I V: A b s o l u t i s m a n d I t s L i m i t s 4 8 91 6 4 8 – 1 6 9 0

revocation of the Edict of Nantes: French king Louis XIV’s de- cision to eliminate the rights of Calvinists granted in the edict of 1598; Louis banned all Calvinist public activities and forced those who refused to embrace the state religion to flee.

bureaucracy: A network of state officials carrying out orders ac- cording to a regular and routine line of authority.

intendants reduced local powers over finances and insisted on more efficient tax collection.

Louis’s success in consolidating his authority depended on hard work, an eye for detail, and an ear to the ground. In his memoirs he described the tasks he set for himself:

to learn each hour the news concerning every province and every nation, the secrets of every court, the mood and weaknesses of each Prince and of every foreign minister; to be well-informed on an infinite number of matters about which we are supposed to know nothing; to elicit from our subjects what they hide from us with the greatest care; to discover the most remote opinions of our courtiers and the most hidden interests of those who come to us with quite contrary professions [claims].

To gather all this information, Louis relied on a se- ries of talented ministers, usually of modest origins, who gained fame, fortune, and even noble status from serving the king. Most important among them was Jean-Baptiste Colbert (1619–1683), the son of a wool merchant turned royal official. Colbert had managed Mazarin’s personal finances and worked his way up under Louis XIV to become head of royal finances, public works, and the navy. He founded a family dynasty that eventually produced five ministers of state, an archbishop, two bishops, and three generals.

Colbert used the bureaucracy to establish a new economic doctrine, mercantilism. According to mercantilist policy, governments must inter- vene to increase national wealth by whatever means possible. Such government intervention inevitably increased the role and eventually the number of bureaucrats needed. Under Colbert, the French government established overseas trad- ing companies, granted manufacturing monopo- lies, and standardized production methods for textiles, paper, and soap. A government inspection system regulated the quality of finished goods and compelled all craftsmen to organize into guilds, in which masters could supervise the work of the journeymen and apprentices. To protect French production, Colbert rescinded many internal cus- toms fees but enacted high foreign tariffs, which cut imports of competing goods. To compete more effectively with England and the Dutch Re- public, Colbert also subsidized shipbuilding, a policy that dramatically expanded the number of seaworthy vessels. Such mercantilist measures aimed to ensure France’s prominence in world markets and to provide the resources needed to fight wars against the increasingly long list of en-

emies. Although later economists questioned the value of this state intervention in the economy, virtually every government in Europe embraced mercantilism.

Colbert’s mercantilist projects extended to Canada, where in 1663 he took control of the trading company that had founded New France. He aimed to regulate all economic activity in the colonies. For example, he forbade colonial busi- nesses from manufacturing anything already pro- duced in mainland France. With the goal of establishing permanent settlements like those in the British North American colonies, he trans- planted several thousand peasants from western France to the present-day province of Quebec, which France had claimed since 1608. He also tried to limit expansion westward, without suc- cess. Despite initial interruption of French fur- trading convoys by the Iroquois, in 1672 fur trader Louis Jolliet and Jesuit missionary Jacques Marquette reached the upper Mississippi River and traveled downstream as far as Arkansas. In 1684, French explorer Sieur de La Salle went all the way down to the Gulf of Mexico, claiming a vast territory for Louis XIV and calling it Louisiana after him. Colbert’s successors em- braced the expansion he had resisted, thinking it crucial to competing successfully with the Eng- lish and the Dutch in the New World.

The Army and War. Colonial settlement occupied only a small portion of Louis XIV’s attention, how- ever, for his main foreign policy goal was to extend French power in Europe. In pursuing this purpose, he inevitably came up against the Spanish and Aus- trian Habsburgs, whose lands encircled his. To expand French power, Louis needed the biggest possible army. His powerful ministry of war cen- tralized the organization of French troops. Bar- racks built in major towns received supplies from a central distribution system. The state began to provide uniforms for the soldiers and to offer vet- erans some hospital care. A militia draft instituted in 1688 supplemented the army in times of war and enrolled a hundred thousand men. Louis’s wartime army could field a force as large as that of all his enemies combined.

Absolutist governments always tried to in- crease their territorial holdings, and as Louis ex- tended his reach, he gained new enemies. In 1667–1668, in the War of Devolution (so called because Louis claimed that lands in the Spanish Netherlands should devolve to him since the Span- ish king had failed to pay the dowry of Louis’s Spanish bride), Louis defeated the Spanish armies

4 9 0 C h a p t e r 1 6 ■ S ta t e B u i l d i n g a n d t h e S e a r c h f o r O r d e r 1 6 4 8 – 1 6 9 0

mercantilism: The doctrine that governments must intervene to increase national wealth by whatever means possible.

but had to make peace when England, Sweden, and the Dutch Republic joined the war. In the Treaty of Aix-la-Chapelle in 1668, he gained control of a few towns on the border of the Spanish Nether- lands. Pamphlets sponsored by the Habsburgs ac- cused Louis of aiming for “universal monarchy,” or domination of Europe.

In 1672, Louis XIV opened hostilities against the Dutch because they stood in the way of his acquisition of more territory in the Spanish Netherlands. He declared war again on Spain in 1673. By now the Dutch had allied themselves with their former Spanish masters to hold off the French. Louis also marched his troops into terri- tories of the Holy Roman Empire, provoking many of the German princes to join with the em- peror, the Spanish, and the Dutch in an alliance against Louis, now denounced as a “Christian Turk” for his imperialist ambitions. But the French armies more than held their own. Faced with bloody but inconclusive results on the bat- tlefield, the parties agreed to the Treaty of Nij- megen of 1678–1679, which ceded several Flemish towns and the Franche-Comté region to Louis, linking Alsace to the rest of France. French government deficits soared, and in 1675 increases in taxes touched off the most serious antitax re- volt of Louis’s reign.

Louis had no intention of standing still. Heart- ened by the Habsburgs’ seeming weakness, he pushed eastward, seizing the city of Strasbourg in 1681 and invading the province of Lorraine in 1684. In 1688, he attacked some of the small Ger- man cities of the Holy Roman Empire. As Louis’s own mental powers diminished with age, he ap- parently lost all sense of measure. His armies laid waste to German cities such as Mannheim; his gov- ernment ordered the local military commander to “kill all those who would still wish to build houses there.” Between 1689 and 1697, a coalition known as the League of Augsburg — made up of England, Spain, Sweden, the Dutch Republic, the Austrian emperor, and various German princes — fought Louis XIV to a stalemate. When hostilities ended in the Peace of Rijswijk in 1697, Louis returned many of his conquests made since 1678 with the exception of Strasbourg (Map 16.1). Louis never lost his taste for war, but his allies learned how to set limits on his ambitions. (See Chapter 17 for the end of Louis’s reign.)

Louis was the last French ruler before Napoleon to accompany his troops to the battle- field. In later generations, as the military became more professional, French rulers left the fighting to their generals. Although Louis had eliminated

the private armies of his noble courtiers, he con- stantly promoted his own military prowess in or- der to keep his noble officers under his sway. He had miniature battle scenes painted on his high heels and commissioned tapestries showing his military processions into cities, even those he did not take by force. He seized every occasion to as- sert his supremacy, insisting that other fleets salute his ships first.

War required money and men, which Louis obtained by expanding state control over finances, conscription, and military supply. Thus, abso- lutism and warfare fed each other as the bureau- cracy created new ways to raise and maintain an army and the army’s success in war justified fur- ther expansion of state power. But constant war- fare also eroded the state’s resources. Further administrative and legal reform, the elimination of the buying and selling of offices, and the lowering of taxes — all were made impossible by the need for more money.

Ordinary people suffered the most for Louis’s ambitions. By the end of the Sun King’s reign, one in six Frenchmen had served in the military. Louis XIV’s armies swelled to twice the size of the armies France fielded during the Thirty Years’ War. In ad- dition to the higher taxes paid by everyone, those who lived on the routes leading to the battlefields had to house and feed soldiers; only nobles were exempt from this requirement. Fulfilling these

L o u i s X I V: A b s o l u t i s m a n d I t s L i m i t s 4 9 11 6 4 8 – 1 6 9 0

W A R S O F L O U I S X I V

1667–1668 War of Devolution

Enemies: Spain, Dutch Republic, England, Sweden

Ended by Treaty of Aix-la-Chapelle in 1668, with France gaining towns in Spanish Netherlands (Flanders)

1672–1678 Dutch War

Enemies: Dutch Republic, Spain, Holy Roman Empire

Ended by Treaty of Nijmegen, 1678–1679, which gave several towns in Spanish Netherlands and Franche-Comté to France

1688–1697 War of the League of Augsburg

Enemies: Holy Roman Empire, Sweden, Spain, England

Ended by Peace of Rijswijk, 1697, with Louis returning all his conquests made since 1678 except Strasbourg

demands could be difficult, if not impossible, es- pecially during the months from November to March when weather made military campaigns difficult. Soldiers had to be fed, even when locals found themselves living off the food stored from the previous fall harvest. When food fell short, sol- diers sometimes gave in to the temptation to pil- lage, extort, or steal from local residents.

Review: How “absolute” was the power of Louis XIV?

Absolutism in Central and Eastern Europe Central and eastern European rulers saw in Louis XIV a powerful model of absolutist state building, yet they did not blindly emulate the Sun King, in part because they confronted conditions peculiar to their regions. The ruler of Brandenburg-Prussia had to rebuild lands ravaged by the Thirty Years’ War and unite far-flung territories. The Austrian Habsburgs needed to govern a mosaic of ethnic

4 9 2 C h a p t e r 1 6 ■ S ta t e B u i l d i n g a n d t h e S e a r c h f o r O r d e r 1 6 4 8 – 1 6 9 0

M A P 1 6 . 1 Louis XIV’s Acquisitions, 1668–1697 Every ruler in Europe hoped to extend his or her territorial control, and war was often the result. Louis XIV steadily encroached on the Spanish Netherlands to the north and the lands of the Holy Roman Empire to the east. Although coalitions of European powers reined in Louis’s grander ambitions, he nonetheless incorporated many neighboring territories into the French crown.

0 50 100 kilometers

0 50 100 miles

France in 1667

Acquisitions to 1668

Treaty of Nijmegen, 1678

Treaty of Rijswijk, 1697

N

S

E

W

N o r t h S e a

A T L A N T I C O C E A N

M e d i t e r r a n e a n S e a

E n g l i s h C h a n n e

l

Loire R .

Seine R

.

R h

ôn e

R .

R h

in e

R .

S P A I N

F R A N C E SWISS

CONFEDERATION

H O L Y

R O M A N

E M P I R E

SAVOY MILAN

DU TC

H RE

PU B

LI C

E N G L A N D

S P

A N

ISH

N ETHERLANDS

Flanders

Luxembourg

Alsace

Brittany Normandy

Franche- Comté

L o

rr a

in e

Paris

Rouen

Nantes

Geneva

Basel

Strasbourg

Cologne

Frankfurt

Brussels

Mannheim

Amsterdam

Utrecht

Orléans

Lyon

Bordeaux

Toulouse

Marseille

Tours

Rijswijk

Nijmegen

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

� �

�

� �

�

�

�

�

and religious groups while fighting off the Ottoman Turks. The Russian tsars wanted to extend their power over an extensive but relatively impoverished empire. The great exception to ab- solutism in eastern Europe was Poland-Lithuania, where a long crisis virtually destroyed central au- thority and pulled much of eastern Europe into its turbulent wake.

Brandenburg-Prussia: Militaristic Absolutism Brandenburg-Prussia began as a puny state on the Elbe River, but it had a remarkable future. In the nineteenth century, it would unify the disparate German states into modern-day Germany. The ruler of Brandenburg was an elector, one of the seven German princes entitled to select the Holy Roman Emperor. Since the sixteenth century the ruler of Brandenburg had also controlled the duchy of East Prussia; after 1618, the state was called Brandenburg-Prussia. Despite meager re- sources, Frederick William of Hohenzollern, who was the Great Elector of Brandenburg-Prussia (r. 1640–1688), succeeded in welding his scattered lands into an absolutist state.

Pressured first by the necessities of fighting the Thirty Years’ War and then by the demands of re-

construction, Frederick William was determined to force his territories’ estates (representative assem- blies) to grant him a dependable income. The Great Elector struck a deal with the Junkers (nobles) of each province: in exchange for allowing him to col- lect taxes, he gave them complete control over their enserfed peasants and exempted them from taxa- tion. The tactic worked. By the end of his reign, the estates met only on ceremonial occasions.

Supplied with a steady income, Frederick William could devote his attention to military and bureaucratic consolidation. Over forty years he ex- panded his army from eight thousand to thirty thousand men. (See “Taking Measure,” above.) The army mirrored the rigid domination of nobles over peasants that characterized Brandenburg-Prussian society: peasants filled the ranks, and Junkers be- came officers. Nobles also took positions as bu- reaucratic officials, but military needs always had priority. The elector named special war commis- sars to take charge not only of military affairs but also of tax collection. To hasten military dis- patches, he also established one of Europe’s first state postal systems.

As a Calvinist ruler, Frederick William avoided the ostentation of the French court, even while fol- lowing the absolutist model of centralizing state power. He boldly rebuffed Louis XIV by welcom- ing twenty thousand French Huguenot refugees af- ter Louis’s revocation of the Edict of Nantes. In pursuing foreign and domestic policies that pro- moted state power and prestige, Frederick William adroitly switched sides in Louis’s wars and would

A b s o l u t i s m i n C e n t r a l a n d E a s t e r n E u r o p e 4 9 31 6 4 8 – 1 6 9 0

Frederick William of Hohenzollern: The Great Elector of Bran- denburg-Prussia (r. 1640–1688) who brought his nation through the end of the Thirty Years’ War and then succeeded in welding his scattered lands into an absolutist state.

T A K I N G M E A S U R E

The Seventeenth-Century Army The figures in this chart are only ap- proximate, but they tell an important story. What conclusions can you draw about the relative weight of the mili- tary in the different European states? Why would England have such a smaller army than the others? Is the absolute or the relative size of the military the most important indicator? (From André Corvisier, Armées et sociétés en

Europe de 1494 à 1789 (Paris: Presses

Universitaires de France, 1976), 126.)

1:66

1:64

1:80

1:25

1:66

1:410

State

France

Russia

Austria

Sweden

Brandenburg- Prussia

England

20 million300,000

14 million220,000

8 million100,000

1 million40,000

2 million30,000

10 million24,000

Soldiers Population Ratio of soldiers/ total population

*Figures for the end of the seventeenth century, ranging from 1688 for Prussia to 1710 for France

stop at almost nothing to crush resistance at home. In 1701, his son Frederick I (r. 1688–1713) per- suaded Holy Roman Emperor Leopold I to grant him the title “king in Prussia.” Prussia had arrived as an important power.

An Uneasy Balance: Austrian Habsburgs and Ottoman Turks Holy Roman Emperor Leopold I (r. 1658–1705) ruled over a variety of territories of different eth- nicities, languages, and religions, yet in ways sim- ilar to his French and Prussian counterparts, he gradually consolidated his power. In addition to holding Louis XIV in check on his western fron- tiers, Leopold confronted the ever-present chal- lenge of the Ottoman Turks to the east.

The Austrian Version of Absolutism. Like all the Holy Roman Emperors since 1438, Leopold was an Austrian Habsburg. He was simultaneously duke

of Upper and Lower Silesia, count of Tyrol, arch- duke of Upper and Lower Austria, king of Bohemia, king of Hungary and Croatia, and ruler of Styria and Moravia (Map 16.2). Some of these territories were provinces in the Holy Roman Empire; others were simply ruled from Vienna as Habsburg family holdings.

In response to the weakening of the Holy Ro- man Empire by the ravages of the Thirty Years’ War, the emperor and his closest officials took con- trol over recruiting, provisioning, and strategic planning and worked to replace the mercenaries hired during the war with a permanent standing army that promoted professional discipline. To pay for the army and staff his growing bureaucracy, Leopold gained the support of local aristocrats and chipped away at provincial institutions’ powers.

Intent on replacing Bohemian nobles who had supported the 1618 revolt against Austrian author- ity, the Habsburgs promoted a new nobility made up of Czechs, Germans, Italians, Spaniards, and

4 9 4 C h a p t e r 1 6 ■ S ta t e B u i l d i n g a n d t h e S e a r c h f o r O r d e r 1 6 4 8 – 1 6 9 0

Brandenburg-Prussian territory in 1640

Brandenburg-Prussian territory acquired to 1688

Austrian Habsburg territory in 1648 Lands taken from Turks by Austrian Habsburgs, 1683–1699

0 200 400 kilometers

0 200 400 miles

N

S

E W

B l a c k S e a

N o r t h S e a B a

l t i c

S e a

Danube R.

Elbe R. R

h in

e R

.

A d r i a t i c S e a

Mediterranean Sea

RUSSIA

FRANCE

BRANDENBURG- PRUSSIA

Cleve

Ravensburg

Mark

Magdeburg Saxony

Eastern Pomerania

AUSTRIA

Bohemia Moravia

Styria

Carinthia Carniola

Cr oa

ti a

Tyrol

Silesia

O T T O M A N E M P I R E

B A L K A N S

SWISS CONFEDERATION

SPANISH NETHERLANDS

DUTCH REPUBLIC

POLAND- LITHUANIA

HUNGARY

Transylvania

HOLY ROMAN EMPIRE

Karlowitz

Cologne

Vienna

Berlin

Königsberg

Buda Pest

�

�

�

�

�

��

M A P 1 6 . 2 State Building in Central and Eastern Europe, 1648–1699 The Austrian Habsburgs had long contested the Ottoman Turks for dominance of eastern Europe, and by 1699 they had pushed the Turks out of Hungary. In central Europe, the Austrian Habsburgs confronted the growing power of Brandenburg-Prussia, which had emerged from relative obscurity after the Thirty Years’ War to begin an aggressive program of expanding its military and its territorial base. As emperor of the Holy Roman Empire, the Austrian Habsburg ruler governed a huge expanse of territory, but the emperor’s control was in fact only partial because of guarantees of local autonomy.

even Irish who used German as their common tongue, professed Catholicism, and loyally served the Austrian dynasty. Bohemia became a virtual Austrian colony. “Woe to you,” lamented a Czech Jesuit in 1670, addressing Leopold, “the nobles you have oppressed, great cities made small. Of smil- ing towns you have made straggling villages.” Aus- trian censors prohibited publication of this protest for over a century.

Battle for Hungary. Austria had fought the Turks for control of Hungary for more than 150 years. In 1682, when war broke out again, Leopold I’s Austria controlled the northwest section of Hungary; the Turks occupied the center; and in the east, the Turks demanded tribute from the Hun- garian princes who ruled Transylvania. In 1683, the Turks pushed all the way to the gates of Vienna and laid siege to the Austrian capital. With the help of Polish cavalry, the Austrians finally broke the siege and turned the tide in a major counteroffen- sive (see illustration at right). By the Treaty of Kar- lowitz of 1699, the Ottoman Turks surrendered almost all of Hungary to the Austrians, marking the beginning of the decline of Ottoman power.

Hungary’s “liberation” from the Turks came at a high price. The fighting laid waste vast stretches of Hungary’s central plain, and the population may have declined by as much as 65 percent in the seventeenth century. Once the Turks had been beaten back, Austrian rule over Hungary tight- ened. In 1687, the Habsburg dynasty’s hereditary right to the Hungarian crown was acknowledged by the Hungarian diet, a parliament revived by Leopold in 1681 to gain the cooperation of Hun- garian nobles. The diet was dominated by a core of pro-Habsburg Hungarian aristocrats who would support the dynasty until it fell in 1918; Austrians and Hungarians looked down on the other ethnic groups, such as Croats and Romani- ans, who had enjoyed considerable autonomy un- der the Ottoman Turks. To root out remaining Turkish influence and assert Austrian superiority, Leopold systematically destroyed Turkish build- ings and rebuilt Catholic churches, monasteries, roadside shrines, and monuments in the flamboy- ant Austrian baroque style.

Ottoman State Authority. The Ottoman Turks also pursued state consolidation, but in a very dif- ferent fashion from Leopold I and other European rulers. The Ottoman state extended its authority through a combination of settlement and military control. Hundreds of thousands of Turkish fami- lies moved with Turkish soldiers into the Balkan peninsula in the 1400s and 1500s. As locals con-

verted to Islam, administration passed gradually into their hands. The Ottoman state would last longer than the French absolutist monarchy. Nevertheless, the seventeenth century marked a period of cultural decline in the eyes of the Turks themselves.

The Ottoman rulers, the sultans, were often challenged by mutinous army officers, but they rarely faced peasant revolts. Rather than resisting state authorities, Ottoman peasants periodically worked for the state as mercenaries. The sultans played elites off each other, absorbing some into the state bureaucracy and pitting one level of au- thority against another. Despite frequent palace coups and assassinations of sultans, the Ottoman state survived. This constantly shifting social and political system explains how the Ottoman state could appear weak in Western eyes and still pose a massive military threat on Europe’s southeastern borders.

A b s o l u t i s m i n C e n t r a l a n d E a s t e r n E u r o p e 4 9 51 6 4 8 – 1 6 9 0

The Siege of Vienna, 1683 This detail from a painting by Franz Geffels shows the camp of the Ottoman Turks. The Turkish armies had surrounded Vienna since July 14, 1683. Jan Sobieski led an army of Poles who joined with Austrians and Germans to beat back the Turks on September 12, 1683. (© The Art Archive/ Corbis.)

Russia: Setting the Foundations of Bureaucratic Absolutism Seventeenth-century Russia seemed a world apart from the Europe of Leopold I and Louis XIV. Straddling Europe and Asia, the Russian lands stretched across Siberia to the Pacific Ocean. West- ern visitors either sneered or shuddered at the “barbarism” of Russian life, and Russians recipro- cated by nursing deep suspicions of everything for- eign. But under the surface, Russia was evolving as an absolutist state; the tsars wanted to claim un- limited autocratic power, but like their European counterparts they had to surmount internal disor- der and come to an accommodation with noble landlords.

Serfdom and the Code of 1649. When Tsar Alexei (r. 1645–1676) tried to extend state author- ity by imposing new administrative structures and taxes in 1648, Moscow and other cities erupted in bloody rioting. The government immediately doused the fire. In 1649, Alexei convened the As- sembly of the Land (consisting of noble delegates from the provinces) to consult on a sweeping law code to organize Russian society in a strict social hierarchy that would last for nearly two centuries. The code of 1649 assigned all subjects to a hered- itary class according to their current occupation or state needs. Slaves and free peasants were merged into a serf class. As serfs, they could not change oc- cupations or move; they were tightly tied to the

soil and to their noble masters. To prevent tax eva- sion, the code also forbade townspeople to move from the community where they resided. Nobles owed absolute obedience to the tsar and were re- quired to serve in the army, but in return no other group could own estates worked by serfs. Serfs be- came the chattel of their lord, who could sell them like horses or land. Their lives differed little from those of the slaves on the plantations in the Americas.

Some peasants resisted enserfment. In 1667, Stenka Razin, the head of a powerful band of pi- rates and outlaws in southern Russia, led a rebel- lion that promised liberation from “the traitors and bloodsuckers of the peasant communes” — the great noble landowners, local governors, and Moscow courtiers. Captured four years later by the tsar’s army, Razin was taken to Moscow, where he was dismembered in front of the public and his body thrown to the dogs (see illustration at left). Thousands of his followers also suffered grisly deaths, but his memory lived on in folk songs and legends. Landlords successfully petitioned for the abolition of the statute of limitations on runaway serfs, the use of state agents in searching for run- aways, and harsh penalties against those who har- bored runaways. The increase in Russian state authority went hand in hand with the enforcement of serfdom.

The Tsar’s Absolute Powers. To extend his power and emulate his western rivals, Tsar Alexei wanted a bigger army, exclusive control over state policy, and a greater say in religious matters. The size of the army increased dramatically from 35,000 in the 1630s to 220,000 by the end of the century. The Assembly of the Land, once an important source of noble consultation, never met again after 1653. Alexei also imposed firm control over the Russian Orthodox church. In 1666, a church council reaf- firmed the tsar’s role as God’s direct representative on earth. The state-dominated church took action against a religious group called the Old Believers, who rejected church efforts to bring Russian wor- ship in line with Byzantine tradition. Whole com- munities of Old Believers starved or burned themselves to death rather than submit. Religious schism opened a gulf between the Russian people and the crown.

4 9 6 C h a p t e r 1 6 ■ S ta t e B u i l d i n g a n d t h e S e a r c h f o r O r d e r 1 6 4 8 – 1 6 9 0

Stenka Razin: The head of a powerful band of pirates and out- laws in southern Russia, who in 1667 led a rebellion that prom- ised peasants liberation from noble landowners and officials; Razin was captured by the tsar’s army in 1671 and publicly ex- ecuted in Moscow.

Stenka Razin in Captivity After leading a revolt of thousands of serfs, peasants, and members of non-Russian tribes of the middle and lower Volga region, Stenka Razin was captured by Russian forces and led off to Moscow, as shown here, where he was executed in 1671. He has been the subject of songs, legends, and poems ever since. (RIA Novosti.)

Nevertheless, modernizing trends prevailed. As the state bureaucracy expanded, adding more officials and establishing regulations and routines, the government intervened more and more in daily life. Decrees regulated tobacco smoking, card playing, and alcohol consumption and even dic- tated how people should leash and fence their pet dogs. Tsar Alexei set up the first Western-style theater in the Kremlin, and his daughter Sophia translated French plays. The most adventurous nobles began to wear German-style clothing. Some even argued that service and not just birth should determine rank. Russia’s long struggle over Western influences had begun.

Poland-Lithuania Overwhelmed Unlike Russia and the other eastern European powers, Poland-Lithuania did not follow the abso- lutist model. Decades of war weakened the monar- chy and made the great nobles into virtually autonomous warlords. The great nobles domi- nated the Sejm (parliament), and to maintain an equilibrium among themselves, they each wielded an absolute veto power. This “free veto” constitu- tional system deadlocked parliamentary govern- ment. The monarchy lost its room to maneuver, and with it much of its remaining power.

In 1648, Ukrainian Cossack warriors revolted against the king of Poland-Lithuania, inaugurat- ing two decades of tumult known as the Deluge. Cossack was the name given to runaway serfs and poor nobles who formed outlaw bands in the no-man’s-land of southern Russia and Ukraine (Stenka Razin was a Cossack). The Polish nobles who claimed this potentially rich land scorned the Cossacks as troublemakers, but to the Ukrainian peasant population they were liberators. In 1654, the Cossacks offered Ukraine to Russian rule, pro- voking a Russo-Polish war that ended in 1667 when the tsar annexed eastern Ukraine and Kiev. Neighboring powers tried to profit from the chaos in Poland-Lithuania; Sweden, Brandenburg-Prussia, and Transylvania sent armies to seize territory.

Many towns were destroyed in the fighting, and as much as a third of the Polish population perished. The once prosperous Jewish and Protes- tant minorities suffered greatly: some fifty-six thousand Jews were killed by either the Cossacks, the Polish peasants, or the Russian troops, and thou- sands more had to flee or convert to Christianity. One rabbi wrote, “We were slaughtered each day, in a more agonizing way than cattle: they are butchered quickly, while we were being executed slowly.” Surviving Jews moved from towns to

shtetls (Jewish villages), where they took up petty trading, moneylending, tax gathering, and tavern leasing — activities that fanned peasant anti-Semi- tism. Desperate for protection amid the war, most Polish Protestants backed the vio- lently anti-Catholic Swedes, and the victorious Catholic majority branded them as trai- tors. Some Protestant refugees fled to the Dutch Republic and England. In Poland-Lithuania it came to be assumed that a good Pole was a Catholic. The commonwealth had ceased to be an outpost of toleration.

The commonwealth revived briefly when a man of ability and ambition, Jan Sobieski (r. 1674–1696), was elected king. He gained a rep- utation throughout Europe when he led twenty- five thousand Polish cavalrymen into battle in the siege of Vienna in 1683. His cavalry helped rout the Turks and turned the tide against the Ottomans. Married to a politically shrewd French princess, Sobieski openly admired Louis XIV’s France. Despite his efforts to rebuild the monarchy, he could not halt Poland-Lithuania’s decline into powerlessness. The Polish version of constitution- alism fatally weakened the state and made it prey to neighboring powers.

Review: Why did absolutism flourish everywhere in eastern Europe except Poland-Lithuania?

Constitutionalism in England In the second half of the seventeenth century, west- ern and eastern European states began to move in different directions. In eastern Europe, nobles lorded over their serfs but owed almost slavish obedience in turn to their rulers. In western Europe, even in absolutist France, serfdom had al- most entirely disappeared and nobles and rulers alike faced greater challenges to their control. The greatest challenges of all would come in England.

This outcome might seem surprising, for the English monarchs enjoyed many advantages com- pared with their continental rivals: they needed less money for their armies because they had stayed out of the Thirty Years’ War, and their

C o n s t i t u t i o n a l i s m i n E n g l a n d 4 9 71 6 4 8 – 1 6 9 0

0 250 500 kilometers

0 500 miles250

Territory lost to Russia, 1667

Danube R.

Volga R.

Black Sea

R U S S I A

POLAND- LITHUANIA

UKRAINE

HUNGARY

S W E D E N

BRANDENBURG- PRUSSIA

AUSTRIA Transylvania

O T T O M A N E M P I R E

Kiev �

Poland-Lithuania in the Seventeenth Century

island kingdom’s population was only one-fourth the size of France’s and of relatively homogeneous ethnicity, making it, in theory at least, easier to rule. Yet the English rulers failed in their efforts to install absolutist policies. The English revolutions of 1642–1660 and 1688–1689 overturned two kings, confirmed the constitutional powers of an elected parliament, and laid the foundation for the idea that government must guarantee certain rights to the people under the law.

England Turned Upside Down, 1642–1660 Disputes about the right to levy taxes and the na- ture of authority in the Church of England had long troubled the relationship between the English crown and Parliament. For more than a hundred years, wealthy English landowners had been accus- tomed to participating in government through Parliament and expected to be consulted on royal policy. Although England had no single constitu- tional document, a variety of laws, judicial deci- sions, charters and petitions granted by the king, and customary procedures all regulated relations between king and Parliament. When Charles I tried to assert his authority over Parliament, a civil war broke out. It set in motion an unpredictable chain of events, which included an extraordinary ferment of religious and political ideas. Some his- torians view the English civil war of 1642–1646 as the last great war of religion because it pitted Pu- ritans against those trying to push the Anglican church toward Catholicism; others see in it the first modern revolution because it gave birth to dem- ocratic political and religious movements.

Charles I versus Parliament. When Charles I (r. 1625–1649) succeeded his father, James I, he faced an increasingly aggressive Parliament that resisted new taxes and resented the king’s efforts to extend his personal control. In 1628, Parliament forced Charles to agree to the Petition of Right, by which he promised not to levy taxes without its consent. Charles hoped to avoid further interfer- ence with his plans by simply refusing to call Par- liament into session between 1629 and 1640. Without it, the king’s ministers had to find every loophole possible to raise revenues. They tried to turn “ship money,” a levy on seaports in times of emergency, into an annual tax collected every- where in the country. The crown won the ensuing court case, but many subjects still refused to pay what they considered to be an illegal tax.

Religious tensions brought conflicts over the king’s authority to a head. The Puritans had long

agitated for the removal of any vestiges of Catholi- cism, but Charles, married to a French Catholic, moved Anglicanism in the opposite direction in the 1630s. With Charles’s encouragement, the arch- bishop of Canterbury, William Laud (1573–1645), imposed increasingly elaborate ceremonies on the Anglican church. Angered by these moves toward “popery,” the Puritans poured forth reproving pamphlets and sermons. In response, Laud hauled them before the feared Court of Star Chamber, which the king personally controlled. The court ordered harsh sentences for Laud’s Puritan critics; they were whipped, pilloried, branded, and even had their ears cut off and their noses split. When Laud tried to apply his policies to Scotland, how- ever, they backfired completely: the stubborn Pres- byterian Scots rioted against the imposition of the Anglican prayer book — the Book of Common Prayer — and in 1640 they invaded the north of England. To raise money to fight the war, Charles called Parliament into session and unwittingly opened the door to a constitutional and religious crisis.

The Parliament of 1640 did not intend revo- lution, but reformers in the House of Commons (the lower house of Parliament) wanted to undo what they saw as the royal tyranny of the 1630s. Parliament removed Laud from office, ordered the execution of an unpopular royal commander, abolished the Court of Star Chamber, repealed re- cently levied taxes, and provided for a parliamen- tary assembly at least once every three years, thus establishing a constitutional check on royal au- thority. Moderate reformers expected to stop there and resisted Puritan pressure to abolish bishops and eliminate the Anglican prayer book. But their hand was forced in January 1642, when Charles and his soldiers invaded Parliament and tried un- successfully to arrest those leaders who had moved to curb his power. Faced with mounting opposition within London, Charles quickly withdrew from the city and organized an army.

Civil War and the Challenge to All Authorities. The ensuing civil war between king and Parliament lasted four years (1642–1646) and divided the country. The king’s army of royalists, known as Cavaliers, enjoyed the most support in northern and western England. The parliamentary forces, called Roundheads because they cut their hair short, had their stronghold in the southeast, in- cluding London. Although Puritans dominated on the parliamentary side, they were divided among themselves about the proper form of church gov- ernment: the Presbyterians wanted a Calvinist church with some central authority, whereas the

4 9 8 C h a p t e r 1 6 ■ S ta t e B u i l d i n g a n d t h e S e a r c h f o r O r d e r 1 6 4 8 – 1 6 9 0

Independents favored entirely autonomous congregations free from other church government (hence the term congregational- ism, often associated with the In- dependents). The Puritans put aside their differences for the sake of military unity and united under an obscure member of the House of Commons, the country gentleman Oliver Cromwell (1599–1658), who sympathized with the Independents. After Cromwell skillfully reorganized the parliamentary troops, his New Model Army defeated the Cavaliers at the battle of Naseby in 1645. Charles surrendered in 1646.

Although the civil war be- tween king and Parliament had ended in victory for Parliament, divisions within the Puritan ranks now came to the fore: the Presbyterians dominated Parliament, but the Independents controlled the army. The disputes between the leaders drew lower-class groups into the debate. (See “Contrast- ing Views,” page 500.) When Parliament tried to disband the New Model Army in 1647, disgrun- tled soldiers protested. Called Levellers because of their insistence on leveling social differences, the soldiers took on their officers in a series of debates about the nature of political authority. The Lev- ellers demanded that Parliament meet annually, that members be paid so as to allow common people to participate, and that all male heads of house- holds be allowed to vote. Their ideal of political participation excluded servants, the propertyless, and women but offered access to artisans, shop- keepers, and modest farmers. Cromwell and other army leaders rejected the Levellers’ demands as threatening to property owners. Cromwell in- sisted, “You have no other way to deal with these men but to break them in pieces. . . . If you do not break them they will break you.”

Just as political differences between Presbyte- rians and Independents helped spark new politi- cal movements, so too their conflicts over church organization fostered the emergence of new reli- gious doctrines. The new sects had in common only their emphasis on the “inner light” of indi- vidual religious inspiration and a disdain for hier- archical authority. Their emphasis on equality

before God and greater participa- tion in church governance ap- pealed to the middle and lower classes. The Baptists, for example, insisted on adult baptism because they believed that Christians should choose their own church and that every child should not automatically become a member of the Church of England. The Quakers demonstrated their be- liefs in equality and the inner light by refusing to doff their hats to men in authority. Manifesting their religious experience by trembling, or “quaking,” the Quakers believed that anyone — man or woman — inspired by a direct experience of God could preach.

Parliamentary leaders feared that the new sects would overturn the whole social hierarchy. Ru- mors abounded, for example, of naked Quakers

C o n s t i t u t i o n a l i s m i n E n g l a n d 4 9 91 6 4 8 – 1 6 9 0

Levellers: Disgruntled soldiers in Cromwell’s New Model Army who wanted to “level” social differences and extend political participation to all male property owners.

100 miles

100 kilometers

50

50

0

0

Area supporting Parliament in 1643

Area supporting Royalists in December 1643

Battle�

N o r t h S e a

Englis h Ch

ann el

SCOTLAND

Ulster

E N G L A N DIRELAND

�

London

Cambridge

Oxford

Naseby (1645)

Edinburgh

�

�

�

�

England during the Civil War

The World Turned Upside Down The print from 1647 conveys the anxieties many people felt in the midst of religious and political upheaval. Nothing is as it should be: the feet are where the hands should be, the cart comes before the horse, a fish flies, and the wheel- barrow pushes the person. (By permission of the British Library.)

5 0 0 C h a p t e r 1 6 ■ S ta t e B u i l d i n g a n d t h e S e a r c h f o r O r d e r 1 6 4 8 – 1 6 9 0

nently in street demonstrations, distributed tracts, and occasionally even dressed as men, wearing swords and joining armies. The duchess of Newcastle complained in 1650 that women were “affecting a Masculinacy . . . practicing the behav- iour . . . of men.” The outspoken women in new sects like the Quakers underscored the threat of a social order turning upside down.

Oliver Cromwell. At the heart of the continuing political struggle was the question of what to do with the king, who tried to negotiate with the Pres- byterians in Parliament. In late 1648, Independents in the army purged the Presbyterians from Parlia- ment, leaving a “rump” of about seventy members. This Rump Parliament then created a high court to try Charles I. The court found him guilty of at- tempting to establish “an unlimited and tyranni- cal power” and pronounced a death sentence. On

running through the streets waiting for “a sign.” Some sects did advocate sweeping change. The Diggers promoted rural communism — collective ownership of all property. Seekers and Ranters questioned just about everything. One notorious Ranter, John Robins, even claimed to be God. A few men advocated free love. These developments convinced the political elite that tolerating the new sects would lead to skepticism, anarchism, and debauchery.

In keeping with their notions of equality and individual inspiration, many of the new sects pro- vided opportunities for women to become preach- ers and prophets. The Quakers thought women especially capable of prophecy. One such prophet, Anna Trapnel, explained her vocation: “For in all that was said by me, I was nothing, the Lord put all in my mouth, and told me what I should say.” Women presented petitions, participated promi-

The civil war between Charles I and Parliament (1642–1646) ex- cited furious debates about the proper forms of political authority, de- bates that influenced political thought for two centuries or more. The Levellers, who served in the parliamentary army, wanted Parliament to be more accountable to ordinary men like themselves (Document 1). After the restoration of the monarchy in 1660, Lucy Hutchinson wrote a memoir in which she complained that Puritan had become a term of political slander. Her memoir shows how religious terms had been politicized by the upheaval (Document 2). Thomas Hobbes, in his famous political treatise Leviathan (1651), develops the consequences of the civil war for political theory (Document 3).

1. The Levellers, “The Agreement of the People, as Presented to the Council of the Army” (October 28, 1647)

Note especially two things about this document: (1) it focuses on Parliament as the chief instrument of reform, and (2) it claims that government depends on the consent of the people.

Since, therefore, our former oppressions and scarce-yet-ended troubles have been occasioned, either by want of frequent na- tional meetings in Council [Parliament], or by rendering those meetings ineffectual, we are fully agreed and resolved to provide that hereafter our representatives be neither left to an uncertainty for the time nor made useless to the ends for which they are in- tended. In order whereunto we declare: — That the people of

England, being at this day very unequally distributed by Coun- ties, Cities, and Borough for the election of their deputies in Par- liament, ought to be more indifferently [equally] proportioned according to the number of the inhabitants. . . . That the power of this, and all future Representatives of this Nation, is inferior only to theirs who choose them, and doth extend, without the consent or concurrence of any other person or persons [the king], to the enacting, altering, and repealing of laws, to the erect- ing and abolishing of offices and courts, to the appointing, re- moving, and calling to account magistrates and officers of all degrees, to the making of war and peace, to the treating with for- eign States [in other words, Parliament is the supreme power, not the king]. . . . These things we declare to be our native rights, and therefore are agreed and resolved to maintain them with our ut- most possibilities against all opposition whatsoever.

Source: Samuel Rawson Gardiner, ed., The Constitutional Documents of the Puritan Revolution, 1625–1660 (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1906), 333–35.

2. Lucy Hutchinson, Memoirs of the Life of Colonel Hutchinson (1664–1671)

Lucy Hutchinson wrote her memoir to defend her Puritan husband, who had been imprisoned upon the restoration of the monarchy.

If any were grieved at the dishonour of the kingdom, or the grip- ing of the poor, or the unjust oppressions of the subject by a

C O N T R A S T I N G V I E W S

The English Civil War

C o n s t i t u t i o n a l i s m i n E n g l a n d 5 0 11 6 4 8 – 1 6 9 0

January 30, 1649, Charles was beheaded before an enormous crowd, which reportedly groaned as one when the axe fell. Although many had objected to Charles’s autocratic rule, few had wanted him killed. For royalists, Charles immediately became a martyr, and reports of miracles, such as the cur- ing of blindness by the touch of a handkerchief soaked in his blood, soon circulated.

The Rump Parliament abolished the monar- chy and the House of Lords (the upper house of

thousand ways invented to maintain the riots of the courtiers and the swarms of needy Scots the king had brought in to de- vour like locusts the plenty of this land, he was a puritan; if any showed favour to any godly, honest person, kept them company, relieved them in want, or protected them against violent and un- just oppression, he was a puritan. . . . In short, all that crossed the views of the needy courtiers, the proud encroaching priests, the thievish projectors [speculators], the lewd nobility and gentry . . . all these were puritans; and if puritans, then enemies to the king and his government, seditious, factious hypocrites, ambitious disturbers of the public peace, and finally the pest of the kingdom.

Source: Christopher Hill and Edmund Dell, eds., The Good Old Cause: The English Revolution of 1640–1660, Its Causes, Course and Consequences (London: Lawrence and Wishart, 1949), 179–80.

3. Thomas Hobbes, Leviathan (1651)

In this excerpt, Hobbes depicts the anarchy of a society without a strong central authority, but he leaves open the question of whether that authority should be vested in “one Man” or “one Assembly of men,” that is, a king or a parliament.

During the time men live without a common Power to keep them all in awe, they are in that condition which is called Warre; and such a warre, as is of every man, against every man. . . . In such condition, there is no place for Industry; because the fruit thereof is uncertain: and consequently no Culture of the Earth; no Nav- igation, nor use of the commodities that may be imported by Sea; no commodious Building; no Instrument of moving, and

removing such things as require much force; no Knowledge of the face of the Earth; no account of Time; no Arts; no Letters; no Society; and which is worst of all, continuall feare, and dan- ger of violent death; and the life of man, solitary, poore, nasty, brutish, and short. The only way to erect such a Common Power, as may be able to defend them from the invasion of Forraigners, and the injuries of one another, and thereby to secure them in such sort, as that by their owne industrie, and by the Fruites of the Earth, they may nourish themselves and live contentedly; is, to conferre all their power and strength upon one Man, or upon one Assembly of men, that may reduce all their wills, by plural- ity of voices, unto one Will. . . . This is more than Consent, or Concord; it is a reall Unitie of them all, in one and the same Per- son, made by Covenant of every man with every man. . . . This done, the Multitude so united in one Person, is called a COMMON-WEALTH, in latine CIVITAS. This is the Generation of that great LEVIATHAN, or rather (to speake more reverently) of that Mortall God, to which wee owe under the Immortall God, our peace and defence.

Source: Thomas Hobbes, Leviathan, ed. Richard E. Flathman and David Johnston (New York: Norton, 1997), 70, 95.

Questions to Consider 1. Why would both the king and the parliamentary leaders find

the Levellers’ views disturbing? 2. Why did Hobbes’s arguments about political authority upset

supporters of both monarchy and Parliament?

Execution of Charles I This print of the execution of English king Charles I appeared on the first page of the fictitious confessions of his executioner, Richard Brandon, who supposedly claimed to feel pains in his own neck from the moment he cut off Charles’s head. (© British Library, London, UK/ The Bridgeman Art Library.)

Parliament) and set up a Puritan republic with Oliver Cromwell (see illustration above) as chair- man of the Council of State. Cromwell did not tol- erate dissent from his policies. He saw the hand of God in events and himself as God’s agent. Pam- phleteers and songwriters ridiculed his red nose and accused him of wanting to be king, but few challenged his leadership. When his agents discov- ered plans for mutiny within the army, they exe- cuted the perpetrators; new decrees silenced the Levellers. Although Cromwell allowed the various Puritan sects to worship rather freely and permit- ted Jews with needed skills to return to England for the first time since the thirteenth century, Catholics could not worship publicly, nor could Anglicans use the Book of Common Prayer. The elites — many of them were still Anglican — were troubled by Cromwell’s religious policies but pleased to see some social order reestablished.

The new regime aimed to extend state power just as Charles I had before. Cromwell laid the foundation for a Great Britain made up of England, Ireland, and Scotland by reconquering Scotland and subduing Ireland. Anti-English reb- els in Ireland had seized the occasion of troubles between king and Parliament to revolt in 1641. When his position was secured in 1649, Cromwell went to Ireland with a large force and easily de- feated the rebels, massacring whole garrisons and their priests. He encouraged expropriating the lands of the Irish “barbarous wretches,” and Scot- tish immigrants resettled the northern county of Ulster. This seventeenth-century English conquest left a legacy of bitterness that the Irish even today call “the curse of Cromwell.” In 1651, Parliament turned its attention overseas, putting mercantilist ideas into practice in the first Navigation Act, which allowed imports only if they were carried on English ships or came directly from the pro- ducers of goods. The Navigation Act was aimed at the Dutch, who dominated world trade; Cromwell tried to carry the policy further by waging naval war on the Dutch from 1652 to 1654.

At home, however, Cromwell faced growing resistance. His wars required a budget twice the size of Charles I’s, and his increases in property taxes and customs duties alienated landowners and merchants. The conflict reached a crisis in 1653: Parliament considered disbanding the army, whereupon Cromwell abolished the Rump Parlia- ment in a military coup and made himself Lord Protector. He now silenced his critics by banning newspapers and using networks of spies to read mail and keep tabs on his enemies. When Cromwell died in 1658, the diarist John Evelyn claimed, “There were none that cried but dogs.” Cromwell intended that his son should succeed him, but his death only revived the prospect of civil war and political chaos. In 1660, a newly elected, staunchly Anglican Parliament invited Charles II, the son of the executed king, to return from exile.

The Glorious Revolution of 1688 The traditional monarchical form of government was reinstated in 1660, restoring Charles II (r. 1660–1685) to full partnership with Parliament. He promised “a liberty to tender consciences” in an attempt to extend religious toleration, espe- cially to Catholics, with whom he sympathized. His successor James II (r. 1685–1688) pursued even more aggressive pro-Catholic policies, bring- ing dissent once more to a boil. In response, Par- liament deposed James and installed his Protestant

5 0 2 C h a p t e r 1 6 ■ S ta t e B u i l d i n g a n d t h e S e a r c h f o r O r d e r 1 6 4 8 – 1 6 9 0

Oliver Cromwell In this painting of 1649, Robert Walker deliberately evokes previous portraits of English kings. Cromwell is shown preparing for battle in Ireland (note the shore and sea on Cromwell’s right); he holds the baton of military command, and a young page is tying on a sash, symbol of his rank. Cromwell lived an austere life; he is depicted here without any sign of luxury. When he died, he was buried in Westminster Abbey, but in 1661 his body was exhumed and hanged in its shroud. His head was cut off and displayed outside Westminster Hall for nearly twenty years. (National Portrait Gallery, London.)

daughter, Mary, and her Dutch husband, William, as joint monarchs. This Glorious Revolution marked the final triumph of constitutionalism over absolutism in England.

The Restored Monarchy. Charles II moved quickly to reestablish royal authority. More than a thousand Puritan ministers lost their positions, and attending a service other than one conform- ing with the Anglican prayer book was illegal af- ter 1664. Natural disasters also marred the early years of his reign. The plague stalked London’s rat- infested streets in May 1665 and claimed more than thirty thousand victims by September. Then in 1666, the Great Fire (see illustration on this page) swept the city. Some in Parliament feared, not without cause, that the English government would come to resemble French absolutism. In 1670, Charles II made a secret agreement, soon leaked, with Louis XIV in which he promised to announce his conversion to Catholicism in exchange for money for a war against the Dutch. Charles never proclaimed himself a Catholic, but in his Declara-

tion of Indulgence (1673) he did suspend all laws against Catholics and Protestant dissenters. Par- liament refused to continue funding the Dutch war unless Charles rescinded his Declaration of In- dulgence. Asserting its authority further, Parlia- ment passed the Test Act in 1673, requiring all government officials to profess allegiance to the Church of England and in effect disavow Catholic doctrine. Then in 1678, Parliament precipitated the so-called Exclusion Crisis by explicitly denying the throne to a Roman Catholic. This action was aimed at the king’s brother and heir, James, an open convert to Catholicism. Charles refused to al- low it to become law.

The dynastic crisis over the succession of a Catholic gave rise to two distinct factions in Par- liament: the Tories, who supported a strong, hereditary monarchy and the restored ceremony of the Anglican church, and the Whigs, who advo- cated parliamentary supremacy and toleration of Protestant dissenters such as Presbyterians. Both labels were originally derogatory: Tory meant an Irish Catholic bandit; Whig was the Irish Catholic

C o n s t i t u t i o n a l i s m i n E n g l a n d 5 0 31 6 4 8 – 1 6 9 0

Great Fire of London, 1666 This view of London shows the three-day fire at its height. The writer John Evelyn described the scene in his diary: “All the sky was of a fiery aspect, like the top of a burning oven, and the light seen above 40 miles round about for many nights. God grant mine eyes may never behold the like, who now saw above 10,000 houses all in one flame; the noise and cracking and thunder of people, the fall of towers, houses, and churches, was like an hideous storm.” Everyone in London at the time felt overwhelmed by the catastrophe, and many attributed it to God’s punishment for the upheavals of the 1640s and 1650s. (Museum of London.)

designation for a Presbyterian Scot. The Tories fa- vored James’s succession despite his Catholicism, whereas the Whigs opposed a Catholic monarch. The loose moral atmosphere of Charles’s court also offended some Whigs, who complained tongue in cheek that Charles was father of his country in much too literal a fashion (he had fa- thered more than one child by his mistresses but produced no legitimate heir).

Parliament’s Revolt against James II. When he succeeded his brother, James seemed determined to force Catholicism on his subjects. Tories and Whigs joined together when a male heir — who would take precedence over James’s two adult Protestant daughters — was born to James’s sec- ond wife, an Italian Catholic, in 1688. They invited the Dutch ruler William, prince of Orange, and his wife, James’s older daughter, Mary, to invade England. Mary was brought up as a Protestant and was willing to act with her husband against her fa- ther’s pro-Catholic policies. James fled to France, and hardly any blood was shed. Parliament offered the throne jointly to William (r. 1689–1702) and Mary (r. 1689–1694) on the condition that they accept a bill of rights guaranteeing Parliament’s full partnership in a constitutional government.

In the Bill of Rights (1689), William and Mary agreed not to raise a standing army or to levy taxes without Parliament’s consent. They also agreed to call meetings of Parliament at least every three years, to guarantee free elections to parliamentary seats, and to abide by Parliament’s decisions and not suspend duly passed laws. The agreement gave England’s constitutional government a written, legal basis by formally recognizing Parliament as a self-contained, independent body that shared power with the rulers. Victorious supporters of the coup declared it the Glorious Revolution because it was achieved with so little bloodshed (at least in England).

The propertied classes who controlled Parlia- ment prevented any resurgence of the popular tur- moil of the 1640s. The Toleration Act of 1689 granted all Protestants freedom of worship, though non-Anglicans were still excluded from the univer- sities; Catholics got no rights but were more often

left alone to worship privately. When the Catholics in Ireland rose to defend James II, William and Mary’s troops brutally suppressed them. With the Whigs in power and the Tories in opposition, wealthy landowners now controlled political life throughout the realm. The factions’ differences, however, were minor; essentially, the Tories had less access to the king’s patronage. A contemporary re- ported that King William had said “that if he had good places [honors and land] enough to bestow, he should soon unite the two parties.”

Social Contract Theory: Hobbes and Locke Out of the turmoil of the English revolutions came a major rethinking of the foundations of all polit- ical authority. Although Thomas Hobbes and John Locke wrote in response to the upheavals of their times, they offered opposing arguments that were applicable to any place and any time, not just England of the seventeenth century. Hobbes justi- fied absolute authority; Locke provided the ration- ale for constitutionalism. Yet both argued that all authority came not from divine right but from a social contract among citizens.

Hobbes. Thomas Hobbes (1588–1679) was a royalist who sat out the English civil war of the 1640s in France, where he tutored the future king Charles II. Returning to England in 1651, he pub- lished his masterpiece, Leviathan (1651), in which he argued for unlimited authority in a ruler. Ab- solute authority could be vested in either a king or a parliament; it had to be absolute, Hobbes insisted, in order to overcome the defects of human nature. Believing that people are essentially self-centered and driven by the “right to self-preservation,” Hobbes made his case by referring to science, not religion. To Hobbes, human life in a state of nature — that is, any situation without firm authority — was “solitary, poor, nasty, brutish, and short.” He believed that the desire for power and natural greed would inevitably lead to unfettered competition. Only the assurance of social order could make people secure enough to act accord- ing to law; consequently, giving up personal lib- erty, he maintained, was the price of collective security. Rulers derived their power, he concluded, from a contract in which absolute authority pro- tects people’s rights.

5 0 4 C h a p t e r 1 6 ■ S ta t e B u i l d i n g a n d t h e S e a r c h f o r O r d e r 1 6 4 8 – 1 6 9 0

William, prince of Orange: Dutch ruler who, with his Protestant wife, Mary (daughter of James II), ruled England after the Glo- rious Revolution of 1688.

Glorious Revolution: The events of 1688 when Tories and Whigs replaced England’s monarch James II with his Protestant daugh- ter, Mary, and her husband, Dutch ruler William of Orange; William and Mary agreed to a Bill of Rights that guaranteed rights to Parliament.

social contract: The doctrine that all political authority derives not from divine right but from an implicit contract between cit- izens and their rulers.

Hobbes’s notion of rule by an absolute author- ity left no room for political dissent or nonconfor- mity, and it infuriated both royalists and supporters of Parliament. He enraged royalists by arguing that authority came not from divine right but from the social contract. Parliamentary sup- porters resisted Hobbes’s claim that rulers must possess absolute authority to prevent the greater evil of anarchy; they believed that a constitution should guarantee shared power between king and Parliament, and protect individual rights under the law. Like Machiavelli before him, Hobbes be- came associated with a cynical, pessimistic view of human nature, and future political theorists often began their arguments by refuting Hobbes.

Locke. Rejecting both Hobbes and the more tra- ditional royalist defenses of absolute authority, John Locke (1632–1704) used the notion of a social contract to provide a foundation for consti- tutionalism. Locke experienced political life first- hand as physician, secretary, and intellectual companion to the earl of Shaftesbury, a leading English Whig. In 1683, during the Exclusion Cri- sis, Locke fled with Shaftesbury to the Dutch Republic. There he continued work on his Two Treatises of Government, which, when published in 1690, served to justify the Glorious Revolution of 1688. Locke’s position was thoroughly anti- absolutist. He denied the divine right of kings and ridiculed the common royalist idea that political power in the state mirrored the father’s authority in the family. Like Hobbes, he posited a state of nature that applied to all people. Unlike Hobbes, however, he thought people were reasonable and the state of nature peaceful.

Locke insisted that government’s only purpose was to protect life, liberty, and property, a notion that linked economic and political freedom. Ulti- mate authority rested in the will of a majority of men who owned property, and government should be limited to its basic purpose of protection. A ruler who failed to uphold his part of the social contract between the ruler and the populace could be justifiably resisted, an idea that would become crucial for the leaders of the American Revolution a century later. For England’s seventeenth-century landowners, however, Locke helped validate a rev- olution that consolidated their interests and en- sured their privileges in the social hierarchy.

Locke defended his optimistic view of human nature in the immensely influential Essay Concern- ing Human Understanding (1690). He denied the existence of any innate ideas and asserted instead that each human is born with a mind that is a

tabula rasa (blank slate). Not surprisingly, Locke devoted considerable energy to rethinking educa- tional practices; he believed that education crucially shaped the human personality by channeling all sensory experience. Everything humans know, he claimed, comes from sensory experience, not from anything inherent in human nature. Locke’s views promoted the belief that “all men are created equal,” a belief that challenged absolutist forms of rule and ultimately raised questions about women’s roles as well. Although Locke himself owned shares in the Royal African Company and justified slav- ery, his writings were later used by abolitionists in their campaign against slavery.

Review: What differences over religion and politics caused the conflict between king and Parliament in England?

Outposts of Constitutionalism When William and Mary came to the throne in England in 1689, the Dutch and the English put aside the rivalries that had brought them to war against each other in 1652–1654, 1665–1667, and 1672–1674. Under William, the Dutch and the English together led the coalition that blocked Louis XIV’s efforts to dominate continental Europe. The English and Dutch had much in com- mon: oriented toward commerce, especially over- seas, they were the successful exceptions to absolutism in Europe. Also among the few out- posts of constitutionalism in the seventeenth cen- tury were the British North American colonies, which developed representative government while the English were preoccupied with their revolu- tions at home. Constitutionalism was not the only factor shaping this Atlantic world; as constitution- alism developed in the colonies, so too did the enslavement of black Africans as a new labor force.

The Dutch Republic When the Dutch Republic gained formal inde- pendence from Spain in 1648, it had already estab- lished a decentralized, constitutional state. Rich merchants called regents effectively controlled the internal affairs of each province and through the Estates General named the stadholder, the execu- tive officer responsible for defense and for repre- senting the state at all ceremonial occasions. They

O u t p o s t s o f C o n s t i t u t i o n a l i s m 5 0 51 6 4 8 – 1 6 9 0

almost always chose one of the princes of the house of Orange, but the stadholder resembled a presi- dent more than a king.

The decentralized state encouraged and pro- tected trade, and the Dutch Republic soon became Europe’s financial capital. The Bank of Amsterdam offered borrowers lower interest rates than those available in England and France. Praised for their industriousness, thrift, and cleanliness — and ma- ligned as greedy, dull “butter-boxes” — the Dutch dominated overseas commerce with their shipping (Map 16.3). They imported products from all over the world: spices, tea, and silk from Asia; sugar and tobacco from the Americas; wool from England and Spain; timber and furs from Scandinavia;

grain from eastern Europe. A widely reprinted his- tory of Amsterdam that appeared in 1662 de- scribed the city as “risen through the hand of God to the peak of prosperity and greatness. . . . The whole world stands amazed at its riches and from east and west, north and south they come to be- hold it.”

The Dutch rapidly became the most prosper- ous and best-educated people in Europe. Middle- class people supported the visual arts, especially painting, to an unprecedented degree. Artists and engravers produced thousands of works, and Dutch artists were among the first to sell to a mass market. Whereas in other countries kings, nobles, and churches bought art, Dutch buyers were mer-

5 0 6 C h a p t e r 1 6 ■ S ta t e B u i l d i n g a n d t h e S e a r c h f o r O r d e r 1 6 4 8 – 1 6 9 0

N

S

EW

Dutch trade routes

Areas under Dutch control

Ports under Dutch control

Other major ports

Goods shipped to the Dutch Republic

�

�

Spices

3,000 miles1,5000

3,000 kilometers1,5000

ATLANTIC OCEAN

INDIAN OCEAN

PACIFIC OCEAN

North Sea

Sunda Strait

Tobacco

Tobacco

Sugar

Slaves

Wool

Wine

Wool

Herring

Timber Tar Pitch

Iron Copper Fur

Wheat Rye

Sugar

Cloves Cinnamon Pepper

Cloth

Tea Silk

Porcelain

Tea Teak

Camphor, Pepper, Sandalwood

Spices

Silk Luxury goods

NORTH AMERICA

SOUTH AMERICA

AFRICA

EUROPE A S I A

NEW HOLLAND (Unknown except for

West Coast)

WEST INDIES

Curaçao CAPE VERDE

IS.

AZORES

Madagascar

Mauritius

Zanzibar

Ceylon

TimorJava

Borneo MOLUCCAS

New Guinea

DUTCH BRAZIL

GUIANA

NEW NETHERLANDS

JAPAN

PHILIPPINES

C H I N A

INDIA

DUTCH REPUBLIC

Stabroek (Georgetown)

Mauritsstad

St. Martin Gorée

Axim

Accra

Cape Town Provisioning Station

Mozambique

Mombasa

Amsterdam Danzig

Bombay Goa

Cochin Colombo Negapatam

Madras

Calcutta

Chinsura

Malacca

Manila

Batavia Macassar

Macao

Canton

Amoy Port Zeelandia

Nagasaki

�

� �

� �

�

�

�

�

��

�

� �

� �

�

�

�

�

� �

� �

�

� �

�

�

M A P 1 6 . 3 Dutch Commerce in the Seventeenth Century Even before gaining formal independence from the Spanish in 1648, the Dutch had begun to compete with the Spanish and Portuguese all over the world. In 1602, a group of merchants established the Dutch East India Company, which soon offered investors an annual rate of return of 35 percent on the trade in spices with countries located on the Indian Ocean. Global commerce gave the Dutch the highest standard of living in Europe and soon attracted the envy of the French and the English.

chants, artisans, and shopkeepers. Engravings, illustrated histories, and oil paintings were all relatively inexpensive. One foreigner commented that “pictures are very common here, there being scarce an ordinary tradesman whose house is not decorated with them.” Dutch artists focused on fa- miliar daily details because for them ordinary people had religious as well as political significance; even children at play could be infused with radi- ant beauty. The family household, not the royal court, determined the moral character of this in- tensely commercial society. Relative prosperity de- creased the need for married women to work, so Dutch society developed the clear contrast be- tween middle-class male and female roles that would become prevalent elsewhere in Europe and in America more than a century later. As one con- temporary Dutch writer explained, “The husband must be on the street to practice his trade; the wife must stay at home to be in the kitchen.”

Extraordinarily high levels of urbanization and literacy created a large reading public. Dutch presses printed books censored elsewhere (print- ers or authors censored in one province simply shifted operations to another), and the University of Leiden attracted students and professors from all over Europe. Dutch tolerance extended to the works of Benedict Spinoza (1633–1677), a Jewish

philosopher and biblical scholar who was expelled by his synagogue for alleged atheism but left alone by the Dutch authorities. Spinoza strove to recon- cile religion with science and mathematics, but his work scandalized many Christians and Jews be- cause he seemed to equate God and nature. Like nature, Spinoza’s God followed unchangeable laws and could not be influenced by human actions, prayers, or faith.

Dutch learning, painting, and commerce all enjoyed wide renown in the seventeenth century, but this luster proved hard to maintain. The Dutch lived in a world of international rivalries in which strong central authority gave their enemies an ad- vantage. Though inconclusive, the naval wars with England between 1652 and 1674 drained the state’s revenues. Even more dangerous were the land wars with France, which continued into the eighteenth century. The Dutch survived these challenges but increasingly depended on alliances with other powers, especially England after the Glorious Rev- olution. At the end of the seventeenth century, the Dutch elites became more exclusive, more preoc- cupied with ostentation, and less tolerant of devi- ations from strict Calvinism. Rather than encouraging native Dutch styles, they became more concerned with imitating French ones. The Dutch “golden age” was over.

O u t p o s t s o f C o n s t i t u t i o n a l i s m 5 0 71 6 4 8 – 1 6 9 0

A Typical Dutch Scene from Daily Life Jan Steen painted The Baker Arent Oostward and His Wife in 1658. Steen ran a brewery and tavern in addition to painting, and he was known for his interest in the details of daily life. Dutch artists popularized this kind of “genre” painting, which showed ordinary people at work and play. (Rijksmuseum, Amsterdam.)

■ For more help analyzing this image, see the visual activity for this chapter in the Online Study Guide at bedfordstmartins.com/hunt.

Freedom and Slavery in the New World

The Dutch also lost ground to the French and Eng- lish in the New World colonies. While the Dutch concentrated on shipping, including the slave trade, the seventeenth-century French and English established settler colonies that would eventually provide fabulous revenues to the home countries. Many European governments encouraged private companies to vie for their share of the slave trade, and slavery began to take clear institutional form in the New World in this period. While whites found in the colonies greater political and religious freedom than in Europe, they subjected black Africans to the most degrading forms of bondage.

The Rise of the Slave Trade. After the Spanish and Portuguese had shown that African slaves could be transported and forced to labor in South and Central America, the English and French en- deavored to set up similar labor systems in their new Caribbean island colonies. White planters with large tracts of land bought African slaves to work fields of sugarcane; and as they gradually built up their holdings, the planters displaced most of the original white settlers, who moved to main- land North American colonies. After 1661, when Barbados instituted a slave code that stripped all Africans of rights under English law, slavery be- came codified as an inherited status that applied only to blacks. The result was a society of extremes: the very wealthy whites (about 7 percent of the population in Barbados) and the enslaved, power- less black majority. The English brought few of their religious or constitutional practices to the Caribbean.

Other Caribbean colonies followed a similar pattern of development. Louis XIV promulgated a “black code” in 1685 to regulate the legal status of slaves in the French colonies and to prevent non- Catholics from owning slaves. The code suppos- edly set limits on the violence planters could exercise and required them to house, feed, and clothe their slaves. But white planters simply ig- nored provisions of the code that did not suit them, and in any case, because the code defined slaves as property, slaves could not themselves bring suit in court to demand better treatment.

The governments of England, France, Spain, Portugal, the Dutch Republic, and Denmark all en- couraged private companies to traffic in black Africans, while the highest church and government authorities in Catholic and Protestant countries alike condoned the gradually expanding slave trade. In 1600, about 9,500 Africans were exported

from Africa to the New World every year; by 1700, this number had increased nearly fourfold to 36,000 annually. Historians advance several differ- ent ideas about which factors increased the slave trade: some claim that improvements in muskets made European slavers more effective; others cite the rising price for slaves, which made their sale more attractive for Africans; still others focus on factors internal to Africa such as the increasing size of African armies and their use of muskets in fight- ing and capturing other Africans for sale as slaves. The way had been prepared for the development of an Atlantic economy based on slavery.

Constitutional Freedoms in the English Colonies. Virtually left to themselves during the upheavals in England, the fledgling English colonies in North America developed representative government on their own. Almost every colony had a governor and a two-house legislature. The colonial legislatures constantly sought to increase their power and re- sisted the efforts of Charles II and James II to reaf- firm royal control. William and Mary reluctantly allowed emerging colonial elites more control over local affairs. The social and political elite among the settlers hoped to impose an English social hi- erarchy dominated by rich landowners. Ordinary immigrants to the colonies, however, took advan- tage of plentiful land to carve out their own farms using white servants and, later, in some colonies, African slaves.

For native Americans, the expanding Euro- pean presence meant something else altogether. They faced death through disease and warfare and the accelerating loss of their homelands. Unlike white settlers, many native Americans believed that land was a divine gift provided for their collective use and not subject to individual ownership. Eu- ropeans’ claims that they owned exclusive land rights consequently resulted in frequent skir- mishes. In 1675–1676, for instance, three tribes al- lied under Metacomet (called King Philip by the English) threatened the survival of New England settlers, who savagely repulsed the attacks and sold their captives as slaves. Whites could portray na- tive Americans as “noble savages,” but when threat- ened they often depicted them as conspiring villains and sneaky heathens who were akin to Africans in their savagery. The benefits of consti- tutionalism were reserved for Europeans.

Review: Why did constitutionalism thrive in the Dutch Republic and the British North American col- onies, even as their participation in the slave trade grew?

5 0 8 C h a p t e r 1 6 ■ S ta t e B u i l d i n g a n d t h e S e a r c h f o r O r d e r 1 6 4 8 – 1 6 9 0

The Search for Order in Elite and Popular Culture

Constitutionalism’s emphasis on a social contract fostered the guarantee of individual freedoms, yet the constitutional governments pursued profits in the burgeoning slave trade just as avidly as the ab- solutist ones. Freedom did not mean liberty for everyone. One of the great debates of the time — and thereafter — concerned the meaning of free- dom: for whom, under what conditions, with what justifiable limitations could freedom be claimed? Freedom of the press found its first champion in the English poet John Milton, and freedom to choose one’s own religion began to attract adher- ents too. These freedoms posed their own dilem- mas: should publishers be allowed to print anything they wished and would religious tolera- tion undermine the state’s authority or even pro- mote skepticism about religion in general?

Poetry, painting, architecture, and even sci- ence at this time all reflected in some measure the attempts to ground authority — to define the re- lation between freedom and order — in new ways. Authority concerned not just rulers and subjects but also the hierarchy of groups in soci- ety. As European states consolidated their pow- ers, elites worked to distinguish themselves from the lower classes. They developed new codes of correct behavior for themselves and tried to teach order and discipline to their social inferiors. Their repeated efforts show, however, that popular cul- ture had its own dynamics which resisted control from above.

Freedom and Constraint in the Arts and Sciences Most Europeans feared disorder above all else. The French mathematician Blaise Pascal vividly captured their worries in his Pensées (Thoughts) of 1660: “I look on all sides, and I see only dark- ness everywhere.” Though Pascal made impor- tant contributions to the mathematical theory of probabilities, he was skeptical about the human ability to forge order out of chaos: “Nature pres- ents to me nothing which is not a matter of doubt and concern. . . . It is incomprehensible that God should exist, and incomprehensible that He should not exist.” Pascal urged his read- ers to accept the wager that God existed. Reason could not determine whether God existed or not, Pascal concluded. Poets, painters, and architects all grappled with similar issues of faith, reason,

and authority, but most of them came to more positive conclusions than Pascal about human capacities.

Milton. The English Puritan poet John Milton (1608–1674) wrestled with the inevitable limita- tions on individual liberty. In 1643, in the midst of the civil war between king and Parliament, he published writings in favor of divorce. When Par- liament enacted a censorship law aimed at such lit- erature, Milton responded in 1644 with one of the first defenses of freedom of the press, Areopagit- ica. (See Document, “John Milton, Defense of Freedom of the Press,” page 511.) In it, he argued that even controversial books about religion should be allowed because the state could not command religious belief. Milton favored limited

Th e S e a r c h f o r O r d e r i n E l i t e a n d P o p u l a r C u lt u r e 5 0 91 6 4 8 – 1 6 9 0

Gian Lorenzo Bernini, Ecstasy of St. Teresa of Ávila (c. 1650) This ultimate statement of baroque sculpture captures all the drama and even sensationalism of a mystical religious faith. Bernini based his figures on a vision reported by St. Teresa in which she saw an angel: “In his hands I saw a great golden spear, and at the iron tip there appeared to be a point of fire. This he plunged into my heart several times so that it penetrated my entrails. When he pulled it out I felt that he took them with it, and left me utterly con- sumed by the great love of God.” (Scala / Art Resource, NY.)

the power of the popes and the Catholic religion. He also sculpted tombs for the popes and a large statue of Constantine, the first Christian emperor of Rome — perfect examples of the marriage of power and religion.

Although France was a Catholic country, French painters, sculptors, and architects, like their patron Louis XIV, preferred the standards of clas- sicism to those of the baroque. French artists de- veloped classicism to be a French national style, distinct from the baroque style that was closely as- sociated with France’s enemies, the Austrian and Spanish Habsburgs. As its name suggests, classi- cism reflected the ideals of the art of antiquity: geometric shapes, order, and harmony of lines took precedence over the sensuous, exuberant, and emotional forms of the baroque. Rather than be- ing overshadowed by the sheer power of emotional display, in classicism the individual could be found at the intersection of converging, symmetrical, straight lines (see illustration above). These in- fluences were apparent in the work of the leading French painters of the period, Nicolas Poussin (1594–1665) and Claude Lorrain (1600–1682), both of whom worked in Rome and tried to re- create classical Roman values in their mythologi- cal scenes and Roman landscapes.

Art could also serve the interests of science. One of the most skilled illustrators of insects and

5 1 0 C h a p t e r 1 6 ■ S ta t e B u i l d i n g a n d t h e S e a r c h f o r O r d e r 1 6 4 8 – 1 6 9 0

classicism: A style of painting and architecture that reflected the ideals of the art of antiquity; in classicism, geometric shapes, order, and harmony of lines take precedence over the sensuous, exuberant, and emotional forms of the baroque.

French Classicism This painting by Nicolas Poussin, Discovery of Achilles on Skyros (1649–1650), shows the French interest in classical themes and ideals. In the Greek story, Thetis dresses her son Achilles as a young woman and hides him on the island of Skyros so he would not have to fight in the Trojan War. When a chest of treasures is offered to the women, Achilles reveals himself (he is the figure on the far right) because he cannot resist the sword. In telling the story, Poussin emphasizes harmony and almost a sedateness of composition, avoiding the exuberance and emotionalism of the baroque style. (Photograph © 2007 Museum of Fine Arts, Boston.)

religious toleration; that is, he wanted religious freedom for the many varieties of Protestants, but not for Catholics or non-Christians. Milton served as secretary to the Council of State during Cromwell’s rule and earned the enmity of Charles II by writing a justification for the execution of his father, Charles I.

Forced into retirement after the restoration of the monarchy, Milton published his epic poem Paradise Lost in 1667. He used the biblical Adam and Eve’s fall from grace to meditate on human freedom and the tragedies of rebellion. Although Milton wanted to “justify the ways of God to man,” his Satan, the proud angel who challenges God and is cast out of heaven, is so compelling as to be heroic. In the end, Adam and Eve embrace moral responsibility for their actions. Individuals learn the limits to their freedom, yet personal liberty re- mains essential to their humanity.

The Varieties of Artistic Style. The dominant artistic styles of the time — the baroque and the classical — both submerged the ordinary individ- ual in a grander design. The baroque style proved to be especially suitable for public displays of faith and power that overawed individual beholders. The combination of religious and political pur- poses in baroque art is best exemplified in the ar- chitecture and sculpture of Gian Lorenzo Bernini (1598–1680), the papacy’s official artist. His archi- tectural masterpiece was the gigantic square fac- ing St. Peter’s Basilica in Rome. Bernini’s use of freestanding colonnades and a huge open space was meant to impress the individual observer with

flowers was Maria Sibylla Merian (1646–1717), a German-born painter-scholar whose engravings were widely celebrated for their brilliant realism and microscopic clarity. Merian eventually sepa- rated from her husband and joined a sect called the Labadists (after its French founder, Jean de Labadie), whose members did not believe in for- mal marriage ties. After moving with her daugh- ters to the Labadists’ community in the northern Dutch province of Friesland, Merian went with missionaries from the sect to the Dutch colony of Surinam, in South America, and painted watercol- ors (see illustration, page 512) of the exotic flow- ers, birds, and insects she found in the jungle around the cocoa and sugarcane plantations. Many women became known for their still lifes, and es- pecially their paintings of flowers, during this time.

Public Interest in Science. Despite the initial reli- gious controversies associated with the scientific

Th e S e a r c h f o r O r d e r i n E l i t e a n d P o p u l a r C u lt u r e 5 1 11 6 4 8 – 1 6 9 0

John Milton, Defense of Freedom of the Press (1644)

D O C U M E N T

In Areopagitica (1644), the English poet John Milton rebuked Parliament for passing a bill to restrict freedom of the press by re- quiring licensing of every publication. The title came from Areopagus, the name of a court in ancient Athens. Milton argued that freedom of thought was essential to human dignity.

I deny not but that it is of greatest con- cernment in the church and common- wealth to have a vigilant eye how books demean themselves as well as men; and thereafter to confine, imprison, and do sharpest justice on them as malefactors. For books are not absolutely dead things, but do contain a potency of life in them to be as active as that soul was whose prog- eny they are; nay, they do preserve as in a vial the purest efficacy and extraction of that living intellect that bred them. I know they are as lively and as vigorously pro- ductive as those fabulous dragon’s teeth; and being sown up and down, may chance to spring up armed men. And yet, on the other hand, unless wariness be used, as good almost kill a man as kill a good book:

who kills a man kills a reasonable creature, God’s image; but he who destroys a good book, kills reason itself, kills the image of God, as it were, in the eye. Many a man lives a burden to the earth; but a good book is the precious lifeblood of a master spirit, embalmed and treasured up on pur- pose to a life beyond life. ’Tis true, no age can restore a life, whereof perhaps there is no great loss; and revolutions of ages do not oft recover the loss of a rejected truth, for the want of which whole nations fare the worse. We should be wary, therefore, what persecution we raise against the liv- ing labors of public men, how we spill that seasoned life of man preserved and stored up in books; since we see a kind of homi- cide may be thus committed, sometimes a martyrdom; and if it extend to the whole impression, a kind of massacre, whereof the execution ends not in the slaying of an elemental life, but strikes at that ethereal and fifth essence, the breath of reason it- self, slays an immortality rather than a life. But lest I should be condemned of intro- ducing license, while I oppose licensing, I refuse not the pains to be so much histor-

ical as will serve to show what hath been done by ancient and famous common- wealths against this disorder, till the very time that this project of licensing crept out of the Inquisition, was caught up by our prelates, and hath caught some of our presbyters. [. . .] As therefore the state of man now is, what wisdom can there be to choose, what continence to forbear with- out the knowledge of evil? He that can ap- prehend and consider vice with all her baits and seeming pleasures, and yet ab- stain, and yet distinguish, and yet prefer that which is truly better, he is the true warfaring Christian. I cannot praise a fugi- tive and cloistered virtue, unexercised and unbreathed, that never sallies out and sees her adversary, but slinks out of the race where that immortal garland is to be run for, not without dust and heat. Assuredly we bring not innocence into the world, we bring impurity much rather: that which purifies us is trial, and trial is by what is contrary.

Source: John Milton, Milton’s Prose Writing (London: J. M. Dant, 1961), 149–50, 158.

revolution, absolutist rulers quickly saw the poten- tial of the new science for enhancing their prestige and glory. Frederick William, the Great Elector of Brandenburg-Prussia, for example, set up agricul- tural experiments in front of his Berlin palace, and various German princes supported the work of Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz (1646–1716), who claimed that he, and not Isaac Newton, had invented the calculus. A lawyer, diplomat, mathematician, and scholar who wrote about metaphysics, cosmol- ogy, and history, Leibniz also helped establish sci- entific societies in the German states.

Government involvement in science was greatest in France, where science became an arm of mercantilist policy; in 1666, Colbert founded the Royal Academy of Sciences, which supplied fifteen scientists with government stipends. It met in the King’s Library in Paris, where for the first years the members devoted themselves to alchemical experiments and the study of mechanical devices.

Constitutional states supported science infor- mally but provided an environment that encour- aged its spread. The Royal Society of London, the counterpart to the one in Paris, grew out of infor- mal meetings of scientists at London and Oxford rather than direct government involvement. It re- ceived a royal charter in 1662 but maintained com- plete independence. The society’s secretary described its business to be “in the first place, to scrutinize the whole of Nature and to investigate its activity and powers by means of observations and experiments; and then in course of time to hammer out a more solid philosophy and more ample amenities of civilization.” Whether the state paid for the work or not, thinkers of the day now tied science explicitly to social progress.

Because of their exclusion from most univer- sities, women only rarely participated in the new scientific discoveries. In 1667, nonetheless, the Royal Society of London invited Margaret Cavendish, a writer of poems, essays, letters, and philosophical treatises, to attend a meeting to

watch the exhibition of experiments. Labeled “mad” by her critics, she attacked the use of tele- scopes and microscopes because she detected in the new experimentalism a mechanistic view of the world that exalted masculine prowess and chal- lenged the Christian belief in freedom of the will. Yet she urged the formal education of women, complaining that “we are kept like birds in cages to hop up and down in our houses.” “Many of our Sex may have as much wit, and be capable of Learning as well as men,” she insisted, “but since they want Instructions [lack education], it is not possible they should attain to it.”

Women and Manners Although excluded from the universities and the professions, women played important roles not only in the home but also in more formal spheres of social interaction, such as the courts of rulers. Women often took the lead in teaching manners or social etiquette. Poetry and painting might imaginatively explore the place of the individual within a larger whole, but real-life individuals had to learn to navigate their own social worlds. Women’s importance in refining social relation- ships quickly became a subject of controversy.

The Cultivation of Manners. The court had long been a central arena for the development of man- ners. Under the tutelage of their mothers and wives, nobles learned to hide all that was crass and to maintain a fine sense of social distinction. In some ways, aristocratic men were expected to act more like women; just as women had long been expected to please men, now aristocratic men had to please their monarch or patron by displaying proper manners and conversing with elegance and wit. The art of pleasing included foreign languages (especially French), dance, a taste for fine music, and attention to dress.

As part of the evolution of new aristocratic ideals, nobles learned to disdain all that was lowly. The upper classes began to reject popular festi- vals and fairs in favor of private theaters, where seats were relatively expensive and behavior was formal. Clowns and buffoons now seemed vul- gar; the last king of England to keep a court fool was Charles I. Chivalric romances that had en- tranced the nobility since the time of Cervantes’s Don Quixote (1605) now passed into popular lit- erature.

The greatest French playwright of the seven- teenth century, Molière (the pen name of Jean- Baptiste Poquelin, 1622–1673), wrote sparkling comedies of manners that revealed much about

5 1 2 C h a p t e r 1 6 ■ S ta t e B u i l d i n g a n d t h e S e a r c h f o r O r d e r 1 6 4 8 – 1 6 9 0

European Fascination with Products of the New World In this painting of a banana plant, Maria Sibylla Merian offers a scientific study of one of the many exotic plants and animals found by Europeans who traveled to the colonies overseas. Merian was fifty-one when she traveled to the Dutch South American colony of Surinam with her daughter. (Courtesy of Hunt Institute for Botanical Documentation, Carnegie Mellon University, Pittsburgh, PA.)

the new aristocratic behavior. His play The Middle- Class Gentleman, first performed for Louis XIV in 1670, revolves around the yearning of a rich, middle-class Frenchman, Monsieur Jourdain, to learn to act like a gentilhomme (meaning both “gentleman” and “nobleman”). Monsieur Jourdain buys fancy clothes; hires private instructors in dancing, music, fencing, and philosophy; and lends money to a debt-ridden noble in hopes that the noble will marry his daughter. Only his sensible wife and his daughter’s love for a worthier com- moner stand in his way. The message for the king’s courtiers seemed to be a reassuring one: only true nobles by blood can hope to act like nobles. But the play also showed how the middle classes were learning to emulate the nobility; if one could learn to act nobly through self-discipline, could not any- one with some education and money pass himself off as noble?

As Molière’s play demonstrated, new attention to manners trickled down from the court to the middle class. A French treatise on manners writ- ten in 1672 explained proper behavior:

If everyone is eating from the same dish, you should take care not to put your hand into it before those of higher rank have done so. . . . Formerly one was permitted . . . to dip one’s bread into the sauce, provided only that one had not already bitten it. Nowadays that would be a kind of rusticity. Formerly one was allowed to take from one’s mouth what one could not eat and drop it on the floor, provided it was done skillfully. Now that would be very disgusting.

The key words rusticity and disgusting reveal the association of unacceptable social behavior with the peasantry, dirt, and repulsion. Similar rules governed spitting and blowing one’s nose in pub- lic. Once the elite had successfully distinguished it- self from the lower classes through manners, scholars became more interested in studying pop- ular expressions. They avidly collected proverbs, folktales, and songs — all of these now curiosities.

Debates about Women’s Roles. Courtly manners often permeated the upper reaches of society by means of the salon, an informal gathering held regularly in private homes and presided over by a socially eminent woman. In 1661, one French au- thor claimed to have identified 251 Parisian women as hostesses of salons. The French govern- ment occasionally worried that these gatherings might challenge its authority, but the three main

topics of conversation were love, literature, and philosophy. Hostesses often worked hard to en- courage the careers of budding authors. Before publishing a manuscript, many authors, including court favorites like Corneille and Racine, would read their compositions to a salon gathering.

Some women went beyond encouraging male authors and began to write on their own, but they faced many obstacles. Marie-Madeleine Pioche de La Vergne, known as Madame de Lafayette, wrote several short novels that were published anony- mously because it was considered inappropriate for aristocratic women to appear in print. Follow- ing the publication of The Princess of Clèves in 1678, she denied having written it. Hannah Woolley, the English author of many books on domestic conduct, published under the name of her first husband. Women were known for writing wonderful letters, but the correspondence circu- lated only in handwritten form. In the 1650s, despite these limitations, French women began to turn out best sellers of a new type of literary form, the novel. Their success prompted the philosopher Pierre Bayle to remark in 1697 that “our best French novels for a long time have been written by women.”

The new importance of women in the world of manners and letters did not sit well with every- one. Although the French writer François Poulain de la Barre, in a series of works published in the 1670s, used the new science to assert the equality of women’s minds, most men resisted the idea. Clergy, lawyers, scholars, and playwrights attacked women’s growing public influence. Women, they complained, were corrupting forces and needed restraint. Only marriage, “this salutary yoke,” could control their passions and weaknesses. Women were accused of raising “the banner of prostitution in the salons, in the promenades, and in the streets.” Molière wrote plays denouncing women’s pretension to judge literary merit. English play- wrights derided learned women by creating char- acters with names such as Lady Knowall, Lady Meanwell, and Mrs. Lovewit.

A real-life target of the English playwrights was Aphra Behn (1640–1689), one of the first pro- fessional woman authors, who supported herself by journalism, wrote plays and poetry, and trans- lated scientific works. Her short novel Oroonoko (1688) told the story of an African prince mistak- enly sold into slavery. The story was so successful that it was adapted by playwrights and performed repeatedly in England and France for the next hun- dred years.

Women also played important roles in the new colonies. In order to establish more permanent

Th e S e a r c h f o r O r d e r i n E l i t e a n d P o p u l a r C u lt u r e 5 1 31 6 4 8 – 1 6 9 0

salon: An informal gathering held regularly in private homes and presided over by a socially eminent woman; salons spread from France in the seventeenth century to other countries in the eighteenth century.

and settled colonies, governments promoted the emigration of women so that male colonists would set up orderly Christian white households rather than pursuing sexual relations with native or slave women.

Reforming Popular Culture Controversies over female influence had little effect on the unschooled peasants who made up most of Europe’s population. Their culture had three main elements: their religion, which shaped every aspect of life and death; the knowledge needed to work at farming or in a trade; and popular forms of enter- tainment such as village fairs and dances. What changed most noticeably in the seventeenth cen- tury was the social elites’ attitude toward lower- class culture. The division between elite and popular culture widened as elites insisted on their difference from the lower orders and tried to instill new forms of discipline in their social inferiors. These efforts did not always succeed, however, as villagers tenaciously clung to their own traditions.

Popular Religion. In the seventeenth century, Protestant and Catholic churches alike pushed hard to change popular religious practices. Their campaigns against popular “paganism” began dur- ing the sixteenth-century Protestant Reformation and Catholic Counter-Reformation but reached much of rural Europe only in the seventeenth cen- tury. Puritans in England tried to root out may- pole dances, Sunday village fairs, gambling, taverns, and bawdy ballads because they interfered with sober observance of the Sabbath. In Lutheran Norway, pastors denounced a widespread belief in the miracle-working powers of St. Olaf. The word superstition previously meant “false religion” (Protestantism was a superstition for Catholics, Catholicism for Protestants); in the seventeenth century, it took on its modern meaning of irra- tional fears, beliefs, and practices, which anyone educated or refined would avoid.

The Catholic campaign against superstitious practices found a ready ally in Louis XIV. While the Sun King reformed the nobles at court through etiquette and manners, Catholic bishops in the French provinces trained parish priests to reform their flocks by using catechisms in local dialects and insisting that parishioners attend Mass. The church faced a formidable challenge. One bishop in France complained in 1671, “Can you believe that there are in this diocese entire villages where no one has even heard of Jesus Christ?” In some places, be- lievers sacrificed animals to the Virgin, prayed to

the new moon, and worshipped at the sources of streams as in pre-Christian times.

Like its Protestant counterpart, the Catholic campaign against ignorance and superstition helped extend state power. Clergy, officials, and lo- cal police worked together to limit carnival cele- brations, to regulate pilgrimages to shrines, and to replace “indecent” images of saints with more re- strained and decorous ones. In Catholicism, the cult of the Virgin Mary and devotions closely con- nected with Jesus, such as the Holy Sacrament and the Sacred Heart, took precedence over the cele- bration of popular saints who seemed to have pa- gan origins or were credited with unverified miracles. Reformers everywhere tried to limit the number of feast days on the grounds that they en- couraged lewd behavior.

New Attitudes toward Poverty. The campaign for more disciplined religious practices helped gener- ate a new attitude toward the poor. Poverty previ- ously had been closely linked with charity and virtue in Christianity; it was a Christian duty to give alms to the poor, and Jesus and many of the saints had purposely chosen lives of poverty. In the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, the upper classes, the church, and the state increasingly re- garded the poor as dangerous, deceitful, and lack- ing in character. “Criminal laziness is the source of all their vices,” wrote a Jesuit expert on the poor. The courts had previously expelled beggars from cities; now local leaders, both Catholic and Protes- tant, tried to reform their character. Municipal magistrates collected taxes for poor relief, and lo- cal notables organized charities; together they transformed hospitals into houses of confinement for beggars. In Catholic France, upper-class women’s religious associations, known as confra- ternities, set up asylums that confined prostitutes (by arrest if necessary) and rehabilitated them. Confraternities also founded hospices where or- phans learned proper behavior and respect for their betters. Such groups advocated harsh disci- pline as the cure for poverty.

As hard times increased the numbers of the poor and the rates of violent crime as well, atti- tudes toward the poor hardened. The elites tried to separate the very poor from society either to change them or to keep them from contaminating others. Hospitals became holding pens for society’s unwanted members; in them, the poor joined the disabled, the incurably diseased, and the insane. The founding of hospitals demonstrates the con- nection between elites’ attitudes and state build- ing. In 1676, Louis XIV ordered every French city

5 1 4 C h a p t e r 1 6 ■ S ta t e B u i l d i n g a n d t h e S e a r c h f o r O r d e r 1 6 4 8 – 1 6 9 0

to establish a hospital, and his government took charge of the finances. Other rulers soon followed the same path.

Popular Resistance to Reform. Even as elites set themselves apart and reformers from church and state tried to regulate popular activities, villagers and townspeople pushed back with reassertions of their own values. For hundreds of years, peasants had maintained their own forms of village jus- tice — called variously “rough music,” “ride on a donkey,” “skimmington,” “charivari,” or in North America, “shivaree.” If a young man married a much older woman for her money, for example, villagers would serenade the couple by ringing bells, playing crude flutes, banging pots and pans, and shooting muskets. If a man was rumored to have been physically assaulted by his wife, a rever- sal of the usual sex roles, he (or effigies of him and his wife) might be ridden on a donkey facing back- ward (to signify the role reversal) and pelted with dung before being ducked in a nearby pond or river. Anyone who transgressed the local customs governing family life — adulterers, for example — might suffer a similar fate. Processions sometimes included the display of horned animal heads (a symbol of adultery) or obscene drawings, and people made up mocking ryhmes and songs for various occasions. Some villagers singled out re- bellious women, wife beaters, and fathers deemed excessively cruel to their children. Others directed their mockery at tax officials, gamekeepers on big estates who tried to keep villagers from hunting, or unpopular preachers.

No matter how much care went into control- ling religious festivals, such events almost invari- ably opened the door to popular reinterpretation and sometimes drunken celebration. When the Spanish introduced Corpus Christi processions to their colony in Peru in the seventeenth century, elite Incas dressed in royal costumes to carry the banners of their parishes. Their clothing and or- naments combined Christian symbols with their own indigenous ones. They thus signaled their conversion to Catholicism but also reasserted their own prior identities. The Corpus Christi festival, held in late May or early June, conveniently took place about the same time as Inca festivals from the pre-Spanish era. Carnival, the days preceding Lent on the Christian calendar (Mardi Gras, or Fat Tuesday, is the last of them), offered the occasion for public revelry of all sorts. Although Catholic clergy worked hard to clamp down on the more riotous aspects of Carnival, many towns and vil- lages still held parades, like those of modern New

Orleans or Rio de Janeiro, that included compa- nies of local men dressed in special costumes and gigantic stuffed figures, sometimes with animal skins or heads, or elaborate masks.

Review: How did elite and popular culture become more separate in the seventeenth century?

Conclusion The search for order took place on various levels, from the reform of the disorderly poor to the es- tablishment of bureaucratic routines in govern- ment. The absolutist government of Louis XIV served as a model for all those who aimed to in- crease the power of the central state. Even Louis’s rivals — such as the Holy Roman Emperor Leopold I and Frederick William, the Great Elector of Bran- denburg-Prussia — followed his lead in centralizing authority and building up their armies. Whether ab- solutist or constitutionalist in form, seventeenth- century states aimed to penetrate more deeply into the lives of their subjects. They wanted more men for their armed forces; higher taxes to support their projects; and more control over foreign trade, reli- gious dissent, and society’s unwanted.

Some tears had begun to appear, however, in the seamless fabric of state power. The civil war

C o n c l u s i o n 5 1 51 6 4 8 – 1 6 9 0

Corpus Christi Procession in Peru This painting shows a Catholic procession by Incas that took place in the late 1670s in Cuzco, Peru. The Inca in front is wearing his native dress and he is followed by a float and religious figures carrying traditional Catholic imagery. (Museo del Arzobispo, Cuzco, Peru.)

between Charles I and Parliament in England in the 1640s opened the way to new demands for po- litical participation. When Parliament overthrew James II in 1688, it also insisted that the new king and queen, William and Mary, agree to a Bill of Rights. Left on their own during the turmoil in England, the English North American colonies de- veloped distinctive forms of representative govern- ment. In the eighteenth century, new levels of economic growth and the appearance of new so- cial groups would exert pressures on the European state system. The success of seventeenth-century rulers created the political and economic condi- tions in which their critics would flourish.

5 1 6 C h a p t e r 1 6 ■ S ta t e B u i l d i n g a n d t h e S e a r c h f o r O r d e r 1 6 4 8 – 1 6 9 0

For Further Exploration

■ For suggested references, including Web sites, for topics in this chapter, see page SR-1 at the end of the book.

■ For additional primary-source material from this period, see Chapter 16 in Sources of THE MAKING OF THE WEST, Third Edition.

■ For Web sites and documents related to topics in this chapter, see Make History at bedfordstmartins.com/hunt.

Austrian territory by 1699

Brandenburg-Prussian territory by 1688

Spanish Habsburg lands

Venetian possessions

Ottoman Empire

Boundary of the Holy Roman Empire

0 200 400 kilometers

0 200 400 miles

N

S

E

W

N o r t h S e a

Bay of Biscay

B l a c k S e a

A T L A N T I C O C E A N

B a l t

i c S

e a

M e d i t e r r a n e

a n

S e a

Tagus R.

Ebro R.

L oire R.

R hin

e R

.

Danube R .

Dan ube

R

Elbe R

.

Vist ula

R.

R h

ôn e

R

.

Gul f of F

inlan d

Dnieper R.

English Channel

SCOTLAND

ENGLAND

IRELAND

F R A N C E

SAVOY

SWITZ.

NAPLES

HUNGARY

S E R B I A

BALEARIC ISLANDS

Corsica

Sardinia

Sicily IONIAN IS. (Venice)

Crete (Venice)

S PA I NPORTUGAL PAPAL

STATES

POLAND- LITHUANIA

S W E D E N

R U S S I A

O T T O M A N

E M P I R E

V EN

ETIA N

REPU

BLIC

D E

N M

A R

K -

N O

R W

A Y

BRANDENBURG- PRUSSIA

AUSTRIA

Estonia

FINLAND

BULGARIA

MONTENEGRO

DUTCH REPUBLIC

Livonia

Rhodes

Cyprus

Franche- Comté Alsace

SPANISH NETH.

Paris

Lisbon

Madrid

Seville Granada

Barcelona

Bordeaux

Nantes

London

Naples

Rome

Venice

Genoa Florence

Palermo

Strasbourg

Munich

Leipzig

Berlin Warsaw

Danzig

Prague

Buda Pest

Minsk

Kiev

Moscow

Vienna

Belgrade

Constantinople

Amsterdam

A N A T O L I A

�

� �

� �

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

� �

�

� �

�

� �

�

�

��

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

M A P P I N G T H E W E S T

Europe at the End of the Seventeenth Century Size was not necessarily an advantage in the late 1600s. Poland-Lithuania, a large country on the map, had been fatally weakened by internal conflicts. In the next century it would disappear entirely. While the Ottoman Empire still controlled an extensive territory, outside of Anatolia its rule depended on intermediaries. The Austrian Habsburgs had pushed the Turks out of Hungary and back into the Balkans. The tiny Dutch Republic, meanwhile, had become very rich through international commerce and was the envy of far larger nations.

K e y Te r m s a n d P e o p l e M a k i n g C o n n e c t i o n s

R e v i e w Q u e s t i o n s

1. What accounts for the success of absolutism in some parts of Europe and its failure in others?

2. How did religious differences in the late seventeenth cen- tury still cause political conflict?

3. Why was the search for order a major theme in science, pol- itics, and the arts during this period?

1. How “absolute” was the power of Louis XIV?

2. Why did absolutism flourish everywhere in eastern Europe except Poland-Lithuania?

3. What differences over religion and politics caused the conflict between king and Parliament in England?

4. Why did constitutionalism thrive in the Dutch Republic and the British North American colonies, even as their par- ticipation in the slave trade grew?

5. How did elite and popular culture become more separate in the seventeenth century?

C h a p t e r R e v i e w

constitutionalism (484)

absolutism (484)

Louis XIV (484)

revocation of the Edict of Nantes (489)

bureaucracy (489)

mercantilism (490)

Frederick William of Hohenzollern (493)

Stenka Razin (496)

Levellers (499)

William, prince of Orange (504)

Glorious Revolution (504)

social contract (504)

classicism (510)

salon (513) For practice quizzes, a customized study plan, and other study tools, see the Online Study Guide at bedfordstmartins.com/hunt.

C h a p t e r R e v i e w 5 1 71 6 4 8 – 1 6 9 0

I m p o r ta n t Ev e n t s

1642–1646 Civil war between King Charles I and Parlia- ment in England

1648 Peace of Westphalia ends Thirty Years’ War; the Fronde revolt challenges royal authority in France; Ukrainian Cossack warriors rebel against the king of Poland-Lithuania; Spain formally recognizes independence of the Dutch Republic

1649 Execution of Charles I of England; new Russ- ian legal code assigns all to hereditary class

1651 Thomas Hobbes publishes Leviathan

1660 Monarchy restored in England

1661 Slave code set up in Barbados

1667 Louis XIV begins first of many wars that con- tinue throughout his reign

1678 Madame de Lafayette anonymously publishes her novel The Princess of Clèves

1683 Austrian Habsburgs break the Turkish siege of Vienna

1685 Louis XIV revokes toleration for French Protes- tants granted by the Edict of Nantes

1688 Parliament deposes James II and invites his daughter, Mary, and her husband, William of Orange, to take the throne

1690 John Locke publishes Two Treatises of Government and Essay Concerning Human Understanding

J ohann Sebastian Bach (1685–1750), composer of mighty organ

fugues and church cantatas, was not above amusing his Leipzig au-

diences, many of them university students. In 1732, he produced a

cantata about a young woman in love — with coffee. Her old-fashioned

father rages that he won’t find her a husband unless she gives up the

fad. She agrees, secretly vowing to admit no suitor who will not prom-

ise in the marriage contract to let her brew coffee whenever she wants.

Bach offers this conclusion:

The cat won’t give up its mouse, Girls stay faithful coffee-sisters Mother loves her coffee habit, Grandma sips it gladly too — Why then shout at the daughters?

Bach’s era might well be called the age of coffee. European travelers at

the end of the sixteenth century had noticed Middle Eastern people

drinking a “black drink,” kavah, and the Turks took coffee beans with

them on their military campaigns in eastern Europe. Few Europeans

sampled the drink at first, and the Arab monopoly on its production

kept prices high. This changed around 1700 when the Dutch East

India Company introduced coffee plants to Java and other Indonesian

islands. Coffee production then spread to the French Caribbean, where

African slaves provided the plantation labor. In Europe, imported cof-

fee spurred the development of a new kind of meeting place: the first

coffeehouse opened in London in 1652, and the idea spread quickly to

other European cities. Men gathered in coffeehouses to drink, read

newspapers, and talk politics. As a London newspaper commented in

1737, “There’s scarce an Alley in City and Suburbs but has a Coffee-

house in it, which may be called the School of Public Spirit, where every

Man over Daily and Weekly Journals, a Mug, or a Dram . . . devotes

himself to that glorious one, his Country.”

The Atlantic System and the World Economy 520 • Slavery and the Atlantic System • World Trade and Settlement • The Birth of Consumer Society

New Social and Cultural Patterns 529 • Agricultural Revolution • Social Life in the Cities • New Tastes in the Arts • Religious Revivals

Consolidation of the European State System 536 • French Ambitions Thwarted • British Rise and Dutch Decline • Russia’s Emergence as a European

Power • The Power of Diplomacy and the

Importance of Population

The Birth of the Enlightenment 545 • Popularization of Science and

Challenges to Religion • Travel Literature and the Challenge

to Custom and Tradition • Raising the Woman Question

519

The Atlantic System and Its Consequences 1690–1740

C H A P T E R

17

London Coffeehouse This gouache (a variant on watercolor painting) from about 1725 depicts a scene from a London coffeehouse located in the courtyard of the Royal Exchange (merchants’ bank). Middle-class men (wearing wigs) read newspapers, drink coffee, smoke pipes, and discuss the news of the day. The coffeehouse draws them out of their homes into a new public space. (© British Museum, London/ The Bridgeman Art Library.)

European consumption of coffee, tea, choco- late, and other novelties increased dramatically as European nations forged worldwide economic links. At the center of this new global economy was the Atlantic system, the web of trade routes that bound together western Europe, Africa, and the Americas. Europeans bought slaves in western Africa, transported them to be sold in the colonies in North and South America and the Caribbean, bought raw commodities such as coffee and sugar that were produced by the new colonial planta- tions, and then sold those commodities in Euro- pean ports for refining and reshipment. This Atlantic system, which first took clear shape in the early eighteenth century, became the hub of Euro- pean expansion throughout the world.

Coffee drinking is just one example of the many new social and cultural patterns that took root between 1690 and 1740. Improvements in agricultural production at home reinforced the effects of trade overseas; Europeans now had more disposable income for extras, and they spent their money not only in the new coffeehouses and cafés that sprang up all over Europe but also on news- papers, musical concerts, paintings, and novels. A new middle-class public began to make its pres- ence felt in every domain of culture and social life.

Although the rise of the Atlantic system gave Europe new prominence in the global context, Eu- ropean rulers still focused most of their political, diplomatic, and military energies on their rivalries within Europe. A coalition of countries succeeded in containing French aggression, and a more bal- anced diplomatic system emerged. In eastern Europe, Prussia and Austria had to contend with the

rising power of Russia under Peter the Great. In western Europe, both Spain and the Dutch Repub- lic declined in influence but continued to vie with Britain and France for colonial spoils in the Atlantic. The more evenly matched competition among the great powers encouraged the development of diplo- matic skills and drew attention to public health as a way of encouraging population growth.

In the aftermath of Louis XIV’s revocation of the Edict of Nantes in 1685, a new intellectual movement known as the Enlightenment began to germinate. An initial impetus came from French Protestant refugees who published works critical of absolutism in politics and religion. Increased prosperity, the growth of a middle-class public, and the decline in warfare after Louis XIV’s death in 1715 helped fuel this new critical spirit. Fed by the popularization of science and the growing in- terest in travel literature, the Enlightenment en- couraged greater skepticism about religious and state authority. Eventually, the movement would question almost every aspect of social and politi- cal life in Europe. The Enlightenment began in western Europe in those countries — Britain, France, and the Dutch Republic— most affected by the new Atlantic system. It too was a product of the age of coffee.

Focus Question: What were the most important consequences of the growth of the Atlantic system?

The Atlantic System and the World Economy Although their ships had been circling the globe since the early 1500s, Europeans did not draw most of the world into their economic orbit until the 1700s. Western European trading nations sent

5 2 0 C h a p t e r 1 7 ■ Th e A t l a n t i c S y s t e m a n d I t s C o n s e q u e n c e s 1 6 9 0 – 1 7 4 0

Atlantic system: The network of trade established in the 1700s that bound together western Europe, Africa, and the Americas. Europeans sold slaves from western Africa and bought com- modities that were produced by the new colonial plantations in North and South America and the Caribbean.

1690 1700 1710

■ 1690s Development of Caribbean plantations

■ 1694 Bank of England established; Astell, A Serious Proposal to the Ladies

■ 1697 Bayle, Historical and Critical Dictionary

■ 1699 Turks forced to recognize Austrian rule over Hungary, Transylvania

■ 1703 Building of St. Petersburg begins; first Russian newspaper

■ 1713–1714 Peace of Utrecht

■ 1714–1727 King George I of England

■ 1715 Death of Louis XIV

ships loaded with goods to buy slaves from local rulers on the western coast of Africa; the slaves were then transported to the colonies in North and South America and the Caribbean and sold to the owners of plantations producing coffee, sugar, cot- ton, and tobacco. Money from the slave trade was used to buy the raw commodities produced in the colonies and ship them back to Europe, where they were refined or processed and then sold within Europe and around the world. The Atlantic system and the growth of international trade thus helped create a new consumer society.

Slavery and the Atlantic System Spain and Portugal dominated Atlantic trade in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, but in the eighteenth century European trade in the Atlantic rapidly expanded and became more systematically interconnected (Map 17.1). By 1630, Portugal had already sent sixty thousand African slaves to Brazil to work on the new plantations (large tracts of lands that produced staple crops, were farmed by slave labor, and were owned by colonial settlers from western Europe), which were producing some fifteen thousand tons of sugar a year. Real- izing that plantations producing staples for Euro- peans could bring fabulous wealth, the European powers grew less interested in the dwindling trade in precious metals and more eager to colonize. In the 1690s, large-scale planters of sugar, tobacco, and coffee began displacing small farmers who re- lied on one or two servants. Planters and their plantations won out because cheap slave labor allowed them to produce mass quantities of com- modities at low prices.

State-chartered private companies from Por- tugal, France, Britain, the Dutch Republic, Prussia, and even Denmark exploited the 3,500-mile coast- line of West Africa for slaves. Before 1675, most blacks taken from Africa had been sent to Brazil, but by 1700 half of the African slaves were land- ing in the Caribbean (Figure 17.1). Thereafter, the plantation economy began to expand on the North American mainland. The numbers stagger the imagination. Before 1650, slave traders trans- ported about seven thousand Africans each year

Th e A t l a n t i c S y s t e m a n d t h e W o r l d E c o n o m y 5 2 11 6 9 0 – 1 7 4 0

1720 1730 1740

■ 1720 Last plague outbreak in western Europe

■ 1721 Treaty of Nystad; Montesquieu, Persian Letters

348,000 578,600

British North America and U.S.

Spanish America

1,891,400

Brazil

3,233,700

Caribbean

578,600

Spanish America

F I G U R E 1 7 . 1 African Slaves Imported into American Territories, 1701–1810

During the eighteenth century, planters in the newly established Caribbean colonies imported millions of African slaves to work the new plantations that produced sugar, coffee, indigo, and cotton for the European market. The vast majority of African slaves transported to the Americas ended up in either the Caribbean or Brazil. Why were so many slaves transported to the Caribbean islands, which are relatively small compared to Spanish or British North America? (Adapted from Philip D. Curtin, The Atlantic Slave Trade: A Census [Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1969].)

plantation: A large tract of land that produced staple crops such as sugar, coffee, and tobacco; was farmed by slave labor; and was owned by a colonial settler.

■ 1733 War of the Polish Succession; Voltaire, Letters Concerning the English Nation

■ 1741 Handel, Messiah■ 1719 Defoe, Robinson Crusoe

5 2

2 C

h a

p t

e r

1 7

■

T h

e A

t l

a n

t ic

S y

s t

e m

a n

d It

s C

o n

s e

q u

e n

c e

s 1

6 9

0 –

1 7

4 0

N

S

EW

British

Danish

Dutch

French

Portuguese

Russian

Spanish

Trade goodsSpices

3,000 miles1,5000

3,000 kilometers1,5000

ATLANTIC OCEAN

PACIFIC OCEAN

Hudson Bay

Gold, silver

G o

ld , silver

Si lv

er

Slaves

Toba cco

Tim ber, f

ish

Furs, fish

G ol

d , s

u ga

r Slaves

Slaves

Ma nu

fac tur

ed goo

ds

Eb on

y, sl

a ve

s C o

ff ee

S il

k , c

o ff

ee , g

em s

S p

ic es

, c a

li co

es , p

ea rl

s S

il k,

co tt

on , g

em s

P ep

p er

C of

fe e

Sp ic

es

T ea

, p or

ce la

in , s

il k

la cq

u er

w a

re , s

p ic

es

Su gar

NORTH AMERICA

NEW FRANCE

SOUTH AMERICA

A F R I C A

EUROPE A S I A

WEST INDIES

Java

JAPAN

PHILIPPINES

C H I N A

CANADA

NEW SPAIN (MEXICO)

PERU BRAZIL

PORTUGAL

SPAIN

FRANCE

GREAT BRITAIN

DUTCH REPUBLIC

D E

N M

A R

K -N

O R

W A

Y

SWEDEN

OTTOMAN EMPIRE

ANGOLA

R U S S I A

I N D O N E S I A

INDIA

ICELAND

EAST INDIES

Barbados

Cape of Good Hope

BR IT

IS H

N O

RT H

AM ER

IC A

Bombay (Br.)

Calcutta (Br.)

Guangzhou (Canton)

Pondicherry (Fr.)

� � �

�

M A P 1 7 . 1 European Trade Patterns, c. 1740 By 1740, the European powers had colonized much of North and South America and incorporated their colonies there into a worldwide system of commerce centered on the slave trade and plantation production of staple crops. Europeans still sought spices and luxury goods in China and the East Indies, but outside of Java, few Europeans had settled permanently in these areas. ■ How did control over colonies determine dominance in international trade in this period?

across the Atlantic; this rate doubled between 1650 and 1675, nearly doubled again in the next twenty- five years, and kept increasing until the 1780s (Figure 17.2, below). In all, more than eleven mil- lion Africans, not counting those who were cap- tured but died before or during the sea voyage, were transported to the Americas before the slave trade began to wind down after 1850. Many indi- vidual traders gained spectacular wealth, but com- panies did not always make profits. The English Royal African Company, for example, delivered 100,000 slaves to the Caribbean and imported thirty thousand tons of sugar to Britain yet lost money after the few profitable years following its founding in 1672.

The Life of the Slaves. The balance of white and black populations in the New World colonies was determined by the staples produced. Because they did not own plantations, New England merchants and farmers bought few slaves. Blacks — both slave and free — made up only 3 percent of the popu- lation in eighteenth-century New England, com- pared with 60 percent in South Carolina. On the whole, the British North American colonies con- tained a higher proportion of African Americans

from 1730 to 1765 than at any other time in Amer- ican history. The imbalance of whites and blacks was even more extreme in the Caribbean, where most indigenous people had already died fight- ing Europeans or the diseases brought by them. By 1713, the French Caribbean colony of St. Domingue (on the western part of Hispaniola, present-day Haiti) had four times as many black slaves as whites; by 1754, slaves there outnumbered whites more than ten to one.

Enslaved women and men suffered terribly. Most had been sold to European traders by Africans from the west coast who acquired them through warfare or kidnapping. The vast majority were between fourteen and thirty-five years old. Before they were crammed onto the ships for the three-month trip, their heads were shaved, they were stripped naked, and some were branded with red-hot irons. Men and women were separated. Men were shackled with leg irons. Sailors and of- ficers raped the women whenever they wished and beat those who refused their advances. In the cramped and appalling conditions of the voyage, as many as one-fourth of the slaves died.

Those who survived the transit were forced into degrading and oppressive conditions. Upon

Th e A t l a n t i c S y s t e m a n d t h e W o r l d E c o n o m y 5 2 31 6 9 0 – 1 7 4 0

N u

m b

er o

f S

la ve

s

Years 1500

1500

1525

1550 1575

1600

1625

1650

1675

1700

1725 1750 1780 1800

1820

1760 1830

1850

1860

1870

1840

100

1,000

10,000

100,000

1600 1700 1800 1870

F I G U R E 1 7 . 2 Annual Imports in the Atlantic Slave Trade, 1450–1870 The importation of slaves to the American territories reached its height in the second half of the eighteenth century and began to decline around 1800. Yet despite the abolition of the slave trade by the British in 1807, commerce in slaves did not seriously diminish until after the revolutions of 1848. (Adapted from Philip D. Curtin, The Atlantic Slave Trade: A Census (Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1969). Reprinted by

permission of the University of Wisconsin Press.)

purchase, masters gave slaves new names, often only first names, and in some colonies branded them as personal property. Slaves had no social identities of their own; they were expected to learn their master’s language and to do any job assigned. Slaves worked fifteen- to seventeen-hour days and were fed only enough to keep them on their feet. Brazilian slaves consumed more calories than the poorest Brazilians do today, but that hardly made them well fed. The death rate among slaves was high, especially on the sugar plantations, where slaves had to cut and haul sugarcane to the grinders and boilers before it spoiled. During the harvest, grinding and boiling went on around the clock. Because so many slaves died in the sugar-growing regions, more and more slaves, especially strong males, had to be imported. In North America, in

contrast, where sugar was a minor crop, the slave population increased tenfold by 1863 through nat- ural growth.

Not surprisingly, despite the threat of torture or death on recapture, slaves sometimes ran away. (See “New Sources, New Perspectives,” above.) In Brazil, runaways found quilombos (hideouts) in the forests or backcountry. When it was discovered and destroyed in 1695, the quilombo of Palmares had thirty thousand fugitives who had formed their own social organization, complete with elected kings and councils of elders. Outright re- volt was uncommon, especially before the nine- teenth century, but other forms of resistance included stealing food, breaking tools, and feign- ing illness or stupidity. Slaveholders’ fears about conspiracy and revolt lurked beneath the surface

5 2 4 C h a p t e r 1 7 ■ Th e A t l a n t i c S y s t e m a n d I t s C o n s e q u e n c e s 1 6 9 0 – 1 7 4 0

H istorians have found it difficult to reconstruct slave life from the point of view of the slaves themselves, in

part because slaves newly imported from Africa to the New World did not speak the language of their captors. Scholars have at- tempted to fill in this blank by using a va- riety of overlapping sources. The most interesting and controversial of these sources are oral histories taken from de- scendants of slaves. In some former slave societies, these descendants still tell stories about their ancestors’ first days under slav- ery. The controversy comes from using present-day memories to shed light on eighteenth-century lives.

One of the regions most intensively studied in this fashion is Suriname (for- merly Dutch Guiana), on the northeast coast of South America between present- day Guyana and French Guiana. This re- gion is a good source of oral histories because 10 percent of the African slaves transported there between the 1680s and the 1750s escaped from the plantations and fled into the nearby rain forests. There they set up their own societies and devel- oped their own language, in which they carried on the oral traditions of the first

runaway slaves. The descendants of the runaway slaves recounted the following details:

In slavery, there was hardly anything to eat. It was at the place called Providence Planta- tion. They whipped you there till your ass was burning. Then they would give you a bit of plain rice in a calabash [a bowl made from a hard-shelled tropical American fruit]. . . . And the gods told them that this is no way for human beings to live. They would help them. Let each person go where he could. So they ran.

From other sources, historians have learned that there was a major slave rebellion at Providence Plantation in Suriname in1693.

By comparing such oral histories to written accounts of plantation owners, missionaries, and Dutch colonial officials, historians have been able to paint a richly detailed picture not only of slavery but also of runaway slave societies, which were especially numerous in South America. At the end of the eighteenth century, a Portuguese-speaking Jew named David de Ishak Cohen Nassy wrote his own history of plantation life based on records from the local Jewish community that are now

lost. Because the Dutch, unlike most other Europeans, allowed Jews to own slaves, Portuguese-speaking Jews from Brazil owned about one-third of the plantations and slaves in Suriname. Nassy gave the following account of Suriname’s first slave revolt:

There was in the year 1690 a revolt on a plantation situated on the Cassewinica Creek, behind Jews Savannah, belonging to a Jew named Imanuël Machado, where, having killed their master, [the slaves] fled, carrying away with them everything that was there. . . . The Jews . . . in an expedition which they undertook against the rebels, killed many of them and brought back several who were punished by death on the very spot.

The oral histories told about the revolt from the runaway slaves’ perspective:

There had been a great council meeting [of runaway slaves] in the forest. . . . They de- cided to burn a different one of [Machado’s] plantations from the place where he had whipped Lanu [one of the runaway slaves] because they would find more tools there. This was the Cassewinica Plantation, which had many slaves. They knew all about this plantation from slavery times. So, they at-

N E W S O U R C E S , N E W P E R S P E C T I V E S

Oral History and the Life of Slaves

of every slave-based society. In 1710, the royal gov- ernor of Virginia reminded the colonial legislature of the need for unceasing vigilance: “We are not to Depend on Either Their Stupidity, or that Babel of Languages among ’em; freedom Wears a Cap which Can Without a Tongue, Call Togather all Those who Long to Shake off the fetters of Slav- ery.” Masters defended whipping and other forms of physical punishment as essential to maintain- ing discipline. Laws called for the castration of a slave who struck a white person.

Effects of the Slave Trade on Europe. Plantation owners often left their colonial possessions in the care of agents and merely collected the revenue so that they could live as wealthy landowners back home, where they built opulent mansions and

gained influence in local and national politics. William Beckford, for example, had been sent from Jamaica to school in England as a young boy. When he inherited sugar plantations and shipping com- panies from his father and older brother, he moved the headquarters of the family business to London in the 1730s to be close to the government and financial markets. His holdings formed the single most powerful economic interest in Jamaica, but he preferred to live in England, where he could buy works of art for his many luxurious homes, hold political office (he was lord mayor of London and a member of Parliament), and even lend money to the government.

The slave trade permanently altered consump- tion patterns for ordinary people. Sugar had been prescribed as a medicine before the end of the

Over the next decades, the runaway slaves fought a constant series of battles with plantation owners and Dutch offi- cials. Finally, in 1762, the Dutch granted the runaway slaves their freedom in a peace agreement and allowed them to trade in

the main town of the colony in exchange for agreeing to return all future runaways. The runaways had not destroyed the slave system, but they had gained their own in- dependence alongside it. From their oral histories it is possible to retrace their ef- forts to build new lives in a strange place, in which they combined African practices with New World experiences.

Source: Richard Price, Alabi’s World (Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1990), 17, 9.

Questions to Consider 1. What did the runaway slaves mentioned

in these accounts aim to accomplish when they attacked plantations?

2. Why would runaway slaves make an agreement with the Dutch colonial of- ficials to return future runaways?

3. Can oral histories recorded in the twen- tieth century be considered accurate ver- sions of events that took place in the eighteenth century? How can they be tested?

Further Reading Price, Richard. Alabi’s World. 1990. Stedman, John Gabriel. Narrative of a Five

Years’ Expedition Against the Revolted Negroes of Surinam. Edited, and with an introduction and notes, by Richard Price and Sally Price. 1988.

tacked. It was at night. They killed the head of the plantation, a white man. They took all the things, everything they needed.

The runaway slaves saw the attack as part of their ongoing effort to build a life in the rain forest, away from the whites.

Slaves of Suriname in the 1770s John Gabriel Stedman published an account of his participation in a five- year expedition against the runaway slaves of Suriname that took place in the 1770s. He provided drawings such as the one reproduced here, which shows Africans who have just come off a slave ship. (The New York Public Library/ Art Resource, NY.)

Th e A t l a n t i c S y s t e m a n d t h e W o r l d E c o n o m y 5 2 51 6 9 0 – 1 7 4 0

sixteenth century, but the development of planta- tions in Brazil and the Caribbean made it a stan- dard food item. By 1700, the British were sending home fifty million pounds of sugar a year, a figure that doubled by 1730. During the French Revolu- tion of the 1790s, sugar shortages would become a cause for rioting in Paris. Equally pervasive was the spread of tobacco; by the 1720s, Britain was importing two hundred shiploads of tobacco from Virginia and Maryland annually, and men of every country and class smoked pipes or took snuff.

The Origins of Modern Racism. The traffic in slaves disturbed many Europeans. As a govern- ment memorandum to the Spanish king explained in 1610: “Modern theologians in published books commonly report on, and condemn as unjust, the acts of enslavement which take place in provinces of this Royal Empire.” Between 1667 and 1671, the French Dominican monk Father Du Tertre pub- lished three volumes in which he denounced the mistreatment of slaves in the French colonies.

In the 1700s, however, slaveholders began to justify their actions by demeaning the mental and spiritual qualities of the enslaved Africans. White Europeans and colonists sometimes described black slaves as animal-like, akin to apes. A leading New England Puritan asserted about the slaves: “Indeed their Stupidity is a Discouragement. It may seem, unto as little purpose, to Teach, as to wash an Aethiopian [Ethiopian].” One of the great para-

doxes of this time was that talk of liberty and self- evident rights, especially prevalent in Britain and its North American colonies, coexisted with the belief that some people were meant to be slaves. Although Christians believed in principle in a kind of spiritual equality between blacks and whites, the churches often defended or at least did not oppose the inequities of slavery.

World Trade and Settlement The Atlantic system helped extend European trade relations across the globe. The textiles that Atlantic shippers exchanged for slaves on the west coast of Africa, for example, were manufactured in India and exported by the British and French East India Companies. As much as one-quarter of the British exports to Africa in the eighteenth century were actually re-exports from India. To expand its trade in the rest of the world, Europeans seized territo- ries and tried to establish permanent settlements. The eighteenth-century extension of European power prepared the way for western global domi- nation in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.

The Americas. In contrast to the sparsely inhab- ited trading outposts in Asia and Africa, the colonies in the Americas bulged with settlers. The British North American colonies, for example, contained about 1.5 million nonnative (that is, white settler and black slave) residents by 1750.

5 2 6 C h a p t e r 1 7 ■ Th e A t l a n t i c S y s t e m a n d I t s C o n s e q u e n c e s 1 6 9 0 – 1 7 4 0

Caribbean Sugar Mill This seventeenth-century engraving of a sugar mill or grinder makes the work seem much less difficult than it was in practice. Slaves cut the sugarcane and then hauled it from the fields to the mill, where it was crushed. Many slaves lost fingers or hands in the process. The slaves then collected the juice (bottom center) and carried it to the boilers, shown at the bottom left and right. The sap was poured into molds and dried. Then the bricks of raw sugar were exported to Europe for refining. (The Granger Collection, NY.)

While the Spanish competed with the Portuguese for control of South America, the French com- peted with the British for control of North Amer- ica. Spanish and British settlers came to blows over the boundary between the British colonies and Florida, which was held by Spain.

Local economies shaped colonial social rela- tions; men in French trapper communities in Canada, for example, had little in common with the men and women of the plantation societies in Barbados or Brazil. Racial attitudes also differed from place to place. The Spanish and Portuguese tolerated intermarriage with the native popula- tions in both America and Asia. Sexual contact, both inside and outside marriage, fostered greater racial variety in the Spanish and Portuguese colonies than in the French or the English territo- ries (though mixed-race people could be found everywhere). By 1800, mestizos, children of Span- ish men and Indian women, accounted for more than a quarter of the population in the Spanish colonies, and many of them aspired to join the lo- cal elite. However, greater racial diversity seems not to have improved the treatment of slaves.

Where intermarriage between colonizers and natives was common, conversion to Christianity proved most successful. Even while maintaining their native religious beliefs, many Indians in the Spanish colonies had come to consider themselves devout Catholics by 1700. Indian carpenters and ar- tisans in the villages produced innumerable altars, retables (painted panels), and sculpted images to adorn their local churches, and individual families put up domestic shrines. Yet the clergy remained overwhelmingly Spanish: the church hierarchy con- cluded that the Indians’ humility and innocence made them unsuitable for the priesthood.

In the early years of American colonization, many more men than women emigrated from Europe. Although the sex imbalance began to decline at the end of the seventeenth century, it remained substantial; two and a half times more men than women were among the immigrants leaving Liverpool, England, between 1697 and 1707, for example. Women who emigrated as in- dentured servants ran great risks: if they did not die of disease during the voyage, they were likely to give birth to illegitimate children (the fate of at least one in five servant women) or be virtually sold into marriage. Upper-class women were often kept in seclusion, especially in the Spanish and Portuguese colonies.

The uncertainties of life in the American colonies provided new opportunities for European women and men willing to live outside the law, however. In the 1500s and 1600s, the English and Dutch governments had routinely authorized pi- rates to prey on the ships of their rivals, the Span- ish and Portuguese. Then, in the late 1600s, English, French, and Dutch bands made up of de- serters and crews from wrecked vessels began to form their own associations of pirates, especially in the Caribbean. Called buccaneers from their custom of curing strips of beef, called boucan by the native Caribs of the islands, the pirates gov- erned themselves and preyed on everyone’s ship- ping without regard to national origin. After 1700, the colonial governments tried to stamp out piracy. As one British judge argued in 1705, “A pi- rate is in perpetual war with every individual and every state. . . . They are worse than ravenous beasts.”

Africa and Asia. White settlements in Africa and Asia remained small and almost insignificant, ex- cept for their long-term potential. Europeans had little contact with East Africa and almost none with Africa’s vast interior. A handful of Portuguese trading posts in Angola and a few Dutch farms on the Cape of Good Hope provided the only toe- holds for future expansion. In China, the emper- ors had welcomed Catholic missionaries at court in the seventeenth century, but the priests’ credi- bility diminished as they squabbled among them- selves and associated with European merchants, whom the Chinese considered pirates. “The barbarians [Europeans] are like wild beasts,” one Chinese official concluded. In 1720, only one thou- sand Europeans resided in Guangzhou (Canton), the sole place where foreigners could legally trade for spices, tea, and silk (see Map 17.1, page 522).

Europeans exercised more influence in Java (in what was then called the East Indies) and in India. Dutch coffee production in Java and nearby islands increased phenomenally in the early 1700s, and many Dutch settled there to oversee produc- tion and trade. Dutch, English, French, Por- tuguese, and Danish companies competed in India for spices, cotton, and silk; by the 1740s, the Eng- lish and French had become the leading rivals in India, just as they were in North America. Both countries extended their power as India’s Muslim rulers lost control to local Hindu princes, rebel- lious Sikhs, invading Persians, and their own

Th e A t l a n t i c S y s t e m a n d t h e W o r l d E c o n o m y 5 2 71 6 9 0 – 1 7 4 0

mestizo: A person born to a Spanish father and a native Amer- ican mother.

buccaneers: Pirates of the Caribbean who governed themselves and preyed on international shipping.

provincial governors. A few thousand Europeans lived in India, though many thousand more sol- diers were stationed there to protect them. The staple of trade with India in the early 1700s was calico — lightweight, brightly colored cotton cloth that caught on as a fashion in Europe (see the im- age above).

Europeans who visited India were especially struck by what they viewed as exotic religious prac- tices. In a book published in 1696 of his travels to western India, an Anglican minister described the fakirs (religious mendicants, or beggars of alms), “some of whom show their devotion by a shame- less appearance, walking naked, without the least rag of clothes to cover them.” Such writings in- creased European interest in the outside world but also fed a European sense of superiority that helped excuse the more violent forms of colonial domination (see The Exotic as Consumer Item, page 529).

The Birth of Consumer Society As worldwide colonization produced new supplies of goods, from coffee to calico, population growth in Europe fueled demand for them. Beginning first in Britain, then in France and the Italian states, and finally in eastern Europe, population surged, grow- ing by about 20 percent between 1700 and 1750. The gap between a fast-growing northwest and a more stagnant south and central Europe now di- minished as regions that had lost population dur- ing the seventeenth-century downturn recovered. Cities, in particular, grew. Between 1600 and 1750,

London’s population more than tripled and Paris’s more than doubled.

Although contemporaries could not have re- alized it then, this was the start of the modern pop- ulation explosion. It appears that a decline in the death rate, rather than a rise in the birthrate, ex- plains the turnaround. Three main factors con- tributed to increased longevity: better weather and hence more bountiful harvests, improved agricul- tural techniques, and the plague’s disappearance after 1720.

By the early eighteenth century, the effects of economic expansion and population growth brought about a consumer revolution. For example, the British East India Company began to im- port into Britain huge quantities of calico; British imports of tobacco doubled between 1672 and 1700; and at Nantes, the center of the French sugar trade, imports quadrupled between 1698 and 1733. Tea, chocolate, and coffee became virtual ne- cessities. In the 1670s, only a trickle of tea reached London, but by 1720 the East India Company had sent nine million pounds to England — a figure that rose to thirty-seven million pounds by 1750. In 1700, England had two thousand coffeehouses; by 1740, every English country town had at least two. Paris got its first cafés at the end of the sev- enteenth century; Berlin opened its first coffee- house in 1714; and Bach’s Leipzig boasted eight by 1725.

5 2 8 C h a p t e r 1 7 ■ Th e A t l a n t i c S y s t e m a n d I t s C o n s e q u e n c e s 1 6 9 0 – 1 7 4 0

consumer revolution: The rapid increase in consumption of new staples produced in the Atlantic system as well as of other items of daily life that were previously unavailable or beyond the reach of ordinary people.

India Cottons and Trade with the East This colored cotton cloth (now faded with age) was painted and embroidered in Madras in southern India sometime in the late 1600s. The male figure with a mustache may be a European, but the female figures are clearly Asian. Europeans—especially the British— discovered that they could make big profits on the export of Indian cotton cloth to Europe. They also traded Indian cottons in Africa for slaves and sold large quantities in the colonies. (Victoria and Albert Museum, London.)

A new economic dynamic steadily took shape that would influence all of subsequent history. More and more people escaped the confines of a subsistence economy, in which peasants produced barely enough to support themselves from year to year. As ordinary people gained more disposable income, demand for nonessential consumer goods rose (see Document, “The Social Effects of Grow- ing Consumption,” page 530). These included not only the new colonial products such as coffee and tea but also tables, chairs, sheets, chamber pots, lamps, mirrors, and for the better off still, coffee- and teapots, china, cutlery, chests of drawers, desks, clocks, and pictures for the walls. Rising de- mand created more jobs and more income and yet more purchasing power in a mutually reinforcing cycle. In the English economic literature of the 1690s, writers reacted to these developments by ex- pressing a new view of humans as consuming an- imals with boundless appetites. Many authors

attacked the new doctrine of consumerism, but they could not hold back the fast-growing market for consumption. Change did not occur all at once, however. The consumer revolution spread from the cities to the countryside, from England to the continent, and from western Europe to eastern Europe only over the long run.

Review: How was consumerism related to slavery in the early eighteenth century?

New Social and Cultural Patterns The rise of consumption was fueled in part by a revolution in agricultural techniques that made it possible to produce larger quantities of food with a smaller agricultural workforce. As population in- creased, more people moved to the cities, where they found themselves caught up in innovative ur- ban customs such as attending musical concerts and reading novels. Along with a general increase in literacy, these activities helped create a public that responded to new writers and artists. As al- ways, people’s experiences varied depending on whether they lived in wealth or poverty, in urban or rural areas, or in eastern or western Europe.

Agricultural Revolution Although Britain, France, and the Dutch Republic shared the enthusiasm for consumer goods, Britain’s domestic market grew most quickly. In Britain, as agricultural output increased 43 percent over the course of the 1700s, the population in- creased by 70 percent. The British imported grain to feed the growing population, but they also ben- efited from the development of techniques that to- gether constituted an agricultural revolution. No new machinery propelled this revolution — just increasingly aggressive attitudes toward invest- ment and management. The Dutch and the Flem- ish had pioneered many of these techniques in the 1600s, but the British took them further.

Four major changes occurred in British agri- culture that eventually spread to other countries. First, farmers increased the amount of land under cultivation by draining wetlands and by growing crops on previously uncultivated common lands

N e w S o c i a l a n d C u lt u r a l Pa t t e r n s 5 2 91 6 9 0 – 1 7 4 0

The Exotic as Consumer Item This painting by the Venetian artist Rosalba Carriera (1675–1757) is titled Africa. The young black girl wearing a turban represents the African continent. Carriera was known for her use of pastels. In 1720, she journeyed to Paris, where she became an associate of Antoine Watteau and helped inaugurate the rococo style in painting. Why might the artist have chosen to paint an African girl? (Staatliche Kunstsammlungen Dresden, Gemaldegalerie Alte Meister.)

■ For more help analyzing this image, see the visual activity for this chapter in the Online Study Guide at bedfordstmartins.com/hunt.

agricultural revolution: Increasingly aggressive attitudes toward investment in and management of land that increased production of food in the 1700s.

(acreage maintained by the community for graz- ing). Second, those farmers who could afford it consolidated small, scattered plots into larger, more efficient units. Third, livestock raising be- came more closely linked to crop growing, and the yields of each increased. (See “Taking Measure,” page 531.) For centuries, most farmers had rotated their fields in and out of production to replenish the soil. Now farmers planted carefully chosen fod- der crops such as clover and turnips that added nutrients to the soil, thereby eliminating the need to leave a field fallow (unplanted) every two or three years. With more fodder available, farmers could raise more livestock, which in turn produced more manure to fertilize grain fields. Fourth, se- lective breeding of animals combined with the in-

crease in fodder to improve the quality and size of herds. New crops had only a slight impact; pota- toes, for example, were introduced to Europe from South America in the 1500s, but because people feared they might cause leprosy, tuberculosis, or fevers, they were not grown in quantity until the late 1700s. By the 1730s and 1740s, agricultural output had increased dramatically, and prices for food had fallen because of these interconnected innovations.

Changes in agricultural practices did not ben- efit all landowners equally. The biggest British landowners consolidated their holdings in the “en- closure movement.” They put pressure on small farmers and villagers to sell their land or give up their common lands. The big landlords then

5 3 0 C h a p t e r 1 7 ■ Th e A t l a n t i c S y s t e m a n d I t s C o n s e q u e n c e s 1 6 9 0 – 1 7 4 0

The Social Effects of Growing Consumption

D O C U M E N T

Daniel Defoe’s adventures in real life are matched only by those of his famous fic- tional characters Robinson Crusoe and Moll Flanders. Though never shipwrecked like Crusoe, Defoe spent time in bank- ruptcy, in exile, and in prison (for writing a pamphlet satirizing Anglican treatment of dissenters). He turned his hand to various forms of commerce, in hosiery, woolens, wine, and political secrets, but most of all to mad scribbling on almost any topic imaginable. He published hundreds of books and pamphlets. In the 395-page book from which this excerpt is taken, he describes the recent fabulous growth in the import and export trade of Great Britain and contrasts the wealth gained by the “industrious” classes to the contempt shown them by the aristocracy [Gentry or Gentlemen].

Our People in general being in good Cir- cumstances, I mean the middling, trading, and industrious People, living tolerably well, their well-faring gives Occasion to the vast Consumption of the foreign, as well as home Produce, the like of which is not to be equalled by any Nation in the World; the Particulars we shall enquire into in their Order.

How far the Multitudes of our Peo- ple are encreased by these very Articles, and that to such a Degree as is scarce con- ceivable, is worth our Enquiry, were it not too tedious for this Place. What populous Towns are rais’d by our Manufactures, from with few Years! How are our Towns built into Cities, and small Villages (hardly known in ancient Times) grown up into populous Towns! . . .

Well might I say, as in the foregoing Chapter, That it is a Scandal upon the Un- derstanding of the Gentry, to think con- temptibly of the trading part of the Nation; seeing however the Gentlemen may value themselves upon their Birth and Blood, the Case begins to turn against them so evidently, as to Fortune and Estate, that tho’ they say, the Tradesmen cannot be made Gentlemen; yet the Tradesmen are, at this Time, able to buy the Gentlemen almost in every part of the Kingdom. . . .

The ancient Families, who having wasted and exhausted their Estates, and being declin’d and decay’d in Fortune by Luxury and high Living, have restor’d and rais’d themselves again, by mixing Blood with the despis’d Tradesmen, marrying the Daughters of such Tradesmen. . . .

I might add here, that it would be worth the while for those Gentlemen, who talk so much of their antient Family Merit, and look so little at preserving the Stock, by encreasing their own: I say, it would be worth their while to look into the Roll of our Gentry, and enquire what is become of the Estates and those prodigious Numbers of lost and extinct Families, which now even the Heralds themselves can hardly find; let them tell us if those Estates are not now purchased by Tradesmen and Citizens, or the Posterity of such; and whether those Tradesmens Posterity do not now fill up the Vacancies, the Gaps, and Chasmes in the great Roll or Lift of Families, as well of the Gentry, as of the Nobility themselves; and whether there are many Families left, who have not been either restored as in our first Head, or supply’d, as in the second, by the Succession of Wealth, and new Branches from the growing Greatness of Trade.

Trade, in a word, raises antient Fam- ilies when sunk and decay’d: And plants new Families, where the old ones are lost and extinct.

Source: Daniel Defoe, A Plan of the English Commerce. Being a complete prospect of the trade of this nation, as well home as foreign. In three parts, 2nd ed. (London, 1737), 79–83.

fenced off (enclosed) their property. Because en- closure eliminated community grazing rights, it frequently sparked a struggle between the big land- lords and villagers, and in Britain it normally re- quired an act of Parliament. Such acts became increasingly common in the second half of the eighteenth century, and by the century’s end six million acres of common lands had been enclosed and developed. “Improvers” produced more food more efficiently than small farmers could and thus supported a growing population.

Contrary to the fears of contemporaries, small farmers and cottagers (those with little or no prop- erty) were not forced off the land all at once. But most villagers could not afford the litigation in- volved in resisting enclosure, and small landhold- ers consequently had to sell out to landlords or farmers with larger plots. Landlords with large holdings leased their estates to tenant farmers at constantly increasing rents, and the tenant farm- ers in turn employed the cottagers as salaried agri- cultural workers. In this way the English peasantry largely disappeared, replaced by a more hierarchi- cal society of big landlords, enterprising tenant farmers, and poor agricultural laborers.

The new agricultural techniques spread slowly from Britain and the Low Countries (the Dutch Republic and the Austrian Netherlands) to the rest of western Europe. Outside a few pockets in north- ern France and the western German states, how- ever, subsistence agriculture (producing just enough to get by rather than surpluses for the mar- ket) continued to dominate farming in western Europe and Scandinavia. In southwestern Germany, for example, 80 percent of the peasants produced no surplus because their plots were too small. Unlike the populations of the highly urbanized Low Countries (where half the people lived in towns and cities), most Europeans, western and eastern, eked out their existence in the countryside and could barely participate in the new markets for consumer goods.

In eastern Europe, the condition of peasants worsened in the areas where landlords tried hard- est to improve crop yields. To produce more for the Baltic grain market, aristocratic landholders in Prussia, Poland, and parts of Russia drained wet- lands, cultivated moors, and built dikes. They also forced peasants off lands that the peasants had worked for themselves, increased compulsory la- bor services (the critical element in serfdom), and began to manage their estates directly. Some east- ern landowners grew fabulously wealthy. The Potocki family in the Polish Ukraine, for example, owned three million acres of land and had 130,000

serfs. In parts of Poland and Russia, the serfs hardly differed from slaves in status, and their “masters” ran their huge estates much like American planta- tions (see the image on page 532).

Social Life in the Cities Because of emigration from the countryside, cities grew in population and consequently exercised more influence on culture and social life. Between

N e w S o c i a l a n d C u lt u r a l Pa t t e r n s 5 3 11 6 9 0 – 1 7 4 0

T A K I N G M E A S U R E

Relationship of Crop Harvested to Seed Used, 1400–1800

The impact and even the timing of the agricultural revolution can be determined by this figure, based on yield ratios (the number of grains produced for each seed planted). Britain, the Dutch Republic, and the Austrian Netherlands all experienced huge increases in crop yields after 1700. Other European regions lagged behind right into the 1800s. Why is crop yield such an important measure? (From Peter J. Hugill, World Trade since 1431: Geography, Technology, and Capi-

talism ( Johns Hopkins University Press, 1995), 56.)

Yield Ratios A = Britain and the Low Countries B = France, Spain, and Italy C = Central Europe and Scandinavia D = Eastern Europe

Y ie

ld R

at io

s

Years

1500 1600 1700 18001400

5

10 A

B C

D

1650 and 1750, cities with at least ten thousand in- habitants increased in population by 44 percent. From the eighteenth century onward, urban growth would be continuous. Along with the gen- eral growth of cities, an important south-to-north shift occurred in the pattern of urbanization. Around 1500, half of the people in cities of at least ten thousand residents could be found in the Ital- ian states, Spain, or Portugal; by 1700, the urban- ization of northwestern and southern Europe was roughly equal. Eastern Europe, despite the huge cities of Istanbul and Moscow, was still less urban than western Europe. London was by far the most populous European city, with 675,000 inhabitants in 1750; Berlin had 90,000 people, Warsaw only 23,000.

Urban Social Classes. Many landowners kept a residence in town, so the separation between ru- ral and city life was not as extreme as might be imagined, at least not for the very rich. At the top

of the ladder in the big cities were the landed nobles. Some of them filled their lives only with con- spicuous consumption of fine food, extravagant clothing, coaches, books, and opera; others held key political, administrative, or judicial offices. However they spent their time, these rich families employed thousands of artisans, shopkeepers, and domestic servants. Many English peers (highest- ranking nobles) had thirty or forty servants at each of their homes.

The middle classes of officials, merchants, professionals, and landowners occupied the next rung down on the social ladder. London’s popula- tion, for example, included about twenty thousand middle-class families (constituting, at most, one- sixth of the city’s population). In this period the middle classes began to develop distinctive ways of life that set them apart from both the rich noble landowners and the lower classes. Unlike the rich nobles, the middle classes lived primarily in the cities and towns, even if they owned small coun- try estates. They ate more moderately than nobles but much better than peasants or laborers. For breakfast the British middle classes ate toast and rolls and, after 1700, drank tea. Dinner, served midday, consisted of roasted or boiled beef or mut- ton, poultry or pork, and vegetables. Supper was a light meal of bread and cheese with cake or pie. Beer was the main drink in London, and many families brewed their own. Even children drank beer because of the lack of fresh water.

Below the middle classes came the artisans and shopkeepers (most of whom were organized in professional guilds), then the journeymen, ap- prentices, servants, and laborers. At the bottom of the social scale were the unemployed poor, who survived by intermittent work and charity. Women married to artisans and shopkeepers often kept the accounts, supervised employees, and ran the household as well. Every middle-class and upper- class family employed servants; artisans and shop- keepers frequently hired them too. Women from poorer families usually worked as domestic ser- vants until they married. Four out of five domes- tic servants in the city were female. In large cities such as London, the servant population grew faster than the population of the city as a whole.

Signs of Social Distinction. Social status in the cities was readily visible. Wide, spacious streets graced rich districts; the houses had gardens, and the air was relatively fresh. In poor districts, the streets were narrow, dirty, dark, humid, and smelly, and the houses were damp and crowded. The poorest people were homeless, sleeping under

5 3 2 C h a p t e r 1 7 ■ Th e A t l a n t i c S y s t e m a n d I t s C o n s e q u e n c e s 1 6 9 0 – 1 7 4 0

Treatment of Serfs in Russia Visitors from western Europe often remarked on the cruel treatment of serfs in Russia. This drawing by one such visitor shows the punishment that could be inflicted by landowners. Serfs could be whipped for almost any reason, even for making a soup too salty or neglecting to bow when the lord’s family passed by. Their condition worsened in the 1700s, as landowners began to sell serfs much like slaves. Although life for Russian serfs was more brutal than for peasants elsewhere, upper classes in every country regarded the serfs as dirty, deceitful, and brutish. (New York Public Library/ Art Resource, NY.)

bridges or in abandoned buildings. A Neapolitan prince described his homeless neighbors as “lying like filthy animals, with no distinction of age or sex.” In some districts, rich and poor lived in the same buildings; the poor clambered up to shabby, cramped apartments on the top floors.

Like shelter, clothing was a reliable social in- dicator. The poorest workingwomen in Paris wore woolen skirts and blouses of dark colors over pet- ticoats, a bodice, and a corset. They also donned caps of various sorts, cotton stockings, and shoes (probably their only pair). Workingmen dressed even more drably. Many occupations could be rec- ognized by their dress: no one could confuse lawyers in their dark robes with masons or butch- ers in their special aprons, for example. People higher on the social ladder were more likely to sport a variety of fabrics, colors, and unusual de- signs in their clothing and to own many different outfits. Social status was not an abstract idea; it permeated every detail of daily life.

The Growth of a Literate Public. The ability to read and write also reflected social differences. People in the upper classes were more literate than those in the lower classes; city people were more literate than peasants. Protestant countries appear to have been more successful at promoting educa- tion and literacy than Catholic countries, perhaps because of the Protestant emphasis on Bible read- ing. Widespread literacy among the lower classes was first achieved in the Protestant areas of Switzerland and in Presbyterian Scotland, and rates were also very high in the New England colonies and the Scandinavian countries. In France, literacy doubled in the eighteenth century thanks to the spread of parish schools, but still only one in two men and one in four women could read and write. Most peasants remained illiterate. Al- though some Protestant German states encour- aged primary education, schooling remained woefully inadequate almost everywhere in Europe: few schools existed, teachers received low wages,

N e w S o c i a l a n d C u lt u r a l Pa t t e r n s 5 3 31 6 9 0 – 1 7 4 0

Vauxhall Gardens, London This hand-colored print from the mid-eighteenth century shows the newly refurbished gardens near the Thames River. Prosperous families show off their brightly-colored clothes and listen to a public concert by the orchestra seated just above them. These activities helped form a more self-conscious public. (© Bibliothèque des Arts Décoratifs, Paris, France/ The Bridgeman Art Library.)

and no country had yet established a national sys- tem of control or supervision.

Despite the deficiencies of primary education, a new literate public arose especially among the middle classes of the cities. More books and peri- odicals were published than ever before, another aspect of the consumer revolution. The trend be- gan in the 1690s in Britain and the Dutch Repub- lic and gradually accelerated. In 1695, the British government allowed the licensing system, through which it controlled publications, to lapse, and new newspapers and magazines appeared almost im- mediately. The first London daily newspaper came out in 1702, and in 1709 Joseph Addison and Richard Steele published the first literary maga- zine, The Spectator. They devoted their magazine to the cultural improvement of the increasingly in- fluential middle class. By the 1720s, twenty-four

provincial newspapers were published in England. In the London coffeehouses, an edition of a single newspaper might reach ten thousand male read- ers. Women did their reading at home. Except in the Dutch Republic, newspapers on the continent lagged behind and often consisted mainly of ad- vertising with little critical commentary. France, for example, had no daily paper until 1777.

New Tastes in the Arts The new literate public did not just read newspa- pers; its members now pursued an interest in painting, attended concerts, and besieged book- sellers in search of popular novels. Because in- creased trade and prosperity put money into the hands of the growing middle classes, a new urban audience began to compete with the churches, rulers, and courtiers as chief patrons for new work. As the public for the arts expanded, printed com- mentary on them emerged, setting the stage for the appearance of political and social criticism. New artistic tastes thus had effects far beyond the realm of the arts.

Rococo Painting. Developments in painting re- flected the tastes of the new public, as the rococo style challenged the hold of the baroque and clas- sical schools, especially in France. Like the baroque, the rococo emphasized irregularity and asymmetry, movement and curvature, but it did so on a much smaller, subtler scale. Many rococo paintings depicted scenes of intimate sensuality rather than the monumental, emotional grandeur favored by classical and baroque painters. Personal portraits and pastoral paintings took the place of heroic landscapes and grand, ceremonial canvases. Rococo paintings adorned homes as well as palaces and served as a form of interior decoration rather than as a statement of piety. Its decorative quality made rococo art an ideal complement to newly discovered materials such as stucco and porcelain, especially the porcelain vases now imported from China.

Rococo, like baroque, was an invented word (from the French word rocaille, meaning “shell- work”) and originally a derogatory label, meaning “frivolous decoration.” But the great French rococo painters, such as Antoine Watteau (1684–1721) and François Boucher (1703–1770), were much more than mere decorators. Although both em-

5 3 4 C h a p t e r 1 7 ■ Th e A t l a n t i c S y s t e m a n d I t s C o n s e q u e n c e s 1 6 9 0 – 1 7 4 0

Rococo Painting The rococo emphasis on interiors, on decoration, and on intimacy rather than monumental grandeur are evident in François Boucher’s painting The Luncheon (1739). The painting also draws attention to new consumer items, from the mirror and the clock to chocolate, children’s toys, a small Buddha statue, and the intricately designed furniture. (The Art Archive/ Galleria Degli Uffizi/ Dagli Orti (A).)

rococo: A style of painting that emphasized irregularity and asymmetry, movement and curvature, but on a smaller, more intimate scale than the baroque.

phasized the erotic in their depictions, Watteau captured the melancholy side of a passing aristo- cratic style of life, and Boucher painted middle- class people at home during their daily activities. Both painters thereby contributed to the emer- gence of new sensibilities in art that increasingly attracted a middle-class public.

Music for the Public. The first public music con- certs were performed in England in the 1670s, be- coming much more regular and frequent in the 1690s. City concert halls typically seated about two hundred, but the relatively high price of tickets limited attendance to the better-off. Music clubs provided entertainment in smaller towns and vil- lages. On the continent, Frankfurt organized the first regular public concerts in 1712; Hamburg and Paris began holding them within a few years. Opera continued to spread in the eighteenth cen- tury; Venice had sixteen public opera houses by 1700, and the Covent Garden opera house opened in London in 1732.

The growth of a public that appreciated and supported music had much the same effect as the extension of the reading public: like authors, com- posers could now begin to liberate themselves from court patronage and work for a paying au- dience. This development took time to solidify, however, and court or church patrons still com- missioned much eighteenth-century music. Bach, a German Lutheran, wrote his St. Matthew Passion for Good Friday services in 1729 while he was or- ganist and choirmaster for the leading church in Leipzig. He composed secular works (like the “Cof- fee Cantata”) for the public and a variety of pri- vate patrons.

The composer George Frideric Handel (1685–1759) was among the first to grasp the new directions in music. A German by birth, he wrote operas in Italy and then moved in 1710 to Britain, where he wrote music for the court and began composing oratorios. The oratorio, a form Handel introduced in Britain, combined the drama of opera with the majesty of religious and ceremo- nial music and featured the chorus over the soloists. The “Hallelujah Chorus” from Handel’s oratorio Messiah (1741) is perhaps the single best- known piece of Western classical music. It reflected the composer’s personal, deeply felt piety but also his willingness to combine musical materials into a dramatic form that captured the enthusiasm of the new public. In 1740, a poem about Handel published in the Gentleman’s Magazine exulted: “His art so modulates the sounds in all, / Our pas- sions, as he pleases, rise and fall.” Music had be-

come an integral part of the new middle-class pub- lic’s culture.

Novels. Nothing captured the imagination of the new public more than the novel, the literary genre whose very name underscored the eighteenth- century taste for novelty. More than three hundred French novels appeared between 1700 and 1730. During this unprecedented explosion, the novel took on its modern form and became more con- cerned with individual psychology and social de- scription than with the adventure tales popular earlier (such as Miguel de Cervantes’s Don Quixote). The novel’s popularity was closely tied to the expansion of the reading public, and novels were available in serial form in periodicals or from the many booksellers who served the new market.

Women figured prominently in novels as characters, and women writers abounded. The English novel Love in Excess (1719) quickly reached a sixth printing, and its author, Eliza Haywood (1693?–1756), earned her living turning out a stream of novels with titles such as Persecuted Virtue, Constancy Rewarded, and The History of Betsy Thoughtless — all showing a concern for the proper place of women as models of virtue in a changing world. When her husband deserted her and her two children, Haywood first worked as an actress but soon turned to writing plays and nov- els. In the 1740s, she began publishing a magazine, The Female Spectator, which argued in favor of higher education for women.

Haywood’s male counterpart was Daniel Defoe (1660–1731), a merchant’s son who had a diverse and colorful career as a manufacturer, political spy, novelist, and social commentator (see Document, “The Social Effects of Growing Con- sumption,” page 530). Defoe wrote about schemes for national improvement, the state of English trade, the economic condition of the countryside, the effects of the plague, and the history of pirates; he is most well known, however, for his novels Robinson Crusoe (1719) and Moll Flanders (1722). The story of the adventures of a shipwrecked sailor, Robinson Crusoe portrayed the new values of the time: to survive, Crusoe had to employ fear- less entrepreneurial ingenuity. He had to be ready for the unexpected and be able to improvise in every situation. He was, in short, the model for the new man in an expanding economy. Crusoe’s pa- tronizing attitude toward the black man Friday now draws much critical attention, but his discov- ery of Friday shows how the fate of blacks and whites had become intertwined in the new colo- nial environment.

N e w S o c i a l a n d C u lt u r a l Pa t t e r n s 5 3 51 6 9 0 – 1 7 4 0

Religious Revivals Despite the novel’s growing popularity, religious books and pamphlets still sold in huge numbers, and most Europeans remained devout, even as their religions were changing. In this period, a Protestant revivalist movement known as Pietism rocked the complacency of the established churches in the German Lutheran states, the Dutch Republic, and Scandinavia. Pietists believed in a mystical religion of the heart; they wanted a deeply emotional, even ecstatic religion. They urged in- tense Bible study, which in turn promoted popu- lar education and contributed to the increase in literacy. Many Pietists attended catechism instruc- tion every day and also went to morning and evening prayer meetings in addition to regular Sunday services. Although Pietism appealed to both Lutherans and Calvinists, it had the greatest impact in Lutheran Prussia, where it taught the virtues of hard work, obedience, and devotion to duty.

Catholicism also had its versions of religious revival, especially in France. A Frenchwoman, Jeanne Marie Guyon (1648–1717), attracted many noblewomen and a few leading clergymen to her own Catholic brand of Pietism, known as Quietism. Claiming miraculous visions and as- tounding prophecies, she urged a mystical union with God through prayer and simple devotion. De- spite papal condemnation and intense controversy within Catholic circles in France, Guyon had fol- lowers all over Europe.

Even more influential were the Jansenists, who gained many new adherents to their austere form of Catholicism despite Louis XIV’s harassment and repeated condemnation by the papacy. Under the pressure of religious and political persecution, Jansenism took a revivalist turn in the 1720s. At the funeral of a Jansenist priest in Paris in 1727, the crowd who flocked to the grave claimed to wit- ness a series of miraculous healings. Within a few years, a cult formed around the priest’s tomb and clandestine Jansenist presses were reporting new miracles to the reading public. When the French government tried to suppress the cult, one enraged wit placed a sign at the tomb that read, “By order of the king, God is forbidden to work miracles here.” Some believers fell into frenzied convul- sions, claiming to be inspired by the Holy Spirit through the intercession of the dead priest. After

midcentury, Jansenism became even more politi- cally active as its adherents joined in opposition to the crown’s policies on religion.

Review: How were new social trends reflected in cultural life in the late 1600s and early 1700s?

Consolidation of the European State System The spread of Pietism and Jansenism reflected the emergence of a middle-class public that now par- ticipated in every new development, including religion. The middle classes could pursue these interests because the European state system grad- ually stabilized despite the increasing competition for wealth in the Atlantic system. Warfare settled three main issues between 1690 and 1740: a coali- tion of powers held Louis XIV’s France in check on the continent, Great Britain emerged from the wars against Louis as the preeminent maritime power, and Russia defeated Sweden in the contest for supremacy in the Baltic. After Louis XIV’s death in 1715, Europe enjoyed the fruits of a more balanced diplomatic system, in which warfare be- came less frequent and less widespread. States could then spend their resources establishing and expanding control over their own populations, both at home and in their colonies.

French Ambitions Thwarted Lying on his deathbed in 1715, the seventy-six- year-old Louis XIV watched helplessly as his ac- complishments began to unravel. Not only had his plans for territorial expansion been frustrated, but his incessant wars had exhausted the treasury, de- spite new taxes. In 1689, Louis’s rival, William III, prince of Orange and king of England and Scot- land (r. 1689–1702), had set out to forge a Euro- pean alliance that eventually included Britain, the Dutch Republic, Sweden, Austria, and Spain. The allies fought Louis to a stalemate in the War of the League of Augsburg, sometimes called the Nine Years’ War (1689–1697), and when hostilities resumed four years later, they finally put an end to Louis’s expansionist ambitions.

The War of the Spanish Succession, 1701–1713. When the mentally and physically feeble Charles II (r. 1665–1700) of Spain died without a direct heir, all of Europe poised for a fight over the spoils.

5 3 6 C h a p t e r 1 7 ■ Th e A t l a n t i c S y s t e m a n d I t s C o n s e q u e n c e s 1 6 9 0 – 1 7 4 0

Pietism: A Protestant revivalist movement of the early eigh- teenth century that emphasized deeply emotional individual religious experience.

C o n s o l i d a t i o n o f t h e E u r o p e a n S ta t e S y s t e m 5 3 71 6 9 0 – 1 7 4 0

French Bourbon lands

Spanish Bourbon lands

Austrian Habsburg lands

Prussian lands

Great Britain

0 200 400 kilometers

0 200 400 miles

N

S

E

W

To Great Britain

To the Austrian Empire

The Jacobite rising of 1715

Main areas of fighting during the War of the Spanish Succession, 1701–1713

Boundary of the Holy Roman Empire

Territories gained after the Peace of Utrecht, 1714

N o r t h S e a

Black Sea

A T L A N T I C O C E A N

B a l t

i c S

e a

Loire R .

R hine

R .

Danube R.

Elbe R

.

Vist ula

R.

English Channel

M e d i t e r r a n e a n S e a

SCOTLAND

GREAT BRITAIN

IRELAND

ENGLAND

F R A N C E

H O LY R O M A N E M P I R E

SWISS CONFED.

MILAN VENICE

GENOA

KINGDOM OF NAPLES

HUNGARY

Corsica

Sardinia

Minorca (Gr. Br.)

Sicily

S PA I N

PORTUGAL PAPAL

STATES TUSCANY

POLAND- LITHUANIA

S W E D E N

RUSSIA

O T

T O M

A N E M P I R E

D E

N M

A R

K -

N O

R W

A Y

AUSTRIA

DUTCH REPUBLIC

SAVOY

Hanover

Austrian Neth.

BRANDE NBU

RG -PR

US

SI A

BALEARIC IS.

Paris

Lisbon

Madrid

Gibraltar (Gr. Br.)

London

Dublin

Cologne

Edinburgh

Rome

Berlin Warsaw

Buda Vienna

Pest

Marseille

Kiev

Moscow

St. Petersburg

Constantinople

Utrecht

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

� �

��

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

Hudson Bay

English claim

English claim

French claim

Newfoundland

Nova Scotia

5000 1000 miles

0 500 1000 kilometers

English and French Claims after the Peace of Utrecht, 1714

M A P 1 7 . 2 Europe, c. 1715 Although Louis XIV succeeded in putting his grandson Philip on the Spanish throne, France emerged considerably weakened from the War of Spanish Succession. France ceded large territories in Canada to Britain, which also gained key Mediterranean outposts from Spain as well as a monopoly on providing slaves to the Spanish colonies. Spanish losses were catastrophic. Philip had to renounce any future claim to the French crown and give up considerable territories in the Netherlands and Italy to the Austrians. ■ How did the competing English and French claims in North America around 1715 create potential conflicts for the future?

The Spanish succession could not help but be a burning issue. Even though Spanish power had de- clined since Spain’s golden age in the sixteenth cen- tury, Spain still had extensive territories in Italy and the Netherlands as well as colonies overseas. Before Charles died, he named Louis XIV’s second grandson, Philip, duke of Anjou, as his heir, but the Austrian emperor Leopold I refused to accept Charles’s deathbed will.

In the ensuing war, the French lost several ma- jor battles and had to accept disadvantageous terms in the Peace of Utrecht of 1713–1714 (Map 17.2). Although Philip was recognized as king of Spain, he had to renounce any future claim to the French crown, thus barring unification of the two kingdoms. Spain surrendered its territories in Italy and the Netherlands to the Austrians and Gibral- tar to the British; France ceded possessions in North America (Newfoundland, the Hudson Bay area, and most of Nova Scotia) to Britain. France no longer threatened to dominate European power politics.

The Death of Louis XIV and the Regency. At home, Louis’s policy of absolutism had fomented bitter hostility. Nobles fiercely resented his promo- tions of commoners to high office. The duke of Saint-Simon complained that “falseness, servility, admiring glances, combined with a dependent and cringing attitude, above all, an appearance of be- ing nothing without him, were the only ways of pleasing him.” Archbishop Fénelon, who tutored the king’s grandson, called for reform. An admirer of Guyon’s Quietism, Fénelon severely criticized the “steady stream of extravagant adulation, which reaches the point of idolatry”; the constant, bloody wars; and the misery of the people.

On his deathbed, Louis XIV offered sound ad- vice to his five-year-old great-grandson and suc- cessor, Louis XV (r. 1715–1774): “Do not imitate my love of building nor my liking for war.” After being named regent, the duke of Orléans (1674–1723), nephew of the dead king, revived some of the parlements’ powers and tried to give leading nobles a greater say in political affairs. To raise much-needed funds, in 1719 the regent en- couraged the Scottish financier John Law to set up an official trading company for North America and a state bank that issued paper money and stock (without them, trade depended on the available supply of gold and silver). The bank was supposed to offer lower interest rates to the state, thus cut-

ting the cost of financing the government’s debts. The value of the stock rose rapidly in a frenzy of speculation, only to crash a few months later. With it vanished any hope of establishing a state bank or issuing paper money for nearly a century.

France finally achieved a measure of financial stability under the leadership of Cardinal Hercule de Fleury (1653–1743), the most powerful mem- ber of the government after the death of the re- gent. Fleury aimed to avoid adventure abroad and keep social peace at home; he balanced the budget and carried out a large project for road and canal construction. Colonial trade boomed. Peace and the acceptance of limits on territorial expansion inaugurated a century of French prosperity.

British Rise and Dutch Decline The British and the Dutch had formed a coalition against Louis XIV under their joint ruler William III, who was simultaneously stadholder (elected head) of the Dutch Republic and, with his English wife, Mary (d. 1694), ruler of England, Wales, and Scotland. After William’s death in 1702, the British and Dutch went their separate ways. Over the next decades, England incorporated Scotland and sub- jugated Ireland, becoming “Great Britain.” At the same time, Dutch imperial power declined; by 1700, Great Britain dominated the seas and the Dutch, with their small population of less than two million, came to depend on alliances with bigger powers.

From England to Great Britain. English relations with Scotland and Ireland were complicated by the problem of succession: William and Mary had no children. To ensure a Protestant succession, Parlia- ment ruled that Mary’s sister, Anne, would succeed William and Mary and that the Protestant House of Hanover in Germany would succeed Anne if she had no surviving heirs. Catholics were excluded. When Queen Anne (r. 1702–1714) died leaving no children, the elector of Hanover, a Protestant great-grandson of James I, consequently became King George I (r. 1714–1727). The House of Hanover — renamed the House of Windsor dur- ing World War I — still occupies the British throne.

Support from the Scots and Irish for this so- lution did not come easily, because many in Scot- land and Ireland supported the claims to the throne of the deposed Catholic king, James II, and, after his death in 1701, his son James Edward. Out of fear of this Jacobitism (from the Latin Jacobus for “James”), Scottish Protestant leaders agreed to the Act of Union of 1707, which abolished the

5 3 8 C h a p t e r 1 7 ■ Th e A t l a n t i c S y s t e m a n d I t s C o n s e q u e n c e s 1 6 9 0 – 1 7 4 0

Peace of Utrecht: Treaties drawn up in 1713–1714 that ended the War of the Spanish Succession.

Scottish Parliament and affirmed the Scots’ recog- nition of the Protestant Hanoverian succession. The Scots agreed to obey the Parliament of Great Britain, which would include Scottish members in the House of Commons and the House of Lords. A Jacobite rebellion in Scotland in 1715, aiming to restore the Stuart line, was suppressed. The threat of Jacobitism nonetheless continued into the 1740s (see Map 17.2, page 537).

The Irish — 90 percent of whom were Catholic — proved even more difficult to subdue. When James II had gone to Ireland in 1689 to raise a Catholic rebellion against the new monarchs of England, William III responded by taking com- mand of the joint English and Dutch forces and defeating James’s Irish supporters. James fled to France, and the Catholics in Ireland faced yet more confiscation and legal restrictions. By 1700, Irish Catholics, who in 1640 had owned 60 percent of the land in Ireland, owned just 14 percent. The Protestant-controlled Irish Parliament passed a se- ries of laws limiting the rights of the Catholic ma- jority: Catholics could not bear arms, send their children abroad for education, establish Catholic schools at home, or marry Protestants. Catholics could not sit in Parliament, nor could they vote for its members unless they took an oath renouncing

Catholic doctrine. These and a host of other laws reduced Catholic Ireland to the status of a colony; one English official commented in 1745, “The poor people of Ireland are used worse than ne- groes.” Most of the Irish were peasants who lived in primitive housing and subsisted on a meager diet that included no meat.

The Parliament of Great Britain was soon dominated by the Whigs. In Britain’s constitu- tional system, the monarch ruled with Parliament. The crown chose the ministers, directed policy, and supervised administration, while Parliament raised revenue, passed laws, and represented the interests of the people to the crown. The powers of Parliament were reaffirmed by the Triennial Act in 1694, which provided that Parliaments meet at least once every three years (this was extended to seven years in 1716, after the Whigs had established their ascendancy). Only 200,000 propertied men could vote, out of a population of more than five million, and, not surprisingly, most members of Parliament came from the landed gentry. In fact, a few hundred families controlled all the impor- tant political offices.

George I and George II (r. 1727–1760) relied on one man, Sir Robert Walpole (1676–1745), to help them manage their relations with Parliament.

C o n s o l i d a t i o n o f t h e E u r o p e a n S ta t e S y s t e m 5 3 91 6 9 0 – 1 7 4 0

Robert Walpole: The first, or “prime,” minister of the House of Commons of Great Britain’s Parliament. Al- though appointed initially by the king, through his long period of leadership (1721–1742) he effectively estab- lished the modern pattern of parliamentary government.

Sir Robert Walpole at a Cabinet Meeting Sir Robert Walpole and George II developed the institution of a cabinet, which brought together the important heads of departments. Their cabinet was the ancestor of modern cabinets in both Great Britain and the United States. Because of its modest size, its similarities to modern forms should not be overstated, however. How would discussions in the new coffeehouses (shown in the opening illustration to this chapter) influence the kinds of decisions made by Walpole and his cabinet? (© The Fotomas Index, U.K./ The Bridgeman Art Library.)

From his position as First Lord of the Treasury, Walpole made himself into the first, or “prime,” minister, leading the House of Commons from 1721 to 1742 (see illustration, page 539). Although appointed initially by the king, Walpole established an enduring pattern of parliamentary government in which a prime minister from the leading party guided legislation through the House of Com- mons. Walpole also built a vast patronage machine that dispensed government jobs to win support for the crown’s policies. Walpole’s successors relied more and more on the patronage system and even- tually alienated not only the Tories but also the middle classes in London and even the North American colonies.

The partisan division between the Whigs, who supported the Hanoverian succession and the rights of dissenting Protestants, and the Tories, who had backed the Stuart line and the Anglican church, did not hamper Great Britain’s pursuit of economic, military, and colonial power. In this pe- riod, Great Britain became a great power on the world stage by virtue of its navy and its ability to finance major military involvement in the wars against Louis XIV. The founding in 1694 of the Bank of England — which, unlike the French bank, endured — enabled the government to raise money at low interest for foreign wars. By the 1740s, the government could borrow more than four times what it could in the 1690s.

The Dutch Eclipse. When William of Orange (William III of England) died in 1702, he left no heirs, and for forty-five years the Dutch lived with- out a stadholder. The merchant ruling class of some two thousand families dominated the Dutch Republic more than ever, but they presided over a country that counted for less in international power politics. In some areas, Dutch decline was only relative: the Dutch population was not grow- ing as fast as others, for example, and the Dutch share of the Baltic trade decreased from 50 percent in 1720 to less than 30 percent by the 1770s. After 1720, the Baltic countries — Prussia, Russia, Denmark, and Sweden — began to ban im- ports of manufactured goods to protect their own industries, and Dutch trade in particular suffered. The output of Leiden textiles dropped to one-third of its 1700 level by 1740. Shipbuilding, paper man- ufacturing, tobacco processing, salt refining, and pottery production all dwindled as well. The Dutch East India Company saw its political and military grip loosened in India, Ceylon, and Java.

The biggest exception to the downward trend was trade with the New World, which increased

with escalating demands for sugar and tobacco. The Dutch shifted their interest away from great power rivalries toward those areas of international trade and finance where they could establish an enduring presence.

Russia’s Emergence as a European Power The commerce and shipbuilding of the Dutch and British so impressed Russian tsar Peter I (r. 1689–1725) that he traveled incognito to their shipyards in 1697 to learn their methods firsthand. Known to history as Peter the Great, he dragged Russia kicking and screaming all the way to great- power status. Although he came to the throne while still a minor (on the eve of his tenth birth- day), grew up under the threat of a palace coup, and enjoyed little formal education, his accom- plishments soon matched his seven-foot-tall stature. Peter transformed public life in Russia and established an absolutist state on the Western model. His attempts to create a society patterned after western Europe, known as Westernization, ignited an enduring controversy: Did Peter set Russia on a course of inevitable Westernization re- quired to compete with the West? Or did he for- ever and fatally disrupt Russia’s natural evolution into a distinctive Slavic society?

Westernization. To pursue his goal of Western- izing Russian culture, Peter set up the first green- houses, laboratories, and technical schools and founded the Russian Academy of Sciences. He or- dered translations of Western classics and hired a German theater company to perform the French plays of Molière. He replaced the traditional Russ- ian calendar with the Western one,1 introduced Arabic numerals, and brought out the first public newspaper. He ordered his officials and the nobles to shave their beards (see the illustration on page 541) and dress in Western fashion, and he even

5 4 0 C h a p t e r 1 7 ■ Th e A t l a n t i c S y s t e m a n d I t s C o n s e q u e n c e s 1 6 9 0 – 1 7 4 0

Peter the Great: Russian tsar Peter I (r. 1689–1725), who un- dertook the Westernization of Russia and built a new capital city named after himself, St. Petersburg.

Westernization: The effort, especially in Peter the Great’s Rus- sia, to make society and social customs resemble counterparts in western Europe, especially France, Britain, and the Dutch Republic.

1 Peter introduced the Julian calendar, then still used in Protes- tant but not Catholic countries. Later in the eighteenth century, Protestant Europe abandoned the Julian for the Gregorian calen- dar. Not until 1918 was the Gregorian calendar adopted in Rus- sia, at which point Russia’s calendar had fallen thirteen days behind Europe’s.

issued precise regulations about the suitable style of jacket, boots, and cap (generally French or German).

Peter encouraged foreigners to move to Russia to offer their advice and skills, especially for build- ing the capital city. Named St. Petersburg after the tsar, the new capital symbolized Russia’s opening to the West. Construction began in 1703 in a Baltic province that had been recently conquered from Sweden. By the end of 1709, forty thousand recruits a year found themselves assigned to the work. Peter ordered skilled workers to move to the new city and commanded all landowners possessing more than forty serf households to build houses there. In the 1720s, a German minister described St. Petersburg “as a wonder of the world, consider- ing its magnificent palaces, . . . and the short time that was employed in the building of it.” By 1710, the permanent population of the capital reached eight thousand. At Peter’s death in 1725, it had forty thousand residents.

As a new city far from the Russian heartland around Moscow, St. Petersburg represented a de- cisive break with Russia’s past. Peter widened that gap by every means possible. At his new capital he tried to improve the traditionally denigrated, se- cluded status of women by ordering them to dress in European styles and appear publicly at his din- ners for diplomatic representatives. Imitating French manners, he decreed that women attend his

new social salons of officials, officers, and mer- chants for conversation and dancing. A foreigner headed every one of Peter’s new technical and vocational schools, and for its first eight years the new Academy of Sciences included no Russians. Every ministry was assigned a foreign adviser. Upper-class Russians learned French or German, which they spoke even at home. Such changes af- fected only the very top of Russian society, how- ever; the mass of the population had no contact with the new ideas and ended up paying for the innovations either in ruinous new taxation or by building St. Petersburg, a project that cost the lives of thousands of workers. Serfs remained tied to the land, completely dominated by their noble lords.

Peter the Great’s Brand of Absolutism. Peter also reorganized government and finance on Western models and, like other absolute rulers, strength- ened his army. With ruthless recruiting methods, which included branding a cross on every recruit’s left hand to prevent desertion, he forged an army of 200,000 men and equipped it with modern weapons. He created schools for artillery, engi- neering, and military medicine and built the first navy in Russian history. Not surprisingly, taxes tripled.

The tsar allowed nothing to stand in his way. He did not hesitate to use torture, and he executed thousands. He allowed a special guard regiment

C o n s o l i d a t i o n o f t h e E u r o p e a n S ta t e S y s t e m 5 4 11 6 9 0 – 1 7 4 0

Peter the Great Modernizes Russia In this popular print, a barber forces a protesting noble to conform to western fashions. Peter the Great ordered all nobles, merchants, and middle- class professionals to cut off their beards or pay a huge tax to keep them. An early biographer of Peter claimed that those who lost their beards saved them to put in their coffins, in fear that they would not enter heaven without them. Most western Europeans applauded these attempts to modernize Russia, but many Russians deeply resented the attack on traditional ways. Why was everyday appearance such a contested issue in Russia? (The Visual Connection.)

unprecedented power to expedite cases against those suspected of rebellion, espionage, preten- sions to the throne, or just “unseemly utterances” against him. Opposition to his policies reached into his own family: because his only son, Alexei, had allied himself with Peter’s critics, the tsar threw him into prison, where the young man mys- teriously died.

To control the often restive nobility, Peter in- sisted that all noblemen engage in state service. A Table of Ranks (1722) classified them into mili- tary, administrative, and court categories, a codi- fication of social and legal relationships in Russia that would last for nearly two centuries. All social and material advantages now depended on serv- ing the crown. Because the nobles lacked a secure independent status, Peter could command them to a degree that was unimaginable in western Europe. State service was not only compulsory but also permanent. Moreover, the male children of those in service had to be registered by the age of ten and begin serving at fifteen. To increase his author- ity over the Russian Orthodox church, Peter al- lowed the office of patriarch (supreme head) to remain vacant, and in 1721 he replaced it with the

Holy Synod, a bureaucracy of laymen under his supervision. To many Russians, Peter was the devil incarnate.

Changes in the Balance of Power in the East. Peter the Great’s success in building up state power changed the balance of power in eastern Europe. Overcoming initial military setbacks, Russia even- tually defeated Sweden and took its place as the leading power in the Baltic region. Russia could then compete with Prussia, Austria, and France in the rivalries between great powers.

Sweden had dominated the Baltic region since the Thirty Years’ War (1618–1648), and though the monarchy lost some of its power under Queen Christina (r. 1632–1654), the daughter of Gustavus Adolphus, the Swedish kings quickly recovered their position. When Peter the Great joined an anti-Swedish coalition in 1700 with Denmark, Saxony, and Poland, Sweden’s Charles XII (r. 1697–1718) stood up to the test. Still in his teens at the beginning of the Great Northern War, Charles first defeated Denmark, then destroyed the new Russian army, and quickly marched into Poland and Saxony. After defeating the Poles and

5 4 2 C h a p t e r 1 7 ■ Th e A t l a n t i c S y s t e m a n d I t s C o n s e q u e n c e s 1 6 9 0 – 1 7 4 0

Peter the Great In this painting by Gottfried Danhauer (1680–1733/7), the Russian tsar appears against the background of his most famous battle, Poltava. The angel holds a laurel wreath, symbol of victory, over his head. (© Tretyakov Gallery, Moscow, Russia/ The Bridgeman Art Library.)

occupying Saxony, Charles invaded Russia. Here Peter’s rebuilt army finally defeated the Swedish king at the battle of Poltava (1709).

The Russian victory resounded everywhere. The Russian ambassador to Vienna reported, “It is commonly said that the tsar will be formidable to all Europe, that he will be a kind of northern Turk.” Prussia and other German states joined the anti- Swedish alliance, and when Charles XII died in battle in 1718, negotiations finally ended the Great Northern War. By the terms of the Treaty of Nystad (1721), Sweden ceded its eastern Baltic provinces — Livonia, Estonia, Ingria, and southern Karelia — to Russia. Sweden also lost territories on the north German coast to Prussia and the other allied German states (Map 17.3). An aristocratic reaction against Charles XII’s incessant demands for war supplies swept away Sweden’s absolutist regime, essentially removing Sweden from great power competition.

Prussia had to make the most of every mili- tary opportunity, as it did in the Great Northern War, because it was much smaller in size and pop- ulation than Russia, Austria, or France. King Frederick William I (r. 1713–1740) doubled the size of the Prussian army; though still smaller than those of his rivals, it was the best-trained and most up-to-date force in Europe. By 1740, Prussia had Europe’s highest proportion of men at arms (1 of every 28 people, versus 1 in 157 in France and 1 in 64 in Russia) and the highest proportion of

nobles in the military (1 in 7 noblemen, as com- pared with 1 in 33 in France and 1 in 50 in Russia).

The army so dominated life in Prussia that the country earned the label “a large army with a small state attached.” Frederick William, known as the “Sergeant King,” was one of the first rulers to wear a military uniform as his everyday dress. He sub- ordinated the entire domestic administration to the army’s needs. He also installed a system for re- cruiting soldiers by local district quotas. He financed the army’s growth by subjecting all the provinces to an excise tax on food, drink, and man- ufactured goods and by increasing rents on crown lands. Prussia was now poised to become one of the major players on the continent, but it could not enter into military engagements foolishly given the size of its forces and chose to sit on the sidelines during the next conflict.

War broke out in 1733 when the king of Poland-Lithuania died. France, Spain, and Sardinia joined in the War of Polish Succession (1733–1735) against Austria and Russia, each side supporting rival claimants to the Polish throne. Although Peter the Great had been followed by a series of weak rulers, Russian forces were still strong enough to drive the French candidate out of Poland-Lithuania, prompting France to accept the Austrian candidate. In exchange, Austria gave the province of Lorraine to the French candidate, the father-in-law of Louis XV, with the promise that the province would pass to France on his death.

C o n s o l i d a t i o n o f t h e E u r o p e a n S ta t e S y s t e m 5 4 31 6 9 0 – 1 7 4 0

0 250 500 kilometers

0 500 miles250

Expansion of Russia under Peter the Great, 1689–1725

Swedish losses to Prussia after the Treaty of Nystad

Boundary of the Holy Roman Empire

Battle�

N

S

E W

Danube R.

Volga R.

Black Sea

Caspian Sea

U ra

l R .

Vistula R.

Ba lt

ic S

ea

�

R U S S I A

POLAND- LITHUANIA

S W E D E N

DENMARK

AUSTRIA

FINLAND

Ingria Estonia

Livonia

K ar

el ia

HOLY

ROMAN

EMPIRE

PR US

SI A

Poltava 1709Kiev

St. PetersburgNystad

Warsaw

Vienna

Moscow

�

� �

�

�

�

M A P 1 7 . 3 Russia and Sweden after the Great Northern War, 1721 After the Great Northern War, Russia supplanted Sweden as the major power in the north. Although Russia had a much larger population from which to draw its armies, Sweden made the most of its advantages and gave way only after a great military struggle.

France and Britain went back to pursuing their colonial rivalries. Prussia and Russia concentrated on shoring up their influence within Poland- Lithuania.

Austria did not want to become mired in a long struggle in Poland-Lithuania because its armies still faced the Turks on its southeastern

border. Even though the Aus- trians had forced the Turks to recognize their rule over all of Hungary and Transylvania in 1699 and occupied Belgrade in 1717, the Turks did not stop fighting. In the 1730s, the Turks retook Belgrade, and Russia now claimed a role in the struggle against the Turks. Moreover, Hungary, though “liberated” from Turkish rule, proved less than enthusiastic about submitting to Austria. In 1703, the wealthiest Hungarian noble landlord, Ferenc Rákóczi (1676–1735), raised an army of seventy thousand men who fought for “God, Fatherland, and Liberty” until 1711. They

forced the Austrians to recognize local Hungarian institutions, grant amnesty, and restore confiscated estates in exchange for confirming hereditary Aus- trian rule.

The Power of Diplomacy and the Importance of Population No single power emerged from the wars of the first half of the eighteenth century clearly superior to the others, and the Peace of Utrecht explicitly de- clared that maintaining a balance of power was crucial to maintaining peace in Europe. In 1720 a British pamphleteer wrote, “There is not, I believe, any doctrine in the law of nations, of more certain truth . . . than this of the balance of power.” Diplo- macy helped maintain the balance, but in the end this system of equilibrium often rested on military force, such as the leagues formed against Louis XIV or the coalition against Sweden. In the search for ever larger armies, states could not afford to ignore the general health of their populations.

Diplomatic Services. To meet the new demands placed on it, the diplomatic service, like the mili- tary and financial bureaucracies before it, had to develop regular procedures. The French set a pat- tern that the other European states soon imitated.

By 1685, France had embassies in all the impor- tant capitals. Nobles of ancient families served as ambassadors to Rome, Madrid, Vienna, and London, whereas royal officials were chosen for Switzerland, the Dutch Republic, and Venice. The ambassador selected and paid for his own staff. This practice could make the journey to a new post cumbersome, because the staff might be as large as eighty people, and they brought along all their own furniture, pictures, silverware, and tapestries. It took one French ambassador ten weeks to get from Paris to Stockholm.

Despite a new emphasis on honest and in- formed negotiation, rulers still employed secret agents and often sent covert instructions that negated the official ones sent by their own foreign offices. This behind-the-scenes diplomacy had some advantages because it allowed rulers to break with past alliances, but it also led to confusion and sometimes scandal, for the rulers often engaged unreliable adventurers as their confidential agents. Still, the diplomatic system in the early eighteenth century proved successful enough to ensure a continuation of the principles of the Peace of Westphalia (1648); in the midst of every crisis and war, the great powers would convene and hammer out a written agreement detailing the requirements for peace.

Public Health. Adroit diplomacy could smooth the road toward peace, but success in war still de- pended on sheer numbers — of men and of mus- kets. Because each state’s strength depended largely on the size of its army, the growth and health of the population increasingly entered into govern- ment calculations. The publication in 1690 of the Englishman William Petty’s Political Arithmetick quickened the interest of government officials everywhere. Petty offered statistical estimates of human capital — that is, of population and wages — to determine Britain’s national wealth. A large, growing population could be as vital to a state’s future as access to silver mines or overseas trade, so government officials devoted increased effort to the statistical estimation of total popula- tion and rates of births, deaths, and marriages. In 1727, Frederick William I of Prussia founded two university chairs to encourage population studies, and textbooks and handbooks advocated state in- tervention to improve the population’s health and welfare.

Physicians used the new population statistics to explain the environmental causes of disease, an- other new preoccupation in this period. Petty de- vised a quantitative scale that distinguished

5 4 4 C h a p t e r 1 7 ■ Th e A t l a n t i c S y s t e m a n d I t s C o n s e q u e n c e s 1 6 9 0 – 1 7 4 0

0 250 500 kilometers

0 500 miles250

Habsburg dominions, 1657

Habsburg Hungary, 1657

Expansion to 1699

Expansion to 1718

Regained by Ottoman Empire

Battle�

Adriatic Sea

�

�

POLAND- LITHUANIA

HUNGARY AUSTRIA

Transylvania

OTTOMAN EMPIRE

Vienna 1683

Belgrade 1717

Austrian Conquest of Hungary, 1657–1730

healthy from unhealthy places largely on the basis of air quality, an early precursor of modern envi- ronmental studies. Cities were the unhealthiest places because excrement (animal and human) and garbage accumulated where people lived densely packed together. Medical geographers gathered and analyzed data on climate, disease, and population, searching for correlations to help direct policy. As a result of these efforts, local gov- ernments undertook such measures as draining low-lying areas, burying refuse, and cleaning wells, all of which eventually helped lower the death rates from epidemic diseases.

Not all changes came from direct government intervention. Hospitals, founded originally as charities concerned foremost with the moral wor- thiness of the poor, gradually evolved into medical institutions that defined patients by their diseases. The process of diagnosis changed as physicians be- gan to use specialized Latin terms for illnesses. The gap between medical experts and their patients in- creased, as physicians now also relied on post- mortem dissections in the hospital to gain better knowledge, a practice most patients’ families re- sented. Press reports of body snatching and grave robbing by surgeons and their apprentices out- raged the public well into the 1800s.

Despite the change in hospitals, individual health care remained something of a free-for-all in which physicians competed with bloodletters, itinerant venereal-disease doctors, bonesetters, druggists, midwives, and “cunning women,” who specialized in home remedies. The medical profes- sion, with nationwide organizations and licensing, had not yet emerged, and no clear line separated trained physicians from quacks. In any case, trained physicians were few in number and almost nonexistent outside cities. Patients were as likely to catch a deadly disease in the hospital as to be cured there. Antiseptics were virtually unknown. Because doctors believed most insanity was caused by disorders in the system of bodily “humors,” their prescribed treatments included blood trans- fusions; ingestion of bitter substances such as cof- fee, quinine, and even soap; immersion in water; various forms of exercise; and burning or cauter- izing the body to allow black vapors to escape.

Hardly any infectious diseases could be cured, though inoculation against smallpox spread from the Middle East to Europe in the early eighteenth century, thanks largely to the efforts of Lady Mary Wortley Montagu (1689–1762). In 1716, Montagu accompanied her husband to Constantinople, where he took up a post as British ambassador to the Ottoman Empire. She returned in 1718, after

witnessing firsthand the Turkish use of inocula- tion. When a new smallpox epidemic threatened England in 1721, she called on her physician to in- oculate her daughter. Two patients died after in- oculation in the following months, prompting clergymen and physicians to attack the practice, which remained in dispute for decades. Inocula- tion against smallpox began to spread more widely after 1796, when the English physician Edward Jenner developed a serum based on cowpox, a milder disease. Many other diseases spread quickly in the unsanitary conditions of urban life. Ordi- nary people washed or changed clothes rarely, lived in overcrowded housing with poor ventilation, and got their water from contaminated sources such as refuse-filled rivers.

Public bathhouses had disappeared from cities in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries because they seemed a source of disorderly behavior and epidemic illness. In the eighteenth century, even private bathing came into disfavor because people feared the effects of contact with water. Fewer than one in ten newly built private mansions in Paris had baths. Bathing was hazardous, physicians in- sisted, because it opened the body to disease. One manners manual of 1736 admonished, “It is cor- rect to clean the face every morning by using a white cloth to cleanse it. It is less good to wash with water, because it renders the face susceptible to cold in winter and sun in summer.” The upper classes associated cleanliness not with baths but with frequently changed linens, powdered hair, and perfume, which was thought to strengthen the body and refresh the brain by counteracting cor- rupt and foul air.

Review: What events and developments led to greater stability and less warfare in the European state system?

The Birth of the Enlightenment Economic expansion, the emergence of a new con- sumer society, and the stabilization of the Euro- pean state system all generated optimism about the future. The intellectual corollary was the Enlight- enment, a term used later in the eighteenth cen- tury to describe the loosely knit group of writers

Th e B i r t h o f t h e E n l i g h t e n m e n t 5 4 51 6 9 0 – 1 7 4 0

Enlightenment: The eighteenth-century intellectual movement whose proponents believed that human beings could apply a critical, reasoning spirit to every problem.

and scholars who believed that human beings could apply a critical, reasoning spirit to every problem they encountered in this world. The new secular, scientific, and critical attitude first emerged in the 1690s, scrutinizing everything from the absolutism of Louis XIV to the tradi- tional role of women in society. After 1740, criti- cism took a more systematic turn as writers provided new theories for the organization of so- ciety and politics; but as early as the 1720s, estab- lished authorities realized they faced a new set of challenges. Even while slavery expanded in the Atlantic system, Enlightenment writers began to insist on the need for new freedoms in Europe.

Popularization of Science and Challenges to Religion The writers of the Enlightenment glorified the ge- niuses of the new science and championed the sci- entific method as the solution for all social problems. (See “Terms of History,” page 547.) One of the most influential popularizations was the French writer Bernard de Fontenelle’s Conversa- tions on the Plurality of Worlds (1686). Presented as a dialogue between an aristocratic woman and a man of the world, the book made the Coperni-

can, heliocentric view of the universe available to the literate public. By 1700, mathematics and sci- ence had become fashionable pastimes in high so- ciety, and the public flocked to lectures explaining scientific discoveries. Journals complained that scientific learning had become the passport to fe- male affection: “There were two young ladies in Paris whose heads had been so turned by this branch of learning that one of them declined to listen to a proposal of marriage unless the candi- date for her hand undertook to learn how to make telescopes.” Such writings poked fun at women with intellectual interests, but they also demon- strated that women now participated in discus- sions of science.

The New Skepticism. Interest in science spread in literate circles because it offered a model for all forms of knowledge. As the prestige of science in- creased, some developed a skeptical attitude to- ward attempts to enforce religious conformity. A French Huguenot refugee from Louis XIV’s perse- cutions, Pierre Bayle (1647–1706), launched an internationally influential campaign against reli- gious intolerance from his safe haven in the Dutch Republic. His News from the Republic of Letters (first published in 1684) bitterly criticized the poli-

5 4 6 C h a p t e r 1 7 ■ Th e A t l a n t i c S y s t e m a n d I t s C o n s e q u e n c e s 1 6 9 0 – 1 7 4 0

A Budding Scientist In this engraving, Astrologia, by the Dutch artist Jacob Gole (c. 1660–1723), an upper-class woman looks through a telescope to do her own astronomical investigations. Women with intellectual interests were often disparaged by men, and women were not allowed to attend university classes in any European country. Yet because many astronomical observatories were set up in private homes rather than public buildings or universities, wives and daughters of scientists could make observations and even publish their own findings. (Bibliothèque nationale de France.)

cies of Louis XIV and was quickly banned in Paris and condemned in Rome. After attacking Louis XIV’s anti-Protestant policies, Bayle took a more general stand in favor of religious toleration. No state in Europe officially offered complete toler- ance, though the Dutch Republic came closest with its tacit acceptance of Catholics, dissident Protes- tant groups, and open Jewish communities. In 1697, Bayle published the Historical and Critical Dictionary, which cited all the errors and delusions that he could find in past and present writers of all religions. Even religion must meet the test of reasonableness: “Any particular dogma, whatever it may be, whether it is advanced on the authority of the Scriptures, or whatever else may be its ori- gins, is to be regarded as false if it clashes with the clear and definite conclusions of the natural un- derstanding [reason].”

Although Bayle claimed to be a believer him- self, his insistence on rational investigation seemed to challenge the authority of faith. As one critic complained, “It is notorious that the works of M. Bayle have unsettled a large number of readers, and cast doubt on some of the most widely ac- cepted principles of morality and religion.” Bayle asserted, for example, that atheists might possess moral codes as effective as those of the devout. Bayle’s Dictionary became a model of critical thought in the West.

Other scholars challenged the authority of the Bible by subjecting it to historical criticism. Dis- coveries in geology in the early eighteenth century showed that marine fossils dated immensely fur- ther back than the biblical flood. Investigations of miracles, comets, and oracles, like the growing lit- erature against belief in witchcraft, urged the use of reason to combat superstition and prejudice. Comets, for example, should not be considered evil omens just because earlier generations had passed down such a belief. Defenders of church and state published books warning of the new skepticism’s dangers. The spokesman for Louis XIV’s abso- lutism, Bishop Bossuet, warned that “reason is the guide of their choice, but reason only brings them face to face with vague conjectures and baffling perplexities.” Human beings, the traditionalists held, were simply incapable of subjecting every- thing to reason, especially in the realm of religion.

State authorities found religious skepticism particularly unsettling because it threatened to un- dermine state power too. The extensive literature of criticism was not limited to France, but much of it was published in French, and the French gov- ernment took the lead in suppressing the more outspoken works. Forbidden books were then

Th e B i r t h o f t h e E n l i g h t e n m e n t 5 4 71 6 9 0 – 1 7 4 0

Progress

T E R M S O F H I S T O R Y

B elieving as they did in the possibilities of improvement, many Enlightenment writers preached a new doctrine about the meaning of human history. They challenged the traditional

Christian belief that the original sin of Adam and Eve condemned hu- man beings to unhappiness in this world and offered instead an op- timistic vision: human nature, they claimed, was inherently good, and progress would be continuous if education developed human capac- ities to the utmost. Science and reason could bring happiness in this world. The idea of novelty or newness itself now seemed positive rather than threatening. Europeans began to imagine that they could surpass all those who preceded them in history, and they began to think of themselves as more “advanced” than the “backward” cultures they encountered in other parts of the world.

More than an intellectual concept, the idea of progress included a new conception of historical time and of Europeans’ place within world history. Europeans stopped looking back, whether to a lost Gar- den of Eden or to the writings of Greek and Roman antiquity. Grow- ing prosperity, European dominance overseas, and the scientific revolution oriented them toward the future. Europeans began to apply the word modern to their epoch, to distinguish it from the Middle Ages (a new term), and they considered their modern period superior in achievement. Consequently, Europeans took it as their mis- sion to bring their modern, enlightened ways of progress to the areas they colonized.

The economic and ecological catastrophes, destructive wars, and genocides of the twentieth century cast much doubt on this rosy vi- sion of continuing progress. As the philosopher George Santayana (1863–1952) complained, “The cry was for vacant freedom and inde- terminate progress: Vorwarts! Avanti! Onward! Full Speed Ahead!, with- out asking whether directly before you was a bottomless pit.” Historians are now chastened in their claims about progress. They would no longer side with the German philosopher Georg W. F. Hegel, who proclaimed in 1832, “The history of the world is none other than the progress of the consciousness of freedom.” They worry about the nationalistic claims inherent, for example, in the English historian Thomas Babington Macaulay’s insistence that “the history of England is emphatically the history of progress” (1843). As with many other historical questions, the final word is not yet in: Is there a direction in human history that can correctly be called progress? Or is history, as many in ancient times thought, a set of repeating cycles?

often published in the Dutch Republic, Britain, or Switzerland and smuggled back across the border to a public whose appetite was only whetted by censorship.

The Young Voltaire. The most influential writer of the early Enlightenment was a Frenchman born into the upper middle class, François-Marie Arouet, known by his pen name, Voltaire (1694–1778). Voltaire took inspiration from Bayle, noting: “He gives facts with such odious fidelity, he exposes the arguments for and against with such dastardly impartiality, he is so intolerably in- telligible, that he leads people of only ordinary common sense to judge and even to doubt.” In his early years, Voltaire suffered arrest, imprisonment, and exile, but he eventually achieved wealth and acclaim. His tangles with church and state began in the early 1730s, when he published his Letters Concerning the English Nation (the English version appeared in 1733), in which he devoted several

chapters to Newton and Locke and used the virtues of the British as a way to attack Catholic bigotry and government rigidity in France (see Document, “Letters Concerning the English Nation,” on this page). Impressed by British toleration of religious dissent (at least among Protestants), Voltaire spent two years in exile in Britain when the French state responded to his book with yet another order for his arrest.

Voltaire also popularized Newton’s scientific discoveries in his Elements of the Philosophy of Newton (1738). The French state and many European theologians considered Newtonianism threatening because it glorified the human mind and seemed to reduce God to an abstract, exter- nal, rationalistic force. So sensational was the suc- cess of Voltaire’s book on Newton that a hostile Jesuit reported, “The great Newton, was, it is said, buried in the abyss, in the shop of the first pub- lisher who dared to print him. . . . M. de Voltaire finally appeared, and at once Newton is under- stood or is in the process of being understood; all Paris resounds with Newton, all Paris stammers Newton, all Paris studies and learns Newton.” The

5 4 8 C h a p t e r 1 7 ■ Th e A t l a n t i c S y s t e m a n d I t s C o n s e q u e n c e s 1 6 9 0 – 1 7 4 0

Voltaire, Letters Concerning the English Nation (1733)

D O C U M E N T

In the 1720s, Voltaire (1694–1778) visited both the Dutch Republic and England. He learned English and came to admire English political institutions and customs, using comparison with them to criticize religious intolerance and Catholic censorship in France. In this selection from a letter on Locke, Voltaire develops the argument that religion should be considered a matter of faith and conscience and be separated from arguments concerning philosophy. He also shows his disdain for the common people.

We must not be apprehensive that any philosophical opinion will ever prejudice the religion of a country. Though our demonstrations clash directly with our mysteries, that’s nothing to the purpose, for the latter are not less revered upon that

account by our Christian philosophers, who know very well that objects of reason and those of faith are of a very different nature. Philosophers will never form a re- ligious sect, the reason of which is, their writings are not calculated for the vulgar, and they themselves are free from enthu- siasm. If we divide mankind into twenty parts, it will be found that nineteen of these consist of persons employed in man- ual labour, who will never know that such a man as Mr. Locke existed. In the remain- ing twentieth part how few are readers? And among such as are so, twenty amuse themselves with romances to one who studies philosophy. The thinking part of mankind are confined to a very small number, and these will never disturb the peace and tranquillity of the world.

Neither Montaigne, Locke, Bayle, Spinoza, Hobbes, Lord Shaftesbury, Collins nor Toland lightened up the fire- brand of discord in their countries; this has generally been the work of divines, who, being at first puffed up with the am- bition of becoming chiefs of a sect, soon grew very desirous of being at the head of a party. But what do I say? All the works of the modern philosophers put together will never make so much noise as even the dispute which arose among the Francis- cans [a Catholic religious order] merely about the fashion of their sleeves and of their cowls.

Source: Peter Gay, ed., The Enlightenment: A Comprehensive Anthology (New York: Simon & Schuster, 1973), 166.

Voltaire: The pen name of François-Marie Arouet (1694–1778), who was the most influential writer of the early Enlightenment.

success was international, too. Before long, Voltaire was elected a fellow of the Royal Society in London and in Edinburgh, as well as to twenty other scientific academies. Voltaire’s fame contin- ued to grow, reaching truly astounding propor- tions in the 1750s and 1760s (see Chapter 18).

Travel Literature and the Challenge to Custom and Tradition Just as scientific method could be used to question religious and even state authority, a more general skepticism also emerged from the expanding knowledge about the world outside of Europe. During the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, the number of travel accounts dramatically in- creased as travel writers used the contrast between their home societies and other cultures to criticize the customs of European society.

Visitors to the new colonies sought something resembling “the state of nature,” that is, ways of life that preceded sophisticated social and political or- ganization — although they often misinterpreted different forms of society and politics as having no organization at all. Travelers to the Americas found “noble savages” (native peoples) who appeared to live in conditions of great freedom and equality; they were “naturally good” and “happy” without taxes, lawsuits, or much organized government. In China, in contrast, travelers found a people who enjoyed prosperity and an ancient civilization. Christian missionaries made little headway in China, and visitors had to admit that China’s reli- gious systems had flourished for four or five thou- sand years with no input from Europe or from Christianity. The basic lesson of travel literature in the 1700s, then, was that customs varied: justice, freedom, property, good government, religion, and morality all were relative to the place. One critic complained that travel encouraged free thinking and the destruction of religion: “Some complete their demoralization by extensive travel, and lose whatever shreds of religion remained to them. Every day they see a new religion, new customs, new rites.”

Travel literature turned explicitly political in Montesquieu’s Persian Letters (1721). Charles- Louis de Secondat, baron of Montesquieu (1689–1755), the son of an eminent judicial fam- ily, was a high-ranking judge in a French court. He published Persian Letters anonymously in the Dutch Republic, and the book went into ten print- ings in just one year — a best seller for the times. Montesquieu tells the story of two Persians, Rica and Usbek, who leave their country “for love of

knowledge” and travel to Europe. They visit France in the last years of Louis XIV’s reign, writing of the king: “He has a minister who is only eighteen years old, and a mistress of eighty. . . . Although he avoids the bustle of towns, and is rarely seen in company, his one concern, from morning till night, is to get himself talked about.” Other pas- sages ridicule the pope. Beneath the satire, how- ever, was a serious investigation into the foundation of good government and morality. Montesquieu chose Persians for his travelers because they came from what was widely considered the most despotic of all governments, in which rulers had life-and-death powers over their subjects. In the book, the Persians constantly compare France to Persia, suggesting that the French monarchy might verge on despotism.

The paradox of a judge publishing an anony- mous work attacking the regime that employed him demonstrates the complications of the intel- lectual scene in this period. Montesquieu’s anonymity did not last long, and soon Parisian so- ciety lionized him. In the late 1720s, he sold his judgeship and traveled extensively in Europe, stay- ing eighteen months in Britain. In 1748, he pub- lished a widely influential work on comparative government, The Spirit of Laws. The Vatican soon listed both Persian Letters and The Spirit of Laws on its Index of forbidden books.

Raising the Woman Question Many of the letters exchanged in Persian Letters fo- cused on women, marriage, and the family because Montesquieu considered the position of women a sure indicator of the nature of government and morality. Although Montesquieu was not a femi- nist, his depiction of Roxana, the favorite wife in Usbek’s harem, struck a chord with many women. Roxana revolts against the authority of Usbek’s eu- nuchs and writes a final letter to her husband an- nouncing her impending suicide: “I may have lived in servitude, but I have always been free, I have amended your laws according to the laws of na- ture, and my mind has always remained independ- ent.” Women writers used the same language of tyranny and freedom to argue for concrete changes in their status. Feminist ideas were not entirely new, but they were presented systematically for the first time during the Enlightenment and repre- sented a fundamental challenge to the ways of tra- ditional societies.

The most systematic of these women writers was the English author Mary Astell (1666–1731), the daughter of a businessman and herself a

Th e B i r t h o f t h e E n l i g h t e n m e n t 5 4 91 6 9 0 – 1 7 4 0

supporter of the Tory party and the Anglican reli- gious establishment. In 1694, she published A Seri- ous Proposal to the Ladies, in which she advocated founding a private women’s college to remedy women’s lack of education. Addressing women, she asked, “How can you be content to be in the World like Tulips in a Garden, to make a fine shew [show] and be good for nothing?” Astell argued for intellectual training based on Descartes’s prin- ciples, in which reason, debate, and careful consid- eration of the issues took priority over custom or tradition. Her book was an immediate success: five printings appeared by 1701. In later works such as Reflections upon Marriage (1706), Astell criticized the relationship between the sexes within mar- riage: “If absolute sovereignty be not necessary in a state, how comes it to be so in a family? . . . If all men are born free, how is it that all women are born slaves?” Her critics accused her of promoting sub- versive ideas and of contradicting the Bible.

Astell’s work inspired other women to write in a similar vein. The anonymous Essay in Defence of the Female Sex (1696) attacked “the Usurpation of Men; and the Tyranny of Custom,” which pre- vented women from getting an education. In the introduction to the work of one of the best-known female poets, Elizabeth Singer Rowe, a friend of the author complained of the “notorious Violations on the Liberties of Freeborn English Women” that came from “a plain and an open design to render us meer [mere] Slaves, perfect Turkish Wives.”

Most male writers unequivocally stuck to the traditional view of women, which held that women were less capable of reasoning than men and therefore did not need systematic education. Such opinions often rested on biological supposi- tions. The long-dominant Aristotelian view of re- production held that only the male seed carried spirit and individuality. At the beginning of the eighteenth century, however, scientists began to undermine this belief. Physicians and surgeons be- gan to champion the doctrine of ovism — that the female egg was essential in making new humans. During the decades that followed, male Enlighten- ment writers would continue to debate women’s nature and appropriate social roles.

Review: What were the major issues in the early decades of the Enlightenment?

Conclusion Europeans crossed a major threshold in the first half of the eighteenth century. They moved silently but nonetheless momentously from an economy governed by scarcity and the threat of famine to one of ever-increasing growth and the prospect of continuing improvement. Expansion of colonies overseas and economic development at home cre- ated greater wealth, longer life spans, and higher expectations for the future. In these better times for many, a spirit of optimism prevailed. People could now spend money on newspapers, novels, and travel literature as well as on coffee, tea, and cotton cloth. The growing literate public avidly fol- lowed the latest trends in religious debates, art, and music. Not everyone shared equally in the bene- fits, however: slaves toiled in misery for their mas- ters in the Americas, eastern European serfs found themselves ever more closely bound to their noble lords, and rural folk almost everywhere tasted few fruits of consumer society.

Politics changed too as population and pro- duction increased and cities grew. Experts urged government intervention to improve public health, and states found it in their interest to set- tle many international disputes by diplomacy, which itself became more regular and routine. The consolidation of the European state system al- lowed a tide of criticism and new thinking about society to swell in Great Britain and France and begin to spill throughout Europe. Ultimately, the combination of the Atlantic system and the En- lightenment would give rise to a series of Atlantic revolutions.

5 5 0 C h a p t e r 1 7 ■ Th e A t l a n t i c S y s t e m a n d I t s C o n s e q u e n c e s 1 6 9 0 – 1 7 4 0

For Further Exploration

■ For suggested references, including Web sites, for topics in this chapter, see page SR-1 at the end of the book.

■ For additional primary-source material from this period, see Chapter 17 in Sources of THE MAKING OF THE WEST, Third Edition.

■ For Web sites and documents related to topics in this chapter, see Make History at bedfordstmartins.com / hunt.

C o n c l u s i o n 5 5 11 6 9 0 – 1 7 4 0

Austrian Habsburg territory

Prussian territory

Boundary of the Holy Roman Empire

0 200 400 kilometers

0 200 400 miles

N

S

E

W

N o r t h S e a

B l a c k S e a

A T L A N T I C O C E A N

B a l t

i c S

e a

M e d i t e r r a n

e a

n S e a

R hin

e R

.

Danu be

R.

Vist ula

R. Dnieper R.

Adriatic Sea

Volga R.

GREAT BRITAIN

F R A N C E

HOLY

ROMAN

EMPIRE SWITZ.

SAVOY

TUSCANY GENOA

KINGDOM OF NAPLES

Corsica

Sardinia

Sicily

Crete

S PA I N

PORTUGAL PAPAL STATES

POLAND- LITHUANIA

S W E D E N

R U S S I A

O T T O M A N E M P I R E

D E

N M

A R

K -N

O R

W A

Y

AUSTRIA

HUNGARY

SERBIA

IRELAND

SCOTLAND

ENGLAND

Lorraine

Austrian Neth.

FINLAND

DUTCH REPUBLIC

CyprusNORTH AFRICA

BALKANS

BRA ND

EN BU

RG

-P RU

SS IA

Paris

Lisbon

Madrid

Gibraltar (Gr. Br.)

LondonBristol

Rome

Venice

Berlin Warsaw

Pest Buda

Moscow

St. Petersburg

Riga

Stockholm

Vienna

Constantinople

�

� �

�

��

�

�

� �

��

�

�

�

�

�

�

M A P P I N G T H E W E S T

Europe in 1740 By 1740, Europe had achieved a kind of diplomatic equilibrium in which no one power predominated. But the relative balance should not deflect attention from important underlying changes: Spain, the Dutch Republic, Poland-Lithuania, and Sweden had all declined in power and influence while Great Britain, Russia, Prussia, and Austria had solidified their positions, each in a different way. France’s ambitions had been thwarted, but its combination of a big army and rich overseas possessions made it a major player for a long time to come.

5 5 2 C h a p t e r 1 7 ■ Th e A t l a n t i c S y s t e m a n d I t s C o n s e q u e n c e s 1 6 9 0 – 1 7 4 0

K e y Te r m s a n d P e o p l e M a k i n g C o n n e c t i o n s

R e v i e w Q u e s t i o n s

1. How did the rise of slavery and the plantation system change European politics and society?

2. Why was the Enlightenment born just at the moment that the Atlantic system took shape?

3. What were the major differences between the wars of the first half of the eighteenth century and those of the seven- teenth century? (Refer to Chapters 15 and 16.)

1. How was consumerism related to slavery in the early eighteenth century?

2. How were new social trends reflected in cultural life in the late 1600s and early 1700s?

3. What events and developments led to greater stability and less warfare in the European state system?

4. What were the major issues in the early decades of the Enlightenment?

C h a p t e r R e v i e w

Atlantic system (520)

plantation (521)

mestizo (527)

buccaneers (527)

consumer revolution (528)

agricultural revolution (529)

rococo (534)

Pietism (536)

Peace of Utrecht (538)

Robert Walpole (539)

Peter the Great (540)

Westernization (540)

Enlightenment (545)

Voltaire (548)

For practice quizzes, a customized study plan, and other study tools, see the Online Study Guide at bedfordstmartins.com / hunt.

I m p o r ta n t Ev e n t s

1690s Beginning of rapid development of plantations in Caribbean

1694 Bank of England established; Mary Astell’s A Serious Proposal to the Ladies argues for the founding of a private women’s college

1697 Pierre Bayle publishes Historical and Critical Dictionary, detailing errors of religious writers

1699 Turks forced to recognize Habsburg rule over Hungary and Transylvania

1703 Peter the Great begins construction of St. Petersburg, founds first Russian newspaper

1713–1714 Peace of Utrecht

1714 Elector of Hanover becomes King George I of England

1715 Death of Louis XIV

1719 Daniel Defoe publishes Robinson Crusoe

1720 Last outbreak of bubonic plague in western Europe

1721 Treaty of Nystad; Montesquieu publishes Persian Letters anonymously in the Dutch Republic

1733 War of the Polish Succession; Voltaire’s Letters Concerning the English Nation attacks French intolerance and narrow-mindedness

1741 George Frideric Handel composes Messiah

This page intentionally left blank

I n the summer of 1766, Empress Catherine II (“the Great”) of

Russia wrote to Voltaire, one of the leaders of the Enlightenment:

It is a way of immortalizing oneself to be the advocate of humanity, the defender of oppressed innocence. . . . You have entered into combat against the enemies of mankind: superstition, fanaticism, ignorance, quibbling, evil judges, and the powers that rest in their hands. Great virtues and qualities are needed to surmount these obstacles. You have shown that you have them: you have triumphed.

Over a fifteen-year period, Catherine corresponded regularly with

Voltaire, a writer who, at home in France, found himself in constant

conflict with authorities of church and state. Her admiring letter shows

how influential Enlightenment ideals had become by the middle of the

eighteenth century. Even an absolutist ruler such as Catherine endorsed

many aspects of the Enlightenment call for reform; she too wanted to

be an “advocate of humanity.”

Catherine’s letter aptly summed up Enlightenment ideals: progress

for humanity could be achieved only by rooting out the wrongs left by

superstition, religious fanaticism, ignorance, and outmoded forms of

justice. Enlightenment writers used every means at their disposal — from

encyclopedias to novels to personal interaction with rulers — to argue

for reform. Everything had to be examined in the cold light of reason,

and anything that did not promote the improvement of humanity was

to be jettisoned. As a result, Enlightenment writers attacked the legal use

of torture to extract confessions, supported religious toleration, favored

the spread of education to eliminate ignorance, and criticized censor-

ship by state or church. The book trade and new places for urban

The Enlightenment at Its Height 556 • Men and Women of the Republic

of Letters • Conflicts with Church and State • The Individual and Society • Spreading the Enlightenment • The Limits of Reason: Roots of

Romanticism and Religious Revival

Society and Culture in an Age of Enlightenment 567 • The Nobility’s Reassertion of

Privilege • The Middle Class and the Making

of a New Elite • Life on the Margins

State Power in an Era of Reform 573 • War and Diplomacy • State-Sponsored Reform • Limits of Reform

Rebellions against State Power 578 • Food Riots and Peasant Uprisings • Public Opinion and Political

Opposition • Revolution in North America

5 5 5

The Promise of Enlightenment 1740—1789

C H A P T E R

18

Catherine the Great In this portrait by the Danish painter Vigilius Eriksen, the Russian empress Catherine the Great is shown on horseback (c. 1752), much like any male ruler of the time. Born Sophia Augusta Frederika of Anhalt-Zerbst in 1729, Catherine was the daughter of a minor German prince. When she married the future tsar Peter III in 1745, she promptly learned Russian and adopted Russian Orthodoxy. Peter, physically and mentally frail, proved no match for her; in 1762 she staged a coup against him and took his place when he was killed. (Erich Lessing/ Art Resource, NY.)

socializing, such as coffeehouses and learned so- cieties, spread these ideas within a new elite of middle- and upper-class men and women.

The lower classes had little contact with En- lightenment ideas. Their lives were shaped more profoundly by an increasing population, rising food prices, and ongoing wars among the great powers. States had to balance conflicting social pressures: rulers pursued Enlightenment reforms that they believed might enhance state power, but they feared changes that might unleash popular discontent. For example, Catherine aimed to bring Western ideas, culture, and reforms to Russia, but when faced with a massive uprising of the serfs, she not only suppressed the revolt but also in- creased the powers of the nobles over their serfs. All reform-minded rulers faced similar potential challenges to their authority.

Even if the movement for reform had its lim- its, governments now needed to respond to a new force: “public opinion.” Rulers wanted to portray themselves as modern, open to change, and re- sponsive to the segment of the public that was reading newspapers and closely following politi- cal developments. Enlightenment writers ap- pealed to public opinion, but they still looked to rulers to effect reform. Writers such as Voltaire expressed little interest in the future of peasants or the lower classes; they favored neither revolu- tion nor political upheaval. Yet their ideas paved the way for something much more radical and unexpected. The American Declaration of Inde- pendence in 1776 showed how Enlightenment ideals could be translated into democratic polit- ical practice. After 1789, democracy would come to Europe as well.

Focus Question: How did the Enlightenment influ- ence Western politics, culture, and society?

The Enlightenment at Its Height The Enlightenment emerged as an intellectual movement before 1740 but reached its peak in the second half of the eighteenth century. (See “Terms of History,” page 565.) The writers of the Enlight- enment called themselves philosophes (French for “philosophers”), but that term is somewhat mis- leading. Whereas philosophers concern themselves with abstract theories, the philosophes were pub- lic intellectuals dedicated to solving the real prob- lems of the world. They wrote on subjects ranging from current affairs to art criticism, and they wrote in every conceivable format. The Swiss philosophe Jean-Jacques Rousseau, for example, wrote a po- litical tract, a treatise on education, a constitution for Poland, an analysis of the effects of the theater on public morals, a best-selling novel, an opera, and a notorious autobiography. The philosophes wrote for a broad educated public of readers who snatched up every Enlightenment book they could find at their local booksellers, even when rulers or churches tried to forbid such works. Between 1740 and 1789, the Enlightenment acquired its name and, despite heated conflicts between the philosophes and state and religious authorities, gained support in the highest reaches of government.

Men and Women of the Republic of Letters Although philosophe is a French word, the Enlight- enment was distinctly cosmopolitan; philosophes could be found from Philadelphia to St. Petersburg.

5 5 6 C h a p t e r 1 8 ■ Th e P r o m i s e o f E n l i g h t e n m e n t 1 7 4 0 – 1 7 8 9

philosophes (fee luh SAWF): Public intellectuals of the Enlight- enment who wrote on subjects ranging from current affairs to art criticism with the goal of furthering reform in society. (The word in French means “philosophers.”)

1740 1750 1760

■ 1740–1748 War of the Austrian Succession

■ 1751–1772 Enlightenment writers publish Encyclopedia

■ 1756–1763 Seven Years’ War

■ 1762 Rousseau, The Social Contract, Émile

The philosophes considered themselves part of a grand “republic of letters” that transcended national political bound- aries. They were not republicans in the usual sense, that is, people who supported representative government and opposed monarchy. What united them were the ideals of reason, reform, and freedom. In 1784, the German philosopher Immanuel Kant summed up the program of the En- lightenment in two Latin words: sapere aude, “dare to know” — have the courage to think for yourself.

The philosophes used reason to at- tack superstition, bigotry, and religious fanaticism, which they considered the chief obstacles to free thought and social reform. Voltaire took religious fanaticism as his chief target: “Once fanaticism has corrupted a mind, the malady is almost incurable. . . . The only remedy for this epidemic malady is the philosophical spirit.” Enlightenment writers did not necessarily oppose organized religion, but they strenuously objected to reli- gious intolerance. They believed that the systematic application of reason could do what religious belief could not: improve the hu- man condition by pointing to needed reforms. Reason meant critical, informed, scientific think- ing about social issues and problems. Many En- lightenment writers collaborated on a new multivolume Encyclopedia (published 1751–1772) that aimed to gather together knowledge about sci- ence, religion, industry, and society (see illustra- tion at right). The chief editor of the Encyclopedia, Denis Diderot (1713–1784), explained the goal: “All things must be examined, debated, investi- gated without exception and without regard for anyone’s feelings.” (See Document, “Denis Diderot, ‘Encyclopedia,’ ” page 559.)

The philosophes believed that the spread of knowledge would encourage reform in every as- pect of life, from the grain trade to the penal sys- tem. Chief among their desired reforms was intellectual freedom — the freedom to use one’s own reason and to publish the results. The philosophes wanted freedom of the press and free- dom of religion, which they considered “natural rights” guaranteed by “natural law.” In their view, progress depended on these freedoms.

Most philosophes, like Voltaire, came from the upper classes, yet Rousseau’s father was a modest watchmaker in Geneva, and Diderot was the son of a cutlery maker. Although it was a rare

Th e E n l i g h t e n m e n t a t I t s H e i g h t 5 5 71 7 4 0 – 1 7 8 9

1770 1780 1790

■ 1772 First Partition of Poland

■ 1773 Pugachev rebellion

■ 1764 Voltaire, Philosophical Dictionary

■ 1780 Joseph II’s reforms

■ 1781 Kant, The Critique of Pure Reason

Bookbinding In this plate from the Encyclopedia, the various stages in bookbinding are laid out from left to right. Binding was not included in the sale of books; owners had to order leather bindings from a special shop. The man at (a) is pounding the pages to be bound on a marble block. The woman at (b) is stitching the pages with a special frame. The worker at (c) cuts the pages, and the one at (d) presses the volumes to prevent warping. In what ways is this illustration representative of the aims of the Encyclopedia?

■ 1771 Louis XV attempts major court reform

■ 1787 U.S. Constitution

■ 1785 Charter of the Nobility

■ 1776 American Declaration of Independence; Smith, Wealth of Nations

phenomenon, some women were philosophes, such as the French noblewoman Émilie du Châtelet (1706–1749), who wrote extensively about the mathematics and physics of Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz and Isaac Newton. (Her lover Voltaire learned much of his science from her.) Few of the leading writers held university positions, except those who were German or Scottish. Universities in France were dominated by the Catholic clergy and unreceptive to Enlightenment ideals.

Enlightenment ideas developed instead through printed books and pamphlets; through letters that were hand-copied, circulated, and sometimes pub- lished; and through informal readings of manu- scripts. Salons — informal gatherings, usually sponsored by middle-class or aristocratic women — gave intellectual life an anchor outside the royal court and the church-controlled universities. Seventeenth-century salons had been tame affairs. In the Parisian salons of the eighteenth century, in contrast, the philosophes could discuss ideas they might hesitate to put into print, testing public opinion and even pushing it in new directions. Best known was the Parisian salon of Madame Marie- Thérèse Geoffrin (1699–1777), a wealthy middle- class widow who had been raised by her grandmother and married off at fourteen to a much older man (see Madame Geoffrin’s Salon, above). She brought together the most exciting thinkers and artists of the time and provided a fo- rum for new ideas and an opportunity to establish new intellectual contacts. Madame Geoffrin corre- sponded extensively with influential people across

Europe, including Catherine the Great. One Italian visitor commented, “There is no way to make Naples resemble Paris unless we find a woman to guide us, organize us, Geoffrinize us.”

Women’s salons provoked criticism from men who resented their power. (See “Contrasting Views,” page 562.) Nevertheless, the gatherings helped galvanize intellectual life and reform move- ments all over Europe. Wealthy Jewish women cre- ated nine of the fourteen salons in Berlin at the end of the eighteenth century, and Princess Zofia Czartoryska gathered around her in Warsaw the reform leaders of Poland-Lithuania. Some of the aristocratic women in Madrid who held salons had lived in France, and they combined an interest in French culture and ideas with their efforts to pro- mote the new ideas in Spain. Middle-class women in London used their salons to raise money to pub- lish women’s writings. Salons could be tied closely to the circles of power: in France, for example, Louis XV’s mistress, Jeanne-Antoinette Poisson, first made her reputation as hostess of a salon fre- quented by Voltaire and Montesquieu. When she became Louis XV’s mistress in 1745, she gained the title Marquise de Pompadour and turned her at- tention to influencing artistic styles by patroniz- ing architects and painters.

Conflicts with Church and State Madame Geoffrin did not approve of discussions that attacked the Catholic church, but elsewhere voices against organized religion could be heard.

5 5 8 C h a p t e r 1 8 ■ Th e P r o m i s e o f E n l i g h t e n m e n t 1 7 4 0 – 1 7 8 9

Madame Geoffrin’s Salon in 1755 This 1812 painting by Anicet Charles Lemonnier claims to depict the best-known Parisian salon of the 1750s. Lemonnier was only twelve years old in 1755 and so could not have based his rendition on firsthand knowledge. Madame Geoffrin is the figure in blue on the right facing the viewer. The bust is of Voltaire. Rousseau is the fifth person to the left of the bust (facing right) and behind him (facing left) is Raynal. (Bridgeman–Giraudon/ Art Resource, NY.)

Criticisms of religion required daring because the church, whatever its denomination, wielded enor- mous power in society, and most influential people considered religion an essential foundation of good society and government. Defying such opinion, the Scottish philosopher David Hume (1711–1776) boldly argued in The Natural History of Religion (1755) that belief in God rested on su- perstition and fear rather than on reason. Hume soon met kindred spirits while visiting Paris; he at- tended a dinner party consisting of “fifteen athe- ists, and three who had not quite made up their minds.”

In the eighteenth century, most Europeans be- lieved in God. After Newton, however, and despite Newton’s own deep religiosity, people could conceive of the universe as an eternally existing, self-perpetuating machine, in which God’s inter- vention was unnecessary. In short, such people could become either atheists, people who do not believe in God, or deists, people who believe in God but give him no active role in earthly affairs. For the first time, writers claimed the label atheist and disputed the common view that atheism led in- evitably to immorality.

Deists continued to believe in a benevolent, all-knowing God who had designed the universe and set it in motion. But they usually rejected the idea that God directly intercedes in the function- ing of the universe, and they often criticized the churches for their dogmatic intolerance of dis- senters. Voltaire was a deist, and in his influential Philosophical Dictionary (1764) he attacked most of the claims of organized Christianity, both Catholic and Protestant. Christianity, he argued, had been the prime source of fanaticism and bru- tality among humans. Throughout his life, Voltaire’s motto was Écrasez l’infâme — “Crush the infamous thing” (the “thing” being bigotry and in- tolerance). French authorities publicly burned his Philosophical Dictionary.

Criticism of religious intolerance involved more than simply attacking the churches. Critics also had to confront the states to which churches were closely tied. In 1762, a judicial case in

Th e E n l i g h t e n m e n t a t I t s H e i g h t 5 5 91 7 4 0 – 1 7 8 9

deists: Those who believe in God but give him no active role in human affairs. Deists of the Enlightenment believed that God had designed the universe and set it in motion but no longer intervened in its functioning.

Denis Diderot, “Encyclopedia” (1755)

D O C U M E N T

Denis Diderot (1713–1784) led the multi- national team that produced the Encyclo- pedia, a work much more radical in its aims than its bland name suggests. Seventeen vol- umes of text and eleven volumes of illustra- tive plates were published between 1751 and 1772, despite the efforts of French authori- ties to censor it. The volumes covered every branch of human knowledge from the tools of artisans to the finest points of theology. Diderot and his collaborators used the occa- sion to lay out the principles of the Enlight- enment as an intellectual movement and to challenge the authority, in particular, of the Catholic church. The article “Encyclopedia” summarized the goals of the project.

ENCYCLOPEDIA (Philosophy). This word means the interrelation of all knowledge; it is made up of the Greek prefix en, in, and the nouns kyklos, circle, and paideia,

instruction, science, knowledge. In truth, the aim of an encyclopedia is to collect all the knowledge scattered over the face of the earth, to present its general outlines and structure to the men with whom we live, and transmit this to those who will come after us, so that the work of the past centuries may be useful to the following centuries, that our children, by becoming more educated, may at the same time be- come more virtuous and happier, and that we may not die without having deserved well of the human race. . . .

We have seen that our Encyclopedia could only have been the endeavor of a philosophical century; that this age has dawned, and that fame, while raising to immortality the names of those who will perfect man’s knowledge in the future, will perhaps not disdain to remember our own names. . . .

I have said that it could only belong to a philosophical age to attempt an ency- clopedia; and I have said this because such a work constantly demands more intellec- tual daring than is commonly found in ages of pusillanimous [timid] taste. All things must be examined, debated, inves- tigated without exception and without re- gard for anyone’s feelings. . . . We must ride roughshod over all these ancient puerilities, overturn the barriers that rea- son never erected, give back to the arts and sciences the liberty that is so precious to them. . . . We have for quite some time needed a reasoning age when men would no longer seek the rules in classical au- thors but in nature.

Source: Margaret C. Jacob, The Enlightenment: A Brief History with Documents (Boston: Bedford / St. Martin’s, 2001), 157–158.

Toulouse provoked an outcry throughout France that Voltaire soon joined. When the son of a local Calvinist was found hanged (he had probably committed suicide), magistrates accused the fa- ther, Jean Calas, of murdering him to prevent his conversion to Catholicism. (Since Louis XIV’s rev- ocation of the Edict of Nantes in 1685, it had been illegal to practice Calvinism publicly in France.) The all-Catholic parlement of Toulouse tried to ex- tract the names of accomplices through torture — using a rope to pull up Calas’s arm while weighing down his feet and then pouring water down his throat — and then executed him by breaking every bone in his body with an iron rod. Calas refused to confess. Voltaire launched a successful crusade to rehabilitate Calas’s good name and to restore the family’s properties, which had been confiscated after his death. Voltaire’s efforts eventually helped bring about the extension of civil rights to French Protestants and encouraged campaigns to abolish the judicial use of torture.

Critics also assailed state and church support for European colonization and slavery. One of the most popular books of the time was the Philosoph- ical and Political History of European Colonies and Commerce in the Two Indies, published in 1770 by Abbé Guillaume Raynal (1713–1796), a French Catholic clergyman. Raynal and his collaborators described in excruciating detail the destruction of native populations by Europeans and denounced the slave trade. Despite the criticism, the slave trade continued. So did European exploration. British explorer James Cook (1728–1779) charted the coasts of New Zealand and Australia, discov- ered New Caledonia, and visited the ice fields of Antarctica.

Cook’s adventures captivated European read- ers. When he arrived on the Kona coast of Hawaii in 1779, Cook thought that the natives considered him godlike, but in a confrontation he fired and killed a man, provoking an attack that led to his death and those of some of his men. Like Cook, many Enlightenment writers held conflicting views of natives: to some, they were innocent be- cause primitive, but to others they seemed untrust- worthy because savage. Views of Africans could be especially negative. David Hume, for example, judged blacks to be “naturally inferior to the whites,” concluding, “There never was a civilized nation of any other complexion than white.”

Nevertheless, the Enlightenment belief in nat- ural rights helped fuel the antislavery movement, which began to organize political campaigns against slavery in Britain, France, and the new United States in the 1780s. Advocates of the abo-

lition of slavery encouraged freed slaves to write the story of their enslavement. One such freed slave, Olaudah Equiano, wrote of his kidnapping and enslavement in Africa and his long effort to free himself. The Interesting Narrative of the Life of Olaudah Equiano, published in 1788, became an international best seller; it had appeared in Eng- lish, Dutch, Russian, and French by the time Equiano died in 1797. Armed with such firsthand accounts of slavery, abolitionists began to petition their governments for the abolition of the slave trade and then of slavery itself.

Enlightenment critics of church and state usu- ally advocated reform, not revolution. For ex- ample, though he resided near the French-Swiss border in case he had to flee, Voltaire made a for- tune in financial speculations and ended up being celebrated in his last years as a national hero even by many former foes. Other philosophes also be- lieved that published criticism, rather than violent action, would bring about necessary reforms. As Diderot said, “We will speak against senseless laws until they are reformed; and, while we wait, we will abide by them.” The philosophes generally re- garded the lower classes — “the people” — as igno- rant, violent, and prone to superstition; as a result, they pinned their hopes on educated elites and en- lightened rulers.

Despite the philosophes’ preference for re- form, in the long run their books often had a rev- olutionary impact. For example, Montesquieu’s widely reprinted Spirit of the Laws (1748) warned against the dangers of despotism, opposed the di- vine right of kings, and favored constitutional gov- ernment. His analysis of British constitutionalism inspired French critics of absolutism and would greatly influence the American revolutionaries.

The Individual and Society The controversy created by the conflicts between the philosophes and the various churches and states of Europe drew attention away from a subtle but profound transformation in worldviews. In previous centuries, questions of theological doc- trine and church organization had been the main focus of intellectual and even political interest. The Enlightenment writers shifted attention away from religious questions and toward the secular study of society and the individual’s role in it. Religion did not drop out of sight, but the philosophes tended to make religion a private affair of individ-

5 6 0 C h a p t e r 1 8 ■ Th e P r o m i s e o f E n l i g h t e n m e n t 1 7 4 0 – 1 7 8 9

abolitionists: Advocates of the abolition of the slave trade and of slavery.

ual conscience, even while rulers and churches still considered religion very much a public concern.

The Enlightenment interest in secular society produced two major results: it advanced the secu- larization of European political life that had begun after the Wars of Religion of the sixteenth and sev- enteenth centuries, and it laid the foundations for the social sciences of the modern era. Not surpris- ingly, then, many historians and philosophers con- sider the Enlightenment to be the origin of modernity, which they define as the belief that hu- man reason, rather than theological doctrine, should set the patterns of social and political life. This belief in reason as the sole foundation for sec- ular authority has often been contested, but it has also proved to be a powerful force for change.

Although most of the philosophes believed that human reason could understand and even re- make society and politics, they disagreed about what reason revealed. Among the many different approaches were two that proved enduringly in- fluential, those of the Scottish philosopher Adam Smith and the Swiss writer Jean-Jacques Rousseau. Smith provided a theory of modern capitalist so- ciety and devoted much of his energy to defend- ing free markets as the best way to make the most of individual efforts. The modern discipline of economics took shape around the questions raised by Smith. Rousseau, by contrast, emphasized the needs of the community over those of the individ- ual. His work, which led both toward democracy and toward communism, continues to inspire heated debate in political science and sociology.

Adam Smith. Adam Smith (1723–1790) opti- mistically believed that individual interests natu- rally harmonized with those of the whole society. To explain how this natural harmonization worked, he published An Inquiry into the Nature and Causes of the Wealth of Nations in 1776. Smith insisted that individual self-interest, even greed, was quite compatible with society’s best interest: the laws of supply and demand served as an “in- visible hand” ensuring that individual interests would be synchronized with those of the whole so- ciety. Market forces — “the propensity to truck, barter, and exchange one thing for another” — naturally brought individual and social interests in line.

Smith rejected the prevailing mercantilist views that the general welfare would be served by accumulating national wealth through agriculture or the hoarding of gold and silver. Instead, he ar- gued that the division of labor in manufacturing increased productivity and generated more wealth

for society and well-being for the individual. In his much-cited example of the manufacture of pins, Smith showed that when the manufacturing process was broken down into separate operations — one man to draw out the wire, another to straighten it, a third to cut it, a fourth to point it, and so on — workers who could make only one pin a day on their own could make thousands by pooling their labor.

To maximize the effects of market forces and the division of labor, Smith endorsed a concept called laissez-faire (that is, “to leave alone”) to free the economy from government intervention and control. He insisted that governments eliminate all restrictions on the sale of land, remove restraints on the grain trade, and abandon duties on imports. Free international trade, he argued, would stimu- late production everywhere and thus ensure the growth of national wealth: “The natural effort of every individual to better his own condition, when suffered to exert itself with freedom and security, is so powerful a principle that it is alone, and with- out any assistance, not only capable of carrying the society to wealth and prosperity, but of surmount- ing a hundred impertinent obstructions with which the folly of human laws too often encum- bers its operations.” Governments should restrict themselves to providing “security,” that is, national defense, internal order, and public works. Smith recognized that government had an important role in providing a secure framework for market activ- ity, but he placed most emphasis on freeing indi- vidual endeavor from what he saw as excessive government interference.

Jean-Jacques Rousseau. Much more pessimistic about the relation between individual self-interest and the good of society was Jean-Jacques Rousseau (1712–1778). In Rousseau’s view, soci- ety itself threatened natural rights or freedoms: “Man is born free, and everywhere he is in chains.” Rousseau first gained fame by writing a prize- winning essay in 1749 in which he argued that the revival of science and the arts had corrupted social morals, not improved them. This startling conclusion seemed to oppose some of the En- lightenment’s most cherished beliefs. Rather than

Th e E n l i g h t e n m e n t a t I t s H e i g h t 5 6 11 7 4 0 – 1 7 8 9

laissez-faire (LEH say FEHR): An economic doctrine devel- oped by Adam Smith that advocated freeing the economy from government intervention and control. (The term is French for “to leave alone.”)

Jean-Jacques Rousseau (zhahn zhahk roo SOH): One of the most important philosophes (1712–1778); he argued that only a government based on a social contract among the citizens could make people truly moral and free.

improving society, he claimed, science and art raised artificial barriers between people and their natu- ral state. Rousseau’s works extolled the simplicity of rural life over urban society. Although he par- ticipated in the salons, Rousseau always felt ill at ease in high society, and he periodically withdrew to live in solitude far from Paris. Paradoxically, his solitude was often paid for by wealthy upper-class patrons who lodged him on their estates, even as his writings decried the upper-class privilege that made his efforts possible.

Rousseau explored the tension between the in- dividual and society in a best-selling novel (The New Heloise, 1761); in an influential work on education (Émile, 1762); and in a treatise on

political theory (The Social Contract, 1762). He wrote Émile in the form of a novel in order to make his educational theories easily comprehensible. Free from the supervision of the clergy, who con- trolled most schools, the boy Émile works alone with his tutor to develop practical skills and inde- pendent ways of thinking. After developing his in- dividuality, Émile joins society through marriage to Sophie, who received the education Rousseau thought appropriate for women. (See “Contrast- ing Views,” above.)

Whereas earlier Rousseau had argued that so- ciety corrupted the individual by taking him out of nature, in The Social Contract he aimed to show that the right kind of political order could make

5 6 2 C h a p t e r 1 8 ■ Th e P r o m i s e o f E n l i g h t e n m e n t 1 7 4 0 – 1 7 8 9

During the Enlightenment, women’s roles in society became the sub- ject of heated debates. Some men resented what they saw as the growing power of women, especially in the salons. Rousseau railed against their corrupting influence: “Every woman at Paris gathers in her apartment a harem of men more womanish than she.” Rousseau’s Émile (Document 1) offered his own influential answer to the question of how women should be educated. The Encyclo- pedia ignored the contributions of salon women and praised women who stayed at home; in the words of one typical contributor, women “constitute the principal ornament of the world. . . . May they, through submissive discretion and through simple, adroit, artless cleverness, spur us [men] on to virtue.” Many women objected to these characterizations. The editor of a prominent newspaper for women, Madame de Beaumer, wrote editorials blasting the mascu- line sense of superiority (Document 2). Many prominent women writers specifically targeted Rousseau’s book because it proved to be the most influential educational treatise of the time (Document 3). Their ideas formed the core of nineteenth-century feminism.

1. Jean-Jacques Rousseau, Émile (1762)

Rousseau used the character of Émile’s wife-to-be, Sophie, to dis- cuss his ideas about women’s education. Sophie is educated for a domestic role as wife and mother, and she is taught to be obedient, always helpful to her husband and family, and removed from any participation in the public world. Despite his insistence on the dif- ferences between men’s and women’s roles, many women enthusi- astically embraced Rousseau’s ideas, for he placed great emphasis on maternal affections, breast-feeding, and child rearing. Rousseau’s own children, however, suffered the contradictions that character- ized his life. By his own admission, he abandoned to a foundling hospital all the children he had by his lower-class common-law wife

because he did not think he could support them properly; if their fate was like that of most abandoned children of the day, they met an early death.

There is no parity between man and woman as to the impor- tance of sex. The male is only a male at certain moments; the fe- male all her life, or at least throughout her youth, is incessantly reminded of her sex and in order to carry out its functions she needs a corresponding constitution. She needs to be careful dur- ing pregnancy; she needs rest after childbirth; she needs a quiet and sedentary life while she nurses her children; she needs pa- tience and gentleness in order to raise them; a zeal and affection that nothing can discourage. . . .

On the good constitution of mothers depends primarily that of the children; on the care of women depends the early educa- tion of men; and on women, again, depend their morals, their passions, their tastes, their pleasures, and even their happiness. Thus the whole education of women ought to be relative to men. To please them, to be useful to them, to make themselves loved and honored by them, to educate them when young, to care for them when grown, to counsel them, to console them, and to make life agreeable and sweet to them — these are the duties of women at all times, and should be taught them from their infancy.

Source: Susan Groag Bell and Karen M. Offen, Women, the Family, and Freedom: The Debate in Documents, vol. 1, 1750–1880 (Stanford: Stanford University Press, 1983), 46–49.

2. Madame de Beaumer, Editorial in Le Journal des Dames (1762)

Madame de Beaumer (d. 1766) was the first of three women edi- tors of Le Journal des Dames (The Ladies’ Journal). She ran it for

C O N T R A S T I N G V I E W S

Women and the Enlightenment

people truly moral and free. Individual moral free- dom could be achieved only by learning to subject one’s individual interests to “the general will,” that is, the good of the community. Individuals did this by entering into a social contract not with their rulers, but with one another. If everyone followed the general will, then all would be equally free and equally moral because they lived under a law to which they had all consented.

These arguments threatened the legitimacy of eighteenth-century governments. Rousseau de- rived his social contract from human nature, not from history, tradition, or the Bible. He implied that people would be most free and moral under a republican form of government with direct

democracy, and his abstract model included no reference to differences in social status. He roundly condemned slavery: “To decide that the son of a slave is born a slave is to decide that he is not born a man.” Not surprisingly, authorities in both Geneva and Paris banned The Social Contract for undermining political authority. Rousseau’s works would become a kind of political bible for the French revolutionaries of 1789, and his attacks on private property inspired the communists of the nineteenth century such as Karl Marx. Rousseau’s rather mystical concept of the general will remains controversial. The “greatest good of all,” according to Rousseau, was liberty combined with equality, but he also insisted that the individual could be

Th e E n l i g h t e n m e n t a t I t s H e i g h t 5 6 31 7 4 0 – 1 7 8 9

two years and published many editorials defending women against their male critics.

The success of the Journal des Dames allows us to triumph over those frivolous persons who have regarded this periodical as a petty work containing only a few bagatelles suited to help them kill time. In truth, Gentlemen, you do us much honor to think that we could not provide things that unite the useful to the agreeable. To rid you of your error, we have made our Journal historical, with a view to putting before the eyes of youth strik- ing images that will guide them toward virtue. . . . An historical Journal des Dames! these Gentlemen reasoners reply. How ridicu- lous! How out of character with the nature of this work, which calls only for little pieces to amuse [ladies] during their toi- lette. . . . Please, Gentlemen beaux esprits [wits], mind your own business and let us write in a manner worthy of our sex; I love this sex, I am jealous to uphold its honor and its rights. If we have not been raised up in the sciences as you have, it is you who are the guilty ones.

Source: Bell and Offen, 27–28.

3. Catharine Macaulay, Letters on Education (1787)

Catharine Sawbridge Macaulay-Graham (1731–1791) was one of the best-known English writers of the 1700s. She wrote immensely popular histories of England and also joined in the debate provoked by Rousseau’s Émile.

There is another prejudice . . . which affects yet more deeply female happiness, and female importance; a prejudice, which ought ever to have been confined to the regions of the east, be- cause [of the] state of slavery to which female nature in that part of the world has been ever subjected, and can only suit with the notion of a positive inferiority in the intellectual powers of the

female mind. You will soon perceive, that the prejudice which I mean, is that degrading difference in the culture of the under- standing, which has prevailed for several centuries in all Euro- pean societies. . . .

Among the most strenuous asserters of a sexual difference in character, Rousseau is the most conspicuous, both on account of that warmth of sentiment which distinguishes all his writing, and the eloquence of his compositions: but never did enthusi- asm and the love of paradox, those enemies of philosophical dis- quisition, appear in more strong opposition to plain sense than in Rousseau’s definition of this difference. He sets out with a sup- position, that Nature intended the subjection of the one sex to the other; that consequently there must be an inferiority of in- tellect in the subjected party; but as man is a very imperfect be- ing, and apt to play the capricious tyrant, Nature, to bring things nearer to an equality, bestowed on the woman such attractive graces, and such an insinuating address, as to turn the balance on the other scale. . . .

The situation and education of women . . . is precisely that which must necessarily tend to corrupt and debilitate both the powers of mind and body. From a false notion of beauty and del- icacy, their system of nerves is depraved before they come out of the nursery; and this kind of depravity has more influence over the mind, and consequently over morals, than is commonly ap- prehended.

Source: Bell and Offen, 54–55.

Questions to Consider 1. Why would women in the eighteenth century read Rousseau

with such interest and even enthusiasm? 2. Why does Madame de Beaumer address herself to male read-

ers if the Journal des Dames is intended for women? 3. Why would Macaulay focus so much of her analysis on

Rousseau? Why does she not just ignore him? 4. Was the Enlightenment intended only for men?

“forced to be free” by the terms of the social con- tract. He provided no legal protections for indi- vidual rights. In other words, Rousseau’s version of democracy did not preserve the individual free- doms so important to Adam Smith.

Spreading the Enlightenment The Enlightenment flourished in places where an educated middle class provided an eager audience for ideas of constitutionalism and reform. It there- fore found its epicenter in the triangle formed by London, Amsterdam, and Paris and diffused out- ward to eastern and southern Europe and North America. Where constitutionalism and the guar- antee of individual freedoms were most advanced, as in Great Britain and the Dutch Republic, the movement had less of an edge because there was, in a sense, less need for it. John Locke had already written extensively about constitutionalism in the 1690s. As a result, Scottish and English writers con- centrated on economics, philosophy, and history rather than on politics or social relations. The English historian Edward Gibbon, for example, published an immensely influential History of

the Decline and Fall of the Ro- man Empire (1776–1788), in which he portrayed Chris- tianity in a negative light, but when he served as a Member of Parliament he never even gave a speech. At the other extreme, in places with small middle classes, such as Spain and Russia, Enlightenment ideas did not get much trac- tion because governments successfully suppressed writ- ings they did not like. France was the Enlightenment hot spot because the French monarchy alternated be- tween encouraging ideas for reform and harshly censur- ing criticisms it found too threatening.

The French Enlightenment. French writers published the most daring critiques of church and state and often suffered harassment and perse- cution as a result. Voltaire, Diderot, and Rousseau all faced arrest, exile, or even

imprisonment. The Catholic church and royal au- thorities routinely forbade the publication of their books, and the police arrested booksellers who ig- nored the warnings. Yet the French monarchy was far from the most autocratic in Europe, and Voltaire, Diderot, and Rousseau all ended their lives as cultural heroes. France seems to have been curiously caught in the middle during the Enlight- enment: with fewer constitutional guarantees of individual freedom than Great Britain, it still en- joyed much higher levels of prosperity and cultural development than most other European countries. In short, French elites had reason to complain, the means to make their complaints known, and a gov- ernment torn between the desires to censor dissi- dent ideas and to appear open to modernity and progress. The French government controlled pub- lishing — all books had to get official permis- sions — but not as tightly as in Spain, where the Catholic Inquisition made up its own list of banned books, or in Russia, where Catherine the Great allowed no opposition.

By the 1760s, the French government regularly ignored the publication of many works once thought offensive or subversive. In addition, a

5 6 4 C h a p t e r 1 8 ■ Th e P r o m i s e o f E n l i g h t e n m e n t 1 7 4 0 – 1 7 8 9

Jean-Jacques Rousseau This eighteenth-century engraving of Rousseau shows him in his favorite place, outside in nature, where he walks, reads, and in this case collects plants. Rousseau claimed that he came to his most important insights while taking long walks, and in Émile he underlines the importance of physical activity for children. (© Private Collection/ The Bridgeman Art Library.)

growing flood of works printed abroad poured into France and circulated underground. Private companies in Dutch and Swiss cities made for- tunes smuggling illegal books into France over mountain passes and back roads. Foreign printers provided secret catalogs of their offerings and sold their products through booksellers who were will- ing to market forbidden books for a high price — among them not only philosophical treatises of the Enlightenment but also pornographic books and pamphlets (some by Diderot) lampooning the Catholic clergy and leading members of the royal court. In the 1770s and 1780s, lurid descriptions of sexual promiscuity at the French court helped undermine the popularity of the throne.

The German Enlightenment. Whereas the French philosophes often took a violently anticlerical and combative tone, their German counterparts avoided direct political confrontations with au- thorities. Gotthold Lessing (1729–1781) com- plained in 1769 that Prussia was still “the most slavish society in Europe” in its lack of freedom to criticize government policies. As a playwright, lit- erary critic, and philosopher, Lessing promoted re- ligious toleration for the Jews and spiritual emancipation of Germans from foreign, especially French, models of culture, which still dominated. Lessing also introduced the German Jewish writer Moses Mendelssohn (1729–1786) into Berlin salon society. Mendelssohn labored to build bridges be- tween German and Jewish culture by arguing that Judaism was a rational and undogmatic religion. He believed that persecution and discrimination against the Jews would end as reason triumphed.

Reason was also the chief focus of the most influential German thinker of the Enlightenment, Immanuel Kant (1724–1804). A university profes- sor who lectured on everything from economics to astronomy, Kant wrote one of the most impor- tant works in the history of Western philosophy, The Critique of Pure Reason (1781). Kant admired Adam Smith and especially Rousseau, whose por- trait he displayed proudly in his lodgings. Just as Smith founded modern economics and Rousseau modern political theory, Kant in The Critique of Pure Reason set the foundations for modern phi- losophy. In this complex book, Kant established the doctrine of idealism, the belief that true un- derstanding can come only from examining the ways in which ideas are formed in the mind. Ideas are shaped, Kant argued, not just by sensory infor- mation (a position central to empiricism, a phi- losophy based on John Locke’s writings) but also by the operation on that information of mental

categories such as space and time. In Kant’s phi- losophy, these “categories of understanding” were neither sensory nor supernatural; they were entirely ideal and abstract and located in the human mind. For Kant, the supreme philosophi- cal questions — Does God exist? Is personal im- mortality possible? Do humans have free will? — were unanswerable by reason alone. But like

Th e E n l i g h t e n m e n t a t I t s H e i g h t 5 6 51 7 4 0 – 1 7 8 9

Enlightenment

T E R M S O F H I S T O R Y

I n 1784, in an essay titled “What Is Enlightenment?” the German philosopher Immanuel Kant gave widespread currency to a term that had been in the making for several decades. The term enlight-

ened century had become common in the 1760s. The Enlightenment thus gave itself its own name, and the name clearly had propaganda value. The philosophes associated Enlightenment with philosophy, reason, and humanity; religious tolerance; natural rights; and criti- cism of outmoded customs and prejudices. They tied Enlightenment to “progress” and to the “modern,” and it came into question, just as these other terms did, when events cast doubt on the benefits of progress and the virtues of modernity. Although some opposed the Enlightenment from the very beginning as antireligious, undermin- ing of authority, and even atheistic and immoral, the French Revolu- tion of 1789 galvanized the critics of Enlightenment who blamed every excess of revolution on Enlightenment principles.

For most of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, condemna- tion of the Enlightenment came from right-wing sources. Some of the more extreme of these critics denounced a supposed “Jewish-Masonic conspiracy,” believing that Jews and Freemasons benefited most from the spread of Enlightenment principles and worked in secret to jointly undermine Christianity and established monarchical authorities. Adolf Hitler and his followers shared these suspicions, and during World War II the Germans confiscated the records of Masonic lodges in every country they occupied. They sent the documents back to Berlin so that a special office could trace the links of this supposed conspiracy. They found nothing.

After the catastrophes of World War II, the Enlightenment came under attack from left-wing critics. They denounced the Enlighten- ment as “self-destructive” and even “totalitarian” because its belief in reason led not to freedom but to greater bureaucratic control. They asked why mankind was sinking into “a new kind of barbarism,” and they answered, “Because we have trusted too much in the Enlighten- ment and its belief in reason and science.” Reason provided the tech- nology to transport millions of Jews to their deaths in scientifically sound gas chambers. Reason invented the atomic bomb and gave us the factories that pollute the atmosphere. These criticisms of the En- lightenment show how central the Enlightenment remains to the very definition of modern history.

Rousseau, Kant insisted that true moral freedom could be achieved only by living in society and obeying its laws.

The Limits of Reason: Roots of Romanticism and Religious Revival As Kant showed, reason had its limits: it could not answer all of life’s pressing questions. In reaction to what some saw as the Enlightenment’s excessive reliance on the authority of human reason, a new artistic movement called romanticism took root. Although it would not fully flower until the early nineteenth century, romanticism traced its empha- sis on individual genius, deep emotion, and the joys of nature to thinkers like Rousseau who had scolded the philosophes for ignoring those aspects of life that escaped and even conflicted with the power of reason. Rousseau’s autobiographical Confessions, published posthumously in 1782, caused an immediate sensation because it revealed so much about his inner emotional life, including his sexual longings and his almost paranoid dis- trust of other Enlightenment figures.

A novel by the young German writer Johann Wolfgang von Goethe (1749–1832) captured the early romantic spirit with its glorification of emo- tion. The Sorrows of Young Werther (1774) told of a young man who loves nature and rural life and is unhappy in love. When the woman he loves mar- ries someone else, he falls into deep melancholy and eventually kills himself. Reason cannot save him. The book spurred a veritable Werther craze: in addition to Werther costumes, engravings, em-

broidery, and medallions, there was even a per- fume called Eau de Werther. The young Napoleon Bonaparte, who was to build an empire for France, claimed to have read Goethe’s novel seven times.

Religious revivals underlined the limits of rea- son in a different way. Much of the Protestant world experienced an “awakening” in the 1740s. In the German states, Pietist groups founded new communities; and in the British North American colonies, revivalist Protestant preachers drew thousands of fervent believers in a movement called the Great Awakening. In North America, bit- ter conflicts between revivalists and their oppo- nents in the established churches prompted the leaders on both sides to set up new colleges to sup- port their beliefs. These included Princeton, Columbia, Brown, and Dartmouth, all founded between 1746 and 1769.

Revivalism also stirred eastern European Jews at about the same time. Israel ben Eliezer (1698–1760) laid the foundation for Hasidism in the 1740s and 1750s. He traveled the Polish coun- tryside offering miraculous cures and became known as the Ba’al Shem Tov (meaning “Master of the Good Name”) because he used divine names to effect healing and bring believers into closer personal contact with God. He emphasized mysti- cal contemplation of the divine, rather than study of Jewish law, and his followers, the Hasidim (Hebrew for “most pious” Jews), often expressed their devotion through music, dance, and fervent prayer. Their practices soon spread all over Poland- Lithuania.

Most of the waves of Protestant revivalism ebbed after the 1750s, but in Great Britain one movement continued to grow through the end of the century. John Wesley (1703–1791), the Oxford-educated son of an Anglican cleric, founded Methodism, a term evoked by Wesley’s insistence on strict self-discipline and a methodi- cal approach to religious study and observance. In 1738, Wesley began preaching a new brand of Protestantism that emphasized an intense per- sonal experience of salvation and a life of thrift, abstinence, and hard work. Traveling all over the British Isles, Wesley would mount a table or a box to speak to the ordinary people of the village or town. He slept in his followers’ homes, ate their food, and treated their illnesses with various remedies, including small electric shocks for nerv- ous diseases (Wesley eagerly followed Benjamin

5 6 6 C h a p t e r 1 8 ■ Th e P r o m i s e o f E n l i g h t e n m e n t 1 7 4 0 – 1 7 8 9

Methodism: A religious movement founded by John Wesley (1703–1791) that broke with the Anglican church in Great Britain and insisted on strict self-discipline and a “methodical” approach to religious study and observance.

romanticism: An artistic movement of the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries that glorified nature, emotion, genius, and imagination.

M A J O R W O R K S O F T H E E N L I G H T E N M E N T

1748 Charles-Louis de Secondat, baron of Montesquieu, Spirit of Laws

1751 Beginning of publication of the French Encyclopedia

1755 David Hume, The Natural History of Religion

1762 Jean-Jacques Rousseau, The Social Contract and Émile

1764 Voltaire, Philosophical Dictionary

1770 Abbé Guillaume Raynal, Philosophical and Political History of European Colonies and Commerce in the Two Indies

1776 Adam Smith, An Inquiry into the Nature and Causes of the Wealth of Nations

1781 Immanuel Kant, The Critique of Pure Reason

Franklin’s experiments with electricity). In fifty years, Wesley preached forty thousand sermons, an average of fifteen a week. Not surprisingly, his preaching disturbed the Anglican authorities, who refused to let him preach in the churches. In re- sponse, Wesley began to ordain his own clergy. While radical in religious views, the Methodist leadership remained politically conservative dur- ing Wesley’s lifetime; Wesley himself wrote many pamphlets urging order, loyalty, and submission to higher authorities.

Review: What were the major differences between the Enlightenment in France, Great Britain, and the German states?

Society and Culture in an Age of Enlightenment Religious revivals and the first stirrings of roman- ticism show that not all intellectual currents of the eighteenth century were flowing in the same chan- nel. Some social and cultural developments, too, manifested the influence of Enlightenment ideas, but others did not. The traditional leaders of European societies — the nobles — responded to Enlightenment ideals in contradictory fashion: many simply reasserted their privileges and resis-

ted the influence of the Enlightenment, but an im- portant minority embraced change and actively participated in reform efforts. The expanding mid- dle classes saw in the Enlightenment a chance to make their claim for joining society’s governing elite. They bought Enlightenment books, joined Masonic lodges, and patronized new styles in art, music, and literature. The lower classes were more affected by economic growth than by ideas. Trade boomed and the population grew, but people did not benefit equally. The ranks of the poor swelled, too, and with greater mobility, births to unmar- ried mothers also increased.

The Nobility’s Reassertion of Privilege Nobles made up about 3 percent of the European population, but their numbers and ways of life var- ied greatly from country to country. At least 10 percent of the population in Poland and 7 to 8 per- cent in Spain was noble, in contrast to only 2 per- cent in Russia and between 1 and 2 percent in the rest of western Europe. Many Polish and Spanish nobles lived in poverty; titles did not guarantee wealth. Still, the wealthiest European nobles luxu- riated in almost unimaginable opulence. Many of the English peers, for example, owned more than ten thousand acres of land; invested widely in gov- ernment bonds and trading companies; kept sev- eral country residences with scores of servants as well as houses in London; and occasionally even

S o c i e t y a n d C u lt u r e i n a n A g e o f E n l i g h t e n m e n t 5 6 71 7 4 0 – 1 7 8 9

George Whitefield One of the most prominent preachers of the Great Awakening in the British North American colonies was the English Methodist George Whitefield, painted here by John Wollaston in 1742. Whitefield visited the North American colonies seven times, sometimes for long periods, and drew tens of thousands of people to his dramatic and emotional open-air sermons, which moved many listeners to tears of repentance. Whitefield was a celebrity in his time and is considered by many to be the founder of the Evangelical movement. (National Portrait Gallery, London.)

had their own private orchestras to complement libraries of expensive books, greenhouses for exotic plants, kennels of pedigreed dogs, and collections of antiques, firearms, and scientific instruments.

To support an increasingly expensive lifestyle in a period of inflation, European aristocrats sought to cash in on their remaining legal rights (called seigneurial dues, from the French seigneur, for “lord”). Peasants felt the squeeze as a result. French landlords required their peasants to pay dues to grind grain at the lord’s mill, bake bread in his oven, press grapes at his winepress, or even pass on their own land as inheritance. In addition, peasants had to work without compensation for a specified number of days every year on the public roads. They also paid taxes to the government on salt, an essential preservative, and on the value of their land; customs duties if they sold produce or wine in town; and the tithe on their grain (one- tenth of the crop) to the church.

In Britain, the landed gentry could not claim these same onerous dues from their tenants, but they tenaciously defended their exclusive right to hunt game. The game laws kept the poor from eat- ing meat and helped protect the social status of the rich. The gentry enforced the game laws them- selves by hiring gamekeepers who hunted down poachers and even set traps for them in the forests. According to the law, anyone who poached deer or rabbits while armed or disguised could be sen- tenced to death. After 1760, the number of arrests for breaking the game laws increased dramatically. In most other countries, too, hunting was the spe- cial right of the nobility, a cause of deep popular resentment.

Even though Enlightenment writers sharply criticized nobles’ insistence on special privileges, most aristocrats maintained their marks of dis- tinction. The male court nobility continued to sport swords, plumed hats, makeup, and elaborate wigs, while middle-class men wore simpler and more somber clothing. Aristocrats had their own seats in church and their own quarters in the universities. Frederick II (“the Great”) of Prussia (r. 1740–1786) made sure that nobles dominated both the army officer corps and the civil bureau- cracy. Catherine II of Russia (r. 1762–1796) granted the nobility vast tracts of land, the exclu- sive right to own serfs, and exemption from per- sonal taxes and corporal punishment. Her Charter of the Nobility of 1785 codified these privileges in exchange for the nobles’ political subservience to the state. In Austria, Spain, the Italian states, Poland-Lithuania, and Russia, most nobles conse- quently cared little about Enlightenment ideas;

they did not read the books of the philosophes and feared reforms that might challenge their domi- nance of rural society.

In France, Britain, and the western German states, however, the nobility proved more open to the new ideas. Among those who personally cor- responded with Rousseau, for example, half were nobles, as were 20 percent of the 160 contributors to the Encyclopedia. It had not escaped their no- tice that Rousseau had denounced inequality. In his view, it was “manifestly contrary to the law of nature . . . that a handful of people should gorge themselves with superfluities while the hungry multitude goes in want of necessities.” The nobles of western Europe sometimes married into middle- class families and formed with them a new mixed elite, united by common interests in reform and new cultural tastes.

The Middle Class and the Making of a New Elite The Enlightenment offered middle-class people an intellectual and cultural route to social im- provement. The term middle class referred to the middle position on the social ladder; middle-class families did not have legal titles like the nobility above them, but neither did they work with their hands like the peasants, artisans, or workers below them. Most middle-class people lived in towns or cities and earned their living in the professions — as doctors, lawyers, or lower-level officials — or through investment in land, trade, or manufactur- ing. In the eighteenth century, the ranks of the middle class — also known as the bourgeoisie af- ter bourgeois, the French word for “city dweller” — grew steadily in western Europe as a result of economic expansion. In France, for example, the overall population grew by about one-third in the 1700s, but the bourgeoisie nearly tripled in size. Although middle-class people had many reasons to resent the nobles, they also aspired to be like them.

Lodges and Learned Societies. Nobles and middle-class professionals mingled in Enlighten- ment salons and joined the new Masonic lodges and local learned societies. The Masonic lodges began as social clubs organized around elaborate secret rituals of stonemasons’ guilds. They called their members Freemasons because that was the term given to apprentice masons when they were

5 6 8 C h a p t e r 1 8 ■ Th e P r o m i s e o f E n l i g h t e n m e n t 1 7 4 0 – 1 7 8 9

Freemasons: Members of Masonic lodges, where nobles and middle-class professionals (and even some artisans) shared interest in the Enlightenment and reform.

deemed “free” to practice as masters of their guild. Although not explicitly political in aim, the lodges encouraged equality among members, and both aristocrats and middle-class men could join. Mem- bers wrote constitutions for their lodges and elected their own officers, thus promoting a direct experience of constitutional government.

Freemasonry arose in Great Britain and spread eastward: the first French and Italian lodges opened in 1726; Frederick II of Prussia founded a lodge in 1740; and after 1750, Freemasonry spread in Poland, Russia, and British North America. In France, women set up their own Masonic lodges. Despite the papacy’s condemnation of Freema- sonry in 1738 as subversive of religious and civil authority, lodges continued to multiply through- out the eighteenth century because they offered a place for socializing outside of the traditional channels and a way of declaring one’s interest in the Enlightenment and reform. In short, Freema- sonry offered a kind of secular religion. After 1789 and the outbreak of the French Revolution, con- servatives would blame the lodges for every kind of political upheaval, but in the 1700s many high- ranking nobles became active members and saw no conflict with their privileged status.

Nobles and middle-class professionals also met in local learned societies, which greatly in- creased in number in this period. They gathered to discuss such practical issues as new scientific in- novations or methods to eliminate poverty. The

societies, sometimes called academies, brought the Enlightenment down from the realm of books and ideas to the level of concrete reforms. They spon- sored essay contests, such as the one won by Rousseau in 1749, or the one set by the society in Metz in 1785 on the question “Are there means for making the Jews happier and more useful in France?” The Metz society approved essays that ar- gued for granting civil rights to Jews.

New Cultural Styles. Shared tastes in travel, ar- chitecture, the arts, and even reading helped strengthen the links between nobles and members of the middle class. “Grand tours” of Europe often led upper-class youths to recently discovered Greek and Roman ruins at Pompeii, Herculaneum, and Paestum in Italy. These excavations aroused enthusiasm for the neoclassical style in architec- ture and painting, which began pushing aside the rococo and the long dominant baroque. Urban res- idences, government buildings, furniture, fabrics, wallpaper, and even pottery soon reflected the neo- classical emphasis on purity and clarity of forms. As one German writer noted, with considerable ex- aggeration, “Everything in Paris is in the Greek style.” Employing neoclassical motifs, the English potter Josiah Wedgwood (1730–1795) almost single-handedly created a mass market for domes- tic crockery and appealed to middle-class desires to emulate the rich and royal. His designs of spe- cial tea sets for the British queen, for Catherine the

S o c i e t y a n d C u lt u r e i n a n A g e o f E n l i g h t e n m e n t 5 6 91 7 4 0 – 1 7 8 9

Neoclassical Style In this Georgian interior of Syon House on the outskirts of London, various neoclassical motifs are readily apparent: Greek columns, Greek-style statuary on top of the columns, and Roman-style mosaics in the floor. The Scottish architect Robert Adam created this room for the duke of Northumberland in the 1760s. Adam had spent four years in Italy and returned in 1758 to London to decorate homes in the “Adam style,” meaning the neoclassical manner. (© The Fotomas Index, U.K. / The Bridgeman Art

Library.)

Great of Russia, and for leading aristocrats allowed him to advertise his wares as fashionable. By 1767, he claimed that his Queensware pottery had “spread over the whole Globe,” and indeed by then his pottery was being marketed in France, Russia, Venice, the Ottoman Empire, and British North America.

This period also supported artistic styles other than neoclassicism. Frederick II of Prussia built himself a palace outside of Berlin in the earlier rococo style, gave it the French name of Sanssouci (“worry-free”), and filled it with the works of French masters of the rococo. A growing taste for moralistic family scenes in painting reflected the same middle-class preoccupation with the emo- tions of ordinary private life that could be seen in novels. The middle-class public now attended the official painting exhibitions in France that were held regularly every other year after 1737. Court painting nonetheless remained much in demand. Marie-Louise-Élizabeth Vigée-Lebrun (1755–1842), who painted portraits at the French court, re- ported that in the 1780s “it was difficult to get a place on my waiting list. . . . I was the fashion.”

Although wealthy nobles still patronized Europe’s leading musicians, music, too, began to reflect the broadening of the elite and the spread of Enlightenment ideals as classical forms replaced the baroque style. Complex polyphony gave way to melody, which made the music more ac- cessible to ordinary listeners. Large sections of string instru- ments became the backbone of professional orchestras, which now played to large audiences of well-to-do listeners in sizable concert halls. The public concert gradually displaced the private recital, and a new attitude to- ward “the classics” developed: for the first time in the 1770s and 1780s, concert groups began to play older music rather than simply playing the latest com- missioned works.

This laid the foundation for what we still call classical music today — that is, a repertory of the greatest music of the eigh- teenth and early nineteenth cen- turies. Because composers now created works that would be per- formed over and over again as

part of a classical repertory, rather than occasional pieces for the court or noble patrons, they delib- erately attempted to write lasting works. As a re- sult, the major composers began to produce fewer symphonies: the Austrian composer Franz Joseph Haydn (1732–1809) wrote more than one hun- dred symphonies, but his successor Ludwig van Beethoven (1770–1827) would create only nine.

The two supreme masters of the new musical style of the eighteenth century show that the tran- sition from noble patronage to classical concerts was far from complete. Haydn and his fellow Austrian Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart (1756–1791) both wrote for noble patrons, but by the early 1800s their compositions had been incorporated into the canon of concert classics all over Europe. Incredibly prolific, both excelled in combining lightness, clarity, and profound emotion. Both also wrote numerous Italian operas, a genre whose popularity continued to grow: in the 1780s, the Papal States alone boasted forty opera houses. Haydn spent most of his career working for a Hungarian noble family, the Eszterházys. Asked once why he had written no string quintets (at

5 7 0 C h a p t e r 1 8 ■ Th e P r o m i s e o f E n l i g h t e n m e n t 1 7 4 0 – 1 7 8 9

Jean-Baptiste Greuze, Broken Eggs (1756) Greuze made his reputation as a painter of moralistic family scenes. In this one, an old woman (perhaps the mother) confronts the lover of a young girl and points to the eggs that have fallen out of a basket, a symbol of lost virginity. Diderot praised Greuze’s work as “morality in paint,” but the paintings often had an erotic subtext. (© Francis G. Mayer/ Corbis.)

■ For more help analyzing this image, see the visual activity for this chapter in the Online Study Guide at bedfordstmartins.com/hunt.

which Mozart excelled), he responded simply: “No one has ordered any.”

Interest in reading, like attending public con- certs, took hold of the middle classes and fed a frenzied increase in publication. By the end of the eighteenth century, six times as many books were being published in the German states, for instance, as at the beginning. One Parisian author com- mented that “people are certainly reading ten times as much in Paris as they did a hundred years ago.” Provincial towns in western Europe published their own newspapers; by 1780, thirty-seven English towns had local newspapers. Lending libraries and book clubs multiplied. Despite the limitations of women’s education, which empha- sized domestic skills, women benefited as much as men from the spread of print. As one Englishman observed, “By far the greatest part of ladies now have a taste for books.” Women also wrote them. Catherine Macaulay (1731–1791) published best- selling histories of Britain, and in France Stéphanie de Genlis (1746–1830) wrote children’s books — a genre that was growing in importance as middle- class parents became more interested in education. The universities had little impact on these new tastes. An Austrian reformer complained about the universities in his country: “Critical history, natu- ral sciences — which are supposed to make en- lightenment general and combat prejudice — were neglected or wholly unknown.”

Life on the Margins Booming foreign trade fueled a dramatic eco- nomic expansion — French colonial trade in- creased tenfold in the 1700s — but the results did not necessarily trickle all the way down the social scale. The population of Europe grew by nearly 30 percent, with especially striking gains in England, Ireland, Prussia, and Hungary. (See “Taking Mea- sure” on this page.) Even though food production increased, shortages and crises still occurred periodically. Prices went up in many countries af- ter the 1730s and continued to rise gradually un- til the early nineteenth century; wages in many trades rose as well, but less quickly than prices. Some people prospered — for example, peasants who produced surpluses to sell in local markets and shopkeepers and artisans who could increase their sales to meet growing demand. But those at the bottom of the social ladder — day laborers in the cities and peasants with small holdings — lived on the edge of dire poverty, and when they lost their land or work, they either migrated to the cities or wandered the roads in search of food and work. In France alone, 200,000 workers left their

homes every year in search of seasonal employ- ment elsewhere. At least 10 percent of Europe’s ur- ban population depended on some form of charity.

The growing numbers of poor overwhelmed local governments. In some countries, beggars and vagabonds had been locked up in workhouses since the mid-1600s. The expenses for running these overcrowded institutions increased by 60 percent in England between 1760 and 1785. After 1740, most German towns created workhouses that were part workshop, part hospital, and part prison. Such institutions also appeared for the first time in Boston, New York, and Philadelphia. To

S o c i e t y a n d C u lt u r e i n a n A g e o f E n l i g h t e n m e n t 5 7 11 7 4 0 – 1 7 8 9

T A K I N G M E A S U R E

Year

P o

p u

la ti

o n

( in

m il

li o

n s,

r o

u n

d ed

) 0 1700 1750 1800

200 250 300

350

50 100 150

400 450 500 550 600

650 700 750 800

850 900

Americas

Africa

Europe

Asia

World

World Population Growth, 1700–1800 This graph gives a very crude comparison of regional population growth in the 1700s. Precise statistical data are impossible to develop for this period on a world- wide scale. Asia had many more people than Europe, and both Asia and Europe were growing much more rapidly in the 1700s than Africa or the Americas. The population stagnation in Africa has been the subject of much scholarly controversy; it seems likely that it was the result of the slave trade, which transported millions across the ocean to the Americas. The native popula- tion in the Americas died because of disease and was only partially replaced by the import of African slaves. What are the advantages of a growing population? What are the disadvantages? (Adapted from Andre Gundar Frank, Reorient: Global Economy in the Asian Age (Berkeley: University

of California Press), 1998.)

supplement the inadequate system of religious charity, offices for the poor, public workshops, and workhouse hospitals, the French government cre- ated dépôts de mendicité, or beggar houses, in 1767. The government sent people to these new work- houses to labor in manufacturing, but most were too weak or sick to work, and 20 percent of them died within a few months of incarceration. The ballooning number of poor people created fears about rising crime. To officials, beggars seemed more aggressive than ever. The handful of police assigned to keep order in each town or district found themselves confronted with increasing inci- dents of rural banditry and crimes against property.

The Persistence of Popular Culture. Those who were able to work or keep their land fared better: an increase in literacy, especially in the cities, allowed some lower-class people to participate in new tastes and ideas. One French observer insisted, “These days, you see a waiting-maid in her back- room, a lackey in an ante-room reading pam- phlets. People can read in almost all classes of society.” In France, only 50 percent of men and 27 percent of women could read and write in the 1780s, but that was twice the rate of a century ear- lier. Literacy rates were higher in England and the Dutch Republic, much lower in eastern Europe. About one in four Parisians owned books, but the lower classes overwhelmingly read religious books, as they had in the past.

Whereas the new elite might attend salons, concerts, or art exhibitions, peasants enjoyed their traditional forms of popular entertainment, such as fairs and festivals, and the urban lower classes relaxed in cabarets and taverns. Sometimes pleas- ures were cruel. In Britain, bullbaiting, bearbait- ing, dogfighting, and cockfighting were all common forms of entertainment that provided opportunities for organized gambling. “Gentle” sports frequented by the upper classes had their violent side too, showing that the upper classes had not become as different as they sometimes thought. Cricket matches, whose rules were first laid down in 1744, were often accompanied by brawls among fans (not unlike soccer matches today, though on a much smaller scale). Many Englishmen enjoyed what one observer called a “battle royal with sticks, pebbles and hog’s dung.”

Changes in Sexual Behavior. As population in- creased and villagers began to move to cities to bet- ter their prospects, sexual behavior changed too. The rates of births out of wedlock soared, from less than 5 percent of all births in the seventeenth century to nearly 20 percent at the end of the eigh-

teenth. Historians have disagreed about the causes and meanings of this change. Some detect in this pattern a sign of sexual liberation and the begin- nings of a modern sexual revolution: as women moved out of the control of their families, they be- gan to seek their own sexual fulfillment. Others view this change more bleakly, as a story of seduc- tion and betrayal: family and community pressure had once forced a man to marry a woman preg- nant with his child, but now a man could aban- don a pregnant lover by simply moving away.

Increased mobility brought freedom for some women, but it also aggravated the vulnerability of those newly arrived in cities from the countryside. Desperation, not reason, often ruled their choices. Women who came to the city as domestic servants had little recourse against masters or fellow ser- vants who seduced or raped them. The result was a startling rise in abandoned babies. Most European cities established foundling hospitals in the 1700s, but infant and child mortality was 50 percent higher in such institutions than for children brought up at home. Some women tried herbs, lax- atives, or crude surgical means of abortion; a few, usually servants who would lose their jobs if their employers discovered they had borne a child, re- sorted to infanticide.

European states had long tried to regulate sex- ual behavior; every country had laws against pros- titution, adultery, fornication, sodomy, and infanticide. Reformers criticized the harshness of laws against infanticide, but they showed no mercy for “sodomites” (as male homosexuals were called), who in some places, in particular the Dutch Republic, were systematically persecuted and imprisoned or even executed. Male homosex- uals attracted the attention of authorities because they had begun to develop networks and special meeting places. The stereotype of the effeminate, exclusively homosexual male seems to have ap- peared for the first time in the eighteenth century, perhaps as part of a growing emphasis on separate roles for men and women.

The Enlightenment’s emphasis on reason, self- control, and childhood innocence made parents in- creasingly anxious about their children’s sexuality. Moralists and physicians wrote books about the evils of masturbation, “proving” that it led to phys- ical and mental degeneration and even madness.

While the Enlightenment thus encouraged ex- cessive concern about children being left to their own devices, it nevertheless taught the middle and upper classes to value their children and to expect their improvement through education. Writers such as de Genlis and Rousseau drew attention to children, who were no longer viewed only as little

5 7 2 C h a p t e r 1 8 ■ Th e P r o m i s e o f E n l i g h t e n m e n t 1 7 4 0 – 1 7 8 9

sinners in need of harsh discipline. Paintings now showed individual children playing at their fa- vorite activities rather than formally posed with their families. Books about and for children be- came popular. The Newtonian System of the Uni- verse Digested for Young Minds, by “Tom Telescope,” was published in Britain in 1761 and reprinted many times. Toys, jigsaw puzzles, and clothing designed for children all appeared for the first time in the 1700s. Children were no longer considered miniature adults.

Review: What were the major differences in the impact of the Enlightenment on nobles, middle classes, and lower classes?

State Power in an Era of Reform Rulers turned to Enlightenment-inspired reforms to improve life for their subjects and to gain com- mercial or military advantage over rival states. His- torians label many of the sovereigns of this time enlightened despots or enlightened absolutists, for they aimed to promote Enlightenment reforms without giving up their absolutist powers. Cather- ine the Great’s admiring relationship with Voltaire showed how even the most absolutist rulers cham- pioned reform when it suited their own goals. Foremost among those goals was the expansion of a ruler’s territory.

War and Diplomacy Europeans no longer fought devastating wars over religion that killed hundreds of thousands of civilians; instead, professional armies and navies battled for control of overseas empires and for dominance on the European continent. Rulers continued to expand their armies: the Prussian army, for example, nearly tripled in size between 1740 and 1789. Widespread use of flintlock mus- kets required deployment in long lines, usually three men deep, with each line in turn loading and firing on command. Military strategy became cau- tious and calculating, but this did not prevent the outbreak of hostilities. Between 1740 and 1775, the instability of the European balance of power re-

sulted in two major wars, a diplomatic reversal of alliances, and the partition of Poland-Lithuania among Russia, Austria, and Prussia.

War of the Austrian Succession, 1740–1748. The difficulties over the succession to the Austrian throne typified the dynastic complications that re- peatedly threatened the European balance of power. In 1740, Holy Roman Emperor Charles VI died without a male heir. Most European rulers recognized the emperor’s chosen heiress, his daughter Maria Theresa, because Charles’s Prag- matic Sanction of 1713 had given a woman the right to inherit the Habsburg crown lands. The new king of Prussia, Frederick II, who had just suc- ceeded his father a few months earlier in 1740, saw his chance to grab territory and immediately in- vaded the rich Austrian province of Silesia. France joined Prussia in an attempt to further humiliate its traditional enemy Austria, and Great Britain

S ta t e P o w e r i n a n E r a o f R e f o r m 5 7 31 7 4 0 – 1 7 8 9

enlightened despots: Rulers—such as Catherine the Great of Russia, Frederick the Great of Prussia, and Joseph II of Austria—who tried to promote reform without giving up their own supreme political power; also called enlightened abso- lutists.

Maria Theresa and Her Family In this portrait by Martin van Meytens (1695–1770), Austrian empress Maria Theresa is shown with her husband, Francis I, and twelve of their sixteen children. Their eldest son eventually succeeded to the Austrian throne as Joseph II, and their youngest daughter, Maria Antonia, or Marie-Antoinette, became the queen of France. (Bridgeman–Giraudon/ Art Resource, NY.)

allied with Austria to prevent the French from tak- ing the Austrian Netherlands (Map 18.1). The War of the Austrian Succession (1740–1748) soon expanded to the overseas colonies of Great Britain and France. French and British colonials in North America fought each other all along their bound- aries, enlisting native American auxiliaries. Britain tried but failed to isolate the French Caribbean colonies during the war, and hostilities broke out in India, too.

Maria Theresa (r. 1740–1780) survived only by conceding Silesia to Prussia in order to split the Prussians off from France. The Peace of Aix-la- Chapelle of 1748 recognized Maria Theresa as the heiress to the Austrian lands, and her husband, Francis I, became Holy Roman Emperor, thus re- asserting the integrity of the Austrian Empire. The peace of 1748 failed to resolve the colonial con- flicts between Britain and France, however, and fighting for domination continued unofficially.

Seven Years’ War, 1756–1763. In 1756, a major reversal of alliances — what historians call the Dip- lomatic Revolution — reshaped relations among the great powers. Prussia and Great Britain signed a de- fensive alliance, prompting Austria to overlook two centuries of hostility and ally with France. Russia

and Sweden soon joined the Franco-Austrian alliance. When Frederick II invaded Saxony, an ally of Austria, with his bigger and better dis- ciplined army, the long-simmering hostilities be- tween Great Britain and France over colonial boundaries flared into a general war that became known as the Seven Years’ War (1756–1763).

Fighting soon raged around the world (Map 18.2). The French and British battled on land and sea in North America (where the conflict was called the French and Indian War), the West Indies, and India. The two coalitions also fought each other in central Europe. At first, in 1757, Frederick the Great surprised Europe with a spectacular victory at Rossbach in Saxony over a much larger Franco- Austrian army. But in time, Russian and Austrian armies encircled his troops. Frederick despaired: “I believe all is lost. I will not survive the ruin of my country.” A fluke of history saved him. Empress Elizabeth of Russia (r. 1741–1762) died and was succeeded by the mentally unstable Peter III, a fanatical admirer of Frederick and things Prussian. Peter withdrew Russia from the war. (This was

5 7 4 C h a p t e r 1 8 ■ Th e P r o m i s e o f E n l i g h t e n m e n t 1 7 4 0 – 1 7 8 9

Austria and allies

Prussia and allies

Seized from Austria

Main areas of fighting

Boundary of the Holy Roman Empire

0 200 400 kilometers

0 200 400 miles

N

S

E W

N o r t h S e a

B a l t i c

S e

a

Loire R . R

hi ne

R .

Danube R.

Elbe R .

Adriatic Sea

GREAT BRITAIN

F R A N C E SWISS

CANTONS

REPUBLIC OF VENICE

KINGDOM OF NAPLES

HUNGARY

PAPAL STATES

POLAND- LITHUANIA

AUSTRIA

DUTCH REPUBLIC PRUSSIA

PRUSSIA

Bohemia

Silesia

Moravia

Bavaria

Savoy

AUSTRIAN NETHERLANDS

Rome

Naples

Aix-la-Chapelle

Parma Turin

Strasbourg

Frankfurt

Brussels

Vienna

�

�

�

� �

�

�

�

�

M A P 1 8 . 1 War of the Austrian Succession, 1740–1748

The accession of a twenty-three-year-old woman, Maria Theresa, to the Austrian throne gave the new king of Prussia, Frederick II, an opportunity to invade the province of Silesia. France joined on Prussia’s side, Great Britain on Austria’s. In 1745, the French defeated the British in the Austrian Netherlands and helped instigate an uprising in Scotland. The rebellion failed and British attacks on French overseas shipping forced the French to negotiate. The peace treaties guaranteed Frederick’s conquest of Silesia, which soon became the wealthiest province of Prussia. France came to terms with Great Britain to protect its overseas possessions; Austria had to accept the peace settlement after a formal public protest.

Seven Years’ War: A worldwide series of battles (1756–1763) between Austria, France, Russia, and Sweden on one side and Prussia and Great Britain on the other.

practically his only accomplishment as tsar. He was soon mysteriously murdered, probably at the instigation of his wife, Catherine the Great.) In a separate peace treaty Frederick kept all his terri- tory, including Silesia.

The Anglo-French overseas conflicts ended more decisively than the continental land wars. British naval superiority, fully achieved only in the 1750s, enabled Great Britain to rout the French in North America, India, and the West Indies. In the Treaty of Paris of 1763, France ceded Canada to Great Britain and agreed to remove its armies from India, in exchange for keeping its rich West Indian islands. Eagerness to avenge this defeat would motivate France to support the British North American colonists in their War of Independence just fifteen years later.

Prussia’s Rise and the First Partition of Poland. Although Prussia suffered great losses in the Seven Years’ War — some 160,000 Prussian soldiers died either in action or of disease — the army helped vault Prussia to the rank of leading powers. In 1733, Frederick II’s father, Frederick William I, had instituted the “canton system,” which enrolled peasant youths in each canton (or district) in the army, gave them two or three months of training annually, and allowed them to return to their fam- ily farms the rest of the year. They remained “can- tonists” (reservists) as long as they were able- bodied. In this fashion, the Prussian military stead- ily grew in size; by 1740, Prussia had the third or fourth largest army in Europe even though it was tenth in population and thirteenth in land area. Under Frederick II, Prussia’s military expenditures

S ta t e P o w e r i n a n E r a o f R e f o r m 5 7 51 7 4 0 – 1 7 8 9

Main areas of fighting

Allies: Austria, France, Russia, Sweden, Saxony, Spain

Allies: Great Britain, Prussia, Portugal

Battle 0 200 400 kilometers

0 200 400 miles

N

S

E

W

�

North Sea

M e d i t e r r a n e a n S e a

A T L A N T I C O C E A N

Black Sea

Bal tic

Se a

Danube R. Adriatic Sea

�

GREAT BRITAIN

FRANCE

SPAIN

PORTUGAL

HUNGARY

POLAND- LITHUANIA

AUSTRIA

PRUSSIA PRUSSIA

RUSSIA

S W E D E N

Silesia Saxony

Rossbach 1757Paris

Berlin

Danzig

Prague �

�

�

�

British, 1755

British, 1763

French, 1763

Spanish, 1763

0 500 1,000 kilometers

0 500 1,000 miles

ATLANTIC OCEAN

Caribbean Sea

CANADA

WEST INDIES

Havana

New York

Quebec

Montreal

�

� �

�

0 250 500 kilometers

0 250 500 miles

Gan ges R.I

nd u

s R

.

Arabian Sea Bay of

Bengal

INDIA

Madras

Calcutta

�

�

M A P 1 8 . 2 The Seven Years’ War, 1756–1763 In what might justly be called the first worldwide war, the French and British fought each other in Europe, the West Indies, North America, and India. Skirmishing in North America helped precipitate the war, which became more general when Austria, France, and Russia allied to check Prussian influence in central Europe. The treaty between Austria and Prussia simply restored the status quo in Europe, but the changes overseas were much more dramatic. Britain gained control over Canada and India but gave back to France the West Indian islands of Guadeloupe and Martinique. Britain was now the dominant power of the seas.

rose to two-thirds of the state’s revenue. Virtually every nobleman served in the army, paying for his own support as officer and buying a position as company commander. Once retired, the officers returned to their estates, coordinated the canton system, and served as local officials. In this way, the military permeated every aspect of rural soci- ety, fusing army and agrarian organization. The army gave the state great power, but the militariza- tion of Prussian society also had a profoundly conservative effect: it kept the peasants enserfed to their lords and blocked the middle classes from access to estates or high government positions.

Prussia’s power grew so dra- matically that in 1772 Frederick the Great proposed that large chunks of Polish-Lithuanian ter- ritory be divided among Austria, Prussia, and Russia. Despite the protests of the Austrian empress Maria Theresa that the partition

would spread “a stain over my whole reign,” she agreed to the first partition of Poland, splitting one-third of Poland-Lithuania’s territory and half of its people among the three powers. Austria feared growing Russian influence in Poland and in the Balkans, where Russia had been successfully battling the Ottoman Empire. Conflicts between Catholics, Protestants, and Orthodox Christians in Poland were used to justify this cynical move. Russia took over most of Lithuania, effectively ending the large but weak Polish-Lithuanian com- monwealth.

State-Sponsored Reform

In the aftermath of the Seven Years’ War, all the belligerents faced pressing needs for more money to fund their growing armies, to organize navies to wage overseas conflicts, and to counter the impact of inflation. To make tax increases more palatable to public opinion, rulers appointed reform-minded ministers and gave them a man- date to modernize government. As one adviser to the Austrian ruler Joseph II put it, “A properly con- stituted state must be exactly analogous to a machine . . . and the ruler must be the foreman, the mainspring . . . which sets everything else in motion.” Such reforms always threatened the in- terests of traditional groups, however, and the spread of Enlightenment ideas aroused sometimes unpredictable desires for more change.

Administrative and Legal Reforms. Reforming monarchs did not invent government bureaucracy, but they did insist on greater attention to merit, hard work, and professionalism, which made bu- reaucrats more like modern civil servants. In this view, the ruler should be a benevolent, enlightened administrator who worked for the general well- being of his or her people. Frederick II of Prussia, who drove himself as hard as he drove his officials, boasted, “I am the first servant of the state.”

A freemason and supporter of religious toleration, Frederick abolished torture, reorganized taxation, and hosted leading French philosophes at his court. The Prussian king also composed more than a hundred original pieces of music.

Legal reform, both of the ju- dicial system and of the often

5 7 6 C h a p t e r 1 8 ■ Th e P r o m i s e o f E n l i g h t e n m e n t 1 7 4 0 – 1 7 8 9

Dividing Poland, 1772 In this contemporary depiction, Catherine the Great, Joseph II, and Frederick II point on the map to the portion of Poland-Lithuania each plans to take. The artist makes it clear that Poland’s fate rested in the hands of neighboring rulers, not its own people. Can you infer the sentiments of the artist from the content of this engraving? (Mansell / Time Life Pictures / Getty Images.)

0 200 400 kilometers

0 200 400 miles

Ba lti

c S ea

POLAND- LITHUANIA

RUSSIA

PRUSSIA

AUSTRIA HUNGARY

To Austria

To Russia

To Prussia

The First Partition of Poland, 1772

partition of Poland: Division of one-third of Poland-Lithuania’s territory between Prussia, Russia, and Austria in 1772.

disorganized and irregular law codes, was central to the work of many reform-minded monarchs. Like Frederick II, Joseph II of Austria (r. 1780–1790) ordered the compilation of a unified law code, a project that required many years for completion. Catherine II of Russia began such an undertaking even more ambitiously. In 1767, she called together a legislative commission of 564 deputies and asked them to consider a long doc- ument called the Instruction, which represented her hopes for legal reform based on the ideas of Montesquieu and the Italian jurist Cesare Becca- ria. Montesquieu had insisted that punishment should fit the crime; he criticized the use of tor- ture and brutal corporal punishment. In his in- fluential book On Crimes and Punishments (1764), Beccaria argued that justice should be adminis- tered in public, that judicial torture should be abolished as inhumane, and that the accused should be presumed innocent until proven guilty. He also advocated eliminating the death penalty. Despite much discussion and hundreds of peti- tions and documents about local problems, little came of Catherine’s commission because the monarch herself — despite her regard for Voltaire and his fellow philosophes — proved ultimately unwilling to see through far-reaching legal re- form.

The Church, Education, and Religious Toleration. Rulers everywhere wanted more control over church affairs, and they used Enlightenment crit- icisms of the organized churches to get their way. In Catholic countries, many government officials resented the influence of the Jesuits, the major Catholic teaching order. The Jesuits trained the Catholic intellectual elite, ran a worldwide mis- sionary network, enjoyed close ties to the papacy, and amassed great wealth. Critics mounted cam- paigns against the Jesuits in many countries, and by the early 1770s the Society of Jesus had been dissolved in Portugal, France, and Spain. In 1773, Pope Clement XIV (r. 1769–1774) agreed under pressure to disband the order, an edict that held until a reinvigorated papacy restored the society in 1814. Joseph II of Austria not only applauded the suppression of the Jesuits but also required Austrian bishops to swear fidelity and submission to him. Joseph had become Holy Roman Emperor and co-regent with his mother, Maria Theresa, in 1765. After her death in 1780, he initiated a wide- ranging program of reform. Under him, the Austrian state supervised Catholic seminaries, abolished contemplative monastic orders, and confiscated monastic property to pay for educa- tion and poor relief.

Joseph II launched the most ambitious edu- cational reforms of the period. In 1774, once the Jesuits had been disbanded, a General School Ordinance in Austria ordered state subsidies for local schools, which the state would regulate. By 1789, one quarter of the school-age children at- tended school. In Prussia, the school code of 1763 required all children between the ages of five and thirteen to attend school. Although not enforced uniformly, the Prussian law demonstrated Frederick II’s belief that modernization depended on educa- tion. Catherine II of Russia also tried to expand elementary education — and the education of women in particular — and founded engineering schools.

No ruler pushed the principle of religious tol- eration as far as Joseph II of Austria, who in 1781 granted freedom of religious worship to Protes- tants, Orthodox Christians, and Jews. For the first time, these groups were allowed to own property, build schools, enter the professions, and hold po- litical and military offices. The efforts of other rulers to extend religious toleration proved more limited. Louis XVI signed an edict in 1787 restor- ing French Protestants’ civil rights — but still, Protestants could not hold political office. Great Britain continued to deny Catholics freedom of open worship and the right to sit in Parliament. Most European states limited the rights and op- portunities available to Jews. In Russia, only wealthy Jews could hold municipal office, and in the Papal States, the pope encouraged forced bap- tism. Even in Austria, where Joseph encouraged toleration, the laws forced Jews to take German- sounding names. The leading philosophes op- posed persecution of the Jews in theory but often treated them with undisguised contempt. Di- derot’s comment was all too typical: the Jews, he said, bore “all the defects peculiar to an ignorant and superstitious nation.”

Limits of Reform When enlightened absolutist leaders introduced reforms, they often ran into resistance from groups threatened by the proposed changes. The most contentious area of reform was agricultural policy. Whereas Catherine II reinforced the authority of nobles over their serfs, Joseph II tried to remove the burdens of serfdom in the Habsburg lands. In 1781, he abolished the personal aspects of serf- dom: serfs could now move freely, enter trades, or marry without their lords’ permission. Joseph abolished the tithe to the church, shifted more of the tax burden to the nobility, and converted peas- ants’ labor services into cash payments.

S ta t e P o w e r i n a n E r a o f R e f o r m 5 7 71 7 4 0 – 1 7 8 9

The Austrian nobility furiously resisted these far-reaching reforms. When Joseph died in 1790, his brother Leopold II had to revoke most reforms to appease the nobles. Prussia’s Frederick II, like Joseph, encouraged such agricultural innovations as planting potatoes and turnips (new crops that could help feed a growing population), experi- menting with cattle breeding, draining swamp- lands, and clearing forests. But Prussia’s noble landlords, the Junkers, continued to expand their estates at the expense of poorer peasants and thwarted Frederick’s attempts to improve the sta- tus of serfs.

Reforming ministers also tried to stimulate agricultural improvement in France. Unlike most other western European countries, France still had about a hundred thousand serfs; though their bur- dens weighed less heavily than those in eastern Europe, serfdom did not entirely disappear until 1789. A group of economists called the physiocrats urged the French government to deregulate the grain trade and make the tax system more equi- table to encourage agricultural productivity. In the interest of establishing a free market, they also in- sisted that urban guilds be abolished because the guilds prevented free entry into the trades. Their proposed reforms applied the Enlightenment em- phasis on individual liberties to the economy; Adam Smith took up many of the physiocrats’ ideas in his writing in favor of free markets. The French government heeded some of this advice and gave up its system of price controls on grain in 1763, but it had to reverse the decision in 1770 when grain shortages caused a famine.

A conflict with the parlements, the thirteen high courts of law, prompted Louis XV to go even further in 1771. He replaced the parlements with courts in which the judges no longer owned their offices and thus could not sell them or pass them on as an inheritance. Justice would then presum- ably be more impartial. The displaced judges of the parlements succeeded in arousing widespread opposition to what they portrayed as tyrannical royal policy. The furor calmed down only when Louis XV died in 1774 and his successor, Louis XVI (r. 1774–1792), yielded to aristocratic demands and restored the old parlements.

Louis XVI tried to carry out part of the pro- gram suggested by the physiocrats, and he chose one of their disciples, Jacques Turgot (1727–1781), as his chief minister. A contributor to the Encyclo- pedia, Turgot pushed through several edicts that again freed the grain trade, suppressed guilds, con- verted the peasants’ forced labor on roads into a money tax payable by all landowners, and reduced court expenses. He also began making plans to in-

troduce a system of elected local assemblies, which would have made government much more repre- sentative. Faced with broad-based resistance led by the parlements and his own courtiers, as well as with riots against rising grain prices, Louis XVI dismissed Turgot, and one of the last possibilities to overhaul France’s government collapsed.

The failure of reform in France paradoxically reflected the power of Enlightenment thinkers; everyone now endorsed Enlightenment ideas but used them for different ends. The nobles in the parlements blocked the French monarchy’s reform efforts using the very same Enlightenment lan- guage spoken by the crown’s ministers. France’s large and growing middle-class public felt increas- ingly frustrated by the failure to institute social change, a failure that ultimately helped undermine the monarchy itself. Where Frederick II, Catherine II, and even Joseph II used reform to bolster the efficiency of absolutist government, attempts at change in France backfired. French kings found that their ambitious programs for reform suc- ceeded only in arousing unrealistic hopes.

Review: What prompted enlightened absolutists to undertake reforms in the second half of the eighteenth century?

Rebellions against State Power Although traditional forms of popular discontent had not disappeared, Enlightenment ideals and re- forms changed the rules of the game in politics. Governments had become accountable for their actions to a much wider range of people than ever before. In Britain and France, ordinary people ri- oted when they perceived government as failing to protect them against food shortages. The growth of informed public opinion had its most dramatic consequences in the North American colonies, where a struggle over the British Parliament’s right to tax turned into a full-scale war for independ- ence. The American War of Independence showed that once put into practice, Enlightenment ideals could have revolutionary implications.

Food Riots and Peasant Uprisings Population growth, inflation, and the extension of the market system put added pressure on the already beleaguered poor. Seventeenth-century peasants and townspeople had rioted to protest new taxes. In the last half of the eighteenth cen-

5 7 8 C h a p t e r 1 8 ■ Th e P r o m i s e o f E n l i g h t e n m e n t 1 7 4 0 – 1 7 8 9

tury, the food supply became the focus of political and social con- flict. Poor people in the villages and the towns believed that it was the government’s responsibility to ensure they had enough food, and many governments did stockpile grain to make up for the occasional bad harvest. At the same time, in keeping with Adam Smith’s and the French phys- iocrats’ free-market proposals, governments wanted to allow grain prices to rise with market demand, because higher profits would motivate producers to in- crease the overall supply of food.

Free trade in grain meant selling to the high- est bidder even if that bidder was a foreign mer- chant. In the short run, in times of scarcity, big landowners and farmers could make huge profits by selling grain outside their hometowns or vil- lages. This practice enraged poor farmers, agricul- tural workers, and city wage workers, who could not afford the higher prices. Lacking the political means to affect policy, they could enforce their de- sire for old-fashioned price regulation only by ri- oting. Most did not pillage or steal grain but rather forced the sale of grain or flour at a “just” price and blocked the shipment of grain out of their vil- lages to other markets. Women often led these “popular price fixings,” as they were called in France, in desperate attempts to protect the food supply for their children.

Such food riots occurred regularly in Britain and France in the last half of the eighteenth cen- tury. One of the most turbulent was the so-called Flour War in France in 1775. Turgot’s deregulation of the grain trade in 1774 caused prices to rise in several provincial cities. Rioting spread from there to the Paris region, where villagers attacked grain convoys heading to the capital city. Local officials often ordered merchants and bakers to sell at the price the rioters demanded, only to find them- selves arrested by the central government for over- riding free trade. The government brought in troops to restore order and introduced the death penalty for rioting.

Frustrations with serfdom and hopes for a miraculous transformation provoked the Pugachev rebellion in Russia beginning in 1773. An army

deserter from the southeast fron- tier region, Emelian Pugachev (1742–1775) claimed to be Tsar Peter III, the dead husband of Catherine II. Pugachev’s appear- ance seemed to confirm peasant hopes for a “redeemer tsar” who would save the people from op- pression. He rallied around him Cossacks like himself who re- sented the loss of their old tribal independence. Now increasingly enserfed or forced to pay taxes and endure army service, these nomadic bands joined with other serfs, rebellious mine workers, and Muslim minorities. Cather-

ine dispatched a large army to squelch the upris- ing, but Pugachev eluded them and the fighting spread. Nearly three million people eventually par- ticipated, making this the largest single rebellion in the history of tsarist Russia. When Pugachev

R e b e l l i o n s a g a i n s t S ta t e P o w e r 5 7 91 7 4 0 – 1 7 8 9

Pugachev (poo guh CHAWF) rebellion: A massive revolt of Rus- sian Cossacks and serfs in 1773 against local nobles and the armies of Catherine the Great; its leader, Emelian Pugachev, was eventually captured and executed.

0 300 kilometers150

0 300 miles150

Area of rebellion

Pugachev’s route

Black Sea

Caspian Sea

Aral Sea

D on

R .

V ol

ga R

. R U S S I A

Moscow �

The Pugachev Rebellion, 1773

A Cossack Pugachev and many of his followers were Cossacks, Ukrainians who set up nomadic communities of horsemen to resist outside control, whether from Turks, Poles, or Russians. This eighteenth- century painting captures the common view of Cossacks as horsemen always ready for battle but with a fondness for music too. (© The Bridgeman Art Library.)

urged the peasants to attack the nobility and seize their estates, hundreds of noble families perished. Foreign newspapers called it “the revolution in southern Russia” and offered fantastic stories about Pugachev’s life history. Finally, the army cap- tured the rebel leader and brought him in an iron cage to Moscow, where he was tortured and exe- cuted. In the aftermath, Catherine tightened the nobles’ control over their serfs with the Charter of the Nobility and harshly punished those who dared to criticize serfdom.

Public Opinion and Political Opposition Peasant uprisings might briefly shake even a pow- erful monarchy, but the rise of public opinion as a force independent of court society caused more enduring changes in European politics. Across much of Europe and in the North American colonies, demands for broader political participa- tion reflected Enlightenment notions about indi- vidual rights. Aristocratic bodies such as the French parlements, which had no legislative role like that of the British Parliament, insisted that the monarch consult them on the nation’s affairs, and the new educated elite wanted more influence too. Newspapers began to cover daily political affairs, and the public learned the basics of political life, despite the strict limits on political participation in most countries. Monarchs turned to public opinion to seek support against aristocratic groups that opposed reform. Gustavus III of Sweden (r. 1771–1792) called himself “the first citizen of a free people” and promised to deliver the country from “insufferable aristocratic despotism.” Shortly after coming to the throne, Gustavus proclaimed a new constitution that divided power between the king and the legislature, abolished the use of tor- ture in the judicial process, and assured some free- dom of the press.

The Wilkes affair in Great Britain showed that public opinion could be mobilized to challenge a government. In 1763, during the reign of George III (r. 1760–1820), John Wilkes, a member of Par- liament, attacked the government in his newspa- per, North Briton, and sued the crown when he was arrested. He won his release as well as damages. When he was reelected, Parliament denied him his seat, not once but three times.

The Wilkes episode soon escalated into a ma- jor campaign against the corruption and social ex- clusiveness of Parliament, complaints the Levellers had first raised during the English Revolution of the late 1640s. Newspapers, magazines, pamphlets,

handbills, and cheap editions of Wilkes’s collected works all helped promote his cause. Those who could not vote demonstrated for Wilkes. In one in- cident eleven people died when soldiers broke up a huge gathering of his supporters. The slogan “Wilkes and Liberty” appeared on walls all over London. Middle-class voters formed a Society of Supporters of the Bill of Rights, which circulated petitions for Wilkes; they gained the support of about one-fourth of all the voters. The more de- termined Wilkesites proposed sweeping reforms of Parliament, including more frequent elections, more representation for the counties, elimination of “rotten boroughs” (election districts so small that they could be controlled by one big patron), and restrictions of pensions used by the crown to gain support. These demands would be at the heart of agitation for parliamentary reform in Britain for decades to come.

Popular demonstrations did not always sup- port reforms. In 1780, the Gordon riots devastated London. They were named after the fanatical anti- Catholic crusader Lord George Gordon, who helped organize huge marches and petition cam- paigns against a bill the House of Commons passed to grant limited toleration to Catholics. The demonstrations culminated in a seven-day riot that left fifty buildings destroyed and three hun- dred people dead. Despite the continuing limita- tion on voting rights in Great Britain, British politicians were learning that they could ignore public opinion only at their peril.

Political opposition also took artistic forms, particularly in countries where governments re- stricted organized political activity. A striking ex- ample of a play with a political message was The Marriage of Figaro (1784) by Pierre-Augustin Caron de Beaumarchais (1732–1799), who at one time or another worked as a watchmaker, a judge, a gunrunner in the American War of Independ- ence, and a French spy in Britain. The Marriage of Figaro was first a hit at court, when Queen Marie-Antoinette had it read for her friends. But when her husband, Louis XVI, read it, he forbade its production on the grounds that “this man mocks at everything that should be respected in government.” When finally performed publicly, the play caused a sensation. The chief character, Figaro, is a clever servant who gets the better of his noble employer. When speaking of the count, he cries, “What have you done to deserve so many re- wards? You went to the trouble of being born, and nothing more.” Two years later, Mozart based an equally famous but somewhat tamer opera on Beaumarchais’s story.

5 8 0 C h a p t e r 1 8 ■ Th e P r o m i s e o f E n l i g h t e n m e n t 1 7 4 0 – 1 7 8 9

Revolution in North America

Oppositional forms of public opinion came to a head in Great Britain’s North American colonies, where the result was American independence and the establishment of a republican constitution that stood in stark contrast to most European regimes. Many Europeans saw the American War of Inde- pendence, or the American Revolution, as a tri- umph for Enlightenment ideas. As one German writer exclaimed in 1777, American victory would give “greater scope to the Enlightenment, new keenness to the thinking of peoples and new life to the spirit of liberty.”

The American revolutionary leaders had been influenced by a common Atlantic civilization; they participated in the Enlightenment and shared po- litical ideas with the opposition Whigs in Britain. Supporters demonstrated for Wilkes in South Carolina and Boston, and the South Carolina legislature donated a substantial sum to the Society of Supporters of the Bill of Rights. In the 1760s and 1770s, both British and American opposition

leaders became convinced that the British govern- ment was growing increasingly corrupt and despotic. British radicals wanted to reform Parlia- ment so that the voices of a broader, more repre- sentative segment of the population would be heard. The colonies had no representatives in Par- liament, and colonists claimed that “no taxation without representation” should be allowed. In- deed, they denied that Parliament had any juris- diction over the colonies, insisting that the king govern them through colonial legislatures and rec- ognize their traditional British liberties. The fail- ure of the “Wilkes and Liberty” campaign to produce concrete results convinced many Ameri- cans that Parliament was hopelessly tainted and that they would have to stand up for their rights as British subjects.

The British colonies remained loyal to the crown until Parliament’s encroachment on their autonomy and the elimination of the French threat at the end of the Seven Years’ War transformed colonial attitudes. Unconsciously, perhaps, the colonies had begun to form a separate nation; their economies generally flourished in the eighteenth

R e b e l l i o n s a g a i n s t S ta t e P o w e r 5 8 11 7 4 0 – 1 7 8 9

Overthrowing British Authority The uncompromising attitude of the British government went a long way toward dissolving long-standing loyalties to the home country. During the American War of Independence, residents of New York City pulled down the statue of the hated George III. (Lafayette College Art Collection, Easton, PA.)

century, and between 1750 and 1776 their popu- lation almost doubled. With the British clamoring for lower taxes and the colonists paying only a frac- tion of the tax rate paid by the Britons at home, Parliament passed new taxes, including the Stamp Act in 1765, which required a special tax stamp on all legal documents and publications. After violent rioting in the colonies, the tax was repealed, but in 1773 a new Tea Act revived colonial resistance, which culminated in the so-called Boston Tea Party of 1773. Colonists dressed as Indians boarded British ships and dumped the imported tea (by this time an enormously popular beverage) into Boston’s harbor.

Political opposition in the American colonies turned belligerent when Britain threatened to use force to maintain control. In 1774, the First Con- tinental Congress convened, composed of delegates from the colonies, and unsuccessfully petitioned the crown for redress. The next year the Second Continental Congress organized an army with George Washington in command. After actual fighting had begun, in 1776, the congress issued

the Declaration of Independence. An eloquent statement of the American cause written by Thomas Jefferson, the Declaration of Independ- ence was couched in the language of universal human rights, which enlightened Europeans could be expected to understand. (See Document, “Dec- laration of Independence,” above.) George III de- nounced the American “traitors and rebels.” But European newspapers enthusiastically reported on every American response to “the cruel acts of op- pression they have been made to suffer.” In 1778, France boosted the American cause by entering on the colonists’ side. Spain, too, saw an opportunity to check the growing power of Britain, though without actually endorsing American independ- ence out of fear of the response of its Latin Amer- ican colonies. Spain declared war on Britain in 1779; in 1780, Great Britain declared war on the Dutch Republic in retaliation for Dutch support of the rebels. The worldwide conflict that resulted was more than Britain could handle. The Ameri- can colonies achieved their independence in the peace treaty of 1783.

5 8 2 C h a p t e r 1 8 ■ Th e P r o m i s e o f E n l i g h t e n m e n t 1 7 4 0 – 1 7 8 9

Thomas Jefferson, Declaration of Independence ( July 4, 1776)

D O C U M E N T

Although others helped revise the Declara- tion of Independence of the thirteen North American colonies from Great Britain, Jefferson wrote the original draft himself. A Virginia planter and lawyer, Jefferson went on to become governor of Virginia, minister to France, secretary of state, vice president and president of the United States (1801–1809). The Declaration begins with a stirring expression of the belief in natural or human rights.

When in the Course of human events, it becomes necessary for one people to dis- solve the political bands which have con- nected them with another, and to assume among the powers of the earth, the sepa- rate and equal station to which the Laws of Nature and of Nature’s God entitle them, a decent respect to the opinions of mankind requires that they should declare the causes which impel them to the separation.

We hold these truths to be self- evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness. — That to secure these rights, Governments are instituted among Men, deriving their just powers from the consent of the governed, — That whenever any Form of Government becomes destructive of these ends, it is the Right of the People to alter or to abol- ish it, and to institute new Government, laying its foundation on such principles and organizing its powers in such form, as to them shall seem most likely to ef- fect their Safety and Happiness. Prudence, indeed, will dictate that Governments long established should not be changed for light and transient causes; and ac- cordingly all experience hath shewn, that mankind are more disposed to suffer,

while evils are sufferable, than to right themselves by abolishing the forms to which they are accustomed. But when a long train of abuses and usurpations, pursuing invariably the same Object evinces a design to reduce them under absolute Despotism, it is their right, it is their duty, to throw off such Govern- ment, and to provide new Guards for their future security. — Such has been the patient sufferance of these Colonies; and such is now the necessity which con- strains them to alter their former Systems of Government. The history of the pres- ent King of Great Britain is a history of repeated injuries and usurpations, all having in direct object the establishment of an absolute Tyranny over these States.

Source: U.S. National Archives and Records Administration, Washington, D.C.

The newly independent states still faced the challenge of republican self-government. The Ar- ticles of Confederation, drawn up in 1777 as a pro- visional constitution, proved weak because they gave the central government few powers. In 1787, a constitutional convention met in Philadelphia to draft a new constitution. It established a two-house legislature, an indirectly elected president, and an independent judiciary. The U.S. Constitution’s preamble insisted explicitly, for the first time in history, that government derived its power solely from the people and did not depend on divine right or on the tradition of royalty or aristocracy. The new educated elite of the eighteenth century had now created government based on a “social contract” among male, property-owning, white citizens. It was by no means a complete democ- racy (women and slaves were excluded from polit- ical participation), but the new government represented a radical departure from European models. In 1791, the Bill of Rights was appended to the Constitution outlining the essential rights (such as freedom of speech) that the government could never overturn. Although slavery continued in the American republic, the new emphasis on

rights helped fuel the movement for its abolition in both Britain and the United States.

Interest in the new republic was greatest in France. The U.S. Constitution and various state constitutions were published in French with com- mentary by leading thinkers. Even more important in the long run were the effects of the American war. Dutch losses to Great Britain aroused a wide- spread movement for political reform in the Dutch Republic, and debts incurred by France in sup- porting the American colonies would soon force the French monarchy to the edge of bankruptcy and then to revolution. Ultimately, the entire Eu- ropean system of royal rule would be challenged.

Review: Why did public opinion become a new factor in politics in the second half of the eighteenth century?

Conclusion When Thomas Jefferson looked back many years later on the Declaration of Independence, he said he hoped it would be “the signal of arousing men

C o n c l u s i o n 5 8 31 7 4 0 – 1 7 8 9

British possessions

French possessions

Spanish possessions

0 1,000 2,000 kilometers

0 1,000 2,000 miles N

S

EW

ATLANTIC OCEAN

PORTUGAL SPAIN

DENMARK SWEDEN

FRANCE

GREAT BRITAIN

ITALY

PRUSSIA POLAND-

LITHUANIA

O TTOMAN EMPIRE

R U S S I A

HUNGARY AUSTRIA

DUTCH REP.

AUSTRIAN NETH.

EGYPT

CANADA

N EW

SPAIN

WEST INDIES

PERSIA UN

IT ED

ST AT

ES

L O

U ISIA

N A

M A P P I N G T H E W E S T

Europe and the World, c. 1780 Although Great Britain lost control over part of its North American colonies, which became the new United States, European influence on the rest of the world grew dramatically in the eighteenth century. The slave trade linked European ports to African slave-trading outposts and to plantations in the Caribbean, South America, and North America. The European countries on the Atlantic Ocean benefited most from this trade. Yet almost all of Africa, China, Japan, and large parts of India still resisted European incursion, and the Ottoman Empire, with its massive territories, still presented Europe with a formidable military challenge.

to burst the chains under which monkish igno- rance and superstition had persuaded them to bind themselves.” What began as a cosmopolitan movement of a few intellectuals in the first half of the eighteenth century had reached a relatively wide audience among the educated elite of men and women by the 1770s and 1780s. The spirit of Enlightenment swept from the salons, coffee- houses, and Masonic lodges into the halls of gov- ernment from Philadelphia to Vienna. Scientific inquiry into the causes of social misery and laws defending individual rights and freedoms gained adherents even among the rulers and ministers re- sponsible for censoring Enlightenment works.

For most Europeans, however, the promise of the Enlightenment did not become a reality. Rulers such as Catherine the Great had every intention of retaining their full, often unchecked, powers, even as they corresponded with leading philosophes and entertained them at their courts. Moreover, would-be reformers often found themselves blocked by the resistance of nobles, by the priori- ties rulers gave to waging wars, or by popular re- sistance to deregulation of trade that increased the uncertainties of the market. Yet even the failure of

reform contributed to the ferment in Europe after 1770. Peasant rebellions in eastern Europe, the “Wilkes and Liberty” campaign in Great Britain, the struggle over reform in France, and the revo- lution in America all occurred around the same time, and their conjunction convinced many Eu- ropeans that change was brewing. Just how much could change, and whether change made life bet- ter or worse, would come into question in the next ten years.

5 8 4 C h a p t e r 1 8 ■ Th e P r o m i s e o f E n l i g h t e n m e n t 1 7 4 0 – 1 7 8 9

For Further Exploration

■ For suggested references, including Web sites, for topics in this chapter, see page SR-1 at the end of the book.

■ For additional primary-source material from this period, see Chapter 18 in Sources of THE MAKING OF THE WEST, Third Edition.

■ For Web sites and documents related to topics in this chapter, see Make History at bedfordstmartins.com/hunt.

C h a p t e r R e v i e w 5 8 51 7 4 0 – 1 7 8 9

K e y Te r m s a n d P e o p l e M a k i n g C o n n e c t i o n s

R e v i e w Q u e s t i o n s

1. Why would rulers feel ambivalent about the Enlighten- ment, supporting reform on the one hand, while clamp- ing down on political dissidents on the other hand?

2. Which major developments in this period ran counter to the influence of the Enlightenment?

3. In what ways had politics changed, and in what ways did they remain the same during the Enlightenment?

1. What were the major differences between the Enlighten- ment in France, Great Britain, and the German states?

2. What were the major differences in the impact of the En- lightenment on nobles, middle classes, and lower classes?

3. What prompted enlightened absolutists to undertake reforms in the second half of the eighteenth century?

4. Why did public opinion become a new factor in politics in the second half of the eighteenth century?

C h a p t e r R e v i e w

philosophes (556)

deists (559)

abolitionists (560)

laissez-faire (561)

Jean-Jacques Rousseau (561)

romanticism (566)

Methodism (566)

Freemasons (568)

enlightened despots (573)

Seven Years’ War (574)

partition of Poland (576)

Pugachev rebellion (579)

For practice quizzes, a customized study plan, and other study tools, see the Online Study Guide at bedfordstmartins.com / hunt.

I m p o r ta n t Ev e n t s

1740–1748 War of the Austrian Succession: France, Spain, and Prussia versus Austria and Great Britain

1751–1772 Encyclopedia published in France

1756–1763 Seven Years’ War fought in Europe, India, and the American colonies

1762 Jean-Jacques Rousseau, The Social Contract and Émile

1764 Voltaire, Philosophical Dictionary

1771 Louis XV of France fails to break the power of the French law courts

1772 First partition of Poland

1773 Pugachev rebellion of Russian peasants

1776 American Declaration of Independence from Great Britain; Adam Smith, The Wealth of Nations

1780 Joseph II of Austria undertakes a wide-reaching reform program

1781 Immanuel Kant, The Critique of Pure Reason

1785 Catherine the Great’s Charter of the Nobility grants nobles exclusive control over their serfs in exchange for subservience to the state

1787 Delegates from the states draft the U.S. Constitution

O n October 5, 1789, a crowd of several thousand women

marched in a drenching rain twelve miles from the center of

Paris to Versailles. They demanded the king’s help in securing

more grain for the hungry and his reassurance that he did not intend

to resist the emerging revolutionary movement. Joined the next morn-

ing by thousands of men who came from Paris to reinforce them, they

broke into the royal family’s private apartments, killing two of the royal

bodyguards. To prevent further bloodshed, the king agreed to move his

family and his government to Paris. A dramatic procession of the royal

family guarded by throngs of ordinary men and women made its slow

way back to the capital. The people’s proud display of cannons and

pikes underlined the fundamental transformation that was occurring.

Ordinary people had forced the king of France to respond to their griev-

ances. The French monarchy was in danger, and if such a powerful and

long-lasting institution could come under fire, then could any monarch

of Europe rest easy?

Although even the keenest political observer did not predict its

eruption in 1789, the French Revolution had its immediate origins in

a constitutional crisis provoked by a growing government deficit, trace-

able to French involvement in the American War of Independence. The

constitutional crisis came to a head on July 14, 1789, when armed

Parisians captured the Bastille, a royal fortress and symbol of monar-

chical authority in the center of the capital. The fall of the Bastille, like

the women’s march to Versailles three months later, showed the deter-

mination of the common people to put their mark on events.

The French Revolution first grabbed the attention of the entire

world because it seemed to promise universal human rights, constitu-

tional government, and broad-based political participation. Its most

The Revolutionary Wave, 1787–1789 588

• Protesters in the Low Countries and Poland

• Origins of the French Revolution, 1787–1789

From Monarchy to Republic, 1789–1793 594

• The Revolution of Rights and Reason • The End of Monarchy

Terror and Resistance 600 • Robespierre and the Committee

of Public Safety • The Republic of Virtue, 1793–1794 • Resisting the Revolution • The Fall of Robespierre and the

End of the Terror

Revolution on the March 607 • Arms and Conquests • European Reactions to

Revolutionary Change • Poland Extinguished, 1793–1795 • Revolution in the Colonies

5 8 7

The Cataclysm of Revolution 1789–1799

C H A P T E R

19

Women’s March to Versailles Thousands of prints broadcast the events of the French Revolution to the public in France and elsewhere. They varied from fine-art engravings signed by the artist to anonymous simple woodcuts. This colored engraving shows a crowd of armed women marching to Versailles on October 5, 1789, to confront the king. The sight of armed women frightened many observers and demonstrated that the Revolution was not only a men’s affair. (The Granger Collection, New York.)

famous slogan pledged “Liberty, Equality, and Fra- ternity” for all. An enthusiastic German wrote, “One of the greatest nations in the world, the greatest in general culture, has at last thrown off the yoke of tyranny.” The revolutionaries used a blueprint based on the Enlightenment idea of rea- son to remake all of society and politics: they ex- ecuted the king and queen, established a republic for the first time in French history, abolished no- bility, and gave the vote to all adult men.

Even as the Revolution promised democracy, however, it also inaugurated a cycle of violence and intimidation. When the revolutionaries en- countered resistance to their programs, they set up a government of terror to compel obedience. Some historians therefore see in the French Rev- olution the origins of modern totalitarianism — that is, governments that try to control every aspect of life, including daily activities, while lim- iting all forms of political dissent. As events un- folded after 1789, the French Revolution became the model of modern revolution; republicanism, democracy, terrorism, nationalism, and military dictatorship all took their modern forms during the French Revolution.

The Revolution might have remained a strictly French affair if war had not involved the rest of Europe. After 1792, huge French republican armies, fueled by patriotic nationalism, marched across Europe, promising liberation from traditional monarchies but often delivering old-fashioned conquest and annexation. French victories spread revolutionary ideas far and wide, from Poland to the colonies in the Caribbean, where the first successful slave revolt established the republic of Haiti.

The breathtaking succession of regimes in France between 1789 and 1799 and the failure of the republican experiment after ten years of upheaval raised disturbing questions about the

relationship between rapid political change and violence. Do all revolutions inevitably degenerate into terror or wars of conquest? Is a regime dem- ocratic if it does not allow poor men, women, or blacks to vote? The French Revolution raised these questions and many more. The questions res- onated in many countries because the French Rev- olution seemed to be only the most extreme example of a much broader political and social movement at the end of the eighteenth century.

Focus Question: What was so revolutionary about the French Revolution?

The Revolutionary Wave, 1787–1789

Between 1787 and 1789, revolts in the name of liberty broke out in the Dutch Republic, the Austrian Netherlands (present-day Belgium and Luxembourg), and Poland, as well as in France. At the same time, the newly independent United States of America prepared a new federal consti- tution. Historians have sometimes referred to these revolts as the Atlantic revolutions because so many protest movements arose in countries on both shores of the North Atlantic. These revolu- tions were the product of long-term prosperity and high expectations, created in part by the spread of the Enlightenment. Europeans in gen- eral were wealthier, healthier, more numerous, and better educated than they had ever been be- fore; and the Dutch, Belgian, and French societies were among the wealthiest and best educated within Europe. The French Revolution nonethe- less differed greatly from the others. Not only was France the richest, most powerful, and most

5 8 8 C h a p t e r 1 9 ■ Th e C a ta c ly s m o f R e v o l u t i o n 1 7 8 9 – 1 7 9 9

1787 1789 1791

■ 1787 Dutch Patriot revolt stifled

■ 1788–1790 Austrian Netherlands’ resistance

■ 1789 French Revolution begins ■ 1791 St. Domingue slave revolt

■ 1792 France and rest of Europe at war; second revolution of August 10

1793 1795 1797

populous state in western Europe, but its revolu- tion was also more violent, more long-lasting, and ultimately more influential. (See “Terms of History,” page 590.)

Protesters in the Low Countries and Poland Political protests in the Dutch Republic attracted European attention because Dutch banks still con- trolled a hefty portion of the world’s capital at the end of the eighteenth century, even though the Dutch Republic’s role in international politics had diminished. Revolts also broke out in the neigh- boring Austrian Netherlands and Poland. Al- though none of these movements ultimately succeeded, they showed how quickly political dis- content could boil over in this era of rising eco- nomic and political expectations.

The Dutch Patriot Revolt, 1787. The Dutch Pa- triots, as they chose to call themselves, wanted to reduce the powers of the prince of Orange, the kinglike stadholder who favored close ties with Great Britain. Government-sponsored Dutch banks owned 40 percent of the British national debt, and by 1796 they held the entire foreign debt of the United States. Relations with the British deterio- rated during the American War of Independence, however, and by the middle of the 1780s, agitation in favor of the Americans had boiled over into an attack on the stadholder.

Building on support among middle-class bankers and merchants, the Patriots soon gained a more popular audience by demanding political reforms and organizing armed citizen militias of men, called Free Corps. Town by town the Patri- ots forced local officials to set up new elections to replace councils that had been packed with Orangist supporters through patronage or family

connections. Before long, the Free Corps took on the troops of the prince of Orange and got the upper hand. In response, Frederick William II of Prussia, whose sister had married the stadholder, intervened in 1787 with tacit British support. Thousands of Prussian troops soon occupied Utrecht and Amsterdam, and the house of Orange regained its former po- sition.

Social divisions among the rebels paved the way for the success of this outside intervention. Many of the Patriots from the rich- est merchant families feared the growing power of the Free Corps. The Free Corps wanted a more democratic form of government, and to get it they encouraged the publication of pamphlets and car- toons attacking the prince and his wife, promoted the rapid spread of clubs and societies made up of common people, and organized crowd-pleasing public ceremonies, such as parades and bonfires, that sometimes turned into riots. In the aftermath of the Prussian invasion in September 1787, the Orangists got their revenge: lower-class mobs pil- laged the houses of prosperous Patriot leaders, forcing many to flee to the United States, France, or the Austrian Netherlands. Those Patriots who remained nursed their grievances until the French republican armies invaded in 1795.

The Belgian Independence Movement. If Aus- trian emperor Joseph II had not tried to introduce Enlightenment-inspired reforms, the Belgians of the ten provinces of the Austrian Netherlands might have remained tranquil. Just as he had done previously in his own crown lands (see Chapter 18), Joseph abolished torture, decreed toleration

Th e R e v o l u t i o n a r y W a v e , 1 7 8 7 – 1 7 8 9 5 8 91 7 8 9 – 1 7 9 9

■ 1794 French abolish slavery; Robespierre falls

■ 1795 Third partition of Poland; France annexes Austrian Netherlands

■ 1797–1798 “Sister” republics established in Italian states and Switzerland

■ 1793 Second partition of Poland; Louis XVI executed

0 100 200 kilometers

0 200 miles100

F R A N C E

G E R M A N S TAT E S

AUSTRIAN NETHERLANDS

Amsterdam

Utrecht

DU TC

H R

EP U

B L

IC

� �

� Brussels

The Low Countries in 1787

for Jews and Protestants (in this resolutely Catholic area), and suppressed monasteries. His reorgani- zation of the administrative and judicial systems eliminated many offices that belonged to nobles and lawyers, sparking resistance among the upper classes in 1788.

Upper-class protesters intended only to defend historic local liberties against an overbearing gov- ernment. Nonetheless, their resistance galvanized democrats, who wanted a more representative gov-

ernment and organized clubs to give voice to their demands. At the end of 1788, a secret society formed armed companies to prepare an uprising. By late 1789, each province had separately declared its in- dependence, and the Austrian administration had collapsed. Delegates from the various provinces de- clared themselves the United States of Belgium, a clear reference to the American precedent.

Once again, however, social divisions doomed the rebels. When the democrats began to challenge noble authority, aristocratic leaders drew to their side the Catholic clergy and peasants, who had little sympathy for the democrats of the cities. Every Sunday in May and June 1790, thousands of peas- ant men and women, led by their priests, streamed into Brussels carrying crucifixes, nooses, and pitch- forks to intimidate the democrats and defend the church. Faced with the choice between the Austrian emperor and “our current tyrants,” the democrats chose to support the return of the Austrians under Emperor Leopold II (r. 1790–1792), who had suc- ceeded his brother.

Polish Patriots. A reform party calling itself the Patriots also emerged in Poland, which had been shocked by the loss of a third of its territory in the first partition of 1772. The Patriots sought to over- haul the weak commonwealth along modern west- ern European lines and looked to King Stanislaw August Poniatowski (r. 1764–1795) to lead them. A nobleman who owed his crown solely to the du- bious honor of being Catherine the Great’s discarded lover but who was also a favorite correspondent of the Parisian salon hostess Madame Geoffrin, Poni- atowski saw in moderate reform the only chance for his country to escape the consequences of a century’s misgovernment and cultural decline. Ranged against the Patriots stood most of the aris- tocrats and the formidable Catherine the Great, determined to uphold imperial Russian influence.

Pleased to see Russian influence waning in Poland, Austria and Prussia allowed the reform movement to proceed. In 1788, the Patriots got their golden chance. Bogged down in war with the Ottoman Turks, Catherine could not block the sum- moning of a reform-minded parliament, which eventually enacted the constitution of May 3, 1791. It established a hereditary monarchy with some- what strengthened authority, ended the veto power that each aristocrat had over legislation, granted townspeople limited political rights, and vaguely promised future Jewish emancipation. Abolishing serfdom was hardly mentioned. Within a year, how- ever, Catherine II had turned her attention to Poland and engineered the downfall of the Patriots.

5 9 0 C h a p t e r 1 9 ■ Th e C a ta c ly s m o f R e v o l u t i o n 1 7 8 9 – 1 7 9 9

Revolution

T E R M S O F H I S T O R Y

R evolution had previously meant cyclical change that brought life back to a starting point, as a planet makes a revolution around the sun. Revolutions could come and go, by this definition, and

change nothing fundamental in the structure of society. After 1789, revolution came to mean a self-conscious attempt to leap into the fu- ture by reshaping society and politics and even the human personal- ity. A revolutionary official analyzed the meaning of the word in 1793: “A revolution is never made by halves; it must either be total or it will abort. . . . Revolutionary means outside of all forms and all rules.” In short, revolution soon had an all-or-nothing meaning; you were either for the revolution or against it. There could be no in between.

Revolution still has the same meaning given it by the French rev- olutionaries, but it is now an even more contested term because of its association with communist theory. In the nineteenth century, Karl Marx incorporated the French Revolution into his new doctrine of communism. In his view, the middle-class French revolutionaries had overthrown the monarchy and the “feudal” aristocracy to pave the way for capitalist development. In the future, the proletariat (industrial workers) would overthrow the capitalist middle class to install a com- munist government that would abolish private property. Since Marx- ists claimed the French Revolution as the forerunner of the communist revolution in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, it was perhaps inevitable that those who opposed communism would also criticize the French Revolution.

The most influential example of this view is that of the French scholar François Furet. An ex-communist, Furet argued that the French Revolution can be seen as the origin of totalitarianism because it incarnated what Furet calls “the illusion of politics,” that is, the be- lief that people can transform social and economic relationships through political revolution. The French revolutionaries became to- talitarian, in Furet’s view, because they wanted to establish a kind of political and social utopia (a perfect society), in which reason alone determined the shape of political and social life. Because this dream is impossible given human resistance to rapid change, the revolution- aries had to use force to achieve their goals. In other words, revolu- tion itself was a problematic idea, according to Furet. Revolution as a term remains as contested as the events that gave rise to it.

Origins of the French Revolution, 1787–1789

Many French enthusiastically greeted the Ameri- can experiment in republican government and supported the Dutch, Belgian, and Polish patriots. But they did not expect the United States and the Dutch Republic to provide them a model. Mon- tesquieu and Rousseau, the leading political theo- rists of the Enlightenment, taught that republics suited only small countries, not big ones like France. After suffering humiliation at the hands of the British in the Seven Years’ War (1756–1763), the French had regained international prestige by supporting the victorious Americans, and the monarchy had shown its eagerness to promote re- forms. In 1787, for example, the French crown granted civil rights to Protestants. Yet by the late 1780s, the French monarchy faced a serious fiscal crisis caused by a mounting deficit. It soon pro- voked a constitutional crisis of epic proportions.

Fiscal Crisis. France’s fiscal problems stemmed from its support of the Americans against the British in the American War of Independence. About half of the French national budget went to paying interest on the debt that had accumulated. In contrast to Great Britain, which had a national bank to help raise loans for the government, the French government lived off relatively short-term, high-interest loans from private sources including Swiss banks, government annuities, and advances from tax collectors.

For years the French government had been trying unsuccessfully to modernize the tax system to make it more equitable. The peasants bore the greatest burden of taxes, whereas the nobles and clergy were largely exempt from them. Tax collec- tion was also far from systematic: private contrac- tors collected many taxes and pocketed a large share of the proceeds. With the growing support of public opinion, the bond and annuity holders from the middle and upper classes now demanded a clearer system of fiscal accountability.

In a monarchy, the ruler’s character is al- ways crucial. Many complained that Louis XVI (r. 1774–1792) showed more interest in hunting or in his hobby of making locks than in the prob- lems of government. His wife, Marie-Antoinette, was blond, beautiful, and much criticized for her

extravagant taste in clothes, elaborate hairdos, and supposed indifference to popular misery. When confronted by the inability of the poor to buy bread, she was reported to have replied, “Let them eat cake.” “The Austrian bitch,” as underground writers called her, had been the target of an increas- ingly nasty pamphlet campaign in the 1780s. By 1789, the queen had become an object of popular hatred. The king’s ineffectiveness and the queen’s growing unpopularity helped undermine the monarchy as an institution.

Faced with a mounting deficit, in 1787 Louis submitted a package of reforms to the Assembly of Notables, a group of handpicked nobles, cler- gymen, and officials. When this group refused to

Th e R e v o l u t i o n a r y W a v e , 1 7 8 7 – 1 7 8 9 5 9 11 7 8 9 – 1 7 9 9

Louis XVI: French King (r. 1774–1792) who was tried and found guilty of treason; he was executed on January 21, 1793.

Marie-Antoinette: Wife of Louis XVI and queen of France who was tried and executed in October 1793.

Queen Marie-Antoinette (detail) Marie-Louise-Élizabeth Vigée-Lebrun painted this portrait of the French queen Marie-Antoinette and her children in 1788. The eldest son, Louis (not shown in this detail), died in 1789. When he died, her second son (on her lap here), also called Louis, became heir to the throne. Known to supporters of the monarch as Louis XVII, he died in prison in 1795 and never ruled. Vigée- Lebrun fled France in 1789 and returned only in 1805. (© Chateau de Versailles, France/ The Bridgeman Art Library.)

endorse his program, the king presented his pro- posals for a more uniform land tax to his old rival the parlement of Paris. When it too refused, he ordered the parlement judges into exile in the provinces. Overnight, the judges (members of the nobility because of the offices they held) be- came popular heroes for resisting the king’s “tyranny”; in reality, however, the judges, like the notables, wanted reform only on their own terms. Louis finally gave in to demands that he call a meeting of the Estates General, which had last met 175 years before.

The Estates General. The calling of the Estates General electrified public opinion. Who would de- termine the fate of the nation? The Estates Gen- eral was a body of deputies from the three estates, or orders, of France. The deputies in the First Es- tate represented some 100,000 clergy of the Catholic church, which owned about 10 percent of the land and collected a 10 percent tax (the tithe) on peasants. The deputies of the Second Estate rep- resented the nobility, about 400,000 men and women who owned about 25 percent of the land, enjoyed many tax exemptions, and collected seigneurial dues and rents from their peasant ten- ants. The deputies of the Third Estate represented everyone else, at least 95 percent of the nation. In 1614, at the last meeting of the Estates General, each order had deliberated and voted separately. Before the elections to the Estates General in 1789, the king agreed to double the number of deputies for the Third Estate (making them equal in num- ber to the other two combined), but he refused to mandate voting by individual head rather than by order. Voting by order (each order would have one vote) would conserve the traditional powers of the clergy and nobility; voting by head (each deputy would have one vote) would give the Third Estate an advantage since many clergymen and even some nobles sympathized with the Third Estate.

As the state’s censorship apparatus broke down, pamphleteers by the hundreds denounced the traditional privileges of the nobility and clergy and called for voting by head rather than by or- der. In the most vitriolic of all the pamphlets, What Is the Third Estate?, the middle-class clergyman Abbé (Abbot) Emmanuel-Joseph Sieyès charged that the nobility contributed nothing at all to the nation’s well-being; they were “a malignant disease which preys upon and tortures the body of a sick man.” In the winter and spring of 1789, villagers

and townspeople alike held meetings to elect deputies and write down their grievances. The ef- fect was immediate. Although educated men dom- inated the meetings at the regional level, the humblest peasants voted in their villages and burst forth with complaints, especially about taxes. As one villager lamented, “The last crust of bread has been taken from us.” The long series of meetings raised expectations that the Estates General would help the king solve all the nation’s ills.

These new hopes soared just at the moment France experienced an increasingly rare but always dangerous food shortage. Bad weather had dam- aged the harvest of 1788, causing bread prices to soar in many places in the spring and summer of 1789 and threatening starvation for the poorest people. In addition, a serious slump in textile pro- duction had been causing massive unemployment since 1786. Hundreds of thousands of textile work- ers were out of work and hungry, adding another volatile element to an already tense situation.

When some twelve hundred deputies jour- neyed to the king’s palace of Versailles for the opening of the Estates General in May 1789, many readers avidly followed the developments in news- papers that sprouted overnight. Although most nobles insisted on voting by order, the deputies of the Third Estate refused to proceed on that basis. After six weeks of stalemate, on June 17, 1789, the deputies of the Third Estate took unilateral action and declared themselves and whoever would join them the National Assembly, in which each deputy would vote as an individual. Two days later, the clergy voted by a narrow margin to join them. Sud- denly denied access to their meeting hall on June 20, the deputies met on a nearby tennis court and swore an oath not to disband until they had given France a constitution that reflected their newly de- clared authority. This “tennis court oath” ex- pressed the determination of the Third Estate to carry through a constitutional revolution. A few days later, the nobles had no choice but to join too.

July 14, 1789: The Fall of the Bastille. At first, Louis appeared to agree to the new National Assembly, but he also ordered thousands of sol- diers to march to Paris. The deputies who sup- ported the Assembly feared a plot by the king and high-ranking nobles to arrest them and disperse the Assembly. “Everyone is convinced that the ap- proach of the troops covers some violent design,” one deputy wrote home. Their fears were con- firmed when, on July 11, the king fired Jacques Necker, the Swiss Protestant finance minister and the one high official regarded as sympathetic to the deputies’ cause.

5 9 2 C h a p t e r 1 9 ■ Th e C a ta c ly s m o f R e v o l u t i o n 1 7 8 9 – 1 7 9 9

Estates General: A body of deputies from the three estates, or orders, of France: the clergy (First Estate), the nobility (Second Estate), and everyone else (Third Estate).

The popular reaction in Paris to Necker’s dis- missal and the threat of military force changed the course of the French Revolution. When the news spread, the common people in Paris began to arm themselves and attack places where either grain or arms were thought to be stored (Map 19.1). A deputy in Versailles reported home: “Today all of the evils overwhelm France, and we are between despotism, carnage, and famine.” On July 14, 1789, an armed crowd marched on the Bastille, a forti- fied prison that symbolized royal authority. After a chaotic battle in which a hundred armed citizens died, the prison officials surrendered.

The fall of the Bastille (an event now com- memorated as the French national holiday) set an important precedent. The common people showed themselves willing to intervene violently at a cru- cial political moment (see The Third Estate Awak- ens, at right). All over France, food riots turned into local revolts. The officials in one city wrote of their plight: “Yesterday afternoon [July 19] more than seven or eight thousand people, men and women, assembled in front of the two gates to the city hall. . . . We were forced to negotiate with them and to promise to give them wheat . . . and to reduce the price of bread.” Local governments were forced out of power and replaced by commit- tees of “patriots” loyal to the revolutionary cause. The king’s government began to crumble. To re- store order, the patriots relied on newly formed National Guard units composed of civilians. In

Th e R e v o l u t i o n a r y W a v e , 1 7 8 7 – 1 7 8 9 5 9 31 7 8 9 – 1 7 9 9

Fall of the Bastille The Bastille prison is shown here in all its imposing grandeur. When the fortress’s governor Bernard René de Launay sur- rendered on July 14, 1789, he was marched off to city hall. The gathering crowd taunted and spat at him, and after he lashed out at one of the men nearest him, he was stabbed, shot, and then beheaded. The head was displayed as a trophy on a pike held high above the crowd. Royal authority had been successfully challenged and even humiliated. (The Granger Collection, New York.)

The Third Estate Awakens This print, produced after the fall of the Bastille (note the heads on pikes outside the prison), shows a clergyman (First Estate) and a noble (Second Estate) alarmed by the awakening of the commoners (Third Estate). The Third Estate breaks the chains of oppression and arms itself. In what ways does this print draw attention to the social conflicts that lay behind the political struggles in the Estates General? (Réunion des Musées Nationaux / Art Resource, NY.)

■ For more help analyzing this image, see the visual activity for this chapter in the Online Study Guide at bedfordstmartins.com/hunt.

Paris, the Marquis de Lafayette, a hero of the Amer- ican War of Independence and a noble deputy in the National Assembly, became commander of the new National Guard. One of Louis XVI’s brothers and many other leading aristocrats fled into exile. The Revolution thus had its first heroes, its first victims, and its first enemies.

Review: How did the beginning of the French Revolu- tion resemble the other revolutions of 1787–1789?

From Monarchy to Republic, 1789–1793

Until July 1789, the French Revolution followed a course much like that of the protest movements in the Low Countries. Unlike the Dutch and Belgian uprisings, however, the French Revolution did not

come to a quick end. The French revolutionaries first tried to establish a constitutional monarchy based on the Enlightenment principles of human rights and rational government. This effort failed when the king attempted to raise a counterrevolu- tionary army. When war broke out in 1792, new tensions culminated in a second revolution on August 10, 1792, that deposed the king and estab- lished a republic in which all power rested in an elected legislature.

The Revolution of Rights and Reason Before drafting a constitution, the deputies of the National Assembly had to confront growing vio- lence in the countryside. Peasants made up 80 per- cent of the French population but owned only about 50 percent of the land. Most could barely make ends meet but still had to pay taxes to the state, the tithe to the Catholic church, and a host of seigneurial dues to their lords, whether for us-

5 9 4 C h a p t e r 1 9 ■ Th e C a ta c ly s m o f R e v o l u t i o n 1 7 8 9 – 1 7 9 9

0 500 1,000 meters

0 2,500 5,000 feet N

S

EW

Seine R.

Seine R.

BLVD . DES

ITAL IENS

RUE ST. HONORÉ

R U

E D

E R

IC H

E LI

E U R

U E

M O

N T

M A

R T

R E R

U E

S T

. D

E N

IS R

U E

S T .

M A

R T

IN R

U E

DU

T E

M P

LE

RUE ST. ANTOINE

R U

E S

T . J

A C

Q U

E S

R U

E D

’E N

FE R

R U

E D

E L A

H A

R P

E

RUE DE

VAU RIG

ARDRUE DE S

ÈV RE

S

Jacobin Club

Place de la Révolution

Hôtel des Invalides

École Militaire

Wall of the Farmers General

St. Sulpice

St. Germain des Prés

Luxembourg Place

Ste. Geneviève (Pantheon)

Sorbonne

Tuileries Palace

Palais Royal

Louvre

Notre Dame Cathedral

The Temple

Bastille

C ham

ps de M ars

Wall of the Farmers General

Pont de la Concorde

Pont Royal

Pont Neuf

Pont au Change

Île dela Cité Île St. Louis

M A P 1 9 . 1 Revolutionary Paris, 1789 The French Revolution began with the fall of the Bastille prison on July 14, 1789. The huge fortified prison was located on the eastern side of the city in a neighborhood of working people. Before attacking the Bastille, crowds had torn down many of the customs booths located in the wall of the Farmers General (the private company in charge of tax collection), and taken the arms stored in the Hôtel des Invalides, a veterans’ hospital on the western side of the city where the upper classes lived. During the Revolution, executions took place on the square or Place de la Révolution, now called Place de la Concorde.

ing the lords’ mills to grind wheat or to ensure their ability to give their land as inheritance to their children. Peasants greeted the news of events in 1789 with a mixture of hope and anxiety. As food shortages spread, they feared that the beggars and vagrants crowding the roads might be part of an aristocratic plot to starve the people by burning crops or barns. In many places, the Great Fear (the term used by historians to describe this rural panic) turned into peasant attacks on aristocrats or on the records of peasants’ dues kept in the lord’s château. Peasants now refused to pay dues to their lords, and the per- sistence of peasant violence raised alarms about the potential for a general peasant insurrection.

The End of Feudalism. Alarmed by peasant un- rest, the National Assembly decided to make sweeping changes. On the night of August 4, 1789, noble deputies announced their willingness to give up their tax exemptions and seigneurial dues. By the end of the night, amid wild enthusiasm, dozens of deputies had come to the podium to relinquish the tax exemptions of their own professional groups, towns, or provinces. The National Assem- bly decreed the abolition of what it called “the feu- dal regime” — that is, it freed the remaining serfs and eliminated all special privileges in matters of taxation, including all seigneurial dues on land. (A few days later the deputies insisted on financial compensation for some of these dues, but most peasants refused to pay.) Peasants had achieved their goals. The Assembly also mandated equality of opportunity in access to government positions. Talent, rather than birth, was to be the key to suc- cess. Enlightenment principles were beginning to become law.

The Declaration of the Rights of Man and Citizen. Three weeks later, the deputies drew up the Dec- laration of the Rights of Man and Citizen as the preamble to a new constitution. In words reminis- cent of the American Declaration of Indepen- dence, whose author, Thomas Jefferson, was in Paris at the time, it proclaimed, “Men are born and

remain free and equal in rights.” The Declaration granted freedom of religion, freedom of the press, equality of taxation, and equality before the law. It established the principle of national sovereignty: since “all sovereignty rests essen- tially in the nation,” it said, the king derived his authority hence- forth from the nation rather than from tradition or divine right.

By pronouncing all men free and equal, the Declaration imme- diately created new dilemmas. Did women have equal rights with men? What about free blacks

in the colonies? How could slavery be justified if all men were born free? Did religious toleration of Protestants and Jews include equal political rights? Women never received the right to vote during the French Revolution, though Protestant and Jewish men did. Women were theoretically citizens under civil law but without the right to full political par- ticipation. (See Document, “The Rights of Minori- ties,” page 597.)

Some women did not accept their exclusion, viewing it as a betrayal of the promised new or- der. In addition to joining demonstrations, such as the march to Versailles in October 1789, women wrote petitions, published tracts, and organized political clubs to demand more participation (see A Women’s Club, below). In her Declaration of the

F r o m M o n a r c h y t o R e p u b l i c , 1 7 8 9 – 1 7 9 3 5 9 51 7 8 9 – 1 7 9 9

Great Fear: The term used by historians to describe the French rural panic of 1789, which led to peasant attacks on aristocrats or on seigneurial records of peasants’ dues.

Declaration of the Rights of Man and Citizen: The preamble to the French constitution drafted in August 1789; it established the sovereignty of the nation and equal rights for citizens.

Area of Great Fear revolts

0 200 400 kilometers

0 200 400 miles

ATLANTIC OCEAN

Loire R .

English Channel

R h

ôn e

R .

Seine R.

F R A N C E SWISS

CONFED.

AUSTRIAN NETHERLANDS

S PA I N

� �

The Great Fear, 1789

A Women’s Club In this gouache by the Lesueur brothers, The Patriotic Women’s Club, the club president urges the members to contribute funds for poor patriot families. Women’s clubs focused on philanthropic work but also discussed revolutionary legislation. The colorful but sober dress indi- cates that the women are middle class. (Bridgeman-Giraudon/ Art Resource, NY.)

Rights of Women of 1791, Olympe de Gouges (1748–1793) played on the language of the official Declaration to make the point that women should also be included. She announced in Article I, “Woman is born free and lives equal to man in her rights.” She also insisted that since “woman has the right to mount the scaffold,” she must “equally have the right to mount the rostrum.” De Gouges linked her complaints to a program of social re- form in which women would have equal rights to property and public office and equal responsibili- ties in taxes and criminal punishment.

The Constitution and the Church. Unresponsive to calls for women’s equality, the National Assem- bly turned to preparing France’s first written con- stitution. The deputies gave voting rights only to white men who passed a test of wealth. Despite

these limitations, France became a constitutional monarchy in which the king served as the leading state functionary. A one-house legislature was re- sponsible for making laws. The king could post- pone enactment of laws but not veto them. The deputies abolished all the old administrative divi- sions of the provinces and replaced them with a national system of eighty-three departments with identical administrative and legal structures (Map 19.2). All officials were elected; no offices could be bought or sold. The deputies also abolished the old taxes and replaced them with new ones that were supposed to be uniformly levied. The National As- sembly had difficulty collecting taxes, however, be- cause many people had expected a substantial cut in the tax rate. The new administrative system sur- vived, nonetheless, and the departments are still the basic units of the French state today.

5 9 6 C h a p t e r 1 9 ■ Th e C a ta c ly s m o f R e v o l u t i o n 1 7 8 9 – 1 7 9 9

0 200 kilometers100

0 200 miles100

N

S

E

W

SWISS CONFED.

KINGDOM OF

SARDINIA

HOLY ROMAN EMPIRE

AUSTRIAN NETHERLANDS

GREAT BRITAIN

S PA I N

Béarn

Foix Roussillon

Languedoc

Guyenne & Gascony

Provence

Corsica

Dauphiné

Lyonnaise Auvergne

Limousin

MarcheSaintonge & Angoumois

Poitou

Bourbonnais Burgundy Franche-

Comté

NivernaisBerry

Touraine

Anjou

Brittany Maine

Orléanais

Normandy Île-de-France

Picardy

Artois

Boulonnais

Flanders & Hainault

Champagne & Brie

Verdun & Metz

Toul Lorraine & Barrois

Alsace

P Y

R É N

É E S

Seine R .

G aronne R.

Loire R.

R h

ôn e

R .

Paris�

French Provinces, 1789

N

S

E

W

0 200 kilometers100

0 200 miles100

SWISS CONFED.

KINGDOM OF

SARDINIA

HOLY ROMAN EMPIRE

AUSTRIAN NETHERLANDS

GREAT BRITAIN

S PA I N Golo

Liamone

Basses- Pyrénées

Hte- Pyrénées

Ariège

Pyrénées- Orientales

Aude

Hérault Hte-

Garonne

Gers

Landes Lot-et-

Garonne Garonne

Tarn

Aveyron

Lot

Gard

Bouche-de- Rhône

Var

Basses- Alpes

Htes- Alpes

Drôme Ardèche

Lozere

IsèreHte-Loire Cantal

Ain Rhône

Loire

Puy-de- DômeCorreze

DordogneGironde

Charente Charente-

Inf

VendéeDeux- Sèvres

Vienne Indre

Hte- Vienne

Creuse Allier

Saône-et- Loire

Jura

Doubs

Hautrhin

Vosges

Côte-d’OrNièvreCher

Basrhin Meurthe

Moselle

Hte- Saône

Hte- Marne

Meuse Marne

Ardennes Aisne

Aube

Yonne

Loiret

Seine-et- Marne

Seine-et- Oise

Loir-et- CherIndre-et-

Loire

Maine-et- Loire

Loire- Inférieure

Morbihan

Finistère Côtes-du- Nord

Ille-et- Vilaine

Mayenne

Sarthe Eure-et-

Loir

Orne

Manche Calvados

Eure

Seine-Inf

Oise

Somme

Pas-de- Calais

Nord

P Y

R É N

É E S

Seine R .

Loire R.

R h

ô n

e R

.

Garonne R.

Paris�

French Departments, 1791

M A P 1 9 . 2 Redrawing the Map of France, 1789–1791 Before 1789, France had been divided into provinces named after the territories owned by dukes and counts in the Middle Ages. Many provinces had their own law codes and separate systems of taxation. As it began its deliberations, the new National Assembly determined to install uniform administrations and laws for the entire country. Discussion of the administrative reforms began in October 1789 and became law on February 15, 1790, when the Assembly voted to divide the provinces into eighty-three departments, with names based on their geographical characteristics: Basses-Pyrénées for the Pyrénées mountains, Haute-Marne for the Marne River, and so on. ■ How did this redrawing of the administrative map reflect the deputies’ emphasis on reason over history?

When the deputies turned to reforming the Catholic church, they created enduring conflicts. Convinced that monastic life encouraged idleness and a decline in the nation’s population, the deputies outlawed any future monastic vows and encouraged monks and nuns to return to private life by offering state pensions. Motivated partly by the ongoing financial crisis, the National Assem- bly confiscated all the church’s property and prom- ised to pay clerical salaries in return. The Civil Constitution of the Clergy, passed in July 1790, set pay scales for the clergy and provided that the vot- ers elect their own parish priests and bishops just as they elected other officials. The impounded property served as a guarantee for the new paper money, called assignats, issued by the government. The assignats soon became subject to inflation be- cause the government began to sell the church lands to the highest bidders in state auctions. The

sales increased the landholdings of wealthy city dwellers and prosperous peasants but cut the value of the paper money.

Faced with resistance to these changes, in November 1790, the National Assembly required all clergy to swear an oath of loyalty to the Civil Constitution of the Clergy. Pope Pius VI in Rome condemned the constitution, and half of the French clergy refused to take the oath. The oath of allegiance permanently divided the Catholic pop- ulation, which had to choose between loyalty to the old church and commitment to the Revolution with its “constitutional” church. The revolutionary government lost many supporters by passing laws against the clergy who refused the oath and by forcing them into exile, deporting them forcibly, or executing them as traitors. Riots and demon- strations led by women greeted many of the oath- taking priests who replaced those who refused.

F r o m M o n a r c h y t o R e p u b l i c , 1 7 8 9 – 1 7 9 3 5 9 71 7 8 9 – 1 7 9 9

The Rights of Minorities

D O C U M E N T

When the National Assembly passed the Declaration of the Rights of Man and Citizen on August 26, 1789, it opened the way to discussion of the rights of various groups, from actors (considered ineligible for voting under the monarchy because they imperson- ated other people as part of their profession) to women, free blacks, mulattoes, and slaves. A nobleman, Count Stanislas de Clermont Tonnerre, gave a speech on December 23, 1789, in which he advocated ending exclu- sions based on profession or religion, though not gender or race.

Sirs, in the declaration that you believed you should put at the head of the French constitution you have established, conse- crated, the rights of man and citizen. In the constitutional work that you have decreed relative to the organization of the munici- palities, a work accepted by the King, you have fixed the conditions of eligibility that can be required of citizens. It would seem, Sirs, that there is nothing else left to do and that prejudices should be silent in the face of the language of the law; but an honor- able member has explained to us that the

non-Catholics of some provinces still expe- rience harassment based on former laws, and seeing them excluded from the elec- tions and public posts, another honorable member has protested against the effect of prejudice that persecutes some professions. This prejudice, these laws, force you to make your position clear. I have the honor to present you with the draft of a decree, and it is this draft that I defend here. I es- tablish in it the principle that professions and religious creed can never become rea- sons for ineligibility. . . .

Every creed has only one test to pass in regard to the social body: it has only one examination to which it must submit, that of its morals. It is here that the adver- saries of the Jewish people attack me. This people, they say, is not sociable. They are commanded to loan at usurious rates; they cannot be joined with us either in mar- riage or by the bonds of social interchange; our food is forbidden to them; our tables prohibited; our armies will never have Jews serving in the defense of the fatherland. The worst of these reproaches is unjust; the others are only specious. Usury is not

commanded by their laws; loans at inter- est are forbidden between them and per- mitted with foreigners. . . .

But, they say to me, the Jews have their own judges and laws. I respond that is your fault and you should not allow it. We must refuse everything to the Jews as a nation and accord everything to Jews as individ- uals. We must withdraw recognition from their judges; they should only have our judges. We must refuse legal protection to the maintenance of the so-called laws of their Judaic organization; they should not be allowed to form in the state either a po- litical body or an order. They must be cit- izens individually. But, some will say to me, they do not want to be citizens. Well then! If they do not want to be citizens, they should say so, and then, we should banish them. It is repugnant to have in the state an association of non-citizens, and a na- tion within the nation. . . . In short, Sirs, the presumed status of every man resident in a country is to be a citizen.

Source: Archives parlementaires, 10 (Paris, 1878): 754–57. Translation by Lynn Hunt.

The End of Monarchy The reorganization of the Catholic church of- fended Louis XVI, who was reluctant to recognize the new limits on his powers. On June 20, 1791, the royal family escaped in disguise from Paris and fled to the eastern border of France, where they hoped to gather support from Austrian emperor Leopold II, the brother of Marie-Antoinette. The plans went awry when a postmaster recognized the king from his portrait on the new French money, and the royal family was arrested at Varennes, forty miles from the Austrian Netherlands border. The National Assembly tried to depict the departure as a kidnapping, but the “flight to Varennes” touched off demonstrations in Paris against the royal fam- ily, whom some now regarded as traitors. Cartoons circulated depicting the royal family as animals be- ing returned “to the stable.”

War with Austria and Prussia. The constitution, finally completed in 1791, provided for the imme- diate election of the new Legislative Assembly. In a rare act of self-denial, the deputies of the Na- tional Assembly declared themselves ineligible for the new Assembly. Those who had experienced the Revolution firsthand now departed from the scene, opening the door to men with little previous ex- perience in national politics. The status of the king might have remained uncertain if war had not in- tervened, but by early 1792 everyone seemed intent on war with Austria. Louis and Marie-Antoinette hoped that such a war would lead to the defeat of the Revolution, whereas the deputies who favored a republic believed that war would lead to the

king’s downfall. On April 21, 1792, Louis declared war on Austria. Prussia immediately entered on the Austrian side. Thousands of French aristocrats, in- cluding two-thirds of the army officer corps, had already emigrated, including both the king’s broth- ers, and they were gathering along France’s eastern border in expectation of joining a counterrevolu- tionary army.

When fighting broke out in 1792, all the pow- ers expected a brief and relatively contained war. Instead, it would continue despite brief interrup- tions for the next twenty-three years. War had an immediate radicalizing effect on French politics. When the French armies proved woefully unpre- pared for battle, the authority of the Legislative As- sembly came under fire. In June 1792, an angry crowd invaded the hall of the Assembly in Paris and threatened the royal family. The Prussian com- mander, the duke of Brunswick, issued a manifesto announcing that Paris would be totally destroyed if the royal family suffered any violence.

The Second Revolution of August 10, 1792. The ordinary people of Paris did not passively await their fate. Known as sans-culottes (literally, “with- out breeches”) — because men who worked with their hands wore long trousers rather than the knee breeches of the upper classes — they had fol- lowed every twist and turn in revolutionary for- tunes. Faced with the threat of military retaliation and frustrated with the inaction of the Legislative Assembly, on August 10, 1792, the sans-culottes or- ganized an insurrection and attacked the Tuileries palace, the residence of the king. The king and his

5 9 8 C h a p t e r 1 9 ■ Th e C a ta c ly s m o f R e v o l u t i o n 1 7 8 9 – 1 7 9 9

The King as a Farmyard Animal This simple print makes a powerful point: King Louis XVI has lost not only his authority but also the respect of his subjects. Engravings and etchings like this one appeared in reaction to the attempted flight of the king and queen in June 1791. (The Granger Collection, New York.)

Jacobin Club: A French political club formed in 1789 that in- spired the formation of a national network whose members dominated the revolutionary government during the Terror.

family had to seek refuge in the meeting room of the Legislative Assembly, where the frightened deputies ordered elections for a new legislature. By abolishing the property qualifications for voting, the deputies instituted universal male suffrage for the first time.

When it met, the National Convention abol- ished the monarchy and on September 22, 1792, established the first republic in French history. The republic would answer only to the people, not to any royal authority. Many of the deputies in the Convention belonged to the devotedly republican Jacobin Club, named after the former monastery in Paris where the club first met. The Jacobin Club in Paris headed a national political network of clubs that linked all the major towns and cities. Lafayette and other liberal aristocrats who had supported the constitutional monarchy fled into exile.

Violence soon exploded again when early in September 1792 the Prussians approached Paris. Hastily gathered mobs stormed the overflowing prisons to seek out traitors who might help the en- emy. In an atmosphere of near hysteria, eleven

hundred inmates were killed, including many ordi- nary and completely innocent people. The princess of Lamballe, one of the queen’s favorites, was hacked to pieces and her mutilated body displayed beneath the windows where the royal family was kept under guard. These “September massacres” showed the dark side of popular revolution, in which the com- mon people demanded instant revenge on sup- posed enemies and conspirators.

The Execution of the King. The National Con- vention faced a dire situation. It needed to write a new constitution for the republic while fighting a war with external enemies and confronting in- creasing resistance at home. Many thought the Revolution had gone too far when it confiscated the properties of the church, eliminated titles of nobility, and deposed the king. The French people had never known any government other than monarchy. Only half the population could read and write at even a basic level. In this situation, symbolic actions became very important. Any public sign of monarchy was at risk, and revolu- tionaries soon pulled down statues of kings and burned reminders of the former regime.

The fate of Louis XVI and the future direction of the republic divided the deputies elected to the

F r o m M o n a r c h y t o R e p u b l i c , 1 7 8 9 – 1 7 9 3 5 9 91 7 8 9 – 1 7 9 9

The Execution of King Louis XVI Louis XVI was executed by order of the National Convention on January 21, 1793. In this print, the executioner shows the severed head to the national guards standing in orderly silence around the scaffold. (Mary Evans Picture Library.)

National Convention. Most of the deputies were middle-class lawyers and professionals who had developed their ardent republican beliefs in the network of Jacobin Clubs. After the fall of the monarchy in August 1792, however, the Jacobins divided into two factions. The Girondins (named after a department in southwestern France, the Gironde, which provided some of its leading ora- tors) met regularly at the salon of Jeanne Roland, the wife of a minister. They resented the growing power of Parisian militants and tried to appeal to the departments outside of Paris. The Mountain (so called because its deputies sat in the highest seats of the National Convention), in contrast, was closely allied with the Paris militants.

The first showdown between the Girondins and the Mountain occurred during the trial of the king in December 1792. Although the Girondins agreed that the king was guilty of treason, many of them argued for clemency, exile, or a popular referendum on his fate. After a long and difficult debate, the National Convention supported the Mountain and voted by a very narrow majority to execute the king. Louis XVI went to the guillotine on January 21, 1793, sharing the fate of Charles I of England in 1649. “We have just convinced our- selves that a king is only a man,” wrote one news- paper, “and that no man is above the law.”

Review: Why did the French Revolution turn in an in- creasingly radical direction after 1789?

Terror and Resistance The execution of the king did not solve the new regime’s problems. The continuing war required even more men and money, and the introduction of a national draft provoked massive resistance in some parts of France. In response to growing pressures, the National Convention named the Committee of Public Safety to supervise food dis- tribution, direct the war effort, and root out coun- terrevolutionaries. The leader of the committee, Maximilien Robespierre (1758–1794), wanted to go beyond these stopgap measures and create a “republic of virtue,” in which the government would teach, or force, citizens to become virtuous republicans through a massive program of politi-

cal reeducation. Thus began the Terror, in which the guillotine became the most terrifying instru- ment of a government that suppressed almost every form of dissent (see The Guillotine, page 601). These policies only increased divisions, which ultimately led to Robespierre’s fall from power and to a dismantling of government by terror.

Robespierre and the Committee of Public Safety The conflict between the more moderate Girondins and the more radical Mountain came to a head in spring 1793. Militants in Paris agitated for the re- moval of the deputies who had proposed a refer- endum on the king, and in retaliation the Girondins engineered the arrest of Jean-Paul Marat, a deputy allied with the Mountain who in his newspaper had been calling for more and more executions. Marat was acquitted, and Parisian mil- itants marched into the National Convention on June 2, 1793, forcing the deputies to decree the arrest of their twenty-nine Girondin colleagues. The Convention consented to the establishment of paramilitary bands called “revolutionary armies” to hunt down political suspects and hoarders of grain. The deputies also agreed to speed up the operation of special revolutionary courts.

Setting the course for government and the war increasingly fell to the twelve-member Committee of Public Safety, set up by the National Conven- tion on April 6, 1793. When Robespierre was elected to the committee three months later, he be- came in effect its guiding spirit and the chief spokesman of the Revolution. A lawyer from north- ern France known as “the incorruptible” for his stern honesty and fierce dedication to democratic ideals, Robespierre remains one of the most con- troversial figures in world history because of his association with the Terror. Although he originally opposed the death penalty and the war, he was convinced that the emergency situation of 1793 required severe measures, including death for those, such as the Girondins, who opposed the committee’s policies.

Like many other educated eighteenth-century men, Robespierre had read the classics of republi- canism from the ancient Roman writers Tacitus and Plutarch to the Enlightenment thinkers Mon-

6 0 0 C h a p t e r 1 9 ■ Th e C a ta c ly s m o f R e v o l u t i o n 1 7 8 9 – 1 7 9 9

Maximilien Robespierre (roh behs PYEHR): A lawyer from northern France who laid out the principles of a republic of virtue and of the Terror; his arrest and execution in July 1794 brought an end to the Terror.

Terror: The policy established under the direction of the Com- mittee of Public Safety during the French Revolution to arrest dissidents and execute opponents in order to protect the re- public from its enemies.

tesquieu and Rousseau. But he took them a step further. He defined “the theory of revolutionary government” as “the war of liberty against its en- emies.” He defended the people’s right to demo- cratic government, while in practice he supported many emergency measures that restricted their liberties. He personally favored a free-market economy, as did almost all middle-class deputies, but in this time of crisis he was will- ing to enact price controls and requisitioning. In an effort to stabilize prices, the National Convention established the General Maximum on September 29, 1793, which set limits on the prices of thirty-nine essential commodities and on wages. In a speech to the Convention, Robes- pierre explained the necessity of government by terror: “The first maxim of your policies must be to lead the people by reason and the people’s ene- mies by terror. . . . Without virtue, terror is deadly; without terror, virtue is impotent.” Terror was not an idle term; it seemed to imply that the goal of democracy justified what we now call totalitarian means, that is, the suppression of all dissent.

Through a series of desperate measures, the Committee of Public Safety set the machinery of the Terror in motion. It sent deputies out “on mis- sion” to purge unreliable officials and organize the war effort. Revolutionary tribunals set up in Paris and provincial centers tried political suspects. In October 1793, the Revolutionary Tribunal in Paris convicted Marie-Antoinette of treason and sent her to the guillotine. The Girondin leaders and Madame Roland were also guillotined, as was Olympe de Gouges. The government confiscated all the property of convicted traitors.

The new republic won its greatest success on the battlefield. As of April 1793, France faced war with Austria, Prussia, Great Britain, Spain, Sar- dinia, and the Dutch Republic — all fearful of the impact of revolutionary ideals on their own pop- ulations. The execution of Louis XVI, in particu- lar, galvanized European governments; according to William Pitt, the British prime minister, it was “the foulest and most atrocious act the world has ever seen.” To face this daunting coalition of forces, the French republic ordered the first universal draft of men in history. Every unmarried man and childless widower between the ages of eighteen and twenty-five was declared eligible for conscription. The government also tapped a new and potent source of power — nationalist pride — in decrees mobilizing young and old alike:

The young men will go to battle; married men will forge arms and transport provisions; women will make tents and clothing and serve in hospitals; children will

Te r r o r a n d R e s i s ta n c e 6 0 11 7 8 9 – 1 7 9 9

The Guillotine Before 1789, only nobles were decapitated if condemned to death; commoners were usually hanged. Equalization of the death penalty was first proposed by J. I. Guillotin, a professor of anatomy and a deputy in the National Assembly. He also suggested that a mechanical device be constructed for decapitation, leading to the instrument’s association with his name. The Assembly decreed decapitation as the death penalty in June 1791 and another physician, A. Louis, actually invented the guillotine. The exe- cutioner pulled up the blade by a cord and then released it. Use of the guillotine began in April 1792 and did not end until 1981, when the French government abolished the death penalty. The guillotine fascinated as much as it repelled. Reproduced in miniature, painted onto snuffboxes and china, worn as jewelry, and even serving as a toy, the guillotine became a part of popular culture. How could the guillotine be simultaneously celebrated as the people’s avenger by supporters of the Revolution and vilified as the preeminent symbol of the Terror by opponents? (Réunion des Musées Nationaux / Art Resource, NY.)

make bandages; old men will get themselves carried to public places to arouse the courage of warriors and preach hatred of kings and unity of the republic.

Forges were set up in the parks and gardens of Paris to produce thousands of guns, and citizens everywhere helped collect saltpeter to make gun- powder. By the end of 1793, the French nation in arms had stopped the advance of the allied pow- ers, and in the summer of 1794 it invaded the Aus- trian Netherlands and crossed the Rhine River. The army was ready to carry the gospel of revolution and republicanism to the rest of Europe.

The Republic of Virtue, 1793–1794

The program of the Terror went beyond pragmatic measures to fight the war and internal enemies to include efforts to “republicanize everything” — in other words, to effect a cultural revolution. While censoring writings deemed counterrevolutionary, the government encouraged republican art, set up civic festivals, and in some places directly at- tacked the churches in a campaign known as de- Christianization. In addition to drawing up plans

for a new program of elementary education, the republic set about politicizing aspects of daily life, including even the measurement of space and time.

Republican Culture. Refusing to tolerate opposi- tion, the republic left no stone unturned in its en- deavor to get its message across. Songs — especially the new national anthem, “La Marseillaise” — and placards, posters, pamphlets, books, engravings, paintings, sculpture, even everyday crockery, chamberpots, and playing cards conveyed revolu- tionary slogans and symbols. Foremost among them was the figure of Liberty, which appeared on coins and bills, on letterheads and seals, and as statues in festivals. Hundreds of new plays were produced and old classics revised. To encourage the production of patriotic and republican works, the government sponsored state competitions for artists. Works of art were supposed to “awaken the public spirit and make clear how atrocious and ridiculous were the enemies of liberty and of the Republic.”

At the center of this elaborate cultural cam- paign were the revolutionary festivals modeled on Rousseau’s plans for a civic religion. The festivals

6 0 2 C h a p t e r 1 9 ■ Th e C a ta c ly s m o f R e v o l u t i o n 1 7 8 9 – 1 7 9 9

Representing Liberty Liberty was represented by a female figure because in French the noun is feminine (la liberté). This painting from 1793–1794, by Jeanne-Louise Vallain, captures the usual attributes of Liberty: she is soberly seated, wearing a Roman-style toga and holding a pike with a Roman liberty cap on top. Her Roman appearance signals that she represents an abstract quality. The fact that she holds an instrument of battle suggests that women might be active participants. The Statue of Liberty in New York harbor, given by the French to the United States, is a late-nineteenth-century version of the same figure, but without any suggestion of battle. (Musée de la Révolution française, Vizille; 1857#44.)

de-Christianization: During the French Revolution, the cam- paign of extremist republicans against organized churches and in favor of a belief system based on reason.

first emerged in 1789 with the spontaneous plant- ing of liberty trees in villages and towns. The Fes- tival of Federation on July 14, 1790, marked the first anniversary of the fall of the Bastille. Under the National Convention, the well-known painter Jacques-Louis David (1748–1825), who was a deputy and an associate of Robespierre, took over festival planning. David aimed to destroy the mys- tique of monarchy and to make the republic sa- cred. His Festival of Unity on August 10, 1793, for example, celebrated the first anniversary of the overthrow of the monarchy. In front of the statue of Liberty built for the occasion, a bonfire con- sumed crowns and scepters symbolizing royalty while a cloud of three thousand white doves rose into the sky. This was all part of preaching the “moral order of the Republic . . . that will make us a people of brothers, a people of philosophers.”

De-Christianization. Some revolutionaries hoped the festival system would replace the Catholic church altogether. They initiated a campaign of de-Christianization that included closing churches (Protestant as well as Catholic), selling many church buildings to the highest bidder, and trying to force even those clergy who had taken the oath of loyalty to abandon their clerical voca- tions and marry. Great churches became store- houses for arms or grain, or their stones were sold off to contractors. The medieval statues of kings on the facade of Notre Dame cathedral were be- headed. Church bells were dismantled and church treasures melted down for government use.

In the ultimate step in de-Christianization, ex- tremists tried to establish what they called the Cult of Reason to supplant Christianity. In Paris in the fall of 1793, a goddess of Liberty, played by an ac- tress, presided over the Festival of Reason in Notre Dame cathedral. Local militants in other cities staged similar festivals, which alarmed deputies in the National Convention, who were wary of turn- ing rural, devout populations against the republic. Robespierre objected to the de-Christianization campaign’s atheism; he favored a Rousseau-inspired deistic religion without the supposedly supersti- tious trappings of Catholicism. The Committee of Public Safety halted the de-Christianization cam- paign, and Robespierre, with David’s help, tried to institute an alternative, the Cult of the Supreme Being, in June 1794. Neither the Cult of Reason nor the Cult of the Supreme Being attracted many followers, but both show the depth of the commit-

ment to overturning the old order and all its tra- ditional institutions.

Politicizing Daily Life. In principle, the best way to ensure the future of the republic was through the education of the young. The deputy Georges- Jacques Danton (1759–1794), Robespierre’s main competitor as theorist of the Revolution, main- tained that “after bread, the first need of the peo- ple is education.” The National Convention voted to make primary schooling free and compulsory for both boys and girls. It took control of educa- tion away from the Catholic church and tried to set up a system of state schools at both the pri- mary and secondary levels, but it lacked trained teachers to replace those the Catholic religious or- ders had provided. As a result, opportunities for learning how to read and write may have dimin- ished. In 1799, only one-fifth as many boys en- rolled in the state secondary schools as had studied in church schools ten years earlier.

Although many of the ambitious republican programs failed, colors, clothing, and daily speech were all politicized. The tricolor — the combina- tion of red, white, and blue that was to become the flag of France — was devised in July 1789, and by 1793 everyone had to wear a cockade (a badge made of ribbons) with the colors. Using the for- mal forms of speech — vous for “you” — or the title monsieur or madame might identify someone as an aristocrat; true patriots used the informal tu and citoyen or citoyenne (“citizen”) instead. Some people changed their names or gave their children new kinds of names. Biblical and saints’ names such as John, Peter, Joseph, and Mary gave way to names recalling heroes of the ancient Roman re- public (Brutus, Gracchus, Cornelia), revolutionary heroes, or flowers and plants. Such changes sym- bolized adherence to the republic and to Enlight- enment ideals rather than to Catholicism.

Even the measures of time and space were rev- olutionized. In October 1793, the National Con- vention introduced a new calendar to replace the Christian one. Its bases were reason and republi- can principles. Year I dated from the beginning of the republic on September 22, 1792. Twelve months of exactly thirty days each received new names derived from nature — for example, Pluviôse (roughly equivalent to February) recalled the rain (la pluie) of late winter. Instead of seven-day weeks, ten-day décades provided only one day of rest every ten days and pointedly eliminated the Sunday of the Christian calendar. The five days left at the end of the calendar year were devoted to special festivals called sans-culottides. The calendar remained in force for twelve years despite contin-

Te r r o r a n d R e s i s ta n c e 6 0 31 7 8 9 – 1 7 9 9

uing resistance to it. More enduring was the new metric system based on units of ten that was in- vented to replace the hundreds of local variations in weights and measures. Other countries in Europe and throughout the world eventually adopted the metric system.

Revolutionary laws also changed the rules of family life. The state took responsibility for all fam- ily matters away from the Catholic church: people now registered births, deaths, and marriages at city hall, not the parish church. Marriage became a civil contract and as such could be broken and thereby nullified. The new divorce law of September 1792 was the most far-reaching in Europe: a couple could divorce by mutual consent or for reasons such as insanity, abandonment, battering, or crim- inal conviction. Thousands of men and women took advantage of the law to dissolve unhappy marriages, even though the pope had condemned the measure. (In 1816, the government revoked the right to divorce, and not until the 1970s did French divorce laws return to the principles of the 1792 legislation.) In one of its most influential actions, the National Convention passed a series of laws that created equal inheritance among all children in the family, including girls. The father’s right to favor one child, especially the oldest male, was con- sidered aristocratic and hence antirepublican.

Resisting the Revolution By intruding into religion, culture, and daily life, the republic inevitably provoked resistance. Shout- ing curses against the republic, uprooting liberty trees, carrying statues of the Virgin Mary in pro- cession, hiding a priest who would not take the oath, singing a royalist song — all these expressed dissent with the new symbols, rituals, and policies. Resistance also took more violent forms, from ri- ots over food shortages or reli- gious policies to assassination and full-scale civil war.

Women’s Resistance. Many women, in particular, suffered from the hard conditions of life that persisted in this time of war, and they had their own ways of voicing discontent. Long bread lines in the cities exhausted the patience of women, and police spies reported their constant grumbling, which occasionally turned into spontaneous demon- strations or riots over high prices

or food shortages. Women also organized their fel- low parishioners to refuse to hear Mass offered by the “constitutional” priests, and they protected the priests who would not sign the oath of loyalty.

Other forms of resistance were more individ- ual. One young woman, Charlotte Corday, assas- sinated the outspoken deputy Jean-Paul Marat in July 1793. Corday fervently supported the Girondins, and she considered it her patriotic duty to kill the deputy who, in the columns of his pa- per, had constantly demanded more heads and more blood. Marat was immediately eulogized as a great martyr, and Corday went to the guillotine vilified as a monster but confident that she had “avenged many innocent victims.”

Rebellion and Civil War. Organized resistance broke out in many parts of France. The arrest of the Girondin deputies in June 1793 sparked insur- rections in several departments. After the govern- ment retook the city of Lyon, one of the centers of the revolt, the deputy on mission ordered sixteen hundred houses demolished and the name of the city changed to Liberated City. Special courts sen- tenced almost two thousand people to death.

In the Vendée region of western France, re- sistance turned into a bloody and prolonged civil war. Between March and December 1793, peas- ants, artisans, and weavers joined under noble leadership to form a “Catholic and Royal Army.” One rebel group explained its motives: “They [the republicans] have killed our king, chased away our priests, sold the goods of our church, eaten everything we have and now they want to take our bodies [in the draft].” The uprising took two different forms: in the Vendée itself, a counter- revolutionary army organized to fight the repub- lic; in nearby Brittany, resistance took the form of guerrilla bands, which united to attack a tar-

get and then quickly melted into the countryside. Great Britain provided money and under- ground contacts for these at- tacks, which were almost always aimed at towns. In many ways this was a civil war between town and country, for the towns- people were the ones who sup- ported the Revolution and bought church lands for themselves. The peasants had gained most of what they wanted in 1789 with the abolition of seigneurial dues, and they resented the govern- ment’s demands for money and

6 0 4 C h a p t e r 1 9 ■ Th e C a ta c ly s m o f R e v o l u t i o n 1 7 8 9 – 1 7 9 9

The Vendée Rebellion

Areas of insurrection

0 200 400 kilometers

0 200 400 miles

F R A N C E

Brittany Paris

Lyon

Machecoul

�

�

�

The Vendée Rebellion, 1793

manpower and actions taken against their local clergy.

For several months in 1793, the Vendée rebels stormed the largest towns in the region. Both sides committed horrible atrocities. At the small town of Machecoul, for example, the rebels massacred five hundred republicans, including administra- tors and National Guard members; many were tied together, shoved into freshly dug graves, and shot. By the fall, however, republican soldiers had turned back the rebels. A republican general wrote to the Committee of Public Safety claiming, “There is no more Vendée, citizens, it has perished under our free sword along with its women and children. . . . Following the orders that you gave me I have crushed children under the feet of horses, massacred women who at least . . . will en- gender no more brigands.” His claims of complete victory turned hollow soon afterward, as fighting continued.

“Infernal columns” of republican troops marched through the region to restore control, military courts ordered thousands executed, and republican soldiers massacred thousands of others. In one especially gruesome incident, the deputy Jean-Baptiste Carrier supervised the drowning of some two thousand Vendée rebels, including a number of priests. Barges loaded with prisoners were floated into the Loire River near Nantes and then sunk. Controversy still rages about the rebel- lion’s death toll because no accurate count could be taken. Estimates of rebel deaths alone range from about 20,000 to 250,000 and higher. Many thousands of republican soldiers and civilians also lost their lives in fighting that continued on and off for years. Even the low estimates reveal the car- nage of this catastrophic confrontation between the republic and its opponents.

The Fall of Robespierre and the End of the Terror In an atmosphere of fear of conspiracy that these outbreaks fueled, Robespierre tried simultaneously to exert the National Convention’s control over popular political activities and to weed out opposi- tion among the deputies. As a result, the Terror in- tensified until July 1794, when a group of deputies joined within the Convention to order the arrest and execution of Robespierre and his followers. The Convention then ordered elections and drew up a new republican constitution that gave executive power to five directors. This “Directory govern- ment” maintained power during four years of see- saw battles between royalists and former Jacobins.

The Revolution Devours Its Own. In the fall of 1793, the National Convention cracked down on popular clubs and societies. First to be suppressed were women’s political clubs. Founded in early 1793, the Society of Revolutionary Republican Women played a very active part in sans-culottes politics. The society urged harsher measures against the republic’s enemies and insisted that women have a voice in politics even if they did not have the vote. Women had set up their own clubs in many provincial towns and also attended the meetings of local men’s organizations. Using tra- ditional arguments about women’s inherent un- suitability for politics, the deputies abolished women’s political clubs. The closing of women’s clubs marked an important turning point in the Revolution. From then on, the sans-culottes and their political organizations came increasingly under the thumb of the Jacobin deputies in the National Convention.

In the spring of 1794, the Committee of Pub- lic Safety moved against its critics among leaders in Paris and deputies in the National Convention itself. First, a handful of “ultrarevolutionaries” — a collection of local Parisian politicians — were ar- rested and executed. Next came the other side, the “indulgents,” so called because they favored a moderation of the Terror. Included among them was the deputy Danton, himself once a member of the Committee of Public Safety and a friend of Robespierre. Danton was the Revolution’s most flamboyant orator and, unlike Robespierre, a high- living, high-spending, excitable politician. At every critical turning point in national politics, his booming voice had swayed opinion in the National Convention. Now, under pressure from the Com- mittee of Public Safety, the Revolutionary Tribunal convicted him and his friends of treason and sen- tenced them to death.

“The Revolution,” as one of the Girondin vic- tims of 1793 had remarked, “was devouring its own children.” Even after the major threats to the Com- mittee of Public Safety’s power had been eliminated, the Terror continued and even worsened. A law passed in June 1794 denied the accused the right of legal counsel, reduced the number of jurors neces- sary for conviction, and allowed only two judg- ments: acquittal or death. The category of political crimes expanded to include “slandering patriotism” and “seeking to inspire discouragement.” Ordinary people risked the guillotine if they expressed any discontent. The rate of executions in Paris rose from five a day in the spring of 1794 to twenty-six a day in the summer. The political atmosphere darkened even though the military situation improved. At the

Te r r o r a n d R e s i s ta n c e 6 0 51 7 8 9 – 1 7 9 9

end of June, the French armies decisively defeated the main Austrian army and advanced through the Austrian Netherlands to Brussels and Antwerp. The emergency measures for fighting the war were working, yet Robespierre and his inner circle had

made so many enemies that they could not afford to loosen the grip of the Terror.

The Terror hardly touched many parts of France, but overall the experience was undeniably traumatic. Across the country, the official Terror cost the lives of at least 40,000 French people, most of them living in the regions of major insurrections or near the borders with foreign en- emies, where suspicion of collaboration ran high. As many as 300,000 people — one out of every fifty French people — went to prison as suspects be- tween March 1793 and August 1794. The toll for the aristocracy and the clergy was especially high. Many leading nobles perished under the guillotine, and thousands emigrated. Thirty thousand to forty thousand clergy who refused the oath left the coun- try, at least two thousand (including many nuns) were executed, and thousands were imprisoned. The clergy were singled out in particular in the civil war zones: 135 priests were massacred at Lyon in November 1793, and 83 were shot in one day dur- ing the Vendée revolt. Yet many victims of the Ter- ror were peasants or ordinary working people.

The final crisis of the Terror came in July 1794. Conflicts within the Committee of Public Safety and the National Convention left Robespierre isolated. On July 27, 1794 (the ninth of Thermidor, Year II, according to the revolutionary calendar), Robespierre appeared before the Convention with yet another list of deputies to be arrested. Many feared they would be named, and they shouted him down and ordered him arrested along with his fol- lowers on the committee, the president of the Revolutionary Tribunal in Paris, and the com- mander of the Parisian National Guard. An armed uprising led by the Paris city government failed to save Robespierre when most of the National Guard took the side of the Convention. Robespierre tried to kill himself with a pistol but only broke his jaw. The next day he and scores of followers went to the guillotine.

The Thermidorian Reaction and the Directory, 1794–1799. The men who led the attack on Robespierre in Thermidor (July 1794) did not in- tend to reverse all his policies, but that happened nonetheless because of a violent backlash known as the Thermidorian Reaction. As most of the instru- ments of terror were dismantled, newspapers at- tacked the Robespierrists as “tigers thirsting for human blood.” The new government released hun- dreds of suspects and arranged a temporary truce

6 0 6 C h a p t e r 1 9 ■ Th e C a ta c ly s m o f R e v o l u t i o n 1 7 8 9 – 1 7 9 9

Thermidorian Reaction: The violent backlash against the rule of Robespierre that dismantled the Terror and punished Jacobins and their supporters.

M A J O R E V E N T S O F T H E F R E N C H R E V O L U T I O N

May 5, 1789 The Estates General opens at Versailles

June 17, 1789 The Third Estate decides to call itself the National Assembly

June 20, 1789 “Tennis court oath” shows determination of deputies to carry out a constitutional revolution

July 14, 1789 Fall of the Bastille

August 4, 1789 National Assembly abolishes “feudalism”

August 26, 1789 National Assembly passes Declaration of the Rights of Man and Citizen

October 5– 6, 1789 Women march to Versailles and are joined by men in bringing the royal family back to Paris

July 12, 1790 Civil Constitution of the Clergy

June 20, 1791 Louis and Marie-Antoinette attempt to flee in disguise and are captured at Varennes

April 20, 1792 Declaration of war on Austria

August 10, 1792 Insurrection in Paris and attack on Tuileries palace lead to removal of king’s authority

September 2– 6, Murder of prisoners in “September massacres” 1792 in Paris

September 22, 1792 Establishment of the republic

January 21, 1793 Execution of Louis XVI

March 11, 1793 Beginning of uprising in the Vendée

May 31–June 2, 1793 Insurrection leading to arrest of the Girondins

July 27, 1793 Robespierre named to the Committee of Public Safety

September 29, 1793 Convention establishes General Maximum on prices and wages

October 16, 1793 Execution of Marie-Antoinette

February 4, 1794 Slavery abolished in the French colonies

March 13–24, 1794 Arrest, trial, and executions of so-called ultra- revolutionaries

March 30–April 5, Arrest, trial, and executions of Danton and his 1794 followers

July 27, 1794 Arrest of Robespierre and his supporters (exe- cuted July 28–29); beginning of end of the Terror

October 26, 1795 Directory government takes office

April 1796 – Succession of Italian victories by Bonaparte October 1797, 1795

in the Vendée. It purged Jacobins from local bodies and replaced them with their opponents. It arrested some of the most notorious “terrorists” in the Na- tional Convention, such as Carrier, and put them to death. Within the year, the new leaders abolished the Revolutionary Tribunal and closed the Jacobin Club in Paris. Popular demonstrations met severe repression. In southeastern France, in particular, the “White Terror” replaced the Jacobins’ “Red Terror.” Former officials and local Jacobin leaders were ha- rassed, beaten, and often murdered by paramilitary bands who had tacit support from the new author- ities. Those who remained in the National Conven- tion prepared yet another constitution in 1795, setting up a two-house legislature and an executive body — the Directory, headed by five directors.

The Directory regime tenuously held on to power for four years, all the while trying to fend off challenges from the remaining Jacobins and the resurgent royalists. The puritanical atmosphere of the Terror gave way to the pursuit of pleasure — low-cut dresses of transparent materials, the reap- pearance of prostitutes in the streets, fancy dinner parties, and “victims’ balls” where guests wore red ribbons around their necks as reminders of the guillotine. Bands of young men dressed in knee breeches and rich fabrics picked fights with known Jacobins and disrupted theater performances with loud antirevolutionary songs. All over France, people petitioned to reopen churches closed during the Terror. If necessary, they broke into a church to hold services with a priest who had been in hiding or a lay schoolteacher who was willing to say Mass.

Although the Terror had ended, the revolution had not. In 1794, the most democratic and most repressive phases of the Revolution both ended at once. Between 1795 and 1799, the republic en- dured in France, but it directed a war effort abroad that would ultimately bring to power the man who would dismantle the republic itself.

Review: What factors can explain the Terror? To what extent was it simply a response to a national emergency or a reflection of deeper problems within the French Revolution?

Revolution on the March War raged almost constantly from 1792 to 1815. At one time or another, and sometimes all at once, France faced every principal power in Europe. The French republic — and later the French Empire un- der its supreme commander, Emperor Napoleon Bonaparte — proved an even more formidable op-

ponent than the France of Louis XIV. New means of mobilizing and organizing soldiers enabled the French to dominate Europe for a generation. The influence of the Revolution as a political model and the threat of French military conquest com- bined to challenge the traditional order in Europe.

Arms and Conquests The powers allied against France squandered their best chance to triumph in early 1793, when the French armies verged on chaos because of the em- igration of noble army officers and the problems of integrating new draftees. By the end of 1793, the French had a huge and powerful fighting force of 700,000 men. But the army still faced many problems in the field. As many as a third of the re- cent draftees deserted before or during battle. At times the soldiers were fed only moldy bread, and if their pay was late, they sometimes resorted to pillaging and looting. Generals might pay with their lives if they lost a key battle and their loyalty to the Revolution came under suspicion.

France nevertheless had one overwhelming advantage: those soldiers who agreed to serve fought for a revolution that they and their broth- ers and sisters had helped make. The republic was their government, and the army was in large meas- ure theirs too; many officers had risen through the ranks by skill and talent rather than by inheriting or purchasing their positions. One young peasant boy wrote to his parents, “Either you will see me return bathed in glory, or you will have a son who is a worthy citizen of France who knows how to die for the defense of his country.”

When the French armies invaded the Austrian Netherlands and crossed the Rhine in the summer of 1794, they proclaimed a war of liberation. Middle-class people near the northern and eastern borders of France reacted most positively to the French invasion (Map 19.3). In the Austrian Netherlands, Mainz, Savoy, and Nice, French offi- cers organized Jacobin Clubs that attracted locals. The clubs petitioned for annexation to France, and French legislation was then introduced, including the abolition of seigneurial dues. As the French an- nexed more and more territory, however, “liber- ated” people in many places began to view them as an army of occupation. Despite resistance, es- pecially in the Austrian Netherlands, these areas remained part of France until 1815, and the legal changes were permanent.

The Directory government that came to power in 1795 launched an even more aggressive policy of creating semi-independent “sister republics” wherever the armies succeeded. When Prussia

R e v o l u t i o n o n t h e M a r c h 6 0 71 7 8 9 – 1 7 9 9

declared neutrality in 1795, the French armies swarmed into the Dutch Republic, abolished the stadholderate, and — with the revolutionary pen- chant for renaming — created the new Batavian Republic, a satellite of France. The brilliant young general Napoleon Bonaparte gained a reputation by defeating the Austrian armies in northern Italy in 1797 and then created the Cisalpine Republic. Next he overwhelmed Venice and then handed it over to the Austrians in exchange for a peace agree- ment that lasted less than two years. After the French attacked the Swiss cantons in 1798, they set up the Helvetic Republic and curtailed many of the Catholic church’s privileges. They conquered the Papal States in 1798 and installed a Roman Repub- lic, forcing the pope to flee to Siena.

The revolutionary wars had an immediate im- pact on European life at all levels of society. Thou- sands of men died in every country involved, with perhaps as many as 200,000 casualties in the French armies alone in 1794 and 1795. More soldiers died in hospitals as a result of their wounds than on the battlefields. Constant warfare hampered world

commerce and especially disrupted French over- seas shipping. Times were now hard almost every- where, because the dislocations of internal and external commerce provoked constant shortages.

European Reactions to Revolutionary Change The French Revolution profoundly transformed European politics and social relations. (See “Con- trasting Views,” page 610.) Many had greeted the events of 1789 with unabashed enthusiasm. The English Unitarian minister Richard Price had ex- ulted, “Behold, the light . . . after setting AMERICA free, reflected to FRANCE, and there kindled into a blaze that lays despotism in ashes, and warms and illuminates EUROPE.” Democrats and re- formers from many countries flooded to Paris to witness events firsthand. Supporters of the French Revolution in Great Britain joined constitutional and reform societies that sprang up in many cities. The most important of these societies, the London Corresponding Society, founded in 1792, corre-

6 0 8 C h a p t e r 1 9 ■ Th e C a ta c ly s m o f R e v o l u t i o n 1 7 8 9 – 1 7 9 9

Areas annexed by France

Areas occupied by France

States established by revolutionary France

Venetian lands given to Austria by France 0 200 400 kilometers

0 200 400 miles

N

S

E W

N o r t h S e a

M e d i t e r r a n e a n S e a

Adriatic Sea

G aronne R.

Seine R.

R h

ôn e

R .

Po R.

R h

in e

R .

Danube R.

GREAT BRITAIN

F R E N C H R E P U B L I C

GERMAN STATES

AUSTRIAN EMPIRE

Corsica

Sardinia

S PA I N

PRUSSIA Batavian Republic

1795

Helvetic Republic 1798

Austrian Netherlands (Belgium) 1795

Parma Piedmont

Savoy 1792

Nice 1792

Papal Territories

1791

Venice 1797

Cisalpine Republic

1797

Ligurian Republic

1797 TuscanyRoman

Republic 1798

Neapolitan Republic

1799

P Y R É N É E S

A L P S

Paris

Rome

Marseille

Venice

Mainz

Siena

�

�

�

�

�

�

M A P 1 9 . 3 French Expansion, 1791–1799 The influence of the French Revolution on neighboring territories is dramatically evident in this map. The French directly annexed the papal territories in southern France in 1791, Nice and Savoy in 1792, and the Austrian Netherlands in 1795. They set up a series of sister republics in the former Dutch Republic and in various Italian states. Local people did not always welcome these changes. For example, the French made the Dutch pay a huge war indemnity, support a French occupying army of 25,000 soldiers, and give up some southern territories. The sister republics faced a future of subordination to French national interests.

sponded with the Paris Jacobin Club and served as a center for reform agitation in England. Pro-French feeling ran even stronger in Ireland. Catholics and Presbyterians, both excluded from the vote, came together in 1791 in the Society of United Irish- men, which eventually pressed for secession from England.

European elites became alarmed when the French abolished monarchy and nobility and en- couraged popular participation in politics. The British government, for example, quickly sup- pressed the corresponding societies and harassed their leaders, charging that their ideas and their contacts with the French were seditious (see the cartoon above for a negative English view). When the Society of United Irishmen timed a rebellion to coincide with an attempted French invasion in 1798, the British mercilessly repressed them, killing thirty thousand rebels. Twice as many reg- ular British troops (seventy thousand) as fought in any of the major continental battles were re- quired to put down the rebellion. Spain’s royal gov-

ernment suppressed all news from France, fearing that it might ignite the spirit of revolt.

Elites sometimes found allies in opposing the French. Peasants in the German and Italian states fiercely resisted French occupation, often in the form of banditry. Because the French offered the Jews religious toleration and civil and political rights wherever they conquered, anti-French groups sometimes attacked Jews. One German traveler reported, “It is characteristic of the re- gion in which the bandits are based that these two nations [the French and the Jews] are hated. So crimes against them are motivated not just by a wish to rob them but also by a variety of fanati- cism which is partly political and partly reli- gious.”

Many leading intellectuals in the German states, including the philosopher Immanuel Kant, initially supported the revolutionary cause, but af- ter 1793 most of them turned against the popular violence and military aggressiveness of the Revo- lution. One of the greatest writers of the age,

R e v o l u t i o n o n t h e M a r c h 6 0 91 7 8 9 – 1 7 9 9

The English Rebuttal In this caricature, James Gillray satirizes the French version of liberty. Gillray produced thousands of political caricatures. How would you interpret the message of this print? (© Copyright The Trustees of the British Museum.)

6 1 0 C h a p t e r 1 9 ■ Th e C a ta c ly s m o f R e v o l u t i o n 1 7 8 9 – 1 7 9 9

Contemporaries instantly grasped the cataclysmic significance of the French Revolution and began to argue about its lessons for their own countries. A member of the British Parliament, Edmund Burke, ignited a firestorm of controversy with his Reflections on the Rev- olution in France (Document 1). He condemned the French revo- lutionaries for attempting to build a government on abstract reasoning rather than taking historical traditions and customs into account; his book provided a foundation for the doctrine known as conservatism, which argued for “conserving” the traditional foun- dations of society and avoiding the pitfalls of radical or revolution- ary change. Burke’s views provoked a strong response from the English political agitator Thomas Paine. Paine’s pamphlet Common Sense (1776) had helped inspire the British North American colonies to demand independence from Great Britain. In The Rights of Man (Document 2), written fifteen years later, Paine attacked the tradi- tional order as fundamentally unjust and defended the idea of a rev- olution to uphold rights. Joseph de Maistre, an aristocratic opponent of both the Enlightenment and the French Revolution, put the conservative attack on the French Revolution into a deeply religious and absolutist framework (Document 3). In contrast, Anne-Louise- Germaine de Staël, an opponent of Napoleon and one of the most influential intellectuals of the early nineteenth century, took the view that the violence of the Revolution had been the product of genera- tions of superstition and arbitrary rule, that is, rule by an absolutist Catholic church and monarchical government (Document 4).

1. Edmund Burke, Reflections on the Revolution in France (1790)

An Irish-born supporter of the American colonists in their opposi- tion to the British Parliament, Edmund Burke (1729–1797) op- posed the French Revolution. He argued the case for tradition, continuity, and gradual reform based on practical experience— what he called “a sure principle of conservation.”

Can I now congratulate the same nation [France] upon its free- dom? Is it because liberty in the abstract may be classed amongst the blessings of mankind, that I am seriously to felicitate a mad- man, who has escaped from the protecting restraint and whole- some darkness of his cell, on his restoration to the enjoyment of light and liberty? Am I to congratulate an highwayman and mur- derer, who has broke prison, upon the recovery of his natural rights? . . .

Government is not made in virtue of natural rights, which may and do exist in total independence of it; and exist in much greater clearness, and in a much greater degree of abstract per- fection: but their abstract perfection is their practical defect. By having a right to every thing they want every thing. . . . The science of constructing a commonwealth, or renovating it, or reforming it, is, like every other experimental science, not to be taught a priori [based on theory rather than on experience]. Nor is it a short experience that can instruct us in that practi- cal science; because the real effects of moral causes are not al- ways immediate; but that which in the first instance is prejudicial may be excellent in its remoter operation; and its excellence may arise even from the ill effects it produces in the beginning. . . .

In the groves of their academy, at the end of every visto [vista], you see nothing but the gallows. Nothing is left which engages the affections on the part of the commonwealth. . . . To make us love our country, our country ought to be lovely.

Source: Two Classics of the French Revolution: Reflections on the Revolution in France (Edmund Burke) and The Rights of Man (Thomas Paine) (New York: Doubleday Anchor Books, 1973), 19, 71–74, 90–91.

2. Thomas Paine, The Rights of Man (1791)

In his reply to Burke, The Rights of Man, which sold 200,000 copies in two years, Thomas Paine (1737–1809) defended the idea of re- form based on reason, advocated a concept of universal human rights, and attacked the excesses of privilege and tradition in Great Britain. Elected as a deputy to the French National Convention in 1793 in recognition of his writings in favor of the French Revolution, Paine narrowly escaped condemnation as an associate of the Girondins.

Before anything can be reasoned upon to a conclusion, certain facts, principles, or data, to reason from, must be established, ad- mitted, or denied. Mr. Burke, with his usual outrage, abuses the Declaration of the Rights of Man, published by the National As- sembly of France, as the basis on which the Constitution of France is built. This he calls “paltry and blurred sheets of paper about the rights of man.”

Does Mr. Burke mean to deny that man has any rights? If he does, then he must mean that there are no such things as rights

C O N T R A S T I N G V I E W S

Perspectives on the French Revolution

any where, and that he has none himself; for who is there in the world but man? . . .

Hitherto we have spoken only (and that but in part) of the natural rights of man. We have now to consider the civil rights of man, and to show how the one originates from the other. Man did not enter into society to become worse than he was before, nor to have fewer rights than he had before, but to have those rights better secured. His natural rights are the foundation of all his civil rights. . . .

A constitution is not a thing in name only, but in fact. It has not an ideal, but a real existence; and wherever it cannot be pro- duced in a visible form, there is none. A constitution is a thing antecedent to a government, and a government is only the crea- ture of a constitution. The constitution of a country is not the act of its government, but of the people constituting a government. . . .

Can then Mr. Burke produce the English Constitution? If he cannot, we may fairly conclude, that though it has been so much talked about, no such thing as a constitution exists, or ever did exist, and consequently that the people have yet a constitution to form.

Source: Two Classics of the French Revolution: Reflections on the Revolution in France (Edmund Burke) and The Rights of Man (Thomas Paine) (New York: Doubleday Anchor Books, 1973), 302, 305–306, 309.

3. Joseph De Maistre, Considerations on France (1797)

An aristocrat born in Savoy, Joseph de Maistre (1753–1821) be- lieved in reform but he passionately opposed both the Enlighten- ment and the French Revolution as destructive to good order. He believed that Protestants, Jews, lawyers, journalists, and scientists all threatened the social order because they questioned the need for absolute obedience to authority in matters both religious and po- litical. De Maistre set the foundations for reactionary conservatism, a conservatism that defended throne and altar.

This consideration especially makes me think that the French Revolution is a great epoch and that its consequences, in all kinds of ways, will be felt far beyond the time of its explosion and the limits of its birthplace. . . .

There is a satanic quality to the French Revolution that dis- tinguishes it from everything we have ever seen or anything we are ever likely to see in the future. Recall the great assemblies, Robespierre’s speech against the priesthood, the solemn apostasy [renunciation of vows] of the clergy, the desecration of objects of worship, the installation of the goddess of reason, and that multitude of extraordinary actions by which the provinces

sought to outdo Paris. All this goes beyond the ordinary circle of crime and seems to belong to another world.

Source: Joseph de Maistre, Considerations on France, trans. Richard A. Lebrun (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1994), 21, 41.

4. Anne-Louise-Germaine de Staël, Considerations on the Main Events of the French Revolution (1818)

De Staël published her views long after the Revolution was over, but she had lived through the events herself. She was the daugh- ter of Jacques Necker, Louis XVI’s Swiss Protestant finance minis- ter. Necker’s dismissal in July 1789 had sparked the attack on the Bastille. De Staël published novels, literary tracts, and memoirs and became one of the best-known writers of the nineteenth cen- tury. In her writings she defended the Enlightenment; though she opposed the violence unleashed by the Revolution, she traced it back to the excesses of monarchical government. (See her portrait on page 627.)

Once the people were freed from their harness there is no doubt that they were in a position to commit any kind of crime. But how can we explain their depravity? The government we are now supposed to miss so sorely [the former monarchy] had had plenty of time to form this guilty nation. The priests whose teaching, example, and wealth were supposed to be so good for us had supervised the childhood of the generation that broke out against them. The class that revolted in 1789 must have been accustomed to the privileges of feudal nobility which, as we are also assured, are so peculiarly agreeable to those on whom they weigh [the peasants]. How does it happen, then, that the seed of so many vices was sown under the ancient in- stitutions? . . . What can we conclude from this, then? — That no people had been as unhappy for the preceding century as the French. If the Negroes of Saint-Domingue have committed even greater atrocities, it is because they had been even more greatly oppressed.

Source: Vivian Folkenflik, ed., An Extraordinary Woman: Selected Writings of Germaine de Staël (New York: Columbia University Press, 1987), 365–66.

Questions to Consider 1. Which aspect of the French Revolution most disturbed these

commentators? 2. How would you align each of these writers on a spectrum run-

ning from extreme right to extreme left in politics? 3. How would each of these writers judge the Enlightenment that

preceded the French Revolution?

R e v o l u t i o n o n t h e M a r c h 6 1 11 7 8 9 – 1 7 9 9

Friedrich Schiller (1759–1805), typified the turn in sentiment against revolutionary politics:

Freedom is only in the realm of dreams And the beautiful blooms only in song.

The German states, still run by many separate rulers, experienced a profound artistic and intel- lectual revival, which eventually connected with anti-French nationalism. This renaissance included a resurgence of intellectual life in the universities, a thriving press (1225 journals were launched in the 1780s alone), and the multiplication of Masonic lodges and literary clubs.

Even far from France, echoes of revolutionary upheaval could be heard. In the United States, for example, opinion fiercely divided on the virtues of the French Revolution. In Sweden, King Gustavus III (r. 1771–1792) was assassinated by a nobleman who claimed that “the king has violated his oath . . . and declared himself an enemy of the realm.” The king’s son Gustavus IV (r. 1792–1809) was con- vinced that the French Jacobins had sanctioned his father’s assassination, and he insisted on avoiding “licentious liberty.” Despite government controls on news, 278 outbreaks of peasant unrest occurred in Russia between 1796 and 1798. One Russian land- lord complained, “This is the self-same . . . spirit of insubordination and independence, which has spread through all Europe.”

Poland Extinguished, 1793–1795 The spirit of independence made the Poles and Lithuanians especially discontent, for they had already suffered a significant loss of territory and

population. Fearing French influence, Prussia joined Russia in dividing up generous new slices of Polish territory in the second partition of 1793 (Map 19.4). As might be expected, Poland’s reform movement became even more pro-French. Some leaders fled abroad, including Tadeusz Kościuszko (1746–1817), an officer who had been a foreign volunteer in the War of American Independence and who now escaped to Paris. In the spring of 1794, Kościuszko returned from France to lead a nationalist revolt.

Cracow, Warsaw, and the old Lithuanian cap- ital, Vilnius, responded with uprisings. Kościuszko faced an immediate, insoluble dilemma. He could win only if the peasants joined the struggle — highly unlikely unless villagers could be convinced that serfdom would end. But such a drastic step risked alienating the nobles who had started the revolt. So Kościuszko compromised. He promised the serfs a reduction of their obligations, but not freedom itself. A few peasant bands joined the in- surrection, but most let their lords fight it out alone. Urban workers displayed more enthusiasm; at Warsaw, for example, a mob hanged several Russian collaborators, including an archbishop in his full regalia.

The uprising failed. Kościuszko won a few vic- tories, but when the Russian empress Catherine the Great’s forces regrouped, they routed the Poles and Lithuanians. Kościuszko and other Polish Patriot leaders languished for years in Russian and Austrian prisons. Taking no further chances, Russia, Prussia, and Austria wiped Poland completely from the map in the third partition of 1795. “The Polish question” would plague international rela-

6 1 2 C h a p t e r 1 9 ■ Th e C a ta c ly s m o f R e v o l u t i o n 1 7 8 9 – 1 7 9 9

0 200 400 kilometers

0 200 400 miles

N

S

E W

Boundary of Poland in 1772

To Austria

To Prussia �

To Russia

Year territory seized

Revolt

1793

Ba lti

c S ea

Vistula R.

D n

eip er

R .

Oder R.

Dneister R. Danube R.

B u

g R

.

�

�

�

KINGDOM OF POLAND

R U S S I A

P R U S S I A

AUSTRIAN EMPIRE

Warsaw

Vilnius

Cracow

1793

1795

1795 1793

1795

Danzig Königsberg

Riga

Berlin

Kiev

� �

�

�

�

M A P 1 9 . 4 The Second and Third Partitions of Poland, 1793 and 1795 In 1793, Prussia took over territory that included 1.1 million Poles while Russia gained 3 million new inhabitants. Austria gave up any claims to Poland in exchange for help from Russia and Prussia in acquiring Bavaria. In the final division of 1795, Prussia absorbed an additional 900,000 Polish subjects, including those in Warsaw; Austria incorporated 1 million Poles and the city of Cracow; Russia gained another 2 million Poles. The three powers determined never to use the term Kingdom of Poland again. ■ How had Poland become such a prey to the other powers?

tions for more than a century as Polish rebels flocked to any international upheaval that might undo the partitions. Beyond all this maneuvering lay the unsolved problem of Polish serfdom, which isolated the nation’s gentry and townspeople from the rural masses.

Revolution in the Colonies The revolution that produced so much upheaval in continental Europe had repercussions in France’s Caribbean colonies. These colonies were

crucial to the French economy. Twice the size in land area of the neighboring British colonies, they also produced nearly twice as much revenue in exports. The slave population had doubled in the French colonies in the twenty years before 1789. St. Domingue (present-day Haiti) was the most important French colony. Occupying the western half of the island of Hispaniola, it was inhabited by 465,000 slaves, 30,000 whites, and 28,000 free people of color, whose primary job was to apprehend runaway slaves and ensure plantation security.

R e v o l u t i o n o n t h e M a r c h 6 1 31 7 8 9 – 1 7 9 9

Address on Abolishing the Slave Trade (February 5, 1790)

D O C U M E N T

Founded in 1788, the Society of the Friends of Blacks agitated for the abolition of the slave trade. Among its members were many who became leaders of the French Revolu- tion. In a pamphlet, titled Address to the National Assembly in Favor of the Abo- lition of the Slave Trade, the Friends of Blacks denied that they wanted to abolish slavery altogether and argued only for the abolition of the slave trade. The pamphlet raised the prospect of a slave revolt, which in fact broke out in St. Domingue in 1791. As a consequence, many planters and their allies accused the society of fomenting the revolt.

You have declared them, these rights; you have engraved on an immortal monu- ment that all men are born and remain free and equal in rights; you have re- stored to the French people these rights that despotism had for so long de- spoiled; . . . you have broken the chains of feudalism that still degraded a good number of our fellow citizens; you have announced the destruction of all the stigmatizing distinctions that religious or political prejudices introduced into the great family of humankind. . . .

We are not asking you to restore to French blacks those political rights which alone, nevertheless, attest to and maintain

the dignity of man; we are not even ask- ing for their liberty. No; slander, bought no doubt with the greed of the shipown- ers, ascribes that scheme to us and spreads it everywhere; they want to stir up every- one against us, provoke the planters and their numerous creditors, who take alarm even at gradual emancipation. They want to alarm all the French, to whom they de- pict the prosperity of the colonies as in- separable from the slave trade and the perpetuity of slavery.

. . . The immediate emancipation of the blacks would not only be a fatal oper- ation for the colonies; it would even be a deadly gift for the blacks, in the state of abjection and incompetence to which cu- pidity has reduced them. It would be to abandon to themselves and without assis- tance children in the cradle or mutilated and impotent beings.

It is therefore not yet time to demand that liberty; we ask only that one cease butchering thousands of blacks regularly every year in order to take hundreds of captives; we ask that henceforth cease the prostitution, the profaning of the French name, used to authorize these thefts, these atrocious murders; we demand in a word the abolition of the slave trade. . . .

In regard to the colonists, we will demonstrate to you that if they need to re-

cruit blacks in Africa to sustain the popu- lation of the colonies at the same level, it is because they wear out the blacks with work, whippings, and starvation; that, if they treated them with kindness and as good fathers of families, these blacks would multiply and that this population, always growing, would increase cultiva- tion and prosperity. . . .

If some motive might on the contrary push them [the blacks] to insurrection, might it not be the indifference of the Na- tional Assembly about their lot? Might it not be the insistence on weighing them down with chains, when one consecrates everywhere this eternal axiom: that all men are born free and equal in rights. So then therefore there would only be fetters and gallows for the blacks while good for- tune glimmers only for the whites? Have no doubt, our happy revolution must re- electrify the blacks whom vengeance and resentment have electrified for so long, and it is not with punishments that the ef- fect of this upheaval will be repressed. From one insurrection badly pacified will twenty others be born, of which one alone can ruin the colonists forever.

Source: Adresse à l’Assemblée Nationale, pour l’abolition de la traite des noirs. Par la Société des Amis des Noirs de Paris (Paris, February 1790), 1–4, 10–11, 17, 19–22. Translation by Lynn Hunt.

Despite the efforts of a Paris club called the Friends of Blacks, most French revolutionaries did not consider slavery a pressing problem. As one deputy ex- plained, “This regime [in the colonies] is oppressive, but it gives a livelihood to several mil- lion Frenchmen. This regime is barbarous but a still greater bar- barity will result if you interfere with it without the necessary knowledge.” (See Document, “Address on Abolish- ing the Slave Trade,” page 613.)

In August 1791, however, the slaves in north- ern St. Domingue, inspired by the slogan “Listen to the voice of Liberty which speaks in the hearts of all,” organized a large-scale revolt. To restore au- thority over the slaves, the Legislative Assembly in Paris granted civil and political rights to the free

blacks. This action infuriated white planters and merchants, who in 1793 signed an agreement with Great Britain, now France’s enemy in war, declaring British sovereignty over St. Domingue. To complicate matters further, Spain, which controlled the rest of the island and had entered on Great Britain’s side in the war with France, offered freedom to individual slave rebels who

joined the Spanish armies as long as they agreed to maintain the slave regime for the other blacks.

The few thousand French republican troops on St. Domingue were outnumbered, and to pre- vent complete military disaster, the French com- missioner freed all the slaves in his jurisdiction in August 1793 without permission from the govern- ment in Paris. In February 1794, the National Con-

6 1 4 C h a p t e r 1 9 ■ Th e C a ta c ly s m o f R e v o l u t i o n 1 7 8 9 – 1 7 9 9

Toussaint L’Ouverture The leader of the St. Domingue slave uprising appears in his general’s uniform, sword in hand. This portrait appeared in one of the earliest histories of the revolt, Marcus Rainsford’s Historical Account of the Black Empire of Hayti (London, 1805). Toussaint, a former slave who educated himself, fascinated many of his contemporaries in Europe as well as the New World by turning a chaotic slave rebellion into an organized and ultimately successful independence movement. (North Wind Picture Archives.)

British

French

Spanish 0 100 200 kilometers

0 200 miles100

Colonial possessions

C a r i b b e a n S e a

Cuba

Jamaica St. Domingue (Haiti, 1804)

Santo Domingo

Puerto Rico

Port-au-Prince �

St. Domingue on the Eve of the Revolt, 1791

vention formally abolished slavery and granted full rights to all black men in the colonies. These actions had the desired effect. One of the ablest black gen- erals allied with the Spanish, the ex-slave François Dominique Toussaint L’Ouverture (1743–1803), changed sides and committed his troops to the French (see the illustration on page 614). The French eventually appointed Toussaint governor of St. Domingue as a reward for his efforts.

The vicious fighting and the flight of whites left St. Domingue’s economy in ruins. In 1800, the plantations produced one-fifth of what they had in 1789. In the zones Toussaint controlled, army officers or government officials took over the great estates and kept all those working in agriculture under military discipline. The former slaves were bound to their estates like serfs and forced to work the plantations in exchange for an autonomous family life and the right to maintain personal gar- den plots.

Toussaint remained in charge until 1802, when Napoleon sent French armies to regain con- trol of the island. They arrested Toussaint and transported him to France, where he died in prison. His arrest prompted the English poet William Wordsworth to write of him:

There’s not a breathing of the common wind That will forget thee; thou hast great allies; Thy friends are exultations, agonies, And love, and man’s unconquerable mind.

Toussaint became a hero to abolitionists every- where, a potent symbol of black struggles to win freedom. Napoleon attempted to restore slavery, as he had in the other French Caribbean colonies of Guadeloupe and Martinique, but the remaining black generals defeated his armies and in 1804 pro- claimed the Republic of Haiti.

Review: Why did some groups outside of France em- brace the French Revolution while others resisted it?

Conclusion Growing out of aspirations for freedom that also inspired the Dutch, Belgians, and Poles, the revo- lution that shook France permanently altered the political landscape of the Western world. Between

1789 and 1799, monarchy as a form of government had given way in France to a republic whose lead- ers were elected. Aristocracy based on rank and birth had been undermined in favor of civil equal- ity and the promotion of merit. The people who marched in demonstrations, met in clubs, and, in the case of men, voted in national elections for the first time had insisted that government respond to them. Thousands of men had held elective office. A revolutionary government had tried to teach new values with a refashioned calendar, state fes- tivals, and a civic religion. Its example inspired would-be revolutionaries everywhere, including in France’s own colonies.

But the French Revolution also had its darker side. The divisions created by the Revolution within France endured in many cases until after World War II. Even now, French public-opinion surveys ask if it was right to execute the king in 1793 (most believe Louis XVI was guilty of treason but should not have been executed). The revolutionaries pro- claimed human rights and democratic government as a universal goal, but they also explicitly excluded women, even though they admitted Protestant, Jewish, and eventually black men. They used the new spirit of national pride to inspire armies and then used them to conquer other peoples. Their ideals of universal education, religious toleration, and democratic participation could not prevent the institution of new forms of government terror to persecute, imprison, and kill dissidents. These paradoxes created an opening for Napoleon Bona- parte, who rushed in with his remarkable military and political skills to push France — and with it all of Europe — in new directions.

C o n c l u s i o n 6 1 51 7 8 9 – 1 7 9 9

For Further Exploration

■ For suggested references, including Web sites, for topics in this chapter, see page SR-1 at the end of the book.

■ For additional primary-source material from this period, see Chapter 19 in Sources of THE MAKING OF THE WEST, Third Edition.

■ For Web sites and documents related to topics in this chapter, see Make History at bedfordstmartins.com/hunt.

6 1 6 C h a p t e r 1 9 ■ Th e C a ta c ly s m o f R e v o l u t i o n 1 7 8 9 – 1 7 9 9

States established by revolutionary France

Boundary of the Holy Roman Empire

0 200 400 kilometers

0 200 400 miles

N

S

E

W

N o r t h S e a

A T L A N T I C O C E A N

M e d i t e r r a n e a n S e a

Adriatic Sea

R hi

ne R

.

Danube R.

Seine R .

Black Sea

B a l t

i c S

e a

GREAT BRITAIN

FRENCH REPUBLIC

HOLY

ROMAN

EMPIRE

AUSTRIAN EMPIRE

Corsica

Sardinia

S PA I N

PRUSSIA

Batavian Republic

Helvetic Republic

Parma Piedmont

Savoy

Nice

Venice

Cisalpine Republic

Ligurian Republic

Tuscany Roman Republic

Neapolitan Republic

D E

N M

A R

K A

N D

N O

R W

A Y

S W E D E N

R U S S I A

O T

T O

M A N

E M P I R E

PORTUGAL

IRELAND

SCOTLAND

ENGLAND

NORTH AFRICA

Paris

London Amsterdam

Toulouse

Naples

Rome

Venice

Mainz

Lyon

Warsaw

Moscow

Brussels

Utrecht

Versailles

Constantinople

Berlin

Siena

�

� �

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

M A P P I N G T H E W E S T

Europe in 1799 France’s expansion during the revolutionary wars threatened to upset the balance of power in Europe. A century earlier, the English and Dutch had allied and formed a Europe-wide coalition to check the territorial ambitions of Louis XIV. Thwarting French ambitions after 1799 would prove to be even more of a challenge to the other European powers. The Dutch had been reduced to satellite status, as had most of the Italian states. Even Austria and Prussia would suffer devastating losses to the French on the battlefield. Only a new coalition of European powers could stop France in the future.

C h a p t e r R e v i e w 6 1 71 7 8 9 – 1 7 9 9

K e y Te r m s a n d P e o p l e M a k i n g C o n n e c t i o n s

R e v i e w Q u e s t i o n s

1. Should the French Revolution be viewed as the origin of democracy or the origin of totalitarianism (a government in which no dissent is allowed)? Explain.

2. Why did other European rulers find the French Revolution so threatening?

1. How did the beginning of the French Revolution re- semble the other revolutions of 1787–1789?

2. Why did the French Revolution turn in an increasingly rad- ical direction after 1789?

3. What factors can explain the Terror? To what extent was it simply a response to a national emergency or a reflection of deeper problems within the French Revolution?

4. Why did some groups outside of France embrace the French Revolution while others resisted it?

C h a p t e r R e v i e w

Louis XVI (591)

Marie-Antoinette (591)

Estates General (592)

Great Fear (595)

Declaration of the Rights of Man and Citizen (595)

Jacobin Club (599)

Maximilien Robespierre (600)

Terror (600)

de-Christianization (603)

Thermidorian Reaction (606)

For practice quizzes, a customized study plan, and other study tools, see the Online Study Guide at bedfordstmartins.com/hunt.

I m p o r ta n t Ev e n t s

1787 Dutch Patriot revolt is stifled by Prussian invasion

1788 Beginning of resistance of Austrian Netherlands against reforms of Joseph II; opening of reform parliament in Poland

1789 French Revolution begins

1790 Internal divisions lead to collapse of resistance in Austrian Netherlands

1791 Beginning of slave revolt in St. Domingue (Haiti)

1792 Beginning of war between France and the rest of Europe; second revolution of August 10 overthrows monarchy

1793 Second partition of Poland by Austria and Russia; Louis XVI of France executed for treason

1794 Abolition of slavery in French colonies; Robes- pierre’s government by terror falls

1795 Third (final) partition of Poland; France annexes the Austrian Netherlands

1797–1798 Creation of “sister republics” in Italian states and Switzerland

I n her novel Frankenstein (1818), the prototype for modern thrillers,

Mary Shelley tells the story of a Swiss technological genius who cre-

ates a humanlike monster in his pursuit of scientific knowledge. The

monster, “so scaring and unearthly in his ugliness,” terrifies all who en-

counter him and ends by destroying Dr. Frankenstein’s own loved ones.

Despite desperate chases across deserts and frozen landscapes, Franken-

stein never manages to trap the monster, who is last seen hunched over

his creator’s deathbed.

Frankenstein’s monster can be taken as a particularly horrifying in-

carnation of the fears of the postrevolutionary era, but which fears did

Shelley have in mind? Did the monster represent the French Revolu-

tion, which had devoured its own children in the Terror? Shelley was

the daughter of Mary Wollstonecraft, an English feminist who had de-

fended the French Revolution and died in childbirth when Mary was

born. Mary Shelley was also the wife of the romantic poet Percy Bysshe

Shelley, who often wrote against the ugliness of contemporary life and

in opposition to the conservative politics that had triumphed in Great

Britain after Napoleon’s fall. Whatever the meaning — and Mary Shelley

may well have intended more than one — Frankenstein makes the

forceful point that humans cannot always control their own creations.

The Enlightenment and the French Revolution had celebrated the

virtues of human creativity, but Shelley shows that innovation often

has a dark and uncontrollable side.

Those who witnessed Napoleon Bonaparte’s stunning rise to

European dominance might have cast him as either Frankenstein or his

monster. Like the scientist Frankenstein, Bonaparte created something

The Rise of Napoleon Bonaparte 620 • A General Takes Over • From Republic to Empire • The New Paternalism:

The Civil Code • Patronage of Science and

Intellectual Life

“Europe Was at My Feet”: Napoleon’s Conquests 628 • The Grand Army and Its Victories,

1800–1807 • The Impact of French Victories • From Russian Winter to Final

Defeat, 1812–1815

The “Restoration” of Europe 636 • The Congress of Vienna, 1814–1815 • The Emergence of Conservatism • The Revival of Religion

Challenges to the Conservative Order 640 • Romanticism • Political Revolts in the 1820s • Revolution and Reform, 1830–1832

6 1 9

Napoleon and the Revolutionary Legacy 1800–1830

C H A P T E R

20

Napoleon as Military Hero In this painting from 1800–1801, Napoleon Crossing the Alps at St. Bernard, Jacques- Louis David reminds the French of Napoleon’s heroic military exploits. Napoleon is a picture of calm and composure while his horse shows the fright and energy of the moment. David painted this propagandistic image shortly after one of his former students went to the guillotine on a trumped-up charge of plotting to assassinate the new French leader. The former organizer of republican festivals during the Terror had become a kind of court painter for the new regime. (Réunion des Musées Nationaux / Art Resource, NY.)

dramatically new: the French Empire with himself as emperor. Like the former kings of France, he ruled under his first name. This Corsican artillery officer who spoke French with an Italian accent ended the French Revolution even while maintain- ing some of its most important innovations. Bona- parte transformed France from a republic with democratically elected leaders to an empire with a new aristocracy based on military service. But he kept the revolutionary administration and most of the laws that ensured equal treatment of citizens. Although he tolerated no opposition at home, he prided himself on bringing French-style changes to peoples elsewhere.

Bonaparte continued his revolutionary policy of conquest and annexation until it reached grotesque dimensions. His foreign policies made many see him as a monster hungry for dominion; he turned the sister republics of the revolutionary era into kingdoms personally ruled by his relatives, and he exacted tribute wherever he triumphed. Eventually, resistance to the French armies and the ever-mounting costs of military glory toppled Napoleon. The powers allied against him met and agreed to restore the monarchical governments that had been overthrown by the French, shrink France back to its prerevolutionary boundaries, and maintain this settlement against future de- mands for change.

Although the people of Europe longed for peace and stability in the aftermath of the Napoleonic whirlwind, they lived in a deeply un- settled world. Profoundly affected by French mil- itary occupation, many groups of people organized to demand ethnic and cultural autonomy, first from Napoleon and then from the restored governments after 1815. In 1830, a new round of revolutions broke out in France, Belgium, Poland, and some of the Italian states. The revolutionary legacy was far from exhausted.

Focus Question: How did Napoleon Bonaparte’s actions force other European rulers to change their policies?

The Rise of Napoleon Bonaparte In 1799, a charismatic young general took over the French republic and set France on a new course. Within a year, Napoleon Bonaparte (1769–1821) had effectively ended the French Revolution and steered France toward an authoritarian state. As emperor after 1804, he dreamed of European in- tegration in the tradition of Augustus and Charle- magne, but he also mastered the details of practical administration. To achieve his goals, he compro- mised with the Catholic church and with exiled aristocrats willing to return to France. His most enduring accomplishment, the new Civil Code, tempered the principles of the Enlightenment and the Revolution with an insistence on the powers of fathers over children, husbands over wives, and employers over workers. His influence spread into many spheres as he personally patronized scien- tific inquiry and encouraged artistic styles in line with his vision of imperial greatness.

A General Takes Over It would have seemed astonishing in 1795 that the twenty-six-year-old son of a noble family from the island of Corsica off the Italian coast would within four years become the supreme ruler of France and

6 2 0 C h a p t e r 2 0 ■ N a p o l e o n a n d t h e R e v o l u t i o n a r y L e g a c y 1 8 0 0 – 1 8 3 0

Napoleon Bonaparte: The French general who became First Consul in 1799 and emperor in 1804; after losing the battle of Waterloo in 1815, he was exiled to the island of St. Helena.

1800 1805 1810 1815

■ 1799 Coup against Directory; Napoleon named First Consul

■ 1801 Napoleon signs concordat with pope

■ 1804 Napoleon crowned emperor; issues Civil Code

■ 1805 Battle of Trafalgar; battle of Austerlitz

■ 1812 Napoleon invades Russia

■ 1814–1815 Congress of Vienna

■ 1815 Napoleon defeated at Waterloo, exiled to St. Helena

1820 1825 1830 1835

one of the greatest military leaders in world his- tory. That year, Bonaparte was a penniless artillery officer, only recently released from prison as a pre- sumed Robespierrist. Thanks to some early mili- tary successes and links to Parisian politicians, however, he was named commander of the French army in Italy in 1796.

Bonaparte’s astounding success in the Italian campaigns of 1796–1797 launched his meteoric career. With an army of fewer than fifty thousand men, he defeated the Piedmontese and the Austrians. In quick order, he established client republics dependent on his own authority, negotiated with the Austrians himself, and molded the army into his personal force by paying the soldiers in cash taken as tribute from the newly conquered terri- tories. He mollified the Directory government by sending home wagonloads of Italian masterpieces of art, which were added to Parisian museum col- lections (most are still there) after being paraded in victory festivals.

In 1798, the Directory set aside its plans to in- vade England, gave Bonaparte command of the army raised for that purpose, and sent him across the Mediterranean Sea to Egypt. The Directory government hoped that French occupation of Egypt would strike a blow at British trade by cut- ting the route to India. Although the French im- mediately defeated a much larger Egyptian army, the British admiral Lord Horatio Nelson destroyed the French fleet while it was anchored in Aboukir Bay, cutting the French off from home. In the face of determined resistance and an outbreak of the bubonic plague, Bonaparte’s armies retreated from a further expedition in Syria. But the French oc- cupation of Egypt lasted long enough for that largely Muslim country to experience the same kinds of Enlightenment-inspired legal reforms that had been introduced in Europe: the French abolished torture, introduced equality before the

law, eliminated religious taxes, and proclaimed re- ligious toleration.

Even the failures of the Egyptian campaign did not dull Bonaparte’s luster. Bonaparte had taken France’s leading scientists with him on the expe- dition, and his soldiers had discovered a slab of black basalt dating from 196 B.C.E. written in both hieroglyphic and Greek. Called the Rosetta stone after a nearby town, it enabled scholars to finally decipher the hieroglyphs used by the ancient Egyptians. With his army pinned down by Nelson’s victory at sea, Bonaparte slipped out of Egypt and made his way secretly to southern France.

In October 1799, Bonaparte arrived home at just the right moment. The war in Europe was go- ing badly. The territories of the former Austrian Netherlands had revolted against French conscrip- tion laws, and deserters swelled the ranks of rebels in western France. Amid increasing political insta- bility, generals in the field had become virtually independent, and the troops felt more loyal to their units and generals than to the republic. Disillusioned members of the government saw in Bonaparte’s return an occasion to overturn the constitution of 1795.

On November 9, 1799, the conspirators per- suaded the legislature to move out of Paris to avoid an imaginary Jacobin plot. But when Bonaparte stomped into the new meeting hall the next day and demanded immediate changes in the consti- tution, he was greeted by cries of “Down with the dictator!” His quick-thinking brother Lucien, pres- ident of the Council of Five Hundred (the lower house), saved Bonaparte’s coup by summoning troops guarding the hall and claiming that some deputies had tried to assassinate the popular general. The soldiers ejected those who opposed Bonaparte and left the remaining ones to vote to abolish the Directory and establish a new three- man executive called the consulate.

Th e R i s e o f N a p o l e o n B o n a pa r t e 6 2 11 8 0 0 – 1 8 3 0

■ 1818 Mary Shelley, Frankenstein

■ 1820 Revolt against Spanish crown

■ 1824 Beethoven, Ninth Symphony

■ 1825 Decembrist Revolt in Russia

■ 1830 Greece gains independence; Charles X overthrown; Louis-Phillipe installed; Polish revolt fails

■ 1832 English Reform Bill; Goethe, Faust

Bonaparte became First Consul, a title revived from the ancient Roman republic. He promised to be a man above party and to restore order to the republic. A new constitution was submitted to the voters. Millions abstained from voting, and the government falsified the results to give an appearance of even greater support to the new regime. Inside France, political apathy had over- taken the original enthusiasm for revolutionary ideals. Altogether it was an unpromising begin- ning; yet within five years, Bonaparte would crown himself Napoleon I, emperor of the French. The French armies would recover from their reverses of 1799 to push the frontiers of French influence even farther eastward.

From Republic to Empire

Napoleon had no long-range plans to estab- lish himself as emperor and conquer most of Europe. The deputies of the legislature who engineered the coup d’état of November 1799 picked him as one of three provisional consuls only because he was a famous gen- eral. Napoleon immediately asserted his leadership over the other two consuls in the process of drafting another constitution — the fourth since 1789. He then set about put- ting his stamp on every aspect of French life, building monuments and institutions that in some cases have endured to the present day.

The End of the Republic. The constitution of 1799 made Napoleon the First Consul with the right to pick the Council of State, which drew up all laws. He exerted control by choosing men loyal to him. Government was no longer representative in any real sense: the new constitution eliminated direct elections for deputies and granted no inde- pendent powers to the three houses of the legislature. Napoleon and his advisers chose the legislature’s members out of a small pool of “notables.” Almost all men over twenty- one could vote in the plebiscite (referendum) to approve the constitution, but their only option was to choose yes or no.

Napoleon’s most urgent task was to rec- oncile to his regime Catholics who had been alienated by revolutionary policies. Although nominally Catholic, Napoleon held no deep religious convictions. “How can there be or-

der in the state without religion?” he asked cyni- cally. “When a man is dying of hunger beside another who is stuffing himself, he cannot accept this difference if there is not an authority who tells him: ‘God wishes it so.’ ” In 1801, a concordat with Pope Pius VII (r. 1800–1823) ended a decade of church-state conflict in France. The pope validated all sales of church lands, and the government agreed to pay the salaries of bishops and priests who would swear loyalty to the state. Catholicism was officially recognized as the religion of “the great majority of French citizens.” (The state also paid Protestant pastors’ salaries.) Thus, the pope brought the huge French Catholic population back into the fold and Napoleon gained the pope’s sup- port for his regime.

Napoleon continued the centralization of state power that had begun under the absolutist monarchy of Louis XIV and resumed under the

6 2 2 C h a p t e r 2 0 ■ N a p o l e o n a n d t h e R e v o l u t i o n a r y L e g a c y 1 8 0 0 – 1 8 3 0

First Consul: The most important of the three consuls estab- lished by the French Constitution of 1800; the title, given to Napoleon Bonaparte, was taken from ancient Rome.

Francisco de Goya, The Colossus (1808–1812) The Spanish painter Goya might be imagined as portraying Frankenstein’s monster or Napoleon himself as the new giant overwhelming much of Europe. Goya painted for the Spanish court before Napoleon invaded and occupied Spain; after an illness left him deaf, he turned toward darkly imaginative works such as this one. (All rights reserved © Museo Nacional del Prado–Madrid.)

Terror. As First Consul, he appointed prefects who directly supervised local affairs in every de- partment in the country. He created the Bank of France to facilitate government borrowing and relied on gold and silver coinage rather than pa- per money. He made good use of budgets and im- proved tax collection, but he also frequently made ends meet by exacting tribute from the territories he conquered.

Napoleon promised order and an end to the upheavals of ten years of revolutionary turmoil, but his regime severely limited political expression. He never relied on mass executions to achieve con- trol, but he refused to allow those who opposed him to meet in clubs, influence elections, or pub- lish newspapers. A decree reduced the number of newspapers in Paris from seventy-three to thirteen (and then finally to four), and the newspapers that remained became government organs. Govern- ment censors had to approve all operas and plays, and they banned “offensive” artistic works even more frequently than their royal predecessors had. The minister of police, Joseph Fouché, once a lead- ing figure in the Terror of 1793–1794, could im- pose house arrest, arbitrary imprisonment, and surveillance of political dissidents. Political contest and debate shriveled to almost nothing. When a bomb attack on Napoleon’s carriage failed in 1800, Fouché suppressed the evidence of a royalist plot and instead arrested hundreds of former Jacobins. More than one hundred of them were deported and seven hundred imprisoned.

When it suited him, Napoleon also struck against royalist conspirators. In 1804, he ordered his police to kidnap from his residence in Germany Louis-Antoine-Henri de Bourbon-Condé, duc d’Enghien. Napoleon had intelligence, which proved to be false, that d’Enghien had joined a plot in Paris against him. Even when he learned the truth, he insisted that a military tribunal try d’Enghien, a close relative of the dead king Louis XVI. D’Enghien was shot on the spot after a sum- mary trial. By then, Napoleon’s political intentions had become clear. He had named himself First Consul for life in 1802, and in 1804, with the pope’s blessing, he crowned himself emperor. Once again, plebiscites approved his decisions, but no alterna- tives were offered. The democratic political aims of the French Revolution had been trampled, but some aspects of daily life continued to be affected by those egalitarian ideals (see “Seeing History,” page 624).

Imperial Rule. Napoleon’s outsized personality dominated the new regime. His face and name

adorned coins, engravings, histories, paintings, and public monuments. His favorite painters em- bellished his legend by depicting him as a warrior- hero of mythic proportions even though he was short and physically unimpressive in person. Be- lieving that “what is big is always beautiful,” Napoleon embarked on ostentatious building projects that would outshine even those of Louis XIV. Government-commissioned architects built the Arc de Triomphe, the Stock Exchange, foun- tains, and even slaughterhouses. Most of his new construction reflected his neoclassical taste for monumental buildings set in vast empty spaces.

Napoleon worked hard at establishing his rep- utation as an efficient administrator with broad intellectual interests: he met frequently with scien- tists, jurists, and artists, and stories abounded of his unflagging energy. When not on military cam- paigns, he worked on state affairs, usually until 10:00 p.m., taking only a few minutes for each meal. “Authority,” declared his adviser Abbé Emmanuel-Joseph Sieyès, “must come from above and confidence from below.” To establish his au- thority, Napoleon relied on men who had served with him in the army. His chief of staff Alexandre Berthier, for example, became minister of war, and the chemist Claude Berthollet, who had organized the scientific part of the expedition to Egypt, became vice president of the Senate in 1804. Napoleon’s bureaucracy was based on a patron- client relationship, with Napoleon as the ultimate patron. Some of Napoleon’s closest associates mar- ried into his family.

Combining aristocratic and revolutionary val- ues in a new social hierarchy that rewarded merit and talent, Napoleon personally chose as senators the nation’s most illustrious generals, ministers, prefects, scientists, rich men, and former nobles. Intending to replace both the old nobility of birth and the republic’s strict emphasis on equality, in 1802 he took the first step toward creating a new nobility by founding the Legion of Honor. (Mem- bers of the legion received lifetime pensions along with their titles.) Napoleon usually equated honor with military success. By 1814, the legion had thirty-two thousand members, only 5 percent of them civilians.

In 1808, Napoleon introduced a complete hi- erarchy of noble titles, ranging from princes down to barons and chevaliers. All Napoleonic nobles had served the state. Titles could be inherited but had to be supported by wealth — a man could not be a duke without a fortune of 200,000 francs or a chevalier without 3,000 francs. To go along with their new titles, Napoleon gave his favorite gener-

Th e R i s e o f N a p o l e o n B o n a pa r t e 6 2 31 8 0 0 – 1 8 3 0

6 2 4 C h a p t e r 2 0 ■ N a p o l e o n a n d t h e R e v o l u t i o n a r y L e g a c y 1 8 0 0 – 1 8 3 0

S ome revolutions take place in the realm of social life and culture rather than politics. One of the most

striking of these social and cultural revo- lutions was the wearing of trousers. Before the French Revolution of 1789, men of the middle classes and nobility wore knee breeches, stockings, and buckled shoes, as can be seen in the colored engraving from 1778. Trousers (long pants) were worn only by working-class men, who needed them to protect themselves on the job and from the mud in the streets.

From Napoleon onward, a shift to- ward trousers took place across Europe, not all at once but slowly and surely.

Napoleon himself wore close-fitting pan- taloons (from which the word pants is de- rived) until he became too fat and reverted back to knee breeches. The colored en- graving of a middle-class couple in 1830 shows how long pants had become the fashion for men. In line with political changes that installed equality under the law and careers open to merit rather than birth, men began to dress more alike; all men wore trousers. Taking a closer look at the men in both pictures, do you see any other changes in style and accessories that might reflect a less class-conscious society?

Women’s dress, in contrast, main- tained and even underlined social distinc-

tions after the Revolution. In the nineteenth century, middle- and upper-class women continued to wear dresses with such long and full skirts that they could not possibly be imagined working. Working women wore simpler blouses and skirts that al- lowed the movements necessary to labor at home or in manufacturing. Compare the pre-Revolution fashion shown with that of the woman in the 1830 engraving. Does one outfit look more comfortable than the other? Why or why not? What other differ- ences (or similarities) do you notice? Why do you think women’s fashion failed to be- come more uniform the way men’s did in the decades following the Revolution?

The Clothing Revolution: The Social Meaning of Changes in Postrevolutionary Fashion

S E E I N G H I S T O R Y

Gentleman Proposing to a Lady, 1778. (© Private Collection/ The Stapleton Collection/ The Bridgeman Art Library.)

Fashion for Men and Women, 1830. (© Musée de la Ville de Paris, Musée Carnavalet, Paris, France/ Lauros/ Giraudon/ The Bridgeman

Art Library.)

The New Paternalism: The Civil Code As part of his restoration of order, Napoleon brought a paternalist model of power to his state. Previous governments had tried to unify and stan- dardize France’s multiple legal codes, but only Napoleon successfully established a new one, partly because he personally presided over the commission that drafted the new Civil Code, com- pleted in 1804. Called the Napoleonic Code as a way of further exalting his image, it reasserted the Old Regime’s patriarchal system of male domina- tion over women and insisted on a father’s control over his children, which revolutionary legislation had limited. For example, if children under age six- teen refused to follow their fathers’ commands,

Th e R i s e o f N a p o l e o n B o n a pa r t e 6 2 51 8 0 0 – 1 8 3 0

als huge fortunes, often in the form of estates in the conquered territories.

Napoleon’s own family reaped the greatest benefits. He made his older brother, Joseph, ruler of the newly established kingdom of Naples in 1806, the same year he installed his younger brother Louis as king of Holland. He proclaimed his twenty-three-year-old stepson, Eugène de Beauharnais, viceroy of Italy in 1805 and estab- lished his sister Caroline and brother-in-law Gen- eral Joachim Murat as king and queen of Naples in 1808 when he moved Joseph to the throne of Spain. Napoleon wanted to establish an imperial succession, but he lacked an heir. In thirteen years of marriage, his wife Josephine had borne no chil- dren, so in 1809 he divorced her and in 1810 mar- ried the eighteen-year-old princess Marie-Louise of Austria. The next year she gave birth to a son, to whom Napoleon immediately gave the title king of Rome.

Napoleon’s Coronation as Emperor In this detail from The Coronation of Napoleon and Josephine (1805–1807), Jacques-Louis David shows Napoleon crowning his wife at the ceremony of 1804. Napoleon orchestrated the entire event and took the only active role in it: Pope Pius VII gave his blessing to the ceremony (he can be seen seated behind Napoleon), but Napoleon crowned himself. What is the significance of Napoleon crowning himself? (Erich Lessing/ Art Resource, NY.)

■ For more help analyzing this image, see the visual activity for this chapter in the Online Study Guide at bedfordstmartins.com/hunt.

Civil Code: The French legal code formulated by Napoleon in 1804; it ensured equal treatment under the law to all men and guaranteed religious liberty, but it curtailed many rights of women.

they could be sent to prison for up to a month with no hearing of any sort. Yet the code also re- quired fathers to provide for their children’s wel- fare. Moreover, the Civil Code protected many of the gains of the French Revolution by defining and assuring property rights, guaranteeing religious liberty, and establishing a uniform system of law that provided equal treatment for all adult males and affirmed the right of men to choose their pro- fessions. Napoleon wanted to discourage abortion and infanticide, not uncommon among the poor- est classes in the fast-growing urban areas, so he helped set up private charities to help indigent mothers and made it easier for women to aban- don their children anonymously to a government foundling hospital.

Although the code maintained the equal divi- sion of family property between all children, both male and female, it sharply curtailed women’s rights in other respects. Napoleon wanted to re- strict women to the private sphere of the home. One of his leading jurists remarked, “Women need protection because they are weaker; men are free because they are stronger.” The law obligated a husband to support his wife, but the husband alone controlled any property held in common; a wife could not sue in court, sell or mortgage her own property, or contract a debt without her hus- band’s consent. Divorce was severely restricted. A wife could petition for divorce only if her husband brought his mistress to live in the family home. In contrast, a wife convicted of adultery could be im- prisoned for up to two years. The code’s framers saw these discrepancies as a way to reinforce the family and make women responsible for private virtue, while leaving public decisions to men. The French code was imitated in many European and Latin American countries and in the French colony of Louisiana, where it had a similar nega- tive effect on women’s rights. Not until 1965 did French wives gain legal status equal to that of their husbands.

Napoleon took little interest in girls’ educa- tion, believing that girls should spend most of their time at home learning religion, manners, and such “female occupations” as sewing and music. For boys, by contrast, the government set up a new sys- tem of lycées, state-run secondary schools in which students wore military uniforms and drumrolls signaled the beginning and end of classes. The lycées offered wider access to education and thus helped achieve Napoleon’s goal of opening careers to those with talent, regardless of their social ori- gins. (Without the military trappings, the lycées are now coeducational and still the heart of the French educational system.)

The new paternalism extended to relations be- tween employers and employees. The state re- quired all workers to carry a work card attesting to their good conduct, and it prohibited all work- ers’ organizations. The police considered workers without cards as vagrants or criminals and could send them to workhouses or prison. After 1806, arbitration boards settled labor disputes, but they took employers at their word while treating work- ers as minors, demanding that foremen and shop superintendents represent them. Occasionally strikes broke out, led by secret, illegal journey- men’s associations, yet many employers laid off employees when times were hard, deducted fines from their wages, and dismissed them without

6 2 6 C h a p t e r 2 0 ■ N a p o l e o n a n d t h e R e v o l u t i o n a r y L e g a c y 1 8 0 0 – 1 8 3 0

Emperor Napoleon in His Study In this portrait painted by Jacques-Louis David in 1812, Napoleon is shown in his general’s uniform, sword by his side. He stands by his desk covered with papers to show how hard he works for the country. (Erich Lessing/ Art Resource, NY.)

appeal for being absent or making errors. These limitations on workers’ rights won Napoleon the support of French business.

Patronage of Science and Intellectual Life

Napoleon did everything possible to promote French scientific inquiry, especially that which could serve practical ends. He closely monitored the research institutes established during the Revolution, sometimes intervening personally to achieve political conformity. An impressive out- pouring of new theoretical and practical scientific work rewarded the state’s efforts. Experiments with balloons led to the discovery of laws about the expansion of gases, and research on fossil shells prepared the way for new theories of evolutionary change later in the nineteenth century. The sur- geon Dominique-Jean Larrey developed new tech- niques of battlefield amputation and medical care during Napoleon’s wars, winning an appointment as an officer in the Legion of Honor and becom- ing a baron with a pension.

Napoleon aimed to modernize French society through science, but he could not tolerate criti- cism. Napoleon considered most writers useless or

dangerous, “good for nothing under any govern- ment.” Some of the most talented French writers of the time had to live in exile. The best-known expatriate was Anne-Louise-Germaine de Staël (1766–1817), the daughter of Louis XVI’s chief minister Jacques Necker. When explaining his de- sire to banish her, Napoleon exclaimed, “She is a machine in motion who stirs up the salons.” While exiled in the German states, de Staël wrote a novel, Corinne (1807), whose heroine is a brilliant woman thwarted by a patriarchal system, and On Germany (1810), an account of the important new literary currents east of the Rhine. Her books were banned in France.

Although Napoleon restored the strong au- thority of state and religion in France, many royalists and Catholics still criticized him as an im- pious usurper. (See “Contrasting Views,” page 634.) François-René de Chateaubriand (1768–1848) ad- mired Napoleon as “the strong man who has saved us from the abyss,” but he preferred monarchy. In his view, Napoleon had not properly understood the need to defend Christian values against the Enlightenment’s excessive reliance on reason. Chateaubriand wrote his Genius of Christianity (1802) to draw attention to the power and mys- tery of faith. He warned, “It is to the vanity of knowledge that we owe almost all our misfor-

Th e R i s e o f N a p o l e o n B o n a pa r t e 6 2 71 8 0 0 – 1 8 3 0

Germaine de Staël One of the most fascinating intellectuals of her time, Anne-Louise-Germaine de Staël seemed to irritate Napoleon more than any other person did. Daughter of Louis XVI’s Swiss Protestant finance minister, Jacques Necker, and wife of a Swedish diplomat, Madame de Staël frequently criticized Napoleon’s regime. She published best-selling novels and influential literary criticism, and whenever allowed to reside in Paris she encouraged the intellectual and political dissidents from Napoleon’s regime. (Réunion des Musées Nationaux / Art Resource, NY.)

tunes. . . . The learned ages have always been fol- lowed by ages of destruction.”

Review: In what ways did Napoleon continue the French Revolution, and in what ways did he break with it?

“Europe Was at My Feet”: Napoleon’s Conquests Building on innovations introduced by the repub- lican governments before him, Napoleon revolu- tionized the art of war with tactics and strategy based on a highly mobile army. By 1812, he ruled a

European empire more extensive than any since an- cient Rome (Map 20.1). Yet that empire had already begun to crumble, and with it went Napoleon’s power at home. Napoleon’s empire failed because it was based on a contradiction: Napoleon tried to re- duce virtually all of Europe to the status of colonial dependents when Europe had long consisted of in- dependent states. The result, inevitably, was a great upsurge in nationalist feeling that has dominated European politics to the present.

The Grand Army and Its Victories, 1800–1807

Napoleon attributed his military success “three- quarters to morale” and the rest to leadership and superiority of numbers at the point of attack. Con-

6 2 8 C h a p t e r 2 0 ■ N a p o l e o n a n d t h e R e v o l u t i o n a r y L e g a c y 1 8 0 0 – 1 8 3 0

French satellites

French allies

French enemies

Battle

0 200 400 kilometers

0 200 400 miles

N

S

E

W

�

N o r t h S e a

B l a c k S e a

A T L A N T I C O C E A N

B a

l t i c

S e

a

Danube R.

Adriatic Sea

M e d i t e r r a n e a n S e a

Dnieper R.

E lbe R.

R h

in e

R .

Seine R.

Loire R .

Sicily

Corsica

Sardinia

FRANCE

R U S S I A

GREAT BRITAIN

KINGDOM OF SPAIN

KINGDOM OF PORTUGAL

ENGLAND

Westphalia

Bavaria

Holland

SCOTLAND

KINGDOM OF

NORWAY AND

DENMARK IRELAND

PRUSSIA

KINGDOM OF SWEDEN

O T T O M

A N E M P I R E

KINGDOM OF ITALY

DUCHY OF

WARSAW

CONFED. OF THE RHINE

SWISS CONFED.

KINGDOM OF NAPLES

AUSTRIAN EMPIRE

Invasion of Russia, 1812

�

�

� �

�

�

�

� �

� �

�

�

� �

�

�

Paris

Marengo 1800

Hohenlinden 1800

Ulm 1805

Austerlitz 1805

Corunna 1809

Salamanca 1812

Badajos 1812

Madrid 1808

Saragossa 1809

Valencia 1808

Barcelona 1809

Borodino 1812

Jena 1806

Auerstädt 1806

Friedland 1807

Trafalgar 1805

Vienna

Rome

Naples

Amiens

Milan

Danzig

Lisbon 1809

Gibraltar

Amsterdam Hamburg

Berlin

Tilsit

St. Petersburg

Moscow

Constantinople

London

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

� �

�

�

�

�

�

�

M A P 2 0 . 1 Napoleon’s Empire at Its Height, 1812 In 1812, Napoleon had at least nominal control of almost all of western Europe. Even before he made his fatal mistake of invading Russia, however, his authority had been undermined in Spain and seriously weakened in the Italian and German states. His efforts to extend French power sparked resistance almost everywhere: as Napoleon insisted on French domination, local people began to think of themselves as Italian, German, or Dutch. Thus, Napoleon inadvertently laid the foundations for the nineteenth-century spread of nationalism.

scription provided the large numbers: 1.3 million men ages twenty to twenty-four were drafted between 1800 and 1812, another million in 1813–1814. Many willingly served because the re- public had taught them to identify the army with the nation. Military service was both a patriotic duty and a means of social mobility. The men who rose through the ranks to become officers were young, ambitious, and accustomed to the new ways of war. Consequently, the French army had higher morale than the armies of other powers, most of which rejected conscription as too demo- cratic and continued to restrict their officer corps to the nobility. Only in 1813–1814, when the mil- itary tide turned against Napoleon, did French morale plummet.

When Napoleon came to power in 1799, de- sertion was rampant, and the generals competed with one another for predominance. Napoleon ended this squabbling by uniting all the armies into one Grand Army under his personal com- mand. By 1812, he commanded 700,000 troops; while 250,000 soldiers fought in Spain, others re- mained garrisoned in France. In any given battle, between 70,000 and 180,000 men, not all of them French, fought for France. Life on campaign was no picnic — ordinary soldiers slept in the rain, mud, and snow and often had to forage for food — but Napoleon nonetheless inspired almost fanati- cal loyalty. He fought alongside his soldiers in some sixty battles and had nineteen horses shot from under him. One opponent said that Napoleon’s presence alone was worth 50,000 men.

A brilliant strategist who carefully studied the demands of war, Napoleon outmaneuvered virtu- ally all his opponents. He had a pragmatic and di- rect approach to strategy: he went for the main body of the opposing army and tried to crush it in a lightning campaign. He gathered the largest possible army for one great and decisive battle and then followed with a relentless pursuit to break en- emy morale altogether. His military command, like his rule within France, was personal and highly centralized. He essentially served as his own oper- ations officer: “I alone know what I have to do,” he insisted. This style worked as long as Napoleon could be on the battlefield, but he failed to train independent subordinates to take over in his ab- sence. He also faced constant difficulties in sup- plying a rapidly moving army, which, because of its size, could not always live off the land.

One of Napoleon’s greatest advantages was the lack of coordination among his enemies. Britain dominated the seas but did not want to field huge land armies. On the continent, the French repub- lic had already set up satellites in the Netherlands

and Italy, which served as a buffer against the big powers to the east, Austria, Prussia, and Russia. By maneuvering diplomatically and militarily, Napoleon could usually take these on one by one. After reorganizing the French armies in 1799, for example, Napoleon won striking victories against the Austrians at Marengo and Hohenlinden in 1800, forcing them to agree to peace terms. Once the Austrians had withdrawn, Britain agreed to the Treaty of Amiens in 1802, effectively ending hos- tilities on the continent. Napoleon considered the peace with Great Britain merely a truce, however, and it lasted only until 1803.

Napoleon used the breathing space not only to consolidate his position before taking up arms again but also to send an expeditionary force to the Caribbean colony of St. Domingue to regain control of the island. Continuing resistance among the black population and an epidemic of yellow fever forced Napoleon to withdraw his troops from St. Domingue and abandon his plans to extend his empire to the Western Hemi- sphere. As part of his retreat, he sold the Louisiana Territory to the United States in 1803.

When war resumed in Eu- rope, the British navy once more proved its superiority by blocking an attempted French invasion and by de- feating the French and their Spanish allies in a huge naval battle at Trafalgar in 1805. France lost many ships; the British lost no vessels, but their renowned admiral Lord Horatio Nelson died in the battle. On land, Napoleon remained invinci- ble. In 1805, Austria took up arms again when Napoleon demanded that it declare neutrality in the conflict with Britain. Napoleon promptly cap- tured twenty-five thousand Austrian soldiers at Ulm, in Bavaria, in 1805. After marching on to Vi- enna, he again trounced the Austrians, who had been joined by their new ally, Russia. The battle of Austerlitz, often considered Napoleon’s greatest victory, was fought on December 2, 1805, the first anniversary of his coronation.

After maintaining neutrality for a decade, Prussia now declared war on France. In 1806, the French routed the Prussian army at Jena and Auerstädt. In 1807, Napoleon defeated the Russians at Friedland. Personal negotiations be- tween Napoleon and the young tsar Alexander I (r. 1801–1825) resulted in a humiliating settlement imposed on Prussia, which paid the price for tem- porary reconciliation between France and Russia; the Treaties of Tilsit turned Prussian lands west of

“ E u r o p e W a s a t M y F e e t ” : N a p o l e o n ’s C o n q u e s t s 6 2 91 8 0 0 – 1 8 3 0

French lands sold or forfeited

Mississippi R.

Missouri R .

S P

A N

ISH T

E R

R .

L O

U ISIA

N A

T

ERR .

1 803

ST. DOMINGUE 1803

(Haiti after 1804)

UNITED STATES

New Orleans

St. Louis

�

�

France’s Retreat from America

the Elbe River into the kingdom of Westphalia un- der Napoleon’s brother Jerome, and Prussia’s Pol- ish provinces became the duchy of Warsaw. Napoleon once again had turned the divisions among his enemies in his favor.

The Impact of French Victories Wherever the Grand Army con- quered, Napoleon’s influence fol- lowed soon after. By annexing some territories and setting up others as satellite kingdoms with much- reduced autonomy, Napoleon at- tempted to colonize large parts of Europe (see Map 20.1, page 628). But even where he did not rule di- rectly or through his relatives, his startling string of victories forced the other powers to reconsider their own methods of rule.

Rule in the Colonized Territories. Napoleon brought the disparate German and Italian states to- gether to rule them more effec- tively and to exploit their resources for his own ends. In 1803, he consolidated the tiny German states by abolishing some of them and attaching them

to larger units. In July 1806, he established the Confederation of the Rhine, which soon included almost all the German states except Austria and Prussia. The Holy Roman Emperor gave up his title, held since the thirteenth century, and be- came simply the emperor of Austria. Napoleon

established three units in Italy: the territories directly annexed to France and the satellite kingdoms of Italy and Naples. Italy had not been so unified since the Roman Empire.

Napoleon forced French- style reforms on both the an- nexed territories, which were ruled directly from France, and the satellite kingdoms, which were usually ruled by one or an- other of Napoleon’s relatives but with a certain autonomy. French- style reforms included abolishing serfdom, eliminating seigneurial dues, introducing the Napol- eonic Code, suppressing monas- teries, and subordinating church to state, as well as extending civil rights to Jews and other religious minorities. Napoleon’s chosen rulers often made real improve- ments in roads, public works, law codes, and education. The re- moval of internal tariffs fostered

6 3 0 C h a p t e r 2 0 ■ N a p o l e o n a n d t h e R e v o l u t i o n a r y L e g a c y 1 8 0 0 – 1 8 3 0

Napoleon Visiting the Battlefield Antoine-Jean Gros painted this scene of the battle of Eylau (now in northwestern Russia, then in East Prussia) shortly after Napoleon’s victory against the Russian army in 1807. The painter aims to show the compassion of Napoleon for his men, but he also draws attention to the sheer carnage of war. Each side lost 25,000 men, killed or wounded, in this battle. What would you conclude from the way the ordinary soldiers are depicted here? (© Archivo Iconografico, S.A. / Corbis.)

Napoleon’s additions to France by 1812

Areas of consolidation

0 200 400 kilometers

0 200 400 miles

Danub e R.

R h

in e

R .

O der R.

Corsica

Sardinia

KINGDOM OF ITALY

DUCHY OF WARSAW

PRUSSIA

CONFEDERATION OF THE RHINE

SWITZ.

ILLYRIA

KINGDOM OF NAPLES

A U

S T R

I A N

E M

P I R E

FR A

N C

E

�

�

��

�

�

Consolidation of German and Italian States, 1812

economic growth by opening up the domestic market for goods, especially textiles. By 1814, Bologna had five hundred factories and Modena four hundred. Yet almost everyone had some cause for complaint. Republicans regretted Napoleon’s conversion of the sister republics into kingdoms. Tax increases and ever-rising conscription quotas fomented discontent as well. The annexed territo- ries and satellite kingdoms paid half the cost of Napoleon’s wars.

Almost everywhere, conflicts arose between Napoleon’s desire for a standardized, centralized government and local insistence on maintaining customs and traditions. Sometimes his own relatives sided with the countries they ruled. Napoleon’s brother Louis, for instance, would not allow conscription in the Netherlands because the Dutch had never had compulsory military service. When Napoleon tried to introduce an economic policy banning trade with Great Britain, Louis’s lax enforcement prompted the frustrated emperor to complain that “Holland is an English province.” In 1810, Napoleon annexed the satellite kingdom be- cause his brother had become too sympathetic to Dutch interests.

Pressure for Reform in Prussia and Russia. Napoleon’s victories forced defeated rulers to rethink their political and cultural assumptions. After the crushing defeat of Prussia in 1806 left his country greatly reduced in territory, Frederick William III (r. 1797–1840) appointed a reform commission, and on its recommendation he abol- ished serfdom and allowed non-nobles to buy and enclose land. Peasants gained their personal inde- pendence from their noble landlords, who could no longer sell them to pay gambling debts, for ex- ample, or refuse them permission to marry. Yet the lives of the former serfs remained bleak; they were left without land, and their landlords no longer had to care for them in hard times. The king’s ad- visers also overhauled the army to make the high command more efficient and to open the way to the appointment of middle-class officers. Prussia instituted these reforms to try to compete with the French, not to promote democracy. As one re- former wrote to Frederick William, “We must do from above what the French have done from below.”

Reform received lip service in Russia. Tsar Alexander I had gained his throne after an aristo- cratic coup deposed and killed his autocratic and capricious father, Paul (r. 1796–1801), and in the early years of his reign the remorseful young ruler created Western-style ministries, lifted restrictions on importing foreign books, and founded six new

universities; reform commissions studied abuses; nobles were encouraged voluntarily to free their serfs (a few actually did so); and there was even talk of drafting a constitution. But none of these efforts reached beneath the surface of Russian life, and by the second decade of his reign Alexander began to reject the Enlightenment spirit that his grandmother Catherine the Great had instilled in him.

The Continental System. The one power always standing between Napoleon and total dominance of Europe was Great Britain. The British ruled the seas and financed anyone who would oppose Napoleon. In an effort to bankrupt this “nation of shopkeepers” by choking its trade, Napoleon inau- gurated the Continental System in 1806. It pro- hibited all commerce between Great Britain and France or France’s dependent states and allies. At first, the system worked: British exports dropped by 20 percent in 1807–1808, and manufacturing declined by 10 percent; unemployment and a strike of sixty thousand workers in northern England resulted. The British retaliated by confis- cating merchandise on ships, even those of pow- ers neutral in the wars, that sailed into or out of ports from which the British were excluded by the Continental System.

In the midst of continuing wars, moreover, the system proved impossible to enforce, and wide- spread smuggling brought British goods into the European market. British growth continued, de- spite some setbacks; calico-printing works, for ex- ample, quadrupled their production, and imports of raw cotton increased by 40 percent. At the same time, French and other continental industries ben- efited from the temporary protection from British competition.

Resistance to French Rule, 1807–1812. Smug- gling British goods was only one way of opposing the French. Almost everywhere in Europe, resist- ance began as local opposition to French demands for money or draftees, but it eventually prompted a more nationalistic patriotic defense. In southern Italy, gangs of bandits harassed the French army and local officials; thirty-three thousand Italian bandits were arrested in 1809 alone. But resistance continued via a network of secret societies, called the carbonari (“charcoal burners”), which got its name from the practice of marking each new member’s forehead with a charcoal mark.

“ E u r o p e W a s a t M y F e e t ” : N a p o l e o n ’s C o n q u e s t s 6 3 11 8 0 0 – 1 8 3 0

Continental System: The boycott of British goods in France and its satellites ordered by Napoleon in 1806; it had success but was later undermined by smuggling.

Throughout the nineteenth century, the carbonari played a leading role in Italian nationalism. In the German states, intellectuals wrote passionate de- fenses of the virtues of the German nation and of the superiority of German literature.

No nations bucked under Napoleon’s reins more than Spain and Portugal. In 1807, Napoleon sent 100,000 troops through Spain to invade Portugal, Great Britain’s ally. The royal family fled

to the Portuguese colony of Brazil, but fighting continued, aided by a British army. When Napoleon got his brother Joseph named king of Spain in place of the senile Charles IV (r. 1788–1808), the Spanish clergy and nobles raised bands of peasants to fight the French occupiers. Even Napoleon’s taking personal command of the French forces failed to quell the Spanish, who for six years fought a war of national inde- pendence that pinned down thousands of French soldiers. Germaine de Staël commented that Napoleon “never under-

stood that a war might be a crusade. . . . He never reckoned with the one power that no arms could overcome — the enthusiasm of a whole people.”

More than a new feeling of nationalism was aroused in Spain. Peasants hated French requisi- tioning of their food supplies and sought to de- fend their priests against French anticlericalism. Spanish nobles feared revolutionary reforms and were willing to defend the old monarchy in the person of the young Ferdinand VII, heir to Charles IV, even while Ferdinand himself was congratu- lating Napoleon on his victories. The Spanish Catholic church spread anti-French propaganda that equated Napoleon with heresy. As the former archbishop of Seville wrote to the archbishop of Granada in 1808, “You realize that we must not recognize as king a freemason, heretic, Lutheran, as are all the Bonapartes and the French nation.” In this tense atmosphere, the Spanish peasant rebels, assisted by the British, countered every French massacre with atrocities of their own. They tortured their French prisoners (boiling one gen- eral alive) and lynched collaborators.

From Russian Winter to Final Defeat, 1812–1815 Despite opposition, Napoleon ruled over an exten- sive empire by 1812. He controlled more territory

than any European ruler had since Roman times. Only two major European states remained fully in- dependent — Great Britain and Russia — but once allied they would successfully challenge his domin- ion and draw many other states to their side. Britain sent aid to the Portuguese and Spanish rebels, while Russia once again prepared for war. Tsar Alexander I made peace with Turkey and al- lied himself with Great Britain and Sweden. In 1812, Napoleon invaded Russia with 250,000 horses and 600,000 men, including contingents of Italians, Poles, Swiss, Dutch, and Germans. This daring move proved to be his undoing.

Invasion of Russia, 1812. Napoleon followed his usual strategy of trying to strike quickly, but the Russian generals avoided confrontation and re- treated eastward, destroying anything that might be useful to the invaders. In September, on the road to Moscow, Napoleon finally engaged the main Russian force in the gigantic battle of Borodino (see Map 20.1, page 628). French casualties num- bered 30,000 men, including 47 generals; the Russians lost 45,000. The French soldiers had nothing to celebrate around their campfires: as one soldier wrote, “Everyone . . . wept for some dead friend.” Once again the Russians retreated, leaving Moscow undefended. Napoleon entered the de- serted city, but the victory turned hollow because the departing Russians had set the wooden city on fire. Within a week, three-fourths of it had burned to the ground. Still Alexander refused to negotiate, and French morale plunged with worsening prob- lems of supply. Weeks of constant marching in the dirt and heat had worn down the foot soldiers, who were dying of disease or deserting in large numbers (see Document, “An Ordinary Soldier on Campaign with Napoleon,” page 633).

In October, Napoleon began his retreat; in November came the cold. A German soldier in the Grand Army described trying to cook fistfuls of raw bran with snow to make something like bread. For him, the retreat was “the indescribable horror of all possible plagues.” Within a week the Grand Army lost 30,000 horses and had to abandon most of its artillery and food supplies. Russian forces ha- rassed the retreating army, now more pathetic than grand. By December only 100,000 troops re- mained, one-sixth the original number, and the retreat had turned into a rout: the Russians had captured 200,000 soldiers, including 48 generals and 3,000 other officers.

Napoleon had made a classic military mistake that would be repeated by Adolf Hitler in World War II: fighting a war on two distant fronts simul- taneously. The Spanish war tied down 250,000

6 3 2 C h a p t e r 2 0 ■ N a p o l e o n a n d t h e R e v o l u t i o n a r y L e g a c y 1 8 0 0 – 1 8 3 0

0 200 kilometers100

0 200 miles100

Campaigns of Napoleon’s army

Battle�

Mediterranean Sea

Tagus R.

Ebro R.

SPAIN

PORTUGAL

FRANCECorunna 1809 Vitoria

1813

Salamanca 1812

Badajos 1812

Barcelona 1809

Saragossa 1809Madrid

1808 Valencia 1808

Lisbon 1809

1807

18 08

�

�

�

�

� �

�

�

�

Seville

Gibraltar (Br.)

�

�

The Spanish War for Independence, 1807–1813

French troops and forced Napoleon to bully Prussia and Austria into supplying soldiers of dubious loy- alty for the Moscow campaign. They deserted at the first opportunity. The fighting in Spain and Portugal also exacerbated the already substantial logistical and communications problems involved in marching to Moscow.

The End of Napoleon’s Empire. Napoleon’s hu- miliation might have been temporary if the British and Russians had not successfully organized a coalition to complete the job. Napoleon still had resources at his command; by the spring of 1813, he had replenished his army with another 250,000 men. With British financial support, Russian, Austrian, Prussian, and Swedish armies met the French outside Leipzig in October 1813 and defeated Napoleon in the Battle of the Nations. One by one, Napoleon’s German allies deserted him to join the German nationalist “war of liberation.” The Con- federation of the Rhine dissolved, and the Dutch revolted and restored the prince of Orange. Joseph Bonaparte fled Spain, and a combined Spanish- Portuguese army under British command invaded France. In only a few months, the allied powers crossed the Rhine and marched toward Paris. In March 1814, the French Senate deposed Napoleon,

who abdicated when his remaining generals refused to fight. Napoleon went into exile on the island of Elba off the Italian coast. His wife, Marie- Louise, refused to accompany him. The allies restored to the throne Louis XVIII (r. 1814–1824), the brother of Louis XVI, beheaded during the Revolution. (Louis XVI’s son was known as Louis XVII even though he died in prison in 1795 with- out ever ruling.)

Napoleon had one last chance to regain power because Louis XVIII lacked a solid base of support. The new king tried to steer a middle course through a charter that established a British-style monarchy with a two-house legisla- ture and guaranteed civil rights. But he was caught between nobles returning from exile who demanded a complete restoration of their lands and powers, and the vast majority of ordinary people who had supported either the republic or Napoleon during the previous twenty-five years. Sensing an opportunity, Napoleon escaped from Elba in early 1815 and, landing in southern France, made swift and unimpeded progress to Paris. Although he had left in ignominy, now crowds cheered him and former soldiers volun- teered to serve him. The period eventually known as the Hundred Days (the length of time between

“ E u r o p e W a s a t M y F e e t ” : N a p o l e o n ’s C o n q u e s t s 6 3 31 8 0 0 – 1 8 3 0

An Ordinary Soldier on Campaign with Napoleon

D O C U M E N T

Jakob Walter (1788–1864) recorded his ex- perience as a soldier in the Napoleonic armies marching to Moscow in 1812. He wrote his account sometime after the events took place, though exactly when is not known. Walter was a German conscripted into military service from one of the many west German states controlled by Napoleon. The selection here describes the Napoleonic armies still on the offensive moving toward Moscow. But the seeds of future problems are already germinating.

On August 19, the entire army moved for- ward, and pursued the Russians with all speed. Four or five hours’ farther up the river another battle started, but the enemy did not hold out long, and the march now led to Moshaisk [near Borodino], the so- called “Holy Valley.” From Smolensk to

Moshaisk the war displayed its horrible work of destruction: all the roads, fields, and woods lay as though sown with people, horses, wagons, burned villages and cities; everything looked like the com- plete ruin of all that lived. In particular, we saw ten dead Russians to one of our men, although every day our numbers fell off considerably. In order to pass through woods, swamps, and narrow trails, trees which formed barriers in the woods had to be removed, and wagon barricades of the enemy had to be cleared away. . . . The march up to there, as far as it was a march, is indescribable and inconceivable for people who have not seen anything of it. The very great heat, the dust which was like a thick fog, the closed line of march in columns, and the putrid water from holes filled with dead people and cattle

brought everyone close to death; and eye pains, fatigue, thirst, and hunger tor- mented everybody. God! How often I re- membered the bread and beer which I had enjoyed at home with such an indifferent pleasure! Now, however, I must struggle, half wild, with the dead and living. How gladly would I renounce for my whole life the warm food so common at home if I only did not lack good bread and beer now! I would not wish for more all my life. But these were empty, helpless thoughts. Yes, the thought of my brothers and sis- ters so far away added to my pain! Wher- ever I looked, I saw the soldiers with dead, half-desperate faces.

Source: Marc Raeff, ed., Jakob Walter: The Diary of a Napoleonic Foot Soldier (New York: Doubleday, 1991), 52–53.

Napoleon’s escape and his final defeat) had be- gun. Louis XVIII fled across the border, waiting for help from France’s enemies.

Napoleon quickly moved his reconstituted army of 74,000 men into present-day Belgium. At first, it seemed that he might succeed in separately fighting the two armies arrayed against him — a Prussian army of some 60,000 men and a joint force of 68,000 Belgian, Dutch, German, and

British troops led by British general Sir Arthur Wellesley (1769–1852), duke of Wellington. The decisive battle took place on June 18, 1815, at Waterloo, less than ten miles from Brussels. Napoleon’s forces attacked Wellington’s men first with infantry and then with cavalry, but the French failed to dislodge their opponents. Late in the af- ternoon, the Prussians arrived and the rout was complete. Napoleon had no choice but to abdicate

6 3 4 C h a p t e r 2 0 ■ N a p o l e o n a n d t h e R e v o l u t i o n a r y L e g a c y 1 8 0 0 – 1 8 3 0

After his final exile, Napoleon presented himself as a martyr to the cause of liberty whose goal was to create a European “federation of free people.” Few were convinced by this “gospel according to St. Helena” (Document 1). Followers such as Emmanuel de Las Cases burnished the Napoleonic legend, but detractors such as Benjamin Constant viewed him as a tyrant (Document 2). For all his defects, Napoleon fascinated even those who were too young to understand his rise and fall. The French romantic poet Victor Hugo celebrated both the glory and the tragedy of Napoleonic ambitions (Document 3).

1. Napoleon’s Own View from Exile

As might be expected, Napoleon put the most positive possible con- struction on his plans for France. In exile he wrote letters and talked at length to Emmanuel de Las Cases (1766–1842), an aristocratic officer in the royal navy who rallied to Napoleon in 1802, served in the Council of State, and later accompanied him to St. Helena. Much of what we know about Napoleon’s views comes from a book published by Las Cases in 1821.

March 3, 1817: In spite of all the libels, I have no fear whatever about my

fame. Posterity will do me justice. The truth will be known; and the good I have done will be compared with the faults I have committed. I am not uneasy as to the result. Had I succeeded, I would have died with the reputation of the greatest man that ever existed. As it is, although I have failed, I shall be considered as an extraordinary man: my elevation was unparalleled, because unaccompanied by crime. I have fought fifty pitched battles, almost all of which I have won. I have framed and carried into effect a code of laws that will bear my name to the most distant posterity. I raised myself from nothing to be the most powerful monarch in the world. Europe was at my feet. I have always been of the opinion that the sovereignty lay in the people. In fact, the imperial government was a kind of republic. Called to the head of it by the voice of the nation, my maxim was, la carrière est

ouverte aux talents [“careers open to talent”] without distinction of birth or fortune, and this system of equality is the reason that your oligarchy hates me so much.

Source: R. M. Johnston, The Corsican: A Diary of Napoleon’s Life in His Own Words (Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1921), 492.

2. Benjamin Constant, Spokesman for the Liberal Opposition to Napoleon

Benjamin Constant (1767–1830) came from an old French Calvin- ist family that had fled to Switzerland to escape persecution. Con- stant spent the early years of the French Revolution in a minor post at a minor German court. He moved to Paris in 1795 and became active in French politics during the Directory. Under Napoleon he went into exile, where he published a romantic novel, Adolphe (1806), and pamphlets like this one attacking Napoleon. He recon- ciled to Napoleon during the Hundred Days and then opposed the restored Bourbon monarchy. In this selection, written during his ex- ile, he expresses his hostility to Napoleon as a usurper dependent on war to maintain himself in power.

Surely, Bonaparte is a thousand times more guilty than those bar- barous conquerors who, ruling over barbarians, were by no means at odds with their age. Unlike them, he has chosen bar- barism; he has preferred it. In the midst of enlightenment, he has sought to bring back the night. He has chosen to transform into greedy and bloodthirsty nomads a mild and polite people: his crime lies in this premeditated intention, in his obstinate effort to rob us of the heritage of all the enlightened generations who have preceded us on this earth. But why have we given him the right to conceive such a project?

When he first arrived here, alone, out of poverty and ob- scurity, and until he was twenty-four, his greedy gaze wandering over the country around him, why did we show him a country in which any religious idea was the object of irony? [Constant refers here to de-Christianization during the French Revolution.]

C O N T R A S T I N G V I E W S

Napoleon: For and Against

again. This time the victorious allies banished him permanently to the remote island of St. Helena, far off the coast of West Africa, where he died in 1821 at the age of fifty-two.

The cost of Napoleon’s rule was high: 750,000 French soldiers and 400,000 others from annexed and satellite states died between 1800 and 1815. Yet his impact on world history was undeniable. (See “Contrasting Views,” above.) Napoleon’s plans

for a united Europe, his insistence on spreading the legal reforms of the French Revolution, his so- cial welfare programs, and even his inadvertent awakening of national sentiment set the agenda for European history in the modern era.

Review: Why was Napoleon able to gain control over so much of Europe’s territory?

“ E u r o p e W a s a t M y F e e t ” : N a p o l e o n ’s C o n q u e s t s 6 3 51 8 0 0 – 1 8 3 0

When he listened to what was professed in our circles, why did serious thinkers tell him that man had no other motivation than his own interest? . . .

Because immediate usurpation was easy, he believed it could be durable, and once he became a usurper, he did all that usurpa- tion condemns a usurper to do in our century.

It was necessary to stifle inside the country all intellectual life: he banished discussion and proscribed the freedom of the press.

The nation might have been stunned by that silence: he pro- vided, extorted or paid for acclamation which sounded like the national voice. . . . War flung onto distant shores that part of the French nation that still had some real energy. It prompted the police harassment of the timid, whom it could not force abroad. It struck terror into men’s hearts, and left there a certain hope that chance would take responsibility for their deliverance: a hope agreeable to fear and convenient to inertia. How many times have I heard men who were pressed to resist tyranny postponing this, during wartime till the coming of peace, and in peacetime until war commences!

I am right therefore in claiming that a usurper’s sole re- source is uninterrupted war. Some object: what if Bonaparte had been pacific? Had he been pacific, he would never have lasted for twelve years. Peace would have re-established communication among the different countries of Europe. These communications would have restored to thought its means of expression. Works published abroad would have been smuggled into the country. The French would have seen that they did not enjoy the approval of the majority of Europe.

Source: Benjamin Constant, “Further Reflections on Usurpation,” in Political Writings, trans. Biancamaria Fontana (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1988), 161–63.

3. Victor Hugo, “The Two Islands” (1825)

Victor Hugo (1802–1885) was France’s greatest romantic poet and novelist, author of The Hunchback of Notre Dame and Les Mis- érables. His father was a Napoleonic general, but his mother was an equally ardent royalist. In this early poem, Hugo compares Napoleon to one of Napoleon’s favorite icons, the eagle, symbol of empire. The two islands of the title are Corsica, Napoleon’s birth- place, and St. Helena, his place of final exile and death.

These Isles, where Ocean’s shattered spray Upon the ruthless rocks is cast, Seem like two treacherous ships of prey, Made by eternal anchors fast. The hand that settled bleak and black Those shores on their unpeopled rack, And clad in fear and mystery, Perchance thus made them tempest-torn, That Bonaparte might there be born, And that Napoleon there might die. . . . He his imperial nest hath built so far and high, He seems to us to dwell within that tranquil sky, Where you shall never see the angry tempest break. ’Tis but beneath his feet the growling storms are sped, And thunders to assault his head Must to their highest source go back. The bolt flew upwards: from his eyrie [nest] riven, Blazing he falls beneath the stroke of heaven; Then kings their tyrant foe reward — They chain him, living, on that lonely shore; And earth captive giant handed o’er To ocean’s more resistless guard. . . . Shame, hate, misfortune, vengeance, curses sore, On him let heaven and earth together pour: Now, see we dashed the vast Colossus low. May he forever rue, alive and dead, All tears he caused mankind to shed, And all the blood he caused to flow.

Source: Henry Carrington, Translations from the Poems of Victor Hugo (London: Walter Scott, 1885), 34–41.

Questions to Consider 1. Which of these views of Napoleon has the most lasting value

as opposed to immediate dramatic effect? 2. According to these selections, what was Napoleon’s greatest ac-

complishment? His greatest failure? 3. Victor Hugo called Napoleon “the vast Colossus.” Why did he

pick this larger-than-life metaphor even when writing lines critical of Napoleon’s legacy of tears and bloodshed?

The “Restoration” of Europe Even while Napoleon was making his last desper- ate bid for power, his enemies were meeting in the Congress of Vienna (1814–1815) to decide the fate of postrevolutionary, post-Napoleonic Europe. Al- though interrupted by the Hundred Days, the Congress of Vienna settled the boundaries of European states, determined who would rule each nation, and established a new framework for in- ternational relations based on periodic meetings, or congresses, between the major powers. The doctrine of conservatism bolstered this post- Napoleonic order and in some places went hand in hand with a revival of religion.

The Congress of Vienna, 1814–1815 The Vienna settlement established a new equilib- rium that relied on cooperation among the major powers while guaranteeing the status of smaller states. The revolutionary and Napoleonic wars had produced a host of potentially divisive issues. In addition to determining the boundaries of France,

the congress had to decide the fate of Napoleon’s duchy of Warsaw, the German province of Saxony, the Netherlands, the states once part of the Con- federation of the Rhine, and various Italian terri- tories. All had either changed hands or been created during the wars. These issues were resolved by face-to-face negotiations among representatives of the five major powers: Austria, Russia, Prussia, Britain, and France. With its aim to establish a long-lasting, negotiated peace endorsed by all parties, both winners and losers, the Congress of Vienna provided a model for the twentieth-century League of Nations and United Nations. The con- gress system, or “concert of Europe,” helped pre- vent another major war until the 1850s, and no conflict comparable to the Napoleonic wars would occur again until 1914.

Austria’s chief negotiator, Prince Klemens von Metternich (1773–1859), took the lead in devis- ing the settlement and shaping the post- Napoleonic order. A well-educated nobleman who spoke five languages, Metternich served as a min- ister in the Austrian cabinet from 1809 to 1848. Al- though his penchant for womanizing made him a security risk in the eyes of the British Foreign Of- fice (he even had an affair with Napoleon’s younger

6 3 6 C h a p t e r 2 0 ■ N a p o l e o n a n d t h e R e v o l u t i o n a r y L e g a c y 1 8 0 0 – 1 8 3 0

Congress of Vienna: Face-to-face negotiations (1814–1815) be- tween the great powers to settle the boundaries of European states and determine who would rule each nation after the de- feat of Napoleon.

Congress of Vienna An unknown French engraver caricatured the efforts of the diplomats at the Congress of Vienna, complaining that they used the occasion to divide the spoils of European territory. What elements in this engraving make it a caricature? (Copyright Wien Museum.)

Klemens von Metternich (KLAY mehnts fawn MEH tur nihk): An Austrian prince (1773–1859) who took the lead in devising the settlement arranged by the Congress of Vienna.

sister), he worked with the British prime minister Robert Castlereagh (1769–1822) to ensure a mod- erate agreement that would check French aggres- sion yet maintain France’s great-power status. Metternich and Castlereagh believed that French aggression must be contained because it had threatened the European peace since the days of Louis XIV but at the same time that France must remain a major player to prevent any one European power from dominating the others. In this way, France could help Austria and Britain counter the ambitions of Prussia and Russia. Castlereagh hoped to make Britain the arbiter of European affairs, but he knew this could be accomplished only through adroit diplomacy because the British constitutional monarchy had little in common with most of its more absolutist continental coun- terparts.

The task of ensuring France’s status at the con- gress fell to Prince Charles Maurice de Talleyrand (1754–1838), an aristocrat and former bishop who had embraced the French Revolution, served as Napoleon’s foreign minister, and ended as foreign minister to Louis XVIII after helping to arrange the emperor’s overthrow. Informed of Talleyrand’s betrayal, Napoleon called him “excrement in silk stockings.” When the French army failed to oppose Napoleon’s return to power in the Hundred Days, the allies took away all territory conquered since 1790 and required France to pay an indemnity and support an army of occupation until it had paid.

The goal of the Congress of Vienna was to achieve postwar stability by establishing secure states with guaranteed borders (Map 20.2). Be- cause the congress aimed to “restore” as many regimes as possible to their former rulers, this

Th e “ R e s t o r a t i o n ” o f E u r o p e 6 3 71 8 0 0 – 1 8 3 0

Prussia

Austrian Empire

France

Piedmont-Sardinia

Russia

German States

Boundary of German Confederation

A=Parma

B=Modena

C=Lucca

D=Tuscany

E=San Marino

0 200 400 kilometers

0 200 400 miles

N

S

E

W

N o r t h S e a

Black Sea

A T L A N T I C O C E A N

B a l t

i c S

e a

English Channel

M e d i t e r r a n e a n S e a

FINLAND

GREAT BRITAIN

F R A N C E SWITZ.

PRUSSIA

KINGDOM OF THE

TWO SICILIES

Nice

S PA I N

PORTUGAL

KINGDOM OF POLAND

SWEDEN AND NORWAY

R U S S I A

O T

T O

M A N

E M P I R E

Saxony

Bavaria

Savoy

Ve ne

tia

PIEDMONT- SARDINIA

A U S T R I A N E M P I R E

PAPAL STATES

DENMARK

GERMAN CONFEDERATION

Lombardy

N E

T H

ER LA

N

D S

A B

C D

E

Corsica

Paris

Lisbon

Madrid

London

Rome

Naples

Genoa

Berlin Warsaw

Vienna

Hamburg

Moscow

St. Petersburg

Constantinople

Amsterdam

�

� �

�

�

�

�

� �

�

�

�

�

�

�

D alm

atia

M A P 2 0 . 2 Europe after the Congress of Vienna, 1815 The Congress of Vienna forced France to return to its 1789 borders. The Austrian Netherlands and the Dutch Republic were united in a new kingdom of the Netherlands, the German states were joined in a German Confederation that built on Napoleon’s Confederation of the Rhine, and Napoleon’s duchy of Warsaw became the kingdom of Poland with the tsar of Russia as king. To compensate for its losses in Poland, Prussia gained territory in Saxony and on the left bank of the Rhine. Austria reclaimed the Italian provinces of Lombardy and Venetia and the Dalmatian coast.

epoch is sometimes labeled the restoration. But simple restoration was not always feasible, and in those cases the congress rearranged territory to balance the competing interests of the great pow- ers. Thus, the congress turned the duchy of Warsaw into a new Polish kingdom but made the tsar of Russia its king. (Poland would not regain its inde- pendence until 1918.) The former Dutch Repub- lic and the Austrian Netherlands, both annexed to France, now united as the new kingdom of the Netherlands under the restored stadholder. Austria took charge of the German Confederation, which replaced the defunct Holy Roman Empire and also included Prussia.

The lesser powers were not forgotten. The kingdom of Piedmont-Sardinia took Genoa, Nice, and part of Savoy. Sweden obtained Norway from Denmark but had to accept Russia’s conquest of Finland. Finally, various international trade issues were also resolved. At the urging of Great Britain, the congress agreed to condemn in principle the slave trade, abolished by Great Britain in 1807. In reality, however, the slave trade continued in many places until the 1840s.

To impart spiritual substance to this very cal- culated settlement of political affairs, Tsar Alexan- der proposed a Holy Alliance calling upon divine assistance in upholding religion, peace, and justice. Prussia and Austria signed the agreement, but Great Britain refused to accede to what Castlereagh called “a piece of sublime mysticism and non- sense.” Despite the reassertion of traditional reli- gious principle, the congress had in fact given birth to a new diplomatic order: in the future, the legit- imacy of states depended on the treaty system, not on divine right.

The Emergence of Conservatism The French Revolution and Napoleonic domina- tion of Europe had shown contemporaries that government could be changed overnight, that the old hierarchies could be overthrown in the name of reason, and that even Christianity could be writ- ten off or at least profoundly altered with the stroke of a pen. The potential for rapid change raised many questions about the proper sources of authority. Kings and churches could be restored and former revolutionaries locked up or silenced, but the old order no longer commanded automatic obedience. The old order was now merely old, no

longer “natural” and “timeless.” It had been ousted once and therefore might fall again. People insisted on having reasons to believe in their “restored” governments. The political doctrine that justified the restoration was conservatism.

Conservatives benefited from the disillusion- ment that permeated Europe after 1815. In the eyes of most Europeans, Napoleon had become a tyrant who ruled in his own interests. Conservatives saw a logical progression in recent history: the Enlight- enment, based on reason, led to the French Revo- lution, with its bloody guillotine and horrifying Terror, which in turn spawned the authoritarian and militaristic Napoleon. Therefore, those who espoused conservatism rejected both the Enlight- enment and the French Revolution. They favored monarchies over republics, tradition over revolu- tion, and established religion over Enlightenment skepticism.

The original British critic of the French Rev- olution, Edmund Burke (1729–1799), inspired many of the conservatives that followed. He had argued that the revolutionaries erred in thinking they could construct an entirely new government based on reason. Government, Burke said, had to be rooted in long experience, which evolved over generations. All change must be gradual and must respect national and historical traditions. Like Burke, later conservatives believed that religious and other major traditions were an essential foun- dation for any society. Most of them took their re- sistance to change even further, however, and tried to restore the pre-1789 social order.

Conservatives blamed the French Revolution’s attack on religion on the skepticism and anticler- icalism of such Enlightenment thinkers as Voltaire, and they defended both hereditary monarchy and the authority of the church, whether Catholic or Protestant. Louis de Bonald, an official under the restored French monarchy, insisted that “the rev- olution began with the declaration of the rights of man and will only finish when the rights of God are declared.” The declaration of rights, he asserted, represented the evil influence of Enlight- enment philosophy and with it atheism, Protes- tantism, and freemasonry, which he lumped together. An enduring social order could only be constructed, in this view, on the foundations pro- vided by the church, the state, and the patriarchal family. Faith, sentiment, history, and tradition

6 3 8 C h a p t e r 2 0 ■ N a p o l e o n a n d t h e R e v o l u t i o n a r y L e g a c y 1 8 0 0 – 1 8 3 0

conservatism: A political doctrine that emerged after 1789 and rejected much of the Enlightenment and the French Rev- olution, preferring monarchies over republics, tradition over revolution, and established religion over Enlightenment skepticism.

restoration: The epoch after the fall of Napoleon, in which the Congress of Vienna aimed to “restore” as many regimes as pos- sible to their former rulers.

must fill the vacuum left by the failures of reason and excessive belief in individual rights. Across Europe, these views were taken up and elaborated by government advisers, professors, and writers. Not surprisingly, they had their strongest appeal in ruling circles and guided the politics of men such as Metternich in Austria, Alexander I in Russia, and the restored Bourbons in France.

The restored French monarchy provided a major test for conservatism because the returning Bourbons had to confront the legacy of twenty- five years of upheaval. Louis XVIII tried to ensure a measure of continuity by maintaining Napoleon’s Civil Code. He also guaranteed the rights of ownership to church lands sold during the revo- lutionary period and created a parliament com- posed of a Chamber of Peers nominated by the king and a Chamber of Deputies elected by very restricted suffrage (fewer than 100,000 voters in a population of 30 million). In making these con- cessions, the king tried to follow a moderate course of compromise, but the Ultras (ultraroyalists) pushed for complete repudiation of the revolu- tionary past. When Louis returned to power after Napoleon’s final defeat, armed royalist bands at- tacked and murdered hundreds of Bonapartists and former revolutionaries. In 1816, the Ultras in- sisted on abolishing divorce and set up special courts to punish opponents of the regime. When an assassin killed Louis XVIII’s nephew in 1820, the Ultras demanded even more extreme measures.

The Revival of Religion The experience of revolutionary upheaval and nearly constant warfare prompted many to renew their religious faith once peace returned. In France, the Catholic church sent missionaries to hold open-air “ceremonies of reparation” to express re- pentance for the outrages of revolution. In Rome, the papacy reestablished the Jesuit order, which had been disbanded during the Enlightenment. In the Italian states and Spain, governments used re- ligious societies of laypeople to combat the influ- ence of reformers and nationalists such as the Italian carbonari.

Revivalist movements, especially in Protestant countries, could on occasion challenge the status quo rather than supporting it. In parts of Protes- tant Germany and Britain, religious revival had be- gun in the eighteenth century with the rise of Pietism and Methodism, movements that stressed individual religious experience rather than reason as the true path to moral and social reform.

The English Methodists followed John Wesley (1703–1791), who had preached an emotional, morally austere, and very personal “method” of gaining salvation. The Methodists, or Wesleyans, gradually separated from the Church of England and in the early decades of the nineteenth century attracted thousands of members in huge revival meetings that lasted for days.

Shopkeepers, artisans, agricultural laborers, miners, and workers in cottage industry, both male and female, flocked to the new denomination, even though at first Methodism seemed to emphasize conservative political views: Methodist statutes of 1792 had insisted that “none of us shall either in writing or in conversation speak lightly or irrever-

Th e “ R e s t o r a t i o n ” o f E u r o p e 6 3 91 8 0 0 – 1 8 3 0

A Protestant Missionary in India This colored engraving shows the English Baptist missionary William Carey (1761–1834) baptizing his first Hindu convert. Carey went to India in 1793 and spent forty years there as a teacher and a preacher. He led efforts to get the British governor general to outlaw the Hindu rite of sati, the burning of widows with their husbands. He became professor of Indian languages at Fort William College, established in Calcutta for training British officials and supervised the translation of the Bible into more than forty local languages. (The Granger Collection, New York.)

ently of the government.” In their hostility to rigid doctrine and elaborate ritual and their encourage- ment of popular preaching, however, the Methodists fostered a sense of democratic com- munity and even a rudimentary sexual equality. From the beginning, women preachers traveled on horseback to preach in barns, town halls, and tex- tile dye houses. The Methodist Sunday schools that taught thousands of poor children to read and write eventually helped create greater demands for working-class political participation.

The religious revival was not limited to Europe. In the United States, the second Great Awakening began around 1790 with huge camp meetings that brought together thousands of wor- shippers and scores of evangelical preachers, many of them Methodist. (The original Great Awaken- ing took place in the 1730s and 1740s, sparked by the preaching of George Whitefield, a young En- glish evangelist and follower of John Wesley.) Men and women danced to exhaustion, fell into trances, and spoke in tongues. During this period, Protes- tant sects began systematic missionary activity in other parts of the world, with British and American missionary societies taking the lead in the 1790s and early 1800s. In the British colony of India, for example, Protestant missionaries argued for the re- form of Hindu customs. Sati — the burning of widows on the funeral pyres of their husbands — was abolished by the British administration of In- dia in 1829. Missionary activity by Protestants and Catholics would become one of the arms of Euro- pean imperialism and cultural influence in the nineteenth century.

Review: To what extent was the old order restored by the Congress of Vienna?

Challenges to the Conservative Order Conservatives hoped to clamp a lid on European affairs, but the lid kept threatening to fly off. Drawing on the turmoil in society and politics was romanticism, the burgeoning international move- ment in the arts and literature that dominated artistic expression in the first half of the nineteenth century. Although romantics shared with conser- vatives a distrust of the Enlightenment’s emphasis on reason, romanticism did not translate into a unified political position. It did, however, heighten the general discontent with the conservative

Vienna settlement. Isolated revolts threatened the hold of some conservative governments in the 1820s, but most of these rebellions were quickly bottled up. Then in 1830, successive uprisings briefly overwhelmed the established order. Across Europe, angry protesters sought constitutional guarantees of individual liberties and national unity and autonomy. The revolutionary legacy came back to life again.

Romanticism An artistic movement that encompassed poetry, music, painting, history, and literature, romanti- cism glorified nature, emotion, genius, and imag- ination. (See Chapter 18 for the origins of romanticism.) It proclaimed these as antidotes to the Enlightenment and to classicism in the arts, challenging the reliance on reason, symmetry, and cool geometric spaces. Classicism idealized mod- els from Roman history; romanticism turned to folklore and medieval legends. Classicism cele- brated orderly, crisp lines; romantics sought out all that was wild, fevered, and disorderly. Chief among the arts of romanticism were poetry, mu- sic, and painting, which captured the deep-seated emotion characteristic of romantic expression. Romantics might take any political position, but they exerted the most political influence when they expressed nationalist feelings.

Romantic Poetry. Romantic poetry celebrated overwhelming emotion and creative imagination. George Gordon, Lord Byron (1788–1824), ex- plained his aims in writing poetry:

For what is Poesy but to create From overfeeling, Good and Ill, and aim At an external life beyond our fate, And be the new Prometheus of new man.

Prometheus was the mythological figure who brought fire from the Greek gods to human be- ings. Byron did not seek the new Prometheus among political leaders or manufacturers of new wealth; he sought him within his own “overfeel- ing,” his own intense emotions. Byron became a romantic hero himself when he rushed off to act on his emotions by fighting and dying in the Greek war for independence from the Turks. An English aristocrat, Byron nonetheless claimed, “I have sim- plified my politics into a detestation of all existing governments.”

Romantic poetry elevated the wonders of na- ture almost to the supernatural. In a poem that be- came one of the most beloved exemplars of

6 4 0 C h a p t e r 2 0 ■ N a p o l e o n a n d t h e R e v o l u t i o n a r y L e g a c y 1 8 0 0 – 1 8 3 0

romanticism, “Tintern Abbey” (1798), the English poet William Wordsworth (1770–1850) compared himself to a deer even while making nature seem filled with human emotions (see Document, “Wordsworth’s Poetry,” page 642). Like many po- ets of his time, Wordsworth greeted the French Revolution with joy; in his poem “French Revolu- tion” (1809), he remembered his early enthusiasm: “Bliss was it in that dawn to be alive.” But gradu- ally he became disenchanted with the revolution- ary experiment and celebrated British nationalism instead; in 1816, he published a poem to com- memorate the “intrepid sons of Albion [England]” who died at the battle of Waterloo.

Their emphasis on authentic self-expression at times drew romantics to exotic, mystical, or even reckless experiences. Such transports drove one leading German poet to the madhouse and an- other to suicide. Some romantics depicted the artist as possessed by demons and obsessed with hallucinations. This more nightmarish side was captured, and perhaps criticized, by Mary Shelley in Frankenstein. The aged German poet Johann Wolfgang von Goethe (1749–1832) likewise de- nounced the extremes of romanticism, calling it “everything that is sick.” In his epic poem Faust (1832), he seemed to warn of the same dangers Shelley portrayed in her novel. In Goethe’s retelling of a sixteenth-century legend, Faust of- fers his soul to the devil in return for a chance to taste all human experience — from passionate love

to the heights of power — in his effort to reshape nature for humanity’s benefit. Faust’s striving, like Frankenstein’s, leaves a wake of suffering and destruction.

Romantic Painting and Music. Romanticism in painting similarly idealized nature and the indi- vidual of deep feelings. The German romantic painter Caspar David Friedrich (1774–1840) de- picted scenes — often far away in the mountains — that captured the romantic fascination with the sublime power of nature (see page 643). His melancholy individual figures looked lost in the vastness of an overpowering nature. Friedrich hated the modern world. His landscapes often had religious meaning as well, as in his controversial painting The Cross in the Mountains (1808), which showed a Christian cross standing alone in a mountain scene. It symbolized the steadfastness of faith but seemed to separate religion from the churches and attach it to mystical experience.

Many other artists developed similar themes. The English painter Joseph M. W. Turner (1775–1851) depicted his vision of nature in mys- terious, misty seascapes, anticipating later artists by blurring the outlines of objects. The French painter Eugène Delacroix (1798–1863) chose con- temporary as well as medieval scenes of great tur- bulence to emphasize light and color and break away from what he saw as “the servile copies re- peated ad nauseum in academies of art.” Critics

C h a l l e n g e s t o t h e C o n s e r v a t i v e O r d e r 6 4 11 8 0 0 – 1 8 3 0

Lord Byron George Gordon, Lord Byron (1788–1824), lived a short, tumultuous life; wrote enduring romantic poetry; loved both women and young men; and died struggling for Greek independence. During the Napoleonic wars, he took a two-year trip through southern Europe. He visited Greece and Albania and collected souvenir costumes, such as the one he is wearing in this portrait by Thomas Philips (1813). As a result of this trip, he became passionately involved in things Greek; when the Greek rebellion broke out, he promptly joined the British Committee, which gathered aid for the Greeks. He died of a fever in Greece, where he had gone to distribute funds. How would viewers have reacted to the costume Byron is wearing? (National Portrait Gallery, London.)

denounced his techniques as “painting with a drunken broom.” To broaden his experience of light and color, Delacroix traveled in the 1830s to North Africa and painted many exotic scenes in Morocco and Algeria.

The towering presence of the German com- poser Ludwig van Beethoven (1770–1827) in early-nineteenth-century music helped establish the direction for musical romanticism. His music, according to one leading German romantic, “sets in motion the lever of fear, of awe, of horror, of suffering, and awakens just that infinite longing which is the essence of Romanticism.” Beethoven transformed the symphony into a connected work with recurring and evolving musical themes. Ro- mantic symphonies conveyed the impression of growth, a metaphor for the organic process with an emphasis on the natural that was dear to the romantics. For example, Beethoven’s Sixth Sym- phony, the Pastoral (1808), used a variety of in- struments to represent sounds heard in the country. Beethoven’s work — ranging from reli-

gious works to symphonies, sonatas, and concer- tos — showed remarkable diversity. Some of his work was explicitly political; his Ninth Symphony (1824) employed a chorus to sing the German poet Friedrich Schiller’s verses in praise of universal hu- man solidarity. Beethoven had been an admirer of Napoleon and even dedicated his Third Sym- phony, the Eroica (1804), to him, but when he learned of Napoleon’s decision to name himself emperor, he tore up the dedication in disgust.

Romantic Nationalism. If romantics had any common political thread, it was the support of na- tionalist aspirations, especially through the search for the historical origins of national identity. In the German states, the Austrian Empire, Russia and other Slavic lands, and Scandinavia, roman- tic poets and writers collected old legends and folktales that expressed a shared cultural and lin- guistic heritage stretching back to the Middle Ages. These collections showed that Germany, for example, had always existed even if it did not cur- rently take the form of a single unified state. Ro- mantic nationalism permeated The Betrothed (1825–1827), a novel by Alessandro Manzoni (1785–1873) that constituted a kind of bible for Italian nationalists. Manzoni, the grandson of the

6 4 2 C h a p t e r 2 0 ■ N a p o l e o n a n d t h e R e v o l u t i o n a r y L e g a c y 1 8 0 0 – 1 8 3 0

Wordsworth’s Poetry

D O C U M E N T

The son of a lawyer, William Wordsworth (1770–1850) studied at Cambridge Uni- versity and then traveled to France during the early years of the French Revolution. He returned to England and began publishing the poetry that for many scholars marks the beginning of romanticism with its empha- sis on the sublime beauties of nature. This excerpt from “Lines Composed a Few Miles above Tintern Abbey” (1798) shows the influence of his extensive walking tours through the English countryside. But the passage also captures the melancholy and nostalgia that characterized much of ro- mantic poetry.

And now, with gleams of half-extinguished thought,

With many recognitions dim and faint,

And somewhat of a sad perplexity, The picture of the mind revives again: While here I stand, not only with the sense Of present pleasure, but with pleasing

thoughts That in this moment there is life and food For future years. And so I dare to hope, Though changed, no doubt, from what I

was when first I came among these hills; when like a roe I bounded o’er the mountains, by the

sides Of the deep rivers, and the lonely streams, Wherever nature led: more like a man Flying from something that he dreads,

than one Who sought the thing he loved. For nature

then (The coarser pleasures of my boyish days,

And their glad animal movements all gone by)

To me was all in all. — I cannot paint What then I was. The sounding cataract Haunted me like a passion: the tall rock, The mountain, and the deep and gloomy

wood, Their colours and their forms, were then

to me An appetite; a feeling and a love, That had no need of a remoter charm, By thought supplied, nor any interest Unborrowed from the eye. — That time is

past.

Source: Paul Davis, ed., Bedford Anthology of World Literature. Book 5: The Nineteenth Century, 1800–1900 (Boston: Bedford/St. Martin’s, 2003), 246–47.

Ludwig van Beethoven: The German composer (1770–1827) who helped set the direction of musical romanticism; his music used recurring and evolving themes to convey the impression of natural growth.

Italian Enlightenment hero Cesare Beccaria, set his novel in the seventeenth century, when Spain controlled Italy’s destiny, but his readers under- stood that he intended to attack the Austrians who controlled northern Italy in his own day. By writ- ing this book (the first historical novel in Italian literature) in the Tuscan dialect, Manzoni achieved two aims: he helped create a standard na- tional language and popularized Italian history for a people long divided by different dialects and competing rulers.

Manzoni had been inspired to write his novel by the most influential of all historical novelists, Sir Walter Scott (1771–1832). While working as a lawyer and then judge in Scotland, Scott first col- lected and published traditional Scottish ballads that he heard as a child. After achieving immedi- ate success with his own poetry, especially The Lady of the Lake (1810), he switched to historical novels. His novels are almost all renditions of his- torical events, from Rob Roy (1817), with its ac- count of Scottish resistance to the English in the early eighteenth century, to Ivanhoe (1819), with its tales of medieval England. One contemporary critic claimed that Ivanhoe was more historically true than any scholarly work: “There is more his- tory in the novels of Walter Scott than in half of the historians.”

C h a l l e n g e s t o t h e C o n s e r v a t i v e O r d e r 6 4 31 8 0 0 – 1 8 3 0

Sir Walter Scott: A prolific author (1771–1832) of popular his- torical novels; he also collected and published traditional Scottish ballads and wrote poetry.

Caspar David Friedrich, Wanderer above the Sea of Fog (1818) Friedrich, a German romantic painter, captured many of the themes most dear to romanticism: melancholy, isolation, and individual communion with nature. He painted trees reaching for the sky and mountains stretching into the distance. Nature to him seemed awesome, powerful, and overshadowing of human perspectives. The French sculptor David d’Angers said of Friedrich, “Here is a man who has discovered the tragedy of landscape.” (© Hamburg Kunsthalle, Hamburg, Germany / The Bridgeman Art Library.)

William Blake, The Circle of the Lustful (1824) An English romantic poet, painter, engraver, and printmaker, Blake always sought his own way. Self-taught, he began writing poetry at age twelve and apprenticed himself to an engraver at fourteen. His works incorporate many otherworldly attributes; they are quite literally visionary—imagining other worlds. In this engraving of hell, the twisting, turning figures are caught up in a kind of spiritual ether. Can you find elements in this engraving that reflect a criticism of Enlightenment ideals? (Birmingham Museums and Art Gallery.)

Political Revolts in the 1820s

The restoration of regimes after Napoleon’s fall disappointed those who dreamed of constitutional freedoms and national independence. Member- ship grew in secret societies such as the carbonari, attracting tens of thousands of members, includ- ing physicians, lawyers, officers, and students. Re- volts broke out in the 1820s in Spain, Italy, Russia, and Greece (Map 20.3), as well as across the Atlantic in the Spanish and Portuguese colonies of Latin America. Most revolts failed, but those in Greece and Latin America succeeded, largely be- cause they did not threaten the conservative order in Europe.

Uprisings in Spain and Italy. When Ferdinand VII regained the Spanish crown in 1814, he quickly re- stored the prerevolutionary nobility, church, and monarchy. He had foreign books and newspapers confiscated at the frontier and allowed the publi- cation of only two newspapers. Not surprisingly, such repressive policies disturbed the middle class, especially the army officers who had encountered French ideas. Many responded by joining secret so- cieties. In 1820, disgruntled soldiers demanded

that Ferdinand proclaim his adherence to the con- stitution of 1812, which he had abolished in 1814. When the revolt spread, Ferdinand convened the cortes (parliament), which could agree on virtually nothing. Ferdinand bided his time, and in 1823 a French army invaded and restored him to absolute power. The French acted with the consent of the other great powers. The restored Spanish govern- ment tortured and executed hundreds of rebels; thousands were imprisoned or forced into exile.

Hearing of the Spanish uprising, rebellious soldiers in the kingdom of Naples joined forces with the carbonari and demanded a constitution. When a new parliament met, it too broke down over internal disagreements. The promise of re- form sparked rebellion in the northern Italian kingdom of Piedmont-Sardinia, where rebels urged Charles Albert, the young heir to the Pied- mont throne, to fight the Austrians for Italian uni- fication. He vacillated; but in 1821, after the rulers of Austria, Prussia, and Russia met and agreed on intervention, the Austrians defeated the rebels in Naples and Piedmont. Liberals were arrested in many Italian states, and the pope condemned the secret societies as “devouring wolves.” Despite the opposition of Great Britain, which condemned the indiscriminate suppression of revolutionary

6 4 4 C h a p t e r 2 0 ■ N a p o l e o n a n d t h e R e v o l u t i o n a r y L e g a c y 1 8 0 0 – 1 8 3 0

Territories with revolts

Boundary of German Confederation

Revolt

Date of revolution

0 200 400 kilometers

0 200 400 miles

N

S

E

W

�

1825

N o r t h S e a

Black Sea

A T L A N T I C O C E A N

B a l t

i c S

e a

M e d i t e r r a n e a n S e a

� � �

�

�

�

�

�

GREAT BRITAIN

F R A N C E

PRUSSIA

KINGDOM OF THE

TWO SICILIES

S PA I N

PORTUGAL

R U S S I A

O T

T O

M A N

E M P I R EPIEDMONT- SARDINIA

A U S T R I A N E M P I R E

GREECE

1820–1821

1821

1821

1825

Lisbon Madrid Barcelona

Cadiz Morea

Turin

Naples

St. Petersburg

Vienna�

M A P 2 0 . 3 Revolutionary Movements of the 1820s The revolts of the 1820s took place on the periphery of Europe, in Spain, Italy, Greece, Russia, and in the Spanish and Portuguese colonies of Latin America. Rebels in Spain and Russia wanted constitutional reforms. Although the Italian revolts failed, as did the uprisings in Spain and Russia, the Greek and Latin American independence movements eventually succeeded.

movements, Metternich convinced the other pow- ers to agree to his muffling of the Italian opposi- tion to Austrian rule.

Metternich never let discontent closer to home turn into revolt. The only sign of resistance within the new German Confederation came from uni- versity students, who formed nationalist student societies, or Burschenschaften. In 1817, they held a mass rally at which they burned books they did not like, including Napoleon’s Civil Code. Their leader was Friedrich Ludwig Jahn, who hoped to created a nationally unified Germany through ed- ucation. He advocated gymnastics (he invented the parallel bars, the balance beam, gymnastics rings, the vaulting horse, and the horizontal bar) and study of all things German in order to create a stronger German “breed.” Jahn favored the for- mation of a huge, racially pure German nation encompassing Switzerland, the Low Countries, Denmark, Prussia, and Austria. He also spouted such xenophobic (antiforeign) slogans as “If you let your daughter learn French, you might just as well train her to become a whore.” Metternich did not mind the anti-French slant, but he was con- vinced — incorrectly — that the Burschenschaften in the German states and the carbonari in Italy were linked in an international conspiracy. In 1819, when a student assassinated the playwright August Kotzebue because he had ridiculed the stu- dent movement, Metternich convinced the leaders of the biggest German states to pass the Karlsbad Decrees dissolving the student societies and more strictly censoring the press.

The Decembrist Revolt in Russia. Aspirations for constitutional government surfaced in Russia when Alexander I died suddenly in 1825. On a day in December when the troops assembled in St. Petersburg to take an oath of loyalty to Alexander’s brother Nicholas as the new tsar, rebel officers in- sisted that the crown belonged to another brother, Constantine, whom they hoped would be more favorable to constitutional reform. Constantine, though next in the line of succession after Alexander, had refused the crown. The soldiers nonetheless raised the cry “Long live Constantine, long live the Constitution!” (Some troops appar- ently thought that “the Constitution” was Con- stantine’s wife.) Soldiers loyal to Nicholas easily suppressed the Decembrists (so called after the month of their uprising), who were so outnum- bered that they had no realistic chance to succeed. The subsequent trial, however, made the rebels into legendary heroes. Of their imprisonment at hard labor, the Russian poet Alexander Pushkin

(1799–1837) wrote:

The heavy-hanging chains will fall, The walls will crumble at a word, And Freedom greet you in the light, And brothers give you back the sword.

Pushkin would not live to see this freedom. For the next thirty years, Nicholas I (r. 1825–1855) used a new political police, the Third Section, to spy on potential opponents and stamp out rebelliousness.

Greek Independence from the Turks. The Ot- toman Turks faced growing nationalist challenges in the Balkans, but the European powers feared that supporting such opposi- tion would encourage a rebel- lious spirit at home. The Serbs revolted against Turkish rule and won virtual independence by 1817. A Greek general in the Russian army, Prince Alexan- der Ypsilanti, tried to lead a re- volt against the Turks in 1820 but failed when the tsar, urged on by Metternich, disavowed him. Metternich feared rebel- lion even by Christians against their Turkish rulers. A second revolt, this time by Greek peas- ants, sparked a wave of atroci- ties in 1821 and 1822. The Greeks killed every Turk who did not escape; in retaliation, the Turks hanged the Greek pa- triarch of Constantinople, and in the areas they still controlled they pillaged churches, massacred thousands of men, and sold the women into slavery.

Western opinion turned against the Turks; Greece, after all, was the birthplace of Western civ- ilization. While the great powers negotiated, Greeks and pro-Greece committees around the world sent food and military supplies; like the Eng- lish poet Byron, a few enthusiastic European and American volunteers joined the Greeks. The Greeks held on until the great powers were willing to intervene. In 1827, a combined force of British, French, and Russian ships destroyed the Turkish fleet at Navarino Bay; and in 1828, Russia declared war on Turkey and advanced close to Constanti- nople. The Treaty of Adrianople of 1829 gave Russia a protectorate over the Danubian principalities in the Balkans and provided for a conference among representatives of Britain, Russia, and France, all of whom had broken with Austria in support of

C h a l l e n g e s t o t h e C o n s e r v a t i v e O r d e r 6 4 51 8 0 0 – 1 8 3 0

Dates of autonomy or independence

Battle�

1830

0 200 400 kilometers

0 200 400 miles

Black SeaD anu be

R.

�

O T T O M A N E M P I R E

AU S T R I A N E M P I R E

GREECE 1830

DANUBIAN PRINCIPALITIES

1829SERBIA 1817

MONTENEGRO

BOSNIA

BALKANS

Navarino Bay 1827

Constantinople

Adrianople

� �

Nationalistic Movements in the Balkans, 1815–1830

the Greeks. In 1830, Greece was declared an inde- pendent kingdom under the guarantee of the three powers; in 1833, the son of King Ludwig of Bavaria became Otto I of Greece. Nationalism, with the support of European public opinion, had made its first breach in Metternich’s system.

Wars of Independence in Latin America. Across the Atlantic, national revolts also succeeded after a series of bloody wars of independence. Taking advantage of the upheavals in Spain and Portugal that began under Napoleon, restive colonists from Mexico to Argentina rebelled. One leader who stood out was Simon Bolívar (1783–1830), the son of a slave owner educated in Europe on the works of Voltaire and Rousseau. Although Bolívar fancied himself a Latin American Napoleon, he had to acquiesce to the formation of a series of in- dependent republics between 1821 and 1823, even

in Bolivia, which is named after him. At the same time, Brazil (then still a monarchy) separated from Portugal (Map 20.4). The United States recognized the new states, and in 1823 President James Monroe announced his Monroe Doctrine, closing the Americas to European intervention — a prohi- bition that depended on British naval power and British willingness to declare neutrality. Great Britain dominated the Latin American economies, which had suffered great losses during the wars for independence.

Revolution and Reform, 1830–1832

In 1830, a new wave of liberal and nationalist re- volts broke against the bulwark of conservatism. The revolts of the 1820s had served as warning shots but had been largely confined to the periph- eries of Europe. Now revolution once again threat- ened the established order in western Europe.

The French Revolution of 1830. Louis XVIII’s younger brother and successor, Charles X

6 4 6 C h a p t e r 2 0 ■ N a p o l e o n a n d t h e R e v o l u t i o n a r y L e g a c y 1 8 0 0 – 1 8 3 0

Simon Bolívar (1783–1830): The European-educated son of a slave owner who became one of the leaders of the Latin Amer- ican independence movement in the 1820s. Bolivia is named after him.

Greek Independence From 1836 to 1839, the Greek painter Panagiotis Zographos worked with his two sons on a series of scenes from the Greek struggle for independence from the Turks. Response was so favorable that one Greek general ordered lithographic reproductions for popular distribution. Nationalistic feeling could be thus encouraged even among those who were not directly touched by the struggle. Here Turkish sultan Mehmet the Conqueror, exulting over the fall of Constantinople in 1453, views a row of Greeks under the yoke, a sign of submission. (The Visual Connection.)

(r. 1824–1830), brought about his own downfall by steering the monarchy in an increasingly repres- sive direction. In 1825, a Law of Indemnity com- pensated nobles who had emigrated during the French Revolution for the loss of their estates, and a Law of Sacrilege in the same year imposed the death penalty for such offenses as stealing religious objects from churches. Charles enraged liberals when he dissolved the legislature, removed many wealthy and powerful voters from the rolls, and imposed strict censorship. Spontaneous demon- strations in Paris led to fighting on July 26, 1830. After three days of street battles in which 500 cit- izens and 150 soldiers died, a group of moderate liberal leaders, fearing the reestablishment of a re- public, agreed to give the crown to Charles X’s cousin Louis-Philippe, duke of Orléans.

Charles X went into exile in England, and the new king extended political liberties and voting rights. Although the number of voting men nearly doubled, it remained minuscule — approximately 170,000 in a country of 30 million. Such reforms did little for the poor and working classes, who had manned the barricades in July. Dissatisfaction

C h a l l e n g e s t o t h e C o n s e r v a t i v e O r d e r 6 4 71 8 0 0 – 1 8 3 0

Simon Bolívar Known as “the Liberator,” Simon Bolívar (1783–1830) is shown riding a white horse in this lithograph near the end of his life. Bolívar led the armies that gained independence from Spain in Venezuela, Colombia, Ecuador, Peru, and Bolivia. He had dreamed of creating a United States of Latin America but died of tuberculosis as factional fighting kept the various states separate from each other. (akg-images.)

Independent countries

Spanish

British

Dutch

French

Portuguese

Date of independence (color indicates colonial power prior to independence)

N

S

E W

1821

0 500 1,000 kilometers

0 1,000 miles500

PACIFIC OCEAN

ATLANTIC OCEAN

BRAZIL

BOLIVIA

ECUADOR

COLOMBIA

FRENCH GUIANA

PARAGUAY

URUGUAY CHILE

BRITISH GUIANA SURINAME

MEXICO

UNITED STATES

UNITED PROVINCES OF CENTRAL AMERICA

BRITISH HONDURAS

VENEZUELA

PERU

ARGENTINA

Cuba

Santo DomingoHaiti

Puerto Rico

1821

1823

1804 1821

1830

1822 1824

1822

1818

1816 1828

1811

1825

1819

Mexico City

Caracas

Bogotá

Quito

Lima

Santiago Buenos Aires

Montevideo

Asunción São Paulo

Rio de Janeiro

�

�

�

�

�

�

� �

�

� �

M A P 2 0 . 4 Latin American Independence, 1804–1830 Napoleon’s occupation of Spain and Portugal seriously weakened those countries’ hold on their Latin American colonies. Despite the restoration of the Spanish and Por- tuguese rulers in 1814, most of their colonies successfully broke away in a wave of rebellions between 1811 and 1830.

with the 1830 settlement boiled over in Lyon in 1831, when a silk-workers’ strike over wages turned into a rebellion that died down only when the army arrived. Revolution had broken the hold of those who wanted to restore the pre-1789 monarchy and nobility, but it had gone no further this time than installing a more liberal, constitu- tional monarchy.

Belgian Independence from the Dutch. News of the July revolution in Paris ignited the Belgians, whose country had been annexed to the kingdom of the Netherlands in 1815. Differences in tradi- tions, language, and religion separated the largely Catholic Belgians from the Dutch. An opera about a seventeenth-century insurrection in Naples pro- vided the spark, and students in Brussels rioted, shouting “Down with the Dutch!”

The riot turned into revolt. King William of the Netherlands appealed to the great powers to intervene; after all, the Congress of Vienna had established his kingdom. But Great Britain and France opposed intervention and invited Russia, Austria, and Prussia to a conference that guaran- teed Belgium independence in exchange for its neutrality in international affairs. Belgian neutral- ity would remain a cornerstone of European diplo- macy for a century. After much maneuvering, the crown of the new kingdom of Belgium was offered to a German prince, Leopold of Saxe-Coburg, in 1831. Belgium, like France and Britain, now had a constitutional monarchy.

Revolts in Italy and Poland. The Austrian em- peror and the Russian tsar would have supported intervention in Belgium had they not been preoc- cupied with their own revolts. Anti-Austrian up- risings erupted in a handful of Italian states, but they fizzled without the hoped-for French aid. The Polish revolt was more serious. When set up in 1815, the “congress kingdom” (so called because the Congress of Vienna had created it) was given a constitution that provided for an elected parlia- ment, a national army, and guarantees of free speech and a free press. But by 1818, its ruler, the Russian tsar Alexander I, had begun retracting these concessions. Polish students and military of- ficers responded by forming secret nationalist so- cieties to plot for change by illegal means. The government then cracked down, arresting student leaders and dismissing professors who promoted reforms. In 1830, in response to news of revolu- tion in France, students raised the banner of re- bellion. Polish aristocrats formed a provisional government, but it got no support from Britain

or France and was defeated by the Russian army. In reprisal, Tsar Nicholas abolished the Polish constitution that his brother Alexander had granted and ordered thousands of Poles executed or banished.

The British Reform Bill of 1832. The British had long been preoccupied with two subjects: the royal family and elections for control of Parliament. In 1820, the domestic quarrels between the new king, George IV (r. 1820–1830), and his German wife, Caroline, seemed to threaten the future of the monarchy. When George IV came to the throne, he tried to divorce Caroline, and he refused to have her crowned queen. He hoped to use rumors of her love affairs on the continent to win his case, but the divorce trial provoked massive demonstrations in support of Caroline. Women’s groups gathered thousands of signatures on petitions supporting her, and popular songs and satires portrayed George as a fat, drunken libertine. Caroline’s death a few months after George’s coronation ended the Queen Caroline Affair. The monarchy survived, but with a tarnished reputation.

The demonstrations in the Queen Caroline Affair followed on the heels of a huge political rally held just the year before. In August 1819, sixty thousand people attended an illegal political meet- ing held in St. Peter’s Fields in Manchester. They wanted reform of Parliamentary elections, which had long been controlled by aristocratic landown- ers. When the local authorities sent the cavalry to arrest the speaker, panic resulted; eleven people were killed and many hundreds injured. Punsters called it the battle of Peterloo or the Peterloo mas- sacre. An alarmed government passed the Six Acts, which forbade large political meetings and re- stricted press criticism.

In the 1820s, however, new men came into government. Sir Robert Peel (1788–1850), the sec- retary for home affairs, revised the criminal code to reduce the number of crimes punishable by death and introduced a municipal police force in London, called the Bobbies after him. In 1824, the laws prohibiting labor unions were repealed, and though restrictions on strikes remained, workers could now organize themselves legally to confront their employers collectively. In 1828, the appoint- ment of the duke of Wellington, the hero of Waterloo, as prime minister kept the Tories in power, and his government pushed through a bill in 1829 allowing Catholics to sit in Parliament and hold most public offices.

When in 1830, and again in 1831, the Whigs in Parliament proposed an extension of the right

6 4 8 C h a p t e r 2 0 ■ N a p o l e o n a n d t h e R e v o l u t i o n a r y L e g a c y 1 8 0 0 – 1 8 3 0

to vote, Tory diehards, principally in the House of Lords, dug in their heels and predicted that even the most modest proposals would doom civiliza- tion itself. Even though the proposed law would not grant universal male suffrage, mass demon- strations in favor of it took place in many cities. One supporter of reform described the scene: “Meetings of almost every description of persons were held in cities, towns, and parishes; by jour- neymen tradesmen in their clubs, and by common workmen who had no trade clubs or associations of any kind.” In this “state of diseased and fever- ish excitement” (according to its opponents), the Reform Bill of 1832 passed, after the king threat- ened to create enough new peers to obtain its pas- sage in the House of Lords.

Although the Reform Bill altered Britain’s po- litical structure in significant ways, the gains were not revolutionary. One of the bill’s foremost back- ers, historian and member of Parliament Thomas Macaulay, explained, “I am opposed to Universal Suffrage, because I think that it would produce a destructive revolution. I support this plan, because I am sure that it is our best security against a rev- olution.” Although the number of male voters increased by about 50 percent, only one in five Britons could now vote, and voting still depended on holding property. Nevertheless, the bill gave representation to new cities in the north for the first time and set a precedent for further widening suffrage. Exclusive aristocratic politics now gave way to a mixed middle-class and aristocratic struc- ture that would prove more responsive to the prob- lems of a fast-growing society. Those disappointed with the outcome would organize with renewed vigor in the 1830s and 1840s.

Review: Why were Austria and Russia able to thwart independence movements in Italy and Poland but not in Greece, Belgium, and Latin America?

Conclusion The agitations and uprisings of the 1820s and early 1830s showed that the revolutionary legacy still smoldered and might erupt into flames again at any moment. Napoleon Bonaparte had kept the legacy alive by insisting on fundamental reforms wherever his armies triumphed. His imperial rule galvanized supporters and opponents alike; no one could be indifferent to his impact on European and even world affairs. He reshaped French institutions and left a lasting imprint in many European coun- tries. Moreover, like Frankenstein’s monster, he seemed to bounce back from every reversal; be- tween the French retreat from Moscow in 1812 and his final defeat at Waterloo in 1815, Napoleon lost many battles and yet managed to raise an army again and again.

The French emperor’s attempt to colonize much of Europe ultimately failed. Germans, Ital- ians, Russians, and Spaniards all resisted and in the process discovered new national feelings that would have an impact throughout modern times. Unlike Frankenstein’s monster, Napoleon could not hide from his enemies and was forced into ex- ile until his death. The powers who eventually de- feated Napoleon tried to maintain the European peace by shoring up monarchical governments and damping down aspirations for constitutional freedoms and national autonomy. They sometimes fell short. Belgium separated from the Nether- lands, Greece achieved independence from the Turks, Latin American countries shook off the rule of Spain and Portugal, and the French installed a more liberal monarchy than the one envisioned by the Congress of Vienna. Yet Metternich’s vision of a conservative Europe still held, and most efforts at revolt failed. In the next two decades, however, dramatic social changes would raise the stakes of political contests and prompt a new and much more deadly round of revolutions.

C o n c l u s i o n 6 4 91 8 0 0 – 1 8 3 0

Reform Bill of 1832: A measure passed by the British Parlia- ment to increase the number of male voters by about 50 per- cent and give representation to new cities in the north; it set a precedent for widening suffrage.

For Further Exploration

■ For suggested references, including Web sites, for topics in this chapter, see page SR-1 at the end of the book.

■ For additional primary-source material from this period, see Chapter 20 in Sources of THE MAKING OF THE WEST, Third Edition.

■ For Web sites and documents related to topics in this chapter, see Make History at bedfordstmartins.com/hunt.

6 5 0 C h a p t e r 2 0 ■ N a p o l e o n a n d t h e R e v o l u t i o n a r y L e g a c y 1 8 0 0 – 1 8 3 0

0 200 400 kilometers

0 200 400 miles

N

S

E

W

Revolt sites�

�

�

�

N o r t h S e a

Black Sea

A T L A N T I C O C E A N

B a l t

i c S

e a

English Channel

M e d i t e r r a n e a n S e a

FINLAND

GREAT BRITAIN

BELGIUM 1831

F R A N C E SWITZ.

PRUSSIA

KINGDOM OF THE

TWO SICILIES

S PA I N

PORTUGAL

Kingdom of Poland

SWEDEN AND NORWAY

R U S S I A

O T

T O

M A N

E M P I R E

Saxony

Bavaria

Venetia

PIEDMONT- SARDINIA

A U S T R I A N E M P I R E

PAPAL STATES

SERBIA 1817

GREECE 1830

DANUBIAN PRINCIPALITIES

DENMARK

GERMAN CONFEDERATION

Lombardy HUNGARY Transylvania

SCOTLAND

ENGLAND

IRELAND

Paris

Warsaw

Brussels

NETH.

Lyon

ManchesterLiverpool

Lisbon

Madrid

London

Rome

Naples

Berlin

Vienna

Hamburg

Moscow

St. Petersburg

Constantinople

Amsterdam

�

��

� �

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

M A P P I N G T H E W E S T

Europe in 1830 By 1830, the fragilities of the Congress of Vienna settlement had become apparent. Rebellion in Poland failed, but Belgium won its independence from the kingdom of the Netherlands, and a French revolution in July chased out the Bourbon ruler and installed Louis-Philippe, who promised constitutional reform. Most European rulers held on to their positions in this period of ferment, but they had to accommodate new desires for constitutional guarantees of rights and growing nationalist sentiment.

C h a p t e r R e v i e w 6 5 11 8 0 0 – 1 8 3 0

K e y Te r m s a n d P e o p l e M a k i n g C o n n e c t i o n s

R e v i e w Q u e s t i o n s

1. What was the long-term significance of Napoleon for Europe?

2. In what ways did Metternich succeed in holding back the revolutionary legacy? In what ways did he fail?

1. In what ways did Napoleon continue the French Revolution, and in what ways did he break with it?

2. Why was Napoleon able to gain control over so much of Europe’s territory?

3. To what extent was the old order restored by the Congress of Vienna?

4. Why were Austria and Russia able to thwart independence movements in Italy and Poland but not in Greece, Belgium, and Latin America?

C h a p t e r R e v i e w

Napoleon Bonaparte (620)

First Consul (622)

Civil Code (625)

Continental System (631)

Congress of Vienna (636)

Klemens von Metternich (636)

restoration (638)

conservatism (638)

Ludwig van Beethoven (642)

Sir Walter Scott (643)

Simon Bolívar (646)

Reform Bill of 1832 (649)

For practice quizzes, a customized study plan, and other study tools, see the Online Study Guide at bedfordstmartins.com/hunt.

I m p o r ta n t Ev e n t s

1799 Coup against Directory government in France; Napoleon Bonaparte named First Consul

1801 Napoleon signs a concordat with the pope

1804 Napoleon crowned as emperor of France; issues new Civil Code

1805 British naval forces defeat the French at the battle of Trafalgar; Napoleon wins his greatest victory at the battle of Austerlitz

1812 Napoleon invades Russia

1814–1815 Congress of Vienna

1815 Napoleon defeated at Waterloo and exiled to island of St. Helena, where he dies in 1821

1818 Mary Shelley, Frankenstein

1820 Revolt of liberal army officers against the Spanish crown

1824 Ludwig van Beethoven, Ninth Symphony

1825 Russian army officers demand constitutional reform in the Decembrist Revolt

1830 Greece gains its independence from Ottoman Turks; rebels overthrow Charles X of France and install Louis-Philippe; rebellion in Poland against Russia fails

1832 English Parliament passes Reform Bill; Johann Wolfgang von Goethe, Faust

I n 1830, the Liverpool and Manchester Railway Line opened to the

cheers of crowds and the congratulations of government officials,

including the duke of Wellington, the hero of Waterloo and now

the British prime minister. In the excitement, some of the dignitaries

gathered on a parallel track. Another engine, George Stephenson’s

Rocket, approached at high speed — the engine could go as fast as

twenty-seven miles per hour. Most of the gentlemen scattered to

safety, but former cabinet minister William Huskisson fell and was

hit. A few hours later he died, the first official casualty of the new-

fangled railroad.

Dramatic and expensive, railroads were the most striking symbol

of the new industrial age. Industrialization and its by-product of rapid

urban growth fundamentally changed political conflicts, social rela-

tions, cultural concerns, and even the landscape. So great were the

changes that they are collectively labeled the Industrial Revolution.

Although this revolution did not take place in a single decade like the

French Revolution, the introduction of steam-driven machinery, large

factories, and a new working class transformed life in the Western

world. Peasants and workers streamed into the cities. The population

of London grew by 130,000 people in the 1830s alone. Berlin more than

doubled between 1819 and 1849, and Paris expanded by 120,000 just

between 1841 and 1846. To many observers, overcrowding, disease,

prostitution, crime, and alcohol consumption all seemed to be on the

increase as a result.

The shock of industrial and urban growth generated an outpour-

ing of commentary on the need for social reforms. Painters, poets, and

especially novelists joined in the chorus warning about rising tensions.

The Industrial Revolution 654 • Roots of Industrialization • Engines of Change • Urbanization and Its Consequences • Agricultural Perils and Prosperity

Reforming the Social Order 664 • Cultural Responses to the Social

Question • The Varieties of Social Reform • Abuses and Reforms Overseas

Ideologies and Political Movements 671 • The Spell of Nationalism • Liberalism in Economics and Politics • Socialism and the Early Labor

Movement

The Revolutions of 1848 678 • The Hungry Forties • Another French Revolution • Nationalist Revolution in Italy • Revolt and Reaction in Central Europe • Aftermath to 1848

6 5 3

Industrialization and Social Ferment 1830–1850

C H A P T E R

21

The New Railroad This engraving by H. Pyall from 1831 shows the entrance of the Liverpool and Manchester Railway line at Edge Hill in Liverpool. The engines seem quaint to us now, but at the time they impressed everyone with their size and speed. Railroads immediately became the symbol as well as the driving force of the industrial age. The engraving shows that even upper-class men and women flocked to see the new engines in operation. (Getty Images.)

Many who wrote on social issues expected middle- class women to organize their homes as a domes- tic haven from the heartless process of upheaval. Yet despite the emphasis on domesticity, middle- class women participated in public issues too: they set up reform societies that fought prostitution and helped poor mothers, and they agitated for tem- perance (abstention from alcohol), and joined the campaigns to abolish slavery. Middle-class men and women frequently denounced the lower classes’ ap- petites for drink, tobacco, and cockfighting, but they remained largely silent when British traders received government support in forcing the Chi- nese to accept imports of opium, an addictive drug.

Social ferment set the ideological pots to a boil. A word coined during the French Revolution, ideology refers to a coherent set of beliefs about the way the social and political order should be or- ganized. The dual revolution of the French Revo- lution and the Industrial Revolution prompted the development of a whole spectrum of ideologies to explain the meaning of the changes taking place. Nationalists, liberals, socialists, and communists offered competing visions of the social order they desired: they all agreed that change was necessary, but they disagreed about both the means and the ends of change. Their contest came to a head in 1848 when the rapid transformation of European society led to a new set of revolutionary outbreaks, more consuming than any since 1789. As in 1789, food shortages and constitutional crises fueled re- bellions, but now class tensions and nationalist im- pulses fanned the flames in capitals across Europe, not only in Paris. Because of internal quarrels and conflicts, however, the revolutionaries of 1848 eventually went down to defeat.

Focus Question: How did the Industrial Revolution create new social and political conflicts?

The Industrial Revolution French and English writers of the 1820s invented the term Industrial Revolution to capture the drama of contemporary change and to draw a parallel with the French Revolution. The chief components of the Industrial Revolution, industri- alization and urbanization, are long-term processes that have continued to the present; unlike the French upheaval, they do not have precise begin- ning and ending dates. The Industrial Revolution began in England in the 1770s and 1780s in tex- tile manufacturing and spread from there across the continent. In the 1830s and 1840s, industrial- ization and urbanization both accelerated quite suddenly, as governments across Europe encour- aged railroad construction and the mechanization of manufacturing. States exercised little control over the consequences of industrial and urban growth, however, and many officials, preachers, and intellectuals worried that unchecked growth would destroy traditional social relationships and create disorder. Some held out the constancy of ru- ral life as an antidote to the ravages of industrial- ization and urbanization, but population growth produced new tensions in the countryside too.

Roots of Industrialization British inventors had been steadily perfecting steam engines for five decades before George

6 5 4 C h a p t e r 2 1 ■ I n d u s t r i a l i z a t i o n a n d S o c i a l F e r m e n t 1 8 3 0 – 1 8 5 0

ideology: A word coined during the French Revolution to refer to a coherent set of beliefs about the way the social and polit- ical order should be organized.

1830 1835 1840

■ 1830–1832 Cholera epidemic

■ 1830 France invades Algeria

■ 1831 British and Foreign Temperance Society established

■ 1832 George Sand, Indiana

■ 1833 British Factory Act; abolition of slavery

■ 1834 Zollverein established

Industrial Revolution: The transformation of life in the Western world over several decades in the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries as a result of the introduction of steam- driven machinery, large factories, and a new working class.

■ 1835 Belgium opens first continental railway

■ 1839 Opium War begins; invention of photography

■ 1841 Dickens, The Old Curiosity Shop

Stephenson built his Rocket. A key breakthrough took place in 1776 when James Watt developed an efficient steam engine that could be used to pump water from coal mines or drive machinery in tex- tile factories. Since coal fired the steam engines which drove new textile machinery, innovations tended to reinforce each other. This kind of syn- ergy built on previous changes in the textile indus- try. In 1733, the Englishman John Kay had patented the flying shuttle, which enabled weavers to “throw” yarn across the loom rather than draw it back and forth by hand. When the flying shuttle came into widespread use in the 1760s, weavers began producing cloth more quickly than spinners could produce the thread. The resulting shortage of spun thread propelled the invention of the spin- ning jenny and the water frame, a power-driven spinning machine. In the following decades, water frames replaced thousands of women spinners working at home by hand. Using the engines pro- duced by James Watt and his partner Matthew Boulton, Edmund Cartwright designed a mecha- nized loom in the 1780s that, when perfected, could be run by a small boy and yet yield fifteen times the output of a skilled adult working a hand- loom. By the end of the century, new power ma- chinery was being assembled in large factories that hired semiskilled men, women, and children to re- place skilled weavers.

Several factors interacted to make England the first site of the Industrial Revolution. Because population increased by more than 50 percent in England in the second half of the eighteenth cen- tury, manufacturers had an incentive to produce more and cheaper cotton cloth. England had a good supply of private investment capital from overseas trade and commercial profits, ready ac- cess to raw cotton from the plantations of its Caribbean colonies and the southern United States, and the necessary natural resources at home such as coal and iron. Good opportunities

for social mobility and relative political stability in the eighteenth century provided an environ- ment that fostered the pragmatism of the English and Scottish inventors who designed the machin- ery. These early industrialists shared a culture of informal scientific education through learned so- cieties and popular lectures (one of the prominent forms of the Enlightenment in Britain). Manufac- turers proved eager to introduce steam-driven machinery to increase output and gradually es- tablished factories to house the new machines and concentrate the labor of their workers. The agri- cultural revolution of the eighteenth century had enabled England to produce food more efficiently, freeing some agricultural workers to move to the new sites of manufacturing. Cotton textile pro- duction skyrocketed.

Elsewhere in Europe, textile manufacturing — long a linchpin in the European economy — ex- panded even without the introduction of new machines and factories because of the spread of the “putting-out,” or “domestic,” system. Under the putting-out system, manufacturers supplied the raw materials, such as woolen or cotton fibers, to families working at home. The mother and her children washed, carded, and combed the fibers. Then the mother and oldest daughters spun them into thread. The father, assisted by the children, wove the cloth. The cloth was then finished (bleached, dyed, smoothed, and so on) under the supervision of the manufacturer in a large work- shop, located either in town or in the countryside. This system had existed in the textile industry for hundreds of years, but in the eighteenth century it grew dramatically, and the manufacture of other products, such as glassware, baskets, nails, and guns, followed suit. The spread of the domestic system of manufacturing is sometimes called proto- industrialization to signify that the process helped pave the way for the full-scale Industrial Revolu- tion. Because of the increase in textile production,

Th e I n d u s t r i a l R e v o l u t i o n 6 5 51 8 3 0 – 1 8 5 0

1845 1850 1855

■ 1846 Famine in Ireland; Corn Laws repealed; insurrection in Galicia

■ 1851 Crystal Palace exhibition

■ 1848 Last Chartist demonstrations; Marx and Engels, Communist Manifesto; revolutions throughout Europe; French abolish slavery in remaining colonies; end of serfdom in Austrian Empire

ordinary people began to wear underclothes and nightclothes, both rare in the past. White, red, blue, yellow, green, and even pastel shades of cotton now replaced the black, gray, or brown of traditional woolen dress.

Workers in the textile industry, whether in the putting-out system or in factories, enjoyed few protections against fluctuations in the market. Whenever demand for cloth declined, manufac- turers simply did not buy from the families pro- ducing it. Hundreds of thousands of families might be reduced to bankruptcy in periods of food shortage or overproduction. Handloom weavers sometimes violently resisted the establishment of factory power looms that would force them out of work. In England in 1811 and 1812, for example, bands of handloom weavers wrecked factory ma- chinery and burned mills in the Midlands, York- shire, and Lancashire. To restore order and protect industry, the government sent in an army of twelve thousand regular soldiers and made ma- chine wrecking punishable by death. The rioters were called Luddites after the fictitious figure Ned Ludd, whose signature appeared on their mani- festos. (The term is still used to describe those who resist new technology.)

Engines of Change Steam-driven engines took on a dramatic new form in the 1820s when the English engineer

George Stephenson perfected an engine to pull wagons along rail tracks. In the 1830s and 1840s, every major country in Europe hurried to set up a railroad system, pushing industrialization from west to east across Europe (see “Taking Measure,” below). Although the new industries employed only a small percentage of workers, the working class that took shape in them immediately at- tracted the attention of social commentators and government officials. Rulers could not afford to ignore the social problems that came from indus- trialization.

The Rise of the Railroad. The idea of a railroad was not new: iron tracks had been used since the seventeenth century to haul coal from mines in wagons pulled by horses. A railroad system as a mode of transport, however, developed only after Stephenson’s invention of a steam-powered loco- motive. Placed on the new tracks, steam-driven carriages could transport people and goods to the cities and link coal and iron deposits to the new factories. In the 1840s alone, railroad track mileage more than doubled in Great Britain, and British investment in railways jumped tenfold. The British also began to build railroads in India. Canal building waned in the 1840s: the railroad had won out. Britain’s success with rail trans- portation led other countries to develop their own projects. Railroads grew spectacularly in the United States in the 1830s and 1840s, reaching

6 5 6 C h a p t e r 2 1 ■ I n d u s t r i a l i z a t i o n a n d S o c i a l F e r m e n t 1 8 3 0 – 1 8 5 0

T A K I N G M E A S U R E

Railroad Lines (in kilometers)

Great Britain 157

9,787

Russia 0

501

Italy 0

620

Germany* 0

5,856

France 31

2,915

Austria-Hungary 0

1,357

*German states that formed a unified Germany in 1871.

Railroad Lines, 1830–1850 Great Britain quickly extended its lead in the building of railroads. The extension of commerce and, before long, the ability to wage war would depend on the devel- opment of effective railroad net- works. These statistics might be taken as predicting a realignment of power within Europe after 1850. What do the numbers say about the relative positions of Germany (the German states, including Prussia but excluding Austria), the Austrian Empire, and France? (From B. R. Mitchell, European Historical Statistics

1750–1970 (New York: Columbia University

Press, 1975), F1.)

9,000 miles of track by midcentury. Belgium, newly independent in 1830, opened the first con- tinental European railroad with state bonds backed by British capital in 1835. In all, the world had 23,500 miles of track by 1850, most of it in western Europe.

Railroad building spurred both industrial de- velopment and state power (Map 21.1). Govern- ments everywhere participated in the construction of railroads, which depended on private and state funds to pay for the massive amounts of iron, coal, heavy machinery, and human labor required to build and run them. Demand for iron products ac- celerated industrial development. Until the 1840s, cotton had led industrial production; between 1816 and 1840, cotton output more than quad- rupled in Great Britain. But from 1830 to 1850, Britain’s output of iron and coal doubled (Table

21.1). Similarly, Austrian output of iron doubled between the 1820s and the 1840s. One-third of all investment in the German states in the 1840s went into railroads.

Steam-powered engines made Britain the world leader in manufacturing. By midcentury, more than half of Britain’s national income came from manu- facturing and trade. The number of steamboats in Great Britain rose from two in 1812 to six hundred in 1840. Between 1840 and 1850, steam-engine power doubled in Great Britain and increased even more rapidly elsewhere in Europe, as those adopt- ing British inventions strove to catch up. The power applied in German manufacturing, for example, grew sixfold during the 1840s but still amounted to only a little more than a quarter of the British fig- ure. German coal and iron outputs were only 6 or 7 percent of the British outputs.

Th e I n d u s t r i a l R e v o l u t i o n 6 5 71 8 3 0 – 1 8 5 0

Major industrial areas

No peasant emancipation before 1848

Railroad development by 1850

Iron ore fields

Coalfields

0 200 400 kilometers

0 200 400 miles

N

S

E

W

�

�

� �

�� �� � �

�� � �� �

� �

��� � ��

� � � ���

���

� � ��

�

�

���

� ���

�

� �

�� �� �

� ��

�� ��

�

� � ��

� � � �

� �� ��

� �

�� �

��

�� � � ���

� �

� ��

� �

� � �

� �

�

�� �

� � �

� ��

� �

� �

� � �

�

�� �

� �

�� �� � �

�� � �

� � � �

�

� � �� �

��

� � � �

��

�

�

� � �

� �� ��

��� �

� �

�

� � �

� �

� �� ��

�

�

� �

� � �

� �

� �

�� �

� ����

�

��

� �� � � � �

� �

N o r t h S e a

A T L A N T I C O C E A N

B a l t

i c

S e a

M e d i t e r r a n e a n S e a

Danube R. R

hin e

R .

GREAT BRITAIN

BELGIUM

F R A N C E

DENMARK

PRUSSIA

S PA I N

PORTUGAL

Poland

SWEDEN AND NORWAY

R U S S I A

Saxony

Bohemia

A U S T R I A N E M P I R E

O T T O M A N E M P I R E

GERMAN CONFEDERATION

Lyon

Milan

Florence

Manchester

Glasgow

Liverpool

Lisbon

Madrid

Barcelona

Marseille

Birmingham

London

Rome

Naples

Berlin Warsaw

Breslau

Buda Pest

Cracow

Vienna

St. Petersburg

Amsterdam

Brussels

Frankfurt

Munich

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

� �

�

�

�

�

�

� �

�

��

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

M A P 2 1 . 1 Industrialization in Europe, c. 1850 Industrialization (mainly mechanized textile production) first spread in a band across northern Europe that included Great Britain, northern France, Belgium, the northern German states, the region around Milan in northern Italy, and Bohemia. Although railroads were not the only factor in promoting industrialization, the map makes clear the interrelationship between railroad building and the development of new industrial sites of coal mining and textile production.

Industrialization Moves Eastward. Although Great Britain consciously strove to protect its in- dustrial supremacy, thousands of British engineers defied laws against the export of machinery or the emigration of artisans. Only slowly, thanks to the pirating of British methods and to new technical schools, did most continental countries begin clos- ing the gap. Belgium became the fastest-growing industrial power on the continent: between 1830 and 1844, the number of steam engines in Belgium quadrupled, and Belgians exported seven times as many steam engines as they imported.

Industrialization spread slowly east from key areas in Prussia (near Berlin), Saxony, and Bo- hemia. Cotton production in the Austrian Empire tripled between 1831 and 1845, and coal produc- tion increased fourfold from 1827 to 1847. Both activities were centered in Bohemia, which was more productive than Prussia or Saxony. Even so, by 1850, continental Europe still lagged almost twenty years behind Great Britain in industrial de- velopment.

The advance of industrialization in eastern Europe was slow, in large part because serfdom still survived there, hindering labor mobility and tying up investment capital: as long as peasants were legally tied to the land as serfs, they could not mi- grate to the new factory towns and landlords felt little incentive to invest their income in manufac- turing. The problem was worst in Russia, where industrialization would not take off until the end of the nineteenth century. Nevertheless, even in Russia signs of industrialization could be detected: raw cotton imports (a sign of a growing textile in- dustry) increased sevenfold between 1831 and 1848, and the number of factories doubled along with the size of the industrial workforce.

Factories and Workers. Despite the spread of in- dustrialization, factory workers remained a minor- ity everywhere. In the 1840s, factories in England employed only 5 percent of the workers; in France, 3 percent; in Prussia, 2 percent. The putting-out system remained strong, employing two-thirds of the manufacturing workers in Prussia and Saxony, for example, in the 1840s. Many peasants kept their options open by combining factory work or putting-out work with agricultural labor. From Switzerland to Russia, people worked in agricul- ture during the spring and summer and in manu- facturing in the fall and winter. Unstable industrial wages made such arrangements essential. In addi- tion, some new industries idled periodically: for example, iron forges stopped for several months when the water level in streams dropped, and blast furnaces shut down for repairs several weeks every year.

Even though factories employed only a small percentage of the population, they attracted much attention. Already by 1830, more than a million people in Britain depended on the cotton indus- try for employment, and cotton cloth constituted 50 percent of the country’s exports. Factories sprang up in urban areas, where the growing population provided a ready source of labor. The rapid expan- sion of the British textile industry had a colonial corollary: the destruction of the hand manufac- ture of textiles in India. The British put high import duties on Indian cloth entering Britain and kept such duties very low for British cloth enter- ing India. The figures are dramatic: in 1813, the Indian city of Calcutta exported to England £2,000,000 of cotton cloth; by 1830, Calcutta was importing from England £2,000,000 of cotton cloth. When Britain abolished slavery in its

6 5 8 C h a p t e r 2 1 ■ I n d u s t r i a l i z a t i o n a n d S o c i a l F e r m e n t 1 8 3 0 – 1 8 5 0

TA B L E 2 1 . 1 Coal Output, 1830–1850*

Like the numbers for railroad mileage, these figures for coal production show the economic dominance of Great Britain throughout the period 1830–1850. As long as coal remained the essential fuel of industrialization, Britain enjoyed a clear advantage.

German States

Austria Belgium France (including Prussia) Great Britain

1830 214 ** 1,863 1,800 22,800 1835 251 2,639 2,506 2,100 28,100 1840 473 3,930 3,003 3,200 34,200 1845 689 4,919 4,202 4,400 46,600 1850 877 5,821 4,434 5,100 50,200

*In thousands of metric tons.

**Data not available.

Source: B. R. Mitchell, European Historical Statistics, 1750–1970 (New York: Columbia University Press, 1975), D2.

with a distinctive culture and traditions. The term working class, like middle class, came into use for the first time in the early nineteenth century. It re- ferred to the laborers in the new factories. In the past, urban workers had labored in isolated trades: water and wood carrying, gardening, laundry, and building. In contrast, factories brought working people together with machines, under close super- vision by their employers. They soon developed a sense of common interests and organized societies for mutual help and political reform. From these would come the first labor unions.

Factories produced wealth without regard to the pollution they caused or the exhausted state of their workers; industry created unheard-of riches and new forms of poverty all at once. “From this foul drain the greatest stream of human industry flows out to fertilize the whole world,” wrote the French aristocrat Alexis de Tocqueville after visit- ing the new English industrial city of Manchester in the 1830s. “From this filthy sewer pure gold flows. Here humanity attains its most complete

Th e I n d u s t r i a l R e v o l u t i o n 6 5 91 8 3 0 – 1 8 5 0

Caribbean colonies in 1833, British manufacturers began to buy raw cotton in the southern United States, where slavery still flourished.

Factories drew workers from the urban pop- ulation surge, which had begun in the eighteenth century and now accelerated. The number of agri- cultural laborers also increased during industri- alization in Britain, suggesting that a growing birthrate created a larger population and fed work- ers into the new factory system. The new workers came from several sources: families of farmers who could not provide land for all their children, arti- sans displaced by the new machinery, and children of the earliest workers who had moved to the fac- tory towns. Factory employment resembled fam- ily labor on farms or in the putting-out system: entire families came to toil for a single wage, al- though family members performed different tasks. Workdays of twelve to seventeen hours were typi- cal, even for children, and the work was grueling.

As urban factories grew, their workers gradu- ally came to constitute a new socioeconomic class

Factory Work This 1836 depiction of mechanized spinning of cotton in England captures the dangers of child labor. The child is sweeping even while the machine works. The print does not portray the churning noise and swirling dust of the workplace, but it does show how machines could produce thread much more efficiently than individuals working on their own. Do you think the artist aimed to provide a positive or negative picture of factory work? (Mary Evans Picture Library.)

development and its most brutish, here civilization works its miracles and civilized man is turned al- most into a savage.” Studies by physicians set the life expectancy of workers in Manchester at just seventeen years (partly because of high rates of infant mortality), whereas the average life ex- pectancy in England was forty years in 1840. (See “New Sources, New Perspectives,” above.) One American visitor in Britain in the late 1840s de- scribed how “in the manufacturing town, the fine soot or blacks darken the day, give white sheep the color of black sheep, discolor the human saliva, contaminate the air, poison many plants, and cor- rode monuments and buildings.” In some parts of Europe, city leaders banned factories, hoping to in- sulate their towns from the effects of industrial growth.

As factory production expanded, local and na- tional governments collected information about the workers. Investigators detailed their pitiful condition. A French physician in the eastern town of Mulhouse described the “pale, emaciated women who walk barefooted through the dirt” to reach the factory. The young children who worked in the factory appeared “clothed in rags which are greasy with the oil from the looms and frames.” A report to the city government in Lille, France, in 1832 described “dark cellars” where the cotton workers lived: “the air is never renewed, it is in- fected; the walls are plastered with garbage.”

Government inquiries often focused on women and children. In Great Britain, the Factory Act of 1833 outlawed the employment of children under the age of nine in textile mills (except in the lace

6 6 0 C h a p t e r 2 1 ■ I n d u s t r i a l i z a t i o n a n d S o c i a l F e r m e n t 1 8 3 0 – 1 8 5 0

F rom the very beginning of industri- alization, experts argued about whether industrialization improved

or worsened the standard of living of the working class. For every claim, there was a counterclaim, and most often these claims came in the form of statistics. Some experts argued that factories offered higher-paying jobs to workers; others countered that factories took work away from artisans such as handloom weavers and left them on the verge of starvation. Supporters of industrialization main- tained that factories gave women paying work; opponents insisted that factories de- stroyed the family by taking women away from the home. Through mass produc- tion, industrialization made goods cheaper and therefore more available; by polluting the air, it destroyed health, lowered life ex- pectancy, and ruined the environment. Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels would give the debate even more of an edge by tying it to the ideology of communism. In 1844, Engels described to Marx his aim in writing The Condition of the Working Class in England: “I shall present the English

with a fine bill of indictment. At the bar of world opinion I charge the English middle classes with mass murder, wholesale robbery and all the other crimes in the cal- endar.” The stakes of the argument were not small.

The controversy about the benefits and costs of industrialization has contin- ued right down to the present, in part because it is an argument directly inspired by the ideologies — liberalism, socialism, communism — that emerged as explana- tions of and blueprints for economic and social change. In the 1830s and 1840s, lib- erals insisted that industrialization would promote greater prosperity for everyone, whereas conservatives complained that it destroyed traditional ways of life and so- cialists warned that it exaggerated in- equality and class division. In the 1950s and 1960s, defenders of capitalist free en- terprise still advanced the argument about prosperity, but now they were op- posed by communists who argued that state control of production could sidestep the horrors of early capitalist exploita- tion. Newly developing countries looked

to the history of the 1830s and 1840s for lessons about the likely impact of indus- trialization on their countries in the 1950s and beyond. The scholarly debates there- fore attracted worldwide attention, and all sides called on statistics to make their competing cases.

Unfortunately, the statistics can be in- terpreted in many different ways. Did it matter more that wages for factory work- ers went up or that life expectancy went down? If an increase in sugar consump- tion in Great Britain from 207,000 tons in 1844 to 290,000 tons in 1847 meant an overall increase in the standard of living, how does that square with the hundreds of thousands of deaths in Ireland at the same time or the increasing disparity throughout Great Britain between rich and poor? Some convergence of opinion has taken place, however. Most now agree that by sometime between 1820 and 1845 (the exact date depending on the scholar), conditions in Great Britain had become better than before the Industrial Revolu- tion. And there is no doubt that the de- bate itself has had one major positive

N E W S O U R C E S , N E W P E R S P E C T I V E S

Statistics and the Standard of Living of the Working Class

and silk industries); it also limited the workdays for those aged nine to thirteen to nine hours a day, and those aged thirteen to eighteen to twelve hours. Adults worked even longer hours. Investi- gating commissions showed that women and young children, sometimes under age six, hauled coal trucks through low, cramped passageways in coal mines. One nine-year-old girl, Margaret Gomley, described her typical day in the mines as beginning at 7:00 a.m. and ending at 6:00 p.m.: “I get my dinner at 12 o’clock, which is a dry muf- fin, and sometimes butter on, but have no time al- lowed to stop to eat it, I eat it while I am thrusting the load. . . . They flog us down in the pit, some- times with their hand upon my bottom, which hurts me very much.” In response to the investi- gations, the British Parliament passed a Mines Act

in 1842 prohibiting the employment of women and girls underground. In 1847, the Central Short Time Committee, one of Britain’s many social re- form organizations, successfully pressured Parlia- ment to limit the workday of women and children to ten hours. The continental countries followed the British lead, but since most did not insist on government inspection, enforcement was lax.

Urbanization and Its Consequences Industrial development spurred urban growth, yet even cities with little industry grew as well. Here, too, Great Britain led the way: half the population of England and Wales was living in towns by 1850, while in France and the German states only about a quarter of the total population was urban. Both

Th e I n d u s t r i a l R e v o l u t i o n 6 6 11 8 3 0 – 1 8 5 0

effect: since making one’s point depends on having statistics to prove it, the debate itself has encouraged a staggering amount of research into quantitative measures of just about everything imaginable, from measures of wages and prices to rates of mortality and even average heights (height being correlated, it is thought, to eco- nomic well-being). British soldiers in the nineteenth century were taller on average than those in any other country except the United States, and people who believe that industrialization improved the standard of living are happy to seize on this as evi- dence for their case.

One example of a recently developed statistic shows both how powerful and how debatable such sources can be. The table shown at right, adapted from a re- cent study by Jeffrey G. Williamson, pro- vides a simple measure — based on complex calculations — of the gap in wages between British farm and nonfarm laborers for the period 1797 to 1851. The index measures the attractiveness of non- farm (basically city, mining, and factory) work. It shows that nonfarm wages rose faster than farm wages, but only after 1820 or so. By 1851, nonfarm wages had far outstripped those on the farm. What can we conclude? Although these data seem to support the view that the stan- dard of living of workers improved some-

time in the 1820s and continued to do so afterward, Williamson does not conclude that factory workers were better off than farmers; instead, he argues that the gap indicates that farm people did not mi- grate quickly enough to the city to satisfy urban labor demands. In short, he seems to consider the gap between farm and nonfarm wages to be a problem of “la- bor-market disequilibrium.” The lesson to be learned is that all historians’ con- clusions depend on the questions they ask and the sources they use — and few other sources are as open to different in- terpretations as statistics.

Questions to Consider 1. What is a good measure of the standard

of living in the first half of the nine- teenth century? How would you meas- ure the standard of living today?

2. How do you explain the initial decline in nonfarm wages relative to farm wages and the subsequent rise?

3. What are the virtues of using statistical measures to determine the standard of living? What are the defects?

Further Reading Thompson, Noel W. The Real Rights of

Man: Political Economies for the Work- ing Class, 1775–1850. 1998.

Williams, Chris., ed. Companion to Nine- teenth-Century Britain. 2004.

Trends in the British Nominal-Wage Gap, 1797–1851

Year Index Year Index

1797 100.0 1827 132.4 1805 86.6 1835 134.7 1810 96.7 1851 148.3 1815 105.1

Source: Jeffrey G. Williamson, “Leaving the Farm to Go to the City: Did They Leave Quickly Enough?” in

John A. James and Mark Thomas, Capitalism in Con-

text: Essays on Economic Development and Cultural

Change in Honor of R. M. Hartwell (Chicago: Univer-

sity of Chicago Press, 1994), 159–83; table on

page 182.

The gap is calculated as the difference between the weighted average of non- farm unskilled earnings (common labor- ers, porters, police, guards, watchmen, coal miners, and so on) and the farm- earnings rate, divided by the farm- earnings rate. Thus, it is the percentage differential by which nonfarm unskilled wages exceeded farm wages: below 100 � farm earnings exceed those of nonfarm earnings, whereas above 100 � nonfarm earnings exceed those of farm earnings.

old and new cities teemed with rising numbers in the 1830s and 1840s; the population of Vienna bal- looned by 125,000 between 1827 and 1847, and the new industrial city of Manchester grew by 70,000 just in the 1830s.

Massive rural emigration, rather than births to women already living in cities, accounted for this remarkable increase. Agricultural improve- ments had increased the food supply and hence the rural population, but the land could no longer support the people living on it. City life and new factories beckoned those faced with hunger and poverty, including emigrants from other lands: thousands of Irish emigrated to English cities, Ital- ians went to French cities, and Poles flocked to German cities. Settlements sprang up outside the old city limits but gradually became part of the ur- ban area. Cities incorporated parks, cemeteries, zoos, and greenways — all imitations of the coun- tryside, which itself was being industrialized by railroads and factories. “One can’t even go to one’s land for the slightest bit of gardening,” grumbled a French citizen, annoyed by new factories in town, “without being covered with a black powder that spoils every plant that it touches.”

Overcrowding and Disease. The rapid influx of people caused serious overcrowding in the cities because the housing stock expanded much more slowly than population growth. In Paris, thirty thousand workers lived in lodging houses, eight or nine to a room, with no separation of the sexes. In 1847 in St. Giles, the Irish quarter of London, 461 people lived in just twelve houses. Men, women, and children huddled together on piles of filthy rotting straw or potato peels because they had no money for fuel to keep warm.

Severe crowding worsened already dire sani- tation conditions. Residents dumped refuse into streets or courtyards, and human excrement collected in cesspools under apartment houses. At midcentury, London’s approximately 250,000 cesspools were emptied only once or twice a year. Water was scarce and had to be fetched daily from nearby fountains. Despite the diversion of water from provincial rivers to Paris and a tripling of the number of public fountains, Parisians had enough water for only two baths annually per person (the upper classes enjoyed more baths, of course; the lower classes, fewer). In London, private compa- nies that supplied water turned on pumps in the poorer sections for only a few hours three days a week. In rapidly growing British industrial cities such as Manchester, one-third of the houses con- tained no latrines. Human waste ended up in the

rivers that supplied drinking water. The horses that provided transportation inside the cities left drop- pings everywhere, and city dwellers often kept chickens, ducks, goats, pigs, geese, and even cattle, as well as dogs and cats, in their houses. The re- sult was a “universal atmosphere of filth and stink,” as one observer recounted.

Such conditions made cities prime breeding grounds for disease. In 1830–1832 and again in 1847–1851, devastating outbreaks of cholera swept across Asia and Europe, touching the United States as well in 1849–1850 (Map 21.2). Today we know that a waterborne bacterium causes cholera, but at the time no one understood the disease and every- one feared it. The usually fatal illness induced violent vomiting and diarrhea and left the skin blue, eyes sunken and dull, and hands and feet ice cold. While cholera particularly ravaged the crowded, filthy neighborhoods of rapidly growing cities, it also claimed many rural and some well- to-do victims. In Paris, 18,000 people died in the 1832 epidemic and 20,000 in that of 1849; in

6 6 2 C h a p t e r 2 1 ■ I n d u s t r i a l i z a t i o n a n d S o c i a l F e r m e n t 1 8 3 0 – 1 8 5 0

cholera: An epidemic, usually fatal disease caused by a water- borne bacterium that induces violent vomiting and diarrhea; devastating outbreaks swept across Europe in 1830–1832 and 1847–1851.

Historical base of Indian cholera

Date of first occurrence

1826–1836 pandemic

1840–1855 pandemic 0 3,000 kilometers

0 3,000 miles1,500

1849

NORTH AMERICA

SOUTH AMERICA

AFRICA

EUROPE

ASIA

Mecca 1831/1846

1836

1841

1840

1844

1831/1849

1855

1832/1849

�

M A P 2 1 . 2 The Spread of Cholera, 1826–1855 Contemporaries did not understand the causes of the cholera epidemics in the 1830s and the 1840s in Europe. Western Europeans knew only that the disease marched progressively from east to west across Europe. Nothing seemed able to stop it. It appeared and died out for reasons that could not be grasped at the time. Nevertheless, the cholera epidemics prompted authorities in most European countries to set up public health agencies to coordinate the response and study sanitation conditions in the cities.

London, 7,000 died in each epidemic; and in Russia, the epidemic was catastrophic, claiming 250,000 victims in 1831–1832 and 1 million in 1847–1851.

Rumors and panic followed in the wake of each cholera epidemic. Everywhere the downtrod- den imagined conspiracies: in Paris in April 1832, a crowd of workers attacked a central hospital, be- lieving the doctors were poisoning the poor but using cholera as a hoax to cover up the conspir- acy. Eastern European peasants burned estates and killed physicians and officials. Although devastat- ing, cholera did not kill as many people as tuber- culosis, Europe’s number-one deadly disease. But tuberculosis took its victims gradually, one by one, and therefore had less impact on social relations.

Middle-Class Fears. Epidemics revealed the so- cial tensions lying just beneath the surface of ur- ban life. The middle and upper classes lived in large, well-appointed apartments or houses with more light, more air, and more water than in lower-class dwellings. But the lower classes lived nearby, sometimes in the cramped upper floors of the same apartment houses. Middle-class reform- ers often considered the poor to be morally degen- erate because of the circumstances of urban life. In their view, overcrowding led to sexual promis- cuity and illegitimacy. They depicted the lower classes as dangerously lacking in sexual self- control. A physician visiting Lille, France, in 1835 wrote of “individuals of both sexes and of very dif- ferent ages lying together, most of them without nightshirts and repulsively dirty. . . . The reader will complete the picture. . . . His imagination must not recoil before any of the disgusting mys- teries performed on these impure beds, in the midst of obscurity and drunkenness.”

Officials collected statistics on illegitimacy that seemed to bear out these fears: one-quarter to one-half of the babies born in the big European cities in the 1830s and 1840s were illegitimate, and alarmed medical men wrote about thousands of infanticides. Between 1815 and the mid-1830s in France, thirty-three thousand babies were aban- doned at foundling hospitals every year; 27 per- cent of births in Paris in 1850 were illegitimate, compared with only 4 percent of rural births. By collecting such statistics, physicians and adminis- trators in the new public health movement hoped to promote legislation to better the living condi- tions for workers, but at the same time they helped stereotype workers as immoral and out of control.

Sexual disorder seemed to go hand in hand with drinking and crime. Beer halls and pubs dot-

ted the urban landscape. By the 1830s, Hungary’s twin cities of Buda and Pest had eight hundred beer and wine houses for the working classes. One London street boasted twenty-three pubs in three hundred yards. Police officials estimated that London had seventy thousand thieves and eighty thousand prostitutes. In many cities, nearly half the population lived at the level of bare subsis- tence, and increasing numbers depended on public welfare, charity, or criminality to make ends meet.

Everywhere reformers warned of a widening separation between rich and poor and a growing sense of hostility between the classes. The French poet Amédée Pommier wrote of “These leagues of laborers who have no work, / These far too many arms, these starving mobs.” Clergy joined the chorus of physicians and humanitarians in mak- ing dire predictions. A Swiss pastor noted: “A new spirit has arisen among the workers. Their hearts seethe with hatred of the well-to-do; their eyes lust for a share of the wealth about them; their mouths speak unblushingly of a coming day of retribu- tion.” In 1848, it would seem that that day of retribution had arrived.

Agricultural Perils and Prosperity Rising population created increased demand for food and spurred changes in the countryside too. Peasants and farmers planted fallow land, chopped down forests, and drained marshes to increase their farming capacity. Still, Europe’s ability to feed its expanding population remained questionable: although agricultural yields increased by 30 to 50 percent in the first half of the nineteenth century, population grew by nearly 100 percent. Railroads and canals improved food distribution, but much of Europe — particularly in the east — remained isolated from markets and vulnerable to famines.

Most people still lived on the land, and the up- per classes still dominated rural society. Successful businessmen bought land avidly, seeing it not only as the ticket to respectability but also as a hedge against hard times. Hardworking, crafty, or lucky commoners sometimes saved enough to purchase holdings that they had formerly rented or slowly acquired slivers of land from less fortunate neigh- bors. In France at midcentury, almost two million economically independent peasants tended their own small properties. But in England, southern Italy, Prussia, and eastern Europe, large landown- ers, usually noblemen, consolidated and expanded their estates by buying up the land of less success- ful nobles or peasants. As agricultural prices rose, the big landowners pushed for legislation to allow

Th e I n d u s t r i a l R e v o l u t i o n 6 6 31 8 3 0 – 1 8 5 0

them to continue converting common land to pri- vate property.

Wringing a living from the soil under such conditions put pressure on traditional family life. For example, men often migrated seasonally to earn cash in factories or as village artisans, while their wives, sisters, and daughters did the tradi- tional “men’s work” of tending crops. In France, Napoleon’s Civil Code provided for an equal dis- tribution of inheritance among all heirs; as a re- sult, land was divided over generations into such small parcels that less than 25 percent of all French landowners could support themselves. In the past, population growth had been contained by post- poning marriage (leaving fewer years for child- bearing) and by high rates of death in childbirth as well as infant mortality. Now, as child mor- tality declined outside the industrial cities and people without property began marrying earlier, Europeans became more aware of birth control methods. Contraceptive techniques improved; for example, the vulcanization of rubber in the 1840s improved the reliability of condoms. When such methods failed and population increase left no op- tions open at home, people emigrated, often to the United States. Some 800,000 Germans had moved out of central Europe by 1850, while in the 1840s famine drove hundreds of thousands of Irish abroad. Between 1816 and 1850, five million Eu- ropeans left their home countries for new lives overseas. When France colonized Algeria in the 1830s and 1840s, officials tried to attract settlers by emphasizing the fertility of the land; they of- fered the prospect of agricultural prosperity in the colony as an alternative to the rigors of industri- alization and urbanization at home.

Despite all the challenges to established ways of life, rural political power remained in the hands of traditional elites. The biggest property owners dominated their tenants and sharecrop- pers, often demanding a greater yield without making improvements that would enhance pro- ductivity. They controlled the political assemblies as well and often personally selected local offi- cials. Such power provoked resentment. One Italian critic wrote, “Great landowner is often the synonym for great ignoramus.” Nowhere did the old rural so- cial order seem more impregnable than in Russia. Most Russian serfs remained tied to the land, and troops easily suppressed serfs’ uprisings in 1831 and 1842. By midcentury, peasant emancipation re- mained Russia’s great unresolved problem.

Review: What dangers did the Industrial Revolution pose to both urban and rural life?

Reforming the Social Order In the 1830s and 1840s, Europeans organized to reform the social evils created by industrialization and urbanization. They acted in response to the outpouring of government reports, medical ac- counts, and literary and artistic depictions of new social problems. Middle-class women often took the lead in establishing new charitable organiza- tions that tried to bring religious faith, educational uplift, and the reform of manners to the lower classes. Middle-class men, and middle-class women too, expected women to soften the rigors of a rapidly changing society, but this expectation led to some confusion about women’s proper role: should they devote themselves to social reform in the world or to their own domestic spaces? Many hoped to apply the same zeal for reform to the colonial peoples living in places administered by Europeans.

Cultural Responses to the Social Question The social question, an expression reflecting the widely shared concern about social changes aris- ing from industrialization and urbanization, per- vaded all forms of art and literature. The dominant artistic movement of the time, romanticism, gen- erally took a dim view of industrialization. The English-born painter Thomas Cole (1801–1848) complained in 1836: “In this age . . . a meager util- itarianism seems ready to absorb every feeling and sentiment, and what is sometimes called improve- ment in its march makes us fear that the bright and tender flowers of the imagination shall all be crushed beneath its iron tramp.” Yet culture itself underwent important changes as the growing cap- itals of Europe attracted flocks of aspiring painters and playwrights; the 1830s and 1840s witnessed an explosion in culture as the number of would-be artists increased dramatically and new technolo- gies such as photography and lithography (see illustration, page 666) brought art to the masses. Many of these new intellectuals would support the revolutions of 1848.

Romantic Concerns about Industrial Life. Be- cause romanticism tended to glorify nature and reject industrial and urban growth, romantics of- ten gave vivid expression to the problems created by rapid economic and social transformation. The English poet Elizabeth Barrett Browning, best known for her love poems, denounced child labor

6 6 4 C h a p t e r 2 1 ■ I n d u s t r i a l i z a t i o n a n d S o c i a l F e r m e n t 1 8 3 0 – 1 8 5 0

in “The Cry of the Children” (1843). Architects of the period sometimes sought to recapture a prein- dustrial world. When the British Houses of Parlia- ment were rebuilt after they burned down in 1834, the architect Sir Charles Barry constructed them in a Gothic style reminiscent of the Middle Ages. This medievalism was taken even further by A. W. N. Pugin, who contributed some of the designs for the Houses of Parliament. In his polemical book Con- trasts (1836), Pugin denounced modern conditions and compared them unfavorably with those in the 1400s. To underline his view, Pugin wore medieval clothes at home.

Romantic painters specialized in landscape as a way of calling attention to the sublime wonders of nature, but sometimes even landscapes showed the power of new technologies. In Rain, Steam, and Speed: The Great Western Railway (1844), the lead- ing English romantic painter, Joseph M. W. Turner

(1775–1851), portrayed the struggle between the forces of nature and the means of economic growth. Turner was fascinated by steamboats: in The Fighting “Téméraire” Tugged to Her Last Berth to Be Broken Up (1838; see illustration below), he featured the victory of steam power over more conventional sailing ships. An admirer described it as an “almost prophetic idea of smoke, soot, iron, and steam, coming to the front in all naval matters.”

The Depiction of Social Conditions in Novels. In- creased literacy, the spread of reading rooms and lending libraries, and serialization in newspapers and journals gave novels a large reading public. Unlike the fiction of the eighteenth century, which had focused on individual personalities, the great novels of the 1830s and 1840s specialized in the portrayal of social life in all its varieties. Manufac- turers, financiers, starving students, workers, bu-

R e f o r m i n g t h e S o c i a l O r d e r 6 6 51 8 3 0 – 1 8 5 0

Joseph M. W. Turner, The Fighting “Téméraire” Tugged to Her Last Berth to Be Broken Up (1838) In this painting a steamer belching smoke tows a wooden sailing ship to its last berth, where it will be destroyed. Turner muses about the passing of old ways but also displays his mastery of color in the final blaze of sunset, itself another sign of the passing of time. Turner was an avid reader of the romantic poets, especially Byron. British opinion polls have rated this painting the best of all British paintings. How does the painting capture the clash of old and new? (© The National Gallery, London.)

■ For more help in analyzing this image, see the visual activity for this chapter in the Online Study Guide at bedfordstmartins.com/hunt.

came the lover of the Polish pianist and composer Frédéric Chopin, among others, and threw herself into socialist politics — made the term George- Sandism a common expression of disdain for inde- pendent women.

The Explosion of Culture. As artists became more interested in society and social relations, ordinary citizens crowded cultural events. Museums opened to the public across Europe, and the middle classes began collecting art. Popular theaters in big cities drew thousands from the lower and middle classes every night; in London, for example, some twenty- four thousand people attended eighty “penny the- aters” nightly. The audience for print culture also multiplied. In the German states, for example, the production of new literary works doubled between 1830 and 1843, as did the number of periodicals and newspapers and the number of booksellers. Thirty or forty private lending libraries offered books in Berlin in the 1830s, and reading rooms

6 6 6 C h a p t e r 2 1 ■ I n d u s t r i a l i z a t i o n a n d S o c i a l F e r m e n t 1 8 3 0 – 1 8 5 0

George Sand: The pen name of French novelist Amandine- Aurore Dupin (1804–1876), who showed her independence in the 1830s by dressing like a man and smoking cigars. The term George-Sandism became an expression of disdain for inde- pendent women.

reaucrats, prostitutes, underworld figures, thieves, and aristocratic men and women filled the pages of works by popular writers. Hoping to get out of debt, the French writer Honoré de Balzac (1799–1850) pushed himself to exhaustion and a premature death by cranking out ninety-five nov- els and many short stories. He aimed to catalog the social types that could be found in French society. Many of his characters, like himself, were driven by the desire to climb higher in the social order.

The English fiction writer Charles Dickens (1812–1870) worked with a similar frenetic energy and for much the same reason. When his father was imprisoned for debt in 1824, the young Dick- ens took a job in a shoe-polish factory. In 1836, he published a series of literary sketches of daily life in London to accompany a volume of caricatures by the artist George Cruikshank. Dickens then produced a series of novels that appeared in monthly installments and attracted thousands of readers. In them, he paid close attention to the distressing effects of industrialization and urban- ization. In The Old Curiosity Shop (1841), for example, he depicts the Black Country, the man- ufacturing region west and northwest of Birming- ham, as a “cheerless region,” a “mournful place,” in which tall chimneys “made foul the melancholy air.” In addition to publishing such enduring favorites as Oliver Twist (1838) and A Christmas Carol (1843), he ran charitable organizations and pressed for social reforms. For Dickens, the abil- ity to portray the problems of the poor went hand in hand with a personal commitment to reform.

Novels by women often revealed the bleaker side of women’s situations. Charlotte Brontë’s Jane Eyre (1847) describes the difficult life of an orphaned girl who becomes a gov- erness, the only occupation open to most single middle-class women. The French novelist George Sand (Amandine-Aurore Dupin, 1804–1876) took her social criticism a step further. She announced her independence in the 1830s by dressing like a man and smoking cigars. Like many other women writers of the time, she published her work under a male pseudonym while creating female charac- ters who prevail in difficult circumstances through romantic love and moral idealism. Sand’s novel In- diana (1832), about an unhappily married woman, was read all over Europe. Her notoriety — she be-

George Sand In this lithograph by Alcide Lorentz of 1842, George Sand is shown in one of her notorious male costumes. Sand published numerous works, including novels, plays, essays, travel writing, and an autobiography. She actively participated in the revolution of 1848 in France, writing pamphlets in support of the new republic. Disillusioned by the rise to power of Louis- Napoleon Bonaparte, she withdrew to her country estate and devoted herself exclusively to her writing. (The Granger Collection, New York.)

in pastry shops stocked political newspapers and satirical journals. Young children and ragpickers sold cheap prints and books door-to-door or in taverns.

The advent of photography in 1839 provided an amazing new medium for artists. The da- guerreotype, named after its inventor, French painter Jacques Daguerre (1787–1851), prompted one artist to claim that “from today, painting is dead.” Although this prediction was highly exag- gerated, photography did open up new ways of portraying reality. Visual images, whether in paint- ing, on the stage, or in photography, heightened the public’s awareness of the effects of industrial- ization and urbanization.

The number of artists and writers swelled. Es- timates suggest that the number of painters and sculptors in France, the undisputed center of Eu- ropean art at the time, grew sixfold between 1789 and 1838. Not everyone could succeed in this hot- house atmosphere, in which writers and artists fu- riously competed for public attention. Their own troubles made some of them more keenly aware of the hardships faced by the poor. A satirical article in one of the many bitingly critical journals and booklets published in Berlin proclaimed: “In Ip- swich in England a mechanical genius has invented a stomach, whose extraordinary efficient construc- tion is remarkable. This artificial stomach is in- tended for factory workers there and is adjusted so that it is fully satisfied with three lentils or peas; one potato is enough for an entire week.”

The Varieties of Social Reform Lithographs, novels, and even joke booklets helped drive home the need for social reform, but reli- gious conviction also inspired efforts to help the poor. Moral reform societies, Bible groups, Sun- day schools, and temperance groups aimed to turn the poor into respectable people. In 1844, for ex- ample, 450 different relief organizations operated in London alone. States supported these efforts by encouraging education and enforcing laws against the vagrant poor.

The Religious Impulse for Social Reform. Reli- giously motivated reformers first had to overcome the perceived indifference of the working classes. Protestant and Catholic clergy complained that workers had no interest in religion; less than 10 percent of the workers in the cities attended reli- gious services. In a report on the state of religion in England and Wales in 1851, the head of the cen- sus, Horace Mann, commented that “the masses of our working population . . . are unconscious secu- larists. . . . These are never, or but seldom seen in our religious congregations.” To combat such in- difference, British religious groups launched the Sunday school movement, which reached its ze- nith in the 1840s. By 1851, more than half of all working-class children ages five to fifteen were attending Sunday school, even though very few of their parents regularly went to religious services.

R e f o r m i n g t h e S o c i a l O r d e r 6 6 71 8 3 0 – 1 8 5 0

The First Daguerreotype Daguerre experimented extensively with producing an image on a metal plate before he came up with a viable photographic process in 1837. He called this first daguerreotype “Still Life,” a common title for paintings. In 1839, the French government bought the rights and made the process freely available. (Time & Life Pictures/ Getty Images.)

The Sunday schools taught children how to read at a time when few working-class children could go to school during the week.

Women took a more prominent role than ever before in charitable work. Catholic religious or- ders, which by 1850 enrolled many more women than men, ran schools, hospitals, leper colonies, insane asylums, and old-age homes. The Catholic church established new orders, especially for women, and increased missionary activity over- seas. Protestant women in Great Britain and the United States established Bible, missionary, and female reform societies by the hundreds. Chief among their concerns was prostitution, and many societies dedicated themselves to reforming “fallen women” and castigating men who visited prosti- tutes. As a pamphlet of the Boston Female Moral Reform Society explained, “Our mothers, our sis- ters, our daughters are sacrificed by the thousands every year on the altar of sin, and who are the agents in this work of destruction: Why, our fa- thers, our brothers, and our sons.”

Catholics and Protestants alike promoted the temperance movement. In Ireland, England, the German states, and the United States, temper- ance societies organized to fight the “pestilence of hard liquor.” The first societies had appeared in the United States as early as 1813, and by 1835 the American Temperance Society claimed 1.5 million members. The London-based British and Foreign Temperance Society, established in 1831, matched its American counterpart in its opposition to all alcohol. In the northern German states, temper- ance societies drew in the middle and working classes, Catholic as well as Protestant. Temperance advocates saw drunkenness as a sign of moral weakness and a threat to social order. Industrial- ists pointed to the loss of worker productivity, and efforts to promote temperance often reflected middle- and upper-class fears of the lower classes’ lack of discipline. One German temperance advo- cate insisted, “One need not be a prophet to know that all efforts to combat the widespread and rap- idly spreading pauperism will be unsuccessful as long as the common man fails to realize that the principal source of his degradation and misery is his fondness of drink.” Yet temperance societies also attracted working-class people who shared the desire for respectability.

Education and Reform of the Poor. Social re- formers saw education as one of the main prospects for uplifting the poor and the working class. In addition to setting up Sunday schools, British churches founded organizations such as the Na- tional Society for the Education of the Poor in the

Principles of the Established Church and the British and Foreign School Society. Most of these emphasized Bible reading. More secular in intent were the Mechanics Institutes, which provided ed- ucation for workers in the big cities.

In 1833, the French government passed an ed- ucation law that required every town to maintain a primary school, pay a teacher, and provide free education to poor boys. As the law’s author, François Guizot, argued, “Ignorance renders the masses turbulent and ferocious.” Girls’ schools were optional, although hundreds of women taught at the primary level, most of them in pri- vate, often religious schools. Despite these efforts, only one out of every thirty children went to school in France, many fewer than in Protestant states such as Prussia, where 75 percent of children were in primary school by 1835. Popular educa- tion remained woefully undeveloped in most of eastern Europe. Peasants were specifically excluded from the few primary schools in Russia, where Tsar Nicholas I blamed the Decembrist Revolt of 1825 on education.

Above all else, the elite sought to impose dis- cipline and order on working people. Popular sports, especially blood sports such as cockfight- ing and bearbaiting, suggested a lack of control, and long-standing efforts in Great Britain to elim- inate these recreations now gained momentum through organizations such as the Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals. By the end of the 1830s, bullbaiting had been abandoned in Great Britain. “This useful animal,” rejoiced one reformer in 1839, “is no longer tortured amidst the exulting yells of those who are a disgrace to our common form and nature.” The other blood sports died out more slowly, and efforts in other coun- tries generally lagged behind those of the British.

When private charities failed to meet the needs of the poor, governments often intervened. Great Britain sought to control the costs of pub- lic welfare by passing a new poor law in 1834, called by its critics the “Starvation Act.” The law required that all able-bodied persons receiving re- lief be housed together in workhouses, with hus- bands separated from wives and parents from children. Workhouse life was designed to be as un- pleasant as possible so that poor people would move on to regions of higher employment. British women from all social classes organized anti–poor law societies to protest the separation of mothers from their children in the workhouses.

Domesticity and the Subordination of Women. Many women viewed charitable work as the exten- sion of their domestic roles: they promoted virtu-

6 6 8 C h a p t e r 2 1 ■ I n d u s t r i a l i z a t i o n a n d S o c i a l F e r m e n t 1 8 3 0 – 1 8 5 0

ous behavior and morality in their efforts to im- prove society. In one widely read advice book, Eng- lishwoman Sarah Lewis suggested in 1839 that “women may be the prime agents in the regener- ation of mankind.” But women’s social reform ac- tivities concealed a paradox. According to the ideology that historians call domesticity, women were to live their lives entirely within the domes- tic sphere, devoting themselves to their families and the home. The English poet Alfred, Lord Tennyson, captured this view in a popular poem published in 1847: “Man for the field and woman for the hearth; / Man for the sword and for the needle she. . . . All else confusion.” Many believed that

maintaining proper and distinct roles for men and women was critically important to maintaining social order in general.

Most women had little hope of economic in- dependence. The notion of a separate, domestic sphere for women prevented them from pursuing higher education, work in professional careers, or participation in politics through voting or hold- ing office — all activities deemed appropriate only to men. Laws everywhere codified the subordina- tion of women. Many countries followed the model of Napoleon’s Civil Code, which classified married women as legal incompetents along with children, the insane, and criminals. In Great Britain, which had no national law code, the courts upheld the legality of a husband’s complete control. For example, a court ruled in 1840 that “there can be no doubt of the general dominion which the law of England attributes to the hus- band over the wife.” In some countries, such as France and Austria, unmarried women enjoyed some rights over property, but elsewhere laws ex- plicitly defined them as perpetual minors under paternal control.

Distinctions between men and women were most noticeable in the privileged classes. Whereas boys attended secondary schools, most middle- and upper-class girls still received their education at home or in church schools, where they were taught to be religious, obedient, and accomplished in music and languages. As men’s fashions turned practical — long trousers and short jackets of solid, often dark colors; no makeup (previously common for aristocratic men), and simply cut hair — women continued to dress for decorative effect, now with tightly corseted waists that em- phasized the differences between female and male bodies. Middle- and upper-class women favored long hair that required hours of brushing and pin- ning up, and they wore long, cumbersome skirts. Advice books written by women detailed the tasks that such women undertook in the home: main- taining household accounts, supervising servants, and organizing social events.

Scientists reinforced stereotypes. Once con- sidered sexually insatiable, women were now described as incapacitated by menstruation and largely uninterested in sex, an attitude that many equated with moral superiority. Thus was born the “Victorian” woman (the epoch gets its name from England’s Queen Victoria — see page 684), a fig- ment of the largely male medical imagination. Physicians and scholars considered women men- tally inferior. In 1839, Auguste Comte, an influen- tial early French sociologist, wrote, “As for any functions of government, the radical inaptitude of

R e f o r m i n g t h e S o c i a l O r d e r 6 6 91 8 3 0 – 1 8 5 0

domesticity: An ideology prevailing in the nineteenth century that women should devote themselves to their families and the home.

The Limits of Charity In this lithograph from 1844, the French artist Honoré Daumier shows a middle-class philanthropist refusing to give aid to a poor mother and her children. The caption below explains his refusal: “I’m sorry, my good woman, I cannot do anything for you. I am a member of the Society of Philanthropists of the Nord [a region in northern France]. . . . I only give to the poor of Kamchatka!” (that is, the faraway poor rather than those at home). Daumier spared no one in his satires, and in the early 1830s, the artist’s political cartoons landed him in prison for six months. (Robert D. Farber Archives and Special Collections Department, Brandeis University

Libraries. Donated by Benjamin A. and Julia M. Trustman, 1959.

Forms part of the Trustman Daumier Collection.)

the female sex is there yet more marked . . . and limited to the guidance of the mere family.”

Some women denounced the ideology of do- mesticity; according to the English writer Ann Lamb, for example, “the duty of a wife means the obedience of a Turkish slave.” Middle-class women who did not marry, however, had few options for earning a living; they often worked as governesses or ladies’ companions for the well-to-do. Most lower-class women worked because of financial necessity; as the wives of peasants, laborers, or shopkeepers, they had to supplement the family’s meager income by working on the farm, in a fac- tory, or in a shop. Domesticity might have been an ideal for them, but rarely was it a reality. Families crammed into small spaces had no time or energy for separate spheres.

Abuses and Reforms Overseas Like the ideal of domesticity, the ideal of colonial- ism often conflicted with the reality of economic in- terests. In the first half of the nineteenth century, those economic interests changed as European colo- nialism underwent a subtle but momentous trans- formation. Colonialism became imperialism — a word coined only in the mid-nineteenth century — as Europeans turned their interest away from the plantation colonies of the Caribbean and toward new colonies in Asia and Africa. Whereas colonial- ism most often led to the establishment of settler colonies, direct rule by Europeans, the introduction of slave labor from Africa, and the wholesale de- struction of indigenous peoples, imperialism usu- ally meant more indirect forms of economic exploitation and political rule. Europeans still prof- ited from their colonies, but now they also aimed to re-form colonial peoples in their own image — when it did not conflict too much with their eco- nomic interests to do so.

Abolition of Slavery. Colonialism — as opposed to imperialism — rose and fell with the enslave- ment of black Africans. British religious groups, especially the Quakers, had taken the lead in form- ing antislavery societies. The contradiction be- tween calling for more liberty at home and maintaining slavery in the West Indies seemed in- tolerable to them. One English abolitionist put the

matter in these terms: “[God] has given to us an unexampled portion of civil liberty; and we in re- turn drag his rational creatures into a most severe and perpetual bondage.” Agitation by such groups as the London Society for Effecting the Abolition of the Slave Trade succeeded in gaining a first vic- tory in 1807 when the British House of Lords voted to abolish the slave trade. The new Latin Ameri- can republics abolished slavery in the 1820s and 1830s after they defeated the Spanish with armies that included many slaves. British missionary and evangelical groups continued to condemn the con- quest, enslavement, and exploitation of native African populations and successfully blocked British annexations in central and southern Africa in the 1830s.

British reformers finally obtained the aboli- tion of slavery in the British Empire in 1833. An- tislavery petitions to Parliament bore 1.5 million signatures, including those of 350,000 women on one petition alone. In France, the new government of Louis-Philippe took strong measures against clandestine slave traffic, virtually ending French participation during the 1830s. Slavery was abol- ished in the remaining French Caribbean colonies in 1848.

Slavery did not disappear immediately just be- cause the major European powers had given it up. The transatlantic trade in slaves actually reached its peak in the early 1840s. Human bondage con- tinued unabated in Brazil, Cuba (still a Spanish colony), and the United States. Some American re- formers supported abolition, but they remained a minority. Like serfdom in Russia, slavery in the Americas involved a quagmire of economic, polit- ical, and moral problems that worsened as the nineteenth century wore on.

Economic and Political Imperialism. Despite the abolition of slavery, Britain and France had not lost interest in overseas colonies. Using the pretext of an insult to its envoy, France invaded Algeria in 1830 and, after a long military campaign, estab- lished political control over most of the country in the next two decades. By 1848, more than seventy thousand French, Italian, and Maltese colonists had settled there with government en- couragement, often confiscating the lands of na- tive peoples. In that year, the French government officially incorporated Algeria as part of France. Eventually, the French embarked on a policy of as- similating the native population into French cul- ture, but their efforts proved less than completely successful. France also imposed a protectorate gov- ernment over the South Pacific island of Tahiti.

6 7 0 C h a p t e r 2 1 ■ I n d u s t r i a l i z a t i o n a n d S o c i a l F e r m e n t 1 8 3 0 – 1 8 5 0

imperialism: European dominance of the non-West through economic exploitation and political rule; the word (as distinct from colonialism, which usually implied establishment of settler colonies, often with slavery) was coined in the mid- nineteenth century.

Although the British granted Canada greater self-determination in 1839, they extended their dominion elsewhere by annexing Singapore (1819), an island off the Malay peninsula, and New Zealand (1840). They also increased their control in India through the administration of the East In- dia Company, a private group of merchants char- tered by the British crown. The British educated a native elite to take over much of the day-to-day business of administering the country, and they used native soldiers to augment their military con- trol. By 1850, only one in six soldiers serving Britain in India was European.

The East India Company also tried to estab- lish a regular trade with China in opium, a drug long known for its medicinal uses but increasingly bought in China as a recreational drug. The Chi- nese government forbade Western merchants to

venture outside the southern city of Guangzhou (Canton) and banned the import of opium, but these measures failed. Through smuggling In- dian opium into China and bribing local officials, British traders built up a flourishing market, and by the mid-1830s they were pressuring the Brit- ish government to force an expanded opium trade on the Chinese. When the Chinese au- thorities expelled British mer- chants from southern China in 1839, Britain retaliated by bombarding Chinese coastal cities. The Opium War ended in 1842, when Britain dictated to a defeated China the Treaty of Nanking, by which four more Chinese ports were opened to Europeans and the British took sover- eignty over the island of Hong Kong, received a substantial war indemnity, and were assured of a continuation of the opium trade. In this case, re- form took a backseat to economic interest, despite the complaints of religious groups in Britain.

Review: How did reformers try to address the social problems created by industrialization and urbanization? In which areas did they succeed, and in which did they fail?

Ideologies and Political Movements Although reform organizations grew rapidly in the 1830s and 1840s, many Europeans found them in- sufficient to answer the questions raised by indus- trialization and urbanization. How did the new social order differ from the earlier one, which was less urban and less driven by commercial con- cerns? Who should control this new order? Should governments try to moderate or accelerate the pace of change? New ideologies such as liberalism and socialism offered competing answers to these questions and provided the platform for new po- litical movements. Established governments faced challenges not only from liberals and socialists but

I d e o lo g i e s a n d P o l i t i c a l M o v e m e n t s 6 7 11 8 3 0 – 1 8 5 0

Opium Den in London (c. 1870) This woodcut by Gustave Doré shows that opium smoking persisted in Britain at least to the 1870s. Doré was a French book illustrator who came to London in 1869–1871 and produced illustrations of the poorer neighborhoods in the city. His taste for the grotesque is apparent in the figures watching the smokers. (The New York Public Library/ Art Resource, NY.)

Ports opened after the Treaty of Nanking, 1842

British attacks

250 500 miles0

500 kilometers2500

�

East China

Sea

South China Sea

C H I N A

Taiwan

KOREA

Guangzhou (Canton)

Hong Kong (British 1842)

Amoy

Fuzhou

Ningbo

Shanghai

� �

�

�

� �

The Opium War, 1839–1842

Opium War: War between China and Great Britain (1839–1842) that resulted in the opening of four Chinese ports to Europeans and British sovereignty over Hong Kong.

also from the most potent of the new doctrines, nationalism. Nationalists looked past social prob- lems to concentrate on achieving political auton- omy and self-determination for groups identified by ethnicity rather than by class.

The Spell of Nationalism According to the doctrine of nationalism, all peo- ples derive their identities from their nations, which are defined by common language, shared cultural traditions, and sometimes religion. When such nations do not coincide with state bound- aries, nationalism can produce violence and war- fare as different national groups compete for control over territory (Map 21.3).

Nationalist aspirations were especially explo- sive for the Austrian Empire, which included a va- riety of peoples united only by their enforced allegiance to the Habsburg emperor. The empire included three main national groups: the Ger- mans, who made up one-fourth of the population; the Magyars of Hungary (which included Transyl- vania and Croatia); and the Slavs, who together formed the largest group in the population but were divided into different ethnic groups such as Poles, Czechs, Croats, and Serbs. The Austrian Empire also included Italians in Lombardy and Venetia, and Romanians in Transylvania. Efforts to govern such diverse peoples preoccupied Prince Klemens von Metternich, chief minister to the weak Habsburg emperor Francis I (r. 1792–1835). Metternich’s domestic policy aimed to restrain na- tionalist impulses, and it largely succeeded until the 1840s. He set up a secret police organization on the Napoleonic model that opened letters of even the highest officials. Censorship in the Ital- ian provinces was so strict that even the works of Dante were expurgated. Metternich announced that “the Lombards must forget that they are Italians.”

Metternich’s policies forced the leading Italian nationalist, Giuseppe Mazzini (1805–1872), into exile in France in 1831. There Mazzini founded Young Italy, a secret society that attracted thou- sands with its message that Italy would touch off a European-wide revolutionary movement. The conservative order throughout Europe felt threat-

ened by Mazzini’s charismatic leadership and conspiratorial scheming, but he lacked both Euro- pean allies against Austria and widespread support among the Italian masses.

Since so many different ethnic groups lived within the borders of the Austrian Empire, neither the emperor nor Metternich favored aspirations for German unification. Economic unification in the German states nonetheless took a step forward with the foundation in 1834, under Prussian leadership, of the Zollverein, or “customs union.” Austria was not part of the Zollverein. German nationalists sought a government uniting German-speaking peoples, but they could not agree on its boundaries: Would the unified German state include both Prus- sia and the Austrian Empire? If it included Austria, what about the non-German territories of the Aus- trian Empire? And could the powerful, conserva- tive kingdom of Prussia coexist in a unified German state with other, more liberal but smaller states? These questions would vex German history for decades to come.

Polish nationalism became more self-conscious after the collapse of the revolt in 1830 against Russ- ian domination. Ten thousand Poles, mostly noble army officers and intellectuals, fled Poland in 1830 and 1831. Most of them took up residence in west- ern European capitals, especially Paris, where they mounted a successful public relations campaign for worldwide support. Their intellectual hero was the poet Adam Mickiewicz (1798–1855), whose mystical writings portrayed the Polish exiles as martyrs of a crucified nation with an international Christian mission: “Your endeavors are for all men, not only for yourselves. You will achieve a new Christian civilization.”

Mickiewicz formed the Polish Legion to fight for national restoration, but rivalries and divisions among the Polish nationalists prevented united ac- tion until 1846, when Polish exiles in Paris tried to launch a coordinated insurrection for Polish inde- pendence. Plans for an uprising in the Polish province of Galicia in the Austrian Empire col- lapsed when peasants instead revolted against their noble Polish masters. Slaughtering some two thousand aristocrats, a desperate rural population served the Austrian government’s end by defusing the nationalist challenge. Class interests and na- tional identity were not always the same.

In Russia, nationalism took the form of oppo- sition to Western ideas. Russian nationalists, or Slavophiles (lovers of the Slavs), opposed the West- ernizers, who wanted Russia to follow Western models of industrial development and constitu- tional government. The Slavophiles favored main-

6 7 2 C h a p t e r 2 1 ■ I n d u s t r i a l i z a t i o n a n d S o c i a l F e r m e n t 1 8 3 0 – 1 8 5 0

nationalism: An ideology that arose in the nineteenth century and that holds that all peoples derive their identities from their nations, which are defined by common language, shared cul- tural traditions, and sometimes religion.

Giuseppe Mazzini: An Italian nationalist (1805–1872) who founded Young Italy, a secret society to promote Italian unity. He believed that a popular uprising would create a unified Italy.

taining rural traditions infused by the values of the Russian Orthodox church. Only a return to Rus- sia’s basic historical principles, they argued, could protect the country against the corrosion of ra- tionalism and materialism. Slavophiles sometimes criticized the regime, however, because they be- lieved the state exerted too much power over the church. The conflict between Slavophiles and Westernizers has continued to shape Russian cul- tural and intellectual life to the present day.

The most significant nationalist movement in western Europe could be found in Ireland. The Irish had struggled for centuries against English occupation, but Irish nationalists developed strong

organizations only in the 1840s. In 1842, a group of writers founded the Young Ireland movement, which aimed to recover Irish traditions and pre- serve the Gaelic language (spoken by at least one-third of the peasantry). Daniel O’Connell (1775–1847), a Catholic lawyer and landowner who sat in the British House of Commons, hoped to force the British Parliament to repeal the Act of Union of 1801, which had made Ireland part of Great Britain. In 1843, London newspapers re- ported “monster meetings” that drew crowds of as many as 300,000 people in support of repeal of the union. In response, the British government ar- rested O’Connell and convicted him of conspiracy.

I d e o lo g i e s a n d P o l i t i c a l M o v e m e n t s 6 7 31 8 3 0 – 1 8 5 0

Romance French Italian Spanish Catalan Portuguese Corsican Romanian Walloon

0 200 400 kilometers

0 200 400 miles

Germanic English Dutch German Flemish Danish Norwegian Swedish

Slavonic Great Russian Ukrainian White Russian Polish Serbian Croatian Slovak Czech Bulgarian Macedonian Slovenian Celtic Irish Gaelic Welsh Breton Cornish

N

S

E

W

Language Group Finno-Ugrian Finnish Estonian Magyar Baltic Latvian Lithuanian Basque Basque Thraco-Illyrian Albanian Hellenic Greek Turkish-Tataric Turkish

Mixed use of languages

N o r t h S e a

B l a c k S e a

A T L A N T I C O C E A N

B a l t

i c

S e a

M e d i t e r r a n e a n S e a

IRISH

GAELIC

ENGLISHWELSH

CORNISH

BRETON

FRENCH

SPANISH

BASQUE

PORTUGUESE CATALAN CORSICAN

ITALIAN

WALLOON

FLEMISH

DUTCH

SLOVENIAN

CROATIAN

ALBANIAN

GREEK

MACEDONIAN TURKISH

BULGARIAN

ROMANIAN

SERBIAN

MAGYAR

CZECH SLOVAK

GERMAN POLISH

UKRAINIAN

DANISH WHITE

RUSSIAN

LITHUANIAN

LATVIAN

ESTONIAN

GREAT RUSSIAN

FINNISH SWEDISH

NORWEGIAN

M A P 2 1 . 3 Languages of Nineteenth-Century Europe Even this detailed map of linguistic diversity understates the number of different languages and dialects spoken in Europe. In Italy, for example, few people spoke Italian as their first language. Instead, they spoke local dialects such as Piedmontese or Ligurian, and some might speak better French than Italian if they came from the regions bordering France. ■ How does the map underline the inherent contradictions of nationalism in Europe? What were consequences of linguistic diversity within national borders? Keep in mind that even in Spain, France, and Great Britain, linguistic diversity continued right up to the beginning of the 1900s.

Although his sentence was overturned, O’Connell withdrew from politics, partly because of a ter- minal brain disease. More radical leaders, who preached insurrection against the English, replaced him.

Liberalism in Economics and Politics As an ideology, liberalism traced its origins to the writings of John Locke in the seventeenth century and the Enlightenment philosophy in the eigh- teenth. The adherents of liberalism defined them- selves in opposition to conservatives on one end of the political spectrum and revolutionaries on the other. Unlike conservatives, liberals supported the Enlightenment ideals of constitutional guaran- tees of personal liberty and free trade in econom- ics, believing that greater liberty in politics and economic matters would promote social improve- ment and economic growth. For that reason, they also generally applauded the social and economic changes produced by the Industrial Revolution, while opposing the violence and excessive state power promoted by the French Revolution. The leaders of the rapidly expanding middle class com- posed of manufacturers, merchants, and profes- sionals favored liberalism.

British Liberalism. The rapid industrialization and urbanization of Great Britain created a recep- tive environment for liberalism. Its foremost proponent in the early nineteenth century was the philosopher and jurist Jeremy Bentham (1748–1832). He called his brand of liberalism utilitarianism because he held that the best policy is the one that produces “the greatest good for the greatest number” and is thus the most useful, or utilitarian. Bentham’s criticisms spared no institu- tion; he railed against the injustices of the British parliamentary process, the abuses of the prisons and the penal code, and the educational system. In his zeal for social engineering, Bentham proposed elaborate schemes for managing the poor and model prisons that would emphasize rehabilita- tion through close supervision rather than cor- poral punishment. British liberals like Bentham wanted government involvement, including dereg- ulation of trade, but they shied away from any as- sociation with revolutionary violence.

British liberals wanted government to limit its economic role to maintaining the currency, en-

forcing contracts, and financing major enterprises like the military and the railroads. As historian and member of Parliament Thomas Macaulay (1800–1859) explained in 1830:

Our rulers will best promote the improvement of the nation by strictly confining themselves to their own legitimate duties, by leaving capital to find its most lucrative course, commodities their fair price, industry and intelligence their natural reward, idleness and folly their natural punishment, by maintaining peace, by defending property, by diminishing the price of law, and by observing strict economy in every department of the State.

British liberals sought to lower or eliminate British tariffs, especially through repeal of the Corn Laws, which benefited landowners by pre- venting the import of cheap foreign grain. When landholders in the House of Commons thwarted efforts to lower grain tariffs, two Manchester cot- ton manufacturers set up the Anti–Corn Law League. The league appealed to the middle class against the landlords, who were labeled “a bread- taxing oligarchy” and “blood-sucking vampires,” and attracted working-class backing by promising lower food prices. League members established lo- cal branches, published newspapers and the jour- nal The Economist (founded in 1843 and now one of the world’s most influential periodicals), and campaigned in elections. They eventually won the support of the Tory prime minister Sir Robert Peel, whose government repealed the Corn Laws in 1846.

Liberalism on the Continent. Free trade had less appeal in continental Europe than in England be- cause continental industries needed protection against British industrial dominance. As a conse- quence, liberals on the continent focused on con- stitutional reform. French liberals, for example, agitated for greater press freedoms and a broaden- ing of the vote. Louis-Philippe’s government bru- tally repressed working-class and republican insurrections in Lyon and Paris in the early 1830s and forced the republican opposition under- ground. The French king’s increasingly restrictive governments also thwarted liberals’ hopes for re- forms by suppressing many political organizations and reestablishing censorship.

Repression muted criticism in most other Eu- ropean states as well. Nevertheless, liberal reform movements grew up in pockets of industrializa-

6 7 4 C h a p t e r 2 1 ■ I n d u s t r i a l i z a t i o n a n d S o c i a l F e r m e n t 1 8 3 0 – 1 8 5 0

liberalism: An economic and political ideology that emphasized free trade and the constitutional guarantees of individual rights such as freedom of speech and religion.

Corn Laws: Tariffs on grain in Great Britain that benefited landowners by preventing the import of cheap foreign grain; they were repealed by the British government in 1846.

tion in Prussia, the smaller German states, and the Austrian Empire. Some state bureaucrats, espe- cially university-trained middle-class officials, favored economic liberalism. Hungarian count Stephen Széchenyi (1791–1860) personally cam- paigned for the introduction of British-style changes. He introduced British agricultural tech- niques on his own lands, helped start up steam- boat traffic on the Danube, encouraged the importation of machinery and technicians for steam-driven textile factories, and pushed the con- struction of Hungary’s first railway line, from Budapest to Vienna.

In the 1840s, however, Széchenyi’s efforts paled before those of the flamboyant Magyar na- tionalist Lajos Kossuth (1802–1894). After spend- ing four years in prison for sedition, Kossuth grabbed every opportunity to publicize American democracy and British political liberalism, all in a fervent nationalist spirit. In 1844, he founded the Protective Association, whose members bought only Hungarian products; to Kossuth, boycotting Austrian goods was crucial to ending “colonial de- pendence” on Austria. Born of a lesser landown- ing family without a noble title, Kossuth did not hesitate to attack “the cowardly selfishness of the landowner class.”

Even in Russia, signs of liberal opposition ap- peared in the 1830s and 1840s. Small circles of young noblemen serving in the army or bureau- cracy met in cities, especially Moscow, to discuss the latest Western ideas and to criticize the Rus- sian state: “The world is undergoing a transforma- tion, while we vegetate in our hovels of wood and clay,” wrote one. Out of these groups came such future revolutionaries as Alexander Herzen (1812–1870), described by the police as “a daring free-thinker, extremely dangerous to society.” Tsar Nicholas I (r. 1825–1855) banned Western liberal writings as well as all books about the United States. He sent nearly ten thousand people a year into exile in Siberia as punishment for their polit- ical activities.

Socialism and the Early Labor Movement The newest ideology, socialism, took up where lib- eralism left off: socialists believed that the liberties advocated by liberals benefited only the middle

class — the owners of factories and businesses — not the workers. They sought to reorganize soci- ety totally rather than to reform it piecemeal through political measures. They envisioned a fu- ture society in which workers would share a har- monious, cooperative, and prosperous life. Building on the theoretical and practical ideas laid out in the early nineteenth century by thinkers and reformers such as Count Henri de Saint-Simon, Charles Fourier, and Robert Owen, the socialists of the 1830s and 1840s hoped that economic plan- ning and working-class organization would solve the problems caused by industrial growth, includ- ing the threat of increasingly mechanical, unfeel- ing social relations.

Origins of Socialism. Early socialists criticized the emerging Industrial Revolution for dividing society into two classes: the new middle class, or capitalists (who owned the wealth), and the work- ing class, their downtrodden and impoverished employees. As their name suggests, the socialists aimed to restore harmony and cooperation through social reorganization. Robert Owen (1771–1858), a successful Welsh-born manufac- turer, founded British socialism. In 1800, he bought a cotton mill in New Lanark, Scotland, and began to set up a model factory town, where work- ers labored only ten hours a day (instead of sev- enteen, as was common) and children between the ages of five and ten attended school rather than working. To put his principles once more into ac- tion, Owen moved to the United States in the 1820s and founded a community named New Harmony in Indiana. The experiment collapsed after three years, a victim of internal squabbling. But out of Owen’s experiments and writings, such as The Book of the New Moral World (1820), would come the movement for producer cooperatives (busi- nesses owned and controlled by their workers), consumers’ cooperatives (stores in which con- sumers owned shares), and a national trade union.

Claude Henri de Saint-Simon (1760–1825) and Charles Fourier (1772–1837) were Owen’s counterparts in France. Saint-Simon was a noble who had served as an officer in the War of Amer- ican Independence and lost a fortune speculating in national property during the French Revolu- tion. Fourier traveled as a salesman for a Lyon cloth merchant. Both shared Owen’s alarm about the effects of industrialization on social relations. Saint-Simon — who coined the terms industrial- ism and industrialist to define the new economic order and its chief animators — believed that work was the central element in the new society and that

I d e o lo g i e s a n d P o l i t i c a l M o v e m e n t s 6 7 51 8 3 0 – 1 8 5 0

socialism: A social and political ideology that advocated the re- organization of society to overcome the new tensions created by industrialization and restore social harmony through com- munities based on cooperation.

it should be controlled not by politicians but by scientists, engineers, artists, and industrialists themselves. To correct the abuses of the new in- dustrial order, Fourier urged the establishment of communities that were part garden city and part agricultural commune; all jobs would be rotated to maximize happiness. Fourier hoped that a net- work of small, decentralized communities would replace the state.

Socialism and Women. The emancipation of women was essential to Fourier’s vision of a har- monious community: “The extension of the priv- ileges of women is the fundamental cause of all social progress.” After Saint-Simon’s death in 1825, some of his followers established a quasi-religious cult with elaborate rituals and a “he-pope” and “she-pope,” or ruling father and mother. Saint- Simonians lived and worked together in cooperative arrangements and scandalized some by advocating free love. They set up branches in the United States and Egypt. In 1832, some Saint-Simonian women founded a feminist newspaper, The Free Woman, asserting that “with the emancipation of woman will come the emancipation of the worker.”

In Great Britain, many women joined the Owenites and helped form cooperative societies and unions. They defended women’s working-class organizations against the complaints of men in the new societies and trade unions. As one woman wrote, “Do not say the unions are only for men. . . . ’Tis a wrong impression, forced on our minds to keep us slaves!” As women became more active, Owenites agitated for women’s rights, mar- riage reform, and popular education. The French activist Flora Tristan (1801–1844) devoted herself to reconciling the interests of male and female workers. She had seen the “frightful reality” of London’s poverty and made a reputation report- ing on British working conditions. Tristan pub- lished a stream of books and pamphlets urging male workers to address women’s unequal status, arguing that “the emancipation of male workers is impossible so long as women remain in a degraded state.”

Collectivists and Communists. Even though most male socialists ignored Tristan’s plea for women’s participation, they did strive to create working-class associations. The French socialist Louis Blanc (1811–1882) explained the impor- tance of working-class associations in his book Organization of Labor (1840), which deeply influ- enced the French labor movement. Similarly, Pierre-Joseph Proudhon (1809–1865) urged workers to form producers’ associations so that the

workers could control the work process and elim- inate profits made by capitalists. His 1840 book What Is Property? argues that property is theft: la- bor alone is productive, and rent, interest, and profit unjust.

After 1840, some socialists began to call them- selves communists, emphasizing their desire to re- place private property by communal, collective ownership. The Frenchman Étienne Cabet (1788–1856) was the first to use the word commu- nist. In 1840, he published Travels in Icaria, a novel describing a communist utopia in which a popu- larly elected dictatorship efficiently organized work, reduced the workday to seven hours, and made work tasks “short, easy, and attractive.”

Out of the churning of socialist ideas of the 1840s emerged two men whose collaboration would change the definition of socialism and re- make it into an ideology that would shake the world for the next 150 years. Karl Marx (1818–1883) had studied philosophy at the Uni- versity of Berlin, edited a liberal newspaper until the Prussian government suppressed it, and then left for Paris, where he met Friedrich Engels (1820–1895). While working in the offices of his wealthy family’s cotton manufacturing interests in Manchester, England, Engels had been shocked into writing The Condition of the Working Class in England in 1844 (1845), a sympathetic depiction of industrial workers’ dismal lives. In Paris, where German and eastern European intellectuals could pursue their political interests more freely than at home, Marx and Engels organized the Commu- nist League, in whose name they published The Communist Manifesto in 1848 (see Document, “Marx and Engels,” page 677). It eventually be- came the touchstone of Marxist and communist revolution all over the world. Communists, the Manifesto declared, must aim for “the downfall of the bourgeoisie [capitalist class] and the ascen- dancy of the proletariat [working class], the abo- lition of the old society based on class conflicts and the foundation of a new society without classes and without private property.” Marx and Engels embraced industrialization because they believed it would eventually bring on the prole- tarian revolution and thus lead inevitably to the abolition of exploitation, private property, and class society.

Working-Class Organization. Socialism accom- panied, and in some places incited, an upsurge in

6 7 6 C h a p t e r 2 1 ■ I n d u s t r i a l i z a t i o n a n d S o c i a l F e r m e n t 1 8 3 0 – 1 8 5 0

communists: Those socialists who after 1840 (when the word was first used) advocated the abolition of private property in favor of communal, collective ownership.

working-class organization in western Europe. British workers founded cooperative societies, lo- cal trade unions, and so-called friendly societies for mutual aid — all of which frightened the middle classes. A newspaper exclaimed in 1834,“The trade unions are, we have no doubt, the most dan- gerous institutions that were ever permitted to take root.”

Many British workers joined in Chartism, which aimed to transform Britain into a democ- racy. In 1838, political radicals drew up the People’s Charter, which demanded universal man- hood suffrage, vote by secret ballot, equal electoral districts, annual elections, and the elimination of property qualifications for and the payment of stipends to members of Parliament. Chartists de- nounced their opponents as seeking “to keep the

people in social slavery and political degradation.” Many women took part by founding female polit- ical unions, setting up Chartist Sunday schools, or- ganizing boycotts of unsympathetic shopkeepers, and joining Chartist temperance associations. Nevertheless, the People’s Charter refrained from calling for woman suffrage because the move- ment’s leaders feared that doing so would alienate potential supporters.

The Chartists organized a massive campaign during 1838 and 1839, with large public meetings, fiery speeches, and torchlight parades. Presented with petitions for the People’s Charter signed by more than a million people, the House of Com- mons refused to act. In response to this rebuff from middle-class liberals, the Chartists allied them- selves in the 1840s with working-class strike move- ments in the manufacturing districts and associated with various European revolutionary movements. But at the same time they — like their British and continental allies — distanced them- selves from women workers.

I d e o lo g i e s a n d P o l i t i c a l M o v e m e n t s 6 7 71 8 3 0 – 1 8 5 0

Chartism: The British movement of supporters of the People’s Charter (1838), which demanded universal manhood suffrage, vote by secret ballot, equal electoral districts, and other re- forms.

Marx and Engels, The Communist Manifesto

D O C U M E N T

Karl Marx (1818–1883) and Friedrich En- gels (1820–1895) were both sons of prosper- ous German-Jewish families that had converted to Christianity. In the manifesto for the Communist League, they laid out many of the central principles that would guide Marxist revolution in the future: they insisted that all history is shaped by class struggle and that in future revolutions the working class would overthrow the bour- geoisie, or middle class, and replace capital- ism and private property with a communist state in which all property is collectively rather than individually owned. As this se- lection shows, Marx and Engels always placed more emphasis on class struggle than on the state that would result from the en- suing revolution.

The history of all hitherto existing society is the history of class struggles.

Freeman and slave, patrician and plebeian, lord and serf, guild-master and journeyman, in a word, oppressor and oppressed, stood in constant opposition to

one another, carried on an uninterrupted, now hidden, now open fight, a fight that each time ended, either in a revolutionary reconstitution of society at large, or in the common ruin of the contending classes. . . .

The modern bourgeois society that has sprouted from the ruins of feudal so- ciety has not done away with class antag- onisms. It has but established new classes, new conditions of oppression, new forms of struggle in place of the old ones.

Our epoch, the epoch of the bour- geoisie, possesses, however, this distinctive feature: It has simplified the class antago- nisms: Society as a whole is more and more splitting up into two great hostile camps, into two great classes directly fac- ing each other: Bourgeoisie [middle class] and Proletariat [working class]. . . .

The weapons with which the bour- geoisie felled feudalism to the ground are now turned against the bourgeoisie itself.

But not only has the bourgeoisie forged the weapons that bring death to it- self; it has also called into existence the

men who are to wield those weapons — the modern working class — the proletar- ians. . . .

The essential condition for the exis- tence, and for the sway of the bourgeois class, is the formation and augmentation of capital; the condition for capital is wage-labour. Wage-labour rests exclu- sively on competition between labourers. The advance of industry, whose involun- tary promoter is the bourgeoisie, replaces the isolation of the labourers, due to com- petition, by their revolutionary combina- tion, due to association. The development of Modern Industry, therefore, cuts from under its feet the very foundation on which the bourgeoisie produces and ap- propriates products. What the bour- geoisie, therefore, produces, above all, is its own gravediggers. Its fall and the victory of the proletariat are equally inevitable.

Source: Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels, The Communist Manifesto. Translated by Samuel Moore (New York: Penguin, 1985), 79–80, 87, 93–94.

Continental workers were less well organized because trade unions and strikes were illegal every- where except Great Britain. Nevertheless, artisans and skilled workers in France formed mutual aid societies that provided insurance, death benefits, and education. Workers in new factories rarely or- ganized, but artisans in the old trades, such as the silk workers of Lyon, France, created societies to resist mechanization and wage cuts. In eastern and central Europe socialism and labor organiza- tion — like liberalism — had less impact than in western Europe. Cooperative societies and work- ers’ newspapers did not appear in the German states until 1848.

Review: Why did ideologies have such a powerful ap- peal in the 1830s and 1840s?

The Revolutions of 1848 Food shortages, overpopulation, and unemploy- ment helped turn ideological turmoil into revolu- tion. In 1848, demonstrations and uprisings toppled governments, forced rulers and ministers to flee, and offered revolutionaries an opportunity to put liberal, socialist, and nationalist ideals into practice (Map 21.4). In the end, however, all the revolutions failed because the various ideological movements quarreled, leaving an opening for rulers and their armies to return to power.

The Hungry Forties Beginning in 1845, crop failures across Europe caused food prices to shoot skyward. In the best of times, urban workers paid 50 to 80 percent of their income for a diet consisting largely of bread; now even bread was beyond their means. Overpopu- lation hastened famine in some places, especially Ireland, where blight destroyed the staple crop, potatoes, first in 1846 and again in 1848 and 1851. Irish peasants had planted potatoes because a fam- ily of four might live off one acre of potatoes but would require at least two acres of grain. The Irish often sought security in large families, trusting that their children might help work the land and care for them in old age. By the 1840s, Ireland was es- pecially vulnerable to the potato blight. Out of a population of eight million, as many as one mil- lion people died of starvation or disease. Corpses lay unburied on the sides of roads, and whole fam- ilies were found dead in their cottages, half-eaten by dogs. Hundreds of thousands emigrated to Eng- land, the United States, and Canada.

Throughout Europe, famine jeopardized so- cial peace. In age-old fashion, rumors circulated about large farmers hoarding grain to drive up prices. Believing that governments should ensure fair prices, crowds took to the streets to protest, of- ten attacking markets or bakeries. They threatened officials with retribution. “If the grain merchants do not cease to take away grains . . . we will go to your homes and cut your throats and those of the three bakers . . . and burn the whole place down.” So went one threat from French villagers in the hungry winter of 1847. Although harvests im- proved in 1848, by then many people had lost their land or become hopelessly indebted.

High food prices also drove down the demand for manufactured goods, resulting in increased un- employment. Industrial workers’ wages had been rising — in the German states, for example, wages rose an average of 5.5 percent in the 1830s and 10.5 percent in the 1840s — but the cost of living rose about 16 percent each decade, canceling out wage increases. Seasonal work and regular unemploy- ment were already the norm when the crisis of the late 1840s exacerbated the uncertainties of urban life. “The most miserable class that ever sneaked

6 7 8 C h a p t e r 2 1 ■ I n d u s t r i a l i z a t i o n a n d S o c i a l F e r m e n t 1 8 3 0 – 1 8 5 0

The Irish Famine Contemporary depictions such as this one from 1847 drew attention to the plight of the Irish peasants when a blight infected potato plants, destroying the single most important staple crop. In this illustration, a girl turns up the ground looking for potatoes while a starving boy looks dazed. The artist reported seeing six dead bodies nearby. (The Granger Collection, New York.)

its way into history” is how Friedrich Engels described underemployed and starving workers in 1847.

Another French Revolution The specter of hunger amplified the voices criticizing established rulers. A Parisian demonstration in favor of re- form turned violent on February 23, 1848, when panicky soldiers opened fire on the crowd, killing forty or fifty demonstrators. The next day, faced with fifteen hundred barricades and a furious populace, King Louis-Philippe abdicated and fled to England. A hastily formed provisional government declared France a republic once again.

The new republican government issued liberal reforms — an end to the death penalty for political crimes, the abolition of slavery in the colonies, and freedom of the press — and agreed to introduce universal adult male suffrage despite misgivings about political par- ticipation by peasants and unemployed workers. The government allowed Paris officials to organize a system of “national workshops” to provide the unemployed with construction work. When women protested their exclu- sion, the city set up a few workshops for women workers, albeit with wages lower than men’s. To meet a mounting deficit, the provisional government then levied a 45 percent surtax on property taxes, alienating peasants and landowners.

While peasants grumbled, scores of newspa- pers and political clubs inspired grassroots demo- cratic fervor in Paris and other cities; meeting in concert halls, theaters, and government auditori- ums, clubs became a regular evening attraction for the citizenry. Women also formed clubs, published women’s newspapers, and demanded representa- tion in national politics.

This street-corner activism alarmed middle- class liberals and conservatives. To ensure its con- trol, the republican government paid some unemployed youths to join a mobile guard with its own uniforms and barracks. Tension between the government and the workers in the national work- shops rose. Faced with rising radicalism in Paris and other big cities, the voters elected a largely con- servative National Assembly in April 1848; most of the deputies chosen were middle-class profession- als or landowners, who favored either a restoration

of the monarchy or a moderate republic. The As- sembly immediately appointed a five-man execu- tive committee to run the government and pointedly excluded known supporters of workers’ rights. Suspicious of all demands for rapid change, the deputies dismissed a petition to restore divorce and voted down women’s suffrage, 899 to 1. When the numbers enrolled in the national workshops in Paris rocketed from a predicted 10,000 to 110,000, the government ordered the workshops closed to new workers, and on June 21 it directed that those already enrolled move to the provinces or join the army.

The workers exploded in anger. In the June Days, as the following week came to be called, the government summoned the army, the National Guard, and the newly recruited mobile guard to fight the workers. Alexis de Tocqueville (see Doc- ument, “Alexis de Tocqueville Describes the June Days in Paris (1848),” page 681) breathed a sigh of relief: “The Red Republic [red being associated

Th e R e v o l u t i o n s o f 1 8 4 8 6 7 91 8 3 0 – 1 8 5 0

Territories with revolts

Revolts and centers of revolutionary activity

Boundary of German Confederation 0 200 400 kilometers

0 200 400 miles

N

S

E

W

�

N o r t h S e a

A T L A N T I C O C E A N

B a l t

i c S

e a

M e d i t e r r a n e a n S e a

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�� � �

�

�

�

�� �

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

��

BELGIUM

F R A N C E

KINGDOM OF THE

TWO SICILIES

O T

T O M

A N E M P I R E

A U S T R I A N E M P I R E

PAPAL STATES

HUNGARY

P R U S

S I A

Pest

Rome

Palermo

Milan

Prague

Frankfurt

Venice

Berlin

ViennaMunich

Buda

Bucharest

Paris

Warsaw

Cracow

M A P 2 1 . 4 The Revolutions of 1848 The attempts of rulers to hold back the forces of change collapsed suddenly in 1848 when once again the French staged a revolution that inspired many others in Europe. This time, cities all over central and eastern Europe joined in as the spirit of revolt inflamed one capital after another. Although all of these revolutions eventually failed because of social and political divisions, the sheer scale of rebellion forced rulers to reconsider their policies.

with demands for socialism] is lost forever; all France has joined against it. The National Guard, citizens, and peasants from the remotest parts of the country have come pouring in.” The government forces crushed the workers; more than 10,000, most of them workers, were killed or injured, 12,000 were arrested, and 4,000 eventu- ally were convicted and deported.

After the National Assembly adopted a new constitution call- ing for a presidential election in which all adult men could vote, the electorate chose Louis- Napoleon Bonaparte (1808– 1873), nephew of the dead em- peror. Bonaparte got more than 5.5 million votes out of some 7.4

million cast. He had lived most of his life outside of France, and the leaders of the republic expected him to follow their tune. In uncertain times, the Bonaparte name promised something to everyone. Even many workers supported him because he had no connection with the blood-drenched June Days.

In reality, Bonaparte’s election spelled the end of the Second Republic, just as his uncle had dis- mantled the first one established in 1792. In 1852, on the forty-eighth anniversary of Napoleon I’s coronation as emperor, Louis-Napoleon declared himself Emperor Napoleon III, thus inaugurating the Second Empire. (Napoleon I’s son died and never became Napoleon II, but Napoleon III wanted to create a sense of legitimacy and so used the Roman numeral III.) Political division and class conflict had proved fatal to the Second Re- public. Although the revolution of 1848 never had a period of terror like that in 1793–1794, it nonetheless ended in similar fashion, with an au- thoritarian government that tried to play monar- chists and republicans off against each other.

Nationalist Revolution in Italy In January 1848, a revolt broke out in Palermo, Sicily, against the Bourbon ruler. Then came the electrifying news of the February revolution in Paris. In Milan, a huge nationalist demonstration quickly degenerated into battles between Aus- trian forces and armed demonstrators. In Venice, an uprising drove out the Austrians. Peasants in the south occupied large landowners’ estates. Across central Italy, revolts mobilized the poor and unemployed against local rulers. Peasants de-

manded more land, and artisans and workers called for higher wages, restrictions on the use of machinery, and unemployment relief.

But class divisions and re- gional differences stood in the way of national unity. Property owners, businessmen, and pro- fessionals wanted liberal reforms and national unification under a conservative regime; intellec- tuals, workers, and artisans dreamed of democracy and social reforms. Some nationalists fa- vored a loose federation; others wanted a monarchy under

Charles Albert of Piedmont-Sardinia; still others urged rule by the pope; a few shared Mazzini’s vi- sion of a republic with a strong central govern-

6 8 0 C h a p t e r 2 1 ■ I n d u s t r i a l i z a t i o n a n d S o c i a l F e r m e n t 1 8 3 0 – 1 8 5 0

Louis-Napoleon Bonaparte (1808–1873): Nephew of Napoleon I; he was elected president of France in 1848, declared him- self Emperor Napoleon III in 1852, and ruled until 1870.

The Vésuviennes, 1848 This lithograph satirizes women’s political ambitions, referring to a women’s club named the Vésuviennes. The artist implies that women have left their children at home in the care of their hapless husbands so that they can actively participate in politics. Meetings of feminist clubs were often disrupted by men hostile to their aims. Can you compare the depiction of women in this lithograph to earlier depictions of women in the French Revolution of 1789 in Chapter 19? (Bibliothèque nationale de France.)

0 100 200 kilometers

0 100 200 miles

Under Austrian control

Sardinia

Corsica (Fr.)

Sicily

PAPAL STATES

KINGDOM OF THE TWO SICILIES

PIEDMONT- SARDINIA

Piedmont Lombardy

Naples

V en

eti a

Rome�

The Divisions of Italy, 1848

ment. Many leaders of national unification spoke standard Italian only as a second language; most Italians spoke regional dialects.

As king of the most powerful Italian state, Charles Albert (r. 1831–1849) inevitably played a central role. After some hesitation caused by fears of French intervention, he led a military campaign against Austria. It soon failed, partly because of dissension over goals and tactics among the na- tionalists. Although Austrian troops defeated Charles Albert in the north in the summer of 1848, democratic and nationalist forces prevailed at first in the south. In the fall, the Romans drove the pope from the city and declared Rome a republic. For the next few months, republican leaders, such as Giuseppe Mazzini and Giuseppe Garibaldi

(1807–1882), congregated in Rome to organize the new republic. These efforts eventually faltered when foreign powers intervened. The new presi- dent of republican France, Louis-Napoleon Bona- parte, sent an expeditionary force to secure the papal throne for Pius IX. Mazzini and Garibaldi fled. Although revolution had been defeated in Italy, the memory of the Roman republic and the commitment to unification remained, and they would soon emerge again with new force.

Revolt and Reaction in Central Europe News of the revolution in Paris also provoked pop- ular demonstrations in central and eastern Europe. When the Prussian army tried to push back a

Th e R e v o l u t i o n s o f 1 8 4 8 6 8 11 8 3 0 – 1 8 5 0

Alexis de Tocqueville Describes the June Days in Paris (1848)

D O C U M E N T

Alexis de Tocqueville (1805–1859) was a noble landowner, well-known writer, and deputy in the National Assembly elected in April 1848. As a political liberal, he sup- ported the new republican government against the uprising of workers in the Na- tional Workshops. His description of the June Days comes from a memoir he wrote in 1850 about the events of the 1848 revo- lution. Although a fierce opponent of social- ism, Tocqueville detected class struggle in the insurrection.

Now at last I have come to that insurrec- tion in June which was the greatest and the strangest that had ever taken place in our history, or perhaps in that of any other na- tion: the greatest because for four days more than a hundred thousand men took part in it, and there were five generals killed; the strangest, because the insurgents were fighting without a battle cry, leaders, or flag, and yet they showed wonderful powers of co-ordination and a military expertise that astonished the most experienced officers.

Another point that distinguished it from all other events of the same type dur- ing the last sixty years was that its object was not to change the form of the govern- ment, but to alter the organization of so-

ciety. In truth it was not a political strug- gle (in the sense in which we have used the word “political” up to now), but a class struggle, a sort of “Servile War.” It stood in the same relation to the facts of the Feb- ruary Revolution as the theory of social- ism stood to its ideas; or rather it sprang naturally from those ideas, as a son from his mother; and one should not see it only as a brutal and blind, but as a powerful ef- fort of the workers to escape from the ne- cessities of their condition, which had been depicted to them as an illegitimate depression, and by the sword to open up a road towards that imaginary well-being that had been shown to them in the dis- tance as a right. It was this mixture of greedy desires and false theories that en- gendered the insurrection and made it so formidable. These poor people had been assured that the goods of the wealthy were in some way the result of a theft commit- ted against themselves. They had been as- sured that inequalities of fortune were as much opposed to morality and the inter- ests of society, as to nature. This obscure and mistaken conception of right, com- bined with brute force, imparted to it an energy, tenacity and strength it would never have had on its own.

One should note, too, that this ter- rible insurrection was not the work of a cer- tain number of conspirators, but was the revolt of one whole section of the popu- lation against another. The women took as much part in it as the men. While the men fought, the women got the ammunition ready and brought it up. And when in the end they had to surrender, the women were the last to yield. . . .

Down all the roads not held by the insurgents, thousands of men were pour- ing in from all parts of France to aid us. Thanks to the railways, those from fifty leagues [150 miles] off were already arriv- ing, although the fighting had begun only in the evening of the previous day. The next day and the days following, they were to arrive from one and two hundred leagues [300–600 miles] away. These men were drawn without distinction from all classes of society; among them there were great numbers of peasants, bourgeois, large landowners and nobles, all jumbled up together in the same ranks.

Source: Alexis de Tocqueville, Recollections, ed. J. P. Mayer and A. P. Kerr, trans. George Lawrence (Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1970), 136–137, 152.

crowd gathered in front of Berlin’s royal palace on March 18, 1848, their actions provoked panic and street fighting. The next day the crowd paraded wagons loaded with dead bodies under King Fred- erick William IV’s window, forcing him to salute the victims killed by his own army. In a state of near collapse, the king promised to call an assem- bly to draft a constitution and adopted the Ger- man nationalist flag of black, red, and gold.

The goal of German unification soon took precedence over social reform or constitutional changes within the separate states. In March and April, most of the German states agreed to elect delegates to a federal parliament at Frankfurt that would attempt to unite Germany. Local princes and even the more powerful kings of Prussia and Bavaria seemed to totter. Yet the revolutionaries’ weaknesses soon became apparent. The eight hun- dred delegates to the Frankfurt parliament had little practical political experience and no access to an army. Unemployed artisans and workers smashed machines; peasants burned landlords’ records and occasionally attacked Jewish money- lenders; women set up clubs and newspapers to de- mand their emancipation from “perfumed slavery.”

The advantage lay with the princes, who bided their time. While the Frankfurt parliament labori- ously prepared a liberal constitution for a united Germany — one that denied self-determination to

Czechs, Poles, and Danes within its proposed Ger- man borders — the Prussian king Frederick William IV (r. 1840–1860) recovered his confi- dence. First, his army crushed the revolution in Berlin in the fall of 1848. Prussian troops then in- tervened to help other local rulers put down the last wave of democratic and nationalist insurrec- tions in the spring of 1849. When the Frankfurt parliament finally concluded its work, offering the emperorship of a constitutional, federal Germany to the king of Prussia, Frederick William contemp- tuously refused this “crown from the gutter.”

Events followed a similar course in the Aus- trian Empire. Just as Italians were driving the Aus- trians out of their lands in northern Italy and Magyar nationalists were demanding political au- tonomy for Hungary, on March 13, 1848, in Vi- enna, a student-led demonstration for political reform turned into rioting, looting, and machine breaking. Metternich resigned, escaping to Eng- land in disguise. Emperor Ferdinand promised a constitution, an elected parliament, and the end of censorship. The beleaguered authorities in Vienna could not refuse Magyar demands for home rule, and Széchenyi and Kossuth both became ministers in the new Hungarian government. The Magyars were the largest ethnic group in Hungary but still did not make up 50 percent of the population, which included Croats, Romanians, Slovaks, and

6 8 2 C h a p t e r 2 1 ■ I n d u s t r i a l i z a t i o n a n d S o c i a l F e r m e n t 1 8 3 0 – 1 8 5 0

Uprising in Milan, 1848 In this painting by an unknown artist, Fighting at the Tosa Gate, the Milanese are setting up barricades to oppose their Austrian rulers. Whole families are involved. The flag of green, white, and red is the flag of the Cisalpine Republic of the Napoleonic period, whose capital was Milan. The three colors would be incorporated into the national flag of Italy after unification. (Scala/ Art Resource, NY.)

Slovenes who preferred Austrian rule to domina- tion by local Magyars.

The ethnic divisions in Hungary foreshad- owed the many political and social divisions that would doom the revolutionaries. Fears of peasant insurrection prompted the Magyar nationalists around Kossuth to abolish serfdom. This measure alienated the largest noble landowners. The new government alienated the other nationalities when it imposed the Magyar language on them. In Prague, Czech nationalists convened a Slav con- gress as a counter to the Germans’ Frankfurt par- liament and called for a reorganization of the Austrian Empire that would recognize the rights of ethnic minorities. Such assertiveness by non- German peoples provoked German nationalists to protest on behalf of German-speaking people in areas with a Czech or Magyar majority.

The Austrian government took advantage of these divisions. To quell peasant discontent and appease liberal reformers, it abolished all remain- ing peasant obligations to the nobility in March 1848. Rejoicing country folk soon lost interest in the revolution. Military force finally broke up the revolutionary movements. The first blow fell in Prague in June 1848; General Prince Alfred von Windischgrätz, the military governor, bombarded the city into submission when a demonstration led to violence (including the shooting death of his wife, watching from a window). After another up- rising in Vienna a few months later, Windischgrätz marched seventy thousand soldiers into the capi- tal and set up direct military rule. In December, the Austrian monarchy came back to life when the

eighteen-year-old Francis Joseph (r. 1848–1916), unencumbered by promises extracted by the rev- olutionaries from his now feeble uncle Ferdinand, assumed the imperial crown after intervention by leading court officials. In the spring of 1849, Gen- eral Count Joseph Radetzky defeated the last Ital-

Th e R e v o l u t i o n s o f 1 8 4 8 6 8 31 8 3 0 – 1 8 5 0

R E V O L U T I O N S O F 1 8 4 8

1848

January Uprising in Palermo, Sicily

February Revolution in Paris; proclamation of republic

March Insurrections in Vienna, German cities, Milan, and Venice; autonomy movement in Hungary; Charles Albert of Piedmont-Sardinia declares war on Austrian Empire

May Frankfurt parliament opens

June Austrian army crushes revolutionary movement in Prague; June Days end in defeat of workers in Paris

July Austrians defeat Charles Albert and Italian forces

November Insurrection in Rome

December Francis Joseph becomes Austrian emperor; Louis-Napoleon elected president in France

1849

February Rome declared a republic

April Frederick William of Prussia rejects crown of united Ger- many offered by Frankfurt parliament

July Roman republic overthrown by French intervention

August Russian and Austrian armies combine to defeat Hungarian forces

Revolution of 1848 in Eastern Europe This painting by an unknown artist shows Ana Ipatescu leading a group of Romanian revolutionaries in Transylvania in opposition to Russian rule. In April 1848, local landowners began to organize meetings. Paris-educated nationalists spearheaded the movement, which demanded the end of Russian control and various legal and political reforms. By August, the movement had split between those who wanted independence only and those who pushed for the end of serfdom and for universal manhood suffrage. In response, the Russians invaded Moldavia and the Turks moved into Walachia. By October, the uprising was over. Russia and Turkey agreed to control the provinces jointly. (The Art Archive.)

ian challenges to Austrian power in northern Italy, and his army moved east, joining with Croats and Serbs to take on the Hungarian rebels. The Aus- trian army teamed up with Tsar Nicholas I, who marched into Hungary with more than 300,000 Russian troops. Hungary was put under brutal martial law. Széchenyi went mad, and Kossuth found refuge in the United States. Social conflicts and ethnic divisions weakened the revolutionary movements from the inside and gave the Austrian government the opening it needed to restore its position.

Aftermath to 1848 Although the revolutionaries of 1848 failed to achieve most of their goals, their efforts left a pro- found mark on the political and social landscape. Between 1848 and 1851, the French served a kind of republican apprenticeship that prepared the population for another, more lasting republic af- ter 1870. In Italy, the failure of unification did not stop the spread of nationalist ideas and the root- ing of demands for democratic participation. In the German states, the revolutionaries of 1848 turned nationalism from an idea of professors and writers into a popular enthusiasm and even a prac- tical reality. The initiation of artisans, workers, and journeymen into democratic clubs increased po- litical awareness in the lower classes and helped prepare them for broader political participation. Almost all the German states had a constitution and a parliament after 1850. The spectacular fail- ures of 1848 thus hid some important underlying successes.

The absence of revolution in 1848 was just as significant as its presence. No revolution occurred in Great Britain, the Netherlands, or Belgium, the three places where industrialization and urbaniza- tion had developed most rapidly. In Great Britain, the prospects for revolution actually seemed quite good: the Chartist movement took inspiration from the European revolutions in 1848 and mounted several gigantic demonstrations to force Parliament into granting all adult males the vote. But Parliament refused and no uprising occurred, in part because the government had already proved its responsiveness. The middle classes in Britain had been co-opted into the established or- der by the Reform Bill of 1832, and the working classes had won parliamentary regulation of chil- dren’s and women’s work.

The other notable exception to revolution among the great powers was Russia, where Tsar Nicholas I maintained a tight grip through police

surveillance and censorship. The Russian schools, limited to the upper classes, taught Nicholas’s three most cherished principles: autocracy (the unlim- ited power of the tsar), orthodoxy (obedience to the church in religion and morality), and nation- ality (devotion to Russian traditions). These pro- vided no space for political dissent. Social conditions also fostered political passivity: serfdom continued in force and the sluggish rate of indus- trial and urban growth created little discontent.

Although much had changed, the aristocracy remained the dominant power almost everywhere. As army officers, aristocrats put down revolution- ary forces. As landlords, they continued to domi- nate the rural scene and control parliamentary bodies. They also held many official positions in the state bureaucracies. One Italian princess ex- plained, “There are doubtless men capable of lead- ing the nation . . . but their names are unknown to the people, whereas those of noble families . . . are in every memory.” Aristocrats kept their authority by adapting to change: they entered the bureau- cracy and professions, turned their estates into moneymaking enterprises, and learned how to in- vest shrewdly.

The reassertion of conservative rule hardened gender definitions. Women everywhere had par- ticipated in the revolutions, especially in the Ital- ian states, where they joined armies in the tens of thousands and applied household skills toward making bandages, clothing, and food. As conser- vatives returned to power, all signs of women’s po- litical activism disappeared. The French feminist movement, the most advanced in Europe, fell apart after the June Days when the increasingly conser- vative republican government forbade women to form political clubs and arrested and imprisoned two of the most outspoken women leaders for their socialist activities.

In May 1851, Europe’s most important female monarch presided over a midcentury celebration of peace and industrial growth that helped dampen the still-smoldering fires of revolutionary passion. Queen Victoria (r. 1837–1901), who her- self promoted the notion of domesticity as women’s sphere, opened the international Exhibition of the Works of Industry of All Nations in London on May 1. A huge iron-and-glass building housed the display. Soon people referred to it as the Crystal Palace; its nine hundred tons of glass created an aura of fantasy, and the abundant goods from all nations inspired satisfaction and pride. One Ger- man visitor described it as “this miracle which has so suddenly appeared to dazzle the inhabitants of our globe.” In the place of revolutionary fervor, the

6 8 4 C h a p t e r 2 1 ■ I n d u s t r i a l i z a t i o n a n d S o c i a l F e r m e n t 1 8 3 0 – 1 8 5 0

Crystal Palace offered a government-sponsored spectacle of what industry, hard work, and tech- nological imagination could produce.

Review: Why did the revolutions of 1848 fail?

Conclusion Many of the six million people who visited the Crystal Palace display came on the new railroads, foremost symbol of this age of industrial transfor- mation. The application of steam engines to tex- tile manufacturing and the railroads set in motion a host of economic and social changes with cul- tural and political consequences: cities burgeoned with rapidly growing populations; factories con- centrated laborers who formed a new working class; manufacturers now challenged landed elites for political leadership; and social problems galva- nized reform organizations and governments alike. The Crystal Palace presented the rosy view of modern, industrial, urban life, but the housing shortages, inadequacy of water supplies, and re- current epidemic diseases had not disappeared.

Although the revolutions of 1848 brought to the surface the profound tensions within a Euro- pean society in transition toward industrialization and urbanization, they did not resolve those ten- sions. The Industrial Revolution continued, work- ers developed more extensive organizations, and

C o n c l u s i o n 6 8 51 8 3 0 – 1 8 5 0

The Crystal Palace, 1851 George Baxter’s lithograph (above) shows the exterior of the main building for the Exhibition of the Works of Industry of All Nations in London. It was designed by Sir Joseph Paxton to gigantic dimensions: 1,848 feet long by 456 feet wide; 135 feet high; 772,784 square feet of ground floor area covering no less than 18 acres. The view below, a lithograph by Peter Mabuse, offers a view of one of the colonial displays at the exhibition. The tented room and carved ivory throne are meant to recall India, Britain’s premier colony. (Top: © Maidstone Museum and Art Gallery, Kent, UK/ The Bridgeman Art Library. Below: © Private Collection/ The Stapleton

Collection/ The Bridgeman Art Library.)

liberals and socialists fought over the pace of re- form. Confronted with the menace of revolution, elites now sought alternatives that would be less threatening to the established order and still per- mit some change. This search for alternatives be- came immediately evident in the question of national unification in Germany and Italy. Na- tional unification would hereafter depend not on speeches and parliamentary resolutions, but rather on what the Prussian leader Otto von Bismarck would call “iron and blood.”

6 8 6 C h a p t e r 2 1 ■ I n d u s t r i a l i z a t i o n a n d S o c i a l F e r m e n t 1 8 3 0 – 1 8 5 0

For Further Exploration

■ For suggested references, including Web sites, for topics in this chapter, see page SR-1 at the end of the book.

■ For additional primary-source material from this period, see Chapter 21 in Sources of THE MAKING OF THE WEST, Third Edition.

■ For Web sites and documents related to topics in this chapter, see Make History at bedfordstmartins.com/hunt.

0 200 400 kilometers

0 200 400 miles

N

S

E

W

Growth of European Population, percent increase,

c. 1800–1850 Over 80 60–79 40–59 20–39 Under 20 Little or no population data available

Cities of more than 1 million

Boundary of German Confederation

�

N o r t h S e a

Black Sea

A T L A N T I C O C E A N

B a l t

i c

S e a

M e d i t e r r a n e a n S e a

GREAT

BRITAIN

SWEDEN AND NORWAY

BELGIUM

NETH.

F R A N C E

KINGDOM OF THE

TWO SICILIES

PIEDMONT- SARDINIA

R U S S I A

O T

T O

M A N

E M P I R E

A U S T R I A N E M P I R E

PAPAL STATES

SWITZ.

GREECE

DENMARK

SPAIN

PORTUGAL

HUNGARY

AUSTRIA

IRELAND

SCOTLAND

G alicia

POLAND P R

U S S I

A

Pest

Palermo

Milan

Lisbon Madrid

Hamburg

Glasgow

Constantinople

Moscow

St. Petersburg

Manchester

Leeds

Prague

Venice

Frankfurt

Munich

Berlin

Vienna

Buda

Paris

London

Rome

Naples

Cracow �

�

�

�

� �

�

�

�

�

�

� �

�

�

� �

� �

� �

�

�

�

M A P P I N G T H E W E S T

Europe in 1850 This map of population growth between 1800 and 1850 reveals important trends that would not otherwise be evident. Although population growth correlated for the most part with industrialization, population also grew in more agricultural regions such as East Prussia, Poland, and Ireland. Ireland’s rapid population growth does not appear on this map because the famine of 1846–1851 killed more than 10 percent of the population and forced many others to emigrate. ■ Compare this map to Map 21.1: Which areas experienced both industrialization and population increase?

K e y Te r m s a n d P e o p l e M a k i n g C o n n e c t i o n s

R e v i e w Q u e s t i o n s

1. Which of the ideologies of this period had the greatest im- pact on political events? How can you explain this?

2. In what ways might industrialization be considered a force for peaceful change rather than a revolution? (Hint: Think about the situation in Great Britain.)

1. What dangers did the Industrial Revolution pose to both urban and rural life?

2. How did reformers try to address the social problems cre- ated by industrialization and urbanization? In which areas did they succeed, and in which did they fail?

3. Why did ideologies have such a powerful appeal in the 1830s and 1840s?

4. Why did the revolutions of 1848 fail?

C h a p t e r R e v i e w

ideology (654)

Industrial Revolution (654)

cholera (662)

George Sand (666)

domesticity (669)

imperialism (670)

Opium War (671)

nationalism (672)

Giuseppe Mazzini (672)

liberalism (674)

Corn Laws (674)

socialism (675)

communists (676)

Chartism (677)

Louis-Napoleon Bonaparte (680) For practice quizzes, a customized study plan, and other

study tools, see the Online Study Guide at bedfordstmartins.com/hunt.

I m p o r ta n t Ev e n t s

1830–1832 Cholera epidemic sweeps across Europe

1830 France invades and begins conquest of Algeria

1831 British and Foreign Temperance Society established

1832 George Sand, Indiana

1833 Factory Act regulates work of children in Great Britain; abolition of slavery in the British Empire

1834 German Zollverein (“customs union”) established under Prussian leadership

1835 Belgium opens first continental railway built with state funds

1839 Beginning of Opium War between Britain and China; invention of photography

1841 Charles Dickens, The Old Curiosity Shop

1846 Famine strikes Ireland; Corn Laws repealed in England; peasant insurrection in Austrian province of Galicia

1848 Revolutions of 1848 throughout Europe; last great wave of Chartist demonstrations in Britain; Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels, The Communist Manifesto; abolition of slavery in French colonies; end of serfdom in Austrian Empire

1851 Crystal Palace exhibition in London

C h a p t e r R e v i e w 6 8 71 8 3 0 – 1 8 5 0

I n 1859, the name VERDI suddenly appeared scrawled on walls across

the disunited cities of the Italian peninsula. The graffiti seemed to

celebrate the composer Giuseppe Verdi, whose operas made him a

special hero among Italians. His stories of downtrodden groups strug-

gling against tyrannical government seemed to refer specifically to

them. As his operatic choruses thundered out calls to rebellion in the

name of the nation, Italian audiences were sure that Verdi was telling

them to throw off Austrian and papal rule and unite in a nation — the

ancient Roman Empire reborn. The graffiti had a second political mes-

sage: VERDI, an acronym for Vittorio Emmanuele Re d’Italia (Victor

Emmanuel, King of Italy), summoned Italians to join together under

Victor Emmanuel II, king of Sardinia and Piedmont — the one Italian

leader with a nationalist, modernizing profile. The graffiti did its work,

and the very next year a united Italy emerged, formed by warfare, pop-

ular uprisings, and hard bargaining by realist politicians.

In the wake of the failed revolutions of 1848, European statesmen

and the politically conscious public increasingly abandoned the politics

of idealism in favor of Realpolitik — a politics of tough-minded real-

ism aimed at strengthening the state and tightening social order. Re-

alpolitikers rejected the romanticism and high-minded ideologies of the

revolutionaries. Instead, they believed in power politics and even the use

of violence to attain their goals. Two particularly skilled practitioners of

Realpolitik, the Italian Camillo di Cavour and the Prussian Otto von

Bismarck, succeeded in unifying Italy and Germany, respectively, not by

romantic rhetoric but by war and diplomacy. Most leading figures of

the decades 1850–1870, enmeshed like Verdi’s operatic heroes in violent

The End of the Concert of Europe 690 • Napoleon III and the Quest for

French Glory • The Crimean War, 1853–1856: Turning

Point in European Affairs • Reform in Russia

War and Nation Building 696 • Cavour, Garibaldi, and the Process

of Italian Unification • Bismarck and the Realpolitik of

German Unification • Francis Joseph and the Creation

of the Austro-Hungarian Monarchy • Political Stability through

Gradual Reform in Great Britain • Nation Building in the

United States and Canada

Establishing Social Order 705 • Bringing Order to the Cities • Expanding the Reach of Government • Schooling and Professionalizing

Society • Spreading Western Order beyond

the West • Confronting the Nation-State’s

Order at Home

The Culture of Social Order 715 • The Arts Confront Social Reality • Religion and National Order • From the Natural Sciences to

Social Science

6 8 9

Politics and Culture of the Nation-State 1850–1870

C H A P T E R

22

Aïda Poster Aïda (1871), Giuseppe Verdi’s opera of human passion and state power among people of different nations, became a staple of Western culture, bringing people across Europe into a common cultural orbit. Written to celebrate the opening of the Suez Canal, Aïda also celebrated the improvement of Europe’s access to Asian resources provided by the new waterway. The opera was a prime example of the surge of interest in Egyptian styles and objects that followed the opening of the canal. (Madeline Grimoldi.)

political maneuverings, advanced state power by harnessing the forces of nationalism and liberal- ism that had led to earlier romantic revolts. Their achievements changed the face of Europe.

Nation building was the order of the day, but unifying people or territory was not just about win- ning wars. Economic development was crucial, as was using government policy and culture to create a sense of national identity and common purpose. As productivity and wealth increased, governments took vigorous steps to improve the urban environ- ment, monitor public health, and promote national sentiment. State support for cultural developments ranging from public schools to public health pro- grams made the citizenry as a whole better off, established a common fund of knowledge, and produced shared political beliefs and loyalties. Authoritarian leaders such as Bismarck and the new French emperor Napoleon III believed that a better quality of life would not only calm revolu- tionary impulses and build state power but also silence liberal reformers.

Shared culture helped build shared identity. Reading novels, viewing art exhibitions, keeping up-to-date at the newly fashionable world’s fairs, and attending theater and opera performances gave ordinary people a stronger sense of being French or German or British. Also, the public consumed cultural works that increasingly re- jected romanticism and portrayed harsher, more realistic aspects of everyday life. Artists painted nudes in shockingly blunt ways, eliminating ro- mantic hues and poses. The Russian author Leo Tolstoy depicted the bleak life of soldiers in the Crimean War, which erupted in 1853 between the Russian and Ottoman empires, while his coun- tryman Fyodor Dostoevsky wrote of ordinary people turning to crime in urban neighbor- hoods.

Alongside the tough-minded nation-building policies there arose tough-minded art, not just mir-

roring Realpolitik but encouraging it. Western politicians sent armies to distant areas to stamp out resistance to global expansion. At home, Realpoli- tikers destroyed people’s neighborhoods to con- struct public buildings, roads, and parks. The process of nation building was thus often brutal, bringing arrests, protests, and outright civil war — all of these the centerpieces of Verdi’s operas as well. In response to the pressures of nation building, an uprising of Parisians in 1871 challenged the central government’s violent intrusion into everyday life and its failure to count the costs. Thus, for the most part, the powerful Western nation-state did not take shape automatically. Instead, national policy- makers used warfare, the creation of new institu- tions, and often brutal uprooting of people around the world to create the modern nation-state. The Realpolitik approach to nation building also cre- ated a general climate of modern opinion that val- ued realism, hard facts, and tough-minded deeds.

Focus Question: How did the creation and strengthening of nation-states change European politics, society, and culture in the mid-nineteenth century?

The End of the Concert of Europe The revolutions of 1848 had weakened the concert of Europe, forcing its architect, Austrian foreign minister Klemens von Metternich, to resign and flee to England and allowing the forces of nation-

6 9 0 C h a p t e r 2 2 ■ P o l i t i c s a n d C u lt u r e o f t h e N a t i o n - S ta t e 1 8 5 0 – 1 8 7 0

1850 1855 1860

■ 1850s–1860s Positivism, Darwinism become influential

■ 1850s–1870s Realism emerges in the arts

■ 1853–1856 Crimean War ■ 1857 British-led forces suppress Indian Rebellion

■ 1861 Italian unification; abolition of serfdom in Russia

■ 1861–1865 U.S. Civil War

Realpolitik (ray AHL poh lih teek): Policies developed after the revolutions of 1848 and initially associated with nation build- ing; they were based on realism rather than on the romantic notions of earlier nationalists. The term has come to mean any policy based on considerations of power alone.

1865 1870 1875

alism to flourish. Clashing national ambitions made it more difficult for countries to act together. In addition, the revival of Bonapartism in the per- son of Napoleon III destabilized international pol- itics as France’s Second Empire sought to reassert itself. One of Napoleon’s targets was Russia, for- merly a mainstay of the concert of Europe. Taking advantage of Russia’s continuing drive to expand, France helped engineer the Crimean War. The war took a huge toll in human life and weakened Rus- sia and Austria. Russia’s defeat not only led to sub- stantial reforms in the country but also changed the distribution of European power.

Napoleon III and the Quest for French Glory Louis-Napoleon Bonaparte (Napoleon III) encour- aged the cult of his famous uncle and the revival of French grandeur as part of nation building. “A

man of destiny,” he called himself. Napoleon III acted as Europe’s schoolmaster, showing its leaders how to combine economic liberalism and support from the people with authoritarian rule. To the public, he claimed to represent “your families, your property — rich and poor alike,” but cafés where men might discuss politics were closed, and a rubber-stamp legislature (the Corps législatif) muffled the actual voices of the people. Imperial style re- placed republican rituals (see the illustration on this page). Napoleon’s opulent court dazzled the public, and the emperor (like his namesake) culti- vated a masculine image of strength and majesty by wearing military uniforms and by conspicuously maintaining mistresses. Napoleon’s wife, Empress Eugénie, however, followed middle-class conven- tions, playing up her domestic role as devoted mother to her only son and as volunteer worker in many charities. The authoritarian, apparently old- fashioned order imposed by Napoleon satisfied the

Th e E n d o f t h e C o n c e r t o f E u r o p e 6 9 11 8 5 0 – 1 8 7 0

■ 1867 Second Reform Bill in England; Austro-Hungarian monarchy

■ 1868 Meiji Restoration begins in Japan

■ 1869–1871 Women’s colleges founded at Cambridge University

■ 1870–1871 Franco-Prussian War

■ 1871 German Empire proclaimed; Paris Commune

Napoleon III and Eugénie Receive the Siamese Ambassadors, 1864 At a splendid gathering of their court, the emperor Napoleon III, his consort Eugénie, and their son and heir greet ambassadors from Siam, whose exoticism and servility before the imperial family are the centerpiece of this depiction by Jean-Léon Gerome. How might a middle-class French citizen react to this scene? (Bridgeman- Giraudon/ Art Resource, NY.)

many peasants who feared a flare-up of the urban radicalism of 1848.

Napoleon III was nonetheless a modernizer. He promoted a strong economy, public works pro- grams, and jobs, luring the middle and working classes away from radical politics with the prom- ise of employment. International trade fairs, artis- tic expositions, and the magnificent rebuilding of Paris helped make France prosper as Europe re- covered from the hard times of the late 1840s. Em- press Eugénie wore lavish gowns, encouraging French silk production and keeping Paris at the center of the lucrative fashion trade. The Second Empire also reached a free-trade agreement with Britain and backed the establishment of innova- tive investment banks. Such new institutions led the way in financing railroad expansion, and rail- way mileage increased fivefold during Napoleon III’s reign. During the economic downturn of the late 1850s, he changed course by allowing work- ing-class organizations to form and introducing democratic features into his governing methods. Although some historians have judged Napoleon III to be enigmatic and shifty because of these abrupt changes, his maneuvers were hardheaded responses to the fluid conditions.

On the international scene, Napoleon III’s main goals were to overcome the containment of France imposed by the Congress of Vienna and acquire international glory like a true Bonaparte. To fracture the concert of Europe, Napoleon pitted France first against Russia in the Crimean War, then against Austria in the War of Italian Unifica- tion, and finally against Prussia in the Franco- Prussian War of 1870. Beyond Europe, Napoleon encouraged the construction of the Suez Canal to connect the Mediterranean and the Red Sea, while his army continued to enforce French rule in Al- geria and Southeast Asia. His attempt to install Maximilian, the brother of Habsburg emperor Francis Joseph, as emperor of Mexico and ulti- mately of all Central America brought on rebel- lion in Mexico and ended with Maximilian’s execution in 1867. Despite this glaring failure, Napoleon’s foreign policy succeeded in breaking down the international system of peaceful diplo- macy established at the Congress of Vienna. The consequences were the Crimean War, the end of serfdom in Russia, and the birth of new nations.

The Crimean War, 1853–1856: Turning Point in European Affairs Napoleon first flexed his diplomatic muscle in the Crimean War (1853–1856), which began as a con- flict between the Russian and Ottoman empires

but ended as a war with long-lasting consequences for much of Europe. While professing to uphold the status quo, Russia had been expanding into Asia and the Middle East. In particular, Tsar Nicholas I wanted to absorb much of the Ottoman Empire, fast becoming known as “the sick man of Europe” because of its disintegrating authority. Napoleon III encouraged Nicholas to be even more aggressive in his expansionism — a maneuver that provoked war in October 1853 between the two eastern empires (Map 22.1). The war disrupted the united Austrian and Russian front that kept France — and Napoleon III — in check.

The war drew in other states and upset Eu- rope’s balance of power. To block Russia and thereby protect its Mediterranean routes to East Asia, Britain prodded the Ottomans to stand up to Russia. With the Austrian government still resent- ing its dependence on Russia in putting down Hungarian revolutionaries in 1849 and feeling threatened by continuing Russian expansion into the Balkans, Napoleon III managed to gain Aus- tria’s promise of neutrality during the war. Austrian neutrality split the conservative Russian-Austrian coalition that had blocked French ambitions for greater influence since 1815. In the fall of 1853, the Russians blasted the wooden Turkish ships to bits

6 9 2 C h a p t e r 2 2 ■ P o l i t i c s a n d C u lt u r e o f t h e N a t i o n - S ta t e 1 8 5 0 – 1 8 7 0

M A P 2 2 . 1 The Crimean War, 1853–1856 The most destructive war in Europe between the Napoleonic Wars and World War I, the Crimean War drew attention to the conflicting ambitions around territories of the declining Ottoman Empire. Importantly for state building in these decades, the war fractured the alliance of conservative forces from the Congress of Vienna, allowing Italy and Germany to come into being as unified states.

Russian attack

Allied attack

0 200 kilometers100

0 200 miles100

N

S

E W

Black Sea

Mediterranean Sea

Danub e R .

Straits of Dardanelles

�

� �

O T T O M A N E M P I R E

AU S T R I A N E M P I R E

GREECE

R U S S I A

MONTENEGRO

M oldavia

Sinope 1853

Sevastopol 1854–55 Balaklava

1854

Wallachia

Crimea

Ceded to Moldavia by Russia, 1856

BALK AN

MT S.

Constantinople�

at the Ottoman port of Sinope on the Black Sea; in 1854, France and Great Britain, enemies in war for more than a century, declared war on Russia to defend the Ottoman Empire’s sovereignty and territories.

Faced with attacking the massive Russian Em- pire, the British and French allies settled for limited military goals focused on capturing the Russian naval base at Sevastopol, on the Crimea, a penin- sula jutting into the Black Sea. Even so, the Crimean War was spectacularly bloody. British and French troops landed in the Crimea in September 1854, but it took a year of savage and costly combat before the fortified Sevastopol finally fell. Generals on both sides demonstrated their incompetence, and governments failed to provide combatants with even minimal supplies, sanitation, or medical care. Hospitals had no beds, no dishes, and no water. As a result, the war claimed a massive toll. Of the three- quarters of a million deaths, more than two-thirds were from disease and starvation.

In the midst of this unfolding catastrophe, Alexander II (r. 1855–1881) ascended the Russian throne following the death of Nicholas I, his father. With casualties mounting, the new tsar asked for peace. As a result of the Peace of Paris, signed in March 1856, Russia lost the right to base its navy

in the Straits of Dardanelles and the Black Sea, which were declared neutral waters. Moldavia and Walachia (which soon merged to form Romania) became autonomous Turkish provinces under vic- tors’ protection, drastically reducing Russian influ- ence in that region too.

Some historians have called the Crimean War one of the most senseless conflicts in modern his- tory because competing claims in southeastern Eu- rope could have been settled by diplomacy had it not been for Napoleon III’s driving ambition to disrupt the peace. Yet the war was full of conse- quence. New technologies were introduced into warfare: the railroad, shell-firing cannon, breech- loading rifles, and steam-powered ships. The rela- tionship of the home front to the battlefront was beginning to change with the use of the telegraph and increased press coverage. Home audiences re- ceived news from the Crimean front lines more rapidly and in more detail than ever before. Re- ports of incompetence, poor sanitation, and the huge death toll outraged the public, inspiring a few to go to the front to help. The English nurse Flo- rence Nightingale became the best known of these sojourners: she seized the moment to escape the confines of middle-class domesticity by organiz- ing a battlefield nursing service to care for the British sick and wounded. Through her tough- minded organization of nursing units, she not only improved the sanitary conditions of the troops

Th e E n d o f t h e C o n c e r t o f E u r o p e 6 9 31 8 5 0 – 1 8 7 0

Alexander II: Russian tsar (r. 1855–1881) who initiated the age of Great Reforms and emancipated the serfs in 1861.

The Mission of Mercy Florence Nightingale organized British health care services dur- ing the Crimean War, inspiring a committed cadre of women to volunteer at the battlefront. The new sanitary measures Nightingale introduced into the care of the wounded and sick dramatically reduced the death rate of ailing soldiers. Jerry Barrett’s romantic portrayal of her greeting the wounded at Scutari hardly captures the strenuous and tough-minded efforts involved in her work. Why would the artist portray Nightingale as a romantic, ladylike heroine? (National Portrait Gallery, London.)

both during and after the war but also pioneered nursing as a profession. (See Document, “Mrs. Sea- cole: The Other Florence Nightingale,” above.)

More immediately, the war accomplished Napoleon III’s goal of severing the alliance be- tween Austria and Russia, the two conservative powers on which the Congress of Vienna peace set- tlement had rested since 1815. It thus ended Aus- tria’s and Russia’s grip on European affairs and undermined their ability to contain the forces of liberalism and nationalism. Russia’s catastrophic defeat forced it to embark on some long-overdue reforms.

Reform in Russia Defeat in the Crimean War not only thwarted Rus- sia’s territorial ambition but also made clear the need for meaningful reform. Hundreds of peas- ant insurrections had erupted during the decade before the Crimean War. Serf defiance ranged from malingering at forced labor to boycotting vodka to protest its heavy taxation. “Our own and neighboring households were gripped with fear,” one aristocrat reported, because of potential serf

violence. Although economic development spread in parts of eastern Europe, the Russian economy stagnated compared with that of western Europe. Old-fashioned farming techniques depleted soil and led to food shortages, and the nobility was of- ten contemptuous of the suffering malnutrition and hard labor caused. Artists made their own call for reform with their sympathetic portrayals of serfs and condemnation of brutal masters, as in the collection A Hunter’s Sketches (1852) by nov- elist Ivan Turgenev. A Russian translation of Har- riet Beecher Stowe’s U.S. antislavery novel Uncle Tom’s Cabin (1852) was also a “must-read” for re- formers. When Russia lost the Crimean War, the educated public, including some government of- ficials, found the poor performance of serf-con- scripted armies a disgrace and the system of serf labor a glaring liability.

Emancipation of the Serfs. Confronted with the need for change, Tsar Alexander II acted. Well ed- ucated and more widely traveled than his father, Alexander ushered in what came to be known as the age of Great Reforms, granting Russians new rights from above as a way of ensuring that vio-

6 9 4 C h a p t e r 2 2 ■ P o l i t i c s a n d C u lt u r e o f t h e N a t i o n - S ta t e 1 8 5 0 – 1 8 7 0

Mrs. Seacole: The Other Florence Nightingale

D O C U M E N T

Another highly skilled medical worker be- sides Florence Nightingale made an impact on the battlefields in Crimea. Mary Seacole (1805–1881), daughter of a free black Ja- maican woman and a Scottish army officer, had learned about medicine from her mother and from doctors who passed through Kingston, staying at the family’s boardinghouse. In addition to a gift for heal- ing, Mrs. Seacole (as she was always called) had a passion for travel — to Europe, the United States, and Panama — which she supported by tending other travelers. When the Crimean War broke out, she chafed — like Nightingale herself — to be at the bat- tlefront. Arriving in Crimea in 1855, Mrs. Seacole saved many desperately ill soldiers who lacked all medical care.

[Sick soldiers] could and did get at my store sick-comforts and nourishing food,

which the heads of the medical staff would sometimes find it difficult to pro- cure. These reasons, with the additional one that I was very familiar with the dis- eases which they suffered most from and successful in their treatment (I say this in no spirit of vanity), were quite sufficient to account for the numbers who came daily to the British Hotel for medical treatment.

That the officers were glad of me as a doctress and nurse may be easily under- stood. When a poor fellow lay sickening in his cheerless hut and sent down to me, he knew very well that I should not ride up in answer to his message empty- handed. And although I did not hesitate to charge him with the value of the nec- essaries I took him, still he was thankful enough to be able to purchase them. When we lie ill at home surrounded with com-

fort, we never think of feeling any special gratitude for the sick-room delicacies which we accept as a consequence of our illness; but the poor officer lying ill and weary in his crazy hut, dependent for the merest necessaries of existence upon a clumsy, ignorant soldier-cook, who would almost prefer eating his meat raw to hav- ing the troubles of cooking it (our En- glish soldiers are bad campaigners), often finds his greatest troubles in the want of those little delicacies with which a weak stomach must be humoured into retain- ing nourishment.

Source: Mary Grant Seacole, Wonderful Adventures of Mrs. Seacole in Many Lands (New York: Oxford University Press, 1988), 125–26.

lent action from below would not force change. The most dramatic reform was the emancipation of almost fifty million serfs begin- ning in 1861. By the terms of emancipation, communities of newly freed serfs, headed by male village elders, received grants of land. The community itself, tra- ditionally called a mir, had full power to allocate this land among individuals and to direct their economic activity. Although emancipation partially laid the groundwork for a modern labor force in Russia, communal landowning and decision making meant that individual peasants could not simply sell their parcel of land and leave their rural com- munities to work in factories as laborers had been doing in west- ern Europe.

The condition attached to the so-called land grants in Rus- sia was that peasants were not given land along with their per- sonal freedom: they were forced to “redeem” the land they farmed by paying off long-term loans from the government, with which the government in turn compensated the original landowners. The best land remained in the hands of the nobility, and most peasants ended up own- ing less land than they had farmed as serfs. These conditions, especially the huge burden of debt and communal regulations, blunted Russian agricul- tural development for decades. But idealistic re- formers believed that the emancipation of the serfs, once treated by the nobility virtually as live- stock, had produced miraculous results. As one of them put it, “The people are without any exagger- ation transfigured from head to foot. . . . The look, the walk, the speech, everything is changed.”

The state also reformed local administration, the judiciary, and the military. The government compensated the nobility for loss of peasant serv- ices and set up zemstvos — regional councils through which aristocrats could control local af- fairs such as education, public health, and welfare. Aristocratic control assured that the zemstvos would remain a conservative structure, but they

became a new political force with the potential for challenging the authoritarian central government. Some aristocrats took advantage of newly relaxed rules on travel to see how the rest of Europe was governed. Their vision broadened as they observed new ways of solving social and economic prob- lems. Judicial reform gave all Russians, even for- mer serfs, access to modern civil courts, rather than leaving them at the mercy of a landowner’s version of justice. The principle of equality of all persons before the law, regardless of social rank, was introduced in Russia for the first time. Mili- tary reform followed in 1874 when the government reduced the twenty-five-year term of conscription to a six-year term and began paying attention to education, efficiency, and humane treatment of re- cruits. These changes improved the fitness of Rus- sian soldiers, bringing them closer to the level of soldiers in western Europe.

From Reform to Rebellion. Alexander’s reforms benefited modern, market-oriented landowners in Russia just as enclosures had done much earlier for landowners in western Europe. At the same time, the changes weakened personal authority of the nobility and sparked intergenerational rebellion. “An epidemic seemed to seize upon [noble] chil-

Th e E n d o f t h e C o n c e r t o f E u r o p e 6 9 51 8 5 0 – 1 8 7 0

mir (mihr): A Russian farm community that provided for hold- ing land in common and regulating the movements of any indi- vidual by the group.

Emancipation of the Russian Serfs This trading card was used as a marketing gimmick to promote canned meat. Cards like these were given away by the thousands and traded just as baseball cards are today. Historical scenes were popular subjects for the cards—this one shows the emancipation of the serfs in Russia. Note that the caption is in French, the language of the European upper classes, including those in Russia, who would have consumed this product. The emancipation is presented as a wholly beneficial act with no strings attached. (Mary Evans Picture Library.)

dren . . . an epidemic of fleeing from the parental roof,” one observer noted. Rejecting aristocratic leisure, youthful rebels from the upper class val- ued practical activity and sometimes identified with peasants and workers. Some formed com- munes where they hoped to do humble manual la- bor, whereas others turned to higher education, especially the sciences. Rebellious daughters of the nobility opposed their parents by cutting their hair short, wearing black, and escaping from home through phony marriages so they could study in European universities. This repudiation of tradi- tional society led these young people to be labeled as nihilists (from the Latin for “nothing”), those who do not believe in any values whatsoever. A de- fiant spirit was percolating not just at the bottom but also at the top of Russian society, and it would soon bring about a wave of violence.

Russian-dominated ethnic groups were in- spired by the atmosphere of change, and in 1863 aristocratic and upper-class nationalist Poles rose up against the weakened Russian monarchy, de- manding full national independence for their country. By 1864, however, Alexander II’s army had regained control of the Russian section of Poland, using the promise of reform to win peas- ant support for defeating the rebels. Elsewhere among Russia’s minorities, Alexander repressed nationalist unrest and intensified Russification — a tactic meant to reduce the threat of future rebel- lion by forcing the more than one hundred national minorities within the empire to adopt Russian language and culture. Despite these meas- ures, the tsarist regime in this era of the Great Re- forms only partially succeeded in developing the administrative, economic, and civic institutions that made the nation-state strong elsewhere in Eu- rope. The tsar and his inner circle tightly held the reins of government, allowing few to share in power. Deliberate government policies in other European countries helped develop the sense of common citizenship, but in imperial Russia at- tempts to build a shared national loyalty were less successful.

Review: What were the main results of the Crimean War?

War and Nation Building Politicians in the German and Italian states seized the opportunity provided by the weakened con- cert of Europe to unify their fragmented regions through warfare. Following a bloody civil war, the United States solidified its institutions for further national expansion. The rise of powerful nation- states such as Italy, Germany, and the United States was accompanied by a sense of pride in national identity — or nationalism — among their peoples (see “Terms of History, page 697). This was not an inevitable or universal trend in the West, however. Millions of individuals in the Austrian Empire, Ire- land, and elsewhere maintained a regional, local, or separate ethnic identity despite the trend toward identifying with growing nation-states.

Cavour, Garibaldi, and the Process of Italian Unification Even after the failure of the revolutions of 1848 in the Italian states, the call for Risorgimento (a term meaning “rebirth,” associated with the rebirth of a united Italy) remained loud, aided by the dis- integration of diplomatic stability across Europe. Leading the way toward Risorgimento was the kingdom of Piedmont-Sardinia, in the economi- cally modernizing north of Italy. Italians thrilled to the operas of Verdi, but it was railroads, a modern army, and the military support of France against the Austrian Empire, which still dominated the peninsula, that made political unification possible.

Cavour, Architect of the New Italy. The pragmatic Camillo di Cavour (1810–1861), prime minister of the kingdom of Piedmont-Sardinia from 1852 until his death, had a Realpolitiker’s vision of how to unify the Italian states. A rebel in his youth, Cavour as he matured organized steamship com- panies, played the stock market, and inhaled the heady air of modernization during his travels to Paris and London. He promoted economic devel- opment rather than idealistic uprisings as the means to achieve a united Italy. As skilled prime minister to a less capable king, Victor Emmanuel II (r. Italy 1861–1878), Cavour helped achieve a strong Pied- montese economy, a modern army, and a liberal political climate as the foundation for Piedmont’s control of the unification process (Map 22.2).

6 9 6 C h a p t e r 2 2 ■ P o l i t i c s a n d C u lt u r e o f t h e N a t i o n - S ta t e 1 8 5 0 – 1 8 7 0

Russification: A program for the integration of Russia’s many nationality groups that involved the forced learning of the Russ- ian language and the practice of Russian Orthodox religion as well as the settlement of ethnic Russians among other nation- ality groups.

nation-state: A sovereign political entity of modern times based on representing a united people.

Camillo di Cavour (1810–1861): Prime minister of the kingdom of Piedmont-Sardinia and architect of a united Italy.

To unify Italy, however, Piedmont would have to confront Austria, which governed the provinces of Lombardy and Venetia and exerted strong in- fluence over most of the peninsula. Cavour turned for help to Napoleon III, who at a meeting in the summer of 1858 promised French assistance in ex- change for the city of Nice and the region of Savoy. Napoleon III expected that France rather than Austria would influence the peninsula thereafter. Sure of French help, Cavour provoked the Austri- ans to invade northern Italy in April 1859. The cause of Piedmont now became the cause of na- tionalist Italians everywhere, even those who had supported romantic republicanism in 1848, and they rose up on the side of Piedmont. Using the newly built Piedmontese railroad to move troops, the French and Piedmontese armies achieved rapid victories. Suddenly fearing the growth of Pied- mont as a potential competing force, Napoleon in- dependently signed a peace treaty with Habsburg emperor Francis Joseph that seemed to end the war. Its terms gave Lombardy but not Venetia to Piedmont, and left the rest of Italy disunited. Na- tionalist ambitions were not yet realized.

Garibaldi, Emblem of Italian Freedom. Napoleon’s plan to keep Italy disunited was soon derailed. Support for Piedmont continued to swell among Italians, while a financially strapped Austria stood by, unable to keep control of events on the penin- sula. Ousting their rulers, citizens of the rest of the northern and central Italian states (except Rome, which French troops had occupied) elected to join Piedmont. In May 1860, Giuseppe Garibaldi (1807–1882), a committed republican, dedicated guerrilla fighter, and veteran of the revolutions of 1848, set sail from Genoa with a thousand red- shirted volunteers (many of them teenage boys) to liberate Sicily, where peasants were rebelling against their landlords and the corrupt govern- ment in anticipation of the Risorgimento. In the autumn of 1860, Victor Emmanuel II’s victorious forces descending from the north and Garibaldi’s moving up from the south met in Naples. Al- though some of his followers still clamored for a republic, Garibaldi threw his support to the king. In 1861, the kingdom of Italy was proclaimed with Victor Emmanuel at its head.

Exhausted by a decade of overwork, Cavour died within months of leading the unification, leaving lesser men to organize the new Italy. The task ahead was enormous and complex: 90 percent of the peninsula’s inhabitants did not even speak a common language but rather local dialects. There were political difficulties too: consensus

W a r a n d N a t i o n B u i l d i n g 6 9 71 8 5 0 – 1 8 7 0

Nationalism

T E R M S O F H I S T O R Y

T he word nationalism is associated with a sense of a common identity among people within geographically defined nation- states. What is more important about nationalism is that it pro-

motes the nation-state around which that common entity develops. A phenomenon of the past two to three centuries, it became increasingly important to politics from the nineteenth century on. Strongly held feelings of a common national identity grew in the years after 1750, and this sense of national identification increasingly competed in people’s minds with religious, regional, and local loyalties.

In an early version of nationalism, the eighteenth-century British took pride in the fact that as Protestants they had defeated the Catholic French king in the global trade wars in Asia and the New World. At about the same time, the German author Johann Gottfried Herder concluded from his studies that a common language — along with its folktales, history, and laws — also served as the basis for a shared na- tional identity. In 1789, French revolutionary politicians set out in the Declaration of the Rights of Man and Citizen that all men were citizens — not subjects — and that as citizens they had rights. This Declaration thus proclaimed that common identity could be based on the rule of law. By the beginning of the nineteenth century, some of the major components of nationalism had developed: pride in mili- tary conquest and in a common culture developed over centuries, along with citizenship and its guarantee of civil rights and other freedoms.

In the nineteenth century, nationalism became a force in domes- tic and international politics. From the 1820s on, nationalistic politi- cians took to the battlefield, as in the fight for Greek independence or in the wars of Italian and German unification. Some Italian national- ists expected that unification would strengthen national identity by providing the kind of common citizenship and freedom that the Americans and French had won through their revolutions.

After 1848, realists like Bismarck and Cavour promoted nation- alism as the work of “iron and blood” — national strength backed by military might. Nationalism became a matter of pride in a people’s toughness and realism in a competitive world. After their wars of uni- fication, both Germany and Italy continued to promote the vision of the nation triumphant in battle. This differed from the French revo- lutionary ideal of being triumphant in battle in order to bring rights and constitutions to oppressed peoples. By the end of the nineteenth century, the basis of nationalism had shifted from pride in democratic institutions to pride in a nation’s military power. Today, the word na- tionalism usually combines a wide array of ingredients, prompting politicians to appeal to common religion, laws, customs, language, eth- nicity, race, and history to build national pride.

0 100 200 kilometers

0 200 miles100

N

S

EW

Piedmont-Sardinia before 1859

to Piedmont-Sardinia, 1859

to Piedmont-Sardinia, 1860

to kingdom of Italy, 1866

to kingdom of Italy, 1870

Boundary of kingdom of Italy after unification

Route of Garibaldi’s Thousand, 1860

Battle�

M e d i t e r r a n e a n S e a

A d r i a t i c S e a

T y r r h e n i a n S e a

Corsica (Fr.)

PIEDMONT- SARDINIA

Sicily

Savoy

Nice

Magenta 1859

Solferino 1859

Lombardy Venetia

Parma

Tuscany

Modena

OTTOMAN EMPIRE

AUSTRIAN EMPIRE SWITZERLAND

KINGDOM OF THE

TWO SICILIES

FRANCE

Ceded to France in 1860

P ap

al St

at es

� �

Rome

Florence

VeniceMilan

Genoa

Nice

Naples

�

�

��

�

�

�

among Italy’s elected political leaders was often difficult to reach once the war was over, and ad- mirers of Cavour, such as Verdi (who had been made senator), quit the quarrelsome political stage. Politicians from the wealthy commercial north and the impoverished agricultural south re- mained at odds over issues such as taxation and development, as they do even today. Finally, Ital- ian borders did not yet seem complete because Venetia and Rome remained outside them, under Austrian and French control, respectively. Helping to overcome these difficulties and holding the new nation together was the romanticized retelling of the Italian struggle for freedom from foreign and domestic tyrants, under the daring leadership of Garibaldi and his Red Shirts. The legend of Garibaldi papered over Cavour’s economic and military Realpolitik, which had made unification possible; but this story became the centerpiece of a new and unifying national pride.

6 9 8 C h a p t e r 2 2 ■ P o l i t i c s a n d C u lt u r e o f t h e N a t i o n - S ta t e 1 8 5 0 – 1 8 7 0

M A P 2 2 . 2 Unification of Italy, 1859–1870

The many states of the Italian peninsula had different languages, ways of life, and economic interests. The northern kingdom of Sardinia, which included the commer- cially advanced state of Piedmont, had much to gain from a unified market and a more extensive pool of labor. Although the armies of King Victor Emmanuel and Giuseppe Garibaldi brought these states together as a single country, it would take decades to construct a culturally, socially, and economically unified nation.

Seamstresses of the Red Shirts Sewing uniforms and making battle flags, European women like these Italian volunteers saw themselves as contributors to the nation. Many nineteenth-century women participated in nation building as “republican mothers” by donating their domestic skills and raising the next generation of citizens to be patriotic.

Bismarck and the Realpolitik of German Unification The most momentous act of nation building for Europe and the world was the creation of a united Germany in 1871. This too was the product of Re- alpolitik, undertaken once the concert of Europe was smashed and the cham- pions of the status quo defeated. Em- ploying the old military caste to wage war, yet enjoying support from indus- trialists, merchants, and financiers who saw profits in a single national market, the Prussian state brought a vast array of cities and kingdoms under its con- trol within a single decade. From then on, Germany prospered, continuing to consolidate its economic and political might. By the end of the nineteenth century, it would be the foremost con- tinental power.

Bismarck’s Rise to Power. The archi- tect of the unified Germany was Otto von Bismarck (1815–1898). Bismarck came from a traditional Junker (Pruss- ian landed nobility) family on his father’s side; his mother’s family in- cluded high-ranking bureaucrats and literati of the middle class. At univer- sity, the young Bismarck had gambled and womanized. After failing in the civil service, he worked to modernize operations on his land- holdings while leading an otherwise decadent life. His marriage to a pious Lutheran woman worked a transformation and gave him new purpose. In the 1850s, his diplomatic service to the Prussian state made him increasingly angry at the Habsburg grip on the affairs of all the German states and the roadblock it created to the full flowering of Prus- sia. Bismarck determined to establish Prussia as a dominant power.

In 1862, William I (king of Prussia, r. 1861–1888; German emperor, r. 1871–1888; see the illustration at right) appointed Bismarck prime minister in hopes that he would quash the grow- ing power of the liberals in the Prussian parlia- ment. The liberals, representing the prosperous professional and business classes, had gained par- liamentary strength at the expense of conservative landowners during the decades of industrial ex-

pansion. Indeed, the liberals’ wealth was crucial to the Prussian state’s ability to augment its power, but liberals wanted Prussia to be like western Europe with political rights for citizens and in- creased civilian control of the military. William I, along with members of the traditional Prussian elite such as Bismarck, rejected the western European model. Acting on his conservative be- liefs, Bismarck rammed through programs to build the army and prevent civilian control. “Germany looks not to Prussia’s liberalism, but to its power,” he preached. “The great questions of the day will not be settled by speeches and majority deci- sions — that was the great mistake of 1848 and 1849 — but by iron and blood.”

Prussia’s Wars of Unification. After his triumph over the parliament, Bismarck led Prussia into a series of wars, against Denmark in 1864, against Austria in 1866, and, finally, against France in 1870. Using war as a political tactic, he kept the disunited German states from choosing Austrian leadership and instead united them around Prus- sia. Bismarck drew Austria into a joint war along-

W a r a n d N a t i o n B u i l d i n g 6 9 91 8 5 0 – 1 8 7 0

Otto von Bismarck (1815–1898): Leading Prussian politician and German prime minister who waged war in order to create a united German Empire, which was established in 1871.

Emperor William I of Germany, 1871 The defeat of France in the Franco-Prussian War of 1870–1871 ended with the proclamation of the king of Prussia as emperor of a unified Germany. Otto von Bismarck, who had orchestrated the wars of unification, appropriately appears in Anton von Werner’s rendering as the central figure attired in heroic white. (akg-images.)

side Prussia against Denmark in 1864 over its pro- posed incorporation of the provinces of Schleswig and Holstein, with their partially German popula- tion. The Prussian-Austrian victory resulted in an agreement that Prussia would administer Schleswig, and Austria, Holstein. Such an arrange- ment stretched Austria’s geographic interests far from its central European base: “We were very honorable, but very dumb,” Emperor Francis Joseph later said of being drawn into the Schleswig-Holstein debacle.

Lagging in economic development and beset by the restlessness of its many national minorities, Austria proved weaker than Prussia. Bismarck, however, encouraged Austria’s pretensions to grandeur and influence. He fomented disputes over the administration of Schleswig and Holstein, goading an overly confident Austria into declaring

war on Prussia itself. In the summer of 1866, Aus- tria went to war with the support of most small states in the German Confederation. Within seven weeks, the modernized Prussian army, using rail- roads and breech-loading rifles against the out- dated Austrian military, had won decisively. The masterful victory allowed Bismarck to drive Aus- tria from the German Confederation and create a North German Confederation led by Prussia (Map 22.3).

To bring the remaining German states into the rapidly developing nation, Bismarck next moved to goad France into a war with Prussia. The atmos- phere between France and Austria became charged when Spain proposed a Prussian prince to fill its vacant royal throne. This candidacy at once threat- ened France with Prussian rulers on two of its bor- ders and inflated Prussian pride at the possibility

7 0 0 C h a p t e r 2 2 ■ P o l i t i c s a n d C u lt u r e o f t h e N a t i o n - S ta t e 1 8 5 0 – 1 8 7 0

0 200 kilometers100

0 200 miles100 N

S

E W

Prussia in 1862

Conquered by Prussia in Austro-Prussian War, 1866

United with Prussia as North German Confederation, 1867

United with Prussia to form German Empire, 1871

Annexed after Franco- Prussian War, 1871

German Confederation boundary, 1815–1866

Bismarck’s German Empire, 1871

N o r t h S e a

Lake Constance

B a l t i c S e a

R h

in e

R .

Danube R.

Elbe R.

Oder R.

V istula

R .

In n

R.

Ruhr R.

D E N M A R K SWEDEN

FRANCE

BELGIUM

NETHERLANDS

SWITZERLAND

POLAND R U S S I A

Hesse

Schleswig

Oldenburg Hanover

Mecklenburg A

ls ac

e

Württemberg

KINGDOM OF BAVARIA

KINGDOM OF SAXONY

Silesia

Lorraine

Baden

Holstein

A U

S T

R I

A N

E M

P I

R E

P R U

S S

I A

Prague

Kiel

Cologne

Frankfurt

Ems

Lübeck

Hamburg

Bremen

HanoverAmsterdam

Antwerp

Luxembourg

Munich

Dresden Weimar

Leipzig

Vienna

Berlin

Danzig

Warsaw

�

�

�

� �

�

��

��

�

�

�

� �

�

�

�

�

�

M A P 2 2 . 3 Unification of Germany, 1862–1871 In a complex series of diplomatic maneuvers, Prussian leader Otto von Bismarck welded disunited kingdoms and small states into a major continental power independent of the other dominant German dynasty, the Habsburg monarchy. Almost immediately that unity unleashed the new nation’s economic and industrial potential, but an aristocratic and agrarian elite remained firmly in power.

of its princely lines ruling grand states. Bismarck used the occasion to get nationalist sentiments onto the news pages in both countries by editing a diplomatic communication (the so-called Ems telegram, named after the spa town in which it was issued) to make it look as if the king of Prussia had insulted France over the issue of the vacant throne. Release of the revised version to journalists in- flamed the French public into demanding war (see Document, “Bismarck Tricks the Public to Get His War,” above). The parliament gladly declared it on July 19, 1870, setting in motion the alliances Prussia had created with the other German states and launching the Franco-Prussian War. The Prus- sians captured Napoleon III with his army on Sep- tember 2, 1870, and France’s Second Empire fell two days later.

Birth of the German Empire. Prussian forces were still besieging Paris when, in January 1871 in the Hall of Mirrors at Versailles, King William of Prus- sia was proclaimed the kaiser, or emperor, of a new,

imperial Germany. The terms of the peace signed in May of that year ending the Franco-Prussian War required France to cede the rich industrial provinces of Alsace and Lorraine to Germany and to pay a multibillion-franc indemnity. Without French protection for the papacy, Rome became part of Italy. Germany was now poised to domi- nate continental politics.

Prussian military might served as the founda- tion for German nation building, and a complex constitution for the new German Empire ensured the continued political dominance of the aristoc- racy and monarchy — despite the growing wealth and influence of the liberal business classes. The kaiser, who remained Prussia’s king, controlled the military and appointed Bismarck to the powerful position of chancellor for the Reich (empire). In- dividual German states were represented in the Bundesrat, while the Reichstag was an assembly elected by universal male suffrage. The Reichstag ratified all budgets but had little power to initiate programs. In framing this political settlement,

W a r a n d N a t i o n B u i l d i n g 7 0 11 8 5 0 – 1 8 7 0

Bismarck Tricks the Public to Get His War

D O C U M E N T

By 1870 Otto von Bismarck had gained the allegiance of most of the German states (ex- cluding Austria) by waging two successful wars and thus showing the military muscle of Prussia. Defeating France, he believed, would pull in the remaining independent German states — most notably Bavaria — and unite Germany. To this end he doctored a document sent by the Prussian king to the French ambassador over the contested issue of succession to the Spanish throne and re- leased the edited version to the press. He knew that its newly contrived imperious tone would offend the French parliament. Realpolitik, then as now, involved manipu- lating the press. Here Bismarck describes his actions.

All considerations, conscious and uncon- scious, strengthened my opinion that war could only be avoided at the cost of the honor of Prussia and of the national con- fidence in her. Under this conviction I made use of the royal authorization . . . to publish the contents of the telegram; and

in the presence of my two guests [General Moltke and General Roon] I reduced the telegram by striking out words, but with- out adding or altering anything, to the fol- lowing form:

“After the news of the renunciation of the hereditary prince of Hohenzollern had been officially communicated to the im- perial government of France by the royal government of Spain, the French ambas- sador at Ems made the further demand of his Majesty the king that he should au- thorize him to telegraph to Paris that his Majesty the king bound himself for all fu- ture time never again to give his consent if the Hohenzollerns should renew their candidature. His Majesty the king there- upon decided not to receive the French ambassador again, and sent to tell him, through the aid-de-camp on duty, that his Majesty had nothing further to commu- nicate to the ambassador.”

The difference in the effect of the ab- breviated text of the Ems telegram as com- pared with that produced by the original

was not the result of stronger words, but of the form, which made this announce- ment appear decisive, while [the original] version would only have been regarded as a fragment of a negotiation still pending and to be continued at Berlin.

After I had read out the concentrated edition to my two guests, Moltke re- marked: “Now it has a different ring; in its original form it sounded like a parley; now it is like a flourish of trumpets in answer to a challenge.” I went on to explain: “If, in execution of his Majesty’s order, I at once communicate this text, . . . not only to the newspapers, but also by telegraph to all our embassies, it will be known in Paris before midnight, and not only on ac- count of its contents, but also on account of the manner of its distribution, will have the effect of a red rag upon the Gallic bull.”

Source: Otto von Bismarck, Memoirs in James Harvey Robinson and Charles Beard, eds., Readings in Modern European History (Boston: Ginn, 1909), 2:158–59.

Bismarck accorded rights such as suffrage in the belief that the masses would uphold conservatism and the monarchy out of their fear of moderniz- ing businessmen, whom Bismarck opposed as “lib- eral power.” Taking no chances, he balanced this move with an electoral system in Prussia in which the votes from the upper classes counted more than those from the lower. He had little to fear from liberals, who, dizzy with German military success, came to support the blend of economic progress, constitutional government, and mili- taristic nationalism that Bismarck represented.

Francis Joseph and the Creation of the Austro-Hungarian Monarchy The Austrian monarchy took a different approach to nation building, demonstrating that there was no one blueprint for the modern nation-state. Just as the Crimean War left Russia searching for solu- tions to its social and political problems, so the confrontations with Cavour and Bismarck left the Habsburg Empire struggling to keep its standing in a rapidly changing Europe. The Habsburg Empire had emerged from the revolutions of 1848 renewed by the ascension of the young mon- arch Francis Joseph (r. 1848– 1916), who favored absolutist rule. A tireless worker, Francis Joseph enhanced his authority through stiff court ceremonies, playing to the pop- ular fascination with celebrity and power. Though the emperor stubbornly resisted reform, official standards of honesty and efficiency improved, and the government promoted local education. The German language was used by the administration and taught by the schools, but the government re- spected the rights of national minorities — Czechs and Poles, for instance — to receive education and communicate with officials in their native tongue. Above all, the government abolished most inter- nal customs barriers, fostered a boom in private railway construction, and attracted foreign capital. The capital city of Vienna underwent extensive re- building, and people found jobs as industrializa- tion progressed, if unevenly.

In the fast-moving age of the mid-nineteenth century, the absolutist emperor could not match Bismarck’s pace in creating a modern nation-state. Too much of the old regime remained as a road- block, while prosperous liberals wanting truly rep- resentative government and free speech prevented

other measures that would strengthen the state. They resented the police informers who swarmed around them, the Catholic church’s control of ed- ucation and civil institutions such as marriage, and their own lack of representation in such important policy matters as taxation and finance. Thus, lib- erals blocked funds for modernizing the military for fear of strengthening the reactionary govern- ment. Unlike in Prussia, there was no one to over- ride them to bring about change.

After Prussia’s 1866 victory over Austria, a vast, wealthy part of the empire, Hungary, became the key to the Habsburg Empire’s existence. The lead- ers of the Hungarian agrarian elites forced the Austrian emperor to accept a dual monarchy — that is, one in which the Magyars had home rule over the Hungarian kingdom. This agreement re- stored the Hungarian parliament and gave it con- trol of internal policy (including the right to decide how to treat Hungary’s national minori-

ties). Although the Habsburg emperor Francis Joseph was crowned king of Hungary and Austro-Hungarian foreign policy was coordinated from Vienna, the Hungarians mostly ruled themselves after 1867 and ham- mered out common policies such as tariffs with the government in Vienna. These negotiations were usually bitter, weakening the process of nation building in the empire.

A second weakness in the compromise that created the dual monarchy was that, although de- signed specifically to address the Hungarian de- mands, it led to claims by Czechs, Slovaks, and other national groups in the Habsburg Empire for a similar kind of self-rule. Czechs who had helped the empire advance industrially, for example, wanted Hungarian-style liberties. More of a men- ace, other leaders of dissatisfied ethnic groups turned to Pan-Slavism — that is, the transnational loyalty of all ethnic Slavs whose common heritage, they believed, transcended current national boundaries. Instead of looking toward Vienna, they turned to the largest Slavic country — Russia — as key to achieving the future unity of all Slavs outside the Habsburg Empire. With so many

7 0 2 C h a p t e r 2 2 ■ P o l i t i c s a n d C u lt u r e o f t h e N a t i o n - S ta t e 1 8 5 0 – 1 8 7 0

dual monarchy: A shared power arrangement between the Habs- burg Empire and Hungary after the Prussian defeat of the Aus- trian Empire in 1866–1867.

Pan-Slavism: A movement in the nineteenth century for the unity of all Slavs across national and regional boundaries.

0 200 kilometers100

0 200 miles100 Danube

R. ITALY

OTTOMAN EMPIRE

HUNGARY

AUSTRIA

GERMAN STATES

RUSSIA

Vienna Buda

Pest �

��

The Austro-Hungarian Monarchy, 1867

competing ethnicities, the Austro-Hungarian monarchy remained a dynastic state in which people could show loyalty to the Habsburg dy- nasty but had increasing difficulty relating to one another as members of a single nation.

Political Stability through Gradual Reform in Great Britain In contrast to the nations in turmoil on the con- tinent, Britain appeared the epitome of liberal progress. By the 1850s, the monarchy symbolized domestic tranquillity and propriety. Unlike their predecessors, Queen Victoria (r. 1837–1901) and her husband, Prince Albert, portrayed themselves as models of morality, British stability, and middle-class virtues (see “Seeing History,” page 704). Britain’s parliamentary system steadily brought more men into the political process. Economic prosperity supported peaceful political reform, ex- cept that politicians did little to relieve Ireland’s continued suffering. A flexible party system helped smooth governmental decision making: the Tory Party evolved into the Conservatives, who favored a more status-oriented politics but still went along with the emerging liberal consensus around eco- nomic development and representative govern- ment. The Whigs became the Liberals, so named for their commitment to the same values on which the term liberal had taken shape in the first place: progress and free, expansive trade, and substitut- ing active industrialists for the entrenched aristoc-

racy — the Stupid Party, as some called the To- ries/Conservatives. In 1867, the Conservatives, led by Benjamin Disraeli (1804–1881), passed the Sec- ond Reform Bill, which extended voting rights to a million more men. Disraeli proposed, like Bis- marck somewhat later, that the working classes would choose “the most conservative interests in the country” — not the radical ones. Thus more men voting and deferring to their aristocratic bet- ters would build his party, not the Liberals.

Both political parties supported an array of re- forms because pressure groups now influenced the party system. Women’s groups advocated the Mat- rimonial Causes Act of 1857, which facilitated di- vorce, and the Married Women’s Property Act of 1870, which allowed married women to own prop- erty and keep the wages they earned. The Reform League, another pressure organization, had held mass demonstrations in London to bring about passage of the Second Reform Bill. Plush royal cer- emonies masked political conflict and united not only critics and activists but also, and more im- portant, different social classes.

Whereas previous monarchs’ sexual infideli- ties had incited mobs to riot, the monarchy of Queen Victoria and Prince Albert, with its newly devised celebrations of royal marriages, anniver- saries, and births, drew respectful crowds. Promot- ing the monarchy in this way was so successful that the term Victorian came to symbolize almost the entire century and could refer to anything from manners to political institutions. The aristocracy,

W a r a n d N a t i o n B u i l d i n g 7 0 31 8 5 0 – 1 8 7 0

Muslim Quarter and Bazaar Nineteenth-century Europeans were a diverse people, composed of many religions, ethnicities, and ways of life. In the Balkans, many were Muslims, as this marketplace in Sarajevo, Bosnia, illustrates. The goal of finding a common cultural ground eluded the peoples of the Balkans. The Habsburg monarchy, which annexed Bosnia- Herzegovina in 1908, exerted its influence in the area to keep peoples divided and to play one against the other. (Graphische Sammlung Albertina, Wien.)

7 0 4 C h a p t e r 2 2 ■ P o l i t i c s a n d C u lt u r e o f t h e N a t i o n - S ta t e 1 8 5 0 – 1 8 7 0

F ostering a common national identity among their citizens was important to many nineteenth-century Euro-

pean leaders, especially those, like Britain’s Queen Victoria, who sought to build unity and loyalty among their subjects. The new technology of photography, developed in 1839, served this goal admirably by en- abling a more immediate connection be- tween the public and its leaders and their policies. For example, with the new medium, carefully staged photos of royal families became available for the first time, circulating in a small format like today’s baseball cards among citizens who eagerly collected them. In the photo below, Queen Victoria and her husband Albert appear as

an ordinary middle-class couple. Posing for many such photos, Victoria and Albert helped develop modern celebrity culture but also a national culture that tran- scended local identities. Why do you think they chose not to appear in royal regalia? What else is interesting about this image? What impression might viewers have formed about the royal couple based on it?

The Crimean War was another shared experience for Britons, many of whom avidly collected photos from the front, for the conflict was one of the first ever to be photographed. Crowds flocked to exhibi- tions in major cities to view battle scenes (usually staged) and portraits of soldiers, like the one below of officers of the Fifty-

S E E I N G H I S T O R Y

Photographing the Nation: Domesticity and War

Portrait of Queen Victoria and Prince Albert at Buckingham Palace, May 15, 1860. (Getty Images.)

Roger Fenton, Officers of the 57th Regiment, 1855. (Library of Congress, Prints and Photographs Division. LC-USZC4-9132.)

seventh regiment. How might this image have affected viewers? What could they learn from it about life on the front? How did it bring the war closer to home?

Both war photography and photog- raphy of national leaders, including U.S. president Abraham Lincoln with his wife, Mary Todd Lincoln, or France’s Napoleon III and Eugénie, were major ingredients of nation building. The new technology made lofty leaders and the faraway wars they prosecuted accessible — indeed, a part of everyday life — to individuals across the West and beyond. As millions of eyes gazed on these images, the nation’s people — wherever they lived — became one.

maintaining power despite the rising wealth of lib- eral businessmen, built gigantic country houses in traditional English architectural styles such as Queen Anne and Georgian, thus using the monar- chical heritage to anchor the modern age. Yet politicians in Britain were as devoted to Realpoli- tik as those in Germany, Italy, or France; their poli- cies included the use of violence to expand their overseas empire and increasingly to control Ire- land, where reform stopped short. This violence occurred beyond the view of most British people, however, allowing them to imagine their nation as peaceful, advanced, and united.

Nation Building in the United States and Canada Nation building in the midcentury United States involved unprecedented and destructive upheaval. The young nation had a more democratic politi- cal culture than that of Europe, and nationalism was on the rise. Virtually universal white male suf- frage, a rambunctiously independent press, and mass political parties reflected a common belief that sovereignty derived from the people. From the beginning, a combative public politics shaped America.

The United States continued to expand to the west (Map 22.4). In 1848, victory in its war with Mexico almost doubled the size of the country: Texas was officially annexed, and large portions of California and the Southwest extended U.S. bor- ders into formerly Mexican land. Politicians and citizens alike favored banning the native Indian peoples from these western lands and confirming them to reservations. Complicating matters, how- ever, was the question of whether slavery would be allowed in the new western territories. The issue polarized the country. In the North, politicians in the new Republican Party ran on a platform of “free soil, free labor, free men,” although few Re- publicans endorsed the abolitionists’ demand to end slavery.

After Republican Abraham Lincoln was elected president in 1860, most of the slavehold- ing states seceded to form the Confederate States of America. Civil war broke out in 1861 when, un- der Lincoln’s leadership, the North fought to pre- serve the Union. The future of nation building in the United States hung in the balance. Lincoln did not initially aim to abolish slavery, but his Eman- cipation Proclamation of January 1863, issued as a wartime measure, officially freed all slaves in the Confederate states and turned the war into a fight not only for union but also for an end to human

bondage. After the summer of 1863, the North’s superior industrial strength and military might overpowered and physically destroyed much of the South. By April 1865, the North had prevailed, even though a Confederate sympathizer assassi- nated Lincoln. Distancing the United States still further from the colonial plantation model, con- stitutional amendments ended slavery and prom- ised full political rights to free African American men.

Northerners hailed their victory as the tri- umph of American values, but racism remained entrenched throughout the Union. By 1871, north- ern interest in promoting African American polit- ical rights was waning, and whites began regaining control of state politics in the South, often by or- ganized violence and intimidation. The end of northern occupation of the South in 1877 put on hold the promise of rights for blacks. Nonetheless, in ending slavery, the Union victory opened the way to stronger national government and to eco- nomic advancement no longer tied to the old At- lantic system.

The North’s triumph had profound effects elsewhere in North America. It allowed the re- united United States to contribute to Napoleon III’s defeat in Mexico in 1867. The United States also demanded the annexation of Canada in ret- ribution for Britain’s partiality to the Confederacy because of its dependence on cotton. To block this possibility, the British government allowed Cana- dians to form a united dominion — that is, a self- governing unit of the empire — in 1867. Canadian activists had already appealed for home rule, and dominion status weakened domestic and increas- ingly powerful U.S. opposition to Britain’s control of Canada.

Review: What role did warfare play in the various nineteenth-century nation-building efforts?

Establishing Social Order Nineteenth-century nation building disrupted everyday life, bringing chaos to cities, death to sol- diers, and sometimes dramatic public protest. Government officials sought to offset these distur- bances with new social policies intended to build national unity. Confronted with growing popula- tions and crowded cities, governments throughout Europe turned their attention to public health and safety. Many liberal theorists advocated a laissez-

E s ta b l i s h i n g S o c i a l O r d e r 7 0 51 8 5 0 – 1 8 7 0

faire government that left social and economic life largely to private enterprise. In contrast, bureau- crats and reformers paid more attention to citi- zens’ lives and, along with missionaries and explorers, worked more actively to establish social order and to spread European influence to the far- thest reaches of the globe. These policies did not always prevent protest, as evidenced by the devel- opment of Marxist socialism and a dramatic up- rising of Parisian working people.

Bringing Order to the Cities European cities became the backdrop for displays of state power and accomplishment. Governments focused on improving their capital cities, although many noncapital cities also acquired handsome parks, widened their streets, and erected stately museums and massive city halls. In 1857, Austrian emperor Francis Joseph ordered the old Viennese city walls to be replaced with concentric boule- vards lined with major public buildings such as the opera house and government offices (see the illus-

tration on page 707). Opera houses and ministries tangibly represented national wealth and power, and the broad boulevards allowed crowds to ob- serve royal pageantry. The wide roads were also easier for troops to navigate than the twisted, nar- row medieval streets that in 1848 had concealed insurrectionists in cities like Paris and Vienna — an advantage that convinced some otherwise re- luctant officials to approve the expense. Impressive parks and public gardens exemplified the state’s control of nature while also helping to order people’s leisure time. Revamped European cities inspired awe among the citizens of the various nation-states and throughout their empires.

One effect of refurbishing cities was to high- light class differences. Construction first required destruction, and officials chose to eliminate poor neighborhoods, dislocating tens of thousands of city dwellers. The new boulevards often served as boundaries marking rich and poor sections of the city. In Paris, the process of urban change was called Haussmannization, named for the city’s pre- fect, Georges-Eugène Haussmann, who imple-

7 0 6 C h a p t e r 2 2 ■ P o l i t i c s a n d C u lt u r e o f t h e N a t i o n - S ta t e 1 8 5 0 – 1 8 7 0

M A P 2 2 . 4 U.S. Expansion, 1850–1870 Like Russia, the United States expanded into adjacent regions to create a continental nation-state. In taking over territories, however, the United States differed from Russia by herding native peoples into small confined spaces called reservations so that settlers could acquire thousands of square miles for farming and other enterprises. The U.S. government granted full citizenship for all native Americans only in 1925.

0 250 500 kilometers

0 250 500 miles

N

S

E W

Indian lands ceded before 1850

Indian lands ceded 1850–1870

Lands still held by Indians 1870

1860 boundaries

PACIFIC OCEAN

Gulf of Mexico

ATLANTIC OCEAN

Co lo

ra do

R .

R io

G rande

M

issou ri

R .

M is

si ss

ip p

i R

.

M E X I C O

C A N A D A

Texas

Oregon

California

NEW MEXICO TERRITORY

UTAH TERRITORY

WASHINGTON TERRITORY

KANSAS TERRITORY

NEBRASKA TERRITORY

Oklahoma

Minn. Wis.

Iowa

Missouri

Ark.

La.

Miss. Ala.

Tenn.

Ky.

Illinois Ind.

Mich.

Ohio

W. Va.

Ga.

S.C.

N.C.

Va.

Florida

Pa.

Md.

N.Y.

Del.

N.J.

Conn. R.I.

Mass. N.H.

Vt.

Maine

mented a grand design that included eighty-five miles of new streets, many lined with showy dwellings for the wealthy. In London, many be- lieved that improved architectural design, includ- ing Victorian ornamentation, would blot out the ugliness of commerce and industry. The size and spaciousness of the numerous new banks and in- surance companies built there “help[ed] the im- pression of stability,” as an architect put it. Urban renewal would also foster civic pride and make re- bellion distasteful.

Refurbishing did not address all urban prob- lems. Repeated epidemics of diseases such as cholera killed alarming numbers of city dwellers and gave the strong impression of social decay — not national power. Unregulated urban slaugh- terhouses and tanneries; heaps of animal excrement in chicken coops, pigsties, and stables; and piles of human waste alongside buildings were breeding grounds for disease. Typhoid bac- teria also spread through sewage and into water supplies, infecting rich and poor alike. In 1861, Britain’s Prince Albert — the beloved husband of Queen Victoria — reputedly died of typhus, com- monly known as a “filth disease.” Stench and dis- ease in cities indicated such a degree of danger

and disorder that governments made sanitation a top priority.

Scientific research, increasingly undertaken in publicly financed universities and hospitals, pro- vided the means to promote public health and control disease. France’s Louis Pasteur, whose three young daughters had also died of typhus, advanced the germ theory of disease. Seeking a method to prevent wine from spoiling, Pasteur found that the growth of living organisms caused fermentation in wine, and he suggested that certain organisms — bacteria and parasites — might be responsible for human and animal diseases. Pasteur demonstrated that heating foods such as wine and milk to a cer- tain temperature, a process that soon became known as pasteurization, killed these organisms and made food safe. English surgeon Joseph Lis- ter applied Pasteur’s germ theory of disease to in- fection and developed antiseptics for treating wounds and preventing puerperal fever, a condi- tion that was caused by the dirty hands of physi- cians and midwives and that killed innumerable women after childbirth.

Governments undertook projects to modern- ize sewer and other sanitary systems — urban improvements prized by citizens, who often

E s ta b l i s h i n g S o c i a l O r d e r 7 0 71 8 5 0 – 1 8 7 0

Museums and Nation Building The Kunsthistorisches Museum (Museum of Fine Arts) in Vienna was part of a huge rebuilding project that adorned the city with wide boulevards and grand public buildings. Art museums such as the one above represented the cultural wealth of the state and allowed citizens to take pride in this wealth while they routinely gathered collectively to view it. (ullstein — imagebroker.net.)

attributed them to national superiority. In Paris, huge underground collectors provided a water- tight terminus for accumulated sewage (see the illustration of Paris sewers). In addition, Hauss- mann piped in water from uncontaminated sources in the countryside to provide each house- hold with a secure supply. Widespread imitation followed: the Russian Empire’s port city Riga (now in Latvia), for example, organized its first water company in 1863. Improved sanitation tes- tified to the activist state’s ability to bring about progress. Citizens responded sympathetically to government initiatives: when sanitary public toi- lets for men became a feature of modern cities, women petitioned governments for similar facil- ities. One Russian city dweller complained to a Moscow newspaper of “an enormous cloud of white dust constantly over the city” that injured the eyes and lungs. More aware of dirt, disease, and smells, the middle classes bathed more regu- larly, sometimes even once a week. Individual con- cerns for refinement and health mirrored the government’s quest for order.

Expanding the Reach of Government

To build an orderly national community, govern- ment regulations reached far into the realm of everyday life. The regular censuses that Britain, France, and the United States had conducted since the early nineteenth century became routine in most other countries. Censuses provided the state with such personal details of its citizens’ lives as age, occupation, marital status, residential pat- terns, and fertility. Governments then used these data for a variety of endeavors, ranging from set- ting quotas for military conscription to predicting the need for new prisons. Reformers like Florence Nightingale, who gathered medical and other sta- tistics to support sanitary reform, believed that such quantitative information made government less susceptible to corruption and inefficiency. De- cisions would be based on facts rather than on in- fluence peddling or ill-informed hunches. In 1860, Sweden became the first country to introduce in- come taxes, which opened an area of private life —

7 0 8 C h a p t e r 2 2 ■ P o l i t i c s a n d C u lt u r e o f t h e N a t i o n - S ta t e 1 8 5 0 – 1 8 7 0

Touring a National Treasure: The Sewers of Paris The enlargement of sewage systems was so grand an undertaking in urban capitals that they attracted visitors. Many had a curiosity about what technology could achieve and flocked to the new sewers to enjoy tours—a pastime that continues to this day in cities like Paris. (© Leonard de Selva / Corbis.)

one’s earnings from work or investment — to gov- ernment scrutiny.

To bring about their vision of social order, most governments, including those of Britain, Italy, Austria, and France, also expanded their in- vestigation and regulation of prostitution. Vene- real disease, especially syphilis, infected individuals and whole families, and officials blamed prosti- tutes, not their clients, for its spread. The police picked up any suspect woman on the street, passed her to public health doctors who examined her for syphilis, and confined her for mandatory treat- ment if she was infected. As states began monitor- ing prostitution and other social matters like public health and housing, they had to add new departments and agencies. In 1867, Hungary’s bu- reaucracy handled fewer than 250,000 public wel- fare cases; twenty years later, it dealt with more than a million.

Schooling and Professionalizing Society Emphasis on empirical knowledge and objective standards of evaluation increased and enhanced the status of the professions. Growing numbers of middle-class doctors, lawyers, managers, profes- sors, and journalists gained prestige for employing science, information, and standards in their work. The middle classes argued that civil service jobs should be awarded according to talent and skill rather than automatically go to those of aristocratic birth or political connections. In Britain, a civil service law passed in 1870 required competitive ex- aminations to assure competency in government posts — a system long used in China. Governments began to allow professional people to influence state policy and to determine rules for who would and would not be admitted to their fields. Such legislation had both positive and negative effects: groups could set high standards, but otherwise qualified people were sometimes prohibited from working because they lacked the established cre- dentials or connections. The medical profession, for example, gained the authority to license physi- cians, but it prevented experienced midwives from attending childbirths. Science became the province of the trained specialist rather than the experi- enced amateur. Newly employed at government- financed institutions, professors of science often viewed their work as part of a national struggle for prestige and excellence.

Nation building required major improve- ments in the education of all citizens, professional or not. “We have made Italy,” one Italian official

announced. “Now we have to make Italians.” Edu- cation was one way of bringing citizens to think alike. Bureaucrats and professionals called for rad- ical changes in the scope, curriculum, and faculty of schools — from kindergarten to university — to make the general population more unified, fit for citizenship, and useful in furthering economic progress. Expansion of the electorate and lower- class activism prompted one British aristocrat to say of the common people, whom he feared were gaining influence, “We must now educate our masters!” Governments introduced compulsory schooling to reduce illiteracy rates, which were more than 65 percent in Italy and Spain in the 1870s and even higher in eastern Europe. As ordi- nary people were allowed to participate in govern- ment, books taught them about the responsibilities of citizenship, along with practical knowledge nec- essary for an industrial society.

Educational reform was not always easy. At midcentury, religious authorities supervised schools and charged tuition, making primary ed- ucation an option only for prosperous or religious parents. After the 1850s, national politicians felt that their states could not afford masses of igno- rant peasants, whose backwardness one French of- ficial blamed on parish priests, specifically “their lack of intelligence, the narrowness of their views, and the vulgarity of their manners.” His statement was extreme, but more measured opinion also questioned the relevance of religion in the curric- ula of modern schools. In 1861, an English com- mission on education concluded that instead of knowledge of the Bible, “the knowledge most im- portant to a labouring man is that of the causes which regulate the amount of his wages, the hours of his work, the regularity of his employment, and the prices of what he consumes.” As citizens of a na- tion, the young had to learn its language, literature, and history. Replacing religion was a challenge for the secular and increasingly knowledge-based state.

Enforcing school attendance was another challenge. Though the Netherlands, Sweden, and Switzerland had functioning primary-school sys- tems before midcentury, rural parents in these and other countries did not automatically make use of the opportunity. They depended on their children to perform farm chores and often believed that young people would gain the knowledge they needed for life from working in the fields or the household. Urban homemakers from the lower classes depended on their children to help with do- mestic tasks such as fetching water, disposing of waste, tending younger children, and scavenging

E s ta b l i s h i n g S o c i a l O r d e r 7 0 91 8 5 0 – 1 8 7 0

for household necessities such as stale bread from bakers or soup from local missions. Yet even the working poor developed a craze for learning, which made traveling lecturers, public forums, reading groups, and debating societies popular among the middle and working classes.

Secondary education also expanded through the creation of more lycées (high schools) and technical schools, yet it remained a luxury for the privileged few. In authoritarian countries such as Russia, advanced knowledge was suspect because it empowered the young with information and taught them to think objectively. Secondary schooling also expanded with the drive to allow young women access to high school courses in subjects such as history and science. The ration- ale was that modern knowledge would make them more interesting wives and better mothers. In Britain, the founders of two women’s colleges — Girton (1869) and Newnham (1871) — at Cam- bridge University believed, and were later proved right, that exacting standards and a modern cur- riculum in women’s higher education would in- spire improvements in the men’s colleges of Cambridge and Oxford. The need for highly com- petent leaders at all levels of society challenged the traditional idea that education merely served to indicate high social status rather than provide knowledge. Nonetheless, higher education for women remained a hotly contested issue as the vast majority of people felt that knowledge of re- ligion, sewing, and deportment was adequate for women.

Education also opened professional doors to women, who came to attend universities — in par- ticular, medical schools — in Zurich and Paris in the 1860s. Despite the complaint that their prac- ticing medicine would weaken the system of sep- arate spheres, women doctors thought that they could bring feminine values such as gentleness and understanding to health care. The growing need for educated citizens also offered the opportunity for large numbers of women to enter teaching, a field once dominated by men. They founded nurs- ery schools and kindergartens based on the En- lightenment idea that developmental processes start at an early age. In Italy, these efforts coincided with the founding of a unified nation, and women there opened schools as a way to expand knowl- edge and teach civics lessons, thus providing a service to the fledgling state. Yet many men op- posed the idea of women teaching. “I shudder at philosophic women,” wrote one critic of female kindergarten teachers. Seen as radical because it enticed middle-class women out of the home, the

kindergarten movement was as controversial as other educational reforms.

Spreading Western Order beyond the West In an age of nation building, colonies took on new importance because they seemed to add to the political power of the state and not merely to eco- nomic prosperity. After midcentury, the govern- ments of Great Britain and Russia began to rule colonies directly instead of through trading com- panies. Sometimes they offered social and cultural services, such as schools. For instance, in the 1850s and 1860s provincial governors and local officials promoted the extension of Russian borders to gain control over nomadic tribes in central and eastern Asia. Russian officials then instituted common ed- ucational and religious policies, such as instruc- tion in the Russian language and in the principles of the Russian Orthodox church as a means to so- cial order.

British Rule in India. Great Britain, the era’s mightiest colonial power, made a dramatic change of course toward direct political rule of India dur- ing these decades. Before the 1850s, British liber- als desired commercial gain from colonies, but, believing in laissez-faire, they kept political in- volvement in colonial affairs to a minimum. In In- dia, the East India Company directed Britain’s interests, and many regional princes awarded the company commercial and other rights, such as the collection of taxes. Since the eighteenth century, the East India Company had gained control over various kingdoms on the Indian subcontinent and then began building railroads throughout the countryside to make commerce and revenue col- lecting more efficient. As commerce with Britain grew, many enterprising Indian merchants and financiers built fortunes by trading with the com- pany and serving as its tax collectors. Local men served in the British-run Indian civil service and the colonial army, which became one of the largest standing armies in the world.

British rule met with resistance, however. In 1857, a contingent of Indian troops, both Muslim and Hindu, violently rebelled against the British presence. Ignoring the Hindu ban on beef and the Muslim prohibition of pork, the British had forced Indian soldiers to use cartridges greased with cow and pig fat. This was not the local soldiers’ main grievance, however. More generally angered at tightening British control, they overran the old Moghul capital at Delhi and declared the inde-

7 1 0 C h a p t e r 2 2 ■ P o l i t i c s a n d C u lt u r e o f t h e N a t i o n - S ta t e 1 8 5 0 – 1 8 7 0

pendence of the Indian nation — an uprising that became known as the Indian Rebellion.

Simultaneously, local rulers and their followers also rebelled, condemning “the tyranny and op- pression of the infidel and treach- erous English.” The rani, or queen, Lakshmibai, widow of the ruler of the state of Jhansi in central India, led one of these revolts when the East India Company tried to take over her lands after her husband died — an example of the sup- posed oppression sparking the uprisings. In the end, the British crushed the Jhansi and other re- volts, thus suppressing the Indian Rebellion of 1857. Great Britain then issued the Government of In- dia Act of 1858, which established direct British control of India. In

1876, the British Parliament declared Queen Vic- toria the empress of India. Nonetheless, in reaction

against foreign control and in- spired by the revolts, Indian na- tionalism was born.

A system of rule took shape in which close to half a million South Asians, supervised by a few thousand British men, governed a region of once- independent states now called India. Local people also collected taxes and distributed patronage. Colonial rule meant both bla- tant domination and subtle in- tervention in everyday life. For example, the British aimed to divert the colonized Indian pop- ulation away from its tradi- tional, sophisticated production of textiles, which far surpassed

E s ta b l i s h i n g S o c i a l O r d e r 7 1 11 8 5 0 – 1 8 7 0

0 600 kilometers300

0 300 600 miles

Territory under British rule, 1856

Main area affected by Indian Rebellion of 1857

Bay of Bengal

Arabian Sea

M a

d ra

s

Punjab

Rajputana Sind

Berar

Bengal

Assam

Mysore

Hyderabad

C H I N A

NEPAL

GOA (Port.)

TIBET

Ceylon

Delhi

Jhansi

�

�

Indian Resistance, 1857

An English View of the Indian Rebellion Drawings such as this of the Indian Rebellion of 1857 show noble English families under savage attack by rebels. Artists emphasized the innocence of English victims and thus provided a rationale for the rule of superior Europeans over depraved non-Westerners. These drawings also united citizens around the expansion of the nation-state. (The Granger Collection, New York.)

the cheap British cottons and were much in demand. To cut the competition, the British colo- nial government closed down Indian manufac- turing and forced Indians to farm raw materials such as wheat, cotton, and jute to supply British industry and feed its workers. Nevertheless, up- per-class Indians came to admire British knowl- edge of medicine and science, and, following the British attack on their cultural practices, some re- jected customs such as child marriage and sati — a widow’s self-immolation on her husband’s funeral pyre. British rule brought additional unity to what were once individual princedoms with separate allegiances. In so doing, it paradox- ically promoted nationalism that would soon be used against Britain.

French Overseas Expansion. French political ex- pansion was similarly complex. The French gov- ernment pushed to establish its dominion over Cochin China (modern southern Vietnam) in the 1860s. Missionaries in the area, ambitious French naval officers, and even some local peoples — much like Indian merchants and financiers — urged the French government to bring the region under greater control. Like the British, the French made improvements: the Mekong Delta project in- creased both the amount of cultivated land and the available food supply. Sanitation and public health programs proved a mixed blessing, because they led to population growth that strained other local resources. Furthermore, landowners and French imperialists siphoned off most of the prof- its from economic improvement. The French also undertook a cultural mission to transform cities like Saigon with signs of Western urban life such as tree-lined boulevards similar to those of Paris. French literature, theater, and art were popular not only with colonial officials but also with upper- class local people.

Strategic commercial and military advantages motivated European overseas ventures in this age of Realpolitik. The Crimean War had shown the great powers the importance of the Mediter- ranean basin. Napoleon III, remembering his un- cle’s campaign in Egypt, took an interest in building the Suez Canal, which would connect the Mediterranean with the Red Sea and the Indian Ocean and thus dramatically shorten the route from Europe to Asia. Upon completion of the work in 1869, a mania erupted for all things Egyptian and associated with the canal. Verdi’s opera Aïda was set in ancient Egypt, and Euro- peans applied Egyptian designs to textiles, furni- ture, architecture, and art.

The rest of the Mediterranean and the Ot- toman Empire felt the heightened presence of the European powers. The French army occupied all of Algeria by 1870, and the number of European immigrants to the region reached one-quarter mil- lion. French rule in Algeria was aided by the at- traction of local people to European goods and technology and the opportunity to make money. Merchants and local leaders cooperated in build- ing railroads, sought trade with the French, and sent their children to European-style schools. Other local peoples, however, resisted the inva- sions by continuing to attack soldiers and settlers. European-spread diseases killed many others, and by 1872, the native population in Algeria had declined by more than 20 percent from five years earlier.

European Inroads in China. Its vastness allowed China to escape complete takeover, but the Qing Empire was rapidly losing its position as the world’s most prosperous economy. Traders and Christian missionaries from European countries made inroads for the Western powers. Defeat in the Opium War, economic pressures from Euro- pean trade, and interactions with western mission- aries helped generate the mass movement known as the Taiping (“Heavenly Kingdom”). Its millions of adherents wanted an end to the ruling Qing dy- nasty, the expulsion of foreigners, more equal treatment of women, and land reform. By the mid- 1850s, the Taiping controlled half of China. The Qing regime enlisted British and French military aid to help save the dynasty in exchange for greater influence. The result was a bloody civil war begin- ning in the 1840s and lasting until 1864 that killed some 20 million Chinese (compared with 600,000 dead in the U.S. Civil War). When peace finally came, Western governments controlled much of the Chinese customs service and had virtually un- limited access to the country.

The Meiji Restoration in Japan. Japan alone in East Asia escaped European domination. Dutch traders at Nagasaki had acquainted the Japanese with European industrial, military, and commer- cial innovations. By 1854, when a treaty opened Japan to trade with America, contacts with Europe had already given the Japanese a healthy appetite for Western goods, especially the superior weaponry. Trade agreements with Western governments fol- lowed, leading to concerted effort for reform. In 1867, Japanese reformers overthrew a government that resisted change and in 1868 enacted the Meiji Restoration — a change in regime aimed at estab-

7 1 2 C h a p t e r 2 2 ■ P o l i t i c s a n d C u lt u r e o f t h e N a t i o n - S ta t e 1 8 5 0 – 1 8 7 0

lishing Japan as a modern, technologically power- ful state free from Western control. The reformers used the restoration of the emperor, who had been marginalized under the earlier system, to make their other changes more acceptable. The word Meiji, the name given this new regime, meant “en- lightened rule.” Its goal was to combine “Western science and Eastern values” as a way of “making new” — hence, a combination of restoration and innovation.

Confronting the Nation-State’s Order at Home Europeans did not simply sit by as the growing nation-state disrupted their lives. A better-informed urban working class protested the upheavals in everyday life caused when cities were ripped apart for improvements and when the growth of facto- ries destroyed artisans’ livelihoods. Political theo- rists such as Pierre-Joseph Proudhon and Karl Marx analyzed what was wrong with society, and their ideas spread among disgruntled citizens. Unions sprang up, calling for strikes and other ac- tions against both employers and the government. In the spring of 1871, the people of Paris, blaming the centralized state for the French surrender to the Prussians, declared Paris a commune — a community of equals without bureaucrats and politicians. Marx’s accounts of the Paris Com- mune, the expansion of government, and the rise of big business, popular among ordinary people, spread fear among the middle classes and politi- cians for the stability of the social order as they built the nation-state.

The Rise of Marxism. New theories arose to ex- plain the growing power of the nation-state and the spread of industry on which the state depended. Increasingly well-educated by public schools, ur- ban workers frequented cafés and pubs to hear news and discuss economic and political changes. Unions gradually started to take shape after the post-1848 repression of worker organizations, sometimes in secret because of continuing opposi- tion from the government. Many of the most out- spoken labor activists were artisans, struggling to survive in the new industrializing climate and at- tracted at first by the ideas of former printer Pierre- Joseph Proudhon (1809–1865). In the 1840s, Proudhon proclaimed, “Property is theft,” suggest- ing that ownership robbed propertyless people of their rightful share of the earth’s benefits. He op- posed the centralized state and proposed that soci- ety be organized instead around natural groupings

of men (but not women, who, he believed, should work in seclusion at home for their husbands’ com- fort) in artisans’ workshops. These workshops and a central bank crediting each worker for his labor would replace government and would lead to a “mutualist” social organization.

As the nation-state expanded its power, work- ers were also drawn to anarchism, which main- tained that the existence of the state was the root of social injustice. According to Russian nobleman and anarchist leader Mikhail Bakunin (1814–1876), the slightest infringement on freedom, especially by the central state and its laws, was unacceptable. Anarchism thus advocated the destruction of all state power. Its appeal grew alongside the growth of government in the second half of the nineteenth century.

Political theorist and labor organizer Karl Marx (1818–1883) opposed both mutualism and anarchism. These doctrines, he insisted, were emo- tional and wrongheaded, lacking the sound, scien- tific basis of his own theory, subsequently called Marxism. Marx’s analysis, expounded most no- tably in Das Kapital (“Capital”), adopted the lib- eral idea, dating back to John Locke in the seventeenth century, that human existence was de- fined by the necessity to work to fulfill basic needs such as food, clothing, and shelter. Published be- tween 1867 and 1894, Das Kapital was based on mathematical calculations of production and profit that would justify Realpolitik for the work- ing classes. Marx held that the fundamental organ- ization of any society, including its politics and culture, derived from the relationships arising from work or production. This idea, known as ma- terialism, meant that the foundation of a society rested on class relationships — such as those be- tween serf and medieval lord, slave and master, or worker and capitalist. Marx called the class rela- tionships that developed around work the mode of production — for instance, feudalism, slavery, or capitalism. He rejected the liberal focus on indi- vidual rights and emphasized instead the unequal class relations caused by those who had taken from workers control of the means of production — that is, the capital, land, tools, or factories that al- lowed basic human needs to be met.

E s ta b l i s h i n g S o c i a l O r d e r 7 1 31 8 5 0 – 1 8 7 0

anarchism: The belief that people should not have government; it was popular among some peasants and workers in the last half of the nineteenth century and the first decades of the twen- tieth.

Marxism: A body of thought about the organization of produc- tion, social inequality, and the processes of revolutionary change as devised by the philosopher and economist Karl Marx.

Marx, like the politicians around him, took a tough-minded and realistic look at the economy, dis- carding the romantic views of the Utopian socialists. Unlike them, he saw struggle, not warmhearted cooperation, as the means for bringing about change. Workers’ awareness of their oppression would pro- duce class consciousness among those in the same predicament and ultimately lead them to revolt against their exploiters. Capitalism would be over- thrown by these workers — the proletariat — who would then form a socialist society. Marx rejected the liberal Enlightenment view that society was ba- sically harmonious, maintaining instead that social progress could occur only through conflict.

The Paris Commune versus the French State. As the Franco-Prussian War ended, revolution and civil war erupted not only in Paris but also in other French cities — catching the attention of Marx as a sign that his predictions were coming true. One issue was the nation-state’s takeover of city life in the Haussmannization of Paris. Urban renovation had displaced tens of thousands of workers from their homes in the heart of the city; homelessness and general chaos embittered many Parisians against the state. As the Prussians laid siege to Paris in the winter of 1870–1871, causing death from starvation and bitter cold, Parisians rose up against the state that did not protect them. They de- manded new republican liberties, new systems of work, and a more balanced distribution of power between the central government and localities. To counter what they saw as the uncaring despotism of the centralized government, on March 28, 1871, they declared themselves a self-governing com- mune (Map 22.5). Other French municipalities did the same in an attempt to form a decentralized state of independent, confederated units run by local citizens.

In the Paris Commune’s two months of exis- tence, its forty-member council, its National Guard, and its many other improvised offices found themselves at cross-purposes. Trying to maintain “communal” instead of “national” values, Parisians quickly developed a wide array of polit- ical clubs, local ceremonies, and self-managed co- operative workshops. Women workers, for example, banded together to make National Guard uniforms on a cooperative rather than a profit- making basis. Beyond liberal political equality, the Commune proposed to liberate the worker and en- sure “the absolute equality of women laborers.” Thus, a commune in contrast to a republic was meant to bring about social revolution. But Com- munards often disagreed on what specific route to take to change society: mutualism, anticlericalism,

feminism, international socialism, and anarchism were but a few of the proposed avenues to social justice.

In the meantime, the provisional government that succeeded the defeated Napoleon III struck back to reinstitute national order. It quickly stamped out similar uprisings in other French cities. On May 21, the army entered Paris. In a week of fighting, both Communards and the army set the city ablaze (the Communards did so to slow the progress of government troops). Both sides ex- ecuted hostages, but the well-supplied national army won. In the wake of victory, the army shot tens of thousands of citizens on the streets. One official commented that Parisian insurgents “de- served no better judge than a soldier’s bullet.” In an age of growing national power, the Commu- nards had fatally promoted a kind of antistate. Soon a different interpretation of the Commune emerged: it was the work of the pétroleuse, or “woman incendiary” — a case of frenzied women running amok through the streets. Within a year, writers were blaming the burning of Paris on women — “shameless slatterns, half-naked women, who kindled courage and breathed life into arson.” Revolutionary men often became he- roes in the history books, but women in political

7 1 4 C h a p t e r 2 2 ■ P o l i t i c s a n d C u lt u r e o f t h e N a t i o n - S ta t e 1 8 5 0 – 1 8 7 0

0 1.5 3 kilometers

0 3 miles

Route of the national army

Communard barricades

Areas of fighting

Buildings burned by Communards

Parks and cemeteries

�

1.5

Se in

e R .

Seine R.

Palais de Justice

Hôtel de Ville

Palais Royale Tuileries

Bois de Boulogne

Right Bank

Left Bank

Point du Jour

Pére Lachaise Cemetery

MONTMARTRE

BELLEVILLE

MONTPARNASSE

� �

��

M A P 2 2 . 5 The Paris Commune, 1871 The war between the French government and the Paris Commune took place on the streets of Paris and resulted in widespread destruction of major buildings, most notably the Tuileries Palace adjacent to the Louvre. Combatants destroyed many government records in what some saw as a civil war; bitterness, like destruction of property, was great on both sides.

situations were characterized as “sinister females, sweating, their clothing undone, [who] passed from man to man.”

Defeat in the Franco-Prussian War, the Com- mune, and the civil war were all horrendous blows to the French state. Key to restoring order in France after 1870 were instilling family virtues, fortifying religion, and claiming that the Commune had re- sulted from the collapsed boundaries between the male political sphere and the female domestic sphere. Karl Marx disagreed: he analyzed the Com- mune as a class struggle of workers attacking the propertied capitalists. The centralized state grew larger, in his mind, to protect the interests of those wealthy citizens alone. In the struggle against the Commune, the nation-state once again showed its strengthening muscle. Executions and deporta- tions by the thousands followed, and fear of work- ers smoldered across Europe.

Review: How did Europe’s expanding nation-states at- tempt to impose social order within and beyond Europe and what resistance did they face?

The Culture of Social Order Artists and writers of the mid-nineteenth century had complex reactions to the state’s expanding reach and the economic growth that sustained it. After 1848, many artists and writers expressed pro- found grievances about the resulting political repression as well as — paradoxically — the exten- sion of the right to vote to working-class men. They saw daily life as tawdry, infused with com- mercial values and organized by mindless officials. Ordinary people were no longer deemed heroic as they had been during the revolutionary years. “How tired I am of the ignoble workman, the in- ept bourgeois, the stupid peasant, and the odious priest,” wrote the French novelist Gustave Flaubert, who nonetheless described ordinary people in a new style called realism that reflected his disen- chantment with romanticism. Intellectuals of the time proposed scientific theories that took a cold,

Th e C u lt u r e o f S o c i a l O r d e r 7 1 51 8 5 0 – 1 8 7 0

realism: An artistic style that arose in the mid-nineteenth cen- tury and was dedicated to depicting society realistically with- out romantic or idealistic overtones.

The Commune A sympathetic artist chose a ferocious woman to represent the Paris Commune. He shows her defending the people of France by driving off politicians who had negotiated the disastrous peace treaty with Germany and who wanted to bring back kings and emperors. The artist depicts those selling out the nation as wasps. (© Bibliothèque nationale, Paris, France/ The Bridgeman Art

Library.)

hard look at human life in society and used their new insights to challenge fervent religious belief. Cultural styles and intellectual ideas shared a claim to see society with a detached eye. The starkness of cultural realism was similar to that which states- men applied to politics.

The Arts Confront Social Reality The quest for national power enlisted culture in its cause. A hungry reading public devoured bi- ographies of political leaders, past and present, and credited daring heroes with creating the tri- umphant nation-state. As the development of schooling spread literacy, all classes of readers re- sponded to the mid-nineteenth-century novel and to an increasing number of artistic, scien- tific, and natural history exhibitions sponsored by the nation-state. While exalting hardheaded heroes of war and peace, citizens came to be schooled in the realism common to all the arts and, more generally, to embrace their shared na- tional heritage.

The Realist Novel. A well-financed press and commercially minded publishers produced an age of best sellers out of the craving for realism. The novels of Charles Dickens appeared in serial form in magazines and periodicals, and each installment attracted buyers eager for the latest plot twist. Dickens’s characters, from contemporary English society, include starving orphans, grasping lawyers, heartless bankers, and ruthless oppor- tunists. Hard Times (1854) depicts the grinding poverty and ill health of workers alongside the

heartlessness of businessmen. The novelist George Eliot (the pen name of Mary Ann Evans) exam- ined contemporary moral values and deeply probed private, real-life dilemmas in The Mill on the Floss (1860), Middlemarch (1871–1872), and other works. Describing rural society — high and low — Eliot allowed Britons to see one another’s predicaments, wherever they lived. Eliot knew the pain of ordinary life from her own experience: she was a social outcast because she lived with a mar- ried man. Despite her fame, she was not received in polite society. Popular novels like hers showed readers a hard reality and thus helped form a shared culture among people in distant parts of a nation much as common state institutions like schools did.

French writers also scorned utopian dreams of perfect societies and transcendent beauty. Gustave Flaubert’s novel Madame Bovary (1857) tells the story of a bored doctor’s wife whose life is filled with romantic fantasies and longings for distrac- tion. She has one love affair after another and be- comes so hopelessly indebted buying gifts for her lovers that she commits suicide. Madame Bovary scandalized French society with its frank picture of women’s sexuality, but the scandal brought it a nationwide readership. The poet Charles-Pierre Baudelaire, called satanic by his critics, wrote ex- plicitly about sex; in Les Fleurs du mal (Flowers of Evil, 1857), he expressed sexual passion, described drug- and alcohol-induced fantasies, and spun out visions that critics condemned as perverse. Some of his verse explicitly describes the brown body of his mistress of African descent, using sexual terms that mirror colonizers’ attitudes. French authori- ties brought charges of obscenity against both Flaubert and Baudelaire. At issue was social and artistic order: “Art without rules is no longer art,” the prosecutor maintained, as both were found guilty.

During the era of the Great Reforms, Russian writers produced novels that debated the nature of both Russian culture and Russianness. Adopting one viewpoint, Ivan Turgenev created a powerful novel of Russian life, Fathers and Sons (1862), a story of nihilistic children rejecting not only parental authority but also their parents’ spiritual values in favor of science and facts. Expressing an- other point of view, Fyodor Dostoevsky, in The Possessed (1871–1872) and other works, showed the dark, ridiculous, neurotic side of nihilists, thus

7 1 6 C h a p t e r 2 2 ■ P o l i t i c s a n d C u lt u r e o f t h e N a t i o n - S ta t e 1 8 5 0 – 1 8 7 0

George Eliot: The pen name of English novelist Mary Ann Evans (1819–1880), who described the harsh reality of many ordinary people’s lives in her works.

A G E O F G R E A T B O O K S

1851 Auguste Comte, System of Positive Politics

1852 Harriet Beecher Stowe, Uncle Tom’s Cabin

1854 Charles Dickens, Hard Times

1857 Gustave Flaubert, Madame Bovary; Charles Baudelaire, Les Fleurs du mal

1859 Charles Darwin, On the Origin of Species; John Stuart Mill, On Liberty

1866 Fyodor Dostoevsky, Crime and Punishment

1867 Karl Marx, Das Kapital

1869 John Stuart Mill, The Subjection of Women

1871–1872 George Eliot, Middlemarch

holding up Turgenev as a soft-headed romantic. Dostoevsky’s highly intelligent characters in Crime and Punishment (1866) are personally tormented and condemned to lead absurd, even criminal lives. He used these antiheroes to emphasize spir- ituality and traditional Russian values but added a “realistic” spin by planting such values in ordinary people. Just as people were drawn together by the innovations of the nation-state, the Russian pub- lic was drawn together in discussing these novels and the issues they raised about Russian identity.

Painting. Visual artists had a different relation- ship to their governments than did writers, yet many still depicted society in harsh terms. Unlike novelists, painters depended on government pa- tronage rather than sales to thousands of readers. Leaders such as Prince Albert of England actively patronized the arts and purchased works for offi- cial collections and for themselves. Another way for artists to earn a living was having their artwork displayed at government-sponsored exhibitions (called salons in Paris, the center of the art world). Officially appointed juries selected works of art to appear in the salon and then chose prize winners from among them. Hundreds of thousands from all social classes attended, though few could afford to buy the art.

Despite being dependent for their living on this patronage, after the revolutions of 1848 artists began rejecting the romantic idealizing of ordinary folk or grand historic events that government pur- chasers continued to favor. Instead, painters like Gustave Courbet portrayed groaning laborers at backbreaking work because he believed an artist should “never permit sentiment to overthrow logic.” The renovated city, artists found, had be- come a visual spectacle, a setting whose wide new boulevards served as a stage on which urban resi- dents performed. Universal Exhibition (1867) by Édouard Manet used the world’s fair of 1867 as its background; figures from all social classes prome- naded in the foreground, gazing at the Paris scene and observing one another to learn correct mod- ern behavior. Manet also broke with romantic con- ventions of the nude. His Olympia (1865) depicted a white courtesan lying on her bed, attended by a black woman (see page 718). This disregard for the classical tradition of showing women in mythical or idealized settings was too much for the critics. “A sort of female gorilla,” one wrote of Olympia, as debate raged. Although shocking at first, the graphic, realistic portrayals that shattered roman- tic illusions became a feature of modern art and the subject of discussion among a broad public.

Th e C u lt u r e o f S o c i a l O r d e r 7 1 71 8 5 0 – 1 8 7 0

Gustave Courbet, Wrestlers (1850) Courbet painted his dirty, grunting wrestlers in the realist style, which rejected the hazy romanticism of revolution- ary Europe. These muscular men embodied the resort to physical struggle during the nation-building decades and conveyed the art world’s recognition that Realpolitik had triumphed in the governance of society. How does the depiction of people in this painting differ from the earlier nineteenth-century image on page 643? (© Museum of Fine Arts, Budapest / The Bridgeman Art Library.)

Opera. Unlike most of the visual arts, opera was commercially profitable, accessible to most classes of society, and thus an effective means of reaching the nineteenth-century public. Verdi used musical theater to contrast noble ideals with the corrosive effects of power, love of country with the inevitable call for sacrifice and death, and the lure of passion with the need for social order. The German Richard Wagner, the most musically innovative composer of the era, hoped to revolutionize opera by fusing music and drama to arouse the audi- ence’s fear, awe, and engagement with his produc- tions. A gigantic cycle of four operas, The Ring of the Nibelungen reshaped ancient German myths into a modern, nightmarish story of a world doomed by its obsessive pursuit of money and power and saved only through unselfish love. His opera The Mastersingers of Nuremberg (Die Meis- tersinger, 1862–1867) was a tribute to German cul- ture. The piece was said to be implicitly anti-

Semitic because of its rejection of influences other than German ones in the arts. Wagner’s flair for publicity and musical innovation made him a ma- jor force in philosophy, politics, and the arts across Europe. To his fellow citizens, however, he stood for German opera and thus for Germany.

All of the arts, no matter how controversial, shaped the cultural attitudes of the decades 1850–1870. Employing the realist values of the na- tion builders, the arts provided visions that helped unite isolated individuals into a public with a shared, if debated, cultural experience. Artists both implicitly (like George Eliot) and more explicitly (like Richard Wagner) promoted nation building even as they experimented with new forms.

Religion and National Order The expansion of state power set the stage for clashes over the role of organized religion in the nation-state. Should religion have the same hold on government and public life as in the past, thus competing with loyalty to the nation? In the 1850s,

many politicians supported religious institutions and attended public church rituals because they were another source of order. Simultaneously, some nation builders, intellectuals, and economic liberals came to reject the religious worldview of established churches, particularly Roman Catholi- cism, as wrongheaded and even harmful to the nation because unrealistic. Bismarck was one of those who believed that religious loyalties also slowed the growth of nationalist sentiment.

Bismarck mounted a full-blown Kulturkampf (“culture war”) against religion. The German gov- ernment expelled the Jesuits from Germany in 1872, increased state power over the clergy in Prus- sia in 1873, and introduced obligatory civil mar- riage in 1875. Bismarck had bragged, “I am the master of Germany in all but name,” but he mis- calculated his ability to manipulate politics. The pope fought back, sending a public letter to bish-

7 1 8 C h a p t e r 2 2 ■ P o l i t i c s a n d C u lt u r e o f t h e N a t i o n - S ta t e 1 8 5 0 – 1 8 7 0

Kulturkampf: Literally, “culture war”; in the 1870s, German chancellor Otto von Bismarck used the term to describe his fight to weaken the power of the Catholic church.

A Realist View of the Nude Manet’s Olympia (1865) was one of the most shocking works of art of its day. The central woman is not glamorously dressed or posed erotically; rather, she stares candidly and boldly at the viewer. The black maid offers the woman—obviously a courtesan—flowers from an admirer. This scene of modern life was far too modern in its style and subject matter for most critics. (© Musée d’Orsay, Paris, France / The Bridgeman Art Library.)

ops to resist Bismarck’s attack: “One must obey God more than men,” he ordered. German Catholics rebelled against policies of religious repression as part of nation building, and even conservative Protestants thought Bismarck wrong- headed in attacking religion. Competition between church and state for power and influence heated up in the age of Realpolitik.

Catholic Reaction. The Catholic church felt as- saulted across Europe by the growing acceptance of rationalism and science. It saw nation building in Italy and Germany as competition for people’s traditional loyalty to Catholicism. In addition, na- tion builders had extended liberal rights to Jews, whom Christians often considered enemies. At- tacking reform, Pope Pius IX issued The Syllabus of Errors (1864), which found fault “with progress, with liberalism, and with modern civilization.” In 1870, the First Vatican Council approved the dogma of papal infallibility. This teaching pro- claimed that the pope, under certain circum- stances, must be regarded by Catholics as speaking divinely revealed truth on issues of morality and faith. In 1878, a new pontiff, Leo XIII, began mod- ernizing the church by encouraging up-to-date scholarship in Catholic institutes and universities and by accepting aspects of representative democ- racy. Leo’s ideas marked a dramatic turn, ending the Kulturkampf between church and state and making it easier for the faithful to be both Catholic and patriotic.

Religion continued to have powerful popular appeal, but the place of organized religion in so- ciety at large was changing. On the one hand, church attendance declined among workers and artisans; on the other, many in the upper and middle classes and most of the peasantry remained faithful. There was a religious gender gap too. Women’s spiritual beliefs became more intense, with both Roman Catholic and Russian Orthodox women’s religious orders increasing in size and number; men, by contrast, were falling away from religious devotion. Many urban Jews assimilated to secular, national cultures, abandoning religious practice. The social composition of those faithful to religion had come to take a distinctly different shape from the days when it included everyone.

In 1854, the pope’s announcement of the doc- trine of the Immaculate Conception (stating that Mary, alone among all humans, had been born without original sin) was followed by an outburst of popular religious fervor, especially among women. In 1858, a young peasant girl, Bernadette Soubirous, began having visions of the Virgin Mary at Lourdes in southern France. In these vi-

sions, Mary told Bernadette to drink from the ground, at which point a spring appeared. Crowds comprised mostly of women flocked to Lourdes, believing that its waters could cure their ailments. In 1867, less than ten years later, a new railroad line to Lourdes enabled millions of pilgrims to visit the shrine on church-organized trips. The Catholic church thus showed that it too could use such modern means as railroads and medical verifica- tions of miraculous cures to make holy places like Lourdes into thriving commercial and religious centers. Traditional institutions like churches be- gan taking new steps to build cultural unity simi- lar to that of the nation-state.

The Challenge from Natural Science. At about the time of Soubirous’s vision, the English natu- ralist Charles Darwin (1809–1882) published On the Origin of Species (1859) — yet another chal- lenge to the Judeo-Christian dogma that human- ity was a unique creation of God. In this book and in later writings, Darwin argued that life had taken shape over countless millions of years before hu- mans existed and that human life was but the re- sult of this slow development, called evolution. Instead of God miraculously bringing the universe and all life into being in six days as described in the Bible, Darwin held that life developed from lower forms through a primal battle for survival and through the sexual selection of mates — processes called natural selection. A respectable Victorian gentleman, Darwin shockingly an- nounced that the Bible gave a “manifestly false his- tory of the world.” Darwin’s theories also undermined certain liberal, secular beliefs. En- lightenment principles, for example, had glorified nature as tranquil and noble and had viewed hu- man beings as essentially rational. The theory of natural selection, in which the fittest survive, sug- gested a different kind of human society, one com- posed of warlike individuals and groups constantly fighting one another to triumph over hostile sur- roundings.

Darwin’s findings and other innovative biolog- ical research placed religious views of reproduction under attack. Working with pea plants in his monastery garden in the 1860s, Gregor Mendel (1822–1884) discovered the principles of heredity, from which the science of genetics later developed. Investigation into the female reproductive cycle led German scientists to discover the principle of spon- taneous ovulation — the automatic release of the

Th e C u lt u r e o f S o c i a l O r d e r 7 1 91 8 5 0 – 1 8 7 0

Charles Darwin (1809–1882): English naturalist who popular- ized the theory of evolution and thereby challenged the bibli- cal story of creation.

egg by the ovary independent of sexual intercourse. This discovery caused theorists to conclude that men had aggressive and strong sexual drives be- cause reproduction depended on their sexual arousal. In contrast, the spontaneous and cyclical release of the egg independent of arousal indicated that women were passive and lacked sexual feeling.

Darwin also tried to use biological findings to explain the way society worked. Even before Dar- win, the influential writer Herbert Spencer (1820–1903) had written that the “unfit” should be allowed to perish in the name of progress —

thus challenging the biblical teaching that the poor were valued. On these grounds Spencer opposed public education, social reform, and any other at- tempt to soften the harshness of the struggle for existence. Darwin continued this line of argument when he claimed that white European men in the nineteenth century were wealthier and better be- cause more highly evolved than white women or people of color. Despite recognizing a common ancestor for all humans, Darwin held that people of color, or “lower races,” were far behind whites in intelligence and civilization. As for women, one could observe that they were in a lower state be- cause any individual man achieved “a higher em- inence in whatever he takes up.” A school of thought known as Social Darwinism grew out of Darwin’s and Spencer’s ideas. In the years to come, Social Darwinists used their own version of evo- lutionary theory to lobby against traditional Christian charity and fairness and instead to pro- mote racist, sexist, and other discriminatory poli- cies as a way of strengthening the nation-state.

From the Natural Sciences to Social Science In an age influenced by Realpolitik and by Darwin’s revolutionary ideas, theorists devised scientific ex- planations of how society functioned to replace tra- ditional ideas that the social order was created by God. French social philosopher Auguste Comte (1798–1857) developed positivism — a theory claiming that careful study of facts would generate accurate and useful, or “positive,” laws of society. Comte’s System of Positive Politics, or Treatise on Sociology (1851) proposed that social scientists construct knowledge of the political order as they would an understanding of the natural world — that is, through observation and objective study. This idea inspired people to believe they could solve the problems spawned by economic and social changes. To accomplish this goal, tough-minded re- formers founded study groups and scientifically oriented associations to dig up social facts such as statistics on poverty or the conditions of working- class life. Comte encouraged women’s participation in reform because he deemed “womanly” compas- sion and love as fundamental to social harmony as scientific public policy was. Positivism led not only to women’s increased public activism but also to the development of the social sciences in this pe-

7 2 0 C h a p t e r 2 2 ■ P o l i t i c s a n d C u lt u r e o f t h e N a t i o n - S ta t e 1 8 5 0 – 1 8 7 0

positivism: A theory developed in the mid-nineteenth century that the study of facts would generate accurate, or “positive,” laws of society and that these laws could, in turn, help in the formulation of policies and legislation.

Darwin Ridiculed, c. 1860 Charles Darwin’s theories claimed that humans evolved from animal species and rejected the biblical explanation of a divine human origin. His scientific ideas so diverged from people’s beliefs that cartoonists lampooned Darwin and his theory. What message might this cartoon have conveyed to a nineteenth-century viewer? (Hulton Archive/ Getty Images.)

■ For more help analyzing this image, see the visual activity for this chapter in the Online Study Guide at bedfordstmartins.com/hunt.

riod. Sociology was primary among the influential new disciplines that brought science and a new re- alism to the study of human society.

The celebrated English philosopher John Stu- art Mill (1806–1873) used Comte’s theories to ad- vocate widespread reform and mass education. In his political treatise On Liberty (1859), Mill argued for the improvement of society generally, but he also expressed concern that superior people not be brought down by the will of the masses. Influenced not only by Comte but also by his wife, Harriet Tay- lor Mill, he advocated the extension of rights to women and introduced a woman suffrage bill into the House of Commons after her death. The bill’s defeat led Mill to publish The Subjection of Women (1869), a work summarizing his studies with his wife. Translated into many languages and influen- tial in eastern Europe, Scandinavia, and the Amer- icas, The Subjection of Women showed the family as a despotic institution, lacking modern values such as rights and freedom. Mill exposed women’s cheerful obedience in marriage as a sham. To make a woman appear “not a forced slave, but a willing one,” he said, she was trained from childhood not to value her own talent and independence but to embrace “submission” and “the control of others.” The Subjection of Women became an internation- ally celebrated guide for a growing movement com- mitted to obtaining basic rights for women.

The progressive side of Mill’s social thought was soon lost in a flood of social Darwinist theo- ries and became one among several visions of so- cial order — all of them believed to be scientific and thus true. The theories of Mill, Comte, Darwin, and others influenced later national de- bates over policy in the West. Inspired by the so- cial sciences, policymaking came to rely on statistics and fact-gathering to produce realistic, hardheaded appraisals for the purpose of building strong, unified nations.

Review: How did cultural expression and scientific and social thought help produce the hardheaded and realistic values of the times?

Conclusion Throughout modern history, the development of nation-states has been neither inevitable nor uni- form nor peaceful. This was especially true in the nineteenth century, when ambitious politicians, shrewd monarchs, and determined bureaucrats used a variety of methods and policies to trans- form very different countries into centralized

states. Nation building was most dramatic in Ger- many and Italy, where states were unified through military force and where people of opposing po- litical opinions ultimately agreed that national unity should be a primary goal. Compelled by mil- itary defeat to shake off centuries of tradition, the Austrian and Russian monarchs instituted reforms as a way of keeping their systems viable, with widely different results. The Habsburg Empire became a dual monarchy, an arrangement that gave the Hungarians virtual home rule and thus raised the level of disunity. Reforms in Russia left the authoritarian monarchy intact and only par- tially transformed the social order.

After decades of romantic fervor, hardheaded realism in politics — Realpolitik — became a much touted norm in other areas. Proponents of realism such as Darwin and Marx developed the- ories disturbing to those who maintained an En- lightenment faith in social and political harmony. Realist novels and artworks jarred polite society, and, like the operas of Verdi, portrayed dilemmas of the times. The policies of the growing state ap- paratus that were meant to bring order often brought disorder, such as the destruction of entire neighborhoods and violence toward people in far- off lands. Schooling, however, taught the lower classes to be orderly citizens, and urban renewal ultimately improved cities and public health to complement nation building. Yet when the ordi- nary people of the Paris Commune rose up to protest the loss of French power and prestige, they also aimed to defy the trend toward nation build- ing. Their actions raised difficult questions. How far should the power of the state extend in both domestic and international affairs? Would nation- alism be a force for war or for peace? As these is- sues ripened, the next decades saw extraordinary economic advances and an unprecedented surge in Europe’s global power — much of it the result of successes in nation building.

C o n c l u s i o n 7 2 11 8 5 0 – 1 8 7 0

For Further Exploration

■ For suggested references, including Web sites, for topics in this chapter, see page SR-1 at the end of the book.

■ For additional primary-source material from this period, see Chapter 22 in Sources of THE MAKING OF THE WEST, Third Edition.

■ For Web sites and documents related to topics in this chapter, see Make History at bedfordstmartins.com/hunt.

7 2 2 C h a p t e r 2 2 ■ P o l i t i c s a n d C u lt u r e o f t h e N a t i o n - S ta t e 1 8 5 0 – 1 8 7 0

0 200 400 kilometers

0 200 400 miles

N

S

E

W

N o r t h S e a

Black Sea

A T L A N T I C O C E A N

B a l t

i c S

e a

M e d i t e r r a n e a n S e a

R h

in e

R .

Elbe R.

Danube R.

O der R.

Volga R.

GREAT

BRITAIN

SWEDEN AND NORWAY

BELGIUM

LUXEMBOURG

NETHERLANDS

F R A N C E

MOROCCO

R U S S I A

A U S T R I A - H U N G A R Y

ITALY

SWITZERLAND

GREECE

DENMARK

SPAIN

PORTUGAL

IRELAND

SCOTLAND

ENGLAND

POLAND

FINLAND

CRIMEA

AUSTRIA

HUNGARYCROATIA- SLOVENIA

MONTENEGRO

BOSNIA

HERZEGOVINA SERBIA

ALBANIA

TRIPOLI EGYPT

SYRIA

BULGARIA

ALGERIA (Fr.)

TUNISIA

GERMANY

OTTOMAN EMPIRE

MA CED

ONIA

ROM A N

IA Cyprus

Crete

Sicily

Sardinia

Corsica

Budapest

Dresden

Lisbon Madrid

Tangier Algiers Tunis

Genoa

Brussels

Riga

Voronezh

Zurich

Lourdes

Bordeaux

Marseille

Copenhagen

Constantinople

Odessa

Sinope

Athens

Moscow

St. Petersburg

Prague

Warsaw

Kiev

Stockholm

Kristiania

Venice

Munich

Berlin

Vienna

Paris

London

Rome

Naples

�� �

� �

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

� �

�

�

�

�

�

� �

�

�

�

�

M A P P I N G T H E W E S T

Europe and the Mediterranean, 1871 European nation-states consolidated their power by building unified state structures and by developing the means for the diverse peoples within their borders to become socially and culturally integrated. Nation-states were also rapidly expanding outside their boundaries, extending their economic and political reach. North Africa and the Middle East—parts of the declining Ottoman Empire—particularly appealed to European governments because of their resources and their potential for further European settlement. They offered a gateway to the rest of the world. ■ Compare this map of Europe with that from two decades earlier (page 686) to explain the progress of nation building. What aspects of nation building do not appear on this map?

C h a p t e r R e v i e w 7 2 31 8 5 0 – 1 8 7 0

K e y Te r m s a n d P e o p l e M a k i n g C o n n e c t i o n s

R e v i e w Q u e s t i o n s

1. How did realism in social thought break with Enlighten- ment values?

2. Why did some nation-states tend toward secularism while the kingdoms that preceded them were based on religion?

3. How was the Paris Commune related to earlier revolutions in France? How did it differ from them? How was it related to nation building?

1. What were the main results of the Crimean War?

2. What role did warfare play in the various nineteenth- century nation-building efforts?

3. How did Europe’s expanding nation-states attempt to im- pose social order within and beyond Europe and what re- sistance did they face?

4. How did cultural expression and scientific and social thought help produce the hardheaded and realistic values of the times?

C h a p t e r R e v i e w

Realpolitik (690)

Alexander II (693)

mir (695)

Russification (696)

nation-state (696)

Camillo di Cavour (696)

Otto von Bismarck (699)

dual monarchy (702)

pan-Slavism (702)

anarchism (713)

Marxism (713)

realism (715)

George Eliot (716)

Kulturkampf (718)

Charles Darwin (719)

positivism (720)

For practice quizzes, a customized study plan, and other study tools, see the Online Study Guide at bedfordstmartins.com/hunt.

I m p o r ta n t Ev e n t s

1850s –1860s Positivism, Darwinism become influential

1850s–1870s Realism in the arts

1853–1856 Crimean War

1857 British-led forces suppress Indian Rebellion

1861 Victor Emmanuel declared king of a unified Italy; abolition of serfdom in Russia

1861–1865 U.S. Civil War

1867 Second Reform Bill in England; Austro- Hungarian monarchy

1868 Meiji Restoration begins in Japan

1869–1871 Women’s colleges founded at Cambridge University

1870–1871 Franco-Prussian War

1871 German Empire proclaimed at Versailles; self-governing Paris Commune established.

B etween 1870 and 1890, Marianne North, an unmarried English-

woman, traveled the globe several times. North was a botanical

illustrator and “plant hunter,” one of those energetic Europeans

who on their own or under government sponsorship searched the world

over for plants to classify, grow, and put to commercial use. She ven-

tured to India, North and South America, Java, Borneo, South Africa,

and many other distant points, setting up her easel and making scien-

tific drawings of plants. She discovered at least five new species (offi-

cially named after her) and a new type of tree, and she collected

thousands of plants to send back to botanical gardens in England. When

North became too frail to travel, she organized a permanent museum

in London to display her botanical drawings to the public (see the il-

lustration, on page 726). Her goal was to promote ordinary people’s

knowledge of the British Empire: “I want them to know,” she an-

nounced, “that cocoa doesn’t come from the coconut.”

North was just one of the millions of people who traveled vast dis-

tances in the nineteenth century — a time of greatly increased mobil-

ity and migration, much of which was made possible by an expansion

of industry and colonization. Some, like North, who took advantage of

the greater speed of travel, journeyed in pursuit of knowledge. Others

migrated temporarily to the colonies to serve in colonial governments,

for instance, or to find business opportunities. Still others relocated

permanently within Europe or other places abroad in North and South

America or Australia in search of work and a better life for themselves.

Such migration changed the everyday life of both Europeans and non-

Europeans: it uprooted tens of millions of people, it disrupted social

The Advance of Industry in an Age of Empire 727 • Industrial Innovation • Facing Economic Crisis • Revolution in Business Practices

The New Imperialism 733 • Taming the Mediterranean • Scramble for Africa • Acquiring Territory in Asia • Japan’s Imperial Agenda • The Paradoxes of Imperialism

Imperial Society and Culture 740 • The “Best Circles” and the

Expanding Middle Class • Professional Sports and

Organized Leisure • Working People’s Strategies • Reform Efforts for Working-Class

People • Artistic Responses to Empire

and Industry

The Birth of Mass Politics 750 • Workers, Politics, and Protest • Expanding Political Participation

in Western Europe • Power Politics in Central and

Eastern Europe

7 2 5

Industry, Empire, and Everyday Life 1870–1890

C H A P T E R

23

Thomas Roberts, Coming South (1886) Most European migration occurred for political and economic reasons, with beleaguered segments of the population likely to cross thousands of miles by ship to find opportunity and political freedom. Other Western migration was temporary, like that of scientists, writers, soldiers, and missionaries. The Australian painter Thomas Roberts, who had himself migrated from London in 1869 at the age of thirteen, depicted these voyages on ship as so calm and boring as to test one’s sanity, an atmosphere described similarly in migrants’ diaries and letters. (© National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne, Australia / The Bridgeman Art Library.)

and family networks, and often inflicted terrible violence on native peoples dislocated by European colonizers.

Like individual Europeans, Western nations looked beyond home borders from 1870 to 1890.

The Western powers were rapidly expanding their empires through the “new imperialism” — one name for the accelerated race for empire around the world and the seizure of political rather than just economic power. Europeans had been acquir- ing global territory since the late fifteenth century; the new imperialism was actually the final gulp in this process. In their rush for empire, Europeans explored and took political control of the interior of Africa and fought to dominate even more Asian lands until, by the beginning of the twentieth cen- tury, they claimed to control more than 80 percent of the world’s surface. Influence and control went beyond political domination: with varying degrees of success, Europeans tried to stamp other conti- nents with European-style place names, architec- ture, clothing, languages, and domestic customs. They used culture to create empires just as they used it to forge the nation-state.

The decades from 1870 to 1890 were an era of expanding industry in the West as well. Empire and industry fed on each other as raw materials from imperial conquest supplied Western industries. In- dustrial output soared in the West as industrial- ization spread from Britain to central and eastern Europe and brought a continuous new supply of products to the market. A growing appetite for these goods, many of them for household con- sumption, changed the fabric of everyday life for Europeans. New industry attracted people to cities, where common experiences of neighborhood and work life drew them closer together. They became more educated, both through formal schooling and through informal educators like Marianne North who helped them make connections be- tween empire and their own lives. Citizens took pride in their nations’ conquests and enjoyed a mushrooming array of new colonial goods. News- papers covering political affairs expanded their sales to growing urban populations, and workers began demanding greater participation in the po-

7 2 6 C h a p t e r 2 3 ■ I n d u s t r y, E m p i r e , a n d E v e r y d a y L i f e 1 8 7 0 – 1 8 9 0

1865 1870 1875

■ 1860s–1890s Impressionism flourishes; increased Asian influence in art

■ 1870s–1890s Vast emigration; new imperialism

■ 1871 Franco-Prussian War ends

■ 1873 Recession begins with global impact

■ 1876 Victoria declared empress of India; invention of the telephone

Marianne North, Pitcher Plant Wealthy Europeans increasingly traveled overseas in the quest for knowledge and adventure. As the West prospered, travel and world tourism did too. An amateur artist, Marianne North initially gained an audience for her scientific drawings, reports, and specimens only because she traveled in the “best circles.” Later her drawings, like this one of a pitcher plant, were prized by scientists. (Trustees of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.)

1880 1885 1890

litical process. Proud of their imperial conquests and industrial growth, Europeans brimmed with confidence and hope, while the grimmer aspects of empire and industrialization played themselves out in distant colonies, urban slums, and declin- ing standards of living in rural areas.

Focus Question: How were industrial expansion and imperial conquest related, and how did they affect Western society, culture, and politics in the late nine- teenth century?

The Advance of Industry in an Age of Empire The 1870s opened with a burst of prosperity as the Franco-Prussian War drew to a close. Fed by raw materials from around the world, industry turned out a cornucopia of new products, and many workers’ wages increased. Beginning in 1873, how- ever, a series of downturns in business threatened both entrepreneurs and the working class. Busi- nesspeople sought remedies in new technology, managerial techniques, and a revolutionary mar- keting institution — the department store. Gov- ernments played their part by changing business law and supporting the drive for global profits. The steady advance of industry and the development of a consumer economy gave rise to the service sector, laying the foundation for further changes in work life.

Industrial Innovation

In the last third of the nineteenth century, West- ern industries turned out hundreds of new prod- ucts ranging from the bicycle, the typewriter, and the telephone to the internal combustion engine.

In 1885, the German engineer Karl Benz devised a workable gasoline engine; six years later, France’s Armand Peugeot constructed a car and tested it by chasing a bicycle race. Electricity became more widely used after 1880, providing power to light everything from private drawing rooms to govern- ment office buildings. The Eiffel Tower, con- structed in Paris for the Universal Exposition of 1889, stood as a monument to the age’s engineer- ing wizardry; visitors rode to its summit in elec- tric elevators. To fuel the West’s explosive industrial growth, the leading industrial nations mined and produced massive quantities of coal, iron, and steel. Production of iron increased from 11 million to 23 million tons annually, and steel from 500,000 to 11 million tons annually in the 1870s and 1880s. Manufacturers used the metal to build the more than 100,000 locomotives that pulled trains — trains that transported two billion people a year.

Historians used to contrast a “second” Indus- trial Revolution, with a concentration on heavy in- dustrial products like iron and steel, to the “first” one of the eighteenth and early nineteenth cen- turies, in which innovations in the manufacture of textiles and the use of steam energy predominated. Now, however, historians recognize that in most countries except Britain, where industrialization did rise in two stages, the development of textile, iron, and steel industries occurred at the same time and were a part of a single process of industrial- ization. For instance, numerous textile mills were installed on the continent at the same time as blast furnaces. Although industrialization led to the decline of traditional crafts like weaving, home industry — or outwork, the process of having some aspects of industrial work done outside fac- tories in individual homes (similar to the putting-

Th e A d v a n c e o f I n d u s t r y i n a n A g e o f E m p i r e 7 2 71 8 7 0 – 1 8 9 0

■ 1879 Dual Alliance formed

outwork: The process of having some aspects of industrial work done outside factories in individual homes.

■ 1882 Triple Alliance formed; Britain invades Egypt

■ 1882–1884 Bismarck sponsors social welfare legislation

■ 1884 Reform Act doubles British male electorate

■ 1884–1885 Berlin conference on African imperialism

■ 1885 Invention of workable gasoline engine

■ 1889 Japan adopts constitution; Second International established

■ 1891 Construction of Trans-Siberian Railroad begins

■ 1881 Tsar Alexander II assassinated

out system) — persisted in garment making, met- alwork, and porcelain painting. Industrial produc- tion occurring simultaneously in homes, small workshops, and factories has continued through the entire history of modern manufacturing down to the present day.

Industrial innovations transformed agricul- ture. Chemical fertilizers boosted crop yields, and reapers and threshers mechanized harvesting. In the 1870s, Sweden produced a cream separator, a first step toward mechanizing dairy farming. Wire fencing and barbed wire replaced wooden fencing and stone walls, both of which required intensive labor to construct. Refrigeration allowed fruits, vegetables, and meat to be transported without spoiling, thus diversifying and increasing the urban food supply. Tin from colonial trade facilitated large-scale commercial canning, which made many foods available year-round to people in the cities.

Challenge to British Dominance. Britain’s rate of industrial growth slowed as its entrepreneurs re- mained wedded to older technologies. Although Great Britain maintained its high output of indus- trial goods and profited from a multitude of worldwide investments, Germany and the United States began surpassing it in research, technical ed- ucation, and innovation — and ultimately in over- all rates of economic growth.

Following the Franco-Prussian War, Germany annexed Alsace and Lorraine, territories with both textile industries and rich iron deposits. Investing heavily in research, German businesses devised new industrial processes and began to mass- produce goods. Germany also spent as much money on education as on its military in the 1870s and 1880s. This investment resulted in highly skilled engineers and technical workers who sent German industrial productivity soaring.

7 2 8 C h a p t e r 2 3 ■ I n d u s t r y, E m p i r e , a n d E v e r y d a y L i f e 1 8 7 0 – 1 8 9 0

The Invention of Electric Lighting By the 1890s, many new inventions could be seen in a single walk down the wide boulevards of major European cities. In this illustration of Piccadilly in London, electric lighting illuminates the way for modern bicycles and automobiles as well as horse-drawn carriages. By the turn of the century, streets had also become crowded with electric trams. (Mary Evans Picture Library.)

The United States began in- tensive exploitation of its vast nat- ural resources, including coal, metal ores, gold, and oil. The value of U.S. industrial goods jumped from $5 billion in 1880 to $13 bil- lion by 1900. Whereas German productivity rested more on state promotion of industrial efforts, U.S. growth often involved innova- tive entrepreneurs, such as Andrew Carnegie in iron and steel and John D. Rockefeller in oil. The three-way industrial rivalry among Germany, the United States, and Great Britain would soon have political and diplomatic repercussions.

Areas of Slower Industrialization. With the exception of Belgium, which had been the first continen- tal country to industrialize, other countries trailed the three indus- trial leaders. Although France had some huge mining, textile, and metallurgical establishments, U.S. and German businesses soon sur- passed French businesses in size. In Spain, Austria-Hungary, and Italy, industrial development was primarily concentrated in a few regions of each country. Austria-Hungary had densely industrial- ized areas around Vienna and in Styria and Bo- hemia, but the rest of the country remained tied to traditional, nonmechanized agriculture. Italy industrialized in the north while remaining rural and agricultural in the south. The Italian govern- ment spent more on building Rome into a grand capital than it invested in economic growth. A mere 1.4 percent of Italy’s 1872 budget went to education and science, compared with 10.8 per- cent in Germany. Sweden and Norway, which were poor in coal and ore, became leaders in the use of hydroelectric power and the development of elec- trical products. Despite these innovations, Scan- dinavia retained its mostly rural character well into the twentieth century.

Russia’s road to industrialization was tortuous, slowed partly by its relatively small urban labor force. The terms of serf emancipation bound many Russian peasants, who may have wished to find op- portunities in factory work, to the mir, or landed community. Some villages sent men and women to cities, but on the condition that they return for plowing and harvesting. Nevertheless, by the 1890s,

Th e A d v a n c e o f I n d u s t r y i n a n A g e o f E m p i r e 7 2 91 8 7 0 – 1 8 9 0

Sukharev Market, Moscow (c. 1890) For all their modernization, cities also offered their products in dozens of centuries-old food and flea markets such as this one in Russia. Rural farmers brought fresh produce to the cities, while urban market women sold clothing and household items. (© Austrian Archives / Corbis.)

Moscow, St. Petersburg, and a few other cities had substantial working-class populations. The Russian minister of finance Sergei Witte attracted foreign capital, entrepreneurs, and engineers and used them to construct railroads, including the Trans- Siberian Railroad (1891–1916), which upon com- pletion stretched 5,787 miles from Moscow to Vladivostok. Russia’s industrial and military power increased, but its peasants bore the main burden of paying for the state’s financing of industry, mostly in the form of higher taxes on vodka. Russia offered a prime example of the uneven benefits of industrialization: neither Russian peasants nor un- derpaid urban workers could afford to buy the goods their country produced.

Facing Economic Crisis Economic conditions were far from rosy through- out the 1870s and 1880s despite industrial innova- tion. In 1873, prosperity abruptly gave way to a severe economic depression, followed by almost three decades of economic fluctuations, featuring sharp downturns whose severity varied from coun- try to country. People of all classes lost their jobs

or businesses and faced consequences ranging from long stretches of unemployment to bankruptcy. Because economic ties bound industrialized west- ern Europe to international markets, the down- turns affected the economies of such diverse regions as Australia, South Africa, California, New- foundland, and the West Indies.

The dramatic fluctuations of the late nine- teenth century differed from the economic cycles that were the rule before 1850, in which agricul- tural failure led to higher food prices and then to manufacturing decline. Agriculture was no longer so dominant that its fate determined the welfare of other parts of the economy. By the 1870s, in- dustrial and financial setbacks were sending busi- nesses into long-term tailspins. Innovation created new or modernized industries on an unprece- dented scale, but economic uncertainty accompa- nied the forward march of Western industrial development.

Industrial progress was expensive and busi- nesspeople faced real problems. First, the start-up costs of new enterprises skyrocketed. The early tex- tile mills had required relatively small amounts of capital in comparison to the new factories produc- ing steel and iron. Capital-intensive industry, which required huge financial investment for the purchase of expensive machinery, replaced labor- intensive production, which relied on the hiring of more workers. Second, the distribution and con- sumption of goods failed to keep pace with indus- trial growth. Increased productivity in both agriculture and industry led to rapidly declining prices. Wheat, for example, dropped to one-third its 1870 price by the 1890s. Consumers, however, did not always benefit from this deflation: wages were slashed and unemployment rose during the economic downturns, preventing the purchase of the new industrial goods. Industrialists had made their fortunes by emphasizing production, not con- sumption. The series of slumps refocused entrepre- neurial policy on finding ways to enhance sales and distribution and to control markets and prices.

Governments took steps to address the eco- nomic crisis. New laws spurred the development of the limited liability corporation, which pro- tected investors from personal responsibility for a firm’s debt. Before limited liability, owners or in-

vestors were personally responsible for the debts of a bankrupt business. In one case in England, a former partner who had failed to have his name removed from a legal document after leaving the business remained responsible to creditors when the company went bankrupt. He lost everything he owned except a watch and the equivalent of one hundred dollars. By reducing personal risk, lim- ited liability made investors more confident about financing business ventures.

Investing in stocks and bonds expanded with the need for more capital. Stock markets had ex- isted prior to the changes in liability laws, but in- vestors could trade only in government bonds and in shares of government-sponsored enterprises such as railroads. By the end of the century, stock market investors were trading heavily in stocks that financed a wide range of businesses and thus raised money from a larger pool of private capital than before. At the center of an international economy linked by telegraph, telephone, railways, and steamships, the London Stock Exchange in 1882 traded industrial shares worth £54 million, a value that surged to £443 million by 1900.

Another way in which businesses tried to re- solve their financial difficulties was to band together in cartels and trusts to control prices and competi- tion. Cartels (groups of industries organized into a monopoly for fixing prices) flourished particularly in German chemical, iron, coal, and electric indus- tries. For example, the Rhenish-Westphalian Coal Syndicate, founded in 1893, eventually dominated more than 95 percent of coal production in Germany and could thus restrict output and set prices. Trusts appeared first in the United States. In 1882, John D. Rockefeller created the Standard Oil Trust by acquiring stock from many different oil companies and placing it under the direction of trustees. The trustees then controlled so much of the companies’ stock that they could set prices for the entire industry and even dictate to the railroads the rates for transporting the oil.

While expressing their belief in free trade, the owners of cartels and trusts were actually restrict- ing the free market. Governments did likewise by beginning to impose tariffs in the belief that doing so would help protect domestic industries. Much of Europe had adopted free trade after midcentury, but during the 1870s, huge trade deficits — caused when imports exceed exports — soured many Eu- ropeans on the concept. A country with a trade deficit had less capital available to invest internally; thus, business owners created fewer jobs and the chances of social unrest increased. Farmers in many European countries suffered when improvements

7 3 0 C h a p t e r 2 3 ■ I n d u s t r y, E m p i r e , a n d E v e r y d a y L i f e 1 8 7 0 – 1 8 9 0

capital-intensive industry: A mid- to late-nineteenth-century development in industry that required great investments of money for machinery and infrastructure to make a profit.

limited liability corporation: A legal entity, developed in the second half of the nineteenth century, in which the amount that owners of a factory or other enterprise owed creditors was re- stricted (limited) in case of financial failure.

in transportation made it possible to import per- ishable food, such as cheap grain from the United States and Ukraine. The French and German gov- ernments were but two that approved tariffs to make foreign goods more expensive. Farmers, cap- italists, and even many workers backed taxes on im- ports to prevent competition from outside. By the early 1890s, all but Belgium, Britain, and the Netherlands had ended free trade.

Revolution in Business Practices Industrialists tried to minimize the damage of eco- nomic downturns by revolutionizing the everyday conduct of their businesses. A generation earlier, factory owners had been directly involved in every aspect of their businesses and often learned to run their firms through trial and error. In the late 1800s, industrialists began to hire managers to run their increasingly complex day-to-day operations. Managers who specialized in a particular aspect of a business such as sales and distribution, finance, or the purchase of raw materials made decisions, assisted by workers in the new “service sector.”

The White-Collar Sector. A “white-collar” service sector composed of workers with mathematical skills and literacy acquired in the new public pri-

mary schools emerged as part of the development of management. Businesses employed secretaries, file clerks, and typists to guide the flow of business information. Banks that accepted savings from the general public and that invested those funds heav- ily in business needed tellers and clerks; railroads, insurance companies, and government-run tele- graph and telephone companies all needed armies of office workers.

Women, responding to the availability of clean, respectable work, formed the bulk of service em- ployees. At the beginning of the nineteenth century, middle-class women still tended businesses with their husbands. In the next few decades, however, the new ideology of domesticity became so strong that male employers were unwilling to hire women, and women in the lower-middle and middle classes were themselves ashamed to work outside the home. By the late nineteenth century, the costs of middle-class family life had increased, especially because children, who were now forced by law to get an education, were no longer working and con- tributing to family resources. Instead, the family needed more money to support them. Whether to help pay family expenses or to support themselves, both unmarried and married women of the re- spectable middle class increasingly took jobs de- spite the ideal of domesticity. Employers found, as

Th e A d v a n c e o f I n d u s t r y i n a n A g e o f E m p i r e 7 3 11 8 7 0 – 1 8 9 0

Copenhagen’s Central Telephone Exchange (c. 1884) European governments established telephone and telegraph services for individual customers late in the nineteenth century. These services were part of the rapid advance in transport and communications that characterized the modern West. Middle-class women, like these in Copenhagen’s Telephone Exchange, staffed many white-collar positions that made up the new service sector and expanded job opportunities. (Mary Evans Picture Library.)

one put it, a “quickness of eye and ear, and the del- icacy of touch” in the new women workers.

By hiring women for newly created clerical jobs, business and government contributed to a dual labor market in which certain categories of jobs were predominantly male and others were overwhelmingly female. Since society had come to believe that women were not meant to work and even not fit to work, businesses made greater prof- its by paying women in the service sector chroni- cally low wages — much less than they would have had to pay men for doing the same tasks.

The Department Store. The drive to boost con- sumption led to a new development in merchan- dising — the emergence of the department store. Founded after midcentury in the largest cities, de- partment stores gathered an impressive variety of goods in one place in imitation of the Middle East- ern bazaar. Created by daring entrepreneurs such as Aristide and Marguerite Boucicaut of the Bon Marché in Paris and John Wanamaker of Wana- maker’s in Philadelphia, department stores even- tually replaced stores selling single items such as dishware or fabrics.

Single-item stores that people entered know- ing clearly what they wanted to purchase were of-

ten small, somber shops, miniature by comparison with the modern shopping palaces built of marble and filled with lights and mirrors. In the depart- ment store, luxurious silks, delicate laces, and richly embellished tapestries spilled over railings and counters, not in neat order reflecting rational, middle-class ideas, but in glorious disarray to stimulate consumer desires. Shoppers no longer restricted their purchases to what they needed but rather reacted to sales, a new marketing technique that could incite a buying frenzy. Because most men lacked the time for shopping, department stores became the domain of women, who came out of their domestic sphere into a new public role. Store owners hired attractive salesgirls, another va- riety of service workers, to inspire customers to buy. Department store shopping also took place outside of cities: enticing mail-order catalogs from the Bon Marché or Sears, Roebuck arrived regu- larly in rural areas, replete with all the luxuries and household items contained in the exotic, faraway dream world of the city.

Consumerism was shaped by empire and in- dustry. Wealthy travelers like Marianne North jour- neyed on well-appointed ocean liners, carrying quinine, antiseptics, and other medicines as well as cameras, revolvers, and the latest in rubber goods

7 3 2 C h a p t e r 2 3 ■ I n d u s t r y, E m p i r e , a n d E v e r y d a y L i f e 1 8 7 0 – 1 8 9 0

Interior of Au Coin de la Rue (c. 1870) This Parisian department store, not the grandest or first of its kind, shows the typical cascade of goods displayed on railings and balconies. The abundance of textiles and carpets sparked the shopper’s imagination, inciting her to let go of thrift and wander wherever her fancy took her among the many counters and displays until she had overspent. (© Stefano Bianchetti/ Corbis.)

and apparel. Consumption of colonial products such as coffee, tea, sugar, tobacco, cocoa, and cola became more widespread for the stimulation they offered hardworking Westerners. Tons of palm oil from Africa were turned into both margarine and fine soap, allowing even ordinary people in the West to see themselves as cleaner and more civi- lized than those in other parts of the world. Em- pire and industry jointly shaped everyday life by exciting the desire to own things — whether indus- trial goods or products from the colonies.

Review: What were the major economic changes in in- dustry and business by the end of the nineteenth century?

The New Imperialism Imperialism surged in the last third of the nine- teenth century. Industrial demand for raw materi- als and heated business rivalry for new markets fueled competition for territory in Africa and Asia. The imperialism of these decades is called “new” because European nations, the United States, and Japan now aimed to rule vast regions of the world directly; they were no longer content with simply trading with them. The British government de- clared itself an empire in 1876 after taking control of India from the East India Company trading house, and other governments followed the British model. Champions of nation building connected industrial prosperity and imperial expansion with national identity. “Nations are not great except for the activities they undertake,” declared a French advocate of imperialism in 1885. Conquering for- eign territory and developing wealth through in- dustry appeared to heap glory on the nation-state. Although some missionaries and reformers in- volved in the new imperialism aimed to spread Western religions and culture as a benefit to colo- nized peoples, the expansion of the West increased their subjugation, inflicted violence on them, and radically altered their lives.

Taming the Mediterranean European countries had always viewed the African and Asian shores of the Mediterranean as areas where they could profit through trade and invest- ment. In the late nineteenth century, they began to take political control of the region as well. Egypt, a convenient and profitable stop on the way to Asia, was an early target. Modernizing rulers had made Cairo into a bustling metropolis with lively

commercial and manufacturing enterprises. Egyp- tians also increased the production of raw materi- als for its industry, such as cotton for its textile mills. Europeans invested heavily in the region, first in ventures such as building the Suez Canal in the 1860s, then in laying thousands of miles of railroad track, improving harbors, creating tele- graph systems, and finally and most important, loaning money at exorbitant rates of interest.

In 1879, the British and the French took over the Egyptian treasury, allegedly to guarantee prof- its from their investments and the repayment of loans. In 1882, they invaded the country with the excuse of squashing Egyptian nationalists who protested the takeover of the treasury. The British next seized control of the govern- ment as a whole and forcibly reshaped the Egyptian econ- omy from a system based on multiple crops that maintained the country’s self-sufficiency to one that emphasized the production of a few crops — mainly cotton, raw silk, wheat, and rice — that cheaply fed both European manufacturing and the European working classes. Businessmen from the colonial powers, Egyptian landowners, and local merchants profited from these agricul- tural changes, while the bulk of the rural popula- tion barely eked out an existence.

To protect its colony of Algeria, France occu- pied neighboring Tunisia in 1881. Farther to the east, businessmen from Britain, France, and Germany flooded Asia Minor and the Levant (the portion of Asia at the eastern end of the Mediter- ranean) with cheap goods, driving artisans from their trades and into low-paid work building rail- roads or processing tobacco. Instead of basing wage rates on gender (as they did at home), Europeans used ethnicity and religion, paying Muslims less than Christians, and Arabs less than other ethnic groups. Such practices planted the seeds for anti- colonial movements and long-lasting hatred.

Scramble for Africa After the British takeover of the Egyptian govern- ment, Europeans turned their attention to sub- Saharan Africa. In the past, contact between the two continents had principally involved the trade of African slaves for manufactured goods from

Th e N e w I m p e r i a l i s m 7 3 31 8 7 0 – 1 8 9 0

British occupied, 1882

0 100 200 kilometers

0 100 200 miles

R ed Sea

Mediter ranean Sea

Bitter Lakes

Suez Canal

Nile R .

Gulf of Suez

Alexandria 1882

E G Y P T

O T

T O

M A

N E

M P

IR E

�

Cairo �

The Suez Canal and British Invasion of Egypt, 1882

around the world. The European slave trade had virtually ended by this time, and Europeans’ prin- cipal objective was obtaining Africa’s raw materi- als, such as palm oil, cotton, metals, diamonds, cocoa, and rubber. Additionally, Britain wanted the southern and eastern coasts of Africa for stopover ports on the route to Asia and its empire in India.

Except for the French conquest of Algeria, Eu- ropeans had rarely connected commerce with direct political control in Africa. Yet in the 1880s, European military forces conquered one African territory after another (Map 23.1). The British, French, Bel- gians, Portuguese, Italians, and Germans jockeyed to dominate peoples, land, and resources — “the mag- nificent cake of Africa,” as King Leopold II of Bel- gium (r. 1865–1909) put it. Driven by insatiable greed, Leopold claimed the Congo region of cen- tral Africa, initiating competition with France for that territory and inflicting on its peoples unpar- alleled acts of cruelty. German chancellor Otto von Bismarck, who saw colonies mostly as political

bargaining chips, established German control over Cameroon and a section of East Africa. Faced with competition, the British poured millions of pounds into conquering the continent “from Cairo to Cape Town,” as the slogan went, and the French ce- mented their hold on large portions of western Africa.

The scramble for Africa escalated tensions in Europe and prompted Bismarck to call a confer- ence of European nations at Berlin. The fourteen nations at the conference, held in a series of meet- ings in 1884 and 1885, decided that control of set- tlements along the African coast guaranteed rights to internal territory. This agreement led to the strictly linear dissection of the continent; geogra- phers and diplomats cut across indigenous bound- aries of African culture and ethnic life. The Berlin conference also banned the sale of alcohol and controlled the sale of arms to native peoples. In theory, the meeting was supposed to reduce blood- shed and temper ambitions in Africa; in reality, European leaders awarded themselves the right to push even harder for control. Savagely greedy in- dividuals like King Leopold continued to plunder the continent and terrorize its people (as shown in

7 3 4 C h a p t e r 2 3 ■ I n d u s t r y, E m p i r e , a n d E v e r y d a y L i f e 1 8 7 0 – 1 8 9 0

Leopold II: King of Belgium (r. 1865–1909) who sponsored the takeover of the Congo in Africa, which he ran with great vio- lence against native peoples.

The Violence of Colonization King Leopold, ruler of the Belgian Congo, was so greedy and ruthless that his agents squeezed the last drop of rubber and other resources from local peoples. Missionaries reported and photographed such atrocities as the killing of workers whose quotas were even slightly short or the amputation of hands for the same offense. Belgian agents collected amputated hands and sent them to gov- ernment officials to show Leopold that they were enforcing his kind of discipline. (Anti- Slavery International.)

Th e N e w I m p e r i a l i s m 7 3 51 8 7 0 – 1 8 9 0

M A P 2 3 . 1 Africa, c. 1890 The “scramble for Africa” entailed a change in European trading practices, which generally had been limited to the coastline. Trying to penetrate economically and rule the interior ultimately resulted in a map of the continent that made sense only to the imperial powers, for it divided ethnic groups and made territorial unities that had nothing to do with Africans’ sense of geography or patterns of settlement. This map shows the unfolding of that process and the political and ethnic groupings to be conquered.

0 1,000 kilometers500

0 1,000 miles500

N

S

EW

British

French

German

Italian

Portuguese

Spanish

Ottoman

Nominally Ottoman; British controlled

Non-European regimes (including Boer republics)

Boundary of the Congo Free State

Route of Rhodes’s British S. African Company, 1890

French expansion into West Africa, 1883-1896

British expansion into Nigeria, 1880-1902

British invasion and occupation of Egypt, 1882

1 1

3

2

3

4

2

2 4

Routes of Colonial Expansion

Mediterranean Sea

ATLANTIC OCEAN

I N D I A N O C E A N

R ed Sea

Gulf of Aden

L. Chad

L. Victoria

L. Nyasa

L.Tanganyika

Suez Canal

Cong o R.

Z a

m

b ezi R.

N ile

R.

N ige r

R .

B lu

e N

ile R

.

Ubangi R.

Li mp

op o R

.

Orange R.

W

h it

e N

il e

R .

MADEIRA IS. (Port.)

CANARY IS. (Sp.)

GAMBIA

MOROCCO

ALGERIA

CAMEROON

TRIPOLI

O T T O M A N E M P I R E

A R A B I AEGYPT

TUNISIA

GUINEA

SIERRA LEONE

LIBERIA

GABON

CABINDA

ANGOLA

WALVIS BAY

GERMAN SOUTH-WEST AFRICA

CAPE COLONY

ORANGE FREE

STATE

SOUTH AFRICAN

REPUBLIC (TRANSVAAL)

SENEGAL TUKULOR

EMPIRE

SAMORI’S EMPIRE

SOKOTO SULTANATE

BORNU WADAI

RABIH

ASANTE YORUBA

DAHOMEY

GOLD COAST

TOGO

ETHIOPIA BR.

SOMALIA

S A H A R A

KALAHARI DESERT

BASUTOLAND

NATAL

ZULULAND

CONGO FREE

STATE

MAHDIST STATE

RI O

D E

O R

O

São Tomé (Port.)

BRIT. BECHUANALAND

PORTUGUESE EAST AFRICA (MOZAMBIQUE)

SULTANATE OF ZANZIBAR

MERINA (HOVA) KINGDOM

Madagascar

CHOKWE DOMAIN MSIRI’S

KINGDOM

TIPPU TIB’S

DOMAIN

BUGANDA

EQUATORIA

TIBESTI

Cairo

Cape Town

�

�

the photo on page 734). Newspaper accounts of vast chunks of land trading hands whetted the popular appetite for more imperialist ventures (See Document, “Imperialism’s Popularity among the People,” above).

Industrial technology provided the powerful guns, railroads, steamships, and medicines that ac- celerated Western penetration of all the conti- nents. The gunboats that forced the Chinese to open their borders to opium in the 1830s contin- ued to play a crucial role in European expansion, only this time forcing African ethnic groups to give up their independence. Quinine was also crucial. Before the development of medicinal quinine in the 1840s and 1850s, the deadly tropical disease malaria decimated many a European party em- barking on exploration or military conquest, giv- ing Africa the nickname “White Man’s Grave.” The use of quinine, extracted from cinchona bark from the Andes, to treat malaria radically cut death rates among soldiers, missionaries, adventurers, traders, and bureaucrats.

While quinine saved white lives, technology to take lives was also advancing. Improvements to the

breech-loading rifle and the development of the machine gun, or “repeater,” between 1862 and the 1880s dramatically increased firepower. Euro- peans carried on a brisk trade selling inferior guns to Africans on the coast, while peoples of the in- terior still used bows and arrows. Muslim slave traders and European Christians alike crushed African resistance with blazing gunfire: “The whites did not seize their enemy as we do by the body, but thundered from afar,” claimed one local African resister. “Death raged everywhere — like the death vomited forth from the tempest.”

Nowhere did this destructive capacity have greater effect than in southern Africa, where farm- ers of European descent and immigrant prospec- tors, rather than military personnel, battled the Xhosa, Zulu, and other African peoples for control of their land. The Dutch had moved into the area in the seventeenth century, but by 1815 the British had gained control. Thereafter, descendants of the Dutch, called Boers (Dutch for “farmers”), and British immigrants joined together in their fight to wrest farmland and mineral resources from na- tive peoples. British businessman and politician Cecil Rhodes, sent to South Africa for his health just as diamonds were being discovered in 1870, cornered the diamond market and claimed a huge amount of African territory hundreds of miles into the interior with the help of the British govern- ment. His ambition for Britain and for himself was boundless: “I contend that we are the finest race in the world,” he explained, “and that the more of the world we inhabit the better it is.” Although no- tions of European racial superiority had been ad- vanced before, Social Darwinism reshaped racism to justify converting trade with Africans into con- quest of their lands. Within just a few decades, Darwinism had evolved from a contribution to sci- ence to a racist justification for imperialism.

Wherever necessary to ensure profit and dom- ination, Europeans either destroyed African eco- nomic and political systems or transformed them into instruments of their rule. A British governor of the Gold Coast put the matter succinctly in 1886: the British would “rule the country as if there were no inhabitants.” Indeed, most Europeans considered Africans barely civilized, despite the wealth local rulers and merchants accumulated in their international trade in raw materials and slaves, and despite individual Africans’ accom- plishments in fabric dyeing, road building, and architecture. Westerners claimed that Africans — unlike the Chinese and Indians, whom Europeans credited with a scientific and artistic heritage — were capable only of manual labor. Using this as

7 3 6 C h a p t e r 2 3 ■ I n d u s t r y, E m p i r e , a n d E v e r y d a y L i f e 1 8 7 0 – 1 8 9 0

Imperialism’s Popularity among the People

D O C U M E N T

Henry Stanley (1841–1904) was an unscrupulous English adventurer in Africa, who regularly killed and abused indigenous peoples to gain their land and wealth on behalf of such clients as Leopold of Belgium. Yet the press boosted sales by recounting his adventures as those of a brave and rugged soldier — an ambassador of civilized values. The cel- ebratory tone infiltrated popular culture, as in the song below. Recount- ing Stanley’s search for an important African leader, Emin Pasha, it brought London music-hall audiences to their feet in an orgy of thun- derous applause for their hero.

Oh, I went to find Emin Pasha, and started away for fun, With a box of weeds and a bag of beads, and some tracts and a Maxim

gun . . . I went to find Emin, I did, I looked for him far and wide; I found him right, I found him tight, and a lot of folks beside, Away through Darkest Africa, though it cost me lots of tin, For without a doubt I’d rind him out, when I went to find Emin!

Source: Ernest Short, Fifty Years of Vaudeville (New York: Eyre and Spotteswoode, 1946), 43.

an excuse, they confiscated Africans’ land and then forced native peoples to work for them in order to pay the taxes they imposed. Agriculture to support families, often performed by women and slaves, declined in favor of mining and farming cash crops. Men were made to leave their homes to work in mines or to build railroads. Family and com- munity networks, though upset by the new arrangements, helped support Africans during this upheaval in everyday life.

Acquiring Territory in Asia Britain justified its invasion of African countries as strategically necessary to acquire stopover ports for resupplying ships bound for Asia and thus help to preserve its control over India’s quarter of a bil- lion people. But in reality from the 1870s on, the expansion of imperial power was occurring around the world. Much of Asia, with India as the centerpiece, was integrated into Western empires. At the same time, resistance to outside domination was also growing. Discriminated against but edu- cated, the Indian elite in 1885 founded the Indian National Congress. Some of its members accepted British liberalism in economic and social policy, welcoming opportunities for trade, education, and social advancement. Others, however, challenged Britain’s right to rule. In the next century, the Con- gress would develop into a mass movement.

To the east, British military forces took con- trol of the Malay peninsula in 1874 and of the in- terior of Burma in 1885. In both areas, political instability often threatened secure trade. The British depended on the region’s tin, oil, rice, teak,

and rubber as well as its access to the numerous interior trade routes of China. British troops guaranteed the order necessary to expand railroads for more efficient export of raw materi- als and the development of Western systems of communi- cation. The British also built factories and hoped to use its base to expand industrially into China.

The British added to their holdings in Asia partly to counter Russian and French annexations. Since 1865, Russia had been absorbing the small Muslim states of central Asia, including provinces of Afghan- istan (Map 23.2, page 738). Besides extending into the Ottoman Empire, Russian ten- tacles reached Persia, India, and China, often encountering British competition. The Trans-Siberian Railroad allowed Russia to begin integrating Siberia — considered a distant colony in the eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. Hundreds of thousands of hungry peasants moved to the region, and trade routes to cities in the west expanded. France mean- while used the threat of military action to negoti- ate favorable treaties with Indochinese rulers, creating the Union of Indochina from the ancient states of Cambodia, Tonkin, Annam, and Cochin China in 1887 (the latter three now constitute Vietnam). Laos was added to Indochina in 1893.

Th e N e w I m p e r i a l i s m 7 3 71 8 7 0 – 1 8 9 0

Malian Young Men’s House Europeans claimed that sub-Saharan Africans had no culture and especially no technical knowledge. Yet among Africans there were skilled road builders, textile designers, and manufacturers of weapons. Africans had also constructed intricate mosques, private dwellings, and communal buildings (such as this one for young men in Mali) long before the arrival of Europeans in the African interior. European painters, architects, and sculptors soon adapted features from African styles and even wholly modeled their designs on those of artists beyond the West. (Photo: Carollee Pelos/ Jean-Louis Bourgeois.)

0 300 kilometers150

0 150 300 miles

Annexed by British, 1826–52

Annexed by British, 1885–86

Annexed by British, 1890

Gulf of Siam

M ekong

R .

CHINA

SIAM

INDIA

BHUTAN

LOWER BURMA

MALAY STATES

CAMBODIA

LAOS

U P

P E

R B

U R

M A

S H

A N

S T

A T

E S

Bangkok

Rangoon

�

�

British Colonialism in the Malay Peninsula and Burma, 1826–1890

To those who opposed this expansion as “spending our money on distant adventures,” French advocates of imperial- ism pointed out, as did other Europeans, that whites had a “civilizing mission.” The French thus taught some of their colonial subjects to speak French and learn French liter- ature and history. The empha- sis was always on European, not local people’s, culture. In Africa, an exam for students in a school run by German mis- sionaries asked them to write on “Germany’s most impor- tant mountains” and “the reign of William I and the wars he

waged.” The deeds of Africa’s great rulers and the accomplishments of its kingdoms disappeared from the curriculum. While Europeans believed in instructing colonial subjects, they did not believe that Africans and Asians were as capable as Euro- peans of achieving great things.

Japan’s Imperial Agenda Japan escaped European rule by its rapid transfor- mation into a modern industrial nation with its own imperial agenda. A Japanese print of the late nineteenth century illustrates both traditional ways and the Western influence behind Japan’s burgeoning power (opposite). The picture’s small

boats might have been rendered centuries earlier, but the steaming locomotive symbolizes change. The Japanese embraced foreign trade and indus- try. “All classes high and low shall unite in vigor- ously promoting the economy and welfare of the nation,” ran one of the first pronouncements of the Meiji regime that had come to power in 1868. The Japanese government directed the country’s turn toward modern industry, and state support led daring innovators like Iwasaki Yataro, founder of the Mitsubishi firm, to develop heavy industries such as mining and shipping. The Japanese had long acquired knowledge from other countries and now sent students, entrepreneurs, and government officials to the West to bring back as much new knowledge as they could. Unlike China, Japan en- dorsed Western-style modernization in prepara- tion for gaining its own empire.

Change was the order of the day in Japan. Japanese legal scholars, following German models, helped draft a constitution in 1889 that empha- sized state power rather than individual rights. Western dress became the rule at the imperial court, and when fire destroyed Tokyo in 1872, a European planner directed the rebuilding in West- ern architectural style. The Japanese adapted samurai traditions such as spiritual discipline for a large, technologically modern military, filled by universal conscription. In the 1870s, Japan ordered naval ships from Britain and began conquering adjacent islands, including Okinawa. In the 1880s, it used its new naval strength to begin imposing favorable trade treaties on Korea, preliminary to a more complete takeover on the horizon.

7 3 8 C h a p t e r 2 3 ■ I n d u s t r y, E m p i r e , a n d E v e r y d a y L i f e 1 8 7 0 – 1 8 9 0

M A P 2 3 . 2 Expansion of Russia in Asia, 1865–1895

Russian administrators and military men continued enlarging Russia, bringing in Asians of many different ethnicities, ways of life, and religions. Land-hungry peasants in western Russia followed the path of expansion into Siberia and Muslim territories to the south. In some cases they drove native peoples from their lands, but in others they settled unpopulated fron- tier areas. As in all cases of imperial expansion, local peoples resisted any expropriation of their livelihood, while the central government tried various policies for integration.

0 1,000 kilometers500

0 1,000 miles500

N

S E

W Russian expansion 1856–1876

Russian expansion 1877–1900

Vassal khanates

Railroads (only main Russian European lines shown)

Black Sea

C a

sp ia

n Sea

B altic S ea

ARCTIC OCEAN

Vol ga

R.

OTTOMAN EMPIRE

C H I N A

R U S S I A

PERSIA AFGHANISTAN

INDIA

G E

R M

A N

Y

NORWAY AND SWEDEN

Siberia

Turkestan

TRANS-SIBERIAN RAILROAD

St. Petersburg

Moscow

Odessa

Kiev

Warsaw

Vladivostok

Port Arthur (leased from China, 1898)

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

0 300 kilometers150

0 150 300 miles

Under French control

Added in 1893

M ekong

R .

CHINA

SIAM

BURMA (Br.)

CAMBODIA

LAOS

TONKIN

ANNAM

COCHIN CHINA

Bangkok

Hanoi

Saigon

�

�

�

The Union of Indochina, 1893

The Paradoxes of Imperialism

Imperialism ignited constant, sometimes heated debate because of its many paradoxes. Although it was meant to make European nations more eco- nomically secure, imperialism intensified distrust in international politics and thus threatened every- one. Countries vied with one another for a share of world influence. In securing India’s borders, for example, the British faced Russian expansion in Afghanistan and along the borders of China. Im- perial competition even made areas of Europe more volatile than ever: Austria-Hungary, Russia, and rival ethnic groups disputed control of the Balkans as the Ottoman Empire’s grip weakened in the region.

Politicians claimed that empire would bring great riches, but the costs of empire were great. Opponents claimed that empire was more costly than profitable to societies as a whole. Britain, for example, spent enormous amounts of tax revenue to maintain its empire even as its industrial lead began to slip. Yet for certain businesses, colonies provided crucial markets and great profits: late in the century, French colonies bought 65 percent of

France’s exports of soap and 41 percent of its met- allurgical exports. Imperialism provided huge numbers of jobs to people in European port cities, but taxpayers in all parts of a nation — whether they benefited or not — paid for colonial armies, increasingly costly weaponry, and administrators.

Even the final goals of imperialism were in conflict. French advocates argued that their nation “must keep its role as the soldier of civilization.” But it was unclear whether imperialism should emphasize soldiering — that is, conflict, conquest, and murder of local peoples — or the exporting of culture and religion. The French tried both in In- dochina, building a legacy of resistance that con- tinued unabated until the mid-twentieth century. There was also the belief that through imperialist ventures “a country exhibits before the world its strength or weakness as a nation,” as one French politician announced. Some in government, how- ever, worried that imperialism — because of its ex- pense and the constant possibility of war — might weaken rather than strengthen the nation-state.

The paradoxes of imperialism extended to the study of other cultures. Western scholars and trav- elers had long studied Asian and African lan-

Th e N e w I m p e r i a l i s m 7 3 91 8 7 0 – 1 8 9 0

Modernization in Japan Like the West, Japan bustled with commerce and industry thanks to improved and expanding transportation. Railroads, ships, and a range of new inventions such as the rickshaw speeded goods and individuals within cities, across the country, and ultimately to new, foreign destinations. The Japanese traveled widely to learn about ongoing technological innovation. (Rue des Archives / The Granger Collection, New York.)

guages, art, and literature, or, like Marianne North, had sought botanical and other scientific knowl- edge. Yet even the best scholars’ study of foreign cultures was tinged with bias, misinterpretation, and error. European scholars of Islam character- ized Muhammad as an inferior imitation of Jesus, for example. Confident in their cultural superior- ity, many Europeans considered Asians and Africans as low types, variously characterizing them as lying, lazy, self-indulgent, or irrational. One English official pontificated that “accuracy is abhorrent to the Oriental mind.” At the height of imperialism, such beliefs offered still another justification for conquest: that inferior colonized peoples would ultimately be grateful for what Eu- rope had brought them.

Hoping to spread their superior religion, Eu- ropean missionaries ventured to newly secured ar- eas of Africa and Asia with attitudes that were full of contradictions. A woman missionary working among the Tibetans reflected a common view when she remarked that the native peoples were “going down, down into hell, and there is no one but me . . . to witness for Jesus amongst them.” Christianizing colonized peoples often proved im- possible, however. When that happened, “civiliz- ers” such as missionaries often supported brutal military measures, willing to see native people slaughtered in the name of imparting Christian values.

Yet other Europeans — from novelists to mili- tary men — held quite opposite views of conquered peoples, considering them better than Europeans

because they were unspoiled by civilization. “At last some local color,” enthused one colonial officer, fresh from industrial cities of Europe, on seeing Constantinople. This romantic vision of an ancient center of culture, similar to eighteenth-century condescension toward the “noble savage,” had little to do with the reality of conquered peoples’ lives. The paradoxes of imperialism are clear in hind- sight, but at the time European self-confidence hid many of them. The most glaring paradox of all was that Western peoples who believed in nation- building and national independence invaded the territory of others thousands of miles away and claimed the right to rule them.

Review: What were the goals of the new imperialism, and how did Europeans accomplish those goals?

Imperial Society and Culture The spread of empire not only made the world an interconnected marketplace but also transformed everyday culture and society. Success in manufac- turing and foreign ventures created millionaires, and the expansion of a professional middle class and development of a service sector meant that more people were affluent enough to own prop- erty, see some of the world, and give their children a quality education. Many Europeans grew health-

7 4 0 C h a p t e r 2 3 ■ I n d u s t r y, E m p i r e , a n d E v e r y d a y L i f e 1 8 7 0 – 1 8 9 0

An ABC for Baby Patriots (1899) Pride in empire began at an early age, when learning the alphabet from this kind of book helped develop an imperial sensibility. The subject of geography became important in schools during the decades between 1870 and 1890 and helped young people know what possessions they could claim as citizens. In British schools, the young celebrated the holiday Empire Day with ceremonies and festivities emphasizing imperial power. (Bodleian Library, University of Oxford. Mary F. Ames, shelfmark 2523 c. 24.)

ier, partly because of improved diet and partly be- cause of government-sponsored programs aimed at promoting the fitness necessary for citizens of imperial powers. At the same time, the uncertain- ties of life in a rapidly changing society drove mil- lions of poor Europeans to migrate in search of opportunities around the world — even in the colonies — while artists found exciting new sub- ject matter in those same industrial and imperial changes around them.

The “Best Circles” and the Expanding Middle Class The profits from empire and industry added new members to the upper class, or “best circles,” so called at the time because of their members’ wealth, education, and social status. People in the best circles often came from the aristocracy, which remained powerful and was still widely seen as a model of style. Increasingly, however, aristocrats had to share their social position with new mil- lionaires from the ranks of the upper middle class, or bourgeoisie. In fact, the very distinction be- tween aristocrat and bourgeois became blurred, as monarchs gratefully endowed millionaire indus- trialists and businesspeople with aristocratic titles for their contributions to national wealth. More- over, financially strapped aristocrats approved marriages between their children and those of the newly rich. Such arrangements brought a much- needed infusion of money to old, established fam- ilies and the prestige of an aristocratic title to newly wealthy families. Thus, Jeanette Jerome, daughter of a wealthy New York financier, married England’s Lord Randolph Churchill (their son Winston later became England’s prime minister). Millionaires discarded the thrifty ways of a cen- tury earlier to build palatial country homes and villas, engage in conspicuous displays of wealth, and wall themselves off from the poor in segre- gated neighborhoods. To justify their success, the wealthy often cited the Social Darwinist principle that their ability to accumulate money demon- strated the natural superiority of the rich over the poor.

Empire reshaped the way people in the best circles spent their leisure time. Under the influence of empire, big-game hunting in Asia and Africa be- came the rage, replacing age-old traditions of fox and bird hunting. European hunters forced native Africans, who had depended on hunting for in- come or food and for group unity, to work as guides, porters, and domestics for European hunters instead. Collectors on the hunts brought

exotic specimens back to Europe for zoological ex- hibits, natural history museums, and traveling dis- plays, all of which flourished during this period. Wealthy Europeans brought empire into their homes with displays of stags’ heads, elephant tusks, and animal skins.

People in the best circles saw themselves as an imperial elite, and upper-class women devoted themselves to maintaining its standards of social conduct, bearing its children, and directing staffs of servants. They took their role seriously, keeping detailed accounts of their expenditures and mon-

I m p e r i a l S o c i e t y a n d C u lt u r e 7 4 11 8 7 0 – 1 8 9 0

Tiger Hunting in the Punjab Big-game hunting became the imperial sport of choice, as this Indian work of art shows. European and American hunters took the sport over from local Asians and Africans who had previously depended on the hunt for their livelihood. Western manliness was coming to depend on such seemingly heroic feats as big-game hunting, and imperialists scorned those who continued the old aristocratic fox hunt as effeminate. Though not apparent in this illustration, some Western women enjoyed hunting too. (Victoria & Albert Museum, London/ Art Resource, NY.)

itoring their children’s religious and intellectual development. They decorated their homes with imperial objects such as Persian-inspired textiles, Oriental carpets, wicker furniture, and Chinese porcelains. Although upper-class men chose plain garments, upper-class women wore elaborate cos- tumes — featuring constricting corsets, volumi- nous skirts, bustles, and low-cut necklines for evening wear — that made them symbols of elite leisure. Women offset the grim side of imperial and industrial society with the rigorous practice of art and music. One Hungarian observer wrote, “The piano mania has become almost an epidemic in Budapest as well as Vienna.” Its keys made of ivory from Africa, the piano symbolized the imperial elite’s accomplishments and superiority.

Members of the upper class expected their families to be imperial leaders and hoped to per- petuate social and political dominance by control- ling their children’s social lives. Parents of marriageable women watched them closely to pre- serve their chastity and to keep them from social- izing with lower-class men. Upper-class men regularly seduced lower-class women — part of the double standard that saw promiscuity as normal for men and as immoral for women — but few thought of marrying them. Parents arranged many marriages directly or arranged courtships that were initiated during visiting days, on which oc- casions prominent hostesses held an open house under formal conditions. This kind of monitored social scene could also be the setting for matrimo- nial decisions.

Below the best circles, or “upper crust,” the “solid” middle class of businesspeople and profes- sionals such as lawyers was expanding, most no- tably in western and central Europe. In eastern Europe, this expansion did not happen naturally, and the Russian government often sought out for- eigners to build its professional and business classes. Although middle-ranked businessmen and professionals could sometimes mingle with those at the apex of society, their lives remained more modest. They did, however, employ at least one servant, to give the appearance of leisure to the middle-class woman in the home. Professional men working at home did so from the best- appointed, if not lavish, room. Middle-class domes- ticity substituted cleanliness and polish for the imperial grandeur of upper-class life.

Professional Sports and Organized Leisure As nations competed for territory and economic markets, male athletes banded together to organ- ize team sports that eventually replaced village games. Large audiences now backed a particular team, as soccer, rugby, and cricket drew mass fol- lowings that welded the lower and higher classes into a common, competitive culture. The reading public devoured newspaper accounts of competi- tion, whether among nations for colonies or among participants in cross-country bicycle races sponsored by tire makers who wanted to prove the superiority of their product. These races evolved

7 4 2 C h a p t e r 2 3 ■ I n d u s t r y, E m p i r e , a n d E v e r y d a y L i f e 1 8 7 0 – 1 8 9 0

Anglo-Indian Polo Team Team sports underwent rapid development during the imperial years as spectators rooted for the success of their football team in the same spirit they rooted for their armies abroad. Some educators believed that team sports molded the male character so that men could be more effective soldiers against peoples of other races. In the instance of polo, as illustrated by the team photo here, the English learned what would soon be seen as a typically English sport from the Indians. (Hulton Archive/ Getty Images.)

into an international competition in the Tour de France, first held in 1903. Competitive sports were seen as valuable to national strength and spirit. “The Battle of Waterloo was won on the playing fields of Eton,” ran the wisdom of the day, suggest- ing that the games played in school could mold the strength of an army — an army that, as the nine- teenth century drew to a close, competed with those of other nations in pursuit of empire.

Team sports — like civilian military service — helped differentiate male and female spheres and thus promoted a social order based on distinction between the sexes. Some women’s teams emerged in sports such as soccer, field hockey, and rowing, but in general women interested in athletics were encouraged to engage in individual sports. “Rid- ing improves the temper, the spirits and the ap- petite,” wrote one sportswoman. Rejecting the idea of women’s natural frailty, reformers introduced exercise and gymnastics into schools for girls, of- ten with the idea that these would strengthen them for motherhood and thus help build the nation- state. As knowledge of the world developed, some women began to practice yoga.

The middle classes believed their leisure pur- suits should strengthen the mind and fortify the body. Thus, mountain climbing became a popular middle-class hobby. As the editor of a Swedish publication of 1889 explained, “The passion for mountain-climbing can only be understood by those who realize that it is the step-by-step achievement of a goal which is the real pleasure of the world.” Working-class people adopted middle- class habits by joining clubs for such pursuits as bicycling, touring, and hiking. Clubs that spon- sored trips often had names like the Patriots or the Nationals, again associating physical fitness with national strength. The emphasis on healthy recre- ation gave people a greater sense of individual might and thereby contributed to a developing sense of imperial citizenship based less on consti- tutions and rights than on an individual nation’s exercise of raw power. A farmer’s son in the 1890s boasted that with a bicycle, “I was king of the road, since I was faster than a horse.”

Working People’s Strategies For centuries, working people had migrated from countryside to city and from country to country to make a living. After the middle of the nineteenth century, empire and industry were powerful fac- tors in migration. Older European cities like Riga, Marseille, and Hamburg offered secure new indus- trial jobs and opportunities for work in global

trade, while new colonies provided land, jobs for soldiers and administrators, and the possibility of unheard-of wealth in diamonds, gold, and other natural resources.

Migration. Europeans who left their native lands moved for a variety of reasons (see “Contrasting Views,” page 744). In parts of Europe, the land simply could not produce enough to support a rapidly expanding population. For example, Greek shipbuilding in ancient times had stripped the vast forests of Sicily, leaving the soil eroded and nearly worthless. By the end of the nineteenth century, hundreds of thousands of Sicilians were leaving, often temporarily, to find work in the in- dustrial cities of North and South America. One- third of all European immigrants came from the British Isles, especially Ireland between 1840 and 1920, first because of the potato famine and then because English landlords drove them from their farms to get higher rents from newcomers. Be- tween 1886 and 1900, half a million Swedes out of a population of 4.75 million quit their country (Figure 23.1, page 746). Millions of rural Jews, es- pecially from eastern Europe, left their villages for economic reasons, but Russian Jews also fled in the face of vicious anti-Semitism. Russian mobs brutally attacked Jewish communities, destroying homes and businesses and even murdering some Jews. These ritualized attacks, called pogroms, were scenes of horror. “People who saw such things never smiled anymore, no matter how long they lived,” recalled one Russian Jewish woman who migrated to the United States in the early 1890s.

Commercial and imperial success determined destinations. Most migrants who left Europe went to North and South America, Australia, and New Zealand, as news of opportunity reached Europe. The railroad and steamship made journeys across and out of Europe more affordable and faster, though most workers traveled in steerage with few comforts. Once established elsewhere, migrants frequently sent money back home; the funds could be used to pay for education or set up family mem- bers in small businesses, thus improving their con- dition. European farm families often received a good deal of their income from husbands or grown sons and daughters who had left. Cash-starved peasants in eastern and central Europe welcomed the arrival of “magic dollars” from their kin. Mi- grants themselves appreciated the chance to begin anew without the harsh conditions of the Old World. One settler in the United States was relieved to escape the meager peasant fare of rye bread and

I m p e r i a l S o c i e t y a n d C u lt u r e 7 4 31 8 7 0 – 1 8 9 0

7 4 4 C h a p t e r 2 3 ■ I n d u s t r y, E m p i r e , a n d E v e r y d a y L i f e 1 8 7 0 – 1 8 9 0

More common than international migration was internal migration from rural areas to Euro- pean cities, accelerating the urbanization of Europe. The most urbanized countries were Great Britain and Belgium, followed by Germany, France, and the Netherlands. In Russia, only 7 percent of the population lived in cities of ten thousand or more; in Portugal the figure was 12 percent. Many who moved to the cities were seasonal migrants. In the cities, they worked as masons, cabdrivers, or factory hands to supplement declining income from agriculture; when they returned to the coun- tryside, they provided hands for the harvest. In vil- lages across Europe, independent artisans such as

herring: “God save us from . . . all that is Swedish,” he wrote home sourly.

Migration out of Europe often meant an end to the old way of life. Workers immediately had to learn new languages and compete for jobs in grow- ing cities where they formed the cheapest pool of labor, often in factories or sweatshops. Emigrant women who worked as homemakers, however, tended to keep to themselves, preserving traditional ways. More insulated, they might never learn the new language or put their peasant dresses away. Their children and husbands more often cast aside their past as they were forced to build a life in schools and factories of the New World.

In the nineteenth century, millions of migrants moved thousands of miles from their homelands. The vast distances traveled and the permanent relocation of these migrants were among the issues gen- erating a wide range of responses. Among both migrants and those left behind, reactions varied from acceptance and enthusiasm to opposition and anger. The conflicting reactions appeared in offi- cial reports, local newspapers, poems, and very personal letters. While officials pointed with relief to the economic benefits of em- igration (Document 1), people left behind were often heartbroken and destitute (Document 2). Migrants themselves had vastly dif- fering experiences, adding to debate over migration (Documents 3 and 4).

1. The Government View

The preamble to the Hungarian census for 1890 was blunt and unambiguous on the subject. It saw emigration exclusively in finan- cial terms.

Emigration has proved to be a veritable boom. The impover- ished populace has been drawn off to where it has found lucra- tive employment; the position of those left behind, their work opportunities and standard of living, have undoubtedly im- proved thanks to the rise in wages, and thanks to the substan- tial financial aid coming into the country: sums of from 300,000 to 1,500,000 florints.

Source: Quoted in Julianna Puskas, “Consequences of Overseas Migration for the Country of Origin: The Case of Hungary,” in Dirk Hoerder and Inge Blank, eds., Roots of the Transplanted: Late 19th Century East Central and Southeastern Europe (Boulder: East European Monographs, 1994), I:397.

2. Those Left Behind

Teofila Borkowska, from Warsaw, Poland, reacted to her hus- band’s resettlement in the United States in two letters from 1893 and 1894. Stripped of a family group, Teofila had a difficult time surviving, and her husband, Wladyslaw Borkowski, never did return.

1893. Dear Husband: Up to the present I live with the Rybickis. I am not very well satisfied, perhaps because I was accustomed to live for so many years quietly, with you alone. And today you are at one end of the world and I at the other, so when I look at strange corners [surroundings], I don’t know what to do from longing and regret. I comfort myself only that you won’t forget me, that you will remain noble as you have been. . . . I have only the sort of friends who think that I own thousands and from time to time someone comes to me, asking me to lend her a dozen roubles.

1894. Up to the present I thought and rejoiced that you would still come back to Warsaw, but since you write that you won’t come I comply with the will of God and with your will. I shall now count the days and weeks [until you take me to Amer- ica]. . . . Such a sad life! I go almost to nobody, for as long as you were in Warsaw everything was different. Formerly we had friends, and everybody was glad to see us, while now, if I go to anybody, they are afraid I need something from them and they show me beforehand a different face.

Source: Letter from Teofila Borkowska to Wladyslaw Borkowski, in William Thomas and Florian Znaniecki, The Polish Peasant in Europe and America (New York: Dover, 1958), July 21, 1893, April 12, 1894, II: 874–75.

C O N T R A S T I N G V I E W S

Experiences of Migration

3. Migration Defended

In some cases, emigrants were said to be unpatriotic and cowardly for leaving their homeland just to avoid hard economic times. To charges against Swedish emigrants, journalist Isador Kjelberg re- sponded with the following defense.

Patriotism? Let us not misuse so fine a word! Does patriotism con- sist of withholding the truth from the workingman by claiming that “things are bad in America”? I want nothing to do with such patriotism! If patriotism consists of seeking, through lies, to per- suade the poorest classes to remain under the yoke, like mindless beasts, so that we others should be so much better off, then I am lacking in patriotism. I love my country, as such, but even more I love and sympathize with the human being, the worker. . . . Among those who most sternly condemn emigration are those who least value the human and civic value of the workingman. . . . They de- mand that he remain here. What are they prepared to give him to compensate the deprivations this requires? . . . It is only cowardly, unmanly, heartless, to let oneself become a slave under deplorable circumstances which one can overcome.

Source: Quoted in H. Arnold Barton, A Folk Divided: Homeland Swedes and Swedish Americans, 1840–1940 (Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 1994), 72–73.

This anonymous Swedish poem combined a political defense of mi- gration with an economic one.

I’m bound for young America, Farewell old Scandinavia. I’ve had my fill of cold and toil, All for the love of mother soil. You poets with your rocks and rills Can stay and starve — on words, no frills. There, out west, a man breathes free, While here one slaves, a tired bee, Gathering honey to fill the hive Of wise old rulers, on us they thrive.

In toil we hover before their thrones, While they take to slumber, like lazy drones. Drunk with our nectar they’ve set us afright, But opportunity has knocked, and we’ll take our flight.

Source: Quoted in ibid., 137.

4. The Perils of Migration

A contrasting view of emigration to the United States appeared in the following Slovak song.

My fellow countryman, Rendek from Senica, the son of poor parents

Went out into the wide world. In Pittsburgh he began to toil. From early morning till late at night he filled the furnaces with coal. Faster, faster, roared the foreman, every day. . . . Rendek toiled harder So as to see his wife. But alas! He was careless And on Saturday evening late He received his injuries. At home his widow waited For the card which would never come. I, his friend, write this song To let you know What a hard life we have here.

Source: Quoted in Frantisek Bielik, Horst Hogh, and Anna Stvrtecka, “Slovak Images of the New World: ‘We Could Pay Off Our Debts’ ” in Dirk Hoerder and Inge Blank, eds., Roots of the Transplanted: Late 19th Century East Central and Southeastern Europe (Boulder: East European Monographs, 1994), I:388.

Questions TO Consider 1. Did the vast nineteenth-century migration ultimately enrich

or diminish European culture and society? 2. How would you characterize the experience of migration for

families and individuals? 3. How did migration affect the national identity of both receiv-

ing countries and European countries of origin?

I m p e r i a l S o c i e t y a n d C u lt u r e 7 4 51 8 7 0 – 1 8 9 0

but workers received no additional pay for their extra efforts. Workers also grumbled about the proliferation of managers; many believed that foremen, engineers, and other supervisors inter- fered with their work. For women, supervision sometimes brought on-the-job harassment, as in the case of female workers in a German food- canning plant who kept their jobs only in return for granting sexual favors to the male manager.

Many in the urban and rural labor force con- tinued to do outwork at home. In Russia, workers made bricks, sieves, shawls, lace, and locks during the slow winter season. Every branch of industry, from metallurgy to toy manufacturing to food

handloom weavers often supported their unprof- itable livelihoods by sending their wives and daughters to work in industrial cities.

Adaptation to Industrial Change. Changes in technology and management practices eliminated outmoded jobs and often made factory work more difficult. Workers complained that new machinery sped up the pace of work to an unrealistic level. For example, employers at a foundry in suburban Paris required workers using new furnaces to turn out 50 percent more metal per day than they had produced using the old furnaces. Stepped-up pro- ductivity demanded much more physical exertion,

processing, also employed urban women at home — and their work was essential to the fam- ily economy. They painted tin soldiers, wrapped chocolate, made cheese boxes, and polished metal. Factory owners liked the system because low piece rates made outworkers desperate for income un- der any conditions and thus willing to work ex- tremely long days. A German seamstress at her new sewing machine reported that she “pedaled at a stretch from six o’clock in the morning until mid- night. . . . At four o’clock I got up and did the housework and prepared meals.” Owners could lay off women at home during slack times and rehire them whenever needed with little fear of organ- ized protest.

Economic change and the periodic recurrence of hard times had uneven consequences for peo- ple’s everyday lives. In the late nineteenth century, joblessness and destitution threatened. Some city workers prospered by comparison to those in ru- ral areas, though a growing number lost the steadi- ness of traditional artisanal work. By and large, however, urban workers were better informed and more connected to the progress of industry and empire than their rural counterparts were.

Reform Efforts for Working-Class People Many in the urban working class suffered under the uneven effects of industrial growth and the up-

heaval of migration. To address these problems and thereby strengthen their nations, middle- and upper-class reformers founded charities and other organizations for social improvement. Settlement houses, clinics, and maternal and child health cen- ters became a common sight. Young men and women, often from universities, staffed these new organizations, especially the settlement houses, where the reformers took up residence in poor neighborhoods to study and help the people. Be- lieving in the scientific approach, they thought that study would uncover the causes of social problems and point the way to solutions. One group devoted to this enterprise was the Fabian Society in London, a small organization established in 1884. It was committed to a kind of socialism based on study, state planning, and reform rather than rev- olution. In 1893, the Fabians helped found the Labour Party as a way of making social improve- ment a political cause. Still other reformers were motivated by a strong religious impulse. “There is Christ’s own work to be done,” wrote one woman who volunteered to inspect workhouse conditions.

Philanthropists and government officials in- fluenced by Social Darwinism feared that ordinary Europeans would lack the fitness to survive in a competitive world. The poor, as one reformer put it, “were permanently stranded on lower levels of evolution.” Reformers began to intervene more in

7 4 6 C h a p t e r 2 3 ■ I n d u s t r y, E m p i r e , a n d E v e r y d a y L i f e 1 8 7 0 – 1 8 9 0

F I G U R E 2 3 . 1 European Emigration, 1870–1890 The suffering caused by economic change and by political persecution motivated people from almost every European country to leave their homes for greater security elsewhere. North America attracted more than two-thirds of these migrants, many of whom followed reports of vast quantities of available land in both Canada and the United States. Both countries were known for following the rule of law and for economic opportunity in urban as well as rural areas. (Theodore Hamerow, The Birth of New Europe: State and Society in the Nineteenth Century (Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1983), 169.)

Country of Origin Destinations

Russia 7%

Portugal 2%

Spain 5%

Austria 2%

Germany 18%

France, Belgium, Netherlands, Switzerland

2%

Sweden, Norway, Finland, Denmark

7%

Italy 10%

British Isles 47%

United States 63%

Asiatic Russia 6%

Argentina 10%

Brazil 6%

Uruguay 2%

British West Indies 1%

Australia 5%

New Zealand 2%

Canada 5%

the lives of working-class families as a way to “quicken evolution.” They sponsored health clin- ics and milk centers to provide good medical care and food for children and instructed mothers in child-care techniques, including breast-feeding to promote infant health. Some schools distributed free lunches, medicine, and clothing and inspected the health and appearance of their students. Government officials or individual reformers pressured poor, overworked mothers to conform to new standards for their children — such as find- ing them respectable shoes — that they could ill af- ford. Reformers, considering themselves the creators of “wise social legislation,” believed they had the right to enter working-class apartments whenever they chose to inspect them.

A few professionals began to make available birth-control information in the belief that smaller families could better survive the challenges of ur- ban life. In the 1880s, Aletta Jacobs (1851–1929), a Dutch physician, opened the first birth-control clinic, which specialized in promoting the new, German-invented diaphragm. Jacobs wanted to help women in Amsterdam slums who were worn out by numerous pregnancies and whose lives, she believed, would be greatly improved by limiting their fertility. Working-class women used these clinics, and knowledge of birth-control techniques spread by word of mouth among workers. The churches adamantly opposed this trend, and even reformers wondered whether birth control would increase the sexual vulnerability of women if the threat of pregnancy and its responsibilities were removed.

Another government reform effort targeted at reproduction consisted of measures said to “pro- tect” women from certain kinds of work. Legisla- tion across Europe barred women from night work and from such “dangerous” trades as pottery mak- ing and bartending — allegedly for health reasons, even though medical statistics demonstrated that women became sick on the job less often than men. But lawmakers and workingmen claimed that women’s work in pottery making and other trades endangered reproduction. The fear was not that families were too large but that women were not producing healthy enough children and were steal- ing jobs from men. Women who had worked in trades newly defined as “dangerous” were forced to find other, lower-paying jobs or remain at home. The new laws did not prevent women from hold- ing jobs, but they made earning a living harder. Social Darwinists promoted such efforts in the name of producing a population most fit for the struggle to survive.

Artistic Responses to Empire and Industry

In the 1870s and 1880s, the arts explored the con- sequences of global expansion and economic inno- vation, often in the same gloomy Darwinistic terms that made reformers anxious. Darwin’s theory held out the possibility that strong civilizations, if they failed to adapt to changing conditions, could weaken, decay, and collapse. French writer Émile Zola, influenced by fears of social decay, produced a series of novels set in industrializing France about a family plagued by alcoholism and madness. Zola’s characters, who led violent strikes and in one case even castrated an oppressive grocer, raised ques- tions about the future of civilization. Zola had a dark vision of how industrial society affected indi- viduals: his novel Women’s Paradise (1883) depicts the upper-class shopper who abandons rational, appropriate behavior for the frenzy of the new de- partment stores. Other heroines were equally up- setting because they violated other long-standing rules. The character Nora in the drama A Doll’s House (1879) by Norwegian playwright Henrik Ibsen threatens civilized values and the health of so- ciety as a whole by leaving an oppressive marriage (see Document, “From A Doll’s House,” page 748).

Writers envisioned a widespread deterioration of behavior pervading urban and rural life. The stories of Emilia Pardo Bazán are tales of incest and murder at work among wealthy landowning families in rural Spain. The heroine of Olive Schreiner’s The Story of an African Farm (1889) re- jects the role of submissive wife in rural Africa, de- scribing the British Empire as a “dirty little world, full of confusion.” Schreiner became celebrated among opponents of empire for her grim portray- als. Novelists addressed the burning issues of their times, but Social Darwinism made their realism even bleaker.

Decorative arts of this period featured a coun- tertrend away from stark realism. Country people used mass-produced textiles to create traditional- looking costumes and developed ceremonies based on a mythical past. Such invented customs, roman- ticized as old and authentic, attracted city dwellers and brought tourist business to villages. So-called folk motifs caught the eye of modern urban archi- tects and industrial designers, who copied rustic styles when creating household goods and decora- tive objects. The influence of empire is apparent in the traditional Persian and Indian motifs used by English designers William Morris (1834–1896) and his daughter May Morris (1862–1938) in their designs of fabrics, wallpaper, and household items

I m p e r i a l S o c i e t y a n d C u lt u r e 7 4 71 8 7 0 – 1 8 9 0

based on such natural imagery as the silhouettes of plants. They wanted to replace “dead” and “or- nate” styles of the early industrial years with the simple crafts of the past. Their work gave birth to the “arts and crafts” style, which paradoxically at- tracted consumers of the industrial age.

Industrial developments also influenced the work of painters, who by the 1870s felt intense

competition from a popular industrial invention — the camera. Photographers could produce cheap copies of paintings and create more realistic por- traits than painters could, at affordable prices. In response, painters altered their style, at times try- ing to make their work look as different from pho- tographs as possible. Using thousands of dots and dabs, French painter Georges Seurat depicted the

7 4 8 C h a p t e r 2 3 ■ I n d u s t r y, E m p i r e , a n d E v e r y d a y L i f e 1 8 7 0 – 1 8 9 0

Henrik Ibsen, From A Doll’s House

D O C U M E N T

Norwegian playwright Henrik Ibsen helped create the global mar- ketplace of ideas with such plays as A Doll’s House, an 1879 work critical of traditional gender roles, as this selection reveals. With women like Marianne North traveling the globe, Ibsen increasingly believed that the middle-class housewife did not develop as a full human being. His plays were performed in many countries — not only in Europe but also in Egypt, the United States, and as far away as Japan — and always sparking fierce debate. If European artists and writers borrowed from other cultures, Europe’s cultural influ- ence also spread beyond its borders.

Helmer: Nora, how can you be so unreasonable and ungrateful? Haven’t you been happy here?

Nora: No; never. I used to think I was; but I haven’t ever been happy.

Helmer : Not — not happy?

Nora: No. I’ve just had fun. You’ve always been very kind to me. But our home has never been anything but a playroom. I’ve been your doll-wife, just as I used to be Papa’s doll-child. And the children have been my dolls. I used to think it was fun when you came in and played with me, just as they think it’s fun when I go in and play games with them. That’s all our marriage has been, Torvald.

Helmer : There may be a little truth in what you say, though you ex- aggerate and romanticize. But from now on it’ll be different. Play- time is over. Now the time has come for education.

Nora: Whose education? Mine or the children’s?

Helmer: Both yours and the children’s, my dearest Nora.

Nora : Oh, Torvald, you’re not the man to educate me into being the right wife for you.

Helmer : How can you say that?

Nora : And what about me? Am I fit to educate the children?

Helmer : Nora!

Nora : Didn’t you say yourself a few minutes ago that you dare not leave them in my charge?

Helmer: In a moment of excitement. Surely you don’t think I meant it seriously?

Nora: Yes. You were perfectly right. I’m not fitted to educate them. There’s something else I must do first. I must educate myself. And you can’t help me with that. It’s something I must do by myself. That’s why I’m leaving you.

Helmer ( jumps up): What did you say?

Nora: I must stand on my own feet if I am to find out the truth about myself and about life. So I can’t go on living here with you any longer.

Helmer : Nora, Nora!

Nora : I’m leaving you now, at once. Christine will put me up for tonight —

Helmer : You’re out of your mind! You can’t do this! I forbid you!

Nora : It’s no use your trying to forbid me any more. I shall take with me nothing but what is mine. I don’t want anything from you, now or ever.

Helmer : What kind of madness is this?

Nora : Tomorrow I shall go home — I mean, to where I was born. It’ll be easiest for me to find some kind of a job there.

Helmer: But you’re blind! You’ve no experience of the world —

Nora: I must try to get some, Torvald.

Helmer: But to leave your home, your husband, your children! Have you thought what people will say?

Nora: I can’t help that. I only know that I must do this.

Helmer: But this is monstrous! Can you neglect your most sacred du- ties?

Nora: What do you call my most sacred duties?

Helmer: Do I have to tell you? Your duties towards your husband, and your children.

Nora: I have another duty which is equally sacred.

Helmer: You have not. What on earth could that be?

Nora: My duty towards myself.

Source: Henrik Ibsen, A Doll’s House (New York: Anchor, 1966), 96–97.

Parisian suburbs’ newly created parks with their Sunday bicyclists and white-collar workers in their store-bought clothing, carrying books or newspa- pers and parading like the well-to-do. Seurat and other painters used new and varying techniques to distinguish their art from the photographic realism of the camera.

This daring style of art came to be called im- pressionism. It emphasizes the artist’s attempt to capture a single moment by focusing on the ever- changing light and color found in ordinary scenes. Using splotches and dots, impressionists moved away from the precise realism of earlier painters and challenged artistic norms. Claude Monet, for example, was fascinated by the way light trans- formed an object, and he often portrayed the same place — a bridge or a railroad station — at differ- ent times of day. Vincent Van Gogh used vibrant colors in great swirls to capture sunflowers, haystacks, and the starry evening sky. Such distor- tions of reality made the impressionists’ visual style seem outrageous to those accustomed to re-

alism, but a few enthusiastically greeted impres- sionism’s luminous quality. Industry contributed to the new style, as factories produced a range of pigments that allowed artists to use a wider and more intense spectrum of colors than ever before. Both new industrial products such as the camera and industrial breakthroughs such as chemically based paints gave birth to the impressionist rebel- lion in the arts.

An increasingly global vision also influenced painting in the age of empire. In both composi- tion and style, impressionists borrowed heavily from Asian art and architecture. The impression- ist goal of portraying the fleetingness of light or human situations came from an ancient Japanese concept — mono no aware (sensitivity to the fleet- ingness of life). The color, line, and delicacy of Japanese art (which many impressionists col- lected) is evident, for example, in Monet’s later paintings of water lilies, his studies of wisteria, and even his re-creation of a Japanese garden at his home in France as the subject for artistic study. Similarly, the American expatriate Mary Cassatt used the two-dimensionality of Japanese art in The Letter (1890–1891) and other paintings. Van Gogh filled the background of portraits with copies of intensely colored Japanese prints, even imitating

I m p e r i a l S o c i e t y a n d C u lt u r e 7 4 91 8 7 0 – 1 8 9 0

impressionism: A mid- to late-nineteenth-century artistic style that captured the sensation of light in images, derived from Japanese influences and in opposition to the realism of photo- graphs.

Mary Cassatt, The Letter (c. 1890) Mary Cassatt, an American artist who spent much of her time in Europe, was one of the many West- ern artists smitten by Japanese prints. Like many other Western artists of her day, she learned Japanese techniques for printmaking, but she also reshaped her painting style to follow Japan- ese conventions in composition, perspective, and the use of color. Cassatt is known for her many depictions of Western mothers and children and of individual women. In this painting, the woman herself even looks Japanese. (Mary Cassatt, The Letter, 1890/ 91. Drypoint and aquatint, 34.5 x 21.1 cm, Mr. and Mrs. M. A.

Ryerson Collection, 1932. 1282, The Art Institute of Chicago

Photography © The Art Institute of Chicago.)

■ For more help analyzing this image, see the visual activity for this chapter in the Online Study Guide at bedfordstmartins.com/hunt.

classic Japanese woodcuts. The graphic arts ad- vanced the West’s ongoing borrowing from around the globe, while responding to the changes brought about by industry.

Review: How did empire and industry influence art and everyday life?

The Birth of Mass Politics Amid the expansion of empire and the develop- ment of industry, ordinary people struggled for political voice, especially through the vote. By bringing more people into closer contact with one another, industrial growth and urban develop- ment strengthened networks of political commu- nication and furthered the growth of national consciousness. The railroad, for example, took high-ranking officials such as prime minister William Gladstone on campaigns to win votes before national audiences, which thus spurred po- litical involvement. As national consciousness grew among workers, they became politically aware and active, leading western European governments to allow more men to vote. Although only men prof- ited from electoral reform, the era’s expanding franchise marked the beginning of mass politics — a hallmark of the twentieth-century West. Women could not vote, but they participated in public life by forming auxiliary groups to support political parties. Among the authoritarian monarchies, Germany had male suffrage, but in more auto- cratic states to the east — for instance, Russia — violence and ethnic conflict shaped political systems. In such places, the harsh rule from above often resembled the control imposed on colonized peoples rather than participation of voting citizens.

Workers, Politics, and Protest Workers in the 1870s–1890s joined together polit- ically to exert pressure on governments and busi- nesses. Strikes and worker activism were reactions to workplace hardships, but they depended on community bonds forged in neighborhoods. With the backing of their neighbors and fellow laborers, workers formed effective unions and powerful po- litical parties — many of them based on a Marxist platform. Unions served to protect workers from the often brutal pace of industrial change and to guarantee that they received a fair wage. Workers banded together both in grassroots organizations

such as clubs and reading societies and in interna- tional organizations across their individual nation- state’s boundaries. The Second International, founded in 1889, aimed to combat the growing na- tionalism and imperial competition that separated workers rather than binding them in a common cause.

Unions and Strikes. As the nineteenth century entered its final decades, workers organized formal unions, which attracted the allegiance of millions. Unions demanded a say in working conditions and aimed, as one union’s rule book put it, “to ensure that wages never suffer illegitimate reductions and that they always follow the rises in the price of ba- sic commodities.” Businessmen and governments viewed striking workers as insubordinate, threat- ening political unrest and destructive violence. Even so, strong unions appealed to some industri- alists because a union could make strikes more predictable (or even prevent them) and present worker demands coherently instead of piecemeal by groups of angry workers.

From the 1880s on, the pace of collective ac- tion for better pay, lower prices, and better work- ing conditions accelerated. In 1888, for example, hundreds of young women who made matches, the so-called London matchgirls, struck to end the fin- ing system, under which they could be penalized an entire day’s wage for being a minute or two late to work. This system, the matchgirls maintained, helped companies reap profits of more than 20 percent. Newspapers and philanthropists picked up the strikers’ story, condemning “respectable” owners “who suck wealth out of the starvation of helpless girls.” In 1890, sixty thousand workers took to the streets of Budapest to agitate for safer working conditions and the vote; the next year, day laborers on Hungarian farms struck too. Across Europe between 1888 and 1890, the number of strikes and major demonstrations rose by more than 50 percent, from 188 to 289.

Housewives, who often acted in support of strikers, carried out their own protests against high food prices. They confiscated merchants’ goods and sold them at what they considered a fair price. “There should no longer be either rich or poor,” argued Italian peasant women. “All should have bread for themselves and for their children. We should all be equal.” They took other kinds of ac- tion too: housewives often hid neighbors’ truant children from school officials so that the children could continue to help with work at home. When landlords evicted tenants, women gathered in the streets to replace household goods as fast as they

7 5 0 C h a p t e r 2 3 ■ I n d u s t r y, E m p i r e , a n d E v e r y d a y L i f e 1 8 7 0 – 1 8 9 0

were removed from the rooms of ousted families. Meeting on doorsteps or at fountains, laundries, and markets, women initiated rural newcomers into urban ways. In doing so, they helped cement the working-class unity created by workers in the factory.

Governments increasingly responded to strikes by calling out troops or armed police, even though most strikes were about working conditions and not about political revolution. Even in the face of government force, unions did not back down or lose their commitment to solidarity. Craft-based unions of skilled artisans, such as carpenters and printers, were the most active and cohesive, but from the mid-1880s on, a movement known as new unionism attracted transport workers, miners, matchgirls, and dockworkers. These new unions were nationwide groups with salaried managers who could plan a widespread general strike across the trades, focusing on such common goals as the eight-hour workday and also paralyzing an entire nation through work stoppages. Although small, local workers’ associations remained important, the large unions of the industrialized countries of western Europe had more potential for challeng- ing large industries, cartels, and trusts.

Political Parties. Workers joined new political parties that addressed working-class issues. Work- ingmen helped create the Labour Party in England, the Socialist Party in France, and the Social Demo- cratic Parties of Sweden, Hungary, Austria, and Germany — most of them inspired by Marxist the- ories. Germany was home to the largest socialist party in Europe after 1890. Socialist parties held out hope that newly enfranchised male working- class voters who could become a collective force in national elections, even triumphing because of their numbers over the power of the upper class.

Those who accepted Marx’s assertion that “workingmen have no country” went further, founding an international movement to address workers’ common interests across national bound- aries. In 1889, some four hundred socialists from across Europe met to form the Second Interna- tional, a federation of working-class organizations and political parties that replaced the First Inter- national, founded by Marx before the Paris Com- mune. The Second International adopted a

Marxist revolutionary program, but it also advo- cated suffrage where it still did not exist and bet- ter working conditions in the immediate future.

Members of the Second International deter- mined to rid the organization of anarchists, who flourished in the less industrial parts of Europe — Russia, Italy, and Spain. In these countries, anar- chism got heavy support from peasants, small property owners, and agricultural day laborers, for whom Marxist theories of worker-controlled fac- tories had less appeal. In an age of crop failures and stiff international competition in agriculture, many rural people sought a life free from the dom- ination of large landowners and governments that backed the landowners’ interests. Many advocated extreme tactics, including physical violence and even murder. “We want to overthrow the govern- ment . . . with violence since it is by the use of vi- olence that they force us to obey,” wrote one Italian anarchist. In the 1880s, anarchists bombed stock exchanges, parliaments, and businesses. Members of the Second International felt that such random violence was counterproductive.

Workingwomen joined unions and workers’ political parties, but in much smaller numbers than men. Unable to vote in national elections and usu- ally responsible for housework in addition to their paying jobs, women had little time for party meet- ings. Furthermore, their low wages hardly allowed them to survive, much less pay party or union dues. Many workingmen opposed their presence, fearing women would dilute the union’s masculine cama- raderie. Contact with women would mean “suffo- cation,” one Russian workingman believed, and end male union members’ sense of being “comrades in the revolutionary cause.” Unions glorified the heroic struggles of a male proletariat against capi- talism. Marxist leaders maintained that capitalism alone caused injustice to women and thus that the creation of a socialist society would automatically end gender inequality. As a result, although the new political organizations encouraged women’s sup- port, most saw women’s concerns about lower wages and sexual coercion in the workplace as ba- sically unimportant.

Popular community activities that inter- twined politics with everyday life also built worker solidarity. The gymnastics and choral societies that had once united Europeans in nationalistic fervor now served working-class goals. Songs emphasized worker freedom, progress, and eventual victory. “Out of the dark past, the light of the future shines forth brightly,” went one Russian workers’ song. Socialist gymnastics, bicycling, and marching so- cieties rejected competition and prizes as middle-

Th e B i r t h o f M a s s P o l i t i c s 7 5 11 8 7 0 – 1 8 9 0

new unionism: A nineteenth-century development in labor or- ganizing that replaced local craft-based unions with those that extended membership to all kinds of workers.

Second International: A transnational organization of workers established in 1889, mostly committed to Marxian socialism.

class preoccupations, but they valued physical fit- ness because it could help workers in the “struggle for existence” — a reflection of the spread of Darwinian thinking to all levels of society. Work- ers also held festivals and cheerful parades, most notably on May 1 — a centuries-old holiday that the Second International now claimed should honor working people. Like religious processions of an earlier time, parades were rituals that fos- tered unity. European governments frequently prohibited such public gatherings, fearing them as tools for agitators.

Expanding Political Participation in Western Europe Ordinary people everywhere in the West were be- coming aware of politics through newspapers, which, combined with industrial and imperial progress, were important in developing their sense of citizenship in a nation. Western European coun- tries moved toward mass politics more rapidly than did countries to the east. In western Europe, people’s access to newspapers and their political participation meant that the will of the people was increasingly important and the power of small cliques relatively less so in determining election outcomes. In eastern Europe, in contrast, conser- vative elites opposed the integration of citizens as active participants in a national community that was the trend in western Europe.

Mass Journalism. The rise of mass journalism af- ter 1880 was the product of imperial and industrial development. The invention of automatic typeset- ting and the production of newsprint from wood pulp lowered the costs of printing; the telephone allowed reporters to communicate news to their papers almost instantly. Once literary in content, many daily newspapers now emphasized sensa- tional news, using banner headlines, dramatic pic- tures, and gruesome or lurid details — particularly about murders and sexual scandals — to sell pa- pers. In the hustle and bustle of industrial society, one editor wrote, “you must strike your reader right between the eyes.” A series of articles in 1885 in London’s Pall Mall Gazette on the “white slave trade” warned the innocent not to read further. The author then proceeded to describe how young women were “snared, trapped,” and otherwise forced into prostitution in distant lands through sexual violation and drugs. Stories of imperial ad- venturers and exaggerated accounts of wasted women workers and their unborn babies similarly drew ordinary people to the mass press.

Journalism created a national community of up-to-date citizens, whether or not they could vote. Unlike the book, the newspaper was meant not for quiet reflection at home or in the upper- class club but for quick reading of attention- grabbing stories on mass transportation and on the streets. Elites complained that the sensational- ist press was a sign of social decay, but for up-and- coming people from the working and middle classes, journalism provided an avenue to success. As London, Paris, Vienna, Berlin, and St. Petersburg became centers not only of politics but also of news, a number of European politicians got their start working for daily newspapers. In western Europe, increasing political literacy opened the po- litical process to wider participation.

British Political Reforms. A change in political campaigning was one example of this widening par- ticipation. In the fall of 1879, William Gladstone (1809–1898), leader of the British Liberals, whose party was then out of power, took a train trip across Britain to campaign for a seat in the House of Com- mons. During his campaign, Gladstone addressed thousands of workers, arguing for the people of India and Africa to have more rights and summon- ing his audiences to “honest, manful, humble effort” in the middle-class tradition of “hard work.” Newspapers around the country reported on his trip and these accounts, along with mass meetings, fueled public interest in politics. Queen Victoria, angered by Gladstone’s novel tactic of speaking to ordinary people and by his attacks on her empire, vowed that he would never again serve as prime minister. Gladstone’s campaign was suc- cessful, however; his Liberal Party won, and he did become prime minister.

Other changes fostered the growth of mass politics in Britain. The Ballot Act of 1872 made vot- ing secret, a reform that reduced the ability of land- lords and employers to control how their workers voted. The Reform Act of 1884 doubled the elec- torate to around 4.5 million men, enfranchising many urban workers and artisans and thus further diminishing traditional aristocratic influence in the countryside. To win the votes of the newly enfran- chised, Liberal and Conservative parties alike es- tablished national political clubs to build party loyalty. These clubs competed with the cliques of

7 5 2 C h a p t e r 2 3 ■ I n d u s t r y, E m p i r e , a n d E v e r y d a y L i f e 1 8 7 0 – 1 8 9 0

William Gladstone (1809–1898): Liberal politician and prime minister of Great Britain who innovated in popular campaign- ing and who criticized British imperialism.

Reform Act of 1884: British legislation that granted the right to vote to a mass male citizenry.

parliamentary elites who had controlled party pol- itics. Broadly based interest groups such as unions and national political clubs began to open up pol- itics by appealing to many more voters.

British political reforms immediately affected Irish politics by arming disaffected tenant farmers with the secret ballot. The political climate in Ireland was explosive mainly because of the repres- sive tactics of absentee landlords, many of them English and Protestant, who drove tenants from their land in order to charge higher rents to new- comers. In 1879, opponents of these landlords’ at- tacks on Irish well-being formed the Irish National Land League and launched fiery protests. Irish ten- ants elected a solid bloc of nationalist representa- tives to the British Parliament.

The Irish members of Parliament began vot- ing as a group, which gave them sufficient strength to defeat legislation proposed by either the Con- servatives or the Liberals. Irish leader Charles Stewart Parnell (1846–1891) demanded British support for home rule — a system giving Ireland its own parliament — in return for Irish votes (see Parnell’s portrait on this page). Gladstone, who served four nonconsecutive terms as prime min- ister between 1868 and 1894, accommodated Parnell with bills on home rule and tenant secu- rity. But Conservatives called home rule “a con- spiracy against the honor of Britain,” and when they were in power (1885–1886 and 1886–1892), they cracked down on Irish activism. Scandals re- ported in the press, some of them totally invented, weakened Parnell’s influence. In 1890, the news broke of his affair with a married woman, and he died in disgrace soon after. Parnell’s leadership was sorely missed, and Irish home rule remained a heated political issue in the British Parliament as well as a fervent goal in Ireland.

France’s Third Republic. Prussia’s defeat of Na- poleon III in 1871 led to the creation of the Third Republic to replace the Second Empire. The republic was shaky at the start because the monar- chist political factions — Bonapartist, Orléanist, and Bourbon — all struggled to restore their re- spective families to power. But the republican form

of government, which French supporters had been trying to solidify for almost a century, survived when the monarchists’ compromise candidate for king, the comte de Chambord, stubbornly refused to accept the tricolored flag devised in the French Revolution. Associating the tricolor with regicide, he would accept only the white flag adorned with the fleur-de-lis of the Bourbons. He thus lost the chance to revive the monarchy, and in 1875, a new constitution created a ceremonial presidency and a premiership dependent on support from an elected Chamber of Deputies. An alliance of busi- nessmen, shopkeepers, professionals, and rural property owners hoped the new system would pre- vent the kind of strongman politics that had seen previous republics give way to the rule of emper- ors and the return of monarchs.

Th e B i r t h o f M a s s P o l i t i c s 7 5 31 8 7 0 – 1 8 9 0

Charles Stewart Parnell, Irish Hero Charles Stewart Parnell gained the support of both the moderates and the radicals working for Irish home rule. Many saw Ireland as the first of England’s colonial conquests—a land that was both ruled and exploited economically like a colony. Son of a landowning Protestant and a skilled parliamentary politician, Parnell threw himself into the Irish cause by paralyzing the British Parliament’s conduct of business. In retaliation, the government used forgeries and other unsavory means to destroy Parnell; but in the end, scandal in his personal life lost him the vital support of the public. (Mary Evans Picture Library.)

Charles Stewart Parnell: Irish politician (1846–1891) whose ad- vocacy of home rule was a thorn in the side of the British es- tablishment.

home rule: The right to an independent parliament demanded by the Irish and resisted by the British from the second half of the nineteenth century on.

Third Republic: The government that succeeded Napoleon III’s Second Empire after its defeat in the Franco-Prussian War of 1870–1871. It lasted until France’s defeat by Germany in 1940.

Fragile at birth, the Third Republic would re- main so until World War II. Economic downturns, widespread corruption, and growing anti-Semitism, fueled by a highly partisan press, kept the Third Re- public on shaky ground. Newspaper stories about members of the Chamber of Deputies selling their votes to business interests and about the alleged trickery of Jewish businessmen manipulating the economy added to the instability. As a result, the public blamed Jews for the failures of republican government and the economy. Confidence in re- publican politics sank even further in 1887 when the president’s son-in-law was discovered to have sold public honors. With the support of those disgusted by the messiness of parliamentary poli- tics, Georges Boulanger, a dashing and highly pop- ular general, began a coup to take over the government. He soon lost his nerve, however, sav- ing the French from rule by another strongman. Nevertheless, Boulanger’s popularity showed that in hard economic times, liberal politics — based on constitutions, elections, and the rights of citizens — could be called into question by some- one promising easy solutions.

Republican leaders attempted to strengthen citizen loyalty by instituting compulsory and free public education in the 1880s. In public schools, secular teachers who supported republicanism replaced the Catholic clergy, who usually favored a restored monarchy. A centralized curricu- lum — identical in every schoolhouse in the country — featured patriotic reading books and courses in French geography, literature, and his- tory. To perpetuate republican ideals, the govern- ment established secular public high schools for young women, seen as the educators of future citizens. Mandatory military service for men in the republic’s army inculcated national pride in place of regional and rural loyalties that were of- ten centered on the Catholic church. In short, schools and the army both turned peasants into Frenchmen.

Political Liberalism Rejected. Although many western European leaders believed in economic liberalism, constitutionalism, and efficient govern- ment, these ideals did not always translate into universal male suffrage, citizens’ rights, and other forms of political liberalism in the less powerful western European countries. Spain and Belgium abruptly awarded suffrage to all men in 1890 and 1893, respectively, but both governments remained monarchies. An alliance of conservative landown- ers and the Catholic church dominated Spain, although there was increasingly lively urban ac-

tivism in the industrial centers of Barcelona and Bilbao. Denmark and Sweden continued to limit political participation, and reform in the Nether- lands increased manhood suffrage to only 14 per- cent by the mid-1890s. An 1887 law in Italy gave the vote to all men who had a primary school ed- ucation, something attained by only 14 percent of Italian men.

In Italy, the process of unification left a tower- ing debt and huge pockets of discontented people, including Catholic supporters of the pope and impoverished citizens in the south. Without receiv- ing the benefits of nation building — education, urban improvements, industrial progress, and the vote — the average Italian in the south felt less a loyalty to the new nation than a fear of the devas- tating effects of national taxes and the draft on the family economy. Italians’ growing unhappiness with constitutional government would have dra- matic implications in the twentieth century.

Power Politics in Central and Eastern Europe Germany, Austria-Hungary, and Russia diverged from the political paths taken by western European countries in the deacdes 1870–1890. These coun- tries industrialized at varying rates — Germany rapidly and Russia far more slowly. Literacy and the development of a civic, urban culture were more advanced in Germany and Austria-Hungary than in Russia (see “Taking Measure,” page 755). Even Russia, however, saw the development of a modern press, although with a far smaller reader- ship than elsewhere. In all three countries, conser- vative large landowners remained powerful, often blocking improvements in transport, sanitation, and tariff policy that would support a growing ur- ban population.

Bismarck’s Germany. Bismarck had upset the European balance of power, first by humiliating France in the Franco-Prussian War and then by creating a powerful, unified Germany, exemplified in the explosive economic growth and rapid de- velopment of every aspect of the nation-state, from transport to the thriving capital city of Berlin (Map 23.3). His goals achieved, Bismarck now de- sired stability and a respite from war and so turned to diplomacy instead of war. Fearing that France would soon seek revenge against the new Reich and needing peace to consolidate the nation, he pronounced Germany “satisfied,” meaning that it sought no new territory. To ensure Germany’s long-term security in Europe, in 1873 Bismarck

7 5 4 C h a p t e r 2 3 ■ I n d u s t r y, E m p i r e , a n d E v e r y d a y L i f e 1 8 7 0 – 1 8 9 0

forged an alliance with Austria-Hungary and Russia, called the Three Emperors’ League. The three conservative powers shared a commitment to maintaining the political status quo.

At home, Bismarck, who owned land and in- vested heavily in industry, joined with the liberals to create a variety of financial institutions, includ- ing a central bank to further German commerce and industry. Religious leaders mustered their political influence and defeated his Kulturkampf against religious institutions. Bismarck then stopped persecuting Catholics and turned to at- tacking socialists and liberals as enemies of the regime. He used unsuccessful assassination at- tempts on Emperor William I as a pretext to out- law the workers’ Social Democratic Party in 1878. Hoping to lure the working class away from so- cialism, between 1882 and 1884 Bismarck spon- sored an accident and disability insurance program — the first of its kind in Europe and an important step in broadening the role of govern- ment to encompass social welfare. In 1879, he as- sembled a conservative Reichstag coalition that put through tariffs protecting German agriculture and industry from foreign competition but also raising the prices of consumer goods. This in- creased cost of basic necessities like food cut in- dustrial profits because owners had to pay their workers more. Ending his support for laissez-faire

Th e B i r t h o f M a s s P o l i t i c s 7 5 51 8 7 0 – 1 8 9 0

0 1.5 3 kilometers

0 1.5 3 miles

Walled city of 1738

City and suburbs c. 1870

City and suburbs c. 1914

Railways 1914

Canals

Spree R.

Charlottenburg

Moabit

Schöneberg

Wilmersdorf

We dd

ing

M A P 2 3 . 3 Expansion of Berlin to 1914 “A capital city is essential for the state to act as a pivot for its culture,” the German historian Heinrich von Treitschke asserted. No other capital city grew as dramatically as Berlin after German unification in 1871. Industrialists and bankers set themselves up in the new capital, while workers migrated there for jobs, swelling the population. The city was newly dotted with military monuments and with museums to show off its culture.

T A K I N G M E A S U R E

1860 1870 1880 1890 1900 0

10

20

P er

ce n

ta ge

30

40

50

60

70

80

Prussia British men

British women France

Austria- Hungary

Italy Russia

Spain (above age 10)

Spain (entire population)

The Decline of Illiteracy The development of mass politics and the consolidation of the nation-state depended on building a cohesive group of citizens, in- formed about the progress of the nation. In- creasing literacy was thus a national undertaking but one with varying rates of success in different nations, ranging from low levels of illiteracy in Prussia to high lev- els in Austria-Hungary and Russia. Even in regions of high illiteracy, however, govern- ments successfully encouraged people to read. In what ways does the decline of illiter- acy reflect other developments in the coun- tries represented above? (Theodore Hamerow, The Birth of New Europe: State and Society in the Nineteenth

Century (Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press,

1983), 85.)

economics, Bismarck severed his working rela- tionship with political liberals while simultane- ously increasing the power of the agrarian conservatives by attacking the interests of Ger- many’s industrial sector.

Authoritarian Austria-Hungary. Like Germany, Austria-Hungary frequently employed liberal eco- nomic policies and practices. From the 1860s, lib- eral businessmen succeeded in industrializing parts of the empire, and the prosperous middle classes erected conspicuously large homes, giving them- selves a prominence in urban life that rivaled the aristocracy’s. They persuaded the government to enact free-trade provisions in the 1870s and to search out foreign investment to build up infra- structure, such as railroads.

Despite these measures, Austria-Hungary remained resolutely monarchist and authoritarian. Liberals in Austria — most of them ethnic Germans — saw their influence weaken under the leadership of Count Edouard von Taaffe, Austrian prime minister from 1879 to 1893. Building a coalition of clergy, conservatives, and Slavic par- ties, Taaffe used its power to weaken the liberals. In Bohemia, for example, he designated Czech as an official language of the bureaucracy and school system, thus breaking the German speakers’ mo- nopoly on officeholding. Reforms outraged indi- viduals at whose expense other ethnic groups received benefits, and those who won concessions, such as the Czechs, clamored for even greater au- tonomy. By playing nationalities off one another, the government ensured the monarchy’s central role in holding together competing interest groups in an era of rapid change. Emperor Francis Joseph and his ministers still feared the influence of the most powerful Slavic nation — Russia — on the ethnic minorities living within Austria-Hungary.

Nationalists in the Balkans demanded inde- pendence from the declining Ottoman Empire, raising Austro-Hungarian fears and ambitions. In 1876, Slavs in Bulgaria and Bosnia-Herzegovina revolted against Turkish rule, killing Ottoman of- ficials. As the Ottomans slaughtered thousands of Bulgarians in turn, two other small Balkan states, Serbia and Montenegro, rebelled against the sul- tan. Russian Pan-Slavic organizations sent aid to the Balkan rebels and so pressured the tsar’s gov- ernment that Russia declared war on Turkey in 1877 in the name of protecting Orthodox Chris- tians. With help from Romania and Greece, Rus- sia defeated the Ottomans and by the Treaty of San Stefano (1878) created a large, pro-Russian Bulgaria.

The Treaty of San Stefano sparked an inter- national uproar that almost resulted in a general European war. Austria-Hungary and Britain feared that an enlarged Bulgaria would become a Russian satellite that would enable the tsar to dominate the Balkans. Austrian officials worried about an uprising of their own restless Slavs. British prime minister Benjamin Disraeli moved warships into position against Russia in order to halt the advance of Russian influence in the east- ern Mediterranean, so close to Britain’s routes through the Suez Canal. The public was drawn into foreign policy: the music halls and newspa- pers of England echoed a new jingoism, or polit- ical sloganeering, that throbbed with sentiments of war: “We don’t want to fight, / but by Jingo if we do, / We’ve got the ships, / we’ve got the men, / we’ve got the money too!”

The other great powers, however, did not want a Europe-wide war, and in 1878 they attempted to revive the concert of Europe by meeting at Berlin under the auspices of Bismarck, who was a calm- ing presence on the diplomatic scene. The Con- gress of Berlin rolled back the Russian victory by partitioning the large Bulgarian state that Russia had carved out of Ottoman territory and denying any part of Bulgaria full independence from the Ottomans (Map 23.4). Austria occupied (but did not annex) Bosnia and Herzegovina as a way of gaining clout in the Balkans; Serbia and Montene- gro became fully independent. Nonetheless, the Balkans remained a site of political unrest, teem- ing ambition for independence, and great-power rivalries.

Following the Congress of Berlin, the Euro- pean powers attempted to guarantee stability through a complex series of alliances and treaties. Anxious about Balkan instability and Russian ag- gression, Austria-Hungary forged a defensive al- liance with Germany in 1879. The Dual Alliance, as it was called, offered protection against Russia, and its potential for inciting Slav rebellions. In 1882, Italy joined this partnership (henceforth called the Triple Alliance), largely because of Italy’s imperial rivalries with France. Tensions between Russia and Austria-Hungary remained high, so Bismarck replaced the Three Emperors League with the Reinsurance Treaty (1887) with Russia to keep the Habsburgs from recklessly starting a war over Pan-Slavism.

7 5 6 C h a p t e r 2 3 ■ I n d u s t r y, E m p i r e , a n d E v e r y d a y L i f e 1 8 7 0 – 1 8 9 0

Dual Alliance: A defensive alliance between Germany and Austria-Hungary in 1879 as part of Bismarck’s system of alliances to prevent or limit war. It was joined by Italy in 1882 as a third partner and then called the Triple Alliance.

Unrest in Russia. Besides its expansionist moves and setbacks, Russia was beset by domestic prob- lems in the 1870s and 1880s. It remained almost the only European country without a constitu- tional government, and young Russians were turn- ing to revolutionary groups for solutions to political and social problems. One such group, the Populists, wanted to rouse debt-ridden peasants to revolt. Other people formed tightly coordinated terrorist bands with the goal of forcing change by assassinating public officials. The secret police, re- lying on informers, rounded up hundreds of mem- bers of one of the largest groups, Land and Liberty, and subjected them to brutal torture, show trials, and imprisonment. When in 1877 a young radical, Vera Zasulich, tried unsuccessfully to assassinate

the chief of the St. Petersburg police, the people of the capital city applauded her act and acquittal, so great was their horror at government treatment of young radicals from respectable families.

Writers added to the debate over Russia’s fu- ture, often by specifically discussing these political issues and mobilizing public opinion. Novelists Leo Tolstoy, author of the epic War and Peace (1869), and Fyodor Dostoevsky, a former radical who changed position, believed that Russia above all required spiritual regeneration — not revolu- tion. Tolstoy’s novel Anna Karenina (1877) tells the story of an impassioned, adulterous love af- fair, but it also weaves in the spiritual quest of Levin, a former “progressive” landowner who, like Tolstoy, idealizes the peasantry’s tradition of stoic

Th e B i r t h o f M a s s P o l i t i c s 7 5 71 8 7 0 – 1 8 9 0

Ottoman Empire before 1878

Ottoman Empire after 1878

Occupied by Austria-Hungary

Independent or autonomous

Autonomous Ottoman province

0 200 400 kilometers

0 200 400 milesN

S

E W

B l a c k S e a

M e d i t e r r a n e a n S e a

Aegean Sea

Adriatic Sea

Danube R.

R U S S I A

O T

T O

M A N

E M P I R E

A U S T R I A - H U N G A R Y

SERBIA

GREECE

BULGARIA

MONTENEGRO

ROMANIA

ITALY

Cyprus (Br.)

BOSNIA- HERZEGOVINA

East Rumelia

Macedonia

Crete

Constantinople

Athens

San Stefano

Salonika

Sofia

Bucharest

Adrianople

Belgrade

Sarajevo

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

M A P 2 3 . 4 The Balkans, c. 1878 After midcentury, the map of the Balkans was almost constantly redrawn. This resulted in part from the weakness of the dominant Ottoman Empire, but also from the ambitions of inhabitants themselves and from great power rivalry. In tune with the growing sense of national identities based on shared culture, history, and ethnicity, various Balkan peoples sought to emphasize local, small-group identities rather than merging around a single dominant group such as the Serbs. Yet there was also a move by some intellectuals to transcend borders and create a southern Slav culture.

endurance. Dostoevsky satirized Russia’s radicals in The Possessed (1871), a novel in which a group of revolutionaries murders one of its own mem- bers. In Dostoevsky’s view, the radicals were sim- ply destructive, offering no solutions whatsoever to Russia’s ills.

Despite the influential critiques published by Tolstoy and Dostoevsky, violent action rather than spiritual uplift remained at the heart of radicalism. In 1881, the People’s Will, a splinter group of Land and Liberty impatient with its failure to mobilize the peas- antry, killed Tsar Alexander II in a bomb attack. His death, however, failed to provoke the general up- rising the terrorists expected. Alexander III (r. 1881–1894), re- jecting further liberal reforms, un- leashed a new wave of oppression against religious and ethnic mi- norities and gave the police virtu- ally unchecked power. Popular books and drawings depicted Tatars, Poles, Ukrainians, and

others as horrifying, uncivilized, or utterly ridic- ulous — and thus a menace to Russian culture. The five million Russian Jews, confined to the eighteenth-century Pale of Settlement (the name for the restricted territory in which they were per- mitted to live), endured particularly severe oppres- sion. Local officials instigated pogroms against Jews, whose distinctive language, dress, and isolation in

ghettos made them easy targets. Government administrators en- couraged people to blame Jews for escalating living costs — though the true cause was the high taxes levied on peasants to pay for indus- trialization.

As the tsar inflicted even greater repression across Russia, Bismarck’s delicate system of al- liances of the three conservative powers was coming apart. A brash but deeply insecure young kaiser, William II (r. 1888–1918), came to the German throne in 1888. William resented Bismarck’s power, and his advisers flattered

7 5 8 C h a p t e r 2 3 ■ I n d u s t r y, E m p i r e , a n d E v e r y d a y L i f e 1 8 7 0 – 1 8 9 0

0 200 kilometers

0 100 200 miles Boundary of the Pale of Settlement

Black Sea

Ba

lt ic

S ea

RU S S I A

AUSTRIA- HUNGARY

G E

R M

AN Y

LITHUANIA

WHITE RUSSIA

UKRAINE

POLAND

St. Petersburg �

The Assassination of Alexander II The assassination of Tsar Alexander II in St. Petersburg in 1881 was a shocking event, given that the tsar had escaped unharmed from some half dozen previous attempts on his life. Even though Alexander had emancipated the serfs and instituted a wave of reform, the young assassins were mistakenly convinced that their deed would bring about a great serf uprising. (The Granger Collection, New York.)

Russia: The Pale of Settlement in the Nineteenth Century

the young man into thinking that his own talent made Bismarck an unnecessary rival. William dis- missed Bismarck in 1890 and, because he ardently supported Pan-German nationalism, let the Rein- surance Treaty with Russia lapse in favor of a strong relationship with the supposedly kindred Austria- Hungary. He thus destabilized the diplomatic scene just as imperial rivalries were intensifying antago- nisms among the European nation-states and em- pires.

Review: What were the major changes in political life from the 1870s to the 1890s, and which areas of Europe did they most affect?

Conclusion The period from the 1870s to the 1890s has been called the age of empire and industry because Western society pursued both these ends in a way that rapidly transformed Europe and the world. Much of Europe thrived due to industrial inno- vation, becoming more populous and more ur- banized. The great powers undertook a new imperialism, carving up territory and establishing direct rule over foreign peoples. As they tightened connections with the rest of the globe, Europeans proudly spread their supposedly superior culture throughout the world, and like Marianne North, sought out whatever other peoples and places could offer in knowledge, experience, and wealth.

Imperial expansion and industrial change af- fected all social classes. The upper class attempted to maintain its position of social and political dominance while an expanding middle class was gaining new power and influence. Working-class people often suffered from the effects of rapid in- dustrial change when their labor was replaced by machinery. Millions relocated to escape these poor

conditions and to find new opportunities. Politi- cal reform, especially the expansion of suffrage, helped members of the working class gain a polit- ical voice. Workers formed unions and political parties to protect their interests, but governments often responded to workers’ activism with repres- sive tactics.

As workers struck for improved wages and conditions and the impoverished migrated to find a better life, Western society showed that troubles existed in the new imperial and industrial age. Newspapers informed people about national and international events, and they also raised ques- tions about poverty and social unrest. By the 1890s, the advance of empire and industry was bringing unprecedented tensions to national pol- itics, the international scene, and everyday life. Racism, anti-Semitism, and ethnic chauvinism were spreading, and many were questioning the costs of empire both to their own nation and con- quered peoples. Politics in the authoritarian coun- tries of central and eastern Europe was taking a more conservative turn, resisting participation and reform while democratization advanced to the west. The rising tensions of modern life would soon have grave consequences for the West as a whole.

For Further Exploration

■ For suggested references, including Web sites, for topics in this chapter, see page SR-1 at the end of the book.

■ For additional primary-source material from this period, see Chapter 23 in Sources of THE MAKING OF THE WEST, Third Edition.

■ For Web sites and documents related to topics in this chapter, see Make History at bedfordstmartins.com/hunt.

C o n c l u s i o n 7 5 91 8 7 0 – 1 8 9 0

7 6

0 C

h a

p t

e r

2 3

■

In d

u s

t r

y , E

m p

ir e

, a n

d E

v e

r y

d a

y L

if e

1 8

7 0

– 1

8 9

0

N

S

EW

British

French

Portuguese

Italian

German

Spanish

Dutch

Russian 3,000 miles1,5000

3,000 kilometers1,5000

United States

Danish

Belgian

Japanese

Ottoman

Other countries

European migrations, c. 1820 –1910

Colonial Empires c. 1890

ATLANTIC OCEAN

ATLANTIC OCEAN

INDIAN OCEAN

ARCTIC OCEAN

PACIFIC OCEANPACIFIC

OCEAN

MADAGASCAR

GREAT BRITAIN

AUSTRIA- HUNGARY

JAPAN

NEW ZEALAND

PHILIPPINES

C H I N A

INDIA

CANADA

UNITED STATES

R U S S I A

GAMBIA

SPAIN

FRANCE

ALG.

CAMEROON

TRIPOLI EGYPT

TUN.

GUINEA

SIERRA LEONE

LIBERIA

GABON CABINDA

ANGOLA

WALVIS BAY

GERMAN SOUTH-WEST AFRICA

CAPE COLONY

ORANGE FREE

STATE

SOUTH AFRICAN REPUBLIC

SENEGAL

SOKOTO SULTANATE

GOLD COAST

TOGO

ETHIOPIA

BR. SOMALIA

MAHDIST STATE

PORTUGUESE EAST AFRICA (MOZAMBIQUE)

SULTANATE OF ZANZIBAR

WITU

EQUATORIA

RIO DE ORO

Alaska

MEXICO CUBA

BR. HON. VENEZUELA

COLOMBIA

PERU

ECUADOR

BOLIVIA BRAZIL

C H

IL E

A R

G E

N T

IN A

FALKLAND IS. (Br.)

GREENLAND

ICELAND

N O

R W

A Y

A N

D SW

E D

E N

NETHERLANDS

PORT.

DEN.

ITALY OTTOMAN

EMPIRE

A R

A B

IA

O M

A N

PERSIA

BURMA

SIAM

KOREA

DUTCH EAST INDIES

FR. INDO- CHINA

AF GH

AN IS

TA N

BELGIUM

GE RM

AN Y

AUSTRALIA

Fiji (Br.)New

Caledonia (Fr.)

BR. GUIANA DUTCH

GUIANA

FR. GUIANA

Sca ndi

nav ian

s, G erm

ans , B

riti sh

,

Irish , Ita

lian s, R

uss ian

s

S pa

ni sh

, G

er m

an s,

Ita lia

ns

F re

n c h

Russians

British

Hong Kong (Br.)�

M A P P I N G T H E W E S T

The West and the World, c. 1890 In the late nineteenth century, European trade and political reach spanned the globe. Needing markets for the vast quantities of goods that poured from European factories and access to raw materials to produce the goods, governments asserted that the Western way of life should be spread to the rest of the world and that resources would be best used by Europeans. Explorations and scientific discoveries continued both to build the knowledge base of Western nations and to enhance their ability for greater conquest. Simultaneously, millions of Europeans left their homes to find a better life elsewhere.

C h a p t e r R e v i e w 7 6 11 8 7 0 – 1 8 9 0

K e y Te r m s a n d P e o p l e M a k i n g C o n n e c t i o n s

R e v i e w Q u e s t i o n s

1. Compare the political and social goals of the newly enfran- chised male electorate with those of people from the “best circles.”

2. Describe the effects of imperialism on European politics and society as a whole.

1. What were the major changes in Western industry and business in the last third of the nineteenth century?

2. What were the goals of the new imperialism, and how did Europeans accomplish those goals?

3. How did empire and industry influence art and everyday life?

4. What were the major changes in political life from the 1870s to the 1890s, and which areas of Europe did they most affect?

C h a p t e r R e v i e w

outwork (727)

capital-intensive industry (730)

limited liability corporation (730)

Leopold II (734)

impressionism (749)

new unionism (751)

Second International (751)

William Gladstone (752)

Reform Act of 1884 (752)

Charles Stewart Parnell (753)

home rule (753)

Third Republic (753)

Dual Alliance (756) For practice quizzes, a customized study plan, and other study tools, see the Online Study Guide at bedfordstmartins.com/hunt.

I m p o r ta n t Ev e n t s

1860s–1890s Impressionism flourishes in the arts; absorption of Asian influences

1870s–1890s Vast emigration from Europe contin- ues; the new imperialism

1871 Franco-Prussian War ends

1873 Extended economic recession begins with global impact

1876 British Parliament declares Victoria empress; invention of the telephone

1879 Dual Alliance formed between Ger- many and Austria-Hungary

1881 Tsar Alexander II assassinated

1882 Triple Alliance formed between Germany, Austria-Hungary, and Italy; Britain invades Egypt

1882–1884 Bismarck sponsors social welfare legislation

1884 British Parliament passes the Reform Act, doubling the size of the male electorate

1884–1885 European nations carve up Africa at the Berlin conference

1885 Invention of workable gasoline engine

1889 Japan adopts constitution based on European models; Socialists meet in Paris and establish the Second International

1891 Construction of Trans-Siberian Railroad begins

I n the first decade of the twentieth century, a wealthy young Rus-

sian man traveled from one country to another to find relief from

a common malady of the time called neurasthenia. Its symptoms

included fatigue, lack of interest in life, depression, and sometimes

physical illness. In 1910, the young man consulted Sigmund Freud,

a Viennese physician whose unconventional treatment — eventually

called psychoanalysis — took the form of a conversation about the pa-

tient’s dreams, sexual experiences, and everyday life. Over the course

of four years, Freud uncovered his patient’s deeply hidden fear of cas-

tration, which was disguised as a fear of wolves — thus the name Wolf-

Man by which he comes down to us. Freud worked his cure, as the

Wolf-Man himself put it, “by bringing repressed ideas into conscious-

ness” through extensive talking.

In many ways, the Wolf-Man was representative of his age. Born

into a family that owned vast estates, he enjoyed Europe’s growing pros-

perity, although on a grander scale than most. Despite being well-off,

countless individuals like the Wolf-Man seemed anguished and men-

tally disturbed, and suicides abounded — the Wolf-Man’s sister and

father died from intentional drug overdoses. As the twentieth century

opened, Europeans raised questions about family, gender relationships,

empire, religion, and the consequences of technology. Every sign of im-

perial wealth brought on an apparently irrational sense of Europe’s de-

cline. British writer H. G. Wells saw in this era “humanity upon the

wane . . . the sunset of mankind.” Gloom filled the pages of many a

book and seeped into the lives of individuals like the Wolf-Man.

Conflict reigned throughout Europe and the world, especially over

empire. The nations of Europe had lurched from one diplomatic crisis

Public Debate over Private Life 764 • Population Pressure • Reforming Marriage • New Women, New Men, and the

Politics of Sexual Identity • Sciences of the Modern Self

Modernity and the Revolt in Ideas 771 • The Opposition to Positivism • Revolutionizing Science • Modern Art • The Revolt in Music and Dance

Growing Tensions in Mass Politics 776 • Labor’s Expanding Power • Rights for Women and the

Battle for Suffrage • Liberalism Tested • Anti-Semitism, Nationalism,

and Zionism in Mass Politics

European Imperialism Challenged 783 • The Trials of Empire • The Russian Empire Threatened • Growing Resistance to Colonial

Domination

Roads to War 790 • Competing Alliances and Clashing

Ambitions • The Race to Arms • 1914: War Erupts

7 6 3

Modernity and the Road to War 1890–1914

C H A P T E R

24

Edvard Munch, The Scream (1893) In some of his paintings, Norwegian artist Edvard Munch captured a certain spirit of the turn of the century, depicting in soft pastel colors the newly leisured life of people strolling in the countryside. But modern life also had a tortured side, which Munch was equally capable of portraying. The Scream is taken as emblematic of the torments of modernity as the individual turns inward, beset by neuroses, self- destructive impulses, and even madness. It can also be suggested that the screamer, like Europe, travels the road to World War I. (Scala/ Art Resource, NY/ © 2008 The Munch Museum/ The Munch-Ellingsen Group/ Artists Rights Society (ARS), NY.)

to another over access to global resources and con- trol of territory — both within Europe and out- side it. As the great powers fought to dominate people around the world, the competition for em- pire fueled an arms race that threatened to turn Europe — the most civilized region of the world, according to its leaders — into a savage battle- ground. Militant nationalism fueled ethnic ha- treds and anti-Semitism in public life grew intense, even leading to physical violence. Woman suffragists along with politically disadvantaged groups such as the Slavs and Irish demanded full rights, but tolerance for liberal values and claims weakened amid a wave of political assassinations and public brutality.

These were just some of the conflicts associ- ated with modernity — a term often used to de- scribe the faster pace of life, the rise of mass politics, and the decline of a rural social order that were so visible in the West from the late nineteenth century on (see “Terms of History,” page 766). The word modernity also refers to the celebrated “mod- ern” art, music, science, and philosophy of this pe- riod. Although many people today admire the brilliant, innovative qualities of modern art, mu- sic, and dance, people of the time were offended, even outraged, by the new styles and sounds. Freud’s theory that sexual drives exist in even the youngest children shocked people. Every advance in science and the arts simultaneously had under- mined middle-class faith in the stability of West- ern civilization.

That faith was further tested when the heir to the Austro-Hungarian throne was assassinated in June 1914. Few gave much thought to the global significance of the event, least of all the Wolf-Man, whose treatment with Freud was just ending. He viewed the fateful day of June 28 simply as the day he “could now leave Vienna a healthy man.” Yet the assassination put the spark to the powder keg of international discord that had been building for

several decades. The resulting disastrous war, World War I, like the insights of Freud, would transform modern life.

Focus Question: How did developments in social life, art, intellectual life and politics at the turn of the century produce instability and set the backdrop for war?

Public Debate over Private Life At the beginning of the twentieth century, an in- creasing number of people could aspire to a com- fortable family life because of Europe’s improved standard of living. Yet as the twentieth century opened, traditional social norms such as hetero- sexual marriage and woman’s domestic role as wife and mother came under attack by what were seen as the forces of modernity. The falling birthrate, rising divorce rate, and growing activism for mar- riage reform provoked heated accusations that changes in private life were endangering national health. Discussions about sexual identity led some elites to acknowledge homosexuality as a way of life, while others made it a political issue. Middle- class women took jobs and became active in pub- lic to such an extent that some feared the disappearance of distinct gender roles. Women’s visibility in public life prompted one British song- ster in the late 1890s to write:

Rock-a-bye baby, for father is near Mother is “biking” she never is here! Out in the park she’s scorching all day Or at some meeting is talking away!

Discussions of gender roles and private life con- tributed to rising social tensions because they chal- lenged so many traditional ideals. Freud and other scientists tried to study such phenomena — sexu-

7 6 4 C h a p t e r 2 4 ■ M o d e r n i t y a n d t h e R o a d t o W a r 1 8 9 0 – 1 9 1 4

1890 1895 1900

■ 1894–1895 Sino-Japanese War

■ 1894–1899 Dreyfus Affair ■ 1899–1902 South African War

■ 1900 Freud, The Interpretation of Dreams

■ 1901 Irish National Theater established; Queen Victoria dies

1905 1910 1915

ality, for example — dispassionately and formulated new approaches to treating “modern” ailments such as those afflicting the Wolf-Man. Public discussions of private life — especially when they became inter- twined with politics — demonstrated the close connection of private and public con- cerns.

Population Pressure Urgent concerns over trends in population, marriage, and sexuality clogged the agen- das of politicians and reformers from the 1890s on, and they continue to do so today. The staggering population increases of the eighteenth century persisted through the nineteenth, and rural people and migrants flooded into cities. Alarmed by the urban masses, often crowded into tenements and shacks, Social Darwinists became louder in their warnings about racial decay. Reform- ers, politicians, and critics of public life saw both the quantity and quality of population as looming national crises.

Soaring Population. The European pop- ulation continued to grow as the twentieth century opened. Germany increased in size from 41 million people in 1871 to 64 mil- lion in 1910, and tiny Denmark grew from 1.7 million people in 1870 to 2.7 million in 1911. Improvements in sanitation and public health that extended the human life span and reduced infant mortality contributed to the increase. To cope with their burgeoning populations, Berlin, Budapest, and Moscow were torn apart and rebuilt, follow- ing the earlier lead of Vienna and Paris. The Ger- man government pulled down eighteenth-century Berlin and reconstructed the city with new road- ways and mass-transport systems as the capital’s

population grew to over 4 million. Rebuilding to absorb population growth was not confined to capitals of the most powerful states: tree-lined boulevards, new public buildings, and improved sanitation facilities graced the Balkan capitals of Sofia, Belgrade, and Bucharest. As the number of urban residents surpassed that of the rural popu- lation in many countries, some ruling elites from the countryside protested the independence and unruliness of urban dwellers.

P u b l i c D e b a t e o v e r P r i v a t e L i f e 7 6 51 8 9 0 – 1 9 1 4

Large Czech Family This photograph of a rural family in Czechoslovakia shows the differences that were coming to distinguish urban from rural people. Although even a farm family, especially in eastern Europe, might proudly display technology such as a new phonograph, it might not practice family limitation, which was gradually reducing the size of urban households. In eastern Europe, several generations lived together more commonly in rural areas than in cities. How many generations do you see in this image? (© Scheufler Collection/ Corbis.)

■ 1914 Austrian archduke Francis Ferdinand and his wife assassinated, precipitating World War I

■ 1906 Women receive the vote in Finland

■ 1907 Picasso, Les Demoiselles d’Avignon

■ 1911–1912 Qing dynasty overthrown; China declared a republic

■ 1903 Women’s Social and Political Union founded

■ 1905 Revolution erupts in Russia; Duma established; Einstein’s special theory of relativity

■ 1904–1905 Russo-Japanese War ■ 1908 Young Turks revolt

Alarm over the Falling Birthrate. While the ab- solute size of the population was rising in much of the West, the birthrate (measured in births per thousand people) was falling. The birthrate had been decreasing in France since the eighteenth century; other European countries began experi- encing the decline late in the nineteenth century. The Swedish rate dropped from thirty-five births

per thousand people in 1859 to twenty-four per thousand in 1911; even populous Germany went from forty births per thousand in 1875 to twenty- seven per thousand in 1913.

Industrialization and urbanization helped to bring about this change. Farm families needed fewer hands because industry was turning out more efficient agricultural machinery. In cities, in- dividual couples were free to make their own de- cisions about limiting family size, learning about new birth-control practices, including coitus inter- ruptus — the withdrawal method of preventing pregnancy — from neighbors or, for those with enough money and education, from pamphlets and advice books. Industrial technology played a further role in curtailing reproduction: condoms, improved after the vulcanization of rubber in the 1840s, proved fairly reliable in preventing concep- tion, as did the German-invented diaphragm. Abortions were also common.

The wider use of birth control stirred contro- versy. Critics accused middle-class women, whose fertility was falling most rapidly, of holding a “birth strike.” Anglican bishops, meeting early in the twentieth century, condemned family limita- tion as “demoralizing to character and hostile to national welfare.” Politicians claimed that the drop in the birthrate signaled a crisis in masculinity and that military strength was at risk. But U.S. presi- dent Theodore Roosevelt blamed middle-class women’s selfishness for the population decline, calling family limitation “one of the most unpleas- ant and unwholesome features of modern life.” The “quality” of those being born worried activists and politicians: If the “best” classes had fewer chil- dren, they asked, what would society look like if only the “worst” classes grew in number?

Racism and nationalism shaped the debate over population. The decline in fertility, one Ger- man nationalist warned, would fill the country with “alien peoples, above all Slavs and probably East European Jews as well.” Nationalist groups promoting large, “racially fit” families sprang up in France, Germany, Britain, and elsewhere, and they inflamed the political climate with racial ha- treds. Instead of building consensus to create an integrated political community, politicians won votes by raising fears of ethnic minorities, the poor, and women who limited family size.

Reforming Marriage Reformers thought that improving both the qual- ity of children born and the conditions within marriage would solve the population problem. Many believed in eugenics — a set of ideas about

7 6 6 C h a p t e r 2 4 ■ M o d e r n i t y a n d t h e R o a d t o W a r 1 8 9 0 – 1 9 1 4

Modern

T E R M S O F H I S T O R Y

T he word modernus was introduced into Latin in the sixth cen- tury; after that, the claim to being modern occurred in many centuries and cultures. Shakespeare, for example, referred to

“modern ideas” in his plays, and historians have long debated where “modern” history begins: with Abraham? with Charlemagne? or with the Renaissance?

Despite the claims of many ages to being modern, the term has fastened itself most firmly on the period from the end of the nine- teenth century through the first half of the twentieth. Its most spe- cific historical use has been to describe the art, music, and dance that flourished at that time. When used in this sense, modern indicates a sharp break with lyrical, romantic music and dance and with the tra- dition of realism in the arts. The blurred images of the impressionists and the jarring music of Arnold Schoenberg are part of modern art because they break with accepted forms. The sexual rawness of Gus- tave Flaubert’s Madame Bovary (see Chapter 22) or of Sigmund Freud’s analysis of the Wolf-Man’s dreams added to the multifaceted meanings of the word modern. Sometimes this intellectual break with the cultural past is referred to as modernism.

At the end of the nineteenth century, the word modern also re- ferred to social phenomena. Women who went to work or entered uni- versities or began careers were called modern women. They believed that, by showing themselves capable and rational, they could end re- strictions placed on them. They lived different lives from those women who confined themselves to the domestic sphere. This departure from tradition also made them appear modern.

In seeking an education, these women were invoking a meaning of the word modern dating back to the Enlightenment. Rational thought and science have also been taken as the bedrock of the mod- ern. Modernization — another derivative of the word modern — refers to the kind of scientific and technological progress that rational ob- servation produced. Industry and its products — indoor plumbing, electricity, telephones, and automobile — were signs of modernity.

The paradoxical meanings of the word modern make it a multi- purpose term. While associated with the triumph of industry and sci- ence at the turn of the century, some artistic modernism glorified the so-called primitive and non-Western, whether in representational art, music, literature, or philosophy. Complex, paradoxical, and dense with meaning, modern may not always be precise. But its very breadth ex- plains why modern remains a crucial — and debated — term of history.

the importance of producing “superior” people through selective breeding and of preventing the disabled and others deemed inferior from pollut- ing one’s nation or “race.” As a famed Italian crim- inologist put it, lower types of people were not humans but “orangutans.” Eugenicists favored in- creased childbearing for “the fittest” and limita- tions on the fertility of “degenerates,” including sterilization. Women of the “better” classes, re- formers also believed, would be more inclined to reproduce if the traditional system of marriage were made more equal. Laws generally decreed that a married woman’s wages and her other prop- erty belonged to her husband. Women had no le- gal rights to their own children and no financial support in the event of an abusive marriage. Given their lack of resources, women’s reluctance to have more than one or two children was understand- able, reformers suggested.

Reformers worked to improve marriage laws in order to boost the birthrate, while feminists sought to improve the lot of mothers and their children. Sweden made men’s and women’s con- trol over property equal in marriage and allowed married women to work without their husband’s permission. Other countries, among them France (1884), legalized divorce and made it less compli- cated, and thus less costly, to obtain. Reformers reasoned that divorce would allow unhappy cou- ples to separate and undertake new, more loving, and thus more fertile marriages. By the early twen- tieth century, several countries had passed legis- lation that provided government subsidies for medical care and child support in or- der to improve motherhood among the lower classes. Concerns regarding pop- ulation partially laid the foundations for the welfare state — that is, a nation- state whose policies addressed not just military defense, foreign policy, and political processes but also the social and economic well-being of its people.

The extent of changes in women’s lives varied throughout Europe. For ex- ample, a greater number of legal re- forms occurred in western Europe than in eastern Europe but even so, women could get university degrees in Austria-Hungary long before they could at Oxford or Cambridge. In much of rural eastern Europe, the fa- ther’s power over the family remained almost dictatorial. According to a sur- vey of family life in eastern Europe in the early 1900s, fathers married off their children so young that 25 percent

of women in their early forties had been pregnant more than ten times. Yet reform of everyday cus- toms did occur. For instance, in some Balkan vil- lages, there still existed a traditional family system called the zadruga, in which all individual families within an extended family shared a common great house. By the late nineteenth century, however, in- dividual couples gained privacy by building small sleeping dwellings surrounding the great house. Among the middle and upper classes of eastern Europe, many grown children were coming to be- lieve that they had a right to select a marriage part- ner instead of accepting the spouse their parents chose for them.

New Women, New Men, and the Politics of Sexual Identity Rapid social change set the stage for even bolder behaviors among some middle-class women. Ad- venturous women traveled the globe on their own to promote Christianity, make money, or learn about cultures. Educated European women gained independence as they took on white-collar jobs. The so-called new woman dressed more practi- cally, with fewer petticoats and looser corsets, biked and hiked through city streets and down country lanes, lived apart from her family in women’s clubs or apartments, and supported her- self (see The New Woman poster, below). Italian

P u b l i c D e b a t e o v e r P r i v a t e L i f e 7 6 71 8 9 0 – 1 9 1 4

new woman: A woman who, from the 1880s on, dressed prac- tically, moved about freely, and often supported herself.

Sydney Grundy, The New Woman (1900) By the opening of the twentieth century, the “new woman” had become a much- discussed phenomenon. Artists painted portraits of this independent creature, while novelists and play- wrights like Henrik Ibsen depicted her ambition to throw off the wifely role— or at least to shape that role more to her own personality. In this lithograph, she also smokes. (© Private Collection/ The Stapleton Collection/ The Bridgeman

Art Library.)

educator Maria Montessori (1870–1952), the first woman in Italy to earn a medical degree and the founder of an educational system that still bears her name, gave birth to an illegitimate child al- though she felt compelled to keep the child’s exis- tence a secret. Other new women lived openly with their lovers. The growing number of women freely moving in public, even across the globe, challenged accepted views of women’s dependence and seclu- sion in the home. Not surprisingly, there was loud criticism: the new woman, German philosopher Friedrich Nietzsche wrote, had led to the “uglifi- cation of Europe.”

Not just women’s behavior but also men’s and women’s sexual identity fueled discussion. A pop- ular book in the new field of “sexology,” which

7 6 8 C h a p t e r 2 4 ■ M o d e r n i t y a n d t h e R o a d t o W a r 1 8 9 0 – 1 9 1 4

studied sex scientifically, was Sexual Inversion (1894) by Havelock Ellis. Ellis, a British medical doctor, claimed that there was a new personality type — the homosexual — identifiable by such traits as effeminate behavior and attraction to the arts in males and physical affection for members of their own sex in both males and females. Ho- mosexuals joined the discussion, calling for recog- nition that they composed a natural “third” or “intermediate” sex and were not just people be- having sinfully. Some believed that members of the intermediate sex, possessing both male and female traits, represented “a higher order” on the scale of human evolution, most often serving as society’s “helpers and guides” because they were so highly evolved. The discussion of homosexuality started the trend toward considering sexuality in general a basic part of human identity.

The press condemned homosexuality as out- rageous and perverse. In the spring of 1895, Irish playwright Oscar Wilde (1854–1900) was convicted of indecency — a charge that referred to his sexual affairs with young men (see the illustration on this page) — and sentenced to two years in prison. Af- ter Wilde’s conviction one newspaper rejoiced, “Open the windows! Let in the fresh air!” Between 1907 and 1909, German newspapers publicized the scandal around the military men in Kaiser William II’s closest circle who were condemned for homo- sexuality and transvestitism. Amid growing con- cern over population and family values, the government assured the public that William’s own family life was “a fine model” for the German na- tion. Heterosexuality thus took on patriotic over- tones: the accused homosexual elite in Germany was said by journalists to be out to “emasculate our courageous master race.” These cases paved the way for growing sexual openness in the next genera- tions; they also showed that sexual issues were be- coming regular weapons in politics.

Sciences of the Modern Self Scientists and Social Darwinists found cause for alarm not only in the poor condition of the work- ing class but also in modern society’s host of men- tal complaints such as those of the Wolf-Man. Most of these illnesses originated in the “nerves,” medical people decided, which were troubled by the hectic pace of urban living. New sciences of the mind such as psychology and psychoanalysis aimed to treat everyone, not just the insane.

New Approaches to Mental Ailments. A number of books in the 1890s presented arguments on causes and cures for modern nervous ailments. De-

Oscar Wilde The Irish-born writer Oscar Wilde symbolized the persecution experienced by homosexuals in the late nineteenth century. Convicted of indecency for having sexual relations with another man, Wilde served time in prison—a humiliation for a husband, father, acclaimed author, and witty playwright. (Library of Congress, Prints and Photographs Division. LC-USZ62 914833.)

generation (1892–1893), by Hungarian-born physi- cian Max Nordau, blamed overstimulation for both individual and national deterioration. According to Nordau, male and female nervous complaints and the increasingly bizarre art world reflected a gen- eral downturn in the human species. As a cure for mental and national decline, Social Darwinists rec- ommended imperial adventure for men and the nation-state alike. Increased childbearing would cure mental disorders in both sexes, they con- tended, because it would restore men’s virility and women’s femininity.

Investigations into the working of the mind led to new fields of study. The field of criminol- ogy emerged as medical scientists attempted to identify and classify the “criminal mind.” Other scientists developed intelligence tests that they said could measure the capacity of the human mind more accurately than a schoolteacher could. In Russia, physiologist Ivan Pavlov proposed that be- havior could be controlled by conditioning men- tal reflexes. Pavlov’s experiments in behavior modification, especially his success in getting a dog to salivate upon hearing a bell, became part of the toolkit of modern psychology.

Freud and Psychoanalysis. Sigmund Freud (1856–1939) devised an approach to understand- ing and treating modern anxieties and mental problems in which he argued that the human psy-

che is far from rational but is powerfully influ- enced by unconscious forces. Dreams, he explained in The Interpretation of Dreams (1900), reveal a re- pressed or hidden part of personality — the “un- conscious”— where all sorts of desires are more or less buried. Freud also believed that the human psyche is made up of three competing parts: the ego, the part that is most in touch with the need to work and survive — that is, external reality; the id (or libido), the part that contains instinctive drives and sexual energies; and the superego, the part that serves as the conscience. Freud’s theory of human mental processes and his method for treat- ing their malfunctioning came to be called psycho- analysis. Freud’s ideas challenged accepted liberal belief in a unified, rational self that acted in its own interest. Instead, as in Darwin’s natural world, where species competed for survival, in Freud’s view the different parts of an individual — ego, id, superego — warred with one another for control of an individual’s personality.

Freud demanded that sexual life should be re- garded objectively, free from religious or moral judgments. His views on sex, however, shocked many of his contemporaries. He insisted, for ex- ample, that sexual drives exist from the moment of birth. An individual, he said, has to repress many of these desires — such as impulses toward in- cest — in order to reach maturity and allow soci- ety to remain civilized. Freud claimed that adult gender identity does not result from anatomy alone but rather develops over the course of a per- son’s life experiences. Although gender is more complicated than biology alone would suggest,

P u b l i c D e b a t e o v e r P r i v a t e L i f e 7 6 91 8 9 0 – 1 9 1 4

Sigmund Freud (1856–1939): Viennese medical doctor and founder of psychoanalysis, a theory of mental processes and problems and a method of treating them.

Freud’s Office Sigmund Freud’s therapy room, where his patients experienced the “talking cure,” was filled with imperial trophies such as Oriental rugs and African art objects. Freud himself was fascinated by cures brought about through shamanism, trances, and other practices of non-Western medicine. In 1938, Freud fled to England to escape the Nazis. This photo shows his office re-created in London. (Mary Evans Picture Library/ Sigmund

Freud copyrights.)

certain aspects of gender roles — such as mother- hood — are normal. Freud’s psychoanalytic theory maintained that girls and women have powerful sexual feelings, an idea that broke sharply with existing beliefs in women’s passionlessness.

The influence of psychoanalysis became per- vasive in the twentieth century (see “New Sources, New Perspectives,” above). For example, Freud’s “talking cure,” as his method of treatment was quickly labeled, gave rise to a general acceptance of talking out one’s problems. As psychoanalysis gained respect as a means of restoring mental health, terms such as neurotic and unconscious came into widespread use. By way of paradox, Freud attributed girls’ complaints about un- wanted sexual advances or abuse to fantasy caused

by “penis envy,” an idea that led members of the new profession of social work to believe that most instances of such abuse had not actually occurred. A meticulous scientist, Freud closely observed symptoms and paid attention to the most minute evidence from everyday life. Like Darwin, he re- jected optimistic scientific views of the world, claiming that humans were motivated by irra- tional drives toward death and destruction. These urges, he believed, shaped society’s collective ac- tions.

Review: How did ideas about the self and about personal life change at the beginning of the twentieth century?

7 7 0 C h a p t e r 2 4 ■ M o d e r n i t y a n d t h e R o a d t o W a r 1 8 9 0 – 1 9 1 4

I n the last fifty years, historians have radically changed the way they write history. In the nineteenth century, his-

tory books mostly recounted the deeds of kings and emperors, discussed royal ge- nealogy, and listed wars and peace treaties. Determined to be factual, historians laid out the fine points of laws, charters, and treaties and they checked their sources in archives.

Much has changed since then, partly because of the rise of psychology and psy- choanalysis as the twentieth century opened. Confronted with strikes, mass demonstrations, anarchist deeds, anti- Semitism, and other forms of political vi- olence, some observers tried to explain a phenomenon they called crowd psychol- ogy. According to this view, psychic states are important factors in shaping some public events.

Not surprisingly, Sigmund Freud studied great historic figures like Leonardo da Vinci from a psychoanalytic perspec- tive, exploring the connection between re- pressed childhood fantasies and later towering accomplishments. Freud also ex- plained the outbreak of World War I as more of a psychic than a diplomatic event. He saw the war as a form of collective

death wish. He subjected both individuals and entire societies to psychoanalytic probing. Few historians followed Freud’s lead.

In 1957, William Langer, president of the American Historical Association, charged his fellow scholars with being foolishly backward in their methods. Un- like scientists, he claimed, historians did not try new systems or techniques such as psychoanalysis that might advance their understanding of the past. Others joined the debate, finding that traditional history sometimes attributed actions to traits such as ambition, greed, hate, and great intelli- gence. But what was the “scientific” depth in such characterizations? Another criti- cism of history by those interested in psy- chology and psychoanalysis was that, if it did take human agency into account, history usually saw people as acting ra- tionally in their self-interest. Trauma, irrational or uncontrollable drives, and unconscious motivations played no role in understanding historical figures.

Psychohistory was born of these dis- cussions. Psychoanalyst Erik Erikson, in Young Man Luther (1958), announced that the Protestant Reformation originated in the childhood traumas of Martin Luther.

Identity crises stemming from his rela- tionship with his father caused Luther to search for and reject father figures, includ- ing the pope. Erikson’s book caused a stir among historians, changing the way people understood Luther and starting an entirely new school of historical thought.

Not surprisingly, some of the most compelling examples of psychohistory have focused on the lives of individuals and the development of political movements. Historians interested in psychoanalysis have examined Kaiser William II’s child- hood for explanations of his rejection of Bismarck, his turn to an aggressive foreign policy, and his participation in World War I. Analyses of Adolf Hitler’s and Benito Mussolini’s followers have attributed the blind worship of these dictators to mass psychic needs and traumas. The intense nationalism that most people in the mod- ern world have increasingly felt for their countries has also become a phenomenon that psychohistorians investigate.

Psychohistory remains controversial to this day. While its practitioners expand the field of historical explanation, its crit- ics find that fitting the behavior of histor- ical characters into Freud’s schema can be a formulaic process. Other critics find that

N E W S O U R C E S , N E W P E R S P E C T I V E S

Psychohistory and Its Lessons

Modernity and the Revolt in Ideas Toward the beginning of the twentieth century, in- tellectuals and artists so completely rejected long- standing beliefs and established artistic forms that they ushered in a new era. In science, the theories of Albert Einstein and other researchers estab- lished new truths in physics. Art and music became unrecognizable. Artists and musicians who pro- duced deliberately shocking works were, like Freud, heavily influenced by advances in science and the progress of empire. Their blending of the scientific and the irrational, and of forms from the West and non-West, helped launch the disorient-

ing revolution in ideas and creative expression that we now identify collectively as modernism.

The Opposition to Positivism Late in the nineteenth century, many philosophers and social thinkers rejected the century-old faith in using scientific methods to discover enduring social laws. This belief, called positivism, had em- phasized the permanent nature of fundamental laws and had motivated reformers’ attempts to perfect legislation based on studies of society.

M o d e r n i t y a n d t h e R e v o lt i n I d e a s 7 7 11 8 9 0 – 1 9 1 4

modernism: Artistic styles around the turn of the twentieth cen- tury that featured a break with realism in art and literature and with lyricism in music.

psychohistory is too imprecise and specu- lative because it is not based on the same kinds of hard, documentary evidence that historians have been trained to use. Nonetheless, psychohistorians have made a good case that if we are going to look at personalities, character, and relationships, we should do so in the most informed way possible. Their rationale makes psychohis- tory appear to be a necessity.

Questions to Consider 1. What are the advantages and disadvan-

tages of psychohistory? 2. How would you set out to investigate

the psychological reasons for the ac- tions of William II, Emmeline Pankhurst, Marie Curie, or Gavrilo Princip? Would you look at their char- acter, their childhood, their social back- ground, or other parts of their lives?

3. Can we write history without talking about the emotions, mental habits, and human relationships of major figures? Should we avoid psychologizing when thinking about the past?

Further Reading Binion, Rudolph. Frau Lou: Nietzsche’s

Wayward Disciple. 1968. Erikson, Erik. Young Man Luther: A Study

in Psychoanalysis and History. 1958. Kohut, Thomas A. Wilhelm II and the

Germans: A Study in Leadership. 1991.

Kaiser William and Edward VII’s Family Psychotherapy aimed to cure the individual in good part by discussing family relationships and the fantasies built around them. Psychohistory often draws its analyses from these same relationships. The royal families of Europe are ripe for such analysis because, as the photo shows, German and British monarchs (Edward VII, right; and William, second from right) were closely related; so too were the Russians, Germans, and British. Psychohistorians may therefore view the outbreak of World War I as the work of complex family dynamics. (Hulton Archive/ Getty Images.)

Challenging positivism, some critics declared that because human experience is ever changing, there are no constant or enduring social laws. German political theorist Max Weber (1864–1920) main- tained that the sheer number of facts involved in policymaking would often make decisive action by bureaucrats impossible. In times of crisis, a charis- matic leader might usurp power because of his ability to act simply on intuition. These turn-of- the-century thinkers, called relativists and prag- matists, posed a challenge to entrenched ideas about policymaking, reform, and the conduct of government.

The most radical among the scholars was the German philosopher Friedrich Nietzsche (1844–1900), who called himself neither a rela- tivist nor a pragmatist but a nihilist. In his theory of human nature, he distinguished between the “Apollonian,” or rational, side of human existence and the “Dionysian” side, with its expression of more primal urges. Nietzsche believed that people generally prefer the rational, Apollonian explana- tions of life because the powerful Dionysian sense of death and love such as that found in Greek tragedy is too disturbing.

Much of Nietzsche’s writing consisted of aphorisms — short, disconnected statements of truth or opinion — rather than the long, sustained argument common to traditional Western philos- ophy. Nietzsche used aphorisms to convey the im- pression that his ideas were a single individual’s unique perspective, not universal truths that thinkers since the Enlightenment had claimed were attainable. Nietzsche was convinced that late- nineteenth-century Europe was witnessing the de- cline of absolute truths such as those found in religion. Thus, he announced, “God is dead, we have killed him.” Far from arousing dread, how- ever, the death of God, according to Nietzsche, would give birth to a joyful quest for new “poet- ries of life” to replace worn-out religious and middle-class rules. Nietzsche believed that an uninhibited, dynamic “superman,” free from tra- ditional religious and moral values, would replace the rule-bound middle-class person.

Nietzsche thought that each individual had within a vital life energy that he called “the will to power.” The idea inspired many at the time, even his students. As a teacher, Nietzsche was so vi- brant — like his superman — that his first students

thought they were hearing another Socrates. Niet- zsche contracted syphilis and was insane in the last eleven years of his life, cared for by his sister. She edited his attacks on middle-class values into at- tacks on Jews, and after his death, she revised his complicated concepts of the will to power and of superman to appeal to nationalists and anti-Semites. Nietzsche’s legacy was thus mixed: he influenced not only the works of avant-garde artists and thinkers but also the ideas of militarist and racist right-wing political parties.

Revolutionizing Science While Nietzsche and other philosophers ques- tioned the ability of traditional science to provide timeless truths, scientific inquiry itself flourished and the scientific method gained authority. Tech- nological breakthroughs and improvements in public hygiene earned science prestige in the pop- ulation at large even as discoveries by pioneering researchers shook the foundations of scientific cer- tainty. In 1896, French physicist Antoine Becquerel discovered radioactivity. He also suggested the mutability of elements by the rearrangement of their atoms. French chemist Marie Curie and her husband, Pierre Curie, isolated the elements polo- nium and radium, which are more radioactive than the uranium Becquerel used. From these and other discoveries, scientists concluded that atoms are not solid, as had long been believed, but are composed of subatomic particles moving about a core. In a paper published in 1900, German physi- cist Max Planck announced his quantum theory, stating that energy does not flow in a steady stream but rather is delivered in discrete packets that he later called quanta.

It was in this atmosphere of discovery that physicist Albert Einstein (1879–1955) proclaimed his special theory of relativity in 1905. According to this theory, space and time are not absolute cat- egories but instead vary according to the vantage point of the observer. Only the speed of light is constant. That same year, Einstein suggested that the solution to problems in Planck’s theory lay in considering light both as little packets and as waves. Einstein later proposed yet another blurring of two distinct physical properties, mass and en- ergy. He expressed this equivalence in the equation E � mc 2, or energy equals mass times the square of the speed of light. In 1916, Einstein published his general theory of relativity, which connected

7 7 2 C h a p t e r 2 4 ■ M o d e r n i t y a n d t h e R o a d t o W a r 1 8 9 0 – 1 9 1 4

Friedrich Nietzsche (1844–1900): German philosopher who called for a new morality in the face of the death of God at the hands of science and whose theories were reworked by his sis- ter to emphasize militarism and anti-Semitism.

Albert Einstein (1879–1955): Scientist whose theory of relativ- ity revolutionized modern physics and other fields of thought.

the force, or gravity, of an object with its mass and postulated a fourth mathematical dimension to the universe. Much more lay ahead once Ein- stein’s theories of energy were applied to technol- ogy: television, nuclear power, and, within forty years, nuclear bombs.

The findings of Planck, Einstein, and others were not readily accepted, largely because long- standing scientific truths were at stake. Einstein, like Planck, struggled against mainstream science and its professional institutions. Other factors were at work: Marie Curie faced such resistance from the scientific establishment that even after she be- came the first person ever to receive a second No- bel Prize (1911), the prestigious French Academy of Science turned down her candidacy for mem- bership. They claimed that as a woman she could not have done such outstanding work. More wide- spread acceptance gradually came, however, as Max Planck Institutes were established in German cities, streets across Europe were named after Marie Curie, and Einstein’s name became synonymous with genius. These scientists achieved what histo- rians call a paradigm shift — that is, in the face of considerable resistance, they transformed the foun- dations of science as their findings and theories came to replace those of earlier pioneers.

Modern Art Conflicts between traditional values and new ideas also raged in the arts as artists distanced themselves still further from classical Western styles. Some

modern artists defied the historic and realistic scenes still favored, for example, by the powerful German monarchy and by buyers for public mu- seums. Modernism in the arts not only challenged time-honored standards but also led to the prolif- eration of competing artistic styles that continues today.

A Variety of Styles. Some artists addressed city people caught up in the rush of modern life. Aban- doning the soft colors of impressionism as too sub- tle for a dynamic industrial society, a group of Parisian artists exhibiting in 1905 combined blues, greens, reds, and oranges so intensely that they were called fauves, or “wild beasts.” A leader of the short-lived fauvism, Henri Matisse soon struck out in a new direction, targeting the expanding class of white-collar workers. Matisse saw his art as meant “for every mental worker, be he business- man or writer, like an appeasing influence, like a mental soother, something like a good armchair in which to rest from physical fatigue.” His colorful depictions of domestic interiors, North African scenes, and family life departed from strict real- ism, yet they continue to appeal to modern view- ers in part because of their calming qualities.

French artist Paul Cézanne initiated one of the most powerful and enduring trends in modern art by emphasizing structure in painting. Cézanne used rectangular daubs of paint to create geomet- ric visions of dishes, fruit, drapery, and the human body. Cézanne’s art accentuated the lines and planes found in nature instead of presenting

M o d e r n i t y a n d t h e R e v o lt i n I d e a s 7 7 31 8 9 0 – 1 9 1 4

Marie Curie and Her Daughter Recipient of two Nobel Prizes, Marie Curie came from Poland to western Europe to study science. Curie’s extraordinary career made her the epitome of new woman- hood; her daughter, Irene Joliot- Curie, followed her mother into the field and also won a Nobel Prize. Both women died of leukemia caused by their exposure to radio- active materials. (ACJC—Archives Curie et Joliot-Curie.)

nature as people saw it in everyday life. Following in Cézanne’s footsteps, Spanish artist Pablo Picasso (1881–1973) developed a style called cubism. Its radical emphasis on planes and surfaces converted people into bizarre, inhuman, almost unrecogniz- able forms. Picasso’s painting Les Demoiselles d’Av- ignon (1907), for example, showed the bodies of the demoiselles, or “young ladies” (prostitutes in this case), as angular, with their heads modeled on African masks. Picasso’s work showed the pro- found influences of African, Asian, and South American arts, but his use of these features was less decorative and more brutal than Matisse’s, for ex- ample. Some critics say that his jarring style cap- tured in art the uncertain, at times brutal, atmosphere of society and politics.

Art as Political Criticism. Across Europe, artists mixed political criticism with the radical stylistic

changes in their work. “Show the people how hideous is their actual life,” challenged the anarchists. Picasso, who had spent his youth in working-class Barcelona, a hotbed of anarchist thought, aimed to present the plain truth about industrial society. In 1912, Picasso and French painter Georges Braque devised a new kind of collage that incor- porated bits of newspaper stories, string, and var- ious useless objects. The effect was a work of art that appeared to be made of trash. The newspa- per clippings Picasso included described battles and murders, suggesting that Western civilization was not as refined as it claimed to be. In eastern and central Europe, artists criticized the growing nationalism that determined official purchases of sculpture and painting: “The whole empire is lit- tered with monuments to soldiers and monu- ments to Kaiser William of the same conventional type,” one German artist complained. Groups of avant garde artists in Vienna and Berlin produced other types of art, much of it critical of boastful nationalism.

Scandinavian and eastern European artists produced works expressing the torment many felt at the time. Like the ideas of Freud, their style of portraying inner feelings — called expression- ism — broke with middle-class optimism. Nor- wegian painter Edvard Munch aimed “to make the emotional mood ring out again as happens on a gramophone.” His painting The Scream (1893) used twisting lines and a tortured skeletal human form to convey the horror of modern life that many artists perceived. The “Blue Rider” group of artists, led by German painter Gabriele Münter and Russian painter Wassily Kandinsky used geometric forms and striking colors to ex- press an inner, spiritual truth. Kandinsky is often credited with producing the first fully abstract paintings around 1909; shapes in these paintings no longer bear any resemblance to physical ob- jects or reality but are meant to express deep feel- ings. The expressionism of Oskar Kokoschka, who worked in Vienna, was even more intense, displaying ecstasy, horror, and hallucinations. As a result, his work — like that of other expression- ists and cubists before World War I — was a com- mercial failure in an increasingly complex marketplace run by museum curators, profes- sional dealers, and art “experts.” Trade in art be- came professionalized, as had medicine and government work before it, even as modern artists rebelled against traditional norms.

Art Nouveau. Only one innovative style of this period was an immediate commercial success:

7 7 4 C h a p t e r 2 4 ■ M o d e r n i t y a n d t h e R o a d t o W a r 1 8 9 0 – 1 9 1 4

Pablo Picasso, Les Demoiselles d’Avignon (1907) Impressionists had borrowed heavily from Asian art, but many artists in Pablo Picasso’s generation leaned on Africa for inspiration. In Les Demoiselles d’Avignon, Picasso used the elongated, angular limbs found in African carvings, while the faces resemble African masks. He borrowed these forms even as Europeans were extolling the superiority of their civilization to that of Africa. (Digital Image © The Museum of Modern Art/ Licensed by Scala/ Art Resource, NY. © 2008 Estate of Pablo Picasso/ Artists Rights

Society (ARS), NY.)

art nouveau (“new art”) won approval from gov- ernment, critics, and the masses. Creating every- thing from dishes, calendars, and advertising posters to streetlamps and even entire buildings in this new style, designers manufactured beautiful objects for the general public. As one French offi- cial said about the first art nouveau coins issued in 1895, “Soon even the most humble among us will be able to have a masterpiece in his pocket.” Art nouveau, adapting elements from Asian de- sign, attempted to offset the harshness of indus- trial work and office routine with images depicting the unified forms of nature. The impersonality of machines was replaced by intertwined vines and flowers and the softly curving bodies of female nudes intended to soothe the individual viewer. This idea directly contrasted with Picasso’s artistic vision. Art nouveau was the notable exception to the public outcries over innovations in the visual arts.

The Revolt in Music and Dance “Astonish me!” was the motto of modern dance and music, both of which shocked audiences in the concert halls of Europe. American dancer Isadora Duncan took Europe by storm at the turn of the century when, draped in a flowing garment, she danced barefoot in one of the first performances of modern dance. Her sophisticated style was called primitive and scandalous because it no longer followed the steps of classical ballet. Exper- imentation with forms of bodily expression ani- mated the Russian Ballet’s 1913 performance of The Rite of Spring, by Igor Stravinsky, the tale of an orgiastic dance to the death performed to en- sure a plentiful harvest. The dance troupe struck awkward poses and danced to rhythms intended to sound primitive. At the work’s premiere in Paris, one journalist reported that “the audience began shouting its indignation. . . . Fighting actually broke out among some of the spectators.” Such controversy made The Rite of Spring a box-office hit, although critics called its choreographer a “lu- natic” and the music itself “the most discordant composition ever written.”

Composers had been rebelling against musi- cal standards for several decades, producing mu- sic that was disturbing rather than pretty. Having heard Asian musicians at international exposi- tions, French composer Claude Debussy trans-

formed his style to reflect non-European musical patterns and wrote articles in praise of Asian har- monies. Italian composer Giacomo Puccini used non-Western subject matter for his opera Madame Butterfly, which debuted in 1904. Listeners were jarred when they also heard non-Western tonali- ties. Austrian composer Richard Strauss added to the revolution in music by using several musical keys simultaneously in his compositions. Like the bizarre representation of reality in cubism, several tonalities at once distorted familiar harmonic pat- terns. Strauss’s operas Salome (1905) and Elektra (1909) reflected a modern fascination with vio- lence and obsessive passion. A newspaper critic

M o d e r n i t y a n d t h e R e v o lt i n I d e a s 7 7 51 8 9 0 – 1 9 1 4

art nouveau: An early-twentieth-century artistic style in graph- ics, fashion, and household design that featured flowing, sinu- ous lines, borrowed in large part from Asian art.

Léon Bakst, Nijinsky in L’Après-Midi d’un Faune (The Afternoon of a Faun, 1912) Léon Bakst, a Russian painter and set designer, used the art nouveau style to depict the graceful human form of ballet star and choreographer Vaslav Nijinsky. Yet on the eve of World War I, Nijinsky was part of a revolution in ballet that introduced jerky, awkward, pounding movements to indicate the primal nature of dance. (Wadsworth Atheneum Museum of Art, Hartford, CT. The Ella Gallup Sumner and Mary Catlin Sumner Collection Fund.)

claimed that Strauss’s dissonant works “spit and scratch and claw each other like enraged panthers.”

The early orchestral work of Austrian com- poser Arnold Schoenberg, who also wrote cabaret music to earn a living, shocked even Strauss. In Theory of Harmony (1911), Schoenberg proposed eliminating tonality altogether; a decade later, he devised a new twelve-tone scale. “I am aware of having broken through all the barriers of a dated aesthetic ideal,” Schoenberg wrote of his music. But new aesthetic models distanced artists like Schoenberg from their audiences, who found this music unpleasant and incomprehensible. The artistic elite and the social elite parted ranks. “An- archist! Nihilist!” shouted Schoenberg’s audiences, expressing their distaste for modernism and join- ing conflicts in the arts with politics.

Review: How did modernism transform the arts and the world of ideas?

Growing Tensions in Mass Politics Alongside modernist disturbances in intellectual life, the political atmosphere grew charged. On the one hand, liberal opinions led to growing toler- ance and political representation for workingmen. Networks of communication, especially the devel- opment of journalism, created a common fund of political knowledge that made mass politics pos- sible. On the other hand, even as working-class men got the vote, political activists were no longer satisfied with the liberal rights sought by reform- ers a century earlier, and some strenuously op- posed them. Militant nationalists, anti-Semites, socialists, suffragists, and others demanded changes that challenged the liberal status quo. Tra- ditional elites, resentful of the rising middle classes and urban peoples, aimed to overturn constitu- tional processes and crush city life. Politics soon threatened national unity, especially in central and eastern Europe, where governments often an- swered reformers’ demands with repression.

Labor’s Expanding Power European leaders worried about the rise of working- class political power late in the nineteenth century. Laboring people’s growing confidence came in part from expanding educational opportunities. Workers in England, for example, avidly read

works by Shakespeare and took literally his calls for political action in the cause of justice that rang out in plays such as Julius Caesar. Unions gained members among factory workers, while the labor and socialist parties won seats in parliaments as men in the lower classes received the vote. In Ger- many, Kaiser William II had allowed antisocialist laws to lapse after dismissing Bismarck as chancel- lor in 1890. Through grassroots organizing at the local level, the Social Democratic Party, founded by German socialists in 1875, became the largest parliamentary group in the Reichstag by 1912. Other socialist parties across Europe helped elect workers’ representatives into parliaments, where they focused on passing legislation that benefited workers and their families.

Growing strength, especially winning elec- tions, actually raised problems among socialists. Some felt uncomfortable sitting in parliaments alongside the upper classes — in Marxism, the en- emies of working people. Others worried that ac- cepting high public offices such as heads of governmental ministries would compromise their ultimate goal of revolution. These issues divided socialists from one another. Between 1900 and 1904, the Second International wrestled with the question of revisionism — that is, whether social- ists should serve in governments and work from within to improve the daily lives of laborers or push for a violent revolution to overthrow governments. Powerful German Marxists argued that settling for reform rather than revolution would only buttress capitalism. The wealthy would continue to rule unchallenged while throwing small crumbs to a few working-class politicians. Stormy discussions divided these German purists, who as a group were consistently blocked from holding high positions by conservatives in the mil- itary and aristocracy, from the socialist delegates of France, England, and Belgium who had gained influential government posts.

Police persecution forced some working-class parties to operate in exile. The Russian govern- ment, for instance, outlawed political parties, im- prisoned activists, and gave the vote to only a limited number of men when it finally introduced a parliament in 1905. Thus, Russian activist V. I. Lenin (1870–1924), who would take power during the Russian Revolution of 1917, moved to western Europe after his release from exile in Siberia in 1900 and earned a reputation among Marxists for hard-hitting journalism and political intrigue. Lenin advanced the theory that a highly disci- plined socialist elite — rather than the working class as a whole — would lead a lightly industrial-

7 7 6 C h a p t e r 2 4 ■ M o d e r n i t y a n d t h e R o a d t o W a r 1 8 9 0 – 1 9 1 4

ized Russia immediately into socialism. At a 1903 party meeting of Russian Marxists, he maneuvered his opponents into walking out of the proceedings so that his supporters gained control of the party. Thereafter, his faction was known as the Bolshe- viks, so named after the Russian word for “major- ity” (which they had temporarily formed), and they made it their goal to suppress the Mensheviks (“minority”), who had been the dominant voice in Russian Marxism until Lenin outmaneuvered them. Neither of these factions, however, had as large a constituency within Russia as the Socialist Revolutionaries, whose objective was to politicize peasants, rather than industrial workers, as the foundation of a populist revolution. All of these groups prepared for the revolutionary moment through study, propaganda efforts, and organizing — not through the electoral politics successfully em- ployed elsewhere in Europe.

During this same period, anarchists, along with some trade union members known as syndi- calists, kept Europe in a panic with their terrorist acts. In the 1880s, anarchists had bombed stock ex- changes, parliaments, and businesses; by the 1890s, they were assassinating heads of state: the Spanish premier in 1897, the empress of Austria-Hungary in 1898, the king of Italy in 1900, and the presi- dent of the United States in 1901, to name a few famous victims. Syndicalists advocated the use of direct action, such as general strikes and sabotage, to paralyze the economy and give labor unions more power. Not unexpectedly, the upper and middle classes watched these developments with alarm, while politicians from the old landowning and military elites of eastern and central Europe tried to figure out how to reverse the trend toward constitutionalism and mass political participation.

Rights for Women and the Battle for Suffrage Women continued to agitate for the benefits of lib- eralism such as the right to own their wages and to be represented in parliaments. In most coun- tries, women could not vote or own property if married; in some, they could not exercise free speech. Laws in France, Austria, and Germany even made women’s attendance at political meetings a crime. There were many battlefields besides the one for legal rights. German women focused on widening opportunities for female education. Their activism aimed to achieve the German cul- tural ideal of Bildung — the belief that education can build character and that individual develop- ment has public importance. In several countries,

women monitored the regulation of prostitution. Their goal was to prevent prostitutes from being imprisoned on suspicion of having syphilis when men with syphilis faced no such incarceration. Other women took up the cause of pacifism. Many of them were inspired by Bertha von Suttner’s pop- ular book Lay Down Your Arms (1889), which em- phasized how war inflicted terror on women and families. (Later, von Suttner would influence Alfred Nobel to institute a peace prize and then win the prize herself in 1903.)

By the 1890s, many activists decided to focus their efforts on a single issue — the right to vote — as the most effective way to correct the many prob- lems caused by male privilege. Thereafter, suffragists created major organizations involving millions of activists, paid officials, and permanent offices out of the earlier reform groups and women’s clubs. British suffrage leader Millicent Garrett Fawcett (1847–1929) pressured members of Parliament for women’s right to vote and par- ticipated in national and international congresses on behalf of suffrage. Across the Atlantic, Ameri- can Susan B. Anthony (1820–1906) traveled the country to speak at mass suffrage rallies, edited a suffragist newspaper, and founded the Interna- tional Woman Suffrage Alliance in 1904. Its lead- ership argued that despite men’s promises to protect women in exchange for their inequality, the system of male chivalry had led to exploitation and abuse. “So long as the subjection of women en- dures, and is confirmed by law and custom, . . . women will be victimized,” a leading British suf- fragist claimed. Other activists believed that women had attributes needed to balance mascu- line qualities that dominated society. The charac- teristics associated with mothering were as necessary in shaping a country’s destiny as were qualities that stemmed from industry and com- merce, they asserted.

Women’s rights activists were predominantly, though not exclusively, from the middle class. Free from the need to earn a living, they simply had more time to be activists and to read the works of feminist theorists such as Harriet Taylor and John Stuart Mill. They attended theater productions of Norwegian playwright Henrik Ibsen’s jarring plays about rebellious middle-class heroines and partly saw feminism in terms of their experience of middle-class life. But working-class women also participated in the suffrage movement, though many distrusted the middle class and believed suf- frage to be less crucial than women’s pressing eco- nomic concerns. Textile workers of Manchester, England, for example, put together a vigorous

G r o w i n g Te n s i o n s i n M a s s P o l i t i c s 7 7 71 8 9 0 – 1 9 1 4

movement for the vote, seeing it as essential to im- proved working conditions.

In 1906 in Finland, suffragists achieved their first major victory when the Finnish parliament granted women the vote. But the failure of parlia- ments elsewhere in Europe to enact similar legisla- tion provoked some suffragists to violence. British suffragist Emmeline Pankhurst (1858–1928) and her daughters founded the Women’s Social and Po- litical Union (WSPU) in 1903 in the belief that women would accomplish nothing unless they threatened men’s property. Starting in 1907, mem- bers of the WSPU held parades in English cities, and in 1909 they began a campaign of violence, blowing up railroad stations, slashing works of art, and chaining themselves to the gates of Parliament. Disguising themselves as ordinary shoppers, they

carried little hammers in their hand- warming muffs to smash the plate-glass windows of department stores and shops. Parades and demonstrations made suffrage a public spectacle, and outraged men responded by attacking the marchers. Arrested for disturbing the peace, the marchers went on hunger strikes in prison. Like striking workers, these women were willing to use con- frontational tactics to obtain rights, and like anarchists they were not afraid to damage property. The struggle for and against women’s right to vote added to the tensions of urban life.

Liberalism Tested Governments in western Europe, where liberal institutions were seemingly well entrenched, sought to control the turn- of-the-century conflicts of the late nineteenth century with pragmatic policies that often struck at liberalism’s very foundations. Beyond ending the policy of free trade at the heart of eco- nomic liberalism, politicians decided that government needed to expand so- cial welfare programs — another break with the liberal idea that societies should develop freely without govern- ment interference. Although the pro- grams were few and addressed urban needs only in part, they added to the

growing apparatus of the welfare state in which governments actively promoted social well-being.

Revising Liberalism in Britain. Political parties in Britain discovered that the recently enfran- chised voter wanted solid benefits in exchange for his support. In 1905, the British Liberal Party won a majority in the House of Commons and pushed for social legislation aimed at the working class. “We are keenly in sympathy with the representa- tives of Labour,” one Liberal politician an- nounced. “We have too few of them in the House of Commons.” The National Insurance Act of 1911 instituted a program of unemployment as- sistance funded by new taxes on the wealthy. When Conservatives in the House of Lords resis- ted the higher taxation, the Liberal government threatened to add to the number of lords and thus dilute the power of the nobility. The newcomers, unlike the defiant Conservatives, would be sure to vote for reform. Under this threat, the lords ap-

7 7 8 C h a p t e r 2 4 ■ M o d e r n i t y a n d t h e R o a d t o W a r 1 8 9 0 – 1 9 1 4

Emmeline Pankhurst (1858–1928): Organizer of a militant branch of the British suffrage movement, working actively for women’s right to vote.

Woman Suffrage in Finland In 1906, Finnish women became the first in Europe to receive the vote in national elections when the socialist party there—usually opposed to feminism as a middle-class rather than a working- class project—supported woman suffrage. The Finnish vote encouraged activists in the West, now linked together by many international organizations and ties, because it showed that more than a century of lobbying for reform could lead to gains. (Mary Evans Picture Library.)

proved the Parliament Bill of 1911, which elimi- nated their veto power.

The Irish question further tested Britain’s com- mitment to such liberal values as autonomy, op- portunity, and individual rights. In the 1890s, new groups formed to foster Irish culture as a way of heightening the political challenge to what they saw as Britain’s continuing colonization of the country. In 1901, the circle around poet William Butler Yeats and actress Maud Gonne founded the Irish Na- tional Theater to present Irish rather than English plays. Gonne took Irish politics into everyday life by opposing British efforts to gain the loyalty of the young. Every time an English monarch visited Ire- land, he or she held special receptions for children. Gonne and other Irish volunteers sponsored com- peting events, handing out candies and other treats for patriotic youngsters. “Dublin never witnessed anything so marvelous,” enthused one home rule supporter, “as the procession . . . of thirty thousand school children who refused to be bribed into parading before the Queen of England.”

Promoters of an “Irish way of life” encouraged speaking Gaelic instead of English, singing Gaelic songs, and rallying in support of Catholicism in- stead of the Anglican church. This cultural agenda gained political force with the founding in 1905 of Sinn Fein (“We Ourselves”), a group that strove for complete Irish independence. In 1913, Parlia- ment approved home rule for Ireland, but the out- break of World War I prevented the legislation from taking effect though it hardly killed dreams of independence.

Unrest in Italy. Italian nation builders, left with a towering debt from unification and with wide- spread pockets of discontent, drifted rapidly from liberalism’s moorings in solid industrial develop- ment and the rule of law. Corruption plagued Italy’s constitutional monarchy, which had not yet developed either the secure parliamentary system of England or the authoritarian monarchy of Ger- many to guide its growth. To forge a national con- sensus in the 1890s, prime ministers used patriotic rhetoric and imperial adventure, culminating in a second unsuccessful attempt to conquer Ethiopia in 1896. Riots and strikes, followed by armed gov- ernment repression, erupted, until Giovanni Gi- olitti, who served as prime minister for three terms between 1903 and 1914, adopted a policy known as trasformismo (from the word for “transform”). Following this policy, he used bribes, public works programs, and other benefits to localities to gain support from their deputies in parliament. Politi- cal opponents called Giolitti the “Minister of the

Underworld” and accused him of preferring to buy the votes of local bosses rather than spend money to develop the Italian economy. In a wave of protest, urban workers in the industrial cities of Turin and Milan and rural laborers in the de- pressed agrarian south demanded change, espe- cially of the suffrage laws that allowed only three million of more than eight million adult men to vote. Giolitti appeased the protesters by instituting social welfare programs and, in 1912, virtually complete manhood suffrage. These reforms, how- ever, did not signal a full commitment either to a liberal constitutional system or to economic devel- opment across the nation.

Anti-Semitism, Nationalism, and Zionism in Mass Politics The real crisis for liberal political values of equal citizenship and tolerance came in the two decades leading up to World War I when politicians used anti-Semitism and militant nationalism to win elections. They told voters that Jews were respon- sible for the difficulties of everyday life and that anti-Semitism and increased patriotism would fix all problems. Voters from all levels of society re- sponded enthusiastically, agreeing that Jews were villains and the nation-state was the hero in the armed struggle to survive. In both republics and monarchies, anti-Semitism and militant national- ism played key roles in mass politics by providing those on the radical right with a platform to gain working-class votes and thus combat the radical left of social democracy. This new radical right shattered the older notion of nationalism based on liberal ideas of the rule of law and the equality of all citizens. Liberals had hoped that voting by the masses would make politics more harmonious as parliamentary debate and compromise smoothed out class differences. The new politics as shaped by right-wing leaders — usually representatives of the agrarian nobility, aristocrats who controlled the military, and highly placed clergy — dashed those hopes by making politics loud, emotional, and hateful.

Authoritarianism in Russia. A strong tradition of anti-Semitism existed in Russian politics. Russian tsar Nicholas II (r. 1894–1917) believed firmly in Russian orthodox religion, autocratic politics, and anti-Semitic social values. Taught as a child to hate Jews, Nicholas blamed them for any failure in

G r o w i n g Te n s i o n s i n M a s s P o l i t i c s 7 7 91 8 9 0 – 1 9 1 4

Nicholas II: Tsar of Russia (r. 1894–1917) who promoted anti- Semitism and resisted reform in the empire.

Russian policy. Many high officials eagerly en- dorsed anti-Semitism to gain the tsar’s favor. Pogroms became a regular threat to Russian Jews, especially as Nicholas was adamant that he would never order soldiers to “fire on Christians to pro- tect Jews.” Nicholas increasingly limited where Jews could live and how they could earn a living. This tradition of anti-Semitism was integral to Russian autocracy and religion, but it was not yet a tool in modern party politics.

The Dreyfus Affair in France. Principles of equal citizenship and tolerance were sorely tested in France, where the most notorious instance of anti- Semitism in mass politics occurred in the Dreyfus Affair. The Third Republic was fragile, with the lib-

eral alliance of businessmen, shopkeepers, profes- sionals, and rural property owners who backed re- publican government opposed by powerful forces in the aristocracy, military, and Catholic church who hoped that it, like earlier republics, could be brought down. Economic downturns, widespread corruption, and attempted coups made the repub- lic even more vulnerable, and the press attributed failures of almost any kind to Jews, who, it said, controlled all businesses and even the republic it- self. Despite an excellent system of primary educa- tion promoting literacy and rational thinking, the public tended to agree, while the clergy and monar- chists kept hammering the message that the repub- lic was nothing but a conspiracy of Jews.

Amid rising anti-Semitism, a Jewish captain in the French army, Alfred Dreyfus, was charged with spying for Germany in 1894. From a well- respected family, Dreyfus had worked his way through the military, whose upper echelons were traditionally aristocratic, Catholic, and monar- chist. The military produced “evidence” — later proved to be false — to gain Dreyfus’s conviction and exile to the harsh fortress on Devil’s Island. Even though the espionage continued, the repub- lican government adamantly upheld Dreyfus’s guilt. Then several newspapers received proof that the army had used perjured testimony and fabri- cated documents to convict Dreyfus. In 1898, the celebrated French novelist Émile Zola published an article titled “J’accuse” (I accuse) on the front page of a Paris daily. Zola cited a list of military lies and government cover-ups that had created the im- pression of Dreyfus’s guilt.

The article named the truly guilty parties and called for a return to government based on hon- esty, tolerance, and the rule of law. “I have but one passion, that of Enlightenment,” wrote Zola. His piece led to public riots, quarrels among families and friends, and denunciations of the army, erod- ing public confidence in the republic and in French institutions. The government finally pardoned Dreyfus in 1899, dismissed the aristocratic and Catholic officers held responsible, and ended reli- gious teaching orders to ensure a secular public school system that promoted tolerance and hon- ored the rule of law. In the final analysis, however, the Dreyfus Affair made anti-Semitism a standard tool of politics by showing the effectiveness of hate-filled slogans in shaping public opinion.

Nationalist and Anti-Semitic Politics in Germany. The ruling elites in Germany also used anti-Semitism to win support from those caught up in the con- fusion of Germany’s sudden industrialization. The

7 8 0 C h a p t e r 2 4 ■ M o d e r n i t y a n d t h e R o a d t o W a r 1 8 9 0 – 1 9 1 4

The Humiliation of Alfred Dreyfus French captain Alfred Dreyfus was sent to a harsh exile after being convicted of spying for Germany. Before he was taken to Devil’s Island, he was subjected to the extreme humiliation of having his officer’s insignia and ribbons stripped from his uniform and his sword broken before hundreds of troops and a mob of screaming anti-Semites. We imagine what this meant to a man in his mid- thirties, who despite being Jewish had worked his way through an elite military school and up the ranks of the army. What do you see in his bearing? (The Granger Collection, New York)

agrarian elites still controlled the highest reaches of government and influenced the kaiser’s policy, but the basis of their power was rapidly eroding. Agriculture, from which they drew their fortunes, declined as a percentage of gross national product from 37 percent in the 1880s to only 25 percent early in the 1900s. New opportunities drew rural workers to the cities, where they would be free from the landowner’s grip. As industrialists grew wealthier, the agrarian elites came to loathe indus- try for challenging their traditional authority. As a Berlin newspaper noted, “The agrarians’ hate for cities . . . blinds them to the simplest needs and the most natural demands of the urban population.” In contrast to Bismarck’s astute wooing of the masses through social programs, William II’s aris- tocracy often encouraged anti-Semitism, both in the corridors of power and in the streets.

Conservatives and a growing radical right claimed that Jews, who made up less than 1 per- cent of the German population, were responsible for destroying traditional society. In the 1890s, na- tionalist and anti-Semitic political pressure groups flourished, hurling diatribes against Jews, “new women,” and Social Democrats, whom they branded as internationalist and unpatriotic. In the 1890s, agrarian conservatives played to the fears of small farmers by accusing Jews of causing agricul- tural booms and busts. Political campaigns came to feature hate-filled speeches against an array of groups rather than rational programs to meet the problems of economic change. The politics of this new right invented a modern politics that rejected the liberal value of parliamentary consensus, rely- ing instead on mouthing slogans and inventing en- emies within what was supposed to be a unified nation-state.

Ethnic Politics in Austria-Hungary. Politicians in the dual monarchy of Austria-Hungary also used militant nationalism and anti-Semitism to win votes, but here the presence of many ethnic groups meant competing nationalisms and thus greater complexity in the politics of hate. Foremost among the nationalists were the Hungarians, who wanted autonomy for themselves while forcibly imposing Hungarian language and culture on all other, sup- posedly inferior, ethnic groups in Hungary. Na- tionalist claims for greater Hungarian influence (or Magyarization, from Magyars, the principal ethnic group) rested on two pieces of evidence: Budapest was a thriving industrial city, and the export of Hungarian grain from the vast estates of the Magyar nobility saved the monarchy’s fi- nances. The nationalist Independence Party dis-

rupted the Hungarian parlia- ment so regularly that it weak- ened the orderly functioning of the government.

Although capable of caus- ing trouble for the empire, Hungarian nationalists, who mostly represented agrarian wealth, were themselves vulner- able. Exploited ethnic groups — Slovaks, Romanians, and Ru- thenians — formed their own political alliances to resist Mag- yarization. Industrial workers struck to protest horrendous la- bor conditions, and in the fall of 1905, 100,000 activists gathered in front of the Hungarian par- liament to demonstrate for the vote. In response, Hungarians intensified Mag- yarization, even decreeing that all tombstones be engraved in Magyar. Emperor Francis Joseph tem- porarily quieted the Hungarian nationalists by threatening to introduce universal manhood suf- frage, which would allow both the Magyars’ lower- class and non-Magyar opponents to vote. Although numerous ethnic groups and many Jews assimilated Magyar ways, the chauvinist nature of Hungarian policies toward both the other ethnic groups and the imperial government in Vienna made for insta- bility throughout Austria-Hungary.

Hungarian nationalism roused other nation- alities to intensify their demands for rights. Croats, Serbs, and other Slavic groups in the south called for equality with the Hungarians. The central gov- ernment allowed the Czechs a greater number of Czech officials in the government because of the growing industrial prosperity of their region. But every step favoring the Czechs provoked outrage from the traditionally dominant ethnic Germans. When Austria-Hungary decreed in 1897 that gov- ernment officials in the Czech region of the em- pire would have to speak Czech as well as German, the Germans rioted — further straining the stabil- ity and unity in the empire.

Tensions mounted as German politicians in Vienna linked the growing power of Hungarians and Czechs to Jews. Karl Lueger, whose newly formed Christian Social Party attracted members from among the aristocracy, Catholics, artisans, shopkeepers, and white-collar workers, had great success with this new brand of politics. In hate- filled speeches that hurled abuse at Jews and other non-German groups, Lueger appealed to those groups for whom modern life meant a loss of priv-

G r o w i n g Te n s i o n s i n M a s s P o l i t i c s 7 8 11 8 9 0 – 1 9 1 4

0 200 kilometers100

0 200 miles100

Germans

Italians

Czechs

Slovenes

Croats and Serbs

Poles

Magyars (Hungarians)

Slovaks

Ruthenians

Romanians

ITALY

ROMANIA

SERBIA

BULGARIA

AUSTRIA-HUNGARY

GERMANY RUSSIA

Vienna

Budapest

Prague

�

�

�

Principal Ethnic Groups in Austria-Hungary, c. 1900

ilege and security — and was elected mayor of Vi- enna in 1895. Lueger’s ethnic nationalism and anti-Semitism threatened the multinationalism on which Austria-Hungary was based. His attacks were so effective at getting votes, however, that a widening group of politicians made anti-Semitism an integral part of their election campaigns, call- ing Jews the “sucking vampire” of modernity and blaming them for the tumult of migration, the economy, and just about anything else people found disturbing. Politics became a thing not of debate in parliaments but of violent racism in the streets.

The Jewish Response to Anti-Liberal Politics. Like Christians and people of other religions, Jews often differed from one another, separated by so- cial class and education. Jews in western Europe had responded to increased legal tolerance in the nineteenth century by moving out of Jewish neigh- borhoods, intermarrying with Christians, and in some cases converting to Christianity — practices known as assimilation. Many well-educated Jews favored the classical culture of the German Em-

pire because it seemed more rational and liberal than the ritualistic Catholicism of Austria-Hungary. Still, many accomplished and prosperous Jews, like the pioneer of psychoanalysis, Sigmund Freud, flourished amid the cosmopolitan urban culture of Vienna or Budapest despite escalating anti- Semitism. By contrast, less educated and less pros- perous Jews, such as those in Russia and Romania, were increasingly singled out for persecution, legally disadvantaged, and forced to live in ghet- tos. Jews from these countries might seek refuge in the nearby cities of central and eastern Europe where they could eke out a living as day laborers or artisans. Jewish migration to the United States and other countries also swelled (Map 24.1). By 1900, many Jews were prominent in cultural and economic affairs in cities across the continent even as far more were discriminated against and victim- ized elsewhere.

Amid vast migration and continued persecu- tion, a spirit of Jewish nationalism arose. “Why should we be any less worthy than any other . . . people,” one Jewish leader asked. “What about our nation, our language, our land?” Jews

7 8 2 C h a p t e r 2 4 ■ M o d e r n i t y a n d t h e R o a d t o W a r 1 8 9 0 – 1 9 1 4

0 200 400 kilometers

0 200 400 miles

The Pale of Settlement

Other areas of large Jewish population

Cities with large Jewish population

General routes of Jewish exodus

�

N

S E

W

Black Sea

North Sea

ATLANTIC OCEAN

M e d i t e r r a n e a n S e a

Ba

lti c

S ea

R U S S I A

AUSTRIA- HUNGARY

GERMANY

ITALY

SWITZ.

BELG.

SPAIN

MOROCCO (Fr.)

ALGERIA (Fr.)

TUNISIA (Fr.)

LIBYA (It.) EGYPT

CYPRUS (Br.)

BULGARIA

GREECE

SERBIA

FRANCE

P O

R T

U G

A L

GREAT BRITAIN

RO M A

N IA

NETH.

DENMARK

NORWAY

SWEDEN

To U.S. and South America

To Palestine

To U.S.

Expelled 1881

Expelled 1881

O T T O M A N E M P I R E

Moscow

St. Petersburg

Kiev

Odessa

Lemberg

Riga

Vilna

Budapest

Minsk

Cracow

London

Manchester

Leeds

Paris

Rome

Trieste

Frankfurt

Hamburg

Berlin Lodz

Prague

Vienna

Constantinople

Warsaw

Danzig

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

� �

�

�

�

�

�

� �

�

�

�

�

�

M A P 2 4 . 1 Jewish Migrations in the Late Nineteenth Century Pogroms in eastern Europe, increasingly violent anti-Semitism across the continent, and the search for opportunity motivated Jews to migrate to many parts of the world. Between 1890 and 1914, some five million Jews left Russia alone. They moved to European cities; to North and South America; and, as Zionism progressed, to Palestine.

began organizing resistance to pogroms and anti-Semitic politics, and intellectuals drew on Jewish folklore, language, customs, and history to establish a national identity parallel to that of other Europeans. In the 1880s, the Ukrainian physician Leon Pinsker, seeing the Jews’ lack of national territory as fundamental to the perse- cution heaped on them, advocated the migration of Jews to Palestine. (See Document, “Leon Pinsker Calls for a Jewish State,” above.) In 1896, Theodor Herzl, strongly influenced by Pinsker, published The Jewish State, which called not sim- ply for migration but for the creation of a Jew- ish nation-state, the goal of a movement known as Zionism. A Hungarian-born Jew, Herzl expe- rienced anti-Semitism firsthand as a Viennese journalist and a writer in Paris during the Drey- fus Affair. He scoured Europe for financial back- ing, but many prosperous Jews who had assimilated thought his ideas mad. However, backed by poorer eastern European Jews, he or-

ganized the first International Zionist Congress (1897). By 1914, some eighty-five thousand Jews had moved into Palestine.

Review: What were the points of tension in European political life at the beginning of the twentieth century?

European Imperialism Challenged Anti-Semitism was only one sign that the condi- tions of modern life were deeply troubling and that the rule of law and other liberal values like toler- ance were now threatened. Militant nationalism across the West made it difficult for nations to calm domestic politics and ease the tensions caused by rapid industrial and social change. The political at- mosphere heated up, as imperialism made relations among the European powers alarmingly worse and as colonized peoples challenged European control. Japan’s growth as an Asian power also threatened:

E u r o p e a n I m p e r i a l i s m C h a l l e n g e d 7 8 31 8 9 0 – 1 9 1 4

Zionism: A movement that began in the late nineteenth century among European Jews to found a Jewish state.

Leon Pinsker Calls for a Jewish State

D O C U M E N T

In 1882, the Ukrainian physician Leon Pinsker published a pamphlet called Auto- Emancipation in which he analyzed the sit- uation of the Jews in Europe. This pamphlet convinced some in Europe — most notably Theodor Herzl — that Jews could never be assimilated to European culture no matter how many dropped their religion in favor of Christian ways. This pamphlet ultimately led some Jews to migrate to Palestine, de- spite Pinsker’s own conviction that the Middle East was not necessarily the right place for creating a Jewish nation.

This is the kernel of the problem, as we see it: the Jews comprise a distinctive element among the nations under which they dwell, and as such can neither assimilate nor be readily digested by any nation. . . .

A fear of the Jewish ghost has passed down the generations and the centuries. First a breeder of prejudice, later . . . it cul-

minated in Judeophobia. Judeophobia is a psychic aberration. As a psychic aberra- tion it is hereditary, and as a disease trans- mitted for two thousand years it is incurable. . . .

The Jews are aliens who can have no representatives, because they have no country. Because they have none, because their home has no boundaries within which they can be entrenched, their mis- ery too is boundless. . . .

. . . If we would have a secure home, give up our endless life of wandering and rise to the dignity of a nation in our own eyes and in the eyes of the world, we must, above all, not dream of restoring ancient Judaea. We must not attach ourselves to the place where our political life was once violently interrupted and destroyed. The goal of our present endeavors must be not the “Holy Land,” but a land of our own. We need nothing but a large tract of land

for our poor brothers, which shall remain our property and from which no foreign power can expel us. There we shall take with us the most sacred possessions which we have saved from the shipwreck of our former country, the God-idea and the Bible. It is these alone which have made our old fatherland the Holy Land, and not Jerusalem or the Jordan. Perhaps the Holy Land will again become ours. If so, all the better, but first of all, we must deter- mine — and this is the crucial point — what country is accessible to us, and at the same time adapted to offer the Jews of all lands who must leave their homes a se- cure and indisputed refuge, capable of productivization.

Source: Robert Chazan and Marc Lee Raphael, eds., Modern Jewish History: A Source Reader (New York: Schocken Books, 1974), 161, 163, 165–66, 169–71, 171–74.

in 1904–1905, Japanese expansionism came close to toppling the mighty Russian Empire.

The Trials of Empire After centuries of global expansion, imperial ad- venture soured for Britain and France at the be- ginning of the twentieth century. Newcomers Italy

and Germany now fought for a place at the impe- rial table, and the tense atmosphere among nations raised questions about the future. “Where thirty years ago there existed one sensitive spot in our re- lations with France, or Germany, or Russia,” the British economist J. A. Hobson wrote in 1902, “there are a dozen now; diplomatic strains are of almost monthly occurrence between the Powers.”

7 8 4 C h a p t e r 2 4 ■ M o d e r n i t y a n d t h e R o a d t o W a r 1 8 9 0 – 1 9 1 4

0 250 500 kilometers

0 250 500 miles

British

French

German

Italian

Portuguese

Independent African states

Belgian

Spanish

N

S

E W

R ed Sea

N ile R

.

Ni ger

R.

Con go R.

Suez Canal

M e d i t e r r a n e a n S e a

I N D I A N O C E A N

A T L A N T I C O C E A N

BRITISH EAST AFRICA

(KENYA)

ITALIAN SOMALILAND

BRITISH SOMALILAND

FRENCH SOMALILAND

ABYSSINIA (ETHIOPIA)

ERITREA

1899–1900, Mohammed ben Abdullah clashes with British, Italians, Ethiopians

1905, insurrection

1906, insurrection in Sokoto

1899–1902, South African War

1914, Boer uprising

1903, Hottentot uprising

1904–1908, uprising (Herero tribe plus Hottentots)

1905, uprising

1904–1905, Germans suppress insurrection

1904, insurrection in southern Nigeria

1900, uprising; British suppress Ushantis

1902, uprising suppressed by Portuguese 1907, uprising (inspired by Herero uprising in German S.W. Africa)

ALGERIA

TUNISIA

LIBYA (TRIPOLI)

EGYPT

ANGLO-EGYPTIAN SUDAN

MOROCCO

SPANISH MOROCCO

IFNI

RIO DE ORO

MAURITANIA

FRENCH WEST AFRICA

SENEGAL

PORTUGUESE GUINEA

GAMBIA

SIERRA LEONE

LIBERIA

GOLD COAST

TOGO

CABINDA

NIGERIA CAMEROON (KAMERUN)

SPANISH GUINEA (RIO MUNI)

BELGIAN CONGO

ANGOLA

GERMAN SOUTHWEST

AFRICA

UNION OF SOUTH AFRICA

SOUTHERN RHODESIA

NORTHERN RHODESIA

BECHUANALAND

BASUTOLAND SWAZILAND

MADAGASCAR

M O

Z A

M B

IQ U

E

GERMAN EAST AFRICA

UGANDA

FREN CH

EQ

U A

T O

R IA

L A

F R

IC A

French Congo

Fashoda

ZANZIBAR

NYASALAND

�

M A P 2 4 . 2 Africa in 1914 Uprisings intensified in Africa in the early twentieth century as Europeans tried both to consolidate their rule and to extract more wealth from the Africans. As Europeans were putting down rebellions against their rule, a pan-African movement arose, attempting to unite Africans as one people.

Mounting tensions exploded violently when Japan and Russia went to war in 1904.

The South African War. The imperial tide turned for Britain in the South African War (or Boer War) of 1899–1902. In 1896, Cecil Rhodes, then prime minister of the Cape Colony in southern Africa, directed a raid into the neighboring territory of the Transvaal in hopes of stirring up trouble be- tween the Boers, descendants of early Dutch set- tlers, and the more recent immigrants from Britain who had come to southern Africa in search of gold and other riches. In Rhodes’s scheme, the turmoil caused by the raid would justify a British takeover of the Transvaal and the Orange Free State, which the Boers independently controlled. The Boers, however, easily routed the raiders, dealing Britain a bloody defeat and forcing Rhodes to resign in disgrace.

The stunned British government did not ac- cept defeat easily, especially when other Europeans gloated over the British loss. Kaiser William II telegraphed his congratulations to the Transvaal president for “maintaining the independence of the country against attacks from without.” In 1899, Britain began full-scale operations against the Boers. Foreign correspondents covering the South African War reported on appalling bloodshed, heavy casualties, and the unfit condition of the av- erage British soldier. Most alarmingly to those who liked to think of Britain as the most civilized coun- try in the world, news arrived back in London of rampant disease and inhumane treatment of South Africans herded into an unfamiliar institution — the concentration camp, which became the grave- yard of tens of thousands. Britain finally annexed the area after defeating the Boers in 1902, but the cost of war in money, destruction, demoralization, and loss of life was enormous (Map 24.2, page 784). Prominent citizens began to call imperialism not the work of civilization but an act of barbarism.

Newcomers Face Setbacks. Nearly simultane- ously with the South African War, the United States defeated Spain in the Spanish-American War in 1898 and took Cuba, Puerto Rico, and the Philip- pines as its trophies. Not a novice to imperialism, the United States had successfully crushed native Americans, killing many and confining survivors to reservations. Its imperial reach had generally been continental until its annexation of Hawaii in 1898. Both Cuba and the Philippines had begun

vigorous efforts to free themselves from Spanish rule before the war. Urged on by the expansionist- minded Theodore Roosevelt (then assistant secre- tary of the navy) and the inflammatory daily press, the United States went to war, claiming it was do- ing so to help the independence movements. In- stead of allowing the independence that victory promised, however, the U. S. government annexed Puerto Rico and Guam and bought the Philippines from Spain. Cuba was theoretically independent, but the United States monitored its activities.

Both Spain and the United States found the fortunes of imperialism unpredictable. Spain lost its territories, and the triumphant United States next had to wage a bloody war against the Fil- ipinos, who wanted independence, not another imperial ruler. British poet Rudyard Kipling had encouraged the United States to “take up the white man’s burden” by bringing the benefits of Western civilization to those liberated from Spain. How- ever, reports of American brutality in the Philip- pines, where some 200,000 local people were slaughtered, further disillusioned the Western public, who liked to imagine native peoples joy- ously welcoming the bearers of civilization.

Despite these setbacks, newly powerful coun- tries had an emotional stake in gaining colonies. In the early twentieth century, Ital- ian public figures bragged about Italians becoming Nietzschean supermen by conquering Africa and restoring Italy to its ancient position of world domination. After a disastrous war against Ethiopia in 1896, Italy won a costly victory over the Ottoman Empire in Libya. These wars stirred the military spirit in Ital- ians, and hopes rose for imperial grandeur in the future.

Germany likewise joined the imperial contest, demand- ing an end to British-French domination as colonial powers. Under Bismarck, Germany had begun its imperial expansion, and German bankers and busi- nessmen were ensconced throughout Asia, the Middle East, and Latin America. By the turn of the century, Germany had colonies in Southwest Africa, the Cameroons, Togoland, and East Africa and sent linguists, ethnographers, and museum curators to study other cultures and obtain their treasures. Despite these successes, there was no easy road to colonial might. Germany, too, met hu- miliation and faced constant problems, especially

E u r o p e a n I m p e r i a l i s m C h a l l e n g e d 7 8 51 8 9 0 – 1 9 1 4

South African War: The war between Britain and the Boer (orig- inally Dutch) inhabitants of South Africa for control of the re- gion (1899–1902); also called the Boer War.

0 250 500 kilometers

0 250 500 miles

Italian territory

British territory

French territory

Independent

R ed SeaB

lu e N

ile R .

BRITISH EAST AFRICA

ITALIAN SOMALILAND

BRITISH SOMALILAND

ABYSSINIA (ETHIOPIA)

ERITREA

Adowa 1896

�

The Struggle for Ethiopia, 1896

in its dealings with Britain and France and with local peoples in Africa and elsewhere who resisted the German takeover of their lands. As Italy and Germany joined the aggressive pursuit of new ter- ritory, the rules set for imperialism at the Congress of Berlin a generation earlier gave way to increas- ingly heated rivalry and nationalist passion.

Japan Victorious. Japan’s rise as an imperial power further ate into Europeans’ confident ap- proach to imperialism. Continuing its expansion in the region, in 1894, Japan defeated China in the Sino-Japanese War, which ended China’s domina- tion of Korea. The European powers, alarmed at Japan’s victory, forced it to relinquish most gains, a move that outraged and affronted the Japanese. Japan’s insecurity had risen with Russian expan- sion to the east and south in Asia. Pushing into

eastern Asia, the Russians had built the Trans- Siberian Railroad through Manchuria, sent mil- lions of Russian settlers eastward, and sponsored anti-Japanese groups in Korea, making the Korean peninsula appear, as a Japanese military leader put it, like “a dagger thrust at the heart of Japan.” An- gered by the continuing presence of Russian troops in Manchuria, the Japanese attacked the tsar’s forces at Port Arthur in 1904 (Map 24.3).

The conservative Russian military proved in- ept in the ensuing Russo-Japanese War, even though it often had better equipment or strategic advantage. Russia’s Baltic Fleet sailed halfway around the globe only to be completely destroyed by Japan in the battle of Tsushima Straits (1905). Opening an era of Japanese domination in East Asian politics, the victory was the first by a non- European nation over a European great power in

7 8 6 C h a p t e r 2 4 ■ M o d e r n i t y a n d t h e R o a d t o W a r 1 8 9 0 – 1 9 1 4

0 500 1,000 kilometers

0 500 1,000 miles

N

S

E W

Great Britain

Netherlands

France

United States

Japan

Battle�

Territories held by:

I N D I A N O C E A N

P A C I F I C O C E A N

Irtysh

R.

Aral SeaCaspian

Sea

In d

u s

R .

G anges R .

Yan gtz

e R

.

Amur R.

Sea of Okhotsk

Sea of Japan

East China

Sea

South China

Sea Bay of Bengal

Arabian Sea

C H I N A

INDIA

NEPAL

TIBET

BHUTAN

MANCHURIA

MONGOLIA

MALAY STATES

SIAM

Tonkin

Formosa (1895)

Sakhalin (1905)

Ceylon

Sumatra

Java Timor

Borneo Celebes

New Guinea

RYUKYU IS. (Japan)

BURMA

KOREA (1910)

FRENCH INDOCHINA

SARAWAK

NETHERLANDS EAST INDIES

AUSTRALIA

PHILIPPINES

BRITISH NORTH

BORNEO

PERSIA

R U S S I A

AFGHANISTAN

JAPANESE EMPIRE

Port Arthur 1904 (Rus. 1898, Jap. 1905)

Tsushima Straits (1904)

Independent following the Chinese Revolution of 1911–1912

Autonomous 1912; under Russian influence

Boxer Uprising of 1900

TRAN S-SI

BER IAN RAILROAD

�

�

Singapore

Saigon

Manila

Tokyo

Hong Kong

Shanghai

�

�

�

�

�

�

M A P 2 4 . 3 Imperialism in Asia, 1894–1914 The established imperialists came to blows in East Asia as they struggled for influence in China and as they met a formidable new rival—Japan. Simultaneously, liberation groups like the Boxers were taking shape, committed to throwing off restraints imposed by foreign powers and eliminating these interlopers altogether. In 1911, revolutionary Sun Yat-Sen overthrew the Qing dynasty, which had left China unprepared to resist foreign takeover, and started the country on a different course.

the modern age, and it gave the West reason to fear the future. As one English general observed of the Russian defeat: “I have today seen the most stu- pendous spectacle it is possible for the mortal brain to conceive — Asia advancing, Europe falling back.” Japan annexed Korea in 1910 and began to target other areas for colonization.

The Russian Empire Threatened Following the humiliating loss to Japan, revolution erupted in Russia in 1905, and the empire tottered on the brink of chaos. A mighty empire that had expanded southward in Asia and settled much of Siberia during the nineteenth century, Russia con- cealed its weaknesses well. State-sponsored indus- trialization in the 1890s had made the country appear modern to outside observers, and the Rus- sification policy imitated Western-style state build- ing by attempting to impose a unified, national culture on Russia’s diverse population. Burdened by heavy taxes to pay for industrialization and by debts owed for the land they acquired during emancipation, peasants revolted in isolated upris- ings at the turn of the century. Unrest occurred in the cities, too, as Marxist and union activists in- cited workers to demand better conditions. In 1903, skilled workers led strikes in Baku; the united demonstration of Armenians and Tatars there showed how urbanization and Russification made unified political action possible among the lower classes. These and other worker protests chal- lenged the autocratic regime, which was weakened further by Japan’s victory.

The Revolution of 1905. On a Sunday in January 1905, a crowd gathered outside the tsar’s Winter Palace in St. Petersburg to march in a demonstra- tion to make Nicholas II aware of the brutal work- ing conditions they suffered. Nicholas had often traveled the empire, displaying himself as the di- vinely ordained “father” of his people, and thus ap- pealing to him seemed natural to his “children.” Leading the demonstration was a priest who, un- known to the crowd, was a police informant and agitator. Instead of allowing the marchers to pass, troops guarding the palace shot into the trusting crowd, killing hundreds and wounding thousands. Thus began the Revolution of 1905, and news of “Bloody Sunday” moved outraged workers else- where to rebel.

In almost a year of turmoil across Russia, ur- ban workers struck over wages, hours, and factory conditions and demanded political representation

in the government. Delegates from revolutionary parties such as the Social Democrats and the Socialist Revolutionar- ies encouraged more direct blows against the central gov- ernment, but workers rejected their leadership and organized their own councils, called sovi- ets. In February, the uncle of the tsar was assassinated; in June, sailors on the battleship Potem- kin mutinied; in October, a mas- sive railroad strike ground rail transportation to a halt; and in November, uprisings broke out in Moscow. The tsar’s forces kept killing protest- ers, but their deaths only pro- duced more protest.

Anger at Nicholas II’s absolute rule brought together an opposition of artisans and industrial workers, peasants, professionals, and upper-class reformers. Women joined the fray, many demand- ing an end to discriminatory laws such as those fir- ing women teachers who married. Using the unrest to press their goals, liberals from the zemstvos (lo- cal councils) and the intelligentsia (a Russian word for well-educated elites) demanded political re- form, in particular the creation of a constitutional monarchy and representative legislature. They be- lieved that the reliance on censorship and the se- cret police, characteristic of Romanov rule, relegated Russia to the ranks of the most backward states. Nicholas’s halfhearted responses triggered more street fighting. In the words of one protester, the tsar’s attitude turned “yesterday’s benighted slaves into decisive warriors.”

Attempts at Political Reform. The tsar finally yielded to the violence by creating a representative body called the Duma. Although very few Russians could vote for representatives to the Duma, its mere existence, along with the new right of open public debate, liberalized government and allowed people to present their grievances to a responsive body. Political parties committed to parliamentary rather than revolutionary programs also took shape during this time. When these newly formed constitutional parties threw their support to the reorganized government, revolutionary activity finally stopped.

E u r o p e a n I m p e r i a l i s m C h a l l e n g e d 7 8 71 8 9 0 – 1 9 1 4

Duma: The Russian parliament set up in the aftermath of the outbreak of the Revolution of 1905.

0 300 kilometers

0 300 miles150

Peasant unrest and land seizures

Workers’ soviets

Army mutinies

Naval mutinies

Major strikes and armed workers’ uprisings

� � �

Black Sea

C aspian

Sea

R U S S I A

�

�

�

�

�� �

��

�

Moscow

St. PetersburgRevel

Warsaw

Kiev

Sevastopol

Baku

�

��

�

�

�

�

Russian Revolution of 1905

People soon wondered, however, if anything had really changed. From 1907 to 1917, the Duma convened, but twice when the tsar disliked its rec- ommendations he simply sent the delegates home and forced new elections. Nicholas did have an able administrator in Prime Minister Pyotr Stolypin (1863–1911), who was determined to eliminate the sources of discontent. He ended the mir system of communal farming and taxation, and canceled the land redemption payments that had burdened the peasants since their emancipation in 1861. He also made government loans available to peasants, who were then able to purchase land and thus to own farms outright. Although these reforms did not eradicate rural poverty, they did allow people to move to the cities in search of jobs and created a larger group of independent peasants.

Stolypin succeeded only partially in his other goal of restoring law and order. He clamped down on revolutionary organizations, executing their members by hanging them with “Stolypin neck- ties.” The government urged more pogroms and stifled ethnic unrest by stepping up Russification. But rebels continued to assassinate government of- ficials — four thousand were killed or wounded in 1906–1907. Stolypin himself was assassinated in 1911. Stolypin’s reforms had promoted peasant well-being, which encouraged what one historian has called a “new peasant assertiveness.” The in- dustrial workforce also grew, and another round of strikes broke out, culminating in a general strike in St. Petersburg in 1914. The imperial government and the conservative nobility still had no solution to the ongoing turmoil, and their refusal to share power and produce true political reform left the way open to an even greater upheaval in 1917.

Growing Resistance to Colonial Domination Japanese military victories over the Qing in China and the Romanovs in Russia upset the status quo in both countries. In addition, colonized peoples gained confidence from the Japanese victory to act more forcefully against imperialism. Moreover, the ability of Russian revolutionaries to force a great European power to reform, however slightly, en- couraged nationalist protests throughout the globe, further challenging Western imperialists.

Revolution in China. Uprisings began in China after its 1895 loss to Japan forced the ruling Qing dynasty to grant more economic concessions to Western powers. Humiliated by these events and driven to despair by famine, peasants organized

into secret societies to expel the foreigners and re- store Chinese autonomy. One organization was the Society of the Righteous and Harmonious Fists (or Boxers), whose members maintained that ritual boxing would protect them from a variety of evils, including bullets. Encouraged by the Qing ruler, Dowager Empress Tz’u-hsi (Cixi; 1835–1908), the Boxers rebelled in 1900, massacring the mission- aries and Chinese Christians to whom they attrib- uted China’s troubles. Seven of the colonial powers united to put down the Boxer Uprising and en- couraged their troops to ravage the areas in which the Boxers operated. Defeated once more, the Chi- nese were compelled to pay a huge indemnity for damages done to foreign property and to allow even greater foreign military occupation.

The Boxer Uprising thoroughly discredited the Qing dynasty, leading a group of revolution- aries to overthrow the dynasty in 1911 and to de- clare China a republic the next year. Their leader, Sun Yat-Sen (1866–1925), who had been educated in Hawaii and Japan, combined Western ideas and Chinese values in his “Three Principles of the People”: “nationalism, democracy, and socialism.” For example, Sun Yat-Sen’s socialism included the Chinese belief that all people should have enough food. Sun Yat-Sen’s Nationalist Party called for re- vival of the Chinese tradition of correctness in be- havior between governors and the governed, modern economic reform, and an end to Western domination of trade. Sun’s stirring leadership and the changes brought about by the 1911 revolution helped weaken Western imperialism.

Nationalists in India. In India, the Japanese vic- tory over Russia and the Revolution of 1905 stim- ulated politicians to take a more radical course than that offered by the Indian National Congress. The anti-British Hindu leader B. G. Tilak, less moderate than Congress reformers, urged nonco- operation: “We shall not give them assistance to collect revenue and keep peace. We shall not assist them in fighting beyond the frontiers or outside India with Indian blood and money.” Tilak pro- moted Hindu customs, asserted the distinctiveness of Hindu values from British ways, and inspired violent rebellion against the British. This brand of nationalism broke with that based on assimilating to British culture and promoting gradual change. Trying to repress Tilak, the British sponsored a rival nationalist group, the Muslim League, in a blatant attempt to divide Muslim nationalists from Hindus in the Congress.

Faced with political activism on many fronts, however, Britain conceded to Indians representa-

7 8 8 C h a p t e r 2 4 ■ M o d e r n i t y a n d t h e R o a d t o W a r 1 8 9 0 – 1 9 1 4

tion in ruling councils and the right to vote based on property ownership. Because the independence movement had not fully reached the masses, these small concessions to the elites temporarily main- tained British power by appeasing the best- educated and most influential people in the upper and middle classes. But the British hold on India was weakening.

Young Turks in the Ottoman Empire. Revolution- ary nationalism was simultaneously weakening the Ottoman Empire, which for centuries had con- trolled much of the Mediterranean. Rebellions plagued Ottoman rule, and this resistance, along with Ottoman deterioration as an effective state, allowed European influence to grow. Just as the Habsburgs used the transnational appeal of Catholicism to quash nationalist aspirations, Sul- tan Abdul Hamid II (r. 1876–1909) tried to revi- talize the multiethnic empire by using Islam to counteract the rising nationalism of the Serbs, Bul- garians, and Macedonians. Instead, he uninten- tionally provoked Turkish nationalism in Constantinople itself. Turkish nationalists rejected the sultan’s pan-Islamic solution and built their movement on the uniqueness of their culture, his- tory, and language, as many European ethnic groups were doing. Using the findings of Western scholarship, they first traced the history and cul- ture of the group they called Turks to change the word Turk from one of derision to one of pride.

The Japanese defeat of Russia in 1904–1905 elec- trified these nationalists with the vision of a mod- ern Turkey becoming “the Japan of the Middle East,” as they called it. In 1908, a group of nation- alists called the Young Turks took control of the government in Constantinople, which had been fatally weakened by nationalist agitation and by the empire’s economic dependence on Western financiers and businessmen.

The Young Turks’ triumph motivated other ethnic groups in the Middle East and the Balkans to demand self-rule, thus ending Ottoman domi- nation in their regions. These nationalists adopted Western values and platforms, and some, such as the Egyptians, had strong contingents of feminist- nationalists who mobilized women to work for in- dependence. But the Young Turks, often aided by European powers with financial and political in- terests in the region, brutally tried to repress na- tionalist uprisings in Egypt, Syria, and the Balkans that their own success had encouraged.

The rebellions became part of the tumult shaping international relations in the decade be- fore World War I. Empires, whether old or young, were the scene of growing opposition in the wake of Japanese, Russian, and Turkish events. In Ger- man East Africa, colonial forces responded to na- tive resistance in 1905 with a scorched-earth policy of destroying homes, livestock, food, and other re- sources, eventually killing more than 100,000 Africans there. To maintain their grip on In-

E u r o p e a n I m p e r i a l i s m C h a l l e n g e d 7 8 91 8 9 0 – 1 9 1 4

The Foreign Pig Is Put to Death The Boxers used brightly colored placards to spread information about their movement in order to build wide support among the Chinese population. They felt that the presence of foreigners had caused a series of disasters, including the defection of the Chinese from traditional religion, the flow of wealth from the country, and a string of natural disasters such as famine. This depiction shows the harsh judgment of the Boxers toward foreigners and their Chinese allies—they are pigs to be killed. (© The Bridgeman Art Library.)

■ For more help analyzing this image, see the visual activity for this chapter in the Online Study Guide at bedfordstmartins.com/hunt.

dochina, the French closed the University of Hanoi, executed Indochinese intellectuals, and de- ported thousands of suspected nationalists. A French general stationed there summed up the fears of many colonial rulers: “The gravest fact of our actual political situation in Indochina is not the recent trouble in Tonkin [or] the plots under- taken against us but in the muted but growing ha- tred that our subjects show toward us.” At home and abroad, Western political ambitions had given birth to political violence.

Review: How and why did events in overseas empires from the 1890s on challenge Western faith in imperialism?

Roads to War International developments intensified competi- tion among the great powers and drove Western nationalism to become more aggressive. In the spring of 1914, U.S. president Woodrow Wilson (1856–1924) sent his trusted adviser Colonel Edward House to Europe to assess the rising ten- sions there. “It is militarism run stark mad,” House reported, adding that he foresaw an “awful cata- clysm” ahead. Government spending on what peo- ple called the arms race had stimulated European economies; but while stockpiles of arms temporar- ily promoted economic growth, they menaced the future. As early as the mid-1890s, one socialist had called the situation a “cold war” because the hos- tile atmosphere made physical combat seem im- minent. By 1914, the air was even more charged, with militant nationalism in the Balkan states and conflicts in domestic politics propelling Europeans toward mass destruction.

Competing Alliances and Clashing Ambitions As the twentieth century opened, the Triple Al- liance that Bismarck had negotiated among Ger- many, Austria-Hungary, and Italy confronted an opposing alliance between France and Russia, cre- ated in the 1890s. The wild card in the diplomatic scenario was Great Britain, traditional enemy of France, especially in the contest for global power. Constant rivals in Africa, Britain and France edged to the brink of war in 1898 over competing claims to Fashoda, a town in the Sudan. France withdrew, however, and both nations were frightened into getting along for mutual self-interest. To prevent another Fashoda, they entered into secret agree-

ments, the first of which (1904) recognized British claims in Egypt and French claims in Morocco. This agreement marked the beginning of the British-French alliance called the Entente Cor- diale. Despite the alliance, Britain’s response to a European war remained in question; even French statesmen feared that, should war break out, their ally might decide to remain neutral.

Germany’s Imperial Demands. Kaiser William II inflamed the diplomatic atmosphere just as France and Britain were reaching these diplomatic under- standings. After victory in the Franco-Prussian War, Bismarck had proclaimed Germany a “satis- fied” nation and worked to balance great-power interests, generally avoiding imperial battles. William II, in contrast, was emboldened by Ger- many’s growing industrial might and announced in 1901 that Germany needed world power achieved by “friendly conquests.” But his actions were far from friendly. Convinced of British hos- tility toward France, William II used the opportu- nity presented by the defeat of France’s ally Russia in 1904–1905 to contest French claims in Morocco. A boastful, blustery man who was easily prodded to rash actions by his advisers, William landed in Morocco in 1905, challenging French claims there. To resolve what became known as the First Mo- roccan Crisis, an international conference met in Spain in 1906. Germany confidently expected to gain concessions and new territories, but instead the powers, now including the United States, de- cided to uphold the French claims. France and Britain, seeing German aggression in Morocco, drew closer together.

Germany found itself weak internationally and strong economically, a situation that made its leaders more determined to compete for territory abroad. When the French took over Morocco com- pletely in 1911, Germany triggered the Second Mo- roccan Crisis by sending a gunboat to the port of Agadir and demanding concessions from the French. This time no power — not even Austria- Hungary — backed the German move. No one ac- knowledged this dominant country’s might, nor did its insistence on recognition encourage anyone to do so. The British and French now made bind- ing military provisions for the deployment of their forces in case of war, thus strengthening the En- tente Cordiale. Smarting from its setbacks on the world stage, Germany refocused its sights on its continental role and on its own alliances.

7 9 0 C h a p t e r 2 4 ■ M o d e r n i t y a n d t h e R o a d t o W a r 1 8 9 0 – 1 9 1 4

Entente Cordiale: An alliance between Britain and France that began with an agreement in 1904 to honor colonial holdings.

Crises in the Balkans. Germany’s bold territorial claims, along with public uncertainty about the binding force of alliances, unsettled Europe, par- ticularly the Balkans. German statesmen began en- visioning the creation of a Mitteleuropa — a term that literally meant “central Europe” but that in their minds also included the Balkans and Turkey. The Habsburgs, now firmly backed by Germany, judged that expansion into the Balkans and the re- sulting addition of even more ethnic groups would weaken the claims of any single ethnic minority in the Dual Monarchy. Russia, however, saw itself as the protector of Slavs in the region and wanted to replace the Ottomans as the dominant Balkan

power, especially since Japan had crushed Russian hopes for expansion to the east. Austria’s swift an- nexation of Bosnia-Herzegovina during the Young Turk revolt in 1908 enraged not only the Russians but the Serbs as well, who wanted Bosnia as part of an enlarged Serbia. The Balkans thus whetted many appetites (Map 24.4).

Even without the greedy eyes cast on the Balkans, the situation would have been extremely volatile. The nineteenth century had seen the rise of nationalism and ethnicity as the basis for the unity of the nation-state, and by late in the cen- tury, ethnic loyalty challenged dynastic power in the Balkans. Greece, Serbia, Bulgaria, Romania, and Montenegro emerged as autonomous states, almost all of them composed of several ethnicities as well as Orthodox Christians, Roman Catholics, and Muslims. All these states sought more Ot- toman and Habsburg territory that included their

R o a d s t o W a r 7 9 11 8 9 0 – 1 9 1 4

Mitteleuropa (miht el oy ROH pah): Literally, “central Europe,” but used by military leaders in Germany before World War I to refer to land in both central and eastern Europe that they hoped to acquire.

Ottoman Empire in 1912

0 200 400 kilometers

0 200 400 miles N

S

E W

B l a c k S e a

Aegean Sea

Adriatic Sea

Danube R.

R U S S I A

A U S T R I A - H U N G A R Y

SERBIA

GREECE

ALBANIA

BULGARIA

O T T O M A N E M P I R E

O T T O M A N E M P I R EMONTENEGRO

ROMANIA

ITALY

BOSNIA- HERZEGOVINA

Annexed by Austria-Hungary, 1908

Ceded to Romania from Bulgaria, 1913

To Greece, 1913

To Italy, 1912

M a c

e d o n

i a

Constantinople

Sarajevo

Vienna

�

�

�

M A P 2 4 . 4 The Balkans, 1908–1914 Balkan peoples—mixed in religion, ethnicity, and political views—were successful in asserting their desire for independence, especially in the First Balkan War, which claimed territory from the Ottoman Empire. Their increased autonomy sparked rivalries among them and continued to attract attention from the great powers. Three empires in particular— the Russian, Ottoman, and Austro- Hungarian—simultaneously wanted influence for themselves in the region, which became a powder keg of competing ambitions.

own ethnic group — a complicated desire given the intermingling of ethnicities throughout the re- gion. War for territory was on these nationalists’ agenda.

In the First Balkan War, in 1912, Serbia, Bul- garia, Greece, and Montenegro joined forces to gain Macedonia and Albania from the Ottomans. The victors divided up their booty, with Bulgaria gaining the most territory, but in a Second Balkan War in 1913, Serbia, Greece, and Montenegro con- tested Bulgarian gains. The quick victory of these allies increased Austria’s dismay at Serbia’s rising power. Grievances between the Habsburgs and the Serbs now seemed irreconcilable as each aimed for greater influence in the Balkans. The region had become perilous as both Austria-Hungary (as ruler of many Slavs) and Russia (as their protector) sta- tioned increasing numbers of troops along the borders. The situation tempted strategists to think hopefully that a quick war there — something like Bismarck’s wars — could resolve tension and un- certainty.

The Race to Arms In the nineteenth century, global rivalries and as- pirations for national greatness made constant readiness for war seem increasingly necessary. On the seas and in foreign lands, the colonial powers battled to establish control, and they developed railroad, telegraph, and telephone networks every- where to link their conquests and to move troops as well as commercial goods. Governments began to draft ordinary citizens for periods of two to six years into large standing armies, in contrast to smaller eighteenth-century forces that had served the more limited military goals of the time. By 1914, escalating tensions in Europe boosted the annual intake of draftees: Germany, France, and Russia called up 250,000 or more troops each year. The per capita expenditure on the military rose in all the major powers between 1890 and 1914; the proportion of national budgets devoted to defense in 1910 was lowest in Austria-Hungary at 10 per- cent, and highest in Germany at 45 percent.

The modernization of weaponry also trans- formed warfare. Swedish arms manufacturer Al- fred Nobel patented dynamite and developed a kind of gunpowder that improved the accuracy of guns and produced a less clouded battlefield envi- ronment by reducing firearm smoke. Break- throughs in the chemical industry led to improvements in long-range artillery, which by 1914 could fire on targets as far as six miles away. Munitions factories across Europe manufactured

ever-growing stockpiles of howitzers, Mauser rifles, and Hotchkiss machine guns. Used in the Russo-Japanese and South African wars, these new weapons had shown that military offensives were more difficult to win than in the past because nei- ther side could overcome such accurate firepower. Military leaders devised new strategies to protect their armies from the heavy firepower and deadly accuracy of the new weapons: in the Russo-Japanese War, trenches and barbed wire blanketed the front around Port Arthur.

Naval construction figured in both the arms race and the rising nationalism in politics. To de- fend against the new powerful, accurate weaponry, ships built after the mid-nineteenth century were made of metal rather than wood. Launched in 1905, the H.M.S. Dreadnought, a warship with un- precedented firepower, was the centerpiece of the British navy’s plan to construct at least seven bat- tleships per year. Germany also built up its navy and made itself a great land and sea power. The German military encouraged William II to view the navy as the essential ingredient in making Ger- many a world power and directed him to the writ- ings of the American naval theorist Alfred Thayer Mahan. Mahan’s argument that command of the seas determined international power encouraged Germany to plan for naval bases as far away as the Pacific. The German drive to build battleships strengthened Britain’s alliance with France in the Entente Cordiale, as all the powers dramatically raised their annual naval spending (Figure 24.1). The Germans described their fleet buildup as “a peaceful policy,” but, like British naval expansion, it led only to a hostile international climate and intense competition in weapons manufacture.

Public relations campaigns encouraged mili- tary buildup (see Document, “A Historian Pro- motes Militant Nationalism,” page 795). When critics of the arms race suggested a temporary “naval holiday” to stop British and German build- ing, British officials sent out news releases warn- ing that such a cutback “would throw innumerable men on the pavement.” Advocates of imperial ex- pansion and nationalist groups lobbied for mili- tary spending, while enthusiasts in government promoted large navies as beneficial to interna- tional trade, domestic industry, and national pride. When Germany’s Social Democrats questioned the use of taxes and their heavy burden on workers, the press criticized the party for lack of patriot- ism. The Conservative Party in Great Britain, ea- ger for more battleships, made popular the slogan “We want eight and we won’t wait.” Public enthu- siasm for arms buildup and militant nationalism

7 9 2 C h a p t e r 2 4 ■ M o d e r n i t y a n d t h e R o a d t o W a r 1 8 9 0 – 1 9 1 4

amid growing international competition set the stage for the outbreak of war. The remarks of a French military leader typified the sentiments of the time, even among the public at large. When asked in 1912 about his predictions for war and peace, he responded enthusiastically, “We shall have war. I will make it. I will win it.”

1914: War Erupts June 28, 1914, began as an ordinary, even happy day not only for Freud’s patient the Wolf-Man but also for the Austrian archduke Francis Ferdinand and his wife, Sophie, as they ended a state visit to Sarajevo in Bosnia. The archduke, in full military regalia, was riding in a motorcade to bid farewell to various officials when a group of young Serb nationalists threw bombs in an unsuccessful assas- sination attempt. The danger did not register; af- ter a stop, the archduke and his wife set out again. In the crowd was another nationalist, Gavrilo Prin- cip, who had traveled in secret for several weeks to reach this destination, dreaming of reuniting his

homeland of Bosnia-Herzegovina with Serbia and smuggling weapons with him to accomplish his end. The unprotected and unsuspecting Austrian couple became Princip’s victims, as he shot both dead.

Some in the Habsburg government saw the as- sassination as an opportunity to put down the Ser- bians once and for all. Evidence showed that Princip had received arms and information from Serbian officials, who directed a terrorist organi- zation from within the government. Endorsing a quick defeat of Serbia, German statesmen and mil- itary leaders urged the Austrians to be unyielding and promised support in case of war. The Austri- ans sent an ultimatum to the Serbian government, demanding public disavowals of terrorism, sup- pression of terrorist groups, and the participation of Austrian officials in an investigation of the crime. “You are setting Europe ablaze,” the Russ- ian foreign minister remarked of the Austrians’ hu- miliating demands made on a sovereign state. Yet the Serbs were conciliatory, accepting all the terms except the presence of Austrian officials in the in-

R o a d s t o W a r 7 9 31 8 9 0 – 1 9 1 4

Germany

Austria-Hungary

Italy

Great Britain

Russia

France

Army Navy

Spending is measured in British pounds.

1890 1900 1910 1914 0

20

40

60

80

100

120 E

xp en

d it

u re

s in

m il

li o

n s

o f

p o

u n

d s

F I G U R E 2 4 . 1 The Growth in Armaments, 1890–1914 At the beginning of the twentieth century, the European powers engaged in a massive arms race. Several comparisons offer themselves, particularly the resources newly devoted to navies and the soaring defense spending of the Germans. Historians often ask whether better diplomacy could have prevented the outbreak of world war in 1914. The enormous military buildup, however, made some people living in the early twentieth century, as well as some later historians, see war as inevitable. (The Hammond Atlas of the Twentieth Century (London: Times Books, 1996), 29.)

vestigation. Kaiser William was pleased: “A great moral success for Vienna! All reason for war is gone.” His relief proved unfounded. Austria- Hungary, confident of German backing, used the Serbs’ resistance to one demand as the pretext for declaring war against Serbia on July 28.

Some statesmen tried desperately to avoid war. The tsar and the kaiser sent pleading letters to one another not to start a European war. The British foreign secretary proposed an all-European con- ference, but without success. Germany displayed firm support for Austria in hopes of convincing the French and British to shy away from the war. The failure of either to fight, German officials be- lieved, would keep Russia from mobilizing. Addi- tionally, German military leaders had become fixed on fighting a short, preemptive war that would provide territorial gains leading toward the goal of a Mitteleuropa. As conservatives, they planned to impose martial law as part of such a war, using it as a pretext for arresting the leader- ship of the German Social Democratic Party, which threatened their rule.

The European press caught the war fever of expansionist, imperialist, and other pro-war or-

ganizations, even as many governments were torn over what to do. Military leaders, especially in Ger- many and Austria-Hungary, promoted mobiliza- tion rather than diplomacy in the last days of July. The Austrians declared war and then ordered mo- bilization on July 31 without fear of a Russian at- tack. They did so in full confidence of German military aid, because as early as 1909 Germany had promised to defend Austria-Hungary, even if that country took the offensive. The thought was that Russia would not dare to intervene against an Austria-Hungary backed by Germany military power, but Nicholas II ordered the mobilization in defense of the Serbs — Russia’s Slavic allies. Encouraging the Austrians to attack Serbia, the German general staff mobilized on August 1. France declared war by virtue of its agreement to aid its ally Russia, and when Germany violated Belgian neutrality on its way to invade France, Britain entered the war on the side of France and Russia.

Review: What were the major factors leading to the outbreak of World War I?

7 9 4 C h a p t e r 2 4 ■ M o d e r n i t y a n d t h e R o a d t o W a r 1 8 9 0 – 1 9 1 4

Arrest of the Assassin Gavrilo Princip belonged to the Young Bosnians, a group devoted to killing Habsburgs in revenge for the Austro-Hungarian monarchy’s having sent workers to colonize their homeland. In June 1914, at the age of nineteen, Princip lived out his dream, killing the heir to the Habsburg throne and his wife. Here Princip is shown being apprehended. He spent the rest of his life in prison and was appalled at the carnage of World War I. (© Bettmann/ Corbis.)

Conclusion Rulers soon forgot their last-minute hesitations when in some capitals celebration erupted with the declaration of war. “A mighty wonder has taken place,” wrote a Viennese actor after watching the troops march off amid public enthusiasm. “We have become young.” Both sides exulted, certain of victory — a triumph of the militant nationalism that led many Europeans to favor war over peace. There were other advantages. Disturbances in pri- vate life and challenges to established certainties in ideas would disappear, it was believed, in the cru- cible of war. A short conflict, people maintained, would resolve tensions ranging from the rise of the working class to political problems caused by global imperial competition. German military men saw war as an opportune moment to round up social democrats and reestablish the traditional deference of an agrarian society. Liberal govern- ment based on rights and constitutions, some be- lieved, had simply gone too far in allowing new groups full citizenship and political influence.

Modernity helped blaze the path to war. New technology, mass armies, and new techniques of persuasion supported the military buildup. The Rite of Spring, the ballet that opened in Paris on the eve of war in 1913, had taken as its theme the

ritualistic attraction of death. Facing continuing violence in politics, chaos in the arts, and prob- lems in the industrial order, many Europeans had come to believe that war would save them from the modern perils they faced. The pessimism that characterized the years before 1914 would end. “Like men longing for a thunderstorm to relieve them of the summer’s sultriness,” wrote an Aus- trian official, “so the generation of 1914 believed in the relief that war might bring.” Tragically, any hope of relief soon faded. Instead of bringing the refreshment of summer rain, war opened an era of political turmoil, widespread suffering, massive human slaughter, and even greater doses of modernity.

For Further Exploration

■ For suggested references, including Web sites, for topics in this chapter, see page SR-1 at the end of the book.

■ For additional primary-source material from this period, see Chapter 24 in Sources of THE MAKING OF THE WEST, Third Edition.

■ For Web sites and documents related to topics in this chapter, see Make History at bedfordstmartins.com/hunt.

C o n c l u s i o n 7 9 51 8 9 0 – 1 9 1 4

A Historian Promotes Militant Nationalism

D O C U M E N T

As the nineteenth century came to an end, competitive nationalism in preparation for war was everywhere, even in classrooms. History had developed into a “science” by this time, and historians were supposed to be neutral, basing their conclusions on solid, documentary evidence and erasing all trace of religious or national bias from their work. In the climate of military buildup, competition for empire, and a pro-war spirit, the goal of dispassionate ob- jectivity weakened. Supporting his nation was a driving force in the writing and teaching, of, among others, Heinrich von Treitschke of the University of Berlin, who delivered his lectures glorifying Germany’s wars to throngs of cheering students and army officers.

The next essential function of the State is the conduct of war. The long oblivion into which this principle had fallen is a proof of how effeminate the science of government had become in civilian hands. . . .

Without war no State could be. All those we know of arose through war, and the protection of their members by armed force remains their primary and essential task. War, therefore, will endure to the end of history, as long as there is multiplicity of States. The laws of human thought and of human nature forbid any alternative, neither is one to be wished for. The blind worshipper of an eternal peace falls into the error of isolating the State, or dreams of one which is universal, which we have already seen to be at variance with reason.

Even as it is impossible to conceive of a tribunal above the State, which we have recognized as sovereign in its very essence, so it is likewise impossible to banish the idea of war from the world. It is a favourite fashion of our time to instance England as particularly ready for peace. But England is perpetually at war; there is hardly an instant in her recent history in which she has not been obliged to be fighting somewhere. The great strides which civilization makes against bar- barism and unreason are only made ac- tual by the sword.

Source: Heinrich Treitschke, Politics, Hans Kohn, ed., Blanche Duddale and Torben de Bille, trans. (New York: Harcourt, 1965), 37–38.

7 9 6 C h a p t e r 2 4 ■ M o d e r n i t y a n d t h e R o a d t o W a r 1 8 9 0 – 1 9 1 4

0 200 400 kilometers

0 400 miles200

N

S

E

W

Triple Alliance, 1882–1915

Triple Entente, 1907–1917

North Sea

Aegean Sea

M e d i t e r r a n e a n S e a

A T L A N T I C O C E A N

Black Sea

Ba ltic

Se

a

A driatic Sea

GREAT BRITAIN

BELGIUM

NETHERLANDS

FRANCE

ITALY

SPAIN

BALEARIC IS.

Corsica

Sardinia

Sicily

Crete

P O

R T

U G

A L

MOROCCO (Fr.)

ALGERIA (Fr.)

TUNISIA (Fr.)

LIBYA (It.)

AUSTRIA-HUNGARY

GREECE

R U S S I A

ALBANIA

MONTE- NEGRO

BULGARIA

ROMANIA

SERBIA

SWITZERLAND

DENMARK

NORWAY

SWEDEN

FINLAND

POLAND

IRELAND

SCOTLAND

ENGLAND

OTTOMAN EMPIRE

GERMANY

London

Lisbon Madrid

Paris

Brussels

Bern

Berlin

Vienna

Prague

Athens

Budapest

Sofia

Belgrade

Constantinople

Bucharest

Moscow

St. Petersburg

Sarajevo

Rome

Amsterdam�

� �

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

M A P P I N G T H E W E S T

Europe at the Outbreak of World War I, August 1914 All the powers expected a great, swift victory when war broke out. Many saw war as a chance to increase their territories; as rivals for trade and empire, almost all believed that war would bring them many advantages. But if European nations appeared well prepared and invincible at the start of the war, relatively few would survive the conflict intact.

C h a p t e r R e v i e w 7 9 71 8 9 0 – 1 9 1 4

K e y Te r m s a n d P e o p l e M a k i n g C o n n e c t i o n s

R e v i e w Q u e s t i o n s

1. How did changes in society at the turn of the century affect the development of mass politics?

2. How was culture connected to the world of politics in the years 1890–1914?

3. How had nationalism changed since the French Revolution?

1. How did ideas about the self and about personal life change at the beginning of the twentieth century?

2. How did modernism transform the arts and the world of ideas?

3. What were the points of tension in European political life at the beginning of the twentieth century?

4. How and why did events in overseas empires from the 1890s on challenge Western faith in imperialism?

5. What were the major factors leading to the outbreak of World War I?

C h a p t e r R e v i e w

new woman (767)

Sigmund Freud (769)

modernism (771)

Friedrich Nietzsche (772)

Albert Einstein (772)

art nouveau (775)

Emmeline Pankhurst (778)

Nicholas II (779)

Zionism (783)

South African War (785)

Duma (787)

Entente Cordiale (790)

Mitteleuropa (791)

For practice quizzes, a customized study plan, and other study tools, see the Online Study Guide at bedfordstmartins.com / hunt.

I m p o r ta n t Ev e n t s

1894–1895 Japan defeats China in the Sino-Japanese War

1894–1899 Dreyfus Affair exposes anti-Semitism in France

1899–1902 South African War fought between Dutch descendants and the British in South African states

1900 Sigmund Freud publishes The Interpreta- tion of Dreams

1901 Irish National Theater established by Maud Gonne and William Butler Yeats; death of Queen Victoria

1903 Emmeline Pankhurst founds the Women’s Social and Political Union to fight for women’s suffrage in Great Britain

1904–1905 Japan defeats Russia in the Russo- Japanese War

1905 Revolution erupts in Russia; violence forces Nicholas II to establish an elected body, the Duma; Albert Einstein publishes his special theory of relativity

1906 Women receive the vote in Finland

1907 Pablo Picasso launches cubist painting with Les Demoiselles d’Avignon

1908 Young Turks revolt against rule by the sultan in the Ottoman Empire

1911–1912 Revolutionaries overthrow the Qing dynasty and declare China a republic

1914 Assassination of the Austrian archduke Francis Ferdinand and his wife by a Serbian nationalist precipitates World War I

J ules Amar found his true vocation in World War I. A French ex-

pert on improving the efficiency of industrial work, Amar switched

his focus after 1914. As hundreds of thousands of men returned

from the battlefront missing body parts, plastic surgery and the con-

struction of masks and other devices to hide deformities developed

rapidly. Amar devised artificial limbs and appendages to “make up for

a function lost, or greatly reduced” that would allow the wounded sol-

dier to return to normal life. The arms he designed featured hooks,

magnets, and other mechanisms with which the veteran could hold a

cigarette, play a violin, and, most important, work with tools such as

typewriters. Mangled by the weapons of modern technological warfare,

the survivors of World War I would be made whole, it was thought, by

technology such as Amar’s.

Amar dealt with the human tragedy of the Great War, so named by

contemporaries because of its staggering human toll — forty million

wounded or killed in battle. The Great War did not settle problems or

restore social order as the European powers hoped it would. Instead,

the war produced political chaos, overturning the Russian, German,

Ottoman, and Austro-Hungarian empires. The crushing burden of war

on the European powers accelerated the rise of the United States, while

service in the war intensified the demands of colonized peoples for in-

dependence. Many soldiers remained actively fighting long into what

was supposed to be peacetime, while others had been so militarized

that they longed for a life that was more like wartime.

World War I transformed society too, sometimes building on trends

under way before the war started. A prewar feeling of doom and decline

gave way to a more pervasive postwar cynicism. Many Westerners turned

The Great War, 1914–1918 800 • Blueprints for War • The Battlefronts • The Home Front

Protest, Revolution, and War’s End, 1917–1918 810 • War Protest • Revolution in Russia • Ending the War, 1918

The Search for Peace in an Era of Revolution 815 • Europe in Turmoil • The Paris Peace Conference,

1919–1920 • Economic and Diplomatic

Consequences of the Peace

The Aftermath of War: Europe in the 1920s 821 • Changes in the Political Landscape • Reconstructing the Economy • Restoring Society

Mass Culture and the Rise of Modern Dictators 827 • Culture for the Masses • Cultural Debates over the Future • The Communist Utopia • Fascism on the March in Italy

7 9 9

World War I and Its Aftermath 1914–1929

C H A P T E R

25

Grieving Parents Before World War I, the German artist Käthe Kollwitz gained her artistic reputation with woodcuts of handloom weavers whose livelihoods were threatened by industrialization. From 1914 on, she depicted the suffering and death that swirled around her and never with more sober force than in these two monuments to her son Peter, who died on the western front in the first months of battle. Today one can still travel to his burial place in Vladslo, Belgium, to see this father and mother mourning their loss, like millions across Europe in those heartbreaking days. (© John Parker Picture Library. © 2008 Artists Rights Society (ARS), New York/ VG Bild-Kunst, Bonn.)

their backs on politics and attacked life with fren- zied gaiety in the Roaring Twenties, shopping for new consumer goods, drinking in entertainment provided by films and radio, and enjoying once for- bidden personal freedoms. Others found reason for hope in the new political systems the war made pos- sible: Soviet communism and Italian fascism. Mod- ern communication technologies such as radio gave politicians the means to promote a utopian mass politics that, paradoxically, was antidemocratic, mil- itaristic, and violent — like the war itself. Total war further weakened the gentlemanly political tone of British prime minister William Gladstone’s day and perhaps even totally devastated it.

A war that was long anticipated and even wel- comed in some quarters as a solution to the con- flicts of modernity destabilized Europe and the world long after the fighting ended. From states- men to ordinary citizens, many Europeans, like Jules Amar, would spend the next decade dealing with the aftermath of war. While some tried to make war-ravaged society function normally, oth- ers were planning to tap into the forces of mili- tarism that the war had so glorified. It became clear that the prewar normality was gone forever and that the war and its values were shaping the 1920s.

Focus Question: What political, social, and eco- nomic impact did World War I have during the conflict, immediately after it, and through the 1920s?

The Great War, 1914–1918 When war erupted in August 1914, there already existed long-standing alliances, well-defined strate- gies, and built-up military technologies such as heavy artillery, machine guns, and airplanes. Most people felt that this would be a short, decisive con-

flict similar to Prussia’s rapid victories in the 1860s and 1870 and Japan’s swift defeat of Russia in 1904–1905. In fact, the unexpected happened: this war lasted for more than four long years. It was also what historians call a total war, meaning one built on the full mobilization of entire societies — soldiers and civilians — and the complete techno- logical capacities of the nations involved. It was the war’s unexpected and unprecedented horror that made World War I “great.”

Blueprints for War World War I pitted two sets of opponents formed roughly out of the alliances developed during the previous fifty years. On one side stood the Central Powers (Austria-Hungary and Germany), which had evolved from Bismarck’s Triple Alliance. On the other side were the Allies (France, Great Britain, and Russia), which had emerged as a bloc from the Entente Cordiale between France and Great Britain and the 1890s treaties between France and Russia. In 1915, Italy, originally part of the Triple Alliance, switched sides and joined the Allies in hopes of postwar gain. The war became worldwide almost from the start: in late August 1914, Japan, eager to extend its empire into China, went over to the Allies, while in the fall the Ot- toman Empire united with the Central Powers against its traditional enemy, Russia (Map 25.1).

The antagonists fought with the same fero- cious hunger for power, prestige, and prosperity that had inspired imperialism. Of the Central Pow- ers, Germany wanted a bigger empire, to be gained by annexing Russian territory and incorporating parts of Belgium, France, and Luxembourg. Some German leaders wanted to annex Austria-Hungary

8 0 0 C h a p t e r 2 5 ■ W o r l d W a r I a n d I t s A f t e r m a t h 1 9 1 4 – 1 9 2 9

total war: A war built on the full mobilization of soldiers, civil- ians, and technology of the nations involved. The term also refers to a highly destructive war of ideologies.

1912 1915 1918

■ 1913–1915 Suffrage for women expands in Europe

■ 1914 August World War I begins

■ 1916 Easter Uprising in Ireland

■ 1917 March Russian Revolution April United States enters World War I November Bolshevik Revolution

■ 1918 November World War I armistice

■ 1918–1922 Civil war in Russia

■ 1919 Weimar Republic begins

■ 1919–1920 Paris Peace Conference

1921 1924 1927 1930

as well. Austria-Hungary hoped to keep its great- power status despite the competing nationalisms of ethnic groups within its borders. Among the Al- lies, Russia wanted to reassert its status as a great power and as the protector of the Slavs by adding a reunified Poland to the Russian Empire and by taking formal leadership of other Slavic peoples. The French, too, craved territory, especially the re- turn of Alsace and Lorraine, ceded to Germany af- ter the Franco-Prussian War of 1870–1871. The

British wanted to cement their hold on Egypt and the Suez Canal and keep the rest of their world empire secure. By the Treaty of London (1915), France and Britain promised Italy territory in Africa, Asia Minor, the Balkans, and elsewhere in return for joining the Allies.

The war involved more than the major Euro- pean nations and Japan; their colonies participated too, providing massive assistance and serving as battlegrounds. Some one million Africans, one

Th e G r e a t W a r , 1 9 1 4 – 1 9 1 8 8 0 11 9 1 4 – 1 9 2 9

■ 1922 Ireland gains independence; Fascists march on Rome; Eliot, “The Waste Land”; Joyce, Ulysses

■ 1924 Lenin dies; Stalin and Trotsky contend for power

■ 1924–1929 Economic prosperity and stability

■ 1929 October U.S. stock market crash

A French Regiment Leaves for the Front, August 1914 Bands played, crowds cheered, and bicyclists led the way as bayonet-equipped soldiers marched eagerly to war. But some viewed the outbreak of war more soberly, and this mood became more common as machine guns and poison chemicals brought the bravest men down. People in cities, working to provide munitions and supplies, soon felt the pinch of inflation; later, many lacked food. Countless men returned physically disabled or mentally deranged from their experience. (Roger Viollet / Getty Images.)

million Indians, and more than a million mem- bers of the British commonwealth countries fought in the battles. The imperial powers also conscripted still uncounted numbers of colonists as forced laborers both at home and on the battle- front: a million Kenyans and Tanzanians alone are estimated to have been conscripted for menial la- bor in the battle for East Africa. Colonial troops played a major role in the fighting across north

and sub-Saharan Africa. Using Arab, African, and Indian troops, the British waged successful war in the Ottoman lands of the Middle East. When the Russian Revolution broke out in 1917, the war moved beyond the Black Sea into the Caucasus in a fight for the rich Baku oilfields. In sub-Saharan Africa, the vicious campaign for East Africa cost many lives, not only among the African troops used against one another on behalf of the impe-

8 0 2 C h a p t e r 2 5 ■ W o r l d W a r I a n d I t s A f t e r m a t h 1 9 1 4 – 1 9 2 9

0 200 400 kilometers

0 400 miles200

N

S

E

W

Allied Powers

Central Powers

Neutral nations

Land occupied by Central Powers at their height

German submarine war zone

Major Allied offensives

Major Central Powers offensives

Farthest advance by Allied Powers (east 1914, west 1918)

Farthest advance by Central Powers (west 1914, east 1918)

Major battle�

North Sea

M e d i t e r r a n e a n S e a

ATLANTIC OCEAN

Black Sea

Ba lti

c Se

a

S eine R.

R h

in e

R .

Danube R.

Elbe R.

Oder R .

Dniester R .

Bug R.

Dnieper R.

Don R.

V olga R.

Dvina R.

Marne R.

GREAT

BRITAIN

BELGIUM

NETHERLANDS

FRANCE

LUX.

ITALY SPAIN

AUSTRIA-HUNGARY

GREECE

R U S S I A

ALBANIA

MONTE- NEGRO

BULGARIA

ROMANIA

SERBIA

SWITZERLAND

DENMARK

NORWAY

SWEDEN

FINLAND

POLAND

IRELAND

SCOTLAND

ENGLAND

O T T O M A N E M P I R E

GERMANY

Galicia

Alsace

L orrain

e

East Prussia

Lusitania sunk 1915

Jutland 1916

Masurian Lakes 1914

Tannenberg 1914

Warsaw 1915

Somme 1916Marne

1914 Verdun 1916

Caporetto 1917

Gallipoli 1915–16

British naval

blocka de

Balkan front, 1917–18

Eastern front, May 1915

Armistice line, December, 1917

Treaty of Brest-Litovsk, March 1918

Italian front, March 1918

Stabilized western front CARPATHIANS

�

�

� ��

�

�

�

�

�

Berlin

Paris

London

Vienna

Sofia

Constantinople

Bucharest

Cracow

Moscow

Vilnius Grodno

Brest- Litovsk

Petrograd (St. Petersburg)

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

� �

�

�

M A P 2 5 . 1 The Fronts of World War I, 1914–1918 Because the western front remained relatively stationary, devastation of land and resources was intense. All fronts, however, destroyed segments of Europe’s hard-won industrial and agricultural capacity, while the immobile trenches increased military casualties whenever heavy artillery fire pounded them. Men engaged in trench warfare for so long developed an intense camaraderie based on their mutual suffering and deprivation.

rialist powers but also among the civilian popu- lation whose resources were confiscated and whose villages were burned. The Japanese seized German-controlled territories in China to enlarge their influence on the mainland.

Unprecedented use of machinery also deter- mined the course of war. In August 1914, machine guns and rifles, airplanes, battleships, submarines, and motorized transport — cars and trains — were at the disposal of armies; other technologies like chlorine gas, tanks, and bombs developed between 1914 and 1918. Countries differed, however, in their experience with and quantities of weapons. British generals who had fought in the South African War (1899–1902) knew the destructive ca- pacity of these weapons, while the Germans were far more advanced in strategy and weaponry than either the Russians or the Austrians. The war itself became a lethal testing ground as both new and old weapons were used, often ineffectively. Nonetheless, officers on both sides believed in a cult of the offensive, which called for continuous attacks against the enemy and sustained high troop morale. Despite the availability of newer, more powerful war technology, an old-fashioned vision of war made many officers unwilling to abandon the more familiar sabers, lances, and bayonets. In the face of massive firepower, the cult of the offen- sive would cost millions of lives.

The Battlefronts The first months of the war crushed hope of quick victory. All the major armies mobilized rap- idly. The Germans were guided by the Schlieffen Plan, named after its author, Alfred von Schlieffen, a former chief of the general staff. The plan essentially outlined a way to combat enemies on two fronts by concentrating on one foe at a time. It called for a rapid and concentrated blow to the west against France, which would lead to that nation’s defeat in six weeks, accompanied by a light holding action against Russia to

the east. The attack on France was to proceed through Belgium, whose neutrality was guaran- teed by the European powers. Once France had fallen, Germany’s western armies would be de- ployed against Russia, which, it was believed, would mobilize far more slowly. The great powers were not prepared for the unexpected, especially the prolonged massacre of their nations’ youth with no hint of a victory in sight.

Indecisive Offensives: 1914–1915. When Ger- man troops reached Belgium and Luxembourg at the beginning of August 1914, the Belgian govern- ment rejected an ultimatum to allow the uncon- tested passage of the German army through the country. Instead, the Belgians put up spirited re- sistance. Meanwhile, the main body of French troops, tricked by German diversionary tactics, at- tacked the Germans in Alsace and Lorraine instead of meeting the main invasion from the north. Bel- gian resistance slowed the German advance, allow- ing British and French troops to reach the northern front. In September, the British and French armies engaged the Germans along the Marne River in France. Neither side could defeat the other, and casualties were shocking: in the first three months of war, more than 1.5 million men fell on the western front alone. Guns like the 75- millimeter howitzer, accurate at long range, turned what was supposed to be an offensive war of move- ment into a stationary standoff along a line that stretched from the North Sea through Belgium and

northern France to Switzerland (Map 25.2). Deep within oppos- ing lines of trenches dug along this front, millions of soldiers lived in nightmarish homes.

On the eastern front, the “Russian steam-roller” — named thus because of the number of men mobilized, some twelve mil- lion in all — drove far more quickly than expected into East Prussia on August 17. The Rus- sians believed that no army could stand up to their massive num- bers, regardless of how badly equipped and poorly trained they were. Their success was short-

lived. The Germans crushed the tsar’s army in East Prussia and then turned south to Galicia. Victory made heroes of the military leaders Paul von Hin- denburg (1847–1934) and Erich Ludendorff (1865–1937), who demanded more troops for the eastern front. Despite victories, German triumphs

Th e G r e a t W a r , 1 9 1 4 – 1 9 1 8 8 0 31 9 1 4 – 1 9 2 9

cult of the offensive: A military strategy of constantly attacking the enemy that was believed to be the key to winning World War I but that brought great loss of life while failing to bring decisive victory.

Schlieffen Plan: The Germans’ strategy in World War I that called for attacks on two fronts—concentrating first on France to the west and then turning east to attack Russia.

0 50 100 kilometers

0 100 miles50

Neutral nations

R h

in e

R .

Sein e R .

M

arne R

.

BELGIUM

LUX.

NETHERLANDS

F R A N C E

SWITZERLAND

GERMANY Brussels

Paris Reims

Metz

�

� �

�

The Schlieffen Plan

in the east had failed to knock out the Russians by year’s end and had also misdirected the Schlieffen Plan by removing forces from the west before the western front had been won.

War at sea proved equally indecisive. Confi- dent in Britain’s superior naval power, the Allies blockaded ports to prevent supplies from reaching Germany and Austria-Hungary. Kaiser William II and his advisers planned a massive submarine campaign against Allied and neutral shipping around Britain and France. In May 1915, a Ger- man U-boat (Unterseeboot, “underwater boat”) sank the British passenger ship Lusitania and killed 1,198 people, including 124 Americans. Despite U.S. outrage, President Woodrow Wilson main-

8 0 4 C h a p t e r 2 5 ■ W o r l d W a r I a n d I t s A f t e r m a t h 1 9 1 4 – 1 9 2 9

tained a policy of neutrality; Germany, unwilling to provoke Wilson further, called off unrestricted submarine war- fare. In May 1916, the navies of Ger- many and Britain finally clashed in the North Sea at Jutland. This inconclu- sive battle demonstrated that the Ger- man fleet could not master British seapower.

Ideas of a negotiated peace were discarded: “No peace before England is defeated and destroyed,” William II railed against his cousin King George V. “Only amidst the ruins of London will I forgive Georgy.” French leaders called for a “war to the death.” General staffs on both sides continued to pre- pare fierce attacks several times a year. Indecisive campaigns opened with heavy artillery pounding enemy trenches and gun emplacements. Troops then responded to the order to go “over the top” by scrambling out of their trenches and into battle, usually to be mowed down by machine-gun fire from defenders secure in their own trenches. On the western front throughout 1915, the French assaulted the Germans in the north to drive them from industrial regions; they ac- complished little, however, and casual- ties of 100,000 and more for a single campaign became commonplace. On the eastern front, Russian armies cap- tured parts of Galicia in the spring of 1915 and lumbered toward Hungary. The Central Powers struck back in Poland later that year, bringing the front closer to Petrograd (formerly St. Petersburg), the Russian capital. The Austro-Hungarian armies routed the

Serbs and then engaged the newly mobilized Ital- ian army.

Mounting Catastrophe: 1916. The next year’s battles were even more disastrous and futile. To cripple French morale, the Germans launched massive assaults on the fortress at Verdun, firing as many as a million shells in a single day. Com- bined French and German losses totaled close to a million men. Nonetheless, the French held. Hop- ing to relieve their allies, the British unleashed an artillery pounding of German trenches in the Somme region in June 1916. In several months of battle at the Somme, 1.25 million men were killed or wounded, but the final result was a draw. By the

N

S

EW

Allied Powers

Central Powers

Neutral nations

Land occupied by Central Powers at their height

Stabilized front

Armistice line

Farthest German advance, 1914

Farthest German advance, 1918

Central Powers offensives

Allied offensives

Battle

Battle costing over 250,000 lives

�

�

0 25 50 kilometers

0 50 miles25

�

�

�

�

�

�

M arne

R.

Somme R.

North Sea

Sei ne R

.

R hine R.

Aisn e R

.

NETHERLANDS

BELGIUM

GERMANY

LUXEMBOURG

FRANCE

Marne 1914

Argonne 1918

Loos 1915

Ypres 1915

Somme 1916

Verdun 1916

Als ace

Lorrain e

A rt

oi s

July 1916

Dec. 1917

S ep

t. 19

14

Aug. 1914

A ug

. 1 91

4

M ay

1 91

7

Paris

Liège

�

�

M A P 2 5 . 2 The Western Front The western front occupied some of the richest parts of France, with long-lasting consequences. Destruction of French villages, roads, bridges, livestock, and property was the worst in Europe, while the trauma of the French people endured for genera- tions. The effects of horrendous casualties, ever-present artillery fire, provisioning and hospital needs, and the demands of military and medical personnel changed everyone’s way of life.

end of 1916, the French had ab- sorbed more than 3.5 million ca- sualties. To help the Allies engaged at Verdun and the Somme, the Russians struck again, driving once more into the Carpathian Moun- tains, recouping territory, and menacing Austria-Hungary until stopped by the German army. Amid huge losses, the Austrian army recruited men in their mid- fifties, and the German general staff decided it would take over Austrian military operations. The war was sapping Europe’s strength and individual sovereignty.

The Soldiers’ War. Had the mili- tary leaders thoroughly dominated the scene, historians judge, all armies would have been utterly de- molished by the end of 1915. Yet ordinary soldiers in this war were not automatons in the face of what seemed to them suicidal orders. In- formal agreements among troops to avoid battles allowed some bat- talions to go for long stretches with hardly a casu- alty. Enemies facing each other across the trenches frequently ate their meals in peace, even though the trenches were within hand-grenade reach. Throughout the war, soldiers on both fronts frat- ernized with one another. They played an occa- sional game of soccer, shouted across the trenches, and made gestures of agreement not to fight. A British veteran of the trenches explained to a new recruit that the Germans “don’t want to fight any more than we do, so there’s a kind of understand- ing between us. Don’t fire at us and we’ll not fire at you.” Burying enemy dead in common graves with their own fallen comrades, many ordinary soldiers came to feel more warmly toward enemies who shared the trench experience than toward civilians back home.

Newly forged bonds of male camaraderie al- leviated some of the misery of trench life and aided survival. Sharing the danger of death and the dep- rivations of frontline experience weakened tradi-

Th e G r e a t W a r , 1 9 1 4 – 1 9 1 8 8 0 51 9 1 4 – 1 9 2 9

War in the Trenches Men at the front developed close friendships while they lived with daily discomfort, death, and the horrors of modern technological warfare. Some of the complexities of trench warfare appear in this image showing soldiers rescuing their fallen comrades after fighting at Bagatelle in northern France. (Getty Images.)

War in the Skies (1914) As the war started, aviators and the machines they piloted became symbols of the human potential to transcend time and space. The Great War, however, featured the airplane as the new weapon in what British writer H. G. Wells called the “headlong sweep to death.” Daring pilots, or “aces,” took the planes on reconnaissance flights and guided them in the totally new practice of aerial combat, as shown in this engraving from an Italian newspaper of a French airplane shooting down a German one. (The Art Archive/ Domenica del Corriere/ Dagli Orti.)

tional class distinctions. In some cases, upper-class officers and working-class recruits became friends in that “wholly masculine way of life uncompli- cated by women,” as another British soldier put it. Soldiers picked lice from one another’s bodies and clothes, revered section leaders who tended their blistered feet, and came to love one another, some- times even passionately. Positive memories of this frontline community survived the war and influ- enced postwar politics.

Troops of colonized soldiers from Asia and Africa had different experiences. Often these sol- diers were put in the very front ranks, where the risks were greatest. They suffered particularly from the rigors of an unfamiliar climate and strange food as well as from the devastation inflicted by Western war technology. Yet, as with class divi- sions, racial barriers sometimes fell, for instance, whenever a European understood enough to alle- viate the distress caused by severe cold. Colonial troops’ perspectives changed, too, as they saw their “masters” completely undone and “uncivilized.” For when fighting did break out, trenches became a veritable hell of shelling and sniping, flying body parts, rotting cadavers, and blinding gas. Some sol- diers became hysterical or succumbed to shell shock through the sheer stress and violence of battle. Alienation and cynicism rose: “It might be me tomorrow,” a young British soldier wrote his mother in 1916. “Who cares?” Many had gone to war to escape ordinary life in industrial society; however, they learned, as one German put it, “that in the modern war . . . the triumph of the machine over the individual is carried to its most extreme form.” They took this hard-won knowledge into battle, pulling their comrades back when an offen- sive seemed lost or too costly.

The Home Front World War I took place off the battlefield too. To- tal war meant the indispensable involvement of civilians in the war industry: manufacturing the shells and machine guns, the poisonous gases, the bombs and airplanes, and eventually the tanks that were the backbone of technological warfare. In- creased production of coffins, canes, wheelchairs, and artificial limbs (devised by the likes of Jules Amar) was also a wartime necessity. Because sol- diers would have utterly failed without them, civil- ians had to work overtime, believe in, and sacrifice for victory. To keep the war machine operating smoothly, governments oversaw factories, trans- portation systems, and resources ranging from food to coal to textiles. Such dictatorial govern-

ment control would have outraged many liberals before the war but was now accepted as a neces- sary condition for victory.

Politics Suspended. Initially, all political parties on both sides put aside their differences. Many so- cialists and working-class people who had for- merly criticized the military buildup announced their support for the war. For decades, socialist parties had preached that “the worker has no coun- try” and that nationalism was mere ideology meant to keep workers disunited and subjected to the will of their employers. In August 1914, how- ever, most socialists became as patriotic as the rest of society. Feminists divided over whether to maintain their traditional pacifism or to support the war. Although many feminists actively opposed the conflict, the British suffrage leader Emmeline Pankhurst and her daughter Christabel were among the many activists who became militant na- tionalists, even changing the name of their suffrage paper to Britannia. Parties representing the middle classes shelved their distrust of the socialists and working classes. In the name of victory, na- tional leaders wanted to end political division of all kinds: “I no longer recognize [political] parties,” William II declared on August 4, 1914. “I recog- nize only Germans.” Ordinary people, even those who had been at the receiving end of discrimina- tion, came to believe that a new day of unity was dawning. One rabbi proudly echoed the kaiser: “In the German fatherland there are no longer any Christians and Jews, any believers and disbeliev- ers, there are only Germans.”

Governments Mobilize the People. Governments mobilized the home front with varying degrees of success. All countries were caught without ready replacements for their heavy losses of weapons and military equipment and soon felt the short- age of food and labor. War ministries set up boards to allocate labor on both the home front and the battlefront and to give industrialists fi- nancial incentives to encourage productivity. But the Russian bureaucracy only reluctantly and in- effectively cooperated with industrialists and other groups that could aid the war effort. In sev- eral countries, emergency measures allowed the drafting of both men and women for military or industrial service. Desperate for factory workers, the Germans forced Belgian citizens to move to Germany, housing them in prison camps. In the face of rationing, municipal governments set up canteens and day-care centers. Rural Russia, Austria-Hungary, Bulgaria, and Serbia, where youths,

8 0 6 C h a p t e r 2 5 ■ W o r l d W a r I a n d I t s A f t e r m a t h 1 9 1 4 – 1 9 2 9

women, and old men struggled to sustain farms, had no such relief programs.

Governments throughout Europe passed sedi- tion laws that made it a crime to criticize official policies. To ensure civilian acceptance of longer working hours and shortages of consumer goods, governments created propaganda agencies to tout the war as a patriotic mission to resist villainous enemies (see the propaganda posters in “Seeing History,” page 808). British propagandists fabricated atrocities that the Germans, whom they called “Huns,” supposedly committed against Belgians, and German propagandists warned that French African troops would rape German women if Ger- many were defeated. In Russia, Tsar Nicholas II changed the German-sounding name of St. Peters- burg to the Russian Petrograd in 1914. Efforts were often clumsy: though civilians found it riveting, the British film The Battle of the Somme (1916) was so obviously sanitized of the war’s horrors that sol- diers in the audience roared with laughter.

Despite widespread popular support for the war, some individuals and groups worked to end the fighting and urged a negotiated peace. In 1915, activists in the international women’s movement met in The Hague to call for an end to the war.

“We can no longer endure . . . brute force as the only solution of international disputes,” declared Dutch physician Aletta Jacobs. The women had no success, however, in bringing about negotiations. In Austria-Hungary, nationalist groups agitating for ethnic self-determination hampered the em- pire’s war effort. The Czechs undertook a vigorous anti-Habsburg campaign at home, while in the Balkans, Croats, Slovenes, and Serbs formed a committee to plan a South Slav state independent of Austria-Hungary or any other power. The Allies encouraged such independence movements as part of their strategy to defeat Austria-Hungary.

The Civilians’ War. The war upset the social or- der as well as the political one. In the war’s early days, many women lost their jobs when luxury shops, textile factories, and other nonessential businesses closed. With men at the front, many women headed households with little support and few opportunities to work. But governments and businesses soon recognized the amount of labor it would take to wage technological war. As more and more men left for the trenches, women who had lost their jobs in nonessential businesses as well as many low-paid domestic workers took over

Th e G r e a t W a r , 1 9 1 4 – 1 9 1 8 8 0 71 9 1 4 – 1 9 2 9

A New Workforce in Wartime With men at the front, women moved into factory work at jobs from which they had been unofficially barred before the war, as shown in this French photograph. In addition, tens of thousands of forced laborers from the colonies were moved to Europe also to replace men sent to the front. The European experience of forced labor and service at the front politicized colonial subjects, fortifying independence movements in the postwar period. (Roger Viollet / Getty Images.)

8 0 8 C h a p t e r 2 5 ■ W o r l d W a r I a n d I t s A f t e r m a t h 1 9 1 4 – 1 9 2 9

P ropaganda was a major ingredient of World War I, crucial in mobiliz- ing civilian populations to work

overtime and to sacrifice willingly food, health, and even the lives of their men. Propaganda specialists who had promoted arms buildup before the war now joined with graphic artists to produce emotion- ally compelling images of the dangers posed by the enemy.

Although Italy joined the war only in 1915, after being promised postwar com-

pensation by the Allies, Italian propa- ganda demonized the enemy just as force- fully as that of the early combatant powers. To inspire Italians to buy bonds that financed the war effort, the classic- ally dressed woman in the poster shown below represents Italy holding back the savage “Hun,” who symbolizes the collec- tive Germanic enemy. What elements in the poster create the impression of Ger- man wartime savagery? By contrast, what messages about Italy and the Allies does

the woman portray? Why do you think the opposition of male and female figures was a partic- ularly powerful one? The second image, (see below right) employs creatures — two giant squids, ac-

cording to the Italian caption — to depict the enemy. Part of the boxed text reads, “‘We do not threaten small nations’ de- clared the German Chancellor on Decem- ber 10th 1915.” What is happening in this image? What feelings do these grasping tentacled creatures call up in your mind? How might Italians have responded at the time? How do you account for the differ- ent expressions of the two beasts? This par- ticular image was printed in several versions, including both English and Ital- ian. Why might interchangeable propa- ganda work just as well as nation-specific posters, as in the first image?

Propaganda posters from World War I ranged from showing actual peo- ple in danger to depictions of the enemy as various forms of animals, including reptiles and octopuses. Why do you think that both kinds of representations were effective?

Demonizing the Enemy: Italian Propaganda Posters from World War I

S E E I N G H I S T O R Y

“Subscribe to the Bond Program,” 1915–1918. (Imperial War Museum.)

“The Prussian Squid or ‘Sea Demon,’” 1916. (Imperial War Museum.)

higher-paying jobs in munitions and metallurgi- cal industries. In Warsaw they drove trucks, and in London they conducted streetcars. Some young women drove ambulances and nursed the wounded near the front lines.

The press praised women’s patriotism in adapting to the wartime emergency, but women’s assumption of men’s jobs looked to many like a sign of social disorder. In the words of one metal- worker, women were “sending men to the slaugh- ter.” Men feared that women would remain in the workforce after the war, robbing men of the bread- winner role. Many people, even some women, ob- jected to women’s loss of femininity. “The feminine in me decreased more and more, and I did not know whether to be sad or glad about this,” wrote one Russian nurse about adopting rough male clothing near the battlefield. But others crit- icized young female munitions workers for squan- dering their pay on ribbons and jewelry. The heated prewar debates over gender roles returned.

Whereas soldiers from different backgrounds often felt bonds of solidarity in the trenches, diffi- cult wartime conditions increasingly pitted civilians against one another on the home front. Workers toiled long hours with less to eat, while many in the

upper classes bought fancy food and fashionable clothing on the black market (outside the official system of rationing). Governments allowed many businesses high rates of profit, a policy that made the cost of living surge and thus contributed to so- cial tensions (see Figure 25.1). Shortages of staples like bread, sugar, and meat occurred across Europe; the Germans, in fact, called the brutal winter of 1916–1917 the turnip winter, after what was often their only available food. A German roof workers’ association pleaded for relief: “We can no longer go on. Our children are starving.” Dredging up prewar hatred, some blamed Jews for the shortages. Civil- ians in the colonies suffered severely. Both sides sim- ply deported or conscripted able-bodied people in territories they occupied. The French forcibly trans- ported some 100,000 Vietnamese to work in France for the war effort. Africans also faced grueling forced labor along with skyrocketing taxes and prices. Their suffering during wartime laid the ground- work for ordinary people, whether in the colonies or at home in Europe, to take political action.

Review: In what ways was World War I a total war?

Th e G r e a t W a r , 1 9 1 4 – 1 9 1 8 8 0 91 9 1 4 – 1 9 2 9

Jan.–Mar. 1915

July–Sept. 1914

July–Sept. 1915

Jan.–Mar. 1916

July–Sept. 1916

Jan.–Mar. 1917

July–Sept. 1917

Jan.–Mar. 1918

July–Sept. 1918

Jan.–Mar. 1919

July–Sept. 1919

100

150

200C o

st o

f li

v in

g 250

300

350 Berlin

Paris

London

F I G U R E 2 5 . 1 The Rising Cost of Living During World War I The diversion of resources to the military resulted in a soaring cost of living for civilians. As men went to the front and as some remaining agricultural workers could find higher pay in factories, a decline in agricultural output led to scarcity and thus rising prices for food. Finally, housing came to be in short supply as resources were directed to the war effort rather than used to construct needed buildings. Even after the war, prices rose in Germany because the Allies maintained their blockade to keep the pressure on the peacemaking process. (Jay Winter and Jean-Louis Robert, Capital Cities at War: Paris, London, Berlin, 1914–1919 (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997), 259.)

Protest, Revolution, and War’s End, 1917–1918

By 1917, the situation was becoming desperate for everyone — politicians, the military, and civilians. Discontent on the home front started shaping the course of the war. Neither patriotic slogans before the war nor propaganda during it had prepared people for wartime suffering. In cities across Europe, civilians revolted; soldiers mutinied, and nationalist struggles continued to plague Britain and Austria-Hungary. Soon revolution was sweep- ing Europe, toppling the Russian dynasty, and threatening the entire continent not just with war but with civil war as well.

War Protest On February 1, 1917, the German government, hard-pressed by the public clamor over mounting casualties and by the military’s growing power, re- sumed full-scale submarine warfare. The military promised that this campaign would end the war in six months by cutting off supplies to Britain and thus forcing the island nation to surrender before the United States could come to its rescue. The British responded by mining its harbors and the surrounding seas, and by developing the convoy system of shipping, in which a hundred or more warships and freighters traveling the seas together could drive off the submarines. The Germans’ sub- marine gamble not only failed to defeat the British but also brought the United States into the war in April 1917, after German U-boats had sunk sev- eral American ships.

Political opposition increased in Europe: Irish republicans attacked government buildings in Dublin on Easter Monday 1916 in an effort to wrest Ireland’s independence from Britain. Ill pre- pared, the Irish were easily defeated, and many of them were executed. Civilians in other countries revolted against food shortages and high prices. “We are living on a volcano,” warned an Italian politician in the spring of 1917. In the cities of Italy, Russia, Germany, and Austria, women rioted to get food for their families. As inflation mounted, tenants conducted rent strikes, and factory hands and white-collar workers alike walked off the job.

Amid these protests, Austria-Hungary secretly asked the Allies for a negotiated peace to avoid a total collapse of the empire. In the summer of 1917, the German Reichstag made overtures for a “peace of understanding and permanent reconcil- iation of peoples.” In January 1918, President

Woodrow Wilson issued his Fourteen Points, a blueprint for a nonvindictive peace settlement held out to the war-weary citizens of the Central Powers. The Allies faced dissent too. In the spring of 1917, French soldiers mutinied against further bloody and useless offensives. In Russia, however, protest turned into outright revolution.

Revolution in Russia Of all the warring nations, Russia sustained the greatest number of casualties — 7.5 million by 1917. Slaughter on the eastern front drove hun- dreds of thousands of peasants into the Russian interior, spreading hunger, homelessness, and dis- ease. In March 1917,1 crowds of workingwomen swarmed the streets of Petrograd demanding re- lief. As these women were turned away from stores, they fell in with other protesters commemorating International Women’s Day and began looting shops for food. Factory workers and other civil- ians joined them. Russia’s comparative economic underdevelopment overwhelmed the govern- ment’s ability to provide basic necessities on the home front. Many in the army, instead of remain- ing loyal to the tsar, were embittered by the mas- sive casualties caused by their inferior weapons and their leaders’ foolhardy tactics.

Government incompetence and Nicholas II’s stubborn resistance to change had made the war even worse in Russia than elsewhere. Unlike other heads of state, Nicholas failed to unite the bureau- cracy and his people in a single-minded wartime effort. Grigori Rasputin, a combination of holy man and charlatan, manipulated Nicholas and his wife, Alexandra, by claiming to control the hemo- philia of their son and heir. Rasputin’s disastrous influence on state matters led influential leaders to question rather than support the government. “Is this stupidity or treason?” one member of the Duma asked of the corrupt wartime administra- tion. When the riots erupted in March 1917, Nicholas finally realized the situation was hope- less. He abdicated, bringing the three-hundred- year-old Romanov dynasty to a sudden end.

The Provisional Government. Politicians from the moderate aristocracy and the middle classes

8 1 0 C h a p t e r 2 5 ■ W o r l d W a r I a n d I t s A f t e r m a t h 1 9 1 4 – 1 9 2 9

1Until February 1918, Russia observed the Julian calendar, which was thirteen days behind the Gregorian calendar used by the rest of Europe. Hence, the first phase of the revolution occurred in March according to the Gregorian calendar (but February in the Julian calendar), the later phase in November on the Gregorian calendar (October according to the Julian). All dates used in this book follow the Gregorian calendar.

soviets: Councils of workers and soldiers first formed in Russia in the Revolution of 1905; they were revived to represent the people in the early days of the 1917 Russian Revolution.

V. I. Lenin (1870–1924): Bolshevik leader who executed the Bolshevik Revolution in the fall of 1917, took Russia out of World War I, and imposed communism in Russia.

in the old Duma formed a new administration called the Provisional Government. At first, hopes were high that under the Provisional Government, as one revolutionary poet put it, “our false, filthy, boring, hideous life should become a just, pure, merry, and beautiful life.” To survive, the Provi- sional Government had to pursue the war success- fully, manage internal affairs better, and set the government on a firm constitutional footing to es- tablish its credibility. However, it did not rule alone, because other political forces had also strengthened during the revolution. Among them, the soviets — councils elected from workers and soldiers — competed with the government for po- litical support. Born during the Revolution of 1905, the soviets in 1917 campaigned to end the deference usually given to the wealthy and to mil- itary officers, urged respect for workers and the poor, and temporarily gave an air of celebration and carnival to this political cataclysm. The peas- antry, also competing for power, began to confis- cate gentry estates and withheld produce from the market because there were no consumer goods for which to exchange food. Increasing urban food shortages opened the Provisional Government to further opposition.

In hopes of adding to the turmoil in Russia, the Germans in April 1917 provided safe rail trans- portation through German territory for V. I. Lenin (1870–1924) and other prominent Bolsheviks to return to their homeland from exile. Lenin had de- voted himself to bringing about socialism through the force of his small band of Bolsheviks. Upon his return to Petrograd, he issued the April Theses, a document that called for Russia to withdraw from the war, for the soviets to seize power on behalf of workers and poor peasants, and for all private land to be nationalized. Announcing their platform with such slogans as “All power to the soviets” and “Peace, land, and bread,” the Bolsheviks aimed to oust the Provisional Government.

Time was running out for the Provisional Government, which saw a battlefield victory as the only way to ensure its position. On July 1, the Rus- sian army attacked the Austrians in Galicia but was defeated once again. The new prime minister, Aleksandr Kerensky, used his commanding ora- tory to arouse patriotism, but he lacked the polit-

ical skills needed to create an effective wartime government. In Petrograd, groups of workers, sol- diers, and sailors — many of them Bolsheviks — agitated for the soviets to replace the Provisional Government. Unable to clamp down on the pro- testers, the Provisional Government had to call on the people to put down a military coup. Depend- ing on its sworn enemies, the Provisional Govern- ment had shown itself to be helpless — unable to enact reforms, summon a constituent assembly to plan a new permanent government, or win the war. The army had become, as one critic put it, “a huge crowd of tired, poorly clad, poorly fed, embittered men” — eager for radical change.

The Bolshevik Takeover. The Bolshevik leader- ship, urged on by Lenin, attacked and overthrew the weakened Provisional Government in Novem- ber 1917, an event called the Bolshevik Revolution. In January 1918, elections for a constituent assem- bly failed to give the Bolsheviks a plurality, so the party used troops to take over the new government

P r o t e s t , R e v o l u t i o n , a n d W a r ’s E n d , 1 9 1 7 – 1 9 1 8 8 1 11 9 1 4 – 1 9 2 9

R E V O L U T I O N I N R U S S I A

1917 March 8 International Women’s Day, strikes and demonstrations

March 12 Establishment of Provisional Government

March 15 Nicholas II abdicates

April Lenin and other Bolshevik leaders return to Russia

May Turmoil in the Provisional Government

Late June– Russian offensive against Germany fails early July

Mid-July Attempted popular uprising fails; Kerensky is prime minister

September Military coup fails

November 6–7 Bolsheviks seize power on behalf of soviets

November 25 Constituent assembly elections held

1918 January Constituent assembly closed down by Bolsheviks

March 2 Treaty of Brest-Litovsk

1918–1922 Civil war

1923 Union of Soviet Socialist Republics established

1924 Death of Lenin

1928–1929 Stalin takes full power

Bolshevik Revolution: The overthrow of Russia’s Provisional Government in the fall of 1917 by V. I. Lenin and his Bolshevik forces.

completely. The Bolsheviks also seized town and city administrations, and in the winter of 1918–1919, their new government, observing Marxist doctrine, abolished private property and nationalized factories in order to rebuild produc- tion (see Document, “Outbreak of the Russian Rev- olution,” page 813). The Provisional Government had allowed both men and women to vote in 1917, making Russia the first great power to legalize uni- versal suffrage. The vote soon became a hollow privilege when the Bolsheviks limited the candi- dates to chosen members of the Communist Party.

The Bolsheviks asked Germany for peace and agreed to the Treaty of Brest-Litovsk (March 1918), which placed vast regions of the old Rus- sian Empire under German occupation. Because the loss of millions of square miles to the Germans put Petrograd at risk, the Bolsheviks relocated the capital to Moscow and formally adopted the name Communists (taken from Karl Marx’s writings) to distinguish themselves from the socialists/social democrats who had voted for the disastrous war in the first place. Lenin agreed to the catastrophic terms of the treaty not only because he had prom- ised to bring peace to Russia but also because he believed that the rest of Europe would soon rebel against the war and overthrow the capitalist order.

Civil War in Russia. A full-fledged civil war now broke out with the pro-Bolsheviks (the “Reds”) pitted against an array of forces (the “Whites”) who wanted to turn back the revolution (Map 25.3). Among the Whites, the tsarist military lead- ership, composed mainly of landlords and sup- porters of aristocratic rule, took to the field whatever troops it could muster. Businessmen whose property had been nationalized and the lib- eral educated classes soon lent their support. Many non-Russian nationality groups who had been in- corporated into the empire through force and Rus- sification fought the Bolsheviks because they saw their chance for independence. Before World War I ended, Russia’s former allies — notably the United States, Britain, France, and Japan — also landed troops in the country both to block the Germans and to fight the Bolsheviks. The coun- terrevolutionary groups lacked a strong leader and unified goals, however. Instead, the groups com- peted with one another: the pro-tsarist forces, for example, alienated groups seeking independence, such as the Ukrainians, Estonians, and Lithuani- ans, by stressing the goal of restoring Russian im- perial power. Without a common purpose or an effective, unified command, the opponents of rev- olution were doomed.

8 1 2 C h a p t e r 2 5 ■ W o r l d W a r I a n d I t s A f t e r m a t h 1 9 1 4 – 1 9 2 9

Lenin Addressing the Second All- Russian Congress of Soviets In the spring of 1917, the German government craftily let Lenin and other Bolsheviks travel from their exile in Switzerland back to the scene of the unfolding revolution in Russia. A committed revolution- ary instead of a political reformer, Lenin used his oratory and skilled maneuvering to convince many in the soviets to follow him in over- throwing the Provisional Govern- ment, taking Russia out of the war, and implementing his brand of communism. (RIA Novosti.)

The civil war shaped Russian communism. Leon Trotsky (1879–1940), Bolshevik commissar of war, built a highly disciplined army by ending democratic procedures, such as the election of of- ficers, that had originally attracted soldiers to Bol- shevism. Lenin and Trotsky introduced the policy of war communism, whereby urban workers and troops moved through the countryside, seizing grain from the peasantry to feed the civil war army and workforce. The Cheka (secret police) impris- oned political opponents and black marketers and often shot them without trial. The bureaucracy, the Cheka, and the Red Army all grew in size and strength. The result was a more authoritarian government — a development that broke with Marx’s promise that revolution would bring a “withering away” of the state.

The Bolsheviks clamped down on their oppo- nents during the bloody civil war, and they organ- ized their supporters to foster revolutionary Marxism across Europe. In March 1919, they founded the Third International, also known as the Comintern (Communist International), for the explicit purpose of replacing the Second Interna- tional with a centrally run organization dedicated to preaching communism. By mid-1921, the Red Army had defeated the Whites in the Crimea, the Caucasus, and the Muslim borderlands in central Asia. The Japanese withdrew from Siberia in 1922, ending the civil war in central and east Asia. The Bolsheviks were now in charge of a state as com- plex and multinational as the old Russian Empire had been. But although the revolution had turned out the inept Romanovs and the privileged aris-

P r o t e s t , R e v o l u t i o n , a n d W a r ’s E n d , 1 9 1 7 – 1 9 1 8 8 1 31 9 1 4 – 1 9 2 9

Outbreak of the Russian Revolution

D O C U M E N T

It is clear only in retrospect when a full- fledged and sustainable revolution has bro- ken out. Here an eighteen-year-old student describes what happened when news of the St. Petersburg revolt reached Moscow in the late winter of 1917. Crowds had already formed when the young man decided to see what was happening in the streets.

In the crowd were many students who ex- plained that a revolution had begun in St. Petersburg. The news swept through them like a breeze and created an extraordinary atmosphere. People began to embrace and kiss; strangers became close friends; some wept for joy. In five to ten minutes people seemed reborn. A pretty girl came up to me and took me by the hand, as though we had known each other for ages. Then hand-in-hand, in a warm embrace, and without asking each other’s name, we proceeded toward the Krutitskie bar- racks. . . .

The crowd grew bigger and bigger, and somewhere in the distance one could hear the well-known refrain of a revolu- tionary song. By this time it was so

crowded that it was quite impossible to get to one side or the other. We continued to hold hands, as though we might get lost. Slowly, barely perceptibly, the human stream moved toward the Red Gates, where I knew there was another barracks. It was the same scene there, except that the soldiers were shouting loudly, waving and greeting us. We couldn’t make out what they said. Near Pokrovka we ran into a group of police officers, but instead of greeting them with good-natured jokes, thousands of voices yelled fierce, threaten- ing cries: “Pharaohs! Your time is up! Get away for your own good!”

. . . We moved slowly and could see neither the front nor the back of the crowd, for the street was blocked solid. For the first time in my life I sensed that at- mosphere of joy, when everyone you meet seems close to you, your flesh and blood, when people look at one another with eyes full of love. To call it mass hypnosis is not quite right, but the mood of the crowd was transmitted from one to another like con- duction, like a spontaneous burst of laughter, joy, or anger.

The majority of the crowd consisted of people who that morning had been praying for the good health of the impe- rial family. Now they were shouting, “Down with the Tsar!” and not disguis- ing their joyful contempt. My companion was a good example. She showered me with questions: Where are we going? Why are we marching? Why is there a revolu- tion? How will we manage without a tsar? It seemed like a mere holiday to her — Sunday’s carnival procession, complete with mass participation. Tomorrow — Monday — humdrum working life would begin again, just as usual. Without asking a question, as though talking to herself, she suddenly said: “How good it would be if there was another revolution tomor- row!” What could I say? Tomorrow? Probably tomorrow the police would ar- rest us. But today there was a festival on the streets.

Source: Eduard Dune, Notes of a Red Guard, trans. and ed. Dianne Koenker and S. A. Smith (Champaign: University of Illinois Press, 1993), 32, 34.

tocracy, the civil war and the resulting hunger and disease took millions of lives. Meanwhile, the Bol- sheviks had made brutality their political style, one at odds with socialist promises for a humane and flourishing society.

Ending the War, 1918 With Russia out of World War I, Europe’s leaders faced a new balance of forces. Added to war protest was the new fear that communism might lie in their future. Desperate for victory before revolu- tion took over, the Central Powers made one final attempt to smash through the Allied lines using a new offensive strategy. It consisted of concentrated forces piercing single points of the enemy’s defense lines and then wreaking havoc from the rear. Us- ing these tactics, the Central Powers overwhelmed the Italian army at Caporetto in the fall of 1917.

In the spring of 1918, however, a simi- lar offensive on the western front ground to a bloody halt within weeks. By then, the British and French had started making limited but effective use of tanks supported by airplanes. The first tanks were cumbersome, but their ability to withstand machine-gun fire made offensive attacks possible. In the summer of 1918, the Allies, now forti- fied by the Americans, pushed back the Germans all along the western front and headed toward Germany. The Ger- man armies, suffering more than two million casualties between spring and summer, rapidly disintegrated.

By October 1918, the German command recognized defeat and helped create a civilian government to take over rule of the home front. As these inexperienced politicians took power, they were also taking blame for the defeat. The generals, knowing vic- tory was hopeless, still proclaimed themselves fully capable of winning the war. Weak-willed civilians, they an- nounced, had dealt the military a “stab in the back” by forcing a surrender. Amid this blatant lying, naval officers called for a final sea battle. Having spent years watching high-ranking of- ficers enjoy champagne-filled meals while they themselves survived on turnips and thin soup, sailors rebelled against what they saw as a suicide mis- sion. The sailors’ revolt spread to the

workers, who demonstrated in Berlin, Munich, and other major cities. The situation was no bet- ter in Austria-Hungary, where combat units had to be pulled from the front to maintain order at home. The uprisings provoked Social Democratic politicians to declare a German republic in an ef- fort to prevent revolution, while Czechs and Slo- vaks joined to declare themselves an independent state. On November 9, 1918, Kaiser William II fled as the Central Powers collapsed on all fronts.

Finally, on the morning of November 11, 1918, delegates from the two sides signed an armistice. The guns fell silent on the western front six hours later. In the course of four years, Euro- pean civilization had been sorely tested, if not shat- tered. Conservative figures put the battlefield toll at a minimum of ten million dead and thirty mil- lion wounded, incapacitated, or doomed eventu- ally to die of their wounds. In every European

8 1 4 C h a p t e r 2 5 ■ W o r l d W a r I a n d I t s A f t e r m a t h 1 9 1 4 – 1 9 2 9

M A P 2 5 . 3 The Russian Civil War, 1917–1922 Nationalists, aristocrats, middle-class citizens, and property-owning peasants tried to combine their interests to defeat the Bolsheviks, but they failed to create an effective political consensus. As fighting covered the countryside, ordinary people suffered, especially when their grain was confiscated by armies on both sides. The Western powers and Japan also sent in troops to put down this threatening revolution.

0 200 400 kilometers

0 400 miles200

N

S

E

W

Russian territorial losses after the Treaty of Brest-Litovsk, 1918

Controlled by Bolsheviks, 1919

Occupied by Allied troops, 1919

Attacks by White forces

Attacks by non-Russian anti-Bolshevik forces

Boundary of Bolshevik Russian territory, March 1921

Black Sea

Ba lti

c Se

a

Caspian

Sea

V

ol ga

R .

Danube R.

ITALY

HUNGARY

GREECE

BOLSHEVIK RUSSIA

ALBANIA

BULGARIA

ROMANIA

MONTE- NEGRO

N O

R W

A Y

SWEDEN

FINLAND

POLAND

T U R K E Y

GERMANY

ESTONIA

LATVIA LITHUANIA

YU G

O SL

A V

IA

C ZECHOSLOVAKIA Ukraine

Crimea C A U C A S U S M T S .

TR AN

S-S IBE

RIA N R

AIL ROA

D

Constantinople

Moscow

Murmansk

Archangel

Helsinki

Minsk

Warsaw

Riga

Kiev Kharkov

Orel

Samara

Odessa

Sevastopol

Rostov

Batum

Tbilisi Baku

Astrakhan

Tsaritsyn (Stalingrad)

Petrograd

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

� �

�

�

�

�

�

�

� �

�

�

�

Weimar Republic: The parliamentary republic established in 1919 in Germany to replace the monarchy.

combatant country, industrial and agricultural production had plummeted, and much of the re- duced output had been sent to the military. Asia, Africa, and the Americas, which depended on Eu- ropean trade, also felt the painful impact of Eu- rope’s declining production. From 1918 to 1919, the weakened global population suffered an in- fluenza epidemic that left as many as one hundred million more dead worldwide.

Besides illness, hunger, and death, the war also provoked tremendous moral questioning. Soldiers returning home in 1918 and 1919 flooded the book market with their memoirs, trying to give meaning to their experiences. Some twenty-five hundred war poets published in Britain alone. Whereas many had begun by emphasizing hero- ism and glory, others were cynical and bitter by war’s end. They insisted that the fighting had been absolutely meaningless. Total war had drained so- ciety of resources and population and had sown the seeds of further catastrophe.

Review: Why did people rebel during World War I, and what turned rebellion into outright revolution in Russia?

The Search for Peace in an Era of Revolution World War I, like many other wars in the past, had unforeseen and dramatic consequences. Even be- fore the war ended, revolutionary fervor swept the continent, especially in the former empires of Ger- many and Austria-Hungary. In Moscow, Lenin welcomed the emperors’ downfall as part of a larger world revolution that would bring the tri- umph of working-class internationalism. Until 1921, socialist victory seemed plausible; many of the newly independent peoples of eastern and cen- tral Europe fervently supported socialist prin- ciples. The revolutionary mood captured workers and peasants in Germany too. In contrast, many liberal and right-wing opponents hoped for a po- litical order based on military authority of the kind they had relied on during the war. Faced with up- risings by radicals from both right and left, diplo- mats from around the world arrived in Paris in January 1919 to negotiate the terms of peace, though without fully recognizing that the war was still going on not only in city streets, where soldiers were bringing the war home, but also in people’s hearts.

Europe in Turmoil Urban citizens and returning soldiers ignited the protests that swept Europe in 1918 and 1919. In January 1919, the red flag of socialist revolution flew from the city hall in Glasgow, Scotland, while in cities of the collapsing Austro-Hungarian monarchy, workers set up councils to take over factory production and direct politics. Many sol- diers did not disband at the armistice but formed volunteer armies, preventing the return to peace- time politics. Germany was especially unstable, partly because of the shock of defeat. Independent socialist groups and workers’ councils fought for control of the government, and workers and vet- erans took to the streets to demand food and back pay. Whereas the revolutionaries of 1848 had marched to city hall or the king’s residence, these protesters took over newspapers and telegraph of- fices to control the flow of information. One of the most radical socialist factions was the Spartacists, led by cofounders Karl Liebknecht (1871–1919) and Rosa Luxemburg (1870–1919). Unlike Lenin, the two Spartacist leaders favored uprisings that would give workers political experience instead of simply following an all-knowing party leadership as in Russia.

German conservatives had believed that the war would put an end to Social Democratic influ- ence. Instead it brought German socialists to power. Social Democratic leader Friedrich Ebert, who headed the new German government, backed the creation of a parliamentary republic to replace the kaiser’s rule. He appeared to support the idea of settling political differences with violence by calling on the German army and the Freikorps — a roving paramilitary band of students, demobi- lized soldiers, and others — to suppress the workers’ councils and demonstrators. “The enthu- siasm is marvelous,” wrote one young soldier. “No mercy’s shown. We shoot even the wounded. . . . We were much more humane against the French in the field.” Members of the Freikorps hunted down Luxemburg and Liebknecht, among others, and murdered them.

Violence continued even as an assembly meet- ing in the city of Weimar in February 1919 ap- proved a constitution and founded a parliamentary republic called the Weimar Republic. This time the right rebelled, for the military leadership dreamed of a restored monarchy: “As I love Germany, so I hate the Republic,” wrote one officer. To defeat a

Th e S e a r c h f o r P e a c e i n a n E r a o f R e v o l u t i o n 8 1 51 9 1 4 – 1 9 2 9

military coup by Freikorps officers, Ebert called for a general strike. This action cut short a takeover of the new republic by showing the clear lack of pop- ular support for a military regime. But in so doing, the Weimar Republic had set a dangerous prece- dent: it had relied on street violence, paramilitary groups, and protests rather than parliaments to solve political problems.

Revolutionary activism surged and was smashed in many parts of Europe. In the late win- ter of 1919, leftists proclaimed soviet republics — governments led by workers’ councils — in Bavaria and Hungary. Volunteer armies and troops soon put the soviets down. The Bolsheviks tried to es- tablish a Marxist regime in Poland in the belief that its people wanted a workers’ revolution. Instead, the Poles resisted and drove the Red Army back in 1920, while the Allied powers rushed supplies and advisers to Warsaw. Though this and other revolts failed, they provided further proof that total war had let loose the forces of political chaos.

The Paris Peace Conference, 1919–1920

As political turmoil engulfed peoples from Berlin to Moscow, a peace conference opened in Paris in January 1919. Visions of communism spreading westward haunted it, but the assembled statesmen were focused on the reconstruction of a secure Europe and the status of Germany. Leaders such as French premier Georges Clemenceau had to sat- isfy their angry citizens’ demands for revenge or, at the very least, money to rebuild. France had lost 1.3 million people — almost an entire generation of young men — and more than a million build- ings, six thousand bridges, and thousands of miles of railroad lines and roads. Great Britain’s repre- sentative, Prime Minister David Lloyd George, caught the mood of the British public by cam- paigning in 1918 with such slogans as “Hang the kaiser.” Italians arrived on the scene demanding the territory promised to them in the 1915 Treaty of London. Meanwhile, U.S. president Woodrow Wilson (1856–1924), head of the new world power that had helped achieve the Allied victory, had his own agenda. His Fourteen Points, on which the truce had been based, were steeped in the language of freedom and called for open diplomacy, arms reduction, an “open-minded” settlement of colo- nial issues, and the self-determination of peoples.

The Fourteen Points did not represent the mood of all the victors (see “Contrasting Views,” page 818). Allied propaganda had made the Ger- mans seem like inhuman monsters, and many cit- izens demanded a harsh peace. Some military experts feared that Germany was using the armistice only to regroup for more warfare. In- deed, Germans widely refused to admit that their army had lost the war. Eager for army support, Ebert had given returning soldiers a rousing wel- come: “As you return unconquered from the field of battle, I salute you.” Wilson’s former allies thus campaigned to make him look naive and unreal- istic. “Wilson bores me with his Fourteen Points,” Clemenceau complained. “Why, the good Lord himself has only ten.”

Nevertheless, Wilson’s Fourteen Points per- suaded Germans that the settlement would not be vindictive. His commitment to settlement as op- posed to surrender wisely recognized that Germany was still the strongest state on the continent. Wil- son pushed for a treaty that balanced the strengths and interests of various European powers. Econo- mists and other specialists accompanying Wilson to Paris agreed that, harshly dealt with and humil- iated, Germany might soon become vengeful and chaotic — a combination that might be more lethal than the war just ended.

The Peace of Paris Treaties. After six months, the statesmen and their teams of experts produced the Peace of Paris (1919–1920), composed of a clus- ter of individual treaties. These treaties shocked the countries that had to accept them: the treaties separated Austria from Hungary, reduced Hungary by almost two-thirds of its inhabitants and three- quarters of its territory, broke up the Ottoman Empire, and treated Germany severely. They re- placed the Habsburg Empire with a group of small, internally divided states: Czechoslovakia, Poland, and the Kingdom of the Serbs, Croats, and Slovenes, soon renamed Yugoslavia. After a cen- tury and a half of partition, Poland was recon- structed from parts of Russia, Germany, and Austria-Hungary, with one-third of its population ethnically non-Polish. The statesmen in Paris also created a Polish Corridor that connected Poland to the Baltic Sea and separated East Prussia from the rest of Germany (Map 25.4). Austria and Hun- gary were both left reeling at their drastic loss of territory and resources. In general, the new states were economically and politically weak.

8 1 6 C h a p t e r 2 5 ■ W o r l d W a r I a n d I t s A f t e r m a t h 1 9 1 4 – 1 9 2 9

Fourteen Points: U.S. president Woodrow Wilson’s World War I peace proposal; based on settlement rather than on conquest, it encouraged the surrender of the Central Powers.

Peace of Paris: The series of peace treaties that provided the settlement of World War I.

The Treaty of Versailles with Germany was the centerpiece of the Peace of Paris. France re- covered Alsace and Lorraine, and the victors would temporarily occupy the left, or western, bank of the Rhine and the coal-bearing Saar basin. Wilson accepted his allies’ expectations that Germany would pay substantial reparations for civilian damage during the war. The specific amount was set in 1921 at the crushing sum of 132 billion gold marks. Germany also had to re-

duce its army, almost eliminate its navy, stop manufacturing offensive weapons, and deliver a large amount of free coal each year to Belgium and France. Furthermore, it was forbidden to have an air force and had to give up its colonies. The average German saw in these terms an un- merited humiliation that was compounded by Article 231 of the treaty, which described Ger- many’s “responsibility” for damage caused “by the aggression of Germany and her allies.”

Th e S e a r c h f o r P e a c e i n a n E r a o f R e v o l u t i o n 8 1 71 9 1 4 – 1 9 2 9

M A P 2 5 . 4 Europe and the Middle East after the Peace Settlements of 1919–1920 The political landscape of central, east, and east-central Europe changed dramatically as a result of the Russian Revolution and the Peace of Paris. The Ottoman, German, Russian, and Austro- Hungarian empires were either broken up altogether into multiple small states or territorially reduced. The settlement left resentments among Germans and Hungarians and created a group of weak, struggling nations in the heartland of Europe. The victorious powers took over much of the oil-rich Middle East. ■ Why is it significant that the postwar geopolitical changes were so concentrated in one section of Europe?

0 200 400 kilometers

0 400 miles200

N

S

E

W Ceded by Germany

Ceded by Austria-Hungary

Ceded by Bulgaria

Ceded by Russia

British mandates

French mandates

Demilitarized zone

Boundaries of German, Russian, and Austro-Hungarian empires in 1914

Black Sea

North Sea

M e d i t e r r a n e a n S e a

Ba

lti c

S ea

Caspian

Sea

Volga R.

Danub e R

.

Lo i r e R.

R h

ô n

e R

.

Po R.

Elbe R.

Rhine R.

ITALY

N O R T H A F R I C A

AUSTRIA HUNGARY

GREECE

U S S R

ALBANIA

SERBIA

CROATIA

BULGARIA YUGOSLAVIA

ROMANIA

NORWAY

SWEDEN

FINLAND

POLAND

TURKEY

EGYPT (independent 1922)

LIBYA (It.)

TUNISIA (Fr.)

ALGERIA (Fr.)

TRANS- JORDAN

PERSIA

IRAQ SYRIA

SAUDI ARABIA

KUWAIT (Gr. Br.)

PALESTINE

GERMANY

DENMARKGREAT BRITAIN

NETHERLANDS

BELGIUM

FRANCE SWITZ.

SPAIN

LUX.

ESTONIA

LATVIA

LITHUANIA

East Prussia

Ruhr

Saar

Alsace

S. Tyrol

Galicia Lorraine

C ZECHOSLOVAKIA Bessarabia

Constantinople

Moscow

London

ParisVersailles

Brussels

Genoa Rapallo

Venice

Rome

Athens

Sofia

Belgrade Bucharest

Budapest

Vienna

Prague

Locarno Geneva

Strasbourg

Frankfurt

Weimar

Copenhagen

Stockholm

Oslo

Danzig

Memel

WarsawAmsterdam

Helsinki

Kiev

Jerusalem

Cairo

Beirut BaghdadDamascus

Petrograd (St. Petersburg)

�

�

�

��

�

��

�

�

�

�

� �

�

�

�

� �

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

� �

�

�

�

�

� � �

�

8 1 8 C h a p t e r 2 5 ■ W o r l d W a r I a n d I t s A f t e r m a t h 1 9 1 4 – 1 9 2 9

The end of World War I aroused hopes around the world. The con- quered expected a fair-minded treaty based on Wilson’s Fourteen Points, while a variety of other peoples saw in that same document the promise of self-determination. In particular, men living under colonial domination, such as many in Africa and the Arab states, had taken part in the conflict because the Allies had promised new rights in return for fighting this bloody and destructive war. The emir Faisal had led troops to bring about freedom and Arab unity (Document 1). Like some representatives at the Pan-African Con- gress, even those Africans who had not fought saw peacemaking as a process that should forge a better future. Many wanted full polit- ical rights and parliamentary representation if not outright inde- pendence (Document 2).

In Paris in 1919, representatives of the victorious powers were besieged by outsiders to Western government, each making a claim for special attention to their needs or for concrete action to realize the noble rhetoric of the Fourteen Points. Feminist-pacifists wanted to ensure the pacifist cause (Document 3), while a Polish represen- tative articulated a concern that Jews had taken too many good jobs in the new Poland (Document 4). The proposals to the peacemak- ers produced few results.

1. Claiming Independence for the Middle East

Arabs had hotly debated whether to join with the Allied colonizers in World War I, but promises of independence won them over. Some Arabs argued for independence of individual areas in the Middle East and for resolutions to competing claims of the Arabs and of new Jewish settlers in the region. Emir Faisal, who had commanded Arab forces in the war, presented the pan-Arab ideal.

The aim of the Arab nationalist movement is to unite the Arabs eventually into one nation. . . . I came to Europe on behalf of my father and the Arabs of Asia to say that they are expecting the

powers at the Conference not to attach undue importance to su- perficial differences of condition among us and not to consider them only from the low ground of existing European material interests and supposed spheres of influence. They expect the powers to think of them as one potential people, jealous of their language and liberty, and they ask that no step be taken incon- sistent with the prospect of an eventual union of these areas un- der one sovereign government.

Source: Stephen Bonsal, Suitors and Suppliants: The Little Nations at Versailles (Port Washington: Kennikat Press, 1969), 32–33.

2. The Voice of Pan-Africanists

African and African American leaders believed it would be oppor- tune for them to meet in a Pan-African Congress while the Paris Peace Conference was going on. For some time an idea of a single African people had been forming among leading black intellectu- als, and Pan-African meetings had taken place from the late nine- teenth century on. The demands were legion, but above all the congress, by mid-February 1919, had resolved to seek better treat- ment from the colonial powers.

Resolved That the Allied and Associated Powers establish a code of

law for the international protection of the natives of Africa. . . . The Negroes of the world demand that hereafter the natives

of Africa and the peoples of African descent be governed accord- ing to the following principles:

1. The land: the land and its natural resources shall be held in trust for the natives and at all times they shall have effective ownership of as much land as they can profitably develop. . . .

3. Labor: slavery and corporal punishment shall be abolished and forced labor except in punishment for crime. . . .

5. The state: the natives of Africa must have the right to partic- ipate in the government as fast as their development permits,

C O N T R A S T I N G V I E W S

Arguing with the Victors

The League of Nations. Besides redrawing the map of Europe, the Peace of Paris set up an organ- ization called the League of Nations, whose mem- bers had a joint responsibility for maintaining peace — a principle called collective security. It was supposed to replace the divisive secrecy of prewar power politics. As part of Wilson’s vision, the league

Outraged Germans interpreted this as a war guilt clause, which blamed Germany for the war and allowed the victors to collect reparations from economically developed Germany rather than from ruined Austria. War guilt made Ger- mans feel like outcasts in the community of nations.

war guilt clause: The part of the Treaty of Versailles that as- signed blame for World War I to Germany.

League of Nations: The international organization set up fol- lowing World War I to maintain peace by arbitrating disputes and promoting collective security.

in conformity with the principle that the government exists for the natives, and not the natives for the government.

Source: Quoted in W. E. B. Du Bois, The World and Africa (New York: International Publishers, 1946), 11–12.

3. Pacifists’ Goals for the Peace Process

Pacifist women were angered that the peace conference would be held in Paris instead of in a noncombatant or neutral country. Sit- uating it where wartime hatred was at a fevered pitch, they argued, would not allow the conquered to receive a fair hearing. The con- tinuing blockade of the Central Powers after the armistice was in- creasing suffering and causing deaths. Themselves meeting in neutral Switzerland, pacifist women speeded the dispatch of their resolutions to Paris when the Treaty of Versailles was announced.

The International Congress of Women regards the famine, pesti- lence, and unemployment extending throughout great tracts of central and eastern Europe and into Asia as a disgrace to civi- lization.

It therefore urges the Governments of all the Powers as- sembled at the Peace Conference immediately to develop the inter-allied organizations formed for purposes of war into an international organization for purposes of peace, so that the re- sources of the world — food, raw materials, finance, transport — shall be made available for the relief of the peoples of all countries from famine and pestilence.

To this end it urges that immediate action be taken . . . to raise the blockade.

The terms of the peace tacitly sanction secret diplomacy, deny the principles of self-determination, recognize the rights of victors to the spoils of war, and create all over Europe discords and animosities, which can only lead to future war. . . . By the fi- nancial and economic proposals a hundred million people of this generation in the heart of Europe are condemned to poverty, dis- ease, and despair, which must result in the spread of hatred and anarchy within each nation.

Source: James Weber Linn, Jane Addams: A Biography (New York: Greenwood, 1968), 342–43.

4. Anti-Semitism at the Peace Table

Some of the new nations of eastern Europe were using anti- Semitism to focus their unity and independence. A Polish leader lobbied the Allies to exercise a police power in the newly independ- ent Poland, where a major problem after the war came to be rural crowding. Nonetheless, Poles had the idea that Jews controlled the professions and commercial wealth and needed to be knocked down a peg or two.

We have too many Jews, and those who will be allowed to re- main with us must change their habits. I recognize that this will be difficult and will take time. The Jew must produce and not remain devoted exclusively to what we regard as parasitical pur- suits. Unless restrictions are imposed upon them soon, all our lawyers, doctors, and small merchants will be Jews. They must turn to agriculture, and they must at least share small business and retail stores with their Polish neighbors. I readily admit that there is some basis in the Jewish contention that in days past it was difficult for them to own land or even to work the fields of others as tenants; that they were often compelled by circumstances beyond their control to gain their livelihood in ways which are hurtful to Polish economy. Under our new con- stitution all this will be changed, and for their own good I hope the Jews will avail themselves of their new opportunities. I say this in their own interest as well as in the interest of restored Poland.

Source: Bonsal, Suitors and Suppliants, 124.

Questions to Consider 1. Describe the various contending claims beyond those of the

official combatant powers. Did the victorious powers heed these voices when forging the peace?

2. How were the various demands at the peace conference related to the politics and conditions of World War I?

3. Do any of the demands seem more justifiable in addressing the peacetime needs of Europe and the world?

Th e S e a r c h f o r P e a c e i n a n E r a o f R e v o l u t i o n 8 1 91 9 1 4 – 1 9 2 9

would guide the world toward disarmament and arbitrate its members’ disputes. The U.S. Senate, in a humiliating defeat for the president, failed to rat- ify the peace settlement and refused to join the league. Both Germany and Russia initially were ex- cluded from the league and were thus discouraged from cooperating with other nations. The absence of these three important powers weakened the league as a global peacekeeper from the outset.

The League of Nations also organized the ad- ministration of the colonies and territories of Ger-

many and the Ottoman Empire through a system of mandates. The victorious powers exercised po- litical control over mandated territory, but local leaders retained limited authority. The league covenant justified the mandate system as provid- ing governance by “advanced nations” over territo- ries “not yet able to stand by themselves under the

mandate system: The political control over the former colonies and territories of the German and Ottoman empires granted to the victors of World War I by the League of Nations.

strenuous conditions of the modern world.” How- ever, colonized people, who had served and fallen on the battlefield, began to challenge the claims of their European masters. They had seen how savage were these people who claimed to be racially supe- rior and politically advanced. “Never again will the darker people of the world occupy just the place they had before,” the African American leader W. E. B. Du Bois predicted in 1918. The mandate sys- tem continued the practice of apportioning the globe among European powers at a time when those powers were bankrupt and weak. Like the Peace of Paris, it aroused anger and resistance.

Economic and Diplomatic Consequences of the Peace Just as wartime conditions — including outright military action — continued long after the ar- mistice, so the Peace of Paris generated problems into the 1920s and beyond. Western leaders faced two intertwined issues in the aftermath of the war. The first was economic recovery and its relation- ship to war debts and German reparation pay- ments. The second was ensuring that peace actually came about and lasted.

Economic Dilemmas. France, hardest hit by wartime destruction and billions of dollars in debt

to the United States, estimated that Germany owed it at least $200 billion. Britain, by contrast, had not been physically devastated; its concern was restor- ing trade with Germany, not exacting huge repa- rations. Nevertheless, both France and Britain depended on some monetary reparations to pay their war debts to the United States because Eu- rope’s income from world trade had plunged dur- ing the war. Germany claimed that the demand for reparations strained its government, already beset by political upheaval. But Germany’s economic problems had begun when the kaiser refused to raise taxes, especially on the rich, to pay for the war, thus leaving the new republic with a stagger- ing war debt. As an experiment in democracy, the Weimar Republic needed to woo the citizenry, not alienate it by hiking taxes. In 1921, when Germans refused to present a realistic plan for paying repa- rations, the French occupied several cities in the Ruhr until a settlement was reached.

Embroiled with powers to the west, the Ger- man government mended its economic and diplo- matic fences in eastern Europe. It reached an agreement to foster economic ties with Russia, which was desperate for Western trade, in the Treaty of Rapallo (1922). Germany’s relations with pow- ers to the west, however, continued to deteriorate. In 1923, after Germany defaulted on coal deliveries, the French and the Belgians sent troops into the

8 2 0 C h a p t e r 2 5 ■ W o r l d W a r I a n d I t s A f t e r m a t h 1 9 1 4 – 1 9 2 9

Inflation in Germany (1923) The German government resisted paying reparations by slowing down the shipments of manufactured goods that were a condition of the reparations program. French troops were sent into the Ruhr manufacturing region to take goods by force, but angry workers refused to work for the occupiers. To pay the workers and service its debt, the government printed money so rapidly that inflation brought the value of the German mark from 4.2 marks to the dollar to 4.2 trillion marks to the dollar, which destroyed savings and increased resentment in Germany. As children played with worthless marks, shown in this picture, a new administration came to power in the summer and resolved the issue. (akg-images.)

■ For more help in analyzing this image, see the visual activity for this chapter in the Online Study Guide at bedfordstmartins.com/hunt.

Ruhr basin, planning to seize its resources to pay for wartime expenditures. Urged on by the govern- ment, Ruhr citizens shut down industry by staying home from work. The German government printed trillions of marks to support the workers and to pay its own war debts with practically worthless cur- rency. Soon Germany was in the midst of a stagger- ing inflation that gravely threatened the in- ternational economy: at one point, a single U.S. dol- lar cost 4.42 trillion marks, and wheelbarrows of money were required to buy a turnip. Negotiations to resolve this economic chaos resulted in the Dawes Plan (1924) and the Young Plan (1929), which re- duced reparations to more realistic levels and re- stored the value of German currency. Nonetheless, the inflation had wiped out people’s savings and ru- ined those living on fixed incomes. The experience of losing everything continued the Germans’ wartime trauma and turned many more people against democratic government.

Ensuring Peace. In addition to economic recov- ery, a second pressing issue involved ensuring that peace would take hold and last. Statesmen recog- nized that peace demanded disarmament, a return of Germany to the fold, and security for the new countries of eastern Europe. Diplomatic negotia- tions produced two plans in Germany’s favor. At the Washington Conference in 1921, the United States, Great Britain, Japan, France, and Italy agreed to reduce their number of battleships and to stop constructing new ones for ten years. Four years later, in 1925, the League of Nations spon- sored a meeting of the great powers, including Germany, at Locarno, Switzerland. The Treaty of Locarno provided Germany with a seat in the league as of 1926. In return, Germany agreed not to violate the borders of France and Belgium and to keep the nearby Rhineland demilita- rized — that is, unfortified by troops.

To the east, statesmen feared a German attempt to regain terri- tory lost to Poland, to form a merger with Austria, or to attack the states spun off from Austria- Hungary. To meet the threat, Czechoslovakia, Yugoslavia, and Romania formed the Little En- tente in 1920–1921, a collective security agreement intended to protect them from Germany and Russia. Between 1924 and 1927, France allied itself with the Little Entente and with Poland. Sixty nations, including

the major European powers, Japan, and the United States, also signed the Kellogg-Briand Pact (1928), which formally rejected international violence. Lacking any measures to enforce its provisions, however, this idealistic agreement was powerless to prevent the outbreak of war.

The public international agreements of the 1920s sharply contrasted with old-style diplomacy, which had been conducted in secret and subject to little public scrutiny. The development of a system of open, collective security suggested a diplomatic revolution that would promote peace in interna- tional relations. Yet openness allowed diplomats of the era to feed the press information calculated to arouse the masses. For example, the press and op- position parties whipped the German populace into a nationalist frenzy whenever Germany’s diplomats, who were successfully working to re- duce reparation payments, seemed to compro- mise. Although international meetings such as the one at Locarno aimed to promote peace, they also exposed the diplomatic process to rabble-rousers who wanted to inflame political passions rather than contribute to rational public discussion.

Review: What were the major outcomes of the postwar peacemaking process?

The Aftermath of War: Europe in the 1920s The armistice brought an end to the war’s fight- ing, and treaties established the terms of peace, but the wartime spirit endured. Words and phrases

from the battlefield punctuated everyday speech. Before the war the word lousy had meant “lice- infested,” but English-speaking soldiers returning from the trenches now applied it to any- thing bad. Raincoats became trenchcoats, and terms like bom- barded and rank and file entered peacetime usage. Maimed, disfig- ured veterans were present every- where, and while some gained prostheses designed by Jules Amar, others without limbs were sometimes carried in baskets —

hence the expression basket case. Total war had generally strengthened the

military spirit and authoritarian government.

Th e A f t e r m a t h o f W a r : E u r o p e i n t h e 1 9 2 0 s 8 2 11 9 1 4 – 1 9 2 9

0 100 200 kilometers

0 100 200 miles

AUSTRIA HUNGARY

USSR

ALBANIA

BULGARIA

YUGOSLAVIA

ROMANIA

POLAND GERMANY

C ZECHOSLOVAKIA

The Little Entente

Although four autocratic governments had col- lapsed as a result of the war, whether they would become workable democracies remained a burn- ing question. During the war, the European econ- omy lost many of its international markets to India, Canada, Australia, Japan, and the United States. Now worldwide economic competition with these new players also threatened European recovery. Returning veterans crowded hospitals and mental institutions, and family life centered on their care. Although contemporaries referred to the 1920s as the Roaring Twenties or the Jazz Age, the sense of cultural release masked the serious problem of restoring stability. The real challenge of the 1920s was coming to terms with the political, economic, and social legacy of the war.

Changes in the Political Landscape Some Europeans saw the collapse of autocratic governments and the extension of suffrage to women, widely granted at the war’s end, as opportunities for a rebirth of democracy. Woman suffrage resulted in part from decades of activism, but many governments claimed that suf- frage was a “reward” for women’s war efforts. In the first postwar elections, women in some coun- tries were voted into parliaments, and the impression grew that

they had also made extraordinary gains in the workplace. French men pointedly denied women the vote, however, threatening that women voters would bring back the rule of kings and priests. (Only at the end of World War II would France and Italy extend suffrage to women.) Governments continued building the welfare state by expanding payments to veterans, families with children, and workers who were unemployed or injured. New government benefits demonstrated a belief that more evenly distributed wealth — sometimes re- ferred to as economic democracy — was impor- tant to social stability in a climate where revolution threatened.

The slow trend toward economic democracy was not easy to maintain, however, because the cycles of boom and bust that had characterized the late nineteenth century reemerged. A short postwar economic boom prompted by reconstruction and consumer spending was followed by an economic downturn that was most severe between 1920 and 1922. By the mid-1920s, many of the economic op- portunities for women had disappeared and women made up a smaller percentage of the workforce than in 1913. Skyrocketing unemployment produced more discontent with governments.

Eastern Europe. The new republics of eastern Europe were unprepared for the hard economic times and ill equipped to compete in the world market. None but Czechoslovakia had a mature in- dustrial sector, and agricultural techniques were often primitive. But more pressing problems ham- pered them: vast migrations occurred as some one

million people escaped the civil war in Russia; as 800,000 sol- diers from the defeated Whites searched for safety; and as two million more fled Turkey, Greece, and Bulgaria because the post- war settlement called for the new nations to be built along eth- nic lines — “a great unmixing of populations” one statesman called the settlement. Hundreds of thousands thus landed in new nations with a population most closely representing their own ethnic group: Hungary, for exam- ple, had to receive 300,000 people of Magyar ethnicity who were no longer welcome in Romania, Czechoslovakia, or Yugoslavia. Most refugees lacked land or jobs. They had nothing to do “but loaf

8 2 2 C h a p t e r 2 5 ■ W o r l d W a r I a n d I t s A f t e r m a t h 1 9 1 4 – 1 9 2 9

W O M E N G A I N S U F F R A G E I N T H E W E S T

1906 Finland

1913 Norway

1915 Denmark, Iceland

1917 Netherlands, Russia

1918 Czechoslovakia, Great Britain (limited suffrage)

1919 Germany

1920 Austria, United States

1921 Poland

1925 Hungary (limited suffrage)

1945 Italy, France

1971 Switzerland

0 150 kilometers75

0 75 150 miles

Polish

Czech

Slovak

Belorussian

Ukrainian

German

Latvian

Lithuanian

Magyar (Hungarian)

Romanian

POLAND

USSR

LITHUANIA

EAST PRUSSIA

GERM ANY

CZECHOSLOVAKIA

Danzig �

National Minorities in Postwar Poland

and starve,” an English reporter observed of refugees in Bulgaria. The influx of people brought more conflict in various parts of eastern Europe. Romania, Czechoslovakia, and the Kingdom of the Serbs, Croats, and Slovenes invaded Hungary, for instance, to gain more land.

Poland provides an example of how postwar chaos destroyed the new nation’s parliamentary democracy. One-third of the reunified Poland con- sisted of Ukrainians, Belorussians, Germans, and other ethnic minorities — many of whom had grievances against the dominant Poles. There were also varying religious, dynastic, and cultural tradi- tions dividing the new nation, which for 150 years had been split among Austria, Germany, and Rus- sia. Polish independence and reunification oc- curred without a common currency, political structure, or language — even the railroad tracks were not a standard size.

The Polish constitution professed equal rights for all ethnicities and religions, and the Sejm (par- liament) tried to legislate the redistribution of large estates to the peasantry. However, declining crop prices and overpopulation (two-thirds of the population lived by subsistence farming) made life in the countryside difficult. Urban workers were better off than the peasantry but worse off than la- borers across Europe. The economic downturn brought strikes and violence in 1922–1923, and the inability of the government to bring about eco- nomic prosperity led to a coup in 1926 by strong- man and former military leader Jozef Pilsudski. In postwar east-central Europe, military solutions to economic hardship became common, demonstrat- ing the influence of war long after the peace had officially begun.

Central Europe. Germany was a different case, though it too felt the flood of refugees from the east. Although the German economy picked up and Germany became a center of experimentation in the arts, political life remained unstable because so many people felt nostalgia for imperial glory and associated defeat with the new Weimar Republic. Extremist politicians heaped daily abuse on Weimar’s parliamentary political system. A wealthy newspaper and film magnate deemed anyone who cooperated with the parliamentary system “a moral cripple.” Right-wing parties favored violence rather than consensus building, and nationalist thugs murdered democratic leaders and Jews.

Support for the far right came from wealthy landowners and businessmen, white-collar work- ers whose standard of living had dropped during the war, and members of the lower-middle and

middle classes hurt by inflation. Bands of disaf- fected youth and veterans multiplied, among them a group called the Brown Shirts, led by ex-soldier and political newcomer Adolf Hitler (1889–1945). A riveting speaker, Hitler gradually became a fa- vorite of antigovernment political groups that col- lected donations from the enthusiastic crowds he drew. In the wake of the Ruhr occupation of 1923, Hitler and German military hero Erich Ludendorff launched a coup d’état — or putsch in German — from a beer hall in Munich. Government troops suppressed the Beer Hall Putsch and arrested its leaders, but Ludendorff was acquitted and Hitler spent less than a year in jail. For conservative judges, former aristocrats, and most of the prewar bureaucrats who still staffed government offices, such men were national heroes.

Western Europe. In France and Britain, where parliamentary institutions were better established and the upper classes were not plotting to restore an authoritarian monarchy, parties of the right had less effect. In France, politicians from the conser- vative right and moderate left successively formed coalitions and rallied general support to rebuild war-torn regions and to force Germany to pay for the reconstruction. Hoping to stimulate popu- lation growth after the devastating loss of life, members of the French parliament made the distribution of birth-control information illegal and abortion a severely punished crime.

Britain encountered postwar boom and bust, and strife continued in Ireland. Ramsay MacDonald (1866–1937), elected the first Labour prime minister in 1924, represented the political strength of workers. Like other postwar British leaders, he had to face the unpleasant truth that although Britain had the largest world empire, many of its industries were obsolete or in poor condition. A showdown came in the ailing coal in- dustry, where prices fell and wages plunged once the Ruhr mines again offered tough postwar com- petition to British mines. On May 3, 1926, work- ers launched a nine-day general strike against wage cuts and dangerous conditions in the mines. The strike provoked unprecedented middle-class re- sistance. University students, homemakers, and businessmen shut down the strike by driving trains, working on docks, and replacing workers in other jobs. Thus, citizens from many walks of life revived the wartime spirit to defeat those who ap- peared to attack the weakening national economy.

In Ireland, the continuing failure to imple- ment home rule provoked bloody confrontations. In January 1919, republican leaders announced

Th e A f t e r m a t h o f W a r : E u r o p e i n t h e 1 9 2 0 s 8 2 31 9 1 4 – 1 9 2 9

Ireland’s independence from Britain and created a separate parliament. The British gov- ernment refused to recognize the parliament and sent in the Black and Tans, a volunteer army of demobilized soldiers named after the color of their uniforms. Terror reigned in Ireland, as both the pro- independence forces and the Black and Tans waged guerrilla warfare, taking hostages, blow- ing up buildings, and even shooting into crowds at soccer matches. By 1921, public out- rage forced the British to nego-

tiate a treaty. It reversed the Irish declaration of independence and made the Irish Free State a self- governing dominion owing allegiance to the British crown. Northern Ireland, a group of six northern counties containing a majority of Protes- tants, gained a separate status: it was self-govern- ing but still had representation in the British Parliament. This settlement left bitter discontent, especially over the rights of religious minorities; violence soon erupted again.

The Colonies. War changed everything in the colonies too. Colonized peoples who had fought in the war expected more rights and even inde- pendence. Indeed, European politicians and mili- tary recruiters had actually promised the vote and many other reforms in exchange for support. But colonists’ political activism, now enhanced by in- creasing education, trade, and experience with the West, mostly met a brutal response. Fearful of los- ing India, British forces massacred protesters at Amritsar in 1919 and put down revolts against the mandate system in Egypt and Iran in the early 1920s. The Dutch jailed political leaders in Indone- sia; the French punished Indochinese nationalists. For many Western governments, maintaining em- pires abroad was crucial to ensuring democracy at home, as agitators railed at any hint of declining national prestige.

Despite resistance, the 1920s marked the high tide of imperialism. Britain and France, enjoying new access to Germany’s colonies in Africa and to territories of the fallen Ottoman Empire in the Middle East, were at the height of their global power. No matter how battered by the war, all the imperial powers took advantage of the growing profitability that enterprises around the world could bring. Middle Eastern and Indonesian oil,

for instance, heated homes and fueled the grow- ing number of automobiles, airplanes, trucks, ships, and buses. Products like chocolate and trop- ical fruit became regular items in the diet, and by extracting them from the colonies, some Western- ers built fortunes.

The balance of power among the imperial na- tions was shifting, however. The most important change was Japan’s surging competition for mar- kets, resources, and influence. During the war, Japanese output of industrial goods such as metal and ships grew dramatically because the Western powers outsourced their wartime needs for such products. As Japan took business from Britain and France, its prosperity skyrocketed, allowing the country to edge out Britain as the dominant power in China. The Japanese government touted its suc- cess as a sign of hope for non-Westerners. Japan’s prosperity, the country’s politicians claimed, would end oppression by the West. Ardently nationalist, the Japanese government was not yet strong enough to challenge the Western powers militarily. Thus, although outraged that the Western powers at Paris had refused a nondiscrimination clause in the charter of the League of Nations, Japan coop- erated in the Anglo-American–dominated peace. It agreed to the settlement at the naval conference in Washington that set the ratio of English, American, and Japanese shipbuilding at 5:5:3. “Rolls Royce, Rolls Royce, Ford,” a Japanese official commented bitterly.

Reconstructing the Economy The war had so weakened the traditional Euro- pean powers that newcomers and rivals — Japan, India, the United States, Australia, and Canada — flourished in their place. At the same time, the war had forced many European manufacturers to be- come more efficient and had expanded the de- mand for automotive and air transport, electrical products, and synthetic goods. The prewar pat- tern of mergers and cartels continued after 1918, giving rise to gigantic food-processing firms such as Nestlé in Switzerland and petroleum enter- prises such as Royal Dutch Shell. Owners of these large manufacturing conglomerates wielded more financial and political power than entire small countries. By the late 1920s, Europe had overcome the wild economic swings of the immediate post- war years and was enjoying renewed economic prosperity.

European businesspeople acknowledged that the United States had become the trendsetter in

8 2 4 C h a p t e r 2 5 ■ W o r l d W a r I a n d I t s A f t e r m a t h 1 9 1 4 – 1 9 2 9

100 miles

100 kilometers

50

50

0

0

GREAT BRITAIN

SCOTLAND

ENGLAND

IRISH FREE STATE

Ulster

Dublin �

The Irish Free State and Ulster, 1921

economic modernization, and they made pilgrim- ages to the Ford Motor Company’s Detroit assem- bly line, which by 1929 produced a Ford automobile every ten seconds. Increased produc- tivity, founder Henry Ford pointed out, resulted in a lower cost of living and thus increased workers’ purchasing power. American workers could afford such expensive goods as cars: whereas French, Ger- man, and British citizens in total had fewer than two million cars, some seventeen million cars were on U.S. streets in 1925.

Scientific management also aimed to raise productivity. American efficiency expert Frederick Taylor (1856–1915) developed methods to stream- line workers’ tasks and motions for maximum pro- ductivity. European industrialists adopted Taylor’s methods during the war and after, but they were also influenced by European psychologists who emphasized the mental aspects of productivity and the need to balance of work and leisure activities, for both workers and managers. In theory, in- creased productivity not only produced prosper- ity for all but also aimed to bind workers and management together, avoiding Russian-style worker revolution. Streamlining helped reduce working hours in many industries, causing union leaders to embrace modernization and the “cult of efficiency.” For many workers, however, the em- phasis on efficiency seemed inhuman, with restric- tions so severe that often they were allowed to use the bathroom only on a fixed schedule. “When I left the factory, it followed me,” wrote one worker. “In my dreams I was a machine.”

The managerial sector in industry had ex- panded during the war and continued to do so thereafter. Workers’ initiative became devalued, with managers alone seen as creative and innova- tive. Managers reorganized work procedures and classified workers’ skills. They categorized “female” jobs as those requiring less skill and therefore de- serving of lower wages, thus adapting the old seg- mentation of the labor market to the new working conditions. With male workers’ jobs increasingly threatened by labor-saving machinery, unions usually agreed that women should receive lower wages to keep them from competing with men for scarce high-paying jobs. Like the managerial sec- tor, a complex union bureaucracy had ballooned during World War I to help monitor labor’s part in the war. Playing a key role in everyday political life, unions could mobilize masses of people for displays of worker power such as stopping the coups against the Weimar government in the 1920s and organizing the 1926 general strike in Great Britain.

Restoring Society

Postwar society met the returning millions of bru- talized, incapacitated, and shell-shocked veterans with combined joy and apprehension. Civilian anxieties were often valid. Tens of thousands of German, central European, and Italian soldiers re- fused to disband; a few British veterans even van- dalized university classrooms and assaulted women streetcar conductors and factory workers. For their part, many veterans were angry that civil- ians had rebelled against wartime conditions in- stead of patriotically enduring them. The world to which the veterans returned differed from the home they had left: the war had blurred class dis- tinctions, giving rise to expectations that life would be fairer afterward. The massive casualties had fos- tered social mobility by allowing commoners to move up to the ranks of officers, positions often monopolized by the prewar aristocracy. His son killed on the battlefield, author Rudyard Kipling was among those who influenced the decision that all memorials to individual soldiers would be the same for rich and poor, just as the experience of the trenches had been. Wealth, he maintained, should not allow some to “proclaim their grief above other people’s grief ” when rich and poor had died for the same cause. The identical, evenly spaced crosses of military cemeteries kept all the dead equal, as did the mass “brothers’ graves” at the battlefront where all ranks lay side by side in a single burial pit.

In contrast to expectations, veterans often had few or no jobs open to them; and some soldiers found that their wives and sweethearts had aban- doned them — a wrenching betrayal for most of them. Veterans faced other changes as well: middle-class women did their own housework be- cause former servants could earn more money in factories; middle-class daughters began to work outside the home, too. Women of all classes cut their hair short, wore sleeker clothes, smoked, and had money of their own. In the United States, this postwar version of the “new woman” was called the flapper. Patriotic when the war erupted, civil- ians, especially women, sometimes felt estranged from these returning warriors who had inflicted so much death and who had lived daily with filth, rats, and decaying human flesh. Women who had served on the front could empathize with the soldiers’ woes. But many suffragists in England, for instance, who had fought for an end to separate spheres before the war, now embraced gender segregation, so fearful were they of returning veterans.

Th e A f t e r m a t h o f W a r : E u r o p e i n t h e 1 9 2 0 s 8 2 51 9 1 4 – 1 9 2 9

Governments tried to make civilian life as comfortable as possible to reintegrate men into so- ciety and reduce the appeal of communism. Politi- cians believed in the stabilizing power of traditional family values and supported social pro- grams such as pensions, unemployment benefits, and housing for veterans. The new housing — “homes for heroes,” as politicians called the program — was a considerable improvement over nineteenth-century working-class tenements. In Vienna, Frankfurt, Berlin, and Stockholm, modern housing projects provided collective laundries, day-care centers, and rooms for group socializing; they featured gardens, terraces, and balconies to provide a soothing, country ambience that offset the hectic nature of industrial life. Inside, they boasted modern kitchens, indoor plumbing, cen- tral heating, and electricity.

Despite government efforts to restore tradi- tional family values, war had dissolved many middle-class conventions, among them attempts to keep unmarried young men and women apart. Freer relationships and more open discussions of sex characterized the 1920s. Middle-class youth of both sexes visited jazz clubs and attended movies together. Revealing bathing suits, short skirts, and

body-hugging clothing emphasized women’s sex- uality, seeming to invite men and women to join together and replenish the postwar population. The context for sexuality, however, remained mar- riage. British scientist Marie Stopes published the best seller Married Love in 1918, and the wildly successful Ideal Marriage: Its Physiology and Tech- nique by Dutch author Theodor van de Velde ap- peared in 1927. Both described sex in glowing terms and offered precise information about birth control and sexual physiology. Changing ideas about sex were not limited to the middle and up- per classes; one Viennese reformer described working-class marriage as “an erotic-comradely relationship of equals” rather than the economic partnership of past centuries. Meanwhile, such writers as the Briton D. H. Lawrence and the Amer- ican Ernest Hemingway glorified men’s sexual vigor in, respectively, Women in Love (1920) and The Sun Also Rises (1926). Mass culture’s focus on heterosexuality encouraged the return to normal- ity after the gender disorder that had troubled the prewar and war years.

As images of men and women changed, peo- ple paid more attention to bodily improvement. The increasing use of toothbrushes and toothpaste,

8 2 6 C h a p t e r 2 5 ■ W o r l d W a r I a n d I t s A f t e r m a t h 1 9 1 4 – 1 9 2 9

New Housing in Vienna Politicians saw to the building of “homes for heroes” across postwar Europe, and Vienna was one leader in constructing modern housing for the working class. With many veterans enraged by the war experience and with socialist revolution a looming threat, new housing, it was hoped, would help return men to peaceful civilian life. (© Bettmann/ Corbis.)

safety and electric razors, and deodorants reflected new standards for personal hygiene and grooming. For Western women, a multibillion-dollar cosmet- ics industry sprang up almost overnight. Women went to beauty parlors regularly to have their short hair cut, set, dyed, conditioned, straightened, or curled. They also tweezed their eyebrows, applied makeup, and even submitted to cosmetic surgery. Ordinary women painted their faces as formerly only prostitutes had done and competed in beauty contests that judged physical appearance. Instead of wanting to look plump and prosperous, people aimed to become thin and tan, often through ex- ercise and playing sports. Consumers’ new focus on personal health coincided with industry’s need for a physically fit workforce.

As prosperity returned in the mid-1920s, peo- ple could afford to buy more consumer goods. Middle- and upper-class families snapped up sleek modern furniture, washing machines, and vacuum cleaners. Other modern conveniences such as elec- tric irons and gas stoves appeared in better-off working-class households. Installment buying, popularized from the 1920s on, helped people fi- nance these purchases. Housework became more mechanized, and family intimacy increasingly de- pended on machines of mass communication like radios, phonographs, and even automobiles. These new products not only transformed private life but

also brought changes in the public world of mass culture and mass politics.

Review: What were the major political, economic, and social problems facing postwar Europe, and how did governments attempt to address them?

Mass Culture and the Rise of Modern Dictators Wartime propaganda had aimed to unite all classes against a common enemy. In the 1920s, new tech- nology made the process of integrating diverse groups into a single Western or mass culture eas- ier and more thorough. The instruments of mass culture — primarily radio, film, and newspapers — expanded their influence in the 1920s. Whereas some intellectuals urged elites to form an experi- mental avant-garde that refused to cater to “the drab mass of society,” others wanted to use mod- ern media and art to reach and even control the masses. The media had the potential for creating an informed citizenry and thus strengthening democracy. At the same time, it had the potential for allowing dictators to use it as a tool to keep war and revolution foremost in people’s minds. Benito

M a s s C u lt u r e a n d t h e R i s e o f M o d e r n D i c ta t o r s 8 2 71 9 1 4 – 1 9 2 9

The Flapper This modern workingwoman smoking her cigarette stood for all that had changed—or was said to have changed—in the postwar world. Women had worked and had money of their own, they were out in public and could vote in many countries, and they were liberated from old constraints on their sexual and other behavior. (Getty Images.)

Mussolini, Joseph Stalin, and ultimately Adolf Hitler used mass media to control citizens far beyond the hopes of wartime military leaders.

Culture for the Masses The media had received a big boost from the war. Bulletins from the battlefront had whetted the public’s craving for news and real-life stories, and sales of nonfiction books soared. After years of deprivation, people were driven to achieve mate- rial success, and they devoured books that advised how to gain it. A biography of Henry Ford, telling his story of upward mobility and technological ac- complishment, became a best seller in Germany. With postwar readers avidly pursuing practical knowledge, institutes and night schools became popular, and school systems promoted the study of geography, science, and history. Phonographs, radio programs, and movies also widened the scope of national culture.

The war years, when the U.S. film industry be- gan to outstrip the European, gave rise to special- ization: directors, producers, marketers, film editors, and many others subdivided the process. Then, during the 1920s, film evolved from an ex- perimental medium to a thriving international business in which large corporations set up the- ater chains and marketed movies worldwide. A “star” system, promoted by professional publicity, turned film personalities into celebrities. Films of literary classics and political events developed people’s sense of a common heritage and were often sponsored by governments. Bolshevik leaders ac- tively supported filmmaking. In particular, two films by innovative director Sergei Eisenstein, Potemkin (1925) and Ten Days That Shook the World (1927–1928), presented a Bolshevik view of history to Russian and international audiences.

Films incorporated familiar elements from everyday life. The piano accompaniment of silent films derived from music halls; comic characters, farcical plots, and slapstick humor were borrowed from street or burlesque shows and from trends in postwar living. The popular comedies of the 1920s made the flapper more visible to the masses and satirized men and women inept at marriage and emotional intimacy. Lavish cinema houses at- tracted some hundred million weekly viewers, the majority of them women. As popular films and books crossed national borders, a global culture for an international audience flourished.

Films also played to postwar fantasies and fears. In Germany, where filmmakers used expressionist sets and costumes to make films frightening, the in-

fluential hit The Cabinet of Doctor Caligari (1919) depicted events in an insane asylum as horrifying symbols of state power. Popular detective and cow- boy films portrayed heroes who could restore wholeness to the disordered world of murder, crime, and injustice. The plight of gangsters ap- pealed to war veterans, who had been exposed to the cheap value of life in the modern world. Eng- lish comedian, actor, and producer Charlie Chaplin (1889–1977) created the character of the Little Tramp, who won international popularity as the down-and-out hero, the anonymous soldier who struggled to keep his dignity in a postwar society. All of these films played in theaters internationally, reflecting the restoration of global culture. Many featured a global cast of characters and were often set in North Africa or the Middle East, whose deserts became a common backdrop. Sporting events like cricket and boxing became internationalized in the 1920s and 1930s, and clips from these matches were shown worldwide in newsreels before feature films.

Like film, radio evolved from an experimental medium to an instrument of mass culture during the 1920s. Developed from the wireless technology of Italian inventor Guglielmo Marconi, which had been introduced at the turn of the century, radio broadcasts in the first half of the 1920s were heard by mass audiences in public halls (much like movie houses) and featured orchestra performances and songs followed by audience discussion. The radio quickly became a relatively inexpensive consumer item, allowing the public concert or lecture to pen- etrate the individual’s private living space. Special- ized programming for men (such as sports reporting) and for women (such as advice on home management) soon followed. By the 1930s, radio was available for politicians to reach the masses wherever they might be — even alone at home (see “Taking Measure,” page 829).

Cultural Debates over the Future Cultural leaders in the 1920s either were haunted by the horrendous experience of war or held high hopes for creating a fresh, utopian future that would have little relation to the past. German artists, especially, produced bleak or violent vi- sions. The sculpture and woodcuts of German artist Käthe Kollwitz (1867–1945), whose son died in the war, portrayed bereaved parents, starving children, and other heart-wrenching antiwar im- ages (see page 798). Others thought that Euro- peans needed to search for answers in far-off cultures. Seeing Europe as decadent, some turned

8 2 8 C h a p t e r 2 5 ■ W o r l d W a r I a n d I t s A f t e r m a t h 1 9 1 4 – 1 9 2 9

to the spiritual richness of Asian philosophies and religions, fixing on the pacifist leader for Indian independence Mohandas Gandhi. An “Asiatic fever” seemed to grip intellectuals, including the writer Virginia Woolf, who drew on ideas of rein- carnation in her novel Orlando (1928), and the filmmaker Sergei Eisenstein, who modeled the new techniques of juxtaposing shots (montage) on Japanese ideograms.

Other artists employed satire, irony, and flip- pancy to express postwar rage and revulsion at civilization’s apparent failure. George Grosz (1893–1959), stunned by the war’s carnage, joined Dada, an artistic and literary movement that had

M a s s C u lt u r e a n d t h e R i s e o f M o d e r n D i c ta t o r s 8 2 91 9 1 4 – 1 9 2 9

T A K I N G M E A S U R E

The Growth of Radio, 1924–1929 The spread of radio technology, like the earlier development of printing, advanced the cultural and political unity of citizens in a nation-state. The most industrially and commercially de- veloped societies witnessed the most rapid diffusion of radios, which were both programmed and taxed by gov- ernments. Because of this centralized control, historians can compare the country-by-country use of radio in Eu- rope and in much of the rest of the world. Of the five countries repre- sented here, which experienced the most rapid spread of radio technology? Can you suggest reasons for their lead in accepting radio?

Czechoslovakia

2,000 9,000 40,000 17,000

84,000

748,000

2,730,000

428,000

268,000

2,838,000

Germany Sweden

Radio Licenses (in thousands)

Switzerland United Kingdom

1924 1929

George Grosz, “Twilight” from the Series Ecce Homo, 1922 George Grosz’s series of postwar art was named after a book by Friedrich Nietzsche, Ecce Homo (Behold the Man). The “man” to behold was the veteran, opportunistically called a “hero” by postwar politicians to get their votes but in fact living a grim reality, as Grosz saw it. Surrounded by prosperous businessmen, fashionable women, and strutting military officers, the veteran was pushed to the background, gray and lonely amid the colorful peacetime society. (Bildarchiv Preussischer Kulturbesitz / Art Resource, NY/ © Estate of George

Grosz/ Licensed by VAGA, New York, NY.)

emerged during the war. With a meaningless name, Dada produced works marked by nonsense and shrieks of alienation. Grosz’s paintings and cartoons of maimed soldiers and brutally mur- dered women reflected his wartime trauma and his self-proclaimed desire “to bellow back.” In the postwar years, the modernist tradition of shock- ing audiences became more savage and often more contemptuous of ordinary people. Portrayals of seedy everyday life flourished in cabarets and the- aters in the 1920s and reinforced veterans’ beliefs in civilian decadence.

The art world itself became a battlefield, es- pecially in defeated Germany, where it paralleled the Weimar Republic’s contentious politics. Pop- ular writers such as Ernst Jünger glorified life in the trenches and called for the militarization of society to restore order. In contrast, Erich Maria Remarque cried out for an end to war in All Quiet on the Western Front (1928). This international best seller depicted the life shared by enemies on the battlefield, thus aiming to overcome the national hatred aroused by wartime propaganda.

Remarque’s novel was part of a flood of popular, and often bitter, literature appearing on the tenth anniversary of the war’s end. It coincided with new interest in visiting battlefields and other “Great War tourism.” (See Document, “Battlefield Tourism,” above.)

Poets reflected on postwar conditions in more general terms, using styles that rejected the com- forting rhymes or accessible metaphors of earlier verse. T. S. Eliot, an American-born poet who for a time worked as a banker in Britain, portrayed postwar life as petty and futile in “The Waste Land” (1922) and “The Hollow Men” (1925). The Irish poet William Butler Yeats joined Eliot in mourn- ing the end of traditional society and moral val- ues and the rise of a new, superficial generation gaily dancing to jazz and engaging in promiscuous sex. Both poets had an uneasy relationship with the modern world and at times advocated author- itarianism rather than democracy.

The postwar arts produced many a utopian fantasy turned upside down; dystopias of life in a war-traumatized Europe multiplied. In the bizarre

8 3 0 C h a p t e r 2 5 ■ W o r l d W a r I a n d I t s A f t e r m a t h 1 9 1 4 – 1 9 2 9

Battlefield Tourism

D O C U M E N T

World War I left deep wounds in the sur- vivors, including the families of those who had died. Like the English writer Vera Brit- tain, many relatives roamed the battlefields of Europe, in hopes of understanding what had happened to their loved ones — and to Western civilization as a whole. During the war, Brittain had served as a nurse while suffering the loss of her brother, fiancé, and friends. There was no organized tour of Ital- ian battlefields in 1921 as there was of those in northwestern Europe, so Brittain went on her own to find her brother’s grave high up in the remote mountains. She later re- counted this visit in a memoir of her early life.

“How strange, how strange it is,” I re- flected, as I looked, with an indefinable pain stabbing my chest, for Edward’s name among those neat rows of oblong stones, “that all my past years — the childhood of

which I have no one, now, to share the re- membrance, the bright fields at Upping- ham, the restless months in Buxton, the hopes and ambitions of Oxford, the losses and long-drawn agonies of the War— should be buried in this grave on the top of a mountain, in the lofty silence, the singing unearthly stillness, of these remote forests! At every turn of every future road I shall want to ask him questions, to recall to him memories, and he will not be there. Who could have dreamed that the little boy born in such uneventful security to an ordinary provincial family would end his brief days in a battle among the high pine- woods of an unknown Italian plateau?”

Close to the wall, in the midst of a group of privates from the Sherwood Foresters who had all died on June 15th, I found his name: “Captain E. H. Brittain, M.C., 11th Notts. And Derby Regt. Killed in action June 15th, 1918. Aged 22.” In

Venice I had bought some rosebuds and a small asparagus fern in a pot; the shop- keeper had told me that it would last a long time, and I planted it in the rough grass beside the grave.

“How trivial my life has been since the War!” I thought, as I smoothed the earth over the fern. “How mean they are, these little strivings, these petty ambitions of us who are left, now that all of you are gone! How can the future achieve, through us, the sombre majesty of the past? Oh, Edward, you’re so lonely up here; why can’t I stay for ever and keep your grave company, far from the world and its vain endeavours to rebuild civilisation, on this Plateau where alone there is dignity and peace?”

Source: Vera Brittain, Testament of Youth (London: Virago, 1978 [1933]), 525–27.

expressionist stories of Franz Kafka, an employee of a large insurance company in Prague, the world is a vast, impersonal machine. His novels The Trial (1925) and The Castle (1926) evoked the hopeless condition of individuals caught between the cogs of society’s relentlessly turning gears. His themes seemed to capture for civilian life the helplessness that soldiers had felt at the front. As an old social order collapsed in the face of political and techno- logical innovation, other writers depicted the com- plex, sometimes nightmarish inner life of individuals.

Irish writer James Joyce and British writer Vir- ginia Woolf portrayed this interior self built on memories and sensations, many of them from the war. Joyce’s Ulysses (1922) and Woolf ’s Mrs. Dal- loway (1925) illuminated the fast-moving inner lives of their characters in the course of a single day. In one of the most celebrated passages in Ulysses, a long interior monologue traces a woman’s lifetime of erotic and emotional sensa- tions. The technique of using a character’s thoughts to propel a story was called stream of consciousness. For Woolf, the war had dissolved the solid society from which absorbing stories and fascinating characters were once fashioned. Her characters experience fragmented conversations and incomplete relationships. Woolf ’s novel Or- lando also reflected the current interest in Eastern ideas of reincarnation and the postwar attention to women. In the novel, the hero Orlando lives hundreds of years and in the course of his long life is eventually transformed into a woman.

There was another side to the postwar story, one based not on the interior life of a traumatized society but on the promise of technology. Avant- garde artists before the war had celebrated the new, the futuristic, the utopian. Like Jules Amar craft- ing prostheses for shattered limbs, they were opti- mistic that technology could make an entire society whole after the slaughter. The aim of art, observed one of them, “is not to decorate our life but to organize it.” The group of German artists called the Bauhaus (after the idea of a craft asso- ciation, or Bauhütte) created streamlined office buildings and designed functional furniture and utensils, many of them inspired by forms from “untainted” East Asia and Africa. Russian artists, temporarily entranced by communism, wrote nov- els about cement factories and ballets about steel.

Artists fascinated by technology and machin- ery were drawn to the most modern of all coun- tries — the United States. Hollywood films, glossy advertisements, and the bustling metropolis of New York tempted careworn Europeans. They

loved films and stories about the Wild West or the carefree “modern American girl.” They were espe- cially attracted to jazz, the improvisational music that emanated from New York’s Harlem. Perform- ers like Josephine Baker (1906–1976) and Louis Armstrong (1900–1971) became international sensations when they toured Europe’s capital cities. Like jazz, the New York skyscraper pointed to the future, not to the grim wartime past.

The Communist Utopia Communism also promised a shining future and a modern, technological culture. But as the Bolshe- viks met powerful resistance, they became ever more ruthless and authoritarian. In the early 1920s, peasant bands called Green Armies revolted against the policy of war communism that confiscated their crops. Industrial production stood at only 13 per-

M a s s C u lt u r e a n d t h e R i s e o f M o d e r n D i c ta t o r s 8 3 11 9 1 4 – 1 9 2 9

The New Man There was a sense in the postwar world that people were entering a new age after the horrors of war. Nowhere was this feeling stronger than among Communists in Russia, where it was also believed that communism would also create “The New Man,” the subtitle of this work by Eli Lissitsky (“Victory over the Sun: The New Man,” 1923). Note the energy in the figure, as it stretches its reach in all directions. The use of pure lines and geometric forms symbolized the higher reality that the new man would reach once the messiness and corruption of ordinary reality had been eliminated. (Tate, London / Art Resource, NY/ © 2008 Artists Rights Society (ARS), NY.)

cent of its prewar output, shortages of housing af- fected the entire population, and millions of refugees clogged the cities and roamed the country- side. In the early spring of 1921, workers in Petro- grad and sailors at the nearby naval base at Kronstadt revolted, protesting their short rations and the privileged standard of living that Bolshevik supervisors enjoyed. They called for “soviets with- out Communists” — that is, a return to the early promises of a worker state without elite leaders.

The Bolsheviks had many of the rebels shot, but the Kronstadt revolt pushed Lenin to institute reform. His New Economic Policy (NEP) returned parts of the economy to the free market, a tempo- rary retreat to capitalist methods that allowed peasants to sell their grain and others to trade con- sumer goods freely. Although the state still con- trolled large industries and banking, the NEP encouraged people to produce, sell, and even, in the spirited slogan of one official, “get rich.” As a result, consumer goods and more food to eat soon became available. Although many remained im- poverished, some peasants and merchants pros- pered. The rise of these wealthy “NEPmen,” who bought and furnished splendid homes, again broke the Bolshevik promise of a classless utopia.

Further protest erupted within Communist ranks. At the 1921 party congress, a group called the Worker Opposition objected to the party’s usurpation of economic control from worker or- ganizations and pointed out that the NEP was an agrarian program, not a proletarian one for work- ers. In response, Lenin suppressed the Worker Op- position and set up procedures for purging opponents — a policy that would become a deadly feature of Communist rule. Bolshevik leaders also worked to make the Communist revolution a cul- tural reality in people’s lives and thinking. Party leaders set up classes in a variety of political and social subjects throughout the countryside, and volunteers struggled to improve the rate of literacy — which was only 40 percent on the eve of World War I. To facilitate social equality between the sexes, which had been part of the Marxist vision of the future, the state made birth control, abortion, and divorce readily available. As com- missar for public welfare, Aleksandra Kollontai (1872–1952) promoted birth-control education for adults and day care for children of working par- ents. To encourage literacy, she wrote simply

worded novels about love and work in the new so- cialist state for ordinary readers.

The bureaucracy swelled to bring modern ways to every corner of life, and hygiene and effi- ciency became watchwords, as they were in the rest of Europe. Such agencies as the Zhenotdel (Women’s Bureau) taught women about their rights under communism and about sanitary housekeeping. Efficiency experts aimed to replace tsarist backwardness with technological moder- nity based on the techniques of Americans Henry Ford and Frederick Taylor. The short-lived govern- ment agency Proletkult tried to develop proletar- ian culture through such undertakings as workers’ universities, a workers’ theater, and workers’ pub- lishing. Russian artists experimented with blend- ing high art and technology in mass culture: poet Vladimir Mayakovsky wrote verse praising his Communist passport and essays promoting tooth- brushing, and composers punctuated their music with the sound of train or factory whistles. The early days of Bolshevik rule saw interesting exper- iments in all of the arts and in mass culture.

As with war communism, many resisted at- tempts to change everyday life and culture. As Zhenotdel workers moved into the countryside, for example, they attempted to teach women to be- have as men’s equals. Peasant families, still strongly patriarchal, often resisted. In Islamic regions of central Asia, incorporated from the old Russian Empire into the new Communist one, Bolsheviks urged Muslim women to remove their veils, but fervent Muslims often attacked both Zhenotdel workers and women who followed their advice.

Lenin suffered a debilitating stroke in the spring of 1922, and amid ongoing cultural exper- imentation and factional fighting, the architect of the Bolshevik Revolution died in January 1924. The party congress declared the day of his death a permanent holiday, changed the name of Petro- grad to Leningrad, and elevated the deceased leader into a secular god. After Lenin’s death, no one was allowed to criticize anything associated with his name, a situation that paved the way for future abuses of power by Communist leaders.

Joseph Stalin (1879–1953), who served in the powerful post of general secretary of the Commu- nist Party, was the chief mourner at Lenin’s fu- neral. Stalin organized the Lenin cult, which included the public display of Lenin’s embalmed corpse — still on view today. He dealt with thou- sands of local party officials, which gave him enor- mous national patronage, and in 1923 welded both Russian and non-Russian regions into the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics (USSR). Wary of

8 3 2 C h a p t e r 2 5 ■ W o r l d W a r I a n d I t s A f t e r m a t h 1 9 1 4 – 1 9 2 9

Aleksandra Kollontai (1872–1952): Russian activist and minis- ter of public welfare in the Bolshevik government; she pro- moted social programs such as birth control and day care for children of working parents.

Stalin’s growing influence and ruthlessness, Lenin in his last will and testament had asked that “the comrades find a way to remove Stalin.” Stalin, how- ever, prevented Lenin’s will from being publicized and discredited his chief rival, Trotsky, as an un- patriotic internationalist who was unwilling to concentrate on the tough job of modernizing the Soviet Union. With the blessing of Trotsky’s other rivals, Stalin had him exiled. Bringing in several hundred thousand new party members who owed their positions in government and industry to him, Stalin built a loyal base of supporters. By 1928–1929, he had achieved virtually complete control of the USSR.

Fascism on the March in Italy In Italy, the war remained alive in the rise to power of Benito Mussolini (1883–1945), who, like the Bolsheviks, promised an efficient military utopia. Italian anger boiled over when the Allies at Paris refused to honor the territorial promises of the Treaty of London. Domestic unrest swelled when peasants and workers protested their economic plight during the slump of the early 1920s. Since the late nineteenth century, many Europeans had come to blame parliaments and constitutions for their problems, so Italians approved when Mus- solini, a socialist journalist who turned to the rad- ical right, built a personal army (the Black Shirts) of veterans and the unemployed to overturn par- liamentary government. In 1922, his supporters, known as Fascists, started a march on Rome, forc- ing King Victor Emmanuel III (r. 1900–1946) to make Mussolini prime minister.

The Fascist movement flourished in the soil of poverty, social unrest, and wounded national pride. It attracted to its bands of Black Shirts many young men who felt cheated of wartime glory by the Allies and veterans who missed the vigor of military life. The fasces, an ancient Roman symbol depicting a bundle of sticks wrapped around an ax with the blade exposed, served as the movement’s emblem; it represented both unity and force to Mussolini’s supporters. Unlike Marxism, Fascism had no coherent ideology: “Fascism is not a church,” Mussolini announced upon taking power in 1922. “It is more like a training ground.” Fascism was thus defined by its promotion of male violence and its opposition to parliamentary rule and the antinationalist socialist movement.

Mussolini consolidated his power by making criticism of the state a criminal offense and by vi- olently wiping out parliamentary opposition. His Fascist bands demolished socialist newspaper of- fices, attacked striking workers, used their favorite tactic of forcing castor oil (which caused diarrhea) down the throats of socialists, and even murdered certain powerful opponents. Yet this brutality and the sight of the Black Shirts marching through the streets like disciplined soldiers signaled to many Italians that their country was orderly and mod- ern. Large landowners and businessmen approved Fascist attacks on strikers, and they supported the movement financially. Their generous funding allowed Mussolini to build a large staff by hiring the unemployed, creating the illusion that Fas- cists could rescue the economy when no one else could.

Like a wartime leader, Mussolini used mass propaganda to build support for a kind of military campaign to remake Italy by uniting rich and poor, peasant and worker. Peasant men huddled around radios to hear him call for a “battle of wheat” to enhance farm productivity. Peasant women, re- sponding to his praise for maternal duty, idolized him for appearing to value womanhood. In the cities the government launched avant-garde archi- tectural projects and used public relations promot- ers to advertise its achievements. The modern city became a stage set for Fascist spectacle: old resi- dential neighborhoods fell to the wrecking ma- chines, allowing roadbuilders to put in broad avenues for Fascist parades, captured by newsreel cameras and broadcast by radio. Mussolini claimed that he made the trains run on time, and this additional triumph of modern technology fanned people’s hopes that he could restore order even if it were a warlike kind of order.

Mussolini added a strong dose of traditional values and prejudices to his modern order. Al- though an atheist, he recognized the importance of Catholicism to most Italians. In 1929, the Lat- eran Agreement between the Italian government and the church made the Vatican an independent state under papal sovereignty. The government recognized the church’s right to determine mar- riage and family policy and supported its role in education. In return, the church ended its criticism of Fascist tactics. Mussolini also introduced a “cor- porate” state that denied individual political rights in favor of duty to the state, as in wartime. Cor- poratist decrees in 1926 outlawed independent la- bor unions and peasant groups, replacing them with organized groups or corporations of employ- ers, workers, and professionals to settle grievances

M a s s C u lt u r e a n d t h e R i s e o f M o d e r n D i c ta t o r s 8 3 31 9 1 4 – 1 9 2 9

Benito Mussolini (1883–1945): Leader of Italian fascist move- ment and, after the March on Rome in 1922, dictator of Italy.

fascism: A doctrine that emphasized violence and glorified the state over the people and their individual or civil rights.

and determine conditions of work. Mussolini drew more praise from business leaders when he an- nounced cuts in women’s wages; and then in the late 1920s he won the approval of civil servants, lawyers, and professors by banning women from those professions. Mussolini did not want women out of the workforce altogether but aimed to con- fine them to low-paying jobs as part of his scheme for reinvigorating men.

Mussolini’s admirers were numerous across the West and included Adolf Hitler, who throughout the 1920s had been building a paramilitary group of storm troopers and a political organization called the National Socialist German Workers’ Party, or Nazis. During his brief stint in jail for the Beer Hall Putsch in 1923, Hitler wrote Mein Kampf (My Struggle, 1925), which articulated both a vicious

anti-Semitism and a political psychology for ma- nipulating the masses. Hitler was fascinated by the specifics of Mussolini’s success: the dramatic Fascist march on Rome, Mussolini’s legal accession to power, and the triumph over socialist and trade unionist opposition. But the poor economic condi- tions that had allowed Mussolini to rise to power in 1922 no longer existed in Germany. Although Hitler was welding the Nazi Party into a strong political instrument, the Weimar parliamentary government was actually working as the decade wore on.

Review: How did the postwar atmosphere influence cultural expression and encourage the trend toward dictatorship?

8 3 4 C h a p t e r 2 5 ■ W o r l d W a r I a n d I t s A f t e r m a t h 1 9 1 4 – 1 9 2 9

Mussolini and the Black Shirts For movements like Mussolini’s Fascism, the best society was one controlled by militarized politics that killed its critics and political opponents. Fascism saw parliamentary democracies as effeminate and doomed in the modern world, which would need dictators and obedient warriors to make it strong, efficient, and machinelike. Thus, in the name of promoting state power, Mussolini gained adherents both within and outside of Italy. (Farabolafoto.)

Conclusion The year 1929 was to prove just as fateful as 1914 had been. In 1914, World War I began an orgy of death, causing tens of millions of casualties, the destruction of major dynasties, and the collapse of aristocratic classes. For four years war promoted military technology, virulent nationalism, and the control of everyday life by bureaucracy. While dy- nasties fell, the centralization of power increased the scope of the nation-state. The Peace of Paris treaties of 1919–1920 left Germans bitterly resent- ful, while in eastern and central Europe the intense intermingling of ethnicities, religions, and lan- guages in the new states created by the treaties failed to guarantee a peaceful future. Massive mi- grations provoked additional chaos, as some new nations expelled minority groups.

War furthered the development of mass soci- ety. It leveled social classes on the battlefield and in the graveyard, standardized political thinking through wartime propaganda, and extended many political rights to women for their war effort. Production techniques, improved during wartime, turned in peacetime toward churning out con- sumer goods and technological innovations like the prostheses built by Jules Amar, air transport, cinema, and radio transmission for greater num- bers of people. Modernity in the arts intensified after the war, as artists and writers probed the nightmarish cataclysm that continued to haunt the population.

By the end of the 1920s, the legacy of war had been to so militarize politics that strongmen had come to power in several countries, including the Soviet Union and Italy, with Adolf Hitler waiting in the wings in Germany. These strongmen kept alive the wartime commitment to violence. Many Westerners were impressed by their tough, mod- ern efficiency. Fascists and Communists especially worked to make parliaments and citizen rule seem out-of-date, even effeminate. When the U.S. stock market crashed in 1929 and economic disaster circled the globe, authoritarian solutions and mili- tarism continued to look appealing. What followed was a series of catastrophes even more devastating than World War I.

For Further Exploration

■ For suggested references, including Web sites, for topics in this chapter, see page SR-1 at the end of the book.

■ For additional primary-source material from this period, see Chapter 25 in Sources of THE MAKING OF THE WEST, Third Edition.

■ For Web sites and documents related to topics in this chapter, see Make History at bedfordstmartins.com/hunt.

C o n c l u s i o n 8 3 51 9 1 4 – 1 9 2 9

8 3

6 C

h a

p t

e r

2 5

■

W o

r l

d W

a r

I a n

d It

s A

f t

e r

m a

t h

1 9

1 4

– 1

9 2

9

M A P P I N G T H E W E S T

Europe and the World in 1929 The map reflects the partitions and nations that came into being as a result of war and revolution, while it obscures the increasing movement toward throwing off colonial rule. This was the true high point of empire: the drive for empire would diminish after 1929 except for Italy, which still craved colonies, and Japan, which continued searching for more land and resources to fuel its rapid growth. ■ Observe the League of Nations membership as depicted in the map. What common bonds, if any, united these member nations?

League of Nations

Original members

Subsequent members, with date of membership

Possessions of member states

Non-member states

Mandated territories

0 1,000 2,000 kilometers

0 1,000 2,000 miles

N

S

EW

1 Albania, 1920

2 Austria, 1920

3 Bulgaria, 1920

4 Estonia, 1921

5 Latvia, 1920

6 Lithuania, 1921

7 Hungary, 1922–37

8 Germany, 1926–33

ATLANTIC OCEAN

INDIAN OCEANPACIFIC OCEAN

PACIFIC OCEAN

PORTUGAL SPAIN

MOROCCO (Fr.)

ALGERIA (Fr.)

TUNISIA (Fr.)

GREAT BRITAIN

CHINA

PACIFIC IS.

BISMARCK ARCH.

SAMOA

KOREA

MONGOLIA

FR. INDOCHINA

INDIA

TIBET

DUTCH EAST INDIES

SIAM

JAPAN

AUSTRALIA

NEW ZEALAND

GREENLAND

ICELAND

NORWAY SWEDEN

FINLAND 1920

LIBYA (It.) EGYPT

SYR. IRAQ IRAN

OMAN

AFG.

TRANS- JORDAN

SAUDI ARABIA

PALESTINE

UNION OF SOVIET SOCIALIST REPUBLICS

FRENCH WEST AFRICA

BR. TOGO

LIBERIA FR. TOGO

NIGERIA

ANGOLA

RUANDA- URUNDI

TANGANYIKA

S.W. AFRICA

SOUTH AFRICA

BR. CAMEROON

FR. CAMEROON

ABYSSINIA

SUDAN

MADAGASCAR

CANADA

UNITED STATES

MEXICO CUBA

HAITI DOM. REP. 1924

COLOMBIA

VENEZUELA

NICARAGUA HONDURAS

BOLIVIA

PERU BRAZIL 1920–26

PARAGUAY

ARGENTINA URUGUAYCHILE

ECUADOR

GUATEMALA EL SALVADOR 1924 COSTA RICA 1920–25

PANAMA

1

2

3

4 5 6POL.

CZECH. ROM.

YUGO.

GR. TURKEY ITALY

FRANCE BEL.

DEN.

NETH.

SWITZ.

7 8

C h a p t e r R e v i e w 8 3 71 9 1 4 – 1 9 2 9

K e y Te r m s a n d P e o p l e M a k i n g C o n n e c t i o n s

R e v i e w Q u e s t i o n s

1. How did the experience of war shape postwar mass politics?

2. What social changes from the war carried over into the postwar years and why?

C h a p t e r R e v i e w

total war (800)

cult of the offensive (803)

Schlieffen Plan (803)

soviets (811)

V. I. Lenin (811)

Bolshevik Revolution (811)

Weimar Republic (815)

Fourteen Points (816)

Peace of Paris (816)

war guilt clause (818)

League of Nations (818)

mandate system (819)

Aleksandra Kollontai (832)

Benito Mussolini (833)

fascism (833)

I m p o r ta n t Ev e n t s

1913–1925 Suffrage for women expands in much of Europe

1914 August World War I begins

1916 Irish nationalists stage Easter Uprising against British rule

1917 March Revolution in Russia overturns tsarist autocracy

April The United States enters World War I

November Bolshevik Revolution in Russia

1918 November Armistice ends fighting of World War I; revolutionary turmoil throughout Germany; the kaiser abdicates

1918–1922 Civil war in Russia

1919 The Weimar Republic established

1919–1920 Paris Peace Conference redraws the map of Europe

1922 Ireland is split in two: the independent Ir- ish Free State in the south and British- affiliated Ulster in the north; Fascists march on Rome; Mussolini becomes Italy’s prime minister; T. S. Eliot publishes “The Waste Land”; James Joyce publishes Ulysses

1924 Lenin dies; Stalin and Trotsky contend for power

1924–1929 Period of general economic prosperity and stability

1929 October Stock market crash in United States

1. In what ways was World War I a total war?

2. Why did people rebel during World War I, and what turned rebellion into outright revolution in Russia?

3. What were the major outcomes of the postwar peacemaking process?

4. What were the major political, social, and economic prob- lems facing postwar Europe, and how did governments attempt to address them?

5. How did the postwar atmosphere influence cultural expres- sion and encourage the trend toward dictatorship?

For practice quizzes, a customized study plan, and other study tools, see the Online Study Guide at bedfordstmartins.com/hunt.

W hen Etty Hillesum moved to Amsterdam from the Dutch

provinces in 1932 to attend law school, an economic de-

pression gripped the world. A resourceful young woman,

Hillesum pieced together a living as a housekeeper and part-time lan-

guage teacher so that she could continue her studies. Absorbed by the

pressures and pleasures of her life as a bookworm, she took little note

of Adolf Hitler’s spectacular rise to power in Germany, even when he

demonized her fellow Jews as responsible for the economic slump and

for virtually every other problem Germany faced. In 1939, the outbreak

of World War II awakened her to the reality of what was happening.

The German conquest of the Netherlands in 1940 led to the persecu-

tion of Dutch Jews, bringing Hillesum to a shattering realization, noted

in her diary: “What they are after is our total destruction.” The Nazis

started relocating Jews to camps in Germany and Poland. Hillesum

went to work for Amsterdam’s Jewish Council, which was forced to or-

ganize the transport of Jews to the death camps in eastern Europe.

Changing from self-absorbed student to heroine, she did what she

could to help other Jews and began meticulously recording the depor-

tations. When she and her family were captured and deported in turn,

she smuggled out letters from the transit camps along the route to

Poland, bearing witness to the inhumane conditions and brutal treat-

ment of the Jews. “I wish I could live for a long time so that one day I

may know how to explain it,” she wrote. Etty Hillesum never got her

wish: she died at Auschwitz in November 1943.

The economic recovery of the late 1920s came to a crashing halt

with the collapse of the U.S. stock market in 1929. Financial collapse in

The Great Depression 840 • Economic Disaster Strikes • Social Effects of the Depression • The Great Depression beyond the West

Totalitarian Triumph 844 • The Rise of Stalinism • Hitler’s Rise to Power • The Nazification of German Politics • Nazi Racism

Democracies on the Defensive 852 • Confronting the Economic Crisis • Cultural Visions in Hard Times

The Road to Global War 856 • A Surge in Global Imperialism • The Spanish Civil War, 1936–1939 • Hitler’s Conquest of Central Europe,

1938 –1939

World War II, 1939–1945 862 • The German Onslaught • War Expands: The Pacific and Beyond • The War against Civilians • Societies at War • From Resistance to Allied Victory • An Uneasy Postwar Settlement

8 3 9

The Great Depression and World War II 1929–1945

C H A P T E R

26

Nazis on Parade By the time Hitler came to power in 1933, Germany was mired in the Great Depression. Hated by Communists, Nazis, and conservatives alike, the Weimar Republic had few supporters. Hitler took his cue from Mussolini by promising an end to democracy and tolerance and by using the visual power of Nazi soldiers marching through the streets during the depression to win support for overthrowing the government. (Time & Life Pictures/ Getty Images.)

■ For more help analyzing this image, see the visual activity for this chapter in the Online Study Guide at bedfordstmartins.com/hunt.

the United States soon became a worldwide Great Depression. Economic distress intensified social grievances. In Europe, many people turned to military-style strongmen for solutions to their problems. Chief among these dictators, Adolf Hitler roused the masses to restore the German glory that had been tarnished by defeat in 1918. He urged Ger- mans to scorn democratic rights and ideas of equal citizenship by joining him in rooting out what he considered to be inferior people: Jews, Slavs, and Gypsies, among others. Authoritarian and militaris- tic regimes spread to Spain, Poland, Hungary, Japan, and elsewhere, tramping on representative institu- tions. In the Soviet Union, Joseph Stalin justified the killing of millions of citizens as necessary for the USSR’s industrialization and the survival of com- munism. For millions of hard-pressed people in the difficult 1930s, dictatorship had great appeal.

Elected leaders in the democracies reacted cautiously to both economic depression and the new dictators’ aggressive actions and policies. Fear- ful of conflict and following democratic proce- dures, these leaders appeared weak while dictators sporting uniforms looked bold and decisive. Only the German invasion of Poland in 1939 finally pushed the democracies to strong action, as World War II erupted in Europe. By 1941, the war had spread across the globe with the United States, Great Britain, the Soviet Union, and many other nations united in combat against Germany, Italy, Japan, and their allies. Tens of millions would perish in this war because both technology and ide- ology had become more deadly than they had been just two decades earlier. More than half the dead were civilians, among them Etty Hillesum, whose only crime was being a Jew.

Focus Question: What were the main economic, so- cial, and political challenges of the years 1929–1945, and how did governments and individuals respond to them?

The Great Depression The U.S. stock market crash of 1929 and economic developments around the world triggered the Great Depression of the 1930s. Rural and urban folk alike suffered as tens of millions lost their jobs and livelihoods. The whole world felt the depres- sion’s impact: commerce and investment in indus- try fell off, social life and gender roles were upset, and the birthrate plummeted. From peasants in Asia to industrial workers in Germany and the United States, the Great Depression shattered the lives of millions.

Economic Disaster Strikes In the 1920s, U.S. corporations and banks as well as millions of individual Americans had not only in- vested all their money but also borrowed money to invest in the stock market, which seemed to deliver endless profits. Confident that stock prices would continue to rise, they used easy credit to buy shares in popular companies based on electric, automo- tive, and other new technologies. By the end of the decade, the Federal Reserve Bank — the nation’s central bank, which controlled financial policy — tried to slow speculation by tightening available credit. To meet the new restrictions, brokers had to demand that their clients immediately pay back the money they had borrowed to buy stock. As stocks were sold to cover the borrowed funds, the market collapsed. Between early October and mid- November 1929, the value of businesses listed on the U.S. stock market dropped from $87 billion to $30 billion. For individuals and for the economy as a whole, it was the beginning of catastrophe.

The crash helped bring on a global depression because the United States, a leading international creditor, had financed the economic growth of the previous five years. Suddenly strapped for credit, U.S. banks cut back on loans and called in debts,

8 4 0 C h a p t e r 2 6 ■ Th e G r e a t D e p r e s s i o n a n d W o r l d W a r I I 1 9 2 9 – 1 9 4 5

1930 1935

■ 1929 U.S. stock market crashes; global depression begins; Soviet war against kulaks

■ 1931 Japan invades Manchuria; Spanish republicans overthrow monarchy

■ 1933 Hitler comes to power

■ 1935 Nuremburg Laws; Italy invades Ethiopia

■ 1936 Purges and show trials in USSR begin

■ 1936–1939 Spanish Civil war

■ 1937 Japan attacks China

undermining businesses at home and abroad. The recent U.S. lead in industrial production and the rise of Japanese manufacturing made the collapse in Europe even worse. From the aging industries of Britain to the fledgling factories of eastern Europe, a decline in investment and consumer buying fur- ther wore down the European economy.

The Great Depression left no sector of the world economy unscathed, but government actions made the depression worse. Governments instituted budget cuts and high tariffs against foreign goods to spur their economies, but these policies further discouraged spending and international trade. By 1933, almost six million German workers, or about one-third of the workforce, were unemployed, and many others were underemployed. Even in France, which had a more self-sufficient economy based on small businesses, firms began to fail, and by the mid- 1930s more than 800,000 French people had lost their jobs. Great Britain — with its textile, steel, and coal industries near ruin because of out-of-date techniques and foreign competition — had close to three million unemployed in 1932.

Agricultural prices had been declining for sev- eral years because of technological advances and abundant harvests around the world. Now credi- tors confiscated farms and equipment. With their incomes slashed, millions of small farmers had no money to buy the chemical fertilizers and motor- ized machinery they needed to remain competitive, and they too went under. Eastern and southern European peasants, who had pressed for the redis- tribution of land after World War I, could not afford to operate their newly acquired farms. In Poland, many of the 700,000 new landowners fell into debt trying to upgrade their farms — a situa- tion that was widespread across eastern Europe. Eastern European governments often ignored the farmers’ plight as they poured available funds into industrialization — a policy that increased ten- sions in rural society.

Th e G r e a t D e p r e s s i o n 8 4 11 9 2 9 – 1 9 4 5

1940 1945

Unemployed in Germany (1932) “I’m looking for work of any kind,” this respectably dressed unemployed man announces on his sign. Germans were among those hardest hit by the Great Depression, and when demogogues pointed to such sights as evidence that democracy didn’t work, it helped pull down the rule of constitutions, representative government, and guaranteed rights. (ullstein bild / The Granger Collection, New York.)

■ 1945 Fall of Berlin; United States drops atomic bombs on Japan; World War II ends

■ 1944 Allied forces land at Normandy■ 1938 Kristallnacht; Germany annexes Austria

■ 1939 Germany invades Poland; World War II begins

■ 1940 France falls to the German army

■ 1940–1941 Battle of Britain

■ 1941–1945 The Holocaust

■ 1941 Germany invades USSR; Japan attacks Pearl Harbor; United States enters war

■ 1942–1943 Siege of Stalingrad

Social Effects of the Depression

The picture of society during the Great Depres- sion was more complex than utter ruin, however. First, the situation was not uniformly bleak. Despite the slump, modernization proceeded. Bor- dering English slums, one traveler in the mid- 1930s noticed, were “filling stations and factories that look like exhibition buildings, giant cinemas and dance halls and cafés, bungalows with tiny garages, cocktail bars, Woolworth’s [and] swim- ming pools.” Municipal and national governments continued road construction and sanitation proj- ects. Running water, electricity, and sewage pipes were installed in many homes for the first time. New factories manufactured synthetic fabrics, electrical products such as stoves, and automo- biles — all of them in demand. With government assistance, eastern European industry developed: Romanian industrial production, for example, in- creased by 55 percent between 1929 and 1939.

Second, the majority of Europeans and Americans had jobs throughout the 1930s, and people with steady employment benefited from a drastic drop in prices. Service workers, managers, and business magnates often enjoyed considerable prosperity. On the other hand, in towns with heavy industry, sometimes more than half the popula- tion was out of work. In England in the mid-1930s, close to 20 percent of the population lacked ade-

quate food, clothing, or housing. In a 1932 school assignment, a German youth wrote: “My father has been out of work for two and a half years. He thinks that I’ll never find a job.” Despite the pros- perity of many people, the Great Depression spread fear beyond the unemployed. (See Docu- ment, “A Family Copes with Unemployment,” above.)

Economic catastrophe upset gender relations and weakened social ties. Women could often find low-paying jobs doing laundry and cleaning house for others, while unemployed men sometimes stayed home all day and took over housekeeping chores. Some, however, felt that this “women’s work” demeaned their masculinity. As many women became breadwinners, albeit for low wages, men could be seen standing on street corners begging — a change in gender expectations that fed discontent. Young men in cities faced severe unemployment; with nothing to do but loiter in parks, they became ripe for movements like Nazism. As the number of farmworkers in western Europe decreased, rural men also faced a decline in male authority, once central to the organization of labor and to deci- sions about distributing property to children. Demagogues everywhere railed against democ- racy’s failure to stop the collapse of traditional life. Their complaints helped clear the way for Nazi and Fascist politicians who promised to create jobs and thus restore male dignity.

8 4 2 C h a p t e r 2 6 ■ Th e G r e a t D e p r e s s i o n a n d W o r l d W a r I I 1 9 2 9 – 1 9 4 5

A Family Copes with Unemployment

D O C U M E N T

Austria and Germany were incredibly hard hit by the depression and the trauma was made worse because of the catastrophic de- feat, reparations, and dismemberment of both the Austrian and German empires. In 1931, sociologists visited a small industrial town called Marienthal, an hour outside of Vienna, to report on the psychological and physical condition of the hundreds of fam- ilies left penniless by the closing of the tex- tile mills.

The father was sitting on a low stool with a pile of worn-out children’s shoes in front of him that he was trying to mend with

roofing felt. The children were sitting to- gether motionless on a box, in stockinged feet, waiting for their shoes to be finished. The father explained with embarrassment, “. . . On Sundays I have to patch the shoes up a bit so that the children can go to school again on Monday.” He held up the completely dilapidated shoes of the eldest boy. “I just don’t know what I can do with these. On holidays he can’t go out of the house any more. . . .”

The youngest child caught our atten- tion. His face was feverish and puffy and swollen around the nose. He breathed heavily with his mouth open. The mother

explained: “He always has a cold. He ought to have his tonsils and adenoids out, but we can’t afford the trip to the hospital. . . . ” The father told us that things had been go- ing terribly badly these last few days. All they had been able to buy was bread, and not enough of that. The children kept coming into the kitchen asking for an- other piece; they were always hungry. His wife sat in the kitchen crying.

Source: Marie Jahoda et al., eds., Marienthal: The Sociography of an Unemployed Village, trans. John Reginall and Thomas Elsaesser (Chicago: Aldine- Atherton, 1971 [1933]), 87–88.

After a brief postwar upturn, the birthrate had been steadily declining. The reason for the decline was clear: in difficult economic times, which had plagued the West on and off since the war, people chose to have fewer children. In addition, manda- tory education and more years of required school- ing, enforced more strictly after World War I, reduced the income once earned by children. Working-class children were no longer wage earn- ers; they now cost their families money while they went to school. Family-planning centers opened, receiving a warm reception, and knowledge of birth control spread across the working and lower- middle classes.

Politicians of all stripes jumped on the declin- ing birthrate, claiming that it, along with a de- pressed economy, would lead to national collapse. Many politicians also used the population “crisis” to gain votes by igniting racism: “superior” peoples were selfishly failing to breed, politicians charged, while “inferior” peoples were just waiting to take their place. This sort of racism was partic- ularly heated in eastern Europe, where the rural population rose because of increased life ex- pectancy despite the declining birthrate, adding to financial hardships. Throughout eastern Europe, peasant political parties blamed Jewish bankers for farm foreclosures and Jewish civil servants (of whom there were actually very few) for inadequate relief programs. Thus, population issues along with economic misery produced divisiveness, especially in the form of anti-Semitism, once again opening the way for dictators who promised that eliminating such undesirables as Jews would re- store prosperity.

The Great Depression beyond the West The effects of the depression extended beyond the West, spreading discontent in European empires. World War I and postwar investment had pro- duced economic growth, a rising population, and explosive urbanization in Asia, Africa, and Latin America. Japan in particular had become a formi- dable industrial rival. The depression, however, cut the demand for copper, tin, and other raw mate- rials and for the finished products made in urban factories worldwide. Rising agricultural productiv- ity drove down the price of foodstuffs like rice and coffee, a disastrous consequence for colonial peoples who had been forced to grow a single cash crop. One French official in Algeria said that the crash in agricultural prices there “endangers the entire colonial project.” Just as in Europe, however,

the economic picture in the colonies was uneven. For instance, established Indian industries such as the textile business gained strength, with India achieving virtual independence from British cloth.

Economic distress fueled anger, and anger led to action. Colonial farmers withheld produce like cocoa from imperial trade, and colonial workers went on strike to protest the wage cuts imposed by imperial landlords. Discontent ran deep. Millions of African and Asian colonial troops had fought for Britain and France in World War I, but the im- perialist countries had given little back to their colonial populations. In fact, the League of Nations charter had pointedly omitted any reference to the principle of racial equality demanded by people of color at the Paris peace conference. Fortified by these wrongs, by the model of Japan’s power, and by their own industrial development, more colo- nial peoples than ever before resolved to win independence.

In India, anger toward colonialism boiled over. Millions of working people, including hun- dreds of thousands of veterans, joined with the upper-class Indians, who had organized to gain rights from Britain in the late nineteenth century. Mohandas Gandhi (1869–1948; called Mahatma, or “great-souled”) emerged as the charismatic leader for Indian independence. Trained in England as a Western-style lawyer, Gandhi preached Hindu self-denial and rejected elaborate British ceremonies and manners. He wore simple clothing made of thread he had spun and advocated civil disobedience — deliberately but peacefully breaking the law — a tactic he claimed to have taken from the British suffragists and from the teachings of spiritual leaders like Jesus and Buddha. Boycotting British-made goods and disobeying British laws, Gandhi aimed to end Indian deference to the British. The British jailed Gandhi repeatedly and tried to split the independ- ence movement by promoting Hindu-Muslim an- tagonism. Instead, commitment to independence grew.

The end of the Ottoman Empire following World War I led to efforts to build new independ- ent nations in the Middle East. Mustafa Kemal (1881–1938), who later took the name Atatürk (“first among Turks”), led the Turks to found an independent republic in 1923 and to craft a capi- talist economy. In an effort to Westernize Turkish

Th e G r e a t D e p r e s s i o n 8 4 31 9 2 9 – 1 9 4 5

civil disobedience: The act of deliberately but peacefully break- ing the law, a tactic used by Mohandas Gandhi in India and ear- lier by British suffragists to protest oppression and obtain political change.

culture and the new Turkish state, Kemal moved the capital from Constantinople to Ankara in 1923, officially changed the name Constantinople to the Turkish name Istanbul in 1930, mandated West- ern dress for men and women, introduced the Latin alphabet, and abolished polygamy. In 1936, women received the vote and were made eligible to serve in the parliament. Persia, which changed its name to Iran in 1935, similarly loosened the European grip on its economy by updating its government and by forcing the negotiation of oil contracts that kept Western countries from taking the oil virtually free. In 1936, Britain agreed to end its military occupation of Egypt (though not yet the Suez Canal), moving toward fulfilling the promise of Egyptian self-rule it had made in 1922.

The French made fewer concessions in their colonies. Like all imperial countries, France dur-

8 4 4 C h a p t e r 2 6 ■ Th e G r e a t D e p r e s s i o n a n d W o r l d W a r I I 1 9 2 9 – 1 9 4 5

ing the depression depended increasingly on the profits it could take from its colonies. Thus, France’s trade with its colonies increased as that with Europe lagged. France also depended on the colonies for sheer numbers of people, and the ris- ing colonial population bolstered French opti- mism. One official estimated what colonial numbers could mean for national security: “One hundred and ten million strong, France can stand up to Germany.” Ho Chi Minh, founder of the Indochinese Communist Party, rallied his people to protest French imperialism, but in 1930 the French government brutally crushed the peasant uprising he led. Needing their empires, Britain and France increased the number of their troops stationed around the world. As a result, totalitarianism spread largely unchecked throughout Europe during the 1930s.

Review: How did the Great Depression affect society and politics?

Totalitarian Triumph Representative government collapsed in many countries under the sheer weight of social and eco- nomic crisis. After 1929, Mussolini in Italy, Stalin in the USSR, and Hitler in Germany were able to mobilize vast support for their regimes. Many admired Mussolini and Hitler for the discipline they brought to social and economic life. Desper- ate for economic relief, many citizens supported political violence as key to restoring well-being and guaranteeing the future. The common use of vio- lence has led scholars to apply the term totalitari- anism to the Fascist, Nazi, and Communist regimes of the 1930s (see “Terms of History,” page 845). The term refers to highly centralized systems of govern- ment that attempt to control society and ensure obedience through a single party and police terror. Born during World War I and gaining support in its aftermath, totalitarian governments broke with liberal principles of freedom and natural rights and came to wage war on their own citizens.

The Rise of Stalinism In the 1930s, Joseph Stalin (1879–1953) led the transformation of the USSR from a rural society into a formidable industrial power. Stalin ended

Joseph Stalin (1879–1953): Leader of the USSR who, with con- siderable backing, formed a brutal dictatorship and forcefully converted the country into an industrial power.

Gandhi Leading the Salt March (1930) Mohandas Gandhi appealed to the masses, not just to the middle- and upper-class constituency of the Indian National Congress, which had emphasized gaining rights under British rule. Instead, Gandhi addressed the entire colonial system that prevented ordinary Indian people from using their own national resources such as salt. Violat- ing British laws, which prohibited Indians from gathering this natural product, Gandhi led the people in an act of civil disobedience—his march to the sea to harvest the salt. (© Bettmann / Corbis.)

Lenin’s New Economic Policy, which had allowed free private trade and agriculture, and in 1929 laid out the first of several ambitious five-year plans for industrializing the country. Coercion and violence were crucial components of this gigantic undertaking.

Transforming the Economy. Stalin’s five-year plans outlined a program for huge increases in the output of coal, iron ore, steel, and industrial goods over successive five-year periods. Without an end to economic backwardness, Stalin warned, “the ad- vanced countries . . . will crush us.” He thus estab- lished central economic planning — a policy used on both sides in World War I and increasingly fa- vored by bureaucrats around the world. Between 1928 and 1940, the number of Soviet workers in industry, construction, and transport grew from 4.6 million to 12.6 million and factory output soared. Stalin’s first five-year plan helped make the USSR a leading industrial nation.

A new elite of bureaucrats implemented the plans, and the number of managers — mostly party officials and technical experts — in heavy industry grew by almost 500 percent between 1929 and 1935. Despite limited rights to change jobs or even move from place to place, skilled workers benefited from the privileges that went along with their new industrial role. Compared with people working the land, both managers and industrial workers had better housing and wages. Communist officials received additional rewards such as country homes, better food, and luxurious vacations.

New or unskilled workers enjoyed no such benefits. Newcomers from the countryside were herded into barrack-style dwellings or tents and subjected to dangerous factory conditions. Despite the hardships, many took pride in their new skills. “We mastered this profession — completely new to us — with great pleasure,” a female lathe operator recalled. More often, however, workers fresh from the countryside lacked the technical skills neces- sary to accomplish goals of the five-year plans. Because meeting these goals had top priority as a measure of progress toward a Communist utopia, official lying about productivity became part of the economic system. The attempt to turn an illiterate peasant society into an advanced industrial econ- omy in a single decade brought intense suffering, but hardship was tolerated because, as one worker put it, Soviet workers believed in the need for “con-

To ta l i ta r i a n Tr i u m p h 8 4 51 9 2 9 – 1 9 4 5

five-year plans: Centralized programs for economic develop- ment first used by Joseph Stalin and copied by Adolf Hitler; these plans set production priorities and gave production tar- gets for individual industries and agriculture.

Totalitarianism

T E R M S O F H I S T O R Y

W hen the word totalitarianism was first introduced in Italy, Mussolini’s government adopted it as a mark of pride. In 1923, Mussolini proposed a law by which the political party

that had the most votes would gain 75 percent of the seats in Italy’s parliament. One journalist protested, claiming that this proposal would eliminate both majority rule and minority coalitions in favor of a “totalitarian” system. He was beaten to death by Mussolini’s thugs. The Fascists then embraced the term, proclaiming the superiority of a “total state” especially needed when conditions of “total war” de- manded efficient military rule that would stamp out effeminate prin- ciples of rights and freedom. The Nazis also adopted the term, hailing the effective totalitarian party that could make workers and soldiers like steel in body and in spirit.

During the 1930s, critics of totalitarian regimes turned the mean- ing to a negative one. They saw totalitarianism as originating in the scientific revolution and the Enlightenment of the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, both of which aimed to dominate nature. Indus- trialization likewise aimed at domination of the economy and re- sources. By this negative view, Stalin’s Soviet Union was as totalitarian as Mussolini’s Fascists and Hitler’s Nazis. But as the cold war took shape in 1945, people who defended the USSR and hailed its role in defeating Hitler and Mussolini in World War II turned against the term as a common definition for all three dictatorships. During the cold war, however, the United States wanted to view the Soviet system as identical to Nazism, while the USSR’s defenders now regarded the word totalitarianism as cold war propaganda and rejected its use.

Now that the cold war is over, some scholars believe that the term merits rethinking. A totalitarian state, as its definition evolved late in the twentieth century, was one that intensified government’s concern with private life and individual thought, leaving no realm of existence outside the state’s will. Besides censorship, suppression of parliamen- tary government, and one-party rule, laws regulating reproduction and family life were also central to totalitarianism. Hitler, Mussolini, Stalin, and later Mao Zedong of China all made state control of re- production pivotal to their regimes. Totalitarian regimes also relied on violence of various kinds and control of mass communications to de- fine proper ways of thinking and to eliminate enemies, including those who simply had different ideas.

Nonetheless, it is important to note the vast differences among totalitarian states: the socialist economy of the Soviet Union differed from the economies of both Nazi Germany and Fascist Italy. Nation- alism was key in the rise of fascism and Nazism, whereas communism began as an international workers’ movement and forced people of many ethnicities to live together. Anti-Semitism also infected totali- tarian societies in varying degrees: German Nazism had the elimina- tion of the Jews as central to its mission, whereas Italian fascism and Soviet communism did not.

stant struggle, struggle, and struggle” to achieve a Communist society.

In country and city alike, politics influenced work. Stalin demanded more output from indus- try and more grain from peasants both to feed the urban workforce and to provide exports whose sale abroad would finance industrializa- tion. Some peasants resisted government de- mands by withholding produce from the market, prompting Stalin to demand a “liquidation of the kulaks.” The word kulak, which literally means “fist,” was a negative term for prosperous peasants, but in practice it applied to anyone who opposed Stalin’s plans to end independent farming. Party workers began searching villages, seizing grain, and forcing villagers to identify the kulaks among them. Propagandists followed to stir up hatred. One Russian remembered believing the kulaks were “bloodsuckers, cattle, swine, loathsome, re- pulsive: they had no souls; they stank.” Denounced as “enemies of the state,” whole families were robbed of their possessions, left to starve, or even murdered outright. Confiscated kulak land formed the basis for the new collective farms, or kolkhoz, where the remaining peasants were forced to share facilities and modern machinery. Tradi- tional peasant life was brought to a violent end.

Transforming Society. Once the state had defined work life as central to communism, economic fail- ure took on political meaning. Such failure was common because factory workers, farmers, and party officials alike were too inexperienced with advanced industrialization to meet quotas. The ex- periment with collectivization, combined with the murder of farmers, resulted in a drop in the grain harvest from 83 million tons in 1930 to 67 million in 1934. Soviet citizens starved. Blaming failure on “wreckers” deliberately plotting against com- munism, Stalin instituted purges — that is, state violence in the form of widespread arrests, impris- onments in labor camps, and executions — to rid society of these “villains.” The purges touched all segments of society, beginning with engineers who were condemned for causing low productivity.

Beginning in 1936, the government charged prominent Bolshevik leaders with conspiring to overthrow Soviet rule. In a series of “show trials” — trials based on trumped-up charges, fab- ricated evidence, and coerced confessions — Bolshevik leaders were tortured and forced to

confess in court. Most of those found guilty were shot. Some of the top leaders accepted their fate, seeing the purges as good for the future of social- ism. Just before his execution, one Bolshevik loy- alist and former editor of the party newspaper Pravda wrote to Stalin praising the “great and bold political idea behind the general purge” that was clearly part of achieving communist democracy. While there was resistance to Stalin, there were also sincere believers who sought to please their cruel master and serve his noble work.

The spirit of purge swept through society, eventually reaching the Soviet power structure. One woman poet described the scene in towns and cities: “Great concert and lecture halls were turned into public confessionals. . . . People did penance for [everything]. . . . Beating their breasts, the ‘guilty’ would lament that they had ‘shown politi- cal short-sightedness’ and ‘lack of vigilance’ . . . and were full of ‘rotten liberalism.’ ” In 1937 and 1938, military leaders were arrested and executed without public trials; some ranks were entirely wiped out. Although the massacre of military lead- ers appeared suicidal at a time when Hitler threat- ened war, thousands of high military posts became open to new talent. Stalin would not have to worry about an officer corps wedded to old ideas, as had happened in World War I. Simultaneously, the gov- ernment expanded the system of prison camps, founded under Lenin, into an extensive network stretching several thousand miles from Moscow to Siberia. Called the Gulag — an acronym for the government department that ran the camps — the system held millions of prisoners under lethal con- ditions. Prisoners aided the economy by doing every kind of work from digging canals to build- ing apartment buildings. Some one million died annually as a result of the harsh conditions, which included insufficient food, inadequate housing, and twelve- to sixteen-hour days of crushing phys- ical labor. Regular beatings and murders of pris- oners rounded out Gulag life, as it too became another aspect of totalitarian violence.

The 1930s marked an end to toleration in Soviet social life, as social and sexual freedom be- gan to disappear. As in the rest of Europe, the birthrate in the USSR declined rapidly in the 1930s. The Soviet Union also needed to replace the mil- lions of people lost since 1914. To meet this need, Stalin restricted access to birth-control information and abortion. More lavish wedding ceremonies came back into fashion, divorces became difficult to obtain, and the state made homosexuality a crime. Whereas Bolsheviks had once attacked the family as a capitalist institution, propaganda now referred to

8 4 6 C h a p t e r 2 6 ■ Th e G r e a t D e p r e s s i o n a n d W o r l d W a r I I 1 9 2 9 – 1 9 4 5

purges: The series of attacks on citizens of the USSR accused of being “wreckers,” or saboteurs of communism, in the 1930s and later.

the family as a “school for socialism.” At the same time, women in rural areas made gains in literacy and received improved health care. Positions in the lower ranks of the party opened to women as the purges continued, and more women were accepted into the professions. However, women in the in- dustrial workforce faced new and increased stress. After long hours in factories, workingwomen stood in lines for scarce consumer goods and still per- formed all household and child-care tasks.

Avant-garde experimentation in the arts ended under Stalin. He called artists and writers “engineers of the soul” and, thus recognizing their influence, controlled their output through the Union of Soviet Writers. The union not only as- signed housing, office space, equipment, and sec- retarial help but also determined the types of books authors could write. In return, the “comrade artist” adhered to the official style of “socialist re- alism,” derived from the 1920s focus on the com- mon worker as a social hero. Although some writers and artists went underground, secretly cre- ating works that are still coming to light, many others found ways to adjust their talents to the state’s demands. The composer Sergei Prokofiev, for example, composed scores both for the delight- ful Peter and the Wolf and for Sergei Eisenstein’s 1938 film Alexander Nevsky, a work that flatter- ingly compared Stalin to the medieval rulers of the Russian people. Aided by adaptable artists, work- ers, and bureaucrats, Stalin stood triumphant as the 1930s drew to a close. He was, as two different workers put it, “our beloved Leader” and “a god on earth.”

Hitler’s Rise to Power A different but ultimately no less violent system emerged when Adolf Hitler (1889–1945) put an end to democracy in Germany. Since the early 1920s, he had harangued the German masses to destroy the Weimar Republic and drummed at a message of anti-Semitism and the rebirth of the German “race.” When the Great Depression struck Germany in 1929, his Nazi Party began to outstrip its rivals in elections, thanks in part to financial support from big business. Other influential busi- nesspeople, such as film and press tycoon Alfred Hugenberg, boosted Hitler in other ways. Hugen- berg’s press relentlessly slammed the Weimar gov- ernment, blaming it for the disastrous economy

and for the loss of German pride after World War I. Nazi supporters took to the streets, attacking young Communist groups who agitated just as loudly on behalf of the new Soviet experiment. Hugenberg’s press always reported such incidents as the work of Communist thugs who had as- saulted blameless Nazis, thus building sympathy for the Nazis among the middle classes.

Parliamentary government ground to a halt during the depression, adding to the social disor- der. The Reichstag, or German assembly, failed to approve emergency plans to improve the econ- omy, first because its members disagreed over policies and second because Nazi and Communist deputies disrupted its sessions. The failure to act discredited democracy among the German people. Hitler’s followers made parliamentary government look even worse — incapable of pro- viding basic law and order — by rampaging unchecked through the streets and attacking Jews, Communists, and Social Democrats. By targeting all these as a single, monolithic group of “Bolshe- vik” enemies, the Nazis won wide approval. Hitler was seen as fearlessly confronting those responsi- ble for the depression. Many thought it was time to replace democratic government with a bold new leader who would take on these enemies mil- itarily, without concern for constitutions, laws, or individual rights.

Every age group and class of people supported Hitler, though like Stalin, he especially attracted young people. In 1930, 70 percent of Nazi Party members were under forty. Full of idealism, the young had faith that a better world was possible if Hitler took control. The largest number of sup- porters came from the industrial working class, but many white-collar workers and members of the lower-middle class also joined the party in per- centages out of proportion with their numbers in the population. The inflation that had wiped out savings left them especially bitter and open to Hitler’s rhetoric. In the deepening economic cri- sis, the Nazi Party, which had received little more than 2 percent of the vote in 1928, won almost 20 percent in the Reichstag elections of 1930 and more than twice that in 1932.

Hitler used modern propaganda techniques to build up his following. Nazi Party members passed out thousands of recordings of Hitler’s speeches and other Nazi mementos to German citizens. Teenagers painted their fingernails with swastikas, and soldiers flashed metal match covers with Nazi insignia. Nazi rallies were carefully planned dis- plays in which Hitler captivated the crowds, who saw him as their strong, vastly superior Führer, or

To ta l i ta r i a n Tr i u m p h 8 4 71 9 2 9 – 1 9 4 5

Adolf Hitler (1889–1945): Chancellor of Germany who, with considerable backing, overturned democratic government, cre- ated the Third Reich, persecuted millions, and ultimately led Germany and the world into World War II.

“leader.” Frenzied and inspirational, he seemed neither a calculating politician nor a wooden bu- reaucrat but a “creative element,” as one poet put it. In actuality, however, Hitler regarded the masses with contempt, and in Mein Kampf he discussed how to deal with them:

The receptivity of the great masses is very limited, their intelligence is small. In consequence of these facts, all ef- fective propaganda must be limited to a very few points and must harp on those in slogans until the last mem- ber of the public understands what you want him to un- derstand.

Hitler’s media techniques were to endure, influ- encing today’s political style — some believe — of sound bites and simple, often hate-filled and threatening, messages.

In the 1932 Reichstag elections, both Nazis and Communists did very well, making the leader of one of these two parties the logical choice as chan- cellor. Influential conservative politicians loathed the Communists for their opposition to private property and favored Hitler as someone they could easily control. When he was invited to become chancellor in January 1933, Hitler accepted.

The Nazification of German Politics Millions celebrated Hitler’s ascent to power. “My father went down to the cellar and brought up our best bottles of wine. . . . And my mother wept for joy,” one German recalled. “Now everything will be all right,” she said. Tens of thousands of Hitler’s paramilitary supporters, called storm troopers (SA or Stürmabteilung), paraded through the streets with blazing torches. Instead of being easy to control, Hitler took command brutally, quickly closing down representative government with an ugly show of force.

Terror in the Nazi State. Within a month of Hitler’s taking power, the Nazi state was in place. When the Reichstag building was gutted by fire in February 1933, Nazis used the fire as the excuse for suspending civil rights, censoring the press, and prohibiting meetings of other political parties. Hitler had always claimed to hate democracy and diverse political opinions. “Our opponents com- plain that we National Socialists, and I in particu- lar, are intolerant,” he declared. “They are right, we are intolerant! I have set myself one task, namely to sweep those parties out of Germany.”

The SA’s political violence became a way of life, silencing many democratic politicians. At the end of March, intimidated Reichstag delegates let pass the Enabling Act, which suspended the con- stitution for four years and allowed Nazi laws to take effect without parliamentary approval. Solid middle-class Germans approved the Enabling Act as a way to advance the creation of a Volksgemein- schaft (“people’s community”) of like-minded, racially pure Germans — Aryans in Nazi termin- ology. Heinrich Himmler headed the elite Schutzstaffel (SS), an organization that protected Hitler, and he commanded the Reich’s political po- lice system. The Gestapo, the political police force run by Hermann Goering, also enforced complete obedience to Nazism. These organizations had vast powers to arrest people and either execute them or imprison them in concentration camps, the first of which opened at Dachau, near Munich, in March 1933. The Nazis filled it and later camps with political enemies like socialists, and then with Jews, homosexuals, and others said to interfere

8 4 8 C h a p t e r 2 6 ■ Th e G r e a t D e p r e s s i o n a n d W o r l d W a r I I 1 9 2 9 – 1 9 4 5

Enabling Act: The legislation passed in 1933 suspending con- stitutional government for four years in order to meet the cri- sis in the German economy.

Toys Depicting Nazis As a totalitarian ideology, Nazism was part of everyday life. Nazi insignia decorated clothing, dishes, cigarette lighters, and even fingernails. People sent young people to Nazi clubs and organizations and bought Nazi toys like these for their children’s playtime. Nazi songs, Nazi parades and festivals, and Nazi radio programs filled leisure hours. (Imperial War Museum, London.)

with the Volksgemeinschaft. As one Nazi leader proclaimed:

[National socialism] does not believe that one soul is equal to another, one man equal to another. It does not believe in rights as such. It aims to create the Ger- man man of strength, its task is to protect the German people, and all . . . must be subordinate to this goal.

Hitler deliberately blurred authority in the government and party to encourage confusion and competition. He then settled disputes, often with violence. When Ernst Roehm, leader of the SA and Hitler’s longtime collaborator, called for a “second revolution” to end the business and military elites’ continuing influence on top Nazis, Hitler ordered Roehm’s assassination. The bloody Night of the Long Knives (June 30, 1934), during which hun- dreds of SA leaders and innocent civilians were killed, enhanced Hitler’s support among conserva- tives. They saw that he would deal ruthlessly with those favoring a leveling-out of social privilege. Nazism’s terrorist politics served as the foundation of Hitler’s Third Reich, which succeeded the First Reich of Charlemagne and the Second Reich of Bismarck and William II.

Nazi Economic and Social Programs. Like vio- lence, new economic programs, especially those putting people back to work, were crucial to the survival of Hitler’s regime. Economic revival built popular support, strengthened military industries, and provided the basis for German expansion. The Nazi government pursued pump priming — that is, stimulating the economy through public works programs such as building the Autobahn, or high- way system, and military spending on the produc- tion of tanks and airplanes. Unemployment declined from a peak of almost 6 million in 1932 to 1.6 million by 1936. As labor shortages began to appear in certain areas, the government drafted single women into forced service as farmworkers and domestics. The Nazi Party closed down labor unions, and government managers determined work procedures and set pay levels, rating women’s jobs lower than men’s regardless of the level of ex- pertise required. Imitating Stalin, Hitler announced a four-year plan in 1936 with the secret aim of preparing Germany for war by 1940. His programs produced large budget deficits, but he was already planning to conquer and loot neighboring coun- tries in order to fill the German treasury.

The Nazi government set policies to control everyday life, including gender roles. In June 1933, a bill took effect that encouraged Aryans (those people defined as racially German) to marry and have children. The bill provided for loans to Aryan newlyweds, but only to couples in which the wife left the workforce. The loans were forgiven on the birth of the pair’s fourth child. The ideal woman gave up her job, gave birth to many children, and completely surrendered her will to that of men, al- lowing her husband to feel powerful despite mili- tary defeat and economic depression. A good wife “joyfully sacrifices and fulfills her fate,” as one Nazi leader explained.

The government also controlled culture, de- stroying the rich creativity of the Weimar years. Al- though 70 percent of households had radios by 1938, programs were severely censored. Books like Erich Maria Remarque’s All Quiet on the Western Front were banned, and in May 1933 a huge book- burning ceremony rid libraries of works by Jews, socialists, homosexuals, and modernist writers. Modern art in museums and private collections was either destroyed or confiscated. In the Hitler Youth, a mandatory organization for boys and girls over age ten, children learned to report those adults they suspected of disloyalty to the regime, even their own parents. People boasted that they could leave their bicycles out at night without fear of robbery, but their world was also filled with in- formers — some 100,000 of them on the Nazi pay- roll. In general, the improved economy led many to believe that Hitler was working an economic miracle while restoring pride in Germany and the harmonious community of an imaginary past. For hundreds of thousands if not millions of Germans, however, Nazi rule in the 1930s brought anything but harmony and community.

Nazi Racism The Nazis defined Jews as an inferior “race” dan- gerous to the superior Aryan or Germanic “race” and responsible for most of Germany’s problems, including defeat in World War I and the economic depression. Hitler’s reasons for targeting Jews were, he insisted, scientific. “National Socialism is a cool and highly reasoned approach to reality based on the greatest of scientific knowledge,” he declared in a 1938 speech. Hitler attacked many ethnic and social groups, but he took anti- Semitism to new and frightening heights. In the rhetoric of Nazism, Jews were “vermin,” “ab- scesses,” “parasites,” and “Bolsheviks,” whom the Germans would have to eliminate to become

To ta l i ta r i a n Tr i u m p h 8 4 91 9 2 9 – 1 9 4 5

pump priming: An economic policy used by governments to stimulate the economy through public works programs and other infusions to public funds.

8 5 0 C h a p t e r 2 6 ■ Th e G r e a t D e p r e s s i o n a n d W o r l d W a r I I 1 9 2 9 – 1 9 4 5

a true Volksgemeinschaft. By branding the Jews both as evil businessmen and as working-class Bolsheviks, Hitler created an enemy that many segments of the population could hate passion- ately.

Nazis insisted that terms such as Aryan and Jewish (a religious category) were scientific racial classifications that could be determined by physi- cal characteristics such as the shape of the nose.

In 1935, the government enacted the Nuremberg Laws, legislation that deprived Jews of citizenship and prohibited marriage between Jews and other Germans. Abortions and birth-control informa- tion were readily available to outcast groups,

Today Hitler and Stalin are widely regarded as dictators who per- petrated great harm on their societies, especially by causing the deaths of tens of millions of people. In the 1930s, however, there was a division of opinion about these two men even as they rose to be dictators in their countries and beyond.

1. A German against Hitler

Victor Klemperer was a professor of literature and a Protestant, though his father had been a Jewish rabbi. Once Hitler came to power, Klemperer, a veteran of World War I who was married to an “Aryan” woman, found himself unable to publish his writings and dismissed from his teaching position. During the Third Reich, he kept a journal tracking not only his own mounting difficulties but also the emigration, dismissals, poverty, and suicides of his fam- ily and friends. He had clear opinions about Hitler, whom he lis- tened to on the radio, and firm beliefs about the Nazis and Communists.

November 11, 1933 . . . more than forty minutes of Hitler. A mostly hoarse, strained, agitated voice, long passages in the whining tone of the sectarian preachers. . . . “Jews!” want to set nations of millions at one another’s throat. I want only peace, I have risen from the common people. I want nothing for my- self. . . . Etc. in no proper order, impassioned; every sentence mendacious, but I almost believe unconsciously mendacious. The man is a blinkered fanatic. November 14, 1933 . . . All Ger- many prefers Hitler to the Communists. And I see no difference between either of the two movements; both are materialistic and lead to slavery.

Source: Victor Klemperer, I Will Bear Witness: A Diary of the Nazi Years, 1933–1941, trans. Martin Chalmers (New York: Random House, 1998), 41–42.

2. Praise for Hitler

A year after Hitler came to power, Paula Müller-Otfried, a former deputy to the Reichstag who had opposed both communism and liberalism, sent out this New Year’s card.

When I wrote a year ago and saw only a glimmer of hope, I could not possibly have believed . . . my plea would be so richly fulfilled. . . . The vast majority of the Volk joyfully summoned the national regime, with its drive to purify public life, to com- bat unemployment, hunger, and need. . . . We prayed and the answer arrived. May God grant our rulers wisdom. May the “steel-hardened man” for whom we cried out a year ago . . . retain his power.

Source: Quoted in Claudia Koonz, Mothers in the Fatherland: Women, the Family, and Nazi Politics (New York: St. Martin’s, 1987), 234.

3. Hitler in Prayers

Children in Germany recited the following bedtime prayer, ad- dressed not to God but to Hitler. It expressed a clear view of who Hitler was and what he meant to Germany:

Führer, my Führer, sent to me from God, protect and maintain me throughout my life. Thou who has saved Germany from Deepest need, I thank thee today for my daily bread. Remain at my side and never leave me, Führer, my Führer. My Faith. My light. Heil, mein Führer!

Source: Quoted in Claudia Koonz, Mothers in the Fatherland: Women, the Family, and Nazi Politics (New York: St. Martin’s, 1987), 287.

4. Poetry Denouncing the Stalinist Regime

Some artists, such as the poet Anna Akhmatova (1889–1966), re- fused to accept the Stalinist system, including its direction of writ- ing, music, and painting. While waiting in line in the mid-1930s to visit her son, whom the government had imprisoned, she began composing “Requiem,” a poem that is now one of the classics of Russian literature.

INTRODUCTION This happened when only the dead wore smiles — They rejoiced at being safe from harm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stars of death stood overhead,

C O N T R A S T I N G V I E W S

Stalin and Hitler: For and Against

Nuremberg Laws: Legislation enacted by the Nazis in 1935 that deprived Jewish Germans of their citizenship and imposed many other hardships on them.

And guiltless Russia, that pariah, Writhed under boots, all blood-bespattered, And the wheels of many a black maria.1

Source: “Requiem,” in Anna Akhmatova, Poems, ed. and trans. Lyn Coffin (New York: W. W. Norton, 1983).

5. Defense of the Purges

Playwright Alexander Afinogenov’s work interested Stalin, who of- ten wrote comments on the manuscripts of Afinogenov’s plays. Dur- ing the era of the purges, both the Communist Party and the writers’ union ousted Afinogenov for seeming to deviate from correct Com- munist thinking. He was eventually reinstated. Afinogenov kept a diary in these years; in this entry from 1937, he remarks on the value of the purges.

Oh what a gigantic turn: genuine History is upon us, and we are granted the joy of witnessing these turns, when Stalin mercilessly chops off all and everything, all the unfit and weakened, the de- caying and empty. . . . — Life has now taken a turn onto the new, the real: in this way and no other will we march forward to gen- uine Communism. Whoever says otherwise is lying.

Source: Quoted in Jochen Hellbeck, Revolution on My Mind: Writing a Diary under Stalin (Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 2006), 304.

6. Stalin as Beneficent Creator

One worker wrote this poem to Stalin and sent it to the Commu- nist Party Congress in 1939.

Heroes grow all over our land. And if you suddenly ask each one: “Tell me, who inspired your exploits?” With a happy smile, he will joyfully reply: “He who is the creator of all that is wonderful, The masterful architect, our friend and father Comrade Stalin. We are Stalin’s children.”

Source: Lewis Siegelbaum and Andrei Sokolov, eds., Stalinism as a Way of Life: A Narrative in Documents (New Haven: Yale University Press, 2000), 207.

Questions for Analysis 1. What are the positive qualities that supporters attribute to

Hitler and Stalin? 2. What are the major criticisms of Hitler’s and Stalin’s opponents? 3. To what do you attribute the different opinions about these

dictators?

To ta l i ta r i a n Tr i u m p h 8 5 11 9 2 9 – 1 9 4 5

including Jews, Gypsies, Slavs, and mentally or physically disabled people, but were forbidden to women classified as Aryan. In the name of improv- ing the Aryan race, doctors helped organize the T4 project, which used carbon monoxide poisoning and other means to kill large numbers of people — 200,000 handicapped and elderly — late in the 1930s. The murder of the disabled aimed to elim- inate those whose disability or “racial inferiority”

endangered the Aryans. These murders prepared the way for even larger mass exterminations in the future.

Jews were forced into slave labor, evicted from their apartments, and prevented from buying most clothing and food. In 1938, a Jewish teenager, re- acting to such harassment of his parents, killed a German official. In retaliation, Nazis attacked some two hundred synagogues, smashed windows

N. J. Altman, Anna Akhmatova This modernist painting portrays the poet Anna Akhmatova in 1914, when she was a centerpiece of literary salon life in Russia and the subject of several avant-garde portraits. In the 1930s and 1940s, Akhmatova gave poetic voice to Soviet suffering, recording in her verse ordinary people’s endurance of purges, deprivation, and warfare. As she encouraged people to resist the Nazis during World War II, Stalin allowed her to revive Russian patriotism instead of socialist internationalism. (State Russian Museum, St. Petersburg/ The Bridgeman Art Library. © Estate of N. J. Altman/ RAO, Moscow/ VAGA, New York, NY.)1Police wagon.

of Jewish-owned stores, ransacked apartments of known or suspected Jews, and threw more than twenty thousand Jews into prisons and camps. The night of November 9–10 became known as Kristallnacht, or the Night of Broken Glass. Faced with this relentless persecution, more than half of Germany’s 500,000 Jews had emigrated by the out- break of World War II in 1939. Their enormous emigration fees helped finance Germany’s eco- nomic revival, while neighbors and individual Nazis redoubled their anti-Semitism because they got emigrants’ jobs and personal property. Identi- fying a group as a permanent and menacing foe had been an ideological tactic used to bring unity in wartime, but it now became a political and eco- nomic tactic in peacetime to build support for Nazism.

Review: What role did violence play in the Soviet and Nazi regimes?

Democracies on the Defensive Nazism, communism, and fascism offered bold new approaches to modern politics. These ideolo- gies maintained that democracy was effeminate and that it wasted precious time in building con- sensus among all citizens. Totalitarian leaders’ military style of mobilizing the masses made rep- resentative government and the democratic values of the United States, France, and Great Britain ap- pear feeble — a sign that these societies were on the decline. The appeal of totalitarianism to citizens of Britain, the United States, France and elsewhere put democracies on the defensive as they aimed to re- store the well-being of citizens while still uphold- ing individual rights and the rule of law.

Confronting the Economic Crisis As the depression wore on through the 1930s, some governments experimented with ways to solve social and economic crises in a democratic fashion. The United States and Sweden were among the most successful in facing the double- barreled assault of economic depression and fas- cism. Other countries, such as France, had less consistently good results, but its short-lived Pop- ular Front government made antifascism and the preservation of democracy its special cause. In the new nations of eastern Europe, however, the eco- nomic crisis took such a toll on individual lives

that parliamentary government and the rule of law often gave way to dictatorship and worse.

The United States. In the early days of the slump, U.S. president Herbert Hoover opposed direct help to the unemployed and even ordered the army to drive away jobless veterans who had marched on Washington, D.C. With unemployment close to fifteen million, Franklin Delano Roosevelt (1882–1945), the wealthy, patrician governor of New York, defeated Hoover in the presidential election of 1932 on the promise of relief and re- covery. Roosevelt, or FDR as he became known, pushed through a torrent of legislation: relief for businesses, price supports for hard-pressed farm- ers, and public works programs for unemployed youth. The Social Security Act of 1935 set up a fund to which employers and employees con- tributed. It provided retirement benefits for work- ers, unemployment insurance, and payments to dependent mothers, their children, and people with disabling physical conditions.

These programs advanced the trend toward the welfare state — that is, a government that guar- antees a certain level of economic well-being for individuals and businesses — that was taking shape not only in the United States but elsewhere across the West. Roosevelt’s “New Deal” angered businesspeople and the wealthy, who saw it as socialist. But even though the depression remained severe, Roosevelt maintained widespread support. Like other successful politicians of the 1930s, he was an expert at using the new mass media, espe- cially in his series of “fireside chats” broadcast by radio to the American people. In sharp contrast to Mussolini and Hitler, however, Roosevelt’s public statements promoted rather than attacked faith in democratic rights and popular government. The participation of First Lady Eleanor Roosevelt sharply contrasted with the antiwoman stance of the fascists, and the Roosevelts as a political team insisted that justice and human rights for all must not be surrendered in difficult times. “We Americans of today . . . are characters in the living book of democracy,” Roosevelt told a group of teenagers in 1939. “But we are also its author.” Lynchings and other racial violence continued to cause great suffering in the United States during the Roosevelt administration, and the economy did not fully recover. But the president’s new pro- grams and media success kept most Americans committed to democracy.

Sweden. Sweden also developed a coherent pro- gram for solving economic and population prob- lems, assigning the government a central role in

8 5 2 C h a p t e r 2 6 ■ Th e G r e a t D e p r e s s i o n a n d W o r l d W a r I I 1 9 2 9 – 1 9 4 5

family allowance: Government funds given to families with chil- dren to boost the birthrate in totalitarian and democratic coun- tries alike.

promoting social welfare and economic democ- racy. Sweden instituted central planning in the 1930s and devalued the currency to make Swedish exports more attractive on the international mar- ket. Thanks to pump-priming programs, Swedish productivity rose by 20 percent between 1929 and 1935, a time when other democracies were still ex- periencing decline.

Sweden addressed the population problem with government programs, but without the racism and coercion of totalitarianism. Alva Myrdal, a leading member of parliament, believed that boosting childbirth depended on both the economy and individual well-being. It was un- democratic, she maintained, that “the bearing of a child should mean economic distress” to parents. Acting on Myrdal’s advice to promote “voluntary parenthood,” the government introduced prenatal care, free childbirth in a hospital, a food relief pro- gram, and subsidized housing for large families. By the end of the decade, almost 50 percent of all mothers in Sweden received government aid, most importantly in the form of a family allowance to help cover the costs of raising children. Long a con- cern of feminists and other social reformers, sup- port of families became one of the tasks of the

modern state, which became increasingly respon- sible for citizen welfare in hard times. Because all families — rural and urban, poor or prosperous — received these social benefits, there was widespread approval for developing a welfare state.

Britain and France. The most powerful democ- racy, the United States, had withdrawn from world leadership by refusing to participate in the League of Nations, leaving Britain and France with greater responsibility for international peace and well- being than their postwar resources could sustain. When the Great Depression hit, British prime minister Ramsay MacDonald faced a drop in gov- ernment income. Though leader of the Labour Party, he reduced payments to the unemployed, and Parliament denied unemployment insurance to women even though they had contributed to the unemployment fund. To protect jobs, the gov- ernment imposed huge tariffs on imported goods, but these only discouraged a revival of interna- tional trade and did not relieve British misery. Finally, in 1933, with the economy continuing to worsen, the government began to take effective steps with massive programs of slum clearance, new housing construction, and health insurance for the needy. British leaders saw pump-priming methods of stimulating the economy as untested and thus resorted to them only when all else had failed.

D e m o c r a c i e s o n t h e D e f e n s i v e 8 5 31 9 2 9 – 1 9 4 5

A Fireside Chat with FDR President Franklin Delano Roosevelt was a master of words, inspiring Americans during the depression and World War II. Aware of growing media power in making politicians look dynamic, the press never showed that Roosevelt was actually confined to a wheelchair (after being paralyzed by polio). Instead, FDR became a symbol of U.S. resolve and might. Here he addresses the nation on August 23, 1938, over a radio hookup while Eleanor Roosevelt and the president’s mother, Sarah, observe—a far different image from that of Hitler and Mussolini. (Hulton Archive/ Getty Images.)

Depression struck later in France, but the country endured a decade of public strife in the 1930s due to severe postwar demoralization and stagnant population growth. Deputies with oppos- ing solutions to the economic crisis frequently came to blows in the Chamber of Deputies, and ad- ministrations were voted in and out with dizzying speed. Parisians took to the streets to protest the government’s budget cuts, and Nazi-style paramil- itary groups flourished, attracting the unemployed, students, and veterans to the cause of ending rep- resentative government. In February 1934, the paramilitary groups joined Communists and other outraged citizens in riots around the parliament building. “Let’s string up the deputies,” chanted the crowd. “And if we can’t string them up, let’s beat in their faces, let’s reduce them to a pulp.” Hundreds of demonstrators were wounded and killed, but the antirepublican right, despite its promises that end- ing democracy would restore prosperity, lacked both substantial support outside Paris and a charis- matic leader like Hitler or Mussolini.

Shocked into action by fascist violence, French liberals, socialists, and Communists estab- lished an antifascist coalition known as the Popular Front. Until that time, such a merging of groups had been impossible because Stalin di- rected Communist parties in European democra- cies not to cooperate with liberals and socialists, who opposed Communist-style revolution. As fas- cism spread throughout Europe, however, Stalin reversed himself and allowed Communists to join efforts to protect democracy. For just over a year in 1936–1937 and again briefly in 1938, the French Popular Front led the government, with the socialist leader Léon Blum as premier. Like the American New Dealers and the Swedish reform- ers, the Popular Front instituted social-welfare programs, including family subsidies. Blum ap- pointed women to his government (though women still were not allowed to vote). In June 1936, the government guaranteed workers two- week paid vacations, a forty-hour workweek, and the right to collective bargaining. Working people would long remember Blum as the man who im- proved their living standards and provided them with the right to vacations.

During its brief life, the Popular Front offered the masses a youthful but democratic political cul- ture. “In 1936 everyone was twenty years old,” one man recalled, evoking the atmosphere of idealism.

To express their opposition to fascism, citizens cel- ebrated democratic holidays like Bastille Day with new enthusiasm. But not everyone liked the Pop- ular Front, and despite the support from workers, Léon Blum’s government was politically weak. Fearing for their investments, bankers and indus- trialists sent their money out of the country, leav- ing France financially strapped. “Better Hitler than Blum” was the slogan of the upper classes. Blum’s government fell when it lost crucial support for re- fusing to aid the fight against fascism in Spain. Because of antiwar sentiment, France, like Britain, kept military budgets small and refused any form of military confrontation, even to help the cause of republican government in Spain. The collapse of the antifascist Popular Front showed the difficul- ties that democratic societies had facing economic crisis and the revival of militarism.

Central and Eastern Europe. Fledgling democra- cies in central Europe, hit hard by the depression, also fought the twin struggle for economic survival and representative government, but with little suc- cess. In 1932, Engelbert Dollfuss came to power in Austria, dismissing the parliament and ruling briefly as a dictator. Despite his authoritarian stance, Dollfuss would not submit to the Nazis, who stormed his office and assassinated him in 1934 in an unsuccessful coup attempt. In Hungary, where outrage over the Peace of Paris remained in- tense, a crippled economy allowed right-wing gen- eral Gyula Gömbös to take over in 1932. Gömbös reoriented his country’s foreign policy toward Mussolini and Hitler. He stirred up anti-Semitism and ethnic hatreds and left considerable pro-Nazi feeling after his death in 1936. In democratic Czechoslovakia, the Slovaks, who were both poorer and less educated than the urbanized Czechs, built a strong Slovak Fascist Party. In many of the new states created by the Peace of Paris, ethnic tensions simmered and the appeal of fascism grew during the Great Depression.

Cultural Visions in Hard Times Responding to the crisis of hard times and politi- cal menace, cultural leaders produced art that cap- tured the spirit of everyday struggle. Some empathized with the situations of factory workers, homemakers, and shopgirls straining to support themselves and their families; others looked to in- terpret the lives of an ever-growing number of un- employed and destitute. Artists portrayed the inhuman, regimented side of modern life. In 1931, French director René Clair’s film Give Us Liberty

8 5 4 C h a p t e r 2 6 ■ Th e G r e a t D e p r e s s i o n a n d W o r l d W a r I I 1 9 2 9 – 1 9 4 5

Popular Front: An alliance of political parties (initially led by Léon Blum in France) in the 1930s to resist fascism despite philosophical differences.

related the routine of prison to work on a factory assembly line. In the film Modern Times (1936), the Little Tramp character cre- ated by Charlie Chaplin is a fac- tory worker so molded by his monotonous job that he assumes anything he can see, even a coworker’s body, needs mechan- ical adjustment.

Media sympathy poured out to victims of the economic cri- sis, with women portrayed alter- nately as the cause and as the cure for society’s problems. The Blue Angel (1930), a German film starring Marlene Dietrich, contrasted a powerfully seduc- tive woman with an impractical, bumbling professor, showing how mixed-up gender roles could destroy men — and civi- lization. Such films worked to strengthen fascist claims. In comedies and musicals, by com- parison, heroines behaved bravely, pulling their men out of the depths of despair and setting things right again. In such films as Keep Smiling (1938), the British comedienne Gracie Fields portrayed spunky working- class women who remained cheerful despite the challenges of living in hard times. Two years later, Chaplin mocked Hitler in his classic satire The Great Dic- tator (1940), which sympathetically took a belea- guered Jewish woman as its heroine.

To drive home their antifascist, pacifist, or pro-worker beliefs, writers created realistic studies of human misery and the threat of war that haunted life in the 1930s. The British writer George Orwell described his experiences among the poor of Paris and London, wrote investigative pieces about the unemployed in the north of England, and published an account of atrocities committed by both sides during the Spanish Civil War (1936–1939). German writer Thomas Mann was so outraged at Hitler’s ascent to power that he went into voluntary exile. Mann’s series of novels based on the Old Testament hero Joseph convey

the struggle between humane values and bar- barism. The fourth volume, Joseph the Provider (1944), praised Joseph’s welfare state, in which the granaries were full and the rich paid taxes so that the poor might live decent lives. In Three Guineas (1938), one of her last works, English writer Virginia Woolf attacked militarism, poverty, and the oppression of women, claiming they were in- terconnected parts of a single, devastating ethos undermining Europe in the 1930s.

While writers rekindled moral concerns, scien- tists in research institutes and universities pointed out limits to human understanding — limits that seemed at odds with the megalomaniacal pro- nouncements of dictators. Astronomer Edwin Hubble in California determined in the early 1930s that the universe was an expanding entity and thus an unpredictably changing one. Czech mathemati- cian Kurt Gödel maintained that all mathematical systems contain some propositions that are unde- cidable. The German physicist Werner Heisenberg

D e m o c r a c i e s o n t h e D e f e n s i v e 8 5 51 9 2 9 – 1 9 4 5

Charlie Chaplin (1889–1977): Major entertainment leader, whose satires of Hitler and sympathetic portrayals of the com- mon man helped preserve democratic values.

Gracie Fields Keeps Smiling Like Roosevelt and many cultural leaders during the Great Depression, British star Gracie Fields in the hit film Shipyard Sally (1939) urged viewers to be courageous and maintain their respect as workers and citizens despite hard times. This was in stark contrast to fascist advocacy of conquest, war, and violence toward neighbors at home and abroad. (20th Century Fox / The Kobal Collection.)

developed the uncertainty, or indeterminacy, prin- ciple in physics. Scientific observation of atomic behavior, according to this theory, itself disturbs the atom and thereby makes precise formulations impossible. Even scientists, Heisenberg asserted, had to settle for statistical probability. Approxima- tion, probability, and limits to understanding were not concepts that military dictators welcomed, and even people in democracies had a difficult time rec- onciling these new ideas with science’s reputation for certainty.

Religious leaders helped foster a spirit of re- sistance to dictatorship among the faithful. Some prominent clergymen hoped for a re-Christian- ization of ordinary people so that they might choose religious values rather than fascist ones. The Swiss theologian Karl Barth encouraged op- position to the Nazis, teaching that religious people had to take seriously biblical calls for resistance to oppression. In his 1931 address to the world on social issues, Pope Pius XI (r. 1922–1939) con- demned the failure of modern societies to provide their citizens with a decent, moral life. To critics, the proclamation seemed an endorsement of the heavy-handed intervention of the fascists. In Ger- many, nonetheless, German Catholics opposed Hitler, and religious commitment inspired many other individuals to oppose the rising tide of fascism.

Review: How did the democracies’ responses to the twin challenges of economic depression and the rise of fascism differ from those of totalitarian regimes?

The Road to Global War The economic crash intensified competition among the major powers and made external colonies more important than ever. Governments did not let up on the collection of taxes and other charges in the colonies and in some cases increased them to make up for shortfalls at home. As Britain, France, and other imperial powers struggled to protect their holdings, Hitler, Mussolini, and Japan’s military leaders believed that their nations deserved to rule a far larger territory as part of their special destiny. At first, statesmen in Britain and France hoped that sanctions imposed by the League of Nations would stop these aggressors. Other people, still traumatized by memories of the past war, turned a blind eye both to Japanese, Ital- ian, and German expansionism and to the fascist attack on the Spanish republic. The unchecked brutality of these states in the 1930s would lead to another, more deadly global war.

A Surge in Global Imperialism The global imperialism of the 1930s ultimately produced a thoroughly global war. While the French, Dutch, British, and Belgians increased their control over their colonies, in Palestine European Jews continued to arrive and claim the area from local peoples. The numbers of immi- grants escalated sharply as Hitler enacted his harsh anti-Jewish policies in 1933 and as people across Europe and Asia felt the impact of the economic slump. To prevent the arrival of Jews in their own countries, the major European states encouraged emigration to Palestine. Local politicians in the re- gion regarded the soaring number of immigrants as a major threat. Hard-pressed like the colonial powers for resources, Japan, Germany, and Italy es- calated the competition for land and wealth — both close at hand and far away.

Japan’s Expansionism. Japan, which had once borrowed from European institutions to become modern and powerful, now decided to chase Europeans from Asia. Japan’s military and business leaders longed to control more of Asia and saw China, Russia, the United States, and other West- ern powers as obstacles to the empire’s prosperity and the fulfillment of its destiny. Japan suffered from a weak monarchy in the person of Hirohito, just twenty-five years old when he became em- peror in 1926, leading military and other groups to seek control of the government. Nationalists en- couraged these leaders to pursue military success for Japan as the basis of a new world order. They

8 5 6 C h a p t e r 2 6 ■ Th e G r e a t D e p r e s s i o n a n d W o r l d W a r I I 1 9 2 9 – 1 9 4 5

T H E R O A D T O W O R L D W A R I I

1929 Global depression begins with U.S. stock market crash

1931 Japan invades Manchuria

1933 Hitler comes to power in Germany

1935 Italy invades Ethiopia

1936 Civil war breaks out in Spain; Hitler remilitarizes the Rhineland

1937 Japan invades China

1938 Germany annexes Austria; European leaders meet in Munich to negotiate with Hitler

1939 Germany seizes Czechoslovakia; Hitler and Stalin sign nonaggression pact; Germany invades Poland; Britain and France declare war on Germany

viewed an expanded empire as key to pulling agriculture and small business from the depths of economic depression. Japan’s claims to racial superiority and to the right to take the lands of inferior peo- ples linked it with Germany and Italy in the 1930s. The groundwork was being laid for a powerful global alliance.

The army swung into action in order to make these claims a reality: in Septem- ber 1931, Japanese officers blew up a rail- road train in the Chinese province of Manchuria, where Japanese businesses had invested heavily. Making the explo- sion look to be a Chinese plot, the army then used the explosion as an excuse to take over the territory totally and, from there, push farther into China (Map 26.1). The Japanese public agreed with journalistic calls for aggressive expan- sion, and from 1931 on, Japan continued to attack China, angering the United States, on which Japan depended for nat- ural resources and markets. Ideologically, the Japanese military leadership saw it- self as fully justified in its expansionism because of unfair Western domination in East Asia. “Unequal distribution of land and resources causes war,” an adviser to Hirohito announced to an enthusiastic Japanese public. Advocating Asian con- quest as part of Japan’s “divine mission,” the military extended its influence in the government. By 1936–1937, Japan was spending 47 percent of its budget on arms.

The situation in East Asia affected in- ternational politics. Japanese military success added to the threat Japan posed to the West, because the conquest of new regions gave Japanese goods bigger mar- kets in Asia. The League of Nations con- demned the invasion of Manchuria, but it imposed no economic sanctions to back up its condemnation. Meanwhile, the public condemnation outraged Japanese citizens and goaded the government to ally with Hitler and Mussolini. In 1937, Japan undertook another major attack on China, justifying its offensive as a first step toward liberating the region from Western im- perialism. Hundreds of thousands of Chinese were massacred in the “Rape of Nanjing” — an atrocity so named because of the brutality toward girls and women and other acts of torture perpetrated by the Japanese. President Roosevelt immediately an-

nounced an embargo on U.S. export of airplane parts to Japan and later drastically cut the flow of the crucial raw materials that supplied Japanese in- dustry. Nonetheless, the Western powers, includ- ing the Soviet Union, did not effectively resist Japan’s territorial expansion in Asia and the Pacific

Th e R o a d t o G lo b a l W a r 8 5 71 9 2 9 – 1 9 4 5

250

500 miles250

500 kilometers

0

0

N

S

E

W

Expansion to 1933

Expansion to 1941

Under Japanese influence

Japanese attacks on China

PACIFIC OCEAN

South China

Sea

Sea of Japan

Yellow Sea

A m

ur R

.

Yel lo

w R

.

Ya ng

tze R.

JAPANKOREA

MANCHURIA (MANCHUKUO)

C H I N A

U S S R

FRENCH INDOCHINA

THAILAND

Taiwan (Formosa)

Hainan

Sakhalin

PHILIPPINE IS. (U.S.)

19 32

1931

1938

Peking

Mukden

Vladivostok

Tokyo

Nanjing Shanghai

Hong Kong

Canton

Manila

Hanoi

Saigon

Bangkok

�

�

�

�

� �

� �

�

�

�

�

M A P 2 6 . 1 The Expansion of Japan, 1931–1941 Japanese expansion in the twentieth century approximated that of Russia and the United States in the nineteenth century: that is, it incorporated neighboring regions of Korea, Taiwan, and Manchuria with the vast area of China an inviting target. Japan’s ambition upset the United States’s own Pacific goals and made these two powers suddenly become deadly rivals.

(see Document, “The Greater East Asia Co- Prosperity Sphere,” above).

Germany and Italy Contest the Status Quo. Like Japanese leaders, Mussolini and Hitler called their countries “have-nots” and demanded land and re- sources more in line with the other imperial pow- ers. Mussolini threatened “permanent conflict” to expand Italy’s borders. Hitler’s agenda included disregarding the Versailles treaty’s restrictions and gaining more Lebensraum, or living space, in which “superior” Aryans could thrive, and sup- planting the “inferior” Slavic peoples and Bolshe- viks, who would be moved to Siberia or would serve as slaves. Both dictators portrayed themselves as peace-loving men who resorted to extreme measures only to benefit their country and hu-

manity. Their anticommunism appealed to states- men across the West, and Hitler’s anti-Semitism also had widespread support. Some thus favored giving in to these two dictators’ demands to take land at the expense of others.

Both leaders moved to plunder other coun- tries openly and audaciously. In the autumn of 1933, Hitler announced Germany’s withdrawal from the League of Nations. In 1935, Hitler loudly rejected the clauses of the Treaty of Versailles that limited German military strength and openly started rearming. (Germany had been rearming in secret for years.) Mussolini also chose 1935 to in- vade Ethiopia, one of the few African states not overwhelmed by European imperialism. He wanted to demonstrate his regime’s youth and vigor and to raise Italy’s standing in the world. “The Roman legionnaires are again on the march,” one soldier exulted. The poorly equipped Ethiopians resisted, but their capital, Addis Ababa, fell in the spring of 1936. Although the League of

8 5 8 C h a p t e r 2 6 ■ Th e G r e a t D e p r e s s i o n a n d W o r l d W a r I I 1 9 2 9 – 1 9 4 5

Lebensraum: Literally, “living space”; the land that Hitler pro- posed to conquer so that true Aryans might have sufficient space to live their noble lives.

The Greater East Asia Co-Prosperity Sphere

D O C U M E N T

During the 1930s, Japan entered a new phase of imperial expansion in the Pacific, after having already taken over Korea and Formosa before World War I. To keep pace with its rapidly developing industrial and military capacities, Japan needed access to raw materials and markets blocked by the U.S. and European powers. Japan justified its expansion in China and other Pacific na- tions as a move to liberate Asians from West- ern imperialism and form an independent “Co-Prosperity Sphere” for the region. This secret 1942 government planning paper out- lines Japan’s expansionist goals.

The states, their citizens, and resources, comprised in those areas pertaining to the Pacific, Central Asia, and the Indian Oceans formed into one general union are to be es- tablished as an autonomous zone of peace- ful living and common prosperity on behalf of the peoples of the nations of East Asia. . . .

The above purpose presupposes the inevitable emancipation or independence

of Eastern Siberia, China, Indo-China, the South Seas, Australia, and India. . . . It is intended that the unification of Japan, Manchoukuo, and China in neighborly friendship be realized by the settlement of the Sino-Japanese problems through the crushing of hostile influences in the Chi- nese interior, and through the construc- tion of a new China in tune with the rapid construction of the Inner Sphere. Aggres- sive American and British influences in East Asia shall be driven out of the area of Indo-China and the South Seas, and this area shall be brought into our defense sphere. The war with Britain and America shall be prosecuted for that purpose.

The Russian aggressive influence in East Asia will be driven out. Eastern Siberia shall be cut off from the Soviet regime and included in our defense sphere. For this purpose, a war with the Soviets is expected. It is considered possi- ble that this Northern problem may break out before the general settlement of the

present Sino-Japanese and the Southern problems if the situation renders this un- avoidable. Next the independence of Australia, India, etc. shall gradually be brought about. For this purpose, a recur- rence of war with Britain and her allies is expected. . . . Occidental individualism and materialism shall be rejected and a moral world view, the basic principle of whose morality shall be the Imperial Way, shall be established. The ultimate object to be achieved is not exploitation but co- prosperity and mutual help, not compet- itive conflict but mutual assistance and mild peace, not a formal view of equality but a view of order based on righteous classification, not an idea of rights but an idea of service, and not several world views but one unified world view.

Source: Ryusaku Tsunoda, William Theodore de Bary, and Donald Keene, Sources of Japanese Tradition (New York: Columbia University Press, 1958) 802–3, 805.

Nations voted to impose sanctions against Italy, Britain and France opposed an embargo with teeth in it — one on oil — and thus kept the sanctions from being effective while also suggesting a lack of re- solve to fight aggression. The fall of Ethiopia and Italy’s boastful as- sertions of African racial inferior- ity strengthened the resolve of African nationalists.

Profiting from the world’s fo- cus on Italy’s Ethiopian campaign, in March 1936 Hitler defiantly sent his troops into what was sup- posed to be a permanently demil- itarized zone in the Rhineland bordering France. The inhabitants greeted the Germans with wild enthusiasm, and the French, whose security was most endangered by this ac- tion, protested to the League of Nations instead of occupying the region, as they had done in the Ruhr in 1923. The British simply accepted the German military move, and the two dictators thus appeared as powerful heroes forging, in Mussolini’s muscu- lar phrase, a “Rome–Berlin Axis.” Next to them, the politicians of France and Great Britain looked timid and defeatable.

The Spanish Civil War, 1936–1939 Spain seemed to be headed toward democracy early in the 1930s. In 1931, Spanish republicans overthrew the monarchy and the dictatorship that ruled in its name. For centuries, the Spanish state had backed the domination of large landowners and the Catholic clergy over the countryside. With some cities, like Barcelona and Bilbao, industrial- izing, these ruling elites kept an impoverished peasantry in their grip, making Spain a country of economic extremes. Urban groups reacted enthu- siastically to the end of the dictatorship and began debating the course of change, with Communists, socialists, anarchists, constitutionalists, and other splinter groups all disagreeing on how to create a democratic nation. For republicans, the air was electric with promise. As public debate developed, one woman recalled, people sat for hours dream- ing dreams: “We saw a backward country suddenly blossoming out into a modern state. We saw peas- ants living like decent human beings. We saw men allowed freedom of conscience. We saw life, instead of death, in Spain.”

Democratic groups so battled one another to get their way, however, that the republic had a hard

time putting in place a political program that would gain it wide- spread support in the country- side. Instead of building popular loyalty and reducing the strength of the right wing by enacting land reform, the various anti- monarchist factions struggled among themselves to dominate the new government. Although they wanted political and eco- nomic modernization, they failed to mount a unified effort against their reactionary oppo- nents. The republicans resorted instead to symbolic acts such as releasing political prisoners and

doling out coveted municipal jobs to the urban un- employed. In 1936, pro-republican forces tem- porarily banded together in a Popular Front coalition to win elections and prevent the repub- lic from collapsing altogether in the face of grow- ing monarchist opposition.

In response to the Popular Front victory, the forces of the right drew closer together, using their considerable wealth to undermine the govern- ment. In 1936, a group of army officers led by Gen- eral Francisco Franco (1892–1975) staged an uprising against the republican government in Madrid. The rebels, who included monarchists, landowners, the clergy, and the fascist Falange Party, soon had the help of fascists in other parts of Europe. Citizens — male and female — took up arms in turn on behalf of the republic and formed volunteer fighting units to meet the grave military challenge. In their minds, citizen armies symbol- ized republicanism, while professional troops followed the aristocratic rebels. As civil war gripped the country, the republicans generally held Madrid, Barcelona, and other commercial and in- dustrial areas. The right-wing rebels took the agri- cultural west and south (Map 26.2).

Spain became a training ground for World War II. Hitler and Mussolini sent military person- nel in support of Franco, gaining the opportunity to test new weapons and to practice the terror bombing of civilians. In 1937, German planes at- tacked the town of Guernica, mowing down civil- ians in the streets. This useless slaughter inspired Pablo Picasso’s memorial mural to the dead, Guer- nica (1937), in which the intense suffering is

Th e R o a d t o G lo b a l W a r 8 5 91 9 2 9 – 1 9 4 5

0 250 500 kilometers

0 250 500 miles

Italian campaigns, 1935–36

INDIAN OCEAN

KENYA

ITALIAN SOMALILAND

ETHIOPIA

BRITISH SOMALILAND

FRENCH SOMALILAND

ERITREA SUDAN

Addis Ababa

�

The Ethiopian War, 1935–1936

Francisco Franco (1892–1975): Right-wing military leader who successfully overthrew the democratic republic in Spain and in- stituted a repressive dictatorship.

starkly displayed in monochromatic grays and whites. The Spanish republican government ap- pealed everywhere for assistance, but only the So- viet Union answered. Stalin withdrew his troops and tanks in 1938 as the republican ranks floun- dered, however. Britain and France refused to pro- vide aid despite the outpouring of popular support for the cause of democracy. Instead, a few thou- sand volunteers from a variety of countries — including many students, journalists, and artists — fought for the republic. With Hitler and Mussolini on a rampage in Europe, “Spain was the place to stop fascism,” these volunteers believed. The conflict was bitter and bloody, with wide- spread atrocities committed on both sides. But the splinter groups and random armies with which the Republic defended itself could not hold, while the aid Franco received ultimately proved decisive. His troops defeated the republicans in 1939, strength- ening the cause of military authoritarianism in Europe. Tens of thousands fled Franco’s brutal re- venge; remaining critics found themselves jailed and worse.

Hitler’s Conquest of Central Europe, 1938–1939

The next step toward World War II was Germany’s annexation of Austria in 1938. Many Austrians had actually wished for a German-Austrian merger, or Anschluss, after the Paris peace settlement stripped them of their empire. So Hitler’s troops simply en- tered Austria, and the elation of Nazi sympathiz-

8 6 0 C h a p t e r 2 6 ■ Th e G r e a t D e p r e s s i o n a n d W o r l d W a r I I 1 9 2 9 – 1 9 4 5

0 200 kilometers100

0 200 miles100

Nationalist, July 1936

Nationalist, October 1937

Nationalist, July 1938

Nationalist, February 1939

N

S

E

W

Republican, February 1939

Main Nationalist attacks

Main Republican attacks

ATLANTIC OCEAN Mediterranean Sea

P O

R T

U G

A L

SPAIN

SPANISH MOROCCO

ALGERIA

FRANCE

Surrendered March 28, 1939

Germans bomb civilians, 1937

Madrid Barcelona

Guernica

� �

�

M A P 2 6 . 2 The Spanish Civil War, 1936–1939 Republican and antirepublican forces bitterly fought one another to determine whether Spain would be a democracy or an authoritarian state. Germany and Italy sent military assistance to the rebels, notably airplanes to experiment with bombing civilians, while volunteers from around the world arrived to fight for the republic. Defeating the ill- organized republican groups, General Francisco Franco instituted a pro-fascist government that sent many to jail and into exile.

The Spanish Republic Appeals for Aid The government of the Spanish Republic sent out modernist advertising to attract support from the remaining democracies—especially Great Britain and France. Antiwar sentiment remained high among the British and French, however. Thus, despite the horrifying and deliberate bombing of civilians by Franco’s German allies, aid for the republic failed to arrive. (Imperial War Museum, London.)

ers among the Austrians made the Anschluss ap- pear an example of the Wilsonian idea of self-de- termination. The annexation began the so-called unification of Aryan peoples into one greater Ger- man nation, and Hitler’s seizure of Austria’s gold supplies marked the next step in taking over the resources of central and eastern Europe. Austria was declared a German province, and Nazi thugs ruled once-cosmopolitan Vienna. An observer later commented on the scene:

University professors were obliged to scrub the streets with their naked hands, pious white-bearded Jews were dragged into the synagogue by hooting youths and forced to do knee-exercises and to shout “Heil Hitler” in chorus.

Nazis gained additional support in Austria by solv- ing the stubborn problem of unemployment — especially among the young and out-of-work rural migrants to the cities. Factories sprang up overnight, mostly to foster rearmament, and new “Hitler housing” was made available to workers. “We were given work!” Austrians continued to say long afterward, defending their enthusiasm for the Third Reich. German policies eliminated some of the pain Austrians had suffered when their empire had been reduced to a small country after World War I.

Flush with success, Hitler next targeted Czecho- slovakia and its rich resources. Conquering this democracy looked more difficult, however, because Czechoslovakia had a large army, strong border defenses, and efficient armament factories — and most Czech citizens were prepared to fight for their country. The Nazi propaganda machine swung into action, accusing Czechoslovakia of persecuting its German minority. By October 1, 1938, Hitler warned, Czechoslovakia would have to grant auton- omy (amounting to Nazi rule) to the German- populated border region, the Sudetenland, or face German invasion.

Hitler gambled correctly that the other West- ern powers would not interfere, for as the October deadline approached, British prime minister Neville Chamberlain, French premier Edouard Daladier, and Mussolini met with Hitler at Munich and agreed not to oppose Germany’s claim to the Sudetenland. The strategy of preventing a war by making concessions for grievances (in this case, the supposed insult to Germans in the Peace of Paris) was called appeasement. At the time, these con- cessions were widely seen as positive, and the Mu- nich Pact among Germany, Great Britain, France,

and Italy prompted Chamberlain to announce that he had secured “peace in our time.” Having por- trayed himself as a man of peace, Hitler waited un- til March 1939 to invade the rest of Czechoslovakia (Map 26.3). Britain and France responded by promising military support to Poland, Romania, Greece, and Turkey in case of Nazi invasion. In May 1939, Hitler and Mussolini countered this agreement by signing a pledge of mutual support called the Pact of Steel.

Some historians have sharply criticized the Munich Pact because it bought Hitler time to build his army and seemed to give him the green light for further aggression. They believe that a con- frontation might have stopped Hitler and that even if war had resulted, the democracies would have triumphed at less cost than they later did. Accord- ing to this view, each military move by Germany, Italy, and Japan should have been met with stiff opposition, and the Soviet Union should have been made a partner to this resistance. Others counter that appeasement provided France and Britain precious time to beef up their own armies, which the Munich Pact caused them to begin doing.

Stalin, excluded from the Munich delibera- tions, saw that the democracies were not going to fight to protect eastern Europe. He took action. To the astonishment of public opinion in the West, on August 23, 1939, Germany and the USSR signed a nonaggression agreement. The Nazi-Soviet Pact provided that if one country became embroiled in war, the other country would remain neutral. Moreover, the two dictators secretly agreed to divide Poland and the Baltic States — Latvia, Estonia, and Lithuania — at some future date. The Nazi-Soviet Pact ensured that, should war come, the democracies would be fighting a Germany that feared no attack on its eastern borders. The pact also benefited the USSR. Despite Hitler’s threats to wipe Bolshevism off the face of the earth, the pact allowed Stalin extra time to reconstitute his offi- cer corps destroyed in the purges. In the belief that Great Britain and perhaps even France would con- tinue not to resist him, Hitler now moved to en- large his empire further and aimed his forces at Poland. The contest for territory and resources was set to become another world war.

Review: How did the aggression of Japan, Germany, and Italy create the conditions for global war?

Th e R o a d t o G lo b a l W a r 8 6 11 9 2 9 – 1 9 4 5

appeasement: The strategy of preventing a war by making con- cessions for legitimate grievances.

Nazi-Soviet Pact: The agreement reached in 1939 by Germany and the Soviet Union in which both agreed not to attack the other in case of war and to divide any conquered territories.

World War II, 1939–1945

World War II opened when Hitler launched an all- out attack on Poland on September 1, 1939. In contrast to 1914, no jubilation in Berlin accompa- nied the invasion; when Britain and France de- clared war two days later, the mood in those nations was similarly grim. Although Japan, Italy, and the United States did not join the battle im- mediately, their eventual participation spread the fighting and mobilized civilians around the world. By the time World War II ended in 1945, millions were starving; countries lay in ruins; and unparal-

8 6 2 C h a p t e r 2 6 ■ Th e G r e a t D e p r e s s i o n a n d W o r l d W a r I I 1 9 2 9 – 1 9 4 5

leled atrocities, including technological genocide, had killed six million Jews and six million Slavs, Gypsies, homosexuals, and other civilian enemies of fascism.

The German Onslaught German ground forces quickly defeated the ill- equipped Polish troops by launching an overpow- ering Blitzkrieg (“lightning war”), in which they

Blitzkrieg: Literally, “lightning war”; a strategy for the conduct of war in which motorized firepower quickly and overwhelm- ingly attacks the enemy, leaving it unable to resist psycholog- ically or militarily.

M A P 2 6 . 3 The Growth of Nazi Germany, 1933–1939 German expansion was rapid and surprising, as Hitler’s forces and Nazi diplomacy achieved the annexation of several new states of central and eastern Europe. Although committed to defending the independence of these states through the League of Nations, French and British diplomats were more concerned with satisfying Hitler in the mistaken belief that doing so would prevent his claiming more of Europe. In the process, Hitler acquired the human and material resources of adjacent countries to support his Third Reich. ■ What is the relationship between Germany’s expansion during the 1930s and the terms of the Treaty of Versailles after World War I?

0 200 kilometers100

0 100 200 miles

N

S

E W

Germany in 1933

Plebiscite joins Germany in 1935

Remilitarized in 1936

Annexed, 1938–1939

Satellite states, March 1939

Annexed, September 1939

Occupied by Germany, September 1939

Annexed by Soviet Union, September 1939

Annexed by Hungary, March 1939

International boundaries, 1936

R h

in e

R .

North Sea

B

a l t

i c

S e

a

A driatic Sea

R h

in e

R .

W eser

R .

Elbe R.

Oder R.

D anu be R.

Vistula R.

Dniester R.

ESTONIA

SWEDEN LATVIA

POLAND GOVERNMENT

GENERAL OF POLAND

1939

GERMANY BELGIUM

NETHERLANDS

LUXEMBOURG Saar

FRANCE

U S S R

YUGOSLAVIA

SWITZERLAND

LITHUANIA

East Prussia

AUSTRIA (the Ostmark)

ITALY

ROMANIA

HUNGARY

DENMARK

CZECHOSLOVAKIA

Rhineland

Ruhr

Su

de ten

land

Bohemia

Moravia Slovakia Ruthenia

White Russia

Danzig

Dunkirk

Munich

Prague

Bremen

Cologne

Hamburg

Budapest

Warsaw

Brest-Litovsk

Pinsk

Minsk

Vilnius

Memel

Riga

Vienna

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

� �

�

�

�

�

�

�

concentrated airplanes, tanks, and motorized in- fantry to encircle Polish defenders and capture the capital, Warsaw, with blinding speed. Allowing the army to conserve supplies, Blitzkrieg assured Ger- mans at home that the human costs of gaining Lebensraum would be low. On September 17, 1939, the Soviets invaded Poland from the east. By the end of the month, the Polish army was in shambles and the victors had divided the country according to the Nazi-Soviet Pact. Within the Reich, Hitler sold the war as one of self-defense, especially from what German propagandists called the “warlike menace” of world Jewry.

Hitler ordered an attack on France for Novem- ber 1939, but his generals, who feared that Germany was ill prepared for total war, convinced him to postpone the offensive until the spring of 1940. In April 1940, the Blitzkrieg crushed Den- mark and Norway; the battles of Belgium, the Netherlands, and France followed in May and June. On June 5, Mussolini, eyeing future spoils for Italy, invaded France from the southeast. The French defense and its British allies could not withstand the German onslaught. Trapped on the beaches of Dunkirk in northern France, 370,000 British and French soldiers were rescued in a heroic effort by an improvised fleet of naval ships, fishing boats, and pleasure craft. A dejected French government surrendered on June 22, 1940, leaving Germany to rule the northern half of the country, in- cluding Paris. In the south, named Vichy France after the spa town where the government sat, the reactionary and aged World War I hero Henri Philippe Pétain was allowed to govern. Stalin used the diversion in western Europe to annex the Baltic States of Esto- nia, Latvia, and Lithuania.

Britain now stood alone. Blaming Germany’s rapid victo- ries on Chamberlain’s policy of appeasement, the British swept him out of office and installed as prime minister Winston Churchill (1874–1965), an early advo- cate of resistance to Hitler. After Hitler ordered the bombardment of Britain in the summer of 1940, Churchill rallied the nation by radio — now in millions of British homes — to protect the ideals of liberty with their “blood, toil, tears, and sweat.” In the battle of Britain — or Blitz, as the British called it — the German Luftwaffe (air force) bombed monuments, public buildings,

weapons depots, and industry. Using the wealth of its colonies, Britain poured resources into an- tiaircraft weapons, its highly successful code- detecting group called Ultra, and development of its advantage in radar. At year’s end, the British air industry was outproducing that of the Ger- mans by 50 percent.

By the fall of 1940, German air losses forced Hitler to abandon his plan for a naval invasion of Britain. Forcing Hungary, Romania, and Bulgaria to ally with him, Hitler gained access to their food, oil, and other resources. He then made his fatal decision to attack the Soviet Union — the “center of judeobolshevism,” he called it. In June 1941, the German army crossed the Soviet bor- der, breaking the Nazi-Soviet Pact while Hitler boasted of “razing Moscow and Leningrad to the ground.” Three million German and other troops quickly penetrated Soviet lines along a two-thou- sand-mile front, and by July, the German army had rolled to within two hundred miles of Moscow. Using a strategy of rapid encirclement, German troops killed, captured, or wounded more than half the 4.5 million Soviet soldiers de- fending the borders.

Amid success, Hitler blundered. Considering himself a military genius and the Slavic people

inferior, he proposed attacking Leningrad, the Baltic States, and the Ukraine simultaneously, whereas his generals wanted to concentrate on Moscow. Hitler’s grandiose strategy wasted pre- cious time without achieving a decisive victory, and driven by Stalin and local party members, the Soviet people fought back. The onset of winter turned Nazi soldiers to frostbitten wretches because Hitler had feared that equipping his army for Russian conditions would suggest to civilians that a long campaign lay in store, as in fact it did. Yet Hitler remained so convinced of

imminent victory in the USSR that he switched German production from making tanks and ar- tillery to making battleships and airplanes for war beyond the Soviet Union. Consequently, Ger- many’s poorly supplied armies succumbed not only to the weather but also to a shortage of equipment. As the war became worldwide, Ger- many had an inflated view of its power and a poorly calculated understanding of wartime reality.

W o r l d W a r I I , 1 9 3 9 – 1 9 4 5 8 6 31 9 2 9 – 1 9 4 5

0 200 miles100

0 200 kilometers100

German-occupied territory

Annexed by Germany, 1940

Italian invasion, 1940

G aronne R.

Loire R.

R h

ô n

e R

.

Seine R.

R h

in e

R .

Bay of Biscay

SPAIN

SWITZ.FRANCE

VICHY FRANCE

ITALY

BELGIUM

LUX. Lorraine

A lsa

ce

Paris

Lyon Vichy

Marseille

Dunkirk

The Division of France, 1940

War Expands: The Pacific and Beyond

With the outbreak of war in Europe, Japan took territories of the British Empire, bullied the Dutch in Indonesia, and invaded French Indochina to procure raw materials for its industrial and mili- tary expansion. The militarist Japanese govern- ment then decided that it should settle matters with the United States, which was blocking Japan’s access to technology and resources in an attempt to stop its expansionism, and launched an all-out attack on the United States at Pearl Harbor in Hawaii on December 7, 1941. After bombing Pearl Harbor, Japanese planes then decimated a fleet of airplanes in the Philippines. Roosevelt summoned the U.S. Congress to declare war on Japan. By the spring of 1942, the Japanese had conquered Guam, the Philippines, Malaya, Burma, Indonesia, Singa- pore, and much of the southwestern Pacific. Like Hitler’s early conquests, the Japanese victories strengthened the military’s confidence: “The era of democracy is finished,” the foreign minister an- nounced. Officials marketed Emperor Hirohito to the region as the pan-Asian monarch who would liberate Asians everywhere.

Germany quickly joined its Japanese ally and declared war on the United States — an enemy, Hitler proclaimed, that was “half Judaized and the other half Negrified.” Mussolini followed suit. The United States was not prepared for a prolonged struggle at the time, partly because isolationist sentiment remained strong: its armed forces numbered only 1.6 million, and no plan existed for producing the necessary guns, tanks, and air- planes. Also, the United States and the Soviet Union mistrusted each other. Yet despite these ob- stacles to cooperation, Hitler’s four enemies came together in the Grand Alliance of Great Britain, the Free French (an exile government in London led by General Charles de Gaulle), the Soviet Union, and the United States.

The Grand Alliance and the larger coalition with twenty other countries — known collectively as the Allies — had to overcome animosity and competing interests in their struggle against the Axis powers — Germany, Italy, and Japan. Yet in the long run, the Allies had real advantages. Their manpower and resources were greater than those of the Axis powers, and the extensive terrain the Allies controlled gave them access to more goods from around the world. The globalization of the war brought into play Britain’s traditional naval strength and its leaders’ and troops’ experience in combat on many continents. Meeting frequently,

Allied leaders worked hard to wage effective war against the Axis powers, whose rulers were fanat- ically committed to global conquest at any price.

The War against Civilians Far more civilians than soldiers died in World War II. The Axis powers and Allies alike bombed cities to destroy civilian will to resist — a tactic that seemed to backfire by inspiring defiance rather than surrender. Allied firebombing of Dresden and Tokyo were but two instances that killed tens of thousands of civilians, but Axis attacks far out- weighed these. The British people, not British sol- diers, were the target of the battle of Britain, and as the German army swept through eastern Europe, it slaughtered Jews, Communists, Slavs, and others Nazi ideology deemed “racial inferiors” and enemies. In Poland, the SS murdered hun- dreds of thousands of Polish citizens or relocated them in forced-labor camps. Confiscated Polish land and homes were given to “racially pure” Aryans from Germany and other central European countries. Literate people in conquered areas were the most vulnerable, because Hitler, like Stalin, saw them as leading members of the civil society that he wanted to destroy. A ploy of the Nazis was to test captured people’s reading skills, suggesting that those who could read would be given clerical jobs while those who could not would be relegated to hard labor. Those who could read, however, were lined up and shot. Because many in the Ger- man army initially rebelled at this inhuman mis- sion, special Gestapo forces took up the charge of herding their victims into woods, to ravines, or even against town walls where they would be shot en masse. The Japanese did the same in China, southeast Asia, and on the islands in the Pacific. The number of casualties in China alone has been estimated at thirty million, with untold millions murdered elsewhere.

The Holocaust. On the eve of war in 1939, Hitler had predicted “the destruction of the Jewish race in Europe.” The Nazis’ initial plan for reducing the Jewish population included herding Jews into urban ghettos, stripping them of their possessions, and making people live on minimal rations until they died of starvation or disease. There was also direct murder. Around Soviet towns, Jews were usually shot in pits, some of which they had been forced to dig themselves. After making people shed their clothes, which were put in ordered piles for later use, the Nazis killed ten thousand or more at a time, often with the help of local anti-Semitic

8 6 4 C h a p t e r 2 6 ■ Th e G r e a t D e p r e s s i o n a n d W o r l d W a r I I 1 9 2 9 – 1 9 4 5

against winter cold and rain. So began life in “a liv- ing hell,” as one survivor wrote.

The camps were scenes of struggle for life in the face of torture and death. Instead of the min- imum two thousand calories needed to keep an adult alive, overworked inmates usually received less than five hundred calories per day, leaving them vulnerable to the diseases that swept through the camps. Prisoners sometimes went mad, as did many of the guards. In the name of advancing “racial science,” doctors performed unbelievably cruel medical experiments with no anesthesia on pregnant women, twins, and other innocent people. Despite the harsh conditions, however, some people maintained their spirit: prisoners forged new friendships, and women in particular observed religious holidays and celebrated birthdays — all of which helped the struggle for survival. Thanks to those sharing a bread ration, wrote the Auschwitz survivor Primo Levi, “I managed not to forget that I myself was a man.” In the end, six million Jews, the vast majority from eastern Europe, along with

people. In Jedwabne, Poland, and surrounding towns in 1941, some eight hundred citizens on their own initiative beat and burned their Jewish neighbors to death and took their property — evidence that the Holocaust was not simply a Nazi initiative. However, the “Final Solution” — the Nazis’ diabolical plan to murder all of Europe’s Jews systematically — was not yet fully under way.

A more organized, technological system for rounding up Jews and transporting them to exter- mination sites had taken shape by the fall of 1941. Although no clear order written by Hitler exists, his responsibility for it is clear: he discussed the Final Solution’s progress, issued oral directives for it, and made violent anti-Semitism a basis for Nazism from the beginning. Efficient scientists, doctors, lawyers, and government workers also made the Holocaust work. Six camps in Poland were devel- oped specifically for the purposes of mass murder, though some, like Auschwitz-Birkenau, served as both extermination and labor camps (Map 26.4). Using techniques developed in the T4 project, which killed disabled and elderly people, the camp at Chelmno first gassed Christian Poles and Soviet prisoners of war. Specially designed crematoria for the mass burning of corpses started functioning in 1943. By then, Auschwitz had the capacity to burn 1.7 million bodies per year. About 60 percent of new arrivals — particularly children, women, and old people — were selected for immediate murder in the gas chambers; the other 40 percent labored until, utterly used up, they too were gassed.

Death and Life in the Camps. Victims from all over Europe were sent to extermination camps. In the ghettos of various European cities, councils of Jewish leaders, such as the one in Amsterdam where Etty Hillesum worked, were ordered to de- termine those to be “resettled in the east” — a phrase used to mask the Nazis’ true plans. For weakened, poorly armed ghetto inhabitants, open resistance meant certain death. When Jews rose up against their Nazi captors in Warsaw in 1943, they were mercilessly butchered. The Nazis also took pains to cloak the purpose of the extermination camps. Bands played to greet incoming trainloads of victims; some new arrivals were given postcards with reassuring messages to mail home. Survivors later noted that the purpose of the camps was so unthinkable that potential victims could not be- gin to imagine that they were to be killed en masse. Those not chosen for immediate murder had their heads shaved, were showered and disinfected, and were then given prison garments — many of them used and so thin that they offered no protection

W o r l d W a r I I , 1 9 3 9 – 1 9 4 5 8 6 51 9 2 9 – 1 9 4 5

M A P 2 6 . 4 Concentration Camps and Extermination Sites in Europe This map shows the major extermination sites and concentration camps in Europe, but the entire continent was dotted with thousands of lesser camps to which the victims of Nazism were transported. Some of these lesser camps were merely way stations on the path to ultimate extermination. In focusing on the major camps, historians often lose sight of the ways in which evidence of deportation and exter- mination blanketed Europe.

0 100 200 kilometers

0 100 200 miles N

S

EW

Under Axis control, 1942

Axis allies

Neutral

Mass murder site

Principal German concentration and extermination camp

1 Auschwitz-Birkenau 2 Belzec 3 Bergen-Belsen 4 Buchenwald

5 Chelmno 6 Dachau 7 Flossenbürg

8 Gross Rosen 9 Majdanek

10 Mauthausen

11 Mittelbau 12 Natzweiler 13 Neuengamme 14 Ravensbrück 15 Sachsenhausen 16 Sobibor 17 Stutthof 18 Theresienstadt 19 Treblinka

�

POLANDGERMANY

NETH.

LUX.

YUGOSLAVIA

SWITZ.

BELGIUM

LITHUANIA

East Prussia

Ukraine

AUSTRIA

ITALY

ROMANIA

U S S R

HUNGARY

DENMARK

CZECHOSLOVAKIA

�1

�2

�3

�4 �5

�6

�7

�8 �9

�10

�11

�12

�13 �14 �15

�16

�17

�18

�19

Cracow

Berlin

Munich

Prague

Hamburg

Budapest

Warsaw

Babi Yar (Kiev)�

�

�

�

�

�

�

an estimated five to six million Gypsies, homosex- uals, and Slavs, and countless others were mur- dered in the Nazi genocidal fury. The planned, bureaucratic organization of this vast and un- speakable crime perpetrated by apparently civi- lized people still shocks and outrages. (See “New Sources, New Perspectives,” page 867.)

Societies at War Even more than World War I, World War II de- pended on industrial productivity aimed totally toward war and mass killings. The Axis countries remained at a disadvantage throughout the war despite their initial conquests, for the Allies sim- ply outproduced them (Figure 26.1). Even while Germany occupied the Soviet industrial heartland and besieged many of its cities, the USSR increased its production of weapons. Both Japan and Germany made the most of their lower output, es- pecially in the use of Blitzkrieg, but they faced other problems: Hitler had to avoid imposing wartime austerity because he had come to power promising to end economic suffering, not increase it. The use of millions of slave laborers said to be

inferior helped, but both Japan’s and Germany’s belief in their racial superiority worked against them by preventing them from accurately assess- ing the capabilities of an enemy they held in contempt.

Allied governments were overwhelmingly suc- cessful in mobilizing civilians, especially women. In Germany and Italy, where government policy particularly exalted motherhood and kept women from good jobs, officials began to realize that women were desperately needed in the workforce. Nazis changed their propaganda to emphasize the need for everyone to take a job, but they could not convince women to take the low-paid work offered them. In contrast, Soviet women constituted more than half the workforce by war’s end, and 800,000 volunteered for the military, even serving as pilots. As the Germans invaded, Soviet citizens moved en- tire factories eastward. In a dramatic about-face, the government encouraged devotion to the Russ- ian Orthodox church as a way of boosting morale and patriotism.

Even more than in World War I, civilians faced huge amounts of propaganda when they listened to the radio or went to the movies. People were

8 6 6 C h a p t e r 2 6 ■ Th e G r e a t D e p r e s s i o n a n d W o r l d W a r I I 1 9 2 9 – 1 9 4 5

Life in the Warsaw Ghetto The occupying Nazis resettled Warsaw’s Jews into a minuscule area of the city in order, the Germans explained, to bring moral purification and to keep Germans from being infected by these “carriers of the bacteria of epidemics.” Living with bare amounts of food, Warsaw’s Jews died daily on the streets. Corpses were a regular sight for the average citizen—young or old. (ullstein bild / The Granger Collection, New York.)

W o r l d W a r I I , 1 9 3 9 – 1 9 4 5 8 6 71 9 2 9 – 1 9 4 5

H istorical monuments and muse- ums that house historical artifacts are testimonials to historical

events because they provide records of those events and show that people were deeply moved by them. But is the im- pression conveyed by a tragic photo or the memory of an event the same as its history? For the most part, historians re- gard photographs and oral testimony as legitimate kinds of evidence. However, many judge such institutions as Holo- caust museums as only partially about the history of the Holocaust. Instead, a Holocaust museum tells a great deal about the nation or group that builds it. It tells about the “memory” that the na- tion or group wants people to have of the Holocaust.

The complicated development of Holocaust memorials is instructive to his- torians. Some Holocaust memory sites sprang up spontaneously in concentration camps as memorials constructed by survivors themselves. Stones, writings, plaques, flowers and plants, and other ob- jects were used to testify to what had hap- pened in the camp. In many cases, these initial memorials were replaced when lo- cal and national governments stepped in to take over the site, sometimes waiting years between destroying the spontaneous memorials and replacing them with an of- ficial one. The concentration camp at Dachau, near Munich, fell into disrepair until a group of survivors, including many Catholic clergy, demanded that the camp be made into a permanent museum and memorial, with the crematorium and other grisly features preserved. Although towns- people and local government resisted, Dachau and its crematorium became one of the most visited camps and indeed came to symbolize the Holocaust in all its hor- ror. Yet Dachau was not primarily an ex- termination site for Jews, Slavs, and Gypsies but rather a grim concentration camp where Hitler put political prisoners, many of them Catholic clergy. It is so of-

ten visited because it is on the tourist route, close to a beautiful city. Indeed, one of the plaques in this on-site museum invites visi- tors to tour other cultural institu- tions and scenery of the area while another asks them to remember that vast numbers of those in- terned at Dachau were Polish and Catholic. All of these factors in the politics of memories — official and unofficial, competing and contested — need to be taken into account by historians.

In the case of Holocaust mu- seums, official memories can clash with memories of actual survivors who, for instance, may not like what is often the most aesthetic or avant-grade in terms of art and ar- chitecture. Survivors generally re- ject abstract art, feeling that a more realistic depiction of their suffering is more authentic. The architectural design of the Amer- ican Holocaust Museum was re- done so that it would not look grimly out of place but would in- stead fit in with the tranquil style of the central museum mall in Washington, D.C., and thus be another nice tourist attrac- tion. Historians question the way certain objects like shoes or eyeglasses are dis- played to create a certain memory effect. They note that costume designers puff up prison uniforms to make them look more lifelike and to stir people emotionally.

Holocaust museums offer a powerful, vivid, and emotionally charged experience of history. In contrast, historians pride themselves on eliminating emotions and biases in ascertaining facts, calculating cause and effect, and reaching historical judgments. Though each provides an im- portant representation of the past, the re- lationship between memory and history remains fraught with questions — and never more so than in the case of the Holocaust.

Questions to Consider 1. What is the difference between a histori-

cal textbook and a historical monument? 2. Do you trust a history book more than

you trust a museum? How do people compare and evaluate the presentation of the past in either one?

3. Why do museums and public exhibi- tions of art and artifacts arouse more debate than do history books?

Further Reading Marcuse, Harold. Legacies of Dachau: The

Uses and Abuses of a Concentration Camp, 1933–2001. 2001.

Sherman, Daniel J., and Irit Rogoff, eds. Museum Culture: Histories, Discourses, Spectacles. 1994.

Young, James Edward. At Memory’s Edge: After-Images of the Holocaust in Con- temporary Art and Architecture. 2000.

N E W S O U R C E S , N E W P E R S P E C T I V E S

Museums and Memory

Jewish Museum Berlin Among the latest of the museums dedicated to the Holocaust was this one, which opened in 2001 in Berlin—the heart of Nazi Germany. Architect Daniel Libeskind, a Polish Jew who lost many fam- ily members in the Holocaust, hoped the museum would serve not only as a memorial to Jewish deaths but also as a celebration of Jewish life and culture. What features on the museum’s exterior stand out? (© Jewish Museum Berlin. Photo Jens Ziehe.)

glued to their radios for war news, but much of it was tightly controlled. The totalitarian powers of- ten withheld news of military defeats and large ca- sualty numbers in order to keep civilian support. Wartime films focused on aviation heroes and infantrymen as well as on the self-sacrificing work- ingwomen and wives on the home front. Filmmak- ers were subject to censorship by government agencies that allocated supplies only to films whose scripts they liked.

Between 1939 and 1945, governments organ- ized many aspects of everyday life, a necessity be- cause resources such as food had to be shifted away from civilians toward soldiers and military pro- duction. In most countries, it was simply taken for granted that civilians would not receive what they needed to survive in good health. Soviet children and old people were at the greatest risk of being among the one million residents who starved to death during the siege of Leningrad. Statisticians and other specialists regulated the production and distribution of food, clothing, and household products, all of which were rationed and generally of lower quality than before the war. They gave hints for meals without meat, sugar, and fat, and urged women and children to embrace depriva- tion so that their fighting men would have more. With governments standardizing such items as

food, clothing, and entertainment, World War II furthered the development of mass society in which people lived and thought in identical ways.

On both sides, propaganda and government policies promoted racial thinking. Since the early 1930s, the German government had published ugly caricatures of Jews, Slavs, and Gypsies. Simi- larly, Allied propaganda during the war depicted Germans as perverts and the “Japs” as insectlike fa- natics. The U.S. government forced citizens of Japanese origin into internment camps, while Muslims and minority ethnic groups in the Soviet Union were uprooted and relocated away from the front lines as potential Nazi collaborators. Both sides drew colonized peoples into the war through forced labor and conscription into the armies. Some two million Indian men served the Allied cause, as did several hundred thousand Africans. As the Japanese swept through the Pacific and parts of East Asia, they too conscripted local men into their army.

From Resistance to Allied Victory Resistance to fascism began early in the war. Hav- ing escaped from France to London in 1940, Gen- eral Charles de Gaulle directed from a distance the Free French government and its forces — a mixed

8 6 8 C h a p t e r 2 6 ■ Th e G r e a t D e p r e s s i o n a n d W o r l d W a r I I 1 9 2 9 – 1 9 4 5

7,940

5,856

10,382

8,295

4,467

57

15

21

969

2,950

c. 1,300

c. 200

1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945

Aircraft

Great Britain

United States

USSR

Germany

Japan

Major Vessels

Great Britain

United States

USSR

Germany (U-boats only)

Japan

Tanks

Great Britain

United States

USSR

Germany

Japan

15,049

12,804

10,565

10,247

4,768

148

33

40

30

1,399

c. 400

2,794

2,200

1,023

20,094

26,277

15,735

11,776

5,088

236

544

62

196

49

4,841

4,052

6,590

5,200

1,024

23,672

47,826

25,436

15,409

8,861

239

1,854

19

244

68

8,611

24,997

24,446

9,200

1,191

26,263

85,998

34,900

24,807

16,693

224

2,654

13

270

122

7,476

29,497

24,089

17,300

790

26,461

96,318

40,300

39,807

28,180

188

2,247

23

189

248

5,000

17,565

28,963

22,100

401

12,070

49,761

20,900

7,540

11,066

64

1,513

11

0

51

2,100

11,968

15,400

4,400

142

F I G U R E 2 6 . 1 Weapons Production of the Major Powers, 1939–1945 World War II devoured people and weapons, necessitating dramatic changes in the workforce and everyday life. Because agricultural production was often hit hard by invading forces, people lived on reduced rations. Raw materials were channeled into the manufacture of weapons, and it was the real difference in productivity that spelled victory for the Allies: Germany and Japan were outproduced in almost every category. (From The Hammond Atlas of the Twentieth Century

(London: Times Books, 1996), 103.)

organization of troops of colonized Asians and Africans, soldiers who had escaped via Dunkirk, and volunteers from other occupied countries. Then Allied forces started tightening a noose around the Axis powers in mid-1942 (Map 26.5), and Allied victory began to look certain by 1943. At the same time, civilian resistance in the Nazi- occupied areas further pressured the Axis. Still Hitler and his minions continued to promote an unreal- istic expectation of German victory, announcing, for example, that the United States was “a big bluff.” But bluster could not win the war, and the Allies, squeezing Germany from east and west and

crushing the Japanese in the Pacific, brought the war to an end in 1945.

Civilian Resistance. Less well-known than the Free French, resisters in occupied Europe fought in Communist-dominated groups, some of which gathered information to aid the Allied invasion of the continent. Rural groups called partisans, or the maquis, not only planned assassinations of traitors and German officers but also bombed bridges, rail lines, and military facilities. Although the Catholic church supported Mussolini in Italy and endorsed the Croatian puppet government’s slaughter of a

W o r l d W a r I I , 1 9 3 9 – 1 9 4 5 8 6 91 9 2 9 – 1 9 4 5

M A P 2 6 . 5 World War II in Europe and Africa World War II inflicted massive loss of life and destruction of property on civilians, armies, and all the infrastructure—including factories, equipment, and agriculture—needed to wage total war. Thus, the war swept the European continent as well as areas in Africa colonized by or allied with the major powers. Ultimately the Allies crushed the Axis by moving from east, west, and south to inflict a total defeat.

Under Vichy government 1940–42 Joined Allies Nov. 1942

Battle of the Bulge Dec. 16, 1944– Jan. 31, 1945

Surrendered May 8, 1945Battle of Britain,

1940

Normandy invasion, D-Day June 6, 1944

Liberated Aug. 25, 1944

Liberated June 4, 1944

Germans repulsed Dec. 1941

Besieged Sept. 1941–Jan. 1944

Besieged Aug. 21, 1942–Jan. 31, 1943

Meeting of Roosevelt, Churchill, and Stalin, Nov.–Dec. 1943

0 400 kilometers200

0 200 400 miles

N

S

E W

Axis powers and their allies

Axis-held, early November 1942

Allied powers and their allies

Neutral nations

Greater Germany, 1942

Axis offensives

Allied offensives

Major battle�

North Sea

ATLANTIC OCEAN

Black Sea

M e d i t e r r a n e a n S e a

Ba lt

ic Se

a

A driatic Sea

R h

in e

R .

Elbe R.

O der R.

C aspian

Sea

D o n R.

V olga R.

Da nu

be R .

ESTONIA

SWEDEN

FINLAND NORWAY

LATVIA

POLAND GERMANY

BELG.

NETH.

LUX.

FRANCE

GREAT BRITAIN

IRELAND

VICHY FRANCE

N. IRELAND

SPAIN

P O

R T

U G

A L

U S S R

YUGOSLAVIA

ALBANIA (It.)

SWITZ.

LITHUANIA East

Prussia

Slovakia Ukraine

BessarabiaBukovina

ITALY

ROMANIA

BULGARIA

GREECE

TURKEY

EGYPT (Br.)

TRANS- JORDAN

(Br.)

SYRIA (Fr.)

IRAQ

SAUDI ARABIA

IRAN

LEBANON

PALESTINE (Br.)

LIBYA (It.)

ALGERIA (Fr.)

MOROCCO (Fr.)

SP. MOROCCO

TUNISIA (Fr.)

HUNGARY

DENMARK

F R E N C H N O R T H A F R I C A

Corsica

Sardinia

Sicily

Crete (Gr.)

Cyprus (Br.)

Rhodes (It.)

El Alamein Oct.–Nov. 1942

Stalingrad

Teheran

Yalta

Alexandria

Salerno Sept. 1943

Kursk July 1943

Monte Cassino

May 1944

Kasserine Pass Feb. 1943

Danzig

Potsdam

Tunis

Nov. 1942

Nov. 1942

July 1943

M ay

1941

A p

ril 1

9 4 1

A pril 1941

A u

g . 1

94 4

Apr il 19

45 Ma

y 1 94

0

A p

ril 1 9 40

Dec. 1944 A u

g . 1

94 4

June 1941 Mar. 1944

Aug . 19

43

July 1944 Ju

ne 19

41

Sept . 19

44 Moscow

Leningrad

Ju ne

19 40

Dunkirk

Berlin

Paris

London

Rome

Warsaw �

�

�

��

�

�

�

�

� �

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

tion attempt came too late in the war to count as resistance. However, some five million

Germans alone, and millions more of other nationalities, lost their lives in the last

nine months of the war. Had Hitler died even as late as the summer of

1944, the relief to humanity would have been considerable.

The Axis Crushed in Europe. Beginning with the battle of

Stalingrad in 1942–1943, the Allies turned the frontline war against the Axis powers. In August 1942, the German army began a siege of this city, whose capture would give Germany access to Soviet oil. Months of ferocious house-to-house fighting ended when the Soviet army captured the ninety thousand German survivors in February 1943. Meanwhile, the British army in North Africa held against German troops under Erwin Rommel, an adept practitioner of the new kind of mobile warfare. Although Rommel let his tanks improvise creatively, moving hundreds of miles from supply lines, the Allies’ access to secret German commu- nication codes ultimately helped them capture Morocco and Algeria in the fall of 1942. After driv- ing Rommel out of Africa, the Allies landed in Sicily in July 1943, provoking a German invasion during which they took over the war effort from the Italians. A slow, bitter fight for the Italian peninsula followed, lasting until April 1945, when Allied forces finally triumphed. After Italy’s liber- ation, partisans shot Mussolini and his mistress and hung their dead bodies for public display.

The victory at Stalingrad marked the begin- ning of the Soviet drive westward, during which the Soviets bore the brunt of the Nazi war ma- chine. From the air, Britain and the United States bombed German cities, aiming to demoralize or- dinary Germans and destroy war industries. But it was an invasion from the west that Stalin wanted from his allies. Finally, on June 6, 1944, known as D-Day, the combined Allied forces, under the com- mand of U.S. general Dwight Eisenhower, attacked the heavily fortified French beaches of Normandy and then fought their way through the German- held territory of western France. In late July, Allied forces broke through German defenses and a month later helped liberate Paris. The Soviets meanwhile captured the Baltic States and entered Poland, pausing for desperately needed supplies. The Germans took advantage of the pause to put down an uprising of the Polish resistance in August 1944. German elimination of the Polish resistance allowed the Soviets a freer hand in east-

8 7 0 C h a p t e r 2 6 ■ Th e G r e a t D e p r e s s i o n a n d W o r l d W a r I I 1 9 2 9 – 1 9 4 5

million Serbs, Catholic and Protestant clergy and their parishioners were among those who set up re- sistance networks, often hiding Jews and fugitives. The Polish resistance worked tirelessly against the Nazis, as did renowned individuals such as Swedish diplomat Raoul Wallenberg, whose dealings with Nazi officials saved thousands of Hungarian Jews.

People also fought back through everyday ac- tivities. Homemakers circulated newsletters urging demonstrations at prisons where civilians were de- tained. In central Europe, hikers smuggled Jews and others over dangerous mountain passes. Dan- ish villagers created vast escape networks, and countless thousands across Europe volunteered to be part of local escape routes. Women resisters used stereotypes to good advantage, often carry- ing weapons to assassination sites in the correct belief that Nazis would rarely suspect or search them. They also seduced and murdered enemy of- ficers. “Naturally the Germans didn’t think that a woman could have carried a bomb,” explained one Italian resister, “so this became the woman’s task.” Resistance kept alive the liberal ideal of individual political action in the face of tyranny.

Both invisible and dramatically visible resist- ance took place in the fascist countries. Couples in Germany and Italy limited family size in defiance of pro-birth policies. German teenagers danced the forbidden American jitterbug, thus disobeying the Nazis and forcing the police to monitor their groups. More spectacularly, in July 1944, a group of German military officers, fearing their country’s military humiliation, tried and failed to assassinate Hitler — one of several such attempts. Wounded but shaken, Hitler mercilessly tortured and killed hundreds of conspirators, innocent friends, and family members. Some ask whether the assassina-

Hidden Revolver Resistance to Nazism took many forms, from the uprising in Warsaw to small acts of protest to assassinations of Nazi officers and collabora- tors. In a militarized state with informers everywhere, retaliation against Nazis sparked human ingenuity, whether in obtaining enough food or killing the enemy. Weapons were hidden in baby carriages, under clothing, or in books—as in this example from the Dutch resistance. (Erich Less- ing / Art Resource, NY.)

ern Europe after the war. Facing more than twice as many troops as on the western front, the Soviet army took Bulgaria and entered Romania at the end of August, then faced fierce German fighting in Hungary during the winter of 1944–1945. British, Canadian, U.S., and other Allied forces were simultaneously fighting their way eastward to join the Soviets in squeezing the Third Reich to its final defeat.

As the Allies advanced, Hitler decided that Germans were proving themselves unworthy of his greatness and deserved to perish in a total and bloody downfall. He thus refused to surrender and thereby spare Germans further death and destruc- tion from the relentless bombing. As the Soviet army took Berlin, Hitler committed suicide with his wife, Eva Braun. Although many soldiers re-

mained committed to the Third Reich, Germany finally surrendered on May 8, 1945.

The Atomic Bomb and the Defeat of Japan. The Allies had followed a “Europe first” strategy for conducting the war. They had nonetheless pursued the Japanese in the Pacific without pause. In 1940 and 1941, Japan had ousted the Europeans from many colonial holdings in Asia, but the Allies turned the tide in 1942 by destroying some of Japan’s formidable navy in battles at Midway Is- land and Guadalcanal (Map 26.6). Japan had far less industrial capacity and manpower than the United States alone, while the Allies as a group had not only their own productive power but also ac- cess to matériel from Australia, India, and else- where around the world. The Allies stormed one

W o r l d W a r I I , 1 9 3 9 – 1 9 4 5 8 7 11 9 2 9 – 1 9 4 5

The Battle of Stalingrad These soldiers fight in what was left of Stalingrad after almost nine months of bitter struggle ( June 1942–February 1943) between the German and Soviet armies. Hitler allowed no surrender, leading to greater losses than necessary. The Russian military was so angry at the continuing bloodshed, despite the German defeat, that many units simply shot the final German survivors when they surrendered. Stalingrad is seen as the true turning point in World War II. (Getty Images.)

8 7 2 C h a p t e r 2 6 ■ Th e G r e a t D e p r e s s i o n a n d W o r l d W a r I I 1 9 2 9 – 1 9 4 5

M A P 2 6 . 6 World War II in the Pacific As in Europe, the early days of World War II gave the advantage to the Axis power Japan as it took the offensive in conquering islands in the Pacific and territories in Asia—many of them colonies of European states. Britain countered by mobilizing a vast Indian army, while the United States, after the disastrous losses at Pearl Harbor and in the Philippines, gradually gained the upper hand by costly assaults, island by island. The Japanese strategy of fighting to the last person instead of surrendering when a loss was in sight was one factor in President Truman’s decision to drop the atomic bomb in August 1945.

0 500 1,000 kilometers

0 500 1,000 miles

N

S

EW

Allied advances and bombing raids

Japanese advances and bombing raids

Major battles

Atomic bombs

�

Japanese Empire, 1936

Japanese-controlled areas, August 1942

Allied powers

I N D I A N O C E A N

P A C I F I C O C E A N

B e r i n g S e a

MARIANA IS.

Wake I. (U.S.)

Midway I. (U.S.)

HAWAIIAN IS. (U.S.)

Alaska (U.S.)

New Guinea

PHILIPPINE IS.

SOLOMON IS.

Guam July 21–

Aug. 10, 1944

Formosa (Taiwan)

Okinawa Apr. 1– June 21, 1945

Iwo Jima Feb. 19– Mar. 16, 1945

Saipan 1944

Midway I. June 3– 6, 1942

Pearl Harbor Dec. 7, 1941

Guadalcanal Aug. 7, 1942– Feb. 9, 1943

Leyte Gulf Oct. 23–26, 1944

ALEUTIAN I S. (U

.S.)

Sum atra

Java

Borneo Celebes

New Caledonia (Fr.)

NEW HEBRIDES (Fr.-Br.)

FIJI IS. (Br.)

Tarawa Nov. 29, 1943

ELLICE IS. (Br.)

GILBERT IS. (Br.)

MARSHALL IS.

Eniwetok Feb. 17, 1944

CAROLINE IS.

KU RI

L I S.

Sakhalin I.

Kamchatka

Attu I. Kiska I.

Coral Sea May 7– 8, 1942

U S S R

M O N G O L I A

C H I N A

A U S T R A L I A

JAPAN

INDIA (Br.)

TIBET

BURMA (Br.)

THAILAND FRENCH INDOCHINA (Vichy)

KOREA

MALAYA

N E T H E R L A N D S E A S T I N D I E S

MANCHURIA (MANCHUKUO)

1945

Aug. 1945

19 45

19 45

1945

Aug. 1942

Apr. 1942

1944

194 4

Apr. 1945 Nov.

1943

No v.

19 43

May 1943

1 9

4 5

1 9 4 3

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

Nagasaki Aug. 9, 1945

Hiroshima Aug. 6, 1945

Tokyo

Hong Kong (Br.)

Rabaul

Lae

Nanjing

Singapore�

�

�

�

�

�

Pacific island after another, gaining more bases from which to cut off the import of supplies and to launch bombers toward Japan itself. Short of men and weapons, the Japanese military resorted to kamikaze tactics, in which pilots deliberately crashed their planes into Allied ships, killing them- selves in the process. In response, the Allies stepped up their bombing of major cities, killing more than 100,000 civilians in their spring 1945 firebombing of Tokyo. The Japanese leadership still ruled out surrender.

Meanwhile a U.S.-based international team of more than 100,000 workers, including scientists and technicians, had been working on the Man- hattan Project, the code name for a secret project to develop an atomic bomb. The Japanese practice of dying almost to the man rather than surrender- ing caused Allied military leaders to calculate that defeating Japan might cost the lives of hundreds of thousands of Allied soldiers (and even more Japanese). On August 6 and 9, 1945, the U.S. gov- ernment thus unleashed its new atomic weapons

on Hiroshima and Nagasaki, respectively, killing 140,000 people instantly; tens of thousands later died from burns, wounds, and other afflictions. Although hardliners in the Japanese military wanted to continue the war, on August 14, 1945, Japan surrendered.

An Uneasy Postwar Settlement Throughout the war, Allied leaders had met not only to plan strategy but also to resolve postwar issues. Unlike World War I, however, there would be neither a celebrated peace conference nor a for- mal agreement among all the Allies about the final terms for peace. Yet peace and recovery were more important than ever: Europe lay in ruins, and tens of millions were starving, many of them wan- dering the continent in search of food, shelter, and personal safety. Because the victorious Allies dis- trusted one another in varying degrees, with the United States and the Soviet Union moving to

W o r l d W a r I I , 1 9 3 9 – 1 9 4 5 8 7 31 9 2 9 – 1 9 4 5

Hiroshima This photo captures the few remains of the city of Hiroshima after the United States dropped an atomic bomb on August 6, 1945. Without the bomb, the U.S. military foresaw a long and costly struggle to defeat Japan, given its overall strategy of fighting to the last person and in the process inflicting as many casualties on the enemy as possible. Some claim that the bomb was dropped to menace the Soviet Union, with which the United States was embarking on the cold war. ( © Corbis.)

the brink of another war, the future for most Europeans looked grim.

Wartime Agreements about the Peace. Wartime agreements among members of the Grand Al- liance about the future reflected their differences and would be the subject of intense postwar de- bate. In 1941, Roosevelt and Churchill crafted the Atlantic Charter, which condemned aggression and endorsed collective security and the right of all people to choose their governments. Not only did the Allies come to support these ideals, but so did colonized peoples to whom, Churchill said, the charter was not meant to apply. In October 1944, Churchill and Stalin agreed on the postwar distribution of territories. The Soviet Union would control Romania and Bulgaria, Britain would control Greece, and they would jointly oversee Hungary and Yugoslavia. These agree- ments went against Roosevelt’s faith in collective security, self-determination, and open doors in trade. In February 1945, the “Big Three” — Roosevelt, Churchill, and Stalin — met in the Crimean town of Yalta. Roosevelt advocated the institution of an organization to be called the United Nations to replace the League of Nations as a global peace mechanism, and he supported future Soviet influence in Korea, Manchuria, and

the Sakhalin and Kurile Islands. The last meeting of the Allied leaders, with President Harry S. Truman replacing Roosevelt, who had died in April, took place at Potsdam, Germany, in the summer of 1945, where they agreed to give the Soviets control of eastern Poland, to cede a large stretch of eastern Germany to Poland, and to adopt a temporary four-way occupation of Germany that included France as one of the su- pervising powers.

The War’s Grim Legacy. The Great Depression had inflicted global suffering, while the Second World War left an estimated 100 million dead, more than 50 million refugees without homes, and one of the most abominable moral legacies in hu- man history. Forced into armies or into labor camps for war production, colonial peoples were in full rebellion or close to it. For a second time in three decades, they had seen their imperial masters killing one another, slaughtered by the very tech- nology that was supposed to make European civi- lization superior. Deference to Europe was virtually finished, with independence a matter of time.

The war weakened and even destroyed stan- dards of decency and truth. Democratic Europe had succumbed to economic hardship and wartime values, and it was this Europe that George Orwell

8 7 4 C h a p t e r 2 6 ■ Th e G r e a t D e p r e s s i o n a n d W o r l d W a r I I 1 9 2 9 – 1 9 4 5

Alberto Giacometti, The Square II, 1948–1949 Swiss Artist Alberto Giacometti began making sculptures featuring thin, elongated figures in the 1940s. They appear to be moving forward, striving and active, but at the same time their spare- ness evokes the skeletal shape of concentration camp survivors. What kind of statement do you see Giacometti making about the times? (Bildarchiv Preussischer Kulturbesitz / Art Resource, NY/ Artists Rights Society (ARS), NY.)

captured in his novel 1984 (1949). Orwell had worked for the wartime Ministry of Information (called the Ministry of Truth in the novel) and made up phony news for wartime audiences. Truth hardly mattered, and words changed meaning dur- ing the war to sound better: battle fatigue substi- tuted for insanity, and liberating a country could mean invading it and slaughtering its civilians. Poor food, ragged clothing, and careworn people walking grimy streets — all characterized both wartime London and Orwell’s fictional state of Oceania. Millions cheered the demise of Nazi evil in 1945, but Orwell saw the war as ending pros- perity, deadening creativity, and bringing big government into everyday life. For Orwell, bureau- cratic domination depended on continuing con- flict, and fresh conflict was indeed brewing even before the war ended. As Allied powers competed for territory, a new struggle called the cold war was taking root.

Review: How and where was World War II fought and won, and what were its major consequences?

Conclusion The Great Depression, which brought fear, hunger, and joblessness to millions, created a setting in which dictators thrived because they promised to restore economic prosperity by destroying democ- racy and representative government. Desperate people believed the promises of these dynamic new leaders — Mussolini, Stalin, and Hitler — often forgiving the brutality of their regimes. In the USSR, Stalin’s program of rapid industrialization cost the lives of millions as he inspired Commu- nist believers to purge enemies — real and imag- ined. With the democracies preoccupied with economic recovery while preserving the rule of law and still haunted by memories of World War I, Hitler and Mussolini went on to menace Europe unchallenged. At the same time, Japan embarked on a program of conquest aimed at ending West-

ern domination in Asia and taking control of more of Asia for itself. The coalition of Allies that finally formed to stop the Axis powers of Germany, Italy, and Japan, was an uneasy alliance among Britain, Free France, the Soviet Union, and the United States. World War II ended European dominance. Its economies were shattered, its colonies were on the verge of independence, and its peoples were starving and homeless.

The costs of a bloody war — one waged against civilians as much as armies — taught the victorious powers different lessons. The United States, Britain, and France were convinced that a minimum of citizen well-being was necessary to prevent a recurrence of fascism. The devastation of the USSR’s population and resources made Stalin increasingly obsessed with national security and compensation for the damage inflicted by the Nazis. Britain and France faced the end of their imperial might, underscoring Orwell’s insight that the war had utterly transformed society. The mil- itarization of society and the deliberate murder of millions of innocent citizens like Etty Hillesum were tragedies that permanently injured the West’s claims to being an advanced civilization. Nonethe- less, backed by vast supplies of sophisticated weaponry, the United States and the Soviet Union used their opposing views on a postwar settlement to justify threatening one another — and the world — with another horrific war.

For Further Exploration

■ For suggested references, including Web sites, for topics in this chapter, see page SR-1 at the end of the book.

■ For additional primary-source material from this period, see Chapter 26 in Sources of THE MAKING OF THE WEST, Third Edition.

■ For Web sites and documents related to topics in this chapter, see Make History at bedfordstmartins.com/hunt.

C o n c l u s i o n 8 7 51 9 2 9 – 1 9 4 5

8 7 6 C h a p t e r 2 6 ■ Th e G r e a t D e p r e s s i o n a n d W o r l d W a r I I 1 9 2 9 – 1 9 4 5

Europe at War’s End, 1945 The damage of World War II left scars that would last for decades. Major German cities were bombed to bits, while the Soviet Union suffered an unimaginable toll of perhaps as many as forty- five million deaths due to the war alone. In addition to the vast civilian and military losses shown on this map, historians estimate that no less than twelve million people were murdered in the Nazi death camps. Everything from politics to family life needed rebuilding, adding to the chaos. (From The Hammond Atlas of the Twentieth Century (London: Times Books, 1996), 102.)

0 400 kilometers200

0 200 400 miles

N

S

E

W

Over 10%

5–10%

1–5%

Under 1% �

�

Percent of population killed Military dead

Civilian dead (does not include 12 million death camp victims)

City substantially damaged

North Sea

Black Sea

B

a l t

i c S

e a

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

ESTONIA

SWEDEN

FINLAND

NORWAY

LATVIA

POLAND BELG.

NETH.

IRELAND

FRANCE

GREAT BRITAIN

SPAIN

U S S R

YUGOSLAVIA

SWITZ.

LITHUANIA

ITALY

ROMANIA

BULGARIA

GREECE

HUNGARY AUSTRIA

DENMARK

Corsica

Sardinia

CZECHOSLOVAKIA

4,500 (For Axis) 7,500 (For Allies) 10,000 (in concentration camps)

210,671 173,260

GERMANY 2,850,000 2,300,000

271,311 60,595

9,561 75,000

13,700 236,300

279,820 17,400 (as Allies)

16,357 155,300

18,500 1,500

519,822 465,000

380,000 145,000

6,683 310,000

850,000 (169,822 as Allies) 5,778,000

750,000

1,700,000

4,780

4,339

79,047

14,500,000 Over 7,000,000

�

�

�

� �

�

�

�

�

�

�

� �

� ��

�

� �

� �

�

� Berlin

Dresden

London

Caen

Coventry

Genoa Bologna

Milan

Munich

Ploesti

Königsberg

Kiev

Leningrad

WürzburgFrankfurt

Cologne

Düsseldorf Dortmund

Rotterdam Bremen

Hamburg

Hanover Warsaw

M A P P I N G T H E W E S T

C h a p t e r R e v i e w 8 7 71 9 2 9 – 1 9 4 5

K e y Te r m s a n d P e o p l e M a k i n g C o n n e c t i o n s

R e v i e w Q u e s t i o n s

1. Compare fascist ideas of the individual with the idea of in- dividual rights that inspired the American and French revolutions.

2. What are the major differences between World War I and World War II?

1. How did the Great Depression affect society and politics?

2. What role did violence play in the Soviet and Nazi regimes?

3. How did the democracies’ responses to the twin chal- lenges of economic depression and the rise of fascism differ from those of totalitarian regimes?

4. How did the aggression of Japan, Germany, and Italy create the conditions for global war?

5. How and where was World War II fought and won, and what were its major consequences?

C h a p t e r R e v i e w

civil disobedience (843)

Joseph Stalin (844)

five-year plans (845)

purges (846)

Adolf Hitler (847)

Enabling Act (848)

pump priming (849)

Nuremberg Laws (850)

family allowance (853)

Popular Front (854)

Charlie Chaplin (855)

Lebensraum (858)

Francisco Franco (859)

appeasement (861)

Nazi-Soviet Pact (861)

Blitzkrieg (862) For practice quizzes, a customized study plan, and other study tools, see the Online Study Guide at bedfordstmartins.com/hunt.

I m p o r ta n t Ev e n t s

1929 The U.S. stock market crashes; global depression begins; Soviet leadership initiates war against prosperous farmers, the kulaks; Stalin’s first five-year plan officially begins

1931 Japan invades Manchuria; Spanish republicans overthrow monarchy

1933 Hitler comes to power in Germany

1935 German government enacts Nuremberg Laws; Italy invades Ethiopia

1936 Show trials begin in the USSR; Stalin purges top Communist Party officials and military leaders; the Spanish Civil War begins

1937 Japan attacks China

1938 Kristallnacht (Night of the Broken Glass) in Germany; Germany annexes Austria

1939 Nazi-Soviet Pact; Germany invades Poland; World War II begins; the Spanish Civil War ends

1940 France falls to the German army

1940–1941 The British air force fends off German attacks in the battle of Britain

1941 Germany invades the Soviet Union; Japan attacks Pearl Harbor; the United States enters the war

1941–1945 The Holocaust

1942–1943 Siege of Stalingrad

1944 Allied forces land at Normandy, France

1945 The fall of Berlin; United States drops atomic bombs on Hiroshima and Nagasaki; World War II ends

L ate in 1945, with the USSR still reeling from the devastation

of World War II, Soviet poet Boris Pasternak set out on a new

project — Doctor Zhivago, a novel about a contemplative medical

man caught up in the whirlwind of the Russian Revolution. Like most

others in the USSR, Pasternak expected the postwar era to usher in, as

he put it, “a great renewal of Russian life,” ending the violence, terror,

and famine of the past three decades, and so he struggled on with his

complex epic even as the cold war tensions between the United States

and the USSR began. In 1953, Stalin’s sudden death raised Pasternak’s

hopes that a more tolerant political climate would allow his master-

piece to receive a warm reception; those hopes were dashed, however,

when the Soviets forbade the book’s publication. A determined Paster-

nak bypassed the Soviet authorities and allowed Doctor Zhivago to come

out first in 1957 in Italy — now an anti-Soviet ally of the United States

in the cold war. The book became a best seller, showing its readers that

the Russian Revolution was far from perfect and so angering the So-

viet establishment that Stalin’s successor, Nikita Khrushchev, forced

Pasternak to decline the Nobel Prize for Literature awarded him in

1958. But if the Soviets tried to suppress Doctor Zhivago so that the

U.S. bloc could not use it to create cold war propaganda, it was the cold

war that allowed Doctor Zhivago to live on. Soon after the novel ap-

peared, the famed Hollywood studio MGM bought the rights to the

book and turned it into a blockbuster film (1965), seen by tens of mil-

lions. By that time, however, Pasternak was dead — a broken victim of

cold war persecutions that haunted the world long after the calamitous

years of war and genocide had ended.

As the cold war opened, Europe and Japan were prostrate, their

people were starving and homeless; evidence of genocide and other

World Politics Transformed 880 • Chaos in Europe • New Superpowers: The United States

and the Soviet Union • Origins of the Cold War • The Division of Germany

Political and Economic Recovery in Europe 888 • Dealing with Nazism • Rebirth of the West • The Welfare State:

Common Ground East and West • Recovery in the East

Decolonization in a Cold War Climate 897 • The End of Empire in Asia • The Struggle for Identity in the

Middle East • New Nations in Africa • Newcomers Arrive in Europe

Daily Life and Culture in the Shadow of Nuclear War 902 • Restoring “Western” Values • Consumerism and Shifting

Gender Norms • The Culture of Cold War • The Atomic Brink

The Cold War and the Remaking of Europe 1945–1960s

C H A P T E R

27

Doctor Zhivago As soon as Boris Pasternak’s forbidden novel Doctor Zhivago was published in Italy in 1957, Hollywood’s MGM studio went after the rights for the film. Finally completed in 1965, it was a cold war blockbuster—an epic of life and love in postrevolutionary Russia. The opening scene, invented for the movie, was a grim Soviet factory, while the story itself was more or less symbolized in this advertising poster of two incredibly attractive people who fall in love and are torn apart by the crushing Bolshevik system. (MGM / The Kobal Collection.)

8 7 9

inhumanity came to the fore; the menace of nu- clear annihilation loomed. The old international order was gone, replaced by the rivalry of the United States and the Soviet Union for control of Europe, whose political, social, and economic or- der was shattered. The nuclear arsenals of these two superpowers — a term coined in 1947 — grew massively in the 1950s, but they were enemies who did not fight outright. Thus, their terrifying rivalry was called the cold war. The cold war divided the West and led to political persecution in many ar- eas, even in the wealthy and secure United States.

At the same time, the defeat of Nazism in- spired optimism and a revival of thoughtful reflec- tion like Pasternak’s. Heroic effort had defeated fascism, and that defeat raised hopes that a new age would begin. Atomic science promised ad- vances in medicine, and nuclear energy was trum- peted as a replacement for coal and oil. The creation of the United Nations in 1945 heralded an era of international cooperation. Around the globe, colonial peoples won independence from European masters, while in the United States the civil rights movement gained new momentum. The welfare state expanded, and by the end of the 1950s, economic rebirth had made much of Europe more prosperous than ever before. An “economic miracle” had occurred; just a decade af- ter the war, many Europeans and Americans were beginning to enjoy the highest standard of living they had ever known, which included the ability to buy quantities of consumer goods and to enjoy simple pleasures such as films like Doctor Zhivago.

The postwar period was one of open redefin- ition, as the experience of total war transformed both society and the international order. Gone was the definition of a West comprising Europe and its

cultural offshoots such as the United States and of an East comprising Asian countries like India, China, and Japan. During the cold war, the word West came to stand for the United States and its dependent allies in western Europe, while East meant the Soviet Union and its tightly controlled bloc in eastern Europe. Still another set of terms arose in the 1950s, one that divided the globe into the first world, or capitalist bloc of countries; the second world, or socialist bloc; and the third world, or countries emerging from imperial dom- ination — a characterization that initially was meant to refer to the Third Estate of the French Revolution but that is now considered an insult- ing term. As the world’s people redefined them- selves, the superpowers took the world to the brink of nuclear disaster when the United States discov- ered Soviet missile sites on the island of Cuba. From the dropping of the atomic bomb on Japan in 1945 to the Cuban missile crisis of 1962, fear and personal anguish like that suffered by Paster- nak gripped much of the world, albeit in the midst of prosperity and Europe’s rebirth.

Focus Question: How did the cold war shape the politics, economy, social life, and culture of post–World War II Europe?

World Politics Transformed World War II ended Europe’s global leadership. Many countries lay in ruins in the summer of 1945, and conditions would deteriorate before they got better. Though victorious, bombed and bankrupt Britain could not feed its people, and continuing turmoil destroyed the lives of millions in central and eastern Europe. In contrast, the United States, whose territory was virtually untouched in the war, emerged as the world’s sole economic giant,

8 8 0 C h a p t e r 2 7 ■ Th e C o l d W a r a n d t h e R e m a k i n g o f E u r o p e 1 9 4 5 – 1 9 6 0 s

cold war: The rivalry between the United States and the Soviet Union following World War II that led to massive growth in nu- clear weapons on both sides.

1945 1950

■ 1945 Cold war begins

■ 1947 India, Pakistan win independence from Britain

■ 1948 State of Israel established

■ 1949 Communist revolution in China; Beauvoir, The Second Sex

■ 1950–1953 Korean War

■ 1953 Stalin dies

while the Soviet Union, despite suffering immense devastation, retained formidable military might. Occupying Europe as part of the victorious al- liance against Nazism and fascism, the two super- powers used Germany — at the heart of the continent and its politics — to divide Europe in two. By the late 1940s, the USSR had imposed Com- munist rule throughout most of Eastern Europe, and Western Europeans found themselves at least partially controlled by the very U.S. economic power that helped them rebuild, especially because the United States maintained air bases and nuclear weapons sites on their soil. The new age of bipo- lar world politics made Europe its testing ground.

Chaos in Europe In contrast to the often stationary trench warfare of World War I, armies in World War II had fought a war of movement on the ground and in the air. Massive bombing had leveled thousands of square miles of territory, whole cities were clogged with rubble, and homeless survivors wandered the streets. In Sicily and on the Rhine River, almost no bridge remained standing; in the Soviet Union, seventy thousand villages and more than a thou- sand cities lay in shambles. Everywhere people were suffering. In the Netherlands, the severity of Nazi occupation left the Dutch population close to death, relieved only by a U.S. airlift of food. In Britain, many died in the bitterly cold winter of 1946–1947 because of a shortage of fuel. To con- trol scarce supplies, Italian bakers sold bread by the slice. Allied troops in Germany were almost the sole source of food: “To see the children fighting for food,” remarked one British soldier handing out supplies, “was like watching animals being fed in a zoo.” There was social disarray, even chaos, at the war’s end but no mass uprisings as after World War I. Until the late 1940s, people were too ab- sorbed by the struggle for bare survival.

The tens of millions of refugees suffered the most, as they wandered a continent where resources were slim and the dangers of assault and robbery great. An estimated thirty million Europeans, many of German ethnicity, were forcibly expelled from Poland, Czechoslovakia, and Hungary. Many refugees fled to western Europe, but others ulti- mately found homes in countries that experienced little or no war damage, such as Denmark, Sweden, Canada, and Australia. Following the exodus of refugees from the east, western Europe became one of the world’s most densely populated regions (Map 27.1). The USSR lobbied hard for the return of several million Soviet prisoners of war and forced laborers, and the Allies transported millions of Soviet refugees home. The Allies slowed the process when they discovered that Soviet leaders had ordered the execution of many of the returnees for being “contaminated” by Western ideas. Hun- dreds of thousands of Soviets thus joined the ocean of disoriented refugees in western Europe.

Survivors of the concentration camps discov- ered that their suffering had not ended with Germany’s defeat. Many returned diseased and dis- oriented, while others had no home to return to, as property had been confiscated. Anti-Semitism — official policy under the Nazis — lingered in pop- ular attitudes, and people used it to justify their claim to Jewish property and to jobs vacated by Jews. The use of violence as a way to maintain the upward mobility gained from fascism was common throughout eastern Europe. In the sum- mer of 1946, a vicious crowd in Kielce, Poland, as- saulted some 250 Jewish survivors, killing at least 40. Meanwhile, some officials across Europe even denied that unprecedented atrocities had been committed and wanted to refuse Jews any help. Survivors thus fled to the port cities of Italy and other Mediterranean countries, eventually leaving Europe for Palestine, where Zionists had been set- tling for half a century. Unwilling or unable to help

W o r l d P o l i t i c s Tr a n s f o r m e d 8 8 11 9 4 5 – 1 9 6 0 s

1955 1960 1965

■ 1954 Brown v. Board of Education; French defeat at Dien Bien Phu

■ 1956 Suez Canal nationalized; Hungarian uprising

■ 1957 Sputnik launched; EEC established; Pasternak, Doctor Zhivago

■ 1958 Fifth Republic begins in France

■ 1962 Cuban missile crisis

8 8

2 C

h a

p t

e r

2 7

■

T h

e C

o l

d W

a r

a n

d t

h e

R e

m a

k in

g o

f E

u r

o p

e 1

9 4

5 –

1 9

6 0

s

0 400 kilometers200

0 200 400 miles

N

S

E

W

Lost by Germany to Poland, 1945

Territory gained by Soviet Union

Allied occupation of Germany and Austria, 1945–55

Lost by Italy to Yugoslavia, 1945

Lost by Romania to Bulgaria, 1940–47

American

British

French

Soviet

Jointly occupied cities

Germans

Finns

Baltic peoples

Russians

Poles

Czechs

People settled by the International Refugee Organization

Zones of occupation

Refugee movements and repatriated armed forces

North Sea

ATLANTIC OCEAN

B l a c k S e a

M e d i t e r r a n e a n S e a

B

a l t

i c S

e a

Adriatic Sea

R h

in e

R .

Estonia

SWEDEN

FINLAND

NORWAY

Latvia

POLAND

WEST GERMANY

EAST GERMANY

BELG.

NETH.

LUX.

FRANCE

UNITED KINGDOMIRELAND

SPAIN

U S S R

YUGOSLAVIA

ALBANIA

SWITZ.

Lithuania

Ukraine

ITALY

ROMANIA

BULGARIA

GREECE TURKEY

HUNGARY AUSTRIA

DENMARK

Sicily

Bessarabia

1,000,000

250,000

50,000

200,000

3,250,000

1,850,000

1,900,000

1,950,000

410,000

40,000

60,0 00

90 ,0

00

50 ,000

100,000

80,000

2,300,000

5,500,000

3,000,000

1,500,000

1,950,0002,900,000

From Finland, 1940–56

To USSR, 1940

To USSR, 1940

To USSR, 1940

From Poland, 1940–47

From Czechoslovakia, 1940–47

From Romania, 1940–47

C ZECHOSLOVAKIA

Berlin

Vienna

Budapest

Istanbul

Odessa

Paris

Brussels

Rome

Warsaw

Kielce

Yalta

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

Hitler’s victims, many European countries had simply lost their moral bearings.

New Superpowers: The United States and the Soviet Union Only two powerful countries were left in 1945: the United States and the Soviet Union. The United States was now the richest nation in the world. Its industrial output had increased by a remarkable 15 percent annually between 1940 and 1944. By 1947, the United States controlled almost two- thirds of the world’s gold bullion and launched more than half of the world’s commercial ship- ping. Continued spending on industrial and mili- tary research added to postwar prosperity, building still further the victorious mood that now swept the United States. In contrast to the post–World War I policy of isolationism, Americans embraced global leadership. Many had learned about the world while tracking the war’s progress; hundreds of thousands of soldiers, government officials, and relief workers had direct experience of Europe, Africa, and Asia. Despite the fear of nuclear anni- hilation that troubled many, a wave of suburban housing development and consumer spending kept the economy buoyant. Temporarily reversing the trend toward lower birthrates, a baby boom ex- ploded from the late 1940s through the early 1960s in response to prosperity.

The Soviets also emerged from the war with a well-justified sense of accomplishment. Despite hor- rendous losses, they had resisted the most massive onslaught ever launched against a nation. Instead of being shunned as they had been after World War I, Soviet officials expected respect and influence on the world stage, and indeed many Europeans and Americans gratefully acknowledged the Soviet contribution to Hitler’s defeat. Ordinary Soviet citizens believed that a victory that had cost the USSR as many as forty-five million lives would

bring improvement in their everyday conditions and a continuation of the war’s relatively relaxed politics. Rumors spread among the peasants that the collective farms would be divided and returned to them as individual property now that the war had been won and agriculture modernized. “Life will become pleasant,” one writer prophesied. “There will be much coming and going, and a lot of contacts with the West.” The Stalinist goals of industrialization and defense against Nazism had been won, and thus many Soviets, among them Boris Pasternak, expected an end to decades of hardship and repression.

Stalin took a different view and, despite his personal exhaustion, moved ruthlessly to reassert control. In 1946, his new five-year plan set in- creased production goals and mandated more stringent collectivization of agriculture. For him, rapid recovery meant more work, not less, and more order, not greater freedom. Stalin cut back the army by two-thirds to beef up the labor force and also turned his attention to the low birthrate, a result of wartime male casualties and women’s long, arduous working days, which discouraged them from adding child care to their already heavy responsibilities. He introduced an intense propa- ganda campaign emphasizing that women should hold down jobs and also fulfill their “true nature” by producing many children. A crackdown on free- dom took place, and a new round of purges began in which people were told that enemies among them were threatening the state. Jews were espe- cially targeted, and in 1953 the government an- nounced that doctors — most of them Jews — had long been assassinating Soviet leaders, murdering newborns and patients in hospitals, and plotting to poison water supplies. Hysteria gripped the na- tion, as people feared for their lives. “I am a simple worker and not an anti-Semite,” one Moscow resident wrote, “but I say . . . it’s time to clean these people out.” With this rebirth of Stalinism, an at- mosphere of fear returned to feed the cold war.

Origins of the Cold War The cold war between the United States and the Soviet Union, which began immediately after World War II, would afflict the world for more than four decades. No peace treaty officially ended the conflict with Germany as a written record of contest and compromise or of things gone wrong, as in the Peace of Paris of 1919–1920. As a result, the origins of the cold war remain a matter of de- bate, with historians faulting both sides for start- ing the fearsome rivalry (see “New Sources, New

W o r l d P o l i t i c s Tr a n s f o r m e d 8 8 31 9 4 5 – 1 9 6 0 s

M A P 2 7 . 1 The Impact of World War II on Europe European governments, many of them struggling to provide food and other necessities for their populations, found themselves responsible for hundreds of thousands, if not millions, of new refugees. Simultaneously, millions of prisoners of war, servicemen, and slave laborers were returned to the Soviet Union, many of them by force. This situation unfolded amid political instability and even violence. ■ What does the movement of peoples shown on the map suggest about social conditions in post–World War II Europe?

▲

Perspectives,” page 885). Some point to consistent U.S., British, and French hostility to the Soviets that began as far back as the Bolshevik Revolution of 1917 and continued through the Depression and World War II. These powers opposed the Communists’ abolition of private property and Russia’s withdrawal from World War I. Others stress the Soviets’ aggressive policies, notably the 1939 Nazi-Soviet Pact and Stalin’s quick claims on the Baltic States and Polish territory when World War II broke out. In this view, other countries nat- urally feared Soviet expansionism.

Suspicion ran deep among the Allied leader- ship during World War II, and the alliance was al- ways a troubled one. Stalin believed that Churchill and Roosevelt were deliberately letting the USSR bear the brunt of Hitler’s onslaught on the conti- nent as part of their anti-Communist policy. He rightly viewed Churchill in particular as interested primarily in preserving Britain’s imperial power, no matter what the cost in lives of Soviet citizens. At the time, some Americans believed that drop- ping the atomic bomb on Japan would also frighten the Soviets from land grabs, and the new U.S. president, Harry Truman, was far tougher than Roosevelt with regard to Soviet needs. He cut

off aid to the USSR almost the instant the last gun was fired, fueling Stalin’s belief that the United States was aiming for the Soviet Union’s utter col- lapse. Seeing a threat from the West, especially from a revived Germany, Stalin concluded that a temporary military occupation would not be a suf- ficient safeguard for his own exhausted country; what the USSR needed was a permanent “buffer zone” of European states loyal to the Soviet Union. Across the Atlantic, Truman viewed the Soviet oc- cupation of eastern Europe as opening an era of Communist takeovers around the world. Members of the U.S. State Department fueled U.S. fears by depicting Stalin as another in a long line of neu- rotic Asian tyrants thirsting for world domination.

The cold war thus became a series of moves and countermoves in the shared occupation of a rich European heartland that had fallen into chaos. In line with the view of its geopolitical needs, the USSR repressed democratic coalition governments of liberals, socialists, Communists, and peasant parties in central and eastern Europe between 1945 and 1949. It imposed Communist rule almost im- mediately in Bulgaria and Romania. In Romania, Stalin cited citizen violence in 1945 as the excuse to demand an ouster of all non-Communists from the civil service and cabinet. In Poland, the Com- munists fixed the election results of 1945 and 1946 to create the illusion of approval for communism. Nevertheless, the Communists had to share power between 1945 and 1947 with the popular Peasant Party, which had a large constituency of rural workers and peasant landowners. The Allies protested many of these moves by the Commu- nists as the cold war advanced.

The United States put its new interventionist spirit to work, promoting American influence. It acknowledged Soviet authority in USSR-occupied areas of central and eastern Europe but worried that Communist power would spread to western Europe. The Communists’ promises of better con- ditions appealed to hungry workers, while mem- ories of Communist leadership in the resistance to fascism made the party additionally attractive. In Greece, Communist insurgents had enough of a following to threaten the right-wing monarchy the British had installed in 1944. In March 1947, Truman reacted to the Communist threat in Greece by announcing what quickly became known as the Truman Doctrine, the countering of political crises with economic and military aid. The president requested $400 million in military

8 8 4 C h a p t e r 2 7 ■ Th e C o l d W a r a n d t h e R e m a k i n g o f E u r o p e 1 9 4 5 – 1 9 6 0 s

Truman Doctrine: The United States’s policy to limit commu- nism after World War II by countering political crises with eco- nomic and military aid.

T H E C O L D W A R

1945–1949 USSR establishes satellite states in eastern Europe

1947 Truman Doctrine announces American commitment to contain communism; U.S. Marshall Plan provides massive aid to rebuild Europe

1948–1949 Soviet troops blockade Berlin; United States airlifts provisions to Berliners

1949 West Germany and East Germany formed; Western nations form North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO); Soviet bloc establishes Council for Mutual Economic Assistance (COMECON); USSR tests its first nuclear weapon

1950–1953 Korean War

1950–1954 U.S. senator Joseph McCarthy leads hunt for American Communists

1953 Stalin dies

1955 USSR and Eastern bloc countries form military alliance, the Warsaw Pact

1956 Khrushchev denounces Stalin in “secret speech” to Communist Party Congress; Hungarians revolt unsuc- cessfully against Soviet domination

1959 Fidel Castro comes to power in Cuba

1961 Berlin Wall erected

1962 Cuban missile crisis

W o r l d P o l i t i c s Tr a n s f o r m e d 8 8 51 9 4 5 – 1 9 6 0 s

A s the modern nation-state grew in the nineteenth century, historians came increasingly to rely on official

government archives to answer questions arising from ideological disputes. The cold war was one such battle of charges and countercharges. Government archives have thrown light on the accusations of both sides. Participants and eyewitnesses, it is be- lieved, are not reliable because of their bias. Instead, trained scholars, ridding them- selves of bias, carefully examine government records, preserved in official repositories where tampering cannot take place.

The opening of the Soviet Union’s archives in the late 1980s and 1990s after the fall of Soviet communism gave an- swers to many cold war questions. In 1956, in the midst of superpower rivalry, Nikita Khrushchev first threw official light on the slaughter connected with Stalin’s regime. In Khrushchev’s partial revelation of truths, V. I. Lenin and Joseph Stalin were presented as distinctly different political beings, with Lenin an ideologue and bene- factor, and Stalin a creature of excess. The Soviet archives, however, revealed a more vicious Lenin, one who demanded from the start of the Bolshevik regime the kind of brutality that Khrushchev had pinned on Stalin alone. Lenin and his contempo- raries started the reliance on wholesale massacre of the upper classes, peasants, dissenters, and even ordinary citizens. At the same time, the archives discredited the U.S. claim that the Soviet Union in the 1950s was out to conquer the world. In- stead, scholars found both Stalin and Khrushchev fearful of a U.S. nuclear at- tack and eager to come to terms.

Much official U.S. archival material still remains closed to scholars, but the Freedom of Information Act (1966, amended 1974) allows historians to press for access and at times to obtain it. Offi- cial U.S. documents have opened up de- bate about the dropping of the atomic bomb, with some scholars concluding

that it was not merely a mat- ter of ending the war with Japan in the most expedi- tious way. Instead, bran- dishing atomic weapons served the United States’s desire to scare the Soviets. Tapes released from John F. Kennedy’s administration have shown the president differing from his generals, most of whom wanted a nu- clear war during the Cuban missile crisis. Kennedy, far from being the consistent cold warrior he sought to portray, pulled back from the brink.

For all that new archival evidence can reveal, reliance on this material has many pitfalls. First, one train of thought leads to the mistaken belief that if an archive contains no written evidence of an event, the event is open to question. For in- stance, if there is no written order from Adolf Hitler to start the Holocaust, some have argued, it means that he did not know about the event or even that it did not occur. Second, archives are suscepti- ble to evidence tampering, including for- gery and document planting, as has happened with some Russian documents of the 1990s. Finally, excessive faith in archival documents, some critics say, skews history by suggesting that the most important kind of history comes from of- ficial government sources. Important his- torical evidence lies as well in sources ranging from newspapers, family account books, diaries, and personal letters to novels, paintings, and architecture, espe- cially when many kinds of sources are used to verify one another.

Questions to Consider 1. Are archives overseen by government

officials more or less likely to be biased than other sources? How can we know the extent to which archives contain the truth?

2. What are the most reliable sources for discovering historical truth? Make a list and provide reasons for your counting these sources as reliable.

Further Reading Andrew, Christopher, and Vasili Mitrokhin.

The Mitrokhin Archive: The KGB in Europe and the West. 1999.

Courtois, Stephane, et al. The Black Book of Communism: Crimes, Terror, Repres- sion, trans. Jonathan Murphy and Mark Kramer. 1999.

Zubok, Vladislav, and Constantine Ple- shakov. Inside the Kremlin’s Cold War: From Stalin to Khrushchev. 1996.

N E W S O U R C E S , N E W P E R S P E C T I V E S

Government Archives and the Truth about the Cold War

Russian Secret Archives The opening of archives across the former Soviet bloc had many conse- quences. In the former East Germany, for instance, names of secret police inform- ers were made public and many people had their reputations utterly tarnished. The opening of the archives also exposed the cases of those convicted with trumped-up evidence (some pic- tured here), most of them sent to camps and to their deaths long since. The prob- able existence of such secret archives around the world has made historians and the families of victims fight for ac- cess. Simultaneously, politicians in the democracies are struggling to keep their archives closed, especially to scholars trained to assess them. (Sovfoto / Eastfoto.)

aid for Greece and Turkey, where the Communists were also exerting pressure. Fearing that Americans would balk at backing Greece, the U.S. Congress said it would agree to the program only if, as one congressman put it, Truman would “scare the hell out of the country.” Truman thus publicized an ex- pensive aid program as a necessary first step to pre- vent Soviet conquest of the world. The show of American support made the Communists back off, and in 1949 the Greek rebels declared a cease-fire.

In 1947, the United States also devised the Marshall Plan — a program of massive economic aid to Europe — to relieve ordi- nary people of the hardships that were making communism attrac- tive. “The seeds of totalitarian regimes are nurtured by misery and want,” the president warned in the same speech that intro- duced the Truman Doctrine. Named after Secretary of State George C. Marshall, who pro- posed the plan, the program’s di- rect aid would immediately improve everyday life, while loans and financial credits would restart international trade. The government claimed that the Marshall Plan, also known as the European Recovery Program, was not directed “against any country or doctrine but against hunger, poverty, desperation, and chaos.” By the early 1950s, the United States had sent Europe more than $12 billion in food, equipment, and services, reducing communism’s appeal in the countries of western Europe that received the aid.

Stalin saw the Marshall Plan as a U.S. politi- cal ploy because the devastated USSR had little aid to offer client countries in eastern and central Eu- rope. He thus clamped down still harder on east- ern European governments, preventing them from responding to the U.S. offer of assistance and elim- inating the last remnants of democracy in Hungary and Poland. In the autumn of 1947, a purge of non-Communist officials began in Czechoslova- kia; by June 1948, Czechoslovakia’s socialist presi- dent, Edvard Benes , had resigned and been replaced by a Communist figurehead. The popu- lace accepted the change so passively that Com- munist leaders said the takeover was “like cutting butter with a knife.”

^

The only exception to the Soviet sweep in east- ern Europe came in Yugoslavia, under the Com- munist ruler known as Tito (Josip Broz, 1892–1980). During the war, Tito had led the pow- erful anti-Nazi Yugoslav “partisans.” After the war, he drew on support from Serbs, Croats, and Muslims to mount a Communist revolution. His revolution, however, was explicitly meant to avoid Soviet influence. Eager for Yugoslavia to develop industrially rather than simply serve Soviet needs, Tito remarked, “We study and take as an example the Soviet system, but we are developing socialism

in our country in somewhat dif- ferent forms.” Stalin was furious; in his eyes, commitment to com- munism meant obedience to him. Nonetheless, Yugoslavia emerged from its Communist revolution as a culturally diverse federation of six republics and two inde- pendent provinces within Serbia. Tito’s break with Stalin further fueled the purges in the USSR be- cause the Soviet government could point to Tito as a vivid ex- ample of the treachery suppos-

edly at work even in the heart of the Communist world. Holding diverse groups of southern Slavs together until his death in 1980, Tito used his forceful personality and strong organization to also hold the Soviets at bay.

The Division of Germany The superpower struggle for control of Germany took the cold war to a highly menacing level. The agreements reached at the February 1945 confer- ence at Yalta provided for Germany’s division into four zones, each of which was controlled by one of the four principal victors in World War II — the United States, the Soviet Union, Britain, and France — and occupied by troops from those na- tions. However, the superpowers disagreed on fundamental matters in German history. Many in the United States had come to believe that there was something inherently wrong with the charac- ter of Germans — a fatal, evil flaw responsible for two world wars and the Holocaust. After the war, the U.S. occupation forces undertook a repro- gramming of German cultural attitudes by con- trolling the press and censoring all media in the U.S. zone to ensure that they did not express fas- cist values. In contrast, Stalin believed that Nazism was merely an extreme form of capital- ism. His solution was to confiscate and redistrib-

8 8 6 C h a p t e r 2 7 ■ Th e C o l d W a r a n d t h e R e m a k i n g o f E u r o p e 1 9 4 5 – 1 9 6 0 s

Marshall Plan: A post–World War II program funded by the United States to get Europe back on its feet economically and thereby reduce the appeal of communism. It played an impor- tant role in the rebirth of European prosperity in the 1950s.

Yugoslavia

ROMANIA

HUNGARYAUSTRIA

ITALY

ALBANIA GREECE

BULG.

Slovenia

Croatia

Serbia

Macedonia

Montenegro Kosovo

Vojvodina

Bosnia and Herzegovina

Belgrade �

Yugoslavia after the Revolution

North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO): The security al- liance formed in 1949 to provide a unified military force for the United States, Canada, and their allies in western Europe and Scandinavia.

Warsaw Pact: A security alliance of the Soviet Union and its allies formed in 1955 when NATO admitted West Germany.

ute the estates of wealthy Germans to ordinary people and supporters.

A second disagreement, concerning eco- nomic potential, led to Germany’s partition. Ac- cording to the American plan for coordinating the various segments of the German economy, surplus crops from the Soviet-occupied areas would feed urban populations in the western zones; in turn, industrial goods would be sent to the USSR. The Soviets upset this plan. Following the Allied agreement that the USSR would receive reparations from German resources, the Soviets dismantled industries and seized German equip- ment, shipping it all to the Soviet Union. They transported skilled workers, engineers, and scien- tists to the USSR to work virtually as slave labor- ers. The Soviets also manipulated the currency in their zone, enabling the USSR to buy German goods at low prices.

The struggle between the superpowers esca- lated when the western Allies agreed to merge their zones into a West German state. Instead of limiting German power, as wartime agreements called for, the United States began an economic buildup under the Marshall Plan to make the western zone of Germany a strong buffer against the Soviets. By 1948, notions of a permanently weakened Germany had ended, and the United States enlisted many former Nazi officials as spies and bureaucrats to jump-start the economy and pursue the cold war. On July 24, 1948, Stalin re- taliated by using Soviet troops to blockade Germany’s capital, Berlin. Like Germany as a whole, the city had been divided into four occu- pation zones, even though it was located more than one hundred miles deep into the Soviet zone and was thus cut off from western territory. Ex- pecting the United States and its allies to capitu- late, the Soviets declared that Berlin was now part of their zone of occupation and refused to allow western vehicles to travel through the Soviet zone to reach the city. The United States responded decisively, flying in millions of tons of provisions. During the winter of 1948–1949, the Berlin airlift — Operation Vittles, as U.S. pilots called it — even funneled in coal to warm some two mil- lion isolated Berliners (Map 27.2). Given the im- mense quantities of fuel and food needed and the limited number of transport planes, pilots kept the plane engines on to achieve a rapid turnaround that would ensure the necessary number of flights each day. The Soviets ended their blockade in May 1949, but cold war rhetoric made the divided city of Berlin an enduring symbol of the capitalist- communist divide — of good versus evil.

The formation of competing institutions, mil- itary alliances, and entirely new countries added to cold war tensions (Map 27.3). In response to the creation of a West German state by the Western al- lies in 1948, the USSR established an East German state a few months later. In 1949, the United States, Canada, and their allies in western Europe and Scandinavia formed the North Atlantic Treaty Or- ganization (NATO). NATO provided a unified military force for its member countries. In 1955, after the United States forced France and Britain to invite West Germany to join NATO, the Soviet Union retaliated by establishing with its satellite countries the military organization commonly called the Warsaw Pact. By that time, both the United States and the USSR had accelerated their arms buildups: the Soviets had exploded their own

W o r l d P o l i t i c s Tr a n s f o r m e d 8 8 71 9 4 5 – 1 9 6 0 s

M A P 2 7 . 2 Divided Germany and the Berlin Airlift, 1946–1949

Berlin—controlled by the United States, Great Britain, France, and the Soviet Union—was deep in the Soviet zone of occupation and became a major point of contention among the former allies. When the USSR blockaded the western half of the city, the United States responded with a massive airlift. To stop movement between the two zones, the USSR built a wall in 1961 and used troops to patrol it.

West Germany

East Germany

Air corridor

N

S

E W

0 50 100 kilometers

0 50 100 miles

SWITZERLAND

POLAND

CZECHOSLOVAKIA

AUSTRIA

FRANCE

NETH.

BELG.

LUX.

British zone

American zone

French zone

Soviet zone

Berlin

Frankfurt

Hanover

Hamburg

�

�

�

�

French

British

American

Soviet B E R L I N

atomic bomb in 1949, and each nation had tested highly destructive hydrogen bombs and then in- creasingly powerful nuclear weapons. These two massive regional alliances, armed to the teeth, backed cold war politics with military muscle, definitively outstripping the individual might of other European powers.

Review: What were the major events in the develop- ment of the cold war?

Political and Economic Recovery in Europe The clash between the United States and the Soviet Union served as a background to the remarkable recovery that took place in Europe. The first two items on the political agenda were the eradication of the Nazi past and the inauguration of peacetime governments. While western Europe revived its democratic political structures, its individualistic culture, and its productive capabilities, eastern Europe was far less prosperous and far more repressive under the Stalinism of the immediate postwar period. Even to the east, however, the con- ditions of everyday life improved as peasant soci- eties were forced to modernize and some consumer goods industries and basic health ser- vices were restored. By 1960, people across the con- tinent were enjoying a higher standard of living than ever before in their history. Governments

took increasing responsibility for the health and well-being of citizens, making the cold war era also the age of the welfare state.

Dealing with Nazism In May 1945, Europeans lived under a confusing system in which local resist- ance leaders, Allied armies of occupa- tion, international relief workers, and the remnants of bureaucracies — among them Nazi sympathizers — vied for authority. The goals of feeding civilians, dealing with millions of refugees, purging Nazis, and setting up new governments all needed atten- tion. Governments-in-exile returned to reclaim power, but they often ran up against occupying armies that were a law unto themselves. The Soviets

were especially feared for inflicting rape and rob- bery on Germans — abuses they justified by point- ing to the tens of millions of worse atrocities committed by the Nazis. Adding to the sense of disorder was the lively trade in food for sex among well-supplied soldiers in all armies and starving civilians. The desire for revenge against Nazis hardened with the discovery of the death camps’ skeletal survivors and the remains of the millions murdered there. Employing swift vigilante justice, civilians released pent-up rage and punished col- laborators for their complicity in genocide and oc- cupation crimes. In France, villagers often shaved the heads of women suspected of associating with Germans and made some of them parade naked through the local streets. Members of the resist- ance executed tens of thousands of Nazi officers and collaborators on the spot and without trial.

Allied representatives undertook what they claimed to be a more systematic “denazification” that ranged from forcing German civilians to view the death camps to investigating and bringing to trial suspected local collaborators. The trials con- ducted at Nuremberg, Germany, by the victorious Allies in the fall of 1945 used the Nazis’ own doc- uments to reveal a horrifying panorama of crimes by Nazi leaders. Although international law lacked a precedent for defining genocide as a crime, the judges at Nuremberg found sufficient cause to im- pose death sentences on half of the twenty-four defendants, among them Hitler’s closest associates, and to give prison terms to the remainder. The Nuremberg trials introduced today’s notion of prosecution for crimes against humanity.

8 8 8 C h a p t e r 2 7 ■ Th e C o l d W a r a n d t h e R e m a k i n g o f E u r o p e 1 9 4 5 – 1 9 6 0 s

0 500 kilometers250

0 250 500 miles

NATO

Warsaw Pact

N

S

E

W

ATLANTIC OCEAN

North Sea

Black Sea

Ba lti

c Se

a

M e d i t e r r a n e a n S e a

SPAIN (joined NATO 1975)

FRANCE

ITALY

LUX.

BELG.

NETH.

DENMARK

SWITZ.

EAST GERMANY

WEST GERMANY

POLAND

AUSTRIA HUNGARY

CZECHOSLOVAKIA

UNITED KINGDOM

IRELAND

NORWAY

FINLAND

SWEDEN

U S S R

ROMANIA

BULGARIA YUGOSLAVIA

ALBANIA (until 1961)

GREECE TURKEY

P O

R T

U G

A L

M A P 2 7 . 3 European NATO Members and the Warsaw Pact in the 1950s The two superpowers intensified their rivalry by creating large military alliances: NATO, formed in 1949, and the Warsaw Pact, formed in 1955 after NATO invited West German membership. International politics revolved around these two alliances, which faced off in the heart of Europe. War games for the two sides often assumed a massive war concentrated in central Europe over control of Germany.

Allied prosecution of the Axis leadership was hardly thorough, however; some of those most re- sponsible for war crimes disappeared and were not pursued, leaving many Germans skeptical about Allied intentions. As women in Germany faced vi- olence at the hands of occupying troops, endured starvation, and were forced to do the rough man- ual labor of clearing rubble, Germans came to be- lieve that they themselves were the main victims of the war. German civilians also interpreted the trials of Nazis as simple payback by victors rather than a just punishment of the guilty. Distrust mounted when Allied officials, eager to restore government services and make western Europe more efficient than Soviet-controlled eastern Europe, began to hire former high-ranking Fascists and Nazis. Soon the new West German government proclaimed that the war’s real casualties were the German prisoners of war held in Soviet camps.

Rebirth of the West Following the immediate postwar chaos, Europe’s revival accelerated in the 1950s. In western Europe, reform-minded civilian governments reflected the broad coalitions of the resistance movements and other opposition to the Axis. They conspicuously emphasized democratic values to show their rejec- tion of the totalitarian regimes that had earlier at- tracted so many Europeans. Rebuilding devastated towns and cities spurred industrial recovery, while

bold projects for economic cooperation — like the European Common Market and the conversion of wartime technology to peacetime use — produced a brisk trade in consumer goods and services in western Europe by the late 1950s. Memories of the war remained vivid, but prosperity restored con- fidence and hope for a better future.

Democratic Politics Restored. Resistance leaders made the first claims on political office in postwar western Europe. In France, the leader of the Free French, General Charles de Gaulle, governed briefly as chief of state, and the French approved a consti- tution in 1946 that established the Fourth Repub- lic and finally granted the vote to French women. De Gaulle wanted a more conservative political sys- tem with a strong executive and, failing to get that, soon resigned in favor of centrist and left-wing parties. Meanwhile, Italy replaced its constitutional monarchy with a republic that also allowed women the vote for the first time. As in France, a resistance-based government initially took control. Then, late in 1945, the socialist and labor politi- cians were replaced by a coalition headed by the conservative Christian Democrats, descended from the traditional Catholic centrist parties of the prewar period. Other countries likewise saw the

P o l i t i c a l a n d E c o n o m i c R e c o v e r y i n E u r o p e 8 8 91 9 4 5 – 1 9 6 0 s

Christian Democrats: Powerful center to center-right political parties that evolved in the late 1940s from former Catholic par- ties of the pre–World War II period.

Polish Refugees These refugees, a handful among millions, are waiting for a train that might carry them to a safer destination. The refugee situation was appalling, as ethnic Poles, Germans, Hungarians, Croats, Czechs, and others were driven from areas where in some cases their families had lived for centuries. The goal of many postwar governments was to “ethnically cleanse” regions along the line of thought that grew up with Wilson’s Fourteen Points: that national ethnicities should determine the kind of society and government they would have. (Getty Images.)

growing influence of Christian politicians because of their participation in the resistance.

Many voters in western Europe also favored the Communist Party. Symbol of the common cit- izen, the Soviet soldier was a hero to many west- ern Europeans outside occupied Germany. So were the resistance leaders, who were themselves often Communist until more establishment politicians decided late in the war to join what looked to be a certain resistance victory. People still remem- bered the hardships of the depression of the 1930s. Thus, in Britain, despite the wartime successes of Winston Churchill’s Conservative Party leader- ship, the Labour government of Clement Attlee — though not Communist — appeared more likely to fulfill promises to share prosperity equitably among the classes through expanded social welfare programs. The extreme difficulties of the immedi- ate postwar years provided further support for governments that would represent the millions of ordinary citizens who had suffered, fought, and worked incredibly hard during the war.

In West Germany, however, with the Commu- nist takeovers going on directly to the east, com- munism and the left in general had little appeal. In 1949, centrist politicians helped create a new state, the German Federal Republic, whose constitution aimed to prevent the emergence of a dictator and to guarantee individual rights. West Germany’s first chancellor was the seventy-three-year-old Catholic anti-Communist Konrad Adenauer, who allied himself with the economist Ludwig Erhard. Erhard stabilized the postwar German currency so that

people would have enough confidence in its sound- ness to resume normal trade, manufacturing, and other economic activity crucial to society’s revival. Successfully guiding Germany away from both fas- cism and communism, the economist and the politician restored the representative government that Hitler had overthrown.

Paradoxically, given its leadership in the fight against fascism, the United States was a country in which individual freedom and democracy were imperiled after the war. Two events in 1949 — the Soviet Union’s successful test of an atomic bomb and the Communist revolution in China — brought to the fore Joseph McCarthy, a U.S. sena- tor foreseeing a reelection struggle. To strengthen his following and win the election, McCarthy warned of a great conspiracy to overthrow the United States. As during the Soviet purges, people of all occupations, including government workers, film stars, and union leaders, were called before congressional panels to confess, testify against friends, and to admit whether they had ever had Communist sympathies. The atmosphere was elec- tric with confusion, for only five years before the mass media had run glowing stories about Stalin and the Soviet system. During the war, the American public was told to think of Stalin as a friendly “Uncle Joe.” By 1952, however, more than six mil- lion Americans had been investigated, imprisoned, or fired from their jobs. McCarthy had books like Thomas Paine’s Common Sense, written in the eighteenth century to support the American Rev- olution, removed from U.S. agency shelves at home

8 9 0 C h a p t e r 2 7 ■ Th e C o l d W a r a n d t h e R e m a k i n g o f E u r o p e 1 9 4 5 – 1 9 6 0 s

Women Clearing Berlin The amount of destruction caused by World War II was staggering, requiring the mobilization of the civilian population in Berlin, where women were conscripted to sort the rubble and clear it away. Scenes like this were ultimately used as propaganda in the cold war to make it seem as if the Germans were the victims rather than the perpetrators of the war. That German soldiers held in Soviet camps were only slowly repatriated added to the image of Soviet rather than German aggression in World War II. (akg-images.)

■ For more help analyzing this image, see the visual activity for this chapter in the Online Study Guide at bedfordstmartins.com/hunt.

and abroad, and he personally oversaw book burn- ings. Although the Senate finally voted to censure McCarthy in the winter of 1954, the assault on freedom had been devastating and anticommu- nism had come to dominate political life.

An Economic Surge. Given the wartime destruc- tion, the economic rebirth of western Europe was even more surprising than the revival of democ- racy. In the first weeks and months after the war, the job of rebuilding often involved menial phys- ical labor that mobilized entire populations for such jobs as clearing massive urban rubble by hand. Initially, governments diverted labor and capital into rebuilding infrastructure — trans- portation, communications, industrial capacity — and away from producing consumer goods. However, the scarcity of household goods sparked unrest; communism held some attraction because it seemed less interested in the revival of big business and more concerned with ensuring ordi- nary people a decent standard of living. In the midst of this growing discontent, the Marshall Plan suddenly boosted recovery with American dollars; food and consumer goods became more plentiful; and demand for automobiles, washing machines, and vacuum cleaners accelerated eco- nomic growth. Increased productivity wiped out most unemployment.

The postwar recovery also featured the adap- tation of wartime technology to consumer indus- try and the continuation of military spending. Civilian travel expanded as nations organized their own airline industries based on improved airplane technology. Developed to relieve wartime short- ages, synthetic goods such as nylon now became part of peacetime civilian life. Factories churned out a vast assortment of plastic products, ranging from pipes to household goods to rainwear. In the climate of cold war, however, military needs re- mained high: governments ordered bombs, fighter planes, tanks, and missiles (Figure 27.1) and spon- sored military research. The outbreak of the Korean War in 1950 increased U.S. orders for manufac- tured goods to wage that war, further sustaining economic growth in Europe. Ultimately, the cold war prevented a repeat of the 1920s, when reduced military spending threw people out of jobs and fed the growth of fascism.

Large and small states alike developed mod- ern economies in short order. In the twelve prin- cipal countries of western Europe, the annual rate of economic growth had been 1.3 percent per in- habitant between 1870 and 1913. Those countries almost tripled that rate between 1950 and 1973,

attaining an annual rate of growth per capita of 3.8 percent. Among the larger powers, West Germany surprisingly became the economic leader, achieving by the 1960s a stunning revival called the “economic miracle.” The smaller Scan- dinavian countries also achieved a notable recov- ery: Sweden succeeded in the development of automobile, truck, and shipbuilding industries. Finland modernized its industry in order to pay the reparations demanded by the Soviet Union for resisting its invasion; it also modernized its agri- culture, which in turn forced the surplus farm population to seek factory work. Scandinavian women joined the workforce in record numbers, which also boosted economic growth and ex- panded prosperity. The thirty years after World War II were a golden age of European economic growth. (See “Taking Measure,” page 892.)

P o l i t i c a l a n d E c o n o m i c R e c o v e r y i n E u r o p e 8 9 11 9 4 5 – 1 9 6 0 s

United Kingdom

France

West Germany

Italy

Japan

1950 ’52 ’54 ’56 ’58 ’60 ’62 ’64 ’66 ’68 ’70 0

10

20

30

40

50

B il

li o

n s

(U .S

. d o

ll ar

s)

60

United States

USSR

China

70

80

F I G U R E 2 7 . 1 Military Spending and the Cold War Arms Race, 1950–1970 As soon as the war ended, the United States and the Soviet Union started a massive arms buildup that would continue into the 1980s. Because it had not suffered destruction during the war, the United States could afford to spend hundreds of billions of dollars on weapons. The Soviet Union could not, so its military expenditures deprived Soviet citizens of consumer goods. By the end of the twentieth century, the United States and Russia held vast arsenals of nuclear and other weapons and, along with France, led the way in selling arms that fueled war and genocide around the world.

Birth of the Common Market. The creation of the Common Market, which evolved over time to be- come the European Union, was a final ingredient in the postwar recovery. The Marshall Plan demanded as a condition for assistance that recipient nations undertake far-reaching economic cooperation. In 1951, Italy, France, West Germany, Belgium, Lux- embourg, and the Netherlands took a major step toward cooperation when they formed the European Coal and Steel Community (ECSC) — an organiza- tion to manage the joint production of basic re- sources. Importantly, it arranged for West Germany’s abundant output of coal and steel to benefit all of western Europe. According to the ECSC’s principal architect, Robert Schuman, the co- operation created by the organization would make another war “materially impossible.” Simply put, the bonds of common productivity and trade would keep France and Germany from another cata- clysmic war. (See Document, “The Schuman Plan on European Unity, 1950,” page 893.)

The success of the ECSC led to the next momentous step: In 1957, the six ECSC members signed the Treaty of Rome, which provided for a more general trading partner- ship called the European Economic Community (EEC), known popu- larly as the Common Market. The EEC reduced tariffs among the six partners and developed common trade policies. It brought under one cooperative economic umbrella more than two hundred million consumers and would eventually add several hundred million more. According to one of its founders, the EEC aimed to “prevent the race of nationalism, which is the true curse of the modern world.” Increased co- operation produced great economic rewards for the six members, whose rates of economic growth soared. Britain pointedly refused to join the partnership at first, since member- ship would have required surrender- ing certain imperial trading rights among its Commonwealth partners such as Australia, New Zealand, and Canada. Since 1945, British politi- cians had shunned the developing continental trading bloc because, as one of them put it, participation would make Britain “just another European country.” Even without

Britain, the rising prosperity of a new western Eu- rope joined in the Common Market was striking.

Economic planning and coordination by spe- cialists (as developed during wartime) shaped the Common Market. Called technocrats, specialists working for the Common Market were to base de- cisions on expertise rather than on personal inter- est and on the goals of the Common Market as a whole rather than on the demands of any one na- tion. The aim was to reduce the potential for irra- tionality and violence in politics, both domestic and international. Administered by a commission of technocrats in Brussels, Belgium, the Common Market transcended the borders of the nation- state and thus exceeded the power of elected politi- cians. Some critics insisted (and some still insist

8 9 2 C h a p t e r 2 7 ■ Th e C o l d W a r a n d t h e R e m a k i n g o f E u r o p e 1 9 4 5 – 1 9 6 0 s

European Economic Community (EEC or Common Market): A consortium of six European countries established to promote free trade and economic cooperation among its members. Since its founding in 1957, its membership and activities have ex- panded.

T A K I N G M E A S U R E

World Manufacturing Output, 1950–1970 During the long boom from the 1950s to the early 1970s, the world experi- enced increased industrial output, better agricultural production, and rising consumer spending. This era of prosperity resulted not only from the de- mand generated by the need to rebuild Europe and other areas affected by the war but also from the adaptation of war technology to peacetime uses. A General Agreement on Trade and Tariffs (GATT) was also implemented af- ter the war, lowering tariffs and thus advancing trade. (From Hammond Atlas of the Twentieth Century (London: Times Books, 1987 ), 127.)

1950 ’51 ’52 ’53 ’54 ’55 ’56 ’57 ’58 ’59 ’60 ’61 ’62 ’63 ’64 ’65 ’66 ’67 ’68 ’69 ’70 1963=100

0

50

100

150

200

today) that expert planning would diminish democracy by putting massive control in the hands of a bureaucracy instead of legislatures. Defenders were just as insistent that planning and coopera- tion would be the surest tools of prosperity and lasting peace.

The Welfare State: Common Ground East and West On both sides of the cold war divide, governments channeled new resources into state-financed pro- grams such as pensions, disability insurance, and national health care. These social programs taken as a whole became known as the welfare state, in- dicating that states were no longer interested solely in maintaining order and augmenting their power. Veterans’ pensions and programs were primary, but the welfare state extended beyond those who

had sacrificed in wartime. Because the European population had declined during the war, almost all countries now desperately wanted to boost the birthrate and thus gave couples direct financial aid for having children. Imitating the social security programs initiated under Bismarck and the more sweeping Swedish programs of the 1930s, nations expanded or created family allowances, health care and medical benefits, and programs for pregnant women and new mothers. The French gave larger family allowances for each birth after the first; for many French families, this allowance provided as much as a third of the household income.

Some welfare-state policies had a strong gen- der bias against women. Britain’s maternity bene- fits and child allowances favored women who did not work outside the home by providing little cov- erage for workingwomen. The West German gov- ernment passed strict legislation that forced employers to give women maternity leave, thus discouraging them from hiring women. It also cut back or eliminated pensions and benefits to mar- ried women. In fact, West Germans bragged about

P o l i t i c a l a n d E c o n o m i c R e c o v e r y i n E u r o p e 8 9 31 9 4 5 – 1 9 6 0 s

The Schuman Plan on European Unity (1950)

D O C U M E N T

One method of reviving European produc- tivity and well-being after the devastation of World War II was for countries to pool natural resources such as coal and steel. Robert Schuman, French foreign minister from 1948 to 1953, was an architect of the European Coal and Steel Community, in- stituted after the war to share resources among France, West Germany, and other nations. Schuman, however, foresaw more long-term benefits, including lasting peace and the unification of all of Europe. The Schuman Plan, excerpted here, is widely viewed as a blueprint for today’s European Union.

World peace can only be safeguarded if constructive efforts are made proportionate to the dangers which threaten it. . . . Eu- rope will not be made all at once, nor ac- cording to a single, general plan. It will be formed by taking measures which work primarily to bring about real solidarity.

The gathering of the European nations re- quires the elimination of the age-old oppo- sition of France and Germany. The action to be taken must first of all concern these two countries.

With this aim in view, the French Government proposes to take immediate action on one limited but decisive point. The French Government proposes that Franco-German production of coal and steel be placed under a common high au- thority within an organisation open to the participation of the other European nations.

The pooling of coal and steel produc- tion will immediately ensure the establish- ment of common bases for economic development as a first step in the federa- tion of Europe, and will change the des- tinies of those regions which have long been devoted to the manufacture of arms, to which they themselves were the con- stant victims.

The common production thus estab- lished will make it plain that any war be- tween France and Germany becomes not only unthinkable, but materially impos- sible. The establishment of this powerful entity, open to all countries willing to take part, and eventually capable of making available on equal terms the fundamental elements of industrial production, will give a real foundation to their economic unification. . . .

By pooling basic production and by creating a new high authority whose deci- sions will be binding on France, Germany and the other countries that may subse- quently join, these proposals will lay the first concrete foundation for a European Federation which is so indispensable to the preservation of peace.

Source: U.S. Department of State Bulletin, June 12, 1959, 936–37. Reprinted in Documents on European Union, eds., A. G. Harryvan and J. van der Harst (New York: St. Martin’s, 1997), 61–62.

welfare state: A system comprising government-sponsored programs aimed to bring economic democracy by providing health care, family allowances, and pensions for veterans and retired workers.

removing women from the workforce, claiming that doing so distinguished democratic practices from Communist ones. The refusal to build day- care centers or to allow stores to remain open in the evening so that workingwomen could buy food for their families led West Germany to have among the lowest rate of female employment of any in- dustrial country. Another result of West Germany’s discriminatory policies was a high rate of female poverty in old age.

By contrast, in eastern Europe and the Soviet Union, where wartime loss of life had been enor- mous, women worked nearly full-time and usually outnumbered men in the workforce. As in many western European countries, however, child-care

programs, family allowances, and maternity ben- efits were designed to encourage pregnancies by workingwomen. A national health program pro- vided medical services, as in most countries to the west, but the hardships of everyday life under- mined the drive to increase population. The scarcity of consumer goods, the housing shortages, and the lack of household conveniences discour- aged workingwomen in Communist countries from having large families no matter what the gov- ernment wanted. Because women bore the sole burden of domestic duties under such conditions on top of their paying jobs, they hardly welcomed additional children. As a result, birthrates in the eastern bloc stagnated.

Across Europe, welfare-state programs aimed to improve people’s health. State-funded health care systems covered medical needs in most industrial nations except the United States. The combination of better material conditions and state provision of health care dramatically extended life expectancy and lowered rates of infant mortality. Contributing to the overall progress, the number of doctors and dentists more than doubled between the end of World War I and 1950, and vaccines greatly reduced the death toll from such diseases as tuberculosis, diphtheria, measles, and polio. In England, school- children stood an inch taller, on average, than chil- dren the same age had a decade earlier.

State initiatives in other areas played a role in raising the standard of living. A growing network of government-built atomic power plants brought more thorough electrification of eastern Europe and the Soviet Union. Governments legislated more leisure time for workers. Beginning in 1955, Italian workers received twenty-eight paid holidays annually; in Sweden, workers received twenty-nine vacation days, a number that grew in the 1960s. Housing shortages brought on by three decades of economic depression and destructive war meant that postwar Europeans often lived with three gen- erations sharing one or two rooms. To rebuild, governments sponsored a postwar housing boom. New suburbs and even entire cities formed around the edges of major urban areas in both East and West. Many buildings went up slapdash, and al- though some suburbs ultimately were seen as a blight on the environment, they dramatically im- proved living conditions for postwar refugees, workers, and immigrants.

Recovery in the East To create a Soviet bloc according to Stalin’s prewar vision of industrialization, Communists revived the crushing methods that had served before to

8 9 4 C h a p t e r 2 7 ■ Th e C o l d W a r a n d t h e R e m a k i n g o f E u r o p e 1 9 4 5 – 1 9 6 0 s

The Welfare State in Action, 1947 The Danish creche or daycare center here shows the welfare state in action. Government programs to maintain the well-being of citizens became almost universally available in Europe, Canada, and (to a lesser extent) the United States. Children were seen as particularly important given the loss of the life in the war. So governments encouraged couples to reproduce through up-to-date health care systems, day-care centers, and generous family allowances to support family growth. (Getty Images.)

transform peasant economies. In eastern Europe, Stalin enforced collectivized agriculture and badly needed industrialization through the nationaliza- tion of private property. In Hungary, for example, Communists seized and reapportioned all estates over twelve hundred acres. Having gained support of the poorer peasants through this redistribution, Communists later dispossessed many of their prized lands and pushed them into cooperative farming, though less thoroughly than in the USSR. In Poland, a substantial number of private farms remained. The process of collectivization was bru- tal, and rural people looked back on the 1950s as dreadful. But some among those in the country- side felt that ultimately their lives and their chil- dren’s lives had improved. “Before we peasants were dirty and poor, we worked like dogs. . . . Was that a good life? No sir, it wasn’t. . . . I was a mis- erable sharecropper and my son is an engineer,” said one Romanian peasant. Despite moderniza- tion, government investment in agriculture was never high enough to produce the bumper crops of western Europe, and even the USSR depended on produce from the small plots that enterprising farmers cultivated on the side.

Constructing the Soviet Bloc. Stalin admired American industrial know-how and prodded the Communist economies to match U.S. productiv- ity. The Soviet Union formed regional organiza- tions like those in the West, instituting the Council for Mutual Economic Assistance (COMECON) in 1949 to coordinate economic relations among the satellite countries and Moscow. The terms of the COMECON relationship worked against the satel- lite states, for the USSR was allowed to buy goods from its clients at bargain prices and sell goods to them at exorbitant ones. Nonetheless, these for- merly peasant states became oriented toward tech- nology and bureaucratically directed industrial economies. Modernization of production created new technical and bureaucratic careers, and mod- ernizers in the satellite states touted the virtues of steel plants and modern transport. Tired of the struggles on the land, rural people moved to cities, where they received better education, health care, and ultimately jobs, albeit at the price of repres- sion. The Roman Catholic church, which often protested the imposition of communism, was crushed as much as possible or infiltrated by gov- ernment agents. Elites, including professionals, were discriminated against or imprisoned, some- times forced into hard labor in uranium and other dangerous mines. This policy cleared away oppo- sition — real and imagined — to the Communist takeover of eastern Europe.

Science and culture were the building blocks of Stalinism in the satellite countries as well as in the USSR. State-instituted programs aimed to build loyalty to the modernizing regime; thus, cit- izens were obliged to attend adult education classes, women’s groups, and public ceremonies. An intense program of Russification and de- Christianization forced students in eastern Europe to read histories of the war that ignored their own country’s resistance and gave the Red Army sole credit for fighting the Nazis. Rigid censorship re- sulted in what even one Communist writer in the USSR characterized as “a dreary torrent of color- less, mediocre literature.” Stalin also purged

P o l i t i c a l a n d E c o n o m i c R e c o v e r y i n E u r o p e 8 9 51 9 4 5 – 1 9 6 0 s

Re-creating Hungarian Youth People across Europe focused on the well-being of young people after World War II, and in the Soviet sphere this took the form of education in Communist ways. Youth groups, such as those in the early Stalinist USSR, served this end, and vivid posters in the Soviet realist style carried inspirational messages: “Forward for the Congress of the Young Fighters of Peace and Socialism,” reads this typical message to Hungarian youth in 1950. Why was the condition of youth so important a concern after World War II? Why was youth so prominent in popular culture during this period? (Magyar Nemzeti Múzeum, Budapest [Hungarian National Museum].)

prominent wartime leaders to ensure obedience and conformity. Marshal Zhukov, a popular archi- tect of the Soviet wartime victory, was shipped to a distant command, while Anna Akhmatova, the widely admired poet who championed wartime re- sistance to the Nazis, was confined to a crowded hospital room because she refused to glorify Stalin in her postwar poetry.

The Death of Stalin. In March 1953, amid loom- ing troubles, Stalin died, and it soon became clear that the old ways would not hold. Political prison- ers in the labor camps rebelled, leading to the re- lease of more than a million people from the Gulag. At the other end of the social order, Soviet officials, despite enjoying luxury goods and plen- tiful food, had come to distrust Stalinism and now favored change. As protests took place across the Soviet bloc, governments stepped up the produc- tion of consumer goods — a policy called goulash communism (after the Hungarian stew) because it resulted in more food for ordinary people. The fu- ture after Stalin remained uncertain, however.

In 1955, Nikita Khrushchev (1894–1971), an illiterate coal miner before the Bolshevik Revolu- tion, outmaneuvered other rivals to emerge the undisputed leader of the Soviet Union — but he did so without resorting to the Stalinist practice of ex- ecuting his opponents. Khrushchev listened to popular complaints in both city and countryside about conditions and then made the surprising move of attacking Stalin. At a party congress in 1956, Khrushchev denounced the “cult of person- ality” Stalin had built about himself and an- nounced that Stalinism did not equal communism. Khrushchev thus cagily attributed problems with communism to a single individual. The “secret speech” — it was not published in the USSR but be- came known fairly quickly — was a bombshell. People experienced, in the words of one writer, “a holiday of the soul.” Debates broke out in public, and books appeared championing the ordinary worker against the party bureaucracy. The climate of relative tolerance for free expression after Stalin’s death was called the thaw.

Protest erupted once more in early summer 1956, when discontented Polish railroad workers struck for better wages. Popular support for their cause ushered in policies providing more resources for ordinary people’s needs. Inspired by the Polish

example and angry at living under communism, Hungarians rebelled against forced collectivization in October 1956 — “the golden October,” they would call their uprising. As in Poland, economic issues, especially announcements of reduced wages, contributed to the outbreak of violence, but the protest soon targeted the entire Communist system. Tens of thousands of protesters filled the streets of Budapest and succeeded in returning a popular hero, Imre Nagy, to power. When Nagy announced that Hungary might leave the Warsaw Pact, how- ever, Soviet troops moved in, killing tens of thou- sands and causing hundreds of thousands more to flee to the West. Nagy was hanged. The crushing of the Hungarian Revolution thus vividly displayed the limits to the thaw. Despite a rhetoric of democracy, the United States refused to intervene in Hungary, choosing not to risk another world war by challeng- ing the Soviet sphere of influence.

The failure of eastern European uprisings overshadowed significant changes since Stalin’s death. While defeating his rivals, Khrushchev ended the Stalinist purges and reformed the courts, which came to function according to pro- cedures instead of staging the show trials of the past. The gates of the Gulag opened further, and the secret police lost many of its arbitrary powers. “It has become more interesting to visit and see people,” Boris Pasternak said of the changes. “It has become easier to work.” In 1957, the Soviets suc- cessfully launched the first artificial earth satellite, Sputnik, and in 1961 they put the first cosmonaut, Yuri Gagarin, in orbit around the earth. The Soviets’ edge in space technology shocked the West- ern bloc and motivated the creation of the U.S. National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA). For Soviets, such successes indicated that the USSR had achieved Stalin’s goal of moderniza- tion and might inch further toward freedom.

Khrushchev, however, was erratic and crude, showing himself open to changes in Soviet culture at one moment and then bullying honest writers at another. After assaulting Pasternak because his novel Doctor Zhivago cast doubt on the glory of the Communist revolution and affirmed the value of the individual, in 1961 he allowed the publica- tion of Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn’s One Day in the Life of Ivan Denisovitch. This chilling account of life in the Gulag was useful, however, in confirm- ing Khrushchev’s denunciation of Stalin’s crimes and excesses. Under the thaw, Khrushchev himself made several trips to the West and was more widely seen by the public than Stalin. More confident and more affluent, the Soviets took steps to reduce their diplomacy’s paranoid style and to expand

8 9 6 C h a p t e r 2 7 ■ Th e C o l d W a r a n d t h e R e m a k i n g o f E u r o p e 1 9 4 5 – 1 9 6 0 s

Nikita Khrushchev (nyih KEE tuh kroosh CHAWF): Leader of the USSR from c. 1955 until his dismissal in 1964; known for his speech denouncing Stalin, creation of the “thaw,” and par- ticipation in the Cuban missile crisis.

communism’s appeal in the emerging nations of Asia, Africa, and Latin America. Despite the USSR’s more relaxed posture, however, the cold war ad- vanced and the superpowers moved the world to the nuclear brink.

Review: What factors drove recovery in western Europe? In eastern Europe?

Decolonization in a Cold War Climate After World War II, activists in colonized regions used the postwar chaos in Europe and the uncer- tainties of the cold war to achieve their long-held goal of liberation. At war’s end, Britain, France, the Netherlands, and other colonial powers repressed nationalist groups and futilely attempted to reim- pose their control. As in World War I, colonized peoples had been on the front lines defending the West; and as before, they had witnessed the full barbarism of Western warfare. Like African American soldiers in the U.S. army, they experi- enced discrimination even while saving the West. Excluded from victory parades so that the great powers could maintain the illusion of white and Western supremacy, colonial veterans returning home still did not receive the rights of citizenship promised them. Moreover, successive wars had al- lowed local industries in the colonies to develop, while industry in the imperial homelands fell into decline. As a result of the war, people in Asia, Africa, and the Middle East, often led by individ- uals steeped in Western values and experienced in war and business, sped toward independence.

The path to independence — a process called decolonization — was paved with difficulties. In Africa, a continent whose peoples spoke more than five thousand languages and dialects, the European creation of convenient administrative units such as Nigeria and Rhodesia had cut across ethnic lines and undermined local cultures. Religion played a divisive role in independence movements. In India, Hindus and Muslims battled one another even though they shared the goal of eliminating the British. In the Middle East and North Africa, pan-Arab and pan-Islamic movements — that is, those wanting to bring together all Arabs or all

Muslims as the basis for decolonization — might seem to have been unifying forces. Yet many Muslims were not Arab, not all Arabs were Muslim, and Islam itself encompassed many competing be- liefs and sects. Differences among religious beliefs, ethnic groups, and cultural practices — many of them invented or promoted by the colonizers to divide and rule — worked against political unity. Despite these complications, various peoples in what was coming to be called the third world suc- ceeded in overthrowing imperialism, while the United States and the Soviet Union rushed in to co-opt them for the cold war.

The End of Empire in Asia At the end of World War II, leaders in Asia suc- ceeded in mobilizing mass discontent to drive out foreign rulers. Declining from an imperial power to a small island nation, Britain was the biggest

D e c o lo n i z a t i o n i n a C o l d W a r C l i m a t e 8 9 71 9 4 5 – 1 9 6 0 s

decolonization: The process—both violent and peaceful—by which colonies gained their independence from the imperial powers after World War II.

Jawaharlal Nehru, Prime Minister of India (1952) Jawaharlal Nehru (1889–1964) led his newly independent country of India from 1947 to 1964, during its first years of freedom from British rule. Both sides in the cold war rivalry competed to make India an ally, but U.S. presidents and diplomats hesitated to woo this crucial leader in part because of their suspicions about the toughness of a man who wore what appeared to them a dress along with a rose pinned to it. Nehru and his compatriots were thought to be too “feminine” to be reliable in an age of robust cold war heroes like the fictional James Bond. Nehru chose to maintain India, though a populous Asian democracy, as a neutral country. (© Bettmann / Corbis.)

loser. In 1947, it parted with In- dia, whose independence it had promised in the 1930s. While some two million Indian men were mobilized to fight in the Middle East and Asia, local Indian industry became an important supplier of war goods, and Indian business leaders bought out British entrepreneurs short of cash. Now, armed with economic might and an effective military, Indians began to face off with the British in strikes and other protests.

Britain quickly faced the in- evitable, decreeing that two coun- tries should emerge from the old colony, so great was the mistrust the British had sown between the Indian National Congress and Muslim League parties. Thus, in 1947 India was created for Hin- dus, and Pakistan — itself later divided into two parts — for Muslims. During the independence year, political tensions exploded among opposing members of the two religions. Hundreds of thou- sands were massacred in the great shift of popula- tions between India and Pakistan. In 1948, a radical Hindu assassinated Gandhi, who though a Hindu himself had continued to champion religious rec- onciliation. As some half a billion Asians gained their independence, Britain’s sole notable Asian colony was Hong Kong.

In 1949, a Communist takeover in China brought in a government led by Mao Zedong (1893–1976) that was no longer the plaything of the traditional colonial powers. Chinese commu- nism in the new People’s Repub- lic of China emphasized above all the welfare of the peasantry rather than the industrial proletariat and was thus distinct from Marxism and Stalinism. At the same time, backed by Stalin, Mao instituted reforms such as civil equality for women but also imposed Soviet- style collectivization, rapid indus- trialization, and brutal repression of the privileged classes.

The United States and the So- viet Union were deeply interested in East Asia, the United States be-

cause of the region’s economic importance and the USSR be- cause of its shared borders. The victory of the Chinese Commu- nists spurred both superpowers to increase their involvement in Asian politics, where they faced off first in Korea, which had been split at the thirty-eighth parallel after World War II. In 1950, the North Koreans, with the support of the Soviet Union, invaded U.S.-backed South Korea, whose agents had themselves been stir- ring up tensions with incursions across the border. The United States maneuvered the Security Council of the United Nations into approving a “police action” against the North, and its forces quickly drove well into North Ko- rean territory, where they were met by the Chinese army. After

two and a half years of a horribly destructive stale- mate, the opposing sides finally agreed to a settle- ment in 1953: Korea would remain split at its prewar border, the thirty-eighth parallel. As a re- sult of the Korean War, the United States increased its military spending from $10.9 billion in 1948 to almost $60 billion in 1953. The expansion of the cold war to Asia prompted the creation of an Asian counterpart to NATO: the U.S.-backed Southeast Asia Treaty Organization (SEATO), established in

1954. An important effect of the Korean War was the rapid rein- dustrialization of Japan to pro- vide the United States with supplies.

The cold war then spread to Indochina, where nationalists had been struggling against the postwar revival of French imperi- alism. Their leader, the European- educated Ho Chi Minh (1890– 1969), preached both nationalism and socialism and built a power- ful organization, the Viet Minh, to fight colonial rule. He advo- cated the redistribution of land held by big landowners, especially in the rich agricultural area in southern Indochina where some six thousand owners possessed more than 60 percent of the land. Viet Minh peasant guerrillas ulti-

8 9 8 C h a p t e r 2 7 ■ Th e C o l d W a r a n d t h e R e m a k i n g o f E u r o p e 1 9 4 5 – 1 9 6 0 s

0 75 150 kilometers

0 75 150 miles

Ya lu

R.

38th Parallel

NORTH KOREA

SOUTH KOREA

JAPAN

C H I N A

Line of UN advance Nov. 1950

Armistice line, June 1953

Communist North Koreans

invade, 1950

Pyongyang

Seoul�

�

0 150 300 kilometers

0 150 300 miles

Gulf of Tonkin

C H I N A

LAOS

NORTH VIETNAM

SOUTH VIETNAM

THAILAND

CAMBODIA

Division at the 17th Parallel

Dien Bien Phu 1954

�

Saigon

Hanoi

�

�

The Korean War, 1950–1953

Indochina, 1954

mately defeated the technologically superior French army, which was receiving aid from the United States, in the bloody battle of Dien Bien Phu in 1954. Later that year, the Geneva Conference carved out an independent Laos and divided Viet- nam along the seventeenth parallel into North and South, each free from French control. The Com- munist-backed Viet Minh, under Ho Chi Minh as president, ruled in the north, while the United States supported the repressive regime of Ngo Dinh Diem (1901–1963) in the south. Superpower inter- vention undermined the peace agreement while risking nuclear war at any moment.

The Struggle for Identity in the Middle East Independence struggles in the Middle East high- lighted the world’s growing need for oil and showed the ability of small countries to maneuver between the superpowers. As in other regions dominated by the West, Middle Eastern peoples resisted attempts to reimpose imperial control after 1945. Weakened by the war, British oil companies wanted to tighten their grip on profits, as the value of this energy source soared. But the British leaders arrogantly be- haved as if they were still dominant. For example, Winston Churchill, paying a visit to Saudi Arabia during negotiations over the renewal of Britain’s oil rights in the country, insisted that he be served drinks and cigars, sneering at the Islamic prohibi- tions against alcohol and tobacco. Outraged by this insult, Saudi Arabia turned to the United States, saying that the superpower could take over the oil consortium so long as Britain was kept out. By play- ing the powers against one another, Middle Eastern leaders gained their independence and built their economic clout.

The legacy of the Holocaust, however, com- plicated the Middle Eastern political scene. West- ern commitment to secure a Jewish settlement in the Middle East stirred up Arabs’ determination not to be pushed out of their ancient homeland. When World War II broke out, six hundred thou- sand Jewish settlers and twice as many Arabs lived, in intermittent conflict, in British-controlled Palestine. In 1947, an exhausted Britain ceded Palestine to the newly created United Nations, which voted to partition Palestine into an Arab re- gion and a Jewish one (Map 27.4). Conflicting claims, however, led to war, and Jewish military forces prevailed. On May 14, 1948, the state of Israel came into being. “The dream had come true,” Golda Meir, the future prime minister of Israel, remembered, but “too late to save those who

had perished in the Holocaust.” Israel opened its gates to immigrants, pitting its expansionist am- bitions against those of its Arab neighbors.

One of those neighbors, Egypt, gained its in- dependence from Britain at the end of the war. Britain, however, retained its dominance in ship- ping to Asia through control of the Suez Canal, which was owned by a British-run company. In 1952, Colonel Gamal Abdel Nasser (1918–1970) became Egypt’s president on a platform of economic modernization and true national inde- pendence — meaning Egyptian control of the canal. In July 1956, Nasser nationalized the canal: “I am speaking in the name of every Egyptian Arab,” he remarked in his speech explaining the takeover, “and in the name of all free countries and of all those who believe in liberty and are ready to defend it.” Nasser became a heroic figure to Arabs in the region, especially when Britain, supported by Israel and France, attacked Egypt, bringing the Suez crisis to a head while the Hungarian revolt was in full swing. The British branded Nasser an- other Hitler and hoped that the Hungarian revolt

D e c o lo n i z a t i o n i n a C o l d W a r C l i m a t e 8 9 91 9 4 5 – 1 9 6 0 s

M A P 2 7 . 4 The Partition of Palestine and the Creation of Israel, 1947–1948 The creation of the Jewish state of Israel in 1948 against a backdrop of ongoing wars among Jews and indigenous Arab peoples made the Middle East a powder keg, a situation that has lasted until the present day. The struggle for resources and for securing the borders of viable nation-states was at the heart of these bitter contests, threatening to pull the superpowers into a third world war.

UN Partition Plan, 1947

N

S

EW

0 25 50 kilometers

0 25 50 miles

Proposed Jewish state

Proposed Arab state

Israel after the War of Independence, 1948

Dead Sea

Sea of Galilee

Mediterranean Sea J

o rd

a n

R .

Su ez

C a

n a

l

EGYPT

JORDAN

SYRIA

ISRAEL

NEGEV

LEBANON

SINAI PENINSULA

Gaza

Beersheba

Jerusalem

Tel Aviv

Jaffa

Nablus

Jericho

Tulkarm

Haifa Acre

Hebron

Port Said �

�

�

�

�

� �

�

�

�

� �

would distract the superpowers. But the United States, fearing that Egypt would turn to the USSR, made the British back down. Nasser’s triumph in- spired confidence that colonized peoples around the world could gain their independence.

New Nations in Africa In sub-Saharan Africa, nationalist leaders roused their people to challenge Europe’s increasing de- mand for resources and labor, which resulted only in poverty for African peoples. “The European Mer- chant is my shepherd, and I am in want,” went one African version of the Twenty-third Psalm. Many Africans flocked to shantytowns in cities during the war, where they kept themselves alive through do- ing menial labor for whites and scavenging. At war’s end, veterans returned home and protest mounted. Kwame Nkrumah (1909–1972), for example, led the inhabitants of the British-controlled West African Gold Coast in Gandhian-style passive re-

sistance, finally driving the British to withdraw and bringing the state of Ghana into being in 1957. Nigeria, the most populous African region, achieved independence in 1960, and many other African states also became free (see Map 27.5).

Where the population was almost entirely black, independence came less violently than in mixed-race territory with large settler populations. The eastern coast and southern and central areas of Africa had numerous European settlers, who vi- olently resisted giving up their control. In British East Africa, where white settlers ruled in splendor and where blacks lacked both land and economic opportunity, fighting erupted in the 1950s. African men formed rebel groups named the Land Free- dom Army but nicknamed Mau Mau. With women serving as provisioners, messengers, and weapon stealers, Mau Mau bands, composed mostly of war veterans from the Kikuyu ethnic group, tried to re- cover land from whites. In 1964, the Land Freedom Army’s resistance helped Kenya gain formal inde-

9 0 0 C h a p t e r 2 7 ■ Th e C o l d W a r a n d t h e R e m a k i n g o f E u r o p e 1 9 4 5 – 1 9 6 0 s

M A P 2 7 . 5 The Decolonization of Africa, 1951–1990

The liberation of Africa from European rule was an uneven process, sometimes occurring peacefully and at other times demanding armed struggle to drive out European settlers, governments, and armies. The difficult—and costly—process of nation building following liberation involved setting up state institutions, including educational and other services. Creating national unity out of many ethnicities also took work, except where the struggle against colonialism had already brought people together.

Great Britain

France

Italy

Belgium

Portugal

Spain

Independent before World War II

Areas of colonial conflict

Areas of postcolonial conflict

Date of independence

Former Ruler

N

S

EW

0 500 1,000 kilometers

0 500 1,000 miles �

1960

Mediterranean Sea

ATLANTIC OCEAN

I N D I A N O C E A N

GUINEA 1958

GAMBIA 1965

MOROCCO 1956

ALGERIA 1962 LIBYA

1951 EGYPT

1922

TUNISIA 1957

SUDAN 1956

CHAD 1960

CONGO (ZAIRE)

1960

NIGER 1960

MALI 1960

NIGERIA 1960

MAURITANIA 1960

GUINEA BISSAU

1974 SIERRA LEONE

1961 LIBERIA 1820s

IVORY COAST

1960

BURKINA FASO 1960

GHANA 1957

DAHOMEY 1960

CAMEROON 1960

EQUATORIAL GUINEA

1968

CENTRAL AFRICAN REPUBLIC

1960

ETHIOPIA 1941

DJIBOUTI 1977

KENYA 1963

UGANDA 1962

RWANDA 1962

BURUNDI 1962

TANZANIA 1964

GABON 1960

CONGO 1960

NAMIBIA 1990 From

South Africa

ZAMBIA 1964

ZIMBABWE 1980

BOTSWANA 1966

ANGOLA 1975

SOUTH AFRICA

(Republic 1961)

MALAWI 1964

LESOTHO 1966

SWAZILAND 1968

M O

Z A

M B

IQ U

E 19

75

WESTERN SAHARA

1975

SOMALIA 1960

MALAGASY REPUBLIC

1960

TOGO 1960

SENEGAL 1960

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

��

�

�

�

pendence, but only after the British had put hun- dreds of thousands of Kikuyus in concentration camps — called a “living hell” and a “British gulag” by those tortured there. The British slaughtered tens of thousands more.

France — although eager to regain its great- power status after its humiliating defeat and occu- pation in World War II — followed the British pattern of granting independence with relatively little bloodshed to territories such as Tunisia, Mo- rocco, and West Africa, where there were few white settlers. In Algeria, however, the French fought bit- terly to keep control, not only because the French army took such pride in its conquest of Algeria but also because a huge European population pros- pered there. In the final days of World War II, the French army massacred tens of thousands of Algerian nationalists seeking independence; how- ever, the liberation movement resurfaced with ferocious intensity as the Front for National Libera- tion (FNL) in 1954. The French dug in, sending more than four hundred thousand troops. Neither side fought according to the rules of warfare: the French savagely tortured Algerian Arabs; Algerian women, shielded by gender stereotypes, planted bombs in European cafés and carried weapons to assassination sites. “The loss of Algeria,” warned one statesman, defending French savagery, “would be an unprecedented national disaster,” while the FNL, far less powerful and smaller in number, took its case to the court of world opinion. Reports of the French army’s barbarous practices against Algeria’s Muslim population prompted protests in Paris and around the globe.

France’s Fourth Republic collapsed over Algeria, and Charles de Gaulle returned to power in 1958. While promising an end to the Algerian quagmire, he demanded the creation of a new republican gov- ernment, one with a strong president who chose the prime minister and could exercise emergency power. As de Gaulle’s plans to decolonize Algeria unfolded, the French military launched a campaign of terrorism within France itself. By 1962, de Gaulle had negotiated independence with the Algerian na- tionalists, and hundreds of thousands of pieds noirs — or “black feet,” as the French condescend- ingly called Europeans in Algeria — as well as their Arab supporters fled to France.

Violent resistance to the reimposition of colo- nial rule also ended the Dutch and Belgian em- pires, and as newly independent nations emerged in Asia, Africa, and the Middle East, structures arose to promote international security and world- wide deliberations that included representation from the new states. Foremost among these was

the United Nations (UN), convened for the first time in 1945. One notable change ensured the UN a greater chance of success than the League of Na- tions: both the United States and the Soviet Union were active members from the outset. The UN’s charter outlined a collective global authority that would resolve conflicts and provide military pro- tection if any members were threatened by aggres- sion. In 1955, the Indonesian president Sukarno, who had succeeded in wrenching Indonesian in- dependence from the Dutch, sponsored the Ban- dung Convention of nonaligned nations to set a common policy for achieving modernization and facing the superpowers. Newly independent coun- tries viewed the future with hope but still had to contend with the high costs of nation building and problems left from decades of colonial exploita- tion. Both UN deliberations and meetings of emerging nations such as the Bandung Conference began raising major global issues such as human rights and inequities between the countries of the north, which had prospered through colonial plunder, and those of the south, which had been plundered.

Newcomers Arrive in Europe Amid the uncertainties of wars of liberation and in- dependence, people from the former colonies began migrating to Europe — a reversal of the nineteenth- century trend of migration out of Europe. The first influx of non-Europeans came from Britain’s Caribbean possessions right after the war. Next, la- bor shortages in Germany, France, Switzerland, and elsewhere drove governments to negotiate with southern European countries for temporary work- ers. The German situation was particularly dire; in 1950, the working-age population (people between the ages of fifteen and sixty-four) was composed of 15.5 million men and 18 million women. In an ideological climate that kept women out of the workforce, the government desperately needed im- migrants. Germany and France next turned to North African and then to sub-Saharan countries in the 1960s. Countries in the Soviet bloc took refugees from war-torn Southeast Asia. Then, in the late 1970s, clandestine workers from Africa and Asia be- gan entering countries like Italy that had formerly exported labor. Scandinavia received immigrants from around the world who flocked there because of reportedly greater opportunity and social pro-

D e c o lo n i z a t i o n i n a C o l d W a r C l i m a t e 9 0 11 9 4 5 – 1 9 6 0 s

United Nations (UN): An organization set up in 1945 for collec- tive security and for the resolution of international conflicts through both deliberation and the use of force.

grams to integrate newcomers. By the 1980s, some 8 percent of the European population was foreign- born, compared to 6 percent in the United States.

The negotiated agreements stipulated that im- migrant workers would have only temporary res- ident status, with a regular process of emigration back to their homeland. Turks and Algerians would arrive in Germany or France, for example, to work for a set period of time, return home tem- porarily to see their families, then head back to Europe for another period as guest workers. Ini- tially, these workers were housed in barracks-like dormitories and few Europeans paid any attention to the quality of their lives. They were welcomed because they took few social services, not even needing education because they came as adults. For businesspeople and policymakers alike, tem- porary workers made good economic sense. Vir- tually none of the welfare-state benefits would apply to them; often their menial work was off the books. “As they are young,” one French business publication explained, “the immigrants often pay more in taxes than they receive in allowances.” Most immigrants did jobs that people in the West were not likely to want: they collected garbage, built roads, and cleaned homes. Although men predominated among migrant workers, women performed similar chores for even less pay.

Seeing Europe as a land of relatively good gov- ernment, wealth, and opportunity, many immi-

grants were determined to stay. They simply ap- preciated having jobs and decent living conditions. As one Chinese immigrant to Spain put it: “If you want to be a millionaire, you must go to Singa- pore; if you want to be rich, you must go to Ger- many; but if you want good weather and an easy life, go to Spain.” The advantages of living in Eu- rope, especially the higher wages, became so over- whelming that clandestine workers began arriving. As empires collapsed, European populations be- came more diverse in terms of race, religion, eth- nicity, and social life. As in the United States, many of these newcomers eventually became citizens and their children achieved high positions in gov- ernment, business, education, and the professions.

Review: What were the results of decolonization?

Daily Life and Culture in the Shadow of Nuclear War Both World War II and the cold war shaped post- war culture. People engaged in heated debate over the responsibility for Nazism, the matter of ethnic and racial justice, and the merits of the two super- powers. During this period of intense self-scrutiny, Europeans discussed the Americanization that

9 0 2 C h a p t e r 2 7 ■ Th e C o l d W a r a n d t h e R e m a k i n g o f E u r o p e 1 9 4 5 – 1 9 6 0 s

Newcomers to Europe World War II disrupted everyday life and patterns of trade not only in Europe but also around the globe. Some of the first people to immigrate to Europe in search of postwar opportunity were from the Caribbean (like these men photographed in London in 1956) and South Asia. An expanding welfare state hired some of them to do menial work in hospitals, clinics, and construction, no matter what their qualifications. Governments and businesses in western Europe needed these new laborers to rebuild after World War II, and though some objected, many of these work- ers—and their wives and chil- dren—became not only citizens but political, economic, and cultural leaders as well. ( © Hulton-Deutsch Collection/ Corbis.)

seemed to accompany the influx of U.S. dollars, consumer goods, and cultural media. Were they becoming too materialistic, like the Americans, or too intolerant like the Soviets? As Europeans ex- amined their war-filled past and their newfound prosperity, the cold war menaced hopes for peace and stability. In 1961, the USSR demanded the construction of a massive wall that physically di- vided the city of Berlin in half. In October 1962, the world held its breath while the leaders of the Soviet Union and the United States nearly pro- voked nuclear conflagration over the issue of missiles on the island of Cuba. In hindsight, the existence of extreme nuclear threat in an age of unprecedented prosperity seems utterly bewil- dering, but for those who lived with the threat of global annihilation, the dangers were all too real.

Restoring “Western” Values After the depravity of fascism, cultural currents in Europe and the United States reemphasized uni- versal values and spiritual renewal. Some saw the churches as central to the restoration of values through an active commitment to “re-Christianiz- ing” both the West and the world without concern for national boundaries or imperial interests. Responding to what he saw as a crisis in faith caused by affluence and secularism, Pope John XXIII (r. 1958–1963) in 1962 convened the Sec- ond Vatican Council, known as Vatican II. The Council modernized the liturgy, democratized many church procedures, and at the last session in 1965 renounced church doctrine that condemned the Jewish people as guilty of killing Jesus. Vatican II promoted ecumenism — that is, mutual coop- eration among the world’s faiths — and outreach to the world different from the old spirit of mis- sionary crusading on behalf of imperialism.

The trend toward a more secular culture con- tinued despite reform in the churches. In the early postwar years, people in the U.S. bloc emphasized the triumph of a Western heritage, a Western civ- ilization, and Western values over fascism, and they characterized the war as one “to defend civi- lization [from] a conspiracy against man.” This definition of West often emphasized the heritage of Greece and Rome and the rise of national gov- ernments in England, France, and western Europe as they encountered “barbaric” forces, be these no-

madic tribes, Nazi armies, Communist agents, or national liberation movements in Asia and Africa. Many white Europeans looked back nostalgically on their imperial history and produced exotic films and novels about conquest and its pageantry. University courses in Western civilization flour- ished after the war to reaffirm Western values.

Holocaust and Resistance Literature. Readers around the world snapped up memoirs of the death camps and tales of the resistance. Rescued from the Third Reich in 1940, Nelly Sachs won the Nobel Prize for Literature in 1966 for her poetry about the Holocaust. Anne Frank’s Diary of a Young Girl (1947), the poignant record of a teenager hidden with her family in the back of an Amsterdam house, showed the survival of Western values in the face of Nazi persecution. Amid the menacing evils of Nazism, Anne wrote that she never stopped believing that “people are really good at heart.” Governments erected permanent plaques at spots where resisters had been killed, and biographies of resistance leaders filled maga- zines and bookstalls. Although resistance efforts were publicized, discussion of collaboration was suppressed because it threatened to open old wounds. Thus, French filmmakers, for instance, avoided the subject for decades after the war. Many a politician with a Nazi past returned easily to the new cultural mainstream even as the stories of re- sistance took on mythical qualities.

Existential Philosophy. By the end of the 1940s, existentialism became the rage among the cultural elites and students in universities. This philosophy explored the meaning of human existence in a world where evil flourished. Two of existentialism’s leaders, Albert Camus and Jean-Paul Sartre, had written for the resistance during the war, and in its aftermath they confronted the question of “be- ing,” given what they perceived as the absence of God and the tragic breakdown of morality. Their answer was that being, or existing, was not the au- tomatic process either of God’s creation or of birth into the natural world. One was not born with spiritual goodness in the image of a creator, but instead one created an “authentic” existence through action and choice. Camus’s novels, such as The Stranger (1942) and The Plague (1947), pon- dered the responsibility of humans living under an evil and corrupt political order. Sartre’s writings emphasized political activism and resistance under

D a i ly L i f e a n d C u lt u r e i n t h e S h a d o w o f N u c l e a r W a r 9 0 31 9 4 5 – 1 9 6 0 s

Vatican II: A Catholic Council held between 1962 and 1965 to modernize some aspects of church teachings (such as condem- nation of Jews), to update the liturgy, and to promote cooper- ation among the faiths (i.e., ecumenism).

existentialism: A philosophy prominent after World War II de- veloped primarily by Jean-Paul Sartre to stress the importance of action in the creation of an authentic self.

totalitarianism. Even though they had never con- fronted the enormous problems of making choices while living under fascism, young people in the 1950s found existentialism compelling and made it the most fashionable philosophy of the day.

In 1949, Simone de Beauvoir, Sartre’s lifetime companion, published the twentieth century’s most important work on the condition of women, The Second Sex. Beauvoir believed that most women had failed to take the kind of action nec- essary to lead authentic lives. Instead, they lived in the world of biological necessity, devoting them- selves exclusively to having children. Failing to create an authentic self through action and accom- plishment, they had become its opposite — an ob- ject, or “Other.” Moreover, instead of struggling to define themselves and assert their freedom, women passively accepted their lives as defined by men. Beauvoir’s classic book was a smash hit, in large part because people thought Sartre had writ-

ten it. Both writers were celebrities, for the media spread the new commitment to humane values just as it had previously spread support for Nazism or for other political ideas.

Race and Human Rights. People of color in Africa and Asia contributed new theories of hu- manity by exploring the topics of liberation and racial difference. During the 1950s, Frantz Fanon, a black psychiatrist from the French colony of Martinique, began analyzing liberation move- ments. He wrote that the mental functioning of the colonized person was “traumatized” by the brutal imposition of outside values. Ruled by guns, the colonized person knew only violence and would thus naturally decolonize by means of vio- lence. Translated into many languages, Fanon’s Black Skin, White Masks (1952) and The Wretched of the Earth (1961) posed the question of how to decolonize one’s culture and mind.

Simultaneous with decolonization, the com- mitment of such long-standing organizations as the National Association for the Advancement of Colored People (NAACP, founded 1909) to the cause of civil rights intensified in the 1950s. African Americans had fought in the war to defeat the Nazi idea of white racial superiority; as civilians, they now hoped to advance that ideal in the United States. With its ruling in Brown v. Board of Educa- tion (1954), the U.S. Supreme Court declared that segregated education violated the U.S. Constitu- tion. The next step in the civil rights movement came in December 1955, in Montgomery, Alabama, when Rosa Parks, a part-time secretary for the lo- cal branch of the NAACP, boarded a city bus and took the first available seat, in the so-called white section. By sitting in that section, Parks violated discriminatory and often brutal Southern laws to- ward African Americans. When a white man found himself without a seat, the driver screamed at Parks, “Nigger, move back.” She refused to move, and her action led to a boycott of public transporta- tion in Montgomery and eventually to widespread nonviolent civil disobedience among African Americans throughout the South.

Civil rights groups boycotted discriminatory businesses, held sit-ins at segregated facilities, and registered black voters disfranchised by local reg- ulations. Many talented leaders emerged, foremost among them Martin Luther King Jr. (1929–1968), a Baptist pastor from Georgia whose speeches roused activists to nonviolent resistance despite brutal white retaliation. Strongly influenced by Gandhi’s life and practice of nonviolent resistance, King advocated “soulforce” — Gandhi’s satya-

9 0 4 C h a p t e r 2 7 ■ Th e C o l d W a r a n d t h e R e m a k i n g o f E u r o p e 1 9 4 5 – 1 9 6 0 s

Simone de Beauvoir (see MAWN duh bohv WAHR): Author of The Second Sex, a globally influential work that created an interpretation of women’s age-old inferior status from existen- tialist philosophy.

Jean-Paul Sartre and Simone de Beauvoir The postwar period saw the rise of glossy, richly illustrated weekly mag- azines featuring news and pop culture. The faces of even the most com- plex philosophers became well known to the public, while their private lives intrigued readers. The public story of these two existentialists, who were seen to promote the revival of human values after the night- mare of fascism, hid the twisted relationship Sartre and Beauvoir actu- ally had. Does the photo give any hints as to why Sartre and Beauvoir and their circle received such media attention? (Editions Gallimard.)

graha, or “holding to truth” — to counter aggres- sion. The postwar culture of nonviolence shaped the early years of the civil rights movement until the influence of Fanon and other third world ac- tivists turned it toward more violent activism in pursuit of rights.

Consumerism and Shifting Gender Norms Government spending on Europe’s reconstruction and welfare helped prevent the kind of upheaval that had followed World War I. A rising birthrate and bustling youth culture made for an upsurge in consumer spending that contrasted with the ab- sence of spending in wartime because of a lack of anything to consume. Increased emphasis on con- sumer needs created jobs for veterans. Nonetheless, the war affected men’s roles and sense of them- selves. Young men who had missed World War II adopted the rough, violent style of soldiers, and roaming gangs posed as tough military types.

While Soviet youth admired aviator aces, elsewhere groups such as the “teddy boys” in England (named after their Edwardian style of dressing) and the gamberros (“hooligans”) in Spain took their cues from pop culture in rock-and-roll music and film. (See Document, “Consumerism, Youth, and the Birth of the Generation Gap,” above.)

The leader of rock-and-roll style was the American singer Elvis Presley. Sporting slicked- back hair and an aviator-style jacket, Presley bucked his hips and sang sexual lyrics to screaming and devoted fans. Rock-and-roll concerts and movies galvanized youth across Europe, including the Soviet bloc, where teens demanded the production of blue jeans and leather jackets. In a German nightclub late in the 1950s, members of a British rock group of Elvis fans called the Quarrymen per- formed, yelling at and fighting with one another as part of their show. They would soon become known as the Beatles. Rebellious young American film stars like James Dean in Rebel Without a Cause (1955) and Marlon Brando in The Wild One (1953)

D a i ly L i f e a n d C u lt u r e i n t h e S h a d o w o f N u c l e a r W a r 9 0 51 9 4 5 – 1 9 6 0 s

Consumerism, Youth, and the Birth of the Generation Gap

D O C U M E N T

Young people were at the cutting edge of consumerism and other aspects of Ameri- canization and economic revival. The generation gap, so much talked about in the 1960s, was taking shape earlier be- cause of youthful openness on matters of the body and sexuality. Not so mired in the war as their parents, the young were ready for adventure — and adults worried about the consequences. Here an Austrian working-class woman (born in 1933) who sewed for a living describes her youth around 1955.

I bought myself records, American blues and jazz, Benny Goodman and Louis Arm- strong. I was happy dancing the boogie- woogie. . . .

In fashion I was always very much in opposition to my mother. First, there was the craze around nylon stockings, which

were very expensive, and which almost everyone bought. We wore long checked skirts, not made of sheep’s wool but of a “mixed” wool that was produced out of rags. Then came a short skirt, just above the knee. When I went dancing, however, everyone wore tight, fashionable skirts. One really had to get oneself into them with a shoehorn, and one’s backside stood out. I then sewed a kind of cascade on one side, and thus attired, I proudly went dancing.

At first one wore hair long. But my boss was at me so much about it that I had it cut. Then with the new permanents from America one got a totally new look which was flat in the back with a garland of curls around the rest. But fashion changed fast, at one minute such a hairdo was modern, but then one had to put a comb in to push it up higher.

My home was very nice, with a great deal of love, and because of that my par- ents gave me a lot of freedom although my mother was always concerned. Above everything she always worried: “What will the neighbors think?”

We only spoke about sex with our schoolmates. Certainly nothing about it came from my parents, nothing either from the school. No, one could not ask about such things. . . . Everything was taboo. And boys and girls were strictly seg- regated from one another in the school. I remember at carnival time a boy came to school dressed as a girl and was sent right home.

Source: Birgit Bolognese-Leuchtenmüller et al., eds., Frauen der ersten Stunde 1945–1955. (Vienna: Medieninhaber Europaverlag, 1985), 20–21. Translation by Bonnie G. Smith.

created the beginnings of a conspicuous postwar youth culture in which the ideal was to be a bad boy. The rebellious and rough masculine style ap- peared also in literature, for example in James Watson’s autobiography, The Double Helix (1968), in which he described how he and Francis Crick had discovered the structure of the DNA mole- cule by stealing other people’s findings. The Ger- man novelist Heinrich Böll, who decades later admitted to having been a Nazi soldier, protested that West Germany’s postwar goal of respectabil- ity had allowed the reappearance of those groups of people who had produced Nazism. In Böll’s novel The Clown (1963), the young middle-class hero leaves home and takes up life as a vagabond clown, amusing audiences with clever pan- tomimes about the folly of their lives. Not a bread- winner but a bum, he ends up a model bad boy begging in a railroad station. American “beat” po- ets and writers vehemently rejected the traditional ideals of the upright male breadwinner and fam- ily man.

Both high and low culture revealed that two horrendous world wars had weakened the Enlight- enment view of men as rational, responsible achiev- ers. The 1953 inaugural issue of the American magazine Playboy, and the hundreds of magazines that came to imitate it, ushered in a startling de- piction of a changed male identity. This new me- dia presented modern man as sexually aggressive and independent of dull domestic life — just as he had been in the war. Breadwinning for a family de- stroyed a man’s freedom and sense of self, this new male culture claimed. The notion of men’s citizen-

9 0 6 C h a p t e r 2 7 ■ Th e C o l d W a r a n d t h e R e m a k i n g o f E u r o p e 1 9 4 5 – 1 9 6 0 s

Rock and Roll Rock and roll, born in the 1950s, swept cities around the world with unprecedented energy and speed. Teen women wore the voluminous skirts that the “new look” had made fashionable in the late 1940s, and young men sported hairdos like those of Elvis Presley or Zbigniew Cybulski. East and west, teens thronged and even rioted to attend rock concerts and would continue to do so despite public criticism and even police action against the movement. (ullstein bild/ The Granger Collection, New York.)

Zbigniew Cybulski, the Polish James Dean Zbigniew Cybulski depicted a tortured young resist- ance fighter in the film Ashes and Diamonds (1958) by Andrzej Wajda. Cybulski’s character is to assassinate a Communist resistance leader on what turns out to be the last day of World War II, and his human dilemma around the act is set amid the chaos in Poland at war’s end. Like existentialist philosophers and other film directors at the time, Wajda captured the debate over human values and the interest in young heroes of the postwar era. (Photofest.)

ship had come to include not just political and eco- nomic rights but also freedom of sexual expres- sion outside the restrictions of the family.

In contrast, Western society promoted a post- war model for women that differed from their wartime roles, adopting instead the fascist notion of women’s inferiority. Rather than being essential workers and heads of families in the absence of their men, postwar women were to symbolize the return to normalcy by leading a domestic and submissive life at home. Late in the 1940s, the fash- ion house of Christian Dior launched a clothing style called the “new look.” It featured a pinched waist, tightly fitting bodices, and voluminous skirts. This restoration of the nineteenth-century female silhouette invited a renewal of clearly de- fined gender roles. Women’s magazines publicized the new look and urged women to give up ambi- tions for themselves. Even in the hard-pressed Soviet Union, domesticity flourished; recipes for homemade face creams, for example, passed from woman to woman, and beauty parlors did a brisk business. In the West, household products such as

refrigerators and washing machines raised stan- dards for housekeeping by giving women the means to be “perfect” housewives.

However, new-look propaganda did not nec- essarily mesh with reality or even with all social norms. Dressmaking fabric was still being rationed in the late 1940s; even in the next decade, women could not always get enough of it to make volu- minous skirts. In Europe, where people had barely enough to eat, the underwear needed for new-look contours simply did not exist — although the semistarved look was, for many, easy enough to achieve. In Spain, women were said to perform their role best by being religious and concerned with the spiritual well-being of their families. Spanish advertising, however, emphasized the physical beauty available through cosmetics and clothing; it urged women to buy things that would make their families look better too. European women continued to work outside the home after the war; indeed, mature women and mothers were working more than ever before — especially in the Soviet bloc (Figure 27.2). The female workforce

D a i ly L i f e a n d C u lt u r e i n t h e S h a d o w o f N u c l e a r W a r 9 0 71 9 4 5 – 1 9 6 0 s

Member Countries of Council of Mutual Economic Assistance

Member Countries of European

Economic Community 2

Female as % of total population

Female labor force as % of total labor force

Distribution of female labor force (%): Agriculture

Industry

Services

1950

54.9 53.9

48.5 48.7

63.3 50.0 16.9 22.6

19.8 27.4

51.8 51.6

31.1 31.4

26.1 16.8 29.3 31.3

44.6 51.9

1960 1950 1960

Albania, Bulgaria, Czechoslovakia, East Germany, Hungary, Poland, Romania, and USSR

1

1

Belgium, Denmark, France, West Germany, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, Netherlands, and United Kingdom2

F I G U R E 2 7 . 2 Women in the Workforce, 1950–1960 In contrast to the situation after World War I, women did not leave the workforce in great numbers after World War II. In fact, Europe faced labor shortages. In Soviet-bloc countries, women vastly outnumbered men because so many men had died in the war, and the task of rebuilding demanded every available worker. In western Europe, women’s workforce participation was lower, and countries like West Germany tried to keep women out of the labor pool to distinguish themselves from the Communist bloc. Note the increase in women’s service-sector employment in just one decade. (From World Employment 1996–1997: National Policies in a Global Context (Geneva: International Labour Office, 1996), 7.)

was going through a profound revolution as it gradually became populated by wives and moth- ers who would hold jobs all their lives despite be- ing bombarded with images of nineteenth-century femininity.

The advertising business presided over the creation of these cultural messages as well as over the rise of more widespread consumerism that ac- companied recovery. Guided by marketing ex- perts, western Europeans imitated Americans by driving some forty million motorized vehicles, in- cluding motorbikes, cars, buses, and trucks. They drank Coca-Cola and used American detergents, toothpaste, and soap. The number of radios in homes grew steadily and even as radio remained the most influential medium, television loomed on the horizon. In the United States, two-thirds of the population had TV sets in the early 1950s, while in Britain only one-fifth did. Only in the 1960s did

television become an important consumer item for most Europeans. In the 1950s, radio was still king and consumerism a growing mass phenomenon.

The Culture of Cold War Films, books, and other cultural productions promoted the cold war even when they conveyed an antiwar message. Books like George Orwell’s 1984 (1949) were claimed by both sides in the cold war as supporting their position. Ray Brad- bury’s popular Fahrenheit 451 (1953), whose title refers to the temperature at which books would burn, condemned curtailment of intellec- tual freedom on both sides of the cold war di- vide. In the USSR, official writers churned out spy stories, and espionage novels topped best- seller lists in the West. Casino Royale (1953), by the British author Ian Fleming, introduced the

9 0 8 C h a p t e r 2 7 ■ Th e C o l d W a r a n d t h e R e m a k i n g o f E u r o p e 1 9 4 5 – 1 9 6 0 s

Barbara Hepworth, Single Form (1961–1964) Like others in the West, British sculptor Barbara Hepworth was strangely buoyed by the war, hoping that it meant the dawn of a new age. Full of renewed energy, Hepworth believed that art should follow pure forms, which some called “primitive,” as a way of expressing enduring values. Her twenty-one-foot abstract sculpture Single Form, shown here as a plaster cast, was installed at the United Nations build- ing in New York to commemorate the life of her friend Dag Hammarskjöld, who served as secretary-general of the United Nations from 1953 until his death in 1961. “[We] depend on the pure courage of the UN,” Hepworth wrote of the sculpture created to honor Hammarskjöld’s life and work. (Photo Morgan-Wells, London / © Bowness, Hepworth Estate.)

fictional British intelligence agent James Bond, who tested his wit and physical prowess against Communist and other political villains. Soviet pilots would not take off for flights when the work of Yulian Simyonov, the Russian counter- part of Ian Fleming, was playing on radio or tel- evision. Reports of Soviet- and U.S.-bloc characters — fictional or real — facing one an- other down became part of everyday life.

High and low culture alike contributed to the cold-war climate. Even as Europe’s major cities re- built their war-ravaged opera houses and muse- ums, they could not hold back “Americanization.” Americans had money to spend, and American businesses produced an array of tempting prod- ucts. While many Europeans were proponents of American business practices, the Communist Party in France led a successful campaign to ban Coca-Cola for a time in the 1950s. Soviet maga- zines carried fashion photos praised for their “decency,” in contrast to the highly sexualized gar- ments for women to the west. Both sides also tried to win the cold war by pouring vast sums of money into high culture, though the United States did it by secretly channeling government money into foundations to award fellowships to artists or pro- mote favorable journalism around the world. As leadership of the art world passed to the United States, art became part of the cold war. Abstract expressionists such as American artist Jackson Pollock produced nonrepresentational works by dripping and spattering paint; they also spoke of the importance of the artist’s self-discovery in the process of painting. “If I stretch my arms next to the rest of myself and wonder where my fingers are, that is all the space I need as a painter,” com- mented Dutch-born artist Willem de Kooning on his relationship with his canvas. Said to exemplify Western freedom, such painters were awarded commissions at the secret direction of the U.S. Central Intelligence Agency.

The USSR openly promoted an official Communist culture. When a show of abstract art opened in the Soviet Union, Khrushchev yelled that it was “dog shit.” Pro-Soviet critics in western Europe saw U.S.-style abstract art as “an infantile sickness” and supported socialist realist art with “human content,” showing the condition of the workers and the oppressed races in the United States. The Italian filmmakers Roberto Rossellini, in Open City (1945), and Vittorio De Sica, in The Bicycle Thief (1948), developed the neorealist tech- nique that challenged Hollywood-style sets and costumes by using ordinary characters living in devastated, impoverished cities. By depicting stark

conditions, neorealist directors conveyed their dis- tance both from middle-class prosperity and from fascist bombast. “We are in rags? Let’s show every- one our rags,” said one Italian director. Many of these left-leaning directors associated support for the suffering masses with the Communist cause, while on the pro-American side, the film Doctor Zhivago became a hit celebrating individualism and condemning the Communist way of life. Overtly or covertly, the cold war affected virtually all aspects of cultural life.

The Atomic Brink Radio was also at the center of the cold war, con- veying messages about the threat of nuclear annihilation at the hands of the villainous super- power enemy. As superpower rivalry heated up, radio’s propaganda function remained as strong as it had been in wartime. During the late 1940s and early 1950s, the Voice of America, with its main studio in Washington, D.C., broadcast in thirty-eight languages from one hundred trans- mitters and provided an alternative source of news for people in eastern Europe. Its Soviet counterpart broadcast in Russian around the clock but initially spent much of its wattage jam- ming U.S. programming. Russian programs stressed a uniform Communist culture and val- ues; the United States, by contrast, emphasized diverse programming and promoted debate about current affairs. The contrast was meant to show the dictatorial nature of Communist values versus the democratic ones of choice and free speech. The public also heard reports of nuclear buildups and tests of emergency power facilities sent them scurrying for cover. Children rehearsed at school for nuclear war, while at home families built bomb shelters in their backyards.

It was in this pervasive climate of cold war that John Fitzgerald Kennedy (1917–1963) became U.S. president in 1960. Kennedy represented American affluence and youth yet also the nation’s commitment to cold war. Kennedy’s media advis- ers and ghostwriters recognized how perfect a match their articulate, good-looking president was for the power of television. A war hero and an early fan of the fictional cold war spy James Bond, Kennedy escalated the cold war. Some of this es- calation occurred over the nearby island of Cuba, where in 1959 the Communist leader Fidel Castro

D a i ly L i f e a n d C u lt u r e i n t h e S h a d o w o f N u c l e a r W a r 9 0 91 9 4 5 – 1 9 6 0 s

John Fitzgerald Kennedy: U.S. president, from 1961 to 1963, who faced off with Soviet leader Nikita Khrushchev in the Cuban missile crisis.

(1926–) had come to power by overthrowing the corrupt government of the dictator Fulgencio Batista. After being rebuffed by the United States, Castro aligned his new government with the So- viet Union. In the spring of 1961, Kennedy, as- sured by the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) of success, launched an invasion of Cuba at the Bay of Pigs intended to overthrow Castro. The inva- sion failed miserably and humiliated the United States.

Cold war rivalries continued to escalate. In the summer of 1961, East German workers, su- pervised by police and the army, stacked bales of barbed wire across miles of the city’s east–west border as the beginning of the Berlin Wall. The divided city had served as an escape route by which some three million people, including skilled workers and professionals, had fled to the West. Meanwhile, Kennedy called for increased

defense spending. In October 1962, tensions came to a head in the Cuban missile crisis, when the CIA reported the installation of silos to house So- viet medium-range missiles in Cuba (Map 27.6). Kennedy responded forcefully, ordering a naval blockade of ships headed for Cuba and demand- ing removal of the installations. For several days, the world stood on the brink of nuclear war. Then, between October 25 and 27, Khrushchev and Kennedy negotiated an end to the crisis. Kennedy spent the remainder of his short life working to improve nuclear diplomacy; Khrushchev did the same. In the summer of 1963, less than a year af- ter the shock of the Cuban missile crisis, the United States and the Soviet Union signed a test-

9 1 0 C h a p t e r 2 7 ■ Th e C o l d W a r a n d t h e R e m a k i n g o f E u r o p e 1 9 4 5 – 1 9 6 0 s

Cuban missile crisis: The confrontation in 1962 between the United States and the USSR over Soviet installation of missile sites off the U.S. coast in Cuba.

Bomb Shelter Americans expressed their fear of nuclear annihilation by building tens of thousands of individual bomb shelters. Stocked with several months’ supply of canned food and other goods, the shelters were to protect a family from the nuclear blast itself and from the disorder that might follow nuclear war. The government also prepared shelters to shield top officials and to ensure the continuation of civil society despite vast casualties and massive destruction. ( © Corbis.)

ban treaty outlawing the explosion of nuclear weapons in the atmosphere and in the seas. Al- lowing the superpowers to back away from the brink, the treaty held out hope that the cold war and its culture would give way to something better.

Review: How did the cold war affect everyday culture and social life?

Conclusion Nikita Khrushchev was ousted in 1964 for his er- ratic policies and for the Cuban missile crisis. In his forced retirement, he expressed regret at his brutal treatment of Boris Pasternak: “We should- n’t have banned [Doctor Zhivago]. There’s noth- ing anti-Soviet in it.” But the postwar decades were grim times. Two superpowers, the Soviet

Union and the United States, each controlling atomic arsenals, overshadowed European leader- ship and engaged in a menacing cold war, com- plete with the threat of nuclear annihilation. The cold war saturated everyday life, giving birth to bomb shelters, spies, purges, and witch hunts — all of them creating a culture of anxiety that kept people in constant fear of imminent war. Postwar diplomacy divided Europe into an eastern bloc dominated by the Soviets and a freer western bloc mostly allied with the United States. In this omi- nous atmosphere, starving, homeless, and refugee people joined the task of rebuilding a devastated Europe.

Despite the chaos at the end of 1945, both halves of Europe recovered almost miraculously in little more than a decade. Eastern Europe, where wartime devastation and ongoing violence were greatest, experienced less prosperity, while in western Europe wartime technology served as the basis for new consumer goods and welfare-state planning improved health. Spurred on by aid from the United States, western Europe formed the successful Common Market, which became the foundation for greater European unity. As a result of the war, Germany recovered as two coun- tries, not one, and the weakened European pow- ers shed their colonies. Newly independent nations emerged in Asia and Africa, leaving in question whether there would be further redistri- bution of global power. Often serving as pawns in the cold war, these new countries faced the prob- lems of creating stable political structures and a sound economic future. As the West as a whole grew in prosperity, its cultural life focused para- doxically on eradicating the evils of Nazism while enjoying the new phenomenon of mass con- sumerism. But above all, the West — and the rest of the world — had to survive the atomic rivalry of the superpowers.

For Further Exploration

■ For suggested references, including Web sites, for topics in this chapter, see page SR-1 at the end of the book.

■ For additional primary-source material from this period, see Chapter 27 in Sources of THE MAKING OF THE WEST, Third Edition.

■ For Web sites and documents related to topics in this chapter, see Make History at bedfordstmartins.com/hunt.

C o n c l u s i o n 9 1 11 9 4 5 – 1 9 6 0 s

U.S. blockade zone

Range of Soviet missiles

Soviet missile and jet bomber bases

U.S. air force base

U.S. naval base

� �

N

S

EW

0 250 500 kilometers

0 250 500 miles

ATLANTIC OCEAN

Gulf of Mexico

Bay of Pigs

� �

�

MEXICO

COLOMBIA

VENEZUELA

UNITED STATES

CUBA 1,100 miles

1,100 miles

Havana

Homestead

Caracas

Miami

Key West

Guantanamo

Washington, D.C.

New York

Dallas

Atlanta

Mexico City

Houston New Orleans

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

Puerto Rico (U.S.)

M A P 2 7 . 6 The Cuban Missile Crisis, 1962 Just off the coast of the southeastern United States, Cuba posed a threat to North American security once the Soviet Union began stocking the island with silos for missiles. The United States reacted vigorously, insisting on the dismantling of the missile sites. Although his generals were prepared for nuclear war with the Soviet Union, President Kennedy refused to take this step, and Soviet premier Khrushchev similarly backed down from a military confrontation. ■ Explain the placement of missiles in Cuba and the U.S. reaction to it.

9 1

2 C

h a

p t

e r

2 7

■

T h

e C

o l

d W

a r

a n

d t

h e

R e

m a

k in

g o

f E

u r

o p

e 1

9 4

5 –

1 9

6 0

s

M A P P I N G T H E W E S T

The Cold War World, c. 1960 Superpower rivalry between the United States and the Soviet Union resulted in the division of much of the industrial world into cold war alliances. Simultaneously, the superpowers vied for the allegiance of the newly decolonized countries of Asia and Africa by providing military, economic, and technological assistance. Wars such as those in Vietnam and Korea were also products of the cold war. ■ How might this map be said to convey the idea that a first, second, and third world existed? How does this map differ from the map on page 760?

0 1,000 2,000 kilometers

0 1,000 2,000 miles

N

S

EW

Decolonized (with date), 1945–1962

Warsaw Pact members

NATO members

1 Tunisia 2 Senegal 3 Gambia 4 Guinea 5 Sierra Leone 6 Ivory Coast 7 Burkina Faso 8 Ghana

9 Togo 10 Dahomey 11 Cameroon 12 Gabon 13 Central African Republic 14 Uganda 15 Rwanda 16 Burundi

ATLANTIC OCEAN

INDIAN OCEANPACIFIC OCEAN

PACIFIC OCEAN

ARCTIC OCEAN

SPAIN

MOROCCO 1956

ALGERIA 1962

U.K.

CHINA

MALAYSIA 1963

VIETNAM 1954

SRI LANKA 1948

N. KOREA 1948

N. KOREA 1948

S. KOREA 1948

MONGOLIA

CAMBODIA 1953

INDIA 1947 BURMA

1948

INDONESIA 1949

LAOS 1953

JAPAN

AUSTRALIA

NEW ZEALAND

NORWAY

ICELAND

LIBYA 1951 EGYPT

CYP. 1960

KUWAIT 1961

IRAN PAKISTAN 1947

JOR. 1946

SAUDI ARABIA

U S S R

NIGER 1960

MALI 1960

CONGO 1960

CONGO (ZAIRE)

1960

NIGERIA 1960

MAURITANIA 1960

SOUTH AFRICA

ANGOLA

CHAD 1960

SOMALIA 1960

SUDAN 1956

MALAGASY REPUBLIC 1960

CANADA

UNITED STATES

MEXICO

COLOMBIA

VENEZUELA

BOLIVIA

BRAZIL

ARGENTINA

CHILE

BULG.

HUN. POL.

DEN.

LUX.

CZECH.

ROM.

GR. TURKEY ITALY

FRANCE

W. GER.

E. GER.

PERU

3

2

1

4

5 6

7

8 9 10 11

12

13

14

15 16

K e y Te r m s a n d P e o p l e M a k i n g C o n n e c t i o n s

R e v i e w Q u e s t i o n s

1. What was the political climate after World War II, and how did it differ from the political climate after World War I?

2. What were the relative strengths of the two European blocs in the cold war?

3. What were the main developments of postwar cultural life?

4. Why did decolonization follow the war so immediately?

1. What were the major events in the development of the cold war?

2. What factors drove recovery in western Europe? In eastern Europe?

3. What were the results of decolonization?

4. How did the cold war affect everyday culture and social life?

C h a p t e r R e v i e w

cold war (880)

Truman Doctrine (884)

Marshall Plan (886)

North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) (887)

Warsaw Pact (887)

Christian Democrats (889)

European Economic Community (EEC or Common Market) (892)

welfare state (893)

Nikita Khrushchev (896)

decolonization (897)

United Nations (UN) (901)

Vatican II (903)

existentialism (903)

Simone de Beauvoir (904)

John Fitzgerald Kennedy (909)

Cuban missile crisis (910)

For practice quizzes, a customized study plan, and other study tools, see the Online Study Guide at bedfordstmartins.com/hunt.

I m p o r ta n t Ev e n t s

1945 Cold war begins

1947 India and Pakistan win independence from Britain

1948 State of Israel established

1949 Mao Zedong leads Communist revolution in China; Simone de Beauvoir publishes The Second Sex

1950 Korean War begins

1953 Stalin dies; Korean War ends

1954 Brown v. Board of Education prohibits segregated schools in the United States; Vietnamese forces defeat the French at Dien Bien Phu

1956 Egyptian leader General Abdel Nasser nationalizes the Suez Canal; uprising in Hungary against USSR

1957 Boris Pasternak publishes Doctor Zhivago; USSR launches Sputnik; Treaty of Rome establishes the European Economic Community (Common Market)

1958 Fifth Republic begins in France

1962 The United States and USSR face off in the Cuban missile crisis

C h a p t e r R e v i e w 9 1 31 9 4 5 – 1 9 6 0 s

I n January 1969, Jan Palach, a twenty-one-year-old philosophy

student, drove to a main square in Prague, doused his body with

gasoline, and set himself on fire. Before that, he had put aside his

coat with a message in it demanding an end to Communist repression

in Czechoslovakia. It promised more such suicides unless the govern-

ment lifted state censorship. The manifesto was signed: “Torch No. 1.”

Jan Palach’s suicide stunned his nation. Black flags hung from windows,

and close to a million people flocked to Palach’s funeral. In the next

months, more Czech youth followed Palach’s grim example, setting

themselves ablaze for freedom.

Before his self-immolation, Jan Palach was an ordinary, well-educated

citizen of an increasingly technological society. Having recovered from

World War II, the West shifted from a manufacturing economy based

on heavy industry to a service economy that depended on technical

knowledge in such fields as engineering, health care, and finance. This

new service economy has been labeled “postindustrial.” To staff it, in-

stitutions of higher education sprang up at a dizzying rate and attracted

more students than ever before. Young men like Jan Palach — along

with women, minorities, and many other activists in the 1960s and

1970s — far from being satisfied with their rising status, struck out

against war and cold war, inequality and repression, and even against

technology itself. From Czechoslovakia to the United States and around

the world, protesters warned that postindustrial nations in general and

the superpowers in particular were becoming technological and polit-

ical monsters. Before long, countries in both the Soviet and U.S. blocs

were on the verge of political revolution.

The Revolution in Technology 916 • The Information Age:

Television and Computers • The Space Age • The Nuclear Age • Revolutions in Biology and

Reproductive Technology

Postindustrial Society and Culture 921 • Multinational Corporations • The New Worker • The Boom in Education and Research • Changing Family Life and the

Generation Gap • Art, Ideas, and Religion in a

Technocratic Society

Protesting Cold War Conditions 927 • Cracks in the Cold War Order • The Growth of Citizen Activism • 1968: Year of Crisis

The Testing of Superpower Domination and the End of the Cold War 936 • A Changing Balance of World Power • The Western Bloc Meets Challenges

with Reform • Collapse of Communism in the

Soviet Bloc

Postindustrial Society and the End of the Cold War Order 1960s–1989

C H A P T E R

28

Shrine to Jan Palach Jan Palach was a martyr to the cause of an independent Czechoslovakia. His self- immolation on behalf of that cause roused the nation. As makeshift shrines sprang up and multiplied throughout the 1970s and 1980s, they served as common rallying points that ultimately contributed to the overthrow of Communist rule. Václav Havel, the future president of a liberated Czechoslovakia, was arrested early in the momentous year of 1989 for commemorating Palach’s sacrifice at the shrine. In light of so many other deaths in the Soviet bloc, why did Jan Palach’s death become so powerful a force? (© Marc Garanger / Corbis.)

9 1 5

The challenges posed by young reformers came at a bad time for the superpowers and other leading European states. An agonizing war in Viet- nam weakened the United States, and China con- fronted the Soviet Union on its borders. In a dramatic turn of events, the oil-producing states of the Middle East formed a cartel and reduced the export of oil to the leading Western nations in the 1970s. The resulting price increases helped bring on a recession, threatening the ballooning postin- dustrial economy. Extremists turned to terrorism to achieve their goals, while despite their wealth and military might, the superpowers could not guarantee that they would emerge victorious in this age of increasingly global competition. As the USSR experienced invisible economic decay, a reform-minded leader — Mikhail Gorbachev — directed his nation to change course and initiated new policies of economic and political freedom. It was too late: in 1989, the Soviet bloc collapsed, helped by countless acts of protest, not least of them the individual heroism of Jan Palach and his fellow human torches.

Focus Question: How did technological, economic, and social change contribute to increased activism, and what were the political results of that activism?

The Revolution in Technology The protests of the 1960s began in the midst of as- tonishing technological advances. These advances steadily boosted prosperity and changed daily life in the West, where people awoke to instantaneous radio and television news, worked with comput- ers, and used new forms of contraceptives to con- trol reproduction. Satellites orbiting the earth relayed telephone signals and collected military in- telligence, while around the world nuclear energy

powered economies. Smaller gadgets — electric popcorn poppers, portable radios and tape play- ers, automatic garage door openers — made life more pleasant. The increased use of machines led one philosopher to insist that people were no longer self-sufficient individuals, but rather cyborgs — that is, humans who needed machines to sustain ordinary life processes.

The Information Age: Television and Computers Information technology powered change in the postindustrial period that began in the 1960s just as innovations in textile making and the spread of railroads had in the nineteenth century. This tech- nology’s ability to transmit knowledge, culture, and political information globally made it even more revolutionary. In the first half of the twenti- eth century, mass journalism, film, and radio had begun to forge a more uniform society based on shared information and images; in the last third of the century, television, computers, and telecom- munications made information even more acces- sible and, some critics said, made culture more standardized. Once-remote villages were linked to urban capitals on the other side of the world thanks to videocassettes, satellite television, and telecom- munications. Because of technology, protests became media events worldwide.

Television. Americans embraced television in the 1950s; following the postwar recovery, it was Europe’s turn. Between the mid-1950s and the mid-1970s, Europeans rapidly adopted television as a major entertainment and communications medium. In 1954, just 1 percent of French house- holds had television; by 1974, almost 80 percent did. With the average viewer tuning in about four and a half hours a day, the audience for newspa- pers and theater declined. “We devote more . . .

9 1 6 C h a p t e r 2 8 ■ P o s t i n d u s t r i a l S o c i e t y a n d t h e E n d o f t h e C o l d W a r O r d e r 1 9 6 0 s – 1 9 8 9

1965 1970 1975

■ 1963 Friedan, The Feminine Mystique

■ 1966 Brandt’s Ostpolitik

■ 1967 First successful human heart transplant

■ 1968 Revolution in Czechoslovakia; widespread student uprisings

■ 1969 U.S. moon landing

■ 1972 SALT I

■ 1973–1976 Solzhenitsyn, The Gulag Archipelago

■ 1973 North Vietnam and the United States sign peace treaty; OPEC oil embargo

hours per year to television than [to] any other single artifact,” one sociologist commented in 1969. As with radio, European governments funded television broadcasting with tax dollars and con- trolled TV programming to avoid what they per- ceived as the substandard fare offered by American commercial TV; instead they featured drama, bal- let, concerts, variety shows, and news. The welfare state, in Europe at least, thereby gained more power to shape daily life.

The emergence of communications satellites and video recorders in the 1960s brought compe- tition to state-sponsored television. Worldwide audiences enjoyed broadcasts from throughout the West as satellite technology allowed for the global transmission of sports broadcasts and other programming. What statesmen and intellec- tuals considered the junk programming of the United States — soap operas, game shows, sitcoms — arrived dubbed in the native language. Feature films on videotape became readily avail- able to television stations (although not yet to in- dividuals) and competed with made-for-television movies and other programs. The competition in- creased in 1969 when the Sony Corporation intro- duced the first affordable color videocassette recorder to the consumer market. Critics com- plained that, although TV provided more infor- mation than had ever been available before, the resulting shared culture represented the lowest common denominator.

East and west, television exercised a powerful political and cultural influence. Even in a rural area of the Soviet Union, more than 70 percent of the inhabitants watched television regularly in the late 1970s. Educational programming united the far- flung population of the USSR by broadcasting shows designed to advance Soviet culture. At the same time, with travel impossible or forbidden to many, shows about foreign lands were among the most popular — as were postcards from these lands,

which became household decorations. Heads of state could usually bump regular programming. In the 1960s, French president Charles de Gaulle appeared frequently on television, using the grandiose gestures of an imperial ruler to stir pa- triotism. As electoral success in western Europe in- creasingly depended on cultivating a successful media image, political staffs needed media experts as much as they did policy experts.

Computers. Just as revolutionary as television, the computer reshaped work in science, defense, and ultimately industry. Computers had evolved dramatically since the first electronic ones, like the Colossus used by the British in 1943 to decode Nazi military and diplomatic messages. Several countries had devised these machines for process- ing information, all of them primitive by later standards in being gigantic, slow, noisy, and able only to decode. With growing use in civilian in- dustry and business after the war, computing ma- chines shrank from the size of a gymnasium in the 1940s to that of an attaché case in the mid-1980s. They also became both far less expensive and fantastically more powerful, thanks to the devel- opment of increasingly sophisticated digital elec- tronic circuitry implanted on tiny silicon chips, which replaced the clumsy radio tubes used in 1940s and 1950s computers. Within a few decades, the computer could perform hundreds of millions of operations per second and the price of the in- tegrated circuit at the heart of computer technol- ogy would fall to less than a dollar.

Computers changed the pace and patterns of work not only by speeding up and easing tasks but also by performing many operations that workers had once done themselves. In garment making, for example, experienced workers no longer painstak- ingly figured out how to arrange patterns on cloth for maximum economy. Instead, a computer spec- ified instructions for the best positioning of pat-

Th e R e v o l u t i o n i n Te c h n o lo g y 9 1 71 9 6 0 s – 1 9 8 9

1980 1985 1990

■ 1978 First test-tube baby

■ 1978–1979 Islamic revolution in Iran

■ 1979–1980 U.S. hostage crisis in Iran ■ 1985 Gorbachev becomes Soviet premier

■ 1980 Solidarity resists Polish communism; Thatcher begins dismantling Britain’s welfare state

■ 1981 Reagan becomes U.S. president

■ 1986 Chernobyl nuclear disaster; Spain joins the European Community

■ 1989 Revolt in China’s Tiananmen Square; Communist regimes ousted in Eastern Europe; Berlin Wall demolished

tern pieces, and trained workers, usually women, followed the machine’s directions. Soon, like out- workers of the eighteenth century, people could work for large industries at home, connected to a central mainframe. In 1981, the French phone company launched a public Internet server, the Minitel — a forerunner of the World Wide Web — through which individuals could make reserva- tions, perform stock transactions, and obtain information.

Whereas during the Industrial Revolution me- chanical power replaced human energy, the com- puter technology of the information revolution added to brain power. Many observers believed that computers would profoundly expand mental capacity, providing, in the words of one scientist, “boundless opportunities . . . to resolve the puzzles of cosmology, of life, and of the society of man.” Others countered that computers pro- grammed people, reducing human initiative and the ability to solve problems. As the 1970s closed, such predictions were still untested and the infor- mation revolution was just beginning.

The Space Age The “space race” between the United States and the Soviet Union began when the Soviets launched the satellite Sputnik in 1957. The competition led to in-

creasingly complex space flights that tested humans’ ability to survive the process of space exploration, in- cluding weightlessness. Astronauts walked in space, endured weeks (and later months) in orbit, docked with other craft, fixed satellites, and carried out experiments for the military and private industry. In addition, a series of unmanned rockets launched weather, television, intelligence, and other commu- nications satellites into orbit around the earth.

In July 1969, a worldwide television audience watched as U.S. astronauts Neil Armstrong and Ed- win “Buzz” Aldrin walked on the moon’s surface — the climactic moment in the space race. The space race also drove Western cultural developments. As- tronauts and cosmonauts were perhaps the era’s most admired heroes: Yuri Gagarin, John Glenn, and Valentina Tereshkova — the first woman in space — topped the list. A whole new fantasy world developed. Children’s toys and games revolved in- creasingly around space. Films such as 2001: A Space Odyssey (1968) portrayed space explorers an-

9 1 8 C h a p t e r 2 8 ■ P o s t i n d u s t r i a l S o c i e t y a n d t h e E n d o f t h e C o l d W a r O r d e r 1 9 6 0 s – 1 9 8 9

T H E S P A C E A G E

1957 Soviet Union launches the first artificial satellite, Sputnik

1961 Soviet cosmonaut Yuri Gagarin orbits the earth; cap- sule carrying Alan Shepard Jr. makes first U.S. subor- bital flight

1965 United States launches first commercial communica- tions satellite, Intelsat I

1969 U.S. astronauts Neil Armstrong and Edwin Aldrin walk on moon’s surface

1970S–present Soviet Union and United States individually and in collaboration with various countries perform space station maneuvers, lunar probes, and other scientific experiments

1971 Soviet Union attempts unsuccessfully to put the space station Salyut 1 into orbit

1973 United States puts the experimental space station Skylab into orbit

1976 Viking spacecraft explores Mars

1979–1986 Spacecraft Voyager makes successful flybys of Jupiter, Saturn, and Uranus

Valentina Tereshkova, Russian Cosmonaut People sent into space were heroes, representing modern values of courage, strength, and well-honed skills. Insofar as the space age was part of the cold war race for superpower superiority, the USSR held the lead during the first decade. The Soviets trained both women and men, and the 1963 flight of Valentina Tereshkova—the first woman in space— supported Soviet claims of gender equality in contrast to the all-male superstar image of the early U.S. space program. (Hulton Archive / Getty Images.)

swering questions about life that were formerly the domain of church leaders. Polish author Stanislaw Lem’s popular novel Solaris (1961), later made into a film, described space-age individuals engaged in personal quests and drew readers and ultimately viewers into a futuristic fantasy.

The space age grew out of cold war concerns, and advances in rocket technology not only launched vehicles into space but also powered de- structive missiles. At the same time, the space age promoted global cooperation. From the 1960s on, U.S. spaceflights often involved the participation of other countries such as Great Britain and the Netherlands. In 1965, an international consor- tium headed by the United States launched the first commercial communications satellite, Intel- sat I; by the 1970s, some 150 countries worked together at more than four hundred stations worldwide to maintain global satellite communi- cations. Although some 50 percent of satellites were for spying purposes, the rest made interna- tional communication possible and transnational collaboration a necessity.

Pure science flourished amid the space race. Astronomers used mineral samples from the moon to calculate the age of the solar system with unprecedented precision. Unmanned spacecraft provided data on cosmic radiation, magnetic fields, and infrared sources. Although the media depicted the space age as one of warrior astronauts conquering space, breakthroughs in space explo- ration and astronomy depended on the products of technology, including the radio telescope, which depicted space by receiving, measuring, and calcu- lating nonvisible rays. These findings reinforced the so-called big bang theory of the origin of the universe, first outlined in the 1930s by American astronomer Edwin Hubble and given crucial sup- port in the 1950s by the discovery of a low level of radiation permeating the universe in all directions. The big bang theory proposes that the universe orig- inated from the explosion of superdense, superhot matter some ten to twenty billion years ago.

The Nuclear Age Scientists, government officials, and engineers put the force of the atom to economic use, especially in the form of nuclear power, and the dramatic boost in available energy helped continue postwar economic expansion into the 1960s and beyond. The USSR built the first nuclear plant to produce electricity in Obinsk in 1954, followed by Britain and the United States. During the 1960s and 1970s, nuclear power for industrial and household use

multiplied a hundredfold — a growth that did not include the nuclear-powered submarines and air- craft carriers, which also multiplied in this period.

Because of the vast costs and complex proce- dures involved in building, supplying, running, and safeguarding nuclear reactors, governments provided substantial aid and even financed nuclear power plants almost entirely. “A state does not count,” announced French president Charles de Gaulle, “if it does not . . . contribute to the techno- logical progress of the world.” The watchword for all governments building nuclear reactors was tech- nological development — a new function for the modern state. The USSR sponsored plants throughout the Soviet bloc as part of the drive to modernize, but it was not alone — Western nations, too, continued to rely on nuclear power. In 2006, France produced some 80 percent of its energy, and the United States 20 percent, via nu- clear power plants. More than thirty countries had substantial nuclear installations in the twenty-first century, with more under construction.

Revolutions in Biology and Reproductive Technology A revolution in the life sciences brought about dra- matic new health benefits and ultimately changed reproduction itself. In 1952, scientists Francis Crick, an Englishman, and James Watson, an American, discovered the structure of DNA, the material in a cell’s chromosomes that carries hereditary information. Simultaneously, other sci- entists were working on “the pill”— an oral con- traceptive for women that capped more than a century of scientific work in the field of birth con- trol. Still other breakthroughs lay ahead, including ones that revolutionized conception and made sci- entific duplication of species possible.

Understanding DNA. Crick and Watson solved the mystery of biological inheritance when they demonstrated the structure of DNA. They showed how the double helix of the DNA molecule splits in cellular reproduction to form the basis of each new cell. This genetic material, biologists con- cluded, provides a chemical pattern for an individ- ual organism’s life. Beginning in the 1960s, genetics and the new field of molecular biology progressed rapidly. Growing understanding of nucleic acids and proteins led to increased knowledge about

Th e R e v o l u t i o n i n Te c h n o lo g y 9 1 91 9 6 0 s – 1 9 8 9

DNA: The genetic material that forms the basis of each cell; the discovery of its structure in 1952 revolutionized genetics, mo- lecular biology, and other scientific and medical fields.

viruses and bacteria and almost completely ended such diseases as polio, tetanus, syphilis, mumps, and measles in the West through the development of new vaccines.

Scientists used their understanding of DNA both to alter the makeup of plants and to bypass natural animal reproduction in a process called cloning — obtaining the cells of an organism and dividing or reproducing them in an exact copy in a laboratory. In 1997, one group of British re- searchers produced a cloned sheep named Dolly, though the breakthrough was marred by the fact that Dolly suffered an array of disabilities and died six years later. Questions about whether scientists should interfere with so basic and essential a process as reproduction became increasingly ur- gent as cloning progressed. Similarly, the possibil- ity of genetically altering species and even creating new ones (for instance, to control agricultural pests) led to concern about how such actions would affect the balance of nature. In 1967, Dr. Christiaan Barnard of South Africa performed the first successful heart transplant, and U.S. doc- tors later developed an artificial heart. As major

breakthroughs like these occurred, commentators began to ask whether the enormous cost of new medical technology to save a few people would be better spent on helping the many who lacked even basic medical and health care.

Transforming Reproduction. Technology also in- fluenced the most intimate areas of human rela- tions — sexuality and procreation. Matching family size to agricultural productivity no longer shaped sexual behavior in the industrialized and urbanized West. With reliable birth-control devices more readily available, young people began sexual rela- tions earlier, with less risk of pregnancy. These trends accelerated in the 1960s when the birth- control pill, first produced in the United States and tested on women in developing areas, came on the Western market. By 1970, its use was spreading around the world. Millions also sought out volun- tary surgical sterilization through tubal ligations and vasectomies. New techniques brought abor- tion, traditionally performed by amateurs, into the hands of medical professionals, making it a safe procedure for the first time.

9 2 0 C h a p t e r 2 8 ■ P o s t i n d u s t r i a l S o c i e t y a n d t h e E n d o f t h e C o l d W a r O r d e r 1 9 6 0 s – 1 9 8 9

Thalidomide Children In the last third of the twentieth century, increasingly destructive side effects of powerful medi- cines became apparent. Women who had taken the drug thalidomide gave birth to children with severe disabilities, a result of the race to profit from scientific and technological developments. Children affected by thalidomide, once they became adults, were among those who launched the disability rights movement. (Deutsche Presse Agentur.)

■ For more help analyzing this image, see the visual activity for this chapter in the Online Study Guide at bedfordstmartins.com/hunt.

Childbirth and conception itself were simi- larly transformed. Whereas only a small minority of Western births took place in hospitals in 1920, more than 90 percent did by 1970. Obstetricians now performed much of the work midwives had once done. As pregnancy and birth became a med- ical process, innovative new procedures and equip- ment made it possible to monitor women and fetuses throughout pregnancy, labor, and delivery. The number of medical interventions such as cesarean births rose. In 1978, the first “test-tube baby,” Louise Brown, was born to an English couple. She had been conceived when her mother’s eggs were fertilized with her father’s sperm in a laboratory dish and then implanted in her mother’s uterus — a complex process called in vitro fertilization. If a woman could not carry a child to term, the laboratory-fertilized embryo could be implanted in the uterus of a surrogate, or substitute, mother. Researchers even began work- ing on an artificial womb to allow for reproduc- tion entirely outside the body — from storage bank to artificial embryonic environment. In reproduc- tive technology, as in other areas, the revolution in biology was dramatically changing human life, im- proving health, and even making new life possible.

Review: What were the technological and scientific ad- vances of the 1960s and 1970s, and how did they change human life and society?

Postindustrial Society and Culture Soaring investments in science and the spread of technology put Western countries on what has been labeled a postindustrial course. Instead of be- ing centered on manufacturing and heavy indus- try, a postindustrial economy emphasized the distribution of services such as health care and ed- ucation. The dominance of the service sector meant that intellectual work, not industrial or manufacturing work, was central to creating jobs and profits. Moreover, all parts of society and in- dustry interlocked, forming a system constantly in need of complex analysis, as in the nuclear indus- try, leading to new cultural trends. The character- istics of postindustrial society and culture would carry over from the 1960s and 1970s into the next century.

Multinational Corporations One of the major developments of the postindus- trial era was the growth of the multinational corporation. Multinationals produced goods and services for a global market and conducted busi- ness worldwide, but unlike older kinds of interna- tional firms, they established major factories in countries other than their home base. For example, of the five hundred largest businesses in the

P o s t i n d u s t r i a l S o c i e t y a n d C u lt u r e 9 2 11 9 6 0 s – 1 9 8 9

multinational corporation: A business that operates in many foreign countries by sending large segments of its manufactur- ing, finance, sales, and other business components abroad.

in vitro fertilization: A process developed in the 1970s by which eggs are fertilized with sperm outside the human body and then implanted in a woman’s uterus.

The First Test-Tube Baby The birth in Britain in 1978 of Louise Brown, the first baby conceived by in vitro fertilization, caused a sensation worldwide. The new procedure was just one of the many medical breakthroughs of the late twentieth century and gave hope to would-be parents around the world that science might make infertility a thing of the past. (Getty Images.)

United States in 1970, more than one hundred did over a quarter of their business abroad, with IBM operating in more than one hundred countries. Although U.S.-based corporations led the way, European and Japanese multinationals like Volks- wagen, Shell, Nestlé, and Sony also had a broad global reach.

Some multinational corporations had bigger revenues than entire nations. They appeared to burst the bounds of the nation-state as they set up shop in whatever part of the world offered cheap labor. In the first years after World War II, multi- nationals preferred European employees, who constituted a highly educated labor pool and had well-developed consumer habits. Then, beginning in the 1960s, multinationals moved more of their operations to the emerging economies of formerly colonized states to reduce labor costs and avoid taxes. Although multinational corporations pro- vided jobs in developing areas, profits usually went out of those areas to enrich foreign stockholders. Multinational corporations lacked the interest in the well-being of localities or nations that earlier industrialists had often shown. Thus, this system of business looked to some like imperialism in a new form.

Firms believed that they could stay competi- tive only by expanding, merging with other com- panies, or partnering with government. In France, for example, a massive glass conglomerate merged with a metallurgical company to form a new group

specializing in all phases of con- struction — a wise move given the postwar building boom. Eu- ropean firms increased their in- vestment in research and used international cooperation to produce major new products. The British-French Concorde supersonic aircraft, which, be- ginning with its first flight in 1976, flew from London to New York in under four hours, was one result. Another venture was the Airbus, a more practical se- ries of passenger jets inaugu- rated in 1972 by a consortium of European firms. Both projects attested to the strong relation- ships among government, busi- ness, and science as well as to the international cooperation in manufacturing among members of the Common Market (Map 28.1). Such relationships al-

lowed European businesses to compete success- fully with U.S.-based multinational giants.

The New Worker In the early years of industry, workers often la- bored to exhaustion and lived in such poor con- ditions that they sometimes resorted to violence to improve their lot. These conditions changed fundamentally in postwar Europe with the reduc- tion of the blue-collar workforce, the growth of off-shore manufacturing, and increased automa- tion in industrial processes. Work in manufactur- ing was simply cleaner and less dangerous than ever before. Within firms, the relationship of workers to bosses shifted as management started grouping workers into teams that set their own production quotas, organized and assigned tasks, and competed with other teams to see who could produce more. As workers took on responsibilities once assigned to managers, union membership declined.

In both the U.S. and Soviet blocs, a new work- ing class of white-collar service personnel emerged. Its rise undermined economic distinctions based on the way a person worked, for those who performed service work or had managerial titles were not nec- essarily better paid than blue-collar laborers. The ranks of service workers swelled with researchers, planners, health care and medical staff, and gov- ernment functionaries. As emphasis on service

9 2 2 C h a p t e r 2 8 ■ P o s t i n d u s t r i a l S o c i e t y a n d t h e E n d o f t h e C o l d W a r O r d e r 1 9 6 0 s – 1 9 8 9

0 400 kilometers200

0 200 400 miles

N

S

E W

FRANCE

GERMANY

UNITED KINGDOM

SPAIN

British Aerospace Wings

CASA Tailplanes

Airbus industrie Final assembly

MBB Fuselages

Aerospatiale Flight systems & fuselage sections

Bremen

Hamburg

Madrid

Toulouse

Filton

Chester

St. Nazaire/ Nantes

� �

�

�

�

�

�

M A P 2 8 . 1 The Airbus Production System The international consortium Airbus marked an important step in the economic and industrial integration of Europe and the revitalization of individual national economies. Today, Airbus is a global enterprise with locations offering parts and service around the world, including the United States, China, and India, but coordinating production in so many sites has proved difficult recently.

grew, entire categories of employees such as flight attendants devoted much of their skill to the psy- chological well-being of customers. The consumer economy provided more jobs in restaurants and personal health, fitness and grooming, and hotels and tourism. By 1969, the percentage of service- sector employees had passed that of manufactur- ing workers in several industrial countries: 61.1 percent versus 33.7 percent in the United States; and 48.8 percent versus 41.1 percent in Sweden (see “Taking Measure,” above).

Postindustrial work life differed somewhat in the Soviet bloc. There, the percentage of farmers remained higher than in western Europe. A huge difference between professional occupations and those involving physical work also remained in socialist countries because of declining invest- ment in advanced machinery and cleaner work processes. Men in both blocs generally earned higher pay for better jobs; uniquely in the Soviet

bloc, however, women’s badly paying jobs included street cleaning, garbage collection, heavy labor on farms, and medicine (both as doctors and den- tists). Somewhere between 80 and 95 percent of women worked in socialist countries, mostly un- der difficult conditions.

Farming changed as well, consolidating and becoming more scientific. Small landowners sold family plots to farmers engaged in agribusiness — that is, vast acreage devoted to commercial rather than peasant farming. Governments, farmers’ co- operatives, and planning agencies shaped the de- cision making of the individual farmer; they set production quotas and handled an array of mar- keting transactions. Genetic research that yielded pest-resistant seeds and the skyrocketing use of pesticides, fertilizers, and machinery contributed to economic growth. Between 1965 and 1979, the number of tractors in Germany more than tripled from 384,000 to 1,340,000.

P o s t i n d u s t r i a l S o c i e t y a n d C u lt u r e 9 2 31 9 6 0 s – 1 9 8 9

T A K I N G M E A S U R E

Average of 12 European Countries1JapanUnited States

15.7%

11.0%

15.9%

25.5%

3.4%

28.5%

36.7%

8.7% 23.6%

1.4%

14.5% 3.5%

17.3%

21.4%7.8%

34.2% 17.7%

3.7%9.2%

0.3%

1Austria, Belgium, West Germany, Denmark, Spain, Finland, Greece, Ireland, Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, and Sweden

Professional, technical, and related workers

Administrative and managerial workers

Clerical and related workers

Sales and service workers

Agricultural workers

Production and transport workers, laborers

Other

Postindustrial Occupational Structure, 1984 Striking changes occurred in the composition of the workforce in the postwar period. Agriculture continued to decline as a source of jobs; by the 1980s, the percentage of agricultural workers in the most advanced industrial countries had dropped well below 10 per- cent. The most striking development was the expansion of the serv- ice sector, which came to employ more than half of all workers. In the United States, the agricultural and industrial sectors (repre- sented by production and transportation workers), which had domi- nated a century earlier, now offered less than a third of all jobs. What difference does it make to ordinary people that jobs in serv- ice work predominate? ( Yearbook of Labour Statistics (Geneva: International Labour Office, 1992), Table 2.7).

Technicians played a crucial role in transform- ing agriculture. For example, in the 1970s, a woman named Fernande Pelletier owned a hundred-acre farm in southwestern France. On the advice of a government expert to produce whatever foods might sell competitively in the Common Market, she switched from lamb and veal to foie gras and walnuts, and she joined with other farmers in her region to buy heavy machinery and to bring prod- ucts to market. Agricultural prosperity required as much managerial and technical know-how as did success in other parts of the economy.

The Boom in Education and Research Education and research were key to running postindustrial society and were the means by which nations maintained their economic and military might. In the West, common sense, hard work, and creative intuition had launched the ear- liest successes of the Industrial Revolution. By the late twentieth century, success in business or gov- ernment demanded a wide variety of expertise and ever-growing staffs of researchers — “the accumu- lation of knowledge, not of wealth,” as one official put it.

Investment in research fueled military and industrial leadership. The United States funneled more than 20 percent of its gross national prod- uct into research in the 1960s, attracting many of Europe’s leading intellectuals and technicians to move to the United States in a so-called brain drain. Complex systems — for example, nuclear power generation with its many components, from scientific conceptualization to plant con- struction to the publicly supervised disposal of radioactive waste — required intricate coordina- tion and professional oversight. Scientists and bureaucrats frequently made more crucial deci- sions than did elected politicians in the realm of space programs, weapons development, and eco- nomic policy. Here east–west differences are telling: Soviet-bloc nations proved less adept at linking their considerable achievements in science to real-life applications because of bureaucratic red tape. In the 1960s, some 40 percent of scien- tific findings in the Soviet bloc became obsolete before the government approved them for appli- cation to technology. An invisible backsliding from superpower effectiveness and leadership had begun in the USSR — much of it due to the lack of systems coordination and cooperation.

The centrality of sophisticated knowledge to success in postindustrial society led to unprece-

dented growth in education, especially in univer- sities, scientific institutes, and other postsecondary institutions. The number of university students in Sweden rose by about 580 percent and in West Ger- many by 250 percent between 1950 and 1969. Great Britain established a network of technical universities to encourage the practical research that traditional elite universities often scorned. France set up schools to train future high-level ex- perts in administration. The scientific establish- ment in the Soviet Union grew so rapidly that Soviet advanced researchers outnumbered those in the United States by the late 1970s. Meanwhile, in- stitutions of higher learning, particularly in the United States and western Europe, added courses in business management, information technology, and systems analysis designed for the new pool of postindustrial workers.

Changing Family Life and the Generation Gap Just as education changed to meet the needs of postindustrial society, family structures and parent–child relationships shifted from what they had been a century earlier. Households became more varied, headed by a single parent, by remar- ried parents merging two sets of unrelated children, by unmarried couples cohabitating, or by tradi- tionally married couples who had few — or no — children. Households of same-sex partners became more common. By the end of the 1970s, the mar- riage rate in the West had fallen by 30 percent from its 1960s level, and after almost two decades of baby boom, the birthrate dropped significantly. On av- erage, Belgian women, for example, bore 2.6 chil- dren in 1960 but only 1.8 by the end of the 1970s. In the Soviet bloc, the birthrate was even lower. Al- though the birthrate fell, the percentage of children born outside of marriage soared.

Daily life within the family also changed. Tech- nological consumer items filled the home, with ra- dio and television often forming the basis of the household’s common social life. Appliances such as dishwashers, washing machines, and clothes dryers became more affordable and more wide- spread, raising standards of cleanliness and reduc- ing (in theory) the time women had to devote to household work. More women worked outside the home during these years to pay for the prolonged economic dependence of children, but working mothers still did the housework and provided child care almost entirely themselves.

Whereas earlier the family had organized la- bor, taught craft skills, and monitored reproduc-

9 2 4 C h a p t e r 2 8 ■ P o s t i n d u s t r i a l S o c i e t y a n d t h e E n d o f t h e C o l d W a r O r d e r 1 9 6 0 s – 1 9 8 9

tive behavior, the modern family seemed to have a primarily psychological mission, providing emo- tional nurturance for children who acquired their intellectual skills in school. Parents turned to psy- chologists, social workers, and other social service experts for advice on rearing their children. Tele- vision and other media also offered much-heeded advice and models of how people should deal with life in postindustrial society.

Teenagers’ lives changed dramatically, creating strong differences between adolescents and adults. A century earlier, teens had been full-time wage earn- ers like their parents; now, in the new knowledge- based society, most were students, financially dependent on their parents into their twenties. De- spite teenagers’ prolonged financial childhood, sex- ual activity began at an ever younger age, and people talked more openly about sex, prompting the Western media to announce the arrival of a “sexual revolution” where young people were con- cerned. Youth simultaneously gained new roles as consumers. Seeing baby boomers as a multibillion- dollar market, advertisers and industrialists wooed them with consumer items associated with rock music — records, portable radios, stereos, and so on. Rock music celebrated youthful rebellion against adult culture in biting, critical, and often explicitly sexual lyrics. Sex roles for the young did not change, however. Despite the popularity of a few individual women rockers, promoters focused on men, whom they depicted as heroic, surrounded by worshipping female “groupies.” The new mod- els for youth such as the Beatles were themselves the products of advanced technology and savvy marketing for mass consumption. “What’s your message for American teenagers?” the Beatles were asked. “Buy some more Beatles records,” they re- sponded. The mixture of high-tech music, pop-star marketing, and the sexual openness of fans con- tributed to a sense that there was a unique youth culture separating the young from their parents — a so-called generation gap.

Art, Ideas, and Religion in a Technocratic Society Artists and scholars of the postindustrial age ad- dressed the growing consumerism and the new world of space, electronics, and computers in their art and thought. As colonies threw off the impe- rialist yoke and became new nations, the influence of their culture on the West remained strong. Like the new multinational corporations, many artists and scholars enjoyed increasing international recognition and reached global markets. Social sci-

entists added to their prestige and influence by em- ploying complex statistical and other scientific methods made possible by increasingly sophisti- cated and powerful computers.

The Visual Arts. A new trend in the visual arts was called pop art. It featured images from every- day life and employed the glossy techniques and products of what these artists called admass, or mass advertising. Robert Rauschenberg, a leading U.S. practitioner, made collages from comic strips, magazine clippings, and fabric to fulfill his vision

P o s t i n d u s t r i a l S o c i e t y a n d C u lt u r e 9 2 51 9 6 0 s – 1 9 8 9

pop art: A style in the visual arts that mimicked advertising and consumerism and that used ordinary objects as a part of paint- ings and other compositions.

The Rolling Stones (1976) The Rolling Stones were more energetic, sexual, and flamboyant than the earlier British rock sensation, the Beatles. Astute marketing experts for big record companies helped such rock groups target youth successfully. What exactly was the appeal of the Beatles, the Rolling Stones, and the other celebrated rock stars who followed in their wake? (Getty Images.)

that “a picture is more like the real world when it’s made out of the real world.” The movement had become a financial success by the early 1960s, pro- pelled by such maverick American artists as Andy Warhol (1928–1987), who parodied modern com- mercialism. Through images of actress Marilyn Monroe and former first lady Jacqueline Kennedy, Warhol showed, for example, how depictions of women were used to sell everything mass culture had to offer in the 1960s and 1970s. He depicted Campbell’s soup cans as they appeared in adver- tisements and sold these works as elite artistic cre- ations.

Swedish-born artist Claes Oldenburg (1929–) portrayed the grotesque aspects of ordinary con- sumer products in Giant Hamburger with Pickle

Attached (1962) and Lipstick Ascending on Cater- pillar Tractor (1967). Capturing this mocking world of art, German artist Sigmar Polke did cartoon-like drawings of products and of those who craved them. Others practicing this “high art” picked up “low” objects such as scraps of metal, cigarette butts, dirt, and even excrement. The Swiss sculptor Jean Tinguely used rusted parts of old machines — the junk of industrial society — to make fountains that could move. His partner Niki de Saint Phalle (1930–2002) then decorated them with huge, gaudy figures — many of them inspired by the folk traditions of the Caribbean and Africa. Their colorful, mobile fountains adorned main squares in Stockholm, Paris, and other cities.

Music. The American composer John Cage (1912–1992) worked in a similar vein when he added to his musical scores sounds produced by such everyday items as combs, pieces of wood, and radio noise. Buddhist influence led Cage to incor- porate silence in music and to compose by ran- domly tossing coins and then choosing notes by the corresponding numbers in the ancient Chinese I Ching (Book of Changes). These techniques con- tinued the trend away from classical melody that had begun with modernism. Other composers, called minimalists, simplified music by featuring repetition and sustained notes instead of produc- ing the lush melodies of nineteenth-century sym- phonies and piano music. Estonian composer Arvo Pärt wrote minimalist pieces in the 1970s us- ing only three or four notes in total; he called this style “starvation” music to emphasize the lack of both freedom and goods in the Soviet bloc.

German composer Karlheinz Stockhausen in- troduced electronic music into classical composi- tion in 1953; Cage also used it soon after. Influenced by his own travels, Stockhausen continued the mod- ern style of fully exploring non-Western tonalities in such 1970s pieces as Ceylon. Even though this music echoed the familiar technology of everyday life, many listeners hated what seemed unpleasant sounds. Yet improved recording technology and mass marketing brought music of all varieties to a wider home audience than ever before.

Social Science. The social sciences reached the peak of their prestige in the postindustrial era, of- ten because of the increasing use of statistical models made possible by advanced electronic computations. Sociologists and psychologists pro- duced detailed empirical studies that claimed to demonstrate rules for understanding individual and group behavior. Anthropology was among the

9 2 6 C h a p t e r 2 8 ■ P o s t i n d u s t r i a l S o c i e t y a n d t h e E n d o f t h e C o l d W a r O r d e r 1 9 6 0 s – 1 9 8 9

Claes Oldenberg, Trowel (1971) Claes Oldenberg captured the playful mood of pop art when he began duplicating ordinary objects such as vacuum cleaners, telephones, and even raisin bread on a larger-than-life scale. Pop art seemed to make a mockery of consumerism and everyday life, but museums and wealthy collectors snapped it up, eventually making celebrities of the artists and paying tens of millions of dollars for these works. (Nicolas Sapieha / Art Resource, NY.)

most exciting of the social sciences, for it exposed the young university student to societies that seemed immune to modern technology and indus- try. Fieldwork and colorful ethnographic films re- vealed alternative lifestyles and seemingly exotic practices. While studying people who came to be called “the other,” these young experts had their sense of freedom reinforced by the vision of going back to nature. Whatever their discipline, social scientists announced that, like technicians and en- gineers, their specialized methods and factual knowledge were key to managing the complexities of postindustrial society and developing nations alike.

Yet at the same time, the social sciences un- dermined Enlightenment beliefs that individuals had true freedom. French anthropologist Claude Lévi-Strauss (1908–) developed a theory called structuralism, which insisted that rigid, rule- bound structures — kinship and exchange, for example — control the functioning of all societies. By challenging existentialism’s claim that humans could create a free existence, structuralism shook the social sciences’ faith in rationality. Lévi- Strauss’s book The Savage Mind (1966) also demonstrated that people outside the West, even though they did not use scientific methods, had their own extremely effective systems of problem solving. In the 1960s and 1970s, the findings of some social scientists echoed concerns that tech- nology was creating a society of automatons and that bureaucracies were destroying individuality and freedom.

Religion. Religious leaders and parishioners re- sponded to the changing times in a variety of ways. Pope Paul VI (1963–1978) opposed artificial birth control as it became more prevalent, but he also be- came the first pontiff to carry out the new global vision of Vatican II by visiting Africa, Asia, and South America. In some places, religious fervor at the grass roots surged in the face of advancing sci- ence and the threat of nuclear annihilation. Grow- ing numbers of U.S. Protestants, for example, joined sects that stressed the literal truth of the Bible and denied the validity of past scientific dis- coveries such as the age of the universe and the evolution of the species. In western Europe, how- ever, Christian churchgoing remained at a low ebb. In the 1970s, for example, only 10 percent of the British population went to religious services — about the same number that attended live soccer matches. Most striking was the changing composi- tion of the Western religious public. Immigration of people from former colonies and other parts of

the world increased the strength of non-Christian religions such as Islam and varieties of Hindu faiths. Cities and towns came to house mosques, Buddhist temples, and shrines to other creeds. New religious values sometimes mixed tensely with both Western European Judeo-Christianity and the antireligious culture of the Soviet bloc.

Review: How did Western society and culture change in the postindustrial age?

Protesting Cold War Conditions The United States and the Soviet Union reached new heights of power in the 1960s, but trouble was brewing for the superpowers. By 1965, the six na- tions of the Common Market had replaced the United States as the leader in worldwide trade and the marketing of new technologies, and they often acted in their own self-interest, not in the interests of the superpowers. In 1973, Britain’s membership in the Common Market, followed by Ireland and Denmark, boosted the market’s exports to almost three times those of the United States. The USSR faced challenges too. Communist China, along with countries in eastern Europe, contested Soviet leadership, and many decolonizing regions refused to ally with either of the superpowers. By the mid- 1960s, the United States was enmeshed in a dev- astating war in Vietnam in order to block the Communist independence movement there. At the end of the 1970s, the USSR became embroiled in an equally devastating war in Afghanistan. Rising citizen discontent, sometimes expressed in dra- matic acts of protest like that of Jan Palach, pre- sented another serious challenge to the cold war order. From the 1960s until 1989, people rose up against technology, the lack of fundamental rights, and the potential for nuclear holocaust.

Cracks in the Cold War Order Across the social and political spectrum came calls to at least soften the effects of the cold war in this age of unprecedented technological advance. In the Soviet Union, the new middle class of bureaucrats and managers demanded a better standard of living and a reduction in the cold war animosity that made everyday life so menacing. Voters in western Euro- pean countries elected politicians who promoted an increasing array of social programs designed to

P r o t e s t i n g C o l d W a r C o n d i t i o n s 9 2 71 9 6 0 s – 1 9 8 9

ensure the economic democracy of the welfare state and to promote technological development. A sig- nificant minority of voters shifted their allegiance from the centrist Christian Democratic coalitions that supported U.S. political goals to Socialist, La- bor, and Social Democratic parties that endorsed policies to bridge the cold war divide.

Germany and France. The German and French governments both made solid and highly visible changes in policy, which, though different, unsettled cold war divisiveness. In Germany, Social Democra- tic politicians had enough influence to shift money from defense spending to domestic programs. Willy Brandt (1913–1992), the Socialist mayor of West Berlin, became foreign minister in 1966 and pursued an end to frigid relations with Communist East Ger- many in order to open up commerce across borders. This policy, known as Ostpolitik, gave West German business leaders what they wanted: “the depoliticiza- tion of Germany’s foreign trade,” as one industrial- ist put it, and an opening of consumerism in the Soviet bloc. West German trade with eastern Europe grew rapidly; however, it left the relatively poorer countries of the Soviet bloc strapped with mount- ing debt — some $45 billion annually by 1970. Nonetheless, commerce had built a bridge across the U.S.-Soviet cold war divide.

To break the superpowers’ stranglehold on in- ternational politics, French president Charles de Gaulle poured huge sums into French nuclear de- velopment, withdrew French forces from NATO, and signed trade treaties with the Soviet bloc. Communist China and France also drew closer through trade and diplomatic ties. However, de Gaulle also maintained France’s good relations with Germany to prevent further encroachments from the Soviet bloc. At home, de Gaulle’s govern- ment sponsored construction of modern housing and mandated the exterior cleaning of all Parisian buildings — a massive project taking years — to wipe away more than a century of industrial grime. With his haughty and stubborn pursuit of French grandeur, de Gaulle offered the European public an alternative to submission to the superpowers.

The Soviet Union. Brandt’s Ostpolitik and de Gaulle’s assertiveness, especially in economic devel- opment, had their echoes in Soviet-bloc reforms. After Soviet premier Nikita Khrushchev’s ouster in 1964, the new leadership of Leonid Brezhnev (1909–1982) and Alexei Kosygin (1904–1980) ini-

tially continued attempts at reform, encouraging plant managers to turn a profit and allowing the production of televisions, household appliances, and cheap housing to alleviate the discontent of an increasingly better-educated and better-informed citizenry. The government also loosened restric- tions to allow cultural and scientific meetings with Westerners, another move that relaxed the cold war atmosphere in the mid-1960s. Like the French, the Soviets set up “technopoles” — new cities devoted to research and technological innovation. The Soviet satellites in eastern Europe seized the eco- nomic opportunity presented by Moscow’s relaxed posture. For example, Hungarian leader János Kádár introduced elements of a market system into the national economy by encouraging small busi- nesses and trade to develop outside the Commu- nist-controlled state network.

In the arts, Soviet-bloc writers sought to halt the slavish praise for the Soviet past and loosen the hold of socialist realism as the dominant style. Dis- sident artists’ paintings subverted the brightly at- tired and heroic figures of socialist realism and depicted Soviet citizens as worn and tired in grays and other monochromatic color schemes (see “See- ing History,” page 929). Ukrainian poet Yevgeny Yevtushenko exposed Soviet complicity in the Holocaust in Babi Yar (1961), a passionate protest against the slaughter of tens of thousands of Jews near Kiev during World War II. Challenging the cel- ebratory nature of socialist art, East Berlin writer Christa Wolf showed a couple tragically divided by the Berlin Wall in her novel Divided Heaven (1965). Repression of expression returned in the later 1960s and 1970s, as the Soviet government took to bull- dozing outdoor art shows, thereby forcing visual artists to hold secret exhibitions or public ones an- nounced at the very last minute by word of mouth. For their part, writers relied on samizdat culture, a form of dissident activity in which uncensored publications were reproduced by hand and passed from reader to reader, thus building a foundation for the successful resistance of the 1980s.

The United States. Other issues challenged U.S. leadership of the free world during the cold war. The assassination of President John F. Kennedy in November 1963 shocked the nation and the world, but only momentarily did it halt the escalating demands for civil rights for African Americans and other minorities. White segregationists mur-

9 2 8 C h a p t e r 2 8 ■ P o s t i n d u s t r i a l S o c i e t y a n d t h e E n d o f t h e C o l d W a r O r d e r 1 9 6 0 s – 1 9 8 9

samizdat: A key form of dissident activity across the Soviet bloc; individuals reproduced uncensored publications by hand and passed them from reader to reader, thus building a foun- dation for the successful resistance of the 1980s.

Ostpolitik: A policy initiated by Willy Brandt in the late 1960s in which West Germany sought better economic relations with the Communist countries of eastern Europe.

P r o t e s t i n g C o l d W a r C o n d i t i o n s 9 2 91 9 6 0 s – 1 9 8 9

Critiquing the Soviet System: Dissident Art in the 1960s and 1970s

S E E I N G H I S T O R Y

Eric Bulatov, Krasikov Street, 1977. (Collection of the Jane Voorhees Zimmerli Art

Museum, Rutgers, The State University of New

Jersey, The Norton and Nancy Dodge Collection

of Nonconformist Art from the Soviet Union.

Photograph by Jack Abraham. 05125/ © 2008

Artists Rights Society (ARS), NY/ ADAGP, Paris.)

Boris Orlov, The General, 1970. (Collection of the Jane Voorhees Zimmerli Art Museum, Rutgers, The

State University of New Jersey, The Norton and Nancy

Dodge Collection of Nonconformist Art from the

Soviet Union. Photograph by Jack Abraham. 14194 ©

Boris Orlov/ RAO, Moscow/ VAGA, New York, NY.)

A rtists, writers, composers, and per- formers in the USSR were sup- posed to follow Communist Party

directives, creating uplifting works that spread Communist ideals, despite the po- litical repression and economic hardships that plagued the system. Numerous dissi- dent artists sought to undermine the Communist message and criticize the regime through their work, thus helping to preparing the ground for a full-scale re- volt against the Soviet system in the late 1980s. The Soviet government persecuted these artists and their families and often destroyed subversive works that were dis- played in public. Yet dissident artists bravely forged ahead, displaying their art and even selling it to foreign dealers to smuggle out of the country.

Dissident artists employed a range of techniques, both subtle and explicit, to cri- tique the Soviet regime. Eric Bulatov often made use of the officially approved Soviet style of “socialist realism” in his works to

slyly criticize the system. His painting Krasikov Street, shown here, refers to Lenin’s much-repeated motto meant to in- spire Soviet citizens: “Always forward, never backward.” How does Bulatov use motion and color here to comment on both Soviet society and the Communist estab- lishment? What messages is he conveying?

In his work The General, Boris Orlov used sculpture to lampoon one of the mainstays of Soviet society during the cold war. As the heroes of World War II and protectors of communism, generals were officially revered, parading on Soviet hol- idays and at commemorative events. What are the general’s main features as por- trayed by Orlov? What adjectives would you use to describe this work? How would you characterize the tone and purpose of Orlov’s depiction?

As you reflect on these two works of art, what in your opinion would have made them dangerous to the survival of Soviet communism?

dered, maimed, and arrested those attempting to integrate lunch counters, register black voters, or simply march on behalf of freedom. This violent racism was a weak link in the American claim to moral superiority in the cold war. In response to the murders and destruction, Kennedy had intro- duced civil rights legislation and forced the deseg- regation of schools and universities. Lyndon B. Johnson (1908–1973), Kennedy’s successor, steered the Civil Rights Act through Congress in 1964. This legislation forbade segregation in public facilities and created the Equal Employment Op- portunity Commission (EEOC) to fight job dis- crimination based on “race, color, national origin, religion, and sex.” Southern conservatives had tacked on the provision outlawing discrimination against women in the vain hope that it would doom the bill. Modeling himself on his hero Franklin Roosevelt, Johnson envisioned what he called a Great Society, in which new government programs would improve the lot of the forty mil- lion Americans living in poverty. Johnson’s myr- iad reform programs included Project Head Start for educating disadvantaged preschool children and the Job Corps for training youth. Black nov- elist Ralph Ellison called Johnson “the greatest

American president for the poor and the Negroes.”

Still, the cold war remained, and the United States became increasingly embroiled in Vietnam (Map 28.2). After the Geneva Conference of 1954, which divided Vietnam into North and South, the United States increased its support for the corrupt and incompetent leaders of non-Communist South Vietnam. North Vietnam, China, and the Soviet Union backed the rebel Vietcong, or South Viet- namese Communists. The strength of the Vietcong seemed to grow daily, and by 1966, the United States had more than half a million soldiers in South Viet- nam. Early in the war, Johnson’s advisers appeared on television, predicting imminent victory despite mounting U.S. casualties and the need to draft young men, many of them unwilling to go. Faced with growing antiwar sentiment and increasing military costs, Johnson announced in March 1968 that he would not run for president again.

The Growth of Citizen Activism In the midst of cold war conflict and technological advance, a new activism emerged. Prosperity and the rising benefits of a postindustrial, service-oriented

9 3 0 C h a p t e r 2 8 ■ P o s t i n d u s t r i a l S o c i e t y a n d t h e E n d o f t h e C o l d W a r O r d e r 1 9 6 0 s – 1 9 8 9

0 150 300 kilometers

0 150 300 miles

N

S

EW

Communist nations

Nations allied with United States

Neutral nations

Ho Chi Minh Trail

Tet offensive, 1968�

Mekong R

.

Gulf of Tonkin

South China

Sea

Gulf of Thailand

Mekong Delta

Red R.

C H I N A

LAOS

BURMA

NORTH VIETNAM

SOUTH VIETNAM

THAILAND

CAMBODIA

Demarcation Line of 1954 (17th Parallel)

Hanoi

Vinh

Dong Hoi

Bangkok

Phnom Penh

Hue

Saigon�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

� �

�

�

� �

�

� �

Dien Bien Phu

Da Nang

Chu Lai

Quang Ngai

Qui Nhon

My Lai

� �

�

�

�

�

M A P 2 8 . 2 The Vietnam War, 1954–1975 The local peoples of Southeast Asia had long resisted incursions by their neighbors. The Vietnamese beat the French colonizers in the battle of Dien Bien Phu in 1954. But the Americans soon became involved, trying to stem what they saw as the tide of Communist influence behind the Vietnamese liberation movement. The ensuing war in Vietnam in the 1960s and 1970s spread into neighboring countries, making the region the scene of vast destruction.

economy made people ever more eager for peace. University students did not want their lives to end on faraway battlefields. Other activists — among them minorities, women, and homosexuals — sim- ply wanted a fair chance at education, jobs, and some political voice. Students, blacks and other minori- ties, Soviet-bloc citizens, women, environmentalists, and homosexuals brought their societies to the brink of revolution during what became increasingly fiery protests in the late 1960s.

Civil Rights. The U.S. civil rights movement broadened, as other minorities joined African Americans in demanding fair treatment. In 1965, César Chávez (1927–1993) led Mexican American migrant workers in the California grape agribusi- ness to strike for better wages and working con- ditions. Meanwhile, urban riots erupted across the United States in 1965 and subsequent summers as frustrated and angry African Americans turned their struggle for equal rights into a militant cel- ebration of their race under the banner “Black is beautiful.” The issue they faced was one they felt they had in common with decolonizing people: how to shape an identity different from that im- posed on them by white oppressors. Some urged a push for “black power” to reclaim rights force- fully instead of begging for them nonviolently. Separatism, not integration, became the goal of still others; small cadres of militants like the Black Panthers took up arms, believing that, like decol- onizing people elsewhere, they needed to protect themselves against the violent whites around them.

Student Activism. As a result of the new turn in black efforts for change, white American university students who had participated in the early stages of the civil rights movement found themselves excluded from leadership positions. Many of them soon joined the swelling protest against technologi- cal change, consumerism, and the Vietnam War. Eu- ropean youth were also feverish for reform. In the mid-1960s, university students in Rome occupied an administration building after right-wing opponents assassinated one of their number during a protest against the 200-to-1 student–teacher ratio. In 1966, Prague students, chanting “The only good Commu- nist is a dead one,” held carnival-like processions to commemorate the tenth anniversary of the 1956 Hungarian uprisings. The “situationists” in France called on students to wake up from the slumbering pace of mass society by jolting individuals to action with shocking graffiti and street theater.

Throughout the 1960s, students criticized the traditional university curriculum and flaunted their

own countercultural values. They questioned how studying Plato or Dante would help them after grad- uation. “How to Train Stuffed Geese” was French students’ satirical version of the teaching methods inflicted on them. “No professors over forty” and “Don’t trust anyone over thirty” were powerful slo- gans of the day. Long hair, communal living, scorn for personal cleanliness, and ridicule for sexual chastity were part of students’ rejection of middle- class values. Widespread use of the pill made absti- nence unnecessary as a method of birth control, and open promiscuity made the sexual revolution explicit and public. Marijuana use became common among students, and amphetamines and barbitu- rates added to the drug culture, which had its own rituals, music, and gathering places. Disdained by students, big business nonetheless made billions of dollars by selling blue jeans, natural foods, and drugs as well as by packaging and managing the rock stars of the counterculture.

The Women’s Movement. Women’s activism erupted across the political spectrum (see “Con- trasting Views,” page 932). Working for reproduc- tive rights, women in France helped end the nation’s ban on birth control in 1965. More polit- ically conventional middle-class women eagerly re- sponded to the international best seller The Feminine Mystique (1963) by American journalist Betty Friedan. Pointing to the stagnating talents of many housewives, Friedan helped organize the Na- tional Organization for Women (NOW) in 1966 “to bring women into full participation in the mainstream of American society now.” NOW ad- vocated equal pay for women and a variety of other legal and economic reforms. In Sweden, women lobbied to make tasks both at home and in the workplace less gender-segregated, and in these same years a few Soviet women began speaking out against their low-paid and unpaid work that kept the USSR running.

Those engaged in the civil rights and student movements soon realized that many of those protest organizations devalued women just as so- ciety at large did. Male activists adopted the leather-jacketed machismo style of their film and rock heroes, but women in the movements were often judged by the status of their male-protester lovers. “A woman was to ‘inspire’ her man,” African American activist Angela Davis complained, adding that women seeking equality were accused of wanting “to rob [male activists] of their man- hood.” West German women students tossed tomatoes at male protest leaders in defiance of male domination of the movement and of stan- dards for ladylike behavior.

P r o t e s t i n g C o l d W a r C o n d i t i o n s 9 3 11 9 6 0 s – 1 9 8 9

Women also took to the streets on behalf of such issues as abortion rights or the decriminal- ization of gay and lesbian sexuality. Many flouted social conventions in their attire, language, and

9 3 2 C h a p t e r 2 8 ■ P o s t i n d u s t r i a l S o c i e t y a n d t h e E n d o f t h e C o l d W a r O r d e r 1 9 6 0 s – 1 9 8 9

The feminist movement of the late twentieth century provoked the most pronounced and widespread debate over gender in recorded history. Discussion often reached a heated pitch, as it did in other reform movements of the day. Hardly the single movement described by journalists, feminism had a variety of concerns, often depend- ing on nationality, ethnicity, sexual orientation, and class. Opinion on these issues could produce conflict among activists and serious divisions on goals and policies, as the authors of the Combahee River Statement demonstrated (Document 1). At times, concerns over is- sues like equal opportunity in the workplace were directed at gov- ernment policies, as in the case of the Soviet worker (Document 2). Italian feminists saw all the disabilities imposed by government as characteristic of larger problems (Document 3), while Germans ex- plicitly connected the cause of feminism to that of environmental- ism (Document 4).

1. Criticizing Feminism

In the United States, black women, like several other minority groups, found themselves marginalized in both the feminist and civil rights movements. In 1977, some of them issued the Comba- hee River Statement.

Black, other third world, and working women have been involved in the feminist movement from its start, but both outside reac- tionary forces and racism and elitism within the movement it- self have served to obscure our participation. . . .

Black feminist politics also have an obvious connection to movements for Black liberation, particularly those of the 1960s and 1970s. . . . It was our experience and disillusionment within

these liberation movements, as well as experience on the periph- ery of the white male left, that led to the need to develop a pol- itics that was antiracist, unlike those of white women, and antisexist, unlike those of Black and white men. . . .

Above all else, our politics initially sprang from the shared belief that Black women are inherently valuable, that our liber- ation is a necessity not as an adjunct to somebody else’s but be- cause of our need as human persons for autonomy.

Source: “The Combahee River Collective Statement,” in Feminism in Our Time: The Essential Writings, World War II to the Present, ed. Miriam Schneir (New York: Vintage, 1994), 177–79.

2. Criticizing Socialism

Official policy in the Soviet Union stated that socialism had brought women full equality, eliminating the need for feminism. In the 1970s, however, clusters of Russian women announced their dissatisfaction with so-called equality under socialism. Tatyana Mamonova, the editor of a collection of Russian women’s writings such as this from a railroad worker, was ultimately expelled from the USSR.

It is becoming increasingly clear that the current equality means only giving women the right to perform heavy labor. . . . [I]n our day the woman, still not freed from the incredible burden of the family, strains herself even harder in the service of society. The situation . . . is true not only in large cities but also in villages. On collective and state farms, women do the hardest and most exhausting work while the men are employed as administrators, agronomists, accountants, warehouse managers, or high-paid

C O N T R A S T I N G V I E W S

Feminist Debates

Campaign for Homosexual Equality Rally, London 1974 The reformist spirit of the 1960s and 1970s changed homosexuals’ activism. Instead of concentrating mostly on legal protection from criminal prosecution, gays and lesbians began affirming a special and posi- tive identity. Critics charged that constitutional rights were sufficient and that homosexuals and others con- stituted special-interest groups. Gays, women, and ethnic or racial minorities countercharged that the universal values and constitutional rights first put forth in the Enlightenment seemed to apply only to a privileged few. (© Hulton-Deutsch Collection/ Corbis.)

tractor and combine drivers. In other words, men do the work that is more interesting and more profitable and does not dam- age their health.

Source: Tatyana Mamonova, ed., Women and Russia: Feminist Writings from the Soviet Union (Boston: Beacon Press, 1984), 8.

3. Policy and Patriarchy

In Italy, as in the Soviet Union, feminism had an underground quality involving mimeographed tracts and graffiti on buildings; women formed their own bookshops and published small newspa- pers. But others lobbied hard to get legislation on divorce and abor- tion changed, while in 1976 the Feminist Movement of Rome issued this article in its paper.

Patriarchal society is based on authoritarian-exploitative relation- ships, and its sexuality is sadomasochistic. The values of power, of the domination of man over the other [woman], are reflected in sexuality, where historically woman is given to man for his use. . . .

The idea of woman as man’s property is fundamental to her oppression and she is often the only possession that dominant men allow exploited men to keep. . . .

In other words woman is given to the (exploited) man as compensation for his lack of possessions. . . .

We denounce as the latest form of woman’s oppression the idea of a “sexual revolution” where woman is forced to go from being one man’s object to being everybody’s object, and where sadomasochistic pornography in films, in magazines, in all the forms of mass media that brutalize and violate woman, is bandied about as a triumph of sexual liberty.

Source: “Male Sexuality — Perversion,” Movimento Femminista Romano (1976), quoted in Italian Feminist Thought: A Reader, eds. Paola Bono and Sandra Kemp (Oxford: Blackwell, 1991), 68–69.

4. Feminism and Environmentalism

“Green” feminists took a different approach, such as announced in this “Manifesto of the ‘Green’ Women.” It was originally a 1975 speech made in West Germany in the context of the moon landing and other accomplishments in space.

Man has actually landed on the moon — an admirable feat. . . . We “Green” women . . . believe that men belong to our environment. In order to rescue that environment for our chil- dren, we want to confront this man, this adventurer and moon explorer. A female cosmonaut from a so-called socialist republic doesn’t justify this energy-wasting enterprise for us at a time when three-fourths of the earth’s population is suffering from malnutrition.

Our inability to solve immediate problems may tempt us into escape — to the moon, into careerism, escape into ideolo- gies, into alcohol or other drugs. But one group cannot escape completely: women, society’s potential mothers, who must give birth to children, willingly or unwillingly, in this polluted world of ours.

Source: Delphine Brox-Brochot, “Manifesto of the ‘Green’ Women,” in German Feminism: Readings in Politics and Literature, eds. Edith Hoshino Altbach et al. (Albany: State University of New York Press, 1984), 314.

Questions to Consider 1. Was the feminist movement of the 1960s and 1970s primarily

an offshoot of other reform movements of the day, or did it have a character of its own?

2. In what ways was feminism in these decades a unified move- ment, and in what ways was it a set of multiple movements?

3. What issues do these activists raise?

attitudes. Renouncing brassieres, high-heeled shoes, cosmetics, and other adornments, they spoke openly about taboo subjects such as their sexual feelings and even announced that they had resorted to illegal abortions. This brand of femi- nist activism was meant to shock polite society — and it did. Many women of color, however, broke with feminist solidarity and spoke out against the “double jeopardy” of being “black and female.” Soon there were concrete changes. In Catholic Italy, feminists won the rights to divorce, to gain access to birth-control information, and to ob- tain legal abortions. The demand for equal pay, job opportunities, and protection from rape, incest, and battering framed the major legal struggles of thousands of women’s groups into the 1970s.

1968: Year of Crisis

Calls for reform finally boiled over in 1968. In Jan- uary, on the first day of Tet, the Vietnamese New Year, the Vietcong and the North Vietnamese attacked more than one hundred South Vietnamese towns and American bases, inflicting heavy casualties. The Tet offensive, as it came to be called, led many to con- clude that the war might be unwinnable and gave crucial momentum to the antiwar movement around the world. Students in Paris, Tokyo, Mexico City, and other major capitals took to the streets, of- ten in violent protest. Meanwhile, in Czechoslovakia, a quieter movement against Soviet cold war domi- nation had taken shape, but the atmosphere in that country, as elsewhere, became explosive when the Soviets invaded to put down reform.

P r o t e s t i n g C o l d W a r C o n d i t i o n s 9 3 31 9 6 0 s – 1 9 8 9

Violence Erupts. On April 4, 1968, a white racist assassinated civil rights leader Martin Luther King Jr. Riots erupted in more than a hundred cities in the United States as African Americans vented their anguish and rage. Rejecting King’s policy of nonviolence, black leaders turned from rhetoric to violence: “Burn, baby, burn,” chanted rioters as they rampaged through grim inner cities. On cam- puses, strident confrontation over the intertwined issues of war, technology, racism, and sexism closed down classes.

Student dissent escalated, with the most dra- matic protests occurring in France. In January, students at Nanterre, outside of Paris, had gone on strike, invading administration offices to protest their inferior education and status. They called themselves a proletariat — an exploited working class — as labor activists had done for more than a century. They did not embrace So- viet communism but rather considered them- selves part of a New Left, not the old Communist or Socialist left. When in the spring students at the prestigious Sorbonne in Paris took to the streets in protest, police assaulted them. The Parisian middle classes reacted with unexpected, if temporary, sympathy to the student uprising be- cause of their own resentment of bureaucracy.

They were also horrified at seeing the police force beating middle-class students and even passersby who expressed their support.

French workers joined in the protest: some nine million went on strike, occupying factories and calling not only for higher wages but also for participation in everyday decision making. The combined revolt of youth and workers looked as if it might spiral into another French revolution, so unified were the expressions of political alienation. The normally decisive president Charles de Gaulle seemed paralyzed at first, but he soon sent tanks into Paris. In June, he announced a raise for work- ers, and businesses offered them a strengthened voice in decision making. Many citizens, having grown tired of the street violence, the destruction of so much private property, and the breakdown of services (for example, the garbage was not collected for weeks), began to sympathize with the govern- ment instead of the students. Although demonstra- tions continued throughout June, the student movement in France at least had been closed down. The revolutionary moment had passed.

The Prague Spring. The 1968 revolt in Prague began within the Czechoslovak Communist Party itself. At a party congress in the autumn of 1967,

9 3 4 C h a p t e r 2 8 ■ P o s t i n d u s t r i a l S o c i e t y a n d t h e E n d o f t h e C o l d W a r O r d e r 1 9 6 0 s – 1 9 8 9

Invasion Puts Down the Prague Spring When the Soviet Union and other Warsaw Pact members cracked down on the Prague Spring, they met determined citizen resistance. People refused assistance of any kind to the invaders and personally talked to them about the Czech cause. Despite the repression, protests small and large continued until the final fall of Communist rule two decades later. (© Bettmann/ Corbis.)

Alexander Dubček, head of the Slovak branch of the party, had called for more social and political openness. Attacked as an inferior Slovak by the Communist leadership, Dubček nonetheless struck a chord among frustrated party officials, technocrats, and intellectuals; Czech citizens be- gan to dream of creating a new society — one based on “socialism with a human face.” Reform- minded party delegates elevated Dubček to the top position, and he quickly changed the Communist style of government by ending censorship, insti- tuting the secret ballot for party elections, and al- lowing competing political groups to form. “Look!” one little girl in the street remarked as the new government took power. “Everyone’s smiling today.” The Prague Spring had begun — “an orgy of free expression,” one Czech journalist called it. People bought uncensored publications, flocked to uncensored theater productions, and engaged in nonstop political debate.

Dubček faced the enormous problem of negoti- ating policies acceptable to the USSR, the entrenched party bureaucracy, and reform-minded citizens. Reforms were handed down with warnings about maintaining “discipline” and showing “wise behav- ior.” Fearing change, the Polish, East German, and Soviet regimes threatened the reform government daily. When Dubček failed to at- tend a meeting of Warsaw Pact leaders, Soviet threats intensified until finally, in August 1968, So- viet tanks rolled into Prague in a massive show of force. Citizens tried to halt the return to Com- munist orthodoxy through sabo- tage: they painted graffiti on the tanks and removed street signs to confuse invading troops. Illegal radio stations broadcast testimo- nials of resistance, and merchants refused to sell food or other com- modities to Soviet troops. These actions could not stop the deter- mined Soviet leadership, which gradually removed reformers from power. Jan Palach and other uni- versity students immolated themselves, and protests of one type or another continued. Nonetheless, the moment of reform-minded change eventually ended here too. Around the world, governments worked to stamp out criticism of the cold war status quo.

The Superpowers Restore Order. The protests of 1968 challenged the political direction of Western societies, but little turned out the way reformers

hoped as governments turned to conservative so- lutions. In November 1968, the Soviets announced the Brezhnev Doctrine, which stated that reform movements, as a “common problem” of all social- ist countries, would face swift repression. In the early 1970s, the hard-liner Brezhnev clamped down on critics, crushing the morale of dissidents in the USSR. “The shock of our tanks crushing the Prague Spring . . . convinced us that the Soviet colossus was invincible,” explained one pessimistic liberal. Other voices persisted, however. In 1974, Brezhnev expelled author Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn from the USSR after the publication of the first volume of The Gulag Archipelago (1973–1976) in the U.S.-led bloc. Composed from biographies, firsthand reports, and other sources of informa- tion about prison camp life, Solzhenitsyn’s story of the Gulag (the Soviet system of internment and forced-labor camps) documented the brutal con- ditions Soviet prisoners endured under Stalin and his successors. More than any other single work, The Gulag Archipelago disillusioned many loyal Communists around the world.

The USSR also persecuted many ordinary citi- zens who did not have Solzhenitsyn’s international reputation. Soviet psychologists, complying with the government, certified the “mental illness” of people

who did not play by the rules; thus, dissidents wound up as virtual prisoners in mental institutions. In a revival of tsarist Russia’s anti- Semitism, Jews faced educational restrictions (especially in univer- sity admissions), severe job dis- crimination, and constant assault on their religious practice. Soviet officials commonly charged that Jews were “unreliable, they think only of emigrating. . . . It’s mad- ness to give them an education, be- cause it’s state money wasted.” Ironically, even dissidents blamed Jews for the Bolshevik Revolution

and for the terror of Stalinist collectivization. As at- tacks intensified in the 1970s, Soviet Jews sought to emigrate to Israel or the United States, often unsuc- cessfully.

The brain drain of eastern European intellec- tuals to the West had become significant and con- tinued into the 1970s and beyond. The modernist composer Gyorgy Ligeti had left Hungary in 1956, after which his work was celebrated in concert halls and in such classic films as 2001: A Space Odyssey. From exile in Paris, Czech writer Milan Kundera enthralled audiences with The Book of Laughter

P r o t e s t i n g C o l d W a r C o n d i t i o n s 9 3 51 9 6 0 s – 1 9 8 9

Warsaw Pact troop deployments, 1968

Mass protests

0 100 kilometers

0 50 100 miles

�

POLAND

USSR

EAST GERMANY

AUSTRIA HUNGARY

CZECHOSLOVAKIA

Prague�

Prague Spring, 1968

and Forgetting (1979) and The Unbearable Light- ness of Being (1984). His novels chronicled his own descent from enthusiasm for communism to a de- spair characterized by bitter humor. Kundera claimed the Soviet regime in Czechoslovakia de- pended on making people forget. The memory of fallen leaders was ruthlessly erased from history books, for instance, and individuals tried to forget grim reality with lots of sexual activity. Like the migrants from fascist Germany and Italy in the 1930s, newcomers — from noted intellectuals to skilled craftspeople and dancers — enriched the culture of those countries in the West that wel- comed them.

In the United States, the reaction against ac- tivists was different, though the impulse to restore order prevailed there too. Elected in 1968, Presi- dent Richard Nixon (1913–1994) promised to bring peace to Southeast Asia, but in 1970, he or- dered U.S. troops to invade Cambodia, the site of North Vietnamese bases. Campuses erupted again in protest, and on May 4 the National Guard killed four students and wounded eleven others at a demonstration at Kent State University in Ohio. Nixon called the victims “bums,” and a growing reaction against the counterculture led many Americans to agree with him that the guardsmen “should have fired sooner and longer.” The United States and North Vietnam agreed to peace in Jan- uary 1973, but hostilities continued. In 1975, a de- termined North Vietnamese offensive defeated South Vietnam and its U.S. allies and forcibly re- unified the country. The United States reeled from the defeat, having suffered loss of young lives, tur- bulence at home, vast military costs, and a weak- ening of its reputation around the world. Yet a strong current of public opinion turned against activists, born of the sense that somehow they — not the war, government corruption, or a spiral- ing war debt — had brought the United States down. Both superpowers were being tested, al- most to the limits, and in a climate of political volatility, the future of postindustrial prosperity was uncertain.

Review: What were the main issues for protesters in the 1960s, and how did governments address them?

The Testing of Superpower Domination and the End of the Cold War Protesters like Jan Palach left a lasting legacy that continued to motivate those seeking political change, particularly in the Soviet bloc. As order was restored, some disillusioned reformers in the West turned to open terrorism. New forces were also emerging from beyond the West to challenge superpower dominance. The 1970s brought an era of détente — a lessening of tensions — during which both superpowers limited the nuclear arms race in order to meet crises at home. Despite this relaxation in the cold war, internal corruption, the threat of terrorism, competition from the oil- producing states, and attempts to control the world beyond their borders threw the superpow- ers and their allies off balance, allowing reform- minded heads of state to come to the fore. The two most famous innovators were Margaret Thatcher in Britain and Mikhail Gorbachev in the USSR, who introduced drastic new policies in the 1980s to keep their economies moving forward. But in the Soviet bloc, postindustrial prosperity was simply unattainable under the old system. Gorbachev’s reforms actually contributed to the collapse of the Soviet system and the end of the cold war in 1989.

A Changing Balance of World Power After being tested by protest at home, the super- powers next confronted a changing world. In 1972, the United States pulled off a foreign policy tri- umph over the USSR when it opened relations with the other Communist giant — China. But it was hit hard by a Middle Eastern oil embargo that followed on the heels of that victory. As the situ- ation in the Middle East grew ever bloodier, mil- itants in Iran took U.S. embassy personnel hos- tage. The relationship of the United States to the Middle East began to weaken the U.S. bloc and overtake the cold war as a major global issue.

From Nixon in China to Détente. In the midst of turmoil at home and the draining war in Vietnam, Henry Kissinger, Nixon’s secretary of state and a believer — like Otto von Bismarck — in Realpoli- tik, decided to take advantage of the ongoing USSR-Chinese rivalry. After the Communist Rev- olution in 1949, Mao Zedong, China’s new leader, undertook foolish experiments in both manufac- turing and agriculture that caused famine and

9 3 6 C h a p t e r 2 8 ■ P o s t i n d u s t r i a l S o c i e t y a n d t h e E n d o f t h e C o l d W a r O r d e r 1 9 6 0 s – 1 9 8 9

Richard Nixon: U.S. president from 1969 to 1974 who esca- lated the Vietnam War, worked for accommodation with China, and resigned from the presidency after trying to block free elections.

massive suffering. In the Cultural Revolution of the 1960s, Mao encouraged students to attack of- ficials, teachers, and other authorities to prevent — he claimed — the development of a Soviet-style bureaucracy. As internal problems grew in both the Soviet Union and China, the two Communist giants skirmished along their shared borders and in diplomatic arenas. In 1972, in the midst of turmoil at home and the draining war in Vietnam, President Nixon visited China, linking, if only ten- tatively, two very different great nations both facing disorder at home. In China, Nixon’s visit helped slow the brutality and ex- cesses of Mao’s Cultural Revolu- tion and advanced the careers of Chinese pragmatists interested in technology, trade, and relations with the West.

The diplomatic success of the visit also sped up the process of détente between the United States and the Soviet Union. Fearful of the Chinese diplomatic advantage and similarly confronted by pop- ular protest, the Soviets made their own overtures to the U.S.-led bloc. In 1972, the superpowers signed the first Strategic Arms Limitation Treaty (SALT I), which set a cap on the number of antimissile defenses each country could have. In 1975, in the Helsinki accords on human rights, the Western bloc officially acknowledged Soviet territorial gains in World War II in exchange for the Soviet bloc’s guarantee of basic human rights.

Despite these diplomatic successes, rising purchases for the war in Vietnam left the United States billions of dollars in debt to other coun- tries. The international currency system collapsed under the weight of the dollars flooding the global markets. In the face of this global chaos, Common Market countries united to force the United States to relinquish its single-handed di- rection of Western economic strategy. Another blow to U.S. leadership followed when it was re- vealed that Nixon’s office had threatened to un- dermine free elections by authorizing the burglary and wiretapping of Democratic Party headquarters at Washington’s Watergate building during the 1972 presidential campaign. The Watergate scandal forced Nixon to resign in dis- grace in the summer of 1974 — the first U.S. pres- ident ever to do so. The Watergate scandal was one

more weak spot in U.S. superpower status in the 1960s and 1970s.

Oil and Stagflation. Amid the instability in the United States in the 1960s and 1970s, the Middle East’s oil-producing nations dealt Western domi-

nance still another major blow. Tensions between Israel and the Arab world provided the catalyst. In 1967, Israeli forces, responding to Palestinian guerrilla attacks, quickly seized Gaza and the Sinai peninsula from Egypt, the Golan Heights from Syria, and the West Bank from Jordan. Israel’s stun- ning victory in this action, which came to be called the Six-Day War, was followed in 1973 by a joint Egyptian and Syrian attack on Israel on Yom Kippur, the most holy day in the Jewish cal- endar. Israel, with material assis- tance from the United States, stopped the assault.

Having failed militarily, the Arabs turned to economic clout. They struck at the West’s weak- est point — its dependence on

Middle Eastern oil for its advanced industries and postindustrial lifestyle. Arab nations in the Orga- nization of Petroleum Exporting Countries (OPEC), a relatively loose consortium before the Yom Kippur War, combined to quadruple the price of their oil and impose an embargo, cutting off all exports of oil to the United States and its allies be- cause they backed Israel. For the first time since imperialism’s heyday, the producers of raw mate- rials — not the industrial powers — controlled the flow of commodities and set prices to their own advantage. The West was now mired in an oil crisis.

Throughout the 1970s, oil-dependent West- erners watched in astonishment as OPEC upset the balance of economic power and helped provoke a recession in the West (Figure 28.1). The oil em- bargo and price hike not only caused unemploy- ment to rise by more than 50 percent in Europe and the United States but also caused inflation to soar. By the end of 1973, the inflation rate jumped

Th e Te s t i n g o f S u p e r p o w e r D o m i n a t i o n a n d t h e E n d o f t h e C o l d W a r 9 3 71 9 6 0 s – 1 9 8 9

0 50 kilometers

0 25 50 miles

Israel after independence, 1948

Israeli conquests, 1967

Mediterranean Sea

Suez Canal

G u

lf of Su

ez

Red Sea

EGYPT

JORDAN

SAUDI ARABIA

SYRIA

ISRAEL

Gaza

West Bank

Golan Heights

LEBANON

SINAI PENINSULA (returned to Egypt 1981)

Jerusalem

Tel Aviv

� �

Israel after the Six-Day War, 1967

Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries (OPEC): A con- sortium that regulated the supply and export of oil and that acted with more unanimity after the United States supported Israel against the Arabs in the wars of the late 1960s and early 1970s.

to over 8 percent in West Germany, 12 percent in France, and 20 percent in Portugal. Eastern-bloc countries, dependent on Soviet oil, fared little bet- ter because the West could no longer afford their products and the Soviets boosted the price of their own oil. Skyrocketing interest rates discouraged both industrial investment and consumer buying. With prices, unemployment, and interest rates all rising — an unusual combination of economic conditions dubbed stagflation — some in the West came to realize that both energy resources and eco- nomic growth had limits. Western Europe drasti- cally cut back on its oil dependence by undertaking conservation, enhancing public transportation, and raising the price of gasoline to encourage the development of fuel-efficient cars.

The U.S. bloc had further to fall. Elected U.S. president in 1976, Jimmy Carter, a wealthy farmer and former governor of Georgia, was unable to return the economy to its pre–Vietnam War and pre–oil embargo prosperity. His administration also faced an insurmountable crisis in the Middle East. Late in the 1970s, students, clerics, shopkeepers, and unemployed men in Iran began a religious agitation that brought to power the Islamic religious leader Ayatollah Ruhollah Khomeini (1902–1989). Em- ploying audiocassettes to spread his message, he called for a transformation of the country into a truly Islamic society, which meant the renunciation of the

9 3 8 C h a p t e r 2 8 ■ P o s t i n d u s t r i a l S o c i e t y a n d t h e E n d o f t h e C o l d W a r O r d e r 1 9 6 0 s – 1 9 8 9

stagflation: The combination of a stagnant economy and soar- ing inflation; a period of stagflation occurred in the West in the 1970s as a result of an OPEC embargo on oil.

The Middle East and the Politics of Oil When Middle Eastern countries took control of the price and volume of oil they sold, Western leaders were taken aback, so thoroughly accustomed were the United States and its allies to setting the conditions of trade. OPEC leaders were lampooned in cartoons as the global economic crisis unfolded. Stagflation hit Western economies hard, while everyone came to terms with the new force of oil in international politics. (Rosen/ Albany Times-Union/ Rothco.)

P ri

ce p

er b

ar re

l i n

U .S

. d o

ll ar

s (o

f 19

74 )

0 1955 ’60 ’65 ’70 ’75 ’80 ’85

2

4

6

8

10

Lowest price $1.60

Highest price $19.40

12

14

16

18

20

F I G U R E 2 8 . 1 Fluctuating Oil Prices, 1955–1985 Colonization allowed the Western imperial powers to obtain raw materials at advantageous prices or even without paying at all. OPEC’s oil embargo and price hikes of the 1970s were signs of change, which included the exercise of decolonized countries’ control over their own resources. OPEC’s action led to a decade of painful economic down- turn, but it also encouraged some European governments to improve public transportation, encourage the production of fuel-efficient cars, and make individual consumers cut back their dependence on oil.

Western ways advocated by the American-backed shah, who as a result was deposed. In the autumn of 1979, revolutionary supporters of Khomeini took hostages at the U.S. embassy in Teheran and would not release them. The United States was essentially paralyzed in the face of both Islamic militancy and a downwardly spiraling economy.

The Western Bloc Meets Challenges with Reform As the 1980s opened, the first agenda item for non- Communist governments in the West was to put their economic houses in order. On top of the eco- nomic challenge was the growing phenomenon of terrorism — that is, coordinated and targeted polit- ical violence by opposition groups at home. The un- precedented mix of terrorism, the energy crisis, soaring unemployment, and double-digit inflation sparked the election of conservative politicians, who maintained that decades of supporting a welfare state were at the heart of economic problems. Across the West, people came to feel that the unemployed and new immigrants from around the world were responsible for the downturn in the postindustrial economy. Nineteenth-century emphases on com- petitiveness, individualism, and revival of privilege for the “best circles” replaced the twentieth-century trend toward advancing economic democracy to combat totalitarianism. Postindustrial society changed political course.

Terrorism. The terrorism at the U.S. embassy in Iran was part of a trend that had actually begun in the West. In the 1970s, terrorist bands in Europe re- sponded to the suppression of activism and the worsening economic conditions with kidnappings, bank robberies, bombings, and assassinations. Dis- affected and well-to-do youth, steeped in extreme theories that claimed Western society was decaying, often joined these groups. In West Germany throughout the 1970s, the Red Army Faction assassi- nated prominent businessmen, judges, and other public offi- cials. Practiced in assassinations of public figures and random shootings of pedestrians, Italy’s Red Brigades kidnapped and then murdered the head of the dominant Christian Democrats in 1978. Advocates of independ- ence for the Basque nation in northern Spain assassinated Spanish politicians and police officers.

In the 1970s, Catholics in Northern Ireland pitted them- selves against the dominant Protestants to protest job dis- crimination and a lack of civil rights. Demonstrators urged

Th e Te s t i n g o f S u p e r p o w e r D o m i n a t i o n a n d t h e E n d o f t h e C o l d W a r 9 3 91 9 6 0 s – 1 9 8 9

50 miles25

50 kilometers25

0

0

Bloody Sunday, January 30, 1972

Other major incidents

�

�

IRELAND

Northern Ireland

Belfast 1972

Derry 1972

1978

1979 1976

�

��

�

� �

Dublin�

0 100 kilometers50

0 100 miles50

SPAIN

Basque

Catalonia

FRANCE

ANDORRA

Madrid

Bilbao San Sebastián

Barcelona�

� �

�

Soldiers and Civilians in Northern Ireland Separatist, civil rights, and terrorist movements increasingly directed their violence against ordinary people, following the lead of soldiers in World War II. In Northern Ireland, British troops fought to put down the Irish Republican Army, but civilians were also their target. However, this image from Derry in 1969 shows that civilians resisted, fighting with homemade weapons. It was only late in the 1990s that both sides called a halt to the killing and agreed to negotiate. (Getty Images.)

Nationalist Movements of the 1970s

Margaret Thatcher: Prime minister of Britain from 1979 to 1990; she set a new tone for British politics by promoting neoliberal economic policies and criticizing poor people, union members, and racial minorities as worthless, even harmful citizens.

union with the Irish Republic, and with protest es- calating, the British government sent in troops. On January 30, 1972, which became known as Bloody Sunday, British troops fired at demonstrators and killed thirteen, setting off a cycle of violence that left five hundred dead in that single year. Protes- tants fearful of losing their dominant position combated a reinvigorated Irish Republican Army (IRA), which carried out bombings and assassina- tions to press for the union of the two Irelands and an end to the oppression of Catholics.

Terrorists failed in their goal of overturning the existing democracies, and, battered as it was, parliamentary government scored a few important successes in the 1970s. Spain and Portugal, suffer- ing under dictatorships since the 1930s, regained their freedom and set out on a course of greater prosperity. The death of Spain’s Francisco Franco in 1975 ended more than three decades of dicta- torial rule. Franco’s handpicked successor, King Juan Carlos, surprisingly steered his nation to Western-style constitutional monarchy, facing down threatened military coups. Portugal and Greece also ousted right-wing dictators, thus paving the way for their integration into western Europe and for substantial economic growth. De- spite these democratic advances, a consensus emerged — given the economic crisis, political ter-

rorism, and failures in leadership — that the West was in trouble.

Thatcher Reshapes Politics. More than anyone else, Margaret Thatcher, the leader of Britain’s Conservative Party and prime minister from 1979 to 1990, reshaped the West’s political and eco- nomic ideas to meet the crisis. Coming to power amid continuing economic decline, revolt in Northern Ireland, and labor unrest, the combative prime minister rejected the politics of consensus building. Believing that only business could revive the sluggish British economy, Thatcher lashed out at union leaders, Labour Party politicians, and people who received welfare-state benefits, calling them enemies of British prosperity. Her anti- welfare-state policies struck a revolutionary chord, and she called herself “a nineteenth-century lib- eral” in reference to the economic individualism of that age. In her view, business leaders were the key members of society. Although immigrants of- ten worked for the lowest wages and contributed to profits, she characterized migrants and the un- employed as inferior, saying that neither group contributed to national wealth. Even workers blamed labor leaders or newcomers for Britain’s troubles.

The policies of “Thatcherism” were based on monetarist, or supply-side, theories of U.S. econ- omists. According to monetarist theory, inflation results when government pumps money into the economy at a rate higher than the nation’s eco- nomic growth rate. Thus, government should keep a tight rein on the money supply to prevent prices from rising rapidly. Supply-side economists main- tain that the economy as a whole flourishes when businesses grow and their prosperity “trickles down” throughout the society. To implement such theories, the British government cut income taxes on the wealthy to spur new investment, increasing sales taxes to compensate for the lost revenue. The result was a greater burden on working people, who bore the brunt of the sales tax. Thatcher also vigorously cut government’s role in the econ- omy: she sold publicly owned businesses and util- ities such as British Airways, refused to prop up “outmoded” industries such as coal mining, and slashed education and health programs. As their influence spread through the West and the world, Thatcher’s economic policies came to be known as

9 4 0 C h a p t e r 2 8 ■ P o s t i n d u s t r i a l S o c i e t y a n d t h e E n d o f t h e C o l d W a r O r d e r 1 9 6 0 s – 1 9 8 9

Margaret Thatcher at Conservative Party Conference (1983) As British prime minister for more than a decade, Margaret Thatcher profoundly influenced the course of modern government by rolling back the welfare state. Thatcher was convinced, and convinced others, that the welfare state did not advance society and its citizens but made them lazy when it rewarded useless people with handouts. Her tenure in office encouraged other politicians, from Ronald Reagan to Helmut Kohl, to execute similar cuts in social programs. (© Bettmann/ Corbis.)

neoliberalism (see Document,“Margaret Thatcher’s Economic Vision,” above).

In the first three years of Thatcher’s govern- ment, the British economy did not respond well to her shock treatment. The quality of universities, public transportation, highways, and hospitals de- teriorated, and leading scholars and scientists left the country in a renewal of the brain drain. In ad- dition, social unity fragmented as she pitted the lower classes against one another. In 1981, blacks and Asians rioted in major cities. Thatcher revived her sagging popularity with a nationalist war against Argentina in 1982 over ownership of the Falkland Islands off the Argentinian coast. Stagfla- tion ultimately dissipated, although historians and economists debated whether the change resulted from Thatcher’s policies or from the lack of spend-

ing power that burdened the poor and unem- ployed. In any case, Thatcher’s program became the standard for those facing the challenge of stagflation and economic decline. Britain had been one of the pioneers of the welfare state, and now it pioneered in changing course.

In Thatcher’s Footsteps. In the United States, Ronald Reagan, who served as president between 1981 and 1989, followed a similar road to combat the economic crisis. Dividing U.S. citizens into the good and the bad, Reagan vowed to promote the values of the “moral majority,” which included commitment to Bible-based religion, dedication to work, and unquestioned patriotism. He blasted so- called spendthrift and immoral “liberals” when introducing “Reaganomics” — a program of whop- ping income tax cuts for the wealthy combined with massive reductions in federal spending for student loans, school lunch programs, and mass transit. Like Thatcher, Reagan believed that tax cuts would lead to investment and a reinvigorated

Th e Te s t i n g o f S u p e r p o w e r D o m i n a t i o n a n d t h e E n d o f t h e C o l d W a r 9 4 11 9 6 0 s – 1 9 8 9

Margaret Thatcher’s Economic Vision

D O C U M E N T

Margaret Thatcher, Britain’s longest-serving prime minister, changed Western thinking about the welfare state. Many Europeans saw the welfare state as a mainstay of democracy, which would alleviate the hardships that had turned workers toward either socialism, from Bismarck’s time onward, or toward Mus- solini’s and Hitler’s fascism during the diffi- cult interwar years. Thatcher, however, believed that programs to provide health care, education, and housing coddled the lazy. She thought the money for such pro- grams should be invested in private industry, to produce a profit and to encourage more in- vestment and greater productivity. Here she outlines her thoughts on public spending to members of the Conservative Party.

I and my colleagues say that to add to pub- lic spending takes away the very money and resources that industry needs to stay in business, let alone to expand. Higher public spending, far from curing unem- ployment, can be the very vehicle that loses jobs and causes bankruptcies in trade

and commerce. That is why we warned lo- cal authorities that since rates [taxes] are frequently the biggest tax that industry now faces, increases in them can cripple local businesses. . . .

That is why I stress that if those who work in public authorities take for them- selves large pay increases, they leave less to be spent on equipment and new buildings. That in turn deprives the private sector of the orders it needs, especially some of those industries in the hard pressed re- gions. Those in the public sector have a duty to those in the private sector not to take out so much in pay that they cause others’ unemployment. That is why we point out that every time high wage set- tlements in nationalised monopolies lead to higher charges for telephones, electric- ity, coal, and water, they can drive compa- nies out of business and cost other people their jobs.

If spending money like water was the answer to our country’s problems, we would have no problems right now. If ever

a nation has spent, spent, spent, and spent again, ours has. Today that dream is over. All of that money has got us nowhere, but it still has to come from somewhere. Those who urge us to relax the squeeze, to spend yet more money indiscriminately in the belief that it will help the unemployed and the small businessman, are not being kind or compassionate or caring. They are not the friends of the unemployed or the small business. They are asking us to do again the very things that caused the problems in the first place. . . .

I am accused of lecturing or preach- ing about this. I suppose it is a critic’s way of saying, “Well, we know it is true, but we have to carp at something.” I do not care about that. But I do care about the future of free enterprise, the jobs and exports it provides, and the independence it brings to our people.

Source: Juliet S. Thompson and Wayne C. Thompson, ed., Margaret Thatcher: Prime Minister Indomitable (Boulder: Westview, 1994), 230–31.

neoliberalism: A theory first promoted by British prime minis- ter Margaret Thatcher, calling for a return to liberal principles of the nineteenth century, including the reduction of welfare- state programs and the cutting of taxes for the wealthy to pro- mote economic growth.

economy; federal outlays for social programs, he felt, only encouraged bad Americans to be lazy.

In foreign policy, Reagan spent most of his time in office warning of the Communist threat from the “evil empire” (USSR) and rolling back détente. He demanded huge military budgets to counter the Soviets and announced the Strategic Defense Initiative (SDI), known popularly as Star Wars, a costly plan to put lasers in space to defend the United States against a nuclear attack. The combination of tax cuts and military expansion had pushed the federal budget deficit to $200 bil- lion by 1986.

Other western European leaders also limited welfare-state benefits in the face of stagflation, though without Thatcher’s and Reagan’s socially divisive rhetoric. West German leader Helmut Kohl, who took power in 1982, reduced welfare spending, froze government wages, and cut corpo- rate taxes. By 1984, the inflation rate was only 2 percent and West Germany had acquired a 10 per- cent share of world trade. Unlike Thatcher, Kohl did not fan class and racial hatreds. The politics of divisiveness was particularly unwise in Germany, where terrorism on the left and on the right con- tinued to flourish. Moreover, the legacy of Nazism loomed menacingly. When an unemployed German youth said of immigrant Turkish work- ers, “Let’s gas ’em,” the revival of Nazi language ap- palled many in Germany’s middle class.

By 1981, stagflation had put more than 1.5 million people out of work in France, but the French took a different political path to deal with the economic crisis. They elected a socialist presi- dent, François Mitterrand, who nationalized banks and certain industries and increased wages and so- cial spending to stimulate the economy — the opposite of Thatcherism. New public buildings like museums and libraries arose along with new subway lines and improved public transport. When conservative Jacques Chirac succeeded Mit- terrand as president in 1995, he adopted neolib- eral policies. The same divisive politics that had unfolded during hard economic times continued as the government changed. From the 1980s on, the racist National Front Party won 10 percent and sometimes more of the vote with promises to de- port African and Middle Eastern immigrants.

Prosperity in Smaller States. At the same time, smaller European states without heavy defense commitments began to thrive, some of them by slashing away at welfare programs. Spain joined the Common Market in 1986 and used Common Market investment and tourist dollars to help re-

build its sagging infrastructure such as the south- ern cities of Granada and Córdoba. In Ireland, a surge of investment in education for high-tech jobs combined with low wage rates to attract much new business to the country in the 1990s. Prosper- ity and the increasingly unacceptable death toll led to a political rapprochement between Ireland and Northern Ireland in 1999. Austria prospered too, in part by reducing government pensions and aid to business. Austrian chancellor Franz Vranitsky summed up the changed focus of government in the 1980s and 1990s: “In Austria, the shelter that the state has given to almost everyone — employee as well as entrepreneur — has led . . . a lot of people [to] think not only what they can do to solve a problem but what the state can do. . . . This needs to change.” The century-long growth of the welfare state slowed by the 1990s as new economic and political theories took hold.

Almost alone, Sweden maintained a full array of social programs for everyone. The government also offered each immigrant a choice of subsidized housing in neighborhoods inhabited primarily by Swedes or primarily by people from the immi- grant’s native land. Such programs were expensive: the tax rate on income over $46,000 was 80 per- cent. Despite a highly productive workforce, Sweden dropped from fourth to fourteenth place among nations in per capita income by 1998. Al- though the Swedes reduced their costly depend- ence on foreign oil by cutting consumption in half between 1976 and 1986, their welfare state came to seem extreme to many citizens. As elsewhere, immigrants were cast as the source of the coun- try’s problems — past, present, and future: “How long will it be before our Swedish children will have to turn their faces toward Mecca?” ran one politician’s campaign speech in 1993.

Collapse of Communism in the Soviet Bloc Beginning in 1985, reform came to the Soviet Union as well, but instead of fortifying the economy, it helped bring about the collapse of the Soviet bloc. Other causes were global communications, interna- tional trade, and the ongoing protests of workers, artists, and intellectuals. Moreover, a corrupt sys- tem of political and economic management pre- vented any kind of cure for the ailing economy. Years of stagnant and then negative growth led to a deteriorating standard of living. After working a full day, Soviet homemakers stood in long lines to obtain basic commodities; shortages necessitated the three-generation household, in which grand-

9 4 2 C h a p t e r 2 8 ■ P o s t i n d u s t r i a l S o c i e t y a n d t h e E n d o f t h e C o l d W a r O r d e r 1 9 6 0 s – 1 9 8 9

parents took over tedious homemaking tasks from their working children and grandchildren. “There is no special skill to this,” a seventy-three-year-old grandmother and former garbage collector re- marked. “You just stand in line and wait.” Even so, people often went away empty-handed as basic household supplies like soap disappeared instantly from stores. One cheap and readily available prod- uct — vodka — often formed the center of people’s social lives. Alcoholism reached crisis levels, di- minishing productivity and tremendously strain- ing the nation’s morale.

Mikhail Gorbachev, Soviet Reformer. In 1985, a new leader, Mikhail Gorbachev, unexpectedly opened an era of change in hopes of remedying all these ills. The son of peasants, Gorbachev had risen through Communist Party ranks as an agri- cultural specialist and had traveled abroad to ob- serve life in the West. At home, he saw the consequences of that economic stagnation: in much of the USSR ordinary people decided not to have children. The Soviet Union was forced to im- port massive amounts of grain because 20 to 30 percent of the grain that was produced in the USSR rotted before it could be harvested or shipped to market, so great was the inefficiency of the state- directed economy. Industrial pollution reached scandalous proportions because state-run enter- prises cared only about meeting production quo- tas. A massive and privileged party bureaucracy feared innovation and failed to achieve socialism’s professed goal of a decent standard of living for working people. To match U.S. military growth, the Soviet Union diverted 15 to 20 percent of its gross national product (more than double the U.S. proportion) to armaments, further crippling the economy’s chances of raising living standards. As these problems grew, a new cynical generation was coming of age that had no memory of World War II or Stalin’s purges. “They believe in nothing,” a mother said of Soviet youth in 1984.

Gorbachev knew from experience and from his travels to western Europe that the Soviet sys- tem was completely inadequate, and he quickly proposed several unusual programs. A crucial economic reform, perestroika (“restructuring”),

aimed to reinvigorate the Soviet economy by im- proving productivity, increasing investment, en- couraging the use of up-to-date technology, and gradually introducing such market features as prices and profits. The complement to economic change was the policy of glasnost (usually trans- lated as “openness” or “publicity”), which called for disseminating “wide, prompt, and frank infor- mation” and for allowing Soviet citizens new mea- sures of free speech. When officials complained that glasnost threatened their status, Gorbachev replaced more than a third of the Communist Party’s leadership in the first months of his admin- istration. The pressing need for glasnost became most evident after the Chernobyl catastrophe in 1986, when a nuclear reactor exploded and spewed radioactive dust into the atmosphere. Bureaucratic cover-ups delayed the spread of information about the accident, with lethal consequences for people living near the plant.

Th e Te s t i n g o f S u p e r p o w e r D o m i n a t i o n a n d t h e E n d o f t h e C o l d W a r 9 4 31 9 6 0 s – 1 9 8 9

Mikhail Gorbachev: Leader of the Soviet Union from 1985 to 1991; he instituted reforms such as glasnost and perestroika, thereby contributing to the collapse of Communist rule in the Soviet bloc and the USSR.

perestroika: Literally, “restructuring”; an economic policy insti- tuted in the 1980s by Soviet premier Mikhail Gorbachev calling for the introduction of market mechanisms and the achieve- ment of greater efficiency in manufacturing, agriculture, and services.

Mikhail and Raisa Gorbachev Mikhail Gorbachev and his wife, Raisa, gave a fresh look to Soviet politics. They traveled, made friends abroad, and were fashionable and modern. While the Gorbachevs became part of Western celebrity culture, however, average citizens back home in the USSR saw the Gorbachevs’ privileged lifestyle as simply the continuation of the Communist government’s disregard for ordinary people. (© Peter Turnley/ Corbis.)

glasnost: Literally “openness” or “publicity”; a policy instituted in the 1980s by Soviet premier Mikhail Gorbachev calling for greater openness in speech and in thinking, which translated to the reduction of censorship in publishing, radio, television, and other media.

After Chernobyl, even the Communist Party and Marxism-Leninism were opened to public criticism. Party meetings suddenly included com- plaints about the highest leaders and their policies. Television shows adopted the outspoken methods of American investigative reporting; one program exposed the plight of Leningrad’s homeless chil- dren — an admission of communism’s failings. Instead of publishing made-up letters praising the great Soviet state, newspapers were flooded with real ones complaining of shortages and abuse. One outraged “mother of two” protested that the cost- cutting policy of reusing syringes in hospitals was a source of AIDS. “Why should little kids have to pay for the criminal actions of our Ministry of Health?” she asked. Debate and factions arose across the political spectrum (see Document, “Criticizing Gorbachev,” above). In the fall of 1987, one of Gorbachev’s allies, Boris Yeltsin, quit the government after denouncing perestroika as insuf- ficient to produce real reform. Yeltsin’s political daring, which in the past would have consigned him to oblivion (or Siberia), inspired others to or-

ganize in opposition to crumbling Communist rule. In the spring of 1989, in a remarkably free balloting in Moscow’s local elections, not a single Communist was chosen.

Glasnost and perestroika dramatically changed superpower relations. Recognizing how severely the cold war arms race was draining So- viet resources, Gorbachev almost immediately began scaling back missile production. His unilat- eral actions gradually won over Ronald Reagan. In 1985, the two leaders initiated a personal relation- ship and began defusing the cold war. “I bet the hard-liners in both our countries are bleeding when we shake hands,” said the jovial Reagan at the conclusion of one meeting. In early 1989, Gor- bachev withdrew the last of his country’s forces from the debilitating war in Afghanistan, and the United States started to cut back its own vast mil- itary buildup by the end of the year.

Rebellion in Poland. As Gorbachev’s reforms in the USSR started spiraling out of his control, they did so in an atmosphere of rising dissent across

9 4 4 C h a p t e r 2 8 ■ P o s t i n d u s t r i a l S o c i e t y a n d t h e E n d o f t h e C o l d W a r O r d e r 1 9 6 0 s – 1 9 8 9

Criticizing Gorbachev

D O C U M E N T

Some people — especially in the U.S. bloc — interpreted Gorbachev’s reforms as noble and enlightened, opening the way to free markets and free speech. Others, especially in the So- viet Union, saw him as simply another mem- ber of the Communist establishment, hoping to prop up a rotten system. “A flatterer,” one critic called him, “who can live for free in lux- urious villas at our expense.” For such critics, Gorbachev’s reforms were merely machina- tions by a Soviet leader hoping to boost pro- ductivity so that there would be more to siphon off. Journalist Tatyana Tolstoya ap- praised Gorbachev with a critical eye, propos- ing that her opinions represented those of Soviet citizens. The first passage here was written in response to a book published about Gorbachev in 1990. The second passage was written in 1991 just after an attempted coup against his regime in August 1991.

We do not know who proposed Gor- bachev for the top and who supported him

(our analysts now think that it was the military-industrial complex) but his ini- tial behavior, when you look back on what happened, bears the mixed traits of bold- ness and indecision, ignorance and a fine knowledge of human nature (in its Party version), recklessness and cold calcula- tion. Having grown up under conditions of Brezhnev’s stagnation Gorbachev knew his small world [of the Party] extremely well, and supposed that he knew how to change it. But he did not know the larger world and its problems; and when he de- stroyed the habitual structures with his own hands, he ceased to understand his immediate surroundings and took one false step after another. . . .

One judges a man by his actions, and all of Gorbachev’s actions showed that he desperately tried to stop the reforms in which he did not wish to participate any longer. The logic of democratic develop-

ment, after all, required that he, too, be swept from his post and stripped of his position, his perquisites, his glory.

Perestroika was started largely to pro- vide a better life for the Party authorities, but things got out of hand. Instead of feed- ing the Party more fully, perestroika saw the people moving — awkwardly, looking nervously over their shoulders, fighting bitterly with one another — toward democracy. (Gorbachev liked to speak not of democracy but of democratization, which prompted the joke that the differ- ence between democracy and democrati- zation is like the difference between a canal and canalization — i.e. a sewer sys- tem.) When the dangerous question of party privileges inevitably arose, Gor- bachev tried to avoid it in every way.

Source: Tatyana Tolstaya, Pushkin’s Children: Writ- ings on Russia and Russians, trans. Jamey Gram- brell (New York: Houghton Mifflin, 2003), 46, 51.

the Soviet bloc, most notably in Poland. Already in the summer of 1980, Poles had gone on strike to protest government-increased food prices. As the protest spread, workers at the Gdańsk ship- yards, led by electrician Lech Walesa and crane operator Anna Walentynowicz, created an inde- pendent labor movement called Solidarity. The organization soon embraced much of the adult population, including a million members of the Communist Party. Both intellectuals and the Catholic church, long in the forefront of opposi- tion to antireligious communism, supported Sol- idarity workers as they occupied factories in protest against inflation, the scarcity of food, and other deteriorating conditions of everyday life. The members of Solidarity waved Polish flags and pa- raded giant portraits of the Virgin Mary and Pope John Paul II— a Polish native.

Having achieved mass support at home and worldwide sympathy through media coverage, Soli- darity leaders insisted that the government recog- nize it as an independent union — a radical demand under communism. As food became scarce and prices rose, tens of thousands of women marched in the streets crying, “We’re hungry!” They, too, protested working conditions, but as both workers and the only caretakers of home life, it was the scarcity of food that sent them into the streets. The Communist Party teetered on the edge of collapse, until the police and the army, with Soviet support, imposed a military government and in the winter of 1981 outlawed Solidarity. Stern and puritanical, General Wojciech Jaruzelski took over as the head of Poland’s new regime in 1981, but the general could not push repression too far: he needed new loans from the U.S.-led bloc to keep the sinking Polish economy afloat. Using global communications, dis- sidents kept Solidarity alive both inside and outside of Poland. Workers kept meeting, creating a new culture outside the official Soviet arts and newscasts. Poets read dissident verse to overflow crowds, and university professors lectured to Solidarity members on such forbidden topics as Polish resistance in World War II. Activism in Poland set the stage for communism’s downfall throughout the Soviet bloc.

The Revolutions of 1989. The year 1989 saw the sudden and unexpected disintegration of Com- munist power in eastern Europe, but first came a surprising attack on the Communist state in

China. Inspired by Gorbachev’s visit to Beijing, in the spring of 1989 thousands of Chinese students massed in the city’s Tiananmen Square, the world’s largest public square, to demand democracy. They used telex machines and e-mail to rush their mes- sages to the international community, and they ef- fectively conveyed their goals through the cameras that Western television trained on them. China’s aged Communist leaders, while pushing economic modernization, refused to consider the introduc- tion of democracy. As workers began joining the pro-democracy forces, the government crushed the movement and executed as many as a thou- sand rebels.

The protests in Tiananmen Square were gal- vanizing. In June 1989, the Polish government, weakened by its own bungling of the economy and lacking Soviet support for further repression, held free parliamentary elections. Solidarity candidates overwhelmingly defeated the Communists, and in early 1990, Walesa became president, hastening Poland’s rocky transition to a market economy. Gorbachev openly reversed the Brezhnev Doctrine in the Polish case, refusing to interfere in the po- litical course of another nation. When it became clear that the Soviet Union would not intervene in Poland, the fall of communism repeated itself across the Soviet bloc.

Communism collapsed first in Poland and then in Hungary because of those countries’ early introduction of free-market measures. In Hun- gary, which had experimented with “market social- ism” since the 1960s, even officials began to realize that political democracy had to accompany eco- nomic freedom. Citizens were already protesting the government, lobbying, for example, against ecologically unsound projects like the construc- tion of a new dam. They encouraged boycotts of Communist holidays, and on March 15, 1989, they boldly commemorated the anniversary of the Hungarian uprising. Finally, these popular de- mands for liberalization led the Parliament in the fall of 1989 to dismiss the Communist Party as the official ruling institution; people across the country tore down Soviet and Communist symbols.

The most potent symbol of a divided Europe — the Berlin Wall — stood in the midst of a divided Germany. East Germans had attempted to escape over the wall for decades, and since the early 1980s dissidents had held peace vigils in cities across East Germany. In the summer of 1989, crowds of East Germans flooded the borders to escape the crum- bling Soviet bloc, and hundreds of thousands of protesters rallied throughout the fall against the regime. Satellite television brought them visions of

Th e Te s t i n g o f S u p e r p o w e r D o m i n a t i o n a n d t h e E n d o f t h e C o l d W a r 9 4 51 9 6 0 s – 1 9 8 9

Solidarity: A Polish labor union founded in 1980 by Lech Walesa and Anna Walentynowicz that contested Communist Party pro- grams and eventually succeeded in ousting the party from the Polish government.

postindustrial prosperity and of free and open pub- lic debate in West Germany. Crowds of demonstra- tors greeted Gorbachev, taken as a hero by many, when he visited the country in October. On Novem- ber 9, guards at the Berlin Wall allowed free passage to the west, turning protest into a festive holiday: West Berliners greeted the Easterners with bananas, a consumer good that had been in short supply in the Eastern zone, and that fruit became the unoffi- cial symbol of a newfound liberation. As they strolled freely in the streets, East Berliners saw first- hand the goods available in a successful postindus- trial society. Soon thereafter, citizens — east and west — released years of frustration by assaulting the Berlin Wall with sledgehammers. The govern- ment finished the wall’s destruction in 1990.

In Czechoslovakia, which after 1968 had been firmly restored to Soviet-style rule, people also watched the progress of glasnost expectantly. Persecuted dissidents had maintained their cri- tique of Communist rule. In an open letter to the

Czechoslovak Communist Party leadership, play- wright Václav Havel accused Marxist-Leninist rule of making people materialistic and indifferent to civic life. In 1977, Havel, along with a group of fel- low intellectuals and workers, signed Charter 77, a public protest against the regime that resulted in the arrest of the signers. In the mid-1980s, these dissidents watched Gorbachev on television call- ing for free speech, though never mentioning re- form in Czechoslovakia. Protesters clamored for democracy, but the government turned the police on them, arresting activists in January 1989 for commemorating the death of Jan Palach. The turning point came in November 1989 when, in response to police beatings of students, Alexander Dubček, leader of the Prague Spring of 1968, ad- dressed the crowds in Prague’s Wenceslas Square with a call to oust the Stalinists from the govern- ment. Almost immediately, the Communist lead- ership resigned. Capping the country’s “velvet revolution,” as it became known for its lack of

9 4 6 C h a p t e r 2 8 ■ P o s t i n d u s t r i a l S o c i e t y a n d t h e E n d o f t h e C o l d W a r O r d e r 1 9 6 0 s – 1 9 8 9

Reunited Berliners Welcome the New Year On New Year’s Eve, 1989, Berliners—and indeed supporters from around the world—celebrated the fall of the Berlin Wall and the prospect of a new Germany. The exuberant crowd tore the Communist seal from the flag and then hoisted it above the Brandenburg Gate as fireworks added to the intense emotion of the moment. The difficult transition, which included disposing of the remnants of communism, lay in the future. (ullstein bild–Boening.)

bloodshed, the formerly Communist-dominated parliament elevated Havel to the presidency.

The world’s attention next fastened on the un- folding political drama in Romania. From the mid- 1960s on, Nicolae Ceauşescu had ruled as the harshest dictator in Communist Europe since Stalin. In the name of modernization, he destroyed whole villages; to build up the population, he out- lawed contraceptives and abortions, a restriction that led to the abandonment of tens of thousands of children. He preached the virtues of a very slim body so that he could cut rations and use the sav- ings on his pet projects such as buying up private castles and other property. Most Romanians lived in utter poverty as Ceauşescu channeled almost all the country’s resources into building himself an enormous palace in Bucharest. To this end, he tore down entire neighborhoods and dozens of histor- ical buildings and crushed opponents of the gaudy project to make it appear popular. Yet in early December 1989, an opposition movement rose up: workers demonstrated against the dictatorial gov- ernment, and the army turned on Ceauşescu loy- alists. On Christmas Day, viewers watched on television as the dictator and his wife were tried by a military court and then executed. For many, the death of Ceauşescu meant that the very worst of communism was over.

Review: How and why did the balance of world power change during the 1980s?

Conclusion The fall of the Berlin Wall in 1989 symbolized the end of the cold war, even though the USSR still stood as a bulwark of communism. Collapse of communism in the Soviet satellites was an utter surprise, for U.S.-bloc analysts had reported throughout the 1980s that the Soviet empire was in dangerously robust health. But no one should have been unaware of dissent or economic discon- tent. Since the 1960s, rebellious youth, ethnic and racial minorities, and women had all been con- demning conditions across the West, along with criticizing the threat posed by the cold war. By the early 1980s, wars in Vietnam and Afghanistan, protests against privations in the Soviet bloc, the power of oil-producing states, and the growing po- litical force of Islam had cost the superpowers their resources and reputations. Margaret Thatcher in Britain, Ronald Reagan in the United States, and Mikhail Gorbachev in the Soviet Union tried with varying degrees of success to put their postindus-

C o n c l u s i o n 9 4 71 9 6 0 s – 1 9 8 9

trial and cold war houses in order. The first two were successful, while Gorbachev’s policies of glas- nost and perestroika — aimed at political and eco- nomic improvements — brought on collapse.

Glasnost and perestroika were supposed to bring about the high levels of postindustrial pros- perity enjoyed outside the Soviet bloc. Across the West, including the USSR, an unprecedented set of technological developments had transformed busi- nesses, space exploration, and the functioning of government. Technological advances also had an enormous impact on everyday life. Work changed as society reached a stage called postindustrial, in which the service sector predominated. New pat- terns of family life, new relationships among the generations, and revised standards for sexual be- havior also characterized these years. But it was only in the United States and western Europe that the consumer benefits of postindustrialization reached ordinary people, for the attainment of a thoroughgoing consumer, service, and high-tech society demanded levels of efficiency, coordination, and cooperation unknown in the Soviet bloc.

Many complained, nonetheless, about the dra- matic changes resulting from postindustrial devel- opment. The protesters of the late 1960s addressed

Homeless Romanian Children (1995) These children were among the many who lived without families around the railroad station in Romania’s capital city, Bucharest. Nicolae Ceauşescu’s regime prohibited birth control and abortion in order to increase the supply of workers while simultaneously cutting back on food rations. Children were the victims of this policy, even after Ceauşescu was overthrown, as families simply abandoned children they could not support. In order to survive, the children scavenged, stole, and begged. (© Barry Lewis/ Corbis.)

postindustrial society’s stubborn problems: con- centrations of bureaucratic and industrial power, social inequality, environmental degradation, and even uncertainty about humankind’s future. In the Soviet sphere, these protests were continuous but were little heeded until the collapse of Soviet dom- ination of eastern Europe in 1989. Soon commu- nism would be overturned in the USSR itself. However, the triumph of democracy in the former Soviet empire opened an era of painful adjust- ment, impoverishment, and even violence for hun- dreds of millions of people. Ending the cold war also accelerated the process of globalization.

9 4 8 C h a p t e r 2 8 ■ P o s t i n d u s t r i a l S o c i e t y a n d t h e E n d o f t h e C o l d W a r O r d e r 1 9 6 0 s – 1 9 8 9

For Further Exploration

■ For suggested references, including Web sites, for topics in this chapter, see page SR-1 at the end of the book.

■ For additional primary-source material from this period, see Chapter 28 in Sources of THE MAKING OF THE WEST, Third Edition.

■ For Web sites and documents related to topics in this chapter, see Make History at bedfordstmartins.com/hunt.

The Collapse of Communism in Europe, 1989–1990 The 1989 overthrow of the Communist party in the USSR satellite countries of Eastern Europe occurred with surprising rapidity. The transformation began in Poland when Polish voters tossed out Communist Party leaders in June 1989, and then accelerated in September when thousands of East Germans fled to Hungary, Poland, and Czechoslovakia. Between October and December, Communist regimes were replaced in East Germany, Czechoslovakia, Bulgaria, and Romania. Within three years, the Baltic States would declare their independence, the USSR itself would dissolve, and the breakup of Yugoslavia would lead to war in the Balkans.

0 500 kilometers250

0 250 500 miles

N

S

E W

Collapse of Communism

Site of popular demonstrations�

June 1989

Oct. 1990

March 1990

Nov. 1989 Fall of Berlin Wall

Nov. 1989

Dec. 1989

Nov. 1989

B l a c k S e a

N o r t h S e a

M e d i t e r r a n e a n S e a

Adriatic Sea

B a

lt ic

S e

a ITALY

Corsica

Sardinia

DENMARK

EAST

GERMANY

WEST GERMANY

NETH.

UNITED KINGDOM

BELGIUM

LUX.

FRANCE SWITZ.

SPAIN

POLAND

AUSTRIA HUNGARY

CZECHOSLOVAKIA

NORWAY

FINLAND

SWEDEN

U S S R

USSR

Lithuania

Belarus

Ukraine

Moldova

Latvia

Estonia

ROMANIA

BULGARIA

YUGOSLAVIA

ALBANIA

GREECE TURKEY

Gdańsk

Warsaw

Cracow

Budapest

Sofia

Prague

Berlin

Bucharest

�

� ��

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

� �

� � �

�

�

�

M A P P I N G T H E W E S T

C h a p t e r R e v i e w 9 4 91 9 6 0 s – 1 9 8 9

K e y Te r m s a n d P e o p l e M a k i n g C o n n e c t i o n s

R e v i e w Q u e s t i o n s

1. What were the differences between industrial society of the late nineteenth century and postindustrial society of the late twentieth century?

2. Why were there so many protests, acts of terrorism, and up- risings across the West in the decades between 1960 and 1990?

3. What have been the long-term consequences of Com- munist rule between 1917 and 1989?

1. What were the technological and scientific advances of the 1960s and 1970s, and how did they change human life and society?

2. How did Western society and culture change in the postin- dustrial age?

3. What were the main issues for protesters in the 1960s, and how did governments address them?

4. How and why did the balance of world power change during the 1980s?

C h a p t e r R e v i e w

DNA (919)

in vitro fertilization (921)

multinational corporation (921)

pop art (925)

Ostpolitik (928)

samizdat (928)

Richard Nixon (936)

Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries (OPEC) (937)

stagflation (938)

Margaret Thatcher (940)

neoliberalism (941)

Mikhail Gorbachev (943)

perestroika (943)

glasnost (943)

Solidarity (945)

For practice quizzes, a customized study plan, and other study tools, see the Online Study Guide at bedfordstmartins.com/hunt.

I m p o r ta n t Ev e n t s

1963 Betty Friedan publishes The Feminine Mystique

1966 Willy Brandt becomes West German foreign minister and develops Ostpolitik, a policy designed to bridge tensions between the two Germanies

1967 South Africa’s Dr. Christiaan Barnard performs first successful human heart transplant

1968 Revolution in Czechoslovakia against communism; student uprisings throughout Europe and the United States

1969 U.S. astronauts walk on the moon’s surface

1972 SALT I between the United States and Soviet Union

1973 North Vietnam and the United States sign treaty ending war in Vietnam; OPEC raises price of oil and imposes oil embargo on the West

1973–1976 Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn publishes The Gulag Archipelago

1978 The first test-tube baby is born in England

1978–1979 Islamic revolution in Iran; hostages taken at U.S. embassy in Teheran

1980 The independent trade union Solidarity organizes resistance to Polish communism; British prime minister Margaret Thatcher begins dismantling the welfare state

1981 Ronald Reagan becomes U.S. president

1985 Mikhail Gorbachev comes to power in the USSR

1986 Explosion at Soviet nuclear plant at Chernobyl; Spain joins the Common Market

1989 Chinese students revolt in Tiananmen Square and government suppresses them; Communist governments ousted in eastern Europe; Berlin Wall demolished

T herese is a Congolese immigrant to Paris who arrived there in

the late 1970s with the help of a brother who worked for an air-

line. Therese had been well-known in Africa as the teenage girl-

friend of pop singer Bozi Boziana, who wrote a hit song about her. But

Congo’s political instability made her search for safety in Paris. Once

there, Therese remained famous among African immigrants, for whom

she began running nganda, or informal bars. Like Therese, the immi-

grants who frequent her nganda are often Congolese and other Africans

who, because of problems in their home countries, have settled in Paris,

many of them illegally. They flock to her nganda because they like her

stylish dress, the African food she cooks, the African music she plays,

and the African products she sells. Many of Therese’s small bars and

eateries have flourished, only to be closed down by landlords who want

more of her handsome profits or who object to her running an unli-

censed café. Despite such obstacles, Therese keeps business going by

moving her faithful clientele around her Paris neighborhood from base-

ment to shop front to spare room. Therese is a new global citizen, work-

ing networks back home for supplies, constantly on the move because

she lives on the margins of legality, and always striving to make a good

living for herself and her family.

Therese is just one concrete example of the ease with which

people in the post–cold war world crossed national boundaries while

maintaining crucial ties around the globe. The end of the cold war ri-

valry between the superpowers and their allies paved the way for a more

intimately connected world. In the 1990s, globalization advanced fur-

ther with the dramatic collapse of communism in Yugoslavia and then

of the Soviet Union itself. The world was no longer divided in two, with

all the guarded borders and burdensome restrictions of the cold war

Collapse of the Soviet Union and Its Aftermath 953 • The Breakup of Yugoslavia • The Soviet Union Comes Apart • Toward a Market Economy • International Politics and the

New Russia

The Nation-State in a Global Age 961 • Europe Looks beyond the

Nation-State • Globalizing Cities and

Fragmenting Nations • Global Organizations

Challenges from an Interconnected World 966 • The Problems of Pollution • Population, Health, and Disease • North versus South? • Islam Meets the West • World Economies on the Rise

Global Culture and Society in the Twenty-first Century 974 • Redefining the West: The Impact

of Global Migration • Global Networks and the Economy • A Global Culture?

9 5 1

A New Globalism 1989 TO THE PRESENT

C H A P T E R

29

Global Citizens The world’s migrants at the turn of the millennium sought safety, education, or jobs in the West’s manufacturing and service occupations. Like these young immigrants from Senegal who are sharing a meal at a café in Paris, they also appreciated Western amenities. Children of immigrants were sometimes disillusioned, however, not wanting the life of extreme sacrifice that their parents had lived. Their frustrations at not being accepted as full citizens occasionally erupted into protest and even violence. (© Directphoto.org / Alamy.)

division. Now, instead of being forced to follow one superpower or the other, nations around the world had more opportunity to trade and interact freely. The former Common Market trans- formed itself into the European Union and in 2004 and 2007 admitted many states from the former Soviet bloc. The telecommunication systems put in place in the 1960s contributed to the process of globalization, binding peoples and cultures to- gether in an ever-denser social and economic web.

The global age brought the vast national and international migration of tens of millions of people, an expanding global marketplace, and an accelerated cultural exchange of popular music, books, films, and television entertainment. On the negative side, the new globalization also brought lethal disasters such as epidemic diseases, environ- mental deterioration, genocide, and terrorism. Cutting their own welfare state programs, nations in the West faced competition from the rising eco- nomic power of Japan, China, India, and Latin America. International business mergers acceler- ated from the 1990s on, advancing efficiencies but often threatening jobs. As millions of workers found new but sometimes unsatisfying jobs in an interlinked economy, they discovered that the global age was one of opportunities but also un- precedented dilemmas.

While the end of superpower rivalry made global exchange easier, it also resulted in the dom- inance of a single power, the United States, in world affairs. As the United States sought to exer- cise global power through warfare, however, the West itself seemed to fragment. European states started to resist the United States just as the Soviet

satellites had pulled away from the USSR. New forces arose to rival those of the West: not only the economic power of Asian, Middle Eastern, and other countries but also the cultural might of Is- lam created new centers of influence. Some ob- servers predicted a huge “clash of civilizations” because of sharp differences between Western civilization and cultures beyond the West. Others, however, saw a different clash — one between a Europe reborn after decades of disastrous wars as a peace-seeking group of nations confronting an imperial United States that, like Europe in the nineteenth century, was increasingly at war around the world. Instead of bringing connections and understanding, globalization in either of these sce- narios could bring global warfare.

For historians, understanding the recent past is a challenge in itself. Every day since 1989 has been filled with news, and never more so than af- ter September 11, 2001. Global communication technology makes possible the virtually instanta- neous reporting of news. Unlike journalists, histo- rians do not choose from this mass the most sensational story of the moment or the one that will attract the biggest readership. Rather, they are interested in judging which items from the unfil- tered mass of instant news are actually true and, of these, which will be important in the long run. Historians identify social, cultural, and political events that are uniquely important or generally significant for people’s everyday lives, and they need time to collect facts from more than one source. They make the most reliable evaluations when events are no longer “news”— that is, after a substantial period of time has shown the events’ lasting influence and importance.

When we wrote the first edition of this book, we held our breath in the face of rapidly changing events and judged that the fall of communism and the increasing interconnectedness of the world’s peoples and cultures were the challenges not only

9 5 2 C h a p t e r 2 9 ■ A N e w G lo b a l i s m 1 9 8 9 t o t h e P r e s e n t

globalization: The interconnection of labor, capital, ideas, serv- ices, and goods around the world. Although globalization has existed for hundreds of years, the late twentieth and early twenty-first centuries are seen as more global because of the speed with which people, goods, and ideas travel the world.

1985 1990 1995

■ 1989 Tiananmen Square uprising; Berlin Wall falls

■ 1990s Internet revolution

■ 1990–1991 Persian Gulf War

■ 1991 Civil war in Yugoslavia; failed coup in the Soviet Union

■ 1992 Soviet Union dissolves

■ 1993 Toni Morrison wins Nobel Prize; splitting of Czechoslovakia

■ 1994 Mandela elected in South Africa; Russia invades Chechnya; EU formed

of the moment but also of history. In this third edition we have persisted in that judgment even though the fall of communism and the coming of globalism have brought greater perils than we saw only a few years earlier. Today, more than a decade after we made our first selections of important trends, we judge the potential for the unification of the entire European continent as momentous. We also see both the rising economic development around the world and the forces of terrorism as having historical staying power. As an experiment in history, you might note the important events during the months in which you take this course, put your list away for several years or more, and then see if they — along with the events discussed in this chapter — stand the test of time.

Focus Question: How has globalization been both a unifying and a divisive influence on the West in the twenty-first century?

Collapse of the Soviet Union and Its Aftermath Rejection of communism spread in the 1990s, turning events in unpredictable, even violent di- rections. Yugoslavia and then the Soviet Union it- self fell apart. Like Hungarians and Czechs in the early-twentieth-century Habsburg Empire, na- tionality groups in the USSR began to demand in- dependence. The Soviet bloc had contained more than one hundred ethnic groups, and the five re- publics of Soviet Central Asia were home to fifty million Muslims. For more than a century, succes- sive governments had attempted to instill Russian and Soviet culture, although some cultural auton- omy was allowed. The policy of Russification shak- ily held the vast multiethnic empire together but

failed to build full allegiance. The USSR frag- mented quickly. In Yugoslavia, Communist rulers had also enforced unity among religious and eth- nic groups. From the unstable years of the early 1990s on, ambitious politicians seeking to build a following whipped up ethnic hatred (Map 29.1). The collapse of Communist regimes and the use of ethnic violence as a political tool raised questions about what new forms of government would take shape and what types of people might come to con- trol the massive Soviet arsenal of nuclear weapons.

The Breakup of Yugoslavia Ethnic nationalism shaped the post-Communist future in Yugoslavia. Tensions erupted there in 1990 when Serb Communist Slobodan Milosevic won the presidency of Serbia and began to pro- mote Serb control as a replacement for commu- nism in the Yugoslav federation as a whole. Other ethnic groups in Yugoslavia resisted Milosevic’s militant pro-Serb nationalism and called for seces- sion. “Slovenians . . . have one more reason to say they are in favor of independence,” warned one of them in the face of mounting Serb claims to rule the other small republics that comprised Yugoslavia. Slovenia, Croatia, and Bosnia, opposed to Milose- vic’s desire to maintain a centralized state domi- nated by Serbia, hoped for a confederation of independent republics (Map 29.2). In the spring of 1991, Slovenia and Croatia seceded, but Croa- tia lost almost a quarter of its territory when the Serb-dominated Yugoslav army, eager to enforce Serbian supremacy, invaded. A devastating civil war broke out in Bosnia-Herzegovina when the re- public’s Muslim majority tried to create a multicul- tural and multiethnic state. With the covert military

C o l l a p s e o f t h e S o v i e t U n i o n a n d I t s A f t e r m a t h 9 5 31 9 8 9 t o t h e P r e s e n t

2000 2005 2010

■ 1999 Euro introduced; world population reaches six billion

■ 2000 Putin becomes Russian president

■ 2001 September 11 terrorist attack; United States launches war against terrorism

■ 2003 United States invades Iraq; the West divides

■ 2004 Ten countries join the European Union

■ 2005 Emissions reductions of Kyoto Protocol go into effect

■ 2007 Bulgaria and Romania admitted to the European Union

Slobodan Milosevic: Serb leader of post-Communist Yugoslavia; he was tried for crimes against humanity in the ethnic cleans- ing that accompanied the dissolution of the Yugoslav state.

support of Milosevic’s government, Bosnian Serb men formed a guerrilla army and gained the upper hand. A United Nations (UN) arms embargo pre- vented the Bosnian Muslims from equipping their forces adequately to defend themselves even though the Serbs at the time were massacring them.

Violence in the Balkans was relentless — inflicted on neighbors in the name of creating “ethnically pure” states in a region where ethnic mixture, not ethnic purity, was the norm. During the 1990s, civilians died by the tens of thousands, as Serbs under Milosevic’s leadership pursued a policy they called ethnic cleansing — that is, genocide — against the other ethnicities or nationalities. They raped women to leave them pregnant with Serb babies as another form of conquest. In 1995, Croa- tian forces massacred Serbs who had helped seize land from Croatia; that same year, the Serbs retal- iated by slaughtering eight thousand Muslim boys and men in the town of Srebrenica, burying them

in mass graves, then re-interring them to conceal the massacre. “Kill the lot,” the commander of the Serb forces ordered at Srebrenica. Military units on all sides destroyed libraries and museums, ar- chitectural treasures like the Mostar Bridge, and cities rich with history such as Dubrovnik. Ethnic cleansing thus entailed eliminating both actual people and all traces of their complex past. Many in the West explained violence in the Balkans as part of “age-old” blood feuds typical of a backward, almost “Asian” society. Others saw using genocide to achieve national power as nothing more than a modern political practice that had been employed by other politicians, including Adolf Hitler.

As with German, Italian, and Japanese aggres- sion in the 1930s, no one stepped in to impose ef- fective sanctions against such violence. Late in the 1990s, Serb forces moved to attack Muslims of Al- banian ethnicity living in the Yugoslav province of Kosovo. From 1997 to 1999, crowds of Albanian Kosovars fled their homes as Serb militias and the Yugoslav army slaughtered the civilian population. North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) pilots bombed the region in an attempt to drive back the army and Serb militias. UN peacekeeping forces fi- nally intervened to enforce an interethnic truce,

9 5 4 C h a p t e r 2 9 ■ A N e w G lo b a l i s m 1 9 8 9 t o t h e P r e s e n t

ethnic cleansing: The mass murder—genocide—of people ac- cording to ethnicity or nationality, beginning with the post– World War I elimination of minorities in eastern and central Europe and continuing with the rape and murders that resulted from the breakup of Yugoslavia in the 1990s.

0 300 kilometers150

0 150 300 miles

N

S

E W

North Sea

Mediterranean Sea

Adriatic Sea

Black Sea

Aegean Sea

Ionian Sea

B a l t

ic S

e a

LATVIA

BELARUS

LITHUANIA

UKRAINE

POLAND

MOLDOVA

CZECH REPUBLIC SLOVAKIA

ROMANIA

BULGARIA

HUNGARY

RUSSIA

RUSSIA

GERMANY

SLOVENIA

CROATIA BOSNIA-

HERZEGOVINA

YUGOSLAVIA

ALBANIA

MACEDONIA

Minsk

Vilnius

Riga

Kiev

Warsaw

Chisinau

Bucharest

Sofia

Budapest

Belgrade

Prague

Berlin

Ljubljana

Zagreb

Sarajevo

Tiranë Skopje

Bratislava

M A P 2 9 . 1 Eastern Europe in the 1990s In the 1990s, the countries of eastern Europe tried to forge their own destiny free from the direction of either Russia or the United States. The transition was far from easy. States like Czechoslovakia fragmented, and many state borders were contested. Turning from Russia, the leadership of these countries began to look to western Europe, most of them eventually opting for membership in the European Union.

but people throughout the world felt that this in- tervention came far too late and reflected the self- interest of the great powers rather than a true commitment to maintaining peace and protecting human rights. Alongside the decimated independ- ent republics of Slovenia, Bosnia, and Croatia, a new regime emerged in Serbia, and Milosevic was turned over to the International Court of Justice, or World Court, in the Netherlands to be tried for crimes against humanity. In 2003, Milosevic loy- alists, many of them in line to be rounded up for trial in the World Court, assassinated the new Ser- bian president. Across both western and eastern Europe, hateful racial, ethnic, and religious rheto- ric influenced political agendas, nowhere more violently than in the former Communist states.

C o l l a p s e o f t h e S o v i e t U n i o n a n d I t s A f t e r m a t h 9 5 51 9 8 9 t o t h e P r e s e n t

0 100 kilometers50

0 100 miles50

N

S

EW

Yugoslavia in 1991

Capital

A d

r i a t i c S e a

MONTENEGRO

Kosovo (autonomous

province)

ROMANIA

HUNGARY

AUSTRIA

SLOVENIA

ITALY

CROATIA

BOSNIA- HERZEGOVINA

THE FORMER YUGOSLAV REPUBLIC

OF MACEDONIA

ALBANIA

GREECE

BULGARIA

SERBIA and MONTENEGRO

Vojvodina (autonomous

province)

Ljubljana Zagreb

Belgrade

Sarajevo

Pec

Dubrovnik Pristina

Skopje

� �

Mostar�

�

M A P 2 9 . 2 The Former Yugoslavia, c. 2000 After a decade of destructive civil war, UN forces and UN-brokered agreements attempted to protect the civilians of the former Yugo- slavia from the brutal consequences of post- Communist rule. Ambitious politicians, most notably Slobodan Milosevic, used the twentieth- century Western strategy of fostering ethnic and religious hatred as a powerful tool to build support for themselves while making those favoring peace look softhearted and unfit to rule. ■ What issues of national identity does the breakup of Yugoslavia indicate?

Destruction of the Mostar Bridge in Yugoslavia, 1990 In modern history, the construction of a nation-state has depended on the growth of institutions such as armies and bureaucracies and the promotion of a common national culture. In an effort to dominate Bosnia and Croatia, Serbs in the 1990s destroyed non- Serb art, books, and architecture, including such symbols as the sixteenth-century bridge. (Top and bottom: © Cardinale Stephane / Corbis Sygma.)

The Soviet Union Comes Apart In 1992, amid deteriorating conditions and the threat of violence, the Soviet Union itself col- lapsed. By 1990, perestroika had failed to revital- ize the Soviet economy; people confronted soaring prices, the specter of unemployment, and even greater scarcity of goods than they had endured in the past. That year, Soviet leader Mikhail Gor- bachev announced that there was “no alternative to the transition to the market [economy],” but his plan was too little, too late and satisfied no one. In 1991, the Russian parliament elected Boris Yeltsin as president of the Russian Republic over a Com- munist candidate, prompting a group of eight an- tireform hard-liners, including the powerful head of the Soviet secret police, or KGB, to attempt to overthrow the government. Holding Gorbachev under house arrest, coup leaders claimed to be res- cuing the Soviet Union from the “mortal danger” posed by “extremist forces.” Yeltsin, defiantly standing atop a tank outside the Russian Repub- lic’s parliament building, called for mass resist- ance. Residents of Moscow and Leningrad filled the streets, and units of the army defected to pro- tect Yeltsin’s headquarters. People used fax ma- chines and computers to coordinate internal resistance and send messages to the rest of the world. The coup collapsed as citizens overwhelm- ingly rejected a return to Communist orthodoxy.

Yeltsin Defeats the Communists. After the failed coup, the Soviet Union disintegrated. People tore down statues of Soviet heroes; Yeltsin outlawed the Communist Party newspaper, Pravda, and sealed the KGB’s files. At the end of August 1991, the So- viet parliament suspended operations of the Com- munist Party itself. The Baltic States of Estonia, Latvia, and Lithuania declared their independence in September, and one republic after another fol- lowed their lead. Bloody ethnic conflicts erupted in the disintegrating Soviet world. In the Soviet republic of Tajikistan, native Tajiks rioted against Armenians living there; in the Baltic States, anti- Semitism revived as a political tool. The USSR finally dissolved on January 1, 1992. Twelve of the fifteen former Soviet republics banded together as the Commonwealth of Independent States (CIS), but that hardly ended the disintegration of Russian power (Map 29.3).

Weakened by the coup, Gorbachev abandoned politics. Yeltsin stepped in and accelerated the change to a market economy, introducing new problems as he did so. Plagued by corruption, the

Russian economy entered an ever-deepening cri- sis. Yeltsin’s political allies bought up national re- sources, stripped them of their value, and sent billions of dollars out of the country. By 1999, Yeltsin’s own family appeared to be deeply impli- cated in stealing the wealth once seen as belong- ing to all the people. Managers, military officers, and bureaucrats took whatever goods they could lay their hands on, including weaponry, and sold it. Attempting to consolidate support and appeal- ing to nationalist anti-ethnic sentiments in Russia, Yeltsin launched a destructive military action against the resource-rich province of Chechnya, which wanted independence. Social disorder added to the political upheaval when organized criminals interfered in the distribution of goods and services and assassinated legitimate entrepre- neurs, legislators, and anyone who criticized them. As the Russian parliament pursued an investiga- tion into the business dealings of Yeltsin, his fam- ily, and his allies, Yeltsin resigned on December 31, 1999. He appointed a new protégé, Vladimir Putin, as interim president.

Vladimir Putin Takes Charge. Putin was a little- known functionary in Russia’s new security appa- ratus, which had evolved from the old KGB. In the presidential elections of spring 2000, Putin sur- prised everyone when the electorate voted him in. Though associated with the Yeltsin family corrup- tion, he declared himself committed to legality. “Democracy,” he announced, “is the dictatorship of law.” With a solid mandate, Putin proceeded to drive from power the biggest figures in regional government, usually the henchmen of the robber barons, and he fired their associates who held high positions in the central government. Faced with a desperate economic situation, Putin claimed to re- store “strong government” and end the influence of a “handful of billionaires with only egotistical concerns.” Putin’s popularity rose even higher when the government arrested the billionaire head of the Yukos Oil Company in 2003. The pillaging of the country — the source of ordinary citizens’ recent suffering — was finally being punished. Ac- cording to some insiders, however, Putin was merely transferring Russia’s natural resources and other assets to his own cronies, and he also con- tinued the destructive war in Chechnya to quell the independence movement. Casualties, atroci- ties, disease, and the physical devastation of

9 5 6 C h a p t e r 2 9 ■ A N e w G lo b a l i s m 1 9 8 9 t o t h e P r e s e n t

Vladimir Putin: President of Russia elected in 2000; he has worked to reestablish Russia as a world power through control of the country’s resources and military capabilities.

C o l l a p s e o f t h e S o v i e t U n i o n a n d I t s A f t e r m a t h 9 5 71 9 8 9 t o t h e P r e s e n t

0 500 kilometers250

0 250 500 miles

N

S

E

W

Commonwealth of Independent States

Independent in 1991

Independence declared 1991; at war with Russia, 1994 to present

Boundary of the former USSR to 1991

Capital cities

Capital of the Commonwealth of Independent States

Violent ethnic conflicts �

�

A R C T I C O C E A N

C as

p ia

n S

ea

Aral Sea

Black Sea

�

�

�

�

�

�

R U S S I A N F E D E R A T I O N

KAZAKHSTAN

KYRGYZSTAN

TAJIKISTAN

AZERBAIJAN

GEORGIA

Chechnya

IRAN

AFGHANISTAN

ARMENIA

UKRAINE

MOLDOVA

BELARUS

RUSSIA

ESTONIA

LATVIA

LITHUANIA

TURKM EN

IST A

N U

Z B

EK IST

A N

MONGOLIA

CHINA

TURKEY

IRAQ

POLAND

FINLAND

SWEDEN

NORWAY

DENMARK

GERMANY

�

�� �

�

� �

�

� �

�

�

�

�

Dushanbe

Ashgabat

Yerevan

Bishkek

Almaty Tashkent

Baku

Tbilisi

Grozny

Kiev

Minsk

Vilnius

Riga

Tallinn

Moscow

Chisinau

�

R U S S I A N F E D E R A T I O N

M A P 2 9 . 3 Countries of the Former Soviet Union, c. 2000 Following an agreement of December 1991, twelve of the countries of the former Soviet Union formed the Commonwealth of Independent States (CIS). Dominated by Russia and with Ukraine often disputing this domination, the CIS worked to bring about common economic and military policies. As nation-states dissolved rapidly in the late twentieth century, regional alliances and coordination were necessary to meet the political and economic challenges of the global age.

Chechen cities continued to plague Russians and rebels alike.

Toward a Market Economy Developing a free market and a republican gov- ernment initially brought misery to Russia and the rest of eastern Europe. The conditions of everyday life grew increasingly dire as salaries went unpaid, food remained in short supply, and essential serv- ices disintegrated. In 1994, inflation soared at a rate of 14 percent a month in Russia, while indus- trial production dropped by 15 percent. People took drastic steps to stay alive. Hotel lobbies be- came clogged with prostitutes because women were the first people fired as governments priva- tized industry and cut service jobs. Unpaid soldiers sold their services to the Russian Mafia. Ordinary citizens lined the sidewalks of major cities selling their household possessions. “Anything and every- thing is for sale,” one critic noted at the time. Si- multaneously, a pent-up demand was unleashed for items never before available. An enormous un- derground economy existed in goods such as au- tomobiles stolen from people in other countries and then driven or shipped to Russia.

There were, of course, many pluses: people were able to travel freely for the first time, and the media were more open than ever before. Some workers, many of them young and highly edu- cated, profited from contacts with technology and business. However, their frequent emigration to more prosperous parts of the world further depleted the human resources of the former Communist states. “I knew in my heart that com- munism would collapse,” said one Romanian ex- dissident, commenting sadly on the exodus of youth from his country, “but it never crossed my mind that the future would look like this.” At the same time, as the different republics that had once comprised the Soviet Union became independent, the hundreds of thousands of ethnic Russians who had earlier been sent by the state to colonize these regions returned to Russia as refugees, putting fur- ther demands on the chaotic Russian economy. The dismantling of communism was more com- plicated and painful than anyone had imagined it would be.

The Economic Agenda. For many in the former Soviet bloc, the first priority was getting economies running again — but on new terms. Replacing a

9 5 8 C h a p t e r 2 9 ■ A N e w G lo b a l i s m 1 9 8 9 t o t h e P r e s e n t

Aftermath of Communism’s Collapse The collapse of communism and the Soviet Union created financial disaster, particularly for women, who represented more than two-thirds of the unemployed. Some of the unemployed resorted to prostitution; others tried to sell whatever they had, as these Muscovites did in 1992. The streets of Russian cities filled with destitute citizens, such as the homeless man sleeping in a broken store window. As crime escalated, calls for more law and order paved the way for tougher political candidates—not the liberal-minded reformers of the Gorbachev and Yeltsin years. (AFP / Getty Images.)

state-controlled economy with a market one could not happen naturally or automatically but rather required government planning. Given the spiral- ing misery, however, many opposed the introduc- tion of new market-oriented measures. In Russia, members of collective farms fought to preserve them as a means of security in a rapidly changing world. With the farms up for sale, most collective farmers faced landlessness and starvation. The countries that experienced the most success were those in which administrators had earlier intro- duced ingredients of free trade, such as allowing farmers to sell their produce on the open market or encouraging independent entrepreneurs or even government factories to deal in international trade. Hungary and Poland thus emerged from the transition with less strain, because both had favored market elements early on and had hired advisers to speed the transformation of the econ- omy. They set up business schools and worked to attract foreign capital, anchoring these two coun- tries securely to the world economy.

Elsewhere, however, the transition happened differently. The former Soviet Union itself became, in the words of one critic, a vast “kleptocracy” in the 1990s as the country’s resources — theoreti- cally the property of all the people — were stolen for individual gain. An economist described the new scene as “piratization” rather than privatiza- tion. In this regard, one Polish adviser noted, democracy and a successful transition went hand in hand, for unless the people were institutionally powerful enough to prevent it, former leaders and

administrators would simply operate as criminals. In addition to the problem of corruption, the So- viet practice of removing the economy from global developments further hindered the transition to a market economy. Industry had not benefited from technological change, and plants and personnel were hopelessly out of date, even worthless. The introduction of competition and free trade often meant closing plants and firing all the workers.

Talent Flees the Region. A final element in post- Soviet economic difficulties was a brain drain that plagued the region. The economic chaos that fol- lowed the fall of communism set off a rush of mi- gration from eastern Europe to western Europe, often involving those with marketable skills. Mi- grants left for several reasons, including the lack of jobs, the upsurge of ethnic hatreds, and the availability of higher salaries for well-educated workers in other countries. Escaping anti-Semi- tism also played a role: post-Communist politi- cians used the rallying cry of hatred of Jews to build a following, just as Hitler and many others had done so effectively in the past. Banditry and violence inflicted by organized crime added to the disadvantages of remaining in eastern Europe. Some migrants from the east, fearful of reprisals from the Russian Mafia and others, sought politi- cal asylum.

The everyday amenities of western Europe in- cluded safe water, better housing, better roads, and at least a minimal level of social services. Although western Europe was now on a firm neoliberal

C o l l a p s e o f t h e S o v i e t U n i o n a n d I t s A f t e r m a t h 9 5 91 9 8 9 t o t h e P r e s e n t

Hungarian Meat Packing Plant, 2007 The economy of the former Soviet bloc changed dramatically after the fall of Communist rule. Megastores were built at an astonishing pace and were filled with eager consumers. Western firms bought up out-of-date factories and installed modern labor-saving equipment, as in this meat-packing plant in Hungary, which processed food for sale across the European Union. (AFP/ Getty Images.)

course of cutting the social programs of the wel- fare state, most benefits had disappeared entirely in former Communist countries. Pensions for vet- erans and retired workers were rarely paid, and even when paid were often worthless given the soaring inflation; day-care centers, kindergartens, and homes for the elderly closed their doors; hos- pitals and health care deteriorated. In these cir- cumstances, the benefits of citizenship in western European countries seemed almost irresistibly desirable.

International Politics and the New Russia Although Gorbachev had pulled the Soviet Union out of its disastrous war with Afghanistan, his suc- cessors opened another war to prevent the seces- sion of oil-rich Chechnya and to provide a nationalist rallying cry to shore up domestic sup- port for the administration. For decades, Chechens had been integrated into the Soviet bureaucracy and military, but in the fall of 1991, the National Congress of the Chechen People took over the gov-

ernment of the region from the USSR, moving to- ward the same kind of independence sought by the Baltic nations and other former Soviet states. In June 1992, Chechen rebels got control of massive numbers of Russian weapons, including airplanes, tanks, and some forty thousand automatic weapons and machine guns. In December 1994, the Russian government sealed the Chechen bor- ders and invaded. A high Russian official defended the war as crucial to bolstering Yeltsin’s position: “We now need a small victorious war. . . . We must raise the President’s rating.” To counteract the Russian population’s opposition to the war, Yeltsin, prompted by his advisers, announced the impossibility of negotiating with the Chechens. As the war dragged on, Chechnya’s capital city of Grozny was pounded to bits. Casualties mounted not only among Chechen civilians but among Russians too. Protest against continuing the con- flict increased. In 2002, Chechen loyalists took hundreds of hostages in a Moscow theater; Chechen suicide bombers blew up airplanes, buses, and apartment buildings. Putin pursued the Chechen war into the twenty-first century,

9 6 0 C h a p t e r 2 9 ■ A N e w G lo b a l i s m 1 9 8 9 t o t h e P r e s e n t

Chechnya, 1999 Russia justified its war in Chechnya in the 1990s and early 2000s as part of a struggle against Muslim terrorists. During the war, the Russian military kidnapped and murdered Chechen rebels while pummeling cities with gunfire and harassing the population, as this photo of civilians being checked shows. In retaliation, Chechens brought terrorism to Russia, setting off bombs and blowing up planes. Even with the new administration of Vladimir Putin, the bloodshed continued. (© Reuters / Corbis.)

compounding the problem of establishing a cred- ible post-Communist government.

Putin expanded Soviet influence in Ukraine, Belarus, India, and China as well by taking advan- tage of the politics of oil. Russia had the commodi- ties — especially oil and gas — needed to sustain the fantastic growth of emerging industries around the world, and by 2005 surging commod- ity prices were making Russia once again a real player in global politics — now because of its eco- nomic strength. Achieving democratic values re- mained a more elusive goal. Putin’s critics were mercilessly assassinated, newspapers and radios were closed down, and a general apathy toward politics persisted, especially as wealth from the now healthy economy was used to refurbish cities and everyday life grew easier.

Review: What were the major issues facing the former Soviet bloc in the 1990s and early 2000s?

The Nation-State in a Global Age While the end of the Soviet system fractured one large regional economy, European unification pro- gressed in the rest of Europe. The European Com- munity was economically robust compared to former Soviet-bloc countries, many of which ap- plied for membership to benefit from tying them- selves to a powerful transnational organization. The relatively harmonious operation of the Euro- pean Community stood in marked contrast to the wars and civil strife that plagued many other re- gions of the world, and its economic success pro- voked the formation of the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA), which established a free-trade zone of the United States, Canada, and Mexico. The nationalist function of cities dimin- ished as major urban areas like London and Paris became packed with people from other countries, who brought with them new ideas and new cus- toms. These trends, however, aroused resistance from those who wanted to preserve their own tra- ditions and who felt the loss of a secure, face-to- face, local way of life.

Europe Looks beyond the Nation-State The peoples of Europe took immense strides in the 1990s to strengthen their shared institutions be- yond those of the traditional nation-state. The

Common Market had opened the pathway to uni- fied supranational policy in economic matters; its evolution into the European Union (EU) in the 1990s extended cooperation in political and cul- tural matters. Then, in 2004 and 2007, nations from the former Soviet bloc joined the EU, sug- gesting that power might shift eastward as some of these new EU members built thriving economies too.

From Common Market to European Union. The Common Market changed dramatically after the de- mise of European communism. In 1992, the twelve countries of the Common Market ended national distinctions in the spheres of business activity, bor- der controls, and transportation, effectively clos- ing down passport controls at most of their shared borders. Citizens of the member countries carried a common burgundy-colored passport, and gov- ernments, whether municipal or national, had to treat all member nations’ firms the same. In 1994, by the terms of the Maastricht Treaty, the Euro- pean Community (EC) became the European Union (EU), and in 1999 a common currency — the euro — came into being, first for transactions among financial institutions and then in 2002 for general use by the public. Common policies gov- erned everything from the number of American soap operas aired on television to pollution con- trols on automobiles to the health warnings on cig- arette packages. The EU parliament convened regularly in Strasbourg, France, while subgroups met to negotiate further cultural, economic, and social policies. With the adoption of a common currency, an EU central bank came into being to guide interest rates and economic policy.

The EU was seen as the key to a peaceful Eu- rope. “People with the same money don’t go to war with one another,” said a French nuclear scientist about the introduction of the euro. Greece pushed for the admission of its traditional enemy Turkey in 2002 and 2003 despite the warnings of a former

Th e N a t i o n - S ta t e i n a G lo b a l A g e 9 6 11 9 8 9 t o t h e P r e s e n t

Maastricht Treaty: The agreement among the members of the European Community to have a closer alliance, including the use of common passports and eventually the development of a common currency; by the terms of this treaty, the European Community became the European Union (EU) in 1994.

European Union (EU): Formerly the European Economic Com- munity (EEC, or Common Market), and then the European Com- munity (EC); formed in 1994 by the terms of the 1992 Maastricht Treaty. Its members have political ties through the European parliament as well as long-standing common eco- nomic, legal, and business mechanisms.

euro: The common currency accepted by twelve members of the European Union. It went into effect gradually, used first in business transactions in 1999 and entering public circulation in 2002.

president of France that a predominantly Muslim country could never fit in with the Christian tra- ditions of EU members. Both Greece and Turkey stood to benefit by having their disputes adjudi- cated by the larger body of European members, principally by being able to cut that part of their defense budget used for weaponry against the other country. Like the rivalry between Germany and France, that between Turkey and Greece, it was hoped, would dissolve if bound by the strong eco- nomic and political ties of the EU.

Drawbacks to EU membership remained, however. The EU enforced no common regulatory practices, and the common economic policies de- manding cooperation among its members were not always observed. Individual governments set up hurdles and barriers for businesses: for instance, obstructing transnational mergers they did not like.

One government might block the acquisition of a company based on its own soil no matter what the advantages to shareholders, the economy, the workforce, or the consumers of unified Europe. Nonetheless, countries of eastern Europe clamored to join, working hard to meet not only the EU’s fis- cal requirements but also those pertaining to hu- man rights and social policy (Map 29.4).

East Joins West. The EU’s attractions became clear to eastern Europe, as demonstrated in the case of Greece, long considered the poor relative of the other member countries. Greece joined the European Community in 1981; its per capita gross domestic product was 64 percent of the European average in 1985. However, Greek leaders and the EU made a real effort during the 1990s to bring the country closer to EU norms. By the early

9 6 2 C h a p t e r 2 9 ■ A N e w G lo b a l i s m 1 9 8 9 t o t h e P r e s e n t

The Euro These new bills went into circulation on January 1, 2002. The bills’ designer used architectural imagery of windows and bridges to suggest openness, light, connectedness, and boundary crossing. Reflecting the compromise between Europe and individual states, the head sides of euro coins bear a common image, while the tail sides contain symbols chosen by individual nations within the euro zone. (Royalty Free / Corbis.)

0 500 kilometers250

0 250 500 miles

N

S

E W

Original members of the European Economic Union

Became members 1973–1995

Became members 2004–2007

Applying for membership

Black Sea

North Sea

A T L A N T I C O C E A N

Mediterranean Sea

Ba lti

c S ea

ITALY

CROATIA SLOVENIA

SWITZ.

NETH.

BEL.

FRANCE

LUX. LIECH.

IRELAND

N. Ireland

MOROCCO ALGERIA TUNISIA

UNITED KINGDOM

SPAIN

P O

R T

U G

A L

DENMARK

GERMANY POLAND

AUSTRIA HUNGARY

NORWAY FINLAND

SWEDEN R U S S I A N

F E D E R A T I O N

RUSSIA LITHUANIA

BELARUS

UKRAINE

MOLDOVA

LATVIA

ESTONIA

ROMANIA

BOSNIA- HERZEGOVINA

BULGARIASERBIA

MONTENEGRO ALBANIA

GREECE

CYPRUSMALTA

TURKEY

CZECH REP.

SLOVAKIA

MACEDONIA

M A P 2 9 . 4 The European Union in 2007 The European Union (EU) appeared to increase the economic health of its members despite the rocky start of its common currency, the euro. The EU helped end the traditional competition between its members and facilitated trade and worker migration by providing common passports and business laws, and open borders. But many critics feared a loss of cultural distinctiveness among peoples in an age of mass communications.

twenty-first century, thanks to advice from the EU and an infusion of funds, Greece had reached 80 percent of the EU per capita gross domestic prod- uct. The benefits of EU membership were clear to national leaders.

Hoping for similar gains, the countries to the east moved toward EU membership throughout the 1990s. The collapse of the Soviet system ad- vanced privatization of eastern European indus- try, as governments sold basic services to the highest bidder. Often, only companies in the wealthy western countries of the EU could afford to purchase eastern European assets. For example, the Czech Republic in 2001 sold its major energy distributor Transgaz and eight other regional dis- tributors for 4.1 billion euros to a German firm. Lower wages and costs of doing business in east- ern Europe attracted foreign investment, espe-

cially to Poland, the Czech Republic, Hungary, and Slovenia — the most developed state spun off from Yugoslavia. There were hopes that member- ship would encourage further investment and ad- vance modernization. (See Document, “Václav Havel, ‘Czechoslovakia Is Returning to Europe.’”)

Ten new members — Estonia, Latvia, Lithua- nia, Poland, the Czech Republic, Slovakia, Hun- gary, Slovenia, Malta, and Cyprus — joined the European Union in 2004, and Romania and Bul- garia were admitted in 2007. Just before Poland’s admission to the EU, its standard of living was 39 percent of EU standards, up from 33 percent in 1995. The Czech Republic and Hungary enjoyed 55 and 50 percent, respectively, but in all three cases these figures masked the discrepancy be- tween the ailing countryside and thriving cities. Citizens in eastern Europe were not always happy

Th e N a t i o n - S ta t e i n a G lo b a l A g e 9 6 31 9 8 9 t o t h e P r e s e n t

Václav Havel, “Czechoslovakia Is Returning to Europe”

D O C U M E N T

Czech playwright and longtime anti- Communist activist Václav Havel became the first president of his country after the Communist Party was ousted in 1989. Havel was an idealist who believed that the people of eastern Europe had gained important in- sights from their experience of Soviet domi- nation. This speech provides a backdrop to the admission of eastern European countries to the European Union in 2004. Despite fears among more prosperous EU countries that the lower standard of living in eastern Eu- rope will drag the EU down, there is also a strong sense that the EU is incomplete with- out them. Havel details what eastern Euro- peans have to offer, even to those who have long enjoyed greater freedom and prosperity.

Czechoslovakia is returning to Eu- rope. . . . We are doing what we can so that Europe will be capable of really ac- cepting us, its wayward children. Which means that it may open itself to us, and may begin to transform its structures — which are formally European but de facto Western European. . . .

The Communist type of totalitarian system has left . . . all the nations of the Soviet Union and the other countries the Soviet Union subjugated in its time, a legacy of countless dead, an infinite spec- trum of human suffering, profound eco- nomic decline, and above all enormous human humiliation. It has brought us horrors that fortunately you have not known.

At the same time, however — unin- tentionally, of course — it has given us something positive: a special capacity to look, from time to time, somewhat further than someone who has not undergone this bitter experience. A person who cannot move and live a somewhat normal life be- cause he is pinned under a boulder has more time to think about his hopes than someone who is not trapped that way. . . .

For this reason, the salvation of the human world lies nowhere else than in the human heart, in the human power to re- flect, in human meekness and in human responsibility. . . . If we are no longer

threatened by world war, or by the danger that the absurd mountains of accumulated nuclear weapons might blow up the world, this does not mean that we have defini- tively won. We are in fact far from the fi- nal victory. . . .

In other words, we still don’t know how to put morality ahead of politics, sci- ence and economics. We are still incapable of understanding that the only genuine backbone of all our actions — if they are to be moral — is responsibility. Responsi- bility to something higher than my fam- ily, my country, my company, my success. Responsibility to the order of Being, where all our actions are indelibly recorded. . . .

I end where I began: history has ac- celerated. I believe that once again it will be the human mind that will notice this acceleration, give it a name, and transform those words into deeds.

Source: From speech delivered to the Joint Session of Congress, Washington, D.C., on February 21, 1990. Reprinted in Vital Speeches of the Day, March 15, 1990, 329–30.

at the prospect of joining the EU. A retiree fore- saw the cost of beer going up and added, “If I wanted to join anything in the West, I would have defected.” Still others felt that having just estab- lished an independent national identity, it was pre- mature to join yet another body that would swallow them up. People in older member states were having second thoughts too: in the spring of 2005, a majority of voters in France and the Netherlands rejected a complex draft constitution that would have strengthened EU ties. Commen- tators attributed the rejection to popular anger at the EU bureaucracy’s failure to consult ordinary people in its decision making.

Although still weak by comparison with most of western Europe, the economic life of eastern Eu- rope had in fact picked up considerably by 2000. In contrast to the massive layoffs, soaring inflation, and unpaid salaries of the first post-Communist years, in 2002 residents of Poland, Slovenia, and Estonia had purchasing power some 40 percent higher than in 1989. Outsourcing began to flour- ish across the region, increasing opportunities for those with language and commercial skills. Even in countries with the weakest economies — Latvia, Bulgaria, and Romania — a greater number of res- idents enjoyed such modern conveniences as freez- ers, computers, and portable telephones. Shopping malls sprang up mostly around capital cities, tes- tifying both to the urban nature of the benefits of the free economy and to the allure of this great new market of 100 million customers. Superstores like the furniture giant IKEA or the electronics firm Electroworld were a consumer’s paradise to those long starved of goods. “When Electroworld opened in Budapest [April 2002], it provoked a riot. Two hundred thousand people crowded to get in the doors,” reported one amazed observer. Crit- ics worried that eastern Europeans had fallen prey to uncontrolled materialism and frenzied shop- ping, a Western disease they called “consumania.” Consumers themselves, however, saw shopping as “a social act, indicating that one had joined con- sumer society,” as one eastern European business- man put it. Joining the consumer world was a sign of belonging to a global community of those free and prosperous enough to consume. They had left the isolation of communist poverty behind.

Globalizing Cities and Fragmenting Nations After the collapse of communism, the West changed still further. It both fragmented into more nation-states than it had had even fifty years ear-

lier and developed new characteristics — most no- tably the globalization of major cities. These were cities whose institutions, functions, and visions were overwhelmingly global rather than regional or national. They contained stock markets, legal firms, insurance companies, financial service or- ganizations, and other enterprises that operated worldwide, transcending all borders and bound- aries and linking to similar enterprises in other global cities. Within these cities high-level decision makers set global economic policy and enacted global business. The high-powered and high- priced nature of such global business operatives made life in global cities extremely costly, driving middle managers and engineers to lower-priced living quarters in the suburbs, which nonetheless provided good schools and other amenities for well-educated white-collar earners. However, liv- ing in squalid conditions in the global cities were the very lowest paid of service providers — the maintenance, domestic, and other workers whose menial labor was essential around the clock to the needs and comfort of those at the top.

Global cities often had the best transport or telecommunication facilities and thus became cen- ters for migration, of highly skilled as well as more modest workers. Paris, London, Moscow, and New York were not just cosmopolitan but global, with direct and constant contact around the world. As a result, citizens of other cities who took pride in maintaining a distinctive national culture or local sense of community denounced them. Global cities also drew criticism for their concentrated wealth, seen to be taken at the expense of poorer people in southern countries. In other cases, however, glob- alization produced diasporas of prosperous mi- grants, such as the estimated ninety thousand Japanese in England in the mid-1990s who staffed Japan’s thriving global businesses. Because these migrants did not aim to become citizens, they made no economic or political claims on the adopted country and were thus sometimes called invisible migrants. Global cities were said to produce a “de- territorialization of identities” — meaning that many city dwellers lacked both a national and a lo- cal sense of themselves, so much did they travel the world or deal worldwide.

Ironically, as globalization took hold econom- ically and culturally, there came to be more nation- states in Europe in 2000 than there had been in 1945. Claims of ethnic distinctiveness caused in- dividual nation-states to fragment and separatist movements to grow. Despite two centuries aimed at unification of the Slavs, for example, and the trend toward larger nation-states, Slavs separated

9 6 4 C h a p t e r 2 9 ■ A N e w G lo b a l i s m 1 9 8 9 t o t h e P r e s e n t

themselves from one another in the 1990s and early twenty-first century. In 1993, Czechoslovakia split into the Czech Republic and Slovakia (see Map 29.1, page 954). Yugoslavia came apart into several states, and Russia fought to keep Chechnya from becoming independent as had many other states of the former Soviet Union.

Activists launched movements for regional autonomy in France, Italy, and Spain. Some Bre- tons (residents of the historical French province of Brittany) and Corsicans demanded independ- ence from France, the Corsicans violently attack- ing national officials. Basque nationalists in northern Spain assassinated tourists, police, and other public servants in an effort to gain auton- omy, and although in 2005 they publicly re- nounced terrorism, the violence did not stop completely. The push for an independent north- ern Italy began somewhat halfheartedly, but when politicians saw its attractiveness to voters, they be- came adamant in their demands and the move- ment grew. As cities globalized and nations fragmented, new combinations of local, national, and global identities took shape. Nganda manager Therese enjoyed her neighborhood in Paris, her identity as a migrant to France, and continuing contact with friends and family in Congo. Basque separatists divorced themselves emotionally from Spain, while promoting a common identity with Basques in France and in other parts of the world. These developments, plus the overall expansion in the functioning of the EU, called into question the future of the nation-state.

Global Organizations Supranational organizations, some of them regu- lating international finance and trade and others addressing social issues, had been in place for decades. By the twenty-first century, the intercon- nectedness of industry, finance, and government had made these organizations even more power- ful and influential. Sponsored by large numbers of individual nations, the World Bank, International Monetary Fund, and World Trade Organization, for example, dealt with the terms of trade among countries and the economic well-being of individ- ual peoples. The International Monetary Fund made loans to developing countries on the condi- tion that they restructure their economies accord- ing to neoliberal principles. Other supranational organizations were charitable foundations, inves- tigative think tanks, or service-based organizations acting independently of governments, many of them based in Europe and the United States; they

were called nongovernmental organizations (NGOs). Because some — the Rockefeller, Ford, and Open Society Foundations, for example — controlled so much money, these NGOs often had considerable international power. After the fall of the Soviet bloc, NGOs used their resources to shape economic and social policy and the course of political reform. Some charitable and activist NGOs, like the French-based Doctors Without Borders, gained money through global contribu- tions and used it to provide medical attention in such places as the former Yugoslavia, where people facing war otherwise had no medical help. Small, locally based NGOs excelled at inspiring grassroots activism. All of these organizations, small and large, were in tune with the globaliza- tion process. As with the EU, the larger NGOs were often criticized for influencing government poli- cies with no regard for democratic processes.

Not everyone supported or was pleased with the process of globalization. Activists formed local or supranational groups to attack globalization it- self or to influence its course. In 1998, the Associ- ation for the Benefit of Citizens (or ATTAC, after its French name) worked to block the control of globalization by the forces of high finance: “Com- mercial totalitarianism is not free trade.” ATTAC had as its major policy goal to tax international fi- nancial transactions (just as the purchase of household necessities were taxed) and to create with the tax a fund for people living in under- developed countries. With members from more than forty countries, the organization held well- attended conferences to find new directions for countries suffering from global development. A globally known activist, French farmer José Bové, protested the opening of McDonald’s chains in France and destroyed genetically modified seeds: “The only regret I have now,” Bové claimed at his trial in 2003, “is that I didn’t destroy more of it.” Bové went to jail for his protests, but he remained a hero to antiglobalism activists, who saw him as a simple champion of, in his own words, “good food” and an enemy of standardization.

Review: What trends suggest that the nation-state was a declining institution at the beginning of the twenty- first century?

Th e N a t i o n - S ta t e i n a G lo b a l A g e 9 6 51 9 8 9 t o t h e P r e s e n t

nongovernmental organizations (NGOs): Charitable founda- tions and activist groups such as Doctors Without Borders that work outside of governments, often on political, economic, and relief issues; also, philanthropic organizations such as the Rockefeller, Ford, and Open Society Foundations that shape economic and social policy and the course of political reform.

Challenges from an Interconnected World

The rising tide of globalization ushered in as many challenges as opportunities. First, the health of the world’s peoples and their environment came un- der a multipronged attack from nuclear disaster, acid rain, and surging population. Second, eco- nomic prosperity and physical safety continued to elude great masses of people, especially in the southern half of the globe. Third, as suprastate or- ganizations developed, transnational allegiances and religious and ethnic movements also vied for power and influence. Growing prosperity in re- gions outside the West challenged the traditional economic lead of the United States and Europe. This newfound wealth gave leaders in Asia, the Middle East, and Latin America confidence to as- sert that it was time for the West to surrender some of its power.

The Problems of Pollution By the early years of the twenty-first century, many people had become aware of the dangers of indus- trial growth — once seen as an unqualified blessing. Despite growing ecological awareness, technological development continued to threaten the environ- ment. In the aftermath of the 1986 nuclear explo- sion at Chernobyl, levels of radioactivity rose for hundreds of miles in all directions, thirty-one people died instantly, and some fifteen thousand perished more slowly from the effects of radiation. Moreover, as Russia opened up, it became clear that Soviet managers and officials had left thou- sands of square miles of the Asian continent rife with toxic waste in major lakes and rivers, had dumped used nuclear fuel in neighboring seas, and had so poisoned the environment of many parts of Asia by nuclear and other testing that entire re- gions were unfit for human and other life.

Other environmental problems had devastat- ing global effects. Fossil-fuel pollutants such as those from natural gas, coal, and oil mixed with atmospheric moisture to produce acid rain, a poi- sonous brew that destroyed forests in industrial ar- eas. In eastern Europe, the unchecked use of fossil fuels ravaged forests, leaving their trees brown skeletons, and inflicted ailments such as chronic bronchial disease on children. In less industrial ar- eas, the world’s rain forests were hacked down at an alarming rate to develop the land for cattle graz- ing or for cultivation of cash crops. Clearing the forests depleted the global oxygen supply and threatened the biological diversity of the planet. By

the late 1980s, scientists determined that the use of chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs), chemicals found in aerosol and refrigeration products, had blown a hole in the earth’s ozone layer, the part of the blanket of atmospheric gases that prevents harm- ful ultraviolet rays from reaching the planet. Si- multaneously, automobile and industrial emissions of chemicals were adding to that thermal blanket. The buildup of CFCs, carbon dioxide, and other atmospheric pollutants produced what is known as a greenhouse effect that results in global warm- ing, an increase in the temperature of the earth’s lower atmosphere. Climatic extremes and dra- matic weather cycles of drought or drenching rain indicated that a greenhouse effect might be per- manently warming the earth. Already in the 1990s, the Arctic pack ice was breaking up, allowing Fin- land by 2002 to ship oil along a once-iced-over route. Scientists predicted dire consequences: the rate of global ice melting, which had more than doubled since 1988, would raise sea levels by more than ten inches by 2100, flooding coastal areas, dis- turbing fragile ecosystems, and harming the fresh- water supply.

Activism against unbridled industrial growth took decades to develop as an effective political force. An escapee from Nazi Germany, E. F. “Fritz” Schumacher, produced one of the bibles of the en- vironmental movement, Small Is Beautiful (1973), which spelled out how technology and industrial- ization threatened the earth and its inhabitants. Rachel Carson’s powerful critique, Silent Spring (1962), advocated the immediate rescue of rivers, forests, and the soil from the ravages of factories and chemical farming in the United States. In West Germany, environmentalism united members of older and younger generations around a political tactic called citizen initiatives, in which groups of people blocked plans for urban growth that men- aced forests and farmland. In 1979, the Green Party was founded in West Germany, and soon af- ter, the emergence of Green Party candidates across Europe forced other politicians to voice their concern for the environment. (See Docu- ment, “The European Green Party Becomes Transnational,” page 967.)

Spurred by successful Green Party campaigns, Europeans attacked environmental problems on local and global levels. Some European cities — Frankfurt, for example — developed car-free zones,

9 6 6 C h a p t e r 2 9 ■ A N e w G lo b a l i s m 1 9 8 9 t o t h e P r e s e n t

global warming: An increase in the temperature of the earth’s lower atmosphere resulting from a buildup of chemical emis- sions.

Green Party: A political party first formed in West Germany in 1979 to bring about environmentally sound policies. It spread across Europe and around the world thereafter.

and Venice operated completely without the use of automobiles because of the threat they pose to the city’s very existence. In Paris, whenever automo- bile emissions reached dangerous levels, cars were banned from city streets until the emission levels receded. The Smart, a very small car using reduced amounts of fuel, became a fashionable way in Europe to reduce dependence on fossil fuels. Cities also developed bicycle lanes on major city streets. To reduce dependence on fossil fuels, parts of Europe developed wind power to such an extent that 20 percent of some countries’ electricity was generated by wind. Many cities in the West began to recycle waste materials. These were success sto- ries, involving changing habits and dependencies in some of the most industrialized countries in the world. By 1999, some eighty-four countries, in- cluding EU members, had signed the Kyoto Pro- tocol, an international treaty whose signatories agreed to reduce their levels of emissions and other pollutants to specified targets. The Kyoto emissions reductions finally went into effect in February 2005, but with the world’s leading polluter — the United States — still refusing to join either its former allies or developing nations in the

C h a l l e n g e s f r o m a n I n t e r c o n n e c t e d W o r l d 9 6 71 9 8 9 t o t h e P r e s e n t

The European Green Party Becomes Transnational (2006)

D O C U M E N T

In 1993, members of Green parties across Europe formed the European Federation of Green Parties, which came to include mem- bers from twenty-nine European countries. The federation also made global connections with parties in Australia, Taiwan, the United States, and elsewhere in the world. In 2004, the federation formally became the European Green Party, which in 2006 adopted a charter endorsing not only envi- ronmental responsibility but a range of other values as well. Following is the open- ing statement of the charter.

The European Greens proudly stand for the sustainable development of human- ity on planet Earth, a mode of develop- ment respectful of human rights and built upon the values of environmental

responsibility, freedom, justice, diversity and non-violence.

Green political movements emerged in Europe while the continent was divided by the Cold War and amidst the energy crises of the mid-seventies. At that time, it became clear that the pattern of eco- nomic development was unsustainable and was putting the planet and its inhab- itants in grave environmental, social and economic dangers. Existing political par- ties were incapable of dealing with this challenge.

Our origins lie in many social move- ments: environmentalists and anti-nuclear activists concerned with the growing dam- ages to our planet; non-violent peace ac- tivists promoting alternative ways to resolve conflicts; feminists, struggling for

real equality between women and men; freedom and human rights movements fighting against dictatorial and authoritar- ian regimes; third-world solidarity move- ments supporting the end of colonization and more economically balanced relations between the North and the South of our planet; activists campaigning against poverty and for social justice within our own societies.

From these origins, European Greens have come together to form our own po- litical family. We stand for a free, demo- cratic and social Europe in a peaceful, equitable and environmentally sustainable world. We defend values like justice, hu- man and citizen’s rights, solidarity, sus- tainability and the right of each individual to lead their own lives, free from fear.

Smart Cars in Europe The havoc caused by the oil crisis of the 1970s spurred many European states to encourage the development of alternate sources of energy and transportation. Thus, by the twenty-first century, the landscape was dotted not only with windmills but also with tiny, highly fuel-efficient automobiles like the Smart car shown here. European governments also heavily taxed gasoline with the result that it cost twice as much or more than in the United States, thus further encouraging people to buy the Smart car rather than an SUV—a far rarer sight in Europe than in the United States. (© David Cooper / Toronto Star / ZUMA / Corbis.)

effort. Here was a sign that the West was fragment- ing, with cooperation on the environment one of the first defining issues.

Population, Health, and Disease The issue of population was as staggering in the early twenty-first century as it had been in the 1930s. Nations with less-developed economies struggled with the pressing problem of surging population, while Europe experienced negative growth (that is, more deaths than births) after 1995. The less industrially developed countries ac- counted for 98 percent of worldwide population growth, in part because the spread of Western medicine enabled people there to live much longer than before. By late 1999, the earth’s population had reached six billion, with a doubling forecast for 2045 (see “Taking Measure,” above). Yet many European countries were not replacing their pop- ulation, leading to an aging of the citizenry and a shortage of people to bring new ideas and pro- mote change. In fact, Europe as a region had the lowest fertility in the world. The fertility rate in Italy and Spain was only 1.3 children per woman of reproductive age, far below the replacement level of 2.1 needed to maintain a steady popula-

tion number. Some forecasters predicted that this low rate meant that by 2050 the population of Eu- rope would fall from 725 to 600 million. Econo- mists saw as a consequence fewer young workers paying into the social security system to fund re- tirees’ pensions.

Population problems were especially dire in former Soviet-bloc countries, where life ex- pectancy was declining at a catastrophic rate from a peak of seventy years for Russian men in the mid- 1970s to fifty-three in 1995 and to fifty-one at the beginning of the twenty-first century. Heart dis- ease and cancer were the leading causes of male death, and these stark death rates were generally attributed to increased drinking (one in seven men was an alcoholic in Russia), smoking, drug use, poor diet, and general stress. Meanwhile, fertility rates were also declining: the lowest levels of fer- tility in 2003 were in the Czech Republic and Ukraine with a rate of 1.1 children, and children in eastern Europe lived on average twelve years less than their counterparts in western Europe. Be- tween 1992 and 2002, the Russian population de- clined from 149 to 144 million, with predictions that by 2050 it would fall below 100 million.

Good health was spread unevenly around the world. Western medicine brought better health to

9 6 8 C h a p t e r 2 9 ■ A N e w G lo b a l i s m 1 9 8 9 t o t h e P r e s e n t

T A K I N G M E A S U R E

World Population Growth, 1950–2010

In the twenty-first century, a major question is whether the global environment can sustain billions of people indefinitely. In the early modern period, local communities had lived according to unwritten rules that balanced population size with the productive capacities of individual farming regions. Centuries later, the same need for balance had reached global proportions. As fertility dropped around the planet because of contraception, population continued to grow because of improved health.

North America

Europe

Latin America and the Caribbean

Africa

Oceania

Asia

P o

p u

la ti

o n

i n

b il

li o

n s

1950 1955 1960 1965 1970 1975 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 2005 2010 (projected)

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

many in the less-developed world through the in- creased use of vaccines and drugs for diseases such as malaria and smallpox. However, half of all Africans lacked access to basic public health facil- ities such as safe drinking water. Drought and poverty, along with the maneuvers of politicians in some cases, spread famine in Sudan, Somalia, Ethiopia, and elsewhere. Around the world, the poor and the unemployed suffered more chronic illnesses than those who were better off, but they received less care. Whereas in many parts of the world people still died from malnutrition and in- fectious diseases, in the West noncontagious ill- nesses — heart and autoimmune diseases, stroke, cancer, and depression — were more lethal. The distribution of health services — heart transplants for the wealthy versus preventive health care for a wider range of clients — became a hotly debated issue in the general argument about whether tech- nological solutions could remedy global problems.

Disease, like population and technology, op- erated on a global terrain, though there were many regional differences. In the early 1980s, both Western values and Western technological expertise were challenged by the spread of a global epidemic disease: acquired immunodefi- ciency syndrome (AIDS). An incurable, highly virulent killer that effectively shuts down the body’s entire immune system, AIDS initially af- flicted heterosexuals in central Africa; the disease later turned up in Haitian immigrants to the United States and in homosexual men worldwide. Within a decade, AIDS became a global epidemic. The disease spread especially quickly and widely among the heterosexual populations of Africa and Asia, passed mainly by men to and through women. By the late 1990s, no cure had yet been discovered, though protease-inhibiting drugs helped alleviate the symptoms. The mounting death toll made some equate AIDS with the Black Death. Treatment was often not forthcoming for some forty million victims because most of them, living in sub-Saharan Africa and the slums of Asian cities, were too poor. On top of the AIDS pandemic, the deadly Ebola virus and dozens of other viruses smoldered like a global conflagra- tion in the making. In 2003, an unknown respi- ratory illness traveled the world: in the space of a month, severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS) caused hundreds of deaths despite quar- antines and surveillance of travelers. Incidences of avian flu virus — potentially deadly to hu- mans — appeared in Asian chickens in 2002 and by 2006 had shown up in Turkey, Romania, and in other Mediterranean countries. Disease as

much as environmental dangers underscored the interconnectedness of the world’s peoples.

North versus South? During the 1980s and 1990s, world leaders tried to address the growing schism between the earth’s northern and southern regions. Other than Aus- tralians and New Zealanders, southern peoples generally suffered lower living standards and measures of health than northerners. Recently emerging from colonial rule and economic ex- ploitation by northerners, citizens in the southern regions could not yet count on their new govern- ments to provide welfare services or education. Their funds generally coming from the wealth of the northern countries, international organiza- tions like the World Bank and the International Monetary Fund provided loans for economic de- velopment. However, the conditions tied to those loans, such as cutting government spending for education and health care, led to criticism that ordinary citizens gained no real benefit. Some twenty-first-century leaders from both north and south advocated that wealthy countries simply give southern countries the money they needed as reparation for centuries of imperial plunder.

Southern regions experienced different kinds of barriers to economic development. Latin Amer- ican nations grappled with government corrup- tion, multibillion-dollar debt, widespread crime, and grinding poverty, though some countries — prominent among them Mexico — began to strengthen their economies by marketing their oil and other natural resources more effectively. Africa suffered from drought, famine, and civil war. In countries such as Rwanda, Somalia, and Sudan, the military rule, ideological factionalism, and ethnic antagonism encouraged under imperialism pro- duced a lethal mixture of conflict and genocide in the 1990s and early 2000s. Millions perished; oth- ers were left starving and homeless due to kleptoc- racies that drained revenues. Although African countries began turning away from military dicta- torship and toward parliamentary government, global economic advance was uneven on the con- tinent, and in the twenty-first century the scourge of AIDS and other unchecked diseases added to the weight of Africa’s problems.

Islam Meets the West North–south antagonisms became evident in the rise of militant Islam, which often flourished where democracy and prosperity for the masses

C h a l l e n g e s f r o m a n I n t e r c o n n e c t e d W o r l d 9 6 91 9 8 9 t o t h e P r e s e n t

were missing. The Iranian hostage crisis that be- gan in 1979 showed religion, nationalism, and anti-Western sentiment commanding the world’s attention. The charismatic leaders of the 1980s and 1990s — Iran’s Ayatollah Ruhollah Khomeini; Libya’s Muammar Qaddafi; Iraq’s Saddam Hus- sein; and Osama bin Laden, leader of the al-Qaeda transnational terrorist organization — variously promoted a pan-Arabic or pan-Islamic world or- der that gathered increasing support. Khomeini’s program — “Neither East, nor West, only the Is- lamic Republic” — had wide appeal. Renouncing the Westernization that had flourished under the shah, Khomeini’s regime in Iran required women once again to cover their bodies almost totally in special clothing, restricted their access to divorce, and eliminated a range of other rights. Buoyed by the prosperity that oil had brought, Islamic revo- lutionaries believed that a strict theocracy would restore the pride and Islamic identity that imperi- alism had stripped from Middle Eastern men. Khomeini built widespread support among Shi’ite Muslims by proclaiming the ascendancy of the Shi’ite clergy. Although they were numerous, even constituting the majority in parts of the Middle East, the Shi’ites had long been discriminated against by the Sunnis.

Power in the Middle East remained dispersed, however, and Islamic leaders did not achieve their unifying goals. Instead, war plagued the region, as

Saddam Hussein, fearing a rebellion from Shi’ites in Iraq, attacked Iran in 1980, hoping to channel Shi’ite discontent with a patriotic crusade against non-Arab Iranians. The United States provided Iraq with massive aid in the struggle against Iran. But eight years of combat, with extensive loss of life on both sides, ended in stalemate. The Soviet Union had become embroiled against Islam in Afghanistan when it supported a coup by a Communist faction against the government in 1979. Tens of thousands of Soviets fought in Afghanistan, using the USSR’s most advanced mis- siles and artillery to combat a powerful group of Muslim resisters. The United States, China, Saudi Arabia, and Pakistan provided aid to this resist- ance movement, some of whose members later co- alesced into the Taliban — a militant Islamic political group. The losing war in Afghanistan so riled the Soviet population and drained resources that the Soviet leaders withdrew the troops in 1989. In the late 1990s, the Taliban took over the govern- ment of Afghanistan and imposed a regime that forbade girls from attending schools and women from leaving their homes without a male escort.

The Middle East remained in turmoil, as Sad- dam Hussein tested the post–cold war waters by invading Kuwait in 1990 in hopes of annexing the oil-rich country to debt-ridden Iraq. A UN coali- tion quickly stopped the invasion and defeated the Iraqi army, but discontent mounted in the region (Map 29.5). Conflict between the Israelis and the Palestinians continued. As Israeli settlers began taking more Palestinian land, Palestinian suicide bombers began murdering Israeli civilians in the late 1990s. The Israeli government retaliated with

9 7 0 C h a p t e r 2 9 ■ A N e w G lo b a l i s m 1 9 8 9 t o t h e P r e s e n t

Osama bin Laden: Wealthy leader of the militant Islamic group al-Qaeda, which executed terrorist plots, including the attacks on the United States in 2001, to rid Islamic countries of infidel influence.

Europeans React to 9/11 Terror On September 11, 2001, terrorists killed thousands of people from dozens of countries in airplane attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon. Throughout the world, people expressed their shock and sorrow in vigils, and like this British tourist in Rome, they remained glued to the latest news. Terrorism, which had plagued Europeans for several decades, easily traveled the world in the days of more open borders, economic globalization, and cultural exchange. (© Pizzoli Alberto / Corbis Sygma.)

■ For more help analyzing this image, please see the visual activity for this chapter in the Online Study Guide at bedfordstmartins.com/hunt.

missiles, machine guns, and tanks, often killing Palestinian civilians in turn. In 2006, the Israelis, responding to the political militia Hezbollah’s kid- napping of Israeli soldiers, attacked Lebanon, de- stroying infrastructure, sending missiles into its capital city of Beirut, and killing hundreds of civil- ians. Throughout the 1980s and 1990s and into the twenty-first century, terrorists from the Middle East and North Africa planted bombs in many Eu- ropean cities, blew airplanes out of the sky, and bombed the Paris subway system. These attacks, causing widespread destruction and loss of life, were said to be punishment for the West’s support

for both Israelis and the repressive regimes in the Middle East.

On September 11, 2001, the ongoing terror- ism in Europe and around the world finally caught the full attention of the United States. In an un- precedented act, Muslim militants hijacked four planes in the United States and flew two of them into the World Trade Center in New York City and one into the Pentagon in Virginia. The fourth plane, en route to the Capitol, crashed in Pennsyl- vania when passengers forced the hijackers to lose control of the aircraft. The hijackers, most of whom were from Saudi Arabia, were inspired by

C h a l l e n g e s f r o m a n I n t e r c o n n e c t e d W o r l d 9 7 11 9 8 9 t o t h e P r e s e n t

Countries with majority Shi’ite population

Countries with majority Sunni population

Oil field

Coalition advances, 2003

Missile and bomb attacks

�

� 0 500 kilometers250

0 250 500 miles

N

S

EW

Iraq War, 2003 engagements

R ed

S ea

P ersian Gulf

M e d i t e r r a n e a n S e a

B l a c k S e a

Suez Canal

Strait of Hormuz

Gulf of Oman

Gulf o f Ade

n

N ile

R

.

Euphrates

R .

T igris

R .

Aegean Sea

C aspian

Sea

� �

�

� ��

�

� �

EGYPT

SUDAN

SOMALIA

DJIBOUTI

ETHIOPIA

IRAQ

S A U D I A R A B I A

OMAN

IRAN

AFGHANISTAN

PAKISTAN

INDIA

SYRIA

TURKEY

ARMENIA

AZERBAIJAN

GEORGIA RUSSIA

TURKMENISTAN TAJIKISTAN

UZBEKISTAN

KAZAKHSTAN

GREECE

BULGARIA

JORDAN

ISRAEL LEBANON

CYPRUS

BAHRAIN

QATAR

OMAN KUWAIT

UNITED ARAB EMIRATES

YEMEN

LIBYA

SINAI PEN.

Lebanon, Israel, and Gaza, 2006

�

�

� �

�� �

� �

�

� � � �

�

�

� �

� �

� ��

��

� �

� �

� �

�

Cairo

Aden

Sanaa

Mecca

Tel Aviv

Muscat

Doha Manama

Riyadh

Kabul

Kuwait

Abu Dhabi

Baghdad

Teheran

Ankara

Jerusalem Amman

Beirut

Nicosia

Damascus

Istanbul

�

�

�

0 50 kilometers

0 25 50 miles

Major Hezbollah attacks

Major Israeli attacks

Jerusalem

EGYPT

JORDAN

SAUDI ARABIA

SYRIA

ISRAEL

Gaza Strip

West Bank

Golan Heights

LEBANON

M A P 2 9 . 5 The Middle East in the Twenty-first Century Tensions among states in the Middle East, especially the ongoing conflict between the Palestinians and Israelis and animosities among Shi’ites and Sunnis, became more complicated from the 1990s on. The situation in the Middle East grew more uncertain in 2003 when a U.S.- and British-led invasion of Iraq deteriorated into escalating violence among competing religious and ethnic groups in the country. Additionally, for thirty-four days in the summer of 2006, Israel bombed Lebanon, including its capital city and refugee camps, with fire returned by Hezbollah and Hamas forces in the region.

the wealthy radical leader Osama bin Laden, who sought to end the presence of U.S. forces in Saudi Arabia. The hijackers had trained in bin Laden’s terrorist camps in Afghanistan and learned to pi- lot planes in the United States. The loss of more than three thousand lives led the United States to declare a “war against terrorism.” The administra- tion of U.S. president George W. Bush forged a multinational coalition, which included the vital cooperation of Islamic countries such as Pakistan. The coalition enjoyed initial successes in driving the ruling Taliban out of Afghanistan, though it failed in its major goal of capturing bin Laden and permanently crushing the Taliban.

At first, the September 11 attacks and other lethal bombings around the world promoted global cooperation. European countries rounded up terrorists and conducted the first successful tri- als of them in the spring of 2003. Ultimately, how- ever, the West became divided when the United States claimed that Saddam Hussein was conceal- ing weapons of mass destruction in Iraq and sug- gested ties between Saddam Hussein and bin Laden’s terrorist group. Great Britain, Spain, and Poland were among those who joined the U.S. in- vasion of Iraq in March 2003, but powerful Euro- pean states, including Germany, Russia, and France, refused. Many people in the United States were furious, sporting bumper stickers with the demand “First Iraq, Next France” and joining happy hours to participate in “French bashing.” U.S. war fever mounted with the suggestion that Syria and Iran should also be invaded, while the

9 7 2 C h a p t e r 2 9 ■ A N e w G lo b a l i s m 1 9 8 9 t o t h e P r e s e n t

Terrorist Attacks on Spanish Commuter Trains, 2004 Terrorism became more widespread from the 1970s onward, taking many forms and espousing many causes. Although terrorists of the 1970s and early 1980s often targeted prominent individuals, later ones engineered wider attacks on random citizens to increase the loss of life. On March 11, 2004, foreign terrorists who opposed Spain’s participa- tion in the Iraq War used bombs planted on commuter trains to kill 191 people and injure more than 2000. Spanish voters ousted the prime minister and installed one who pulled Spanish forces out of Iraq. (AFP / Getty Images.)

War Protest in Seville, Spain 2003 Hundreds of thousands of demon- strators around the world protested the invasion of Iraq in March 2003, including these in Seville, Spain, whose signs condemned the alliance of Spanish prime minister José Maria Anzar with U.S. president George W. Bush as producing “war crimes” and “the dead for oil.” Some 92 percent of Spaniards objected to the invasion of Iraq in March 2003, but the prime minister sent 1300 troops anyway. (© Felipe Rodriguez / Alamy.)

rest of the world condemned what seemed a sud- den American blood lust. Europeans in general, in- cluding the British public, accused the United States of becoming a world military dictatorship in order to preserve its only remaining value — wasteful consumerism. The United States counter- charged that the Europeans were too selfishly enjoying their democracy and creature comforts to help fund the military defense of freedom un- der attack. The Spanish withdrew from the U.S. occupation of Iraq after terrorists linked to al- Qaeda bombed four Madrid commuter trains on March 11, 2004. The British, too, reeled when ter- rorists exploded bombs in three subway cars and a bus in central London in July 2005. As the war in Iraq dragged on into its fourth year, there was a sense that the West was coming apart.

World Economies on the Rise Amid these confrontations, an incredible rise in industrial entrepreneurship and development of technology took place outside the West, especially in Asia. Just as economic change in the early mod- ern period had redirected European affairs from the Mediterranean to the Atlantic, so explosive productivity from Japan to Singapore in the 1980s and 1990s spread economic power from the At- lantic region to the Pacific. In 1982, the Asian Pa- cific nations accounted for 16.4 percent of global gross domestic product, a figure that had doubled since the 1960s. By 1989, East Asia’s share of world production had grown to more than 25 per- cent as that of the West declined. By 2006, China alone was achiev- ing economic growth rates of over 10 percent per year, while Japan had developed the second largest national economy after the United States, with Germany in third place and China poised to overtake it.

South Korea, Taiwan, Singa- pore, and Hong Kong were pop- ularly called Pacific tigers for the ferocity of their growth in the 1980s and 1990s. By the 1990s,

China, pursuing a policy of economic moderniza- tion and market orientation, had joined the surge in productivity. Japan, however, led the initial charge of Asian economies with investment in high-tech consumer industries driving the Japan- ese economy. For example, in 1982, Japan had thirty-two thousand industrial robots in opera- tion; western Europe employed only nine thou- sand, and the United States had seven thousand. In 1989, the Japanese government and private businesses invested $549 billion to modernize in- dustrial capacity, a full $36 billion more than U.S. public and private investment. Such spending paid off substantially, as buyers around the world snapped up automobiles, televisions, videocassette recorders, and computers from Japanese or other Asian Pacific companies. As the United States poured vast sums into its military budgets and a series of wars, Asian and Middle Eastern govern- ments purchased U.S. government bonds, thus fi- nancing America’s ballooning national debt. Forty years after its total defeat in World War II, Japan was bankrolling its former conqueror.

Despite rising national prosperity, individual workers, particularly outside of Japan, often paid dearly for this newly created wealth. For example, safety standards in China were abominable, lead- ing to horrendous mining disasters. Women in South Korea, Taiwan, and Central America labored in sweatshops to produce clothing for such U.S.-

based companies as JCPenney and Calvin Klein. Using the lure of a low-paid and docile female workforce, governments were able to attract electronics and other industries. However, edu- cational standards rose, along with access to birth control and other medical care for these women.

Other emerging economies in the Southern Hemisphere as a whole continued to increase their share of the world’s gross domes- tic product during the 1980s and 1990s, and some achieved politi- cal gains as well. In South Africa, native peoples began winning the struggle for political rights when, in 1990, the moderate govern- ment of F. W. de Klerk released political leader Nelson Mandela, imprisoned for almost three decades because of his antia- partheid activism. After holding

C h a l l e n g e s f r o m a n I n t e r c o n n e c t e d W o r l d 9 7 31 9 8 9 t o t h e P r e s e n t

Pacific tigers: Countries of East Asia so named because of their massive economic growth, much of it from the 1980s on; fore- most among these were Japan and China.

500 miles250

500 kilometers

0

0

PACIFIC OCEAN

South China

Sea

Sea of Japan

East China

Sea

JAPAN

THAILAND

CAMBODIA

LAOS

VIETNAM

TAIWAN

SINGAPORE

HONG KONG (U.K. until 1997)

PHILIPPINES

S. KOREA

MONGOLIA

N. KOREA

CHINA

M A L A Y S I A

I N D O N E S I A

Beijing

Taipei

Seoul

Singapore

Tokyo

Hong Kong

�

�

�

�

�

�

Tigers of the Pacific Rim, c. 1995

free elections in 1994, which Mandela won, South Africa — like Russia, Brazil, Iran, Saudi Arabia, Nigeria, and Chile — profited from the need for vast quantities of raw materials such as oil and ores to feed global expansion. India made strides in ed- ucation, women’s rights, and local cooperation (calming bitter rivalries), but assassinations of prime ministers raised the question of whether In- dia would continue to have the strong leadership necessary to attract investment and thus to con- tinue modernization. After the brief rule of a Hindu nationalist government that often blocked development, India’s economy also achieved soar- ing growth early in the twenty-first century, taking business from Western firms and making global ac- quisitions that gave it, for example, the world’s largest steel industry. Although Western firms faced the challenge of competition, they also profited from prosperity that was more widely spread around the world.

Review: What were the principal challenges facing the West at the beginning of the twenty-first century?

Global Culture and Society in the Twenty-first Century At the beginning of the twenty-first century, in- creased migration and growing global communi- cations were changing culture and society, prompting many to ask what would become of na- tional cultures and Western civilization itself. Would the world become a homogeneous mass with everyone wearing the same kind of clothing, eating the same kind of food, and watching the same films (on their cell phones)? Some critics pre- dicted a clash of civilizations in which increasingly incompatible religions and cultures would lead to a global holocaust. Others asked whether the West would collapse as the United States wore itself down waging war while much of Europe distanced itself from its former ally.

The migration that had accelerated since the 1990s, the spread of disease, global climate change, the information revolution, and the global sharing of culture argued against the cultural purity of any group, Western or otherwise. “Civilizations,” In- dian economist and Nobel Prize winner Amartya Sen wrote after the terrorist attacks of September 11, “are hard to partition . . . given the diversities within each society as well as the linkages among different countries and cultures.” Western society

changed even more rapidly in the 1980s and 1990s than it had hundreds of years earlier when it came into intense contact with the rest of the globe through migration and communications. More- over, national boundaries in the traditional Euro- pean center of the West were weakening, given the growing strength of the EU and the influx of mi- grants. Culture transcended national boundaries, as East, West, North, and South became saturated with one another’s cultural products. Some ob- servers labeled the new century an era of denation- alization — meaning that national cultures as well as national boundaries were becoming less dis- tinct. There is no denying that even while the West absorbed peoples and cultures, it continued to ex- ercise not only economic but also cultural influ- ence over the rest of the globe. Yet Western influence was also being debated and contested.

Redefining the West: The Impact of Global Migration The global movement of people was massive in the last third of the twentieth century and into the twenty-first. Uneven economic development, po- litical persecution, and warfare (which claimed more than 100 million victims after 1945) sent tens of millions in search of opportunity and safety. By 2001, France had some six million Muslims within its borders and Europe as a whole had between thirty-five and fifty million. Other parts of the world were as full as the West of migrants from other cultures. The oil-producing nations of the Middle East employed millions of foreign work- ers, who generally constituted one-third of the la- bor force. Violence in Africa sent Rwandans, Congolese, and others to South Africa, as its gov- ernment became dominated by blacks. Wars in Afghanistan increased the number of refugees to Iran to nearly two million in 1995, while the Iraq- Iran war and successive attacks on Iraq by the West sent millions more fleeing. By 2000, there were some 120 million migrants worldwide, many of them headed to the West.

Migrants often earned desperately needed in- come for family members who remained in the na- tive country, and in some cases they propped up the economies of entire nations. In countries as different as Yugoslavia (before its breakup), Egypt, Spain, and Pakistan, money sent home from abroad constituted up to 60 percent of national in- come. Sometimes migration was coerced; many eastern European and Asian prostitutes were held in international sex rings that controlled their passports, wages, and lives. Others came to the

9 7 4 C h a p t e r 2 9 ■ A N e w G lo b a l i s m 1 9 8 9 t o t h e P r e s e n t

West voluntarily, seeking opportunity and a better life: “I do not want to go back to China,” said one woman restaurant owner in Hungary in the 1990s. “Some of my relatives there also have restau- rants. . . . They have to have good relations with officials, . . . and sometimes they have to bribe somebody. . . . I would not be happy living like that.” Like the illegal Congolese café proprietor Therese, whose story opens this chapter, many lived on the margins of the law, supporting net- works of family and maintaining global economic ties from a new base in the West.

Foreign workers were often scapegoats for native peoples suffering from economic woes such as unemployment caused by downsizing. On the eve of EU enlargement in 2004, the highly respected weekly magazine The Economist in- cluded an article entitled “The Coming Hordes,” which warned of Britain’s being overrun by Roma (Gypsies) from eastern Europe. Political parties with racist programs sprang to life in Europe, aided by celebrities: the Moscow rock band Cor- roded Metals campaigned for anti-immigrant can- didates with hate-filled songs and chants in English of “Kill, kill, kill, kill the bloody foreign- ers” running in the background. Even citizens of immigrant descent often had a difficult time be- ing accepted. In Austria, France, the Netherlands, Sweden, and many other Western countries, thriv- ing anti-immigrant and white supremacist politi- cians challenged centrist parties. In Austria and the Netherlands, anti-immigration candidates were elected to head the government. (See “Contrasting Views,” page 976.) Nonetheless, especially as em- ployers sought out illegal immigrants for the work they performed and the low wages they could be paid, the West remained a place of opportunity.

Global Networks and the Economy Like migration, rapid technological change also weakened traditional political, cultural, and eco- nomic borders — if it did not make them alto- gether obsolete. In particular, the world’s economy became far more global than ever before. In 1969, the U.S. Department of Defense developed a com- puter network to carry communications in case of nuclear war. This system and others like it in uni- versities, government, and business grew into an unregulated system of more than ten thousand networks globally. These came to be known as the Internet — shorthand for internetworking. By 1995, users in more than 137 countries were con- nected to the Internet, creating new “communi- ties” based on business needs, shared cultural interests, or other factors that transcended com- mon citizenship in a particular nation-state. An online global marketplace emerged, offering goods and services ranging from advanced weaponry to organ transplants. While enthusiasts claimed that the Internet could promote world democracy, crit- ics charged that communications technology fa- vored elites and disadvantaged those without computer skills.

By 2000, as postindustrial skills spread, the In- ternet brought service jobs to countries that had heretofore suffered unemployment and real

G lo b a l C u lt u r e a n d S o c i e t y i n t h e Tw e n t y - f i r s t C e n t u r y 9 7 51 9 8 9 t o t h e P r e s e n t

Headscarf Controversy in Germany Western countries have long debated the relationship between religion and the nation-state. In particular, that debate targeted the need for religiously neutral education in order to develop citizens with undivided national loyalties. In an age of global migration, the issue of religion in the schools resurfaced, this time focusing on the headscarfs worn by many Muslim women. Although in 2003 Germany upheld the right of the teacher Fereshta Ludin, pictured here, to wear her headscarf while teaching on the grounds of religious freedom, it simultaneously asserted the right of children to a religiously neutral education. (Michael Latz / ddp Berlin.)

poverty. One of the first countries to recognize the possibilities of computing and help-desk services was Ireland, which pushed computer literacy to at- tract business. In 2003, U.S. firms spent $8.3 bil- lion on outsourcing to Ireland and $7.7 billion on outsourcing to India. The Internet allowed for jobs to be apportioned anywhere. Moroccans did help- desk work for French or Spanish speakers, and in the twenty-first century Estonia, Hungary, and the Czech Republic as well as India and the Philippines were rebuilding their economies successfully by providing call-center and other business services. The Internet allowed service industries to global- ize just as the manufacturing sector had done much earlier through multinational corporations.

Globalization of the economy affected the West in complex ways. Those who worked in outsourc-

ing enterprises were more likely than those in do- mestic firms to participate in the global consumer economy, much of it for Western goods. Benefiting from the booming global economy of the 1990s, the Irish and eastern Europeans became integrated into the Western consumer economy. Their new disposable income allowed them to purchase lux- ury automobiles, CD players, and personal com- puters that would have been far beyond their means a decade earlier. Non-Westerners may have taken jobs from the West, but they often sent funds back. A twenty-one-year-old Indian woman, working for a service provider in Bangalore under the English name Sharon, used her salary to buy Western con- sumer items, such as a cell phone from the Finnish company Nokia. “As a teenager I wished for so many things,” she said. “Now I’m my own Santa

9 7 6 C h a p t e r 2 9 ■ A N e w G lo b a l i s m 1 9 8 9 t o t h e P r e s e n t

Early in the twenty-first century, Westerners debated a series of in- tertwined issues springing from conditions created by the new glob- alized world. The issue of immigration and the accommodation of peoples from outside the West was one of them. The Netherlands was one of the European countries that began debating whether globalization hadn’t gone too far in this direction. The debate came to the fore in the Netherlands after an animal rights activist in 2002 assassinated Pim Fortuyn, a candidate for prime minister who ran on a popular anti-immigrant platform and proclaimed, “Holland is full.” When, in 2004, a Muslim radical assassinated filmmaker Theo van Gogh, who took special pride in insulting Islam, the Dutch debate over globalization fixated on the presence of foreigners, es- pecially Muslims, in the Netherlands and the admission of Turkey to the European Union.

1. The View from Everyday Life

Leon was a Rotterdam window cleaner who did not want his last name revealed. Here is his opinion of the main problem of Dutch life brought about by globalization.

There are too many people coming here who don’t want to work. Before long there will be more foreigners than Dutch people, and Dutch people won’t be the boss of their own country. That’s why this has to be stopped.

Source: Jennifer Ehrlich, “Liberal Netherlands Grows Less So on Immi- gration,” Christian Science Monitor, December 19, 2003.

2. Too Much Islamic Architecture

Many immigrants and their descendants, all of whom could become Dutch citizens, often lived in cities where there was economic op- portunity. Although mosques existed in many cities, most were tucked away in obscure and shabby parts of town near the ghettos where many Muslim immigrant families lived. When the Muslim community in Rotterdam proposed building a stately mosque with 164-foot minarets, many in Rotterdam opposed the project. Ronald Sorenson, a member of Rotterdam’s city council, objected in partic- ular to the design of the proposed mosque and its cultural conno- tations.

There’s no reason the minarets have to be that high — it will not be Rotterdam; it will be Mecca on the Maas [river].

Source: Jennifer Ehrlich, “Liberal Netherlands Grows Less So on Immi- gration,” Christian Science Monitor, December 19, 2003.

3. Opposing Immigration and Turkey’s Membership in the European Union

Acceptance of new members has made the EU the largest eco- nomic power in the world. In the first decade of the twenty-first century, some Europeans looked to the integration of Turkey into the EU as further expansion of EU influence. Others, however, opposed it, as the issue of EU enlargement had implications for

C O N T R A S T I N G V I E W S

Muslim Immigrants and Turkey in the EU: The Dutch Debate Globalization

Claus.” Ordinary Western workers often discovered that this global revolution threatened their jobs. In Germany, where taxes for social security and other welfare-state financing comprised 42 percent of payroll costs in 2003, the incentive for businesses to downsize or to move to countries with lower costs was strong. Globalization redistributed jobs across the West and revamped economic networks.

A Global Culture? As far back as the first millennium of human his- tory, culture has transcended political boundaries. In the ancient world, Greek philosophers and traders knew distant Asian beliefs, while in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries, Western scholars immersed themselves in Asian languages.

In the post–World War II period, tourism had be- come the largest single industry in Britain and in many other Western countries by the early 1990s, promoting cultural exchange. Chinese students in Tiananmen Square in 1989 testified to the power of the West in the world’s imagination when in the name of freedom they rallied around their own representation of the Statue of Liberty (which it- self was a gift from France to the United States). In Japan, businesspeople wore Western-style cloth- ing and watched soccer, baseball, and other West- ern sports using English terms, while Europeans and Americans wore flip-flops, carried umbrellas, and used the “thumbs up” sign — all imports from beyond the West.

Remarkable innovations in communications integrated cultures and made the earth seem a

G lo b a l C u lt u r e a n d S o c i e t y i n t h e Tw e n t y - f i r s t C e n t u r y 9 7 71 9 8 9 t o t h e P r e s e n t

immigration. Geert Wilders, member of Dutch parliament, voiced his opposition.

Turkey is an Islamic country and as such doesn’t belong in the EU. The flow [of Turks] is already too big. . . . There is a big problem with the integration of immigrants already in Holland. They top the list in terms of criminality, unemploy- ment, welfare payments, domestic violence . . . Let us concen- trate on solving the problems with the immigrants already here properly.

Source: Expatica, October 5, 2004.

4. An Evaluation of Dutch Values

Popular Amsterdam actress Funda Müjde admitted to being called a “filthy Turk” during the debates over immigration and ethnic vi- olence in the city.1 Nonetheless, in her online stage performances and journalism, she gave sharp-witted responses to the anti-immi- gration furor around her.

“Do aliens actually love Holland?” This question woke me up with a start. After work (a workshop at the Employment Office) I traveled back with a colleague because he needed to be in Am- sterdam. We have been working together for a while now and I notice that our conversations are always about something sub- stantial.

Now it seemed as if he was even bolder in asking all kinds of questions.

Hurray! Do we aliens (read: mainly the first-generation Mo- roccans and Turks) really love Holland? Immediately I want to

answer this question with another question. “Does Holland really love aliens?” Just in time, I bite my tongue.

Source: Funda Müjde Web site: http//:www.fundam.nl/English/fundas -column-telegraaf-daily-newspaper-04.htm

5. Encouragement for Religious Tolerance in the EU

On July 21, 2004, Dutch prime minister Jan Peter Balkenende gave a speech before the European Parliament that called on Europeans to reconsider their position on immigration.

We must not allow ourselves to be guided by fear, for example, of Islam. The raising of barriers to any particular religion is not consistent with Europe’s shared values. Our opposition should be directed not against religions, but against people and groups misusing their religion to get their way by force. Islam is not the problem.

Source: European Stability Initiative, “Speech by the President, Jan Peter Balkenende, to the European Parliament, in Strasbourg on 21 July 2004,” http://www.esiweb.org.

Questions to Consider 1. What are the main points of view in the debate over immigra-

tion and the admission of Turkey to the European Union? 2. How do you evaluate the strength of each position? 3. Given that globalization brought about a wide variety of

changes, why would immigration and Turkish EU member- ship become such heated issues?

1 Ian Buruma, Murder in Amsterdam: The Death of Theo van Gogh and the Limits of Tolerance (New York: Penguin, 2006), 175.

much smaller place, though possibly one with a Western flavor. Videotapes and satellite-beamed telecasts transported American television shows to Hong Kong and Japanese movies to Europe and North America. American rock music sold briskly in Russia and elsewhere in the former So- viet bloc. When more than 100,000 Czechoslova- kian rock fans, including President Václav Havel, attended a Rolling Stones concert in Prague in 1990, it was clear that despite half a century of supposedly insular Communist culture, Czechs and Slovaks had tuned in to the larger world. Young black immigrants forged transnational culture when they created hip-hop and other pop music styles by combining elements of Africa, the Caribbean, Afro-America, and Europe. Athletes like the Brazilian soccer player Ronaldo, the American golf hero Tiger Woods, and Japanese baseball star Ichiro Suzuki became better known to countless people than their own national lead- ers were. Film entrepreneurs marketed such international blockbusters as the Chinese Crouch- ing Tiger, Hidden Dragon (2000). With their mes- sages conveyed around the world, even today’s moral leaders — the Nobel Peace Prize winners Nelson Mandela, former president of South Africa; the Dalai Lama, the spiritual leader of Ti- bet; and Aung San Suu Kyi, opposition leader in Burma — are global figures.

Culture from beyond the West. As it had done for centuries, the West continued to devour material from other cultures — whether Hong Kong films, African textiles, Indian music, or Latin American pop culture. Publishers successfully marketed written work by major non-Western artists and in- tellectuals, and Hollywood made many of their novels into internationally distributed films. Egyptian Naguib Mahfouz, the author of more than forty books and recipient of the Nobel Prize for Literature in 1988, gained critical acclaim and a wide readership in the West. His celebrated Cairo Trilogy, written in the 1950s, describes a middle- class family — from its practice of Islam and seclu- sion of women to the business and cultural life of men in the family. British colonialism forms the trilogy’s backdrop; it impassions the protagonists and shapes their lives and destinies. In the eyes of Arab critics, Mahfouz was a safe choice for the No- bel Prize because he had adopted a European style. “He borrowed the novel from Europe; he imitated it,” charged one fellow Egyptian writer. “It’s not an Egyptian art form. Europeans . . . like it very much because it is their own form.” After author Gao Xingjian was harassed in China as an example of “intellectual pollution,” his searing Soul Mountain (1990) about a ten-month contemplative trip by foot through his homeland, became a European best seller. Gao finished writing his masterpiece

9 7 8 C h a p t e r 2 9 ■ A N e w G lo b a l i s m 1 9 8 9 t o t h e P r e s e n t

Tourism, Migration, and the Mixing of Cultures Tourism was a major economic boon to the West, and Western countries were the top tourist destinations in the world. Spreading prosperity allowed for greater leisure and travel to distant spots. Curiosity grew about other cultures. This Scottish bagpiper in London clearly arouses the interest of passersby, whether visitors from afar or citizens of his own country. (© Will van Overbeek. All Rights Reserved.)

from exile in Paris, and in 2000 the Norwegian No- bel Prize Committee awarded him its prize for lit- erature — the first Chinese author to be so honored. Non-Western literature’s global appeal did not guarantee a warm welcome in an author’s homeland.

Immigrants to Europe described how the ex- perience of Western culture felt to the transna- tional person. Nigerian writer Buchi Emecheta, in her novel In the Ditch (1972), explored the expe- riences of a newcomer to Britain, critiquing colo- nialism and the welfare state from a non-Western perspective. Her book The New Tribe (2000) looked at the next generation’s search for an iden- tity; the hero, of Nigerian descent, finds that he is a total outsider when he visits Nigeria. Emecheta, like many other immigrants, felt the lure of West- ern education and values, but this new allegiance could become dangerous. The novel The Satanic Verses (1988) by Salman Rushdie, an immigrant to Great Britain from India, ignited outrage among Muslims around the world because it appeared to blaspheme the prophet Muhammad. From Iran, the Ayatollah Khomeini issued a fatwa, promising both a monetary reward and salvation in the af- terlife to anyone who would assassinate the writer. Rushdie’s Norwegian publisher was shot and his Italian and Japanese translators murdered, but in a display of Western cultural unity, international leaders took bold steps to protect Rushdie until the threat to his life was lifted a decade later.

The mainstream became fraught with con- flict as groups outside the accepted circles en- gaged in artistic production. From within the West, novelist Toni Morrison became, in 1993, the first African American woman to win the No- bel Prize for Literature. Her works such as Beloved (1987) and Jazz (1992) describe the nightmares, daily experiences, achievements, and dreams of the descendants of men and women who had been brought as slaves to the United States. But some parents objected to the inclu- sion of Morrison’s work in school curricula alongside Shakespeare and other white authors. Critics charged that, unlike Shakespeare’s univer- sal Western truth, the writing of African Ameri- cans, Native Americans, and women represented only a partial vision, not great literature. In both the United States and Europe, politicians on the right saw the presence of multiculturalism as a

sign of deterioration similar to that brought about by immigration.

Building Post-Soviet Culture. In the former So- viet bloc, artists and writers faced unique chal- lenges. After the Soviet Union collapsed, classical writers like Mikhail Bulgakov (1891–1940), fa- mous in the West for his novel The Master and Mar- garita (published posthumously in 1966–1967), became known in his homeland. At the same time, the collapse put literary dissidents out of business, because, having helped bring down the Soviet regime, they had lost their subject matter — the critique of a tyrannical system. State-sanctioned authors, suddenly deprived of their jobs, had to sell their products on the free market in countries where economic conditions were so harsh that books were an unaffordable luxury. Eastern-bloc writers who formerly found both critical and fi- nancial success in the West seemed less heroic — and less talented — in the wide-open post-Soviet world. The work of Czech writer Milan Kundera, for example, lost its luster. It had been, according

G lo b a l C u lt u r e a n d S o c i e t y i n t h e Tw e n t y - f i r s t C e n t u r y 9 7 91 9 8 9 t o t h e P r e s e n t

Salman Rushdie: Immigrant British author, whose novel The Satanic Verses led the Ayotallah Ruhollah Khomeini of Iran to issue a fatwa calling for Rushdie’s murder.

Toni Morrison: The first African American woman to win the No- bel Prize for Literature; her works include Beloved and Jazz.

Toni Morrison, Recipient of the Nobel Prize The first African American woman to receive the Nobel Prize, Toni Morrison has used her literary talent to depict the condition of blacks under slavery and after emancipation. Morrison has also published cogent essays on social, racial, and gender issues in the United States. (Time & Life Pictures / Getty Images.)

to one critic, merely about Western publishers’ hype, that is, not literature but merely a “line of business.” To make matters worse, there was no idea of what the post-Communist arts should be, sending artists in the former Soviet bloc scurrying for solutions.

Talented fresh voices rang out, however. An- drei Makine, an expatriate Russian author, became popular worldwide for his poignant yet disturbing novels of the collapse of communism, many of them showing the attraction of western European culture and the resonance of the war and the Gu- lag on the imaginations of eastern-bloc people, in- cluding teenagers and older people. Both Dreams of My Russian Summers (1995) and Once Upon the River Love (1994) describe young people bred to fantasize about the wealth, sexiness, and material goods of western Europe and America. Victor Pelevin wrote more satirically and bitingly in such works as The Life of Insects (1993), in which insect- humans buzz around Russia trying to discover who they are in the post-Soviet world. Pelevin, a Buddhist and former engineer, wrote hilarious send-ups of politicians and the almost sacred So- viet space program, depicting it as a media sham run from the depths of the Moscow subway sys- tem in which hundreds of cosmonaut-celebrities are killed to prevent the truth from getting out. For him, “any politician is a TV program, and this doesn’t change from one government to another.” So one simply judged them by haircuts, ties, and other aspects of personal style, as he showed in his novel Homo Zapiens, in which politicians were all “virtual” — that is, produced by technical effects and scriptwriters.

In music and the other arts, much energy was spent on recovering and absorbing all the under- ground works that had been hidden since 1917. The situation was utterly astonishing as the work of literally dozens of first-rate composers, for ex- ample, emerged. They had written their classical works in private for fear that they might contain phrasings, sounds, and rhythms that would be called subversive. Meanwhile, they had often earned a living writing for films, as did Giya Kancheli, who wrote immensely popular music for more than forty films but was in addition a gifted composer of classical music. Other work could now become even better known. Alfred Schnittke (1934–1998) produced rich composi- tions — dozens of operas, symphonies, chamber music pieces, concertos, and other works — that were extremely sad, punctuated with anger in loud bursts of dissonance, and set in a somber bass register.

U.S. Cultural Dominance. The political and eco- nomic power of the United States gave its culture an edge. U.S. success in “marketing” culture, along with the legacy of British imperialism, helped make English the dominant international language by the end of the twentieth century. Such English words as stop, shopping, parking, okay, weekend, and rock infiltrated dozens of non-English vocab- ularies. English became one of the official lan- guages of the European Union; across Europe it served as the main language of higher education, science, and tourism. In the 1960s, French presi- dent Charles de Gaulle, fearing the corruption of the French language, had banned such new words as computer in government documents, and suc- ceeding administrations followed his path; but such a directive did not stop the influx of English into scientific, diplomatic, and daily life. Nonethe- less, in another sign of cultural divide, the EU’s parliament and national cultural ministries regu- lated the amount of American programming on television and in cinemas.

American influence in film was dominant: films such as Titanic (1997) and The Matrix Re- loaded (2003) earned hundreds of millions of dollars from global audiences. Simultaneously, however, the United States itself welcomed films from around the world — whether the Mexican Y Tu Mamá También (2001) or the Italian Life Is Beautiful (1997). “Bollywood” films — happy, lav- ish films from the Indian movie industry — had a huge following in all Western countries, even in- fluencing the plots of some American productions. The fastest-growing medium in the United States in the twenty-first century was Spanish-language television, just one more indication that even in the United States culture was based on mixture and global exchange.

Postmodernism. Some have called the global culture of the late twentieth and early twenty-first centuries postmodernism, defined in part as in- tense stylistic mixing in the arts without a central unifying theme or elite set of standards guiding the art. Striking examples of postmodern art abounded in Western society, including the AT&T building (now known as the Sony Building) in New York City, the work of architect Philip John- son. Although the structure itself, designed in the

9 8 0 C h a p t e r 2 9 ■ A N e w G lo b a l i s m 1 9 8 9 t o t h e P r e s e n t

postmodernism: A term applied in the late twentieth century to both an intense stylistic mixture in the arts without a central unifying theme or elite set of standards and a critique of En- lightenment and scientific beliefs in rationality and the possi- bility of certain knowledge.

late 1970s, looks sleek and modern, its entryway is a Roman arch, and its cloud-piercing top suggests eighteenth-century Chippendale furniture. Build- ings designed by Johnson and other postmod- ernists appealed to the human past and drew from cultural styles that spanned millennia and conti- nents without valuing one style above others. The Guggenheim Museum in Bilbao, Spain, designed by American Frank Gehry, was considered bizarre by classical or even “modern” standards as it rep- resented forms, materials, and perspectives that, by rules of earlier decades, did not belong together. Architects from around the world working in a va- riety of hybrid styles completed the postunifica- tion rebuilding of Berlin.

Other intellectuals defined postmodernism in political terms as part of the decline of the eighteenth-century Enlightenment ideals of hu- man rights, individualism, and personal freedom, which were seen as “modern” (see page 766). This

political postmodernism included the decline of the Western nation-state. A structure like the Bil- bao Guggenheim was simply an international tourist attraction rather than an institution reflect- ing Spanish traditions or national purpose. It em- bodied consumption, global technology, mass communications, and international migration rather than citizenship, nationalism, and rights. These qualities made it a rootless structure, unlike the Louvre in Paris, for example, which was built by the French monarchy to serve its own purposes. Critics saw it as drifting, more like the nomadic businesswoman Therese, who moved between na- tions and cultures with no set identity. Cities and nations alike were losing their function as places providing social roots, personal identity, or human rights. For postmodernists of a political bent, com- puters had replaced the autonomous, free self and bureaucracy had rendered representative govern- ment obsolete.

The issues raised by postmodernism — whether in architecture, political thought, or the popular media — focused on the basic ingredients of Western identity as it had been defined over the past two hundred years. Postmodernism was part of the rethinking and questioning that accompa- nied globalization. Such critical thinking — what- ever its tentative conclusions may be — is today, as in the past, a key ingredient in the making of the West.

Review: What social and cultural questions has global- ization raised?

Conclusion: The Making of the West Continues Postmodernism has not fully eclipsed modern val- ues in the global age, however. Although some postmodernists have proclaimed an end to cen- turies of faith in progress, they themselves have worked within the modern Western tradition of constant criticism and reevaluation. Moreover, said their critics, the daunting problems of con- temporary life — population explosion, scarce re- sources, North–South inequities, global pollution, ethnic hatred, and global terrorism — demanded, more than ever, the exercise of humane values and rational thought. Postmodernists and other philosophers countered that attempts at rational decision-making fall short because of the issue of “unintended consequences” — that is, one cannot

C o n c l u s i o n : Th e M a k i n g o f t h e W e s t C o n t i n u e s 9 8 11 9 8 9 t o t h e P r e s e n t

The German Reichstag: Reborn and Green Nothing better symbolizes the end of the postwar era and the new millennium than the restoration of the Reichstag, the parliament building in Berlin. Like other manifestations of postmodernism, the restoration— designed by a British architect—preserves the old, while adding a new dome of glass, complete with solar panels that make the building self-sufficient in its energy needs. Visitors can walk around the glass dome, looking at their elected representatives deliberating below. (© Svenja-Foto / zefa / Corbis.)

know in advance the consequences of an act. Who would have predicted, for example, the human misery and rising criminality resulting initially from the fall of the Soviet empire?

The years since 1989 have proved both sides of the postmodernist debate correct. The collapse of communism signaled the eclipse of an ideology that was perhaps noble in intent but deadly in practice. Events from South Africa and Northern Ireland, for example, indicated that certain long- feuding groups could rationally put aside decades of bloodshed and work toward peace. In contrast, those reformers rationally seeking improved con- ditions by bringing down Soviet and Yugoslav communism unleashed bloodshed, sickness, and even genocide. The global age ushered in by the Soviet collapse has unexpectedly brought dena- tionalization to many regions of the world.

The consequences of increasing globalization are still being determined. While the Internet and migration suggest that people will and often do have empathy for one another worldwide, mili- tants from Saudi Arabia, Egypt, Indonesia, the Philippines, North Africa, Britain, and elsewhere have unleashed unprecedented terrorism on the world in an attempt to push back global forces. Even as globalization has raised standards of liv- ing and education in many parts of the world, in other areas — such as poorer regions in Africa and Asia — people face disease and the dramatic social and economic deterioration associated with the global age. Rational results of planning and inex- plicable consequences coexist in our present world.

Western traditions of democracy, human rights, and economic equality have much to offer. Given that these were initially intended for a lim- ited number of people — white men in powerful Western nations — global debates about their value and relevance abound. The nation-state, which protected those values for the privileged and denied them to many others, is another legacy of the West that must be rethought in an age of transnationalism. Migrants, for example, demand the dignity of citizenship and these demands are often resisted even though migrants’ work and taxes are welcomed. Moreover, it is often suprana- tional organizations rather than the nation-state that have advocated for worldwide prosperity and human values. At the same time, the West faces questions of its own unity and cultural identity — an identity that more than ever includes people

from Asia, Africa, and the Americas — areas far from Europe, the traditional center of the West. Non-Westerners of all kinds have challenged, crit- icized, refashioned, and made enormous contribu- tions to Western culture; they have also served the West’s citizens as slaves, servants, and menial workers. One of the greatest challenges to the West and the world in this global millennium is to de- termine how diverse peoples and cultures can live together on terms that are fair for everyone. Supra- national organizations, both governmental and nongovernmental, have attempted to meet the challenges created by increased globalism, but the long-term effects of these efforts are not yet known.

A final challenge to the West involves the in- ventive human spirit. Over the past five hundred years, the West has benefited from its scientific and technological advances. Longevity and improved material well-being spread to many places. In the past century, communication and information technology brought people closer to one another than ever before. Simultaneously, through the use of technology, the period from the last century to the present one has become the bloodiest era in human history — and one during which the use of technology threatens the future of the earth as a home for the human race. War, genocide, terror- ism, and environmental deterioration are among technology’s hallmarks, posing perhaps the great- est challenge to the West and to the world. The making of the West has been a constantly inven- tive undertaking, but also a deadly one. The ques- tion is, How will the West and the world manage both the promises and challenges of technology to protect the creativity of the human race in the years ahead?

9 8 2 C h a p t e r 2 9 ■ A N e w G lo b a l i s m 1 9 8 9 t o t h e P r e s e n t

For Further Exploration

■ For suggested references, including Web sites, for topics in this chapter, see page SR-1 at the end of the book.

■ For additional primary-source material from this period, see Chapter 29 in Sources of THE MAKING OF THE WEST, Third Edition.

■ For Web sites and documents related to topics in this chapter, see Make History at bedfordstmartins.com/hunt.

C o

n c

lu s

io n

: T h

e M

a k

in g

o f

t h

e W

e s

t C

o n

t in

u e

s 9

8 3

1 9

8 9

t o

t h

e P

r e

s e

n t

The World in the New Millennium By the twenty-first century, the Internet had transformed communications and economic organization into an interconnected global network. People in the so-called north had greater access to this network in 2007 and for the most part enjoyed greater wealth. Despite inequalities and lower Internet usage compared to the north, the rate of growth of the Internet accelerated in Africa, the Middle East, and Latin America. ■ In what ways does this map indicate a closely connected world? (From www.internetworldstats.com. Copyright © 2007, Miniwatts Marketing Group.)

The World’s Wealth

Income bands High

Middle

Low

No data available

Internet Use by Percent of Country Population

yy

76–100%

51–75%

26–50%

0–25%

No data available

M A P P I N G T H E W E S T

9 8 4 C h a p t e r 2 9 ■ A N e w G lo b a l i s m 1 9 8 9 t o t h e P r e s e n t

K e y Te r m s a n d P e o p l e M a k i n g C o n n e c t i o n s

R e v i e w Q u e s t i o n s

1. In what ways were global connections at the beginning of the twenty-first century different from the global con- nections at the beginning of the twentieth century?

2. How did the Western nation-state of the early twenty-first century differ from the Western nation-state at the open- ing of the twentieth century?

1. What were the major issues facing the former Soviet bloc in the 1990s and early 2000s?

2. What trends suggest that the nation-state was a declining institution at the beginning of the twenty-first century?

3. What were the principal challenges facing the West at the beginning of the twenty-first century?

4. What social and cultural questions has globalization raised?

C h a p t e r R e v i e w

globalization (952)

Slobodan Milosevic (953)

ethnic cleansing (954)

Vladimir Putin (956)

Maastricht Treaty (961)

European Union (EU) (961)

euro (961)

nongovernmental organizations (NGOs) (965)

global warming (966)

Green Party (966)

Osama bin Laden (970)

Pacific tigers (973)

Salman Rushdie (979)

Toni Morrison (979)

postmodernism (980)

For practice quizzes, a customized study plan, and other study tools, see the Online Study Guide at bedfordstmartins.com / hunt.

I m p o r ta n t Ev e n t s

1989 Chinese students revolt in Tiananmen Square and government suppresses them; fall of the Berlin Wall

1990s Internet revolution

1990–1991 War in the Persian Gulf

1991 Civil war erupts in the former Yugoslavia; failed coup by Communist hard-liners in the Soviet Union

1992 Soviet Union is dissolved

1993 Toni Morrison is the first African American woman to win the Nobel Prize; Czechoslovakia splits into Czech Republic and Slovakia

1994 Nelson Mandela elected president of South Africa; Russian troops invade Chechnya; European Union (EU) officially formed

1999 Euro introduced in the European Union; world population reaches six billion

2000 Vladimir Putin becomes president of Russia

2001 Terrorist attack on the United States and declaration of a “war against terrorism”

2003 United States invades Iraq; the West divides on this policy

2004 Ten countries join the European Union

2005 Emissions reductions of Kyoto Protocol go into effect

2007 Bulgaria and Romania admitted to the European Union

A - 1

Appendix Useful Facts and Figures

Prominent Roman Emperors A-1

Prominent Byzantine Emperors A-2

Prominent Popes A-3

The Carolingian Dynasty A-3

German Kings Crowned Emperor A-3

Rulers of France A-4

Monarchs of England and Great Britain A-4

Prime Ministers of Great Britain A-5

Rulers of Prussia and Germany A-6

Julio-Claudians

27 B.C.E.–14 C.E. Augustus 14–37 Tiberius 37–41 Gaius (Caligula) 41–54 Claudius 54–68 Nero

Flavian Dynasty

69–79 Vespasian 79–81 Titus 81–96 Domitian

Golden Age Emperors

96–98 Nerva 98–117 Trajan 117–138 Hadrian 138–161 Antoninus Pius 161–180 Marcus Aurelius

Severan Emperors

193–211 Septimius Severus 211–217 Antoninus (Caracalla) 217–218 Macrinus 222–235 Severus Alexander

Period of Instability

235–238 Maximinus Thrax 238–244 Gordian III 244–249 Philip the Arab 249–251 Decius 251–253 Trebonianus Gallus 253–260 Valerian 270–275 Aurelian 275–276 Tacitus 276–282 Probus 283–285 Carinus

Dominate

284–305 Diocletian 306 Constantius 306–337 Constantine I 337–340 Constantine II 337–350 Constans I 337–361 Constantius II 361–363 Julian 363–364 Jovian 364–375 Valentinian I 364–378 Valens 367–383 Gratian 375–392 Valentinian II 378–395 Theodosius I (the Great)

The Western Empire

395–423 Honorius 406–407 Marcus 407–411 Constantine III 409–411 Maximus 411–413 Jovinus 412–413 Sebastianus 423–425 Johannes 425–455 Valentinian III 455–456 Avitus 457–461 Majorian 461–465 Libius Severus 467–472 Anthemius 473–474 Glycerius 474–475 Julius Nepos 475–476 Romulus Augustulus

Rulers of Austria and Austria-Hungary A-6

Leaders of Post–World War II Germany A-6

Rulers of Russia, the USSR, and the Russian Federation A-7

Rulers of Spain A-7

Rulers of Italy A-7

Secretaries-General of the United Nations A-8

United States Presidential Administrations A-8

Major Wars of the Modern Era A-8

PROMINENT ROMAN EMPERORS

A - 2 A p p e n d i x

Dynasty of Theodosius

395–408 Arcadius 408–450 Theodosius II 450–457 Marcian

Dynasty of Leo

457–474 Leo I 474 Leo II 474–491 Zeno 475–476 Basiliscus 484–488 Leontius 491–518 Anastasius

Dynasty of Justinian

518–527 Justin 527–565 Justinian I 565–578 Justin II 578–582 Tiberius II 578–582 Tiberius II (I)

Constantine 582–602 Maurice 602–610 Phocas

Dynasty of Heraclius

610–641 Heraclius 641 Heraclonas 641 Constantine III 641–668 Constans II 646–647 Gregory 649–653 Olympius 669 Mezezius 668–685 Constantine IV 685–695 Justinian II (banished) 695–698 Leontius 698–705 Tiberius III (II) 705–711 Justinian II

(restored) 711–713 Bardanes 713–716 Anastasius II 716–717 Theodosius III

Isaurian Dynasty

717–741 Leo III 741–775 Constantine V

Copronymus 775–780 Leo IV

780–797 Constantine VI 797–802 Irene 802–811 Nicephorus I 811 Strauracius 811–813 Michael I 813–820 Leo V

Phrygian Dynasty

820–829 Michael II 821–823 Thomas 829–842 Theophilus 842–867 Michael III

Macedonian Dynasty

867–886 Basil I 869–879 Constantine 887–912 Leo VI 912–913 Alexander 913–959 Constantine VII

Porphrogenitos 920–944 Romanus I

Lecapenus 921–931 Christopher 924–945 Stephen 959–963 Romanus II 963–969 Nicephorus II

Phocas 976–1025 Basil II 1025–1028 Constantine VIII

(IX) alone 1028–1034 Romanus III Argyrus 1034–1041 Michael IV the

Paphlagonian 1041–1042 Michael V Calaphates 1042 Zoe and Theodora 1042–1055 Constantine IX

Monomachus 1055–1056 Theodora alone 1056–1057 Michael VI

Stratioticus

Prelude to the Comnenian Dynasty

1057–1059 Isaac I Comnenos 1059–1067 Constantine X (IX)

Ducas 1068–1071 Romanus IV

Diogenes

1071–1078 Michael VII Ducas 1078–1081 Nicephorus III

Botaniates 1080–1081 Nicephorus

Melissenus

Comnenian Dynasty

1081–1118 Alexius I 1118–1143 John II 1143–1180 Manuel I 1180–1183 Alexius II 1183–1185 Andronieus I 1183–1191 Isaac, Emperor of

Cyprus

Dynasty of the Angeli

1185–1195 Isaac II 1195–1203 Alexius III 1203–1204 Isaac II (restored)

with Alexius IV 1204 Alexius V Ducas

Murtzuphlus

Lascarid Dynasty in Nicaea

1204–1222 Theodore I Lascaris 1222–1254 John III Ducas

Vatatzes 1254–1258 Theodore II Lascaris 1258–1261 John IV Lascaris

Dynasty of the Paleologi

1259–1289 Michael VIII Paleologus

1282–1328 Andronicus II 1328–1341 Andronicus III 1341–1391 John V 1347–1354 John VI

Cantancuzenus 1376–1379 Andronicus IV 1379–1391 John V (restored) 1390 John VII 1391–1425 Manuel II 1425–1448 John VIII 1449–1453 Constantine XI

(XIII) Dragases

PROMINENT BYZANTINE EMPERORS

A p p e n d i x A - 3

314–335 Sylvester 440–461 Leo I 590–604 Gregory I (the Great) 687–701 Sergius I 741–752 Zachary 858–867 Nicholas I 1049–1054 Leo IX 1059–1061 Nicholas II 1073–1085 Gregory VII 1088–1099 Urban II 1099–1118 Paschal II 1159–1181 Alexander III 1198–1216 Innocent III

1227–1241 Gregory IX 1243–1254 Innocent IV 1294–1303 Boniface VIII 1316–1334 John XXII 1447–1455 Nicholas V 1458–1464 Pius II 1492–1503 Alexander VI 1503–1513 Julius II 1513–1521 Leo X 1534–1549 Paul III 1555–1559 Paul IV 1585–1590 Sixtus V 1623–1644 Urban VIII

1831–1846 Gregory XVI 1846–1878 Pius IX 1878–1903 Leo XIII 1903–1914 Pius X 1914–1922 Benedict XV 1922–1939 Pius XI 1939–1958 Pius XII 1958–1963 John XXIII 1963–1978 Paul VI 1978 John Paul I 1978–2005 John Paul II 2005– Benedict XVI

PROMINENT POPE S

687–714 Pepin of Heristal, Mayor of the Palace

715–741 Charles Martel, Mayor of the Palace

741–751 Pepin III, Mayor of the Palace

751–768 Pepin III, King 768–814 Charlemagne, King 800–814 Charlemagne, Emperor 814–840 Louis the Pious

West Francia

840–877 Charles the Bald, King 875–877 Charles the Bald,

Emperor

877–879 Louis II, King 879–882 Louis III, King 879–884 Carloman, King

Middle Kingdoms

840–855 Lothair, Emperor 855–875 Louis (Italy), Emperor 855–863 Charles (Provence),

King 855–869 Lothair II (Lorraine),

King

East Francia

840–876 Ludwig, King 876–880 Carloman, King 876–882 Ludwig, King 876–887 Charles the Fat,

Emperor

THE C AROLINGIAN DYNA ST Y

Saxon Dynasty

962–973 Otto I 973–983 Otto II 983–1002 Otto III 1002–1024 Henry II

Franconian Dynasty

1024–1039 Conrad II 1039–1056 Henry III 1056–1106 Henry IV 1106–1125 Henry V 1125–1137 Lothair II (Saxony)

Hohenstaufen Dynasty

1138–1152 Conrad III 1152–1190 Frederick I (Barbarossa) 1190–1197 Henry VI 1198–1208 Philip of Swabia

1198–1215 Otto IV (Welf ) 1220–1250 Frederick II 1250–1254 Conrad IV

Interregnum, 1254–1273: Emperors from Various Dynasties

1273–1291 Rudolf I (Habsburg) 1292–1298 Adolf (Nassau) 1298–1308 Albert I (Habsburg) 1308–1313 Henry VII (Luxemburg) 1314–1347 Ludwig IV (Wittelsbach) 1347–1378 Charles IV (Luxemburg) 1378–1400 Wenceslas (Luxemburg) 1400–1410 Rupert (Wittelsbach) 1410–1437 Sigismund (Luxemburg)

Habsburg Dynasty

1438–1439 Albert II 1440–1493 Frederick III

1493–1519 Maximilian I 1519–1556 Charles V 1556–1564 Ferdinand I 1564–1576 Maximilian II 1576–1612 Rudolf II 1612–1619 Matthias 1619–1637 Ferdinand II 1637–1657 Ferdinand III 1658–1705 Leopold I 1705–1711 Joseph I 1711–1740 Charles VI 1742–1745 Charles VII (not a

Habsburg) 1745–1765 Francis I 1765–1790 Joseph II 1790–1792 Leopold II 1792–1806 Francis II

GERMAN KINGS CROW NED EMPEROR

A - 4 A p p e n d i x

Capetian Dynasty

987–996 Hugh Capet 996–1031 Robert II 1031–1060 Henry I 1060–1108 Philip I 1108–1137 Louis VI 1137–1180 Louis VII 1180–1223 Philip II (Augustus) 1223–1226 Louis VIII 1226–1270 Louis IX (St. Louis) 1270–1285 Philip III 1285–1314 Philip IV 1314–1316 Louis X 1316–1322 Philip V 1322–1328 Charles IV

Valois Dynasty

1328–1350 Philip VI 1350–1364 John

1364–1380 Charles V 1380–1422 Charles VI 1422–1461 Charles VII 1461–1483 Louis XI 1483–1498 Charles VIII 1498–1515 Louis XII 1515–1547 Francis I 1547–1559 Henry II 1559–1560 Francis II 1560–1574 Charles IX 1574–1589 Henry III

Bourbon Dynasty

1589–1610 Henry IV 1610–1643 Louis XIII 1643–1715 Louis XIV 1715–1774 Louis XV 1774–1792 Louis XVI

After 1792

1792–1799 First Republic 1799–1804 Napoleon Bonaparte,

First Consul 1804–1814 Napoleon I, Emperor 1814–1824 Louis XVIII (Bourbon

Dynasty) 1824–1830 Charles X (Bourbon

Dynasty) 1830–1848 Louis Philippe 1848–1852 Second Republic 1852–1870 Napoleon III, Emperor 1870–1940 Third Republic 1940–1944 Vichy government,

Pétain regime 1944–1946 Provisional government 1946–1958 Fourth Republic 1958– Fifth Republic

RULERS OF FRANCE

Anglo-Saxon Monarchs

829–839 Egbert 839–858 Ethelwulf 858–860 Ethelbald 860–866 Ethelbert 866–871 Ethelred I 871–899 Alfred the Great 899–924 Edward the Elder 924–939 Ethelstan 939–946 Edmund I 946–955 Edred 955–959 Edwy 959–975 Edgar 975–978 Edward the Martyr 978–1016 Ethelred the Unready 1016–1035 Canute (Danish

nationality) 1035–1040 Harold I 1040–1042 Hardicanute 1042–1066 Edward the Confessor 1066 Harold II

Norman Monarchs

1066–1087 William I (the Conqueror)

1087–1100 William II 1100–1135 Henry I

House of Blois

1135–1154 Stephen

House of Plantagenet

1154–1189 Henry II 1189–1199 Richard I 1199–1216 John 1216–1272 Henry III 1272–1307 Edward I 1307–1327 Edward II 1327–1377 Edward III 1377–1399 Richard II

House of Lancaster

1399–1413 Henry IV 1413–1422 Henry V 1422–1461 Henry VI

House of York

1461–1483 Edward IV 1483 Edward V 1483–1485 Richard III

House of Tudor

1485–1509 Henry VII 1509–1547 Henry VIII 1547–1553 Edward VI 1553–1558 Mary 1558–1603 Elizabeth I

House of Stuart

1603–1625 James I 1625–1649 Charles I

Commonwealth and Protectorate (1649–1660)

1653–1658 Oliver Cromwell 1658–1659 Richard Cromwell

House of Stuart (Restored)

1660–1685 Charles II 1685–1688 James II 1689–1694 William III and Mary II 1694–1702 William III (alone) 1702–1714 Anne

House of Hanover

1714–1727 George I 1727–1760 George II 1760–1820 George III 1820–1830 George IV 1830–1837 William IV 1837–1901 Victoria

House of Saxe-Coburg-Gotha

1901–1910 Edward VII

House of Windsor

1910–1936 George V 1936 Edward VIII 1936–1952 George VI 1952– Elizabeth II

MONARCH S OF ENGLAND AND GREAT BRITAIN

A p p e n d i x A - 5

Term Prime Minister Government

1721–1742 Sir Robert Walpole Whig 1742–1743 Spencer Compton, Earl Whig

of Wilmington 1743–1754 Henry Pelham Whig 1754–1756 Thomas Pelham-Holles, Whig

Duke of Newcastle 1756–1757 William Cavendish, Whig

Duke of Devonshire 1757–1761 William Pitt (the Elder), Whig

Earl of Chatham 1761–1762 Thomas Pelham-Holles, Duke Whig

of Newcastle 1762–1763 John Stuart, Earl of Bute Tory 1763–1765 George Grenville Whig 1765–1766 Charles Watson-Wentworth, Whig

Marquess of Rockingham 1766–1768 William Pitt, Earl of Chatham Whig

(the Elder) 1768–1770 Augustus Henry Fitzroy, Duke Whig

of Grafton 1770–1782 Frederick North (Lord North) Tory 1782 Charles Watson-Wentworth, Whig

Marquess of Rockingham 1782–1783 William Petty FitzMaurice, Whig

Earl of Shelburn 1783 William Henry Cavendish Whig

Bentinck, Duke of Portland 1783–1801 William Pitt (the Younger) Tory 1801–1804 Henry Addington Tory 1804–1806 William Pitt (the Younger) Tory 1806–1807 William Wyndham Grenville Whig

(Baron Grenville) 1807–1809 William Henry Cavendish Tory

Bentinck, Duke of Portland 1809–1812 Spencer Perceval Tory 1812–1827 Robert Banks Jenkinson, Tory

Earl of Liverpool 1827 George Canning Tory 1827–1828 Frederick John Robinson Tory

(Viscount Goderich) 1828–1830 Arthur Wellesley, Tory

Duke of Wellington 1830–1834 Charles Grey (Earl Grey) Whig 1834 William Lamb, Viscount Whig

Melbourne 1834–1835 Sir Robert Peel Tory 1835–1841 William Lamb, Viscount Whig

Melbourne 1841–1846 Sir Robert Peel Tory 1846–1852 John Russell (Lord) Whig 1852 Edward Geoffrey–Smith Stanley Whig

Derby, Earl of Derby

Term Prime Minister Government

1852–1855 George Hamilton Gordon Peelite Aberdeen, Earl of Aberdeen

1855–1858 Henry John Temple Palmerston, Tory Viscount Palmerston

1858–1859 Edward Geoffrey–Smith Stanley Whig Derby, Earl of Derby

1859–1865 Henry John Temple Palmerston, Tory Viscount Palmerston

1865–1866 John Russell (Earl) Liberal 1866–1868 Edward Geoffrey–Smith Tory

Stanley Derby, Earl of Derby 1868 Benjamin Disraeli, Earl Conservative

of Beaconfield 1868–1874 William Ewart Gladstone Liberal 1874–1880 Benjamin Disraeli, Earl Conservative

of Beaconfield 1880–1885 William Ewart Gladstone Liberal 1885–1886 Robert Arthur Talbot, Conservative

Marquess of Salisbury 1886 William Ewart Gladstone Liberal 1886–1892 Robert Arthur Talbot, Conservative

Marquess of Salisbury 1892–1894 William Ewart Gladstone Liberal 1894–1895 Archibald Philip–Primrose Liberal

Rosebery, Earl of Rosebery 1895–1902 Robert Arthur Talbot, Conservative

Marquess of Salisbury 1902–1905 Arthur James Balfour, Conservative

Earl of Balfour 1905–1908 Sir Henry Campbell-Bannerman Liberal 1908–1915 Herbert Henry Asquith Liberal 1915–1916 Herbert Henry Asquith Coalition 1916–1922 David Lloyd George, Earl Coalition

Lloyd-George of Dwyfor 1922–1923 Andrew Bonar Law Conservative 1923–1924 Stanley Baldwin, Earl Conservative

Baldwin of Bewdley 1924 James Ramsay MacDonald Labour 1924–1929 Stanley Baldwin, Earl Conservative

Baldwin of Bewdley 1929–1931 James Ramsay MacDonald Labour 1931–1935 James Ramsay MacDonald Coalition 1935–1937 Stanley Baldwin, Earl Coalition

Baldwin of Bewdley 1937–1940 Neville Chamberlain Coalition 1940–1945 Winston Churchill Coalition 1945 Winston Churchill Conservative 1945–1951 Clement Attlee, Earl Attlee Labour 1951–1955 Sir Winston Churchill Conservative 1955–1957 Sir Anthony Eden, Earl of Avon Conservative 1957–1963 Harold Macmillan, Earl Conservative

of Stockton

PRIME MINISTERS OF GREAT BRITAIN

(Continued)

A - 6 A p p e n d i x

RULERS OF PRUSSIA AND GERMANY

1701–1713 *Frederick I 1713–1740 *Frederick William I 1740–1786 *Frederick II (the Great) 1786–1797 *Frederick William II 1797–1840 *Frederick William III 1840–1861 *Frederick William IV 1861–1888 *William I (German emperor after 1871) 1888 Frederick III 1888–1918 *William II 1918–1933 Weimar Republic 1933–1945 Third Reich (Nazi dictatorship under Adolf

Hitler) 1945–1952 Allied occupation 1949–1990 Division of Federal Republic of Germany in

west and German Democratic Republic in east

1990– Federal Republic of Germany (reunited)

*King of Prussia

RULERS OF AUSTRIA AND AUSTRIA-HUNGARY

1493–1519 *Maximilian I (Archduke) 1519–1556 *Charles V 1556–1564 *Ferdinand I 1564–1576 *Maximilian II 1576–1612 *Rudolf II 1612–1619 *Matthias 1619–1637 *Ferdinand II 1637–1657 *Ferdinand III 1658–1705 *Leopold I 1705–1711 *Joseph I 1711–1740 *Charles VI 1740–1780 Maria Theresa 1780–1790 *Joseph II 1790–1792 *Leopold II 1792–1835 *Francis II (emperor of Austria as Francis I

after 1804) 1835–1848 Ferdinand I 1848–1916 Francis Joseph (after 1867 emperor of

Austria and king of Hungary) 1916–1918 Charles I (emperor of Austria and king of

Hungary) 1918–1938 Republic of Austria (dictatorship after 1934) 1945–1956 Republic restored, under Allied occupation 1956– Free Republic

*Also bore title of Holy Roman Emperor

Term Prime Minister Government

1963–1964 Sir Alec Frederick Douglas- Conservative Home, Lord Home of the Hirsel

1964–1970 Harold Wilson, Lord Wilson Labour of Rievaulx

1970–1974 Edward Heath Conservative 1974–1976 Harold Wilson, Lord Wilson Labour

of Rievaulx

Term Prime Minister Government

1976–1979 James Callaghan, Lord Labour Callaghan of Cardiff

1979–1990 Margaret Thatcher (Baroness) Conservative 1990–1997 John Major Conservative 1997–2007 Tony Blair Labour 2007– Gordon Brown Labour

PRIME MINISTERS OF GREAT BRITAIN (continued)

LEADERS OF POST – W ORLD WAR II GERMANY

West Germany (Federal Republic of Germany), 1949–1990

Years Chancellor Party

1949–1963 Konrad Adenauer Christian Democratic Union (CDU) 1963–1966 Ludwig Erhard Christian Democratic Union (CDU) 1966–1969 Kurt Georg Kiesinger Christian Democratic Union (CDU) 1969–1974 Willy Brandt Social Democratic Party (SPD) 1974–1982 Helmut Schmidt Social Democratic Party (SPD) 1982–1990 Helmut Kohl Christian Democratic Union (CDU)

A p p e n d i x A - 7

LEADERS OF POST – W ORLD WAR II GERMANY (continued)

East Germany (German Democratic Republic), 1949–1990

Years Communist Party Leader

1946–1971 Walter Ulbricht 1971–1989 Erich Honecker 1989–1990 Egon Krenz

c. 980–1015 Vladimir 1019–1054 Yaroslav the Wise 1176–1212 Vsevolod III 1462–1505 Ivan III 1505–1553 Vasily III 1553–1584 Ivan IV 1584–1598 Theodore I 1598–1605 Boris Godunov 1605 Theodore II 1606–1610 Vasily IV 1613–1645 Michael 1645–1676 Alexius 1676–1682 Theodore III 1682–1689 Ivan V and Peter I

1689–1725 Peter I (the Great) 1725–1727 Catherine I 1727–1730 Peter II 1730–1740 Anna 1740–1741 Ivan VI 1741–1762 Elizabeth 1762 Peter III 1762–1796 Catherine II (the Great) 1796–1801 Paul 1801–1825 Alexander I 1825–1855 Nicholas I 1855–1881 Alexander II 1881–1894 Alexander III 1894–1917 Nicholas II

Union of Soviet Socialist Republics (USSR)*

1917–1924 Vladimir Ilyich Lenin 1924–1953 Joseph Stalin 1953–1964 Nikita Khrushchev 1964–1982 Leonid Brezhnev 1982–1984 Yuri Andropov 1984–1985 Konstantin Chernenko 1985–1991 Mikhail Gorbachev

Russian Federation

1991–1999 Boris Yeltsin 1999– Vladimir Putin

RULERS OF RUSSIA, THE USSR, AND THE RUSSIAN FEDERATION

1479–1504 Ferdinand and Isabella 1504–1506 Ferdinand and Philip I 1506–1516 Ferdinand and Charles I 1516–1556 Charles I (Holy Roman

Emperor Charles V) 1556–1598 Philip II 1598–1621 Philip III 1621–1665 Philip IV 1665–1700 Charles II 1700–1746 Philip V

1746–1759 Ferdinand VI 1759–1788 Charles III 1788–1808 Charles IV 1808 Ferdinand VII 1808–1813 Joseph Bonaparte 1814–1833 Ferdinand VII

(restored) 1833–1868 Isabella II 1868–1870 Republic 1870–1873 Amadeo

1873–1874 Republic 1874–1885 Alfonso XII 1886–1931 Alfonso XIII 1931–1939 Republic 1939–1975 Fascist dictatorship

under Francisco Franco

1975– Juan Carlos I

RULERS OF SPAIN

*USSR established in 1922

Federal Republic of Germany (reunited), 1990–

Years Chancellor Party

1990–1998 Helmut Kohl Christian Democratic Union (CDU) 1998–2005 Gerhard Schroeder Social Democratic Party (SPD) 2005– Angela Merkel Christian Democratic Union (CDU)

RULERS OF ITALY

1861–1878 Victor Emmanuel II 1878–1900 Humbert I 1900–1946 Victor Emmanuel III 1922–1943 Fascist dictatorship under

Benito Mussolini (maintained in northern Italy until 1945)

1946 (May 9–June 13) Humbert II 1946– Republic

A - 8 A p p e n d i x

Term(s) President Political Party

1789–1797 George Washington No party designation 1797–1801 John Adams Federalist 1801–1809 Thomas Jefferson Democratic-Republican 1809–1817 James Madison Democratic-Republican 1817–1825 James Monroe Democratic-Republican 1825–1829 John Quincy Adams Democratic-Republican 1829–1837 Andrew Jackson Democratic 1837–1841 Martin Van Buren Democratic 1841 William H. Harrison Whig 1841–1845 John Tyler Whig 1845–1849 James K. Polk Democratic 1849–1850 Zachary Taylor Whig 1850–1853 Millard Filmore Whig 1853–1857 Franklin Pierce Democratic 1857–1861 James Buchanan Democratic 1861–1865 Abraham Lincoln Republican 1865–1869 Andrew Johnson Republican 1869–1877 Ulysses S. Grant Republican 1877–1881 Rutherford B. Hayes Republican 1881 James A. Garfield Republican 1881–1885 Chester A. Arthur Republican 1885–1889 Grover Cleveland Democratic

Term(s) President Political Party

1889–1893 Benjamin Harrison Republican 1893–1897 Grover Cleveland Democratic 1897–1901 William McKinley Republican 1901–1909 Theodore Roosevelt Republican 1909–1913 William H. Taft Republican 1913–1921 Woodrow Wilson Democratic 1921–1923 Warren G. Harding Republican 1923–1929 Calvin Coolidge Republican 1929–1933 Herbert C. Hoover Republican 1933–1945 Franklin D. Roosevelt Democratic 1945–1953 Harry S. Truman Democratic 1953–1961 Dwight D. Eisenhower Republican 1961–1963 John F. Kennedy Democratic 1963–1969 Lyndon B. Johnson Democratic 1969–1974 Richard M. Nixon Republican 1974–1977 Gerald R. Ford Republican 1977–1981 Jimmy Carter Democratic 1981–1989 Ronald W. Reagan Republican 1989–1993 George H. W. Bush Republican 1993–2001 William J. Clinton Democratic 2001– George W. Bush Republican

UNITED STATE S PRE SIDENTIAL ADMINISTRATIONS

MA JOR WARS OF THE MODERN ERA

1546–1555 German Wars of Religion 1526–1571 Ottoman wars 1562–1598 French Wars of Religion 1566–1609, 1621–1648 Revolt of the Netherlands 1618–1648 Thirty Years’ War 1642–1648 English Civil War 1652–1678 Anglo-Dutch Wars 1667–1697 Wars of Louis XIV 1683–1697 Ottoman wars 1689–1697 War of the League of Augsburg 1702–1714 War of Spanish Succession 1702–1721 Great Northern War 1714–1718 Ottoman wars 1740–1748 War of Austrian Succession 1756–1763 Seven Years’ War 1775–1781 American Revolution

1796–1815 Napoleonic wars 1846–1848 Mexican-American War 1853–1856 Crimean War 1861–1865 United States Civil War 1870–1871 Franco-Prussian War 1894–1895 Sino-Japanese War 1898 Spanish-American War 1904–1905 Russo-Japanese War 1914–1918 World War I 1939–1945 World War II 1946–1975 Vietnam wars 1950–1953 Korean War 1990–1991 Persian Gulf War 1991–1997 Civil War in the former Yugoslavia 2003– Iraq War

SECRETARIE S-GENERAL

OF THE UNITED NATIONS

Nationality

1946–1952 Trygve Lie Norway 1953–1961 Dag Hammarskjöld Sweden 1961–1971 U Thant Myanmar 1972–1981 Kurt Waldheim Austria 1982–1991 Javier Pérez de Cuéllar Peru 1992–1996 Boutros Boutros-Ghali Egypt 1997–2006 Kofi A. Annan Ghana 2007– Ban Kimoon South Korea

G - 1

Glossary of Key Terms and People

This glossary contains definitions of terms and people that are central to your understand- ing of the material covered in this textbook. Each term or person in the glossary is in bold- face in the text when it is first defined, then listed again in the corresponding Chapter Review section to signal its importance. We have also included the page number on which the full dis- cussion of the term or person appears so that you can easily locate the complete explanation to strengthen your historical vocabulary.

For words or names not defined here, two additional resources may be useful: the index, which will direct you to many more topics discussed in the text, and a good dictionary.

Abbasids (268): The dynasty of caliphs that, in 750, took over from the Umayyads in all of the Islamic realm except for Spain (al-Andalus). From their new capital at Baghdad, they presided over a wealthy realm until the late ninth century.

abolitionists (560): Advocates of the abolition of the slave trade and of slavery.

absolutism (484): A system of government in which the ruler claims sole and uncontestable power.

agora (78): The central market square of a Greek city-state, a popular gathering place for conversation.

agricultural revolution (529): Increasingly aggressive attitudes toward investment in and management of land that increased production of food in the 1700s.

Alexander II (693): Russian tsar (r. 1855–1881) who initiated the age of Great Reforms and emancipated the serfs in 1861.

Alexander the Great (110): The fourth-century B.C.E. Macedonian king whose conquest of the Persian Empire led to the greatly increased cultural interactions of Greece and the Near East in the Hellenistic Age.

Alexius I (Alexius Comnenus) (312): The Byzantine emperor (r. 1081–1118) whose leadership marked a new triumph of the dynatoi. His request to Pope Urban II for troops to fight the Turks turned into the First Crusade.

Alfred the Great (287): King of Wessex (r. 871–899) and the first king to rule over most of England. He organized a successful defense against Viking invaders, had key Latin works translated into the vernacular, and wrote a law code for the whole of England.

Anabaptists (436): Sixteenth-century Protestants who believed that only adults could truly have faith and accept baptism.

anarchism (713): The belief that people should not have government; it was popular among some peasants and workers in the last half of the nineteenth century and the first decades of the twentieth.

apostolic succession (184): The principle by which Christian bishops traced their authority back to the apostles of Jesus.

appeasement (861): The strategy of preventing a war by making concessions for legitimate grievances.

aretê (44): The Greek value of competitive individual excellence.

Arianism (210): The Christian doctrine named after Arius, who argued that Jesus was “begotten” by God and did not have an identical nature with God the Father.

Aristotle (108): Greek philosopher famous for his scientific investigations, development of logical argument, and practical ethics.

art nouveau (775): An early-twentieth-century artistic style in graphics, fashion, and household design that featured flowing, sinuous lines, borrowed in large part from Asian art.

asceticism (212): The practice of self-denial, especially through spiritual discipline; a doctrine for Christians emphasized by Augustine.

Atlantic system (520): The network of trade established in the 1700s that bound together western Europe, Africa, and the Americas. Europeans sold slaves from western Africa and bought commodities that were produced by the new colonial plantations in North and South America and the Caribbean.

Augustine (208): Bishop in North Africa whose writings defining religious orthodoxy made him the most influential theologian in Western civilization.

Augustus (165): The honorary name meaning “divinely favored” that the Roman Senate bestowed on Octavian; it became shorthand for “Roman imperial ruler.”

Avignon papacy (379): The period (1309–1378) during which the popes ruled from Avignon rather than from Rome.

baroque (472): An artistic style of the seventeenth century that featured curves, exaggerated lighting, intense emotions, release from restraint, and even a kind of artistic sensationalism.

Basil II (267): The Byzantine emperor (r. 976–1025) who presided over the end of the Bulgar threat (earning the name Bulgar-Slayer) and the conversion of Kievan Russia to Christianity.

battle of Hastings (320): The battle of 1066 that replaced the Anglo-Saxon king with a Norman one and thus tied England to the rest of Europe as never before.

Beauvoir, Simone de (904): Author of The Second Sex, a globally influential work that created an interpretation of women’s age- old inferior status from existentialist philosophy.

Beethoven, Ludwig van (642): The German composer (1770–1827) who helped set the direction of musical romanticism; his music used recurring and evolving themes to convey the impression of natural growth.

bin Laden, Osama (970): Wealthy leader of the militant Islamic group al-Qaeda, which executed terrorist plots, including the attacks on the United States in 2001, to rid Islamic countries of infidel influence.

Bismarck, Otto von (699): 1815–1898. Leading Prussian politician and German prime minister who waged war in order to create a united German Empire, which was established in 1871.

Black Death (388): The term historians give to the plague that swept through Europe in 1346–1353.

Blitzkrieg (862): Literally, “lightning war”; a strategy for the conduct of war in which motorized firepower quickly and overwhelmingly attacks the enemy, leaving it unable to resist psychologically or militarily.

Bolívar, Simon (646): 1783–1830. The European-educated son of a slave owner who became one of the leaders of the Latin American independence movement in the 1820s. Bolivia is named after him.

Bolshevik Revolution (811): The overthrow of Russia’s Provisional Government in the fall of 1917 by V. I. Lenin and his Bolshevik forces.

Bonaparte, Louis-Napoleon (680): 1808–1873. Nephew of Napoleon I; he was elected president of France in 1848, declared himself Emperor Napoleon III in 1852, and ruled until 1870.

Bonaparte, Napoleon (620): The French general who became First Consul in 1799 and emperor in 1804; after losing the battle of Waterloo in 1815, he was exiled to the island of St. Helena.

Boniface VIII (377): The pope (r. 1294–1303) who unsuccessfully asserted the special place of the pope in the church and the spiritual subordination of the king.

buccaneers (527): Pirates of the Caribbean who governed themselves and preyed on international shipping.

bureaucracy (489): A network of state officials carrying out orders according to a regular and routine line of authority.

Calvin, John (432): French-born Christian humanist (1509–1564) and founder of Calvinism, one of the major branches of the Protestant Reformation; he led the reform movement in Geneva, Switzerland, from 1541 to 1564.

Capetian dynasty (288): A long-lasting dynasty of French kings, taking their name from Hugh Capet (r. 987–996).

capital-intensive industry (730): A mid- to late-nineteenth- century development in industry that required great investments of money for machinery and infrastructure to make a profit.

Carolingian (273): The Frankish dynasty that ruled a western European empire from 751 to the late 800s; its greatest vigor was in the time of Charlemagne (r. 768–814) and Louis the Pious (r. 814–840).

castellan (285): The holder of a castle. In the tenth and eleventh centuries, castellans became important local lords, taking over the rights of the ban (to call up men to military service, to collect taxes, or to administer justice).

Catherine de Médicis (453): Italian-born mother of French king Charles X; she served as regent and tried but failed to prevent religious warfare between Calvinists and Catholics.

Cavour, Camillo di (696): 1810–1861. Prime minister of the kingdom of Piedmont-Sardinia and architect of a united Italy.

chansons de geste (348): Epic poems of the twelfth century about knightly and heroic deeds.

Chaplin, Charlie (855): 1889–1977. Major entertainment leader, whose satires of Hitler and sympathetic portrayals of the common man helped preserve democratic values.

Charlemagne (273): The Carolingian king (r. 768–814) whose conquests greatly expanded the Frankish kingdom. He was crowned emperor on December 25, 800.

Charles V (430): Holy Roman Emperor (r. 1519–1556) and the most powerful ruler in sixteenth-century Europe; he reigned over the Low Countries, Spain, Spain’s Italian and New World dominions, and the Austrian Habsburg lands.

Chartism (677): The British movement of supporters of the People’s Charter (1838), which demanded universal manhood suffrage, vote by secret ballot, equal electoral districts, and other reforms.

cholera (662): An epidemic, usually fatal disease caused by a waterborne bacterium that induces violent vomiting and diarrhea; devastating outbreaks swept across Europe in 1830–1832 and 1847–1851.

Christ (181): Greek for “anointed one,” in Hebrew Mashiach or in English Messiah; in apocalyptic thought, God’s agent sent to conquer the forces of evil.

Christian Democrats (889): Powerful center to center-right political parties that evolved in the late 1940s from former Catholic parties of the pre–World War II period.

Christian humanism (427): A general intellectual trend in the sixteenth century that coupled love of classical learning, as in Renaissance humanism, with an emphasis on Christian piety.

Cicero (150): Rome’s most famous orator and author of the doctrine of humanitas.

city-state (7): An urban center exercising political and economic control over the surrounding countryside.

Civil Code (625): The French legal code formulated by Napoleon in 1804; it ensured equal treatment under the law to all men and guaranteed religious liberty, but it curtailed many rights of women.

civil disobedience (843): The act of deliberately but peacefully breaking the law, a tactic used by Mohandas Gandhi in India and earlier by British suffragists to protest oppression and obtain political change.

civilization (4): A way of life that includes political states based on cities with dense populations, large buildings constructed for communal activities, diverse economies, a sense of local identity, and some knowledge of writing.

classicism (510): A style of painting and architecture that reflected the ideals of the art of antiquity; in classicism, geometric

G - 2 G lo s s a r y o f K e y Te r m s a n d P e o p l e

shapes, order, and harmony of lines take precedence over the sensuous, exuberant, and emotional forms of the baroque.

cold war (880): The rivalry between the United States and the Soviet Union following World War II that led to massive growth in nuclear weapons on both sides.

coloni (200): Literally, “cultivators”; tenant farmers in the Roman Empire who became bound by law to the land they worked and whose children were legally required to continue to farm the same land.

Colosseum (175): Rome’s fifty-thousand-seat amphitheater built by the Flavian dynasty for gladiatorial combats and other spectacles.

Columbus, Christopher (421): An Italian sailor (1451–1506) who opened up the New World by sailing west across the Atlantic in search of a route to Asia.

common law (338): Begun by Henry II (r. 1154–1189), the English royal law carried out by the king’s justices in eyre (traveling justices). It applied to the entire kingdom and thus was “common” to all.

commune (301): In a medieval town, a sworn association of citizens who formed a legal corporate body. The commune appointed or elected officials, made laws, kept the peace, and administered justice.

communists (676): Those socialists who after 1840 (when the word was first used) advocated the abolition of private property in favor of communal, collective ownership.

Concordat of Worms (307): The agreement between pope and emperor in 1122 that ended the Investiture Conflict.

Congress of Vienna (636): Face-to-face negotiations (1814–1815) between the great powers to settle the boundaries of European states and determine who would rule each nation after the defeat of Napoleon.

conservatism (638): A political doctrine that emerged after 1789 and rejected much of the Enlightenment and the French Revolution, preferring monarchies over republics, tradition over revolution, and established religion over Enlightenment skepticism.

constitutionalism (484): A system of government in which rulers share power with parliaments made up of elected representatives.

consumer revolution (528): The rapid increase in consumption of new staples produced in the Atlantic system as well as of other items of daily life that were previously unavailable or beyond the reach of ordinary people.

Continental System (631): The boycott of British goods in France and its satellites ordered by Napoleon in 1806; it had success but was later undermined by smuggling.

Corn Laws (674): Tariffs on grain in Great Britain that benefited landowners by preventing the import of cheap foreign grain; they were repealed by the British government in 1846.

cortes (377): The earliest European representative institution, called initially to consent to royal wishes; first convoked in 1188 by the king of Castile-León.

Cortés, Hernán (425): A Spanish explorer (1485–1547) who captured the Aztec capital, Tenochtitlán (present-day Mexico City), in 1519.

Council of Trent (439): A general council of the Catholic church that met at Trent between 1545 and 1563 to set Catholic doctrine, reform church practices, and defend the church against the Protestant challenge.

Cuban missile crisis (910): The confrontation in 1962 between the United States and the USSR over Soviet installation of missile sites off the U.S. coast in Cuba.

cult (53): In ancient Greece, a set of official, publicly funded religious activities for a deity overseen by priests and priestesses.

cult of the offensive (803): A military strategy of constantly attacking the enemy that was believed to be the key to winning World War I but that brought great loss of life while failing to bring decisive victory.

cuneiform (10): The earliest form of writing, invented in Mesopotamia and done with wedge-shaped characters.

curials (200): The social elite in Roman empires’ cities and towns, most of whom were obliged to serve on municipal senates and collect taxes for the imperial government, paying any shortfalls themselves.

Cyrus (37): Founder of the Persian Empire.

Darwin, Charles (719): 1809–1882. English naturalist who popularized the theory of evolution and thereby challenged the biblical story of creation.

debasement of coinage (189): Putting less silver in a coin without changing its face value; practiced during the third-century C.E. crisis in Rome.

de-Christianization (603): During the French Revolution, the campaign of extremist republicans against organized churches and in favor of a belief system based on reason.

Declaration of the Rights of Man and Citizen (595): The preamble to the French constitution drafted in August 1789; it established the sovereignty of the nation and equal rights for citizens.

decolonization (897): The process — both violent and peaceful — by which colonies gained their independence from the imperial powers after World War II.

decurions (177): Municipal senate members in the Roman Empire responsible for collecting local taxes.

deists (559): Those who believe in God but give him no active role in human affairs. Deists of the Enlightenment believed that God had designed the universe and set it in motion but no longer intervened in its functioning.

Delian League (74): The naval alliance led by Athens in the Golden Age that became the basis for the Athenian Empire.

demes (63): The villages and city neighborhoods that formed the constituent political units of Athenian democracy in the late Archaic Age.

demography (P-10): The study of the size, growth, density, distribution, and vital statistics of the human population.

Diaspora (42): The dispersal of the Jewish population from their homeland.

DNA (919): The genetic material that forms the basis of each cell; the discovery of its structure in 1952 revolutionized genetics, molecular biology, and other scientific and medical fields.

G lo s s a r y o f K e y Te r m s a n d P e o p l e G - 3

domesticity (669): An ideology prevailing in the nineteenth century that women should devote themselves to their families and the home.

dominate (197): The blatantly authoritarian style of Roman rule from Diocletian (r. 284–305) onward; the word was derived from dominus (“master” or “lord”) and contrasted with principate.

Dual Alliance (756): A defensive alliance between Germany and Austria-Hungary in 1879 as part of Bismarck’s system of alliances to prevent or limit war. It was joined by Italy in 1882 as a third partner and then called the Triple Alliance.

dual monarchy (702): A shared power arrangement between the Habsburg Empire and Hungary after the Prussian defeat of the Austrian Empire in 1866–1867.

dualism (107): The philosophical idea that the human soul (or mind) and body are separate.

Duma (787): The Russian parliament set up in the aftermath of the outbreak of the Revolution of 1905.

dynatoi (266): The “powerful men” who dominated the countryside of the Byzantine Empire in the tenth and eleventh centuries and to some degree challenged the authority of the emperor.

Edict of Milan (203): The proclamation of Roman co-emperors Constantine and Licinius decreeing free choice of religion in the empire.

Edict of Nantes (455): The decree issued by French king Henry IV in 1598 that granted the Huguenots a large measure of religious toleration.

Einstein, Albert (772): 1879–1955. Scientist whose theory of relativity revolutionized modern physics and other fields of thought.

Eliot, George (716): The pen name of English novelist Mary Ann Evans (1819–1880), who described the harsh reality of many ordinary people’s lives in her works.

Elizabeth I (458): English queen (r. 1558–1603) who oversaw the return of the Protestant Anglican church and, in 1588, the successful defense of the realm against the Spanish Armada.

empire (12): A political state in which one or more formerly independent territories or peoples are ruled by a single sovereign power.

Enabling Act (848): The legislation passed in 1933 suspending constitutional government for four years in order to meet the crisis in the German economy.

enlightened despots (573): Rulers — such as Catherine the Great of Russia, Frederick the Great of Prussia, and Joseph II of Austria — who tried to promote reform without giving up their own supreme political power; also called enlightened absolutists.

Enlightenment (545): The eighteenth-century intellectual movement whose proponents believed that human beings could apply a critical, reasoning spirit to every problem.

Entente Cordiale (790): An alliance between Britain and France that began with an agreement in 1904 to honor colonial holdings.

Epicureanism (123): The philosophy founded by Epicurus of Athens to help people achieve a life of true pleasure, by which he meant “absence of disturbance.”

epigrams (121): Short poems written by women in the Hellenistic Age; many were about other women and the writer’s personal feelings.

equites (152): Wealthy Roman businessmen who chose not to pursue a government career.

Estates General (592): A body of deputies from the three estates, or orders, of France: the clergy (First Estate), the nobility (Second Estate), and everyone else (Third Estate).

ethnic cleansing (954): The mass murder — genocide — of people according to ethnicity or nationality, beginning with the post–World War I elimination of minorities in eastern and central Europe and continuing with the rape and murders that resulted from the breakup of Yugoslavia in the 1990s.

euro (961): The common currency accepted by twelve members of the European Union. It went into effect gradually, used first in business transactions in 1999 and entering public circulation in 2002.

European Economic Community (EEC or Common Market) (892): A consortium of six European countries established to promote free trade and economic cooperation among its members. Since its founding in 1957, its membership and activities have expanded.

European Union (EU) (961): Formerly the European Economic Community (EEC, or Common Market), and then the European Community (EC); formed in 1994 by the terms of the 1992 Maastricht Treaty. Its members have political ties through the European parliament as well as long-standing common economic, legal, and business mechanisms.

existentialism (903): A philosophy prominent after World War II developed primarily by Jean-Paul Sartre to stress the importance of action in the creation of an authentic self.

family allowance (853): Government funds given to families with children to boost the birthrate in totalitarian and democratic countries alike.

fascism (833): A doctrine that emphasized violence and glorified the state over the people and their individual or civil rights.

Fatimids (270): Members of the tenth-century Shi’ite dynasty who derived their name from Fatimah, the daughter of Muhammad and wife of Ali; they dominated in parts of North Africa, Egypt, and even Syria.

fiefs (282): Grants of land, theoretically temporary, from lords to their noble dependents (fideles or, later, vassals) given in recognition of services, usually military, done or expected in the future; also called benefices.

First Consul (622): The most important of the three consuls established by the French Constitution of 1800; the title, given to Napoleon Bonaparte, was taken from ancient Rome.

First Crusade (313): The massive armed pilgrimage to Jerusalem that lasted from 1096 to 1099. It resulted in the massacre of Jews in the Rhineland (1095), the sack of Jerusalem (1099), and the setting up of the crusader states.

First Triumvirate (158): The coalition formed in 60 B.C.E. by Pompey, Crassus, and Caesar. (The word triumvirate means “group of three.”)

Five Pillars of Islam (235): The five essential practices of Islam, namely, the zakat (alms); the fast of Ramadan; the hajj

G - 4 G lo s s a r y o f K e y Te r m s a n d P e o p l e

(pilgrimage to Mecca); the salat (formal worship); and the shahadah (profession of faith).

five-year plans (845): Centralized programs for economic development first used by Joseph Stalin and copied by Adolf Hitler; these plans set production priorities and gave production targets for individual industries and agriculture.

Fourteen Points (816): U.S. president Woodrow Wilson’s World War I peace proposal; based on settlement rather than on conquest, it encouraged the surrender of the Central Powers.

Fourth Crusade (351): The crusade that lasted from 1202 to 1204; its original goal was to recapture Jerusalem, but the crusaders ended up conquering Constantinople instead.

Fourth Lateran Council (360): The council that met in 1215 and covered the important topics of Christianity, among them the nature of the sacraments, the obligations of the laity, and policies toward heretics and Jews.

Franciscans (349): A religious order, founded by St. Francis (c. 1182–1226), dedicated to poverty and preaching, particularly in towns and cities.

Franco, Francisco (859): 1892–1975. Right-wing military leader who successfully overthrew the democratic republic in Spain and instituted a repressive dictatorship.

Frederick I (Barbarossa) (342): King of Germany (r. 1152–1190) and emperor (crowned 1155) who tried to cement the power of the German king through conquest (for example, of northern Italy) and the bonds of vassalage.

Frederick II (373): The king of Sicily and Germany, as well as emperor (r. 1212–1250), who allowed the German princes a free hand as he battled the pope for control of Italy.

Frederick William of Hohenzollern (493): The Great Elector of Brandenburg-Prussia (r. 1640–1688) who brought his nation through the end of the Thirty Years’ War and then succeeded in welding his scattered lands into an absolutist state.

Freemasons (568): Members of Masonic lodges, where nobles and middle-class professionals (and even some artisans) shared interest in the Enlightenment and reform.

Freud, Sigmund (769): 1856–1939. Viennese medical doctor and founder of psychoanalysis, a theory of mental processes and problems and a method of treating them.

Gladstone, William (752): 1809–1898. Liberal politician and prime minister of Great Britain who innovated in popular campaigning and who criticized British imperialism.

glasnost (943): Literally, “openness” or “publicity”; a policy instituted in the 1980s by Soviet premier Mikhail Gorbachev calling for greater openness in speech and in thinking, which translated to the reduction of censorship in publishing, radio, television, and other media.

globalization (952): The interconnection of labor, capital, ideas, services, and goods around the world. Although globalization has existed for hundreds of years, the late twentieth and early twenty- first centuries are seen as more global because of the speed with which people, goods, and ideas travel the world.

global warming (966): An increase in the temperature of the earth’s lower atmosphere resulting from a buildup of chemical emissions.

Glorious Revolution (504): The events of 1688 when Tories and Whigs replaced England’s monarch James II with his Protestant daughter, Mary, and her husband, Dutch ruler William of Orange; William and Mary agreed to a Bill of Rights that guaranteed rights to Parliament.

Golden Horde (380): The political institution set up by the Mongol Empire in Russia, lasting from the thirteenth to the fifteenth century.

Gorbachev, Mikhail (943): Leader of the Soviet Union from 1985 to 1991; he instituted reforms such as glasnost and perestroika, thereby contributing to the collapse of Communist rule in the Soviet bloc and the USSR.

Gothic architecture (333): The style of architecture that started in the Île-de-France in the twelfth century and eventually became the quintessential cathedral style of the Middle Ages, characterized by pointed arches, ribbed vaults, and stained-glass windows.

Great Famine (381): The shortage of food and accompanying social ills that besieged northern Europe between 1315 and 1322.

Great Fear (595): The term used by historians to describe the French rural panic of 1789, which led to peasant attacks on aristocrats or on seigneurial records of peasants’ dues.

Great Persecution (202): The violent program initiated by Diocletian in 303 to make Christians convert to traditional religion or risk confiscation of their property and even death.

Great Schism (398): The papal dispute of 1378–1417 when the church had two or even three popes. The Great Schism was ended by the Council of Constance.

Green Party (966): A political party first formed in West Germany in 1979 to bring about environmentally sound policies. It spread across Europe and around the world thereafter.

Gregorian reform (305): The papal movement for church reform associated with Gregory VII (r. 1073–1085); its ideal included ending the purchase of church offices, clerical marriage, and lay investiture.

Gregory the Great (256): The pope (r. 590–604) who sent missionaries to Anglo-Saxon England, wrote influential books, tried to reform the church, and had contact with the major ruling families of Europe and Byzantium.

Gregory of Tours (247): Bishop of Tours (in Gaul) from 573 to 594, the chief source for the history and culture of the Merovingian kingdoms.

guild (300): A trade organization within a city or town that controlled product quality and cost and outlined members’ responsibilities. Guilds were also social or religious associations.

Hammurabi (14): King of Babylonia in the eighteenth century B.C.E., famous for his law code.

Hanseatic League (409): A league of northern European cities formed in the fourteenth century to protect their mutual interests in trade and defense.

heliocentrism (475): The view articulated by Polish clergyman Nicolaus Copernicus that the earth and planets revolve around the sun.

Hellenistic (115): An adjective meaning “Greek-like” that is today used as a chronological term for the period 323–30 B.C.E.

G lo s s a r y o f K e y Te r m s a n d P e o p l e G - 5

helot (59): A slave owned by the Spartan city-state; such slaves came from parts of Greece conquered by the Spartans.

Henry II (336): King of England (r. 1154–1189) who ended the period of civil war there and affirmed and expanded royal powers. He is associated with the creation of common law in England.

Henry IV (305): King of Germany (r. 1056–1106), crowned emperor in 1084. From 1073 until his death, he was embroiled in the Investiture Conflict with Pope Gregory VII.

Henry VIII (433): The English king (r. 1509–1547) who first opposed the Protestant Reformation and then broke with the Catholic church, naming himself head of the Anglican church in the Act of Supremacy of 1534.

Heraclius (240): The Byzantine emperor who reversed the fortunes of war with the Persians in the first quarter of the seventh century.

heresy (184): False doctrine; specifically, the beliefs banned for Christians by councils of bishops.

hetaira (83): A witty and attractive woman who charged fees to entertain at a symposium.

hierarchy (P-7): The system of ranking people in society according to their importance and dominance.

hieroglyphs (17): The ancient Egyptian pictographic script for writing official texts.

Hijra (235): The emigration of Muhammad from Mecca to Medina. Its date, 622, marks the year 1 of the Islamic calendar.

Hitler, Adolf (847): 1889–1945. Chancellor of Germany who, with considerable backing, overturned democratic government, created the Third Reich, persecuted millions, and ultimately led Germany and the world into World War II.

Homer (44): Greece’s first and most famous author, who composed The Iliad and The Odyssey.

home rule (753): The right to an independent parliament demanded by the Irish and resisted by the British from the second half of the nineteenth century on.

Homo sapiens sapiens (P-5): The scientific name (in Latin) of the type of early human being identical to people today; it means “wise, wise human being.”

hoplite (53): A heavily armed Greek infantryman. Hoplites constituted the main strike force of a city-state’s militia.

hubris (95): The Greek term for violent arrogance.

humanism (402): A literary and linguistic movement cultivated in particular in the fourteenth through the sixteenth centuries and founded on reviving classical Latin and Greek texts, styles, and values.

humanitas (150): The Roman orator Cicero’s ideal of “humane- ness,” meaning generous and honest treatment of others based on natural law.

Hundred Years’ War (392): The long war between England and France, 1337–1453; it produced numerous social upheavals yet left both states more powerful than before.

hunter-gatherers (P-5): Human beings who roam to hunt and gather food in the wild and do not live in permanent, settled communities.

iconoclasm (245): Literally, “icon breaking”; referring to the destruction of icons, or images of holy people. Byzantine emperors banned icons from 726 to 787; a modified ban was revived in 815 and lasted until 843.

ideology (654): A word coined during the French Revolution to refer to a coherent set of beliefs about the way the social and political order should be organized.

imperialism (670): European dominance of the non-West through economic exploitation and political rule; the word (as distinct from colonialism, which usually implied establishment of settler colonies, often with slavery) was coined in the mid- nineteenth century.

impressionism (749): A mid- to late-nineteenth-century artistic style that captured the sensation of light in images, derived from Japanese influences and in opposition to the realism of photographs.

Industrial Revolution (654): The transformation of life in the Western world over several decades in the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries as a result of the introduction of steam-driven machinery, large factories, and a new working class.

Innocent III (360): The pope (r. 1198–1216) who called the Fourth Lateran Council; he was arguably the most powerful, respected, and prestigious of medieval popes.

Investiture Conflict (306): The confrontation between Gregory VII and Henry IV that began in 1073 over lay investiture and the nature of church leadership. It was resolved in 1122 by the Concordat of Worms.

in vitro fertilization (921): A process developed in the 1970s by which eggs are fertilized with sperm outside the human body and then implanted in a woman’s uterus.

Jacobin Club (599): A French political club formed in 1789 that inspired the formation of a national network whose members dominated the revolutionary government during the Terror.

Jacquerie (396): The 1358 uprising of French peasants against the nobles amid the Hundred Years’ War; it was brutally put down.

Jesuits (439): Members of the Society of Jesus, a Catholic religious order founded by Ignatius of Loyola (1491–1556) and approved by the pope in 1540. Jesuits served as missionaries and educators all over the world.

Joan of Arc (392): A peasant girl (1412–1431) whose conviction that God had sent her to save France in fact helped France win the Hundred Years’ War.

Julian the Apostate (205): The Roman emperor (r. 361–363), who rejected Christianity and tried to restore traditional religion as the state religion. Apostate means “renegade from the faith.”

Julio-Claudians (173): The ruling family of the early principate from Augustus through Nero, descended from the aristocratic families of the Julians and the Claudians.

Justinian and Theodora (221): Sixth-century emperor and empress of the eastern Roman Empire, famous for waging costly wars to reunite the empire.

Kennedy, John Fitzgerald (909): U.S. president, from 1961 to 1963, who faced off with Soviet leader Nikita Khrushchev in the Cuban missile crisis.

G - 6 G lo s s a r y o f K e y Te r m s a n d P e o p l e

Khrushchev, Nikita (896): Leader of the USSR from c. 1955 until his dismissal in 1964; known for his speech denouncing Stalin, creation of the “thaw,” and participation in the Cuban missile crisis.

Koine (127): The “common” or “shared” form of the Greek language that became the international language in the Hellenistic period.

Kollontai, Aleksandra (832): 1872–1952. Russian activist and minister of public welfare in the Bolshevik government; she promoted social programs such as birth control and day care for children of working parents.

Kulturkampf (718): Literally, “culture war”; in the 1870s, German chancellor Otto von Bismarck used the term to describe his fight to weaken the power of the Catholic church.

ladder of offices (142): The series of Roman elective government offices from quaestor to aedile to praetor to consul.

laissez-faire (561): An economic doctrine developed by Adam Smith that advocated freeing the economy from government intervention and control. (The term is French for “to leave alone.”)

lay investiture (303): The installation of clerics into their offices by lay people, normally rulers or lords.

League of Nations (818): The international organization set up following World War I to maintain peace by arbitrating disputes and promoting collective security.

Lebensraum (858): Literally, “living space”; the land that Hitler proposed to conquer so that true Aryans might have sufficient space to live their noble lives.

Lenin, V. I. (811): 1870–1924. Bolshevik leader who executed the Bolshevik Revolution in the fall of 1917, took Russia out of World War I, and imposed communism in Russia.

Leopold II (734): King of Belgium (r. 1865–1909) who sponsored the takeover of the Congo in Africa, which he ran with great violence against native peoples.

Lepanto (455): A site off the Greek coast where, in 1571, the allied Catholic forces of Spain’s king Philip II, Venice, and the papacy defeated the Ottoman Turks in a great sea battle; the victory gave the Christian powers control of the Mediterranean.

Levellers (499): Disgruntled soldiers in Cromwell’s New Model Army who wanted to “level” social differences and extend political participation to all male property owners.

liberalism (674): An economic and political ideology that emphasized free trade and the constitutional guarantees of individual rights such as freedom of speech and religion.

limited liability corporation (730): A legal entity, developed in the second half of the nineteenth century, in which the amount that owners of a factory or other enterprise owed creditors was restricted (limited) in case of financial failure.

Linear B (28): The Mycenaeans’ pictographic script for writing Greek.

Lombards (240): The people who settled in Italy during the sixth century, following Justinian’s reconquest. A king ruled the north of Italy, while dukes ruled the south. In between was the papacy, which felt threatened both by Lombard Arianism and by the Lombards’ geographical proximity to Rome.

Louis IX (375): A French king (r. 1226–1270) revered as a military leader and a judge; he was declared a saint after his death.

Louis XIV (484): French king (r. 1643–1715) who personified the absolutist ruler; in theory he shared his power with no one, but in practice he had to gain the cooperation of nobles, local officials, and even the ordinary subjects who manned his armies and paid his taxes.

Louis XVI (591): French King (r. 1774–1792) who was tried and found guilty of treason; he was executed on January 21, 1793.

Luther, Martin (429): A German monk (1483–1546) who started the Protestant Reformation in 1517 by challenging the practices and doctrines of the Catholic church and advocating salvation through faith alone.

Maastricht Treaty (961): The agreement among the members of the European Community to have a closer alliance, including the use of common passports and eventually the development of a common currency; by the terms of this treaty, the European Community became the European Union (EU) in 1994.

Maat (17): The Egyptian goddess (“What Is Right”) embodying truth, justice, and cosmic order.

Magna Carta (340): The charter of baronial liberties that King John was forced to agree to in 1215. It implied that royal power was subject to custom and law.

mandate system (819): The political control over the former colonies and territories of the German and Ottoman empires granted to the victors of World War I by the League of Nations.

Marie-Antoinette (591): Wife of Louis XVI and queen of France who was tried and executed in October 1793.

Marshall Plan (886): A post–World War II program funded by the United States to get Europe back on its feet economically and thereby reduce the appeal of communism. It played an important role in the rebirth of European prosperity in the 1950s.

martyr (183): Greek for “witness,” the term for someone who dies for his or her religious beliefs.

Marxism (713): A body of thought about the organization of production, social inequality, and the processes of revolutionary change as devised by the philosopher and economist Karl Marx.

materialism (123): A philosophical doctrine of the Hellenistic Age that denied metaphysics and claimed instead that only things consisting of matter truly exist.

Mazzini, Giuseppe (672): An Italian nationalist (1805–1872) who founded Young Italy, a secret society to promote Italian unity. He believed that a popular uprising would create a unified Italy.

Medici (412): The ruling family of Florence during much of the fifteenth to the seventeenth centuries.

Mediterranean polyculture (26): The cultivation of olives, grapes, and grains in a single, interrelated agricultural system.

Mehmed II (396): The sultan under whom the Ottoman Turks conquered Constantinople in 1453.

mercantilism (490): The doctrine that governments must intervene to increase national wealth by whatever means possible.

Merovingian dynasty (252): The royal dynasty that ruled Gaul from about 486 to 751.

mestizo (527): A person born to a Spanish father and a native American mother.

G lo s s a r y o f K e y Te r m s a n d P e o p l e G - 7

metaphysics (107): Philosophical ideas about the ultimate nature of reality beyond the reach of human senses.

Methodism (566): A religious movement founded by John Wesley (1703–1791) that broke with the Anglican church in Great Britain and insisted on strict self-discipline and a “methodical” approach to religious study and observance.

metic (82): A foreigner granted permanent residence status in Athens in return for paying taxes and serving in the military.

Metternich, Klemens von (636): An Austrian prince (1773–1859) who took the lead in devising the settlement arranged by the Congress of Vienna.

Milosevic, Slobodan (953): Serb leader of post-Communist Yugoslavia; he was tried for crimes against humanity in the ethnic cleansing that accompanied the dissolution of the Yugoslav state.

mir (695): A Russian farm community that provided for holding land in common and regulating the movements of any individual by the group.

Mitteleuropa (791): Literally, “central Europe,” but used by military leaders in Germany before World War I to refer to land in both central and eastern Europe that they hoped to acquire.

modernism (771): Artistic styles around the turn of the twentieth century that featured a break with realism in art and literature and with lyricism in music.

monotheism (5): The belief in only one god, as in Judaism, Christianity, and Islam.

moral dualism (39): The belief that the world is the arena for an ongoing battle for control between divine forces of good and evil.

Morrison, Toni (979): The first African American woman to win the Nobel Prize for Literature; her works include Beloved and Jazz.

mos maiorum (134): Literally, “the way of the elders”; the set of Roman values handed down from the ancestors.

multinational corporation (921): A business that operates in many foreign countries by sending large segments of its manufacturing, finance, sales, and other business components abroad.

Mussolini, Benito (833): 1883–1945. Leader of Italian fascist movement and, after the March on Rome in 1922, dictator of Italy.

mystery cults (81): Religious worship that provided initiation into secret knowledge and divine protection, including hope for a better afterlife.

nationalism (672): An ideology that arose in the nineteenth century and that holds that all peoples derive their identities from their nations, which are defined by common language, shared cultural traditions, and sometimes religion.

nation-state (696): A sovereign political entity of modern times based on representing a united people.

Nazi-Soviet Pact (861): The agreement reached in 1939 by Germany and the Soviet Union in which both agreed not to attack the other in case of war and to divide any conquered territories.

neoliberalism (941): A theory first promoted by British prime minister Margaret Thatcher, calling for a return to liberal

principles of the nineteenth century, including the reduction of welfare-state programs and the cutting of taxes for the wealthy to promote economic growth.

Neolithic Age (P-4): The “New Stone” Age, dating from about 10,000 to 4000 B.C.E.

Neolithic Revolution (P-8): The invention of agriculture, the domestication of animals, and the consequent changes in human society that occurred about 10,000–8000 B.C.E. in the Near East.

Neoplatonism (188): Plotinus’s spiritual philosophy, based mainly on Plato’s ideas, which was very influential for Christian intellectuals.

new unionism (751): Nineteenth-century development in labor organizing that replaced local craft-based unions with those that extended membership to all kinds of workers.

new woman (767): A woman who, from the 1880s on, dressed practically, moved about freely, and often supported herself.

Nicene Creed (210): The doctrine agreed on by the council of bishops convened by Constantine at Nicaea in 325 to defend orthodoxy against Arianism; it declared that God the Father and Jesus were “of one substance” (homoousion).

Nicholas II (779): Tsar of Russia (r. 1894–1917) who promoted anti-Semitism and resisted reform in the empire.

Nietzsche, Friedrich (772): 1844–1900. German philosopher who called for a new morality in the face of the death of God at the hands of science and whose theories were reworked by his sister to emphasize militarism and anti-Semitism.

Nixon, Richard (936): U.S. president from 1969 to 1974 who escalated the Vietnam War, worked for accommodation with China, and resigned from the presidency after trying to block free elections.

nongovernmental organizations (NGOs) (965): Charitable foundations and activist groups such as Doctors Without Borders that work outside of governments, often on political, economic, and relief issues; also, philanthropic organizations such as the Rockefeller, Ford, and Open Society Foundations that shape economic and social policy and the course of political reform.

North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) (887): The security alliance formed in 1949 to provide a unified military force for the United States, Canada, and their allies in western Europe and Scandinavia.

Nuremberg Laws (850): Legislation enacted by the Nazis in 1935 that deprived Jewish Germans of their citizenship and imposed many other hardships on them.

Opium War (671): War between China and Great Britain (1839–1842) that resulted in the opening of four Chinese ports to Europeans and British sovereignty over Hong Kong.

optimates (153): The Roman political faction supporting the “best,” or highest, social class; established during the late republic.

orders (142): The two groups of people in the Roman republic — patricians (aristocratic families) and plebeians (all other citizens).

Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries (OPEC) (937): A consortium that regulated the supply and export of oil and that acted with more unanimity after the United States supported Israel against the Arabs in the wars of the late 1960s and early 1970s.

G - 8 G lo s s a r y o f K e y Te r m s a n d P e o p l e

G lo s s a r y o f K e y Te r m s a n d P e o p l e G - 9

orthodoxy (184): True doctrine; specifically, the beliefs defined for Christians by councils of bishops.

Ostpolitik (928): A policy initiated by Willy Brandt in the late 1960s in which West Germany sought better economic relations with the Communist countries of eastern Europe.

ostracism (76): An annual procedure in Athenian radical democracy by which a man could be voted out of the city-state for ten years; its purpose was to prevent tyranny.

Ottonian kings (289): The tenth- and early-eleventh-century kings of Germany; beginning with Otto I (r. 936–973), they claimed the imperial crown and worked closely with their bishops to rule a vast territory.

outwork (727): The process of having some aspects of industrial work done outside factories in individual homes.

Pacific tigers (973): Countries of East Asia so named because of their massive economic growth, much of it from the 1980s on; foremost among these were Japan and China.

palace society (25): Minoan and Mycenaean social and political organization centered on multichambered buildings housing the rulers and the administration of the state.

Paleolithic Age (P-4): The “Old Stone” Age, dating from about 200,000 to 10,000 B.C.E.

Pankhurst, Emmeline (778): 1858–1928. Organizer of a militant branch of the British suffrage movement, working actively for women’s right to vote.

Pan-Slavism (702): A movement in the nineteenth century for the unity of all Slavs across national and regional boundaries.

Parnell, Charles Stewart (753): Irish politician (1846–1891) whose advocacy of home rule was a thorn in the side of the British establishment.

Parthenon (78): The massive temple to Athena as a warrior goddess built atop the Athenian acropolis in the Golden Age of Greece.

partition of Poland, first (576): Division of one-third of Poland- Lithuania’s territory between Prussia, Russia, and Austria in 1772.

patria potestas (136): Literally, “father’s power”; the legal power a Roman father possessed over the children and slaves in his family, including owning all their property and having the right to punish them, even with death.

patriarchy (P-15): Dominance by men in society and politics.

patron-client system (136): The interlocking network of mutual obligations between Roman patrons (social superiors) and clients (social inferiors).

Pax Romana (164): The two centuries of relative peace and prosperity in the Roman Empire under the early principate begun by Augustus.

Peace of Augsburg (446): The treaty of 1555 that settled disputes between Holy Roman Emperor Charles V and his Protestant princes. It recognized the Lutheran church and established the principle that all Catholic or Lutheran princes enjoyed the sole right to determine the religion of their lands and subjects.

Peace of God (287): A movement begun by bishops in the south of France around 990, first to limit the violence done to property and to the unarmed, and later, with the Truce of God, to limit fighting between warriors.

Peace of Paris (816): The series of peace treaties that provided the settlement of World War I.

Peace of Utrecht (538): Treaties drawn up in 1713–1714 that ended the War of the Spanish Succession.

Peace of Westphalia (463): The settlement (1648) of the Thirty Years’ War; it established enduring religious divisions in the Holy Roman Empire by which Lutheranism would dominate in the north, Calvinism in the area of the Rhine River, and Catholicism in the south.

perestroika (943): Literally, “restructuring”; an economic policy instituted in the 1980s by Soviet premier Mikhail Gorbachev calling for the introduction of market mechanisms and the achievement of greater efficiency in manufacturing, agriculture, and services.

Pericles (75): Athens’s political leader during the Golden Age.

Peter the Great (540): Russian tsar Peter I (r. 1689–1725), who undertook the Westernization of Russia and built a new capital city named after himself, St. Petersburg.

Petrarch, Francis (402): An Italian poet (1304–1374) who revived the styles of classical authors; he is considered the first Renaissance humanist.

Philip II (455): King of Spain (r. 1556–1598) and the most powerful ruler in Europe; he reigned over the western Habsburg lands and all the Spanish colonies recently settled in the New World.

Philip II (Philip Augustus) (340): King of France (r. 1180–1223) who bested the English king John and won most of John’s continental territories, thus immeasurably strengthening the power of the Capetian dynasty.

philosophes (556): Public intellectuals of the Enlightenment who wrote on subjects ranging from current affairs to art criticism with the goal of furthering reform in society. (The word in French means “philosophers.”)

Pietism (536): A Protestant revivalist movement of the early eighteenth century that emphasized deeply emotional individual religious experience.

plantation (521): A large tract of land that produced staple crops such as sugar, coffee, and tobacco; was farmed by slave labor; and was owned by a colonial settler.

Plato (107): A follower of Socrates who became Greece’s most famous philosopher.

plebiscites (143): Resolutions passed by the Plebeian Assembly; such resolutions gained the force of law in 287 B.C.E.

polis (47): The Greek city-state, an independent community of citizens.

political states (P-4): People living in a defined territory with boundaries and organized under a system of government with powerful officials, leaders, and judges.

politiques (455): Political advisers during the sixteenth-century French Wars of Religion who argued that compromise in matters of religion would strengthen the monarchy.

polytheism (5): The worship of multiple gods.

pop art (925): A style in the visual arts that mimicked advertising and consumerism and that used ordinary objects as a part of paintings and other compositions.

Popular Front (854): An alliance of political parties (initially led by Léon Blum in France) in the 1930s to resist fascism despite philosophical differences.

populares (153): The Roman political faction supporting the common people; established during the late republic.

positivism (720): A theory developed in the mid-nineteenth century that the study of facts would generate accurate, or “positive,” laws of society and that these laws could, in turn, help in the formulation of policies and legislation.

postmodernism (980): A term applied in the late twentieth century to both an intense stylistic mixture in the arts without a central unifying theme or elite set of standards and a critique of Enlightenment and scientific beliefs in rationality and the possibility of certain knowledge.

praetorian guard (166): The group of soldiers stationed in Rome under the emperor’s control; first formed by Augustus.

predestination (432): John Calvin’s doctrine that God preordained salvation or damnation for each person before creation; those chosen for salvation were considered the “elect.”

principate (164): The Roman political system invented by Augustus as a disguised monarchy with the princeps (“first man”) as emperor.

proletarians (153): In the Roman republic, the mass of people so poor they owned no property.

Pugachev rebellion (579): A massive revolt of Russian Cossacks and serfs in 1773 against local nobles and the armies of Catherine the Great; its leader, Emelian Pugachev, was eventually captured and executed.

pump priming (849): An economic policy used by governments to stimulate the economy through public works programs and other infusions to public funds.

purges (846): The series of attacks on citizens of the USSR accused of being “wreckers,” or saboteurs of communism, in the 1930s and later.

Puritans (458): Strict Calvinists who opposed all vestiges of Catholic ritual in the Church of England.

Putin, Vladimir (956): President of Russia elected in 2000; he has worked to reestablish Russia as a world power through control of the country’s resources and military capabilities.

Qur’an (234): The holy book of Islam, considered the word of God (Allah) as revealed to the Prophet Muhammad.

radical democracy (76): The Athenian system of democracy established in the 460s and 450s B.C.E. that extended direct political power and participation in the court system to all adult male citizens.

raison d’état (464): French for “reason of state,” the political doctrine, first proposed by Cardinal Richelieu of France, which held that the state’s interests should prevail over those of religion.

rationalism (65): The philosophic idea that people must justify their claims by logic and reason, not myth.

Razin, Stenka (496): The head of a powerful band of pirates and outlaws in southern Russia, who in 1667 led a rebellion that promised peasants liberation from noble landowners and officials; Razin was captured by the tsar’s army in 1671 and publicly executed in Moscow.

realism (715): An artistic style that arose in the mid-nineteenth century and was dedicated to depicting society realistically without romantic or idealistic overtones.

Realpolitik (690): Policies developed after the revolutions of 1848 and initially associated with nation building; they were based on realism rather than on the romantic notions of earlier nationalists. The term has come to mean any policy based on considerations of power alone.

reconquista (305): The collective name for the wars waged by the Christian princes of Spain against the Muslim-ruled regions to their south. These wars were considered holy, akin to the crusades.

redistributive economy (14): A system in which state officials control the production and distribution of goods.

Reform Act of 1884 (752): British legislation that granted the right to vote to a mass male citizenry.

Reform Bill of 1832 (649): A measure passed by the British Parliament to increase the number of male voters by about 50 percent and give representation to new cities in the north; it set a precedent for widening suffrage.

res publica (140): Literally, “the people’s matter” or “the public business”; the Romans’ name for their republic and the source of our word republic.

restoration (638): The epoch after the fall of Napoleon, in which the Congress of Vienna aimed to “restore” as many regimes as possible to their former rulers.

revocation of the Edict of Nantes (489): French king Louis XIV’s decision to eliminate the rights of Calvinists granted in the edict of 1598; Louis banned all Calvinist public activities and forced those who refused to embrace the state religion to flee.

Robespierre, Maximilien (600): A lawyer from northern France who laid out the principles of a republic of virtue and of the Terror; his arrest and execution in July 1794 brought an end to the Terror.

rococo (534): A style of painting that emphasized irregularity and asymmetry, movement and curvature, but on a smaller, more intimate scale than the baroque.

Romanization (177): The spread of Roman law and culture in the provinces of the Roman Empire.

romanticism (566): An artistic movement of the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries that glorified nature, emotion, genius, and imagination.

Rousseau, Jean-Jacques (561): One of the most important philosophes (1712–1778); he argued that only a government based on a social contract among the citizens could make people truly moral and free.

ruler cults (128): Cults that involved worship of a Hellenistic ruler as a savior god.

Rushdie, Salman (979): Immigrant British author, whose novel The Satanic Verses led the Ayotallah Ruhollah Khomeini of Iran to issue a fatwa calling for Rushdie’s murder.

Russification (696): A program for the integration of Russia’s many nationality groups that involved the forced learning of the Russian language and the practice of Russian Orthodox religion as well as the settlement of ethnic Russians among other nationality groups.

G - 1 0 G lo s s a r y o f K e y Te r m s a n d P e o p l e

G lo s s a r y o f K e y Te r m s a n d P e o p l e G - 1 1

salon (513): An informal gathering held regularly in private homes and presided over by a socially eminent woman; salons spread from France in the seventeenth century to other countries in the eighteenth century.

samizdat (928): A key form of dissident activity across the Soviet bloc; individuals reproduced uncensored publications by hand and passed them from reader to reader, thus building a foundation for the successful resistance of the 1980s.

Sand, George (666): The pen name of French novelist Amandine- Aurore Dupin (1804–1876), who showed her independence in the 1830s by dressing like a man and smoking cigars. The term George-Sandism became an expression of disdain for independent women.

Sappho (64): The most famous woman lyric poet of ancient Greece, a native of Lesbos.

Schlieffen Plan (803): The Germans’ strategy in World War I that called for attacks on two fronts — concentrating first on France to the west and then turning east to attack Russia.

scholasticism (367): The method of logical inquiry used by the scholastics, the scholars of the medieval universities; it applied Aristotelian logic to biblical and other authoritative texts in an attempt to summarize and reconcile all knowledge.

scientific method (475): The combination of experimental observation and mathematical deduction that was used to determine the laws of nature and became the secular standard of truth.

Scott, Sir Walter (643): A prolific author (1771–1832) of popular historical novels; he also collected and published traditional Scottish ballads and wrote poetry.

Sea Peoples (29): The diverse groups of raiders who devastated the eastern Mediterranean region in the period of calamities around 1200–1000 B.C.E.

Second International (751): A transnational organization of workers established in 1889, mostly committed to Marxian socialism.

secularization (471): The trend toward making religious faith a private domain rather than one directly connected to state power and science; it prompted a search for nonreligious explanations for political authority and natural phenomena.

Seven Years’ War (574): A worldwide series of battles (1756–1763) between Austria, France, Russia, and Sweden on one side and Prussia and Great Britain on the other.

simony (303): The sin of giving gifts or paying money to get a church office.

social contract (504): The doctrine that all political authority derives not from divine right but from an implicit contract between citizens and their rulers.

socialism (675): A social and political ideology that advocated the reorganization of society to overcome the new tensions created by industrialization and restore social harmony through communities based on cooperation.

Socratic method (90): The Athenian philosopher Socrates’ method of teaching through conversation, in which he asked probing questions to make his listeners examine their most cherished assumptions.

Solidarity (945): A Polish labor union founded in 1980 by Lech Walesa and Anna Walentynowicz that contested Communist Party programs and eventually succeeded in ousting the party from the Polish government.

Solon (62): Athenian political reformer whose changes promoted early democracy.

Sophists (88): Competitive intellectuals and teachers in ancient Greece who offered expensive courses in persuasive public speaking and new ways of philosophic and religious thinking beginning around 450 B.C.E.

South African War (785): The war between Britain and the Boer (originally Dutch) inhabitants of South Africa for control of the region (1899–1902); also called the Boer War.

soviets (811): Councils of workers and soldiers first formed in Russia in the Revolution of 1905; they were revived to represent the people in the early days of the 1917 Russian Revolution.

stagflation (938): The combination of a stagnant economy and soaring inflation; a period of stagflation occurred in the West in the 1970s as a result of an OPEC embargo on oil.

Stalin, Joseph (844): 1879–1953. Leader of the USSR who, with considerable backing, formed a brutal dictatorship and forcefully converted the country into an industrial power.

Statute in Favor of the Princes (374): A statute finalized by Frederick II in 1232 that gave the German princes sovereign power within their own principalities.

St. Bernard (309): The most important Cistercian abbot (early twelfth century) and the chief preacher of the Second Crusade.

Stoicism (123): The Hellenistic philosophy whose followers believed in fate but also in pursuing virtue by cultivating good sense, justice, courage, and temperance.

Suleiman the Magnificent (443): Sultan of the Ottoman Empire (r. 1520–1566) at the time of its greatest power.

Synod of Whitby (253): The meeting of churchmen and King Oswy of Northumbria in 664 that led to the adoption of the Roman brand of Christianity in England.

Terror (600): The policy established under the direction of the Committee of Public Safety during the French Revolution to arrest dissidents and execute opponents in order to protect the republic from its enemies.

tetrarchy (198): The “rule by four,” consisting of two co-emperors and two assistant emperors/designated successors, initiated by Diocletian to subdivide the ruling of the Roman Empire into four regions.

Thatcher, Margaret (940): Prime minister of Britain from 1979 to 1990; she set a new tone for British politics by promoting neoliberal economic policies and criticizing poor people, union members, and racial minorities as worthless, even harmful citizens.

Themistocles (71): Athens’s leader during the great Persian invasion of Greece.

Theodosius I (205): The Roman emperor (r. 379–395) who made Christianity the state religion by ending public sacrifices in the traditional cults and closing their temples; in 395 he also divided the empire into western and eastern halves to be ruled by his sons.

Thermidorian Reaction (606): The violent backlash against the rule of Robespierre that dismantled the Terror and punished Jacobins and their supporters.

Third Republic (753): The government that succeeded Napoleon III’s Second Empire after its defeat in the Franco-Prussian War of 1870–1871. It lasted until France’s defeat by Germany in 1940.

Torah (40): The first five books of the Hebrew Bible, also referred to as the Pentateuch. It contains early Jewish law.

total war (800): A war built on the full mobilization of soldiers, civilians, and technology of the nations involved. The term also refers to a highly destructive war of ideologies.

Treaty of Verdun (278): The treaty that, in 843, split the Carolingian Empire into three parts; its borders roughly outline modern western European states.

triremes (74): Greek wooden warships rowed by 170 oarsmen sitting on three levels and equipped with a battering ram at the bow.

troubadours (347): Vernacular poets in southern France in the twelfth and early thirteenth centuries who sang of love, longing, and courtesy.

Truman Doctrine (884): The United States’s policy to limit communism after World War II by countering political crises with economic and military aid.

Twelve Tables (142): The first written Roman law code, enacted between 451 and 449 B.C.E.

Umayyad caliphate (237): The caliphs (successors of Muhammad) who traced their ancestry to Umayyah, a member of Muhammad’s tribe. The dynasty lasted from 661 to 750.

United Nations (UN) (901): An organization set up in 1945 for collective security and for the resolution of international conflicts through both deliberation and the use of force.

Urban II (312): The pope (r. 1088–1099) responsible for calling the First Crusade in 1095.

Vatican II (903): A Catholic Council held between 1962 and 1965 to modernize some aspects of church teachings (such as condemnation of Jews), to update the liturgy, and to promote cooperation among the faiths (i.e., ecumenism).

Visigoths (216): The name given to the barbarians whom Alaric united and led on a military campaign into the western Roman Empire to establish a new kingdom; they sacked Rome in 410.

Voltaire (548): The pen name of François-Marie Arouet (1694–1778), who was the most influential writer of the early Enlightenment.

Walpole, Robert (539): The first, or “prime,” minister of the House of Commons of Great Britain’s Parliament. Although appointed initially by the king, through his long period of leadership (1721–1742) he effectively established the modern pattern of parliamentary government.

war guilt clause (818): The part of the Treaty of Versailles that assigned blame for World War I to Germany.

Warsaw Pact (887): A security alliance of the Soviet Union and its allies formed in 1955 when NATO admitted West Germany.

Weimar Republic (815): The parliamentary republic established in 1919 in Germany to replace the monarchy.

welfare state (893): A system comprising government-sponsored programs aimed to bring economic democracy by providing health care, family allowances, and pensions for veterans and retired workers.

wergild (219): Under Frankish law, the payment that a murderer had to make as compensation for the crime, to prevent feuds of revenge.

Westernization (540): The effort, especially in Peter the Great’s Russia, to make society and social customs resemble counterparts in western Europe, especially France, Britain, and the Dutch Republic.

William, prince of Orange (504): Dutch ruler who, with his Protestant wife, Mary (daughter of James II), ruled England after the Glorious Revolution of 1688.

wisdom literature (20): Texts giving instructions for proper behavior by officials.

ziggurats (8): Mesopotamian temples of massive size built on a stair-step design.

Zionism (783): A movement that began in the late nineteenth century among European Jews to found a Jewish state.

G - 1 2 G lo s s a r y o f K e y Te r m s a n d P e o p l e

S R - 1

Suggested References

Prologue

Çatalhöyük: Excavations of a Neolithic Anatolian Höyük: http:// www.catalhoyuk.com

Clark, J. Desmond, et al. “Stratigraphic, Chronological and Behavioural Contexts of Pleistocene Homo Sapiens from Middle Awash, Ethiopia.” Nature 423 (June 12, 2003): 747–52.

Diamond, Jared. Guns, Germs, and Steel: The Fates of Human Societies. 1999.

Fagan, Brian M. People of the Earth: An Introduction to World Prehistory. 11th ed. 2003.

Klein, Richard G. The Dawn of Human Culture. 2002. Lewis-Williams, David, and David Pearce. Inside the Neolithic Mind:

Consciousness, Cosmos and the Realm of the Gods. 2005. Mithen, Steven. After the Ice: A Global Human History 20,000–5000

BC. 2004. Sahara Desert: http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/science/nature/5192410.stm Wenke, Robert J. Patterns in Prehistory: Humankind’s First Three Million

Years. 4th ed. 1999. White, Tim D., et al. “Pleistocene Homo Sapiens from Middle Awash, Ethiopia.” Nature 423 (June 12, 2003): 742–47.

Chapter 1

Mesopotamia, Home of the First Civilization, 4000–1000 B.C.E.

Archaeological exploration in Mesopotamia (present-day Iraq) has been almost completely halted for more than a decade. Scholars have therefore been limited to studying already excavated material and texts. Modern translations have made Mesopotamian myths more accessible to today’s readers.

Alcock, Susan, et al., eds. Empires. 2001. Ancient Near East: http://www.etana.org/abzu Aruz, Joan, ed. Art of the First Cities: The Third Millennium B.C. from

the Mediterranean to the Indus. 2003. Bertman, Stephen. Handbook to Life in Ancient Mesopotamia. 2003. Bienkowski, Piotr, and Alan Millard, eds. Dictionary of the Ancient

Near East. 2000. Bottéro, Jean. Everyday Life in Mesopotamia. Trans. Antonia Nevill. 2001. *Chavalas, Mark W., ed. The Ancient Near East. Historical Sources in

Translation. 2006. Crawford, Harriet. Sumer and the Sumerians. 1991. *Dalley, Stephanie, trans. Myths from Mesopotamia: Creation, The

Flood, Gilgamesh, and Others. 1991. Mieroop, Marc van de. A History of the Ancient Near East. c. 3000–323

BC. 2003. *Richardson, M. E. J. Hammurabi’s Laws: Text, Translation and

Glossary. 2000.

Snell, Daniel C. A Companion to the Ancient Near East. 2004. Sumerian literature: http://www-etcsl.orient.ox.ac.uk

Egypt, Home of the First Unified Country, 3050–1000 B.C.E.

Research and writing on ancient Egypt continue at a furious pace, while scholars studying the eastern Mediterranean region increasingly emphasize the interaction of its various cultures in trade and in war.

Assmann, Jan. The Search for God in Ancient Egypt. Trans. David Lorton. 2001.

Baines, John. Religion and Society in Ancient Egypt. 2003. Hawass, Zahi. Silent Images: Women in Pharaonic Egypt. 2000. *Lichtheim, Miriam. Ancient Egyptian Literature. 3 vols. 1973. Meskell, Lynn. Private Life in New Kingdom Egypt. 2002. Morkot, Robert G. The Black Pharaohs: Egypt’s Nubian Rulers. 2000. Partridge, Robert B. Fighting Pharaohs: Weapons and Warfare in

Ancient Egypt. 2002. Redford, Donald B., ed. The Oxford Encyclopedia of Ancient Egypt. 2000. Roehrig, Catherine H., ed. Hatshepsut: From Queen to Pharaoh. 2005. Sahara Desert: http://www.sciencemag.org/cgi/content/abstract/

1130989vl, http://news.nationalgeographic.com/news/2006/ 07/060720-sahara.html

*Simpson, William Kelly, ed. The Literature of Ancient Egypt. An Anthology of Stories, Instructions, and Poetry. 3rd ed. 2003.

Spalinger, Anthony J. War in Ancient Egypt. 2004. Thebes in ancient Egypt: http://www.thebanmappingproject.com Virtual Museum of Nautical Archaeology (including the Uluburun

shipwreck): http://ina.tamu.edu/vm.htm

The Hittites, Minoans, and Mycenaeans, 2200–1000 B.C.E.

Archaeology provides the securest evidence for the emergence of Greek and Anatolian civilizations. It has not yet, however, revealed what initiated the period of calamities around 1200–1000 B.C.E.

Bryce, Trevor. Life and Society in the Hittite World. 2002. Crete and the Aegean Islands: http://harpy.uccs.edu/greek/crete.html Dickinson, Oliver. The Aegean Bronze Age. 1994. Fagan, Brian. The Long Summer: How Climate Changed Civilization.

2003. Farnoux, Alexandre. Knossos: Searching for the Legendary Palace of

King Minos. Trans. David J. Baker. 1996. Minoan civilization: http://www.culture.gr/2/21/211/21123m/

e211wm01.html Mycenaean civilization: http://harpy.uccs.edu/greek/mycenae.html Sanders, N. K. The Sea Peoples: Warriors of the Ancient Mediterranean,

1250–1150 B.C. Rev. ed. 1985. *Singer, Itamar. Hittite Prayers: Writings from the Ancient World.

2002.

*Primary source.

Chapter 2

From Dark Age to Empire in the Near East, 1000–500 B.C.E.

Recent surveys of ancient Near Eastern history take an integrative approach to the subject, treating its various empires comparatively. The significance of Persian religion for later faiths has also been an active field of study.

Brosius, Maria. Women in Ancient Persia, 559–331 B.C. 1996. Kugel, James. The God of Old: Inside the Lost World of the Bible. 2003. *Lieber, David L., ed. Etz Hayim: Torah and Commentary. 2001. *Malandra, William W. An Introduction to Ancient Iranian Religion:

Readings from the Avesta and the Achaemenid Inscriptions. 1983. Persepolis and Ancient Iran: http://www.oi.uchicago.edu/OI/

MUS/PA/IRAN/PAAI/PAAI_Persepolis.html Silberman, Neil, and Israel Finkelstein. The Bible Unearthed:

Archaeology’s New Vision of Ancient Israel and the Origin of Its Sacred Texts. 2002.

Stiebing, William H., Jr. Ancient Near Eastern History and Culture. 2003.

Remaking Greek Civilization, 1000–750 B.C.E.

Scholarship on the Dark Age, such as by Sarah Morris, emphasizes that it was not as dark as sometimes asserted in the past because Greece was never completely cut off from contact with the Near East.

Hanson, Victor Davis. The Other Greeks: The Family Farm and the Agrarian Roots of Western Civilization. 1995.

*Hesiod. Theogony; Works and Days. Trans. M. L. West. 1999. Lavelle, B. M. Fame, Money, and Power: The Rise of Peisistratos and

“Democratic” Tyranny at Athens. 2005. Miller, Stephen G. Ancient Greek Athletics. 2004. Morris, Ian, ed. The Dark Ages of Greece. 2006. Morris, Sarah P. Daidalos and the Origins of Greek Art. 1992. Olympia: http://harpy.uccs.edu/greek/olympia.html Social justice in Homer’s Odyssey: http://www.chs.harvard.edu/

discussion_series.sec/the_homeric_odyssey.ssp

The Creation of the Greek Polis, 750–500 B.C.E.

The Greek city-state did not spring up in a cultural vacuum, but the scarcity of sources for this period makes it difficult to evaluate the importance of various influences on it.

Burkert, Walter. The Orientalizing Revolution: The Near Eastern Influence on Greek Culture in the Early Archaic Age. Trans. Margaret E. Pinder and Walter Burkert. 1992.

Fisher, Nick, and Hans van Wees, eds. Archaic Greece: New Approaches and Evidence. 1998.

Garlan, Yvon. Slavery in Ancient Greece. Rev. ed. Trans. Janet Lloyd. 1988. Garland, Robert. Religion and the Greeks. 1994. Tsetskhladze, Gocha R., ed. Greek Colonisation: An Account of Greek

Colonies and Other Settlements Overseas. Volume 1. 2006. Wees, Hans van, ed. War and Violence in Ancient Greece. 2000.

New Directions for the Polis, 750–500 B.C.E.

Contemporary scholarship stresses the diversity of city-state governance and customs, but, as always in ancient history, the scarcity of hard evidence hinders our gaining a clear picture.

Anhalt, Emily Katz. Solon the Singer: Politics and Poetics. 1993.

Archaic Greek sculpture: http://harpy.uccs.edu/greek/archaicsculpt .html

Balot, Ryan K. Greek Political Thought. 2005. *Barnes, Jonathan. Early Greek Philosophy. 1987. *Campbell, David A. Greek Lyric. Five volumes. 1982–1993. Cartledge, Paul. Spartan Reflections. 2001. Halperin, David M. One Hundred Years of Homosexuality and Other

Essays on Greek Love. 1990. Hurwitt, Jeffrey M. The Art and Culture of Early Greece, 1100–480 B.C.

1985. McGlew, James F. Tyranny and Political Culture in Ancient Greece. 1993. *Robinson, Eric W. Ancient Greek Democracy: Readings and Sources.

2003.

Chapter 3

Wars between Persia and Greece

Like many groups in history, the ancient Greeks defined their own identity by contrasting themselves with others, especially non-Greek- speaking peoples (“barbarians”). The Persian Wars strengthened their sense of difference from other peoples ruled by kings.

Georges, Pericles. Barbarian Asia and the Greek Experience: From the Archaic Period to the Age of Xenophon. 1994.

Hall, Jonathan M. Ethnic Identity in Greek Antiquity. 1997. Hanson, Victor Davis. The Wars of the Ancient Greeks. 1999. *Herodotus. The Histories. Translated Aubrey de Sélincourt. Revised

by John Marincola. New edition, 1996. Persian art: http://www.oi.uchicago.edu/OI/MUS/GALLERY/

PERSIAN/New_Persian_Gallery.html Strauss, Barry. The Battle of Salamis: The Naval Encounter That Saved

Greece — and Western Civilization. 2005. Wees, Hans van, ed. War and Violence in Ancient Greece. 2000.

Athenian Confidence in the Golden Age

Athenian government remains significant for modern scholars in debates over direct versus representative democracy and the nature of citizenship. Online resources are also now available and important for studying the full context of Golden Age Athens.

Athenian democracy: http://www.stoa.org/projects/demos/home Cahill, Nicholas. Household and City Organization at Olynthus. 2001. Camp, John M. The Archaeology of Athens. 2001. Cohen, Edward E. The Athenian Nation. 2000. Ober, Josiah, and Charles W. Hedrick, eds. Demokratia: A Conversation

on Democracies, Ancient and Modern. 1996. Parthenon: http://www.perseus.tufts.edu/cgi-bin/vor?x=16&y=

13&lookup=parthenon

Tradition and Innovation in Athens’s Golden Age

Lively debates continue about how to measure and evaluate the difference between ancient Greek and modern Western customs. Davidson, for example, has rebutted the recent idea that Greeks considered sex a game of aggressive domination.

Blundell, Sue. Women in Ancient Greece. 1995. Brunschwig, Jacques, and Geoffrey E. R. Lloyd, eds. Greek Thought: A

Guide to Classical Knowledge. 2000. Davidson, James. Courtesans and Fishcakes: The Consuming Passions

of Classical Athens. 1998.

S R - 2 S u g g e s t e d R e f e r e n c e s

*Primary source.

Fisher, N. R. E. Slavery in Classical Greece. 1995. Greek gods: http://www.getty.edu/art/gettyguide/display ObjectList?

sub=2031503 Herman, Gabriel. Morality and Behavior in Democratic Athens. 2006. Parker, Robert. Athenian Religion: A History. 1996. Patterson, Cynthia B. The Family in Greek History. 1998.

The End of the Golden Age

Controversy still exists over whether to explain the Athenian defeat in the Peloponnesian War as caused by political disunity and failure of leadership at Athens, or by Persia’s financial support of Sparta; Strassler’s edition of Thucydides is the best resource for assessing the evidence of the most important ancient source.

Hanson, Victor Davis. A War Like No Other. How the Athenians and Spartans Fought the Peloponnesian War. 2005.

Kagan, Donald. The Peloponnesian War. 2003. Lazenby, J. F. The Spartan Army. 1985. The Peloponnesian War and Athenian Life: http://www.perseus.tufts

.edu/cgi-bin/ptext?doc=Perseus%3Atext%3A1999.04.0009& query=head%3D%23212

*Pseudo-Xenophon, Constitution of the Athenians. Trans. G. W. Bowersock, in Xenophon VII. Scripta Minora. 1971.

*Strassler, Robert B., ed. The Landmark Thucydides: A Comprehensive Guide to the Peloponnesian War. 1996.

Chapter 4

Classical Greece after the Peloponnesian War, 400–350 B.C.E.

The works of Plato and Aristotle, unlike those of many ancient authors, have survived in quantity. Xenophon’s Hellenica and Anabasis offer action-packed accounts of the wars of the early fourth century B.C.E.

*Aristotle. Complete Works. Ed. Jonathan Barnes. 1985. Barnes, Jonathan. Aristotle. 1982. Fortenbaugh, William W. Aristotle’s Practical Side: On His Psychology,

Ethics, Politics and Rhetoric. 2006. Garnsey, Peter. Ideas of Slavery from Aristotle to Augustine. 1996. *Plato. The Collected Dialogues (including Apology, Crito, and

Republic). Eds. Edith Hamilton and Huntington Cairns. 1963. Tritle, Lawrence A., ed. The Greek World in the Fourth Century: From

the Fall of the Athenian Empire to the Successors of Alexander. 1997. *Xenophon. A History of My Times (Hellenica). Trans. Rex Warner.

1979. ———. The Persian Expedition (Anabasis). Trans. Rex Warner. 1972.

The Rise of Macedonia, 359–323 B.C.E.

Modern scholars energetically debate Alexander’s character; Bosworth, for example, brands him a natural-born killer, while O’Brien sees him as overcome by alcoholism.

*Arrian. The Campaigns of Alexander (Anabasis). Trans. Aubrey de Sélincourt. 1971.

Borza, Eugene N. In the Shadow of Olympus: The Emergence of Macedon. 1990.

Bosworth, A. B. Alexander and the East: The Tragedy of Triumph. 1996. ———. Conquest and Empire: The Reign of Alexander the Great. 1988. Carney, Elizabeth Donnelly. Women and Monarchy in Macedonia. 2000.

Heckel, Waldemar. Who’s Who in the Age of Alexander the Great. 2006. Macedonian royal tombs at Aigai: http://alexander.macedonia

.culture.gr/2/21/211/21117a/e211qa07.html O’Brien, John Maxwell. Alexander the Great, the Invisible Enemy: A

Biography. 1992. *Plutarch. The Age of Alexander. Trans. Ian Scott-Kilvert. 1973. Stoneman, Richard. Alexander the Great. 2nd ed. 2004.

The Hellenistic Kingdoms, 323–30 B.C.E.

Recent research stresses the innovative responses of Hellenistic kings to the challenges of ruling multicultural empires. Underwater archaeology has begun to reveal ancient Alexandria in Egypt, whose harbor district has sunk below the level of today’s Mediterranean Sea.

*Austin, M. M. The Hellenistic World from Alexander to the Roman Conquest: A Selection of Ancient Sources in Translation. 1981.

*Burstein, Stanley M. The Hellenistic Age from the Battle of Ipsos to the Death of Kleopatra VII. 1985.

Chaniotis, Angelos. War in the Hellenistic World. 2005. Ellis, Walter M. Ptolemy of Egypt. 1994. Empereur, Jean-Yves. Alexandria: Jewel of Egypt. 2002. Erskine, Andrew. A Companion to the Hellenistic World. 2003. Lewis, Naphtali. Greeks in Ptolemaic Egypt. 1986. Ptolemaic Egypt: http://www.houseofptolemy.org Sherwin-White, Susan, and Amélie Kuhrt. From Samarkhand to

Sardis: A New Approach to the Seleucid Empire. 1993. Shipley, Graham. The Greek World After Alexander 323–30 B.C. 2000.

Hellenistic Culture

Old scholarship viewed Hellenistic culture as “impure” and less valuable than Classical Age culture because it mixed traditions. Scholars today identify the imaginative ways in which Hellenistic thinkers and artists combined the old and the new. Hellenistic philosophy has become important in the study of ethics.

Ancient Alexandria in Egypt: http://ce.eng.usf.edu/pharos/alexandria Archimedes: http://www.mcs.drexel.edu/~crorres/Archimedes/

contents.html *Bartlett, John R. Jews in the Hellenistic World: Josephus, Aristeas, The

Sibylline Oracles, Eupolemus. 1985. Chamoux, François. Hellenistic Civilization. Trans. Michel Roussel. 2003. Inwood, Brad, ed. The Cambridge Companion to the Stoics. 2003. Long, A. A. Hellenistic Philosophy: Stoics, Epicureans, Sceptics. 2nd ed.

1986. *Menander. The Plays and Fragments. Trans. Maurice Balme. 2002. Mikalson, Jon D. Religion in Hellenistic Athens. 1998. Pollard, Justin, and Howard Reid. The Rise and Fall of Alexandria: The

Birthplace of the Modern Mind. 2006. Pollitt, J. J. Art in the Hellenistic Age. 1986. Pomeroy, Sarah B. Women in Hellenistic Egypt: From Alexander to

Cleopatra. Rev. ed. 1990. Schäfer, Peter. Judeophobia: Attitudes toward the Jews in the Ancient

World. 1997. Sharples, R. W. Stoics, Epicureans, and Sceptics: An Introduction to

Hellenistic Philosophy. 1996. Snyder, Jane M. The Woman and the Lyre: Women Writers in Classical

Greece and Rome. 1989. Walker, Susan, and Peter Higgs, eds. Cleopatra of Egypt: From History

to Myth. 2001.

S u g g e s t e d R e f e r e n c e s S R - 3

*Primary source.

Chapter 5

Roman Social and Religious Traditions

Scholarship on Roman culture emphasizes how Roman values were grounded in religious belief. Study of stories about Rome’s foundation shows how Romans in the late republic relied on those tales to define their national identity.

Ancient Rome: http://www.vroma.org Bradley, Keith. Slavery and Society at Rome. 1994. *Cicero. On Duties. Eds. M. T. Griffin and E. M. Atkins. 1991. Gardner, Jane. Women in Roman Law and Society. 1986. Harvey, Paul, and Celia Schultz, eds. Religion in Republican Rome.

2006. Pallottino, Massimo. A History of Earliest Italy. Trans. M. Ryle and

K. Soper. 1991. Rawson, Beryl, ed. The Family in Ancient Rome: New Perspectives.

1986. Wiseman, T. P. Remus: A Roman Myth. 1995.

From Monarchy to Republic

Scholars now stress the Romans’ own shaping of their state and culture. Interpretation of the struggle of the orders concentrates on the effects of the overlapping interests of patricians and plebeians.

Cornell, T. J. The Beginnings of Rome: Italy and Rome from the Bronze Age to the Punic Wars (c. 1000–264 B.C.). 1995.

Flower, Harriet, ed. The Cambridge Companion to the Roman Republic. 2004.

Ladder of offices: http://www.vroma.org/~bmcmanus/romangvt. html

*Livy. From the Founding of the City, Books 1–5. From The Early History of Rome. Trans. Aubrey de Sélincourt. 2002.

MacNamara, Ellen. The Etruscans. 1991. Miles, Gary B. Livy: Reconstructing Early Rome. 1992. Stewart, Roberta. Public Office in Early Rome: Ritual Procedure and

Political Practice. 1998.

Roman Imperialism and Its Consequences

Controversy over Roman imperialism remains a major topic. Works on Roman warfare now offer a vivid sense of what life on the ground was like during Rome’s wars of expansion.

Conte, Gian Biagio. Latin Literature: A History. Trans. Joseph B. Solodow; rev. Don Fowler and Glenn W. Most. 1994.

Daly, Gregory. Cannae. The Experience of Battle in the Second Punic War. 2002.

Etruscan art and objects: http://mv.vatican.va/3_EN/pages/MGE/ MGE_Main.html

Harris, William V. War and Imperialism in Republican Rome, 327–70 B.C. 1985.

Lancel, Serge. Carthage: A History. Trans. Antonia Nevill. 1995. *Livy. From the Founding of the City, Books 6–10, 21–45. From Rome

and Italy. Trans. Betty Radice. 1986. Roman slavery: www.chs.harvard.edu/publications.sec/online_

print_books.ssp/frank_m._snowden_jr./snowden_bradley_tei .xml_7

Scheidel, Walter. “Human Mobility in Roman Italy, I: The Free Population.” Journal of Roman Studies 94 (2004): 1–26.

———. “Human Mobility in Roman Italy, II: The Slave Population.” Journal of Roman Studies 95 (2005): 64–79.

Toynbee, J. M. C. Roman Historical Portraits. 1978.

Upheaval in the Late Republic

Cicero’s many letters and speeches and Caesar’s memoirs give vivid personal views of the late republic. New arguments about the failure of the republic now stress political issues and not just personal connections as significant sources of discord.

Beard, Mary, and Michael Crawford. Rome in the Late Republic. 1985. *Caesar. The Civil War. Trans. John Carter. 1997. *———. The Gallic War. Trans. Carolyn Hammond. 1998. *Catullus. The Poems. Trans. Guy Lee. 1998. *Cicero. Philippic Orations. From Philippics. Trans. Walter C. Ker. 1969. Gruen, Erich. The Last Generation of the Roman Republic. 1995. Jiménez, Ramon L. Caesar Against Rome: The Great Roman Civil War.

2000. Julius Caesar: http://www.vroma.org/~bmcmanus/caesar.html Keaveney, Arthur. Sulla: The Last Republican. 1982. Shaw, Brent D. Spartacus and the Slave Wars: A Brief History with

Documents. 2001. Southern, Pat. Cleopatra. 1999. Stockton, David. The Gracchi. 1979.

Chapter 6

Creating the Roman Peace

Whether scholars label Augustus tyrant or reformer, they agree that he was a brilliant visionary. Recent research on the ways Augustus and his successors communicated the meaning of empire to the public stresses the role of grandiose and often violent spectacles.

Barrett, Anthony A. Livia: First Lady of Imperial Rome. 2002. Futrell, Alison. Blood in the Arena: The Spectacle of Roman Power. 1997. Galinsky, Karl. Augustan Culture. 1996. Horace’s poetry and country house: http://www.humnet.ucla.edu/

horaces-villa Potter, David. A Companion to the Roman Empire. 2006. Roman emperors: http://www.roman-emperors.org Roman technology: http://www.unc.edu/courses/rometech/public/

frames/art_set.html Southern, Pat. Augustus. 1998. *Suetonius. The Twelve Caesars. Trans. Robert Graves. 1979. *Virgil. Aeneid. Trans. Robert Fagles. 2006.

Maintaining the Roman Peace

Research shows that the Roman Peace was made possible both by the devotion to duty of emperors such as Marcus Aurelius and by the general prosperity that emerged during the absence of civil war.

*Apuleius, The Golden Ass. Trans. P. G. Walsh. 1995. Atkins, Margaret, and Robin Osborne. Poverty in the Roman World.

2006. Ball, Warwick. Rome in the East: The Transformation of an Empire. 2001. Champlin, Edward. Nero. 2003. Garnsey, Peter, and Richard Saller. The Roman Empire: Economy,

Society, and Culture. 1987. *Marcus Aurelius. Meditations. Trans. A. L. Farguharson. 1998.

S R - 4 S u g g e s t e d R e f e r e n c e s

*Primary source.

Mattern, Susan. Rome and the Enemy: Imperial Strategy in the Principate. 1999.

Treggiari, Susan. Roman Marriage: Iusti Coniuges from the Time of Cicero to the Time of Ulpian. 1991.

Wiedemann, Thomas. The Julio-Claudian Emperors, A.D. 14–70. 1989.

The Emergence of Christianity

Scholarly debate concerning early Christianity remains energetic. The sources’ meanings are hotly contested because both the ancient authors and their modern interpreters usually have particular points of view.

Crossan, John Dominic, and Jonathan L. Reed. Excavating Jesus: Beneath the Stones, Behind the Texts. 2001.

Early Christianity: http://www.wabashcenter.wabash.edu/internet/ early.htm

*Ehrman, Bart D., ed. The New Testament and Other Early Christian Writings: A Reader. 1998.

Kraemer, Ross Shephard. Her Share of the Blessings: Women’s Religion among Pagans, Jews, and Christians in the Greco-Roman World. 1992.

MacMullen, Ramsay. Voting About God in Early Church Councils. 2006. Mitchell, Margaret M., and Frances M. Young. Cambridge History of

Christianity. 2006. Nickelsburg, George W. E. Ancient Judaism and Christian Origins.

Diversity, Continuity, and Transformation. 2003. Schürer, Emil. The History of the Jewish People in the Age of Jesus

Christ (175 B.C.–A.D. 135). Rev. ed. 4 vols. 1973–1987. Torjesen, Karen Jo. When Women Were Priests: Women’s Leadership in

the Early Church and the Scandal of Their Subordination in the Rise of Christianity. 1993.

Turcan, Robert. The Cults of the Roman Empire. Trans. Antonia Nevill. 1996.

The Third-Century Crisis

The fundamental problem in the third century remained the same: the Roman monarchy’s propensity to generate civil war and the inevitably disastrous effects on the economy. Hence, scholarly study of the crisis emphasizes military and political history.

Bowman, Alan, et al. The Cambridge Ancient History. Vol. 12, The Crisis of Empire, AD 193–337. 2005.

Campbell, Brian. Warfare and Society in Imperial Rome, 31 B.C.–A.D. 284. 2002.

Decius, the persecutor of Christians: http://www.roman-emperors.org/ decius.htm

*Dodgeon, Michael H., and Samuel N. C. Lieu. The Roman Eastern Frontier and the Persian Wars A.D. 226–363: A Documentary History. 1994.

Elton, Hugh. Frontiers of the Roman Empire. 1996. Grant, Michael. The Collapse and Recovery of the Roman Empire. 1999. *Herodian. The History (180 to 238 C.E.). Trans. C. R. Whittaker. 1969. Southern, Pat. The Roman Empire from Severus to Constantine. 2001.

Chapter 7

Reorganizing the Empire, 284–395

Scholars continue to debate the religious motives of Diocletian and Constantine. Understanding them is challenging because their religious sensibilities, markedly different from those of most modern believers, so deeply influenced their political actions.

Bowersock, G. W., Peter Brown, and Oleg Grabar, eds. Late Antiquity: A Guide to the Postclassical World. 1999.

Elsner, Jaś. Imperial Rome and Christian Triumph: The Art of the Roman Empire A.D. 100–450. 1998.

*Grubbs, Judith Evans. Women and Law in the Roman Empire: A Sourcebook on Marriage, Divorce, and Widowhood. 2002.

Mitchell, Stephen. A History of the Later Roman Empire, AD 284–641. 2006.

Southern, Pat, and Karen R. Dixon. The Late Roman Army. 1996.

Christianizing the Empire, 312–c. 540

Recent research has deepened our appreciation of the emotional depths that the Christianization of the empire stirred for both polytheists and Christians. People’s ideas about themselves changed as their ideas about divinity changed.

Brown, Peter. Augustine of Hippo: A Biography. Rev. ed. 2000. Caner, Daniel. Wandering, Begging Monks: Spiritual Authority and the

Promotion of Monasticism in Late Antiquity. 2002. Curran, John. Pagan City and Christian Capital: Rome in the Fourth

Century. 2000. Drake, H. A. Constantine and the Bishops: The Politics of Intolerance.

2000. *Early Christian literature: http://www.voskrese.info/spl/index.html Glancy, Jennifer A. Slavery in Early Christianity. 2002. *Lee, A. D. Pagans and Christians in Late Antiquity: A Sourcebook. 2000. *Maas, Michael. Readings in Late Antiquity: A Sourcebook. 2000. MacMullen, Ramsay. Christianity and Paganism in the Fourth to

Eighth Centuries. 1997. Odahl, Charles. Constantine and the Christian Empire. 2nd ed. 2006. Rives, James B. Religion in the Roman Empire. 2006. Trombley, Frank R. Hellenic Religion and Christianization c. 370–529.

Vol. 2. 2001.

Non-Roman Kingdoms in the West, c. 370–550s

Debate continues over how to categorize the social and cultural transformation of the Roman world in the fourth and fifth centuries and the development of separate ethnic identities by the non-Roman peoples who created new kingdoms inside the empire’s borders.

Burns, Thomas. Rome and the Barbarians. 2003. Carr, Karen Eva. Vandals to Visigoths: Rural Settlement Patterns in

Early Medieval Spain. 2002. *Drew, Katherine Fischer, trans. The Laws of the Salian Franks. 1991. Geary, Patrick J. The Myth of Nations: The Medieval Origins of Europe.

2001. Goffart, Walter. Barbarians and Romans, A.D. 418–584. 1987. Halsall, Guy. Barbarian Migrations and the Roman West. 2007. Heather, Peter. The Goths. 1996. Lançon, Bertrand. Rome in Late Antiquity: Everyday Life and Urban

Change, A.D. 312–609. Trans. Antonia Nevill. 2001. MacGeorge, Penny. Late Roman Warlords. 2002. *Mathisen, Ralph W. People, Personal Expression, and Social Relations

in Late Antiquity. 2 vols. 2002.

The Roman Empire in the East, c. 500–565

Scholars of the eastern Roman Empire (also called the Byzantine empire after about 500 C.E.) emphasize the challenge posed to its

S u g g e s t e d R e f e r e n c e s S R - 5

*Primary source.

rulers in trying to maintain order and prosperity for their multicultural and multilingual population.

Eastern Roman (Byzantine) civilization: http://www.fordham.edu/ halsall/byzantium

*Geanakoplos, Deno J. Byzantium: Church, Society, and Civilization Seen Through Contemporary Eyes. 1986.

Haldon, John. The Byzantine Wars. 2001. Kalavrezou, Ioli. Byzantine Women and Their World. 2003. Matthews, John. The Journey of Theophanes. Travel, Business, and

Daily Life in the Roman East. 2006. Moorhead, John. The Roman Empire Divided, 400–700. 2001. Women in Byzantine history, bibliography: http://www.doaks.org/

WomeninByzantium.html

Chapter 8

Islam: A New Religion and a New Empire

The classic discussion is in Hodgson. Crone’s book is considered highly controversial. Berkey’s book is balanced and up-to-date.

Ahmed, Leila. Women and Gender in Islam: Historical Roots of a Modern Debate. 1992.

Berkey, Jonathan P. The Formation of Islam: Religion and Society in the Near East, 600–1800. 2003.

Crone, Patricia. Meccan Trade and the Rise of Islam. 1987. Donner, Fred McGraw. The Early Islamic Conquests. 1981. Hodgson, Marshall G. S. The Venture of Islam: Conscience and History

in a World Civilization. Vol. 1, The Classical Age of Islam. 1974. *Islamic Sourcebook: http://www.fordham.edu/halsall/islam/

islamsbook.html Kennedy, Hugh. The Prophet and the Age of the Caliphates: The

Islamic Near East from the Sixth to the Eleventh Century. 1986.

Byzantium: A Christian Empire under Siege

While some scholars (Ousterhout and Brubaker) concentrate on religion, culture, and the role of icons, others (Treadgold, Whittow) tend to stress politics and war.

Connor, Carolyn L. Women of Byzantium. 2004. *Geanakoplos, Deno John, ed. and trans. Byzantium: Church, Society,

and Civilization Seen through Contemporary Eyes. 1986. Haldon, J. F. Byzantium in the Seventh Century: The Transformation

of a Culture. 1990. Norwich, John Julius. Byzantium: The Early Centuries. 1989. Ousterhout, Robert, and Leslie Brubaker. The Sacred Image East and

West. 1995. *Selected sources: Byzantium: http://www.fordham.edu/halsall/

sbook1c.html Treadgold, Warren. A History of the Byzantine State and Society. 1997. Whittow, Mark. The Making of Byzantium, 600–1025. 1996.

Western Europe: A Medley of Kingdoms

Smith and Wickham provide new and complementary overviews. Keen interest in the role of the cults of the saints in early medieval society is reflected in Van Dam. While interest in Anglo-Saxon England has not diminished, other parts of the British Isles are receiving new attention, as Smyth demonstrates.

*Bede. A History of the English Church and People. Trans. Leo Sherley- Price. 1991.

Collins, Roger. Early Medieval Spain: Unity in Diversity, 400–1000. 1983. *Fouracre, Paul, and Richard A. Gerberding. Late Merovingian

France: History and Hagiography, 640–720. 1996. Geary, Patrick. Before France and Germany: The Creation and

Transformation of the Merovingian World. 1988. *Gregory of Tours. The History of the Franks. Trans. Lewis Thorpe. 1976. Heinzelmann, Martin. Gregory of Tours: History and Society in the

Sixth Century. 2001. Smith, Julia M. H. Europe after Rome: A New Cultural History

500–1000. 2005. Smyth, A. P. Warlords and Holy Men: Scotland, AD 80–1000. 1984. Van Dam, Raymond. Saints and Their Miracles in Late Antique Gaul.

1993. Wickham, Chris. Framing the Early Middle Ages: Europe and the

Mediterranean, 400–800. 2005. *The World of Gregory of Tours: http://www.nipissingu.ca/

department/history/MUHLBERGER/4505/GREGORY.HTM

Chapter 9

Byzantium: Renewed Strength and Influence

Recent studies of Byzantium stress the revival in the arts and literature, but Whittow is excellent on political, social, and religious issues. Almost nothing was available in English on eastern Europe and Russia until the 1980s.

Brubaker, Leslie, and Julia M. H. Smith. Gender in the Early Medieval World: East and West, 300–900. 2004.

Fine, Jon V. A., Jr. The Early Medieval Balkans: A Critical Survey from the Sixth to the Late Twelfth Century. 1983.

Franklin, Simon, and Jonathan Shepard. The Emergence of Rus, 750–1200. 1996.

Garland, Lynda. Byzantine Empresses: Women and Power in Byzantium, AD 527–1204. 1999.

Maguire, Henry, ed. Byzantine Court Culture from 829 to 1204. 1997. *Psellus, Michael. Fourteen Byzantine Rulers: The Chronographia.

Trans. E. R. A. Sewter. 1966. Whittow, Mark. The Making of Byzantium, 600–1025. 1996.

The Islamic World: From Unity to Fragmentation

The traditional approach to the Islamic world is political (Kennedy). Glick is unusual in taking a comparative approach. The newest issue for scholars is the role of women in medieval Islamic society (Spellberg). Cobb illustrates the forces that later tore the Abbasid caliphate apart.

Cobb, Paul M. White Banners: Contention in Abbasid Syria, 750–880. 2001.

Glick, Thomas. Islamic and Christian Spain in the Early Middle Ages: Comparative Perspectives on Social and Cultural Formation. 1979.

Islamic sources: http://www.fordham.edu/halsall/sbook1d.html Kennedy, Hugh. The Prophet and the Age of the Caliphates: The

Islamic Near East from the Sixth to the Eleventh Century. 1986. Makdisi, George. The Rise of Colleges. 1981. Spellberg, Denise. Politics, Gender, and the Islamic Past. 1994.

The Creation and Division of a New European Empire

Many of the primary sources for the Carolingian world are now available in English translation, thanks in large part to the work of Dutton. Hodges and Whitehouse provide the perspective of archaeologists. The

S R - 6 S u g g e s t e d R e f e r e n c e s

*Primary source.

Carolingian renaissance is increasingly recognized as a long-term development rather than simply the achievement of Charlemagne.

Becher, Matthias. Charlemagne. 2003. *Dutton, Paul Edward, ed. Carolingian Civilization: A Reader. 1993. *———, ed. and trans. Charlemagne’s Courtier: The Complete

Einhard. 1998. *Einhard and Notker the Stammerer. Two Lives of Charlemagne.

Trans. Lewis Thorpe. 1969. Hodges, Richard, and David Whitehouse. Mohammed, Charlemagne,

and the Origins of Europe. 1983. McKitterick, Rosamond. Carolingian Culture: Emulation and

Innovation. 1994. Nelson, Janet. Charles the Bald. 1987. Riche, Pierre. Daily Life in the World of Charlemagne. Trans. J. A.

McNamara. 1978.

After the Carolingians: The Emergence of Local Rule

Historians used to lament the passing of the Carolingian Empire. More recently, however, they have come to appreciate the strengths and adaptive strategies of the post-Carolingian world. Duby speaks of the agricultural “takeoff ” of the period, whereas Head and Landes explore new institutions of peace.

Duby, Georges. The Early Growth of the European Economy: Warriors and Peasants from the Seventh to the Twelfth Century. Trans. H. B. Clark. 1974.

Engel, Pál. The Realm of St. Stephen: A History of Medieval Hungary, 895–1526. Trans. Tamás Pálosfalvi. 2001.

Forte, Angelo, Richard Oram, and Frederick Pederson. Viking Empires. 2005.

Frantzen, Allen. King Alfred. 1986. Goldberg, Eric J. Struggle for Empire: Kingship and Conflict under

Louis the German, 817–876. 2006. Head, Thomas, and Richard Landes, eds. The Peace of God: Social

Violence and Religious Response in France around the Year 1000. 1992.

Jones, Gwyn. A History of the Vikings. Rev. ed. 1984. *Medieval and Renaissance manuscripts: http://www.columbia.edu/

cu/libraries/indiv/rare/images/date.html Sweeney, Del, ed. Agriculture in the Middle Ages: Technology, Practice,

and Representation. 1995. *Whitelock, Dorothy, ed. English Historical Documents. Vol. 1. 2nd

ed. 1979.

Chapter 10

The Commercial Revolution

The idea of a commercial revolution in the Middle Ages originated with Lopez. Hyde explores the society and government of the Italian communes.

Constable, Olivia Remie. Trade and Traders in Muslim Spain: The Commercial Realignment of the Iberian Peninsula, 900–1500. 1994.

Hyde, J. K. Society and Politics in Medieval Italy: The Evolution of Civil Life, 1000–1350. 1973.

Lopez, Robert S. The Commercial Revolution of the Middle Ages, 950–1350. 1976.

*———, and Irving W. Raymond. Medieval Trade in the Mediterranean World. 1955.

Church Reform and Its Aftermath

The Investiture Conflict, which pitted the pope against the emperor, has been particularly important to German historians. Blumenthal gives a useful overview, while Miller gives the key primary sources. The consequences of church reform and the new papal monarchy included the growth of canon law (see Brundage). Little provides the now-classic discussion of the new monastic orders of poverty.

Berman, Constance Hoffman. The Cistercian Evolution: The Invention of a Religious Order in Twelfth-Century Europe. 2000.

Blumenthal, Uta-Renate. The Investiture Controversy: Church & Monarchy from the 9th to the 12th Century. 1991.

Brundage, James A. Medieval Canon Law. 1995. Little, Lester K. Religious Poverty and the Profit Economy in Medieval

Europe. 1978. *Miller, Maureen C. Power and the Holy in the Age of the Investiture

Conflict. 2005. Robinson, Ian S. Henry IV of Germany. 2000.

The Crusades

A perennially popular topic, the crusade movement as a whole is given balanced treatment by Tyerman, while Asbridge covers the First Crusade in lively detail.

Asbridge, Thomas. The First Crusade: A New History. 2004. Crusades: http://www.medievalcrusades.com *Kerak castle: http://www.vkrp.org/studies/historical/town-castle *Peters, Edward, ed. The First Crusade: The Chronicle of Fulcher of

Chartres and Other Source Materials. 1971. Tyerman, Christopher. God’s War: A New History of the Crusades. 2006.

The Revival of Monarchies

The growth of monarchical power and the development of state institutions are topics of keen interest to historians. Clanchy points to the use of writing and recordkeeping in government. Suger shows the importance of the royal image. Douglas and Hallam each discuss different aspects of the Norman conquest of England.

Bayeux Tapestry: http://www.bayeuxtapestry.org.uk/Index.htm Chibnall, Marjorie. Anglo-Norman England, 1066–1166. 1986. Clanchy, Michael. From Memory to Written Record: England

1066–1307. 2nd ed. 1993. Douglas, David C. William the Conqueror: The Norman Impact upon

England. 1967. Dunbabin, Jean. France in the Making, 843–1180. 1985. Grant, Lindy. Abbot Suger of St-Denis: Church and State in Early

Twelfth-Century France. 1998. Hallam, Elizabeth M. Domesday Book through Nine Centuries. 1986. *Suger. The Deeds of Louis the Fat. Trans. Richard C. Cusimano and

John Moorhead. 1992.

Chapter 11

New Schools and Churches

Abelard’s story is both entertaining and revealing. The life and works of Peter the Chanter are masterfully presented in Baldwin’s study. Coldstream looks at Gothic architecture in its full European context.

*Abelard’s The Story of My Misfortunes: http://www.fordham.edu/ halsall/source/abelard-sel.html

S u g g e s t e d R e f e r e n c e s S R - 7

*Primary source.

Baldwin, John. Masters, Princes and Merchants: The Social Views of Peter the Chanter and His Circle. 1970.

Bouchard, Constance Brittain. “Every Valley Shall Be Exalted”: The Discourse of Opposites in Twelfth-Century Thought. 2003.

Clanchy, Michael. Abelard: A Medieval Life. 1997. Coldstream, Nicola. Medieval Architecture. 2002. Gothic architecture: http://www.bc.edu/bc_org/avp/cas/fnart/arch/

gothic_arch.html *The Letters of Abelard and Heloise. Trans. Betty Radice. 1974.

Governments as Institutions

The medieval origins of modern state institutions is a traditional interest of historians studying the medieval period. Hudson explores the growth of royal institutions of justice. Baldwin gives a carefully focused account of the French experience. Bartlett insists on the differences between medieval and modern political institutions.

Baldwin, John W. The Government of Philip Augustus: Foundations of French Royal Power in the Middle Ages. 1986.

Bartlett, Robert. England under the Norman and Angevin Kings, 1075–1225. 2000.

Evergates, Theodore, ed. Aristocratic Women in Medieval France. 1999. Fuhrmann, Horst. Germany in the High Middle Ages, c. 1050–1200.

Trans. T. Reuter. 1986. Hudson, John. The Formation of the English Common Law: Law and

Society in England from the Norman Conquest to Magna Carta. 1996. Jordan, Karl. Henry the Lion: A Biography. Trans. P. S. Falla. 1986. *Otto of Freising. The Deeds of Frederick Barbarossa. Trans. C. C.

Mierow. 1953.

The Growth of a Vernacular High Culture

Chrétien de Troyes’s Yvain is a good example of a twelfth-century romance, while troubadour poetry is collected in Goldin’s anthology. Cheyette gives an illuminating account of one southern French ruler and her world, and Wheeler and Parsons’s collection sheds light on another.

Bouchard, Constance B. “Strong of Body, Brave and Noble”: Chivalry and Society in Medieval France. 1998.

Cheyette, Fredric L. Ermengard of Narbonne and the World of the Troubadours. 2001.

*Chrétien de Troyes. Yvain: The Knight of the Lion. Trans. Burton Raffel. 1987.

Crouch, David. William Marshal: Court, Career, and Chivalry in the Angevin Empire, 1147–1219. 1990.

*Goldin, Frederick. Lyrics of the Troubadors and Trouvères: Original Texts, with Translations. 1973.

*The Song of Roland. Trans. P. Terry. 1965. Troubadour poetry: http://globegate.utm.edu/french/globegate_

mirror/occit.html Wheeler, Bonnie, and John Carmi Parsons, ed. Eleanor of Aquitaine:

Lord and Lady. 2003.

Religious Fervor and Crusade

The Little Flowers of Saint Francis gives a good idea of Franciscan spirituality, while the Franciscans are explored as part of wider religious, social, and economic movements in Little’s study. Audisio looks sympathetically at one heretical group. Tyerman intelligently sums up the crusading movement as a whole.

Audisio, Gabriel. The Waldensian Dissent: Persecution and Survival, c. 1170–c. 1570. Trans. Claire Davison. 1999.

Bartlett, Robert. The Making of Europe: Conquest, Colonization, and Cultural Change, 950–1350. 1993.

Christiansen, Eric. The Northern Crusades. 2nd ed. 1998. *The Little Flowers of Saint Francis. Trans. L. Sherley-Price. 1959. Little, Lester K. Religious Poverty and the Profit Economy in Medieval

Europe. 1978. Robson, Michael. The Franciscans in the Middle Ages. 2006. Tyerman, Christopher. Fighting for Christendom: Holy War and the

Crusades. 2004. Wakefield, Walter L. Heresy, Crusade, and Inquisition in Southern

France, 1100–1250. 1974.

Chapter 12

The Church’s Mission

Historians (e.g., Sayers) remain interested in the important religious figures behind the thirteenth-century church. Bynum looks at the impact of new church doctrine on the laity and the way the laity actively interpreted it. There is considerable interest in the persecution of minorities — see Jordan, Moore, and Nirenberg.

Bynum, Caroline Walker. Holy Feast and Holy Fast: The Religious Significance of Food to Medieval Women. 1987.

*Fourth Lateran Council: http://www.fordham.edu/halsall/source/ lat4-select.html

Jordan, William Chester. The French Monarchy and the Jews: From Philip Augustus to the Last Capetians. 1989.

Moore, R. I. The Formation of a Persecuting Society: Power and Deviance in Western Europe, 950–1250. 1987.

Nirenberg, David. Communities of Violence: Persecution of Minorities in the Middle Ages. 1996.

Sayers, Jane. Innocent III: Leader of Europe, 1198–1216. 1994.

The Medieval Synthesis

There is always lively interest in Thomas Aquinas (see, e.g., McInerny and Nichols). For literature, Dante is key. Gothic art and architecture is well covered in Duby’s work.

*Dante. The Divine Comedy. Many editions; recommended are translations by Mark Musa and John Ciardi. The Inferno has been particularly well translated by Robert Pinsky and, most recently, by Robert Hollander and Jean Hollander.

Duby, Georges. The Age of the Cathedrals: Art and Society, 980–1420. Trans. Eleanor Levieux and Barbara Thompson. 1981.

McInerny, Ralph M. Aquinas. 2004 Nichols, Aidan. Discovering Aquinas: An Introduction to His Life,

Work and Influence. 2003. Panofsky, Erwin. Gothic Architecture and Scholasticism. 1951. Smart, Alastair. The Dawn of Italian Painting, 1250–1400. 1978. *Thomas Aquinas: http://www.newadvent.org/summa

The Politics of Control

Thirteenth-century states used to be seen as harbingers of modern ones, but the newest history suggests that this is anachronistic. Thus, Abulafia argues that Frederick II followed models of medieval rulership, and O’Callaghan shows how far different medieval

S R - 8 S u g g e s t e d R e f e r e n c e s

*Primary source.

S u g g e s t e d R e f e r e n c e s S R - 9

representative institutions were from their modern counterparts. Only in the last ten or so years have historians studied the prelude to Columbus’s voyages by looking at medieval precedents.

Abulafia, David. Frederick II: A Medieval Emperor. 1988. Campbell, Mary B. The Witness and the Other World: Exotic European

Travel Writing, 400–1600. 1989. Farmer, Sharon. Surviving Poverty in Medieval Paris: Gender, Ideology,

and the Daily Lives of the Poor. 2002. Fernández-Armesto, Felipe. Before Columbus: Exploration and

Colonization from the Mediterranean to the Atlantic, 1229–1492. 1987.

*Joinville, Jean de, and Geoffroy de Villehardouin. Chronicles of the Crusades. Trans. M. R. B. Shaw. 1963.

Jordan, William Chester. The Great Famine: Northern Europe in the Early Fourteenth Century. 1996.

Morgan, David. The Mongols. 1986. O’Callaghan, Joseph F. The Cortes of Castille-León, 1188–1350.

1989. Richard, Jean. Saint Louis: Crusader King of France. Trans. Jean

Birrell. 1992. Strayer, Joseph R. The Reign of Philip the Fair. 1980.

Chapter 13

Crisis: Disease, War, and Schism

Aberth provides a good overview, while Blumenfeld-Kosinski and Bynum explore various aspects of late medieval piety.

Aberth, John. From the Brink of the Apocalypse: Confronting Famine, War, Plague, and Death in the Later Middle Ages. 2001.

Babinger, Franz. Mehmed the Conqueror and His Time. 1978. Benedictow, Ole J. The Black Death, 1346–1353: The Complete

History. 2004. *The Black Death. Ed. and trans. Rosemary Horrox. 1994. Blumenfeld-Kosinski, Renate. Poets, Saints, and Visionaries of the

Great Schism, 1378–1417. 2006. *Books of Hours: http://www.wellesley.edu/Library/SpecColl/

BookOfHours/bookhome.html Bynum, Caroline. Wonderful Blood. Theology and Practice in Late

Medieval Northern Germany and Beyond. 2006. *Joan of Arc. La Pucelle. Trans. Craig Taylor. 2006.

The Renaissance: New Forms of Thought and Expression

Once considered a purely Italian phenomenon, the Renaissance is now understood to have penetrated all of Europe and the court of the Ottoman sultan as well.

Bisaha, Nancy. Creating East and West: Renaissance Humanists and the Ottoman Turks. 2004.

Boehm, Barbara Drake, and Jiří Fajt, eds. Prague: The Crown of Bohemia, 1347–1437. 2005.

*Elmer, Peter, Nick Webb, and Roberta Wood, eds. The Renaissance in Europe: An Anthology. 2000.

Grendler, Paul F. The Universities of the Italian Renaissance. 2002. Jardine, Lisa, and Jerry Brotton. Global Interests: Renaissance Art

between East and West. 2000. Kent, F. W. Lorenzo de’ Medici and the Art of Magnificence. 2004. Kirkpatrick, Robin. The European Renaissance: 1400–1600. 2002.

Consolidating Power

Cohn and Hay both provide overviews, but most recent books on the period specialize in one country or another.

Cohn, Samuel K., Jr. Lust for Liberty: The Politics of Social Revolt in Medieval Europe, 1200–1425. 2006.

Hay, Denys. Europe in the Fourteenth and Fifteenth Centuries. 2nd ed. 1989.

Herlihy, David, and Christiane Klapisch-Zuber. Tuscans and Their Families: A Study of the Florentine Catasto of 1427. 1985.

Imber, Colin. The Ottoman Empire, 1300–1650: The Structure of Power. 2002.

*The Letters of the Rožmberk Sisters: Noblewomen in Fifteenth- Century Bohemia. Ed and trans. John M. Klassen. 2001.

O’Callaghan, Joseph F. A History of Medieval Spain. 1975.

Chapter 14

Widening Horizons

The study of European voyages of exploration and conquest has been reshaped by a more global historical perspective, which pays as much attention to indigenous peoples’ reactions to the newcomers as it does to the conditions experienced by the Europeans.

Buisseret, David. The Mapmakers’ Quest: Depicting New Worlds in Renaissance Europe. 2003.

Christopher Columbus: http://www.ibiblio.org/expo/1492.exhibit/ Intro.html

Crosby, Alfred. The Colombian Exchange: Biological and Cultural Consequences of 1492. 1972.

Fritze, Ronald. New Worlds: The Great Voyages of Discovery, 1400–1600. 2005.

Subrahmanyam, Sanjay. The Career and Legend of Vasco da Gama. 1997. *Symcox, Geoffrey, and Blair Sullivan. Christopher Columbus and the

Enterprise of the Indies: A Brief History with Documents. 2005.

The Protestant Reformation

While continuing to refine our understanding of the leading Protestant reformers, recent scholars have also offered new interpretations that take into consideration the popular impact of the reformers’ teachings.

Bernard, G. W. The King’s Reformation: Henry VIII and the Remaking of the English Church. 2005.

Eisenstein, Elizabeth. The Printing Revolution in Early Modern Europe. 2005.

*Essential Works of Erasmus. Ed. W. T. H. Jackson. 1965. *Hillerbrand, Hans J., ed. The Protestant Reformation. 1969. Hsia, R. Po-chia, ed. Cambridge History of Christianity. Vol. 6, Reform

and Expansion 1500–1660. 2006. Jardine, Lisa. Erasmus: Man of Letters. 1993. Martin Luther’s writings: http://www.ctsfw.edu/etext/luther Rublack, Ulinka. Reformation Europe. 2005.

Reshaping Society through Religion

The most important trend in recent scholarship has been the consideration of the impact of the Reformation on society and culture. Many studies have shown the limited influence of the ideas

*Primary source.

of reformers; others document the persistence of traditional religious habits and practices well past the sixteenth century.

Bagchi, David, and David Steinmetz. The Cambridge Companion to Reformation Theology. 2004.

Collinson, Patrick. The Reformation: A History. 2004. Koenigsberger, H. B. Early Modern Europe 1500–1789. 1999. Marshall, Sherrin, ed. Women in Reformation and Counter-

Reformation Europe: Public and Private Worlds. 1989. *Müntzer, Thomas. Revelation and Revolution: Basic Writings of

Thomas Müntzer. 1993. O’Malley, John W. Trent and All That. 2000. Wiesner, Merry. Christianity and the Regulation of Sexuality in the

Early Modern World. 2000.

A Struggle for Mastery

Still focused on the struggle between the Habsburg and Valois dynasties, historical scholarship has also moved out in the direction of cultural and military history.

*Guicciardini, Francesco. The History of Italy. Trans. Sidney Alexander. 1969.

Kleinschmidt, Harald. Charles V: The World Emperor. 2004. Levin, Carole, Debra Barrett-Graves, and Jo Eldridge Carney, eds.

“High and Mighty Queens” of Early Modern England: Realities and Representations. 2003.

MacHardy, Karin. War, Religion, and Court Patronage in Habsburg Austria, 1521–1622. 2003.

Shaw, Christine, ed. Italy and the European Powers: The Impact of War, 1500–1530. 2006.

Tanner, Marie. The Last Descendant of Aeneas: The Hapsburgs and the Mythic Image of the Emperor. 1993.

Chapter 15

Religious Conflicts and State Power, 1560–1618

The personalities of rulers such as Elizabeth I of England and Philip II of Spain remain central to the religious and political conflicts of this period.

Benedict, Philip. Christ’s Churches Purely Reformed: A Social History of Calvinism. 2002.

Elizabeth I: http://englishhistory.net/tudor/monarchs/eliz1.html Holt, Mack P. The French Wars of Religion, 1562–1629. 1995. Kamen, Henry. Spain, 1469–1714: A Society of Conflict. 2005. Mattingly, Garrett. The Defeat of the Spanish Armada. 2nd

ed. 1988. Philip II: http://www.historylearningsite.co.uk/Phillip.htm *Pryor, Felix. Elizabeth I: Her Life in Letters. 2003.

The Thirty Years’ War, 1618–1648

As ethnic conflicts erupt again in eastern Europe, historians have traced their roots back to the intertwined religious, ethnic, and dynastic struggles of the Thirty Years’ War.

Bonney, Richard. The Thirty Years’ War 1618–1648. 2002. Parker, Geoffrey. The Military Revolution: Military Innovation and the

Rise of the West, 1500–1800. 1996. Parrott, David. Richelieu’s Army: War, Government and Society in

France, 1624–1642. 2001.

Pursell, Brennan C. The Winter King: Frederick V of the Palatinate and the Coming of the Thirty Years’ War. 2003.

Economic Crisis and Realignment

Painstaking archival research has enabled historians to reconstruct the demographic, economic, and social history of the period discussed in this chapter. Recently, attention has shifted to the competition for empire in the New World.

Ashton, Trevor H., ed. Crisis in Europe. 1965. Braudel, Fernand. The Mediterranean and the Mediterranean World in

the Age of Philip the Second. 2 vols. Trans. Siân Reynolds. 1972–1973.

*Greer, Allan, ed. Jesuit Relations: Natives and Missionaries in Seventeenth-Century North America. 2000.

Seymour, M. J. The Transformation of the North Atlantic World, 1492–1763: An Introduction. 2004.

Wiesner, Merry E. Women and Gender in Early Modern Europe. 2nd ed. 2000.

The Rise of Secular and Scientific Worldviews

The transformation of intellectual and cultural life has long fascinated scholars. Recent works have developed a new kind of study called microhistory, which focuses on one person (like Ginzburg’s Italian miller).

Briggs, Robin. Witches & Neighbors: The Social and Cultural Context of European Witchcraft. 1996.

The Galileo Project: http://riceinfo.rice.edu/ Galileo Ginzburg, Carlo. The Cheese and the Worms: The Cosmos of a

Sixteenth-Century Miller. Trans. John Tedeschi and Anne Tedeschi. 1992.

Isaac Newton: http://www.newtonproject.ic.ac.uk/prism.php?id’1 Thomas, Keith. Religion and the Decline of Magic. 1971.

Chapter 16

Louis XIV: Absolutism and Its Limits

Recent studies have insisted that absolutism could never be entirely absolute because the king depended on collaboration and cooperation to enforce his policies. Some of the best sources for Louis XIV’s reign are the letters written by important noblewomen.

*Beik, William. Louis XIV and Absolutism: A Brief Study with Documents. 2000.

*Forster, Elborg, trans. A Woman’s Life in the Court of the Sun King: Elisabeth Charlotte, Duchesse d’Orléans. 1984.

Rowlands, Guy. The Dynastic State and the Army under Louis XIV: Royal Service and Private Interest, 1661 to 1701. 2002.

*Sévigné, Madame de. Selected Letters. Trans. Leonard Tancock. 1982. Treasure, G. R. R. Louis XIV. 2001. Versailles: http://www.chateauversailles.fr

Absolutism in Central and Eastern Europe

Too often central and eastern European forms of state development have been characterized as backward in comparison with those of western Europe. Now historians emphasize the patterns of ruler-elite

S R - 1 0 S u g g e s t e d R e f e r e n c e s

*Primary source.

S u g g e s t e d R e f e r e n c e s S R - 1 1

cooperation shared with western Europe, but they also underscore the weight of serfdom in eastern economies and political systems.

Barkey, Karen. The Ottoman Route to State Centralization. 1994. Çiçek, Kemal, ed. The Great Ottoman-Turkish Civilisation. 4 vols.

2000. Kotilaine, Jarmo, and Marshall Poe, eds. Modernizing Muscovy:

Reform and Social Change in Seventeenth-Century Russia. 2004. Vierhaus, Rudolf. Germany in the Age of Absolutism. Trans. Jonathan

B. Knudsen. 1988. Wilson, Peter H. German Armies: War and German Politics,

1648–1806. 1998.

Constitutionalism in England

Though recent interpretations of the English revolutions emphasize the limits on radical change, Hill’s portrayal of the radical ferment of ideas remains fundamental.

Cromwell: http://www.olivercromwell.org *Graham, Elspeth, et al., eds. Her Own Life: Autobiographical Writings

by Seventeenth-Century English Women. 1989. *Haller, William, and Godfrey Davies, eds. The Leveller Tracts,

1647–1653. 1944. Hill, Christopher. The World Turned Upside Down: Radical Ideas

during the English Revolution. 1972. *Pincus, Steven C. A. England’s Glorious Revolution, 1688–1689.

2006.

Outposts of Constitutionalism

Studies of the Dutch Republic emphasize the importance of trade and consumerism. Recent work on the colonies has begun to explore the intersecting experiences of settlers, native Americans, and African slaves.

France in America: http://international.loc.gov/intldl/fiahtml/ fiatheme.html#track1

Gragg, Larry. Englishmen Transplanted: The English Colonization of Barbados, 1627–1660. 2003.

Price, J. L. The Dutch Republic in the Seventeenth Century. 1998. Schama, Simon. The Embarrassment of Riches: An Interpretation of

Dutch Culture in the Golden Age. 1988. Thornton, John. Africa and Africans in the Making of the Atlantic

World, 1400–1800. 1992.

The Search for Order in Elite and Popular Culture

Historians do not always agree about the meaning of popular culture: Was it something widely shared by all social classes or a set of activities increasingly identified with the lower classes, as Burke argues? Was discipline of the lower classes increasing as members of the court learned the new emphasis on manners, as Elias argues?

Burke, Peter. Popular Culture in Early Modern Europe. 1978. Davis, Natalie Zemon. Women on the Margins: Three Seventeenth-

Century Lives. 1995. Elias, Norbert. The Civilizing Process. Trans. Edmund Jephcott. 2000. *Fitzmaurice, James, ed. Margaret Cavendish: Sociable Letters. 1997. *Molière (Jean-Baptiste Poquelin). The Bourgeois [Middle-Class]

Gentleman. Trans. Bernard Sahlins. 2000.

Chapter 17

The Atlantic System and the World Economy

It is easier to find sources on individual parts of the system than on the workings of the interlocking trade as a whole, but work has been rapidly increasing in this area. The Dunn book remains one of the classic studies of how the plantation system took root.

Blackburn, Robin. The Making of New World Slavery: From the Baroque to the Modern, 1492–1800. 1997.

Dunn, Richard S. Sugar and Slaves: The Rise of the Planter Class in the English West Indies, 1624–1713. 1972.

Harms, Robert. The Diligent: A Voyage Through the Worlds of the Slave Trade. 2003.

McKendrick, Neil, John Brewer, and J. H. Plumb. The Birth of a Consumer Society: The Commercialization of Eighteenth-Century England. 1982.

Slave movement during the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries: http://dpls.dacc.wisc.edu/slavedata

New Social and Cultural Patterns

Many of the novels of the early eighteenth century provide fascinating insights into the development of new social attitudes and customs. In particular, see Daniel Defoe’s Robinson Crusoe (1719) and Moll Flanders (1722); the many novels of Eliza Haywood; and Antoine François Prévost’s Manon Lescaut (1731), a French psychological novel about a nobleman’s fatal love for an unfaithful woman, which became the basis for an opera in the nineteenth century.

Earle, Peter. The Making of the English Middle Class: Business, Society, and Family Life in London, 1660–1730. 1989.

Eighteenth-Century Resources: http://andromeda.rutgers.edu/ ~jlynch/18th/index.html

Handel’s Messiah: The New Interactive Edition. CD-ROM. 1997. Roche, Daniel. The People of Paris: An Essay in Popular Culture in the

Eighteenth Century. Trans. Marie Evans. 1987.

Consolidation of the European State System

Studies of rulers and states can be supplemented by works on public health.

Black, Jeremy, ed. The Origins of War in Early Modern Europe. 1987. Brewer, John. The Sinews of Power: War, Money, and the English State,

1688–1783. 1990. Brockliss, Laurence, and Colin Jones. The Medical World of Early

Modern France. 1997. Cracraft, James. The Petrine Revolution in Russian Culture. 2004. Hughes, Lindsey. Peter the Great: A Biography. 2002. Porter, Roy. Madness: A Brief History. 2002. War of the Spanish Succession: http://www.historyworld.net/wrldhis/

PlainTextHistories.asp?historyid=ad06

The Birth of the Enlightenment

The definitive study of the early Enlightenment is the book by Hazard, but many others have contributed biographies of individual figures or, more recently, studies of women writers.

Besterman, Theodore. Voltaire. 1969. Grendy, Isobel. Lady Mary Wortley Montagu. 1999.

*Primary source.

Hazard, Paul. The European Mind: The Critical Years, 1680–1715. 1990. *Hill, Bridget, ed. The First English Feminist: Reflections upon

Marriage and Other Writings by Mary Astell. 1986. *Jacob, Margaret C. The Enlightenment: A Brief History with Selected

Readings. 2000. Women Writers Online: http://www.wwp.brown.edu/texts/wwoentry

.html

Chapter 18

The Enlightenment at Its Height

The interpretive study by Gay remains useful even though it is over thirty years old, but the Kors volumes give the most up-to-date views. The Lessing play focuses on the question of toleration for the Jews.

*Allison, Robert J., ed. The Interesting Narrative of the Life of Olaudah Equiano (Written by Himself ). 2nd ed. 2006.

Gay, Peter. The Enlightenment: An Interpretation. 2 vols. 1966, 1969. Immanuel Kant: http://www.manchester.edu/kant Kors, Alan Charles, ed. Encyclopedia of the Enlightenment. 4 vols. 2003. *Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim. Nathan the Wise. Ed. Ronald Schechter.

2004. Porter, Roy. The Creation of the Modern World: The Untold Story of the

British Enlightenment. 2000. *Voltaire. Candide. Ed. and trans. Daniel Gordon. 1999.

Society and Culture in an Age of Enlightenment

Recent work has drawn attention to the lives of ordinary people. The personal journal of the French glassworker Ménétra is a rarity: it offers extensive documentation of the inner life of an ordinary person during the Enlightenment. Ménétra claimed to have met Rousseau. Even if not true, the claim shows that Rousseau’s fame was not limited to the upper classes.

Darnton, Robert. The Great Cat Massacre and Other Episodes in French Cultural History. 1984.

Hull, Isabel V. Sexuality, State, and Civil Society in Germany, 1700–1815. 1996.

*Ménétra, Jacques Louis. Journal of My Life. Trans. Arthur Goldhammer. Intro. Daniel Roche. 1986.

Mozart Project: http://www.mozartproject.org Smith, Douglas. Working the Rough Stone: Freemasonry and Society in

Eighteenth-Century Russia. 1999. Stone, Lawrence. The Family, Sex, and Marriage in England,

1500–1800. Abridged ed. 1979.

State Power in an Era of Reform

Biographies and general histories of this period tend to overemphasize the individual decisions of rulers. Although these decisions are incontestably important, the relentless growth of armies impacted virtually every European society.

Blanning, T. C. W. Joseph II and Enlightened Despotism. 1994. Catherine the Great: http://russia.nypl.org/level4.html *Frederick II, King of Prussia. Frederick the Great on the Art of War.

Ed. and trans. Jay Luvaas. 1999. Gorbatov, Inna. Catherine the Great and the French Philosophers of the

Enlightenment: Montesquieu, Voltaire, Rousseau, Diderot and Grimm. 2006.

Showalter, Dennis E. The Wars of Frederick the Great. 1996. Venturi, Franco. The End of the Old Regime in Europe, 1768–1776:

The First Crisis. Trans. R. Burr Litchfield. 1989.

Rebellions against State Power

Historians have recently shown great interest in the riots and rebellions of this era, but most have focused on one national case. Palmer’s overview of political movements therefore remains valuable for its comparative aspects.

Alexander, John T. Autocratic Politics in a National Crisis: The Imperial Russian Government and Pugachev’s Revolt, 1773–1775. 1969.

Cash, Arthur H. John Wilkes: The Scandalous Father of Civil Liberty. 2006.

Palmer, R. R. The Age of Democratic Revolution: A Political History of Europe and America, 1760–1800. Vol. 1, The Challenge. 1959.

*Rakove, Jack N. Declaring Rights: A Brief History with Documents. 1998.

Thompson, E. P. Whigs and Hunters: The Origin of the Black Act. 1975. John Wilkes: http://www.spartacus.schoolnet.co.uk/PRwilkes.htm

Chapter 19

The Revolutionary Wave, 1787–1789

In the 1950s and 1960s, historians debated vehemently about whether the French Revolution should be considered part of a more general phenomenon of Atlantic revolutions, as R. R. Palmer argues. The most influential book on the meaning of the French Revolution is still the classic study by Tocqueville, who insisted that the Revolution continued the process of state centralization undertaken by the monarchy.

*Censer, Jack R., and Lynn Hunt. Liberty, Equality, Fraternity: Exploring the French Revolution. 2001. (Includes a CD-ROM with images, songs, and documents.) See also the accompanying Web site: http://www.chnm.gmu.edu/revolution

Lefebvre, Georges. The Coming of the French Revolution. Trans. with a new preface, R. R. Palmer. 1989.

Palmer, R. R. The Age of the Democratic Revolution: A Political History of Europe and America, 1760–1800. Vol. 2, The Struggle. 1964.

Polasky, Janet L. Revolution in Brussels, 1787–1793. 1987. Te Brake, Wayne. Regents and Rebels: The Revolutionary World of an

Eighteenth-Century Dutch City. 1989. Tocqueville, Alexis de. The Old Regime and the French Revolution.

Trans. Stuart Gilbert. 1955. Originally published 1856.

From Monarchy to Republic, 1789–1793

From 1789 onward, commentators on the French Revolution have differed over its meaning: Was it a struggle for human rights and democracy or a dangerous experiment in implementing reason and destroying religion and tradition? Among the most important additions to the debate have been new works on women, Jews, Protestants, and slaves.

*Hunt, Lynn, ed. The French Revolution and Human Rights: A Brief Documentary History. 1996.

*Levy, Darline Gay, Harriet Branson Applewhite, and Mary Durham Johnson, eds. Women in Revolutionary Paris, 1789–1795. 1979.

Schama, Simon. Citizens: A Chronicle of the French Revolution. 1989.

S R - 1 2 S u g g e s t e d R e f e r e n c e s

*Primary source.

S u g g e s t e d R e f e r e n c e s S R - 1 3

*Two Classics of the French Revolution: Reflections on the Revolution in France (Edmund Burke) and The Rights of Man (Thomas Paine). 1973.

*Wollstonecraft, Mary. A Vindication of the Rights of Woman. Ed. Miriam Brody. 1992.

Terror and Resistance

The most controversial episode in the French Revolution has, not surprisingly, provoked conflicting interpretations. Not to be over- looked, however, are studies of broader underlying processes, such as Desan’s study of women and the family.

Andress, David. The Terror: The Merciless War for Freedom in Revolutionary France. 2006.

Desan, Suzanne. The Family on Trial in Revolutionary France. 2004. Furet, François. Interpreting the French Revolution. Trans. Elborg

Forster. 1981. Hunt, Lynn. Politics, Culture, and Class in the French Revolution.

1984. Palmer, R. R. Twelve Who Ruled: The Year of the Terror in the French

Revolution. 1989. Scurr, Ruth. Fatal Purity: Robespierre and the French Revolution. 2006.

Revolution on the March

In the past, controversy about the Revolution in France raged while its influence on other places was relatively neglected. This imbalance is now being redressed.

Blanning, T. C. W. The French Revolutionary Wars, 1787–1802. 1996. Dubois, Laurent. Avengers of the New World: The Story of the Haitian

Revolution. 2004. ———, and John D. Garrigus. Slave Revolution in the Caribbean,

1789–1804: A Brief History with Documents. 2006. Haitian Revolution: http://www.ci.miami.fl.us/haiti2004/history

.htm Irish Rebellion of 1798: http://www.iol.ie/~98com Elliot, Marianne. Partners in Revolution: The United Irishmen and

France. 1982. Forrest, Alan I. The Soldiers of the French Revolution. 1990.

Chapter 20

The Rise of Napoleon Bonaparte

Much has been written about Napoleon as a military leader, but only recently has his regime within France attracted interest. Historians now emphasize the mixed quality of Napoleon’s rule. He carried forward some revolutionary innovations and halted others.

*Arnold, Eric A., Jr., ed. A Documentary Survey of Napoleonic France. 1994.

*Blaufarb, Rafe. Napoleon: A Symbol for an Age. A Brief History with Documents. 2008.

Englund, Steven. Napoleon: A Political Life. 2004. Kafker, Frank A., and James M. Laux. Napoleon and His Times:

Selected Interpretations. 1992. Napoleon Foundation: http://www.napoleon.org Wilson-Smith, Timothy. Napoleon and His Artists. 1996. Woloch, Isser. Napoleon and His Collaborators: The Making of a

Dictatorship. 2001.

“Europe Was at My Feet”: Napoleon’s Conquests

Napoleon’s armies affected every European state. Whether annexed, allied, or simply defeated, every nation had to come to terms with this dynamo of activity.

*Brunn, Geoffrey. Napoleon and His Empire. 1972. Connelly, Owen. Napoleon’s Satellite Kingdoms. 1965. Forrest, Alan. Napoleon’s Men: The Soldiers of the Revolution and

Empire. 2002. Simms, Brendan. The Impact of Napoleon: Prussian High Politics,

Foreign Policy, and the Crisis of the Executive, 1797–1806. 1997.

The “Restoration” of Europe

Diplomatic historians have shown how events in this period shaped European affairs for decades. Domestic politics have been relatively understudied.

Johnson, Paul. The Birth of the Modern: World Society, 1815–1830. 1991. Laven, David, and Lucy Riall, eds. Napoleon’s Legacy: Problems of

Government in Restoration Europe. 2000. Schroeder, Paul W. The Transformation of European Politics,

1763–1848. 1994. Seward, Desmond. Metternich: The First European. 1991.

Challenges to the Conservative Order

In general, the early nineteenth century is an understudied period of European history. Unsuccessful revolts attract less attention than successful ones, but even the Greek, Latin American, and Belgian independence movements need to be better integrated into European history.

Berlin, Sir Isaiah. The Roots of Romanticism. 1999. Betley, J. A. Belgium and Poland in International Relations,

1830–1831. 1960. *Breckman, Warren. European Romanticism. A Brief History with

Documents. 2008. Brewer, David. The Flame of Freedom: The Greek War of Independence,

1821–1833. 2001. Kroen, Sheryl. Politics and Theater: The Crisis of Legitimacy in

Restoration France, 1815–1830. 2000. *Leader, Zachary, and Ian Haywood, eds. Romantic Period Writings,

1798–1832: An Anthology. 1998. Romantic Chronology: http://english.ucsb.edu:591/rchrono Sir Walter Scott digital archives: http://www.walterscott.lib.ed.ac

.uk/home.html

Chapter 21

The Industrial Revolution

The spread of industrialization has elicited much more historical interest than the process of urbanization because the analysis of industrialization occupied a central role in Marxism.

Berend, Ivan T. History Derailed: Central and Eastern Europe in the Long Nineteenth Century. 2003.

Industrial Revolution: http://www.victorianweb.org/technology/ ir/irov.html

Morgan, Kenneth. The Birth of Industrial Britain: Social Change, 1750–1850. 2004.

*Primary source.

S R - 1 4 S u g g e s t e d R e f e r e n c e s

*Pollard, S., and C. Holmes. Documents of European Economic History. Vol. 1, The Process of Industrialization, 1750–1870. 1968.

Thompson, E. P. The Making of the English Working Class. 1964.

Reforming the Social Order

There is no shortage of materials on social and cultural life in this era, but what is lacking is broader integration of them into the general historical narrative. The Web site Gallica, produced by the National Library of France, offers a wealth of imagery and information on French cultural history.

Davidoff, Leonore, and Catherine Hall. Family Fortunes: Men and Women of the English Middle Class, 1780–1850. 1987.

The Dickens Project: http://humwww.ucsc.edu/dickens Gallica: Images and Texts from Nineteenth-Century French-

Speaking Culture: http://gallica.bnf.fr Townsend, Mary Lee. Forbidden Laughter: Popular Humor and the

Limits of Repression in Nineteenth-Century Prussia. 1992.

Ideologies and Political Movements

Ideologies are too often studied in an exclusively national context, so broader generalizations are especially welcome.

Anderson, Benedict. Imagined Communities: Reflections on the Origin and Spread of Nationalism. 1983.

Blom, Ida, Karen Hagemann, and Catherine Hall, eds. Gendered Nations: Nationalisms and Gender Order in the Long Nineteenth Century. 2000.

Hobsbawm, E. J. The Age of Revolution, 1789–1848. 1996. *Mather, F. C., ed. Chartism and Society: An Anthology of Documents.

1980. Sewell, William H., Jr. Work and Revolution in France: The Language

of Labor from the Old Regime to 1848. 1980. Taylor, Barbara. Eve and the New Jerusalem: Socialism and Feminism

in the Nineteenth Century. 1983.

The Revolutions of 1848

Interest in the revolutions of 1848 has revived of late, perhaps because the recent upsurge of ethnic violence in the Balkans has prompted scholars to look again at this critical period.

Dowe, Dieter, ed. Europe in 1848: Revolution and Reform. Trans. David Higgins. 2001.

Evans, Robert, and Hartmut Pogge von Strandmann, eds. The Revolutions in Europe, 1848–1849. 2000.

Lincoln, W. Bruce. Nicholas I: Emperor and Autocrat of All the Russias. 1978.

Sperber, Jonathan. The European Revolutions, 1848–1851. 1994. Toíbín, Colm, and Diarmaid Ferriter. The Irish Famine: A Documentary.

2002. *Walker, Mack. Metternich’s Europe. 1968.

Chapter 22

The End of the Concert of Europe

Historians have often neglected the inglorious Crimean War despite its impact on European politics. Much of the best new literature focuses not only on political changes but also on the war’s social

impact in Russia. Worobec’s and Stites’s books give a searching look at the lives of Russian serfs in this age of transition.

Baumgart, Winfried. The Crimean War, 1853–1856. 1999. Hazareesingh, Sudhir. From Subject to Citizen: The Second Empire and

the Emergence of Modern French Democracy. 1998. Stites, Richard. Serfdom, Society, and the Arts in Imperial Russia: The

Pleasure and the Power. 2005. Worobec, Christine. Peasant Russia: Family and Community in the

Post-Emancipation Period. 1991. Wortman, Richard S. Scenarios of Power: Myth and Ceremony in

Russian Monarchy. 2 vols. 1995–2000.

War and Nation Building

Nation building has produced a varied literature ranging from biographies to studies of ceremonials and the presentation of royalty as celebrities and unifying figures. Two Web sites show the complexities of this process: Brown University’s Victorian Web demonstrates the connections among royalty, politicians, religion, and culture; and Bucknell University’s Russian Studies site opens to the strains of the Russian national anthem, composed in the reign of Nicholas I to foster reverence for the dynasty and homeland.

Ascoli, Albert Russell, and Krystyna Von Henneberg, eds. Making and Remaking Italy: The Cultivation of National Identity around the Risorgimento. 1991.

Blackbourn, David. Fontana History of Germany, 1780–1918: The Long Nineteenth Century. 1997.

Breuilly, John. The Formation of the First German Nation-State, 1800–1871. 1996.

Homans, Margaret. Royal Representations: Queen Victoria and British Culture, 1837–1876. 1998.

Russian Studies: http://www.departments.bucknell.edu/Russian Smith, Paul. Disraeli: A Brief Life. 1996. The Victorian Web: http://landow.stg.brown.edu/victorian/victov

.html Wetzel, David. A Duel of Giants: Bismarck, Napoleon III, and the

Origins of the Franco-Prussian War. 2001.

Establishing Social Order

Nation building entailed state-sponsored activities stretching from promoting education to rebuilding cities. New histories show the process of creating a sense of nationality through government management of people’s environment, such that citizenship became part of everyday life. Hine and Faragher show the intersection of U.S. expansionism and nation building, while works by Megill and Eichner interpret Marx and the Paris Commune. Northwestern University has digitized its collection on the Siege of Paris and the Commune.

Chakravarty, Gautam. The Indian Mutiny and the British Imagination. 2005.

Eichner, Carolyn. Surmounting the Barricades: Women in the Paris Commune. 2004.

Hamm, Michael F. Kiev: A Portrait, 1800–1917. 1993. Hine, Robert V., and John Mack Faragher. The American West: A New

Interpretative History. 2001. Hoffenberg, Peter H. An Empire on Display: English, Indian, and

Australian Exhibitions from the Crystal Palace to the Great War. 2001. Johanson, Christine. Women’s Struggle for Higher Education in Russia,

1855–1900. 1987.

*Primary source.

S u g g e s t e d R e f e r e n c e s S R - 1 5

Jordan, David. Transforming Paris: The Life and Labor of Baron Haussmann. 1995.

Keene, Donald. Emperor of Japan: Meiji and His World, 1852–1912. 2002.

Megill, Allan. Karl Marx: The Burden of Reason (Why Marx Rejected Politics and the Market). 2002.

Rotenberg, Robert. Landscape and Power in Vienna. 1995. Siege of Paris Collection, Northwestern University: http://www

.library.northwestern.edu/spec/siege

The Culture of Social Order

Like the biographies of politicians, the biographies of artists and intellectuals have proved crucial to understanding the period of realism and Realpolitik. Eldredge’s book on Darwin examines his notebooks to see at what point he switched from believing the religious story of creation to proposing evolution. Kaufman’s book shows how the Catholic church harnessed the modern forces of tourism and transportation to religious fervor.

Bordenheimer, Rosemarie. The Real Life of Mary Ann Evans: George Eliot, Her Letters and Fiction. 1994.

Eldredge, Niles. Darwin: Discovering the Tree of Life. 2005. Kaufman, Suzanne. Consuming Visions: Mass Culture and the Lourdes

Shrine. 2005. Nord, Philip. Impressionists and Politics: Art and Democracy in the

Nineteenth Century. 2000. *Turgenev, Ivan. A Hunter’s Sketches. 1852.

Chapter 23

The Advance of Industry

Industry in the 1870s–1890s advanced on every front, from the development of new products and procedures to the reorganization of work life and consumption. Crouzet’s sweeping new work on the creation of economic structures contrasts with other recent studies (such as Rappaport’s) on the impact of consumers and taste in driving economic change.

Crossick, Geoffrey, and Serge Jaumin, eds. Cathedrals of Consumption: The European Department Store, 1850–1939. 1999.

Crouzet, Francois. A History of the European Economy, 1000–2000. 2001. Franzoi, Barbara. At the Very Least She Pays the Rent: Women and

German Industrialization. 1985. Malone, Carolyn. Women’s Bodies and Dangerous Trades in England,

1880–1914. 2003. Marks, Steven G. Road to Power: The Trans-Siberian Railroad and the

Colonization of Asian Russia, 1850–1917. 1991. Morris, Charles B. The Tycoons: How Andrew Carnegie, John D.

Rockefeller, Jay Gould, and J. P. Morgan Invented the American Supereconomy. 2005.

Smith, Michael S. The Emergence of Modern Business Enterprise in France, 1800–1930. 2006.

Rappaport, Erika. Shopping for Pleasure: Women in the Making of London’s West End. 2000.

The New Imperialism

New studies of imperialism show not only increasing conquest and the creation of an international economy but also the cultural impulses behind it. Cannadine offers a readable — and debatable —

interpretation of the social relations involved. Headrick connects the advance of industry with both peaceful activities and imperial expansion and warfare. The University of Pennsylvania’s African studies Web site offers vivid depictions of African art and architecture, such as that confiscated for Western museums, while the Chrétien book investigates the long-term effects of European imperialism in Africa.

African Studies Center: http://www.sas.upenn.edu/African_Studies/ AS.html

Cannadine, David. Ornamentalism: How the British Saw Their Empire. 2001.

Chrétien, Jean-Pierre, The Great Lakes of Africa: 2,000 Years of History. 2003.

Crosby, Alfred W. Ecological Imperialism: The Biological Expansions of Europe, 900–1900. 1993.

Ferro, Marc. Colonization: A Global History. 1997. Headrick, Daniel R. The Invisible Weapon: Telecommunications and

International Politics, 1851–1945. 1991. Keene, Donald. Emperor of Japan: Meiji and His World. 2002. *Stanley, Sir Henry. Autobiography. 1909. Wildenthal, Lora. German Women for Empire, 1884–1945. 2001.

Imperial Society and Culture

Historians have come to see that industrial development and the spread of imperialism affected the smallest details of everyday life as well as the larger phenomena of class formation and massive regional and global migration. Blakely gives particularly rich portrayals of cultural mixture, exploitation, motivation, and resistance under the colonial regime.

Blakely, Allison. Blacks in the Dutch World: The Evolution of Racial Imagery in Modern Society. 1993.

*Bonnell, Victoria, ed. The Russian Worker. 1983. Callen, Anthea. The Art of Impressionism: Painting Technique and the

Making of Modernity. 2000. Hoerder, Dirk. Cultures in Contact: World Migrations in the Second

Millennium. 2002. Maynes, Mary Jo. Taking the Hard Road: Life Course in French and

German Workers’ Autobiographies in the Era of Industrialization. 1995. McReynolds, Louise. Russia at Play: Leisure Activities at the End of the

Tsarist Era. 2003. Moch, Leslie Page. Moving Europeans: Migration in Western Europe

since 1650. 2003. Reeder, Linda. Widows in White: Migration and the Transformation of

Rural Italian Women, Sicily, 1880–1920. 2003.

The Birth of Mass Politics

Historical study of politics in this period entails looking at both government policies and the activism based on neighborhood solidarity, the growth of unions, and the rise of the mass media. The Avalon Project at the Yale Law School provides access to major treaties and conventions, making it an excellent resource for this period.

Applegate, Celia. A Nation of Provincials: The German Idea of Heimat. 1990.

Avalon Project at Yale Law School: http://www.yale.edu/lawweb/ avalon/avalon.htm

Eley, Geoff. Forging Democracy: A History of the Left in Europe, 1850–2000. 2002.

*Primary source.

S R - 1 6 S u g g e s t e d R e f e r e n c e s

Glassheim, Eagle. Noble Nationaists: The Transformation of the Bohemian Aristocracy. 2005.

Hoppen, K. Theodore. Ireland since 1800: Conflict and Conformity. 1999. Jenkins, Jennifer. Provincial Modernity: Local Culture and Liberal

Politics in Fin-de-Siècle Hamburg. 2003. McDonough, Terrence, ed. Was Ireland a Colony?: Economics, Politics,

and Culture in Nineteenth-Century Ireland. 2005. Mazower, Mark. The Balkans: A Short History. 2000. Ross, Ellen. Love and Toil: Motherhood in Outcast London,

1870–1918. 1993.

Chapter 24

Private Life in the Modern Age

Historians are engaged in serious study of the transformations of everyday life brought about by industrial and imperial advance in the early twentieth century. Women’s striving for personal autonomy was expressed in dozens of novels about the “new woman,” including the famous Keys to Happiness, now available in an English translation.

Forth, Christopher. The Dreyfus Affair and the Crisis of French Manhood. 2004.

Roberts, Mary Louise. Disruptive Acts: The New Woman in Fin-de- Siècle France. 2002.

*Verbitskaya, Anastasia. The Keys to Happiness. Trans. Beth Holmgren and Helen Goscilo. 1999. Originally published 1908–1913.

Vicinus, Martha. Intimate Friendships: Women Who Loved Women, 1778–1928. 2004.

Walkowitz, Judith. City of Dreadful Delight: Narratives of Sexual Danger in Late-Victorian London. 1993.

Modernity and the Revolt in Ideas

Some of the most controversial historical writing sees the road to World War I as paved with cultural conflict. Many of the studies here suggest that new forms of art, music, dance, and philosophy were as central to the challenges Europe faced as were ethnic, economic, and international turmoil. The Web offers good cultural sites for this important period.

Art nouveau: http://www.nga.gov/feature/nouveau/nouveau.htm Eksteins, Modris. Rites of Spring: The Great War and the Birth of the

Modern Age. 1989. Everdell, William R. The First Moderns: Profiles in the Origins of

Twentieth-Century Thought. 1997. Gibson, Mary. Born to Crime; Cesare Lombroso and the Origins of

Biological Criminology. 2002. Marchand, Suzanne, and David Lindenfeld, eds. Germany at the Fin

de Siècle: Culture, Politics, and Ideas. 2004. Marks, Steven. How Russia Shaped the Modern World: From Art to

Anti-Semitism, Ballet to Bolshevism. 2003. Nineteenth- and twentieth-century philosophy: http://www

.epistemelinks.com/index.asp Safranski, Rüdiger. Nietzsche: A Philosophical Biography. 2002. Staller, Natasha. A Sum of Destructions: Picasso’s Cultures and the

Creation of Cubism. 2001.

Growing Tensions in Mass Politics

Historians are uncovering the dramatic changes in political life and the rise of mass politics across Europe, including the development of suffragist movements. Rose shows that mass education gave the

working class a foundation in the works of Shakespeare and other classical writers. Another major phenomenon was a growing political hatred and the rise of militant nationalism to replace nationalism based on constitutional values.

Dennis, David B. Beethoven in German Politics, 1870–1989. 1996. Forth, Christopher E. The Dreyfus Affair and the Crisis of French

Manhood. 2004. Frankel, Richard E. Bismarck’s Shadow: The Cult of Leadership and the

Transformation of the German Right, 1898–1945. 2005. Kent, Susan. Gender and Power in Britain, 1640–1990. 1999. Lendavi, Paul. The Hungarians: A Thousand Years of Victory in Defeat.

2003. Lindemann, Albert. Anti-Semitism before the Holocaust. 2000. Robertson, Ritchie, and Edward Timms. Theodor Herzl and the

Origins of Zionism. 2005. Rose, Jonathan. Intellectual Life of the British Working Class. 2001.

European Imperialism Challenged

In the midst of raucous political and social debate, the European powers faced growing resistance to their domination and increasingly serious setbacks. Many historians now judge Europe to have played a less commanding role in the rest of the world than the leading empires claimed. Imperial instability, as some studies show, paved the road to war. The fascination with the major non-Western contender — Japan — can be traced on the Japanese history Web site.

Japanese history: http://www.csuohio.edu/history/japan/index.html

Conklin, Alice. A Mission to Civilize: The Republican Idea of Empire in France and West Africa, 1895–1930. 1997.

Gooch, John, ed. The Boer War: Direction, Experiences, Image. 2000. Hull, Isabel. Absolute Destruction: Military Culture and the Practices of

War in Imperial Germany. 2005. Kansu, Aykut. The Revolution of 1908 in Turkey. 1997. Sinha, Mrinalini. Colonial Masculinity: The “Manly Englishman” and

the “Effeminate Bengali” in the Late Nineteenth Century. 1995. South African War: http://www.anglo-boer.co.za Weeks, Theodore R. Nation and State in Late Imperial Russia:

Nationalism and Russification on the Western Frontier. 1996.

Roads to War

Why World War I broke out remains a widely debated topic. There are always newcomers to the discussion devoted to assessing the responsibility for the war’s beginning, some fixing on a single country and others investigating the full range of diplomatic, military, social, and economic conditions.

Ascher, Abraham. The Revolution of 1905: Russia in Disarray. 1988. Clark, Christopher. William II. 2000. Cornwall, Mark, ed. The Last Years of Austria-Hungary: A Multi-

National Experiment in Early Twentieth-Century Europe. 2002. Hermann, David G. The Arming of Europe and the Making of the First

World War. 1996. Hewitson, Mark. Germany and the Causes of the First World War. 2004. Hobson, Rolf. Imperialism at Sea: Naval Strategic Thought, the

Ideology of Sea Power, and the Tirpitz Plan, 1875–1914. 2002. Manning, Roberta. The Crisis of the Old Order in Russia. 1982. Nolan, Michael E. The Inverted Mirror: Mythologizing the Enemy in

France and Germany, 1898–1914. 2005.

*Primary source.

S u g g e s t e d R e f e r e n c e s S R - 1 7

Chapter 25

The Great War, 1914–1918

The most recent histories of the Great War consider its military, technological, psychic, social, and economic aspects. This vision of the war as a phenomenon occurring beyond the battlefield as well as on it characterizes the newest scholarship.

Davis, Belinda. Home Fires Burning: Food, Politics, and Everyday Life in World War I Berlin. 2000.

Echenberg, Myron. Colonial Conscripts: The “Tirailleurs Sénégalais” in French West Africa, 1857–1960. 1990.

Healy, Maureen. Vienna and the Fall of the Habsburg Empire: Total War and Everyday Life in World War I. 2004.

Leed, Eric J. No Man’s Land: Combat and Identity in World War I. 1979. Panchasi, Roxanne. “Reconstructions: Prosthetics and the

Rehabilitation of the Male Body in World War I.” Differences. 1995. Roshwald, Aviel, and Richard Stites, eds. European Culture in the Great

War: The Arts, Entertainment, and Propaganda, 1914–1918. 1999. Schmitt, Bernadotte E., and Harold C. Vederler. The World in the

Crucible, 1914–1919. 1984. World War I Documents Archive: http://www.lib.byu.edu/

%7Erdh/wwi.

Protest, Revolution, and War’s End, 1917–1918

Histories of the war’s end account for the cataclysmic setting: deprivation, ongoing mass slaughter, and the eruption of revolution. Peacemaking also occurred, and that too was complex. In all, the violence of the postwar scene has made historians call into question the idea that wars end with an armistice.

Barry, John. The Great Influenza: The Epic Story of the Greatest Plague in History. 2004.

Fitzpatrick, Sheila. The Russian Revolution, 1917–1932. 1995. Holquist, Peter. Making War, Forging Revolution: Russia’s Continuum

of Crisis, 1914–1921. 2002. Horne, John, ed. State, Society and Mobilization in Europe during the

First World War. 2000. Lewis, David Levering. W. E. B. Du Bois: The Fight for Equality and the

American Century, 1919–1963. 2000. Smith, Leonard V., et al. France and the Great War 1914–1918. 2003. Welch, David. Germany, Propaganda, and Total War, 1914–1918: The

Sins of Omission. 2000.

The Search for Peace in an Era of Revolution

Peacemaking was a fraught process, occurring amid revolution, the flu pandemic, and starvation. Many aspired to a lasting peace and to social justice. Both dreams were to be dashed, as the story of individuals and the fate of institutions like the League of Nations show. Thompson investigates the new mandates.

Cooper, John Milton. Breaking the Heart of the World: Woodrow Wilson and the Fight for the League of Nations. 2001.

Marks, Sally. The Ebbing of European Ascendency: An International History of the World. 2002.

Thompson, Elizabeth. Colonial Citizens: Republican Rights, Paternal Privilege, and Gender in French Syria and Lebanon. 2000.

Wrigley, Chris, ed. The First World War and the International Economy. 2000.

The Aftermath of War: Europe in the 1920s

Two themes shape the history of the 1920s: recovery from the trauma of war and revolution and ongoing modernization of work and social life. The great technological innovations of the prewar period such as films and airplanes receive sophisticated treatment by historians for their impact on people’s imagination. The radio is another phenomenon just beginning to find its historians.

African American Culture and its influence in the Jazz Age: http://www.nypl.org/research/sc/sc.html

Hau, Michael. The Cult of Health and Beauty in Germany: A Social History, 1890–1930. 2003.

Kent, Susan. Making Peace: The Reconstruction of Gender in Postwar Britain. 1994.

Lerner, Paul. Hysterical Men: War, Psychiatry, and the Politics of Trauma in Germany, 1890–1930. 2003.

Makaman, Douglas, and Michael Mays, eds. World War I and the Cultures of Modernity. 2000.

Roshwald, Aviel. Ethnic Nationalism and the Fall of Empires: Central Europe, Russia and the Middle East, 1914–1923. 2001.

Schwartz, Vanessa, and Leo Charney, eds. Cinema and the Invention of Modern Life. 1995.

Mass Culture and the Rise of Modern Dictators

Mass communications advances in cinema and radio provided new tools for the rule of modern dictators who arose from the shambles of war and revolution. Many of the most interesting recent studies look at the cultural components of the consolidation of dictatorial power, while Kollontai’s novel is an example of fiction being used to teach literacy and Soviet citizenship.

Ben-Ghiat, Ruth. Fascist Modernities: Italy, 1922–1945. 2001. Helstosky, Carol. Garlic and Oil: The Politics of Food in Italy. 2004. *Kollontai, Aleksandra. Love of Worker Bees. 1923. Northrop, Douglas. Veiled Empire: Gender and Power in Stalinist

Central Asia. 2004. Russian Revolution documents and links: http://www.fordham.edu/

halsall/mod/modsbook39.html Sneeringer, Julia. Winning Women’s Votes: Propaganda and Politics in

Weimar Germany. 2002. Tumarkin, Nina. Lenin Lives! The Lenin Cult in Soviet Russia. 1997.

Chapter 26

The Great Depression

Historians look to the depression as a complex event with economic, social, and cultural consequences, but in addition they see its impact as yet another indication of the tightening of global economic connections. To follow some of the political implications for European empires, see in particular Columbia University’s South Asia Web site, which explores Gandhi’s economic resistance to British colonialism.

Balderston, Theo, ed. The World Economy and National Economics in the Interwar Slump. 2003.

Clavin, Patricia. The Great Depression in Europe, 1929–1939. 2000. Evans, Richard J., and Dick Geary. The German Unemployed:

Experiences and Consequences of Mass Unemployment from the Weimar Republic to the Third Reich. 1987.

*Primary source.

S R - 1 8 S u g g e s t e d R e f e r e n c e s

South Asia and Gandhi: http://www.columbia.edu/cu/libraries/ indiv/area/sarai

Strachura, Peter D. Poland, 1918–1945. 2004.

Totalitarian Triumph

The vicious dictators Stalin, Hitler, and Mussolini are among the most popular subjects for historians and readers alike. Recent histories study their mobilization of art and the media and consider people’s complex participation in totalitarian regimes. Studies like those by Engel and Posadskaya-Vanderbeck, Gellately and Stolzfus, and Kaplan have provided us with fascinating if grim insights into everyday life.

Ben-Ghiat, Ruth. Fascist Modernities: Italy, 1922–1945. 2001. Burleigh, Michael. The Third Reich: A New History. 2000. *Engel, Barbara Alpern, and Anastasia Posadskaya-Vanderbeck, eds. A

Revolution of Their Own: Voices of Women in Soviet History. 1998. Fritzsche, Peter. Germans into Nazis. 1998. Gellately, Robert, and Nathan Stolzfus, eds. Social Outsiders in Nazi

Germany. 2001. Hellbeck, Jochen. Revolution on My Mind: Writing a Diary under

Stalin. 2006. Kaplan, Marion. Between Dignity and Despair: Jewish Life in Nazi

Germany. 1998. Viola, Lynn, ed. Contending with Stalinism: Soviet Power and Popular

Resistance in the 1930s. 2003.

Democracies on the Defensive

The democracies attacked the depression from a variety of perspectives, ranging from state policy to film and the arts, yet another indication of how complex politics can be. Further departures from liberal policies, whether in trade or in the development of the activist welfare state, also have attracted historical study.

Bok, Sissela. Alva Myrdal: A Daughter’s Memoir. 1991. Cook, David A. A History of Narrative Film. 2004. Lebovics, Herman. True France: The Wars over Cultural Identity,

1900–1945. 1992. Kennedy, David M. Freedom from Fear: The American People in

Depression and War, 1929–1945. 1999. Pawlowski, Merry M. Virginia Woolf and Fascism: Resisting the

Dictators’ Seduction. 2001. Rearick, Charles. The French in Love and War: Popular Culture in the

Era of the World Wars. 1997.

The Road to Global War

The road to war encircled the globe, involving countries seemingly peripheral to the struggles among the antagonists. The perennial question for many historians is whether Hitler could have been stopped, but with globalization there is new attention to the beginnings of war beyond the West as a prelude to decolonization.

Bix, Herbert P. Hirohito and the Making of Modern Japan. 2000. Chickering, Roger, and Stig Förster, eds. The Shadows of Total War:

Europe, East Asia, and the United States, 1919–1939. 2003. Imlay, Talbot C. Facing the Second World War: Strategy, Politics, and

Economics in Britain and France 1938–1940. 2003. Martin, Benjamin. France in 1938. 2005. Peattie, Mark R. Sunburst: The Rise of Japanese Naval Air Power,

1909–1940. 2002.

Seidman, Michael. Republic of Egos: A Social History of the Spanish Civil War. 2002.

World War II, 1939–1945

In a vast literature historians have charted the war’s innumerable and global horrors, with issues of the Holocaust, industrial killing, and the nature of racial thinking drawing particular attention. The U.S. Holocaust Memorial Museum provides online exhibits giving the history of the Holocaust in different locations, while an online collection by Soviet war photographers reveals every aspect of the Soviet defense and offense, down to the capture of Berlin in May 1945. While looking at the social aspects of war, historians have intensely debated the development of the cold war within the hot war.

Browning, Christopher. The Origins of the Final Solution: The Evolution of Nazi Jewish Policy, September 1939–March 1942. 2004.

Dower, John W. War without Mercy: Race and Power in the Pacific War. 1986.

Holocaust Museum: http://usholocaustmuseum.org Gross, Jan. Neighbors: The Destruction of the Jewish Community in

Jedwabne, Poland. 2001. Miner, Steven Merritt. Stalin’s Holy War: Religion, Nationalism, and

Alliance Politics, 1941–1945. 2003. Slaughter, Jane. Women in the Italian Resistance, 1943–1945. 1997. Soviet War Photography: http://www.shicklerart.com/exh/sovietwar/

index.html Weinberg, Gerhard. A World at Arms: A Global History of World War

II. 2005.

Chapter 27

World Politics Transformed

In the past decade, both the opening of Soviet archives and closer research in American records have allowed for more informed views of the diplomacy and politics of the cold war in Europe and around the world. Although few defend Stalin, we now benefit from balanced assessments of superpower rivalry. Several Web sites on the cold war contain biographies of the main players, time lines, and descriptions of how nuclear weapons actually work and how they cause destruction.

Cold War Files: Interpreting History through Documents: http:// coldwarfiles.org

The Cold War Museum: http://www.coldwar.org Cronin, James. The World the Cold War Made: Order, Chaos, and the

Return of History. 1996. Eisenberg, Carolyn Woods. Drawing the Line: The American Decision

to Divide Germany, 1944–1949. 1996. Gaddis, John. The Cold War: A New History. 2006. Leffler, Melvyn P., and David S. Painter. Origins of the Cold War: An

International History. 2005. Trachtenberg, Marc. A Constructed Peace: The Making of a European

Settlement, 1945–1963. 1999. Zubkova, Elena. Russia after the War: Hopes, Illusions, and

Disappointments, 1945–1957. 1998.

Political and Economic Recovery in Europe

Though painstaking and complex, recovery in its material and political forms yielded a distinctly new Europe whose characteristics historians

*Primary source.

S u g g e s t e d R e f e r e n c e s S R - 1 9

are still uncovering. Because of the opening of the archives, historical attention has focused on charting Soviet occupation, Communist takeover, and the ethnic cleansing that were part of postwar recovery.

Crowley, David, and Susan E. Reid, ed. Socialist Spaces: Sites of Everyday Life in the Eastern Bloc. 2002.

Frommer, Benjamin. National Cleansing: Retribution against Nazi Collaborators in Postwar Czechoslovakia. 2005.

Herf, Jeffrey. Divided Memory: The Nazi Past in the Two Germanies. 1997.

Hitchcock, William. The Struggle for Europe: The Turbulent History of a Divided Continent, 1945–2002. 2003.

Kenney, Padraic. Rebuilding Poland: Workers and Communists, 1945–1950. 1997.

Milward, Alan S. The United Kingdom and the Economic Community. 2002.

Moeller, Robert. War Stories: The Search for a Usable Past in the Federal Republic of Germany. 2001.

Taubman, William. Khrushchev: The Man and His Era. 2003. Van Hook, James C. Rebuilding Germany: The Creation of the Social

Market Economy, 1945–1957. 2004.

Decolonization in a Cold War Climate

Novelists, philosophers, and historians debate the impact and issues of decolonization. Powerful evocations of the brutality of the process appear most often in novels such as Sidwha’s Cracking India, which was made into the film Earth.

Connelly, Matthew. A Diplomatic Revolution: Algeria’s Quest for Independence and the Origins of the Post–Cold War Era. 2002.

Elkins, Caroline. Imperial Reckoning: The Untold Story of Britain’s Gulag in Kenya. 2005.

*Fanon, Frantz. The Wretched of the Earth. 1961. The Korean War Educator: http://www.koreanwar-educator.org Macey, David. Frantz Fanon: A Biography. 2000. Marsh, Steve. Anglo-American Relations and Cold War Oil. 2003. Shepard, Todd. The Invention of Decolonization: The Algerian War

and the Remaking of France. 2006. *Sidhwa, Bapsi. Cracking India: A Novel. 1992.

Cultural Life on the Brink of Nuclear War

Cold war culture, including the growth of consumerism, make the 1950s a fertile field for research, especially as new sources become available. Jobs’s work shows the concern for youth and their culture, while Herzog’s study describes the importance of sexual norms to the creation of West Germany.

Engel, Barbara Alpern. Women in Russia, 1700–2000. 2004. Heineman, Elizabeth D. What Difference Does a Husband Make?

Women and Marital Status in Nazi and Postwar Germany. 1999. Herzog, Dagmar. Sex after Fascism: Memory and Morality in

Twentieth-Century Germany. 2005. Jobs, Richard I. Riding the New Wave: Youth and the Rejuvenation of

France after World War II. 2007. Poiger, Ute G. Jazz, Rock, and Rebels: Cold War Politics and American

Culture in a Divided Germany. 2000. Rowley, Hazel. Tête-à-Tête: Simone de Beauvoir and Jean-Paul Sartre.

2005. When Bomb Shelters Were All the Rage: http://detnews.com/history/

shelters/shelters.htm

Chapter 28

The Revolution in Technology

Wartime technological development came to have profound consequences for the peacetime lives of individuals and for society. The works listed here describe the new technologies and analyze their importance, with authors divided on whether the new developments should be feared or embraced. The International Atomic Energy Agency site has all the facts about nuclear energy, including the percentage of energy generated by nuclear reactors, construction of new plants, and international monitoring.

Bauer, Martin W., and George Gaskell, eds. Biotechnology: The Making of a Global Controversy. 2002.

Edwards, Jeannette. Born and Bred: Idioms of Kinship and New Reproductive Technologies in England. 2000.

Harvey, Brian. Europe’s Space Program: To Ariane and Beyond. 2003. Hecht, Gabrielle. The Radiance of France: Nuclear Power and National

Identity after World War II. 1998. International Atomic Energy Agency: http://www.iaea.org Natalicchi, Giorgio. Wiring Europe: Re-Shaping the European

Telecommunications Regime. 2001.

Postindustrial Society and Culture

Changes in the way people worked became striking in the 1960s, causing social observers to analyze the social and cultural meaning of the transformation. Many critics agree that technology’s creation of a postindustrial workplace changed not only the way people worked but also how they lived in families and interacted with peers.

Chandler, Alfred D., Jr., and Bruce Mazlish, eds. Leviathans: Multinational Corporations and the New Global History. 2005.

Evans, Christopher. The Micro Millennium. 1979. Ramet, Sabrina P., and Gordana P. Crnković, eds. Kazaaam! Splat!

Ploof! The American Impact on European Culture since 1945. 2003. Roulleau-Berger, Laurence. Youth and Work in the Post-Industrial City

of North America and Europe. 2003. Wakeman, Rosemary. Modernizing the Provincial City: Toulouse

1945–1975. 1997.

Protesting Cold War Conditions

Historians look to domestic politics, international events, and social change to capture the texture of the tumultuous 1960s. The momentous changes on so many fronts are beginning to receive synthetic treatment in books such as Suri’s, which connects the move for détente with domestic protest around the world. The Martin Luther King Web site introduces visitors to the biography, speeches, sermons, and major life events of the slain civil rights leader.

*Dubček, Alexander. Hope Dies Last: The Autobiography of Alexander Dubč ek. 1993.

Fink, Carole, et al., eds. 1968: The World Transformed. 1998. *Guy-Sheftall, Beverly, ed. Words of Fire: An Anthology of African-

American Feminist Thought. 1995. *Lévi-Strauss, Claude. Tristes Tropiques. 1961. The Martin Luther King Jr. Papers Project: http://www.stanford.edu/

group/King/mlkpapers Suri, Jeremi. Power and Protest: Global Revolution and the Rise of

Détente. 2003.

*Primary source.

Varon, Jeremy. Bringing the War Home: The Weather Underground, the Red Army Faction, and Revolutionary Violence in the Sixties and Seventies. 2004.

Williams, Kieran. The Prague Spring and Its Aftermath: Czechoslovak Politics, 1968–1970. 1997.

The Testing of Superpower Domination and the End of the Cold War

As the superpowers continued their standoff, historians found that myriad global changes affected their status and that protest continued at home. The dissident art of the Soviet Union is striking for its deft and moving critique of life under communism. Attempts at reform succeeded in the United States and western Europe, but eastern Europe saw the surprising collapse of communism and the end of the cold war in 1989.

*Gorbachev, Mikhail. Memoirs. 1996. Kenney, Padraic. A Carnival of Revolution: Central Europe 1989. 2002. Kligman, Gail. The Politics of Duplicity: Controlling Reproduction in

Ceausescu’s Romania. 1998. Reiton, Earl A. The Thatcher Revolution: Margaret Thatcher, John

Major, Tony Blair, and the Transformation of Modern Britain. 2002.

Rosenfeld, Alla, and Norton T. Dodge. From Gulag to Glasnost: Nonconformist Art from the Soviet Union. 1995.

Rothschild, Joseph, and Nancy M. Wingfield. Return to Diversity: A Political History of East Central Europe. 2000.

*Solzhenitsyn, Aleksandr Isaevich. The Gulag Archipelago. 1973–1976.

Sternhal, Suzanne. Gorbachev’s Reforms: De-Stalinization through Demilitarization. 1997.

Weigel, George. Witness to Hope: The Biography of Pope John Paul II. 1999.

Chapter 29

Collapse of the Soviet Union and Its Aftermath

Historians will be telling and retelling this story, for the full consequences of communism’s collapse are still unfolding. As new information becomes available, scholars like Goldman explain the post-Communist situation in terms of long-standing trends. Balkansnet gives documents and testimony on one of the massacres as Yugoslavia fell apart.

Balkansnet: Srebrenica. http://balkansnet.org/srebrenica.html Benson, Leslie. Yugoslovia: A Concise History. 2004. Engel, Barbara. Women in Russian History, 1700–2000. 2004. Goldman, Marshall. The Piratization of Russia: Russian Reform Goes

Awry. 2003. *Gorbachev, Mikhail. Memoirs. 1996. Humphrey, Caroline. The Unmaking of Soviet Life: Everyday

Economies after Socialism. 2002. Kotkin, Stephen. Armageddon Averted: The Soviet Collapse,

1970–2000. 2001. Mazower, Mark. The Balkans: A Short History. 2000. Naimark, Norman. Fires of Hatred: Ethnic Cleansing in Twentieth-

Century Europe. 2001.

The Nation-State in a Global Age

The many new institutional forms, such as global cities and rising regionalism, are outlined in both Applegate and Sassen, among others. The advance of the European Union is one of the transnational stories of the 1990s and the twenty-first century.

Applegate, Celia. “A Europe of Regions: Reflections on the Historiography of Sub-National Places in Modern Times.” The American Historical Review. 1999.

European Union: http://europa.eu.int Ried, T. R. The United States of Europe: The New Superpower and the

End of American Supremacy. 2005. Sassen, Saskia. Cities in a World Economy. 2006. Wilson, Andrew. Ukraine’s Orange Revolution. 2005.

Challenges from an Interconnected World

The international scene is politically challenging and often dangerous. The forces of overpopulation, disease, and pollution remain potentially destructive. Kagan pictures the West as losing its unity.

Baldwin, Peter. Disease and Democracy: The Industrialized World Faces AIDS. 2005.

Bess, Michael. The Light-Green Society: Economic and Technological Modernity in France. 2003.

Frieden, Jeffry A. Global Capitalism: Its Fall and Rise in the Twentieth Century. 2006.

Kagan, Robert. Of Paradise and Power: America and Europe in the New World Order. 2003.

Prunier, Gérard. Darfur: The Ambiguous Genocide. 2005. Rashid, Ahmed. Jihad: The Rise of Militant Islam in Central Asia. 2002. Rosefielde, Steven. Russia in the 21st Century: The Prodigal

Superpower. 2006. United Nations. State of the World Population: People, Poverty, and

Possibilities. 2003.

Global Culture and Society in the Twenty-first Century

The fate of cultural identity in an age of globalization engages a wide range of studies. This age of migration and the Internet requires a rethinking of long-standing identities and individual relationships, as Turkle, among others, suggests. New technology both enhances and challenges Western prosperity. The Public Broadcasting Service’s Web site offers a wide array of information on current issues.

Agre, Philip. Computation and Human Experience. 1997. *Emecheta, Buchi. The New Tribe. 2000. Forrester, Sibelan, et al., eds. Over the Wall/After the Fall: Post-

Communist Cultures through an East-West Gaze. 2004. Hoerder, Dirk. Cultures in Contact: World Migrations in the 2nd

Millennium. 2002. Iriye, Akira. Cultural Internationalism and World Order. 1997. MacGaffey, Janet, et al. Congo-Paris: Transnational Traders on the

Margins of the Law. 2000. *Morrison, Toni. Paradise. 1998. Public Broadcasting Service: http://www.pbs.org Smith, Andrea, ed. Europe’s Invisible Migrants. 2002. Turkle, Sherry. Life on the Screen: Identity in the Age of the Internet. 1995.

S R - 2 0 S u g g e s t e d R e f e r e n c e s

*Primary source.

I - 1

Aachen. See also Aix-la-Chapelle Charlemagne at, 273, 274, 274(i)

Abbasid caliphate, 262, 268–269, 279, 311 Abbots and abbesses

Irish, 253 Merovingian, 252

Abelard, Peter (1079–1142), 329–331, 367 Abolitionism, 560, 670

Bill of Rights and, 583 Aboriginal Australians, P-5 Abortion

in Germany, 850–851 in Italy, 933 Napoleon and, 626 in 1960s, 920–921 in Russia, 832 in Soviet Union, 846 World War I and, 766

Abraham (Hebrew), 39 Absolutism, 484

Bodin and, 474 in central and eastern Europe, 492–497 Enlightenment ideas and, 556, 578 expansionism and, 490–491 Hobbes view of, 504–505 linkage with warfare, 491 Louis XIV and, 483 Montesquieu and, 560 of Peter the Great, 541–542 public cooperation in, 484

Abstract expressionism, 909 Académie Française, 487 Academy (Athens), 107, 107(i), 205–206, 227 Acid rain, 966 Acquired immunodeficiency syndrome

(AIDS), 969 Acre, siege of, 351 Acropolis. See also Parthenon (Athens)

in Athens, 79(i) in Corinth, 61(i)

Actium, battle of, 165, 172 Activism. See also specific movements

by citizens, 930–936 environmental, 966–968 by homosexuals, 932(i) in India, 788–789

in 1960s, 915 in Poland, 945 for regional autonomy, 965 social sciences and, 720–721 student, 931 by women, 777–778, 931–933 by workers, 750–751 World War I and, 807, 816

Act of Union (Britain) in 1707, 538–539 in 1801, 673

Adam, Robert, 569(i) Addis Ababa, Ethiopia, 858 Addison, Joseph (1672–1719), 534 Adenauer, Konrad (1876–1967), 890 Administration. See also Government;

specific locations of Austria-Hungary, 702 of England, 320 of France, 341, 375, 596, 596(m) Hellenistic, 117 Napoleon and, 623, 625 Neo-Assyrian, 36 of Rome, 196, 197–198 of Russia, 695

Adrianople battle of, 195 Treaty of (1829), 645–646

Adriatic region, crusades and, 351 Advancement of Learning, The (Bacon),

476–477 Adventures of a Simpleton, The

(Grimmelshausen), 462(b) Advertising, culture and, 907, 908 Aedile (Rome), 142 Aegean Sea region, 47, 48(m)

chariots in, 28 civilization in, 4, 24 in 1500 B.C.E., 23(m) shipping in, 43(m)

Aeneid, The (Virgil), 172, 176 Aeschylus (525–456 B.C.E.), 94 Affair of the Placards, 432, 445 Afghanistan

Alexander the Great in, 113 Greek language in, 127

refugees from, 974 Russia and, 737, 944 Taliban in, 970, 971

Afinogenov, Alexander, 851(b) Africa. See also Egypt (ancient); North

Africa; specific countries attitudes toward, 560 decolonization in, 897 disease in, 969 economy in, 969 in c. 1890, 735(m) ethnic groups in, 900(m), 900–901 Europeans in, 527 German colonies in, 824 Great Depression in, 843 immigrants from, 951 imperialism in, 733(m), 733–737,

739–740 independence in, 900(m), 900–901 Islamic trade with, 271 nationalism in, 859 in 1914, 784(m) population, 1700–1800, 571(f ) Portuguese forts in, 421 public health in, 969 racism in, 736 refugees from, 901 resistance to colonialism in, 789–790 savannahs in, P-8 slavery and, 425, 466, 508 World War I and, 801–802 World War II and, 868, 869(m), 870

Africa (Carriera), 529(i) African Americans

civil rights for, 904–905, 928–930, 931 emancipation of, 705

Afterlife in Egypt, 3–4, 19 Paleolithic, P-7

Agadir, in Second Moroccan Crisis, 790 Agamemnon (legendary king), 27 Agbar (Osrhoëne king, r. 179–216),

210(i) Age, social status and, P-6 Agincourt, battle of (1415), 392 Agora, in Athens, 78

Index

A note about the index:

Names of individuals appear in bold face; biographical dates are included for major historical figures. Letters in parentheses following pages refer to: (i) illustrations, including photographs and artifacts ( f ) figures, including charts, graphs, and tables (m) maps ( b) boxed features (such as “Contrasting Views”)

“Agreement of the People, as Presented to the Council of the Army, The” (Levellers), 500(b)

Agriculture, P-8. See also Farms and farming; Irrigation

in Archaic Age, 55(f ) Black Death and, 390 in Byzantine Empire, 242 cultivation and, P-15 development of, P-9(m) genetic research in, 923 in Great Depression, 841 Great Famine and, 381 Greek, 43, 48 Hellenistic, 118–119 improvements in, 520, 663 innovations in, 728 medieval, 283–285 Mediterranean, 26 in Neolithic Revolution, P-8 peasants and, 302 population growth and, P-8–P-9 reforms in, 578 revolution in, 529, 655 Roman, 177, 191 in Russia, 695 scientific experiments in, 511 in Soviet bloc, 895 in Sumer, 8 technicians in, 924 after Thirty Years’ War, 466 workers in, 658

Ahura Mazda (god), 39 Aïda (Verdi), 688(i), 712 AIDS. See Acquired immunodeficiency

syndrome (AIDS) Aids (payments), in England, 320 Airbus, 922, 922(m) Airlifts

Berlin, 887 World War II and, 881

Airplanes Airbus, 922, 922(m) supersonic, 922 World War I and, 805(i)

Aix-la-Chapelle. See also Aachen Peace of (1748), 574 Treaty of (1668), 491

Akhenaten (Egypt, r. 1372–1355 B.C.E.), 22 Akhmatova, Anna (1889–1966),

850–851(b), 896 Akkad, downfall of, 13 Akkadian Empire, 12(m), 12–13 Alaca Höyük, Anatolia, 24(i) Alaric (Visigoth), 216, 217 Albania, 792 Albanian Kosovars, 954–955 Albert (England), 703, 704(b), 704(i), 707 Alberti, Leon Battista (1404–1472), 403(i),

404, 405 Albertus Magnus (c. 1200–1280), 368 Albigensian Crusade (1209–1229), 353,

354–355, 362 Albigensians, 350–351 Alchemy, 478 Alcibiades (Athens, c. 450–404 B.C.E.), 98–99 Alcuin (c. 732–804), 276 Aldrin, Edwin “Buzz,” 918 Alemanni people, 219 Alexander I (Russian tsar, r. 1801–1825), 645

conservative views of, 639

diplomacy of, 629–630, 632, 638 reforms of, 631

Alexander II (Russia, r. 1855–1881), 693, 694–695, 758, 758(i)

Alexander III, the Great (Macedonia, r. 336–323 B.C.E.), 103–104, 110, 112–115, 113(i)

conquests by, 114(m) impact of, 114–115

Alexander III (Russia, r. 1881–1894), 758 Alexander IV (Macedonia), 115 Alexander VI (Pope, r. 1492–1503), 423 Alexandra (Russia), 810 Alexandria, 113, 120, 127, 177, 227 Alexei (Russia, r. 1645–1676), 496–497 Alexius I (Alexius Comnenus) (Byzantine

Empire, r. 1081–1118), 312, 315, 319, 319(i)

Alfonso VI (Castile, 12th century), 317 Alfonso IX (Castile-León, r. 1188–1230), 377 Alfonso X (Castile-León, r. 1252–1284), 377 Alfred the Great (Wessex, r. 871–899), 280,

287–288, 288(m) Algebra, 15, 271 Algeria, 664, 670–671, 843

France and, 733, 734 immigrants to Europe from, 902 independence for, 901

Alhambra, 414 Ali (Hashim clan), 237 Allah, 234 Allegiance, oaths of, 597 Alliances. See also specific alliances

Athenian, 69, 88(b) in cold war, 887, 888(m) Delian League as, 74(m) Diplomatic Revolution and, 574 Dual Alliance, 756 in former Soviet Union, 957(m) Great Schism and, 398 Greek Hellenic League as, 72–73 Hittite, 25 Holy Alliance and, 638 Peloponnesian League as, 74, 74(m) in 1799, 616(m) against Sparta, 110 Three Emperors’ League as, 755 Triple Alliance, 756 World War I and, 790, 800, 821 World War II and, 864

Allies Roman, 154 World War I and, 800, 814, 816 World War II and, 864, 866, 868, 870, 871,

873–875, 881, 884 All Quiet on the Western Front (Remarque),

830, 849 Alphabets

Canaanite, 15–16 Cyrillic, 267 development of Western, 16 Greek, 43 Roman, 141 Slavic, 267 Sumerian writing and, 10

al-Qaeda organization, 970, 973 Alsace, 463, 701, 728, 801, 803

linked to France, 491 World War I and, 817

Altman, N. J., 851(i) Amar, Jules, 799, 806, 821

Ambrose (bishop of Milan, c. 339–397), 211, 226

America (Farinati), 471(i) American Historical Association, 770 Americanization, of culture, 902–903, 908,

909 American Temperance Society, 668 American War of Independence

(1776–1783), 581(i), 581–583 French influence on, 560, 587

Americas. See also New World; specific countries

African slaves and, 521 colonies in (1492–1560), 425(m) competition for control of, 527 land bridge to, P-5 population, 1700–1800, 571(f ) settlement of, 526–527 society in, 6

Amiens, Treaty of (1802), 629 Amphitheaters (Roman), 179(i), 247

in Arles, France, 246(i) Amritsar massacre (1919), 824 Amsterdam, 458, 469, 506 Amun (god), 21 Amun-Re (god), 21–22 Anabaptists, 434–435, 436–437 Anarchists, 713, 751, 777 Anatolia, P-4n, 23–24. See also Turkey

Attalids in, 116(m) civilization in, 4, 6 in 400 B.C.E., 100(m) in Hellenistic Age, 118 Hittites and, 25 Mycenaeans and, 27 Persia and, 37, 110 Sea Peoples and, 29

Anatomy, 127 Anaximander (Miletus, c. 610–540 B.C.E.), 65 Ancestors

in Athens, 81 in Rome, 135, 135(i), 138

Ancient Near East, P-4n Al-Andalus (Spain), 270, 272(b)

Charlemagne in, 274 political fragmentation of, 304–305 reconquista and, 354(m)

Angela of Foligno, 364 Angevin dynasty, 337 Angles, 217 Anglican church (Church of England), 434

under Elizabeth I, 445, 458(i) establishment of, 433–434 “popery” in, 498 tests of allegiance to, 503

Anglo-Saxon (Old English) language, 254, 288

Anglo-Saxon people, 217 culture of, 254 in England, 253, 320

Animals breeding and herding of, P-9 in Çatalhöyük, P-11

Anjou, 337, 341, 375 Anjou dynasty, 411 Ankara, Turkey, 844 Anna Karenina (Tolstoy), 757 Annals (Ennius), 149 Annam, 737 Anne (England, r. 1702–1714), 538 Anne of Austria, 485

I - 2 I n d e x Agreement of the People–Anne of Austria

Annunciation, The (Leonardo da Vinci), 406, 407(i)

Anschluss (merger), 860–861 Anse (Saint) (1033–1109), 311, 321, 329 Anthony, Susan B. (1820–1906), 777 Anthropology

biological, P-12(b) ethnicity and, 249(b) in 1960s, 926–927

Anti-Catholicism, 580 Anticlericalism, 632, 638 Anticommunism, of Hitler and Mussolini, 858 Anti-Corn Law League, 674 Antifascism, in 1930s, 855 Antiglobalism, 965 Antigone (Sophocles), 94–95 Antigonid dynasty, 116 Antigonus (c. 382–301 B.C.E.), 116, 128 Anti-immigrant campaigns, 975 Antioch, 177–178, 240, 316 Antiochus I (Seleucids, c. 324–261 B.C.E.),

117 Antiochus IV (Seleucids, r. 175–163 B.C.E.),

129, 181 Antiquity, end of, 232 Anti-Semitism

in Austria, 854 in former Soviet Union, 956, 959 in France, 754, 780, 780(i) in Germany, 780–781, 847, 849–852 in Great Depression, 843 Jewish response to, 782–783 migration from, 743 at Paris Peace Conference (World War I),

819 in Poland-Lithuania, 497 in Russia, 779–780 in Soviet Union, 935 in totalitarian societies, 845(b) World War I and, 764, 779–783 World War II and, 881, 883

Antislavery societies, 670 Antiwar sentiment, in Vietnam War, 930 Antoninus Pius (Rome, r. 138–161 C.E.),

175 Antony (c. 251–356), 212 Antony, Mark (Rome, 82 or 81–30 B.C.E.),

120, 165 Antwerp, 456 Anu (god), 11–12 Anubis (god), 2(i), 3–4 Anyte (Hellenistic female poet), 122(b) Anzar, José Maria, 972(i) Apartheid, in South Africa, 973–974 Aphrodite (goddess), statue of, 122, 123(i) Apocalyptism, 129, 181 Apollo (god), temple at Corinth, 61(i) Apollonis (Pergamum), 119 Apostate, 205 Apostles, 182 Apostolic succession, 184 Appeasement, 861 Appliances. See Consumer goods Apprentices, in guilds, 300 Apuleius (Rome, c. 125–170 C.E.), 170, 179 Apulia, battle at, 304 Aqueducts

in Greece, 105(i) at Nîmes, France, 146(i) Roman, 146, 169

Aquitaine, 247(m), 337, 340

Arabia, Fatimids in, 270 Arabic language, 237, 238, 270 Arabic numerals, 272 Arab-Israeli wars (1967, 1973), 937 Arab world. See also Islam

Algeria and, 901 coin from, 239(b), 239(i) Israel and, 899, 899(m) Jewish Middle East settlement and, 899 jihad in, 237 Middle East and, P-4n Muhammad and, 235–236 nomads in, 232–233 pan-Arab movements and, 897 Spanish control by, 255

Aragon, 353, 354(m), 375, 408, 410 Aramaeans, deporting of, 36 Aramaic language, 36, 222 Arawak Indians, 423, 423(b) Arc de Triomphe, 623 Archaeology, P-4

ethnicity and, 249(b) osteological, P-12(b)

Archaic Age (Greece), 47, 48(m). See also Greece (ancient); specific locations

family size and agricultural labor in, 55(f ) intellectual thought in, 64–65

Archilochus of Paros (Greek poet), 64 Archimedes of Syracuse (287–212 B.C.E.),

126 Architecture

baroque, 510 in England, 705 Gothic, 326(i), 327–328, 333–336,

370–371, 405, 409(i), 665 Greek, 49, 78(i), 79(i), 79–80 Islamic, 976(b) medieval, 332–336, 665 of Mycenaean tombs, 27 Neo-Assyrian, 36 neoclassical, 569(i), 623 in 19th century, 747 postmodern, 980–981 Renaissance, 403(i), 404–405 Roman, 150, 169–170, 179(i) Romanesque, 332(i), 332–333, 333(i),

335(i) Versailles Palace and, 488

Archives, government documents in, 885(b) Archons, in Athens, 62, 63, 76 Arctic region, pack ice in, 966 Areopagitica (Milton), 509–510 Areopagus Council (Athens), 63 Aretê (excellence), 44, 73–74, 78 Argentina, British war with, 941 Arian Christianity, 209–210

in Italy, 255 of Theodoric, 219 of Vandals, 217 of Visigoths, 255

Ariosto, Ludovico (1474–1533), 441–442 Aristarchus of Samos (3rd century B.C.E.),

126 Aristides (c. 525–465 B.C.E.), 77 Aristocracy, 741. See also Nobility

in Athens, 62 court life of, 442, 486, 512–514 created by Napoleon, 623 after 1848 revolutions, 684 in Enlightenment, 567–568 in France, 452–453, 486, 606, 615

in Great Britain, 539 under the Habsburgs, 494–495 Junkers, 492 lifestyle of, 532 in Merovingian society, 250–251 in Poland, 409, 672 in Poland-Lithuania, 460 reforms and, 584 in Rome, 135(i), 136, 165 in Russia, 496, 542, 579–580, 695 women in, 286, 485

Aristophanes (c. 455–385 B.C.E.), 91–92, 96 Aristotle (384–322 B.C.E.), 51, 108–110,

109(b) on inheritance, 82 On the Length and Shortness of Life, 358(i),

359 on logic, 330, 367–368 scientific teachings of, 475

Arius (c. 260–336), 210 Arles, amphitheater at, 246(i) Armada, 459, 459(m) Armed forces. See also Military; Navies;

Soldiers; Warriors; Wars and warfare; specific branches

in Abbasid caliphate, 269 in Athens, 77, 110 of Austrian Habsburgs, 494 of Brandenburg-Prussia, 493 as burden on common people, 491–492 Byzantine, 242–243, 262 canton system in, 575 in Crimean War, 693 in England, 280, 499 in First Crusade, 312–313 in former Soviet Union, 956 in France, 490–492, 607, 754 German, 815, 862–863 Grand Army of Napoleon, 628–629,

632–633, 633(b) in Greece, 53–54 Hellenistic, 117 Hittite, 24 in Hundred Years’ War, 394–396 Islamic, 236–237 Macedonian, 111 Mongol, 380 Neo-Assyrian, 35–36 of Ottoman Empire, 397 in Peloponnesian War, 98(m) Persian, 38 in Prussia, 543, 573, 575–576 research spending and, 924 Roman, 141, 142, 153, 154(b), 166,

176–177, 189, 190, 200 in Russian Republic, 956 in Second Crusade, 317 16th century growth of, 444 in 17th century, 493(b) in Soviet Union, 883 in Sparta, 57 spending in cold war, 891(f ), 910 technology for, 127 in Thirty Years’ War, 462–463 totalitarian, 845(b) in tsarist Russia, 496 World War I and, 792–793, 817, 863

Armenia and Armenians demonstrations by, 787 in Tajikistan, 956

Armenian language, 222

I n d e x I - 3Annunciation–Armenian language

Armistice, World War I and, 814–815 Arms and armaments. See also Weapons

growth in (1890–1914), 793(f ) in Japan, 857 in Soviet Union, 943 World War I and, 792–793

Arms race, 887–888 World War I and, 764

Armstrong, Louis (1900–1971), 831 Armstrong, Neil (1930–), 918 Arnolfo di Cambio (d. 1302), 378(i) Arnulf of Ardres (12th century), 307 Arsinoe II (Egypt, c. 316–270 B.C.E.), 119,

119(i) Art(s). See also Architecture; Patronage;

Sculpture; specific types avant-garde, 831 baroque, 472, 473(i), 510 black-figure painting, 32(i), 34, 43, 60(i),

83(i) Byzantine, 264–265 Carolingian, 276–277 in Çatalhöyük, P-12, P-13 cave painting and, P-6, P-7(i) classical, 405, 510 in cold war, 909 conveying news, 587(i) Dance of Death and, 390, 391(i) in Dutch Republic, 506–507 in Egypt, 20 in 1850–1870, 690 exhibitions of, 570 explosion in 19th century, 667 in former Soviet bloc, 979–980 French republican, 602 Gothic, 218, 218(i), 370–372 in Greece, 43, 64, 78(i), 78–80, 80(i) Greek influence on Roman, 150 under Hellenistic kings, 120–122 as information, 418(i) innovation in, 664 liberal, 328–329 mannerism in, 472 modern, 773–775 Mycenaean, 27 Napoleon and, 621 in Nazi Germany, 849 Neo-Assyrian, 36(i) neoclassical, 569(i) in 1960s, 925–926 19th-century society and, 747–750 Paleolithic, P-6 Persian, 73(i) politics and, 774 polytheist traditions in, 226 portraiture, 387 postmodernism in, 980–981 realism in, 716–718 red-figure painting, 51(i), 64(i), 68(i) Renaissance, 387, 403–408, 412, 441–442 rococo, 529(i), 534(i), 534–535, 570 Roman, 145 romanticism in, 566, 640–643 Rousseau on, 561–562 in Russia, 832 scientific illustration, 510–511 secularization in, 471–472 in Soviet bloc, 928 of Soviet dissidents, 929(b), 929(i) in Soviet Union, 847

Venus figurines and, P-7, P-7(i) World War I and, 828–831

Artemia (mother of Nicetius), 252 Arthur (legendary English king), 348–349,

369 Arthur Tudor (1486–1502), 434 Articles of Confederation (U.S.), 583 Article 231, of Versailles Treaty, 817–818 Artisans, 300, 532 Art nouveau, 774–775 Art of Love (Ovid), 173 Art of Measurable Song (Franco of Cologne),

370 Aruru (goddess), 11 Aryans

in Nazi Germany, 848, 849, 851 “unification” of, 861

Asceticism, Christian, 212–213 Asclepius (Greek god), 93(i), 128–129 Ashoka (Afghanistan, r. c. 268–232 B.C.E.), 127 Asia

agriculture and domesticated animals in, P-10

cold war in, 898 decolonization in, 897–899 European racism toward, 740 Europeans in, 527 Great Depression in, 843 humans from, P-3 imperialism and, 739–740, 786(m) Japan and, 783–784, 857–858 missionaries in, 440 Mongols in, 380 philosophies of, 829 population (1700–1800), 571(f ) Russian expansion in (1865–1895), 738(m) Western imperialism in, 737–738 World War II and, 872 (map)

Asia Minor, P-4n Christianity in, 184(m) Paul of Tarsus in, 182 Rome and, 149, 155

Asian Pacific nations, 973 Aspasia (Miletus), 84 Assassinations. See specific individuals Assemblies

in Athens, 62, 75, 76 in France, 378 in Rome, 143–144, 152

Assembly of Notables (France), 591–592 Assembly of the Land (Russia), 496 Assignats, 597 Assimilation

of colonies, 670–671 by Jews, 719

Association for the Benefit of Citizens (ATTAC), 965

Assyria, 13(m), 13–14 Hittites and, 25 Israel destroyed by, 41 Neo-Assyrian Empire in, 35–36

Astarte figurines, 40(i) Astell, Mary (1666–1731), 549–550 Astrology, 478 Astronauts, 918 Astronomy, 475, 546(i)

Chaldean, 37 heliocentric model and, 126 Mesopotamian, 15 space exploration and, 919

Athaulf (Visigoths, r. 410–415), 219 Atheists, 559 Athena (goddess), 138 Athenian Empire, 74–80 Athens, 48(m). See also Greece

alliances in, 69, 88(b) democracy in, 57, 62–64, 75–77 education in, 86–88 elites in, 62 in 5th century B.C.E., 78(m) Golden Age society in, 74–96 Ionian Revolt and, 71 navy of, 74–75, 106 after Peloponnesian War, 105–106 Peloponnesian War and, 96, 97(m), 97–99,

98(f ) Persian Wars and, 71, 73 philosophy in, 88–92 plague in, 98 science in, 126(i) 750–500 B.C.E., 62(m) slaves and metics in, 86 Solon in, 62–63 Sparta and, 69–70, 77, 99, 110 Thebes and, 110 women in, 82

Athletics. See Sports Atlantic Charter, 874 Atlantic Ocean region, Vikings in,

279–280 Atlantic system, world economy and,

520–529 Atomic age

bomb shelter in, 910(i) society during, 909–911

Atomic bomb, 871–873, 872(m), 890. See also Nuclear weapons

Atomic theory, 772, 856 ATTAC. See Association for the Benefit of

Citizens (ATTAC) Attalid dynasty, 116(m), 149 Attalus I (Pergamum, r. 241–197 B.C.E.),

121(i) Attila (Huns, r. c. 440–453), 216 Attlee, Clement (1883–1967), 890 Atum (god), 22 Auerstädt, battle at (1806), 629 Augsburg, Peace of (1555), 446, 451, 452,

460 Augustine (archbishop of Canterbury,

r. 601–604), 253 Augustine of Hippo (354–430), 208,

211–212 Augustinus (Jansen), 489 Augustus (Rome, r. 27 B.C.E.–14 C.E.), 120,

160(m), 163–174, 166(i), 176(m) as emperor, 166 –167 forum of, 167(i) Pax Romana under, 164–174 principate under, 165–166 Res Gestae, 168–169(b), 173(i)

Augustus (title), for Philip II (France), 341 Aurelian (Rome, r. 270–275 C.E.), 191 Auschwitz concentration camp, 839 Ausculta Fili (Boniface VIII), 379 Austerlitz, battle of (1805), 629 Australia, 560, 881, 892

Aborigines of, P-5 migration to, 743

Austrasia, 247(m), 252, 253

I - 4 I n d e x Armistice–Austrasia

Austria anti-immigrant politics, 975 armed forces in, 493(b), 494 Bohemia and, 495 Bosnia-Herzegovina and, 791 coal in, 658(f ) Congress of Vienna and, 636–637, 638 Crimean War and, 692 at end of 17th century, 516(m) France and, 692 German unification and, 699–700 in Great Depression, 842(b) Italian unification and, 696, 697 merger with Germany, 860–861 Napoleon and, 629 in 1930s, 854 Ottoman Turks and, 544 partition of Poland and, 612, 612(m) prosperity in, 942 serfdom in, 577–578 in 1740, 551(m) Seven Years’ War and, 574–575 War of the Austrian Succession and,

573–574, 574(m) World War I and, 816

Austria-Hungary, 792 authoritarianism in, 756 ethnic politics in, 781–782 German alliance with, 755, 756 industrialization in, 729 monarchy in, 702(m), 702–703 railroads in, 656(f ) in Triple Alliance, 790 World War I and, 794, 800–801, 804, 810, 815

Austrian Empire cotton in, 658 ethnic groups in, 672, 682–683 industrialization in, 658 revolt of 1848 in, 682–683

Austrian Netherlands, 607, 608(m), 621 Austrian Succession, War of the

(1740–1748), 573–574, 574(m) Authoritarianism

in Austria, 854 in Austria-Hungary, 756 in 1850–1870, 690 Napoleon and, 620 in Russia, 779–780 World War I and, 821–822

Authority. See also Political power in ancient civilizations, 4 of castellans, 285 in Crete, 25–26 in Egypt, 3, 17–19 in England, 337–340 Merovingian, 252–253 in Rome, 136, 197–198

Autobahn, 849 Autocracy

in Rome, 197, 224–225 in Russia, 684 World War I and, 822

Automobiles in France, 727 Smart, 967, 967(i) World War I and, 825

Avant-garde arts, 774, 831, 847 Avaris, Egypt, 21 Avars, 240, 249(b)

Charlemagne and, 273

Avian influenza virus, P-10 Aviation. See Airplanes Avicenna. See Ibn Sina (Avicenna) Avignon papacy, 379, 397–399 Axis powers, 859, 864, 870–871 Aztecs, 425–426

Baal (god), 40 Ba’al Shem Tov. See Eliezer, Israel ben (Ba’al

Shem Tov) Babi Yar (Yevtushenko), 928 Baby boom, 883 Babylon, 14, 36

Hittites in, 25 Persian conquest of, 37

Babylonia, 13 Hammurabi’s code in, 14–15 Judah captured by, 41 Neo-Babylonian Empire in, 36–37 Persian overthrow of, 41

Babylonian captivity, of Roman Catholic Church, 379

Babylonian exile, of Jews, 41 Bacchus (god). See Dionysus (god) Bach, Johann Sebastian (1685–1750), 535 Bacon, Francis (1561–1626), 476–477 Bactria, 116 Badr, battle of, 235 Bagatelle, battle at, 805(i) Baghdad, 262, 268, 311 Baker, Josephine (1906–1976), 831 Bakst, Léon, 775(i) Bakunin, Mikhail (1814–1876), 713 Baku region, 787, 802 Balance of power

in Europe, 616(m), 637 superpowers and, 936–942 World War I and, 824

Balkan region, 266–267 Bulgars in, 241 cities in, 765 collapse of communism in, 948(m) diverse population of, 703(i) in c. 850–950, 267(m) in 1878, 757(m) family system in, 767 Huns in, 216 nationalism in, 756, 790 in 1908–1914, 791(m) Ottoman Turks in, 396, 397, 397(m), 459,

495 Slavs in, 240, 241 unrest in, 756 violence in, 953–955, 955(m) World War I and, 791–792

Balkan Wars, 792 Ball, John, 400 Ballet, 775, 775(i) Ballot Act (England, 1872), 752 Baltic region

Christianity in, 353–354 independence in, 948(m), 956 Ivan IV and, 460 Northern Crusades and, 354 Polish access to, 816 Soviet annexation of, 863 Treaty of Nystad and, 543 World War II and, 861, 870

Balzac, Honoré de (1799–1850), 666 Bandits, 609

Bandung Convention, 901 Bankruptcy, 730 Banks and banking, 731

Bank of Amsterdam, 506 Bank of England, 540 Bank of France and, 623 of EU, 961 Fugger bank, 445 in Germany, 755 government-sponsored Dutch, 589 in Italy, 287 Medici bank, 412 political influence of, 445 in 16th century, 444–445

Baptists, in England, 499 Barbados, 508 Barbarians. See also Germanic peoples

empires of, 214–221 Roman Empire and, 195–196

Barnard, Christiaan (1922–2001), 920 Barons (England), 321, 337, 377

Magna Carta and, 340, 342–343(b) Baroque, 472 Barry, Charles (1795–1860), 665 Barth, Karl (1886–1968), 856 Bartholomew, Peter, 316 Basil II (Byzantine Empire, r. 976–1025), 267 Basil of Caesarea (“the Great,” c. 330–379),

214 Basques, 939, 965 Bastille, 587, 592–593, 593(i), 594(m) Bastille Day (France), 854 Batavian Republic, 608 Bathing, in 18th century Europe, 545 Baths. See Roman baths Bathsheba at Her Bath (Rembrandt), 473(i) Bathsheba at the Fountain (Rubens), 473(i) Batista, Fulgencio, 910 Battering rams, 35 Battles. See also specific battles and wars

in Pacific Ocean region (World War II), 871–873

Paleolithic, P-5 in Persian Wars, 73–74 World War I and, 803–806, 804(m),

804–806 Baudelaire, Charles-Pierre (1821–1867), 716 Bauhaus, 831 Bavaria, 612, 682, 701(b) Baxter, George (1804 –1867), 685(i) Bayeux “Tapestry,” 320, 321(i) Bayle, Pierre (1647–1706), 513, 546–547 Bay of Pigs invasion, 910 Bazán, Emilia Pardo (1859–1921), 747 Beatles, 905, 925 “Beat” writers, 906 Beauharnais, Eugène de, 625 Beaumarchais, Pierre-Augustin Caron de

(1732–1799), 580 Beaumer, Madame de, 562(b) Beauvoir, Simone de (1908–1986), 904,

904(i) Beccaria, Cesare (1738–1794), 577 Becket, Thomas (1118–1170), 339, 339(i) Beckford, William (1760–1844), 525 Becquerel, Antoine (1852–1908), 772 Bede (673–735), 254, 276 Bedouins, 233, 236 Beer Hall Putsch, 823 Beethoven, Ludwig van (1770–1827), 570, 642

I n d e x I - 5Austria–Beethoven

Beguines, 350 Psalter of, 350(i)

Behavior codes of, 509 Socrates on, 91

Behavioral sciences, 768–770 Behavior modification, 769 Behn, Aphra (1640–1689), 513 Beijing, Tiananmen Square riots in, 945 Beirut, 971 Béla III (Hungary, r. 1172–1196), 346 Belarus, 460, 961 Belgium, 278

coal in, 658(f ) commercial centers in, 297 decolonization and, 901 German invasion of, 794 independence of, 589–590, 648, 650(m) railroads in, 657 suffrage in, 754 World War I and, 803, 817 World War II and, 863

Bellerophon (Greek hero), 33, 46 Bellini, Gentile (c. 1329–1507), 386(i), 412,

413(i) Benedictine rule, 214, 277 Benedictines, 303, 309 Benedict of Aniane (c. 750–821), 277 Benedict of Nursia (Saint, c. 480–553), 214 Benes, Edvard (1884–1948), 886 Benevento, 256 Benignus (martyr), 248 Bentham, Jeremy (1748–1832), 674 Benz, Karl (1844–1929), 727 Berbers, 269, 353 Berlin

expansion to 1914, 755(m) Jewish Museum in, 867(i) population growth in, 653, 765 reuniting of, 945–946, 946(i) World War II and, 890(i)

Berlin airlift, 887 Berlin Conference (1884–1885), 734 Berlin Wall, 903, 910, 945–946, 946(i) Bernadette (Saint). See Soubirous,

Bernadette Bernard (Franks), 261 Bernard of Clairvaux (St. Bernard)

(c. 1090–1153), 309–310, 317 Bernini, Gian Lorenzo (1598–1680), 509(i),

510 Berthier, Alexandre, 623 Berthold (Franciscan), 362–363 Berthollet, Claude, 623 Bertoldo di Giovanni (c. 1435–1491), 413 Betrothed, The (Manzoni), 642–643 Bible, 278(i)

Christian New Testament, 42, 182, 208–209 Council of Trent and, 439 Darwin on, 719 Gutenberg, 427 Hebrew Old Testament, 35, 39–41, 40,

129, 182 historical criticism of, 547 King James, 459 literary culture and, 254 Noah and ark in, 12 Pietism and study of, 536 reading, 435, 437, 459, 668 translations of, 400, 437, 459, 639(i) Tyndale, 437

ˆ

Bicycles, 742–743, 967 Big bang theory, 919 Big-game hunting, 741, 741(i) “Big Three,” at Yalta (1945), 874 Bilbao, Guggenheim Museum in, 981 Bildung, 777 Bill of Rights (United States, 1791), 583 Bin Laden, Osama, 970, 972 Biological anthropology, P-12(b) Biology

ethnicity and, 249(b) in 1960s, 919–921

Bird flu virus, P-10 Birth control, 664, 747

in France, 931 in Germany, 850–851 in Italy, 933 in 1960s, 920 in Russia, 832 in Soviet Union, 846 World War I and, 766

Birth control pill, 931 Birth of the Virgin (Giotto), 372, 372(i) Birth of Venus, The (Botticelli), 405–406,

406, 407(i), 413 Birthrate, 968

Black Death and, 391 British industrialization and, 659 in Communist countries, 894 decline in, 766 in 18th century, 572 in Great Depression, 843 marriage laws and, 767 in 1960s, 925 in 17th century, 469 Soviet, 883 U.S. baby boom and, 883

Biscop, Benedict (c. 630–690), 254, 276 Bishops

in Byzantine Empire, 243, 243–244 Christianity and, 183–184, 208, 214 Jesus as, 182 laymen and, 282 marriage by, 251 Merovingian, 251 monasteries and, 214 of Rome, 208

Bismarck, Otto von (1815–1898), 686, 689, 690, 697(b), 699(i), 699–702, 700(m), 701(b)

Africa and, 734 Kulturkampf and, 718–719 power politics and, 754–756 William II and, 758–759

Black and Tans, 824 Black Death (1348–1350), 387, 388–391,

389(f ), 437. See also Plague Black-figure painting, 32(i), 34, 43, 60(i),

83(i) “Black is beautiful,” 931 “Black monks,” 309 Black Panthers, 931 Black power, 931 Blacks

feminist criticisms by, 932 transnational culture of, 978 violence after King’s death, 934

Black Sea region, 802 Constantinople in, 199 Crimean War and, 692(m), 693 Greeks in, 49

Black Shirts (Italy), 833, 834(i) Black Skin, White Masks (Fanon), 904 Blake, William (1757–1827), 643(i) Blanc, Louis (1811–1882), 676 Blanche of Castile (France), 375, 375(i) Blitzkrieg (“lightning war”), 862–863 Blockades

of Berlin, 887 World War I and, 809(f )

Blois, house of, 337 Blood libel (1100–1300), 366(m) Blood pressure, 127 Bloody Sunday (January 30, 1972), 940 “Bloody Sunday” (Russia, 1905), 787 Blue-collar workers, 922 “Blue Rider” group (artists), 774 Blues (faction), 222 Blum, Léon (1872–1950), 854 Bodin, Jean (1530–1596), 474, 478 Boers, 736 Boer War (1899–1902), 785 Bohemia

Austria and, 495 Czech identity of, 401 Hussites in, 400–401 as imperial seat, 409 industrialization in, 658 Roman Catholicism in, 291 Thirty Years’ War and, 460, 462

Boleslaw the Brave (Poland, r. 992–1025), 291 Boleyn, Anne (1507–1536), 434 Bolívar, Simon (1783–1830), 646, 647(i) Bolivia, 646 Böll, Heinrich (1917–1985), 906 “Bollywood” films, 980 Bologna

school of law in, 329 university in, 331, 332

Bolshevik Revolution (Russia), 811–812 Bolsheviks, 777

resistance to, 831–832 sham trials against, 846 World War I and, 816

Bombs and bombings. See also Atomic bomb; Nuclear weapons

hydrogen bomb and, 888 of Pearl Harbor, 864 terrorist, 971 World War II and, 863, 864, 881

Bomb shelter, 910(i) Bonald, Louis de, on social order, 638–639 Bonaparte, Caroline (1782–1839), 625 Bonaparte, Jerome (1784–1860), 630 Bonaparte, Joseph (1768–1844), 625, 633 Bonaparte, Louis (1778–1846), 625, 631 Bonaparte, Louis-Napoleon. See Napoleon III Bonaparte, Lucien (1775–1840), 621 Bonaparte, Napoleon. See Napoleon I

Bonaparte Bonapartists (France), 639 Bones, of Neolithic people, P-12(b)–P-13(b),

P-12(i) Boniface (Wynfrith) (680–754), 255, 273 Boniface VIII (Pope, r. 1294–1303), 376,

377, 378(i), 379(b) Book of Common Prayer (Anglican), 498,

502 Book of Images of the Fixed Stars (Islamic

book), 271(i) Book of Laughter and Forgetting, The

(Kundera), 935–936

I - 6 I n d e x Beguines–Book of Laughter and Forgetting

Book of Psalms, 242–243 Book of the Dead (Egypt), 2(i), 3–4, 22, 23 Book of the New Moral World, The (Owen), 675 Book of the Prefect (Byzantine Empire), 265(b) Books

bookbinding, 557(i) Christian, 226–227 in Middle Ages, 254 middle class and, 571 in 19th century, 716(i) ownership of, 572

Books of Hours, 399, 400(b) Borders. See Boundaries; Frontiers Borkowska, Teofila, 744(b) Borkowski, Wladyslaw, 744(b) Borodino, battle at (1812), 632 Bosnia, 756, 953, 955

Serbs and Muslims in, 954 Bosnia-Herzegovina, 703(i), 791, 793,

953–954 Bossuet, Jacques-Benigne (1627–1704), 489,

547 Boston Female Moral Reform Society, 668 Boston Tea Party, 582 Botticelli, Sandro (c. 1445–1510), 405–406,

407(i), 413 Boucher, François (1702–1770), 534(i),

534–535 Boucicaut, Aristide and Marguerite, 732 Boudica (Britain, 1st century C.E.), 175 Boulanger, Georges (1837–1891), 754 Boulton, Matthew, 655 Boundaries. See also Frontiers

after Congress of Vienna (1815), 637(m), 637–638

global culture and, 974 Islamic, 270 medieval, 262 Roman at Rubicon River, 158 of United States, 705 of Western civilization, 5

Bourbon, Charlotte of, 452–453 Bourbon-Condé, Louis-Antoine-Henri de

(Duc d’Enghien), 623 Bourbon family (France), 453, 453(m), 753 Bourgeoisie, 741. See also Middle class

communist view of, 676 Bourges, cathedral in, 335(i) Bové, José, 965 Boxer Uprising (China), 788 Boyars, 460 Boys. See also Men

in Athens, 88 education for, 87, 138 in Sparta, 59, 60

Bradbury, Ray, 908 Brahe, Tycho (1546–1601), 475, 478 Brain drain, 924, 935–936, 959 Brandenburg-Prussia, 464, 494(m)

absolutism in, 492, 493–494 armed forces in 17th century, 493, 493(b) at end of 17th century, 516(m)

Brandon, Richard, 501(i) Brandt, Willy (1913–1992), 928 Braque, Georges (1882–1963), 774 Brazil, 646

claimed by Portugal, 423 slavery in, 521, 521(f ), 524, 670

Brest-Litovsk, Treaty of, 812 Brethren of the Common Life, 399, 427–428 Bretons, 965

Brezhnev, Leonid (1909–1982), 928 Brezhnev Doctrine, 945 Brides, in Greece, 56(i) Bridges, medieval, 299 Britain. See also Ireland; specific leaders

African independence and, 900–901 agriculture in, 529–531 under Alfred the Great, 287–288, 288(m) Anglo-Saxons and, 217, 253 armed forces in 17th century, 493(b) Battle of, 863, 864 battle of Agincourt and, 392 Bill of Rights (1689) in, 504 Canada and, 575, 705 Chartism in, 677, 684 Christianity in, 253–255 civil war in, 498, 500–501(b) clergy vs. state in, 378 coal in, 657, 658(f ) cold war and, 884 common law in, 336–340 in Common Market, 892 Congress of Vienna and, 636, 637, 638 constitutionalism in, 484, 497–505 continental Europe and, 321 cotton industry in, 658–659 Danish conquest of, 288 decolonization and, 897–898 Domesday survey in, 413 education in, 709 Egypt invaded by (1882), 733(m) end of serfdom in, 396 in Entente Cordiale, 790 food riots in, 579 freeholders in, 302 German occupation by, 886 Glorious Revolution in, 504 government of, 336–340 in Great Depression, 841, 842 Great Famine in, 382 Hitler and, 861 Hundred Years’ War and, 391–396, 393(m) India and, 710–712, 788–789 industrialization in, 655, 728 iron in, 657 Jews in, 365–367 labor laws in, 660–661 Labour Party in, 890 land reclamation in, 302 law code in, 288 liberalism in, 674, 778–779 Malay peninsula, Burma, and, 737, 737(m) as mercantile power, 469 Middle East and, 802, 899 migration from, 743 monarchy in, 287–288 Napoleon and, 629, 632 navy of, 792 in 1930s, 853–854 non-European immigrants in, 901 Normans and, 319–321, 320, 320(m) paganism in, 253 Parliament in, 377 poor laws in, 668 Protestantism in, 433–434 railroads in, 656(f ), 656–657 reforms in, 648–649, 703–705, 752–753 religion in, 445–446, 502, 504 revolutions in, 498–505 Roma (Gypsies) in, 975 Roman invasion of, 174

Seven Years’ War and, 574–575 slavery and, 323(m), 614, 670 Spanish Armada and, 459, 459(m) Spanish Civil War and, 860, 860(i) strikes in, 677 taxation in, 280 temperance societies in, 668 terrorist attacks in, 973 Thatcher in, 940–941 after Thirty Years’ War, 466 Tories and Whigs in, 503–504 trade with, 631 uprisings in, 396 urbanization in, 661–662 Vikings and, 280 voting in, 649, 677 War of the Austrian Succession and,

573–574, 574(m) Wars of the Roses in, 411 welfare state and, 893 woman suffrage in, 777, 778 World War I and, 794, 820 World War II and, 862, 863, 864, 874, 881

British and Foreign School Society, 668 British and Foreign Temperance Society, 668 British Commonwealth, 892 British East India Company, 526 British Empire, 733 Brittain, Vera, 830(b) Brontë, Charlotte (1816–1855), 666 Bronze, 21, 43 Bronze Age, 7, 27 Bronze weapons, 12–13 Brothers of St. Frances, 349–350 Brown, Louise (1978–), 921 Browning, Elizabeth Barrett (1806–1861),

664–665 Brown Shirts (Germany), 823 Brown v. Board of Education (1954), 904 Bruges, Belgium, 297 Brunhild (Franks), 256 Bruno, Giordano (1548–1600), 475 Bruno of Cologne (c. 1030–1101), 309 Brutus, Marcus Junius (85–42 B.C.E.), 159 Buccaneers, 527 Buddha, Greek-style, 115(i) Budget, in United States, 942 Buildings. See also Architecture; specific

buildings Roman, 146, 167, 167(i)

Bulatov, Eric, 929, 929(i) Bulgakov, Mikhail (1891–1940), 979 Bulgaria, 240, 262, 266–267, 281, 356(m),

756, 791, 792 cold war and, 884 collapse of communism in, 948(m) economy of, 964 refugees to, 823 Russia and, 756 Soviets and, 871, 874 World War II and, 863

Bulgars, 240, 241 Bulls. See Papal bulls Bundesrat (Germany), 701 Burckhardt, Jakob (1818–1897), 402(b) Bureaucracy

aristocracy and, 684 of Louis XIV, 489–490 modernization of, 576 Napoleon and, 623 papal, 308

I n d e x I - 7Book of Psalms–Bureaucracy

Bureaucracy (Continued) in Rome, 201(b) in Russia, 497, 832 Soviet, 845, 943 after Thirty Years’ War, 464 in unions, 825

Burgundian people, 219 Burgundofara (nun), 252 Burgundy, 247(m), 252

court in, 392, 410–411 duchy of, 392, 410 expansion of, 410(m) Hundred Years’ War and, 388, 392, 393(m)

Burials in Egypt, 23 Etruscan, 141(i) Mycenaean, 27, 28(i) Neolithic, P-13 Paleolithic, P-6–P-7

Burke, Edmund (1729–1799), 610(b), 638 Burma, 737, 737(m), 864 Burschenschaften (student societies), 645 Bury-Saint-Edmunds, England, expulsion of

Jews from, 367 Bush, George W., Iraq War and, 972(i),

972–973 Business. See also Commerce; Trade

in eastern Europe, 963 in former Soviet Union, 959 in Great Depression, 841 in Italy, 287, 833–834 limited liability corporation and, 730 medieval agreements for, 300–301 multinational corporations and, 921–922 revolution in, 731–733 World War I and, 809, 824–825

Byron, George Gordon (Lord, 1788–1824), 640, 641(i)

Byzantine Empire, 238–245. See also Eastern Roman Empire

Balkans and, 266–267 Comnenian dynasty in, 319 dynatoi landowning elite in, 266 eastern Roman Empire as, 221, 232 expansion of (860–1025), 263(m) imperial power in, 262–264 Kievan Russia and, 267 Macedonian renaissance in, 262, 264–266,

266(i) Manzikert and, 311 Muslims in, 237 Ottoman Empire and, 388, 396, 397(m) papacy and, 256 Persian attacks on, 239, 240 religion in, 243–245 Seljuk Turks and, 311 in c. 600, 241(m) in c. 750, 258(m) Third Crusade and, 351 in 12th century, 346, 346(m) in c. 1215, 356(m) warfare in, 238–240

Byzantium. See Byzantine Empire

Cabet, Étienne (1788–1856), 676 Cabinet, 539(i) Cabinet of Doctor Caligari (movie), 828 Cabral, Pedro Alvares (1467–1520), 423 Caesar, Julius (100–44 B.C.E.), 156–157,

158–159, 159(i) Cage, John (1912–1992), 926

Cairo, 733 Cairo geniza (depository), 318(b) Cairo Trilogy (Mahfouz), 978 Calabria, 304 Calas, Jean, 560 Calculus, 511 Calendar

in Egypt, 21 in French Republic, 603–604 Islamic, 235 in Rome, 159 in Russia, 540, 810n

California, 470, 705 Caligula (Gaius) (Rome, r. 37–41), 174 Caliphs (Islamic), 232, 236–237

Abbasid, 262, 268–269 capital of, 262 Shi’ites, Sunnis, and, 237 Umayyad, 237–238, 262

Call centers, 976 Calligraphy, Arab, 238 Callot, Jacques, 461(i) Calvin, John (1509–1564), 432–433 Calvinism, 433(b). See also Puritanism

Edict of Nantes and, 489 Edict of Resolution and, 461 growth of, 445, 452 Knox and, 445–446 Peace of Augsburg and, 452, 460 Peace of Westphalia and, 464 spread of, 433

Cambodia, 737, 936 Cambridge University, women in, 710 Cambyses (Persia, r. 530–522 B.C.E.), 72(m) Cameroon, 734 Campagnia (economic venture), 300 Camus, Albert (1913–1960), 903 Canaan, 39, 41 Canaanites, 15–16 Canada, 881, 892

cession to Britain, 575 exploration of, 426 mercantilism in, 490 migrants to, 746(f ) nation building in, 705 self-determination in, 671 united dominion of, 705 welfare state in, 894(i)

Canals, 302, 656, 663 Cannae, battle at, 147 Canon (church) law, 308

textbook, 304 Canossa, Investiture Conflict and, 306 Canterbury, Becket at, 339(i) Canton system, 575 Cape of Good Hope, 421, 422(m) Capetian dynasty (France), 288–289, 289(m),

332, 340, 355 Capital (financial), communist view of,

677(b) Capital cities. See also specific cities

Carolingian, 274, 274(i) Islamic, 262, 268 of Roman Empire, 198, 199

Capital-intensive industry, 730 Capitalism

Marx and, 714, 776 Russia and, 812 in Turkey, 843–844

Capitularies (summaries of royal decisions), 274, 276, 277

Caporetto, battle at, 814 Cappadocian language, 222 Caracalla (Rome, r. 211–217 C.E.), 190–191 Caravels, 421 Carbonari, 631–632, 639, 644 Carey, William (1761–1834), 639(i) Caribbean region

colonies in, 470 immigrants to Europe from, 901–902,

902(i) slavery in, 508, 521, 521(f )

Carib Indians, 423, 426 Carnegie, Andrew (1835–1919), 729 Carnival, 515 Caroline miniscule, 277 Carolingian dynasty, 262 Carolingian Empire, 272–282, 275(m)

Bible manuscript from, 260(i) capital at Aachen, 274, 274(i) Roman Catholic Church and, 273

Carolingian renaissance, 275–277 Carrier, Jean-Baptiste (1756–1794), 605, 607 Carriera, Rosalba (1675–1757), 529(i) Carson, Rachel (1907–1964), 966 Cartels, 730, 824 Carter, Jimmy, 938 Carthage, 48, 73

in 400 B.C.E., 100(m) Punic Wars and, 146–149, 147(m) Syracuse and, 73

Carthusians, 309 Cartwright, Edmund, 655 Caspian Sea region, Mongols and, 380 Cassatt, Mary (1845–1926), 749, 749(i) Cassiodorus (c. 490–585), 220–221 Castellans, 282, 285, 288–289, 301 Castiglione, Baldassare (1478–1529), 404,

441, 442 Castile, 353, 354(m), 408, 410 Castile-León, cortes of, 377 Castle, The (Kafka), 831 Castlereagh, Robert (1769–1822), 637, 638 Castles, in Italy, 287 Castro, Fidel (1926–), 909–910 Catacombs, Jewish and Christian, 183(i) Çatalhöyük, Turkey, P-10–P-14, P-14(i) Catalogs, mail-order, 732 Catalonia, revolt in (1640), 462 Catasto (Italian census), 413 Cateau-Cambrésis, Treaty of (1559), 443, 445 Cathars, 350–351 Cathedrals. See specific locations Catherine (Saint), monastery of (Mount

Sinai), 213(i) Catherine II (the Great) (Russia,

r. 1762–1796), 554(i), 556, 568, 569–570 law code reforms and, 577 Poland and, 590, 612

Catherine de Médicis (1519–1589), 453 Catherine of Alexandria (Saint), 213 Catherine of Aragon (d. 1536), 434 Catholic (universal) church, 184 Catholicism. See Roman Catholicism Catholic League, 455 Cato, Marcus Porcius (234–149 B.C.E.), 148,

149 Catullus (c. 84–54 B.C.E.), 150, 156 Caucasus area, Hittites from, 24 Cavaliers, 498 Cave men, P-5 Cavendish, Margaret (1623–1673), 511

I - 8 I n d e x Bureaucracy–Cavendish

Cave painting of bison at Lascaux, P-7(i) Paleolithic, P-6

Cavour, Camillo di (Italy, 1810–1861), 689, 696–697, 697(b)

Ceauşescu, Nicolae (1918–1989), 947 Celibacy, clerical, 251, 303, 308 Celtic peoples

Anglo-Saxons and, 217 Gauls as, 121–122, 145 Irish culture of, 254

Censer (dish), 243(i) Censorship

in Cromwell’s England, 502 in Enlightenment, 564–565 in France, 547–648, 602 in German Confederation, 645 Index of Prohibited Books and, 565 in Italy, 672 papal Index and, 439, 549 printing press and, 427 in Soviet bloc, 895

Census, 708 Domesday survey as, 320–321, 323(m), 413 in First and Second Punic Wars, 148(f ) Italian catasto as, 413 in Rome, 141 as tool of power, 413–414

Central Europe government in, 289–291 monarchies in, 282 in 1930s, 854 revolts in, 681–684 in 1648–1699, 494(m) Thirty Years’ War and, 460–465 World War I and, 823

Central Intelligence Agency (CIA), 909, 910 Centralization, in eastern Roman Empire,

224–225 Central Powers (World War I), 800, 804, 814 Central Short Time Committee (Britain), 661 Ceramics, Greek, 64 Cervantes, Miguel de (1547–1616), 459, 512,

535 Cézanne, Paul (1839–1906), 773–774 CFCs. See Chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs) Chaeronea, battle of, 112, 112(m) Chalcedon, Council of (451), 211 Chalcis (city-state), rebellion in, 88(b) Chaldeans, 36–37 Chamberlain, Neville (1869–1940), 861 Chamber of Deputies (France), 639, 753,

754, 854 Chamber of Peers (France), 639 Champagne region, fairs in, 296 Chandragupta (India, r. 323–299 B.C.E.), 116 Chansons de geste, 348 Chanters, 331 Chaplin, Charlie (1889–1977), 828, 855 Chariots, 25, 28 Charity(ies), 669(i), 743

Christian, 208 in Great Famine, 382 Napoleon and, 626 religious orders and, 668 supranational, 965

Charlemagne (Carolingians, r. 768–814), 262, 276(b)

in Aachen, 273, 274, 274(i) Carolingian Empire of, 272, 273–277,

275(m)

as father of Europe, 276–277(b) Harun al-Rashid and, 268 as successor of Augustus, 276(b) successors to, 277–278

Charles, Simon, 394–395(b) Charles I (England, r. 1625–1649), 498,

500–501, 501(i) Charles II (England, r. 1660–1685),

502–504 Charles II (Spain, r. 1665–1700), 536 Charles IV (Holy Roman emperor,

r. 1355–1378), 391 Charles IV (Spain, r. 1788–1808), 632 Charles V (Spain, r. 1519–1556), 426, 446

court of, 419 Erasmus instruction of, 428 German princes and, 436 Habsburg-Valois-Ottoman wars and, 443,

444, 448 Schmalkaldic League and, 446 Truce of Nice and, 443(i)

Charles VI (Holy Roman emperor, r. 1711–1740), 573

Charles VII (France, r. 1422–1461), 392 Charles IX (France, r. 1560–1574), 453, 454 Charles X (France, r. 1824–1830), 646–647 Charles XII (Sweden, r. 1697–1718), 543 Charles Albert (Piedmont-Sardinia,

r. 1831–1849), 644, 680–681 Charles Martel (Franks, 714–741), 272–273 Charles of Anjou, 375 Charles the Bald (Carolingians, r. 843–877),

261, 278, 278(i) Charles the Bold (Burgundy, r. 1467–1477),

410, 411 Charter 77 (Czechoslovakia), 946 Charter of the Nobility (Russia), 568, 580 Chartism, 677, 684 Chartres cathedral, 326(i), 327 Chateaubriand, François-René de

(1768–1848), 627–628 Châtelet, Émilie du (1706–1749), 558 Chávez, César (1927–1993), 931 Chechen rebels, 960(i), 960–961 Chechnya, 965

Russia and, 956–958, 960(i), 960–961 Cheka (secret police), 813 Cheops. See Khufu (Cheops) Chernobyl catastrophe, 943, 944, 966 Chiefdoms, of non-Roman peoples, 215 Childbirth, 921

in Greece, 82 midwife and, 180(i) in Paleolithic Age, P-5 in Rome, 137–138, 180 test-tube babies and, 921(i)

Child labor, in factories, 659(i), 660–661 Children

abandonment of, 119 in 18th century, 572–573 in Great Depression, 843 Hebrew, 40–41 illegitimate, 361, 768 in 1960s, 925 oblation and, 251 in Romania, 947(i) in Rome, 136–137 thalidomide and, 920(i) World War I and, 767

Children’s Crusade, 355(b) Chimera (mythology), 33

China, 6 Britain and, 737 civil service in, 709 Communists in, 890, 898 economic growth in, 973 Europeans, and, 380, 527, 549, 712–713 France and, 928 industrial safety in, 973 Japan and, 786, 857, 864 Mongols and, 380, 420 Nixon in, 937 porcelain from, 421 printing in, 426 revolution in (1911), 788 revolution in (1949), 890, 898 riots in, 945 Russia and, 737, 961 Taiping in, 712 U.S. relations with, 936 World War I and, 803

Chingiz (Genghis) Khan (Mongols, c. 1162–1227), 380

Chirac, Jacques, 942 Chivalry, 395 Chlorine gas, World War I and, 803 Chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs), 966 Cholera, 662, 662(m) Chopin, Frédéric (1810–1849), 666 Chosroes II (Sasanids, r. 591–628), 239(b), 240 Chrétien de Troyes (c. 1150–1190), 348–349 Christ, 181, 182, 183(i). See also Jesus Christ Giving the Keys to St. Peter (Perugino),

405(i) Christian IV (Denmark, r. 1596–1648), 461 Christian Democrats, 889, 928 Christianity, 181–188, 207–208, 209–212. See

also specific groups in Anglo-Saxon England, 253 Aristotle and, 358(i) Bible of, 42 in Britain, 217, 253, 253–255, 288 Byzantines and, 267 Charlemagne and, 273 in China, 380 Christian humanism and, 427 church hierarchy in, 183–184, 208–209, 214 classical culture and, 265–266 classical rhetoric and, 226 Constantine and, 196(i) crusades and, 311–319 Donatist, 210–211 in eastern Roman Empire, 222, 225 eastern-western division in, 225, 308 growth of, 182–185, 209(m) hierarchy in, 183–184, 208–209, 214 in 14th century, 399, 400 Islam and, 237 monasticism in, 212–214 Monophysite, 210–211 Nestorian, 210–211 in 1960s, 927 in Normandy, 280 in northern Europe, 353–354 Orthodox form of, 267 persecution of, 182–183, 191 popular piety and, 399, 427 population in late 3rd century C.E., 184(m) in Rome, 163, 164, 186–187(b), 196,

204–214, 254–255 in Russia, 267 saints and relics in, 248

I n d e x I - 9Cave painting–Christianity

Christianity (Continued) seizure of Jerusalem by, 315(b) Spanish reconquista and, 305, 353 women in church, 184–185

Christianization, 439–440 Christian Social Party (Austria-Hungary),

781–782 Christine de Pisan (c. 1365–c. 1430), 403 Christmas Carol, A (Dickens), 666 Church(es). See also specific religions

Byzantine vs. Roman, 267 in Constantinople (600–900), 243(f ) in France, 376 Gothic, 333–336, 334(i), 335(i) Great Awakening and, 566 Hagia Sophia as, 225 in Holy Roman Empire, 289–290 music and, 406, 408 reform of, 302–311 Roman Catholic vs. Greek Orthodox, 304 Romanesque, 332(i), 332–333, 333(i), 335(i) social order and, 718 tithes and, 468

Church and state balance between, 378–379 Investiture Conflict and, 307 in Italy, 255–256 in 19th century, 719 in Spain, 255

Church fathers, 211, 275 Churchill, Randolph (1849–1895), 741 Churchill, Winston (1874–1965), 741, 874,

884, 899 Church of England. See Anglican church

(Church of England) CIA. See Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) Cicero, Marcus Tullius (106–43 B.C.E.), 137,

138, 150, 226, 401 Cimon (Athens, 5th century B.C.E.), 76, 78 Cincius Romanus, 401–402 Ciompi Revolt (1378), 412 Circle of the Lustful, The (Blake), 643(i) Circumcision, 182 Circumnavigation, 420–421 CIS. See Commonwealth of Independent

States (CIS) Cisalpine Republic, 608, 682(i) Cistercians, 309–310, 310(f ) Cîteaux, monastery of, 309 Cities and towns. See also Urban areas;

Walled cities; specific locations Babylonian, 15 in Byzantine Empire, 241 commerce in, 296–299 culture in, 529 in Egypt, 16 in Enlightenment, 568 in Fascist Italy, 833 globalization of, 964 Great Famine and, 382 Hellenistic, 117–118 illegitimacy in, 663 industrialization and, 659 in Italy, 379–380 Jews in, 297–298 migration to, 653, 659 population growth in, 765 religious orders in, 349–350 in Roman Empire, 168–171 rural aspects of, 662

schools in, 328 self-government for, 301 social life in, 531–534 social order in, 706–708 in Soviet Union, 928 in Spain, 377 in Sumer, 7, 7–9 “unplanned,” 298–299 in western Europe, 247

Citizens and citizenship. See also Democracy activism in 1960s and 1970s, 930–936 in Athens, 62–63, 70, 76, 77 education for, 709 in Greece, 34, 47, 51, 54–56, 57 for native Americans, 706(m) in Rome, 140, 154, 166, 170, 190 women and, 56

City of God (Augustine of Hippo), 211–212 City-states, 7. See also Citizens and

citizenship; Polis Geneva as theocratic, 433 Greek, 34, 46, 47–57, 104, 110, 112 Italian, 408, 412 Sumerian, 7–9

City walls Alexander and, 113 in Jericho, P-10 at Megiddo, 41(i)

Civil Code (Napoleonic), 620, 625–627, 630 land ownership and, 664 Louis XVIII and, 639 women under, 669

Civil Constitution of the Clergy (France, 1790), 597

Civil disobedience in India, 843, 844(i) in U.S. civil rights movement, 904–905

Civilians in Chechnya, 960 World War I and, 807–809 World War II and, 864–866, 869–870

Civilization(s), P-4. See also Culture; Geography; Western civilization; Western world; specific societies

in Aegean and Mediterranean regions, 23(m), 23–29

“clash of,” 952 defined, 4–6, 6(b) Mediterranean, 66(m) in Mesopotamia, 7–16 Neolithic Revolution and, P-10 Western, 4–7 writing in, 10–11

Civilization of the Renaissance in Italy, The (Burckhardt), 402(b)

Civil rights legislation for, 930 movements, 904, 928–930, 931 in Nazi Germany, 848 in Northern Ireland, 939–940

Civil Rights Act (U.S., 1964), 930 Civil service, 709. See also Bureaucracy

in eastern Roman Empire, 223 Civil war(s)

in Bosnia-Herzegovina, 953–954 in China (1840s–1864), 712 in England (12th century), 321, 337 in Islam, 237 in Rome, 153–155, 158, 165, 175, 188,

190–191, 200

in Russia, 812–814, 814(m) in Spain (1936–1939), 859–860, 860(i),

860(m) in United States, 696, 705

Clair, René, 854–855 Clandestine workers, in Europe, 902 Clans, of non-Roman peoples, 215 Clare (13th century), 350 Classes. See also Aristocracy; Social

hierarchies; Status; specific classes Assyrian elite, 36 in Athens, 62, 62–63 in Çatalhöyük, P-14 in cities, 706–707 in eastern Roman Empire, 222–223 education for, 709 in Greece, 34, 44–45 hostility between, 663, 681(b) medieval orders as, 376–377 peasants as, 283–285 in Rome, 136, 138, 142, 179–180 World War I and, 805–806, 825

Classical culture, 220–221. See also Literature in Britain, 254–255 in Byzantine Empire, 265–266 in Middle Ages, 330 preservation of, 225–226

Classical Greece, 70, 95(m). See also Golden Age; specific locations

end of, 110 after Peloponnesian War, 104–110

Classical music, 570–571 Classicism, 405, 510

in architecture, 405 French, 509 in music, 408 vs. romanticism, 640

Claudius (Rome, r. 41–54), 174 Cleisthenes (Athens, 508 B.C.E.), 63–64, 75 Clemenceau, Georges (1841–1929), 816 Clement VII (antipope, r. 1378–1446), 398 Clement VII (Pope, r. 1523–1534), 434 Clement XIV (Pope, r. 1769–1774), 577 Cleon (Athens, 5th century B.C.E.), 98 Cleopatra VII (Egypt, 69–30 B.C.E.), 115,

119(i), 120, 158, 165 Clergy. See also specific types

Byzantine, 243, 319 celibacy of, 303, 308 French Terror and, 606 in Holy Roman Empire, 289–290 indigenous people as, 440 in medieval universities, 332 Methodist, 567 in 1930s, 856 in Prussia, 718 in revolutionary France, 597 roles of, 427, 448 as social order, 376–377 in Spanish colonies, 527 taxation of, 377–378 training of, 439 World War II resistance by, 870

Clermont, Urban II, First Crusade, and, 312, 314(b)

Clermont Tonnerre, Stanislas de (1757–1792), 597(b)

Clients Greek cities and leagues as, 148 in Roman society, 136

I - 1 0 I n d e x Christianity–Clients

Climate in Europe, 248–249 global warming and, 966 in ice age, P-6 little ice age of 1600–1850, 466–467(b) Mediterranean, 48 of Mesopotamia, 7 Neolithic Revolution and, P-8

Cloning, 920 Clothar II (Merovingian, r. 613–623), 252 Clothing

in eastern Roman Empire, 222 gender differences in, 669 industrialization and, 655–656 for Jews, 362 Napoleonic revolution in, 624(i) after plague, 390–391 social status of, 533

Clotilda (Franks), 219 Clouds, The (Aristophanes), 91–92 Clovis (Franks, r. 485–511), 219, 255 Clown, The (Böll), 906 Cluniacs, 303, 309 Cnut (Canute) (Denmark, r. 1017–1035),

280, 288 Coahuiltecan people, P-5 Coal and coal industry, 727

in Britain, 657 child labor in, 661 in Germany, 657 output of (1830–1850), 658(f ) strikes in England (1926), 823 World War I and, 820 World War II and, 892

Coalitions, against Sparta, 110 Cochin China, 712, 737 Cochlaeus, Johannes, 432(b) Cockade (French badge), 603 Code of Laws (Muscovy, 1649), 469 Codes, World War II and, 863 Codes of law. See Law(s); Law codes Codex (book), 226–227 Codex (Justinian), 225 Coffee (kavah), 519 Coffeehouses, 518(i), 519, 528, 534 Cohen, Mark R., 318 Coins

debasement of, 189, 189(i) Persian and Arabic, (i), 239, 239(b) Roman, 159(i), 167, 189, 189(i)

Colbert, Jean-Baptiste (1619–1683), 486(i), 490, 511

Cold war, 880, 927–936 in Asia, 898 culture of, 908–909 decolonization during, 897–902 end of, 947 government archives and truth about,

885(b) lifestyle and culture during, 902–911 military spending during, 891(f ) origins of, 883–886 space age and, 919 totalitarianism and, 845(b) world during (1960), 912(m)

Cole, Thomas (1801–1848), 664 Collaborators, World War II and, 888 Collage, 774 Collection in 74 Titles, 304 Collective action, by workers, 750

Collective bargaining, in France, 854 Collectives, peasant, 302 Collective security. See also Alliances; specific

alliances World War I and, 821

Collectivization, 676 in Soviet bloc, 846, 895

Colleges. See Universities Coloni (tenant farmers), 200, 247 Colonies and colonization

in Americas, 425(m), 470, 470(m) British, 737(m) criticism of, 560 decolonization and, 897–902 European culture and, 738 French, 613–615 French (1930s), 844 in Great Depression, 843 Greek, 48–51, 52(b) human rights and, 904 imperialism vs., 670 independence movements in, 647(m) of Napoleon, 630–632 in 19th century, 710–713 in North America, c. 1780, 583 oil and, 938(f ) products from, 733 resistance to, 788–790 Roman, 145–146 trade patterns and, 522(m) violence and, 734(i) World War I and, 785, 801, 818(b), 819,

824 World War I soldiers and, 806 World War II and, 856

Colosseum (Rome), 175 Colossus (computer), 917 Colossus, The (Goya), 622(i) Columbanus (Saint, d. 615), 251 Columbian exchange, 420, 426 Columbus, Christopher (1451–1506), 420,

423(b), 424(b) Combahee River Statement (1977), 932(b) COMECON. See Council for Mutual

Economic Assistance (COMECON) Comedy

in Greece, 95–96 Hellenistic, 121 New Comedy and, 124(b) Roman, 150(i)

Coming South (Roberts), 724(i) Commedia (Dante), 369 Commerce. See also Business; Commercial

revolution; Seaborne trade; Trade Assyrians and, 13–14 in Bronze Age, 7 Byzantine, 264 Canaanites and, 15 centers of, 298–299 in cities and towns, 298–299 Continental System of, 631 in countryside, 301–302 crafts and, 299–301 Dutch, 458, 506, 506(m) of Egypt, 16 Greeks and, 43, 49–51 in Islamic world, 270–271 Jewish involvement in, 297 medieval, 250 in Mycenae, 27

permanent centers of, 296 private joint-stock companies in, 470 Thomas Aquinas and, 368

Commercial revolution, 296–302 Committee of Public Safety (France), 600,

601, 605, 606 Commodities, trade in, 520, 522(m) Commoners, in English Parliament, 377 Common law (England), 336–340, 339(i) Common Market, 889, 892–893, 937, 961

cooperation in, 922 as European Union, 952 Spain in, 942

Common people burden of warfare on, 491–492 music and, 535

Commonwealth, British, 892 Commonwealth of Independent States (CIS),

957(m) Communes, 301. See also Paris Commune

in Italy, 307, 344–345 Paris as, 713, 714–715 in Russia, 695

Communications global, 952, 977–978 mass journalism and, 752

Communications satellites, 917, 919 Communism, 676

in China, 890, 898 cold war and, 884 collapse of, 942–947, 948(m), 953–961 in Czechoslovakia, 914(i), 915 French Revolution and, 590(b) in Germany, 847, 848 Hitler, Mussolini, and, 858 in Indochina, 844 Marshall Plan and, 886 McCarthyism and, 890–891 revolutions of 1989 and, 945–947 Soviet, 845–847, 894–897, 956 Soviet Union after, 958(i) totalitarianism of, 844 utopia of, 831–833 in Yugoslavia, 886, 886(m)

Communist China. See China Communist International, 813 Communist League, 676, 677(b) Communist Manifesto, The (Marx and

Engels), 676, 677(b) Communist Party

in Russia, 812 Soviet, 943, 956 World War II and, 890

Communist theory, Marx and, 283 Communities, 675, 676

Islamic ummah as, 236 monastic, 213–214

Comnenian dynasty (1081–1185), 319 Compendium Maleficarum (Guazzo), 478(i) Competition

for control of Americas, 527 economic, 469, 470, 922 among great powers, 520 Hobbes view of, 504 over India, 527–528 in 17th century trade, 506, 506(m) in shipbuilding, 490

Computers, 917–918, 975, 976 Comte, Auguste (1798–1857), 669–670,

720–721

I n d e x I - 1 1Climate–Comte

Concentration camps in Germany, 839, 848–849 as memorials, 867 survivors of, 881 World War II and, 865(m), 865–866

Concert of Europe, end of, 690–696 Conciliar Movement, 399 Concordat of Worms (1122), 306n, 307, 323 Concorde, 922 Condition of the Working Class in England,

The (Engels), 660(b) Condoms, 664 Confederation of the Rhine, 630, 630(m), 633 Confessions (Augustine of Hippo), 212 Confessions (Rousseau), 566 Confraternities, 514 Congo, 734, 951, 974 Congregationalism, in England, 499 Congress of Berlin, 756 Congress of Vienna (1814–1815), 636,

636(i), 648, 650(m), 692 Conquest of Jerusalem, The, 419 Conquistadores, 426 Conrad III (Holy Roman Empire,

1093–1152), 317, 323 Conscription. See also Military draft

under Napoleon, 631 World War II and, 868

Conservatism emergence of, 638–639 gender roles and, 684 political, 754 World War I and, 815

Conservative Party (England), 752–753, 792, 890, 941(b)

Conservatives in England, 703, 778–779 in Germany, 781

Considerations on France (Maistre), 611(b) Considerations on the Main Events of the

French Revolution (Staël), 611(b) Constance (Sicily), 373 Constant, Benjamin (1767–1830), 634–635(b) Constantine (Rome, r. 306–337), 192, 196(i),

210 conversion to Christianity, 202–203, 204 tetrarchy of, 198

Constantine VII Porphyrogenitos (Byzantine emperor, r. 913–959), 264(i), 264–265

Constantinople, 199, 204, 239, 241 fall of, 646(i) in First Crusade, 312(m) in Fourth Crusade, 340 Hagia Sophia in, 225, 226(i), 397 as Istanbul, 844 under Justinian, 225(m) Ottomans in, 387, 388, 396, 397 sack of (1204), 352, 352(m) St. Sophia in, 268(i) Turkish control of (1453), 218

Constantius II (Rome, r. 337–361), 210 Constitution

in France, 596, 607, 622, 674 in Japan, 738 in Poland, 823 in United States, 583

Constitutionalism, 483–484 in England, 484, 497–505, 504 in English North America, 505, 508 Enlightenment and, 564 freedoms and, 509

Huguenots and, 454 Montesquieu and, 560 in Poland-Lithuania, 484

Constitutions of Melfi (Frederick II), 373–374 Consulate (France), 621 Consuls, in Milan, 301 Consuls (Rome), 142

Marius as, 153 Octavian (Augustus) as, 165 Pompey as, 155

Consumer economy, 923 Consumer goods, 827, 891, 925 Consumerism, 905(b)

department stores and, 732(i), 732–733 in eastern Europe, 964 gender norms and, 905–908 global, 976 in 1960s, 925 protests against, 931

Consumer revolution, 528–529, 530(b) Consumption, patterns of, 525–526 Contado (countryside), 301 Continental Europe, England and, 321 Continental System, 631 Contraception. See Birth control Contracts

Greek marriage, 85(b) medieval, 300

Contrasts (Pugin), 665 Convents, 214, 283

in Arles, France, 246(i) Beguines and, 350 Benedictine, 309 Merovingian, 252

Conversations on the Plurality of Worlds (Fontenelle), 546

Conversion of Bedouins to Islam, 236 to Calvinism, 452–453 to Catholicism, 527 to Christianity, 182, 202–203, 380 of Constantine, 202–203, 204 to Islam, 232, 234–235 of Muslims, 414 of native Americans, 419 of Vladimir, 267

Conversos, 414 Cook, James (1728–1779), 560 Cooking, P-6 Cooperatives, 675, 676 Copenhagen, telephone exchange in, 731(i) Copernicus, Nicolaus (1473–1543), 475 Copper, 12 Co-Prosperity Sphere, Japanese, 858 Coptic alphabet, 18(f ) Coptic Christians, 211, 324(m) Corday, Charlotte (1768–1793), 604 Córdoba, 270, 271, 942 Corinth, 48(m), 60–62, 70, 74

black-figure vase from, 32(i), 34, 43, 60(i) Rome and, 149 750–500 B.C.E., 57(m) temple of Apollo at, 61(i) tyranny in, 57, 60–62

Corneille, Pierre (1606–1684), 487–488, 513 Cornelia (Rome, 2nd century B.C.E.),

137–138 Corn Laws (Britain), repeal of, 674 Coronation

of Charlemagne, 274–275 of Stephen I (Hungary), 291

Corporate state, in Italy, 833–834 Corporations

Italian families as, 287 limited liability, 730 multinational, 921–922

Corpus Christi processions, 515, 515(i) Corresponding societies, 608–609 Corruption

Augustine on, 211 in British government, 581 in former Soviet Union, 956, 959 public opinion on, 580

Corsica and Corsicans, 147, 965 Cortes (Spain), 410, 644

of Castile-León, 377 Cortés, Hernando (Hernán) (1485–1547),

418(i), 425–426 Cosmonauts, female, 918, 918(i) Cossacks, 497, 579, 579(i) Cost of living

in 1848, 678 World War I and, 809(f )

Cotton, 528(i), 658–659 Council for Mutual Economic Assistance

(COMECON), 895 Council of Five Hundred (France), 621 Councils. See also Senate

of Areopagus (Athens), 76 in Athens, 63 in England, 377 of Five Hundred (Athens), 76, 77, 88 in Sparta, 59

Councils (Christian) of Chalcedon (451), 211 of Constance (1414–1418), 399, 400, 401 First Vatican Council, 719 Fourth Lateran (1215), 360–361 of Justinian II, 256 of Lyon (1245), 374 of Reims (1049), 304 Second Vatican Council (Vatican II),

903, 927 of Soissons (1121), 331 Third Council of Toledo, 255 Third Lateran, 367 of Trent (1545–1563), 438–439

Counterculture, 931, 936 Counter-Reformation, 435 Countryside. See Rural areas Counts, as warriors, 285 Coups, in Russia, 956 Courbet, Gustave (1819–1877), 717, 717(i) Courtier, The (Castiglione), 442 Courtly love, 347 Court of Star Chamber (England), 498 Courts

in England, 337–339 in France, 375 in Germany, 373–374 of inquisition, 360 World Court, 955

Courts (royal) of Burgundy, 392 Byzantine, 263 in eastern Roman Empire, 222, 223(i), 224(i) Fatimid, 270 in High Renaissance, 441–442 of Louis XIV, 483, 486–489, 487(b) of Napoleon III, 691 of Philip IV, 464(i) women in, 512–514

I - 1 2 I n d e x Concentration camps–Courts

Covenant, Hebrew, 40, 42 Crafts

Minoan, 26 organization of, 299–301

Cranmer, Thomas (1489–1556), 434 Crassus, Marcus Licinius (c. 115–53 B.C.E.),

155 Credit, 366

Great Depression and, 840 Crete, 23, 23(m)

civilization in, 4, 6, 24 Minoans in, 25–27 Mycenaeans and, 28 wall painting from, 26(i)

Crick, Francis, 906 Crime and criminals

attitudes toward, 514 in England, 288 in former Soviet Union, 959 in London, 648 in Mesopotamia, 14–15 political, 605 in rural areas, 572 in urban areas, 663

Crime and Punishment (Dostoevsky), 717 Crimean War (1853–1856), 690, 691,

692(m), 692–694, 704 Crimes against humanity

by Milosevic, 955 Nuremberg trials and, 888

Criminology, 769 Critias

on religion, 89 on Spartan society, 99 as tyrant, 106

Critique of Pure Reason, The (Kant), 565 Croatia, 953, 954, 955 Croats, 672, 682–683, 684 Croesus (Greece), 50, 50(i) Cromwell, Oliver (1599–1658), 499,

500–502, 502(i) Cromwell, Thomas (1485–1540), 434 Crops, P-10. See also specific crops

in Europe, 248–259 failures of, 678 Greek, 48 introduction of, 578 medieval, 279 in New World, 420, 426 staple, 521 yield of (1400–1800), 531 530(f )

Cross-cultural contact. See also Culture; Trade; specific countries

Greek, 48 Near East and Greece, 33 Roman, 140–141

Cross in the Mountains, The (Friedrich), 641 Crouching Tiger, Hidden Dragon (movie), 978 Crucifixion, of Jesus, 182 Cruikshank, George (1792–1878), 666 Crusader states, 313n, 316(m), 316–317 Crusades, 311–319, 313(i)

First (1096–1099), 311, 312(m) Second (1147–1149), 317, 351, 353 Third, 340, 351 Fourth, 346, 351–353, 360 Albigensian, 353, 354–355 Children’s, 354(b) 1150–1204, 352(m) in Europe, 353–355 long-term impact of, 317–319

by Louis IX (France), 375 northern, 353–355 Richard I (England) in, 340

“Cry of the Children, The” (Browning), 664–665

Crystal Palace, 684, 685, 685(i) Ctesibius of Alexandria (c. 310 B.C.E.), 127 Ctesiphon, 237, 240, 268 Cuba

Castro in, 909–910 slavery in, 670 U.S. and, 785

Cuban missile crisis, 885, 910, 911(m) Cubism, 774 Cult(s)

of Asclepius, 93(i) of Aten, 22 Christianity compared with, 205 of efficiency, 825 in Egypt, 21 in Greece, 53 Greek women and, 56 Hellenistic, 127–128 hero, 81 imperial (Rome), 175 of Mithras, 185(i) Mysteries of Demeter and Persephone, 185 mystery, 81, 129 of the offensive (World War I), 803 of personality (Soviet Union), 896 of Reason (France), 603 ruler, 128

Cultivation, P-10, P-15. See also Agriculture; Crops; Farms and farming

Cult of the Supreme Being (France), 603 Cultural imperialism, 740–750 Cultural Revolution (China, 1960s), 937 Culture. See also Art(s); Intellectual thought;

Society; specific cultures advertising and, 907, 908 Americanization of, 902–903, 908, 909 in Balkan region, 703(i) from beyond West, 978–979 in Britain, 217, 254, 254–255, 704 in Byzantine Empire, 240, 242–243 Cairo geniza documents about, 318 in Christianized Roman Empire, 196–197 civilization and, 5 classical, 220–221, 225–226, 254–255 in cold war, 902–911 debates over future, 828–831 in eastern Europe, 895 in eastern Roman Empire, 222–223 in Egypt, 21 in 1850–1870, 690 during Enlightenment, 567–573 ethnicity and, 249(b) European in colonies, 738 in former Soviet bloc, 979–980 French Republican, 602–603 global, 977–981, 978(i) in global cities, 964 in Greece, 33–34, 42, 70, 81–96 Greek influence on Roman, 141, 149–150 Hellenistic, 120–129 imperialism and, 739–740 in India, 712 in Mali, 737(i) Mediterranean, 26 in Middle Ages, 327–328 national identity and, 690

in Near East, 34 in 19th century, 666–667 in 1930s, 854–856 popular, 514, 572 postindustrial, 921–927 in provinces, 177–178 of rock-and-roll, 905–906 Roman, 130, 134 in Russia, 832 secular, 903 of social order, 715–721 social question and, 664–667 of Soviet dissidents, 928 spread of, 733 television and, 917 U.S. dominance of, 980 vernacular in, 346–349 in western Europe, 219–221 World War I and, 827–834

Cuneiform, 10, 11(f ), 13, 18(f ) Curia (city senate), 200–201, 202 Curials (urban social elite), 200–201, 242 Curie, Marie (1867–1934), 772, 773, 773(i) Curie, Pierre (1859–1906), 772 Currency

collapse of international system, 937 euro as, 961

Curriculum in France, 754 in Middle Ages, 328–329, 331–332 in 19th century, 709 in Roman schools, 172 student protests against, 931

Customs, culture and, 5 Cybulski, Zbigniew, 906 Cynics, 125 Cyprus, P-4n, 459, 963 Cypselus (Corinth), 61–62 Cyrene, Greeks in, 52(b) Cyril (missionary, c. 863), 267 Cyrillic alphabet, 267 Cyrus (Persian Empire, r. 557–530 B.C.E.),

37, 41, 72(m) Czartoryska, Zofia, 558 Czechoslovakia, 816

collapse of communism in, 946–947, 948(m) EU and, 963(b) fragmentation of, 965 Nazi invasion of, 861 in 1930s, 854 in 1990s, 954(m) Prague Spring in, 934(i), 934–935 protests in, 914(i), 915 refugees from, 881 Soviets and, 886 student protests in, 931 World War I and, 821

Czech people, 672, 683, 854 in Austria-Hungary, 702, 781 in Bohemia, 401 Roman Catholicism and, 291 self-determination of, 461 Thirty Years’ War and, 460 World War I and, 807

Czech Republic, 963, 965, 968

Dachau concentration camp, 848–849, 867 Dacia, Rome and, 192(m) Dada movement, 829–830 Daguerre, Jacques (1787–1851), 667, 667(i) Daguerreotype, 667, 667(i)

I n d e x I - 1 3Covenant–Daguerreotype

Daily life. See Lifestyle Daladier, Édouard (1884–1970), 861 Dalai Lama, 978 Dalmatian coast, 356(m) Damascus, 236(m), 262, 268

Great Mosque in, 237–238, 238(i) in Second Crusade, 317

Dance, modern, 775 Dance of Death, 390, 391(i), 409 Danegeld, 280, 321 Danelaw, 280 Danhauer, Gottfried, 542(i) Dante Alighieri (1365–1321), 369 Danton, Georges-Jacques (1759–1794),

603, 605 Danube River, as Roman frontier, 189, 196 Dardanelles, 693 Darius I (Persia, r. 522–486 B.C.E.), 38–39,

58, 69, 71, 72(m), 73(m) Dark Age(s), 233

in Greece, 42–45, 43(m), 44 in Near East, 34–35

Darwin, Charles (1809–1882), 719–720, 720(i) Daumier, Honoré (1808–1879), 669(i) David (Hebrew), 41 David (Michelangelo), 441(i) David, Jacques-Louis (1748–1825), 603,

618(i), 626(i) Davis, Angela, 931 Dawes Plan (1924), 821 Daycare centers, 894 D-Day (June 6, 1944), 870 Dean, James, 905 Death

in Egypt, 23 Myceanaean, 27 Neolithic interest in, P-13–P-14

Death camps, for Jews, 839 Death penalty, 577, 601(i), 605 De Baudricourt, Robert, 394(b) Debt

Great Depression and, 840–841 of United States, 973

Debussy, Claude (1862–1918), 775 Decembrist Revolt, 645, 668 De-Christianization, in revolutionary France,

603 Decius (Rome, r. 249–251), 191 Declaration of Independence (United States,

1776), 582(b) Enlightenment ideals in, 556, 578, 582

Declaration of Indulgence (1673), 503 Declaration of the Rights of Man and

Citizen (France), 595, 597(b), 638 Declaration of the Rights of Women

(Gouges), 595–596 Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire, The

(Gibbon), 218 Decolonization

of Africa, 900(m), 900–901 Belgian, 901 during cold war, 897–902 Dutch, 901 human rights and, 904 in North Africa, 901 oil and, 938(f )

Decorative arts, 747–748 Decretum (Gratian), 308 Decurions, in Rome, 177 Defender of the Peace, The (Marsilius of

Padua), 397

Defenestration of Prague, The (Matthäus), 450(i)

Defense cold war spending on, 910 Minoan, 25–26 Roman, 177

Deficits trade, 730–731 in United States, 941

Defoe, Daniel (1660–1731), 530(b), 535 Deforestation, 284, 966 De Gaulle, Charles (1890–1970), 917,

919, 928 Algerian independence and, 901 on French language purity, 980 student protests and, 934 World War II and, 864, 868–869, 889

Degeneration (Nordau), 768–769 Deism, 559, 603 Deities. See Gods and goddesses; specific

deities De Klerk, F. W. (1936–), 973 De Kooning, Willem (1904–1997), 909 Delacroix, Eugène (1798–1863), 641–642 Delhi, British in, 710–711 Delian League, 74, 74(m), 75, 77, 88(b), 96 Delphi, oracle at, 52 Deluge (Poland-Lithuania), 497 Demagogues, in Great Depression, 842 De Male, Louis, 396 De Manny, Walter, 394 Demes (political units), 63–64 Demeter (goddess), cult of, 81–82, 185 Demilitarization, World War I and, 821 Democracies. See also specific countries

Great Depression in, 852–854 in 1930s, 840, 852–856 terrorism against, 939–940 World War II and, 889–893

Democracy Aristotle on, 108 in Athens, 57, 62–64, 70, 74–77 in early United States, 583 economic, 822 in former Soviet Union, 959 in Persia, 58(b) Plato on, 108 Rousseau and, 563, 564

Demography, P-10 in Greece, 104 Sparta and, 60

Demoiselles d’Avignon, Les (Picasso), 774(i) Demonstrations, in 1968, 934 Demosthenes (384–322 B.C.E.), 111 Denazification, World War II and, 888 Denmark, 280, 542, 765, 881

England and, 288 welfare state in, 894(i) World War II and, 863

Department stores, 732(i), 732–733 Dépôts de mendicité, 572 Depression (economic), 729–730. See also

Great Depression Deregulation

of grain trade, 579 physiocrats and, 578

Descartes, René (1596–1650), 476–477 De Sica, Vittorio, 909 Despotism

in Britain, 581 enlightened, 573

Desprez, Josquin (1440-1521), 406, 408 D’Este, Isabella (1474–1539), 406 Détente policy, 937 Devaluation, 444 Devolution, War of (1667–1668), 491(b) Dhuoda, 261, 278 Dialogue Concerning the Two Chief World

Systems (Galileo), 477(b) Dialogues, of Plato, 107, 226 Diamonds, in Africa, 736 Diaphragm, for birth control, 747, 766 Diary of a Young Girl (Frank), 903 Diaspora, Jewish, 42 Dickens, Charles (1812–1870), 666, 716 Dictators (Rome)

Caesar as, 158–159 Sulla as, 155

Dictatorship in Austria, 854 in Fascist Italy, 833–834 in 1930s, 840 in Romania, 947

Diderot, Denis (1713–1784), 557, 565 on Jews, 577 on legal reform, 560 persecution of, 564

Didymus (Egypt, c. 80–10 B.C.E.), 120–121 Dien Bien Phu, battle of, 930(m) Diet (assembly)

in Hungary, 495 of Worms (1521), 430

Diet (nutrition). See also Foods cooking and, P-6 in Egypt, 16 Mediterranean, 26 Paleolithic, P-5 World War II and, 894

Dietrich, Marlene (1901–1992), 855 Digest (Justinian), 225 Diggers, 500 Dikes, in England, 302 Dioceses, in Rome, 198, 199(m) Diocletian (Rome, r. 284–305), 192, 196,

197–198 division of Rome by, 198, 199(m), 204(i) economy and, 200–202 Edict on Maximum Prices and Wages,

201(b) Roman district of, 199(m)

Diogenes (Sinope, d. 323 B.C.E.), 125, 125(i) Dionysus (god)

cult of, 94(i), 129, 207(b) Greek festival of drama and, 93–94, 95 theater at Athens, 94(i)

Dior, Christian, 907 Diphtheria, 894 Diplomacy, 573–576

by Akhenaten, 22 Athenian, 69 in 18th century, 544 Hittite-Egyptian, 25 Roman, 145 Soviet, 896–897 U.S., 937 World War I and, 763–764, 821

Diplomatic Revolution, 574 Directory (France), 607, 621 Dirham, 239 Disabilities

in Nazi Germany, 851 thalidomide and, 920(i)

I - 1 4 I n d e x Daily life–Disabilities

Discourse on Method (Descartes), 477 Discovery of Achilles on Skyros (Poussin),

510(i) Discrimination

legislation against, 930 Social Darwinism and, 720

Diseases, 969 AIDS and, 969 from animals, P-10 in Babylonia, 15 carried to New World, 420, 426 causes of, 662(m) in cities, 707 in 18th century, 544–545 in Europe, 248–259 famines and, 390 global, 952 life expectancy and, 968–969 in 1960s, 920 in Rome, 169, 224 urbanization and, 662–663 World War II and, 894

Disraeli, Benjamin (1804–1881), 703, 756 Dissidents, Soviet, 928, 929(b), 929(i) Diversity

in Hellenistic religions, 127–128 Muslim, 269–270 in Roman Empire, 220(m)

Dives and Lazarus, illustration of, 294(i), 295, 310

Divided Heaven (Wolf ), 928 Divine Comedy (Dante), 369 Divine right of monarchs, 464–465, 505

Bossuet on, 489 Louis XIV and, 489 Montesquieu and, 560

Divinity. See also Gods and goddesses of Christ, 182

Divorce Civil Code of Napoleon and, 626 Council of Trent and, 439 in eastern Roman Empire, 222 in France, 604, 639 in Greece, 57 Hammurabi on, 14 marriage and, 767 in Russia, 832 in Soviet Union, 846

DNA, P-3, 906, 919–920 Doctors. See also Medicine

in Rome, 180 Doctors Without Borders, 965 Doctor Zhivago (novel and movie), 878(i),

879, 896, 909, 911 Doctrine (Christian), 184, 244, 397–398 Doge, 412 Dogs, domestication of, P-9 Dollfuss, Engelbert (1892–1934), 854 Doll’s House, A (Ibsen), 747, 748(b) Dolly (cloned sheep), 920 Dome of the Rock (Jerusalem), 230(i), 238 Domesday survey, 320–321, 323(m), 413 Domestication of animals

in Near East, P-9–P-10 Neolithic, P-8 Paleolithic, P-5

Domesticity, 654, 668–669 middle-class, 742 Queen Victoria and, 684 women and, 731 World War II and, 907

Dominate (Rome), 197–198, 201 Dominic (Saint, 1170–1221), 354 Dominican Order, 354 Domitian (Rome, r. 81–96 C.E.), 175,

188–189 Donation of Constantine, 274 Donatist Christianity, 211 Don Quixote (Cervantes), 459, 512, 535 Doré, Gustave (1832–1883), 671(i) Dostoevsky, Fyodor (1821–1881), 690,

716–717, 757, 758 Double Arguments (Sophist handbook), 90 Double Helix, The (Watson), 906 Double standard, of gender behavior, 742 Dowry

in Greece, 82 Merovingian, 251

Drachma, 239 Draco (Athens, 621 B.C.E.), 62 Draconian, origins of term, 62 Draft. See Military draft Drama

Greek, 92–96, 95(i), 124(b) Hellenistic, 121 Roman, 150(i)

Dreadnought, H.M.S. (ship), 792 Dresden, World War II and, 864 Dreyfus, Alfred (1859–1935), 780 Dreyfus Affair (France), 780, 780(i) Drug culture, 931 Dual Alliance, 756 Dualism

as heresy, 350–351 moral, 39 Plato on, 107–108

Dual Monarchy, 702, 792 Dubček, Alexander, 935, 946 Du Bois, W. E. B. (1868–1963), 820 Duchies, in Germany, 289 Dukes, 255, 285 Duma (Russia), 787–788 Dumuzi (god), 12 Duncan, Isadora (1877–1927), 775 Dunkirk, 863 Duns Scotus, John (1266–1308), 368–369 Dürer, Albrecht (1471–1528), 428(i) Dutch. See also Netherlands

decolonization and, 901 Japan and, 712 in southern Africa, 736 values of, 977(b)

Dutch East India Company, 506(m), 519, 540 Dutch Patriot Revolt (1787), 589 Dutch Republic

Batavian Republic and, 608 Britain and, 582, 583 colonial commerce of, 470 colonization by, 426 Congress of Vienna and, 638 decentralized government of, 505–506 Dutch Patriot Revolt in, 589 in 18th century, 540 at end of 17th century, 516(m) independence from Spain, 505 intellectual thought in, 457, 476 maritime commerce and, 457–458 as mercantile power, 469 religious tolerance in, 457 17th century wars of, 507 Spanish defeat by, 455 Thirty Years’ War and, 462, 466

Dutch War (1672–1678), 491(b) Du Tertre, Jean-Baptiste (1610–1687), 526 Dynastic wars, 442–444

Thirty Years’ War as, 461–462 Dynasties. See also Kings and kingdoms;

Monarchs and monarchies; specific dynasties and rulers

Catholic Church and, 308 in Egypt, 29 Italian leadership and, 255 of Ur III, 13

Dynatoi (Byzantine landowning elite), 266, 269, 311

Early Middle Ages, 233 Earth, circumference of, 126 East Africa, 734, 789, 900–901 East Anglia, 288 East Asia, 898 East Berlin, Berlin Wall and, 946 Easter, date of, 253 Easter Monday (1916), Irish protests on, 810 Eastern Europe, 231

cold war in, 884 collapse of communism in, 953–961 countries of former Soviet Union

(c. 2000), 957(m) development of, 266–268 education in, 668 EU and, 962–964 families in, 765(i) government in, 289–291 industrialization in, 658 industry in, 842 in 1930s, 854 in 1990s, 954(m) peasants in, 531 population problems in, 968 racism in, 843 revolution of 1848 in, 683(i) revolutions of 1989 in, 945–947 Roman Catholicism in, 291 in 17th century, 497(m) in 1648–1699, 494(m) socialism in, 678 social welfare in, 894 Soviets and, 870–871, 886 in 12th century, 346, 346(m) West German trade with, 928 women in, 767 World War I and, 822–823 World War II and, 864, 894–897

Eastern front, World War I and, 803, 810 Eastern Orthodox Church, 225 Eastern Roman Empire, 196–197, 198–200,

199(m), 220(m), 221–227, 231. See also Byzantine Empire; Roman Empire; Western Roman Empire

classical learning in, 225–226 separation from western empire, 225–226 in 600, 228(m)

East Germany, 887, 887(m), 945–946, 948(m) East India Company (Britain), 671, 710, 711,

733 East Indies, exploration of, 421 Eberbech, Cistercian church in, 310, 311(f ) Ebert, Friedrich (1871–1925), 815, 816 Ebla, Mesopotamia, 13 Ebola virus, 969 Ecce Homo (Grosz), 829(i) Ecce Homo (Nietzsche), 829(i)

I n d e x I - 1 5Discourse on Method–Ecce Homo

Ecology, pollution and, 966 Economic democracy, 822 Economist, The (periodical), 674 Economy. See also Agriculture; Farms and

farming; Great Depression; Labor; Wealth

in Athens, 62, 105 in Austria-Hungary, 702 Byzantine, 242, 264 consumer, 923 cycles in, 730 in eastern Europe, 964 in 1850–1870, 690 emerging, 922 in England, 340, 853 in EU, 961–962 fairs in, 296 feudalism in, 282–283 in first civilizations, 4–5 in former Soviet Union, 956, 958–960,

959(i) in France, 601, 692, 942 in French Vietnam, 712 in Germany, 755–756, 847, 849, 942 global, 964, 975–977 in Great Depression, 840–841 during Great Famine, 382 Greek, 43, 49 Hellenistic, 117–119 Hittite, 25 in India, 710, 974 in Italy, 287, 833–834 in Jericho, P-11 Jews and, 365–366 laissez-faire, 561 in medieval Europe, 248–250, 296–302 Mesopotamian, 14 Minoan, 26–27 money, 295–296, 302 Mycenaean, 27 under Napoleon, 630–631 in Near East, 34–35 Neolithic, P-12–P-13 in 19th century, 729–731 in non-Roman kingdoms, 217 in North and South, 969 oil and, 937–938, 938(f ), 938(i) Persian, 37–38 physiocrats and, 578 postindustrial, 921–924 postwar surge in, 891 power shift in, 469, 479 regional differences in, 469, 479–480 rise in world economies, 973–974 in Rome, 158, 167–171, 177, 188, 189, 191,

197–198, 200–202 in Russia, 810 in South Africa, 974 Soviets and, 845–846, 895, 943 subsistence and gift, 249–250 in Sumer, 13 in Sweden, 852–853 Thatcher and, 940–941, 941(b) after Thirty Years’ War, 465–471, 479 in United States, 883, 941–942 in West, 939 in western Roman Empire, 215 in West Germany, 890 World War I and, 820–821, 824–825 World War II and, 880, 889–890, 891–893

Ecosystems, disturbance of, 966

ECSC. See European Coal and Steel Community (ECSC)

Ecumenism, Vatican II and, 903 Edessa, crusaders and, 316 Edgar (England, r. 957–975), 288 Edict of Milan (313), 203–204 Edict of Nantes (1598), 455, 520

revocation of, 489, 493 Edict of Resolution (1629), 461 Education. See also Higher education; Schools

Black Death and, 391 in Byzantine Empire, 242 in Carolingian renaissance, 276 in Dutch Republic, 507 in France, 603, 668, 754 in Germany, 728 in Greek Golden Age, 86–88 Jesuit, 439 Locke and, 505 Merovingian, 251 in Middle Ages, 328–332 middle class interest in, 571 Mill and, 721 Napoleon and, 626 in 1960s, 924 in 19th century, 709–710 reforms in, 577 Roman Catholic church and, 399 in Rome, 138, 172 in sciences, 709 secondary, 710 social status and, 533–534(i) Sunday schools and, 667–668 in universities, 331–332 for women, 511, 550

Edward I (England, r. 1272–1307), 377, 378 Edward VI (England, r. 1547–1553), 434, 445 Edward VII (England, r. 1901–1910), 771(i) Edward the Confessor (England,

r. 1042–1066), 319 EEC. See European Economic Community

(EEC) Egypt, 801

England and, 790 Fatimids in, 269 hermit monks in, 212–213 imperialism in, 733 independence for, 899 interest in, 688(i), 712 Muslims in, 236–237 Napoleon in, 621 self-rule for, 844 World War I and, 824

Egypt (ancient), 17(m) Alexander the Great in, 113 arts in, 20 authority in, 19 civilization in, 4, 6 Greece and, 49 Hebrews in, 39 Hittites and, 25 Hyksos people in, 39 Middle Kingdom in, 20–21 names and dates in, 16n New Kingdom in, 21 Old Kingdom in, 16, 17–20 Persian Empire and, 37 polytheism in, 5 Ptolemies in, 116, 117, 119, 120 religion in, 2(i), 17–18, 21–22, 127 reunification of, 21

in Roman Empire, 176 Rosetta stone and, 102(i) sculpture in, 50, 50(i) Sea Peoples and, 29 society in, 19–20 3050–1000 B.C.E., 16–23 women in, 10, 120

Eiffel Tower, 727 Einhard (c. 770–840), on Charlemagne,

273–274, 274–275, 276(b) Einstein, Albert (1879–1955), 772–773 Eisenhower, Dwight (1890–1969), 870 Eisenstein, Sergei (1898–1948), 828, 829

Prokofiev’s music and, 847 Elba, island of, 633 Eleanor of Aquitaine (c. 1122–1204), 317,

337, 340, 347 Elections

in Moscow, 944 in Rome, 142

Electricity, 727, 728(i) nuclear plants for, 919 wind generation of, 967

Electronic circuitry, in computers, 917 Elektra (Strauss), 775 Elements of the Philosophy of Newton

(Voltaire), 548–549 El Greco (Doménikos Theotokópoulos)

(1541–1614), 472 Eliezer, Israel ben (Ba’al Shem Tov)

(c. 1700–1760), 566 Eliot, George (Mary Ann Evans)

(1819–1880), 716 Eliot, T. S. (1888–1965), 830 Elisabeth Charlotte (Orléans), 487 Elisabeth de Valois, 455 Elisabeth of Hungary (1207–1231), 363–364 Elites

Assyrian, 36 in Athens, 62, 76 in Bohemia, 400 in British North America, 508 Byzantine dynatoi as, 266 in Byzantine Empire, 242 codes of behavior of, 509 in Dutch Republic, 457, 458, 507 in eastern Europe, 895 in England, 502 in Enlightenment, 555–556, 568–571 in 15th century republics, 411 French reforms and, 609 Greek, 44–45 Hellenistic, 117–118 Hispano-Roman, 255–256 missionary efforts among, 440 “nobility of the robe” as, 455 in Ottoman Empire, 495 poor and, 514 popular culture and, 514 in Rome, 151, 152–153, 159, 200–201 in rural society, 664 social activities of, 741–742 socialist, 776–777 social order and, 668 witches and, 479 women as, 119

Elizabeth (Russia, r. 1741–1762), 574 Elizabeth I (England, r. 1558–1603), 434

Anglicanism under, 445, 458(i) Calvinists and, 452 Philip II and, 458–459

I - 1 6 I n d e x Ecology–Elizabeth I

Ellis, Havelock (1859–1939), 768 Ellison, Ralph, 930 Elpinike (Athens), 85 Emancipation

of Russian serfs, 694–695, 695(i) of U.S. slaves, 705

Emancipation Proclamation (1863), 705 Embargo

against Italy, 859 by U.S. on supplies to Japan, 857–858

Embassy, U.S. in Iran, 939 Emecheta, Buchi, 979 Emerging economies, in Southern

Hemisphere, 973–974 Emerging nations, 901, 922, 961 Emigration. See also Immigrants and

immigration; Migration from Europe (1870–1890), 746(f ) from former Soviet Union, 958 by Soviet Jews, 935

Émile (Rousseau), 562, 562(b) Emir (commander), 270 Emirates, in Spain, 270 Emissions controls, 967 Emperors. See also specific empires and rulers

Augustus as, 166–167 in Byzantine Empire, 243, 263–264 Charlemagne as, 275 Christian, in Rome, 205 in eastern Roman Empire, 197–199,

224–225 German kings as, 289 in Japan, 713 Roman cult of, 175, 185 Roman religion and, 202–204 in western Roman empire, 197–199

Empires, 12. See also Imperialism; specific empires and rulers

in Balkan region, 791(m) challenges to European, 784–787 competition for, 739 decolonization and, 897–902 decorative arts and, 747–748 pride in, 740(i)

Empiricism, 565 Employment

Civil Code of Napoleon and, 626–627 global redistribution of, 977 in Great Depression, 842 World War I and, 825 World War II and, 891

Ems telegram, 701 Enabling Act (Germany), 848 Enclosure movement, 530–531 Encyclopedia (Diderot, ed.), 557, 557(i),

562(b), 568, 578 Engels, Friedrich (1820–1895), 660(b), 676,

677(b), 678–679 England (Britain). See Britain English language

development of, 321 international dominance of, 980 Old English as, 255

English Royal African Company, 523 Enheduanna (Akkad, 23rd century B.C.E.), 11 Enkidu (Gilgamesh), 11–12 Enlightened despots, 573 Enlightenment, 520, 545–546, 556-573,

565(b) American Revolution and, 581–583 criticisms of, 565(b)

Declaration of Independence and, 556, 582, 583–584

France and, 564–565, 588 in Germany, 565–566 literature of, 566(b) Maistre on, 611(b) optimism in, 547(b) public opinion in, 580 rebellions and, 578–583 reforms in, 573–578 term “modern” and, 766(b)

Enlil (god), 11, 13 Ennius (d. 169 B.C.E.), 149 Entente Cordiale, 790, 792

Triple Alliance and, 800 Entertainment

in 18th century, 572 popular, 668 Roman public, 171–172 World War I and, 828

Environment feminism and, 933(b) global issues and, 952 pollution problems and, 966–968

Ephesus, 241, 242(m) Ephialtes (Athens, 5th century B.C.E.), 76, 77 Ephors (overseers), in Sparta, 59 Epic literature, 44, 46(b), 348–349 Epic of Gilgamesh, 11–12, 36 Epicureanism, 123 Epicurus (Greece, 341–271 B.C.E.), 123 Epidemics. See also Black Death; Diseases

of cholera, 662(m), 662–663 in eastern Roman Empire, 224 malnutrition and, 468

Epigrams, 121, 122(b) Epirus, 356(m) Equal Employment Opportunity

Commission (EEOC), 930 Equality

in Athens, 63 in Greece, 53 racial, 843

Equiano, Olaudah, 560 Equites (Roman equestrians, knights), 152–153 Erasmus, Desiderius (1466–1536), 427–428 Eratosthenes of Cyrene (c. 275–194 B.C.E.),

126 Erhard, Ludwig (1897–1977), 890 Eriksen, Vigilius, 554(i) Erikson, Erik, 770(b) Erinna (Hellenistic female poet), 122(b) Ermengard (9th century), 278 Essay Concerning Human Understanding

(Locke), 505 Estates (classes), 592–593 Estates General (France), 378, 592 Estonia, 354, 460, 861, 863, 956, 963, 964 Ethics

Aristotle on, 109–110 Hellenistic, 123 Jewish, 41–42 in Persia, 39 Plato on, 107–108 Socrates on, 90–92

Ethiopia fossils from, P-3 hunting in Paleolithic, P-5 Italian attack on, 779, 785, 858, 859(m) struggle for (1896), 785, 785(m)

Ethnic cleansing, 889(i), 954

Ethnic groups. See also specific countries in Balkan region, 791–792 concepts of, 249(b) in former Soviet Union, 956, 959 in nation-states, 964–965 in 1930s, 854 of non-Roman peoples, 214–215

Ethnography, 927 Etruscans, 49, 77, 140(m), 141(i), 141–142,

145 EU. See European Union (EU) Eucharist, 308, 349, 401(i), 432

Council of Trent and, 439 disagreement over, 400, 401 salvation and, 361, 364

Eugenics, 766–767 Eugénie (France, r. 1853–1871), 691, 691(i) Eugenius III (Pope, r. 1145–1153), 317 Eulalius, 252 Eunuchs, in Byzantine Empire, 262 Euphrates River region, P-8, 7 Euripides (c. 485–406 B.C.E.), 84(b), 94 Euro, 961, 962(i), 962(m) Europe, 516(m). See also specific countries,

regions, wars, and issues in 400 B.C.E., 100(m) in 600, 228(m) in 1150–1190, 338(m) in 1212–1250, 374(m) c. 1215, 356(m) c. 1340, 383 c. 1492, 415(m) c. 1560, 447(m) c. 1648, 463(m) in 1648–1699, 494(m) in 1668–1697, 492(m) c. 1715, 537(m) in 1740, 551(m) in 1799, 616(m) in 1815, 637(m) in 1830, 650(m) in 1850, 686(m) in 1920s, 821–827, 827(i) in 1929, 836(m) abolition of slavery and, 670 balance of power in, 544 Carolingian Empire in, 272–282 after Carolingians, 282–291 China and, 380, 712–713 cholera in, 662(m), 662–663 collapse of communism in, 944–947,

948(m) colonialism and, 470, 470(m) Common Market in, 892–893 Congress of Vienna and, 636–640, 637(m) consolidation of state system in, 536–545 crusades in, 353–355 cultural imperialism by, 740 economic power shift in, 452, 465–471, 469 EU in, 961–962 exploration by, 419, 422(m) foreign-born population of, 902, 902(i) global exchange and, 420 industrialization in, 657(m) internal migration within, 744–745 Iraq War (2003–) and, 972–973 languages of 19th century, 672(m) little ice age in, 466–467(b) Mediterranean region and, 258(m),

292(m), 722(m) migration and, 741, 901–902

I n d e x I - 1 7Ellis–Europe

Europe (Continued) Napoleon and, 628(m), 635, 649 New World and, 511(i) nobility and, 567 papacy and, 273 after peace settlements (1919–1920), 817(m) plague in, 389(f ) possessions of (c. 1780), 583(m) potential for unification of, 953 railroads in, 656–657 recovery in, 888–897 religion and, 451–480 revolts in 1820s, 644(m) Russia and, 497 serfdom in, 469 slave trade and, 525–526 terrorism in, 939, 971 totalitarianism in, 844–852 transnational institutions in, 961–964 vs. United States, 952 welfare state in, 894(i) West and, 5 women in, 907–908 in world economy, 520

European Coal and Steel Community (ECSC), 892, 893(b)

European Community (EC), 961 European Economic Community (EEC), 892 European Economic Market, 889 European Green Party, 967 European Union (EU), 952, 961–962

eastern Europe and, 962–964, 963(b) religious toleration in, 977(b) Schuman Plan and, 893(b) Turkey in, 5, 976–977(b) in 2007, 962(m)

Evangelicals, 430 Evans, Arthur (1851–1941), 25 Evelyn, John (1620–1706), 502, 503(i) Everard (9th century), 286 Evolution, Darwin on, 719 Examinations, for civil service, 709 Exarchate of Ravenna, 240, 256 Exclusion Crisis (England, 1678), 503 Excommunication

in France, 376 of Frederick II (emperor), 374 of Henry IV (Holy Roman Empire), 306 of Otto IV, 373

Exhibition of the Works of Industry of All Nations, 684, 685(i)

Existentialism, 903–904, 904(i) structuralism and, 927

Exodus (Hebrew), 39–40 Expansion

of absolutist governments, 490–491 in Asia, 737–738, 738(m) of Byzantine Empire (860–1025), 263(m) Carolingian, 273–275, 275(m) of Corinth, 61–62 European overseas, 311 French, 608(m), 616(m), 712 German, 291, 858–859 imperialism in 1930s, 856–859 of Islam, 236(m) Japanese (1930s), 856–858, 858(b) of Louis XIV, 490, 492(m) by Nazi Germany (1933–1939), 862(m) of Neo-Assyrian Empire, 35(m) in 19th century, 726–727 of Ottoman Turks, 396–397, 397(m)

Phoenician and Greek (750–500 B.C.E.), 49(m)

Roman, 133–134, 140–141, 145–152, 147(m), 176(m)

Russian, 460, 692 of United States, 705, 706(m)

Exploration by British, 560 by Europeans, 419–420 by French, 490 by Portugal and Spain, 420–421 voyages of, 422(m)

Exports. See Trade; specific countries Expressionism, 774

of Kafka, 831 Extended family, 767 Extermination camps, World War II and,

865(m), 865–866 Eylau, battle at (1807), 630(i) Eyres, in England, 337–338 Ezechiel (Jew in Alexandria), 121

Fabian Society, 746 Factories

child labor in, 659(i) in Great Depression, 842 resistance to, 660 Soviet, 845

Factory Act (Britain, 1833), 660–661 Fahrenheit 451 (Bradbury), 908 Fairs, 296–297, 301 Falange Party (Spain), 859 Falconry, 441 Falkland Islands, war over, 941 Families, 765(i)

in Archaic Age, 55(f ) in Carolingian Empire, 278 Civil Code of Napoleon and, 626 compagnia and, 300 in 18th century, 572–573 as factory workers, 659 in 15th century Florence, 414 in Great Depression, 842(b) in Greece, 82 in Ireland, 678 in Italy, 287 migrant incomes for, 974 migration and, 744 Mill on, 721 in 1960s, 924–925 of non-Roman peoples, 215 patrilineal, 286, 289 Protestant reform and, 438, 438(i) putting-out system and, 655, 656 in Qur’an, 234 in Rome, 136–138 in rural areas, 664 in Soviet Union, 846–847 in Sweden, 853 as tyrants, 61 of upper class, 742 workhouses and, 668 working women and, 731–732 World War I and, 764

Family allowance, in Sweden, 853 Famines

in Europe, 248–259 Great Famine and, 373, 380–382, 390 in Ireland, 678, 678(i) after Thirty Years’ War, 467–468

Fanon, Frantz (1925–1961), 904

Faria, Manoel Severim de, 425 Farinati, Paolo (c. 1524–c.1606), 471(i) Farmers General, 594(m) Farms and farming. See also Agriculture;

Irrigation; Rural areas in Britain, 530–531 in former Soviet Union, 959 in Frankish kingdoms, 247 in Great Depression, 841 iron implements for, 43–44 medieval, 279 Mediterranean, 26 Neolithic, P-10–P-14 in postindustrial age, 923 in Rome, 151, 200

Fascism, 844, 845(b), 854. See also Nazis and Nazism (Germany)

in Italy, 833–834, 834(i) resistance to, 868–871 in Spain, 859–860

Fashion, 742 World War I and, 826–827 World War II and, 907

Fashoda, Sudan, 790 Fathers and Sons (Turgenev), 716 Fatihah (Qur’an), 234, 234(b) Fatimah (Islam), 237 Fatimids, 269(m), 270, 270(i) Faust (Goethe), 641 Fauves (painters), 773 Fawcett, Millicent Garrett (1847–1929), 777 Fealty, 283 Felician (Roman martyr), 257(i) Females. See also Women

infanticide and, 236 Feminine Mystique, The (Friedan), 931 Feminism, 549–550. See also Women

debates in, 932–933(b) in Ottoman Empire, 789 repression of, 684 Saint-Simonians and, 676 women’s rights and, 767 World War I and, 806

Fénelon, François de Salignac de la Mothe (1651–1715), 538

Ferdinand I (Austrian Empire, 1835–1848), 682

Ferdinand I (Holy Roman emperor, r. 1558–1564), 446

Ferdinand II (the Catholic) (Aragon, r. 1479–1516), 410, 414, 421, 434

Ferdinand II (Holy Roman Emperor, r. 1619–1637), 460

Ferdinand VII (Spain, r. 1808 and 1814–1833), 644

Fertile Crescent, P-8, P-9, P-10, 7 Fertility, P-8–P-9, 767, 968, 968(f ) Fertilizers, 728 Festivals

in Athens, 81 in Egypt, 21 French republican, 602–603 religious, 515 in Rome, 138–139

Feudalism, 282, 283(b) Feudalism (Ganshof ), 283 Ficino, Marsilio (1433–1499), 405 Fideles (“faithful men”), 282, 283 Fides, in Rome, 135 Fiefs, 282, 283 Fields, Gracie (1898–1979), 855

I - 1 8 I n d e x Europe–Fields

Fighting “Téméraire” Tugged to Her Last Berth to Be Broken Up, The” (Turner), 665, 665(i)

Films. See Movies “Final Solution,” World War II and, 865. See

also Holocaust Finland, 638, 778, 778(i), 891, 966 Finnish language, 281 Fire, in Paleolithic Age, P-6 Fireside chats, by Roosevelt, Franklin D., 852,

853(i) First Balkan War (1912), 792 First Blast of the Trumpet against the Monstrous

Regiment of Women (Knox), 446 First Continental Congress (U.S.), 582 First Crusade (1096–1099), 311–316, 312(m),

313(m), 314–315(b) First Estate (clergy), 592 First Intermediate Period (Egypt), 20 First Moroccan Crisis (1905), 790 First Punic War (264–241 B.C.E.), 146–147,

147(m), 148(f ) First Reich (Germany), 849 First Triumvirate (Rome), 158 First Vatican Council, 719 First World War. See World War I Five “Good Emperors” (Rome, 96–180 C.E.),

175 Five Pillars of Islam, 235 Five-year plans, in Soviet Union, 845, 883 Flagellants, 390, 399 Flanders

communes in, 301 France and, 341 in Hundred Years’ War, 392 land reclamation in, 302 uprisings in, 396

Flappers, 827(i), 828 Flaubert, Gustave (1821–1880), 715–716, 766(b) Flavians (Rome), 175 Fleming, Ian (1908–1964), 908–909 Fleurs du mal, Les (Baudelaire), 716 Fleury, Hercule de (1653–1743), 538 Floods

in Epic of Gilgamesh, 12 by Nile River, 16

Florence, 408, 413–414 Dante in, 369 guilds in, 300 Medici family in, 412

Flour War (France, 1775), 579 Flying buttresses, 334 Folk motifs, 747 Fontainebleau, 441 Fontenelle, Bernard Le Bovier de

(1657–1757), 546 Foods. See also Crops; Diet (nutrition);

specific types in Çatalhöyük, P-11 in Egypt, 16 granary for, 44(i) iron farm implements and, 43–44 medieval demand for, 302 Neolithic, P-8–P-9 Paleolithic, P-5 shortages of, 577–580, 592, 593, 595 in Sumer, 7 transportation of, 731 World War I and, 806

Forced labor. See also Slaves and slavery World War I and, 807(i)

Ford, Henry (1863–1947), 832 Ford Motor Company, 825 Foreign aid

Marshall Plan and, 886 World War II and, 884–886

Foreign investment, in eastern Europe, 963 Foreign policy

imperialism and, 739–740 of Napoleon III, 692 of United States, 936–939

Foreign workers, 974, 975 Forests, cutting of, 284, 966 Formosa. See Taiwan Forms (Plato), as reality, 107, 108 Forum (Rome), of Augustus, 167(i) Fossil fuels, pollution from, 966 Fossils, P-3 Fouché, Joseph (1759–1820), 623 Foundlings, 572, 626, 663 Fourier, Charles (1772–1837), 675 Fournier of Pamiers (Bishop, 1318–1325), 364 Fourteen Points (1918), 810, 816, 818(b) Fourth Crusade, 346, 351–353, 360 Fourth Lateran Council (1215), 360–361,

362, 364 Fourth Republic (France), 889 Four-year plan (Germany), 849 France. See also French Revolution; Paris;

Second Empire abolition of slavery in, 670 acquisitions in 1668–1697, 492(m) administrative division of, 596, 596(m) African decolonization and, 900 Albigensian Crusade and, 355, 362 American Revolution and, 582 amphitheater in, 246(i) anti-Semitism in, 780, 780(i) armed forces in 17th century, 493(b) assimilation and, 670–671 battle of Agincourt and, 392 birthrate in, 766 Capetian kings of, 288–289, 289(m) castellans in, 285 Charles the Bald and, 278 coal in, 658(f ) colonies and, 470, 739, 844 communes in, 301 Congress of Vienna and, 636, 637, 638 consolidation of, 340–341 constitutional reform in, 674 constitutions of, 596, 622 cultural revolution in, 602–603 de Gaulle as chief of state, 889 Directory in, 607 economic crisis in, 942 Edict of Nantes in, 455 education in, 668 Egypt invaded by (1882), 733(m) in Enlightenment, 564–565 in Entente Cordiale, 790 expansion of, 411, 608(m), 712 exploration by, 426 First Republic in, 599, 601–602 fiscal crisis in, 587, 591–592 food riots in, 579 German occupation by, 886 government of, 596–597 in Great Depression, 841 Greeks in, 49 Hitler and, 861 Huguenots (Calvinists) in, 452–455

Hundred Years’ War and, 391–396, 393(m)

imperialism by, 737, 738 Indochina and, 789–790 Jews in, 367 under Louis IX, 375–376 as mercantile power, 469 as military power, 607–608 monarchy in, 321–322, 598–600 Muslims in, 974 Napoleon III and, 691–692 national workshops in, 679 in 1930s, 853, 854 nobility in, 286 North African colonies of, 733, 734 Peace of Westphalia and, 463 plague in (1628–1632), 468 policy changes in, 928 political repression in, 623 Protestantism in, 432, 453(m) railroads in, 656(f ) realist literature in, 716 reforms in, 578, 647, 674, 679 Regency in, 538 religious wars in, 454–455 republic in, 622–623 Republic of Virtue in, 602–604 restoration government of, 639 revolts in, 396 revolution in colonies of, 613–615 Rhineland and, 859 as Roman province, 149 Second Republic in, 680 serfdom in, 578 17th century wars of, 491 Seven Years’ War and, 574–575 situationist protests in, 931 Spain and, 354(m) Spanish Civil War and, 860, 860(i) state religion in, 622 student strike in, 934 Third Republic in, 753–754 Thirty Years’ War and, 461–462 urban areas in, 661 Vietnamese workers for, 809 Vikings in, 280 voting in, 622, 623, 639, 647 War of the Austrian Succession and,

573–574, 574(m) War of the Spanish Succession and, 537(m) war with Austria and Prussia, 598 welfare state and, 893 withdrawal from NATO, 928 woman suffrage in, 822 women’s movement in, 931 World War I and, 794, 801(i), 803, 805,

816, 817, 820, 821 World War II and, 862, 863, 863(m)

Francia, 219 Francis (Saint, 1182–1226), 349, 363(i) Francis I (France, r. 1515–1547), 419, 441,

443(i), 444, 445, 446 Francis I (Holy Roman Emperor,

r. 1792–1835), 574, 672 Franciscans, 349–350, 363 Francis Ferdinand (Austria, 1863–1914), 793 Francis Joseph (Austrian Empire,

r. 1848–1916), 683, 692, 697, 700, 781 Austro-Hungarian Empire and, 702 ethnic groups and, 756 Vienna and, 706

I n d e x I - 1 9Fighting “Téméraire”–Francis Joseph

Franco, Francisco (1892–1975), 859, 860(m) Franco of Cologne (c. 1250–c. 1280), 370 Franco-Prussian War (1870–1871), 692,

699(i), 701(b), 801 Frank, Anne (1929–1945), 903 Frankenstein (Shelley), 618, 641 Frankfurt, 426–427, 966–967 Frankfurt parliament, in 1848, 682 Frankish kingdoms, 246–248, 252 Franks, 219, 219–220, 255, 256. See also

Carolingian Empire Fraternal groups, religious, 349–350 Frederick I (Brandenburg-Prussia,

r. 1688–1713), 494 Frederick I Barbarossa (Germany,

r. 1152–1190), 323, 341(i), 342–346 Europe under, 338(m) Henry the Lion and, 345–346 Italy and, 344–345, 373–374 reply to the Romans, 344(b) Third Crusade and, 351

Frederick II the Great (Prussia, r. 1740–1786), 568, 569, 570, 573

Dutch Patriot Revolt and, 589 militarism of, 575–576 reforms by, 576–577, 578

Frederick II (Sicily, Germany, Holy Roman Empire, r. 1212–1250), 373–375, 374(m)

Frederick V (Palatinate, r. 1616–1623), 460 Frederick the Wise (Saxony, r. 1486–1525),

430 Frederick William I (Prussia, r. 1713–1740),

543, 544, 575 Frederick William III (Prussia,

r. 1797–1840), 631 Frederick William IV (Prussia,

r. 1840–1860), 682 Frederick William of Hohenzollern (Great

Elector of Brandenburg-Prussia, r. 1640–1688), 464, 493–494, 511

Free Companies, 396 Free Corps (Dutch Patriots), 589 Freedom(s). See also Rights

constitutionalism and, 509 Kant and, 565–566 for peasants, 302 religious, 203(b) in Rome, 202 Rousseau and, 561 Smith and, 561 Soviet, 846–847 in towns, 301

Freedom of a Christian (Luther), 430 Freedom of Information Act (U.S., 1966,

1974), 885 Free French, 864, 868–869 Freeholders, 302 Free-market economy, in revolutionary

France, 601 Freemasonry, 565(b), 568–569 Free trade, 579, 730–731

attacks on, 965 in Austria-Hungary, 756 World War I and, 778

Free Woman, The (newspaper), 676 Freikorps (Germany), 815, 816 French and Indian War. See Seven Years’

War French East India Company, 526

French language Académie Française and, 487 English words in, 80 Normans and, 321

French Revolution (1787–1800), 587, 591–612, 606(b)

Burke on, 610(b) counterrevolution and, 594 Declaration of Rights in, 595–596 European reactions to, 608–612 fall of Bastille and, 592–594 Maistre on, 611(b) as origin of totalitarianism, 588, 590(b) Paris in, 594(m) Rousseau’s influence on, 563 second revolution (1792), 598–599 Staël on, 611(b) Terror in, 600–607 women in, 586(i), 587, 595–596

French Revolution (1830), 646–648 French Revolution (1848), 679–680 “French Revolution” (Wordsworth), 641 French Wars of Religion, 454, 455, 485 Frescoes, 332(i) Freud, Sigmund (1856–1939), 763, 764,

766(b), 769(i), 769–770 Friars, 363(i)

Franciscan, 349–350 preaching, 362–363

Friedan, Betty (1921–2006), 931 Friedland, battle at (1807), 629 Friedrich, Caspar David (1774–1840), 641,

643(i) Froissart, Jean (1333?–c. 1405), on

Jacquerie, 396 Fronde, The (France, 1648–1653), 485(i),

485–486, 489 Front for National Liberation (FNL, Algeria),

901 Frontiers. See also Boundaries

Byzantine, 239–240 of Roman Empire, 188–189, 196

Fronts World War I and, 803–806, 804(m) World War I home front, 806–809 World War II and, 863

Fugger, Jakob (1459–1525), 445 Führer, Hitler as, 847–848 Fulbert (Parisian cleric), 330, 331 Fulcher of Chartres (c. 1059–c.1127), 313,

314(b), 316 Funeral Oration (Pericles), 84(b), 97 Furet, François, 590(b) Fur trade, 470 Fustat, Egypt, 318(b)

Gaelic language, 673 Gagarin, Yuri (1934–1968), 918 Gaius. See Caligula Gaius Gracchus. See Gracchus family Galen (c. 131–c. 201), 476 Galerius, Roman district of, 199(m) Galicia, 672, 804 Galileo Galilei (1564–1642), 475, 476,

476(i), 477(b) Gallicanism, 411 Gallo-Romans, 247, 248 Gama, Vasco da (c. 1460–1524), 421 Gamberros (“hooligans,” Spain), 905 Gandhara style, 115(i)

Gandhi, Mohandas (“Mahatma,” 1869–1948), 829, 843, 844(i)

assassination of, 898 U.S. civil rights movement and, 904–905

Ganshof, F. L., 283 Gao Xingjian, 978–979 Garibaldi, Giuseppe (1807–1882), 681,

697–698, 698(m) Gas (poison), World War I and, 803 Gaul

as Francia, 219 Magyar raids on, 282 Rome and, 149, 176–177 Spain and, 255 Visigoths in, 217

Gauls (Celts) in Hellenistic sculpture, 121–122 sack of Rome by, 145

Gays. See Homosexuals and homosexuality Gaza, 937 Geffels, Franz, 495(i) Gehry, Frank, 981 Gender issues. See also Men; Women

changing norms and, 905–908 in clothing, 669 conservatism and, 684 domesticity of women and, 668–669 double standard and, 742 in Dutch Republic, 507 Egypt and, 20 in 18th century, 572 Freud on, 769–770 gender gap as, 719 in Great Depression, 842 in Minoan society, 26 modernism and, 766(b) in Nazi Germany, 849 Neolithic inequality in, P-14–P-15 in 1960s, 925 in Paleolithic society, P-6 in postwar society, 906–908 in rural areas, 664 in Russia, 832 team sports and, 743 wages and, 923 World War I and, 764–765, 826

General, The (Orlov), 929, 929(i) General Agreement on Trade and Tariffs

(GATT), 892(f ) General Maximum (France), 601 General School Ordinance (Austria), 557 General strike (England, 1926), 823 General theory of relativity, 772–773 Generation gap, 905(b), 925 Genetics, 719–720, 919–920, 923, 965 Geneva, as theocratic city-state, 433 Geneva Conference (1954), 899, 930 Genevan Company of Pastors, 452 Genius of Christianity (Chateaubriand), 627 Geniza (depository), 318(b) Genlis, Stéphanie de (1746–1830), 571, 572–573 Genoa, 638 Genocide, 969. See also Holocaust

ethnic cleansing as, 954 as global issue, 952 World War II and, 862

Gentilhomme, 513 Geocentric view, 126 Geoffrin, Marie-Thérèse (1699–1777), 558,

558(i), 590

I - 2 0 I n d e x Franco–Geoffrin

Geography civilization and, 5 Eastern and Western Roman capitals and,

199–200 expanding knowledge of, 424(b) of Greece, 33, 42, 47–48 mathematical, 126 of Rome, 140(m), 178(m)

Geometry, Hellenistic, 126 George I (England, r. 1714–1727), 538, 539 George II (England, r. 1727–1760), 539, 539(i) George III (England, r. 1760–1820), 580, 582 George IV (England, r. 1820–1830), 648 George V (England), 804 Gerbert (Ottonian tutor), 290 German Confederation, 645, 650(m), 700 German Empire, 701–702 Germanic peoples. See also Barbarians;

specific groups ethnicity of, 215 Roman Empire and, 195

German people, 672 depiction of (World War II), 868 unification of, 682, 686

Germany. See also East Germany; Nazis and Nazism (Germany); West Germany; World War I; World War II; specific leaders

anti-Semitism in, 780–781 Austrian merger with, 860–861 Austro-Hungarian Dual Alliance with, 756 autonomy of, 463–464 Balkan crises and, 791–792 birthrate in, 766 Brandenburg-Prussia and, 493 coal in, 657, 658(f ), 730 consolidation of, 630(m) crusades and, 354 Czechoslovakia and, 861 division of, 874, 886–888, 887(m) economy in, 672, 849 after 1850, 684 in Enlightenment, 565–566 expansion by, 858–859 France and, 928 government of, 289–290 Great Depression in, 841(i), 842(b),

847–848 headscarf controversy in, 975(i) Holy Roman Empire and, 341, 373–375 imperialism by, 738, 785–786 independent princes in, 374–375 industrialization in, 728 inflation in, 820(i), 820–821 Japan and, 864 Kulturkampf in, 718–719 Louis the German and, 278 Magyar raids on, 281–282 military in, 792 monarchy in, 341–346 Mongols and, 380 nationalism in, 632, 672, 780–781 as nation-state, 696 Nazi-Soviet Pact and, 861, 863 non-European immigrants to, 901 Ottonian kings in, 289 Peasants’ War of 1525 and, 435(m),

435–436, 436(i) policy changes in, 928 political power in, 322–323

population growth in, 765 power politics in, 754–756 railroads in, 656(f ) reuniting of, 945–946, 946(i) Schlieffen Plan and, 803 Schmalkaldic League and, 446 socialism in, 776 Spanish Civil War and, 859, 860(m) taxation in, 977 temperance societies in, 668 in Triple Alliance, 790 unification of, 689, 699–702, 700(m) urban areas in, 661

Gestapo, 848 Geta, Publius Septimius (Rome, 189–211

C.E.), 190, 190(i) Ghana, state of, 900 Ghetto, in Warsaw, 866(i) Ghiberti, Lorenzo (c. 1378–1455), 405,

405(i), 406(i) Giacometti, Alberto, 874(i) Gibbon, Edward (1737–1794), 218, 564 Gift economy, in western Europe, 250 Gilbert of Liège, 328 Gilbert of Poitiers (d. 1154), 329(i) Gilgamesh (Mesopotamian hero), 11–12 Gillray, James (1756–1815), 609(i) Giolitti, Giovanni (1842–1928), 779 Giotto (1266–1337), 372 Girls. See also Women

education for, 87 Girondins (France), 600, 601, 604 Glaciers, in Paleolithic Age, P-6 Gladiators (Rome), 162(i), 163, 171(i),

171–172 Gladstone, William (1809–1898), 750, 752 Glanvill (legal treatise), 338 Glasnost (openness), 943, 944 Glenn, John (1921–), 918 Global exchange, 420, 426 Globalization, 952, 983(m). See also

Immigrants and immigration; Migration; specific issues

attacks on, 965 challenges of, 966–974 of cities, 964 of communications, 952 of culture, 977–981 economic, 975–977 issues in, 952 migration and, 950(i), 951–952 nation-state and, 961–965 of organizations, 965 pollution and, 966–968, 967(b)

Global markets, 921–922, 937, 952 Global North, 969, 983(m) Global South, 969, 973, 983(m) Global warming, 966 Glorious Revolution (England, 1688),

502–504 Gnidias, Matthias, 431(b) Göbelki Tepe, Turkey, P-8 Gödel, Kurt (1906–1978), 855 Gods and goddesses. See also Religion(s);

specific deities in ancient civilizations, 4 Athens and, 89–90 in Çatalhöyük, P-14 Egyptian, 2(i), 3–4, 17–18, 21–22 Greek, 51–53

Hebrews and, 39, 40 Hittite, 24(i) Mesopotamian, 11 Mycenaean, 27, 28 in Persia, 39 Roman, 138–139, 139(i) ruler cults and, 128

Goering, Hermann (1893–1946), 848 Goethe, Johann Wolfgang von (1749–1832),

566, 641 Golan Heights, 937 Gold, from New World, 455, 465 Gold Coast (Africa), 736, 900 Golden Age (Greece), 70, 74–96, 96–99 Golden Age (Rome), 172, 175, 176–180 Golden Ass, The (Apuleius), 179, 186–187 Golden Horde, 380 Gole, Jacob (c. 1660–1723), 546(i) Gömbös, Gyula (1886–1936), 854 Gomley, Margaret, 661 Gómora, Francisco López de, 421 Gonne, Maud (1866–1953), 779 Gorbachev, Mikhail (1931–), 943(i),

943–946, 944(b), 956 Gorbachev, Raisa, 943(i) Gordion knot, 113 Gordon, George, 580 Gordon riots (London, 1780), 580 Gospels, Lindisfarne, 254(i) Gothic arts and architecture, 333n, 333–336,

335(i), 370–372, 371(i), 372(i), 665 at Chartres, 326(i), 327–328

Goths arts of, 218, 218(i) Rome and, 192(m)

Gouges, Olympe de (1748–1793), 595–596 Goulash communism, 896 Government. See also Administration;

Authority; Kings and kingdoms; Society; specific locations

Augustine on, 211 Bodin’s three forms of, 474 of British India, 711–712 British parliamentary, 540 Burke on, 610(b) of Byzantine cities, 242 after Carolingians, 282–291 in central Europe, 289–291 centralization of, 622–623 of eastern Europe, 289–291 of eastern Roman Empire, 221–223,

224–225 economy and, 940–941 under Frederick II (emperor), 373–374 in Great Depression, 841 of Hebrews, 39 of Hellenistic kingdoms, 116–118 Hobbes on, 501(b) industrial enterprises and, 730 as institutions, 336–346 of Islam, 237 Levellers on, 500(b) medieval buildings for, 299 on migration, 744(b) of monasteries, 214 under Napoleon, 631 of Neo-Assyrians, 36 non-Greeks in Hellenistic world, 117 Plato on, 108 of Poland, 823

I n d e x I - 2 1Geography–Government

Government (Continued) powers and rights of, 505 protection as purpose of, 505 public opinion and, 556 railroads and, 657 regulation by, 708–709 relief programs of, 668 representative, 376–377 republican, 591 role in economy, 561 social contract theory and, 504–505,

563–564 support of science, 512 television funded by, 917 World War I and, 806

Government archives, truth about cold war and, 885(b)

Government of India Act (1858), 711 Goya, Francisco José de (1746–1828), 622(i) Gracchus family

Gaius, 137, 152–153 Tiberius, 137, 152

Grain Neolithic, P-12(i), P-12–P-13 in Rome, 151, 170 Soviet imports of, 943

Granada, Spain, 942 Grand Alliance. See also Allies

World War II and, 864, 874 Grand Army, 628–630

life in, 633(b) retreat from Moscow of, 632, 633, 633(b)

Graphic arts, 749–750 Gratian (church reformer, c. 1140), 308 Gravity, Einstein and, 773 Great Awakening, 566, 567(i) Great Britain. See also Britain

formation of, 538–539 political foundation of, 502

Great Charter. See Magna Carta Great Councils (England), 377 Great Depression (1930s), 840–844

culture during, 854–856 in democracies, 852–854 in England, 853 in France, 853 in non-Western countries, 843–844 totalitarianism during, 845(b)

Greater East Asia Co-Prosperity Sphere, 858(b)

Great Famine (1315–1317), 373, 380–382, 390

Great Fear, in rural France, 595 Great Fire of London (1666), 503, 503(i) Great Khan. See Chingiz (Genghis) Khan Great King, Cyrus as, 38 Great men, in Rome, 155–156, 159 Great Mosque, at Damascus, 237–238, 238(i) Great Northern War, 542–543 Great Persecution, of Christianity, 202, 212 Great powers

at Congress of Berlin, 756 intervention in Greece by, 645–646

Great Pyramid (Egypt), 19, 19(i) Great Schism (1378–1417), 388, 397–401 Great Society, 930 Great War. See World War I Greece, 791, 792

in cold war, 884–886 EU and, 961, 962–963 independence of, 646, 646(i)

revolts in, 644(m), 645–645 World War II and, 861, 874, 884

Greece (ancient), 24. See also Athens; Hellenistic world; Ionia; Minoan Greece; Mycenaean Greece; Sparta; specific cities and towns

Aegean Sea region and (1500 B.C.E.), 23(m) Alexander the Great and, 113 alphabet and, 16 Archaic (750–500 B.C.E.), 48(m) central region (750–500 B.C.E.), 62(m) citizenship in, 34, 47, 51, 54–56 city-states in, 34, 47–57 civilization in, 4, 42–47 Classical Age in, 70 Dark Age in, 42–45, 43(m) expansion by (750–500 B.C.E.), 49(m) family size and agricultural labor in

Archaic Age, 55(f ) in 400 B.C.E., 100(m) geographic notion of West in, 5 Golden Age in, 70, 74–96 government of, 57–59 Hellenistic Jews and, 129 intellectual thought in, 57, 64–65, 70, 87–96 Koine language in, 127 marriage in, 84–85(b) Minoan impact on, 25 Mycenaeans and, 27–28 Near East and, 33, 120 New Comedy in, 124(b) Olympic Games in, 45–46 Peloponnesian War and, 96, 97(m), 97–99,

105–106 Persia and, 69, 71–74 Philip II of Macedonia in, 111–112 philosophy in, 65 politics in, 110 religion in, 34, 51–53, 81–82 Rome and, 141, 148–150, 149(f ), 178 sculpture in, 50, 50(i) Sea Peoples and, 29 slavery in, 54–56 social elites in, 44–45 trade and colonization of, 48–51 warfare in, 69(i) women in, 56, 56(i), 82–85, 84–85(b)

Greek language, 43, 227 Greek literature, 64, 225–226 Greek Orthodox Church

in c. 1150, 324(m) vs. Roman Catholicism, 304

Green Armies, 831–832 Greenhouse effect, 966 Greenland, Vikings and, 279 Green Party

in Germany, 966 transnational, 967(b)

Greens (faction), 222 Gregoras, Nicephorus, 388–389 Gregorian calendar, in Russia, 810n Gregorian reform, 305–306 Gregory VII (Pope, r. 1073–1085), 302,

305–307 Gregory XI (Pope, r. 1370–1378), 398 Gregory XIII (Pope, r. 1572–1585), 454(i) Gregory of Tours (Bishop, r. 573–c. 594),

247–249, 251 on Eulalius, 252 Jews, commerce, and, 250 on Merovingian kings, 252

Gregory the Great (Pope, r. 590–604), 253, 256

Grimmelshausen, Hans (1622?–1676), 462(b) Gros, Antoine Jean (1771–1835), 630(i) Grosz, George (1893–1959), 829(i), 829–830 Grotius, Hugo (1583–1645), 474 Grundy, Sydney, New Woman, The, 767(i) Guadalcanal, battle at, 871 Guam, 785, 864 Guangzhou (Canton), 527, 671 Guazzo, Francesco Maria, 478(i) Guelphs, 341–342 Guernica (Picasso), 859–860 Guggenheim Museum (Bilbao, Spain), 981 Guilds, 299–300, 331 Guillotin, Joseph-Ignace (1738–1814), 601(i) Guillotine, 600, 601(i), 605, 606 Guise family (France), 453, 455 Guizot, François (1787–1874), 668 Gulag, 846, 896 Gulag Archipelago, The (Solzhenitsyn), 935 Gustavus III (Sweden, r. 1771–1792), 580, 612 Gustavus IV (Sweden, r. 1792–1809), 612 Gustavus Adolphus (Sweden, r. 1611–1632),

461, 474 Gutenberg, Johannes (c. 1400–1470), 426 Gutian people, 13 Guyenne, 391–392 Guyon, Jeanne Marie (1648–1717), 536 Gymnastics, 645 Gynecologists, in Rome, 180 Gypsies

in England, 975 Nazis and, 840, 851 World War II genocide and, 862

Habsburgs (Habsburg dynasty). See also Holy Roman Empire

absolutism of, 492–493, 494–495 in Austro-Hungarian Monarchy, 702 debts of, 445 at end of 17th century, 516(m) end of empire, 816 in Holy Roman Empire, 375 Peace of Westphalia and, 463–464 in 1648–1699, 494(m) Thirty Years’ War and, 460 wars with Valois and Ottomans, 442(m),

442–443 World War I and, 793, 794(i)

Hadith literature, 238 Hadrian (Rome, r. 117–138 C.E.), 175, 185 Hagia Sophia, 225, 226(i), 397 Hague, The, women’s meeting in, 807 Haithabu (Hedeby, Germany), 279 Haiti, 588, 615. See also St. Domingue Hajj (pilgrimage to Mecca), 235 Hall of Mirrors (Versailles), German Empire

proclaimed at, 701 Halo, in art, 304(i) Hamlet (Shakespeare), 459, 472 Hammurabi (Babylon), laws of, 14–15, 15(b) Handbook of the Militant Christian

(Erasmus), 428, 428(i) Handel, George Frideric (1685–1759), 535 Handwriting, in Carolingian Empire, 277 Hannibal (Carthage, 241–182 B.C.E.),

147–148 Hanse, 409 Hanseatic League, 409, 409(m) Hanukkah, 129

I - 2 2 I n d e x Government–Hanukkah

Harald Hardrada (Norway, 11th century), 319, 320

Hard Times (Dickens), 716 Harlem, arts from, 831 Harold (Wessex, mid-11th century), 319, 320 Harun al-Rashid (Abbasid caliph,

r. 786–809), 268–269 Harvey, William (1578–1657), 476 Hashim clan, 237 Hasidism, 566 Hastings, battle of, 320, 320(m) Hatshepsut (Egypt, r. 1502–1482 B.C.E.), 21,

21(i) Hattusas (Hittite city), 25 Haussmann, George Eugène (1809–1891),

706–707, 963(b) Havel, Václav, 946–947, 978 Hawaii, 560, 785, 864 Haydn, Franz Joseph (1732–1809), 570 Haywood, Eliza (1693?–1756), 535 Headscarf, controversy over, 975(i) Head Start program, 930 Head tax, in Rome, 200 Health. See also Diseases; Health care

European, 740–741 industrialization and, 660 worldwide conditions of, 968–969

Health care Black Death and, 390 in 17th century, 469 in 18th century, 545 in welfare state, 894

Hebrew Bible. See Bible Hebrews, 35

monotheism of, 5, 41–42 origins to 539 B.C.E., 39–42 wisdom literature and, 37

Hegel, Georg W. F. (1770–1831), 547(b) Heisenberg, Werner (1901–1976), 855–856 Heliocentrism, 126, 475–476, 476(i), 546 Hellenic League, 73 Hellenistic world (323–30 B.C.E.), 103,

115–120 culture in, 120–129 Jews in, 129 kingdoms in, 115–120, 116(m) Rome and, 130, 130(m), 177–178

Hellespont, 72 Heloise (c. 1100–c. 1163/1164), 330–331 Helots (Greek slaves), 59 Help-desk services, 976 Helvetic Republic, 608 Hemingway, Ernest (1899–1961), 826 Henricus Martelus, 424(b) Henry I (England, r. 1100–1135), 321 Henry I (Saxony, r. 919–936), 289 Henry II (England, r. 1154–1189), 317,

336–340, 377 Europe under, 338(m) France and, 340–341 punishment for crimes and, 339(i)

Henry II (France, r. 1547–1559), 443, 445, 453

Henry II (Holy Roman Empire, r. 1002–1024), 289

Henry III (England, r. 1216–1272), 342, 343(b), 375, 377

Henry III (France, r. 1574–1589), 454, 455 Henry III (Holy Roman Empire,

r. 1039–1056), 303, 306 Henry IV (France, r. 1589–1610), 454–455

Henry IV (Holy Roman Empire, r. 1056–1106), 302, 305

government under, 322–323 Investiture Conflict and, 306–307 Jews of Speyer and Worms and, 313

Henry V (England, r. 1413–1422), 392 Henry V (Holy Roman Empire,

r. 1105–1125), 323, 341 Henry VII (England, r. 1485–1509), 411 Henry VIII (England, r. 1509–1547), 429,

433–434, 438, 445 Henry of Anjou. See Henry II (England) Henry of Hervordia (d. 1370), 390 Henry the Lion (Saxony, c. 1130–1195),

345(i), 345–346, 353–354 Henry the Navigator (Portugal), 421 Henry the Younger (England, 12th century),

337 Hephaistion (Macedonia), 114 Hepworth, Barbara (1903–1975), 908(i) Hera (goddess), 45, 138 Heraclius (Byzantine Empire, r. 610–641),

240 Herakles (Hercules), cults of, 81 Herculaneum, 169(i), 175 Herder, Johann Gottfried, 697 Heredity, 719–720 Heresy, 184

anti-heretic campaigns (1150–1204), 352(m)

Christian, 209–210 heretical movements and, 399–401 medieval, 350–351 Spanish Inquisition and, 414 suppression of, 362

Hermit monks, 212–213 Hero cults, 81 Herod Antipas (Judaea), 181 Herodotus of Halicarnassus (c. 485–425

B.C.E.), 38–39 on Athens, 62, 71 on Persia, 58(b), 71

Herod the Great (Judaea, r. 37–4 B.C.E.), 181 Herzegovina, 756 Herzen, Alexander (1812–1870), 675 Herzl, Theodor (1860–1904), 783, 783(b) Hesiod (Greek poet), 46–47, 48, 57 Hetaira (companions), in Greece, 83–84 Heterosexuality

homosexuality and, 768 mass culture and, 826

Hezbollah, 971 Hierarchy. See also Social hierarchies; Status

in Christian church, 183–184, 208–209, 214, 253, 304

in guilds, 300 Hieroglyphs (Egypt), 17, 18(f ), 102(i), 621 High culture, during cold war, 909 Higher education. See also Universities

Enlightenment and, 558 Great Awakening and, 566 Islamic, 272 in 1960s, 924 for women, 710

High Middle Ages, 233 High-tech industries, 973 Hijra, 235 Hildebrand (c. 1020–1085), 304, 305. See

also Gregory VII Hillel (Rabbinic teacher), 181 Hillesum, Etty, 839

Himmler, Heinrich (1900–1945), 848 Hindenburg, Paul von (1847–1934), 803 Hindus, 710, 897, 974 Hippias (Athens), 63 Hippocrates of Cos (c. 460–c. 377 B.C.E.), 92 Hirohito (Japan, r. 1926–1989), 856, 857, 864 Hiroshima, bombing of, 873, 873(i) Hispaniola, 613 Hispano-Roman elites, 255–256 Historical Account of the Black Empire of

Hayti (Rainsford), 614 Historical and Critical Dictionary (Bayle), 547 Histories (Gregory of Tours), 247–248 Histories (Herodotus), 92 History and historians, P-4, 92. See also

specific individuals divisions of history, 233 ethnicity and, 249(b) promotion of militant nationalism by,

795(b) psychohistory and, 770–771(b) on recent past, 952–953

History of the Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire (Gibbon), 564

History of the Peloponnesian War (Thucydides), 92

Hitler, Adolf (1889–1945), 840, 847–848, 850–851(b), 871

assassination attempts against, 870 in central Europe, 860–861 expansion by, 858–859 Jewish-Masonic conspiracy and, 565(b) Munich Pact and, 861 Mussolini and, 823, 834 totalitarianism of, 844, 845(b) World War II and, 863, 864–865

Hitler Youth, 849 Hittites, 23, 24(i), 24–25, 29 Hobbes, Thomas (1588–1679), 484, 501(b),

504–505 Hobson, J. A., 784 Ho Chi Minh (1890–1969), 844, 898–899 Hohenlinden, battle of (1800), 629 Hohenstaufen clan (Staufer family), 341–342 Hohenzollern family, 464 Holland, 625 “Hollow Men, The” (Eliot), 830 Holocaust, 864–866, 867, 867(i), 903 Holocaust Museum (Washington, D.C.), 867 Holstein, 700 Holy Alliance, 638 Holy communion. See Eucharist Holy Cross, relic of, 240 Holy Land. See also Israel; Jerusalem;

Palestine crusades and, 311–319, 351, 352, 352(m)

Holy Roman Empire, 322–323. See also Habsburgs (Habsburg dynasty)

c. 1340, 383(m) c. 1492, 415(m) in 1648–1699, 494(m) in 1740, 551(m) church reform in, 303 emperor of, 630 at end of 17th century, 516(m) Frederick I Barbarossa and, 341–346, 344(b) Germany, Italy, and, 341 Investiture Conflict and, 306(m), 306–307 Italy and, 344–345 Luther and, 430 origins of term, 374–375

I n d e x I - 2 3Harald Hardrada–Holy Roman Empire

Holy Roman Empire (Continued) Ottonian emperors of, 289(m), 289–290 Peace of Augsburg and, 446 Peace of Westphalia and, 463–464 Peasants’ War (1525) and, 435–436, 435(m) population loss in, 466 Protestant challenges to, 435–437 Thirty Years’ War and, 460–462 wars of, 491 weakening of, 373–375

Home front, in World War I, 806–809 Homeless people, in Rome, 151 Homer (Greek poet), 27, 33, 44–45, 46 Home rule, for Ireland, 753, 779 Homicide, in Greece, 52–53 Homo sapiens, P-3 Homo sapiens sapiens, P-4, P-5 Homosexuals and homosexuality, 572

activism and, 931, 932(i) AIDS and, 969 in Athens, 88 in eastern Roman Empire, 225 Nazi concentration camps and, 848–849 in Soviet Union, 846 Spartan boys and, 60 World War I and, 764, 768, 768(i) World War II genocide and, 862

Hondius, Abraham, 467(i) Hong Kong, 671, 898, 973 Honorius (Rome, r. 395–423), 199–200, 217 Hoover, Herbert, 852 Hoplites

in Greece, 53–54, 54(i), 68(i) in Persian Wars, 71

Horace (65–8 B.C.E.), 120, 172 Horseshoes, 285 Hospitals, 545

for foundlings, 572, 626, 663 in 17th century France, 514–515

Hôtel des Invalides, 594(m) House, Edward Mandell (U.S. Colonel,

1858–1938), 790 Households

design for, 747–748 in 12th century, 302 in 1960s, 925 urban, 709–710

House of Anjou, in England, 337 House of Commons (England), 377, 778 House of Lords (England), 778–779 Housing

in Çatalhöyük, P-11 in cities, 298–299, 532–533 in England, 705 for families, 767 in Greece, 105(i) Neolithic, P-10 Paleolithic, P-6, P-6(i) Roman, 151(i), 168–169 social classes and, 663 urbanization and, 662 in Vienna, 826(i) of wealthy, 741 World War I and, 809(f ), 826 World War II and, 894

Hubble, Edwin (1889–1953), 855, 919 Hubris (arrogance), 95 Hugenberg, Alfred (1865–1951), 847 Hugh Capet (France, r. 987–996), 288, 289(m) Hugh of St. Victor (12th century), 308 Hugo, Victor (1802–1885), 635(b)

Huguenots, 452–455, 489, 493. See also Protestantism

Humanism Calvin and, 432 Christian, 427–429, 430 in Padua, 412 in Renaissance, 401–403, 402(b)

Humanitas, Cicero on, 150 Human rights, 904–905 Humans

in Greek sculpture, 80 origins of, P-3–P-4 Paleolithic society of, P-4–P-8

Humbert of Silva Candida (c. 1000–1061), 304

Hume, David (1711–1776), 559 Hundred Days, 633–634, 637 Hundred Years’ War (1337–1453), 388,

391–396, 393(m) Hungarian Revolution (1956), 896 Hungary, 356(m)

agriculture in, 895 in Austria-Hungary, 702 battle of Mohács, 443 collapse of communism in, 945, 948(m) economy in, 959(i) ethnic groups in, 495, 682–683 in EU, 963 foreign investment in, 963 Huns and, 215–216 industrialization in, 675 Magyars in, 822 Mongol invasion of, 380 nationalism in, 675, 682, 781 in 1930s, 854 Ottomans in, 444(i), 494(m), 495, 544 refugees from, 881 Roman Catholicism in, 291 Soviets and, 886 in 12th century, 346, 346(m) World War I and, 804, 816, 823 World War II and, 863, 874 young people in, 895(i)

Hunger. See Famines Huns, 214, 215–216, 807 Hunter-gatherers, P-5, P-8 Hunting

aristocrats and, 568 big-game, 741, 741(i) in Çatalhöyük, P-11 Neo-Assyrian, 36

Hus, Jan (1372 or 1373–1415), 400, 430 Huskisson, William (1770–1830), 653 Hussite Revolution (1415–1436), 400–401, 409 Hutchinson, Lucy, 500–501(b) Huygens, Christian (1629–1695), 478 Hydrogen bombs, 888 Hygiene, in Russia, 832 Hyksos people, in Egypt, 20–21, 39 Hyperinflation. See also Inflation

in Rome, 200 Hyphasis River, Alexander the Great at, 113

Iaroslav the Wise (Kiev, r. 1019–1054), 267–268, 268(i)

Iberia. See Portugal; Spain Ibn Al-Athir (13th century), 315(b) Ibn Darraj al-Quastali (958–1030), 272 Ibn Sina (Avicenna) (980–1037), 271–272 Ibsen, Henrik (1828–1906), 747, 748(b),

767(i), 777

Ice age, P-6 Iceland, Vikings in, 279 Iconoclasm

in Byzantine Empire, 245 in Ravenna and Venice, 256

Icons, 244(i), 244–245 Idealism, Kant and, 565 Ideal Marriage: . . . (Stopes), 826 Ideas, culture and, 5 Identity. See also National identity

cultural, 690 in global cities, 964 in Middle East, 899–900 new combinations of, 965 Western, 981

Ideology, 654. See also Liberalism; Utilitarianism; specific philosophies

domesticity, 668–669 of Fascism, 833 political movements and, 671–678 views of industrialization and, 660(b)

Ides of March, 159, 159(i) Idylls (Theocritus), 121 Ignatius (bishop of Antioch, c. 35–107),

183 Ignatius of Loyola (1491–1556), 439 Île-de-France, 288, 322 Iliad, The (Homer), 27, 33, 44, 46(b) Illegitimacy, 361, 663, 768 Illiteracy, 709, 755(i) Illness. See Diseases; Health; Medicine Illuminated manuscripts, 266(i) Illyria, 111 Imam, 237 Immaculate Conception, 719 Immigrants and immigration. See also

Migration campaigns against, 975 French racism and, 942 gender imbalance of, 527 Greeks as, 104 from Ireland, 678 Muslim, 976(b) non-European to Europe, 901–902, 902(i) into Roman Empire, 215–219 in Sweden, 942 women and, 513–514 World War II and, 856 worldwide, 950(i)

Imperial cult (Rome), 175, 185 Imperialism

in Asia (1894–1914), 786(m) challenges to European, 783–790 in China, 712 colonialism vs., 670 crusades and, 311 Egyptian, 21 English, 710–712 French, 712, 844 German, 785–786 international politics and, 739–740 Japanese, 738, 786–787, 856–858, 857(m),

858(b) leisure activities and, 741 new imperialism, 726–727, 733–740 in 1920s, 824 in 1930s, 856–859 popularity of, 736(b) Roman, 145–152 Russian, 786 in 16th century, 446

I - 2 4 I n d e x Holy Roman Empire–Imperialism

society, culture, and, 740–750 Spanish, 785 by United States, 785 World War II and, 856–859, 857(m)

Impressionism, 748 Inanna (goddess), 11, 12 Incas, 426 Income tax, in Sweden, 708–709 Independence

in Africa, 900(m), 900–901 in Belgium, 589–590, 648, 650(m) for Egypt, 899 for ethnic groups, 965 of former Soviet republics, 958 in Greece, 646, 646(i) in Haiti, 615 in India, 898 in Ireland, 824 in Latin America, 646, 647(i), 647(m) in Middle East, 899–900 in North Africa, 901 in Poland, 823 in United States, 581(i), 581–583

Independence movements decolonization and, 897–902 World War I and, 807

Independence Party (Austria-Hungary), 781 Index of Prohibited Books, 565 India

Alexander the Great in, 113 Allied soldiers from, 868 Amritsar massacre in (1919), 824 British rule in, 710–712, 733 cotton industry and, 658 decolonization in, 897 division of, 898 economy in, 974 Europeans in, 527–528 Gandhi in, 829, 843, 844(i), 898 in Great Depression, 843 independence for, 898 missionaries in, 639(i), 640 movies from, 980 nationalism in, 788–789 railroads in, 656 Russia and, 737, 961 Seven Years’ War in, 575, 575(m) society in, 6 Sumerian trade with, 8–9 World War I and, 802 World War II and, 872(m)

Indian National Congress, 737(i), 788, 844(i), 898

Indian Ocean region, Portuguese forts in, 421

Indian Rebellion, 711, 711(i) Indigenous peoples, attitudes toward, 560 Individuals

roles in society, 560 Rousseau on, 561–564

Indochina. See also Vietnam cold war in, 898 French in, 739, 789–790 in 1930s, 844 in 1954, 898(m) Union of, 737–738 World War I and, 824

Indochinese Communist Party, 844 Indo-European languages, of Hittites, 24 Indonesia, 824, 864, 901 Indulgences (forgiveness of sins), 399

Council of Trent and, 439 Luther and, 429–430 for shedding of blood, 322(b)

Industrial innovation, 727–731 Industrialization, 653, 727–729. See also

Factories areas of slower, 729 costs and benefits of, 660–661(b) Crystal Palace and, 684, 685 in Europe (c. 1850), 657(m) in Germany, 657 in Great Depression, 841 in Hungary, 675 ideologies and, 671 in literature, 665–666 population change and, 766 romanticism and, 664–667 roots of, 654–656 in Russia, 787 of Soviet Union, 845 urbanization and, 661–662

Industrial Revolution, 653, 654–664 England as leader in, 655 “second,” 727–728 socialist criticism of, 675 urbanization and, 661–662

Industry adaptation to, 745–746 capital-intensive, 730 in eastern Europe, 963 expansion of, 727–733 Fatimid, 270 in former Soviet Union, 959 in Great Depression, 842 high-tech, 973 innovation in, 727–731 in Japan, 739(i) medieval, 300–301 in Russia, 831 safety in, 973 Soviet, 845 workers and, 743 World War I and, 806 World War II and, 866, 891, 892

Infanticide, 236, 572, 626, 663 Infant mortality, 572, 664, 894 Infantry. See also Armed forces; Soldiers

Athenian, 71, 110 hoplites as, 53–54 Neo-Assyrian, 35 in Sparta, 57

Infants, abandonment of, 119 Inflation

in Germany, 820(i), 820–821, 847 New World gold and silver and, 426 oil and, 937–938 in Rome, 189(i), 191, 200 in 16th century, 444, 465 after Thirty Years’ War, 464 in West Germany, 942

Information, governmental, 708–709 Information age, 916–918 Infrastructure, in Spain, 942 Inheritance

in Greece, 82 by nobility, 286 in revolutionary France, 604

Innocent III (Pope, r. 1198–1216), 360–361, 361(i), 373

Innovation. See Intellectual thought; Inventions; specific types

Inquiry into the Nature and Causes of the Wealth of Nations, An (Smith), 561

Inquisition, 362, 414 Bruno and, 475 courts of, 360 Galileo and, 476, 476(i), 477(b)

Installment buying, 827 Institutes of the Christian Religion (Calvin), 432 Institutions

governments as, 336–346 transnational in Europe, 961–964

Institutions (Cassiodorus), 221 Instruction of Ptahhotep (Egypt), 20 Instructions for Marikare (Egypt), 3 Insurance, in Germany, 755 Intellectual thought. See also Philosophy;

specific issues and thinkers absolutism, 474 abstractions in, 565 in Athens’ Golden Age, 81–96 brain drain and, 935–936 Chaldean, 36–37 in cold war, 908–909 conservatism and, 638–639 debates over future, 828–831 empiricism and, 565 in Enlightenment, 556–558, 561 existentialism and, 903–904 French Revolution and, 590(b) in German states, 612 in Greece, 57, 64–65, 70, 87–96, 106–110 Greek influence on Roman, 149–150 idealism and, 565 laissez-faire economics and, 561 liberalism and, 674 in Macedonian renaissance, 264–266, 266(i) in Middle Ages, 328–332 modernity and, 766(b), 771–776 in 19th century, 715–718 nominalism and, 397–398 postmodern, 980–981 progress and, 547(b) scholasticism and, 367–369 scientific method, 475, 476–477 secular worldview in, 452, 471 skepticism, 474, 477, 546–547 social contract theory and, 563–564 women and, 558 writing, music, and, 369

Intelligence tests, 769 Intelligentsia, in Russia, 787 Intelsat I (satellite), 919 Intendants (France), 489 Interesting Narrative of the Life of Olaudah

Equiano, The (Equiano), 560 Interest rates, oil prices and, 938 Intermarriage, in colonies, 527 International Court of Justice. See World Court International law, Nazi trials and, 888 International Monetary Fund, 965, 969 International organizations. See specific

organizations International politics. See Foreign policy;

specific countries Internationals

Second, 750, 751, 776 Third (Communist), 813

International trade. See Trade International Woman Suffrage Alliance

(1904), 777 International Women’s Day, 810

I n d e x I - 2 5Imperialism–International Women’s Day

International women’s movement, World War I and, 807

International Zionist Congress (1897), 783 Internet, 975–976, 983(m) Internment camps, for Japanese Americans,

868 Interpretation of Dreams, The (Freud), 769 Interventionism, by U.S., 884 Invasions. See also specific invasions

at Bay of Pigs, Cuba, 910 Mongol, 380, 381(m) in Near East, 28–29 in 9th and 10th centuries, 279–282, 281(m) Norman, of England (1066), 320, 320(m) of Roman Empire, 189, 191 Viking, 279–280

Inventions. See also Technology arts and, 664 industrial, 654–655, 727–728

Investiture Conflict, 304, 306(m), 306–307 emperor, papacy, and, 341–342 Frederick I Barbarossa and, 344 political power after, 323

Investment Assyrian, 14 in eastern Europe, 963 in research, 922, 924 in United States, 974

In vitro fertilization, 921 Ionia, 44, 65, 69 Ionian Revolt, 71 Ionic style, in architecture, 80 Ipatescu, Ana, 683(i) Iran. See also Khomeini, Ayatollah Ruhollah

Afghan refugees in, 974 in 1930s, 844 Parthians in, 116 U.S. hostages in, 939 war with Iraq, 974 World War I and, 824

Iranians, Medes as, 36 Iraq. See also Babylon; Baghdad

invasion of (2003), 972 Kuwait invasion by, 970

Iraq-Iran war, 974 Iraq War (2003–), 972(i), 972–973 Ireland, 217. See also Northern Ireland

Christianity in, 253 computing and help-desk services in, 976 Cromwell in, 502 England and, 779 migration from, 743 monasticism in, 251 nationalism in, 673–674 Northern Ireland and, 942 political reforms and, 753 protests in, 810 rebellion in, 539 Roman Catholicism and, 253–254 Scottish resettlement of, 502 World War I and, 823–824

Irish Free State, 824, 824(m) Irish National Land League, 753 Irish National Theater, 779 Irish Republican Army (IRA), 940 Iron and iron industry, 727

in Britain, 657 in Germany, 657, 728 Greek metallurgy and, 43 Hittite, 25 for tools and plows, 301

Iroquois Indians, 490 Irrigation

in Egypt, 17(m) in Mesopotamia, 7, 8

Isaac (Hebrew), 39 Isabella of Castile, 410, 414, 421, 434 Ishak Cohen Nassy, David de, 524(b) Ishtar (goddess), 11, 12, 36 Isis (goddess), 129

cult of, 185–188 Islam, 231, 232, 233–238, 269(m). See also

Arab-Israeli wars; Middle East; Muslims; Oil

Abbasid caliphate in, 262, 268–269 crusades and, 317–318 Dome of the Rock and, 231 dynastic revolution in, 262 in c. 1150, 324(m) expansion to 750, 236(m) immigration and, 976(b) influence of, 952 Khomeini and, 938–939 Qur’an and, 42 regional diversity in, 5, 269–270 renaissance in, 271–272 Russian Christianity and, 267 Spanish emirate of, 270 vs. Western world, 969–973

Isolationism, World War II and, 883 Israel, P-8. See also Jews and Judaism;

Palestine Arab wars with (1967, 1973), 937 Assyrian destruction of, 41 creation of, 899, 899(m) Lebanon and, 971, 971(m) Palestinians and, 970–971

Istanbul, 199, 844. See also Constantinople Italian Wars (1494), 442–443 Italy, 278. See also Papacy; Roman Empire;

Rome ancient (500 B.C.E.), 140(m) Byzantine control of, 240 carbonari in, 631–632 Charlemagne and, 273 church and state in, 255–256 communes in, 301, 307 consolidation of, 630(m) decline in commerce of, 469 dynastic wars in, 442–443 in 1848, 680(m) Ethiopian attack by, 779, 785, 858, 859(m) expansion in (500–220 B.C.E.), 145–146 fascism in, 833–834 feminism in, 933, 933(b) in 400 B.C.E., 100(m) Frederick I Barbarossa and, 344–345,

373–374 Frederick II (Holy Roman Empire) and,

373–374 government of, 379–380, 889 Greece and, 49 Holy Roman Empire and, 341 independence in north, 965 independence of, 375 industrialization in, 729 Japan and, 864 in late 13th century, 373(m) Napoleon in, 621, 625 nationalism in, 632, 642–643, 680, 686 as nation-state, 696 at Peace of Lodi (1454), 412(m)

Persian Wars and, 73 political power in, 287 railroads in, 656(f ) Renaissance in, 402 revolts in, 644(m), 647 signori in, 379–380 Spanish Civil War and, 859, 860(m) in Triple Alliance, 756, 790 unification of, 689, 696–698, 698(m) voting rights in, 754 women in, 710, 822 World War I and, 779, 800, 801, 804,

808(b), 808(i), 814 World War II and, 863, 866, 870, 881

Ivanhoe (Scott), 643 Ivan IV (the Terrible) (Russia, r.

1533–1584), 452, 460

J’accuse (Zola), 780 Jacob (Hebrew), 39 Jacobin Clubs (France), 599, 600, 607, 609

arrest of, 623 suspicion of, 612, 621

Jacobitism, 538, 539 Jacobs, Aletta (1851–1929), 747, 807 Jacquerie uprising (Paris, 1358), 396 Jacques de Vitry (biographer), 350 Jadwiga, 409 Jahn, Friedrich Ludwig (1778–1852), 645 James I (England, r. 1603–1625), 459,

464–465 James II (England, r. 1685–1688), 502–503,

538, 539 James V (Scotland, r. 1513–1542), 445–446 James Edward (Old Pretender, 1688–1766),

538 Jane Eyre (Brontë), 666 Janissaries, 397 Jansen, Cornelius (1585–1638), 489, 536 Jansenism, 489, 536 Japan

atomic bombing of, 871–873, 872(m) China and, 786, 857, 864 conscription by, 868 economy in, 973 expansion by, 856–858, 857(m), 858(b) Germany and, 864 globalization of culture in, 977 Great Depression in, 843 and Greater East Asia Co-Prosperity

Sphere, 858(b) imperialism by, 738, 786–787 Meiji Restoration in, 712–713 migrants in England from, 964 missionaries in, 440, 440(i) modernization in, 738, 739(i) power of, 783–784 Siberia and, 813 World War I and, 801, 824 World War II and, 864, 866, 871–873, 873

Japanese Americans, internment camps for, 868

Jaruzelski, Wojciech, 945 Java, Dutch in, 527 Javelin, 285 Jazz, 830 Jazz Age, 822 Jean de Meun (c. 1240–before 1305), 369(b) Jefferson, Thomas (1743–1826), 582, 582(b)

on Declaration of Independence, 583–584 on French Declaration of Rights, 595

I - 2 6 I n d e x International women’s movement–Jefferson

Jena, battle at (1806), 629 Jenner, Edward (1749–1823), 545 Jericho, P-10, P-11(i) Jerome (Saint, c. 347–420), 148(f ), 211, 212,

214 Jerome, Jeanette, 741 Jerusalem

Babylonian capture of, 41 Christian seizure of, 315(b) in crusades, 312 (map), 316, 351 Dome of the Rock in, 238 Jesus in, 181–182 Persia and, 240 sack of (1099), 313n Solomon’s temple in, 41

Jesuits, 439, 460, 577, 639 Jesus (c. 4 B.C.E.–30 C.E.), 181–182, 208(i) Jewish Museum (Berlin), 867(i) Jewish State, The (Herzl), 783 Jews and Judaism. See also Anti-Semitism;

Holocaust; Israel apocalyptism and Christianity, 181 assimilation and, 719 attacks on, 609 in Austria, 577 in Austria-Hungary, 781 Black Death and, 390 in Byzantine Empire, 243 in Christianized Rome, 206–207 Christians and, 362 chronicle of First Crusade and, 314–315(b) in cities, 297–298 Clermont Tonnerre on, 597(b) couple on wedding night, 366(i) Crusader attacks on, 313(m), 313–314 Diaspora and, 42 Diderot on, 577 in Dutch Republic, 457 in c. 1150, 324(m) Enlightenment and, 565 in former Soviet Union, 959 in France, 754 geniza of Jewish synagogue, 318(b) in Great Depression, 843 Hasidism and, 566 Hebrew Old Testament and, 39–41 Hellenistic, 118, 129 Islam and, 235, 237, 270–271 Jesus Movement and, 181 Louis IX (France) and, 376 massacre in Rhineland (1095), 313n massacres of, 366 in Middle Ages, 250, 365–367 Middle East and, 899 migrations by, 743, 782(m) Nazis and, 848–849, 851–852 origins of terms, 41 Ottoman tolerance of, 459 Palestine and, 783, 783(b), 856, 881–882 in Poland-Lithuania, 497 religion of, 41–42 responses to anti-liberal policies by, 782–783 revivalism and, 566 Romans and, 181 Rousseau on, 569 in Russia, 577, 758, 758(m) sects of, 182 as slave owners, 524(b) in Soviet Union, 883, 928 in Spain, 353, 414 state for, 783(b)

supposed conspiracies of, 565(b) Vatican II and, 903 World War I and, 779–783 World War II and, 839, 862, 881–882

Jihad, 235, 237 Jingoism, 756 Joan of Arc (c. 1412–1431), 392(i), 393(m),

394–395(b), 403 at battle of Orléans, 392

Job Corps, 930 Jobs. See also Employment

global redistribution of, 977 Jogailo, 409 John (England, r. 1199–1216), 340, 341,

342–343(b) John II (France, r. 1350–1364), 396 John II (Portugal, r. 1481–1495), 421 John XXII (Pope, r. 1316–1334), 398 John XXIII (antipope, r. 1410–1415), 398,

399, 401 John XXIII (Pope, r. 1958–1963), 903 John of Damascus (Saint, c. 675–749), 244,

245(b) John Paul II (Pope, 1920–2005), 477, 945 John Philoponus (c. 490–570), 227 Johnson, Lyndon B. (1908–1973), 930 Johnson, Philip, 980–981 Joliot-Curie, Irene, 773(i) Jolliet, Louis (1645–1700), 490 Jongleur (musician), 347–348, 348(i) Jordan, Israel and, 937 Joseph II (Austrian and Holy Roman

Emperor, r. 1780–1790), 577, 589–590 Joseph the Provider (Mann), 855 Joshua (Syrian monk, 8th century), 231 Journal des Dames, Le (periodical),

562–563(b) Journalism, mass, 752 Journeymen and journeywomen, 300 Joyce, James (1882–1941), 831 Judaea, 175, 181 Judah (kingdom), 40(i), 41 Judah the Maccabee, 129 Judaism. See Jews and Judaism Judgment day, in Egyptian religion, 2(i) Judicial system. See also Courts; Law(s)

in Athens, 63 in Rome, 144–145

Judiciary. See also Courts; Judicial system in England, 337

Judith (Carolingians, 9th century), 278 Julia (Rome, daughter of Julius Caesar), 158 Julian calendar, in Russia, 810n Julian the Apostate (Rome, r. 361–363), 205 Julio-Claudians, 173, 174–175 Julius II (Pope, r. 1503–1513), 434 Julius III (Pope, r. 1550–1552), 446 June Days (France), 679, 681(b) Jünger, Ernst, 830 Junius Bassus, sarcophagus of, 207(i) Junkers, 493, 578, 699 Juno (goddess), 138 Jupiter (god), 138, 185 Justice

in Athens, 63 in Egypt, 17–18 Greek, 46(b), 46–47 Hebrew, 40–41 lay, 378 in Rome, 142 in Sumer, 10

Justinian (Byzantine Empire, r. 527–565), 213(i), 221–222, 223–225, 238, 397

eastern Roman Empire under, 228(m) laws of, 225

Justinian II (Byzantine Empire, r. 685–695), 256

Jutland, battle at, 804 Juvenal (Rome, c. 65–130 C.E.), 169, 179

Ka’ba, 233, 234 Kádár, János, 928 Kadesh, battle of, 25 Kaemheset (Egypt), 50, 50(i) Kafka, Franz (1883–1924), 831 Kaiser. See William I (Prussia and Germany);

William II (Germany) Kalahari Desert, people of, P-5 Kamikaze tactics, World War II and, 873 Kancheli, Giya, 980 Kandinsky, Wassily (1866–1944), 774 Kant, Immanuel (1724–1804), 557, 565–566,

609 Kapital, Das (Marx), 713 Karlsbad Decrees, 645 Kay, John, 655 Kellogg-Briand Pact (1928), 821 Kemal, Mustafa (“Atatürk,” 1881–1938),

843–844 Kennedy, John F. (1917–1963), 885, 928

civil rights and, 930 cold war and, 909–910 Cuban missile crisis and, 910, 911(m)

Kent State University, 936 Kenya, 802, 900–901 Kepler, Johannes (1571–1630), 475 Kerensky, Aleksandr (1881–1970), 811 Khadija, 233, 234 Khagan, 249(b), 266 Khomeini, Ayatollah Ruhollah (1902–1989),

938–939, 970 Khrushchev, Nikita (1894–1971), 885, 896,

909, 928 Khufu (Cheops) (Egypt, r. 2609–2584 B.C.E.),

19, 19(i) Kievan Russia, 267–268, 346, 380 Kikuyu people, 900–901 Kindergarten movement, 710 King, Martin Luther Jr. (1929–1968), 904,

934 Kingdom of the Serbs, Croats, and Slovenes,

816, 823 King James Bible, 459 King Lear (Shakespeare), 459 Kings and kingdoms. See also Empires;

specific kings and kingdoms after Carolingian Empire, 282 Charlemagne and, 275 in Egypt, 16, 17–23 in England, 287–288 in France, 288–289, 321–322 Frankish, 246–248, 252 in Greece, 59 Hellenistic, 104, 115–120, 116(m) Investiture Conflict and, 307 in Macedonia, 111 in Middle Ages, 327 non-Roman in West (c. 370–550s), 214–221 Norman, in England, 320 Ostrogothic, 219 Persian, 37(i) power of, 252–253

I n d e x I - 2 7Jena–Kings and kingdoms

Kings and kingdoms (Continued) in Rome, 134, 139–140 in Spain, 255, 354(m) in Sumer, 9–10 Visigoth, 217 warriors and, 285 in western Europe, 242, 245–247, 336–346

King’s Peace (386 B.C.E.), 110 Kipling, Rudyard (1865–1936), 785, 825 Kissinger, Henry, 936 Klemperer, Victor, 850(b) Knight, Death, and the Devil, The (Dürer),

428(i) Knights, 283. See also Warriors

lifestyles of, 285–286 Knights Templar, 317 Knossos, Crete, 25, 26(i) Knox, John (1514–1572), 445–446 Kohl, Helmut (1930–), 942 Koine language, 127 Kokoschka, Oskar (1886–1980), 774 Kolkhoz (collective farms), 846 Kollontai, Aleksandra (1872–1952), 832 Kollwitz, Käthe (1867–1945), 798(i), 828 Korea

Japan and, 738, 857(m), 858(b) World War II and, 874

Korean War (1950–1953), 891, 898, 898(m) Kościuszko, Tadeusz (1746–1817), 612 Kosovo

Albanians in, 954–955 battle of (1389), 396

Kossuth, Lajos (1802–1894), 675, 682, 684 Kosygin, Alexei (1904–1980), 928 Kotzebue, August von (1761–1819), 645 Kouros statues, 50 Krasikov Street (Bulatov), 929, 929(i) Kristallnacht, 851–852 Kronstadt naval base, 832 Krum (Bulgarian Khagan, r. c. 803–814),

266, 267 Kulak, in Russia, 846 Kulturkampf, 718–719, 754 Kundera, Milan (1929–), 935, 979 !Kung San people, P-5 Kurile Islands, World War II and, 874 Kuwait, Iraq invasion of, 970 Al-Kwarazmi (Islam, d. 850), 271 Kyoto Protocol, 967

Labadie, Jean de (1610–1674), 511 Labadists, 511 Labor. See also Slaves and slavery

agricultural, P-9, 118–119 in Çatalhöyük, P-11–P-12 Civil Code of Napoleon and, 626–627 industrialization and, 727–728 non-Europeans as, 902 protests by, 750–751 of Roman slaves, 170–171 Soviet, 883 World War I and, 776–777, 802, 806,

807–808 Labor strikes. See Strikes Labor unions, 750

bureaucracy in, 825 development of, 659 in Italy, 833 for women, 676 World War I and, 776

Labour Party (England), 746, 751, 778, 853, 890

Ladies, lords and, 282–283 Lady of the Lake, The (Scott), 643 Lafayette, Madame de (Marie-Madeleine de

la Vergne) (1634–1693), 486–487, 513 Lafayette, Marie-Joseph (Marquis de,

1757–1834), 594, 599 L’Aire, Raimond de, 365(b) Laissez-faire, 561, 705–706 Laity, sacraments and, 361–362 Lakshmibai (India, d. 1858), 711 Lamb, Ann, 670 Lancelot (legendary knight), 348–349 Land

in Carolingian Empire, 278–279 Civil Code of Napoleon and, 664 consolidation of agricultural, 663–664 in Great Depression, 841 Great Famine and, 382 Jewish ownership of, 297 loss of, 468 peasants and, 302 reclamation of, 302 in Rome, 146, 151, 200 Soviet, 846

Land and Liberty (Russia), 757 Land bridge, to Americas, P-5 Land Freedom Army (Africa), 900 Land grants, in Russia, 695 Landowners

Jews as, 250 medieval, 249–250 in Rome, 151 in Russia, 695–696 vs. serfs, 285

Langer, William, 770(b) Languages. See also Writing; specific

languages Anglo-Saxon (Old English), 254, 288 Arabic, 237, 270 Aramaic, 36 of Assyrian kings, 36 in eastern Roman Empire, 222 English, 321, 980 Finnish, 281 Greek, 43, 227 in Hellenistic Age, 103 humanism and, 401–402 Indo-European, 24 in Ireland, 779 in Islamic world, 270–271 in Italy, 681 Koine, 127 Latin, 328–329 Magyar, 280–281, 683 Minoan, 25 Near Eastern, 11(f ) of 19th century Europe, 673(m) of Normans, 321 in revolutionary France, 603 in Roman world, 178(m) Slavic, 267 Spanish language television and, 980 Sumerian, 7–8 used by Galileo, 475 vernacular, 254–255, 328, 346–349 World War I and, 821

Languedoc, 355, 376, 376(m) Laodice (Seleucids, 195 B.C.E.), 119

Laos, in Indochina, 737 Larrey, Dominique-Jean (1766–1842), 627 La Salle, René Robert Cavelier (Sieur de,

1643–1687), 490 Las Casas, Bartolomé de (1474–1566), 425 Las Cases, Emmanuel de (1766–1842), 634(b) Lascaux, cave painting at, P-7(i) Las Navas de Tolosa, battle at (1212), 353,

354(m) Late Middle Ages, 233 Lateran Agreement (1929), 833 Latifundia (farms), in Rome, 151–152 Latin America, 969

abolition of slavery in, 670 Great Depression in, 843 independence movements in, 646, 647(i),

647(m) Latin language, 227

in Carolingian Empire, 282 in Frankish kingdoms, 247–248 in Italy, 145–146 literature in, 149–150, 172–173 in medieval education, 328–329 Renaissance humanists and, 401–402

Latin people, 140(m) Latin scholarship, 225–226 Latium, 140(m) Latvia, 460, 861, 863, 956, 963, 964 Laud, William (1573–1645), 498 Launay, Bernard René de, 593(i) Laurana, Luciano, 404 Law(s), 7. See also Law codes; Legislation

in Athens, 63 Augustine on, 211 canon, 308 in England, 337–338, 340 under Frederick II (emperor), 373–374 Hebrew, 40–41 Jewish religious, 41–42 of Justinian, 225 reform of, 576–577 Roman, 142, 145, 179–180, 198 schools of, 329 in Sparta, 59 on status of slaves, 508 tribal, 215 Viking, 280 Visigothic and Frankish, 219–220 witchcraft and, 479

Law, John (1671–1729), 538 Law codes

Civil Code of Napoleon and, 625–627, 630 in England, 288 of Hammurabi, 14–15 Hebrew, 40 of Justinian, 225 marriage and, 438 Marsilius on, 397 in Muscovy, 469 in revolutionary France, 604 in Sumer, 13 Twelve Tables (Rome) as, 142 Visigothic, 219

Law of Indemnity (France, 1825), 647 Law of Sacrilege (France, 1825), 647 Lawrence, D. H. (1885–1930), 826 Laws for Physicians (Hammurabi), 15(b) Laws of War and Peace, The (Grotius), 474 Lay brothers, 310(f ) Lay Down Your Arms (Suttner), 777

I - 2 8 I n d e x Kings and kingdoms–Lay Down Your Arms

Lay investiture, 303 Laypeople

bishops and, 282 Christian, 360 piety of, 362–363

League of Augsburg, War of the (1688–1697), 491, 491(b), 536

League of Nations, 818–820, 821, 824, 836(m) Germany and, 858 Italian aggression and, 858–859 Japanese expansionism and, 857 racial equality and, 843 Rhineland and, 859 United States and, 853 World War II and, 856

Learned societies, 568–569, 655 Learning. See also Intellectual thought

in Carolingian renaissance, 275–277 Islamic, 271–272 in Ottonian Holy Roman Empire, 290

Lebanon, Israeli attack on, 971, 971(m) Lebensraum (living space), 858, 863 Lechfeld, battle of, 289 Lectures, 331, 546 Lefèvre d’Étaples, Jacques (c. 1455–1536),

437 Left wing

student protests and, 934 World War I and, 816

Legal systems, modernization of, 576–577 Legion of Honor, 623 Legions, Roman, 176–177 Legislation. See also Law(s)

civil rights, 930 marriage and, 767 social, 747 in Sparta, 59

Legislative assembly, in Athens, 75 Legislative Assembly (France), 598, 599,

614–615 Legislature. See Assemblies; Councils; Senate;

specific bodies and countries Legnano, battle of, 345 Leibniz, Gottfried Wilhelm (1646–1716),

511, 558 Leisure, 741, 894 Lem, Stanislaw (1921–), 919 Lemonnier, Anicet Charles, 558(i) Lending libraries, 665, 666 Lenin, V. I. (1870–1924), 776–777, 811–812,

812(i), 815, 832, 833, 885 Leningrad, 832, 863. See also Petrograd;

St. Petersburg Le Nôtre, André (1613–1700), 488 Leo III (Pope, r. 795–816), 274 Leo III (the Isaurian) (Byzantine Empire,

r. 717–741), 244, 256 Leo IX (Pope, r. 1049–1054), 303–305, 304(i) Leo X (Pope, r. 1513–1521), 430, 434 Leo XIII (Pope), 719 León, 354(m), 376–377 Leonardo da Vinci (1452–1519), 406, 407(i) Leopold (Austria, 12th century), 351 Leopold I (Belgium, r. 1831–1865), 647 Leopold I (Habsburg, r. 1658–1705),

494–495 Leopold II (Belgium, r. 1865–1909), 734(i),

734–735 Leopold II (Holy Roman Emperor,

r. 1790–1792), 578, 590

Leovigild (Visigoths, r. 569–586), 255 Lepanto, battle of, 455, 459 Lepers, in Middle Ages, 367 Lepidus (Rome, 1st century B.C.E.), 165 Le Roy Ladurie, Emmanuel, 364–365(b) Lesbians. See Homosexuals and

homosexuality Lesbos, city-states on, 47 Lessing, Gotthold (1729–1781), 565 “L’état, c’est moi” (Louis XIV), 484 Letter, The (Cassatt), 749, 749(i) Letters Concerning the English Nation

(Voltaire), 548, 548(b) Letters on Education (Macauley-Graham),

563(b) Levant, 733 Levellers, 499, 500(b), 580 Levi, Primo, 865 Leviathan (Hobbes), 501(b), 504 Lévi-Strauss, Claude (1908–), 927 Lewes, battle of, 377 Lewis, Sarah, 669 Liberal arts, 327, 328–329 Liberalism, 690

in Britain, 778–779 in economics and politics, 674–675 rejection of, 754

Liberal Party (England), 752, 752–753, 778 Liberation movements, Fanon on, 904 Liberty

Burke on, 610(b) representation of, 602(i), 609(i)

“Liberty, Equality, and Fraternity,” 588 Libraries

at Alexandria, 120 in England, 254 Islamic, 271 lending, 665, 666

Libya, 52(b), 785 Licinius (Rome, r. 308–324), 203(b) Liebeskind, Daniel, 867(i) Liebknecht, Karl (1871–1919), 815 Liège, baptismal font at, 299(i) Life and Martyrdom of St. William of Norwich,

The (Thomas of Monmouth), 366 Life expectancy

in former Soviet bloc, 968 health and, 968–969 of Paleolithic hunter-gatherers, P-5

Lifespan Paleolithic, P-6 World War II and, 894

Lifestyle of aristocracy, 532 in Athens, 77–80, 86–87, 105–106 Byzantine iconoclasm and, 245 during cold war, 902–911 in Dutch Republic, 506–507, 507(i) in Egyptian New Kingdom, 22–23 in former Soviet Union, 959–960 Greek, 42–43, 82–83 of Hellenistic women, 119–120 Homeric ideal and, 44–45 of hunter-gatherers, P-5, P-7–P-8 in Macedonia, 111, 111(i) of medieval Jews, 250 in Middle Ages, 318(b) monastic, 309 Neolithic origins of, P-10 in 1960s, 925

of peasants, 284–285 in Rome, 167–171, 176–180 in Russia, 496, 497, 958 in 16th century, 467–468, 468(i) of slaves and slave owners, 523–525 Soviet, 883, 942–943 of warriors, 285–286 of women, 767 World War I and, 801(i), 826–827 World War II and, 868, 894

Ligeti, Gyorgy, 935 Lighting, electric, 728(i) Limited liability corporation, 730 Lincoln, Abraham (1809–1865), 705 Lincoln, England, cathedral in, 294(i), 295 Lindisfarne Gospels, 254(i) Linear B writing, 28, 29, 42 “Lines Composed a Few Miles above Tintern

Abbey” (Wordsworth), 640–641, 642(b) Lisbon, in Second Crusade, 317 Lissitsky, Eli, 831(i) Literacy, 529, 709. See also Illiteracy

Assyrian, 36 in Dutch Republic, 507 in 1800s, 665 in Greece, 87 Islamic, 238 political, 752 in Rome, 172(i) in 1700s, 572 social status and, 533–534(i)

Literary clubs, 612 Literary culture, in England, 254–255 Literature. See also Classical culture; Epic

literature; Poets and poetry; specific works and authors

advice books, 669 Arabic, 238 chivalric romances, 512 classical, 225–226 in cold war, 908–909 comedies of manners, 512–513 Egyptian wisdom literature, 20 of Enlightenment, 566(b) of epic and romance, 348–349 existential, 903–904 in former Soviet Union, 979–980 Greek, 64, 225–226 in Hellenistic court, 121 historical novels, 643 of Holocaust, 903 humanism and, 401–403 in Latin language, 149–150 Minoans and, 25 in Nazi Germany, 849 Neo-Babylonian, 36–37 in 19th century, 665–666 novels, 513, 535 realist, 716–717 Roman, 145, 172–173, 178–179 romanticism in, 566 Russian society and, 757–758 social conditions in, 665–666 Soviet, 847 Sumerian, 13 travel, 549 vernacular, 369 Western culture and, 978–979 women and, 666 about World War I, 830

I n d e x I - 2 9Lay investiture–Literature

Lithography, 664 Lithuania, 354, 409–410, 576, 861, 863, 956,

963. See also Poland-Lithuania Little Entente, 821, 821(m) Little ice age, of 1600–1850, 466–467(b) Liturgy

Catholic, 903 Cistercian, 310 language of, 401

Liutprand of Cremona (Bishop, c. 922–c. 972), 264, 280

Liverpool and Manchester Railway, 652(i), 653 Lives of the Most Excellent Italian Architects,

Painters, and Sculptors (Vasari), 402(b) Livia (Rome, 1st century B.C.E.), 166, 166(i),

174 Living standards

in Dutch Republic, 506, 506(m) in industrialized areas, 660–661(b) of peasants after plague, 390

Livs (Livonia), 354 Livy (54 B.C.E.–17 C.E.), 144, 148, 173, 401 Lloyd George, David (1863–1945), 816 Loans

for business, 300 Great Depression and, 840–841

Locarno, Treaty of (1925), 821 Locke, John (1632–1704), 474, 484, 505,

548(b), 564, 713 empiricism and, 565 liberalism and, 674

Lodi, Peace of (1454), 412(m) Logic, 329, 330

of Aristotle, 108 Hellenistic, 123 scholasticism and, 367

Lollards, 399 Lombard League, 345 Lombards, 240, 249(b), 255, 273 Lombardy, 697 London, 964

building in, 707 coffeehouses in, 518(i), 519 Crystal Palace in, 684 Great Fire of 1666 in, 503, 503(i) plague of 1665, 503 police force in, 648 population of, 532, 653 sanitation in, 662 social disorder in, 663 terrorist attacks in, 973 Treaty of (1915), 801, 816, 833 Vauxhall Gardens in, 533(i)

London Corresponding Society, 608–609 London Society for Effecting the Abolition

of the Slave Trade, 670 London Stock Exchange, 730 Long-distance trade. See Trade Long Walls (Athens), 105, 106(i), 106(m), 110 Lord Protector, Cromwell as, 502 Lords, 282–283. See also Nobility

in Carolingian Empire, 282 Islamic, 269 peasants and, 283–285 power of, 262 rulers as, 345–346

Lorentz, Alcide, 666 Lorrain, Claude (1600–1682), 510 Lorraine, 544, 701, 728, 801, 803, 817 Lothar (Carolingians, r. 840–855), 278

Lothar III (Holy Roman Empire, r. 1125–1137), 323

Louis IV (Bavaria, r. 1328–1347), 398 Louis VI (Louis the Fat) (France,

r. 1108–1137), 321–322, 333 Louis VII (France, r. 1137–1180), 317, 340 Louis IX (St. Louis, France, r. 1226–1270),

371(i), 373, 375(i), 375–376 Louis XI (France, r. 1461–1483), 411 Louis XIII (France, r. 1610–1643), 462, 485

Grotius and, 474 Louis XIV (France, r. 1643–1715), 462

as absolute ruler, 484–492, 515 acquisitions of, 492(m) arts and, 487–488 “black code” of, 508 bureaucracy of, 489–490 Charles II and, 503 court of, 482(i), 483, 486–489, 487(b) death of, 536, 538 Frond and, 485(i), 485–486 hospitals and, 514–515 politics of, 486, 487–488, 491 religious orthodoxy and, 489 revocation of Edict of Nantes and, 489 as Sun King, 487 wars of, 490–492, 491(b)

Louis XV (France, r. 1715–1774), 538, 578 Louis XVI (France, r. 1774–1792), 578, 580,

591–592 civil rights and, 577 execution of, 599(i), 599–600, 601 flight of, 598, 598(i)

Louis XVIII (France, r. 1814–1824), 633, 634, 639

Louisiana, 490 Louisiana Territory, 629, 629(m) Louis-Philippe (France, r. 1830–1848), 647,

670, 674, 679 Louis the German (Carolingians,

r. 843–876), 278 Louis the Pious (Carolingians, r. 814–840),

261, 277 Lourdes, Bernadette at, 719 Love Affairs (Ovid), 173 Love in Excess (Haywood), 535 Love poems, courtly love and, 347 Low Countries

in duchy of Burgundy, 410 Habsburg-Valois-Ottoman wars in, 442 protests in, 589–590 in 1787, 589(m)

Lower classes. See also Classes double standard and, 742 in Enlightenment, 556 women in, 670

Lower Egypt, 16 Lucca, 287 Lucian (Rome, c. 117–180 C.E.), 178 Lucretia (legendary Roman), 142, 144(b) Lucretius (c. 94–55 B.C.E.), 149 Luddites, 656 Ludendorff, Erich (1865–1937), 803, 823 Ludin, Fereshta, headscarf of, 975(i) Lueger, Karl (1844–1910), 781–782 Luftwaffe, 863 Lully, Jean-Baptiste (1632–1687), 487 Lupercalia festival (Rome), 138–139 Lusitania (ship), 804 Luther, Martin (1483–1546), 420, 429–430,

438, 770(b)

Peasants’ War of 1525 and, 436 propaganda about, 431(b)

Lutheranism Peace of Augsburg and, 446, 452 Peace of Westphalia and, 464

Lützen, battle of (1632), 461 Luxembourg, 278, 803 Luxembourg imperial dynasty, 409 Luxemburg, Rosa (1870–1919), 815 Luxuries

in Akkad, 12 in Rome, 152, 170

Lycées, 626, 710 Lyceum, of Aristotle, 108 Lycia, 33 Lydia (Christian woman), 182 Lydus, John, 222, 223 Lynchings, in 1930s, 852 Lyon, 351, 604 Lyre (instrument), 64 Lyric poetry, 64 Lysias (Syracuse, c. 445–380 B.C.E.), 81, 83 Lysimachus (Macedonia), 119 Lysistrata (Aristophanes), 96

Maastricht Treaty, 961 Maat (goddess), 3, 17–18, 20 Mabuse, Peter, 685(i) Macaulay, Thomas Babington (1800–1859),

547, 649, 674 Macaulay-Graham, Catharine Sawbridge

(1731–1791), 563(b), 571 MacBeth (Shakespeare), 459 MacDonald, Ramsay (1866–1937), 823, 853 Macedonia, 111(i), 792

Cleopatra VII and, 115 expansion under Philip II, 112(m) rise of (359–323 B.C.E.), 110–115 Rome and, 148, 149

Macedonian renaissance, 262, 264–266, 266(i) Machiavelli, Niccolò (1469–1527), 442, 472 Machine gun, 736, 792 Machinery

in arts, 831 in 1960s, 916 World War I and, 803

Macrina, 214 Madame Bovary (Flaubert), 716 Madame Butterfly (Puccini), 775 Madrasa (Islamic school), 272, 276 Madrid, terrorist attack in, 972(i), 973 Mafia, Russian, 959 Magellan, Ferdinand (1480–1521), 421 Magic, 23, 478–479 Magna Carta (England, 1215), 340,

342–343(b) Magna Graecia, 49 Magyarization, 781 Magyars, 280–282, 672, 682–683

in Austria-Hungary, 702 century invasions by, 281(m) defeat of, 289 in Hungary, 291, 822 in 10th century, 280–282

Mahan, Alfred Thayer (1840–1914), 792 Mahdi (messiah), 270 Mahfouz, Naguib, 978 Mail-order catalogs, 732 Maintenon, Françoise d’Aubigné, marquise

de (1635–1719), 488–489 Mainz, massacre of Jews in, 313

I - 3 0 I n d e x Lithography–Mainz

Maistre, Joseph de (1753–1821), 611(b) Makine, Andrei, 980 Malaria, 736, 969 Malaya, 864 Malay peninsula, British colonialism in

(1826–1890), 727, 727(m) Mali, 737(i) Malnutrition, 969 Malta, in EU, 963 Mamluks, 269 Management

industrial, 731 in postindustrial age, 922 scientific, 825

Manchester, 659–660, 660, 662 Manchuria, 786

Japan and, 857, 857(m) World War II and, 874

Mandate system, 819–820 Mandela, Nelson (1918–), 973–974, 978 Manet, Édouard (1821–1883), 717 Manhattan Project, 873 Manhood suffrage, 754 Manius Curius (d. 270 B.C.E.), 152 Mann, Horace, 667 Mann, Thomas (1875–1955), 855 Mannerism, 472 Manners, 512–514 Manorialism, 283 Manors, Carolingian, 279 Manse, families on, 302 Mantiklos (Greece), 52 Mantinea, battle of, 110 Manufactured goods, trade in, 522(m) Manufacturing

Britain as world leader in, 657 in Byzantine Empire, 241–242 computers in, 917–918 in Germany, 657 in India, 712 medieval, 299–300 in 19th century, 727 world output (1950–1970), 892(f ) World War II and, 891

Manuscript illuminations, 266(i), 372 Manzikert, battle at, 311 Manzoni, Alessandro (1785–1873), 642–643 Mao Zedong (1893–1976), 845(b), 898,

936–937 Mapmaking, in Age of Exploration, 424(b) Maps, in Babylonia, 15 Maquis (partisans), World War II and, 869 Marat, Jean-Paul (1743–1793), 600, 604 Marathon, battle of, 71 Marathon race, 71 Marcel, Étienne, 396 Marconi, Guglieo (1874–1937), 828 Marco Polo (1254–c. 1324), 420 Marcus Aurelius (Rome, r. 161–180), 175,

188, 189 Marduk (god), 36 Marengo, battle of (1800), 629 Marguerite de Valois (1553–1615), 454 Maria Theresa (Austria, r. 1740–1780), 573,

574, 577 Marie-Antoinette (1755–1793), 580, 591,

591(i), 598, 601 Marie de Sévigné (1626–1696), 487(b) Marienthal, Germany, 842(b) Marijuana, 931 Marius, Gaius (c. 157–86 B.C.E.), 153, 154–155

Market(s), 301 in cities and towns, 296–297 colonial, 739 Dutch Republic and, 458 for European products, 470 global, 921–922, 937, 952, 975 Italian, 287 for New World commodities, 470 peasant access to, 302 Smith, Adam, and, 561 World War I and, 822

Market economy in former Soviet Union, 956, 958–960 in Hungary, 928 in Poland, 945

Marketing in 19th century, 732 postwar, 908 of U.S. culture, 980

Marne River, World War I and, 803 Marquette, Jacques (1637–1675), 490 Marriage

Anabaptists and, 436 Augustine on, 212 Black Death and, 391 Catholic Church and, 307–308, 361–362 clerical, 303, 308 of elites, 742 Fourth Latern Council on, 361 in Greece, 56–57, 85(b) Hammurabi on, 15 of knights, 286 in Merovingian society, 251 in 1960s, 925 19th century women and, 670 reforms of, 766–767 registration of, 438 in revolutionary France, 604 of Roman slaves, 171 in Rome, 137, 180 sacrament of, 307 in 17th century, 469 women and, 84–85(b) World War I and, 826

Marriage of Figaro, The (Beaumarchais), 580 Married Love (Stopes), 826 “Marseillaise, La” (French anthem), 602 Marshall, George C. (1880–1959), 886 Marshall Plan (1947), 886, 891, 892 Marsilius of Padua (c. 1280–c. 1343), 397,

399–400 Martin (Saint, 4th century), 248 Martin, Jean-Baptiste, 488(i) Martin V (Pope, r. 1417–1431), 399 Martin of Tours (c. 316–397), 213 Martyrs, Christian, 162(i), 163, 182–183 Marx, Karl (1818–1883), 283, 590(b),

660(b), 676, 677(b) Rousseau’s influence on, 563–564

Marxism, 713–714 labor unrest and, 750 Russian, 776–777, 787, 812 socialist parties and, 751 World War I and, 776

Marxist socialism, 706 Mary. See Virgin Mary Mary (England, 1689–1694), 503, 504, 538 Mary of Guise (1515–1560), 445–446 Mary of Oignies (1177–1213), 350 Mary Stuart (Scotland, r. 1542–1587),

445–446, 458, 459

Mary Tudor (England and Ireland, r. 1553–1558), 434, 445, 455

Masons and Masonic lodges, 565(b), 568–569, 612

Massacres in 15th century Spain, 414 of Jews, 366 in Napoleonic wars, 632 in Paris, 599 in Srebrenica, 954 of Turks and Greeks, 645 in Vendée region, 605

Mass culture Warhol and, 926 World War I and, 827–834

Masses culture for, 828 Hitler on, 848

Mass journalism, 752 Mass politics, 750–759, 776–783 Mass transport, 765 Master and Margarita, The (Bulgakov), 979 Mastersingers of Nuremberg, The (Wagner),

717–718 Masturbation, 572 Materialism, 123, 713 Mathematics

Babylonian, 15 Hellenistic, 126 Islamic, 272 in 1930s, 855–856 teaching of, 329

Matilda (daughter of Henry II, England, 12th century), 345

Matilda (England, mother of Henry II), 337 Matilda of Tuscany (11th century), 306, 307(i) Matisse, Henri (1869–1954), 773 Matrimonial Causes Act (England, 1857), 703 Mau Mau, 900 Maurice of Saxony, 446 Maximian, Roman district of, 199(m) Maximianus (bishop of Ravenna), 224(i) Maximilian (Mexico), 692 Maximilian I (Holy Roman Emperor,

r. 1493–1519), 445 Maximilla (Asia Minor, 2nd century C.E.),

184–185 Max Planck Institutes, 773 Mayakovsky, Vladimir (1893–1930), 832 Mayas, 426 Mayflower (ship), 470 Mayor of the palace, 252–253 Mazarin, Jules (1602–1661), 462, 485, 486 Mazzini, Giuseppe (1805–1872), 672, 680–681 McCarthy, Joseph, and McCarthyism,

890–891 McDonald’s, protests against, 965 Measles, 894 Mecca, 233, 235–236 Mechanics Institutes, 668 Mechanization, 728 Medea (Euripides), 82 Medes, 36 Media. See also specific types

Hitler and, 848 movies and, 828 in 1930s, 855 radio and, 828 Roosevelt, Franklin D., and, 852 World War I and, 827–828 World War II and, 866–868

I n d e x I - 3 1Maistre–Media

Medici family, 412 Cosimo de’ (1388–1464), 412 Lorenzo de’ (the Magnificent)

(1449–1492), 412–413 Medicine, 968–969

artificial limbs and, 799 breakthroughs in, 476 childbirth and, 921 in concentration camps, 865 in Egypt, 23 in 18th century, 544–545 gods, healing, and, 128–129 in Greece, 92, 93(i) health care and, 894 Hellenistic, 126–127 Hippocrates and, 92 licensing in, 709 in medieval universities, 331 Mesopotamian, 15 motherhood and, 767 Napoleon and, 627 in 1960s, 920 reproductive systems and, 550 Roman childbirth and, 180 schools of, 329 in 17th century, 469

Medievalism, 665 Medina, Hijra to, 235 Meditations (Marcus Aurelius), 188 Mediterranean polyculture, 26 Mediterranean region

calamities in (1200–1000 B.C.E.), 28–29, 30(m)

civilizations of, 23–24, 66(m) Crimean War and, 692–694 Egyptian kingdom in, 16 Europe and, 258(m), 292(m), 712, 722(m) expansion into, 49(m) in 400 B.C.E., 100(m) Greeks and, 47, 49, 49(m) Jews in, 297 lifestyle in, 318(b) new imperialism in, 733 Persian Empire in, 37 Roman control of, 149, 176(m) Spanish control of, 455

Megabyzus (Persia), 58 Megarons, 27–28 Megiddo, Solomon’s walls at, 41(i) Mehmed I (Sultan, r. 1410–1421), 396 Mehmed II (Sultan, r. 1451–1481), 386(i),

387, 396–397, 412, 646(i) Meiji Restoration (Japan), 712–713 Mein Kampf (Hitler), 834, 848 Meir, Golda, 899 Melanippe the Captive (Euripides), 84(b) Memoirs of the Life of Colonel Hutchinson

(1664–1671) (Hutchinson), 500–501(b) Memphis, Egypt, 16 Men. See also Boys; Gender

as citizens, 53 earnings of, 923 in Egypt, 20 in Great Depression, 842 in Greece, 57, 82, 83 homosexual activity between, 225 inheritance by, 286 in Islam, 236 Neo-Assyrian, 36 Paleolithic, P-6 in postwar society, 906–907

Menander (c. 343–291 B.C.E.), 121, 124(b), 124(i)

Mendel, Gregor (1822–1884), 719–720 Mendelssohn, Moses (1729–1786), 565 Mendicants, 373 Menes. See Narmer (Menes) (Egypt,

c. 2925 B.C.E.) Mensheviks, 777 Mental illness, 768–770, 851 Mercantilism

Colbert and, 490 in England, 502 science and, 511–512

Mercenaries in Habsburg-Valois-Ottoman wars, 443 in Hundred Years’ War, 394–395 Ottoman peasants as, 495 Swiss, 411–412 in Thirty Years’ War, 461, 462–463

Merchants Assyrian, 14 Byzantine, 264 Chinese trade and, 380 Greek, 48 in London, 411 in Swiss Confederation, 411

Mercia, 288 Merian, Maria Sibylla (1646–1717),

510–511, 512(i) Merian, Matthäus (1593–1650), 450(i) Merikare (Egypt), 19, 20 Merovech (Franks), 219, 246 Merovingian dynasty, 219, 252–253 Merovingian kingdoms, 246, 247(m),

249–253 Mesopotamia, P-4n

Akkad and, 12 Assyria and, 13–14 Babylonia and, 13 civilization in, 4, 6, 7–16 mythology in, 11–12 polytheism in, 5 slavery in, 10 Sumer in, 7–11, 13 Trajan in, 176(m)

Messiah, Jesus as, 181, 182 Messiah (Handel), 535 Mestizos, 527 Metacomet (King Philip), 508 Metal and metallurgy, 6, 7, 12, 301, 727

iron, 43 in Mesopotamia, 12 metalwork in Çatalhöyük, P-12 ore in Greece, 47–48

Metamorphoses (Ovid), 173 Metaphysics, 107 Methodism, 566–567, 639–640 Methodius (missionary, c. 863), 267 Metics (foreigners in Greece), 82, 86 Metric system, 604 Metternich, Klemens von (1773–1859),

636–637, 639, 644–645, 672, 682, 690 Meulen, Adam Frans van der (1632–1690),

482(i) Mexican Americans, protests by, 931 Mexican Ecclesiastical Provincial Council

(1555), 440 Mexico, 418(i), 692, 969 Miasma (ritual contamination), 52 Michelangelo Buonarroti (1475–1564), 413,

441, 441(i)

Mickiewicz, Adam (1798–1855), 672 Middle Ages, 232, 233

accounting in, 250(i) architecture in, 332–336 culture of, 327–328 economic activity in, 248–250 intellectual thought in, 328–332 Jews in, 365–367 lepers in, 367 lifestyle of ordinary people in, 318(b) periods in, 233 religion during, 359–367 social synthesis in, 367–372 trade routes in, 298(m)

Middle class, 659. See also Bourgeoisie; Classes

arts and, 535 in Athens, 62 attitudes toward lower classes, 654 courtly manners and, 513 in Dutch Republic, 506–507 in England, 703 Enlightenment and, 564, 568–571 expansion of, 741–742 joining elite, 567 lifestyle of, 532 literacy and, 534 professions and civil service in, 709 as Prussian officers, 631 social fears of, 663 socialist view of, 675 sports and, 743 Wilkes affair and, 580 woman suffrage movement and, 777 women and, 664, 670

Middle-Class Gentleman, The (Molière), 513 Middle East, P-4n. See also Near East;

specific peoples and states Arab world in, 231 colonies in, 824 crusades and, 317–318 decolonization in, 897 England and, 802 foreign workers in, 974 independence struggles in, 899–900 Islamic theocracy in, 967 Jewish nation in, 783(b) in 1930s, 843–844 oil policy and, 937–938, 938(f ), 938(i) in 21st century, 971(m) World War I peace settlements and

(1919–1920), 817(m), 818(b) Middle Kingdom (Egypt), 20–21 “Middle Kingdom” (Europe), 278, 289 Middlemarch (Eliot), 716 Midian (tribe), 40 Midrash, 207 Midway Island, battle at, 871 Midwives, 180(i), 709 Mieszko I (Poland, r. 963–992), 291 Migration. See also Immigrants and

immigration from Anatolia, 23–24 cultural globalization and, 978(i) to Egypt, 16 by Europeans, 741 experiences of, 744–745(b) globalization and, 950(i), 952, 964, 974 human, P-4 Jewish, 782(m) by Near Eastern farmers, P-10

I - 3 2 I n d e x Medici–Migration

in 19th century, 664, 724(i), 725–727 by non-Romans into Roman Empire,

214–221 of rural poor, 571 in Western world, 974–975 by workers, 743–745 World War I and, 822 World War II and, 881, 889(i)

Mikvah, window from, 313, 316(i) Milan, 287, 411, 680

consuls as government of, 301 Frederick I Barbarossa and, 344–345 as major power, 408 as Roman capital, 198 uprising in, 682(i)

Militance. See also Activism; specific groups by blacks, 931 Islamic, 939 promotion of, 795(b) World War I and, 776

Militarism Neo-Assyrian, 35–36 World War I and, 821–822

Military. See Armed forces Military dictatorship, French Revolution and,

588 Military draft. See also Conscription

World War I and, 792 Military intelligence, in 1960s, 916 Military spending, under Reagan, 942 Military technology

of conquistadores, 426 in 14th century, 395 in 16th century, 444

Mill, Harriet Taylor, 721, 777 Mill, John Stuart (1806–1873), 721, 777 Mill on the Floss (Eliot), 716 Milo (Greece), 45 Milosevic, Slobodan, 953, 955 Milton, John (1608–1674), 509–510 Milvian Bridge, battle of, 202 Minerva (goddess), 138, 185 Mines Act (Britain, 1842), 661 Minimalist composers, 926 Ministerials, in Germany, 291 Minnesingers (love singers), 348 Minoan Greece, 34 Minoans, 24, 25, 25–27

Mycenaeans and, 27–28 Minorities. See also specific groups

activism of, 931 in Austria-Hungary, 781 in Byzantine Empire, 264 fears of, 766 in Islamic world, 270–271 rights for, 764 World War II and, 868

Minos (Minoan), 25 Mir (Russian community), 695 Miseries and Misfortunes of War, The

(Callot), 461(i) Misfortunes (Abelard), 330–331 Missi dominici, 274 Missiles

Cuban missile crisis and, 910, 911(m) Soviet reduction in, 944

Missions and missionaries. See also specific orders

Arian, 210 in Asia, 440, 440(i) Calvinist, 452, 453(m)

in China, 380 in Europe, 419 European imperialism and, 740 in India, 639(i), 640 Irish, 253 Jesuit, 439 in New Spain, 419, 439–440 in Philippines, 470–471

Mithras (god), 185(i) cult of, 185, 187–188

Mithridates VI (Pontus, 120–63 B.C.E.), 154, 154(m), 155

Mitrochondrial DNA, P-3 Mitteleuropa, 791, 794 Mitterrand, François (1916–1996), 942 Mobilization

World War I and, 794, 806–807 World War II and, 862

Modern art, 773–775 Modernism, 547(b), 771

in dance and music, 775–776 in painting, 773–775

Modernity Enlightenment and, 561 ideas and, 771–776 World War I and, 764, 766(b)

Modernization in eastern Europe, 895 of French armed forces, 490 of government, 576–578 of Japan, 738, 739(i) in Russia, 497, 540–541, 541(i)

Mohács, battle of (1526), 443 Moldavia, 693 Molecular biology, 919–920 Molière (Jean-Baptiste Poquelin)

(1622–1673), 124(b), 487, 512 Monarchs and monarchies, 7, 9–10. See also

Kings and kingdoms; Queens; specific kingdoms and rulers

Austro-Hungarian, 702–703 Bodin on, 474 central European, 282 consolidation of power in, 408–409 Danish, 280 divine right and, 464–465 in England, 287–288, 703–705, 704(b),

704(i) in France, 288–289, 341, 598–600 in Germany, 341–346 Mesopotamian, 12, 13 in Near East, 34 Ottoman Empire as, 397 papal, 308–309 in Persia, 37–38, 58(b) revival of, 319–323 in Rome, 174–175 royal images and, 464–465 ruler cults and, 128

Monasticism and monasteries. See also Religious orders

in Arles, France, 246(i) Benedictine, 214 in Byzantine Empire, 243–244 Cassiodorus and, 220–221 Christian, 212–214 Cistercian, 309–310, 310(f ) communities of, 213–214 in Holy Roman Empire, 289–290 Irish, 251, 253 Jesuits, 439, 577

libraries and, 401–402 Merovingian, 251 under Napoleon, 630 in revolutionary France, 597 at Saint-Germain-des-Près, 279 schools and, 277, 332 of St. Gall, 401

Monet, Claude (1840–1926), 749 Monetarism, 940 Money

in 11th century, 295 Roman status and, 136

Money markets Amsterdam as, 458 Dutch Republic and, 506

Mongols and Mongol Empire, 373, 380, 381(m), 420, 421

Monogamy, in Greece, 57 Monophysite Christianity, 210–211, 213(i),

225, 237 Monotheism, 5

of Hebrews, 41–42 of Islam, 232

Monroe, James, 646 Monroe Doctrine, 646 Monstrance, 401(i) Montagu, Mary Wortley (1689–1762), 545 Montaigne, Michel de (1533–1592), 474, 478 Montaillou: . . . (Le Roy Ladurie), 364–365(b) Montefeltro, Federico da (Duke of Urbino,

1422–1482), 403(i), 404 Montenegro, 756, 791, 792 Montespan, Madame de, 487 Montesquieu, Charles-Louis de Secondat

(Baron de, 1689–1755), 549, 560, 577, 591, 600–601

Montessori, Maria, 768 Monteverdi, Claudio (1567–1643), 472 Montfort, Simon de (England,

c. 1208–1265), 377 Montpellier, 329, 331 Moon landing (1969), 918 Moral dualism, 39 Morality, in 1930s, 855 Moral majority (U.S.), 941 Moral relativism, Sophists and, 89 Moral values, in Rome, 134–136 More, Thomas (1478–1535), 427, 428–429, 434 Morel, Jean, 394–395(b) Moriscos, 455–456 Morocco, 790, 901 Morris, May (1862–1938), 747 Morris, William (1834–1896), 747 Morrison, Toni, 979, 979(i) Mortality, infant, 572, 894 Mosaics

of family from Edessa, 210(i) of Jesus as Sun God, 208(i) in Ravenna, 200 Roman, 162(i), 171(i) in St. Sophia (Kiev), 268(i) at Santo Stefano Rotondo, 257(i) in Sicily, 221(i) of Theodora, 223(i)

Moscow, 729(i), 863, 964 Moses, 40, 41 Mos maiorum, in Rome, 134, 135(i) Mosques

at Damascus, 237–238, 238(i) Dome of the Rock as, 231 Hagia Sophia as, 226(i)

I n d e x I - 3 3Migration–Mosques

Mostar Bridge, Yugoslavia, 954, 955(i) Motet, 370, 370(i) Mountain (French political faction), 600 Movies

global culture and, 978 about Holocaust, 903 neorealist, 909 in 1930s, 854–855 U.S. influence on, 980 World War I and, 828

Mozarabs, 270, 353 Mozart, Wolfgang Amadeus (1756–1791),

570–571, 580 Mrs. Dalloway (Woolf ), 831 Muhammad (c. 570–632), 231, 232,

233–234, 237. See also Islam Müller-Otfried, Paula, 850(b) Multiculturalism, 979 Multinational corporations, 921–922 Multinationalism, in Austria-Hungary, 782 Mummies, 23, 124(b) Munch, Edvard (1863–1944), 762(i), 774 Munich Pact (1938), 861 Munitions, World War I and, 792 Münster, Anabaptists in, 436 Münter, Gabriele (1877–1962), 774 Müntzer, Thomas (1468?–1525), 435–436 Murad I (Ottomans, r. 1360–1389), 396 Murat, Joachim (1767–1815), 625 Murner, Thomas (1475–c. 1537), 431(b) Mursili II (Hittites, r. 1321–1295 B.C.E.), 24 Muscovite state, 346 Muscovy, 452, 460, 469 Museum(s), 120, 707

on Holocaust, 867, 867(i) in Vienna, 707(i)

Music churches and, 406, 408 classical, 570–571 in former Soviet bloc, 980 French republican, 602 Greek, 64 Louis XIV and, 487–488 medieval, 369–370 modern, 775–776 with movies, 828 in 1960s, 926 opera and, 472, 717–718 public concerts, 535 Renaissance, 406, 408, 408(i) rock-and-roll culture and, 905–906 Rolling Stones and, 925(i) romanticism in, 642 troubadours and, 347–348, 348(i) World War I and, 830

Muskets, 508 Muslim League, 788, 898 Muslims, 232, 969–973. See also Islam

in Balkan region, 703(i) Bosnian, 954 Byzantine Empire and, 240, 241(m) diversity of, 269–270 in France, 974 headscarf controversy and, 975(i) immigration of, 976 in India, 897 in Jerusalem, 312 Mongols and, 380 9th and 10th century invasions by, 280,

281(m)

in Provence, 280 in Russia, 832 Spain and, 270, 305, 353, 414, 419 in 10th century, 280 World War II and, 868

Muslim terrorism, Russia and, 960, 960(i) Mussolini, Benito (1883–1945), 833–834,

834(i), 870 expansion by, 858–859 Munich Pact and, 861 totalitarianism of, 844 World War II and, 863

Mutual aid societies, 659, 677, 678 Mutualism, 713 Mycenaean Greece, 34 Mycenaeans, 24, 27–28, 28(i), 42 Myrdal, Alva (1902–1986), 853 Mystery cults, 81–82, 129 Mythology

Egyptian, 4 Greek, 33, 34, 46–47, 52 Hittite, 24(i) Mesopotamian, 11–12

Nagasaki, bombing of, 873 Nagy, Imre (1896–1958), 896 Nancy, battle at, 410 Nanjing, China, Japanese attack on, 857 Nanking, Treaty of (1842), 671 Naples, 408, 411, 625, 644 Napoleon I Bonaparte (France, 1799–1815),

615(i), 621, 626(i), 630(i), 638 America and, 629, 629(m) conquests by, 628(m), 628–635 Constant on, 634–635(b) criticism of, 627–628 in Egypt, 621 Frankenstein and, 618–619 Goethe and, 566 Hundred Days of, 634 impact of, 649 Italy and, 608, 621 on own legacy, 634(b) papyrus discoveries and, 124(b) on religion, 622 rise of, 620–628 slave rebellion and, 615

Napoleon III (France, 1808–1873), 680, 681, 690, 691(i), 691–694

Germany and, 701 Italian unification and, 697 United States and, 705

Napoleonic Empire, 628(m), 628–635 Naram-Sin (Akkad), 13 Narmer (Menes) (Egypt, c. 2925 B.C.E.), 16 Narrative poems, as epics, 348 Naseby, battle of (1645), 499 Nasser, Gamal Abdel (1918–1970),

899–900 Nation. See State (nation) National Aeronautics and Space

Administration (NASA), 896 National Assembly (France), 594, 597, 598,

606, 679, 680 National Association for the Advancement of

Colored People (NAACP), 904 National Convention (France), 599, 600, 603,

604, 605, 607 National Front Party (France), 942 National Guard (France), 594, 679, 680

National identity, 690–691 in eastern Europe, 964 in England, 704(b), 704(i) in former Yugoslavia, 956(m)

National Insurance Act (England, 1911), 778

Nationalism, 672, 690–691, 696, 697, 697(b) in Africa, 859 in Algeria, 901 in Austria-Hungary, 781 in Austrian Empire, 672 in Balkans, 756 Basque, 965 French Revolution and, 588, 601–602 in Germany, 632, 645, 672, 780–781 growth of, 615 in India, 712, 788–789 in Indochina, 789–790, 898 in Ireland, 753 in Italy, 632, 672 in Japan, 824, 856–857 Jewish, 782–783 in literature, 642–643 in Ottoman Empire, 789 Pan-German, 759 in Poland, 648 promotion of, 795(b) psychohistory on, 770 romanticism and, 642–643 in Russia, 672–673 in Spain, 632 World War I and, 764, 779, 792, 806, 824

Nationalist Party (China), 788 Nationalities. See also Ethnic groups;

Minorities in Austria-Hungary, 702

National Organization for Women (NOW), 931

National Socialists (Germany). See Nazis and Nazism

National workshops (France), 679 Nation building. See also Unification

in Canada, 705 in 1850–1870, 690 in United States, 705

Nations, Battle of the (1813), 633 Nation-state, 696. See also State (nation)

in global age, 961–965 order in, 713–715

Native Americans attitudes toward, 471(i) citizenship for, 706(m) colonists and, 508 Columbus and, 423(b) diversity of, 425 missionaries and, 439–440 as slaves, 508 in Spanish mines, 465

NATO. See North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO)

Natural History of Religion, The (Hume), 559 Natural law, 474, 557 Natural rights, 557, 560 Natural science, in 19th century, 719–720 Natural selection, 719 Nature

Egyptian religion and, 17 romanticism and, 639–640 Stoics on, 125

Navarre, 354(m), 453(m)

I - 3 4 I n d e x Mostar Bridge–Navarre

Navies Athenian, 70, 74–75, 77, 106, 110 English, 287 Hellenistic, 117 Salamis battle and, 73 World War I and, 792, 804

Navigation, Viking, 279–280 Navigation Acts (England), 502 Nazis and Nazism (Germany), 838(i), 839,

842, 848(i). See also Fascism Austria and, 854 central European conquests by, 860–861 denazification program in, 888 emigration from, 856 growth of (1933–1939), 862(m) Hitler and, 847–848 Holocaust and, 864–866, 865(m) Jews and, 849–852 Nuremberg trials and, 888 religious opposition to, 856 resistance to, 869–870 Russia and, 863 totalitarianism of, 844, 845(b) West Germany and, 942

Nazi-Soviet Pact (1939), 861, 863 Neanderthals, P-5 Near East, P-4n. See also Hellenistic world;

Mesopotamia; Middle East; specific countries and regions

ancient (4000–3000 B.C.E.), 8(m) culture of, 34 Dark Age in, 34–35 Fertile Crescent in, P-8 Greek contact with, 33 Hellenistic culture and, 120 migration from, P-10 Neolithic Age in, P-8 period of calamities in, 28–29, 30(m) political states in, P-14–P-15 religious legacy from, 42

Necker, Jacques (1732–1804), 592, 593, 611(b), 627

Neferkare Pepy II (Egypt, r. c. 2300–2206 B.C.E.), 19

Nelson, Horatio (1758–1805), 621, 629 Neo-Assyrian Empire, 35(m), 35–36, 36(i) Neo-Babylonian Empire (600–539 B.C.E.),

36–37 Neoclassical style, 569(i), 569–571, 623 Neoliberalism, 941 Neolithic Age, P-4, P-8–P-15 Neolithic Revolution, P-8

agriculture and, P-8–P-9, P-9(m) economic basis of civilization in, 7

Neoplatonism, 188 school in Alexandria, 227

Neorealism, in movies, 909 Nera, Fulk (Anjou, 987–1040), 285 Nero (Rome, r. 54–68), 174–175, 182–183 Nerva (Rome, r. 96–98 C.E.), 175 Nestlé, 824, 922 Nestorian Christianity, 211 Netherlands, 278. See also Dutch

anti-immigrant politics, 975 Calvinist revolt in, 456–458 Congress of Vienna and, 637(m), 638,

648 French hostilities against, 491 Muslims in, 976(b) Nazi conquest of, 839

values in, 977(b) World War II and, 881

Networks, computer, 975 Neurasthenia, 763 Neuroses, in 20th century society, 763, 770 Neustria, 247(m), 252 Neutrality policy, of U.S. in World War I, 804 New Caledonia, 560 Newcastle-upon-Tyne, freedom in, 301 New Comedy, in Greece, 124(b) New Deal (U.S.), 852 New Economic Policy (NEP), 832 New France, mercantilism in, 490 New Harmony, Indiana, 675 New Heloise, The (Rousseau), 562 New imperialism, 726–727, 733–740 New Kingdom (Egypt), 21–23, 29 New Lanark, Scotland, 675 New Left, in 1968, 934 Newly independent nations, 901 “New man,” in Rome, 153 “New Man, The” (Lissitsky), 831(i) New Model Army, of Cromwell, 499 New Plymouth Colony, 470 News from the Republic of Letters (Bayle),

546–547 New Spain, 426, 465(f ) Newspapers, 534

in France, 623 increase in, 571 influence of, 556 mass journalism and, 752 serialization in, 665

News reporting, global, 952 New Stone Age. See Neolithic Age New Testament. See Bible Newton, Isaac (1642–1727), 475, 477–478,

511, 548–549, 558 New unionism, 751 New woman, 767(i), 767–768, 825 New Woman, The (Grundy), 767(i) New World, 508, 511(i). See also Americas New world order, of Japan, 856–857 New York, 964

September 11, 2001, attacks on, 970(i), 971–972

New Zealand, 560, 671, 743, 892 Nicaea, battle of, 315–316, 351 Nice, 608(m), 638, 697 Nicene Creed, 210 Nicephorus I (Byzantine Emperor,

r. 802–811), 266, 267 Nicetius (bishop), 252 Nicholas I (Russia, r. 1825–1855), 645, 648,

668, 675, 684, 692 Nicholas II (Russia, r. 1894–1917), 779–780,

787, 788, 794, 807 Russian Revolution and, 810

Nicholas V (Pope, r. 1447–1455), 403 Nicomedia, 198 Nietzsche, Friedrich (1844–1900), 768, 772,

829(i) Nigeria, 897, 900 Nightingale, Florence (1820–1910), 693(i),

693–694 Night of the Long Knives (Nazi Germany),

849 Nihilism, 696, 716, 772 Nijinsky, Vaslav (1890–1950), 775(i) Nijmegen, Treaty of (1678–1679), 491

Nika Riot (532), 223 Nile River region, 16, 22–23. See also Egypt

(ancient) 1984 (Orwell), 874–875, 908 Nineveh, destruction of, 36 Nine Years’ War (1689–1697), 536 Ninth Symphony (Beethoven), 642 Nippur, Babylonia, 15 Nixon, Richard (1913–1994), 936, 937 Nkrumah, Kwame (1909–1972), 900 Noah, biblical account of, 12 Nobel Prize, 773

global recipients of Peace Prize, 978 for Literature, 978, 979, 979(i)

Nobility. See also Aristocracy Byzantine, 319 in England, 321 in France, 341 inheritance by, 286 in Italy, 379–380 as social order, 376–377

“Nobility of the robe,” 455 “Noble savages,” 549 Nomads, 39, 214, 232–233 Nominalism, 397–398 Nonaggression pact, Nazi-Soviet, 861 Nonaligned nations, 901 Nonantola, abbot of (10th century), 285 Non-Christian religions, 927 Nongovernmental organizations (NGOs),

965 Nordau, Max (1849–1923), 769 Normandy, 280, 341, 870 Normans

England and, 319–321, 320, 320(m), 321(i) French language of, 321 Sicily and, 304

North (global), 969, 983(m) North (U.S.), 705 North, Marianne (1830–1890), 725, 726(i),

732–733 North Africa

Arab world in, 231 Berbers from, 353 colonies in, 733 decolonization in, 897 Fatimids in, 270 Greeks in, 49 independence in, 901 Roman architecture in, 179(i) Vandals in, 217 World War II and, 870

North America colonization of, 583(m) Great Awakening in, 566 migration to, 743, 746(f ) revolution in, 581–583 Seven Years’ War in, 574, 575(m) Vikings in, 279–280 War of the Austrian Succession and, 574

North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO), 887, 888(m), 928

Kosovo and, 954–955 Northern Crusades, 354–355 Northern Europe, Christianity in, 353–354 Northern Ireland, 824, 939(i), 939–940, 942 North German Confederation, 700 North Korea, 898 Northumbria, 288 North Vietnam, 930, 936. See also Vietnam

I n d e x I - 3 5Navies–North Vietnam

Norway, 638, 729, 863 Nossis (Hellenistic female poet), 122(b) Notke, Bernt, 409 Novels, 535. See also Literature; specific works

about espionage, 908–909 realist, 716–717

Nubia, Egypt and, 17 Nuclear age, 919 Nuclear power, 919

Chernobyl catastrophe and, 943, 944, 966 scientists for, 924

Nuclear weapons atomic bomb and, 871–873, 872(m) cold war society and, 909–911 Einstein and, 773 government archives on, 885 Soviet, 890 test-ban treaty and, 910–911 World War II and, 880

Nucleic acids, 919 Numidia, Third Punic War and, 148 Nur al-Din (Islam), 351 Nuremberg Laws (Germany, 1935), 850–851 Nuremberg trials, 888 Nursing, in Crimean War, 693–694, 694(b) Nystad, Treaty of (1721), 543

Oaths, of allegiance, 597 Obinsk, nuclear plant in, 919 Oblation, Merovingian, 251 Obsidian, P-13 Obstetricians, 921 Occitan (language), 347 Occupation (job), postindustrial, 922–924,

923(i) Occupation (military)

of Germany, 874, 886–888, 887(m) World War II and, 882(m)

Ockeghem, Johannes (c. 1420–1495), 408 Ockham, William of (c. 1285–1349), 397,

399–400 Ockham’s razor, 398 O’Connell, Daniel (1775–1847), 673–674 Octavian (Augustus). See Augustus Odoacer (c. 434–493), 217, 219 Odyssey, The (Homer), 44, 48 Ogodei (Mongols, 1186–1241), 380 Oil and oil industry, 824, 899, 937–938,

938(f ), 938(i) Okinawa, Japan and, 738 Old Believers, 496 Old Curiosity Shop, The (Dickens), 666 Oldenburg, Claes (1929–), 926, 926(i) Old English language, 254, 255, 288 Old Kingdom (Egypt), 16, 17–20 Old Stone Age. See Paleolithic Age Old Testament. See Bible Oleg (Viking, 9th century), 267 Oligarchy

in Athens, 77 in Corinth, 62 in Persia, 58(b) in Rome, 153 in Sparta, 57–60

Oliver Twist (Dickens), 666 Olympia (Manet), 717 Olympias (Macedonia), 112, 115–116 Olympic Games, 45–46 On Agriculture (Cato), 149 On Crimes and Punishments (Montesquieu),

577

One Day in the Life of Ivan Denisovitch (Solzhenitsyn), 896

On Liberty (Mill), 721 On the Babylonian Captivity of the Church

(Luther), 430 On the Construction of the Human Body

(Vesalius), 476 On the Length and Shortness of Life

(Aristotle), 358(i), 359 On the Nature of Things (Lucretius), 149 On the Origin of Species (Darwin), 719 On the Revolution of the Celestial Spheres

(Copernicus), 475 On the Rivers of Europe, 120 On the Support of the Poor (Vives), 438 OPEC. See Organization of Petroleum

Exporting Countries (OPEC) Opera, 472, 487, 570, 688(i), 689, 717–718,

775 Operation Vittles, 887 Opium War (1839–1842), 671, 671(m) Optimates, 153, 155, 159 Optimism, 547(b) Oracle, at Delphi, 52 Oral culture

Anglo-Saxon, 254 Greek, 42 of slaves, 524–525(b)

Orange Free State, 785 Oration on the Dignity of Man (Pico), 403,

404(b) Oratorio, 535 Oratory, in Rome, 138, 172 Order

Augustine on, 211 culture of, 715–721 in nation-states, 713–715 after protests of 1968, 935–936 religion and, 718–720 social, 705–715

Orderic Vitalis (historian, 1075–c. 1142), 308 Order of the Sisters of St. Francis, 350 Orders (classes), 142, 179–180, 376 “Ordinances for Calvinist Churches,” 433(b) Oresteia (Aeschylus), 94 Orfeo (Monteverdi), 472 Organization of Labor (Blanc), 676 Organization of Petroleum Exporting

Countries (OPEC), 937–938 Organizations, global, 965 Organized crime, in former Soviet Union,

959 Organ transplants, 920 Origen (c. 185–255 C.E.), 188 Origins, The (Cato), 149 Orlando (Woolf ), 829, 831 Orlando Furioso (Ariosto), 442 Orléans, battle of, 392 Orléans, Philippe II, duke of (1674–1723), 538 Orlov, Boris, 929, 929(i) Oroonoko (Behn), 513 Ortelius, Abraham, 424(b) Orthodox Christianity, 209–212, 219, 267.

See also Greek Orthodox Church in Austria, 577 celibacy and, 308 in Russia, 684, 756 tolerance by Ottomans of, 459

Orthodoxy (true doctrine), 184 Orwell, George (1903–1950), 855, 874–875,

908

Oshere (warrior), helmet of, 253 Osman I (Ottomans, r. 1280–1324), 396 Osrhoëne, 210(i) Osteological archaeology, P-12(b) Ostpolitik, 928 Ostracism, in Athens, 76(i), 76–77 Ostrogoths, 217–219, 255 Oswy (Northumbria, 7th century), 253 Otanes (Persia), 58 Otto I (Germany, r. 936–973), 282 Otto I (Greece, r. 1832–1862), 646 Otto I (Holy Roman Empire, r. 936–973), 289 Otto II (Holy Roman Empire, r. 973–983),

289 Otto III (Holy Roman Empire, r. 983–1002),

289, 290, 290(i) Otto IV of Brunswick (Holy Roman

Empire, 1174?–1218), 373 Ottoman Empire, 792. See also Turkey

Balkan nationalism and, 756 Catholic alliance against, 455 Crimean War and, 690, 692–694 at end of 17th century, 516(m) Europe and, 712 expansion of, 396–397, 397(m) Habsburgs, Valois dynasty, and, 442(m),

443–444 in Hungary, 544 Italian battle with, 785 Middle East after, 843–844 religious clashes with, 459–460 Russia and, 737 Venice and, 412 Vienna and, 443, 444(i), 495, 495(i) World War I and, 800, 816 Young Turks in, 789–790

Ottoman Turks, 383(m) Ottonian kings (Germany), 289–291, 290(i) “Out of Africa” theory, P-3–P-4 Outwork, 727, 745–746 Ovid (43 B.C.E.–17 C.E.), 173 Owen, Robert (1771–1858), 675 Owenites, 676 Oxenstierna, Axel (1583–1654), 464 Oxford University, 331, 710

Pachomius (Saint, c. 290–346), 213 Pacific Ocean region

economic growth in, 973 Japanese expansion in, 857–858 World War II in, 864, 871–873, 872(m)

Pacific tigers, 973, 973(m) Pacifism

in 1930s, 855 women and, 777 World War I and, 806, 819

Pact of Steel (1939), 861 Padua, 412 Pagans and paganism

in England, 253 repression of, 514 in Rome, 184(m), 185 in Russia, 267 Vikings and, 280

Paine, Thomas (1737–1809), 610(b) Painted Stoa (Athens), 78, 123 Painting, 86(i), 774. See also Art(s); specific

works and periods abstract expressionism, 909 on black-figure pottery, 32(i), 34, 43, 60(i),

83(i)

I - 3 6 I n d e x Norway–Painting

in catacombs, 183(i) in cold war, 909 Gothic, 372 Greek, 49, 105(i) Hellenistic, 121–122 impressionism in, 748 from Knossos, 26(i) in 19th century, 717, 717(i), 748–749 red-figure style, 51(i), 64(i), 68(i) Roman, 150 World War I and, 773–774

Pakistan, creation of, 898 Palace mayor, Charles Martel as, 272–273 Palaces

Minoan, 25–27 Mycenaean, 27–28 at Pylos, 29 Sumerian, 9

Palach, Jan, 914(i), 915, 935, 946 Pale of Settlement (Russia), 758, 758(m) Paleolithic (“Old Stone”) Age, P-2(i),

P-4–P-8, P-6(i) Palermo, Sicily, 680 Palestine

in Hellenistic Age, 129 Israeli wars with (1967, 1973), 937 Jews in, 783, 783(b), 856, 881 partition of, 899, 899(m)

Palestinians, Israel and, 970–971 Pan-African Congress, World War I and,

818(b) Pan-Arabic world, 970 Pan-Arab movements, 897 Pandemics, in eastern Roman Empire, 224 Pandora (goddess), 57 Pan-Islamic world, 897, 970 Pankhurst, Christabel, 806 Pankhurst, Emmeline (1858–1928), 778, 806 Pan-Slavism, 702–703, 756 Papacy. See also Popes; specific popes

in Avignon, 379, 397–399 Carolingians and, 273, 274 church reform and, 302 clerical marriage and, 308 criticism of, 397–398 French concessions from, 411 Great Schism in, 397–401 Holy Roman Empire and, 341–342 Investiture Conflict and, 306–307 in Italy, 255, 701 medieval political life and, 256 as monarchy, 308–309 as political power, 408 power of, 303–305 scandals in, 397–398 schism within, 388 Spain and, 455 weakening of, 377–379

Papal bulls, Unam Sanctam as (1302), 378 Papal chancery, Donation of Constantine

and, 274 Papal infallibility, 397, 719 Papal primacy, 305 Papal States, 373 Paper, in Islamic world, 272 Papermaking, 426 Papyrus, 2(i)

plays on, 124 Paracelsus (1493–1541), 476, 478 Paradise Lost (Milton), 509 Parallel Lives (Plutarch), 178

Paramilitary, in France, 854 Paris, 322, 928, 964. See also France; Peace of

Paris entries African immigrants in, 951 cholera in, 662–663 in French Revolution, 594(m) Haussmannization in, 706–707, 708 June Days in, 679, 681(b) population growth in, 653 rebuilding of, 692 revolt of 1358 in, 396 sanitation in, 662 September massacres in, 599 university in, 331 uprising in (1871), 690 violence during Great Famine, 382 World War II and, 870

Paris, Treaty of (1763), 575 Paris Commune, 713, 714(m), 714–715, 715(i) Paris peace conference (1919–1920),

815–818, 817(m), 818(b) Parks, Rosa (1913–2005), 904 Parlements (France), 375, 377n, 485,

489–490, 578, 592 Parliament, 377n

of EU, 961 in Germany, 701 representative government and, 376

Parliament (England), 377, 580, 581, 665 Charles I and, 498–500, 500–501(b) rights and powers of, 504, 505 World War I and, 778–779

Parliament Bill (England, 1911), 779 Parnell, Charles Stewart (1846–1891), 753 Pärt, Arvo, 926 Parthenon (Athens), 78–80, 79(i), 80(i) Parthians, 116, 189 Partisans, World War II and, 869 Partitions. See also Zones of occupation

of Palestine, 899, 899(m) of Poland, 816 of Poland-Lithuania, 576, 576(i), 576(m)

Partnerships, medieval, 300 Pascal, Blaise (1623–1662), 489, 509 Pasternak, Boris (1890–1960), 878(i), 879,

896, 911 Pastoralists, P-10 Pastoral Rule (Gregory the Great), 256 Paternalism

in Civil Code of Napoleon, 625–627 in Greece, 56

Patria potestas (“father’s power”), in Rome, 136–137

Patriarch (Constantinople), 304 Patriarchy

in Civil Code of Napoleon, 625–627 in Near East, P-15 of non-Roman peoples, 215

Patricians (Rome), 142–143, 146 Patrick (Saint), 253 Patrilineal inheritance, 286, 289 Patriotic Women’s Club, The (Lesueur), 595(i) Patriotism

of women, 809 World War I and, 806, 807

Patronage of Catherine II, 569–570 of church, 406, 408 of Duke Federico, 404 in Egyptian court, 121 in 18th century, 535

of Esterházy family, 570 of Francis I, 441 of Louis XIV, 482(i), 486(i), 487–488, 510 of Medicis, 412–413 of Mehmed II, 387 of middle class Dutch, 506–507 Mozart on, 570–571 by Napoleon, 623 of Philip IV, 464(i) system, 540

Patron-client system, in Rome, 136, 153, 155 Paul (Russia, r. 1796–1801), 631 Paul III (Pope, r. 1534–1549), 438–439 Paul VI (Pope, r. 1963–1978), 927 Paul of Tarsus (Saint, c. 10–65), 181, 182 Pavlov, Ivan (1849–1936), 769 Pax Romana, 164–180 Paxton, Joseph (1801–1865), 685(i) Peace. See also specific treaties

World War I and, 804, 810, 815–821 World War II and, 874

Peacekeeping, in Kosovo, 954–955 Peace of God movement, 287 Peace of Paris (1856), 693 Peace of Paris (1919–1920), 816–818,

817(m), 818(b), 820–821 Pearl Harbor, Japanese attack on, 864 Peasant Party (Poland), 884 Peasants. See also Serfs

in Austrian Empire, 683 Byzantine, 266 castellans and, 282 in China, 788 culture of, 514 in eastern Europe, 531 economy and, 248–250, 301–302 education of, 668 in Frankish kingdoms, 247 as free landowners, 285 French, 486 in French Revolution, 594–595, 604–605 as Green Armies, 831–832 Hellenistic, 119 in Indochina, 898 in Italy, 833 Jews as, 250 land reclamation by, 302 lifestyle of, 468(i) lords and, 283–285 medieval, 249–250, 279 migrants and, 743–744 of Montaillou, 364–365(b) Polish, 672 in Prussia, 631 rebellions by, 578–580 in Rome, 202(f ) rural violence and, 286–287 Russian, 612, 695, 729, 788 as serfs, 469 in 17th century, 468–469 Soviet, 845–846, 895 taxation of, 568 Tolstoy on, 757–758

Peasants’ War (1525), 435(m), 435–436, 436(i), 445

Peel, Robert (1788–1850), 648, 674 Peisistratus (Athens, 546 B.C.E.), 63 Pelevin, Victor, 980 Pelletier, Fernande, 924 Peloponnese region, 27, 45, 73, 110 Peloponnesian League, 74, 74(m), 77

I n d e x I - 3 7Painting–Peloponnesian League

Peloponnesian War (431–404 B.C.E.), 70, 96, 97(m), 97–99, 98(f ), 104–110

Peltast, as Athenian infantry, 110 Pensées (Pascal), 509 Pensions, in former Soviet Union, 960 Pentagon, terrorist attack on, 971 Pentateuch. See Torah People of color

Egyptians as, 16–17 human rights issues and, 904 in 1930s, 843

“People of the book,” 237 People’s Charter, 677 People’s (Peasants’) Crusade, 313, 315 People’s Will (Russia), 758 Perestroika (restructuring), 943, 944 Pergamum, 116 Pericles (Athens, c. 495–429 B.C.E.), 75, 76,

77, 84, 84(b), 96, 97–98 Perpetua, Vibia (Rome, 2nd century C.E.),

163, 182, 183 Persephone (goddess), 81, 185 Persepolis, 38 Persia. See also Persian Empire; specific

dynasties Byzantine invasions by, 239, 240 coin from, 239(b), 239(i) as Iran, 844 Muslims in, 237 Russia and, 737 Sasanids and, 189 Sparta and, 110 Susa palace in, 73(i)

Persian Empire (557–500 B.C.E.), 36, 37(i), 37–39

Alexander the Great and, 112–113, 114(m) Athens and, 77 democracy, oligarchy, and monarchy in,

58(b) economy and government of, 37–39 ethnic groups in, 38 expansion of (c. 550–490 B.C.E.), 38(m) Greece and, 66, 69, 72–73 Philip II of Macedonia and, 112 religion in, 39 warfare in, 68(i), 71–74

Persian Gulf region, P-4n, 36 Persian Letters (Montesquieu), 549 Persian Wars (499–479 B.C.E.), 70, 71–74,

72(m) Perugino, Pietro (1445–1523), 404, 405(i) Pétain, Henri Philippe (1856–1951), 863 Peter (apostle), 208–209 Peter I (the Great) (Russia, r. 1689–1725),

540–542, 541(i), 542(i) Peter III (Russia, r. 1762–1762), 576 Peterloo, battle of, 648 Peter the Chanter (d. 1197), 331, 367 Petition of Right (England), 498 Petrarch, Francesco (1304–1374), 402–403,

406 Petrograd, 804. See also St. Petersburg

as Leningrad, 832 revolts in, 810, 811

Petty, William (1623–1687), 544–545 Peugeot, Armand (1849–1915), 727 Phalanx, in Greece, 53–54 Pharaohs (Egypt), 21, 39 Pharisees, 182 Pharmacology, 476 Philanthropy, 746–747. See also Charity(ies)

Philip I (France, r. 1052–1108), 322 Philip II (Augustus) (France, r. 1180–1223),

340–341, 351 Philip II (Macedonia, r. 359–336 B.C.E.), 110,

111–112, 112(m) Philip II (Spain, r. 1556–1598), 443, 446,

455–456 Catholic League and, 455 Elizabeth I and, 458–459 empire of, 456(m) expulsion of Muslims by, 452, 456 on massacre of Huguenots, 454

Philip IV (the Fair) (France, r. 1285–1314), 367, 377–378, 379(b)

Philip IV (Spain, r. 1621–1665), 464(i) Philip VI (France, r. 1328–1350), 391–392 Philip of Hesse, 446 Philippi, congregation of, 182 Philippines, 470

U.S. and, 785 World War II and, 864

Philips, Thomas, 641(i) Philip the Good (Burgundy, r. 1418–1467),

410 Philosophes, 556–558 Philosophical and Political History of

European Colonies and Commerce in Two Indies (Raynal), 560

Philosophical Dictionary (Voltaire), 559 Philosophy. See also specific philosophers

Asian, 829 existential, 903–904 Greek, 34, 65, 81, 87, 88–92, 107–110 Hellenistic, 122–126 in Roman Empire, 188 scholastic, 368 science and, 65 of Sophists, 88–90

Phocas, Nicephorus (Byzantine Empire, r. 963–969), 266

Phoenicia, 29 Phoenicians, 43, 49(m) Photography, 664, 667, 704(b), 704(i), 748 Phrygian language, 222 Physicians. See Doctors; Medicine Physics, 123, 856 Physiocrats, 578, 579 Piacenza, 379, 380 Piano, elites and, 742 Picasso, Pablo (1881–1973), 774, 774(i),

859–860 Pico della Mirandola, Giovanni

(1463–1494), 403, 404(b) Pictographs, Sumerian writing and, 10 Picture stones (Viking), 280(i) Piedmont, 689, 697 Piedmont-Sardinia, 638, 644, 680–681, 696,

698(m) Pieds noirs, in Algeria, 901 Pietism, 536, 566, 639 Pilgrimages, 311 Pilgrims (New Plymouth Colony), 470 Pill, the, 931 Pilsudski, Jozef (1867–1935), 823 Pinsker, Leon (1821–1891), 783, 783(b) Pipe Rolls (England), 338 Pippin (Carolingians, d. 838), 278 Pippin III (Carolingians, r. 751–768), 256, 273 Piraeus, 77, 78(m), 106(i) Pisano, Nicola (c. 1220–1278), 372 Pitt, William (1759–1806), 601

Pius VI (Pope, r. 1775–1799), 597 Pius VII (Pope, r. 1800–1823), 622 Pius IX (Pope, r. 1846–1878), 681, 719 Pius XI (Pope, r. 1922–1939), 856 Place de la Révolution, 594 Plague, 98, 387–391, 468, 469, 502. See also

Black Death; Epidemics Plague, The (Camus), 903 Plainchant, 369–370 Planck, Max (1858–1947), 772 Plantagenet dynasty, 337n Plantations, slavery in, 521 Plants

new species of, 725 as Paleolithic food, P-5

Plato (Greece, 429–348 B.C.E.), 90, 107, 108, 226

Playboy magazine, 906 Playwrights. See Drama; specific writers Plebeians (Rome), 142, 143, 146, 152 Plebiscites, 143–144, 622, 623 Pliny (62?–113 C.E.), 180, 183, 186–187(b) Plotinus (c. 205–270 C.E.), 188 Plows, 301 Plutarch (c. 50–120), 156, 178, 600 Pneumatics, 127 Poets and poetry. See also specific poets

epics and, 348 in Greece, 64 Hellenistic, 121, 122(b) Islamic, 272(b) Latin, 149 lyric, 64 romanticism in, 640–641 troubadours and, 347–348 Umayyad, 238 in vernacular, 369 women and, 122(b) about World War I, 830

Pogroms, in Russia, 743 Poitiers

battle at (732), 273 battle of (1358), 396

Poitou, 341, 376, 376(m) Poland

agriculture in, 895 cold war and, 884 collapse of communism in, 945, 948(m) Congress of Vienna and, 637(m), 638, 648 economy of, 945, 964 in EU, 963 foreign investment in, 963 in 14th century, 409–410 German invasion of (1939), 840, 862 in Great Depression, 841 Great Famine in, 382 in Great Northern War, 542 Holocaust in, 865 Jews in, 881 Mongols and, 380 nationalism in, 648, 672 Northern Crusades and, 354 partition of, 576, 612(m), 612–613 rebellion in (1980s), 944–945 refugees from, 881, 889(i) reunification of, 823 revolts in, 590, 612–613, 648, 672, 896 Roman Catholicism in, 291 Solidarity movement in, 945 Soviet invasion of, 863 World War I and, 801, 804, 816, 821, 823

I - 3 8 I n d e x Peloponnesian War–Poland

World War II and, 861, 870–871, 874 youth culture and, 906

Poland-Lithuania, 493. See also Lithuania; Poland

constitutional system in, 497 control of Ukraine and Belarus by, 460 decline of, 497 at end of 17th century, 516(m) Hasidic Jews in, 566 Ivan IV and, 460 nobility in, 567 partition of, 576 religious tolerance in, 460 in 17th century, 497(m)

Polanians, 291 Police, 645

in London, 648 political persecution by, 776 in Russia, 813

Polio, 894 Polis, 34, 47–57. See also City-states

Aristotle on, 109(b) Homer on justice in, 46(b) from 750–500 B.C.E., 57–65

Polish Corridor, 816 Polish Legion, 672 Polish Succession, War of (1733–1735),

543–544 Political life. See also Authority; Government;

specific forms of government; specific locations

anti-Semitism in, 780–783 art and, 774 in central and eastern Europe, 754–759 conservatism and, 638 in 1850–1870, 689–690 Machiavelli on, 442 mass politics and, 750–759 in Middle Ages, 261–262 natural laws of, 472–474 in Near East, P-14–P-15, 34 in 19th century, 721 papacy and, 256 participation in, 752–754 public opinion and, 556 radio and, 828 raison d’état and, 464 religion and, 452 secular explanations of, 472–474 sexuality and, 768 television and, 917 World War I and, 776–783, 806, 810,

822–824 World War II and, 880–888, 889–891

Political parties. See also specific parties socialist, 776 in Soviet Union, 943 workers in, 751–752 World War II and, 889–890

Political power. See also Authority; specific locations

balance of, 616(m), 637 changing balance of, 936–942 church reform and, 302 citizens and, 54–56 consolidation of, 408–409 in Merovingian society, 250–253 in Middle East, 970 of papacy, 377–379 representative governments and,

376–377

Political states, P-4, P-14–P-15, 12 Politics (Aristotle), 109(b) Politiques, 455 Poliziano, Angelo (1454–1494), 405, 413 Polke, Sigmar, 926 Pollock, Jackson (1912–1956), 909 Pollution, 660, 660(b), 966–968, 967(b) Polo, 742(i) Polo, Marco (1254–1324), 380 Polonium, 772 Poltava, battle of (1709), 543 Polybius (second century B.C.E.), 154, 154(b) Polyculture, Mediterranean, 26 Polygyny, 233 Polyphony, 369–370 Polytheism, 5, 182

Christianity and, 204–205 Egyptian, 127 Greek, 53 Roman, 185–188, 205, 205(i)

Pommier, Amédée, 663 Pompadour, Jeanne-Antoinette Poisson,

marquise de (1721–1764), 558 Pompeii, 139(i), 172(i), 175 Pompey, Gnaeus (Rome, 106–48 B.C.E.),

155(i), 155–156, 158 Poniatowski, Stanislaw August (Poland,

r. 1764–1795), 590 Pont-du-Gard aqueduct, 146(i) Pontifex maximus (chief Roman priest), 139,

204, 205 Pontius Pilate (Judaea, r. 26–36), 182 Poor people. See also Poverty

in Athenian democracy, 77 attitudes toward, 437–438, 514–515 education of, 668 in Greece, 53 Hebrew law on, 40 in Hellenistic world, 118–119 laws affecting, 668 lifestyle of, 532, 571–572 in Rome, 151 as source of disorder, 484

Pop art, 925–926 Popes, 208. See also Papacy; specific popes

vs. Byzantine emperors, 256 Carolingians and, 274 claimants as, 303 crusades and, 352–353 Louis IX and, 376 military of, 304–305 Polish loyalty to, 291 power of, 256, 373, 374, 375 from 1216 to 1250, 374

Popolo (people), 379–380, 398 Popular culture, in 18th century, 572 Populares, 153 Popular Front (France), 854 Popular lectures, 655 Population. See also Agriculture; Foods

agriculture and, P-8–P-9 birthrate decline and, 766 Black Death and, 389(f ) of British North America, 526 Christian late 3rd century C.E., 184(m) in cities, 531–532, 653, 661–662 of Constantinople, 397 in 18th century, 528 of Europe, 571, 571(f ), 686(m) foreign-born in Europe, 902, 902(i) in Great Depression, 843

Great Famine and, 382 of Greek slaves, 54 growth of, 302, 528, 968, 968(f ) of nobility, 567 in 16th century, 465 after Thirty Years’ War, 466 of world (1700–1800), 571(f ) World War I and, 765–766 World War II and, 881

Porcelain, 421 Port Arthur, 786 Portraits

emulation of kings in, 502(i) Renaissance, 387, 406 Roman, 150

Portugal African forts of, 421 American colonies of, 425(m) explorations by, 420–421, 422(m) Napoleon and, 632 slavery and, 425 Spain and, 455, 462 Treaty of Tordesillas and, 423

Positivism, 720, 771–772 Possessed, The (Dostoevsky), 716, 758 Postal systems, 493 Postindustrial society and culture, 915,

921–927, 923(i) Postmodernism, 980–981, 982 Potatoes, 530, 678, 678(i) Potato famine (Ireland), 743 Potemkin (battleship), 787 Potemkin (movie), 828 Potosí (Bolivia), 426 Pottery. See Art(s); Black-figure painting;

Red-figure painting; specific works Poulain de la Barre, François (1647–1723),

513 Poussin, Nicolas (1594–1665), 510, 510(i) Poverty. See also Poor people

of Franciscans, 349–350 in Greece, 44–45 of religious orders, 309–311 in Rome, 136, 151

Power (political). See Political power Power politics, in central and eastern

Europe, 754–759 Praetor (Rome), 142 Praetorian guard (Rome), 166 Pragmatic Sanction (Austria, 1713), 573 Pragmatic Sanction of Bourges (1438), 411 Pragmatists, 772 Prague, 683, 946–947

defenestration of, 451 student protests in, 931

Prague Spring, 934(i), 934–935 Praise of Folly, The (Erasmus), 428 Pravda (Soviet newspaper), 846, 956 Praxiteles (Greece, c. 375–330 B.C.E.), statue

of Aphrodite, 122, 123(i) Prayer, 251(i) Predestination, 432–433 Prehistory, P-4 Presbyterianism, 458 Presley, Elvis (1935–1977), 905 Prester John, 421 Price, Richard (1723–1791), 608 Price controls, in Roman Empire, 200,

201(b) Prices, 302, 571 Priestesses, Greek women as, 56

I n d e x I - 3 9Poland–Priestesses

Priests Christian, 208 Eucharist and, 399, 400 Neo-Assyrian, 36 in Rome, 139

Prime ministers, 464 Primogeniture, 286 Primus (Roman martyr), 257(i) Prince, The (Machiavelli), 442 Princeps (Rome), 164 Princes, in Germany, 306, 374–375 Princess of Clèves, The (Madame de

Lafayette), 487, 513 Princip, Gavrilo (1894–1918), 793, 794(i) Principate (Rome), 164, 165–166, 167,

173–174, 175 destruction of, 190–191 religions and, 185

Principia Mathematica (Newton), 478 Printing press, invention of, 426–427 Prisca (Asia Minor, 2nd century C.E.),

184–185 Prison, rehabilitation in, 674 Prison camps, World War I and, 806 Prisoners, Soviet, 846 Privacy, public debate over, 764–770 Private companies, 470

in slave trade, 521 Private property, Marxism and, 713 Privatization, in eastern Europe, 963 Procession in Piazza San Marco (Bellini),

413(i) Production

in eastern Europe, 895 World War II and, 868

Productivity, World War I and, 825 Products

from colonies, 733 in department stores, 732–733 in markets and fairs, 301

Professions in 19th century, 709 women in, 710

Progress, Enlightenment and, 555–556 Project Head Start, 930 Prokofiev, Sergei (1891–1953), 847 Proletarians, in Rome, 153 Proletariat, 590(b), 676, 714 Propaganda

during cold war, 909 against Louis XIV, 491 Lutheran, 430, 431(b) against Napoleon, 632 World War I and, 807, 808(b), 808(i) World War II and, 866–868

Property communist view of, 676, 677(b), 681(b) Greek women and, 82 Hebrew laws for, 41 in Italy, 287 Marxism and, 713 to Merovingian women, 251–252 in Rome, 201 slaves as, 55 women as owners of, 284(f )

Property rights, Civil Code of Napoleon and, 626

Prophets Jewish, 41, 42 Muhammad as, 232

Proscription, by Sulla, 155

Prose writing, in Arabic, 238 Prostitution, 572, 663

in eastern Roman Empire, 222 reform societies and, 668 regulation of, 709

Protagoras (5th century B.C.E.), 89, 90(b) Protective Association, 675 Protest(s). See also specific movements

in China (1989), 945 in cities, 706 in Czechoslovakia, 946 in France, 854 in Italy, 779 labor, 750–751 in 1960s, 914(i), 915, 916, 928–934 in Soviet bloc, 896, 945 by students, 931 against World War I, 810

Protestantism, 426 in Austria, 577 Calvinist churches and, 433(b) Edict of Nantes in, 455 in England, 458 in France, 453(m) in German states, 446 Great Awakening and, 566 in Ireland, 753 in 1960s, 927 in Northern Ireland, 939–940 Pietism and, 536

Protestant Reformation, 420, 426–434, 437 Catholic reaction to, 438–440 Luther and, 429–430

Proudhon, Pierre-Joseph (1809–1865), 676, 713

Provence, Islamic raids on, 280 Provinces, Roman, 147(m), 149, 176,

177–178 Provincial Letters (Pascal), 489 Provisional Government (Russia), 810–811 Provosts, in France, 322 Prussia, 494, 577

Austrian war with (1866), 700 clergy in, 718 Congress of Vienna and, 636, 637, 638 education in, 668 France and, 692, 701(b) German unification and, 699(i), 699–701 industrialization in, 658 militarism of, 543, 573, 575–576 Napoleon and, 629–630, 631 Northern Crusades and, 354 Paris siege by, 714 partition of Poland and, 612, 612(m) revolt of 1848 in, 681–682 serfdom in, 578 in 1740, 551(m) Seven Years’ War and, 574–575 War of the Austrian Succession and,

573–574, 574(m) Psalters, 242–243, 286(i), 350(i) Psychoanalysis, 763, 768, 769–770 Psychohistory, 770–771(b), 771(i) Psychology, 768, 769 Ptolemies, 116, 117

fall of, 120 queens and, 119

Ptolemy (2nd century), 475 Ptolemy I (c. 367–282 B.C.E.), 116, 129 Ptolemy II, 116, 121, 129 Ptolemy V (Egypt), 103

Ptolemy XIII (63–47 B.C.E.), 158 Public concerts, 570 Public health, 544–545, 705–706, 709, 969

agencies for, 662(m), 663 hygiene and, 772 in 19th century, 707–708

Public life in Athens, 77–78, 88 education for Roman, 138

Public office in Athens, 77 in Roman Republic, 143 in Rome, 142

Public opinion, 556, 580 Public works

in cities, 707–708 in France, 692 in Great Depression, 842 of Louis XIV, 488

Puccini, Giacomo (1858–1924), 775 Puerto Rico, U.S. and, 785 Pugachev, Emelian (1742–1775), rebellion

led by, 579(i), 579(m), 579–580 Pugin, Augustus Welby Northmore

(1812–1852), 665 Pulcher, Publius Claudius (Rome, 3rd

century B.C.E), 139 Pump priming, 849, 853 Punic Wars, 146–149, 147(m) Punishment

in England, 288, 337–339, 339(i) in Greece, 52–53 in Rome, 198 Visigothic, 219

Purgatory, 399 Purges, by Stalin, 846, 895–896 Puritanism. See also Calvinism

Cromwell and, 502 in England, 458–459 in English civil war, 498, 499 Hutchinson on, 500–501(b)

Pushkin, Alexander (1799–1837), 645 Putin, Vladimir, 956–958

Chechnya and, 960(i), 960–961 Putting-out system, 655, 658 Pyall, H., 652(i) Pylos, palace at, 29 Pyramids, in Egypt, 19, 19(i) Pythagoras (Greece, 530 B.C.E.), 65

Qing dynasty (China), 712, 788 Quadrivium, 329 Quakers, 499, 670 Quantum theory, 772 Queen Caroline Affair (England), 648 Queens. See also Kings and kingdoms;

Monarchs and monarchies; specific rulers

in Egypt, 21, 21(i) Hellenistic, 119 Hittite, 24 in Sumer, 9–10

Quest of the Holy Grail, 369 Quietism, 536, 538 Quilombos (runaway slaves), 524 Quinine, 736 Quirini, Lauro (1420–1475?), 387,

403, 412 Qur’an, 42, 234, 235(i), 236

Fatihah of, 234, 234(b) Quraysh, 233, 235

I - 4 0 I n d e x Priests–Quraysh

Race and racism in Africa, 736–737 attitudes toward, 440, 440(i), 526 Catholic church and, 440 Egyptian skin color and, 16–17 equality and, 843 in France, 942 in Great Depression, 843 human rights and, 904 Hume and, 560 in Nazi Germany, 849–852 population change and, 766 racial purity and, 645 Social Darwinism and, 720 in United States, 852, 928–930 World War II and, 864, 868

Racine, Jean-Baptiste (1639–1699), 487–488, 513

Racing, bicycle, 742–743 Radar, 863 Radetzky, Joseph (1766–1858), 683 Radiation, pollution from, 966 Radical democracy, in Athens, 75–77 Radicalism

France and, 692 Russia and, 758

Radical right, anti-Semitism and, 779 Radio, 828, 829(i), 908, 909 Radioactivity, 772 Radio telescope, 919 Radium, 772 Al-Rahman III, Abd (caliph of Córdoba,

912–961), 270 Railroads, 652(i), 656–657

in Austria-Hungary, 756 in Britain, 685 food distribution by, 663 in France, 692 in Hungary, 675 in June Days revolt, 681(b) metal for, 727

Rain, Steam, and Speed: the Great Western Railway (Turner), 665

Rainsford, Marcus, 614 Raison d’état, 464 Rákóczi, Ferenc (1676–1735), 544 Ramadan, 235 Rapallo, Treaty of (1922), 820 “Rape of Nanjing,” 857 “Rape of the Sabine Women, The,” 133 Rasputin, Grigori (1872–1916), 810 Rationalism, 65

Plato and, 108 religion and, 719

Rationality, Aristotle and, 108 Rauschenberg, Robert (1925–), 925 Ravenna

Exarchate of, 240, 256 Justinian in, 224(i) Theodora in, 223(i) as western Roman capital, 200

Raymond d’Aguiliers (11th century), 316 Raynal, Guillaume (1713–1796), 560 Razin, Stenka (d. 1671), 496, 496(i) Reagan, Ronald (1911–2004), 940(i),

941–942, 944 Reaganomics, 941–942 Realism

Greek, 150 in 19th century, 715–716

Realpolitik, 689, 690, 696, 698, 713

Reason, 91, 555–556 Rebellions. See Revolts and rebellions Rebel Without a Cause (movie), 905 Reccared (Visigoths, 586–601), 255 Receipt Rolls (England), 338 Recessions

consequences of, 467–469 oil and, 937 after Thirty Years’ War, 465–467

Recollections (Tocqueville), 681(b) Reconquista (Spain, 1150–1212), 305, 353,

354(m) Recycling, 967 Red Army (Russia), 812, 813, 895 Red Army Faction, 939 Red Brigades, 939 Red-figure painting, 51(i), 64(i), 68(i) Redistributive economy, in Mesopotamia, 14 Red Shirts (Italy), 698, 698(i) Reflections on the Revolution in France

(Burke), 610(b) Reflections upon Marriage (Astell), 550 Reform Act (England, 1884), 752 Reform and reformers

abolitionism and, 560 administrative and legal, 576–577 in Athens, 62–64, 76, 77 of Catholic Church, 302–311 Cluniac, 303 constitutional and reform societies, 608–609 in Czechoslovakia, 935 Dickens and, 666 educational, 709–710 in England, 288, 337, 703–705, 752–753,

778–779 Enlightenment and, 557, 558, 573–578, 584 Erasmus and, 428 in France, 596(m) government regulation and, 708–709 Gregorian, 305–306 in Hungary, 675 in Italy, 779 in Japan, 712–713 Luther and, 429–430 of marriage laws, 767 by Napoleon, 630 in 1960s, 915–916 19th century social, 667–670 popular resistance to, 515 Protestant Reformation and, 420, 426,

432–434 in Prussia, 631 in Rome, 152, 153, 197–200 in Russia, 631, 694–696, 787–788 in Soviet Union, 928 state-sponsored, 576–578 student activism and, 931 in Sweden, 853 for workers, 746–747

Reformation Europe (c. 1560), 447(m) Reform Bills (England)

in 1832, 649, 684 Second, 703

Reform League (England), 703 Refugees, 974

from former Soviet Union, 958–959 as non-European immigrants to Europe,

901–902 Polish, 889(i) World War I and, 822–823 World War II and, 881

Regency (France), 538 Regional differences

culture and, 5 in diseases, 969 Islamic, 269–270

Regulation, governmental, 708–709 Regulus, Marcus Atilius (d. c. 250 B.C.E.),

150–151 Reich (Germany), 701, 754, 859 Reichstag (Germany), 701–702, 755, 847,

848, 981(i) Reims

archbishop of, 371(i) market in, 298

Reinsurance Treaty (1887), 756, 759 Relativists, 772 Relativity theory, 772–773 Relics and reliquaries, 248(i)

in churches, 333 of crucifixion, 311 of Holy Cross, 240 medieval, 248 of St. Denis, 246 of saints, 213

Relief programs, 668. See also Social welfare in 17th century, 514 World War I and, 806–807

Reliefs (money), in England, 320 Religion(s). See also Christians and

Christianity; Crusades; Islam; Jews and Judaism; specific groups

in ancient civilizations, 4 in Balkan region, 267, 791 Bayle on, 547 in Byzantine Empire, 243 in Çatalhöyük, Turkey, P-13–P-14 Civil Code of Napoleon and, 626, 630 conflicts arising from, 451–480 conservatism and, 638–639 crisis in faith, 903 critics of, 558–560 decline in, 667 distribution in Europe of, 464 in eastern Europe, 266 in eastern Roman Empire, 219 education and, 975(i) in Egypt, 17 in England, 287–288 Enlightenment and, 557 European imperialism and, 740 evolution and, 719–720 festivals and, 515 Freemasonry as secular, 569 French secularism and, 602–603 in Germany, 754 in Greece, 34, 51–53, 56, 81–82 in Hellenistic world, 127–129 Hittite, 24–25 in Holy Roman Empire, 289–290 independence movements and, 897 Islam as, 233–238 in Italy, 255 Jewish, 41–42 in late 12th century, 349–351 medieval society and, 359–367 Mesopotamian, 11 Minoan, 27 missionaries and, 733 monotheistic, 5, 246 (t) Mycenaean, 27 Napoleon on, 622

I n d e x I - 4 1Race and racism–Religion(s)

Religion(s) (Continued) national order and, 718–720 Neo-Assyrian, 36 Neo-Babylonian, 37 Neolithic, P-8 new Protestant sects, 499–500 Nietzsche on, 772 in 1930s, 856 in 1960s, 927 non-Christian, 927 Paleolithic, P-6 Persian, 39 polytheistic, 5 popular, in 17th century, 514 revivals in, 536, 566, 639–640 in Rome, 135, 138–139, 185–188, 202–204 social reform and, 667–670 Sophists on, 89 in Spain, 255 state building and, 441, 445–446 in Sumer, 9 tolerance of, 577 women and, 363–365

Religious orders. See also Monasticism and monasteries; specific orders

Beguines as, 349–350 Cathars and, 350–351 Cluniac reforms and, 303 of poverty, 309–311 reestablishment of, 639 in revolutionary France, 597 scholasticism and, 367 of women, 214, 668

Religious toleration in eastern Roman Empire, 219 Edict of Milan on, 203(b) in EU, 977(b)

Remarque, Erich Maria (1898–1970), 830, 849

Rembrandt van Rijn (1606–1669), 473(i) Remigius (Saint), 304 Renaissance, 386–416

Carolingian, 275–277 European, 233 humanism and, 401–403 Islamic, 271–272 Macedonian, 262, 264–266, 266(i) painting, 405–406, 407(i) as religious age, 402(b) spread of, 415 in Venice, 412

Reparations, World War I and, 817, 820, 821 Representative government, 376–377 Reproduction

government reforms and, 747 heredity and, 719–720 outside body, 921 in Rome, 180 technology in 1960s, 920–921

Republic (Plato), 108 Republic(s). See also Roman Republic;

specific locations in 15th century, 411–413 in eastern Europe, 822 in former Soviet Union, 956, 958 in France, 753 in Germany, 814, 815–816, 823 Turkey as, 843–844

Republicanism (France), 599, 714, 753–754 French Revolution and, 588 Robespierre and, 600–601

Republicanism (Spain), 859, 860(m) Republican Party (U.S.), 705 “Republic of letters,” 556–557 Republic of Virtue (France, 1793–1794),

602–604 Research

genetic, 923 investments in, 922 Napoleon and, 627 in 1960s, 924

Res Gestae (My Accomplishments) (Augustus), 168–169(b)

Resistance movements, in World War II, 869–870, 888

Res publica (republic), 140 Revisionism, 776 Revivalism, 566, 639–640 Revolts and rebellions

Boxer Uprising, 788 against British in India, 710–711 by Chalcis, 88(b) in Chechnya, 960(i), 960–961 Decembrist Revolt, 645 in 1820s, 644(m), 644–645 in 14th century, 396 in France, 485, 491, 714 by Greek slaves, 55 inspired by French Revolution, 588 in Ionia, 71 in Italy, 680 by Jews (66 C.E.), 182 June Days in France, 679–680, 681(b) in Latin America, 647(m) in Lyon, 604 Neo-Assyrian, 36 in Ottonian Holy Roman Empire, 289 in Paris (1871), 690 by peasants, 578–580 in Poland, 590, 612–613, 648, 672 Pugachev Rebellion, 579 in Russia, 496(i), 645, 696 in Soviet bloc (1956), 896 against Spain, 456–458, 462 Vendée Rebellion, 604(m) Wat Tyler’s Rebellion (1381), 396, 398(b),

400 Revolution(s), 590(b). See also specific

countries and types agricultural, 529–531, 655 American, 560, 581–583 in astronomy, 475–476 Atlantic, 588 in China (1911), 788 in China (1949), 890, 898 in clothing, 624(i) consumer, 528–529 in Czechoslovakia, 946–947 in diplomacy, 574 in 1830, 620 in 1848, 678–685, 690–691 in England, 498, 502–504 French cultural, 602–603 in Hungary, 896 Islamic, 970 in 1989, 945–947 in Russia (1905), 787, 787(m) in Russia (1917), 776, 810–812 scientific, 474–478 in Yugoslavia, 886

Revolutionary Tribunal (France), 601, 605, 607

Revolutionary War in America. See American War of Independence

Rhenish-Westphalian Coal Syndicate, 730 Rhetoric, 138, 226 Rhineland

German invasion of, 859 Jews in, 297, 313 World War I and, 821

Rhine River region as Roman frontier, 189, 196 World War II and, 881

Rhodes, 120 Rhodes, Cecil (1853–1902), 736, 785 Rhodesia, 897 Richard I the Lion-Hearted (England,

r. 1189–1199), 340, 348, 351 Richard II (England, r. 1377–1399), 398(b) Richelieu, Armand-Jean du Plessis, Cardinal

(1585–1642), 461, 462, 464, 485 Rich people. See Wealth Riga, 708 Rights. See also specific rights and freedoms

in American Constitution, 583 of aristocrats, 568 for blacks in French colonies, 614–615 Civil Code of Napoleon and, 626, 630, 639 civil rights movement and, 904 Declaration of Independence and, 582 of Egyptian women, 20 Enlightenment thinking on, 557 in France, 577 in Greece, 34, 54 Grotius and, 474 Hebrew, 40–41 human rights issues and, 904–905 for minorities, 597(b), 764 natural, 557, 560 in Nazi Germany, 848–849 of non-Roman women, 215 of women, 60, 767, 777–778

Rights of Man, The (Paine), 610–611(b) Right wing

in Germany, 781, 823 in Hungary, 854 in Spain, 859–860 World War I and, 779

Rijswijk, Peace of (1697), 491 Riots

against Catholic church, 580 in China (1989), 945 in England, 941 food, 578–580, 593, 678 Nika (532), 223 student, 934 urban, 931 World War I and, 810

Risorgimento (Italy), 696, 697 Rite of Spring, The (Stravinsky), 775 Rivers. See also specific rivers and river

regions medieval commerce and, 299

Roads and highways in Ottoman Empire, 397 Persian, 38 Roman, 145

Roaring Twenties, 822 Roberts, Thomas (1856–1931), 724(i) Robespierre, Maximilien (1758–1794), 600,

603, 605, 606 Robins, John, 500 Robinson Crusoe (Defoe), 535

I - 4 2 I n d e x Religion(s)–Robinson Crusoe

Rob Roy (Scott), 643 Rock-and-roll music, culture of, 905–906,

906(i), 925, 925(i) Rockefeller, John D. (1839–1937), 729, 730 Rocket (railroad engine), 653, 654–655 Rococo style, 529(i), 534(i), 534–535, 570 Roehm, Ernst (1887–1934), 849 Roger I (Norman, c. 1040–1101), 304 Roland, Jeanne (1754–1793), 600, 601 Rolin, Nicolas (1376–1462), 406 Rolling Stones, 925(i), 978 Rollo (Vikings, 10th century), 280 Roma. See Gypsies Roman baths, 169, 170(b) Roman Catholicism, 225, 254–255. See also

Papacy Carolingian dynasty and, 273 charities and, 668 Christianization campaigns of, 439–440 Council of Trent and, 438–439 Counter-Reformation of, 435 in eastern Europe, 291, 895 in c. 1150, 324(m) in England, 253–254 French de-Christianization and, 603 in Germany, 289, 754, 856 vs. Greek Orthodoxy, 304 Henry VIII and, 429, 433–434 Inquisition and, 362 Investiture Conflict and, 306–307 in Italy, 255–256, 833 Jesuits and, 577 laity, sacraments, and, 361–362, 400–401 language of liturgy in, 401 London riots against, 580 Luther and, 429–430 medieval universities and, 332 in Middle Ages, 360–367 modernization of, 719 Napoleon and, 620, 622 in 1960s, 927 in Northern Ireland, 939–940 orthodox Christianity and, 267 Ottoman Turks and, 455 Peace of Westphalia and, 464 Protestant Reformation and, 420, 447 Quietism and, 536 racism in, 440 rationalism, science, and, 719 reforms of, 302–311, 597 religious orders and, 668 revival of, 639 sacraments in, 307–308 in Spain, 255, 754 superstitious practices and, 514 Vatican II and, 903 World War II and, 869

Romance of the Rose, The (Jean de Meun), 369(b)

Roman Empire, 134, 160(m), 164–192. See also Civil war(s); Cult(s); Eastern Roman Empire; Economy; Pax Romana; Roman Republic; Rome; Western Roman Empire; specific rulers, dynasties, and religions

administration of, 196 under Augustus, 167–171 Charlemagne and, 275 Christianity in, 163, 164, 181–183,

186–187(b), 196, 204–214, 209(m) citizenship in, 190–191

coins in, 189(i) crisis in 3rd century, 188–191, 192(m) division of, 196–197, 198–200, 199(m) economy in, 200 education in, 172 expansion of (30 B.C.E.–117 C.E.), 176(m) fall of, 217–219, 218(b) features and languages of, 178(m) frontiers of, 188–189 Hellenistic world and, 120, 130, 130(m) Julio-Claudians in, 173, 174–175 law and order in, 179–180 non-Roman migrations into, 214–221 peasants in, 202(f ) peoples and kingdoms of (526), 220(m) philosophy in, 188 religions in, 185–188 reorganization of, 197–204 tenant farmers in, 200 Turkey in, 5 Vandals in, 217

Romanesque architecture, 332(i), 332–333, 333(i), 335(i)

Romania, 693, 791 cold war and, 884 collapse of communism in, 947, 948(m) economy of, 964 homeless children in, 947(i) Soviets and, 871, 874 World War I and, 821, 822 World War II and, 861, 863

Romanians, 682–683, 683(i) Romanization, 177–178 Roman literature, preservation of, 225–226 Romanov, Michael (Russia, r. 1613–1645), 460 Romanov dynasty, 664, 667–670, 810. See

also specific tsars Roman Republic, 134, 140, 608. See also

Roman Empire; Rome civil wars in, 153–155, 158 downfall of (83–44 B.C.E.), 155–159,

160(m) early period in (509–287 B.C.E.), 142 imperialism by, 145–152, 147(m) late period in, 152–159 principate and, 165 Punic Wars and, 146–149, 147(m) rise of, 133–134 Rome (city) during, 143(m) sack of (387 B.C.E.), 145 social stresses in, 150–152 society in, 134–139, 140–142

Romanticism, 233 Romanticism, 566, 640–643

realism and, 715–716 social question and, 664–667

Romantic literature, medieval, 348–349 Romanus IV (Byzantine Empire,

r. 1069–1071), 311 Rome. See also Roman Empire; Roman

Republic alphabet and, 16 bishops of, 182, 208 citizenship in, 140, 154, 166, 170, 190 civil wars in, 200 Etruscans and, 141–142 expansion of, 133–134 families in, 136–138 Fascist march on (1922), 833 government of, 139–145 Greek culture and, 141, 149–150

Greek developments compared with, 149(f) Italy and, 698, 701 military discipline in, 154(b) mythical origins of, 132(i) papacy and, 397–399 during Republic, 143(m) republic in (1848), 681 sacks of, 216–217 Social War in, 154 student protests in, 931

Rome, Treaty of (1957), 892 Rome-Berlin Axis, 859 Rommel, Erwin (1891–1944), 870 Romulus and Remus, 132(i), 139 Romulus Augustulus (Rome, r. 475–476), 217 Roosevelt, Eleanor (1884–1962), 852, 853(i) Roosevelt, Franklin Delano (1882–1945),

852, 853(i), 857 cold war and, 884 World War II and, 864

Roosevelt, Theodore (1858–1919), 766, 785 Roses, Wars of the (1455–1487), 411 Rosetta stone, 102(i), 621 Rossbach, battle at, 574 Rossellini, Roberto, 909 Roundheads, 498 Round Table, of Arthur, 369 Rousseau, Jean-Jacques (1712–1778), 556,

564(i), 566 civic religion of, 602–603 on republics, 591 Robespierre and, 600–601 on society, 561–564

Rowe, Elizabeth Singer, 550 Royal Academy of Sciences (France), 511 Royal Dutch Shell, 824 Royal hymns, as literary form, 13 Royalists, in France, 607 Royal Society of London, 512 Royalty. See Kings and kingdoms; Monarchs

and monarchies; Queens; specific kingdoms and rulers

Rubens, Peter Paul (1577–1640), 473(i) Rubicon River, Caesar at, 158 Rudolf (Habsburgs, Germany, r. 1273–1291),

374–375 Ruhr basin, World War I and, 820–821 Ruler cults, 128 Rump Parliament (England), 500–502 Rural areas. See also Farms and farming

commerce in, 301–302 commercial revolution in, 301–302 crime in, 672 industrialization of, 662 lifestyle in, 663–664 medieval, 283–285 migration from, 571, 662 in revolutionary France, 594–595 Rousseau on life in, 562 Soviet workers from, 845 violence in, 286–287 World War I and, 765, 765(i)

Rushdie, Salman, 979 Russia, 262, 281. See also Russian Republic;

Soviet Union armed forces in 17th century, 493(b) arts in, 831 Austria-Hungary and, 756 authoritarianism in, 779–780 Bolshevik Revolution in, 811–812 Byzantine trade with, 264

I n d e x I - 4 3Rob Roy–Russia

Russia (Continued) Christianity in, 267 civil war in, 812–814, 814(i) colonies of, 710 Congress of Vienna and, 636, 637, 638 Crimean War and, 690, 691, 692–694 Decembrist Revolt in, 645 Duma in, 787–788 economy in, 958–960 education in, 668, 684 in Entente Cordiale, 790 ethnic groups in, 696 as European power, 540–544 expansion in Asia (1865–1895), 738(m) expansionism of, 460 Great Northern War and, 542–543, 543(m) Huns in, 215 imperialism by, 737, 786 industrialization in, 658, 729 under Ivan IV, 460 Jewish migration from, 743 Kievan, 267–268 liberalism in, 675 Marxism in, 776–777 migration from, 822 Mongols and, 373, 380 Napoleon I and, 629–630, 632–633 Napoleon III and, 691 New Economic Policy in, 832 nobility in, 567 partition of Poland and, 612, 612(m) peasant unrest in, 612 Poland-Lithuania and, 460 political parties in, 776 provisional government in, 810–811 public works in, 708 railroads in, 656(f ) realist novels in, 716–717 reforms in, 694–696 revolts in, 644(m) rural social order in, 664 serfs emancipated in, 694–695, 695(i) in 17th century, 496–497 Seven Years’ War and, 574–575 Slavophiles and Westernizers in, 672–673 after Soviet Union, 956–957 as Soviet Union, 832–833 in 12th century, 346, 346(m) unrest in, 757–759 Western influences in, 497, 540–541 World War I and, 791, 794, 803–804

Russian Academy of Sciences, 540, 541 Russian Mafia, 959 Russian Orthodox church, 496, 542, 673

Ivan IV and, 452, 459–460 Russian Republic, 956. See also Russia; Soviet

Union (former) Chechnya and, 956–958, 960(i), 960–961 corruption in, 956

Russian Revolution (1905), 787, 787(m) Russian Revolution (1917), 776

of March, 810–811 of November, 811–812 outbreak of, 813(b)

Russification, 788 under Alexander II (Russia), 696 in eastern Europe, 895

Russo-Japanese War (1904–1905), 785, 786–787

Russo-Polish war, 497 Rwanda, 969, 974

SA (Nazi Germany), 849 Sabines, 133 Sachs, Nelly (1891–1970), 903 Sacks

of Constantinople (1204), 352, 352(m) of Jerusalem (1099), 313n of Rome, 145, 216–217

Sacraments, 307–308, 361–362 Sacred texts, 42, 370 Sacrifice of Isaac (Ghiberti), 406, 406(i) Saddam Hussein, 970 Saduccees, 182 Safety

issues in, 705–706 in Rome, 169 for workers, 973 in workplace, 747

Sahara Desert, P-8, 16 Sailors, World War I and, 814 Saint(s). See also specific individuals

medieval, 248 relics of, 213

St. Bartholomew’s Day Massacre (1572), 454 St. Bartholomew’s Night: The Massacre of

the Huguenots (Vasari), 454(i) St. Domingue, 523. See also Haiti

revolt in, 613(b), 613–615, 614(i), 629, 629(m)

in 1791, 614(m) Sainte-Chapelle, 371(i) St. Gall, monks of monastery of, 286(i) Saint-German-des-Près (monastery), 279 St. Helena, island of, 635 St.-Martin at Tours, monastery of, 250(i) Saint-Maurice d’Agaune, monastery of, 248(i) St. Peter’s Basilica, 510 St. Petersburg, 541. See also Leningrad;

Petrograd Russian Revolution and, 813(b) World War I and, 804, 807

Saint Phalle, Niki de (1930–2002), 926 Saint-Savin-sur-Gartempe, church of, 335(b),

335(i) Saint-Simon, Louis de Rouvray, duke of

(1675–1755), 538, 675–676 St. Sophia (Kiev), mosaic of Mary in, 268(i) Saisset, Bernard (c. 1232–1311), 378 Sakhalin Islands, World War II and, 874 Saladin (Islam, 1138–1193), 351 Salamis, battle at, 73, 76(i) Salem, Massachusetts, witchcraft trials in,

479 Salerno, university in, 331 Salian dynasty, 290–291 Salome (Strauss), 775 Salons, 513, 558, 558(i), 717 SALT I. See Strategic Arms Limitation Treaty

(SALT I) Salt March (India, 1930), 844(i) Salvation

Christian, 205, 361 Cluniac monks and, 303 in Hellenistic religions, 128 of Jews, 41 in mystery cults, 129

Samizdat culture, 928 Samurai (Japan), 738 Sanchez, Raphael, 423(b) Sanctions

in former Yugoslavia, 954 by League of Nations, 856

Sand, George (Amandine-Aurore Dupin, 1804–1876), 666, 666(i)

San Isidore de León, Romanesque church of, 332(i)

Sanitation, 662, 662(m), 663 in Crimean War, 693–694 in French Vietnam, 712 in 19th century, 707–708 Parisian sewers and, 708(i) in Rome, 169

Sans-culottes (French workers), 598 San Stefano, Treaty of (1878), 756 Sant’Andrea at Vercelli, 336, 336(i) Santayana, George (1863–1952), 547(b) Santo Stefano Rotondo, mosaic at, 257(i) San Vitale (Ravenna), 223(i), 224(i) Sappho (Lesbos, 630 B.C.E.), 64 Saracens, Muslims as, 269 Sarajevo, Francis Ferdinand assassinated in,

793 Sarcophagi, 206(i), 206–207(b), 207(i) Sardinia, 147, 689, 696, 697, 698(m) Sargon (Akkad), 11, 13 Sartre, Jean-Paul (1905–1980), 903–904,

904(i) Sasanid Empire

Byzantine Empire and, 240 coin of, 239(b), 239(i) c. 600, 241(m) Muslims in, 236–237 Rome and, 189, 191

Satanic Verses, The (Rushdie), 979 Satellites (artificial), 896

communications, 917, 919 in 1960s, 916

Satellite states. See Soviet bloc; Soviet Union Sati (widow’s self-immolation), 639(i), 640,

712 Satraps, in Persian Empire, 38 Satyagraha (Gandhi), 904–905 Saudi Arabia, terrorists from, 971–972 Saul (Hebrew), 41 Savage Mind, The (Lévi-Strauss), 927 Savannahs, in Africa, P-8 Savior gods, 128 Savoy, 608(m), 638, 697 Saxons, 217

Charlemagne and, 273 Saxony, 446, 542, 574, 658 Scandinavia. See also Vikings; specific

countries economy in, 891 England and, 288 immigrants to, 901–902 industrialization in, 729

Schiller, Friedrich (1759–1805), 612 Schism, in Catholic Church, 304, 308 Schleswig, 700 Schlieffen Plan, 803 Schliemann, Heinrich, 27 Schmalkaldic League, 446 Schoenberg, Arnold (1874–1951), 766(b), 776 Scholars and scholarship. See also History

and historians; Intellectual thought; specific disciplines and individuals

Assyrian, 36 in Carolingian renaissance, 275–276 classical, 220–221, 225–226 in Dutch Republic, 507 education and, 329 Hellenistic, 120–121

I - 4 4 I n d e x Russia–Scholars and scholarship

Islamic, 271–272 Jewish, 207 in Ottonian Holy Roman Empire, 290

Scholastica, 214 Scholasticism, 367–369 Schools. See also Education

attendance in, 709–710 in Byzantine Empire, 242–243 in Carolingian Empire, 276 Islamic, 272 in Middle Ages, 328–332 in Rome, 172 for Sumerian scribes, 10–11 Sunday school movement and, 667–668

Schott, Johann, 431(b) Schreiner, Olive (1855–1920), 747 Schumacher, E. F. “Fritz,” 966 Schuman, Robert (1886–1963), 892, 893(b) Schuman Plan on European Unity (1950),

893(b) Schutzstaffel (SS), in Nazi Germany, 848 Science. See also Astronomy; Medicine;

Technology; specific fields Aristotle and, 108 attitudes about women in, 669–670 brain drain and, 924 early industrialists and, 655 in eastern Europe, 895 government support for, 512 Hellenistic, 126–127 Islamic, 271–272 learned societies and, 569 Napoleon and, 621, 627 in 19th century, 719–720 in 1930s, 855–856 philosophy and, 65 popularization of, 520, 546 in postindustrial society, 919–921 religion and, 719 Rousseau on, 561–562 of “self,” 768–770 teaching of, 329 training in, 709 World War I and, 772–773

Scientific management, 825 Scientific method, 474, 475, 476–477 Scientific research, on public health, 707 Scientific revolution, 474–478 Scientific societies, 511 Scotland

Christianity in, 253 Mary Stuart and, 459 religious wars in, 445–446, 498

Scott, Walter (1771–1832), 643 “Scramble for Africa,” 733–737 Scream, The (Munch), 762(i), 774 Scribes, 10–11, 11(f ), 226 Sculpture

Egyptian, 20, 50, 50(i) goddess figurines as, 40(i) in Gothic cathedrals, 371–372 Greek, 49, 50, 50(i), 64, 80, 80(i), 87(i) Hellenistic, 118(i), 121(i), 121–122 Neolithic, P-12(i) in Parthenon, 80, 80(i) prehistoric Venus figurines, P-7, P-7(i) Roman, 150, 173 Romanesque, 333

Seacole, Mary (1805–1881), 694(b) Sea Peoples, 29 Secondary education, 710

Second Balkan War (1913), 792 Second Crusade (1147–1149), 317, 351, 353 Second Empire (France), 680, 692, 701, 753 Second Estate (aristocracy), 592 Second Great Awakening, 640 “Second” Industrial Revolution, 727–728 Second Intermediate Period (Egypt), 20–21 Second International, 750, 751, 776 Second Moroccan Crisis (1911), 790 Second Punic War (218–201 B.C.E.), 147,

147–148, 148(f ) Second Reform Bill (England), 703 Second Reich (Germany), 849 Second Republic (France), 680 Second Sex, The (Beauvoir), 904 Second Triumvirate (Rome), 165 Second Vatican Council (Vatican II),

903, 927 Second World War. See World War II Secret police

in Italy, 672 in Russia (KGB), 956

Secularism, 471, 479 Enlightenment and, 560–561 trend toward, 903

Secular music, 370 Secular power. See also Church(es); Political

power; specific institutions after Investiture Conflict, 307 universities and, 332

Security Council (UN), 898 Sedition laws, World War I and, 807 Segregation, 904, 930

civil rights movement and, 928–930 Seigneurial dues, 568, 592, 594, 595,

604–605, 607 Sejm (Polish parliament), 497 Selective breeding, population control

through, 767 Seleucids, 116, 116(m), 117, 120, 181 Seleucus (c. 358–281 B.C.E.), 116, 117 Self-determination

World War I and, 807, 816 World War II and, 874

Self-government, for cities and towns, 301, 307 Self-immolation, in Czechoslovakia, 914(i),

915 Self-interest, Smith on, 561 Seljuk Turks, First Crusade and, 311 Semites

Chaldeans as, 36 in Egypt, 20–21

Sen, Amartya, 974 Senate (Rome), 140, 143, 152, 153, 200–201

Augustus and, 165–166 Seneca (4 B.C.E.–65 C.E.), 170(b) Senegal, immigrants from, 950(i) Separatism, for African Americans, 931 September 11, 2001, terrorist attacks, 970(i),

971–972 September massacres, in Paris, 599 Septimius Severus (Rome, r. 193–211 C.E.),

171, 190, 190(i) Serbia, 262, 266–267, 281, 756, 792, 793,

794 autonomy of, 791 Milosevic and, 953 World War I and, 791, 804

Serbs, 267, 672, 684 Albanian Kosovars and, 954–955 destruction by, 954–955, 955(i)

Serfs and serfdom, 283. See also Slaves and slavery

in Brandenburg-Prussia, 493 in England, 396 in France, 578, 595 in Habsburg lands, 577–578 in Hungary, 683 industrialization and, 658 Jews as, 297 Napoleon’s abolition of, 630 in Poland, 612–613 in Prussia, 631 in Russia, 495, 532(i), 568, 577, 664, 684,

694–695, 695(i) in western Europe, 469, 497

Sergius I (Pope, r. 687 or 689–701), 256 Serious Proposal to the Ladies, A (Astell), 550 Servants, 742

in Rome, 172 slaves as, 10, 170–171 women as, 527, 532

Servetus, Michael (1511–1553), 433 Service industries, 922–923, 975–976 Settlement houses, 746 Settlements. See also Cities and towns;

Villages; specific locations in Crete, 25–26 Frankish, 248 Greek, 43, 48–49, 49(m), 49–50 at Jericho, P-11(i) in Mesopotamia, 7 Neolithic, P-8, P-10 in North America, 490 in Quebec, 490 Slavic, 266

Seurat, Georges (1859–1891), 748–749 Sevastopol, 693 Seven Years’ War (1756–1763), 574, 575(m) Severan dynasty, in Rome, 190–191 Severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS),

969 Sewage systems, 707–708, 708(i) Sex and sexuality. See also Homosexuals and

homosexuality in Athens, 83–84, 88 Augustine on, 212 birth control and, 747 of Cathars, 350–351 in eastern Roman Empire, 225 Freud on, 769–770 in Greece, 57 middle class views of, 663 natural science and, 719–720 in 1960s, 925 pill and, 931 regulation of behavior, 572–573 reproductive technology and, 920–921 in Sparta, 60 World War I and, 768, 826 youth movement and, 905(b)

“Sexology,” 768 Sex rings, 974 Sextus Aurelius Victor (Rome), 199(m) Sexual Inversion (Ellis), 768 Shahadah (profession of faith), 235 Shakespeare, William (1564–1616), 124(b),

178, 459, 471, 472 Shamash (god), 14 Shapur I (Sasanids, r. 241–272 C.E.), 191 Shelley, Mary (1797–1851), 618, 641 Shelley, Percy Bysshe (1792–1822), 618

I n d e x I - 4 5Scholars and scholarship–Shelley

Shelter, Paleolithic, P-6, P-6(i) Shi’at Ali, 237 Shi’ites, 237, 268, 270, 970 Ships and shipping

caravels, 421 Dutch Republic and, 457–458, 506 French, 490 Greek, 48 steam power in, 665 tide calendars and, 421 transmission of plague and, 389 triremes and, 74, 75(i) at Washington naval conference, 824 World War I and, 792, 804

Shire (England), 288 Shtetls (Jewish villages), 497 Shulgi (Ur), 9(i) Siberia, 675

Japanese withdrawal from, 813 Russia and, 737, 738, 787

Sic et Non (Abelard), 332 Sicily, 140(m), 304, 375

in 400 B.C.E., 100(m) Frederick II in, 373–374 Garibaldi and, 697 Greeks in, 49 migration from, 743 Persian Wars and, 73 Rome and, 147 World War II and, 870, 881

Sickingen, Franz von (1481–1523), 428(i) Sidonius Apollinaris (c. 430–479), 217 Siege towers, 35 Sieyès, Emmanuel-Joseph (1748–1836),

592, 623 Sigismund (Holy Roman Emperor,

r. 1410–1437), 400, 409 Signori (Italy), 379–380 Silent Spring (Carson), 966 Silesia, 573, 574(m) Silk industry, Byzantine, 242 Silver

imports into Spain, 465(f ) from New World, 455 at Potosí, 426 supply of, 465

Silver Age, of Latin literature, 179 Simon Magus (New Testament), 303n Simons, Menno (1469–1561), 437 Simony, 303 Simplicius (Pope, r. 468–483), 257 Simyonov, Yulian, 909 Sin

Christian, 182 shedding of blood as, 322(b)

Sinai, 937 Singapore, 671, 864, 973 Single Form (Hepworth), 908(i) Sinn Fein (Ireland), 779 Sino-Japanese War (1894), 786 Sirmium, as Roman capital, 198 “Sister republics,” 607 Sisters (religious), 350 Sistine Chapel, 405(i) Sit-ins, in United States, 904 Six Acts (Britain), 648 Six Books of the Republic, The (Bodin), 474 Six-Day War (1967), 937 Skeletons, Neolithic, P-12(b)–P-13(b), P-12(i) Skepticism, 125, 546–547, 638 Skin color, in Egypt, 16–17

Slav congress (1848), 683 Slave code (Barbados), 508 Slaves and slavery. See also Serfs and serfdom

abolition of, 670 Aristotle on, 109 in Athens, 86 in Atlantic system, 521 Bill of Rights and, 583 Caribbean sugar mill and, 526(i) Columbus and, 423 criticism of, 560 in Egypt, 20, 23 in England (1086), 323(m) in Frankish kingdoms, 247 in Greece, 47, 54–56, 59, 82, 86 in Hellenistic world, 118 lifestyle of, 523–525 medieval, 279 native Americans as, 508 oral history of, 524–525(b) revolts in Haiti, 588, 613(b), 613–615,

614(i), 629, 629(m) in Rome, 136(i), 140, 152, 170–171 Rousseau on, 563 in 17th century, 508 in Sparta, 60 in Sumer, 10 in Suriname, 525(i) in United States, 705 as widespread institution, 423, 425

Slave trade, 522(m), 523 abolition of, 613(b), 670 in Atlantic system, 521 Congress of Vienna and, 638 criticism of, 560 factors increasing, 508 from Hispaniola to Seville, 423 impact on Europe, 525–526 private companies in, 508 profitability of, 425 c. 1780, 583(m) stagnation in, 466 white, 752

Slavic language, alphabet for, 267 Slavophiles (Russia), 672–673 Slavs, 672

in Austria-Hungary, 756 in Balkans, 241 Byzantine Empire and, 240 crusades and, 354 ethnicity and, 249(b) fragmentation of, 964–965 Hitler and, 840 Magyars and, 281 in Nazi Germany, 851 Otto I and, 289 Pan-Slavism and, 702–703 Polanians as, 291 settlements of, 266 World War I and, 801, 807 World War II genocide and, 862

Slovakia, 963, 965 Slovaks, 682–683, 702, 854 Slovenes, 682–683 Slovenia, 953, 955, 963, 964 Slums, birth control in, 747 Small Is Beautiful (Schumacher), 966 Smallpox, 545, 969 Smart car, 967, 967(i) Smelting, 12 Smith, Adam (1723–1790), 561, 565, 578, 579

Smuggling, 631 of books, 565

Sobieski, Jan (Poland-Lithuania, r. 1674–1696), 495(i), 497

Social classes. See Classes Social Contract, The (Rousseau), 562–563 Social contract theory, 504–505, 509, 561–564 Social Darwinism, 720, 736, 741, 747, 769 Social Democrats, 751, 928

in Germany, 755, 776, 781, 792, 814, 928 Social disorder

in 17th century England, 499(i) in urban areas, 663

Social engineering, 674 Social hierarchies, P-7, 6. See also Classes

in Byzantine Empire, 266 in Çatalhöyük, P-14 in Egypt, 19–20 in Hellenistic society, 118–120 in Paleolithic society, P-7 in Rome, 142, 170, 179–180 in Sumer, 9–10

Socialism, 675–677 feminist criticisms of, 932–933 in Germany, 776 in Indochina, 898 Marxist, 706 political parties and, 751 women and, 676 World War I and, 815

Socialist parties, 751, 928 Socialist realism, 847, 928, 929 Socialist Revolutionaries (Russia), 777 Social mobility, World War I and, 825 Social order, 668

conservatism and, 638–639 ideological views of, 654

Social question, of 19th century, 664–667 Social sciences, 561, 720–721, 926–927 Social security, welfare state and, 893 Social Security Act (U.S., 1935), 852 Social War (Rome, 91–87 B.C.E.), 154 Social welfare

in Austria, 942 in England, 853 in former Soviet Union, 960 in France, 854 in Germany, 755 in 19th century, 709–710 in smaller states, 942 in Sweden, 853, 942 in United States, 852 in welfare state, 893–894 World War I and, 778, 826

Societies for mutual help, 659, 677, 678 Society. See also Art(s); Religion; Social

hierarchies Aristotle on, 109 in Athenian Golden Age, 74–96 attitudes toward poor in, 437–438 in Austria-Hungary, 702 beginnings of, P-3 of Brandenburg-Prussia, 493 in Byzantine Empire, 242 in Çatalhöyük, P-14 Christian, 208 in Christianized Roman Empire, 197–198 class struggles in, 677(b) in cold war, 909–911 Columbian exchange and, 420 conservatism and, 638–639

I - 4 6 I n d e x Shelter–Society

Darwin and, 719 disease and, 663 in Dutch Republic, 506–507 in eastern Roman Empire, 222–224 egalitarian Paleolithic, P-6 Egyptian, 19–20 elites in, 741–742 in England, 703–705 in Enlightenment, 567–573 feudalism in, 282 in Florence, 413, 414 Frankish, 247–248 in Great Depression, 842(b), 842–843 Great Famine and, 381–382 Greek, 33–34, 42–47, 57 Hellenistic, 118–120 hierarchy in, P-7, 6 imperial, 740–750 individuals and, 561–564 Islamic, 235, 236 Jews in, 297–298 in literature, 665–666 Marx on, 713 medieval synthesis in, 367–372 Merovingian, 250–253 under Napoleon, 627 Neolithic, P-8–P-15 non-Roman in Roman Empire, 215 and order in 19th century, 705–715 Paleolithic, P-4–P-8 Plato on, 108 positivism and, 720–721 postindustrial, 915, 921–927 after protests of 1968, 935–936 Puritan, 459 rapid change in, 654 religion and, 359–367, 434, 437 Roman, 134–139, 140–142, 200–201 Rousseau on, 561–564 in rural areas, 663–664 in Russia, 695–696 secular, 402(b), 560, 561 in Spain, 255 Spartan, 59 in Turkey, 844 20th century changes in, 763–764 in urban areas, 531–534 Utopian, 429 Visigoth, 216–217 witchcraft and, 479 World War I and, 764–770, 799–800,

801(i), 825–827 World War II and, 866–868

Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals, 668

Society of Jesus (Jesuits), 439, 577 Society of Revolutionary Republican

Women, 605 Society of Supporters of the Bill of Rights,

580, 581 Society of the Friends of Blacks, 613(b), 614 Society of United Irishmen, 609 Sociology, 720–721 Socrates (Athens, 469–399 B.C.E.), 81, 91(i),

105 on ethics, 90–92 execution of, 106 on gender roles in marriage, 84–85(b)

Socratic method, 90–91 Soissons, Council of (1121), 331 Solaris (Lem), 919

Solar system, heliocentric model of, 126 Soldiers. See also Armed forces; Veterans

barbarians as, 196 Byzantine, 244 colonial World War I and, 802, 806 hoplites as, 53–54 Neo-Assyrian, 35 in Persian Wars, 71 Roman, 153, 189, 190 in Russia, 695 Spartan, 59–60 in Vietnam War, 930 World War I and, 792–793, 805–806, 809 World War II and, 868, 888

Solidarity movement, 945 Solomon (Hebrew), 41, 41(i) Solomon Bar Simson (12th century),

314–315(b) Solon (Athens, 594 B.C.E.), 51, 62 Solzhenitsyn, Aleksandr (1918–), 896, 935 Somalia, 969 Somme, battle at the, 804, 805 Sony Corporation, 917, 922 Sophie (Austria), 793 Sophists, 81, 87, 88–90, 90(b) Sophocles (c. 496–406 B.C.E.), 94 Sorbonne, student riots at, 934 Sorrows of Young Werther, The (Goethe), 566 Soubirous, Bernadette (St. Bernadette of

Lourdes) (1844–1879), 719 Soul Mountain (Gao Xingjian), 978–979 Source material, government archives as, 885 South (global), 969, 973, 983(m) South Africa, 973–974 South African (Boer) War (1899–1902), 785,

803 South America, 647(m), 743 South Asia, 711–712, 902(i) Southeast Asia, 936 Southeast Asia Treaty Organization (SEATO),

898 Southern Africa, imperialism in, 736 South Korea, 898, 973 South Slavs, 807 South Vietnam, 930, 936. See also Vietnam Sovereignty, national, 378 Soviet bloc

communist collapse in, 942–947, 948(m) dissent in, 945 order restored in, 935–936 postindustrial work life in, 923 revolutions of 1989 in, 945–947 scientific findings in, 924 World War II and, 894–897

Soviet bloc (former), 954(m), 968, 979–980 Soviet republics, World War I and, 816 Soviets (councils), 811 Soviet Union. See also Russia; Soviet Union

(former) Afghanistan and, 944 archives of, 885, 885(i) arms race and, 887–888 atomic bomb test by, 890 Baltic States and, 863, 870 Berlin and, 887, 903 in cold war, 883–886, 909 collapse of, 948(m), 953–961 creation of, 832–833 Czech protests and, 935 détente and, 937 dissident arts in, 929, 929(b)

domesticity in, 907 eastern Europe and, 886 economy in, 845–846 German occupation by, 886 Gorbachev in, 943(i), 943–946 Islamic world and, 970 literary emigrés and, 936 Nazi attack on (1941), 863 Nazi-Soviet Pact and, 861, 863 nuclear plant of, 919 Poland and, 863, 944–945 political changes in, 928 problems in, 937 purges in, 846 scientific establishment in, 924 social order in, 927–928 social welfare in, 894 Spanish Civil War and, 860 Stalin in, 832–833, 844–847 as superpower, 883 World War II and, 864, 866, 870, 874, 881 youth in, 905

Soviet Union (former) Chechnya and, 956–958, 960(i), 960–961 countries of (c. 2000), 957(m) international politics in, 960–961 lifestyle in, 958, 958(i) market economy in, 958–960

Space exploration, 896, 918–919 Spain. See also Cortes (Spain); Spanish Civil

War (1936–1939) American colonies of, 425(m), 455 Arabs in, 255 Armada and, 459, 459(m) bankruptcy in, 464 Basque nationalists in, 965 church and state in, 255 commerce of, 469 in Common Market, 942 Dutch revolt against, 456 empire of, 426, 456(m) explorations by, 421–423 government of, 410 Greeks in, 49 industrialization in, 729 Inquisition in, 414 Iraq War and, 972(i), 973 Louis XIV and, 491 Muslims in, 270, 452, 456 under Napoleon, 625 nationalism in, 632 nobility in, 567 Peace of Westphalia and, 463–464 Portugal and, 455 reconquista in, 305, 353, 354(m) revolts in, 462, 644, 644(m) in 17th century, 516(m) silver imports of, 465(f ) slave rebellion and, 614 suffrage in, 754 terrorist attack in (2004), 972(i), 973 Treaty of Tordesillas and, 423 unification of, 408, 410, 410(m) U.S. and, 785 unity in medieval, 255 Visigoths in, 217 war for independence by, 632, 632(m) War of the Spanish Succession, 536,

537(m), 538 war protest in (2003), 972(i) women in, 907

I n d e x I - 4 7Society–Spain

Spanish-American War (1898), 785 Spanish Armada (1588), 459, 459(m) Spanish Civil War (1936–1939), 855,

859–860, 860(i), 860(m) Spanish Fury, 456 Spanish language television, 980 Spanish Succession, War of the (1701–1713),

536–538 Sparta, 48(m)

Athens and, 69–70, 77 coalition against, 110 government of, 57 in Hellenic League, 73 Ionian Revolt and, 71 Macedonia and, 112(m) marriage in, 57 oligarchy in, 57–60 Peloponnesian League and, 74 Peloponnesian War and, 96, 97(m), 97–99,

98(f ), 104–105 in 750–500 B.C.E., 57(m) Thebes and, 110

Spartacists, 815 Specialization, business, 922 Spectator, The (magazine), 534 Spencer, Herbert (1820–1903), 720 Spending

on education and research, 924 by Japan, 973 military, 891(f ), 910, 942

Speyer, Germany, 299, 313, 316(i) Spies and spying, novels about, 908–909 Spinoza, Benedict (1633–1677), 507 Spirit of the Laws, The (Montesquieu), 549,

560 Spoleto, 256 Spontaneous ovulation, 719–720 Sports

in Britain, 572 global culture and, 978 in Greece, 45(i), 45–46 popular blood, 668 professional, 742–743 team, 742(i) World War I and, 828

Sputnik, 896, 918 Srebrenica, slaughter of Muslims in, 954 SS. See Schutzstaffel (SS) Stadholder (Dutch official), 505–506, 589 Staël, Anne-Louise-Germaine de

(1766–1817), 611(b), 627, 627(i), 632 Stagflation, 938, 938(i), 941 Stained glass, 370–371, 371(i) Stalin, Joseph (1879–1953), 832–833, 840,

844–847, 885, 895–896 cold war and, 884 Germany and, 886–887 Hitler and, 863 Nazi-Soviet Pact and, 861 totalitarianism of, 845(b) World War II and, 874, 883

Stalingrad, battle of (1942–1943), 870, 871(i) Stamp Act (Britain, 1765), 582 Standard of living

in eastern Europe, 963 in Soviet Union, 943 World War II and, 894

Standard of Ur (Sumer), 9(i) Standard Oil Trust, 730 Stanford Bridge, battle at, 320 Stanley, Henry (1841–1904), 736(b)

Starvation in global South, 969 World War I and, 809

Star Wars program (SDI), 942 State (nation). See also Church and state;

Nation-state Bolsheviks on, 813 consolidation of state system, 536–545 expanded power of, 479 in Italy, 833–834 in Near East, P-14–P-15 sovereignty of, 378 taxation of clergy and, 377–378

State building in central and eastern Europe, 494(m) in Renaissance, 441

Statistics, interpretation of, 660–661(b) Status. See also Classes; Social hierarchies;

specific classes in Paleolithic society, P-6, P-7 in Rome, 136 in Sumer, 9–10

Statute in Favor of the Princes (1232), 374 Staufer family (Hohenstaufens), 341–342 Steamboats, 657 Steam engines, 655, 656, 685 Stedman, John Gabriel, 525(i) Steel, 727, 894 Steele, Richard (1672–1729), 534 Steen, Jan (1626–1679), 507(i) Stephen I (Saint, Hungary, r. 997–1038), 291 Stephen II (Pope r. 752–757), 256 Stephen of Blois (England, r. 1135–1154), 337 Stephenson, George (1781–1848), 653,

654–655, 656 Sterilization, voluntary, 920 Stilicho (Rome, c. 400 C.E.), 194(i) “Still Life” (Daguerre), 667 Stirrups, 285 Stoa, in Athens, 78 Stockhausen, Karlheinz (1928–), 926 Stock market, 839–840 Stoicism, 123–125, 185, 188 Stolypin, Pyotr (1863–1911), 788 Stone Age. See Neolithic Age; Paleolithic Age Stopes, Marie (1880–1958), 826 Story of an African Farm, The (Schreiner), 747 Story of Sinuhe, The (Egypt), 20 Stowe, Harriet Beecher, 694 Stranger, The (Camus), 903 Strasbourg, 431(b) Strategic Arms Limitation Treaty (SALT I),

937 Strategic Defense Initiative (SDI), 942 Strategos (general), 242 Strauss, Richard (1864–1949), 775 Stravinsky, Igor (1882–1971), 775 Strikes, 750

in Baku, 787 in Britain, 677 Civil Code of Napoleon and, 626–627 in English coal industry (1926), 823 in Europe, 678 government responses to, 751 in 1968, 934 in Russia, 787, 788

Structuralism, 927 Struggle of the orders (Rome), 142 Students, activism by, 931, 933, 934 Subjection of Women, The (Mill), 721 Subjectivism, 89

Submarines nuclear, 919 World War I warfare by, 804, 810

Sub-Saharan Africa, P-4, 802–803 Subsistence economy, in western Europe,

249–250 Suburbs, 894 Succession

to Charlemagne, 277–278 in Christian church, 184 in Germany, 323 to Henry II (England), 340 to Muhammad, 237

Sudan, 969 Sudetenland, 861 Suetonius (Rome, c. 70–130), 156, 157, 275 Suez Canal, 692, 712, 733, 733(m), 756, 801,

844 crisis over (1956), 899–900

Suffrage. See also Voting and voting rights in Britain, 677 in France, 680 male, 649, 677, 754 woman, 721, 764, 777–778, 822

Suffragists, World War I and, 825 Al-Sufi (10th century), 271(i) Sugar and sugar industry, 520

in Caribbean region, 470, 526(i) slavery in, 425, 508 as standard food item, 525–526

Suger (abbot of Saint-Denis, 1081–1152), 322, 333–334

Sukarno, Achmed (1901–1970), 901 Suleiman I (the Magnificent) (Sultan,

r. 1520–1566), 443–444, 444(i) Sulla, Lucius Cornelius (c. 138–78 B.C.E.),

153–155 Sumer and Sumerians, 5, 7–11, 13. See also

Mesopotamia Summa, 367–368 Summa Theologiae (Thomas Aquinas), 368 Sun Also Rises, The (Hemingway), 826 Sunday school movement, 667–668 Sunna, 237 Sunni Muslims, 237, 270, 311 Sun Yat-Sen (China, 1866–1925), 788 Superpowers. See also Soviet Union; United

States balance of power and, 936–942 cold war and, 912(m), 927–936 German occupation and, 886–888 glasnost, perestroika, and, 944 order after 1968 and, 935–936 World War II and, 883, 888(m)

Supersonic aircraft, 922 Supply-side theories, 940 Supranational organizations, 965 Supranational policy, in Europe, 961 Sura, in Qur’an, 234, 235(i) Suriname, slaves in, 525(i) Survival of the fittest, 719 Susa, palace in, 73(i) Sutri, Synod of (1046), 303 Suttner, Bertha von (1843–1914), 777 Suu Kyi, Aung San, 978 Suzdal, 346 Swabia, 375 Sweden, 464, 881

armed forces in 17th century, 493(b) birthrate in, 766 Congress of Vienna and, 638

I - 4 8 I n d e x Spanish-American War–Sweden

Great Northern War and, 542–543, 543(m) income tax in, 708–709 industrialization in, 729 Ivan IV and, 460 migration from, 743 in 1930s, 852–853 Peace of Westphalia and, 463 service-sector employees in, 923 social welfare in, 942 in Thirty Years’ War, 461, 462 university students in, 924

Swiss Confederation, 411(m), 411–412, 463 Switzerland, 278 Syllabus of Errors, The, 719 Symmachus (Rome, c. 340–402), 205 Synagogues. See also Temples

in Palestine, 206 in Worms, 297(i), 313

Syncretism, 205(i) Syndicalists, 777 Synod of Whitby, 253–254, 255 Synods

in Spain, 255 of Sutri (1046), 303

Syracuse, 49, 70, 73, 98–99 Syria, P-8

Fatimids in, 270 Greeks and, 49 Israel and, 937 Muslims in, 236–237 Persia and, 191, 240 Tell Abu Hureyra in, P-12–P-13

Syriac language, 222 System of Positive Politics . . . . (Comte), 720 Széchenyi, Stephen (1791–1860), 675, 682, 684

Taaffe, Edouard von (1833–1895), 756 Tabula rasa (blank slate), 505 Tacitus (c. 56–120), 179

on Augustus, 167 Robespierre and, 600 on Roman emperors, 175

Tahiti, 670 Taifas (principality), 270, 272(b), 305 Taiping (“Heavenly Kingdom” movement),

712 Taiwan, 857(m), 858(b), 973 Tajikistan, 956 Taliban, 970, 971 Talleyrand, Charles Maurice de

(1754–1838), 637 Talmuds, Babylonian, 207 Tanzania, World War I and, 802 Tapestry, 486 Tariffs, 730

internal, 630–631 in 17th century France, 490

Tarqinia, 141(i) Tartuffe (Molière), 487 Tatars, demonstrations by, 787 Taxation

business and, 977 of clergy, 377–378 Danegeld and, 280 in eastern Roman Empire, 223, 224 in Egypt, 20 in England, 321, 498 in Florence, 413–414 in 14th century, 396, 410 in France, 322, 396, 411, 464, 485, 491,

591–592, 595, 679

medieval collection of, 299(i) under Napoleon, 631 of papal property, 256 of peasants, 468, 568 in Persian Empire, 38 recording of information on, 11 reforms in, 576 revolts against, 464 in Rome, 166, 177, 200 in Spain, 459 in Sweden, 708–709 in United States, 941–942

Taylor, Frederick (1856–1915), 825, 832 Tea Act (Britain, 1773), 582 Team sports, 742(i), 743 Technocrats, 892 Technology. See also Science

arts and, 664 bronze in Egypt, 21 in Crimean War, 693 global, 952 global economy and, 975–977 industrial change and, 745–746 industrialization and, 654–655 of iron metallurgy, 43 Luddites and, 656 maritime, 421 medieval economy and, 249–250 in Mesopotamia, 9 military, 35, 127 music and, 926 in 1960s, 916–921 Paleolithic, P-6–P-8 printing, 426–427 protests against, 931 in Soviet Union, 943 space, 896, 919 status and, 6 Western imperialism and, 736 World War I and, 765(i), 803, 806, 831 World War II and, 891

Technopoles, in Soviet Union, 928 “Teddy boys” (England), 905 Teenagers, in 1960s, 925 Teheran, U.S. embassy hostages in, 939 Telegraph, 731 Telephone, 731(i) Telescope, 475 Television, 908, 916–917, 978

in 1960s, 925 Spanish-language, 980

Tell Abu Hureyra, P-12–P-13 Tell el-Amarna, Egypt, 22 Temperance movement, 668 Temples. See also Synagogues

in Egypt, 21, 23 Jewish, in Jerusalem, 41, 129, 182 Neo-Assyrian, 36 ziggurats as, 8

Tenant farmers, 247 Hellenistic, 119 in Rome, 200

Ten Commandments, 40 Ten Days That Shook the World (movie), 828 “Tennis court oath,” 592 Tennyson, Alfred, Lord (1809–1892), 669 Tenochtitlán (Mexico City), 426 Tereshkova, Valentina (1937–), 918, 918(i) Terror (France), 600–607 Terrorism

French Revolution and, 588

as global issue, 952 in Middle East and North Africa, 971 Muslim, 960(i) in Nazi Germany, 848–849 Palestinian suicide bombers, 970–971 in Russia, 757, 758 on September 11, 2001, 970(i), 971–972 in Spain, 972(i) at U.S. embassy in Iran, 939 in West Germany, 939, 942 World War I and, 777

Tertiaries, 363 Tertullian (Christian leader, c. 160–240),

183, 186(b) Test Act (England, 1673), 503 Test-ban treaty, 910–911 Test-tube babies, 921(i) Tet Offensive, 933 Tetradia, 252 Tetrarchy, 198, 204(i) Tetzel, Johann (c. 1465–1519), 429 Texas, 705 Textile industry, 465–466, 727

in Britain, 631, 658–659, 660–661 in France, 592 in India, 526, 711–712 industrialization of, 655–656

Thales (Miletus, c. 625–545 B.C.E.), 65 Thalidomide, impact on children, 920(i) Thatcher, Margaret (1925–), 940(i),

940–941, 941(b) Theaters, 471–472, 512–513. See also Drama

Greek drama and, 92–96, 94(i), 95(m) Louis XIV and, 487–488

Thebes, 21, 104, 110, 112 Themes (military districts), 242, 262 Themistocles (Athens, c. 528–462 B.C.E.), 71,

72, 73, 74, 76(i), 77 Theocracy, Islamic, 967 Theocritus (c. 300–260 B.C.E.), 121 Theodora (eastern Roman Empire,

500–548), 221, 222, 223, 223(i) Theodore (Archbishop, r. 669–690), 254 Theodore (Pope, r. 642–649), 257(i) Theodoric (Ostrogoths, r. 493–526), 217, 219 Theodosius I (Rome, r. 379–395), 195, 196,

205–206, 216 Theogony (Hesiod), 46–47 Theology

of Arian Christianity, 209–210 of Augustine of Hippo, 208, 211–212 Christian, 205, 211 classical rhetoric and, 226 in eastern Roman Empire, 222 Hellenistic, 129 of Islam, 235–236 of Justinian, 225 medieval, 329 schools of, 329

Theory of Harmony (Schoenberg), 776 Thera (polis), 52(b) Thermidorian Reaction, 606–607 Thermopylae, battle at, 73 Theseus (legendary founder of Athens), 213 Third Council of Toledo, 255 Third Crusade, 340, 351 Third Estate (general populace), 593, 593(i) Third International, 813 Third Lateran Council, 367 Third Punic War (149–146 B.C.E.), 148 Third Reich (Germany), 849, 871

I n d e x I - 4 9Sweden–Third Reich

Third Republic (France), 753–754 Third world, 880 Thirty-Nine Articles of Religion, 458 Thirty Tyrants, 99, 106 Thirty Years’ War (1618–1648), 460–463,

461(i), 462(b), 463(m), 479 defenestration of Prague, 450(i) economic crisis after, 465–471 Peace of Westphalia and, 463–465 as religious conflict, 451–452

Tholos tombs, 27 Thomas Aquinas (Saint, c. 1225–1274), 368,

397 Thomas of Monmouth, blood libel and, 366 Thornton, Alice, 469 Thoth (god), 2(i), 3–4 Thrace, 195, 356(m) Three Emperors’ League, 755, 756 Three-field system, 279 Three Guineas (Woolf ), 855 “Three Principles of the People” (Sun

Yat-Sen), 788 Thucydides of Athens (historian, c. 455–399

B.C.E.), 75, 92 Funeral Oration of Pericles, 84(b) on Peloponnesian War, 96, 98(f )

Thysdrus, Tunisia, 179(i) Tiananmen Square, riots in, 945, 977 Tiberius (Rome, r. 14–37), 166(i), 174,

177, 181 Tiberius Gracchus. See Gracchus family Tigris River region, P-8, 7 Tilak, B. G. (1856–1920), 788 Tilsit, Treaties of, 629–630 Timbuktu, Islamic trade with, 271 Time, and Mesopotamian division of hours,

minutes, and degrees, 15 Time of Troubles, 460 Tin, 43 Tinguely, Jean, 926 Tithe, 468 Tito (Josip Broz) (1892–1980), 886 Titus (Rome, r. 79–81 C.E.), 175, 182 Tlaxcala, New Spain, 419 Tobacco, 470, 526 Tocqueville, Alexis de (1805–1859),

659–660, 679–680, 681(b) Tokyo

rebuilding of, 738 World War II and, 864, 873

Toledo, Third Council of, 255 Toleration Act (England, 1689), 504 Tolstoy, Leo (1828–1910), 690, 757 Tolstoya, Tatyana, Gorbachev criticized by,

943 Tombs. See Burials To Myself (Meditations) (Marcus Aurelius),

188 Tonkin, 737 Tools

handaxe as, P-2(i) iron, 43–44, 301 Paleolithic, P-6

Torah, 40, 42 Tordesillas, Treaty of (1494), 423 Tories (England), 503–504, 703 Torture, 474, 560, 577 Totalitarianism, 845(b)

in Europe, 844–852 French Revolution and, 588, 590(b), 601

Total war, World War I and, 800, 821–822

To the Nobility of the German Nation (Luther), 430

Touraine, France and, 341 Tour de France, 743 Tourism, 977, 978(i) Tours, in c. 600, 248(m) Toussaint L’Ouverture, François Dominique

(1743–1803), 614(i), 615 Towns. See Cities and towns; Urban areas;

Villages; specific locations Toxic waste, 966 Trade. See also Commerce; Free trade

in ancient civilizations, 4 Assyrian, 14 Athenian, 77 Atlantic system of, 520 in Austria-Hungary, 756 Byzantine, 264 Carolingian, 278–279 with China, 380 competition in, 469 consumer revolution and, 528 Continental System of, 631 in crusader states, 317 deficits in, 730 Dutch and, 426, 457–458 in England, 853 in 15th century, 420 in France, 692 in Germany, 928 global, 952 in Great Depression, 841 Greek, 34, 43–44, 47–51 in India, 9 with Japan, 712 long-distance, P-6, 7 markets and, 296–297 medieval, 250, 298(m), 299 Neolithic, P-12–P-13 Paleolithic, P-6 patterns of European, c. 1740, 522(m) Roman, 140, 177, 192(m) in Sumer, 8 World War I and, 820–821

Trade unions. See also Labor unions in Britain, 677 in Europe, 678

Trafalgar, battle of (1805), 629 Tragedy, Greek, 92–95 Trajan (Rome, r. 98–117 C.E.), 175, 176(m),

179 Translations, 330. See also Bible Transnationalism, 961–964, 979 Transplants, organ, 920 Transportation. See also Canals; Mass

transport; specific types of food, 731 urban in 19th century, 728(i) World War I and, 803

Trans-Siberian Railroad, 729, 737, 786 Transvaal, 785 Transylvania, 683(i) Trapnel, Anna, 500 Trasformismo policy (Italy), 779 Travel, 47–48, 520, 549 Travels in Icaria (Cabet), 676 Travels of Marco Polo, The (Marco Polo),

421 Treaties. See also specific treaties

after battle of Kadeseh, 25 Grotius and, 474

nuclear test-ban, 910–911 World War I and, 816–818

Trench warfare, World War I and, 803, 805, 805(i), 806

Trial, The (Kafka), 831 Trials

of Bolsheviks, 846 of Nazis, 888, 889

Tribal Assembly (Rome), 143–144 Tribes. See also specific groups

Hebrew, 41 Islamic ummah as, 236 non-Roman, 215 Viking, 267

Tribunes (Rome) Augustus and, 165–166 Gaius Gracchus as, 152–153 Tiberius Gracchus as, 152

Tributes, Danegeld as, 280 Tricolor (French flag), 603, 753 Triennial Act (Great Britain, 1694), 539 Trier, as Roman capital, 198 Trietschke, Heinrich von, 795(b) Trinity, Christian, 209–210 Triple Alliance, 756, 790, 800 Triremes (warships), 74, 75(i) Tristan, Flora (1801–1844), 676 Triumvirate (Rome)

First, 158 Second, 165

Trivium, 328–329 Trojan War, 27, 29, 33, 44, 46 Troops. See Armed forces; Military; Soldiers Trotsky, Leon (1879–1940), 813, 833 Troubadours, 347–348, 348(i) Trousers, 624(i) Trouvères (singers), 348 Trowel (Oldenberg), 926(i) Troy, 27 Truce of God, 287, 311 Truce of Nice (1538), 443(i) Truman, Harry S. (1884–1972), 872(m),

874, 884, 886 Truman Doctrine, 884–886 Trusts (business), 730 Truth (Protagoras), 89 Tsars (Russia). See also specific individuals

as absolutists, 496 Tsushima Straits, battle of, 786 Tuberculosis, 663, 894 Tuileries palace, 598–599 Tullia (Rome, c. 79–45 B.C.E.), 137 Tunis. See Carthage Tunisia

France and, 733 independence for, 901

Turgenev, Ivan (1818–1883), 694, 716 Turgot, Jacques (1727–1781), 578, 579 Turkey, P-4n, P-8, 48(m). See also Anatolia;

Ottoman Empire in cold war, 884–886 Crimean War and, 692–694 EU and, 961–962, 976–977(b) immigrants to Europe from, 902 Kemal Atatürk in, 843–844 Mycenaeans and, 27 Neolithic settlements in, P-11 as republic, 843–844 Russian war with, 756 Sea Peoples and, 29 in West, 5

I - 5 0 I n d e x Third Republic–Turkey

World War II and, 861 Young Turks and, 789–790

Turks, in Constantinople (1453), 218 Turner, Joseph M. W. (1775–1851), 641, 665,

665(i) Tustari brothers (merchants), 270–271 Tutankhamun (Egypt, r. 1355–1346 B.C.E.), 22 Twelve Tables (Rome), 142 2001: A Space Odyssey (movie), 918–919, 935 Two-field system, 279 “Two Islands, The” (Hugo), 635(b) Two Treatises of Government (Locke), 505 Tychê (god), 127 Tyndale, William (1495–1536), 437 Tyrants and tyranny

in Athens, 63 in Corinth, 57 in Greece, 54

Tyre, 113 Tz’u-hsi (Empress) (Cixi, China,

1835–1908), 788

Ubayd Allah (Fatimids, d. 934), 270 U-boats. See Submarines Ukraine

in CIS, 957(m) Cossacks in, 497 fertility rate in, 968 Kiev and, 267 under Poland-Lithuania, 460 Russia and, 961

Ulster, 824, 824(m), 939(i) Ultra group, 863 Ultras (French ultraroyalists), 639 Ulysses (Joyce), 831 Umayyads, 235(i), 236(m), 262

caliphate of, 237 coin of, 239(b), 239(i) poetry of, 238 in Spain, 270

Ummah, 234, 236 UN. See United Nations (UN) Unam Sanctam (papal bull, 1302), 378 Unbearable Lightness of Being, The

(Kundera), 935–936 Uncertainty (indeterminacy) principle, 856 Uncle Tom’s Cabin (Stowe), 694 Underclass, in geniza documents, 318 Underground economy, in Russia, 958 Unemployment

assistance in England, 778 in 1848, 678 in former Soviet Union, 958, 958(i) in Germany, 849 in Great Depression, 842, 842(b) in prerevolutionary France, 592 World War I and, 822

Unification. See also Berlin; Berlin Wall; Germany

of Egypt, 16 of Europe, 953 of Germany, 689, 699–702, 700(m) of Italy, 689, 696–698, 698(m)

Union of Indochina, 737–738, 738(m) Union of Soviet Socialist Republics (USSR).

See Soviet Union Union of Soviet Writers, 847 Unions. See Labor unions United Nations (UN), 874, 880, 891

Bosnia and, 954 former Yugoslavia and, 954, 955(m)

Korean War and, 898 in Kosovo, 954–955 newly independent nations in, 901 Palestine partition and, 899

United States American Revolution and, 581–583 arms race and, 887 civil rights in, 904, 931 Civil War in, 696, 705 in cold war, 883–886 cultural dominance by, 980 debt of, 973 détente policy and, 937 dominance by, 952 economic theories in, 940 economy in, 824–825 vs. Europe, 952 expansion of, 705, 706(m) foreign policy of, 936–939 German occupation by, 886 Great Depression in, 852 industrialization of, 729 interventionism of, 884 McCarthy in, 890 migrants to, 746(f ) nation building in, 705 pollution from, 967 under Reagan, 941–942 September 11, 2001, attacks on, 970(i),

971–972 service-sector employees in, 923 slavery in, 670 social disorder in, 928–934 social protests and, 927 in Spanish-American War, 785 stock market collapse in (1929), 839–840 as superpower, 883 temperance societies in, 668 Watergate scandal in, 937 welfare state in, 894(i) World War I and, 820 World War II and, 864, 880–881

United States of Belgium, 590 Universal Exhibition (Manet), 717 Universal Exposition (Paris, 1889), 727 Universe. See also Astronomy

big bang theory of, 919 Universities. See also Education; Higher

education Enlightenment and, 558 Great Awakening and, 566 growth in 1960s, 924 in Middle Ages, 328–332 need for reform in, 571 resurgence of, 612 student activism in, 931 women in, 332

Upper classes. See also Aristocracy; Classes; Elites; Lords

families in, 742 Roman women in, 137 in Russia, 696 seclusion of women in, 527

Upper Egypt, 16 Ur (city), 9, 39

ziggurat of, 8 Ur III dynasty, 13 Uranium, 772 Urban II (Pope, r. 1088–1099), 312–313,

314(b) Urban VI (Pope, r. 1378–1389), 398

Urban areas, 529, 653. See also Cities and towns; specific locations

in Athenian Golden Age, 77–80 in Byzantine Empire, 240–242 crime in, 663 education in, 709–710 in Enlightenment, 568 Hellenistic, 117–118 industrialization and, 659, 661–662 in Italy, 287 migration to, 659, 662 in 19th century, 726 refurbishing, 706–707 riots in United States, 931 social life in, 531–534 uncertainties in, 678–679 World War I and, 765, 765(i) World War II and, 894

Urbanization, 661–663, 744 Crystal Palace as view of, 685 in Dutch Republic, 507 in eastern Europe, 895 ideologies and, 671 in literature, 665–666 population change and, 766 romanticism and, 664–667

Ur-Nammu (Ur), 9(i) Uruk, Mesopotamia, 11–12 USSR. See Soviet Union Usury, 300, 363(i), 365 Uthman (Umayyad, r. 644–656), 237 Utilitarianism, 674 Utnapishtim (Mesopotamia), 12 Utopia, communist, 831 Utopia (More), 429 Utopianism, 590(b) Utrecht, Peace of (1713–1714), 537(m), 538,

544 Uzbekistan, Alexander the Great in, 113

Vaccines, 894 Václav (Bohemia, r. 920–929), 291 Valdemar I (Denmark, r. 1157–1182),

353–354 Valens (Rome, r. 364–378), 195, 216 Valerian (Rome, r. 253–260 C.E.), 191 Valerius Flaccus, 401 Vallain, Jeanne-Louise, 602(i) Valois dynasty (France), 442(m), 442–443,

445, 453 Values

humane, 904 modern, 981–982 in Rome, 134–136, 143, 155 Spartan, 59–60 “Western,” 903–905

Vandals, 217 Van de Velde, Theodor, 826 Van Eyck, Jan (1390–1441), 406, 408(i) Van Gogh, Theo, 976 Van Gogh, Vincent (1853–1890), 749–750 Varro, 401 Vasari, Giorgio (1511–1574), 402(b) Vassals, 282–283, 289, 290–291, 345–346 Vatican, Mussolini and, 833 Vatican II, 903, 927 Vega, Lope de la, 472 Velázquez, Diego (1465–1524), 464(i) Velvet revolution, in Czechoslovakia, 946–947 Vendée Rebellion (1793), 604(m), 604–605 Venereal disease, prostitution and, 709

I n d e x I - 5 1Turkey–Venereal disease

Venetia, 697, 698 Venice

Fourth Crusade and, 351–352 in late 17th century, 516(m) as major power, 408, 412 Piazza San Marco in, 413(i) Renaissance arts in, 412 Spain and, 455

Venne, Adriaen Pietersz van de, 468(i) Ventris, Michael, 28 Venus figurines, P-7, P-7(i) Verdi, Giuseppe, 688(i), 689, 712 Verdun

battle at, 804, 805 Treaty of (843), 275, 278, 289

Vernacular languages in England, 254–255, 288 high culture in, 346–349 medieval literature in, 369 in Middle Ages, 328

Versailles, 482(i), 483, 488(i), 488–489 Estates General at, 592 German Empire proclaimed at, 701 march to, 587

Versailles Treaty, 817–818 Vesalius, Andreas (1514–1564), 476 Vespasian (Rome, r. 69–79), 169, 175 Vespucci, Amerigo (1454–1512), 423 Vesta (goddess), 138 Vestal Virgins (Rome), 138 Vesuvius, eruption of (79 C.E.), 151(i), 175 Veterans, World War I and, 821, 822, 825 Vichy France, 863 Victor Emmanuel II (Italy, r. 1861–1878),

689, 696, 697, 698(m) Victor Emmanuel III (Italy, r. 1900–1946),

833 Victoria (England, r. 1837–1901), 684,

703–705, 704(b), 704(i), 711 Victorian epoch, 669–670, 703–705 Vidal, Peire (troubadour poet), 348(i) Video recorders, 917 Vienna, 702, 706, 707(i)

growth of, 662 housing in, 826(i) Ottoman siege of, 443, 444(i), 495, 495(i) uprising of 1848 in, 683

Vietcong, 930 Viet Minh, 898 Vietnam, 737. See also Indochina;

Vietnam War in cold war, 898–899 division of, 930 France and, 712 World War I workers from, 809

Vietnam War (1954–1975), 930, 930(m) peace and, 936 protests against, 931 Tet Offensive in, 933

Vigée-Lebrun, Marie-Louise-Elizabeth (1755–1842), 570, 591(i)

Vigilius (Pope), 225 Vikings, 278–279

in England, 288 invasions by, 279–280 Kievan Russia and, 267 9th and 10th century invasions by, 281(m) picture stones of, 280(i)

Villages Çatalhöyük, Turkey, as, P-10–P-11 Jericho as, P-10, P-11(i)

loyalties and obligations in, 285 medieval, 248, 284–285 Neolithic farming, P-10–P-14, 7

Villani, Matteo (d. c. 1363), 390–391 Villeneuve Saint-Georges (manor), 279 Violence. See also Wars and warfare

Fanon’s analyses of, 904 peace of God movement against, 287

Vipsania (Rome), 174 Virgil (70–19 B.C.E.), 172, 176, 179, 275 Virginia, African slaves in, 466 Virgin Mary

Chartres Cathedral and, 327 Cistercian churches and, 310

Virgin of Chancellor Rolin, The (Van Eyck), 406, 408(i)

Virtue Socrates on, 91 Stoic, 125

Virtus, in Rome, 134–135 Viruses, P-10, 969 Visigoths, 195, 216–217, 219–220, 255 Visual arts. See also Art(s)

in 1960s, 925–926 Vives, Juan Luis (1492–1540), 438 Vivian Bible, 278(i) Viziers, Islamic, 272 Vladimir (Kiev, r. c. 980–1015), 267 Vladislav Jagiello (Bohemia, r. 1471–1516),

409 Voice of America, 909 Volksgemeinschaft, in Germany, 848, 849 Volkswagen, 922 Voltaire (François-Marie Arouet)

(1694–1778), 548(b), 548–549, 558 Catherine II and, 555 criticism of torture by, 560 persecution of, 564

Voting and voting rights. See also Suffrage in Athens, 76 in Britain, 649 in England, 752–753 in France, 680 mass politics and, 750 for men, 754 in 19th century, 715–716 in Roman assemblies, 144 for women, 721, 777–778

Vranitsky, Franz, 942 Vsevolod III (Russia, r. 1176–1212), 346

Wages controls in Roman Empire, 200, 201(b) by gender, 923 of industrial workers, 678 for women, 732

Wagner, Richard (1813–1883), 717–718 Wajda, Andrzej, 906 Walachia, 693 Waldensians, 351 Waldo (12th century), 351 Wales, 217 Walesa, Lech (1943–), 945 Walker, Robert, 502(i) Walled cities

in Italy, 287 medieval, 299 Roman, 189

Wallenberg, Raoul (1912–1947), 870 Wallenstein, Albrecht von (1583–1634), 461 Wall painting, from Knossos, 25(i)

Walpole, Robert (1676–1745), 539(i), 539–540

Walter, Jakob (1788–1864), 633(b) Wanamaker, John (1838–1922), 732 Wanderer about the Sea of Fog (Friedrich),

643 War and Peace (Tolstoy), 757 War communism, in Russia, 831, 832 War crimes, in World War II, 888–889 War guilt clause, 818 Warhol, Andy (1928–1987), 926 Warinus (abbot, St. Arnulf of Metz), 304(i) War of Independence (United States). See

American War of Independence War of Italian Unification, 692 War of the Spanish Succession (1701–1713),

536–538 Warriors. See also Armed forces; Soldiers

Greek and Persian, 68(i) Huns as, 215 lords as, 282 Merovingian aristocrats as, 250–251 Mycenaean, 27 pharaohs as, 21 prohibitions on fighting by, 287 in Sparta, 59

Wars and warfare. See also Armed forces; Fortifications; Mercenaries; specific battles and wars

absolutism and, 491 of Charlemagne, 273–274 in 14th century, 395–396 Great Famine and, 382 holy, 311 of liberation, 607 medieval warriors and, 285–286 nation building and, 696–705 Neolithic origins of, P-10 of non-Roman peoples, 215 pacifism and, 777 for political control, 573–576 shifting reasons for, 464

Warsaw, duchy of, 638 Warsaw Ghetto, 866(i) Warsaw Pact, 887, 888(m) Washington, George (1732–1799), 582 Washington Conference (1921), 821, 824 “Waste Land, The” (Eliot), 830 Waste materials, recycling of, 967 Watergate scandal, 937 Waterloo, battle at (1815), 634 Water supplies, in cities, 707–708 Waterways. See also Rivers

canals, 302, 656, 663 medieval commerce and, 299

Watson, James, 906 Watt, James (1736–1819), 655 Watteau, Antoine (1684–1721), 534–535 Wat Tyler’s Rebellion (1381), 396, 398(b),

400 Wealth

distribution of, 822 in global cities, 964 health care and, 969 in Hellenistic world, 117–118, 120 from imperialism, 740–742 of Knights Templar, 317 of medieval women, 284(f ) from New World plantations, 521 of nobility, 567–568 Smith, Adam, on, 561

I - 5 2 I n d e x Venetia–Wealth

Weapons. See also Arms race; Nuclear weapons; Technology

African imperialism and, 736 for Bosnian Muslims, 954 bronze, 12–13 Cuban missile crisis and, 910, 911(m) Greek, 54 Hellenistic, 117 Hittite, 25 of warriors, 285 World War I and, 792–793, 803, 804 World War II and, 863, 868(f )

Weber, Max (1864–1920), 772 Weddings, 56–57, 307–308 Wedgwood, Josiah (1730–1795), 569 Weimar Republic, 815–816, 823, 834, 847 Welfare. See Social welfare Welfare state, 893–894, 894(i), 928

in Austria, 942 in Britain, 941 television programming and, 917 in United States, 852

Wellington, Arthur Wellesley (Duke of, 1769–1852), 634, 648

Wells, H. G. (1866–1946), 763, 805 Wergild, 219–220 Werner, Anton von, 699(i) Wesley, John (1703–1791), 566–567, 639, 640 Wessex, 288

Alfred the Great in, 287–288 West Africa

decolonization in, 900 Portuguese exploration of, 420–421 slave trade and, 521, 523 Treaty of Tordesillas and, 423

West Bank, 937 Western civilization. See also Western world

defining, 4–6 location of ancient, 6–16

Western Europe after Carolingians, 282–291 and eastern Roman Empire (600), 228(m) economic rebirth of, 891 governments in, 336–346 kingdoms in, 245–257 medieval economy in, 248–250 money economy in, 295–296 Russia and, 267 social order in, 927–928 uniting by Charlemagne, 275(m) western Roman Empire as, 231 and world (c. 1890), 760 (map) World War I and, 823–824

Western front, World War I and, 804, 804(m)

Westernization of Russia, 540–541 of Turkey, 843–844

Westernizers (Russia), 672–673 Western Roman Empire, 194(i), 196–197,

198–200, 199(m), 220(m). See also Eastern Roman Empire; Roman Empire

separation from eastern empire, 225–226 transformation of, 217 as western Europe, 231

Western world. See also World War I; World War II

civilizations in, 4 cultural transformation in, 219–221 culture from beyond, 978–979 economies in, 939

Europe as, 5 fragmentation of, 964–965 global migration and, 974–975 Great Depression beyond, 843–844 illnesses in, 969 vs. Islam, 969–973 Japanese expansionism and, 857–858 Mongol impact on, 380 Nazi invasions and, 861 new imperialism and, 726–727 non-Roman kingdoms in, 214–221 non-Western control by, 710–713 nuclear power in, 919 postindustrial work life in, 922–923, 924 religion and, 324(m), 927 rivalry to, 952

West Germany, 887, 887(m), 888(m) economy of, 891 former fascists and Nazis in, 889 Green Party in, 966 inflation in, 942 policy changes in, 928 postwar culture of, 906 postwar politics in, 890 terrorism in, 939, 942 university students in, 924 welfare state and, 893–894 women’s movement in, 931

West Indies, 421, 575, 575(m) Westphalia, Peace of (1648), 463(m),

463–465, 544 What Is Property? (Proudhon), 676 What Is the Third Estate? (Sieyès), 592 When She Approached (Ibn Darraj

al-Quastali), 272(b) Whigs (England), 503–504, 539, 703 Whitby, Synod of, 253–254, 255 White-collar service workers, 922–923 Whitefield, George (1714–1770), 567(i), 640 White Mountain, battle of, 461 Whites

civil rights movement and, 904, 928–930 Darwin on, 720

Whites (faction), in Russia, 812, 813 White slave trade, 752 Why God Became Man (Anse), 311, 321 Wilde, Oscar (1854–1900), 768, 768(i) Wild One, The (movie), 905 Wilkes, John (1727–1797), 580, 581 William (Franks, 9th century), 261, 278 William I (the Conqueror) (England,

1027–1087), 319–320, 321(i) William I (Prussia and Germany,

r. 1861–1888), 699, 699(i), 755 William I of Orange (the Silent)

(1533–1584), 453, 456, 457 William II (Germany, r. 1888–1918),

758–759, 768, 771(i), 776, 790, 792 flight from Germany, 814 World War I and, 804, 806

William III (Prince of Orange and king of England and Scotland, r. 1689–1702), 504, 536, 538, 539

William IX of Aquitaine (1071–1126), 347 William of Champeaux, 330 Williamson, Jeffrey G., 661(b) Wilson, Woodrow (1856–1924), 790,

804, 816 Fourteen Points, 810, 816, 818(b) League of Nations and, 818–820

Winchester, England, housing in, 298–299

Windischgrätz, Alfred von (1787–1862), 683 Wind power, 967 Wireless technology, 828 Wisdom literature, 20, 37, 42 Witches and witchcraft, 478(i), 478–479 Wittenberg, 429, 430 Wives, Hammurabi on, 14 Wladyslaw II Jagiello (Lithuania-Poland,

r. 1377–1434), 409–410 Wolf, Christa, 928 “Wolf-Man” (Freud’s patient), 763, 764 Wollaston, John, 567(i) Wollstonecraft, Mary (1759–1797), 619 Wolsey, Thomas (c. 1475–1530), 434 Woman suffrage, 721, 764, 777–778

in Finland, 778, 778(i) World War I and, 822

Women. See also Feminism; Gender; Girls; Woman suffrage; Women’s rights

activism of, 931 in aristocracy, 286 Aristotle on, 109 in arts, 749 Assyrian, 36 in Athens, 77, 81, 105 as authors, 11, 513, 549–550 Beauvoir and, 904 birth control and, 766 black, 932 charitable work of, 668 in Chartist movement, 677 Christian, 182, 184–185, 208 Civil Code of Napoleon and, 626 colleges for, 710 as composers, 11 in dangerous trades, 747 domesticity and, 668–669, 731 in domestic service, 468, 532 earnings of, 923 in eastern Roman Empire, 222 education for, 332 in Egypt, 20, 21 in elite classes, 741–742 emigration of, 513–514 in England, 703 Enlightenment and, 562–563(b) as factory workers, 660–661 feminist debates and, 932–933(b) in France, 679, 680(i), 854 in Frankish kingdoms, 248 in French Revolution, 586(i), 587,

595–596, 604, 605 Freud on, 770 Gouges on rights of, 596 in Great Depression, 842 in Greece, 44(i), 47, 56–57, 81, 82–85, 105(i) in Greek comedies, 96 Hebrew, 40–41 in Hellenistic world, 119–120, 121, 122(b) as hetaira (companions), 83–84 Hittite, 24 homosexual activity between, 225 as immigrants, 527 in Islam, 236 in Italy, 834 in labor organizations, 751 literature and, 535, 571, 666 living standards of, 973 marriage and, 84–85(b), 767 mass politics and, 750 medieval peasant, 279

I n d e x I - 5 3Weapons–Women

Women (Continued) in Merovingian society, 251–252 modern, 766(b) in Nazi Germany, 849 in Near East, P-15 Neolithic agriculture and, P-9 of non-Roman peoples, 215 Paleolithic, P-5, P-6 in Paris Commune, 714–715, 715(i) patrilineal inheritance and, 286 piety of, 363–364 positivism and, 720–721 in postwar Berlin, 890(i) in postwar society, 907–908 as Protestant leaders, 500 protests by, 750–751 religion and, 214, 350, 719 rights of, 438 roles of, 664, 684 in Rome, 135–136, 137(i), 137–138, 180 in Russia, 541, 958 as salon hostesses, 513 science and, 536(i), 546 sexuality and, 572–573, 768 as slaves, 171 social etiquette and, 512–514 social welfare and, 894 Socrates and, 91 Soviet, 847, 883 in Sparta, 60 in Sumer, 9–10 upper-class, 283 wealth of, 44(i), 284(f ) witches and, 479 in workforce, 731–732, 825, 891, 907(f ),

907–908, 925 World War I and, 807(i), 807–808, 825,

827 World War II and, 866, 889

Women in Love (Lawrence), 826 Women’s movement, 931–933 Women’s Paradise (Zola), 747 Women’s rights, 596, 721, 777–778 Women’s Social and Political Union

(WSPU), 778 Wonders of the World, The, 120 Woolf, Virginia (1882–1941), 829, 831, 855 Wool industry, 300, 300(i) Woolley, Hannah, 513 Wordsworth, William (1770–1850), 615,

640–641, 642(b) Workday, 659, 661 Worker Opposition (Russia), 832 Workers. See also Labor

agricultural, 658 Civil Code of Napoleon and, 626–627 clandestine, 901 in Europe, 902 in factories, 658 foreign, 974 in former Soviet Union, 959, 959(i) in France, 854 industrial change and, 745–746 Italian Fascists and, 833 Marxism and, 713 medieval, 300 migration by, 743–745 in Nazi Germany, 847 in 19th century, 726–727, 750–752 non-Europeans as, 902 peasants as, 283–285

in political parties, 751–752 in postindustrial age, 922–924 as proletariat, 714 reforms for, 746–747 safety standards for, 973 in service industries, 922–923 solidarity among, 751–752 Soviet, 845 strikes by, 934 in textile industry, 656 uncertainties of urban, 678–679 World War I and, 815

Workforce in Germany, 901 in Great Depression, 841 outwork by, 745–746 Soviet, 883 in Sweden, 942 women in, 679, 731–732, 834, 891, 907(f ),

907–908, 925 World War I and, 807(i) World War II and, 866

Workhouses, 571–572, 668 Working class, 659

associations, 676 education of, 668 living standards of, 660–661(b) organization of, 676–678 socialist view of, 675 Sunday school movement and, 667–668 woman suffrage movement and, 777–778

Workplace dangers in, 747 safety in, 659(i)

Works and Days (Hesiod), 47 World

in new millennium, 983(m) North vs. South, 969

World Bank, 965, 969 World Court, Milosevic and, 955 World Trade Center, destruction of, 971 World Trade Organization, 965 Worldview

in Enlightenment, 560–564 mechanistic, 511 secular, 452

World War I (1914–1918) alliances in, 800 armistice in, 814–815 Balkan crises before, 791–792 battlefronts in, 803–806 cost of living in, 809(f ) ending of (1918), 814–815 Europe at outbreak of, 796(m) events leading to, 763–793, 790–794 fronts of (1914–1918), 802 home front in, 806–809 mass culture after, 827–834 medical technology and, 799 outbreak of, 793–794 participants in, 800–803 peace in, 815–821 politics after, 822–824 in Russia, 810 society after, 825–827 submarine warfare in, 804, 810

World War II, 862–875 in Africa, 869(m) in Europe, 862–863, 869(m) Europe after, 874–875, 876(m), 882(m) events leading to, 856–861

genocide in, 862 Holocaust during, 864–866 imperialism preceding, 856–859, 857(m) Jews and, 839 outbreak of, 840, 862 in Pacific region, 864, 871–873, 872(m) postwar settlement and, 873–875 resistance in, 868–871 societies in, 866–868 Spain as training ground for, 859–860 weapons in, 868(f )

Worms Concordat of (1122), 306n, 307, 323 Imperial Diet of (1521), 430 massacre of Jews in, 313 synagogue in, 297(i)

Wretched of the Earth, The (Fanon), 904 Writing

Canaanite, 15–16 cuneiform, 10, 11(f ), 18(f ) Egyptian, 17, 18(f ) historical, 92 Linear B, 28, 29, 42 medieval, 369 Rosetta stone and, 102(i) Sumerian invention of, 10–11

Writs, in England, 320 Wycliffe, John (c. 1330–1384), 399–400, 433 Wynfrith (Boniface) (680–754), 255

Xavier, Francis (Saint) (1506–1552), 440 Xenophanes of Colophon

(c. 570–c. 478 B.C.E.), 65 Xenophobia, 645 Xenophon (Athens, c. 430–355 B.C.E.), 60,

83–84, 88 Xerxes I (Persia, r. 486–465 B.C.E.), 72, 73 Xhosa people, 736

Yahweh (Hebrew deity), 39–40, 41, 42 Yalta meeting (1945), 874 Yataro, Iwasaki, 738 Year of the Four Emperors (Rome), 175 Yeats, William Butler (1866–1939), 779, 830 Yehud, 41 Yeltsin, Boris, 944, 956 Yevtushenko, Yevgeny (1933–), 928 Yom Kippur War (1973), 937 York, Christianity in, 253 Young Bosnians, 794(i) Young Ireland, 673 Young Italy, 672 Young Man Luther (Erikson), 770(b) Young people

activism by, 931 generation gap and, 905(b) in Nazi Germany, 847, 848(i), 849 postwar youth culture and, 906 World War I and, 826 World War II and, 895(i)

Young Plan (1929), 821 Young Turks, 789–790, 791 Ypsilanti, Alexander, 645 Yugoslavia, 816

breakup of, 948(m), 953–955, 955(i), 955(m), 964

after Communist revolution in, 886(m) resistance to Soviets in, 886 World War I and, 821, 822 World War II and, 874

Yukos Oil Company (Russia), 956

I - 5 4 I n d e x Women–Yukos Oil Company

Zachary (Pope, r. 741–752), 256, 273 Zadruga (Balkan family system), 767 Zakat (tax), 235 Zara (Dalmatia), 352 Zarathustra, 39 Zasulich, Vera, 757 Zell, Katharina, 438 Zell, Matthew (1477–1548), 438 Zemstvos (Russian councils), 695, 787 Zengi (Seljuk Turks, 12th century), 317

Zeno (eastern Roman emperor, r. 474–491), 217–219

Zeno (Greece, 333–262 B.C.E.), 104, 118 Zenobia (Payra, r. 269–272 C.E.), 191 Zero, Islamic introduction of, 271 Zeus (god), 46, 57, 138 Zhenotdel (Women’s Bureau, Russia), 832 Zhukov, Georgy (Marshal, 1896–1974), 896 Ziggurats, in Sumer, 8, 13 Zionism, 783, 881–882

Zographos, Panagiotis, 646(i) Zola, Émile (1840–1902), 747, 780 Zollverein (customs union), 672 Zones of occupation

in Germany, 874, 886–888, 887(m) World War II and, 882(m)

Zoroaster (Zarathustra), 39 Zulu people, 736 Zurich, reforms in, 432, 436 Zwingli, Huldrych (1484–1531), 432, 436

I n d e x I - 5 5Zachary–Zwingli

  • Cover Page
  • Half-Title Page
  • Copyright Page
  • Title Page
  • Preface
  • Brief Contents
  • Contents
  • Maps and Figures
  • Special Features
  • To the Student
  • Authors’ Note: The B.C.E./C.E. Dating System
  • About the Authors
  • Prologue: The Beginnings of Human Society, to c. 4000 B.C.E.
    • The Paleolithic Age, 200,000–10,000 B.C.E.
      • The Life of Hunter-Gatherers
      • Technology, Trade, Religion, and Hierarchy
    • The Neolithic Age, 10,000–4000 B.C.E.
      • The Neolithic Revolution
      • Neolithic Origins of Modern Life and War
      • Daily Life in the Neolithic Village of Çatalhöyük
      • Gender Inequality in the Neolithic Age
    • Conclusion
    • Chapter Review
    • NEW SOURCES, NEW PERSPECTIVES: Daily Bread, Damaged Bones, and Cracked Teeth
  • Chapter 14: Global Encounters and Religious Reforms, 1492–1560
    • Widening Horizons
      • Portuguese Exploration
      • The Voyages of Columbus
      • A New Era in Slavery
      • Conquering the New World
    • The Protestant Reformation
      • The Invention of Printing
      • Popular Piety and Christian Humanism
      • Martin Luther and the Holy Roman Empire
      • Huldrych Zwingli and John Calvin
      • The Anglican Church in England
    • Reshaping Society through Religion
      • Protestant Challenges to the Social Order
      • New Forms of Discipline
      • Catholic Renewal
    • A Struggle for Mastery
      • The High Renaissance Court
      • Dynastic Wars
      • Financing War
      • Divided Realms
    • Conclusion
    • Chapter Review
    • Document: Columbus Describes His First Voyage (1493)
    • Seeing history: Expanding Geographic Knowledge: World Maps in an Age of Exploration
    • Contrasting views: Martin Luther: Holy Man or Heretic?
    • Document: Ordinances for Calvinist Churches (1547)
  • Chapter 15: Wars of Religion and the Clash of Worldviews, 1560–1648
    • Religious Conflicts Threaten State Power, 1560–1618
      • French Wars of Religion, 1562–1598
      • Challenges to Spain’s Authority
      • Elizabeth I’s Defense of English Protestantism
      • The Clash of Faiths and Empires in Eastern Europe
    • The Thirty Years’War, 1618–1648
      • Origins and Course of the War
      • The Effects of Constant Fighting
      • The Peace of Westphalia, 1648
    • Economic Crisis and Realignment
      • From Growth to Recession
      • Consequences for Daily Life
      • The Economic Balance of Power
    • The Rise of Secular and Scientific Worldviews
      • The Arts in an Age of Crisis
      • The Natural Laws of Politics
      • The Scientific Revolution
      • Magic and Witch
    • Conclusion
    • Chapter Review
    • Document: The Horrors of the Thirty Years’ War
    • Taking measure: The Rise and Fall of Silver Imports to Spain, 1550–1660
    • New sources, New perspectives: Tree Rings and the Little Ice Age
    • Seeing history: Religious Differences in Painting of the Baroque Period: Rubens and Rembrandt
    • Document: Sentence Pronounced against Galileo (1633)
  • Chapter 16: State Building and the Search for Order, 1648–1690
    • Louis XIV: Absolutism and Its Limits
      • The Fronde, 1648–1653
      • Court Culture as an Element of Absolutism
      • Enforcing Religious Orthodoxy
      • Extending State Authority at Home and Abroad
    • Absolutism in Central and Eastern Europe
      • Brandenburg-Prussia:Militaristic Absolutism
      • An Uneasy Balance: Austrian Habsburgs and Ottoman Turks
      • Russia: Setting the Foundations of Bureaucratic Absolutism
      • Poland-Lithuania Overwhelmed
    • Constitutionalism in England
      • England Turned Upside Down, 1642–1660
      • The Glorious Revolution of 1688
      • Social Contract Theory: Hobbes and Locke
    • Outposts of Constitutionalism
      • The Dutch Republic
      • Freedom and Slavery in the New World
    • The Search for Order in Elite and Popular Culture
      • Freedom and Constraint in the Arts and Sciences
      • Women and Manners
      • Reforming Popular Culture
    • Conclusion
    • Chapter Review
    • Document: Marie de Sévigné, Letter Describing the French Court (1675)
    • Taking measure: The Seventeenth-Century Army
    • Contrasting views: The English Civil War
    • Document: John Milton, Defense of Freedom of the Press (1644
  • Chapter 17: The Atlantic System and Its Consequences, 1690–1740
    • The Atlantic System and the World Economy
      • Slavery and the Atlantic System
      • World Trade and Settlement
      • The Birth of Consumer Society
    • New Social and Cultural Patterns
      • Agricultural Revolution
      • Social Life in the Cities
      • New Tastes in the Arts
      • Religious Revivals
    • Consolidation of the European State System
      • French Ambitions Thwarted
      • British Rise and Dutch Decline
      • Russia’s Emergence as a European Power
      • The Power of Diplomacy and the Importance of Population
    • The Birth of the Enlightenment
      • Popularization of Science and Challenges to Religion
      • Travel Literature and the Challenge to Custom and Tradition
      • Raising the Woman Question
    • Conclusion
    • Chapter Review
    • New sources, New perspectives: Oral History and the Life of Slaves
    • Document: The Social Effects of Growing Consump
    • Taking measure: Relationship of Crop Harvested to Seed Used, 1400–1800
    • Terms of history: Progress
    • Document: Voltaire, Letters Concerning the English Nation (1733)
  • Chapter 18: The Promise of Enlightenment, 1740–1789
    • The Enlightenment at Its Height
      • Men and Women of the Republic of Letters
      • Conflicts with Church and State
      • The Individual and Society
      • Spreading the Enlightenment
      • The Limits of Reason: Roots of Romanticism and Religious Revival
    • Society and Culture in an Age of Enlightenment
      • The Nobility’s Reassertion of Privilege
      • The Middle Class and the Making of a New Elite
      • Life on the Margins
    • State Power in an Era of Reform
      • War and Diplomacy
      • State-Sponsored Reform
      • Limits of Reform
    • Rebellions against State Power
      • Food Riots and Peasant Uprisings
      • Public Opinion and Political Opposition
      • Revolution in North America
    • Conclusion
    • Chapter Review
    • Document: Denis Diderot, “Encyclopedia” (1755
    • Contrasting views: Women and the Enlightenment
    • Terms of history: Enlightenment
    • Taking measure: World Population Growth, 1700–1800
    • Document: Thomas Jefferson, Declaration of Independence (July 4, 1776)
  • Chapter 19: The Cataclysm of Revolution, 1789–1799
    • The Revolutionary Wave, 1787–1789
      • Protesters in the Low Countries and Poland
      • Origins of the French Revolution, 1787–1789
    • From Monarchy to Republic, 1789–1793
      • The Revolution of Rights and Reason
      • The End of Monarchy
    • Terror and Resistance
      • Robespierre and the Committee of Public Safety
      • The Republic of Virtue, 1793–1794
      • Resisting the Revolution
      • The Fall of Robespierre and the End of the Terror
    • Revolution on the March
      • Arms and Conquests
      • European Reactions to Revolutionary Change
      • Poland Extinguished, 1793–1795
      • Revolution in the Colonies
    • Conclusion
    • Chapter Review
    • Terms of history: Revolution
    • Document: The Rights of Minorities
    • Contrasting views: Perspectives on the French Revolution
    • Document: Address on Abolishing the Slave Trade (February 5, 1790)
  • Chapter 20: Napoleon and the Revolutionary Legacy, 1800–1830
    • The Rise of Napoleon Bonaparte
      • A General Takes Over
      • From Republic to Empire
      • The New Paternalism: The Civil Code
      • Patronage of Science and Intellectual Life
    • “Europe Was at My Feet”: Napoleon’s Conquests
      • The Grand Army and Its Victories, 1800–1807
      • The Impact of French Victories
      • From Russian Winter to Final Defeat, 1812–1815
    • The “Restoration” of Europe
      • The Congress of Vienna, 1814–1815
      • The Emergence of Conservatism
      • The Revival of Religion
    • Challenges to the Conservative Order
      • Romanticism
      • Political Revolts in the 1820s
      • Revolution and Reform, 1830–1832
    • Conclusion
    • Chapter Review
    • Seeing history: The Clothing Revolution: The Social Meaning of Changes in Post-Revolutionary Fashion
    • Document: An Ordinary Soldier on Campaign with Napoleon
    • Contrasting views: Napoleon: For and Against
    • Document: Wordsworth’s Poetry
  • Chapter 21: Industrialization and Social Ferment, 1830–1850
    • The Industrial Revolution
      • Roots of Industrialization
      • Engines of Change
      • Urbanization and Its Consequences
      • Agricultural Perils and Prosperity
    • Reforming the Social Order
      • Cultural Responses to the Social Question
      • The Varieties of Social Reform
      • Abuses and Reforms Overseas
    • Ideologies and Political Movements
      • The Spell of Nationalism
      • Liberalism in Economics and Politics
      • Socialism and the Early Labor Movement
    • The Revolutions of 1848
      • The Hungry Forties
      • Another French Revolution
      • Nationalist Revolution in Italy
      • Revolt and Reaction in Central Europe
      • Aftermath to 1848
    • Conclusion
    • Chapter Review
    • Taking measure: Railroad Lines, 1830–1850
    • New sources, New perspectives: Statistics and the Standard of Living of the Working Class
    • Document: Marx and Engels, The Communist Manifesto
    • Document: Alexis de Tocqueville Describes the June Daysin Paris (1848)
  • Chapter 22: Politics and Culture of the Nation-State, 1850–1870
    • The End of the Concert of Europe
      • Napoleon III and the Quest for French Glory
      • The Crime an War, 1853–1856: Turning Point in Europe an Affairs
      • Reform in Russia
    • War and Nation Building
      • Cavour, Garibaldi, and the Process of Italian Unification
      • Bismarck and the Realpolitik of German Unification
      • Francis Joseph and the Creation of the Austro-Hungarian Monarchy
      • Political Stability through Gradual Reformin Great Britain
      • Nation Building in the United States and Canada
    • Establishing Social Order
      • Bringing Order to the Cities
        • Expanding the Reach of Government
        • Schooling and Professionalizing Society
        • Spreading Western Order beyond the West
        • Confronting the Nation-State’s Order at Home
    • The Culture of Social Order
      • The Arts Confront Social Reality
      • Religion and National Order
      • From the Natural Sciences to Social Science
    • Conclusion
    • Chapter Review
    • Document: Mrs. Seacole: The Other Florence Nightingale
    • Terms of history: Nationalism
    • Document: Bismarck Tricks the Public to Get His War
    • Seeing History: Photographing the Nation: Domesticity and War
  • Chapter 23: Industry, Empire, and Everyday Life, 1870–1890
    • The Advance of Industry in an Age of Empire
      • Industrial Innovation
      • Facing Economic Crisis
      • Revolution in Business Practices
    • The New Imperialism
      • Taming the Mediterranean
      • Scramble for Africa
      • Acquiring Territory in Asia
      • Japan’s Imperial Agenda
      • The Paradoxes of Imperialism
    • Imperial Society and Culture
      • The “Best Circles” and the Expanding Middle Class
      • Professional Sports and Organized Leisure
      • Working People’s Strategies
      • Reform Efforts for Working-Class People
      • Artistic Responses to Empire and Industry
    • The Birth of Mass Politics
      • Workers, Politics, and Protest
      • Expanding Political Participation in Western Europe
      • Power Politics in Central and Eastern Europe
    • Conclusion
    • Chapter Review
    • Document: Imperialism’s Popularity among the People
    • Contrasting views: Experiences of Migration
    • Document: Henrik Ibsen, From A Doll’s House
    • Taking measure: The Decline of Illiteracy
  • Chapter 24: Modernity and the Road to War, 1890–1914
    • Public Debate over Private Life
      • Population Pressure
      • Reforming Marriage
      • New Women, New Men, and the Politics of Sexual Identity
      • Sciences of the Modern Self
    • Modernity and the Revolt in Ideas
      • The Opposition to Positivism
      • Revolutionizing Science
      • Modern Art
      • The Revolt in Music and Dance
    • Growing Tensions in Mass Politics
      • Labor’s Expanding Power
      • Rights for Women and the Battle for Suffrage
      • Liberalism Tested
      • Anti-Semitism, Nationalism, and Zionism in Mass Politics
    • European Imperialism Challenged
      • The Trials of Empire
      • The Russian Empire Threatened
      • Growing Resistance to Colonial Domination
    • Roads to War
      • Competing Alliances and Clashing Ambitions
      • The Race to Arms
      • 1914: War Erupts
    • Conclusion
    • Chapter Review
    • Terms of history: Modern
    • New sources, New perspectives: Psychohistory and Its Lessons
    • Document: Leon Pinsker Calls for a Jewish State
    • Document: A Historian Promotes Militant Nationalism
  • Chapter 25: World War I and Its Aftermath, 1914–1929
    • The Great War, 1914–1918
      • Blueprints for War
      • The Battlefronts
      • The Home Front
    • Protest, Revolution, and War’s End, 1917–1918
      • War Protest
      • Revolution in Russia
      • Ending the War,
    • The Search for Peace in an Era of Revolution
      • Europe in Turmoil
      • The Paris Peace Conference, 1919–1920
      • Economic and Diplomatic Consequences of the Peace
    • The Aftermath of War: Europe inthe 1920s
      • Changes in the Political Landscape
      • Reconstructing the Economy
      • Restoring Society
    • Mass Culture and the Rise of Modern Dictators
      • Culture for the Masses
      • Cultural Debates over the Future
      • The Communist Utopia
      • Fascism on the March in Italy
    • Conclusion
    • Chapter Review
    • Seeing history: Demonizing the Enemy: Italian Propaganda Posters from World War I
    • Document: Outbreak of the Russian Revolution
    • Contrasting views: Arguing with the Victors
    • Taking measure: The Growth of Radio, 1924–1929
    • Document: Battlefield Tourism
  • Chapter 26: The Great Depression and World War II, 1929–1945
    • The Great Depression
      • Economic Disaster Strikes
      • Social Effects of the Depression
      • The Great Depression beyond the West
    • Totalitarian Triumph
      • The Rise of Stalinism
      • Hitler’s Rise to Power
      • The Nazification of German Politics
      • Nazi Racism
    • Democracies on the Defensive
      • Confronting the Economic Crisis
      • Cultural Visions in Hard Times
    • The Road to Global War
      • A Surge in Global Imperialism
      • The Spanish Civil War, 1936–1939
      • Hitler’s Conquest of Central Europe, 1938–1939
    • World War II, 1939–1945
      • The German Onslaught
      • War Expands: The Pacific and Beyond
      • The War against Civilians
      • Societies at War
      • From Resistance to Allied Victory
      • An Uneasy Postwar Settlement
    • Conclusion
    • Chapter Review
    • Document: A Family Copes with Unemployment
    • Terms of history: Totalitarianism
    • Contrasting views: Stalin and Hitler: For and Against
    • Document: The Greater East Asia Co-Prosperity Sphere
    • New sources, New perspectives: Museums and Memory
  • Chapter 27: The Cold War and the Remaking of Europe, 1945–1960s
    • World Politics Transformed
      • Chaos in Europe
      • New Superpowers: The United States and the Soviet Union
      • Origins of the Cold War
      • The Division of Germany
    • Political and Economic Recovery in Europe
      • Dealing with Nazism
      • Rebirth of the West
      • The Welfare State: Common Ground East and West
      • Recovery in the East
    • Decolonization in a Cold War Climate
      • The End of Empire in Asia
      • The Struggle for Identity in the Middle East
      • New Nations in Africa
      • Newcomers Arrive in Europe
    • Daily Life and Culture in the Shadow of Nuclear War
      • Restoring “Western” Values
      • Consumerism and Shifting Gender Norms
      • The Culture of Cold War
      • The Atomic Brink
    • Conclusion
    • Chapter Review
    • New sources, New perspectives: Government Archives and the Truth about the Cold War
    • Taking measure: World Manufacturing Output, 1950–1970
    • Document: The Schuman Plan on European Unity (1950)
    • Document: Consumerism, Youth, and the Birth of the Generation Gap
  • Chapter 28: Postindustrial Society and the End of the Cold War Order, 1960s–1989
    • The Revolution in Technology
      • The Information Age: Television and Computers
      • The Space Age
      • The Nuclear Age
      • Revolutions in Biology and Reproductive Technology
    • Postindustrial Society and Culture
      • Multinational Corporations
      • The New Worker
      • The Boom in Education and Research
      • Changing Family Life and the Generation Gap
      • Art, Ideas, and Religion in a Technocratic Society
    • Protesting Cold War Conditions
      • Cracks in the Cold War Order
      • The Growth of Citizen Activism
      • 1968: Year of Crisis
    • The Testing of Superpower Domination and the End of the Cold War
      • A Changing Balance of World Power
      • The Western Bloc Meets Challenges with Reform
      • Collapse of Communism in the Soviet Bloc
    • Conclusion
    • Chapter Review
    • Taking measure: Postindustrial Occupational Structure,1984
    • Seeing history: Critiquing the Soviet System: Dissident Art in the 1960s and 1970s
    • Contrasting views: Feminist Debates
    • Document: Margaret Thatcher’s Economic Vision
    • Document: Criticizing Gorbachev
  • Chapter 29 : A New Globalism, 1989 to the Present
    • Collapse of the Soviet Union and Its Aftermath
      • The Breakup of Yugoslavia
      • The Soviet Union Comes Apart
      • Toward a Market Economy
      • International Politics and the New Russia
    • The Nation-State in a Global Age
      • Europe Looks beyond the Nation-State
      • Globalizing Cities and Fragmenting Nations
      • Global Organizations
    • Challenges from an Interconnected World
      • The Problems of Pollution
      • Population, Health, and Disease
      • North versus South?
      • Islam Meets the West
      • World Economies on the Rise
    • Global Culture and Society in the Twenty-first Century
      • Redefining the West: The Impact of Global Migration
      • Global Networks and the Economy
      • A Global Culture?
    • Conclusion
    • Chapter Review
    • Document: Václav Havel, “Czechoslovakia Is Returning to Europe”
    • Document: The European Green Party Becomes Transnational (2006)
    • Taking measure: World Population Growth, 1950–2010
    • Contrasting views: Muslim Immigrants and Turkey in the EU: The Dutch Debate Globalization
  • Appendix: Useful Facts and Figures
  • Glossary of Key Terms and People
  • Suggested References
    • Prologue
    • Chapter 1
    • Chapter 2
    • Chapter 3
    • Chapter 4
    • Chapter 5
    • Chapter 6
    • Chapter 7
    • Chapter 8
    • Chapter 9
    • Chapter 10
    • Chapter 11
    • Chapter 12
    • Chapter 13
    • Chapter 14
    • Chapter 15
    • Chapter 16
    • Chapter 17
    • Chapter 18
    • Chapter 19
    • Chapter 20
    • Chapter 21
    • Chapter 22
    • Chapter 23
    • Chapter 24
    • Chapter 25
    • Chapter 26
    • Chapter 27
    • Chapter 28
    • Chapter 29
  • Index